Skip to main content

Full text of "On the theory and practice of midwifery"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2012  with  funding  from 

Open  Knowledge  Commons  and  Yale  University,  Cushing/Whitney  Medical  Library 


http://archive.org/details/onthcticeOOchur 


ON   THE 


THEORY   AND  PRACTICE 


OF 


MIDWIFERY. 


BY 


FLEETWOOD  CHURCHILL,  M.D.,  M.R.I.A., 

HON.   FELLOW    OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICIANS  IN  IRELAND;  CORRESPONDING  MEMBER  OF  THE  AMERICAN 
NATIONAL  INSTITUTE,  ETC.  ETC. 


WITH   NOTES  AND   ADDITIONS, 

BY   D.  FRANCIS   CONDIE,  M.D., 

M  (  Kl.TWiY   OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICIANS;  MEMBER  OK  THE  AMERICAN  MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION;    MEMBER 
OF  THE  AMERK    vN   PHILOSOPHICAL  SOCIETY,  ETC.  ETC. 

WITH  ONE  HUNDRED  AND  THIRTY-NINE  ILLUSTRATIONS. 

A   NEW   AMERICAN, 
FROM    THE    LAST    IMPROVED    DUBLIN    EDITION. 


PHILADELPHIA: 
BL  AN  CHARD    AND    LEA 

1851. 


Entered,  according  to  the  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1851,  by 

BLANCHARD   AND   LEA, 

In  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States,  in  and  for  the  Eastern 
District  of  Pennsylvania. 


■ 


PRINTED     BY     C.     SHERMAN. 


(2) 


TO 


CHARLES    JOHNSON,    E  S  Q.,  M.D. 

AX  I) 

ROBERT    COLLINS,  ESQ.,  M.D. 

dbjlia  l>nliiiiu  is  StiJirntrii, 

WITH    THE 

GREATEST  RESPECT  FOR  THEIR  PROFESSIONAL  ATTAINMENTS 
AND  GRATITUDE  FOR  THEIR  KINDNESS. 


(iii) 


PREFACE 


BY    THE    AMERICAN    EDITOR 


The  preparation  for  the  press  of  Dr.  Churchill's  Treatise 
on  the  Theory  and  Practice  of  Midwifery  has  been  under- 
taken by  the  present  editor,  at  the  request  of  the  American 
publishers ;  Dr.  R.  M.  Huston  having  been  prevented  by  his 
numerous  other  engagements  from  performing  in  regard  to 
this  edition  the  same  editorial  office  he  has  so  ably  executed 
in  reference  to  those  which  have  preceded  it. 

The  present  is  reprinted  from  a  very  late  Dublin*  edition, 
which  had  been  revised  and  brought  up  by  the  author  to  the 
present  time,  and  which  confessedly  presents  a  most  faithful 
and  able  exposition  of  every  important  particular  embraced 
in  the  department  of  Midwifery. 

The  editor  of  the  present  edition  may,  perhaps,  be  accused 
of  temerity  in  presuming  to  add  anything  to  a  work  affording 
so  full  and  accurate  a  view  of  the  subjects  of  which  it  treats ; 
he  nevertheless  believes  that  the  notes  and  additions  he  has 
made,  which  include  most  of  those  by  the  editor  of  the  pre- 
ceding editions,  will  be  found  not  altogether  valueless. 

D.  F.  C. 

Philadelphia,  March,  1851. 

*  See  the  Author's  Preface  to  the  Second  Dublin  Edition. 


a  2  (v) 


AUTHOR'S    PREFACE 


TO    THE    FIRST    EDITION 


The  object  of  the  publishers  of  this  volume  is  to  offer  to 
the  student  in  Midwifery  a  work,  embracing  the  modern  dis- 
coveries in  the  physiology  of  the  uterine  system,  with  all  the 
recent  improvements  in  practice,  in  a  condensed  form,  amply 
illustrated,  at  a  moderate  price. 

At  their  request  I  have  undertaken  the  literary  depart- 
ment, and  I  must  confess,  with  diffidence,  after  the  excellent 
treatises  of  Drs.  F.  Ramsbotham  and  Rigby.  I  have,  how- 
ever, entered  more  fully  into  the  physiology  of  the  system 
than  they  have  thought  necessary :  nor  have  I  hesitated  to 
avail  myself  of  their  labours,  and  those  of  other  distin- 
guished authors,  so  as  to  render  the  theory  and  practice  as 
complete  as  possible. 

I  regret  very  much  that  it  was  incompatible  with  the  size 
of  the  volume  to  admit  ample  references;  however,  after 
the  avowal  I  have  just  made,  it  will  be  understood  that  their 
omission  has  resulted  neither  from  a  wish  to  claim  the  merit 
of  originality,  nor  from  a  desire  to  save  myself  trouble.  I 
can  truly  say  that  I  have  examined  every  author  of  emi- 

(vii) 


Vlii  PREFACE. 

nence  within  my  reach,  in  the  course  of  composition  of  the 
work,  and  have  done  my  utmost  to  lay  before  the  student  a 
condensed  and  yet  extensive  statement  of  the  present  state 
of  the  science. 

Perhaps  I  ought  to  say  a  word  as  to  the  statistics  I  have 
given.  I  would  not  overrate  their  importance;  at  the  ut- 
most they  only  afford  an  approximate  estimate,  owing  to  the 
drawbacks  upon  their  exactness,  and  could  not  alone  furnish 
us  with  accurate  conclusions ;  nevertheless,  I  think  that  their 
value  is  considerable,  as  showing  the  frequency  and  relative 
mortality  of  the  deviations  from  natural  labour,  and  of  the 
different  operations.  Whatever  value  they  may  possess  it  is 
evident  will  be  in  proportion  to  their  extent  and  accuracy; 
and  to  secure  both  these  points,  I  have  examined  the  various 
reports  myself,  and  obtained  access  to  many  but  little  known 
in  this  country. 


AUTHOR'S    PREFACE 

TO   THE  SECOND   DUBLIN  EDITION. 

I  have  carefully  revised  the  new  edition  of  this  work, 
thankfully  availing  myself  of  the  suggestions  of  all  parties 
so  far  as  I  believed  them  to  be  right ;  and  although  I  cannot 
hope  that  it  is  yet  free  from  errors,  I  am  certain  their  num- 
ber is  considerably  diminished. 

I  have  made  no  change  in  the  principles  inculcated  in  the 
first  edition,  because,  after  a  searching  investigation  and  some 
experience,  none  has  appeared  to  me  to  be  required ;  nor  in 
the  practice,  except  to  add  any  recent  information  which  I 
have  obtained. 

On  one  point  it  will  be  convenient  for  me  to  make  a  few 
remarks  here  rather  than  in  the  body  of  the  work.  I  allude 
to  the  statistics.  I  believe  I  was  one  of  the  first  in  these 
countries  to  endeavour  to  collect  a  large  body  of  statistics 
from  all  available  sources,  and  to  draw  certain  deductions 
from  them,  which  I  published  first  in  the  "Dublin  Journal," 
with  a  distinct  expression  of  my  conviction  that  the  conclu- 
sions ought  not  to  be  rigorously  drawn,  but  that  considerable 


allowance  should  be  made  for  disturbing  causes. 


(ix) 


X  PREFACE    TO    THE    SECOND    EDITION. 

No  one  can  be  more  alive  than  I  am  to  the  difficulty  of 
attaining  accuracy  in  the  collection  of  a  large  number  of 
cases.  They  are  scattered  through  many  volumes,  recorded 
in  many  forms,  requiring  arrangement,  tabulation,  &c. ;  and 
even  if  this  be  done  carefully  and  correctly,  there  is  still  a  pro- 
bability of  error  in  the  printing.  These  considerations  should 
be  always  borne  in  mind  in  estimating  statistical  tables,  and 
with  those  who  have  had  much  experience,  will  be  a  suffi- 
cient apology  for  a  certain  amount  of  inaccuracy.  I  trust  it 
will  be  found  that  my  former  errors  have  been  corrected  in 
this  edition. 

In  a  letter  to  one  of  the  periodicals  some  years  ago,  Dr. 
Francis  Ramsbotham  objected  to  the  use  I  made  of  his 
father's  cases,  on  the  ground  that  they  were  selected  ones, 
and  that  conclusions  drawn  from  them  must  be  inaccurate  as 
regarded  the  entire  of  his  father's  practice,  and  give  a  higher 
rate  of  mortality  than  was  really  the  case.  I  frankly  admit 
the  truth  of  this  observation  as  regards  Dr.  Ramsbotham, 
senior,  but  utterly  deprecate  any  thought  or  wish  of  depre- 
ciating either  his  skill  or  success.  I  do  not  see  how  this  can 
be  avoided,  unless  the  whole  of  his  cases  were  published,  or 
I  left  them  out  altogether,  which  I  think  would  be  a  great 
loss.  I  have  only  done  with  his  cases  what  all  writers  (in- 
cluding Dr.  Ramsbotham,  jun.)  have  done  with  Smellie, 
Portal,  Giffard,  and  Perfect's  cases ;  and  in  giving  them  also, 
it  should  always  be  remembered,  that  there  may  be  an  error 
of  excess  or  the  reverse. 

I  have  already  alluded  to  the  errors  to  which  every  one  is 
exposed  who  attempts  to  collect  statistics ;  let  me  now  men- 
tion other  causes  which,  to  a  certain  extent,  weaken  the 
conclusions  at  which  we  may  arrive. 


PREFACE  TO  THE  SECOND  EDI'l  XI 

In  grouping  together  a  number  of  cases  to  ascertain  their 
positive  or  relative  frequency,  their  causes,  the  ratio  of  mor- 
tality positive  and  comparative,  &c,  it  is  next  to  impossible 
to  obtain  exactly  similar  cases,  or  patients  under  exactly 
similar  circumstances ;  for  this  we  have  to  make  allowance, 
and  also  for  differences  in  habits  of  life,  constitution,  or  at- 
mospheric influences,  modes  of  previous  treatment,  &c,  so 
that  we  shall  find  abundant  reason  to  use  our  statistical  de- 
ductions with  caution  and  allowance ;  in  fact,  we  cannot 
possibly  ascertain  the  exact  truth,  but  only  a  more  or  less 
close  approximation  to  it.  But  even  thus  far  these  calcula- 
tions are  of  great  value,  for, 

1.  They  lead  to  a  habit  of  definite  thought  and  statement ; 
so  that  instead  of  general  terms,  we  use  numbers  or  propor- 
tions, and  in  so  far  as  accuracy  is  attained,  we  give  a  fixed 
and  scientific  character  to  our  observations. 

2.  As  Dr.  Simpson,  in  his  excellent  essay  on  the  value  and 
necessity  of  statistics  in  operative  surgery,  has  remarked, 
"  Statistics  offer  a  test  by  which  the  impressions  of  our  re- 
corded and  limited  experience  are  corrected ;  and  they 
furnish  a  mode  of  investigation  capable  of  resolving  many 
existing  practical  problems  in  surgery." 

3.  They  afford  us  in  general  the  only  true  and  ultimate 
"  measure  of  value"  of  any  proposed  alternative  operation,  or 
of  any  new  practice  in  surgery  or  midwifery. 

For  these  and  other  reasons  I  still  hold  the  opinion  that 
numerical  calculations,  applied  to  midwifery,  are  of  great 
value,  notwithstanding  the  numerous  chances  of  error,  and 
the  impossibility  of  drawing  conclusions  from  them  with 
absolute  accuracy. 


Xll  PREFACE    TO    THE    SECOND    EDITION. 

I  cannot  conclude  without  expressing  my  deep  sense  of 
obligation  to  the  profession  for  their  kind  reception  of  this 
work.  Feeling  the  responsibility  incurred  by  even  the  hum- 
blest of  those  who  attempt  to  teach  others,  I  have  shrunk 
from  no  amount  of  labour,  and  no  cost  has  been  spared  which 
could  render  this  volume  clear,  practical,  and  useful. 

1377  Stephen's  Green,  Dublin. 


EXTRACT  FROM  THE  AUTHOR'S  PREFACE  TO  A  FORMER  AMERICAN 

EDITION. 

"  I  owe  a  large  debt  of  gratitude  to  my  kind  American 
friends,  which  I  gladly  take  this  opportunity  of  acknowledg- 
ing, and  also  to  the  profession  in  America  for  the  nattering 
reception  they  have  given  to  my  volumes.  No  reward  could 
be  more  highly  valued  by  me,  nor  could  anything  make  me 
more  anxious,  by  labour  and  study,  to  make  my  works  as 
perfect  as  possible,  than  the  knowledge  that  their  usefulness 
may  extend  to  another  hemisphere." 

Dublin,  November,  1847. 


C  0  N  T  E  N  T  S 


PAGE. 

Preliminary  Observations 33 


PART  I. 

THE   ANATOMY   OF   THE   PELVIS   AND   OF   THE   ORGANS   OF 
GENERATION. 

CHAF. 

1.  Of  the  bones  of  the  pelvis 35 

2.  Of  the  joints  of  the  pelvis 39 

3.  Of  the  pelvis  collectively 41 

4.  Abnormal  deviations  in  the  pelvis  —  Deformities 49 

5.  Of  the  external  organs  of  generation 58 

6.  Of  the  internal  organs  of  generation 63 


PART   II. 

PHYSIOLOGY  OF  THE  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION. 

1.  Physiology  of  the  uterus  and  ovaries  —  Menstruation 75 

2.  Disorders  of  menstruation 86 

3.  Generation  —  Conception 98 

4.  Utero-gestation 105 

5.  Signs  of  pregnancy 145 

6.  Duration  of  pregnancy 158 

7.  Sterility   162 

8.  Superfoetation 166 

9.  Extra-uterine  pregnancy 169 

10.  Pathology  of  the  foetus  — Signs  of  its  death 176 

11.  Abortion  —  Premature  labour 179 

B  (*"*) 


XIV  CONTENTS. 


PART   III. 


PHYSIOLOGY   OF   THE   UTERUS.  —  PARTURITION. 
CHAP.  PAGE. 

1.  Classification  —  Definitions 188 

2.  Mechanism  of  parturition 192 

3.  Natural  labour 210 

4.  Convalescence  after  parturition 226 

5.  Tedious  labour 236 

6.  Powerless  labour 250 

7.  Obstructed  labour 255 

8.  Deformed  pelvis 268 

9.  Obstetric  operations  —  Induction  of  premature  labour 272 

10.  Version  or  turning 290 

11.  The  vectis  or  lever 303 

12.  The  forceps 312 

13.  Craniotomy 341 

14.  The  Caesarean  section 358 

15.  Symphyseotomy 370 

16.  Mal-positions  and  mal-presentations 377 

17.  .Plural  births  —  Monsters 400 

18.  Prolapse  of  the  funis  umbilicalis 409 

19.  Retention  of  the  placenta   414 

20.  Flooding 420 

21.  Convulsions 435 

22.  Lacerations 447 

23.  Inversion  of  the  uterus 469 

24.  Puerperal  fever 477 

25.  Phlegmasia  dolens 498 

26.  Puerperal  mania 503 

27.  Ephemeral  fever  or  weed 506 


LIST  OF  WOOD  ENGRAVINGS. 


FIG.  PAGE. 

1.  Os  Innominatum 35 

2.  Ditto           37 

3.  0<  Sacrum 38 

4.  Skeleton  of  trunk 41 

5.  Pelvis  —  front  view 42 

6.  "         brim 43 

7.  "         cavity 44 

8.  "         lower  outlet 45 

9.  "         canal  of 46 

10.  "         equable  excess  of 49 

11.  "               "       diminution  of 50 

12.  "         distortion  of  brim 50 

13.  "             "                «     51 

14.  «             «                «     51 

15.  "              «                "     51 

16.  "              "             cavity 52 

17.  "              «                 "     exostosis 52 

18.  "              «                «     53 

19.  "              «                "     53 

20.  "              «             lower  outlet 54 

21.  «              "                "     54 

22.  "         oblique  distortion 55 

23.  Calliper  for  measuring  pelvis  (Baudelocque's) 57 

24.  Measurement  of  pelvis  by  the  fingers 58 

25.  "                    "                   "       58 

26.  External  organs  of  generation 59 

27.  Section  of  pelvis  (Huston)  64 

28.  Uterus,  tubes  and  ovaries 65 

29.  "       cavity  of 66 

30.  "       double 69 

31.  "           "      70 

32.  "           "      70 

33.  «           "        70 

34.  Section  of  ovary,  Graafian  vesicles 72 

(XV) 


XVI  LIST    OF    WOOD    ENGRAVINGS. 

FIG.  PAGE. 

35.  Ovum  of  rabbit 73 

36.  «      of  man 74 

37.  Ovary  at  menstrual  period 80 

38.  "                "           "     83 

39.  Graafian  vesicle  after  impregnation 101 

40.  Ovary  after  escape  of  ovum 103 

41.  Corpus  luteum 103 

42.  Vessels  of  gravid  uterus 105 

43.  Nerves  of  gravid  uterus * 106 

44.  Cervix  uteri  at  3d  month  of  gestation 107 

45.  "          at  6th  month 107 

46.  "          at  8th  month 108 

47.  "          at  9th  month 108 

48.  Decidua  vera 109 

49.  Decidual  cotyledons 110 

50.  Human  ovum  of  two  weeks 1 12 

51.  "                     «          laid  open 112 

52.  Placenta  and  cord 115 

53.  Human  ovum  about  3  weeks ....  125 

54.  "                   «            125 

55.  "                   2  months 126 

56.  "                       "         126 

57.  "                   3  months 126 

58.  Section  of  a  hen's  egg 128 

59.  Vitelline  membrane,  Blastoderma  —  T.  W.  Jones 128 

60.  Changes  in  the  hen's  egg  during  incubation 130 

61.  "                         «            "             "           130 

62.  "                        "            "             "           131 

63.  Vesicula  umbilicalis,  from  Baer 132 

64.  "            "                    " 134 

65.  Diagram  of  foetus  and  membranes  about  the  4th  week,  from  Cams .  .  135 

66.  "                "                "               "           6th  week 135 

67.  Position  of  foetus  in  utero 138 

68.  Foetal  head  diameters    139 

69.  Nipple  and  areola  during  pregnancy 148 

70.  Mode  of  examination  by  ballottement 152 

71.  Extra-uterine  gestation 171 

72.  Dewecs'  wire  crotchet 185 

73.  Bond's  placental  forceps 185 

74.  Planes  of  the  pelvis 195 

75.  "                    "     , 196 

76.  "                    "     196 

77.  "                    "     197 

78.  '"                    "     198 


LIST   OF   WOOD   ENGRAVINGS.  XVU 

FIG.  PAGE. 

79.  Planes  of  the  pelvis 198 

80.  Fcetal  head,  diameters 200 

81.  Mechanism  of  parturition  —  1st  position 204 

82.  "  "  2d  position 204 

83.  "  "  3d  position 205 

84.  "  "  4th  position 206 

85.  Head  at  the  lower  outlet 207 

86.  "  "         217 

87.  Internal  examination 219 

88.  Obstructed  labour  —  polypus  uteri 259 

89.  "  "  ovarian  tumour 262 

90.  u  "  vaginal  cystocele 264 

91.  Version  or  turning 299 

92.  "  "       300 

93.  Roonhuysen's  vectis 304 

94.  Modern  vectis 304 

95.  Application  of  vectis 310 

96.  Chamberlen's  forceps 314 

97.  Short  forceps 315 

98.  Long  forceps 316 

99.  Dr.  Radford's  forceps 317 

100.  Operation  with  long  forceps 327 

101.  "  shortforceps 329 

102.  Axes  of  pelvis 334 

103.  Dr.  Huston's  forceps 335 

104.  Dr.  Hodge's  forceps 336 

105.  Dr.  Bond's  forceps 338 

106.  «  "       338 

107.  "  "       338 

108.  Smellie's  perforator 343 

109.  Crotchet 343 

110.  Mr.  Holmes'  perforator 344 

111.  Knife  for  amputating  limbs 344 

112.  Blunt  hook 345 

113.  Dr.  Davis'  bone  forceps 345 

114.  Craniotomy  forceps 345 

1 1 5.  The  cephalotribe 346 

116.  Dr.  Meigs'  Embryulcia  instruments 347 

117.  "  "  "         347 

118.  Use  of  the  perforator 353 

119.  "  "         354 

120.  Application  of  the  Crotchet 355 

121.  "  «         356 

122.  Face  presentation  —  1st  position 377 

3  b2 


Xviii  LIST   OF   WOOD    ENGRAVINGS. 

FIG.  PAGE 

123.  Face  presentation  —  1st  position 378 

124.  "  2d  position 379 

125.  Forehead  under  the  arch  of  the  pelvis 382 

126.  Breech  presentation  —  1st  position 384 

127.  "  "  "  385 

128.  "  "  2d  position 386 

129.  Breech  presentation  —  extraction  of  head 389 

130.  Presentation  of  inferior  extremities 391 

131.  "  "  "         391 

132.  Arm  presentation  —  1st  position 394 

133.  "  2d  position 395 

134.  Compound  presentation  —  hand,  foot,  and  funis 399 

135.  Hydrocephalus 407 

136.  Prolapse  of  the  funis 409 

137.  Placenta  praevia 426 

138.  Laceration  of  perineum,  Dr.  Horner's  operation 467 

139.  "  "  "  "       467 


ON 

THE  THEORY  AND  PRACTICE 

OF 

MIDWIFERY. 


PRELIMINARY  OBSERVATIONS. 

1.  The  theory  and  practice  of  Midwifery  includes  the  anatomy  and 
physiology  of  the  organs  of  generation,  and  also  the  anatomy  of  the 
region  in  which  they  are  contained.  A  correct  knowledge  of  the  struc- 
ture, magnitude,  and  other  peculiarities  of  the  pelvic  cavity  is  indispen- 
sable to  a  due  appreciation  of  the  mechanism  of  parturition  :  the  anatomy 
of  the  organs  of  generation  must  of  course  be  preliminary  to  an  investi- 
gation into  their  functions,  and  it  is  only  by  a  careful  observation  of 
these  functions  that  we  are  able  to  detect  and  understand  the  deviations 
from  their  normal  course  ;  in  other  words,  their  pathology. 

The  three  great  functions  of  the  uterine  system  are  menstruation, 
conception,  and  parturition,  which  are  so  intimately  connected,  that  each 
is  dependent  on  the  other,  and  for  the  development  of  either,  a  co-opera- 
tion of  organs  is  necessary.  -A  breach  of  this  union,  or  the  absence  of 
this  co-operation,  will  give  rise  to  functional  irregularity ;  and  together 
with  the  individual  deviations,  and  those  arising  from  organic  deficiencies, 
will  constitute  the  pathology  of  the  sexual  system. 

2.  We  have  thus,  in  a  few  words,  a  natural  arrangement  of  subjects 
laid  down,  which  we  shall  follow  in  the  subsequent  parts  of  this  volume. 
Part  I.  will  include  the  normal  and  abnormal  anatomy  of  the  pelvis, 
of  the  external,  and  of  the  internal  organs  of  generation.  Part  II.  the 
function  of  menstruation,  with  its  abnormal  conditions ;  and  of  concep- 
tion, utero-gestation,   ovology,  &c.  with  their   abnormal  deviations,  as 

(88) 


34  PRELIMINARY   OBSERVATIONS. 

sterility,  superfcetation,  extra-uterine  gestation,  foetal  pathology,  abortion, 
&c.  Part  III.  Midwifery  properly  so  called, —  that  is,  parturition,  with 
its  abnormal  varieties. 

This  arrangement  will  bring  under  our  notice  all  that  relates  to  the 
theory  and  practice  of  midwifery. 

In  addition  to  the  description  of  the  different  functions  noticed  above, 
there  will  be  appended  full  details  for  their  management,  and  for  the 
treatment  of  their  deviations ;  all  which  I  have  endeavoured  to  give  as 
clearly  yet  as  concisely  as  possible. 


PART   I. 

THE  ANATOMY  OF  THE  PELVIS  AND  OF  THE  ORGANS  OF 
GENERATION. 


CHAPTER  I. 

OF  THE  BONES  OF  THE  PELVIS. 

1.  The  Pelvis  is  an  irregular  bony  cavity,  situated  at  the  base  of  the 
spinal  column  and  above  the  inferior  extremities,  with  which  it  is  con- 
nected by  muscles  and  articulations,  and  for  which,  as  well  as  for  the 
muscles  of  the  trunk,  it  constitutes  a  " point  (Pappui." 

Fig.  1. 


As  it  forms  one  of  the  two  mechanical  elements  of  parturition,  it  is  of 
great  importance  rightly  to  understand  its  component  parts,  their  con- 
nexions, relations,  coverings,  and  abnormal  varieties.  These  we  shall 
now  proceed  to  investigate. 

2.  In  the  adult,  the  pelvis  maybe  divided  into  four  parts  or  bones: 
viz.  two  ossa  innominata,  the  os  sacrum,  and  the  os  coccygis ;  but  in 
early  life  they  are  more  minutely  divisible. 

3.  Each  Os  Innominatum  at  an  early  period  of  intra-uterine  life, 
consists  of  cartilage  only,  in  which  subsequently  numerous  spicuke  of 
ossification  are  seen,  and  which  at  birth  have  coalesced  so  as  to  form 
three  bones,  separated  by  cartilage. 

(35) 


36  BONES    OF   THE   PELVIS. 

After  birth,  the  process  of  ossification  continues  until  these  separate 
bones  meet  in  the  acetabulum,  where  they  are  identified  with  each  other, 
and  at  the  symphysis  pubis,  where  the  opposite  ossa  pubis  are  united  by 
cartilage  and  ligaments. 

4.  The  breadth  of  each  os  innominatum,  from  the  anterior  superior  to 
the  posterior  superior  spinous  process,  is  six  inches,  and  the  height,  from 
the  tuber  ischii  to  the  crest  of  the  ilium,  is  seven  inches. 

The  three  bones  into  which  each  is  divided  at  birth  have  received 
different  names,  and  require  distinct  notice. 

5.  The  Os  Ilium,  hip  or  haunch-bone  (fig.  1),  is  the  larger  of  the 
three,  of  a  triangular  shape,  situated  superiorly,  and  with  its  fellow 
forming  what  is  called  the  false  pelvis. 

Its  external  surface  (!),  or  dorsum.,  is  convex,  irregular,  with  elevations 
and  depressions,  which  serve  for  the  attachment  of  the  glutaei  muscles. 
Its  internal  surface,  or  venter  (I0),  is  concave  and  smooth,  affording  a 
bed  for  the  iliacus  internus  muscle.  The  lower  portion,  body  or  base  (5), 
is  the  thickest  part  of  the  bone,  and  forms  more  than  one  third  of  the 
acetabulum.  Above  the  body,  the  bone  spreads  out  into  its  ala  or  wing, 
wThich  rises  obliquely  forwards,  upwards,  outwards,  and  then  backwards, 
terminating  in  the  crest,  or  crista  ilii,  a  semicircular  ridge  of  some  thick- 
ness, which  at  its  posterior  part  curves  downwards  and  inwards.  Its 
borders  serve  for  the  attachment  of  the  abdominal  muscles  and  certain 
ligaments  to  be  hereafter  described ;  and  it  terminates  anteriorly,  in  the 
anterior  superior  and  inferior  spinous  processes  (4, 5),  and  posteriorly  in 
the  posterior  superior  and  inferior  spinous  processes  (6, 7).  The  former 
afford  attachment  to  Poupart's  and  Gimbernat's  ligaments,  the  tensor 
vaginae  femoris,  the  sartorius,  and  a  portion  of  the  rectus  femoris  muscles. 
Between  the  posterior  spinous  processes  is  a  deep  arch,  the  sciatic  notch, 
which  is  divided  by  ligaments  into  the  two  sciatic  foramina :  through  the 
upper  of  these,  which  is  the  larger,  pass  the  gluteal,  sciatic  and  pudic 
arteries,  the  sciatic  and  pudic  nerves,  and  the  pyriform  muscle ;  whilst, 
through  the  inferior  opening,  the  pudic  arteries  and  nerve  re-enter  the 
pelvis,  and  the  obturator  internus  muscle  passes  out.  The  posterior  part 
of  the  crest  of  the  ilium  expands  and  exhibits  an  irregularly  oval  rough 
surface  with  numerous  prominences,  which  occupy  corresponding  depres- 
sions in  the  sacrum,  and  constitute  (with  a  thin  layer  of  cartilage  inter- 
posed) the  sacro-iliac  synchondrosis  of  each  side.  The  body  of  the  bone 
is  divided  from  the  ala  internally  by  a  well-marked  ridge  (12),  running 
from  the  junction  of  the  ilium  with  the  sacrum,  forward ;  this  is  part  of 
the  linea  ilio-pectinea,  and  defines  the  boundary  of  the  true  pelvis. 

Thus  we  find  that  the  ilium  is  connected  posteriorly  with  the  sacrum, 
and  identified  anteriorly  with  the  ischium  and  pubis  in  the  acetabulum. 

6.  The  Os  Ischium,  os  sedentarium,  &c.  is  the  lower  of  the  three 
bones  composing  the  os  innominatum,  and  the  next  in  size  to  the  os  ilium. 
Its  base  or  body  (2),  which  forms  the  inferior  portion  of  the  acetabulum, 
is  the  thickest  part ;  below  this  we  find  a  narrower  portion,  from  which  a 
spinous  process  juts  out  backwards  and  inwards,  and  affords  insertion  to 
part  of  the  sacro-sciatic  ligament.  This  process  varies  in  length  and 
direction,  and  is  occasionally  of  some  importance  obstetrically.  From 
the  neck,  the  bone  descends  downwards  and  forwards,  until,  enlarging 
at  its  lower  portion,  it  forms  the  tuber  ischii  (14),  the  bony  seat,  a  rough 


BONES    OF    THE    PELVIS. 


37 


thick  protuberance ;  and,  turning  upwards  at  an  obtuse  angle,  becomes 
the  ascending  ramus  (I5)  of  the  ischium.  Its  internal  surface  is  smooth 
and  even,  and  forms  one  of  the  inclined  planes  of  the  pelvic  cavity.     Its 


ng.  3. 


external  surface  is  rough,  and  gives  attachment  to  the  sacro-sciatic  liga- 
ment, to  the  semi-membranosus,  semi-tendinosus,  the  long  head  of  the 
biceps  flexor  cruris,  and  the  quadratus  femoris  muscles. 

Thus  the  ischium  is  identified  with  the  ilium  and  pubis  in  the  acetabu- 
lum, with  the  descending  ramus  of  the  os  pubis,  and  connected  by  liga- 
ment with  the  sacrum. 

7.  The  Os  Pubis,  pecten  or  share-bone,  is  the  smaller  and  most  anterior 
of  the  three  bones.  Its  base  is  the  thickest  part,  and  forms  the  anterior 
and  smaller  third  of  the  acetabulum,  beyond  which  the  bone  narrows  ; 
and,  proceeding  forwards,  constitutes  the  horizontal  ramus  (16)  of  the 
pubis ;  somewhat  triangular  in  shape,  and  about  half  an  inch  in  breadth. 
It  meets  its  opposite  at  the  symphysis  pubis  (17),  and  completes  the  anterior 
wall  of  the  pelvis.  From  the  inferior  part  of  the  symphysis,  and  at  an 
acute  angle  with  the  horizontal  ramus,  a  thin  plate  of  bone,  the  descending 
ramus  (18),  proceeds  downwards  to  meet  the  ascending  ramus  of  the 
ischium,  and  with  it  to  form  one  side  of  the  arch  of  the  pubis.  Upon 
the  angle  formed  by  these  bones  and  their  opposites  will  depend  the 
dimensions  of  the  arch,  and  the  facility  or  difficulty  of  the  transit  of  the 
child  through  the  lower  outlet. 

The  inner  and  superior  edge  of  the  horizontal  ramus  is  a  continuation 
of  the  linea  ilio-pectinea,  which  it  completes ;  and  near  its  pubic  termina- 
tion is  a  small  spinous  process,  to  which  is  attached  the  inner  end  of 
Poupart's  ligament,  and  near  it  the  pectineus  muscle,  whilst  the  inner  and 
outer  edges  of  this  portion  of  the  bone,  afford  insertions  to  the  abdominal 
muscles.  Although  I  have  said  that  the  anterior  part  of  the  pelvis  is 
completed  by  the  ossa  pubis  and  ischium,  yet  in  the  centre  of  each  side 
a  considerable  space  is  left,  called  the  obturator  foramen  (20),  which  is 
nearly  closed  by  the  obturator  ligament.  The  object  attained  by  this 
arrangement  is,  lightness  of  structure  where  strength  is  not  needed. 


38  BONES    OF   THE    PELVIS. 

The  os  pubis  is  identified  with  the  ilium  and  ischium  in  the  acetabulum, 
with  the  ascending  ramus  of  the  ischium  ;  and  connected  with  its  fellow 
opposite  by  cartilage  at  the  symphysis  pubis. 

Of  the  three  bones,  the  ilium  forms  a  part  of  the  brim  of  the  pelvis, 
but  none  of  the  outlet ;  the  ischium,  part  of  the  outlet,  but  none  of  the 
brim  ;  whilst  the  pubis  enters  into  the  formation  of  both  brim  and  outlet. 

8.  The  Os  Sacrum,  os  basilare,  &c,  terminates  the  vertebral  column, 
and  may  be  said  to  consist  of  several  vertebrae  anchylosed.  Its  formation 
commences  by  about  thirty-five  points  of  ossification ;  these  shortly  coa- 
lesce into  fifteen  ;  at  birth  the  number  is  reduced  to  five  (the  number  of 
vertebrae  of  which  the  bone  consists),  and  subsequently  they  form  but  one 
bone.  In  the  adult,  it  is  of  a  triangular  shape,  the  base  of  the  triangle 
being  above,  and  inclining  forwards ;  the  apex  below,  and  somewhat 
backwards.  Its  length  is  from  four  to  four  and  a  half  inches,  its  breadth 
four  inches,  and  its  greatest  thickness  two  and  a  half  inches.  M.  Baude- 
locque  found  that  the  thickness  of  this  bone  scarcely  varies  a  line,  even 
in  deformed  pelves.  Its  specific  gravity  is  small,  owing  to  its  spongy 
texture  ;  so  that,  for  its  size,  it  is  probably  the  lightest  bone  in  the  body. 
Its  external  surface  is  rough  and  convex,  exhibiting  four  or  five  spinous 
processes  like  those  of  the  vertebrae,  but  smaller,  and  diminishing  in  size 
as  they  descend.  Anterior  to  these  we  find  a  continuation  of  the  spinal 
canal,  containing  the  cauda  equina,  with  four  holes  on  each  side  commu- 
nicating with  it,  for  the  transmission  of  nerves.  Its  internal  surface  (2)  is 
smooth,  and  concave  to  the  amount  of  half  an  inch,  crossed  by  four  trans- 
verse lines,  marking  the  former  division  of  its  bones  by  cartilage :  here 
are  also  four  pairs  of  holes  sloping  outwards,  through  which  pass  nervous 
filaments,  which  afterwards  form  part  of  the  great  sciatic  nerve.  The 
upper  edge  of  this  bone  completes  the  brim  of  the  pelvis ;  the  oval  shape 

Fig.  3. 


of  which,  however,  is  broken  by  the  projection  of  the  central  portion, — 
the  promontory  of  the  sacrum  (l).  The  lateral  surfaces  (3)  are  rough, 
uneven,  and  covered  with  a  thin  layer  of  cartilage  ;  the  irregularities  cor- 
respond to  similar  ones  in  the  ilium,  and  with  them  form  the  sacro-iliac 


OF   THE   JOINTS    OF   THE    PELVIS.  39 

synchondroses.  This  is  probably  the  most  important  bone  in  the  pelvis, 
obstetrically  considered,  inasmuch  as  it  forms  a  great  portion  of  the  brim 
and  cavity,  and  enters  largely  into  the  various  deformities  of  the  pelvis. 

It  is  connected  superiorly  with  the  last  lumbar  vertebra,  laterally  with 
the  ossa  ilia,  inferiorly  with  the  os  coccygis,  and  by  ligaments  with  the 
ossa  ischia. 

9.  The  Os  Coccygis,  or  huckle-bone  (4),  is  the  continuation  and  ter- 
mination of  the  os  sacrum  and  vertebral  column.  It  is  formed  by  four  or 
five  points  of  ossification  in  the  fcetus,  which  do  not  afterwards  unite,  but 
are  tipped  with  cartilage,  and  moveable  by  a  ginglymoid  joint.  The 
entire  bones  form  a  pyramid,  the  apex  of  which  is  below.  The  external 
surface  is  irregular,  and  the  internal  smooth,  terminating  the  plane  of  the 
sacrum,  and  extending  it  anteriorly.  The  small  sciatic  ligament  and  the 
ischio-coccygeal  muscle  are  inserted  into  it. 

To  the  accoucheur,  this  apparently  insignificant  bone,  or  bones,  is  of 
importance,  as  any  deviation  from  its  normal  direction  or  usual  mobility 
may  influence  the  progress  of  parturition. 


CHAPTER  II. 

OF  THE  JOINTS  OF  THE  PELVIS. 


10.  Before  proceeding  to  the  consideration  of  the  pelvis  collectively, 
let  us  briefly  examine  the  joints  by  which  the  separate  bones  are  con- 
nected, and  especially  as  deficient  information  on  this  subject  formerly  led 
to  erroneous  practical  conclusions.  We  shall  notice,  1,  the  sacro-iliac 
synchondroses  ;  2,  the  symphysis  pubis  ;  and,  3,  the  sacro-coccygeal  joint. 

11.  The  Sacro-iliac  Synchondrosis,  of  either  side,  consists  of  a 
rough  irregular  surface  on  the  posterior  part  of  the  ilium  and  the  side  of 
the  sacrum,  each  of  which  is  covered  by  a  layer  of  cartilage  from  one- 
sixth  to  one-eighth  of  an  inch  in  thickness ;  the  sacral  layer  being  the 
thicker,  and  the  entire,  when  the  bones  are  forcibly  separated,  adhering 
to  the  sacrum.  At  the  point  of  junction  of  these  two  layers,  their  sub- 
stance is  somewhat  softer,  which  has  led  to  the  erroneous  supposition  that 
it  is  a  joint,  properly  so  called.  This  union  of  the  bones  is  strengthened 
by  strong  ligamentous  bands,  which  by  some  writers  are  described  as  the 
superior,  inferior,  anterior,  and  posterior  sacro-iliac  ligaments.  They 
stretch  across  from  one  bone  to  the  other,  in  front  and  behind ;  rendering 
the  joint  perfectly  immoveable,  unless  force  be  used.  Additional  firmness 
also  is  obtained  by  the  sacro-sciatic  ligaments  connecting  the  lower  part 
of  the  sacrum  with  the  ilium. 

12.  The  mode  in  which  the  sacrum  is  inserted  between  the  ossa  ilia  is 
worthy  of  notice  ;  it  resembles  the  position  of  the  keystone  of  an  arch 
inverted :  i.  e.,  its  transverse  diameter  is  greater  inside  than  outside,  because 
the  pressure  to  which  it  is  exposed  is  from  within.  The  interposition  of 
cartilage  is  probably  for  the  purpose  of  diminishing  the  effect  of  shocks, 
and  so  preserving  the  integrity  of  the  joint. 


40  OF   THE   JOINTS    OF   THE    PELVIS. 

13.  The  Symphysis  Pubis  is  situated  anteriorly,  and  formed  by  the  junc- 
tion of  the  two  ossa  pubis,  whose  extremities  are  covered  by  cartilage,  or 
fibro-cartilage.  It  was  formerly  supposed  that  the  junction  was  effected 
by  the  interposition  of  a  single  mass  of  cartilage  ;  but  the  researches  of 
Dr.  W.  Hunter  led  him  to  the  conclusion  that  the  end  of  each  bone  is 
covered  with  cartilage,  and  between  them,  so  covered,  is  a  matter  resem- 
bling intervertebral  substance.  With  this  view  Baudelocque  and  Burns 
agree ;  but  M.  Tenon  thinks  that  sometimes  the  one  and  sometimes  the 
other  mode  obtains.  Occupying  two-thirds  of  the  length,  and  the  poste- 
rior third  of  the  centre  of  this  junction,  we  find  a  true  arthrodial  articula- 
tion, six  lines  in  length  and  two  in  breadth,  in  shape  like  an  almond, 
lined  by  synovial  membrane,  and  containing  a  small  quantity  of  synovia. 
M.  Gardien  defines  this  joint  as  "an  arthrodial  articulation  in  part,  and 
the  remainder  a  true  synevrotic  synchondrosis." 

14.  Though  the  joint  be  weak  in  itself,  it  is  strongly  fortified  by  liga- 
ments. The  capsule  is  strong,  and  is  connected  with,  or  partly  formed 
by,  the  anterior  and  posterior  pubic  and  sub-pubic  ligaments,  which  con- 
sist of  interlacing  fibres  stretched  across  the  joint  on  all  sides,  and  firmly 
attached  to  each  os  pubis. 

15.  Ambrose  Pare,  Severin  Pineau,  and  other  ancient  writers,  with 
Sigault,  Chaussier,  Gardien,  &c,  among  the  moderns,  judging  from  its 
occurrence  in  certain  animals,  have  concluded  that  the  ossa  pubis  are 
separated  to  a  certain  extent  during  labour,  and  that  this  joint  is  a  special 
provision  for  increasing  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  brim  of  the 
pelvis  ;  and  certain  post-mortem  examinations,  especially  of  females  who 
died  near  the  full  term  of  utero-gestation,  have  been  adduced  as  proving 
the  fact.  On  the  other  hand,  this  separation  is  denied  by  Denman,  Bau- 
delocque, Boyer,  Burns,  Dewees,  &c.  Baudelocque  and  others  have 
sought  in  vain  for  it  in  cases  where  no  violence  has  been  used  ;  and,  from 
a  fair  estimate  of  the  experience  on  record,  we  may  conclude  that  it  does 
not  take  place  as  a  natural  process,  but  that  it  occurs  occasionally  as  an 
accident.     The  arguments  of  Dewees  are,  in  my  mind,  conclusive : — 

1.  It  is  not  stated  to  be  more  frequent  in  distorted  than  in  well-formed 
pelves,  which  ought  to  be  the  case  on  account  of  the  greater  pressure. 

2.  When  it  does  occur,  it  is  attended  with  severe  inconveniences,  which 
are  not  observed  after  ordinary  labour.  3.  That  such  a  separation  as  has 
been  imagined,  would  not  materially  increase  the  antero-posterior  diameter 
of  the  brim,  as  "  it  would  require  the  ossa  pubis  to  be  separated  one  inch 
from  each  other,  to  gain  two  lines,"  and  such  a  separation  would  rupture 
the  pubic  ligaments  and  the  sacro-iliac  synchondroses,  in  many  cases, 
beyond  recovery. 

16.  The  Sacro-coccygeal  joint  is  of  the  kind  called  ginglymoid, 
admitting  of  extensive  motion,  especially  backwards,  so  as  to  permit  the 
enlargement  of  the  lower  outlet  at  least  one  inch.  The  articulating  sur- 
faces are  covered  with  cartilage,  and  between  them  is  a  synovial  capsule; 
whilst  on  the  outside,  and  entirely  embracing  the  joint,  is  a  fibrous 
capsular  ligament. 


CHAPTER  III. 


OF  THE  PELVIS  COLLECTIVELY. 


17.  Having  thus  examined  each  bone  of  the  pelvis  separately,  and  the 
joints  by  which  they  are  united,  our  next  object  is  the  consideration  of 
the  pelvis  as  a  whole,  its  relation  to  the  rest  of  the  body,  its  magnitude, 
axes,  &c. 

It  is  connected  with  the  trunk  by  the  articulation  of  the  sacrum  with 
the  last  lumbar  vertebra,  effected  in  the  same  manner  as  the  junction  of 
the  vertebrae  with  each  other ;  with  the  lower  extremities  it  is  connected 
by  means  of  the  hip-jointSc 

Fig.  4. 


18.  But  the  position  of  the  pelvis  in  situ  is  very  different  from  what  we 
might  suppose,  from  examining  it  separately.  The  brim  of  the  pelvis  is 
neither  horizontal  nor  perpendicular,  but  oblique.  When  the  body  is 
erect,  the  upper  part  of  the  sacrum  and  the  acetabula  are  nearly  in  the 
same  descending  line.  The  obliquity  has  been  variouslv  estimated;  that 
of  the  brim  from  35°  to  60°,  and  that  of  the  outlet  from  5£°  to  18°.     Nae- 

d2  (41) 


42  OF    THE    PELVIS. 

gele  states  the  obliquity  of  the  brim  to  be  from  50°  to  60°,  and  that  of  the 
outlet  from  10°  to  11°  ;  the  point  of  the  coccyx  being  seven  or  eight  lines 
above  the  summit  of  the  arch  of  the  pubis,  and  the  sacro-vertebral  angle 
three  inches  nine  lines  higher  than  the  pubis. 

19.  The  advantages  of  this  obliquity  are  obvious ;  as  Dr.  F.  Ramsbo- 
tham  has  truly  observed:  "Were  the  axes  of  the  trunk  and  pelvic 
entrance  in  the  same  line,  owing  to  the  upright  position  of  the  human 
female,  the  womb,  towards  the  close  of  gestation,  would  gravitate  low 
into  the  pelvis,  and  produce  most  injurious  pressure  on  the  contained 
viscera ;  while,  in  the  early  months,  not  only  would  the  same  distressful 
inconvenience  be  occasioned,  but  there  would  be  great  danger  of  its  pro- 
truding externally,  and  appearing  as  a  tumour  between  the  thighs,  covered 
by  the  inverted  vagina."  We  may  add,  that,  when  not  pregnant,  the 
patient  would  be  obnoxious  to  prolapse  of  the  uterus  and  the  other  pelvic 
viscera,  upon  making  very  slight  expulsive  efforts. 

20.  Now  let  us  examine  the  Pelvis  itself.  It  is  divided  by  the  linea 
ilio-pectinea  into  the  false  and  true,  or  upper  and  lower  pelvis.  The 
Upper  or  False  Pelvis  is  formed  by  the  lateral  divergence  of  the  alae  of 

Fig.  5. 


the  ossa  innominata.  It  is  not  of  much  importance  obstetrically,  except 
for  the  general  relation  which  its  normal  size  bears  to  that  of  the  true 
pelvis,  and  the  inference  to  be  drawn  therefrom  as  to  the  normal  or  ab- 
normal condition  of  the  latter.  Dr.  Burns  gives  the  following  measure- 
ments, which  I  believe  are  correct : — "  From  the  symphysis  pubis  to  the 
commencement  of  the  iliac  wing  at  the  inferior  spinous  process,  is  nearly 
four  inches.  From  the  inferior  spinous  process  to  the  posterior  ridge  of 
the  ilium,  a  line  subtending  the  hollow  of  the  costa,  measures  five  inches. 
The  distance  from  the  superior  spine  is  the  same.  From  the  top  of  the 
crest  of  the  ilium  to  the  brim  of  the  pelvis,  a  direct  line  measures  three 
inches  and  a  half.  The  distance  between  the  two  superior  anterior  spinous 
processes  of  the  ilium  is  fully  ten  inches.  A  line  drawn  from  the  top  of 
the  crest  of  the  ilium  to  the  opposite  side  measures  rather  more  than  eleven 
inches,  and  touches,  in  its  course,  the  intervertebral  substance  between 
the  fourth  and  fifth  lumbar  vertebrae.  A  line  drawn  from  the  centre  of 
the  third  lumbar  vertebra,  counting  from  the  sacrum  to  the  upper  spine  of 


OF   THE   PELVIS. 


43 


the  ilium,  measures  six  inches  and  three  quarters.  A  line  drawn  from 
the  same  vertebra  to  the  top  of  the  symphysis,  measures  seven  inches  and 
three  quarters ;  and,  when  the  subject  is  erect,  this  line  is  exactly  per- 
pendicular." 

21.  The  Lower  or  True  Pelvis  is  the  part  involved  in  parturition,  and 
which  it  is  therefore  essential  to  know  with  minute  accuracy.  For  the 
purpose  of  description,  it  is  divided  into  the  brim,  cavity,  and  outlet. 

22.  The  Brim  of  the  Pelvis  is  defined  by  the  linea  ilio-pectinea ;  it 
is  of  an  oval  form,  except  posteriorly,  where  it  is  broken  by  the  promon- 
tory of  the  sacrum.  Its  influence  upon  labour  will  be  understood,  when 
we  recollect  that  it  is  the  first  solid  resistance  the  head  of  the  foetus  meets; 
that  any  diminution  in  its  size  is  more  hazardous  and  less  remediable  than 
in  any  other  portion  of  the  passages;  and,  lastly,  that  deviations  from 
the  normal  proportions  of  the  brim,  most  frequently  entail  similar  ones  in 
the  cavity. 

The  three  principal  diameters  are  the  antero-posterior  ('),  from  the 
prominence  of  the  sacrum  to  the  inner  and  upper  edge  of  the  symphysis 
pubis;  the  transverse  (2),  across  the  widest  part  of  the  brim,  at  right 

Fig.  6. 


angles  to  the  antero-posterior ;  and  the  oblique  diameter  (3),  from  the  sacro- 
iliac synchondrosis  of  one  side,  to  the  opposite  side  of  the  brim,  just  above 
the  acetabulum. 

23.  The  measurements  of  their  diameters  are  not  exactly  the  same  in 
different  women,  though  the  variation  is  but  slight.  I  shall  place  the 
measurements  given  by  some  of  the  chief  authorities  before  the  reader. 


Antero-pos- 
terior diam'r. 

Transverse 

Oblique 

Denman. 

Burns. 

Ramsbo- 
tham. 

Rigby. 

Baude- 
loc<iue. 

Velpeau. 

Moreau. 

4  in.  &  a 
fraction. 

5 

4  in. 

5} 

5* 

4  in. 
5 

43  in. 
5-4 

4-8 

4  in. 
5 

42 

4  in. 

5 

4i 

4  in. 
5 

If  we  take  the  smallest  of  these  estimates,  there  will  still  be  space 


44  OF    THE    PELVIS. 

enough  to  admit  the  head  of  the  child ;  and  if  we  allow  half  an  inch  for 
variations,  this  will  give  us  a  pretty  correct  idea  of  the  diameters  of  the 
brim.  The  circumference  varies  from  thirteen  to  fourteen  and  a  half 
inches. 

Dr.  Burns  has  added  other  measurements:  —  "From  the  sacro-iliac 
symphysis  to  the  crest  of  the  pubis  on  the  same  side  is  four  inches  and  a 
half;  from  the  top  of  the  sacrum  to  that  part  of  the  brim  which  is  directly 
above  the  foramen  thyroideum,  is  three  inches  and  a  half;  the  line,  if 
drawn  to  the  acetabulum  in  place  of  the  foramen,  is  a  quarter  of  an  inch 
shorter ;  a  line  drawn  across  the  fore  part  of  the  brim,  from  one  aceta- 
bulum to  the  other,  is  nearly  four  inches  and  a  quarter." 

24.  The  Cavity  of  the  Pelvis,  whose  fixed  boundaries  are  the 
sacrum,  the  ischium,  and  the  pubis,  is  of  unequal  depth.  Posteriorly  it 
measures  five  inches,  or  six  if  the  coccyx  be  extended ;  from  the  brim  to 
the  tuber  ischii,  three  inches  and  three  quarters ;  and  the  depth  of  the 
symphysis  pubis  is  from  two  to  two  and  a  half  inches. 

Fig.  7. 


25.  The  anteroposterior  diameter,  from  the  hollow  of  the  sacrum  to 
the  symphysis  pubis,  is  about  four  inches  and  a  half;  the  transverse,  at 
right  angles  with  the  former,  is  about  four  inches  and  three  quarters ;  and 
the  oblique  about  five  inches :  a  variation  of  a  quarter  of  an  inch  either 
way  being  allowed. 

There  are  other  measurements  of  considerable  importance,  inasmuch  as 
the  child's  head  passes  obliquely  through  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis.  Thus, 
from  the  sacro-iliac  synchondrosis  of  one  side  to  the  tuber  ischii  of  the 
other,  is  six  inches ;  and  to  the  ramus  of  the  ischium,  five  inches  :  from 
the  anterior  margin  of  the  sacro-sciatic  notch,  to  the  opposite  side,  is  six 
inches,  or  six  and  a  quarter ;  from  the  anterior  margin  of  the  descending 
ramus  of  the  ischium,  to  the  opposite  side,  at  the  same  level,  is  four  inches 
and  three  quarters. 

26.  The  bones  which  constitute  the  pelvic  cavity  are  smooth  on  their 
inner  surface,  and  present  a  series  of  inclined  planes,  calculated  to  influ- 
ence the  direction  of  the  foetal  head  in  its  descent.  They  tend  at  first 
downwards  and  slightly  backwards,  then  downwards  and  forwards. 

27.  The  Outlet  of  the  Pelvis  is  of  an  oval  shape,  but  irregular.  Its 
lateral  boundaries  are  immoveable  ;  but  its  antero-posterior  diameter  may 


OF   THE    PELVIS.  45 

be  extended,  owing  to  the  mobility  of  the  coccyx.  The  arch  of  the  pubis, 
according  to  Osiander,  forms  an  angle  van  ing  between  90°  and  100°,  and 
will  permit  the  passage  of  a  circular  body  whose  diameter  is  an  inch  and 
a  quarter. 

28.  The  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  outlet,  from  the  arch  of  the 
pubis  to  the  point  of  the  coccyx,  is  from  four  to  five  inches ;  the  trans- 

Fig.  8. 


verse,  from  one  tuber  ischii  to  the  other,  is  about  four  inches ;  and  the 
oblique,  four  inches  and  three  quarters,  allowing  for  a  variation  of  half 
an  inch. 

29.  Now,  if  we  compare  the  diameters  of  the  brim  with  those  of  the 
outlet,  we  find  that  the  proportions  are  completely  changed  ;  that  which 
was  the  shortest  at  the  brim,  being  the  longest  at  the  outlet,  and  the 
longest  diameter  of  the  brim,  being  the  shortest  at  the  outlet.  This 
remarkable  change  is,  however,  effected  gradually;  for  in  the  cavity  we 
observe  merely  an  approximation  in  the  diameters.  The  effect  of  these 
changes  upon  the  mechanism  of  parturition  are  very  important,  as  we 
shall  see  by  and  by. 

30.  The  axes  of  the  upper  and  lower  outlet  of  the  pelvis  form  an 
obtuse  angle  with  each  other;  the  former  being  described  by  a  line  run- 
ning from  the  coccyx  upward  to  a  little  above  the  umbilicus,  and  the 
latter  by  a  line  drawn  from  the  second  bone  of  the  sacrum  through  the 
centre  of  the  pubic  arch. 

If  we  combine  these  together  with  the  inclination  of  the  pelvis,  we 
shall  obtain  a  tolerably  accurate  notion  of  the  direction  of  the  canal  of 
the  pelvis.  This  is  marked  out  by  the  central  line  in  the  following 
figure,  which  I  have  copied  from  one  given  by  M.  Danyau  in  his  transla- 
tion of  Naegele's  work  on  Oblique  Distortion. 

31.  There  is  a  considerable  difference  between  the  male  and  female 
pelcis,  both  in  shape  and  size.  In  the  former,  the  brim  is  more  circular, 
and  the  cavity  deeper.  In  the  male,  the  depth  of  the  symphysis  pubis 
is  nearly  double  that  of  the  female:  the  sacrum  is  more  perpendieular ; 
the  sacro-sciatic  notches  and  foramina  smaller;  the  arch  of  the  pubis  is 
narrower,  its  angle  being  about  70°  or  80°;  the  tubera  ischii  are  nearer 
to  each  other,  and  the  coccyx  less  moveable. 

From  the  greater  width  of  the  female  pelvis,  the  acetabula  are  further 


46  OF   THE  PELVIS. 

Fig.  9. 


apart  than  in  the  male,  although  the  thigh-bones  approach  each  other  in 
their  descent,  and  the  knees  (in  the  erect  position)  are  nearly  in  contact, 
giving  a  peculiarity  to  the  movements  of  the  female,  not  observable  in 
the  other  sex. 

32.  Hitherto  we  have  considered  the  skeleton  pelvis  only;  but  the 
subject  would  be  incomplete  without  a  brief  description  of  the  soft  parts, 
lining  the  pelvis,  and  covering  it  externally.  The  former  modify  the 
diameters  of  the  pelvis,  and  the  latter  must  be  taken  into  account  in 
forming  a  diagnosis  in  the  living  subject. 

The  iliac  fossae  are  each  occupied  by  the  iliacus  internus  muscle,  inter- 
nal to  which,  and  slightly  overlapping  the  edge  of  the  brim,  is  the  psoas 
muscle ;  these  pass  over  the  anterior  part  of  the  brim  to  their  insertions. 
Near  the  inner  margin  of  the  psoas  muscle  we  find  the  iliac  artery  and 
vein,  with  the  crural  nerves  and  lymphatics.  In  the  cavity  we  find  the 
obturator  internus  and  the  pyramidalis  muscles,  with  the  hemorrhoidal 
and  sacral  vessels,  and  the  sacral  nerves.  The  rectum  passes  down 
nearly  in  the  centre  of  the  sacrum,  and  the  bladder  lies  behind  and  above 
the  symphysis  pubis :  these  parts  are  held  in  situ  by  cellular  membrane, 
superficial  and  deep  fascia,  &c. 

The  lower  outlet  is  nearly  closed  by  soft  parts,  which  are  capable  of 
great  distension.  On  either  side  of  the  sacrum  and  coccyx  are  situated 
the  sacro-sciatic  ligament,  the  coccygeus  muscle,  and  layers  of  fascia  and 
cellular  substance;  whilst  the  termination  of  the  rectum,  and  the  perineum 
consisting  of  transverse  muscular  fibres,  fascia  and  cellular  tissue,  close 
the  outlet  posterior  to  the  orifice  of  the  vagina. 

33.  The  effect  of  these  additions  in  diminishing  the  internal  measure- 
ments of  the  pelvis  is  not  very  great,  except  at  the  lower  outlet.  The 
transverse  diameter  of  the  brim  is  diminished  about  half  an  inch,  or 
rather  more  when  the  psoae  muscles  are  in  action,  and  the  conjugate 
diameter  about  a  quarter  of  an  inch.     The  diameters  of  the  cavity  are 


OF   THE    PELVIS.  47 

not  lessened  more  than  a  quarter  of  an  inch.  The  lower  outlet  may  be 
said  to  be  almost  closed  in  the  absence  of  any  distending  force,  the  orifice 
of  the  vagina  being  the  only  vacancy  ;  but  the  elasticity  of  the  perineum, 
&c.  occasions  the  soft  parts  to  be  little  or  no  diminution  of  the  antero- 
posterior diameter. 

34.  To  the  crest  of  the  ilium  the  abdominal  muscles  are  attached;  and 
on  the  outer  surface  of  the  ossa  innominata,  there  is  a  large  mass  of  mus- 
cles,—  the  glutaei,  pyriformis,  gemellus  superior,  obturator  internus, 
gemellus  inferior,  obturator  externus,  and  quadratus  femoris ;  these  mus- 
cles  are  separated  by  fascia,  and  are  covered  by  a  thick  layer  of  adipose 
tissue  and  the  skin.  The  anterior  wall  of  the  pelvis  gives  origin  to  a 
great  number  of  muscles,  most  of  which  have  been  already  enumerated. 

35.  The  external  measurements  of  the  pelvis  are  of  considerable  import- 
ance in  the  diagnosis  of  deformity,  as  deviations  externally  appreciable, 
will  in  most  cases  (though  not  in  all)  be  found  to  accompany  internal 
ones.  Unfortunately,  the  data  we  possess  are  but  few ;  however,  the 
following,  I  believe,  are  correct. 

The  external  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  pelvis,  is  from  7  to  8 

inches. 
The  external  transverse,  between  the  crista  ilii  of  each  side,  13  to  16 

inches. 
From  the  anterior  superior  spine  of  one  side  to  the  other,  10  to  12 

inches. 
From  the  great  trochanter  of  one  side  to  the  sacro-iliac  symphysis  of 

the  other,  9  inches. 
The  depth  of  the  pelvis,  from  the  top  of  the  sacrum  to  the  coccyx, 

from  4  to  5  inches. 

In  order,  from  these  measurements,  to  form  a  sufficiently  correct  esti- 
mate of  the  internal  diameters  of  the  pelvis,  we  must  deduct  from  them 
the  thickness  of  the  parietes ;  i.  e.  about  three  inches  antero-posteriorly, 
and  four  inches  laterally,  according  to  Baudelocque,  Navas,  and  Velpeau. 
The  depth  is  easily  ascertained  externally ;  posteriorly,  by  taking  the 
the  length  of  the  sacrum ;  laterally,  by  measuring  from  the  anterior 
superior  spine  of  the  ilium,  and  dividing  by  two ;  and  anteriorly,  by 
taking  the  depth  of  the  symphysis  pubis. 

It  is  but  fair  to  add,  that  doubts  have  been  expressed  of  the  utility 
and  accuracy  of  these  measurements,  by  Mesdames  Boivin  and  Lachap- 
pelle,  on  account  of  the  varying  thickness  of  the  parietes  of  the  pelvis : 
but,  even  allowing  for  this,  they  appear  to  me  of  value  as  an  approxima- 
tive estimate. 

36.  In  this  opinion  I  am  supported  by  M.  Naegele,  who,  in  his  recent 
work  on  Oblique  Distortion,  has  pointed  out  certain  external  measure- 
ments as  a  means  of  diagnosis,  and  has  given  a  careful  estimate  of  forty- 
two  cases.  His  French  translator,  M.  Danyau,  has  added  to  these, 
eighty  cases  measured  by  himself,  and  the  average  result  is  as  follows : 

1.  From  the  tuber  ischii  of  one  side  to  the  posterior  superior  spinous 
process  of  the  opposite  side,  6  inches  6  lines. 

2.  From  the  anterior  superior  spine  of  the  ilium  of  one  side  to  the 
posterior  superior  spine  of  the  other  side,  7  inches  10  lines. 

4 


48  OF   THE    PELVIS. 

3.  From  the  spinous  process  of  the  last  lumbar  vertebra  to  the  anterior 
superior  spine  of  the  ilium  of  either  side,  6  inches  7  or  8  lines. 

4.  From  the  great  trochanter  of  one  side  to  the  posterior  superior  spine 
of  the  ilium  of  the  opposite  side,  8  inches  2  lines. 

5.  From  the  centre  of  the  inferior  edge  of  the  symphysis  pubis  to  the 
posterior  superior  spine  of  the  ilium  of  either  side,  6  inches  3  or  4 
lines. 

These  measurements  are  those  of  ordinary-sized  pelves ;  they  will  of 
course  vary  if  the  pelvis  be  unusually  large  or  small :  but  the  utmost 
variation  of  No.  1  was  6  lines,  of  No.  2  was  11  lines,  of  No.  3  was  7 
lines,  of  No.  4  was  9  lines,  and  of  No.  5  was  9  lines ;  and  these  were 
almost  all  single  exceptions. 

37.  The  next  point  relates  to  the  practical  application  of  these  facts, 
or,  in  other  words,  to  the  best  mode  of  ascertaining  the  size  of  the  pelvis 
in  the  living  subject.  A  certain  amount  of  information  may  be  obtained 
from  the  general  and  equable  form  of  the  pelvis,  the  breadth  of  the  hips 
as  compared  with  the  shoulders,  the  degree  of  obliquity  of  the  pelvis, 
the  curve  of  the  sacrum,  &c. ;  and  in  many  cases  we  may  pronounce, 
from  a  cursory  glance,  that  the  patient  is  well  made.  Should  this  not  be 
so  apparent,  wre  must  have  recourse  to  external  measurement,  which  is 
easily  effected  by  means  of  a  pair  of  curved  calipers  and  a  foot  measure. 
Care  must  be  taken  in  placing  the  points  of  the  instrument,  as  a  slight 
deviation  may  produce  different  and  incorrect  results.  The  measurements 
thus  obtained  we  can  reduce  to  the  internal  diameters  of  the  pelvis  by 
making  the  deductions  already  specified. 

38.  There  is  greater  difficulty  in  ascertaining  the  magnitude  of  the 
pelvis  internally.  In  Great  Britain  we  are  almost  limited  to  the  informa- 
tion afforded  by  the  "toucher;"  and  undoubtedly,  by  this  means  alone, 
a  well-educated  finger  may  obtain  a  sufficiently  accurate  estimate  for 
practical  purposes.  When  making  an  examination  for  this  purpose,  the 
finger  should  be  passed  to  the  promontory  of  the  sacrum,  and  thence 
carried  forward  slowly  to  the  symphysis  pubis :  we  may  then  pass  it 
across  the  pelvis,  in  the  direction  of  the  transverse  and  oblique  diameters, 
and  finally  follow  the  course  of  the  brim,  taking  note  of  any  deviation 
from  the  usual  form,  or  of  any  obstacle.  The  state  of  the  sacrum  and 
cavity  generally,  and  the  mobility  of  the  coccyx,  can  readily  be  ascer- 
tained by  the  finger,  as  well  as  the  dimensions  of  the  lower  outlet. 
Although  deficient  in  precision,  the  information  thus  obtained  may  satisfy 
us  of  the  possibility  of  the  passage  of  the  child  ;  and  of  course,  if  the 
patient  be  pregnant  or  in  labour,  there  will  be  more  certainty,  as  we  shall 
then  have  the  child's  head  as  a  standard  of  comparison. 

39.  But,  in  order  to  arrive  at  greater  accuracy,  certain  instruments 
have  been  invented,  chiefly  by  continental  obstetricians,  for  measuring 
the  internal  as  well  as  the  external  diameters  of  the  pelvis.  Thus  we 
have  the  "compass  d'epaisseur"  of  Baudelocque,  the  u cephanometre"  of 
Stein,  the  "mecometre"  of  Chaussier,  the  "pelvimeters"  of  De  Creve, 
Aitken,  Coutouly,  Bang,  Traisnel,  &c,  with  various  modifications  of 
modern  invention.  I  do  not  deem  it  necessary  to  describe  these  instru- 
ments, as  they  are  seldom,  if  ever,  used  in  these  countries.  The  natural 
delicacy  of  the  sex  precludes  their  employment  in  the  cases  in  which  they 
would  be  of  the  greatest  value ;  I  mean,  before  marriage,  or  conception. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

ABNORMAL  DEVIATIONS  IN  THE  PELVIS.  — DEFORMITIES. 

40.  Under  this  title  I  shall  include  not  merely  distortions  of  the  pel- 
vis, but  also  certain  equable  deviations  from  its  normal  dimensions,  which 
are  of  importance.  The  abnormal  deviations  of  the  pelvis  maybe  either 
general  or  special.  The  general  or  equable  deformity  of  the  pelvis  involves 
the  whole  of  the  cavity  equally,  and  may  consist  either  in  an  excess  or 
diminution  of  its  usual  dimensions. 

41.  The  former  of  these  (the  pelvis  cequabiliter  justo  major  of  conti- 
nental writers)  is  not  very  unusual,  nor  is  it  advantageous  in  parturition, 

Pig.  10. 


except  perhaps  in  face  presentations,  and  it  may  be  attended  with  incon- 
venience. Giles  de  la  Tourette  has  recorded  one  where  the  antero- 
posterior diameter  was  five  inches  and  a  half,  the  transverse  six  and  a 
half,  both  diameters  of  the  lower  outlet  five  and  a  half,  and  the  distance 
between  the  crests  of  the  ilia  twelve  and  a  half  inches.  Dr.  Burns  men- 
tions his  having  a  very  large  one,  but  not  quite  equal  to  the  one  just  men- 
tioned. My  friend  Dr.  Murphy  possesses  one  of  about  the  same  size. 
The  relative  proportion  of  the  diameters  sometimes  varies,  so  that  the 
brim  may  assume  an  oval  shape  antero-posteriorly,  or  a  heart  shape,  and 
still  all  the  diameters  be  excessive. 

42.  It  is  evident  that  a  pelvis  preternaturally  large  may  be  a  disadvan- 
tage to  a  female  who  is  not  pregnant,  as  it  will  favour  prolapse  of  the 
pelvic  viscera ;  and  also  to  one  who  is  pregnant,  by  more  readily  permit- 
ting descents,  displacements,  &c.  Its  inconvenience  during  parturition 
consists  in  the  want  of  that  degree  of  contact  with  the  head  of  the  child, 
necessary  to  impress  upon  it  the  usual  partial  rotations  and  changes  of 
lion  ;  and  the  facility  with  which  it  would  admit  of  prolapse  of  the 
womb  afterwards. 

e  (49) 


50 


DEFORMITIES. 


43.  It  is  more  rare  to  find  a  pelvis  whose  size  is  equably  diminished 
(the  pelvis  cequabiliter  justo  minor),  without  much  relative  disproportion 
between  its  diameters,  although  Naegele  and  Velpeau  think  it  more  corn- 


Fig.  11. 


mon  than  writers  in  general  have  supposed ;  and,  in  support  of  this 
opinion,  it  may  be  added,  that  modern  investigations  have  discovered  that 
in  many,  if  not  most  cases  of  rickets,  even  where  there  is  no  apparent 
distortion  of  the  pelvis,  there  is  a  certain  diminution  (one-fourth,  I  believe) 
in  the  aggregate  diameters.  The  obstruction  which  this  deformity  offers 
to  delivery  is  sufficiently  obvious. 

44.  The  special  distortions  of  the  pelvis  are  much  more  frequent.    They 


occur  at  the  brim,  in  the  cavity,  or  at  the  lower  outlet,  but  are  rarely 
limited  to  one  of  these  situations.  The  distortion  may  also  occur  in  any 
of  the  diameters,  though  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  brim,  and 
the  transverse  of  the  lower  outlet,  present  them  most  frequently. 


Fig.  12. 


45.  At  the  brim  we  find  distortions  more  common  in  the  antero-poste 
rior  diameter,  as  I  have  said ;  next  in  the  oblique,  and  lastly  in  the  trans- 
verse diameter. 

The  sacrum  may  be  pushed  forward  toward  the  symphysis,  or  the 
symphysis  toward  the  sacrum. 


DEFORMITIES. 
fig.  13. 


51 


Nf 


If  the  sacrum  be  more  slightly  pressed  forward,  it  will  make  the  open- 
ing a  heart  shape,  and  may  change  the  length  of  the  oblique  as  well  as 
the  antero-posterior  diameters. 


Fiz.  14. 


In  some  cases  the  acetabula  are  pushed  inwards,  as  well  as  the  sacrum 
forwards,   diminishing  the   oblique  and  antero-posterior  diameters,  and 


Fie.  15. 


52 


DEFORMITIES. 


completely  distorting  the  brim.  This  was  the  case  with  Isabel  Redman, 
operated  upon  by  Dr.  Hull;  and  similar  examples  are  recorded  by  Weid- 
marm,  Aitken,  Mad.  Boivin,  &c. 

In  other  cases,  the  oval  of  the  brim  is  transposed,  the  long  diameter 
being  antero-posterior  instead  of  transverse ;  as  in  the  accompanying 
drawing,  (fig.  15.) 

46.  In  the  cavity,  distortions  are  in  most  cases  consequent  upon  those 
of  the  brim  or  outlet ;  though  we  occasionally  meet  with  instances  where 
the  sacrum  is  too  much  or  too  little  curved,  when  the  other  parts  of  the 


Fig.  16. 


pelvis  are  of  normal  form, 
gradually  from  the  brim  to 
"  funnel-shaped  pelvis." 


In  some  very  rare  cases,  the  cavity  contracts 
the  outlet,  forming  what  has  been  called  a 


Fig.  17. 


The  capacity  of  the  cavity  may  also  be  diminished  by  a  fibrous  or  bony 
growth  from  the  sacrum,  as  in  the  annexed  figures.  The  first  (fig.  17)  is 
comparatively  small,  though  sufficient  to  interfere  seriously  with  labour ; 
but  the  second  (fig.  18)  would  preclude  the  possibility  of  delivery  "per 


DEFORMITIES. 


53 


Pig   18. 


vias  naturales."  These  morbid  growths  from  the  periosteum,  or  bone, 
involve  the  same  difficulty  as  distortions,  inasmuch  as  they  are  incom- 
pressible and  immoveable. 


Fi-.  19. 


47.  The  lower  outlet  is  comparatively  independent  of  the  brim  and 
cavity.  It  is  by  no  means  uncommon  to  experience  delay,  arising  from 
a  narrowing  of  the  brim,  with  a  rapid  passage  of  the  head  through  the 
outlet;  but,  of  course,  in  extreme  cases  of  distortion  the  outlet  partici- 
pates, as  is  shown  in  die  figures  annexed  ;  fig.  20  being  the  lower  outlet 
of  fig.  14,  and  fig.  21  of  fig.  16.  On  the  other  hand,  distortions  of  the 
lower  outlet  may  occur  with  a  normal  shape  and  size  of  the  brim.     They 

e2 


54 


DEFORMITIES. 


Fig.  20. 


are  most  frequent  in  the  transverse  diameter,  owing  to  the  approximation 
of  the  tubera  ischii,  which  at  the  same  time  will  diminish  the  span  of  the 
arch  of  the  pubis,  and  so  effectually,  though  not  apparently,  shorten  the 


Fig.  21. 


antero-posterior  diameter.  The  other  way  in  which  the  latter  diameter  is 
lessened,  is  by  too  great  a  curve  forward  of  the  lower  part  of  the  sacrum 
and  coccyx,  and  by  the  anchylosis  of  the  coccygeal  joint.  The  spinous 
process  of  the  ischium  may  afFer  some  obstruction,  if  it  be  unusually 
long,  and  curved  inwards. 

48.  The  amount  of  these  distortions  varies  as  much  as  possible :  it 
may  be  so  slight  as  merely  to  retard  delivery ;  or  it  may  be  so  great  as 
to  preclude  it  altogether,  as  in  Mr.  Bell's  case,  where  the  antero-posterior 
diameter  was  about  half  an  inch,  or  in  that  recorded  by  M.  Naegele,  in 
which  it  was  even  less. 

49.  In  most  cases  of  pelvic  deformity,  the  distortion  is  somewhat 
unequal,  one  side  suffering  more  than  the  other ;  but  there  is  a  class  of 
cases  in  which  this  distortion  is  almost  entirely  confined  to  one  side.  An 
allusion  to  such  will  be  found  in  several  authors ;  but  it  remained  for  M. 
Naegele  to  add  to  his  high  reputation  by  a  careful  and  accurate  descrip- 


DEFORMITIES.  55 

Fig.  22. 


tion  of  this  oblique  distortion  ("  die  schrag  verengte  becken"  or  " pelvis 
obliquZ  ovata").  In  these  cases  (fig.  22),  the  affected  side  is  flattened, 
and  the  sacroiliac  synchondrosis  anchylosed.  Half  the  sacrum  is  imper- 
fectly developed ;  and  the  other,  though  at  first  sight  it  appears  well- 
formed,  is  found  to  be  awry :  the  promontory  of  the  sacrum  and  the 
symphysis  pubis  are  not  (as  they  ought  to  be)  opposite  to  each  other,  but 
the  former  leans  to  the  affected  side,  and  the  latter  is  pushed  over  (as  it 
were)  to  the  sounder  side,  so  as  to  make  the  form  of  the  pelvis  oblique. 

50.  As  we  should  expect,  the  planes  and  axes  are  altered  more  or  less 
in  all  well-marked  cases  of  distortion.  When  the  promontory  of  the 
sacrum  projects,  the  axis  of  the  upper  outlet  is  more  horizontal ;  but,  if 
the  acetabula  are  pressed  inwards,  it  may  become  more  perpendicular. 
The  axis  of  the  lower  outlet  may  be  changed  in  the  opposite,  but  more 
frequently  in  the  same  direction,  the  two  becoming  almost  parallel :  nay, 
there  is  a  case  quoted  by  Velpeau  in  which  they  were  reversed  ;  that  of 
the  lower  outlet  looking  forward,  whilst  that  of  the  brim  was  directed 
backward.  In  the  majority  of  cases,  I  believe  we  may  say,  that  the 
planes  and  axes  of  both  outlets  approximate  to  the  plane  of  the  horizon. 

51.  The  principal  causes  of  distortion  are,  1,  rickets  in  infancy  and 
childhood ;  and,  2,  malacosteon,  or  mollities  ossiuin,  in  adults.  The 
effect  of  both  diseases  is  to  deprive  the  bony  structure  of  the  earthy  matter 
which  gives  it  firmness ;  in  the  absence  of  which,  the  bones  become  flex- 
ible, and  are  influenced  by  muscular  motion,  or  long-continued  pressure. 
Thus,  if  in  such  circumstances  the  patient  maintain  the  sitting  posture 
long,  the  promontory  of  the  sacrum  may  be  pushed  forwards,  or  the  sym- 
physis upwards ;  the  lower  part  of  the  sacrum  may  be  too  much  curved, 
and  the  os  coccygis  rendered  horizontal.  If  the  upright  position  be  con- 
tinued long,  the  acetabula  may  be  pressed  inwards,  and  the  promontory 
of  the  sacrum  forwards,  tf  the  patient  lie  much  on  her  back,  the  sacrum 
may  be  flattened  ;  or  if  on  one  side,  it  may  be  rendered  unequal. 

Besides  these  special  deformities,  it  has  already  been  mentioned,  that, 
in  patients  affected  with  rickets,  the  aggregate  of  the  diameters  of  the 
pelvis  is  lessened  one-fourth,  even  when  the  pelvis  is  apparently  unaf- 
fected. 


56  DEFORMITIES. 

52.  Any  of  these  special  distortions  may  occur  in  the  same  way  in 
adults  affected  with  malacosteon,  and  at  any  period  of  their  life ;  so  that 
it  has  happened  that  a  female,  who  had  borne  children  naturally,  has  at  a 
subsequent  labour  exhibited  such  an  extent  of  pelvic  distortion  as  required 
the  use  of  instruments,  or  the  Cesarean  operation. 

Both  diseases  appear  to  be  more  frequent  in  manufacturing  towns  than 
in  country  districts. 

53.  It  is  extremely  difficult  to  assign  the  cause  of  oblique  distortion. 
Naegele  states  that  he  could  detect  no  traces  of  rickets  or  mollities  ossium 
in  any  of  his  cases,  nor  had  any  suffered  from  external  violence.  The 
bones  presented  the  same  appearance  as  those  of  healthy  young  females. 
Dr.  Rigby,  however,  thinks  that  ulcerative  absorption  must  have  existed 
at  the  sacro-iliac  junction,  probably  in  early  life. 

54.  I  have  already  mentioned  as  a  cause  of  deformity,  3,  exostosis ; 
and  may  further  add,  4,  fractures  of  the  pelvis,  and,  5,  inflammation  of 
the  sacro-coccygeal  joint,  terminating  in  anchylosis,  upon  which  it  is 
unnecessary  that  I  should  dwell. 

55.  The  diagnosis  of  distortion  is  easy  in  proportion  to  its  amount.  If 
the  pelvis  be  much  deformed,  it  may  be  detected  by  an  external  or  inter- 
nal examination,  and  estimated  with  sufficient  accuracy  for  practical  pur- 
poses. But  if  it  be  only  slightly  affected,  it  will  not  be  so  easy  to  decide 
upon  the  possibility  of  the  passage  of  the  child,  unless  we  have  the  head 
of  the  child,  to  compare  with  the  pelvis.  Without  this,  we  must  chiefly 
depend  upon  a  comparison  of  the  external  measurements  with  those  of  a 
well-formed  pelvis,  and  upon  the  information  afforded  by  a  careful  inter- 
nal examination.  From  these  sources,  an  experienced  practitioner  will 
probably  obtain  data  for  a  satisfactory  though  cautious  diagnosis.  But  if 
we  are  not  consulted  until  the  patient  be  in  labour,  our  task  will  be  com- 
paratively easy,  because  the  head  will  be  in  apposition  with  the  part  (brim, 
cavity,  or  outlet)  where  we  suspect  the  narrowing. 

56.  Oblique  distortion  may  be  detected  in  two  ways,  according  to  M. 
Naegele :  1,  by  dropping  a  line  perpendicularly  from  the  spinous  process 
of  the  last  lumbar  vertebra,  and  another  from  the  symphysis  pubis ; — when 
the  pelvis  is  well  formed,  these  two  lines  are  exactly  one  behind  the  other; 
but  when  it  is  obliquely  distorted,  they  are  parallel,  with  a  considerable 
interval :  2dly,  by  measuring  the  pelvis  externally,  in  the  way  described 
in  §  36,  we  find  that  there  is  always  a  difference  between  the  two  sides 
of  the  pelvis,  varying  from  one  to  two  inches.  To  give  an  example  in  a 
pelvis  affected  with  oblique  distortion  of  the  left  side,  the  measurement 
No.  1  (see  §  36)  was 

6  in.  11  lines  on  the  left  side,  and  5  in.  8  lines  on  the  right. 
No.  2,     7  "     9     "         "         "  6  "  10     «         "         " 

No.  3,     6  "     6     "         "         "  5  "    3     "         "         " 


No.  4y     9  "     0     "         "         "  8  "    0 

No.  5,     6  "  11     "         "         «  6  "    1 


a 


Let  the  reader  compare  these  with  the  measurements  of  a  well-formed 
pelvis,  as  already  given,  and  he  will  be  convinced  that  either  method,  or 
the  two  combined,  will  afford  fair  grounds  for  a  diagnosis. 

Anchylosis  of  the  sacro-coccygeal  joint  will  be  discovered  by  its  immo- 
bility when  pressed  by  the  finger  during  the  internal  examination. 


DEFORMITIES.  57 

The  effect  of  the  different  kinds  and  degrees  of  deformity  upon  the 
mechanism  of  parturition,  and  the  practical  considerations  upon  which 
the  management  of  such  cases  must  be  founded,  will  be  discussed  in  the 
Third  Part  of  this  work.* 

*  In  a  great  majority  of  the  cases  of  reduced  or  distorted  pelves,  the  degree  of  devia- 
tion from  the  natural  standard,  although  perhaps  sufficient  to  cause  great  difficulty  in 
delivery,  is  nevertheless  too  small  to  be  readily  detected  by  the  external  measurements 
pointed  out  by  the  author.  The  calliper,  or  "  !><■  compas  d'lpaisseur  de  Baudelocque," 
(tig.  23,)  so  much  relied  on  by  some,  is  only  calculated  for  measuring  the  antero-poste- 

Fig.  23. 


rior  diameter,  and  its  indications  are  not  always  to  be  depended  on  here.  In  expe- 
rienced hands,  it  will  afford  important  but  not  conclusive  testimony  as  to  the  probable 
distance  between  the  promontory  of  the  sacrum  and  the  symphysis  pubis.  The  manner 
of  accomplishing  this  is  to  place  the  patient  on  her  side  on  the  bed,  and  then,  separat- 
ing the  thighs,  the  extremity  of  one  branch  of  the  instrument  is  applied  to  the  first 
spinous  process  of  the  sacrum  behind,  and  the  opposite  extremity  upon  the  middle  of 
the  symphysis  in  front:  the  intervening  space  is  shown  by  the  scale  (d),  and  ought  to 
be  full  seven  inches.  By  deducting  half  an  inch  for  the  thickness  of  the  pubis,  and 
two  and  a  half  inches  for  the  sacrum,  four  inches  remains  as  the  probable  anteroposte- 
rior diameter  of  the  upper  strait,  or  brim.  The  oblique  diameters  are  also  measured 
by  the  same  instrument.  Placing  one  of  its  ends  upon  the  external  surface  of  the  great 
trochanter,  and  the  other  on  the  projecting  portion  of  the  opposite  sacro-iliac  junction, 
in  a  well-formed  pelvis,  we  should  have  about  nine  inches  of  separation.  Allowing  two 
and  three  quarter  inches  for  the  trochanter,  neck  of  the  femur,  and  acetabulum,  and 
one  inch  and  three  quarters  for  the  posterior  symphysis,  leaves  four  inches  and  three 
quarters  as  the  oblique  diameter.  But  this  measurement,  for  obvious  reasons,  is  less 
to  be  relied  on  than  the  first ;  in  fact,  two  occasions  of  error  exist,  more  or  less,  in  both ; 
viz.,  1,  In  fixing  the  extremities  of  the  instrument  exactly  on  the  right  points;  and,  2, 
the  variations  that  occur  in  different  individuals,  in  the  thickness  of  the  bony  walls  of 
the  pelvis,  and  especially  of  the  soft  parts  covering  them.  In  ordinary  or  well-formed 
pelves  these  difficulties  are  not  great,  it  is  true ;  but  when  much  malformation  exists, 
they  are  sufficient  to  destroy  all  confidence  in  the  accuracy  of  the  results.  In  figure 
21,  page  54,  for  instance,  the  instrument,  properly  adjusted,  would  indicate  a  full-sized 
antero-posterior  diameter,  although  in  reality  the  space  which  is  available  for  the  pass- 
age of  the  child  is  extremely  small. 

A  careful  examination  with  the  hand,  applied  along  the  lumbar  column,  the  sacrum, 
and  coccyx,  and  over  the  arch  of  the  pubis,  observing  the  angle  formed  by  these  parts, 
one  with  another,  and,  in  short,  their  general  form  and  proportions,  will  convey  to  one 
well  acquainted  with  their  normal  state  a  more  satisfactory  opinion  than  any  instrument 
that  has  yet  been  invented. 

But  there  may  be  exostoses  or  other  tumours  within  the  pelvis,  very  seriously  affect- 
ing the  space,  and  totally  undiscoverable  by  external  examination,  so  that,  for  all  cer- 
tainty, internal  investigation  alone  can  assure  us  of  the  true  condition  of  the  parts. 
The  pelvimeters  of  Coutouly,  .Mad.  Boivin,  and  others,  for  internal  admeasurement, 
have  been  found  painful,  inconvenient,  and  uncertain,  and  are  now,  at  least  in  this 
country,  entirely  discarded ;  the  only  instrument  here  employed  for  such  explorations 
is  the  finger;— as  justly  observed  by  a  late  continental  writer,  "It  is  the  best  and 
surest  of  all  pelvimeters." 

The  manner  of  making  this  examination  is  thus  described  byChailly:  "To  appreciate 
the  extent  of  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  superior  strait,  the  index  linger  should 
be  passed  in  the  vagina  in  the  axis  <>t'  the  interior  strait,  towards  the  sacro-vertehral 
angle,  the  radial  side  of  the  linger  being  applied  immediately  under  the  pubis.     If  the 


CHAPTER  V. 

OF  THE  EXTERNAL  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION. 

57.  We  may  now  proceed  to  describe  the  generative  organs  in  the 
female.  These  are  ordinarily  divided,  into  the  external  and  internal,  or, 
with  regard  to  their  functions,  into  the  copulative  and  formative.  The 
external,  or  copulative,  consist  of  the  mons  veneris,  the  labia  majora  and 
minora,  the  clitoris,  the  hymen,  and  the  vagina.  The  internal,  or  forma- 
tive, consist  of  the  ovaries,  the  Fallopian  tubes,  and  uterus.  Most  Eng- 
lish writers  place  the  vagina  among  the  internal  organs ;  but,  as  it  belongs 
to  the  copulative,  I  have  classed  it  with  them :  the  point  is  of  little 
importance.  There  is  a  striking  analogy  between  the  male  and  female 
organs,  except  as  to  situation ;  and,  at  an  early  period  of  fetal  life,  the 

end  of  the  finger  does  not  touch  the  sacro-vertebral  angle,  it  is  because  the  diameter  is 
of  normal  dimensions ;  or,  if  it  is  contracted,  that  the  degree  of  contraction  is  so  small 
that  parturition  will  not  be  materially  affected  by  it.  But,  if  the  finger  readily  touches 
the  sacro-vertebral  angle,  there  is  reason  to  apprehend  more  or  less  difficulty.  To 
measure,  in  this  case,  the  extent  of  the  sacro-pubic  diameter,  it  is  necessary  to  mark, 
with  the  nail  of  the  index  finger  of  the  other  hand,  the  finger  introduced,  directly  below 
the  pubis,  the  labia?  and  nymphoe  being  carefully  separated  for  the  purpose ;  on  with- 
drawing the  finger,  the  length  of  the  part  introduced  may  be  readily  measured  with  a 
graduated  scale. 

Fig.  24.  Fig.  25. 


"  Some  little  allowance  is  to  be  made  for  the  length  of  the  oblique  line  represented 
by  the  finger,  ^hich,  instead  of  passing  directly  to  the  centre  of  the  pubis,  falls 
under  it. 

"  With  the  finger  we  can  easily  discover  whether  the  concavity  of  the  sacrum  is  aug- 
mented or  diminished,  which  will  enable  us  to  determine  whether  the  antero-posterior 
diameter  of  the  excavation  is  deranged. 

"  The  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  inferior  strait  may  be  ascertained  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  corresponding  diameter  of  the  upper  strait :  the  end  of  the  forefinger 
being  placed  on  the  extremity  of  the  coccyx,  the  hand  must  be  raised  until  the  radial 
edge  of  the  finger  touches  beneath  the  pubis ;  being  marked  at  this  point,  it  can  be 
measured  as  before  described. 

"  The  finger  thus  introduced  enables  us  at  the  same  time  to  judge  of  the  flexibility 
or  otherwise  of  the  sacro-coccygeal  joint."*  There  is  indeed  very  little  difficulty  in 
ascertaining  accurately  the  diameters  of  the  inferior  strait  with  the  fingers  externally 
applied. 

During  labour,  the  internal  examination  of  the  pelvis  is  greatly  facilitated  by  the 
relaxed  condition  of  the  internal  parts ;  and,  if  necessary,  the  hand  may  be  introduced 
for  the  purpose.  — Editor. 

*  L'Art  des  Accouchemens,  par  Chailly,  175 — 189. 

(58) 


EXTERNAL  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION. 


59 


sex  cannot  be  distinguished.     In  the  present  chapter  we  shall  notice  the 


external  organs. 


58.  The  Moxs  Veneris  is  the  triangular  cushion-like  prominence  at 
the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen  and  upper  part  of  the  symphysis  pubis. 
It  consists  of  a  thick  layer  of  adipose  tissue  underneath  the  skin,  upon 
which  at  puberty  a  quantity  of  hair  makes  its  appearance.  In  the  cellular 
tissue  is  lost  the  round  ligament,  and  there  is  sometimes  a  small  pouch 
of  peritoneum.     The  skin  is  plentifully  supplied  with  sebaceous  glands. 

The  use  of  this  cushion  is  not  very  evident. 

59.  Abnormal  deviations. — Occasionally  the  growth  of  hair  is  excessive 
In  one  case  Dr.  Davis  found  it  necessary  to  destroy  it  on  account  of  the 
itching  it  caused. 

This  part  is  also  the  seat  of  cutaneous  eruptions  and  abscess.* 

60.  The  Labia  Majora  vel  Externa  are  two  folds  of  skin  externally, 
and  mucous  membrane  internally,  continued  downwards  from  the  sides 
of  the  mons  veneris  to  the  fourchette.  Their  junction  superiorly  consti- 
tutes the  anterior  commissure  of  the  vulva,  and  they  enclose  the  external 
organs  of  generation.  Their  breadth  and  thickness  are  greatest  supe- 
riorly, gradually  decreasing  until  they  disappear  near  the  fourchette. 
Superiorly  they  are  in  contact,  but  they  are  separated  posteriorly.  The 
external  labia  contain  (between  the  skin  and  mucous  membrane)  subcu- 
taneous fascia,  adipose  and  cellular  tissue,  nerves,  and  bloodvessels. 
Externally  they  are  thinly  covered  with  hair,  and  thickly  studded  with 
sebaceous  follicles. 

Their  use  is  to  protect  the  sensitive  organs  contained  between  them, 
and  at  the  time  of  labour  to  facilitate  the  distension  of  the  external  orifice. 

61.  Abnormal  deviations.  —  These  are  chiefly,  1,  excessive  growth, 
attended  with  mechanical  inconveniences ;  2,  inflammation  and  abscess ; 
3,  cutaneous  eruptions  and  pruritus  ;  4,  encysted  tumours,  hernia,  &c. 

62.  The  Labia  Minora  or  Nymprze  are  two  lateral  folds  of  mucous 
membrane,  internal  to  the  labia  majora,  with  which  they  are  in  contact 
externally,  and  by  which  they  are  covered,  in  the  adult.     They  extend 

*  It  wouhl  be  inconsistent  with  the  object  of  a  work  like  the  present,  to  enter  into 
details  upon  the  various  diseases  to  which  the  parts  are  subject;  1  must  therefore  con- 
tent myself  with  enumerating  them,  and  refer  my  reader  to  my  work  on  Diseases  of 
Females. 


60  EXTERNAL  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION. 

from  the  anterior  commissure  of  the  vulva,  to  about  the  middle  of  the 
orifice  of  the  vagina,  and  contain  between  their  mucous  coats  a  spongy 
vascular  tissue  and  nerves.  They  enfold  the  clitoris,  the  meatus  urina- 
rius,  and  part  of  the  vaginal  orifice.  In  young  persons  they  are  firm  and 
elastic,  but  in  old  age  they  become  flabby  and  loose. 

They  doubtless  contribute,  with  the  labia  majora,  to  maintain  the 
integrity  and  sensibility  of  the  parts  they  cover. 

63.  Abnormal  deviations. — The  nymphae  are  obnoxious  to  inflamma- 
tion, follicular  ulceration,  and  hypertrophy,  either  congenital  or  the  result 
of  disease. 

64.  The  Clitoris  is  the  analogue  of  the  penis  in  the  male  ;  it  consists 
of  two  corpora  cavernosa,  which  arise  from  the  rami  of  the  ischia  and 
pubis,  and  unite  on  the  symphysis  pubis.  It  possesses  two  muscles 
analogous  to  the  erectores  penis,  and  terminates  in  a  gland  covered  by  a 
prepuce,  but  which  is  imperforate.  The  clitoris  projects  about  the  eighth 
of  an  inch,  and  is  situated  just  below  the  point  of  junction  of  the  nym- 
phse.  It  is  extremely  sensitive,  capable  of  erection,  like  the  penis,  and 
is  said  to  be  the  seat  of  sexual  pleasure.  In  the  foetus  it  is  dispropor- 
tionately large,  but  it  does  not  increase  afterwards  in  proportion  to  the 
surrounding  parts. 

65.  Abnormal  deviations. — The  clitoris  may  vary  in  size  from  conge- 
nital malformation  or  disease  ;  but  the  researches  of  M.  Parent  Duchatelet 
have  disproved  the  opinion  that  it  enlarges  from  frequent  sexual  indulg- 
ence ;  nor,  according  to  the  same  authority,  does  its  excessive  develop- 
ment entail  extreme  sexual  desire. 

The  organ  may  be  attacked  by  inflammation,  or  by  malignant  disease. 
Bartholin  relates  the  case  of  a  courtesan  whose  clitoris  was  the  seat  of 
calcareous  deposition. 

66.  Below  the  clitoris  there  is  a  smooth  triangular  space,  the  Vestibu- 
lum  ;  at  the  lower  part  of  which  we  find  the  Orifice  of  the  Urethra, 
or  Meatus  Urinarius,  just  at  the  upper  edge  of  the  orifice  of  the  vagina. 
The  exact  situation  of  this  opening  is  important,  because  we  are  frequently 
called  upon  to  introduce  the  catheter,  and,  in  ordinary  cases,  it  should  be 
done  without  exposure.  The  operation  is  not  difficult ;  the  patient  being 
placed  on  her  back,  and  the  labia  being  separated,  the  point  of  the  fore- 
finger of  the  left  hand  should  be  placed  just  within  the  orifice  of  the 
vagina,  so  as  to  press  slightly  its  upper  edge  ;  the  catheter  should  then  be 
passed  along  the  inner  surface  of  the  finger,  until  it  reaches  the  vestibulum 
near  the  edge  of  the  vaginal  opening ;  when  there,  a  very  slight  move- 
ment will  cause  it  to  enter  the  meatus  urinarius.  Or,  the  patient  may  be 
placed  on  her  left  side,  in  the  ordinary  position  for  labour,  and  the  finger 
carried  from  behind  forward  to  the  vestibulum  ;  the  catheter  should  then 
be  passed  along  the  finger  in  the  direction  of  the  axis  of  the  outlet,  and, 
on  reaching  the  vestibulum,  a  slight  movement  will  detect  the  orifice. 
The  operation  is  more  difficult  when  the  parts  are  swollen  or  distorted,  as 
happens  occasionally  from  disease,  during  pregnancy  or  labour,  and  after 
delivery;  and  if  we  cannot  detect  the  orifice  by  the  touch,  we  must  of 
course  use  a  light ;  and  then,  for  obvious  reasons,  it  is  better  that  the 
patient  should  be  placed  on  her  side. 

The  orifice  is  round,  though  its  sides  are  usually  in  contact,  and  its 
edges  are  somewhat  thickened. 


EXTERNAL  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION.  61 

67.  The  Urethra  is  a  membranous  canal  about  an  inch  or  an  inch 
and  a  half  in  Length,  dilatable,  and  directed  obliquely  from  before,  back- 
wards; and  from  below,  upwards ;  running  under  and  behind  the  s; 
physis  pubis,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  loose  tellular  tissue.     Inter- 

nally  it  opens  into  the  bladder.  Its  direction  is  subject  to  variation; 
during  pregnancy,  the  bladder  being  carried  upwards  with  the  uterus,  the 
urethra  curves  under  the  pubic  arch,  and  then  ascends  perpendicularly. 
The  same  change  occurs  when  the  uterus  is  enlarged  from  other  causes. 
In  prolapse  of  the  pelvic  viscera  its  course  is  reversed.  These  changes 
should  be  borne  in  mind  when  catheterism  is  required. 

68.  Immediately  below  the  orifice  of  the  urethra,  we  find  a  much 
larger  opening,  of  about  an  inch  in  diameter,  the  Orifice  of  the  Vagina. 
[ts  sides  are  in  contact  ordinarily,  but  it  is  capable  of  enormous  disten- 
sion, and  of  again  returning  to  its  natural  size.  The  opening  is  closed 
interiorly  in  infants,  by  a  fold  of  mucous  membrane  of  a  crescentic  shape, 
the  concavity  looking  upwards,  and  which  is  called  the  Hymen.  This 
membrane  is  easily  destroyed,  or  it  may  become  so  relaxed  as  scarcely  to 
be  perceptible,  which  will  account  for  its  rarity  in  adults.  It  was  for- 
merly held  to  be  peculiar  to  the  human  female ;  but  the  researches  of 
MM.  Duvernoy,  Cuvier,  and  Steller  have  proved  its  existence  in  many 
animals.  From  very  early  times  it  has  been  made  the  test  of  virginity, 
its  absence  being  considered  conclusive  proof  of  sexual  intercourse  hav- 
ing taken  place  ;  and  the  fate  of  the  wives  of  Henry  VIII.  is  an  extreme 
instance  of  the  injustice  to  which  this  opinion  led.  Modern  investigations 
have  proved,  not  only  that  it  may  be  destroyed  by  many  causes  uncon- 
nected with  sexual  indulgence,  but  that  intercourse  may  take  place, 
followed  by  pregnancy,  without  its  destruction.  It  is,  therefore,  of  no 
value  as  a  test. 

69.  Abnormal  deviations.— The  principal  ones  are  the  following:  1,  It 
may  be  unusually  thick  and  strong,  so  as  to  preclude  intromission ;  2,  in- 
stead of  the  single  opening  superiorly,  it  may  be  pierced  with  several 
small  holes ;  3,  instead  of  the  usual  form,  the  hymen  may  consist  of  a 
single  or  double  bridle  stretching  across  the  orifice  of  the  vagina ;  4,  it 
may  be  imperforate,  and  close  the  vagina  completely.  Examples  of  each 
kind  may  be  found  in  works  on  midwifery.  These  abnormal  deviations 
are  of  importance  only  as  they  may  prevent  sexual  connexion,  or  impede 
the  natural  discharges  or  delivery;  and,  once  discovered,  they  are  easily 
remedied. 

70.  The  Carunculje  myrtiformes  are  four  or  five  small  tubercles, 
which  in  most  females  occupy  the  situation  of  the  hymen,  of  which  they 
are  considered  the  "  debris,"  by  most  anatomists ;  others,  however,  sup- 
pose them  to  be  small  duplicatures  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  vagina. 
They  may  possibly  facilitate  the  distension  of  the  orifice  of  the  vagina  by 
unfolding. 

Abnormal  deuiatwns.— Occasionally  they  are  greatly  hypertrophied. 

71.  The  parts  contained  within  the  vulva  are  abundantly  supplied  with 
nerves,  owing  to  which,  and  to  the  extreme  delicacy  of  their  texture,  they 
possess  great  sensibility.  This  explains  the  severe  pain  which  accompa- 
nies even  trifling  diseases  of  these  parts;  and  it  is  merely  a  repetition  of 
the  fact  observed  in  other  mucous  membranes,  viz.,  that  (bey  acquire  their 
highest  point  of  sensibility  near  their  junction  with  the  skin. 


F 


62  EXTERNAL  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION. 

72.  The  Fourchette  is  the  posterior  commissure  of  the  vulva,  and 
the  anterior  border  of  the  perineum  ;  it  is  formed  by  the  union,  poste- 
riorly, of  the  labia.  It  consists  of  a  fold  of  mucous  membrane,  meeting 
externally  the  skin  of  the  perineum,  and  is  frequently  torn  in  first  labours. 

73.  The  Perineum  is  the  name  given  to  the  space  between  the  four- 
chette  and  the  anus.  It  is  of  a  somewhat  triangular  shape,  and  its 
medium  breadth,  in  women  who  have  not  borne  children,  is  from  an  inch 
to  an  inch  and  a  half.  It  is  narrower,  of  course,  in  those  who  have  had 
children.  In  the  centre,  a  prominent  line  may  be  observed,  running 
antero-posteriorly,  called  the  "  raphe"  The  perineum  is  composed  of 
various  tissues :  externally  there  is  the  skin,  then  adipose  and  cellular 
tissue,  fascia,  a  portion  of  the  constrictor  vaginae,  levator  ani,  transverse 
and  sphincter  muscles ;  besides  which,  it  contains  the  superficial  and 
transverse  arteries,  veins,  nerves,  and  lymphatics.  Very  few  hairs  grow7 
on  this  part. 

The  use  of  the  perineum  is  obvious :  it  closes  the  lowrer  outlet  poste- 
riorly, so  as  to  prevent  the  displacement  of  the  pelvic  viscera ;  whilst  it 
admits  of  distension  when  necessary,  and,  by  its  elasticity,  speedily 
resumes  its  former  condition. 

74.  Abnormal  deviations.  —  The  perineum  is  sometimes  unusually 
broad,  increasing  the  risk  of  its  laceration  during  labour ;  or  it  may  be 
very  narrow,  and  so  afford  inadequate  support  to  the  super-imposed 
viscera.  It  may  be  torn  in  various  ways  during  labour,  as  we  shall  see 
hereafter,  and  either  not  unite,  or  present  the  cicatrices  of  former  lacera 
tions.  It  is  sometimes  the  seat  of  hernia,  according  to  Smellie,  Mery 
and  Curade. 

75.  The  Vagina  is  a  musculo-membranous  canal,  extending  from  its 
orifice  in  the  vulva  (§  68)  obliquely  through  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis  to 
the  uterus.  It  passes  upwards  from  the  vulva  behind  and  below  the 
urethra  and  bladder,  between  the  ureters,  and  anterior  to  the  rectum,  de- 
scribing nearly  the  line  of  the  canal  of  the  pelvis  (§  30).  Its  form  is 
cylindrical,  somewhat  flattened  superiorly ;  but,  when  quiescent,  its 
parietes  are  in  contact.  Its  dimensions  vary  according  to  age,  and  other 
circumstances ;  for  instance,  it  is  proportionately  longer  in  the  foetus  than 
in  the  child.  In  some  individuals  it  is  very  long,  in  others  very  short. 
Dr.  Dewees  mentions  a  case  where  it  was  only  an  inch  and  a  half  long, 
and  I  have  met  with  others  nearly  as  short.  It  is  also  longer  and  narrower 
in  virgins,  than  in  those  who  have  borne  children.  Ordinarily,  it  is  about 
six  inches  in  length,  by  one  in  width. 

The  proper  tissue  of  the  vagina  is  dense,  and  of  a  grey  pearly  colour, 
resembling  in  some  degree  fibrous  tissue,  and  about  a  line  and  a  half  in 
thickness  anteriorly,  though  less  near  the  womb.  It  is  well  supplied  with 
vessels,  which  are  multiplied  and  interlaced  so  much  towards  its  anterior 
extremity  as  to  constitute  a  kind  of  erectile  tissue,  which  has  received  the 
name  of  plexus  retiformis.  Internally,  the  vagina  is  lined  by  mucous 
membrane  of  a  pink  colour,  continued  from  the  vulva,  and  which  near 
the  orifice,  and  there  only,  possesses  great  sensibility,  except  when  it  is 
the  seat  of  inflammation,  and  then  the  whole  canal  is  very  tender.  The 
mucous  coat  is  disposed  in  the  form  of  transverse  rugae,  anteriorly  and 
posteriorly,  which,  by  unfolding,  permit  the  distension  of  the  vagina. 

From  the  "  cul  de  sac"  at  the  inner  extremity  of  the  vagina,  the  mucous 


INTERNAL    ORGANS    OF    GENERATION.  63 

membrane  is  reflected  down  upon  the  projecting  cervix  uteri,  and  in  this 
situation  is  thickly  studded  with  small  glandular  follicles.  In  addition  to 
its  proper  tissue  and  mucous  coat,  the  vagina  has  some  muscular  fibres 
surrounding  its  orifice,  which  have  received  the  name  of  constrictor  vaginae, 
and  which  serve  to  contract  the  orifice,  and  to  draw  down  the  clitoris. 
The  vagina,  in  common  with  the  vulva,  is  abundantly  supplied  with  blood- 
vessels from  the  internal  iliac  arteries,  and  with  nervous  filaments  from  the 
pudic  nerves.  The  lymphatics,  which  are  very  numerous,  are  derived 
from  the  hypogastric  plexus.  The  use  of  the  vagina  is  two-fold;  first, 
for  copulation,  and,  secondly,  for  the  transmission  of  the  foetus  ;  and,  to 
facilitate  the  latter  process,  the  inner  membrane,  which  in  its  ordinary 
slate  secretes  just  enough  mucous  to  lubricate  its  surface  ;  during  labour, 
secretes  it  most  profusely. 

76.  Abnormal  deviations. — The  vagina  varies  much  in  length,  as 
already  stated;  its  width  differs  equally  in  different  subjects;  it  maybe 
so  narrow  as  to  render  intercourse  difficult  and  painful  ;  its  exit  may  be 
closed  by  the  hymen,  or  by  a  membrane  higher  up  ;  its  sides  may  be 
adherent,  or  the  seat  of  cicatrices  and  callosities  ;  or  it  may  be  altogether 
wanting.  Of  course,  occlusion  or  absence  of  the  canal  will  prevent  the 
escape  of  the  menses,  and  render  copulation  impossible,  constituting 
one  cause  of  sterility ;  but,  though  a  partial  closure  may  impede  intro- 
mission, it  does  not  render  impregnation  impossible.  I  may  add, 
that  the  narrowness  or  width  of  the  canal  is  no  proof  of  virginity,  or  the 
contrary.  M.  Parent  Duchatelet  states,  that  in  many  of  the  youngest 
prostitutes  of  Paris  it  was  wide  and  dilated ;  whilst  in  others,  who  had 
followed  their  degrading  "metier"  for  twenty  years,  it  might  have  been 
mistaken  for  the  vagina  of  virgins.  Dr.  Montgomery  mentions,  what 
most  practitioners  must  have  observed,  how  very  quickly,  after  delivery, 
the  vagina  recovers  its  usual  size  and  tone. 

The  vagina  is  also  obnoxious  to  attacks  of  inflammation,  and  its  conse- 
quences ;  to  lesions  of  nutrition  and  malignant  diseases. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

OF  THE  INTERNAL  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION. 

77.  According  to  the  arrangement  proposed,  our  next  subject  is  the 
formative  or  internal  organs  of  generation ;  but,  before  we  proceed  to 
take  them  in  detail,  it  will  not  be  unprofitable,  to  direct  the  attention  of 
the  student  to  the  relative  situation  of  the  pelvic  viscera,  as  shown  in  the 
accompanying  engraving. 

Proceeding  from  before,  backwards  ;  we  find  the  urethra  passing  in  an 
oblique  direction  antero-posteriorlv,  and  from  below,  upwards,  under  the 
arch  of  the  pubis,  and  then  merging  in  the  bladder,  which,  when  distended, 
rises  about  half  its  height  above  the  symphysis  pubis.  Below  the  urethra, 
but  with  an  interval  between  them,  is  the  vagina,  running  its  oblique 
course  to  the  os  uteri,  which  is  a  little  above  the  level  of  the  pubes.  The 
position  of  the  uterus  is  not  vertical,  but  inclining  a  little  forward,  with 
its  fundus  above  the  level  of  the  bladder.  The  peritoneum  is  reflected 
5 


64 


INTERNAL    ORGANS    OF    GENERATION. 


from  the  abdominal  parietes,  on  the  fundus  and  posterior  wall  of  the 
bladder  down  to  the  level  of  the  cervix  uteri;  from  whence  it  passes  over 
the  anterior  surface,  fundus,  and  posterior  surface  of  the  uterus,  down  to 
about  an  inch  below  the  level  of  the  os  uteri ;  and  from  thence  it  is  re- 
flected upon  the  rectum.  The  latter  organ  lies  between  the  uterus  and 
the  sacrum,  and  a  little  to  the  left  side  of  the  uterus.     I  do  not,  of  course, 

Fig.  27. 


mean  that  this  exact  position  of  the  part  never  varies,  but  the  sketch  I 
have  given  is  sufficiently  accurate  for  practical  purposes ;  and  it  is  very 
important  for  the  practitioner  to  be  acquainted  with  the  position  and  ele- 
vation of  the  pelvic  viscera. 

We  may  now  pass  on  to  the  description  of  the  uterus,  fallopian  tubes, 
and  ovaries. 

78.  The  Uterus  is  the  receptacle  provided  for  the  nutrition,  matura- 
tion, and,  ultimately,  for  the  expulsion  of  the  foetus.  It  is  the  largest  of 
the  generative  organs,  and  is  peculiar  to  the  human  female,  though  there 
is  an  approach  to  such  an  organ  in  the  mammalia.  It  is  a  hollow  sym- 
metrical viscus,  in  shape  somewhat  triangular  or  pyramidal,  resembling  a 
flattened  pear,  but  rounder  posteriorly  than  anteriorly ;  situated,  as  we 
have  just  seen,  in  the  centre  of  the  pelvis,  behind  the  bladder,  above  the 
vagina,  below  the  small  intestines,  and  in  front  of  the  rectum.  For  the 
convenience  of  description,  anatomists  ordinarily  divide  it  into  the  fundus, 
or  that  part  above  a  line  drawn  from  the  orifice  of  one  fallopian  tube  to 
the  other,  the  cervix,  or  the  narrow7  and  inferior  part ;  and  the  body,  or 
that  part  between  the  fundus  and  cervix.  DewTees  maintains  that  the 
cervix  differs  essentially,  in  structure  and  function,  from  the  rest  of  the 
uterus ;  and  it  is  certain  that  its  structure  is  more  dense,  less  vascular, 
and  that  the  menses  are  not  excreted  by  this  part.  In  the  unimpregnated 
state  it  projects  into  the  vagina  about  half  or  three  quarters  of  an  inch, 
the  anterior  lip  being  the  lower. 

79.  The  uterus  gradually  assumes  its  normal  form  during  foetal  and  in- 
fantile life.     Dr.  Rigby  remarks,  "It  is  at  first  divided  into  two  cornua, 


INTERNAL    ORGANS    OF   GENERATION.  65 

and  usually  continues  so  to  the  end  of  the  third  month,  or  even  later;  the 
younger  the  embryo,  the  longer  are  the  cornua,  and  the  more  acute  the 
angle  which  they  form  ;  but  even  after  this  angle  has  disappeared,  the 

cornua  continue  for  some  time  longer.  The  uterus  is  at  first  of  an  equal 
width  throughout ;  it  is  perfectly  smooth,  and  not  distinguished  from  the 

Fig.  28. 


vagina  either  internally  or  externally  by  any  prominence  whatever.  This 
change  is  first  observed  when  the  cornua  disappear  and  leave  the  uterus 
with  a  simple  cavity.  The  upper  portion  is  proportionably  smaller,  the 
younger  the  embryo  is.  The  body  of  the  uterus  gradually  increases, 
until  at  the  period  of  puberty  it  is  no  longer  cylindrical,  but  pyriform  ; 
even  in  the  full-grown  foetus  the  length  of  the  body  is  not  more  than  a 
fourth  part  of  the  whole  uterus,  from  the  seventh  to  the  thirteenth  year  it 
is  only  a  third,  nor  does  it  reach  half  until  puberty  has  been  fully  attained. 
The  os  r.incae,  or  os  uteri  externum,  first  appears  as  a  scarcely  perceptible 
prominence,  projecting  into  the  vagina."  "The  parietes  of  the  uterus  are 
thin  in  proportion  to  the  age  of  the  embryo.  They  are  of  equal  thickness 
throughout,  at  first ;  at  the  fifth  month,  the  cervix  becomes  thicker  than 
the  upper  parts ;  between  five  and  six  years  of  age,  the  uterine  parietes 
are  nearly  of  an  equal  thickness,  and  remain  so  until  the  period  of  puberty, 
when  the  body  becomes  somewhat  thicker  than  the  cervix." 

80.  The  adult  healthy  uterus  may  vary  a  little  in  size,  but  the  following 
measurements,  given  by  Dr.  Burns,  are  sufficiently  accurate: — "The 
length  of  the  uterus,  from  the  margin  of  the  lip  to  the  fundus,  is  two 
inches  and  three  quarters ;  breadth  between  the  insertion  of  the  fallopian 
tubes,  from  two  inches  and  three-eighths  to  two  and  five-eighths  ;  the 
middle  of  the  fundus  rises  a  quarter  of  an  inch  above  a  line  drawn  from 
the  insertion  of  one  tube  to  that  of  the  other  ;  the  commencement  of  the 
body  is  an  inch  and  a  quarter  broad,  its  thickness  is  an  inch  ;  the  whole 
of  the  wall  is  half  an  inch,  but  at  the  fundus  it  is  seven-eighths,  or  one 
eighth  of  an  inch  less.  The  thickness  of  that  part  of  the  cervix  which 
projects  into  the  vagina,  including  the  coat  of  that  canal  which  is  reflected 
over  it,  is  an  inch  and  one  eighth  ;  its  breadth  an  inch  and  a  quarter. 
The  breadth  of  the  termination  or  lips  of  the  os  uteri,  an  inch  and  one 
eighth  ;  thickness,  including  both  lips,  three  quarters  of  an  inch.  The 
length  of  the  transverse  chink,  or  os  uteri,  from  three  eighths  to  half  an 
inch;  each  lip  is  three-eighths  of  an  inch  thick,  though  the  posterior  is 
said  to  be  thinnest."     "From  the  margin  of  the  lip  to  the  top  of  the 

f2 


bb  INTERNAL   ORGANS    OF    GENERATION. 

cprvix  is  an  inch,  but  sometimes  only  three  quarters,  or  even  less.  From 
the  top  of  the  triangular  cavity  of  the  fundus  to  the  end  of  the  narrow 
cylindrical  cavity  of  the  body  is  an  inch  and  one-eighth;  the  extreme 
breadth  of  the  top  of  the  cavity  stretching  from  the  entrance  of  one  tube 
to  that  of  the  other  is  nearly  an  inch  and  a  half." 

According  to  the  calculations  of  Levret,  its  superfices  may  be  reckoned 
at  sixteen  inches,  and  its  cavity  at  eleven  twelfths,  or  about  three  quarters 
of  a  cubic  inch. 

The  weight  of  a  virgin  uterus,  according  to  Meckel,  is  from  seven  to 
eight  drachms;  but  after  child-bearing,  it  amounts  to  an  ounce  and  a 
half. 

Pig.  29. 


81.  The  Os  Uteri  or  Os  Tinea,  is  situated  at  the  lower  part  of  the 
cervix,  varying  in  form  in  different  individuals  ;  in  many  it  is  a  transverse 
chink  or  slit,  in  others  a  circular  opening,  and  in  some  triangular,  resem- 
bling a  leech-bite,  especially  in  those  who  have  borne  many  children. 
It  is  generally  about  the  size  of  a  goose-quill,  or  rather  smaller. 

The  Canal  of  the  Cervix  is  from  half  to  three  quarters  of  an  inch  long, 
leading  from  the  os  uteri ;  it  first  widens,  and  then  contracts  again  where 
it  enters  the  cavity  of  the  uterus,  marking  the  os  uteri  internum,  as  it  has 
been  called.  Between  the  os  uteri  externum  and  internum  the  mucous 
membrane  is  curiously  disposed  in  rugae,  branching  out  from  a  central 
line ;  this  has  been  called  the  arbor  vitcs.  The  internal  surface  of  this 
canal  is  thickly  studded  with  mucous  follicles,  called  glandulce  JVabothi, 
and  which,  after  impregnation,  secrete  a  thick  mucus  which  blocks  up  the 
canal. 

The  cavity  of  the  uterus  is  of  a  triangular  shape,  the  base  being 
upwards  ;  its  dimensions  have  already  been  given. 

82.  Much  difference  of  opinion  has  existed,  and  many  discussions 
have  taken  place,  as  to  the  structures  which  compose  the  uterus ;  though 


INTERNAL    ORGANS    OF    GENERATION.  67 

of  late  years  the  opinions  of  authors  are  more  harmonious.  It  possesses 
three  distinct  tunics:  I.  We  have  already  seen  (§  77)  that  it  is  covered 
anteriorly  and  posteriorly  by  peritoneum,,  which  is  reflected  laterally  to 
the  sides  of  the  pelvis,  near  the  sacro-iliac  synchondrosis,  forming  the 
broad  ligaments  of  the  uterus  or  the  aire  vespertilionis,  on  each  side,  con- 
taining; the  fallopian  tubes,  ovaries,  and  round  ligaments.  From  their 
attachment  to  the  pelvis  they  may  perhaps  serve  as  supports  to  the  uterus, 
at  least  before  conception.  This  serous  covering  is  identical  with  the 
lining  of  tin'  abdomen. 

83.  II.  The  .Middle  Coat  of  the  Uterus  is  by  some  asserted,  and  by 
others  denied,  to  be  muscular;  but  this  really  appears  to  me  little  more 
than  a  dispute  about  the  name,  for  those  who  deny  its  muscularity,  admit 
that  it  performs  the  functions  of  a  muscle.  It  ditlers  in  colour  from  ordi- 
nary  muscle,  being  yellowish,  with  a  faint  tinge  of  red,  like  the  middle 
coat  of  arteries,  and  it  is  much  more  dense  than  muscular  tissue.  It 
consists  of  fibrous  structure,  though  it.  is  not  easy  to  trace  the  course  of 
the  fibres  in  the  unimpregnated  womb  ;  however,  when  the  uterus  is 
enlarged  from  impregnation  or  other  causes,  it  can  readily  be  done,  and 
they  may  be  divided  into  several  sets.  The  superficial  set  are  very  irre- 
gular, interlacing  with  each  other  in  every  direction,  though  with  a  general 
tendency  from  the  fundus  towards  the  cervix ;  but  some  regularity  is 
observable  in  the  deeper  sets ;  for  instance,  there  is  a  circular  arrange- 
ment around  the  orifice  of  each  fallopian  tube,  and  at  the  os  uteri ;  a 
layer  diverging  from  the  middle  line  anteriorly  and  posteriorly,  and  per- 
pendicular bands  descending  to  the  os  uteri.  Among  these  more  regular 
layers  there  are  irregular  fibres  interspersed. 

From  the  middle  coat,  fibres  are  sent  off  to  the  fallopian  tubes  and 
round  ligaments.  The  reader  will  do  well  to  consult  Meckel's  Anatomy 
on  this  subject,  and  Sir  C.  Bell's  valuable  paper  in  the  fourth  volume  of 
Med.  Chir.  Transactions. 

84.  III.  The  Mucous  Coat. — A  considerable  number  of  distinguished 
foreign  writers,  among  whom  we  find  Morgagni,  Assoguidi,  Chaussier, 
and  Moreau,  have  denied  the  existence  of  any  lining  membrane  in  the 
uterus,  from  the  difficulty  of  separating  and  demonstrating  it.  I  cannot 
understand  this  ;  for  it  has  always  appeared  to  me  very  evident,  even  in 
a  state  of  health  and  quiescence,  but  still  more  when  the  seat  of  disease 
or  pregnancy. 

Others,  as  Dewees,  Boivin,  and  Duges,  &c.  do  not  question  the  presence 
of  a  lining  membrane,  but  contend  that  it  is  not  mucous,  and  apparently 
for  the  sole  reason  that  one  of  its  functions  (menstruation)  is  not  a  function 
of  mucous  membranes.  This  objection,  however,  is  refuted  by  the  fact, 
that  other  mucous  membranes  do  occasionally  secrete  a  fluid  apparently 
identical  with  the  menses  (vicarious  menstruation);  and  we  may  add, 
that  the  uterine  membrane  presents  the  anatomical  characteristics  of 
mucous  membrane  ;  that  it  secretes  mucus,  undistinguishable  from  that 
of  the  vagina;  and  lymph  (decidua),  analogous  to  that  thrown  off*  by 
mucous  membranes  in  certain  diseases  (croup).  Its  pathology  also  is 
that  of  mucous  membrane. 

For  these  reasons  I  have  no  doubt  that  the  uterus  is  lined  by  mucous 
membrane,  continued  from  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  vagina  after  it 
covers  the  cervix  uteri.     In  the  canal  of  the  cervix,  as  we  have  seen, 


68  INTERNAL    ORGANS   OF    GENERATION. 

it  is  thrown  into  numerous  folds ;  but  in  the  cavity  it  is  smooth,  sending 
off  a  process  into  each  fallopian  tube.  Its  colour  is  a  pale  pink,  except 
during  menstruation,  when  it  becomes  of  a  deep  red,  in  which,  however, 
the  cervix  does  not  participate.  Under  ordinary  circumstances,  but 
little  mucus  is  secreted ;  but  it  becomes  morbidly  profuse  occasionally, 
and  after  conception,  the  cervix  is  closed  by  mucus  of  a  thicker  consist- 
ence. 

85.  The  Arteries  of  the  uterus  are  four  in  number,  furnished  by  the 
aorta,  the  hypogastric,  and  emulgent  arteries.  The  two  superior  —  the 
spermatic  —  arise  from  the  aorta  or  emulgent  arteries,  and  descend  along 
the  sides  of  the  womb  in  a  serpentine  course  ;  they  are  distributed  to  the 
upper  part  of  the  uterus,  to  the  fallopian  tubes  and  ovaries.  The  two 
inferior  —  the  uterine  arteries  —  given  off  by  the  hypogastric  arteries,  run 
along  the  sides  of  the  uterus,  to  within  a  short  distance  of  the  lips,  then 
divide,  and  supply  the  cervix  and  upper  part  of  the  vagina.  The  sperm- 
atic and  uterine  arteries  anastomose  freely  with  each  other. 

86.  The  Veins  are  more  numerous  than  the  arteries,  are  capable  of 
greater  distension,  and  lie  superior  to  their  corresponding  arterial  branches. 
They  possess  no  valves,  and,  like  the  arteries,  are  of  small  size  so  long 
as  the  genital  system  is  quiescent,  but  increase  very  greatly  during  preg- 
nancy, when  they  form  what  have  been  called  the  uterine  sinuses. 

87.  Some  uncertainty  has  existed  as  to  the  Nerves  of  the  uterus ;  but 
the  researches  of  Dr.  R.  Lee,  added  to  those  of  his  predecessors,  have 
rendered  our  information  more  complete.  They  arise  from  the  aortic 
plexus,  and  from  the  hypogastric  nerves  and  plexus,  being  a  mixture  of 
spinal  and  sympathetic  nerves.  I  shall  take  the  liberty  of  quoting  Dr. 
Lee's  account  of  a  dissection  of  these  nerves  in  the  unimpregnated  uterus: 
"  The  aortic  plexus,  the  hypogastric  nerves  and  plexuses,  were  all  much 
smaller  than  in  any  of  the  gravid  uteri  I  had  previously  seen.  From  the 
fore  and  middle  part  of  the  left  hypogastric  plexus,  a  small  branch  passed 
down  on  the  inside  of  the  ureter,  to  the  trunk  of  the  uterine  artery  and 
veins,  which  wTas  surrounded  with  a  plexus  of  nerves,  as  in  the  gravid 
uteri  before  examined.  From  this,  branches  passed  upwards  to  the 
fundus  uteri,  and  a  communication  between  these  and  the  spermatic 
nerves  was  quite  evident.  From  the  left  hypogastric  plexus  numerous 
branches  passed  also  directly  into  the  uterus,  without  entering  the  ganglia 
at  the  cervix,  which  ramified  on  the  peritoneum  behind,  and  on  the  mus- 
cular coat.  Branches  from  the  posterior  part  of  the  hypogastric  plexus, 
communicated  with  some  branches  of  the  sacral  nerves  behind  the  ganglion. 
The  trunk  of  the  left  hypogastric  nerve  wTas  easily  traced  through  the 
plexus  to  the  upper  part  of  the  ganglion,  which  was  remarkably  large 
and  distinct,  and  consisted  of  white  and  grey  matter.  Into  the  posterior 
part  of  the  ganglion  the  third  sacral  nerve  sent  numerous  branches.  From 
the  anterior  margin  of  the  ganglion,  a  broad  band  of  white  and  grey 
nerves  passed  round  the  outer  surface  of  the  ureter,  and,  after  uniting 
wTith  a  similar  band  on  the  inside,  sent  branches  to  the  plexus  surrounding 
the  uterine  artery  and  vein,  and  also  branches  to  the  anterior  surface  of 
the  uterus.  Large  flat  nerves  were  seen  passing  off  from  the  anterior 
border  of  the  ganglion,  to  the  bladder  and  vagina,  and  from  its  inferior 
and  posterior  borders  to  the  vagina  and  rectum.  A  great  number  of 
nerves  likewise  passed  off  from  the  inner  surface  of  the  ganglion,  into 


INTERNAL    ORGANS    OF    GENERATION. 


69 


the  cervix  uteri.  The  nerves  sent  off  from  the  ganglion  were  both  larger 
and  more  numerous  than  those  which  entered  it.  A  great  web  of  nerves 
was  seen  under  the  peritoneum,  both  on  the  anterior  and  posterior  surface 
of  the  uterus,  intimately  connected  with  the  nerves  sent  off  by  the  gan- 
glion and  the  hypogastric  plexus."* 

88.  The  Lymphatics  are  very  numerous,  though  very  small,  in  the 
unimpregnated  uterus.  The  most  numerous  set  of  these  vessels,  runs 
from  the  upper  part  of  the  body  and  cervix  of  the  womb  along  with  the 
spermatic  vessels,  and  with  those  from  the  ovary,  in  front  of  the  psoee 
muscles,  and  terminates  in  the  glands,  in  front  of  the  aorta,  vena  cava 
and  lumbar  vertebrse.  Another  set  accompanies  the  uterine  artery,  and 
issues  with  the  round  ligament  through  the  inguinal  ring.  A  third  set 
joins  the  lymphatics  of  the  vagina,  and  enters  the  hypogastric  plexus. 

89.  The  lower  portion  of  the  body  of  the  uterus  is  within  the  reach 
of  a  vaginal  examination,  so  that  we  can  estimate  its  size,  temperature, 
integrity,  mobility,  sensibility,  &c. ;  and  by  the  use  of  the  speculum  we 
are  able  to  ascertain  its  colour,  the  state  of  its  surface,  and,  if  necessary, 
to  apply  local  remedies.  Further  information  as  to  its  condition  may  be 
obtained  in  many  cases  by  abdominal  manipulation  ;  and,  in  the  case  of 
enlargements,  by  the  application  of  the  stethoscope.  An  examination 
uper  rectum"  is  of  value  in  certain  diseases  of  the  uterus,  and  especially 
of  the  ovaries. 

90.  Abnormal  deviations. — 1.  The  uterus  may  be  altogether  wanting; 
several  such  cases  are  on  record.  2.  The  canal  of  the  cervix  may  be 
extremely  narrow  throughout,  or  it  may  be  the  seat  of  stricture.  3.  It 
may  be  closed,  either  by  the  union  of  its  sides,  or  by  the  mucous  mem- 
brane being  continued  over  the  os  uteri.  4.  The  uterus  may  be  mal- 
formed ;  and  it  is  remarkable  that  these  malformations,  which  are  owing 
to  an  arrest  of  development,  appear  to  reproduce  the  analogous  organs 

Fi2.  30. 


of  lower  classes  of  animals ;  for  instance,  the  double  uterus  (fig.  30) 
resembles  in  some  degree  the  tubular  oviduct  of  birds ;  it  opens  by  two 
ora  uteri  into  the  vagina. 

The  uterus  bicollis  (jig.  31)  exhibits  two  bodies  with  but  one  os  uteri, 
and  resembles  the  organ  of  some  rodentia  and  carnivora. 

Again,  the  junction  of  the  eornua  may  take  place  higher  up,  constitut- 
ing the  uterus  bicorporcus ;  here  the  lowest  part  of  the  body  of  the  uterus 
is  single,  and  the  upper  double. 

*  The  Anatomy  of  the  Nerves  of  the  Uterus,  by  Robert  Lee,  M.  D.  &c.  p.  7. 


70 


INTERNAL    ORGANS    OF    GENERATION. 


Fisr.  31. 


In  the  uterus  biangularis  the  body  of  the  womb  is  tolerably  well  formed, 
and  terminating  in  cornua,  as  in  the  monkey  tribes.  Several  intermediate 
stages  of  this  progress,  from  the  lowest  to  the  highest  form  of  a  single 


uterus,  have  been  noticed ;  but  I  shall  only  add  two  more  illustrations  : 
one  when  the  uterus  is  double,  opening  by  two  orifices  into  two  separate 
vaginae  (fig.  32),  and  another  when  the  uterus  was  separated  into  two 
cavities  by  a  septum,  but  having  only  a  common  opening  inferiorly  (fig.  33). 

Fig.  33. 


These  congenital  malformations  are  by  no  means  very  rare ;  Dr.  Cassan 
collected  forty-one  examples,  and  many  others  have  since  been  recorded 

The  effect  of  the  first  three  abnormal  deviations  will  be  either  the  ab- 
sence of  menstruation,  and  consequent  sterility,  or  inefficient  or  painful 
menstruation.     The  deviations  from  arrest  of  development  may  exert  no 


INTERNAL    ORGANS    OF    GENERATION.  71 

injurious  influence  upon  menstruation  or  conception,  but  tliey  have  been 
adduced  to  explain  the  phenomenon  of  superfcetation,  as  it  is  pretty  cer- 
tain that  a  double  conception  may  take  place  ;  and  when  it.  is  single,  the 
vacant  cavity  is  lined  by  decidua.  In  addition,  the  uterus  is  the  seat  of 
many  forms  of  disease.* 

91.  The  Fallopian  Tubes  are  two  cylindrical  canals,  about  four  inches 
long,  proceeding  from  the  upper  angles  of  the  uterus.  They  are  contained 
in  the  superior  and  lateral  folds  of  the  broad  ligaments.  Internally,  they 
open  obliquely  into  the  uterus,  at  which  point  the  canal  is  narrow;  it 
afterwards  expands,  and  then  again  contracts  towards  its  external  termi- 
nation, where  it  is  open  to  the  abdomen.  Externally,  the  tubes  are  of 
equal  thickness  for  about  three  inches  and  a  half,  when  they  expand  and 
terminate  in  a  fringed  process,  called  the  fimbriae^  or  morsus  diaboli,  which 
is  applied  to  the  ovary  after  impregnation.  The  tubes  are  covered  exter- 
nally by  peritoneum,  beneath  which  is  their  proper  tissue,  of  a  spongy- 
erectile  nature,  with  some  circular  and  longitudinal  fibres,  derived  from 
the  middle  coat  of  the  uterus.  Internally,  they  are  lined  by  mucous 
membrane,  disposed  in  longitudinal  folds,  the  villi  of  which  are  highly 
developed  after  impregnation.  The  tubes  share  in  the  vessels  and  nerves 
by  which  the  ovaries  are  supplied. 

Their  function  is  the  transmission  of  spermatozoa  to  the  ovary  in  the 
first  instance,  and  afterwards  of  the  impregnated  ovum  to  the  uterus ;  in 
fact,  they  are  the  excretory  ducts  of  the  ovary. 

92.  Abnormal  deviations.  —  The  tubes,  one  or  both,  may  be  imper- 
vious, from  disease,  or  as  a  congenital  malformation.  The  closure  of 
both  of  course  entails  sterility.  They  are  also  subject  to  inflammation 
and  its  consequences,  and  to  malignant  diseases. 

93.  The  Ovaries  are  the  essential  organs  of  generation  in  the  female ; 
they  are  the  "  analogues"  of  the  testes  in  the  male,  and,  up  to  the  time 
of  Steno,  were  called  "  testes  mulieris."  They  are  situated  on  each  side 
of  the  uterus,  to  which  they  are  attached  by  the  posterior  duplicature  of 
the  broad  ligaments,  hence  called  the  ligamentum  ovarii. 

They  are  small,  oval,  flattened  bodies,  broader  at  the  end  distant  from 
the  womb  ;  about  an  inch  and  a  quarter  or  an  inch  and  a  half  long,  from 
half  to  five-eighths  of  an  inch  at  their  greatest  breadth,  and  a  quarter  of 
an  inch  thick.  They  hang  loosely  in  the  pelvis,  beneath  and  somewhat 
behind  the  fimbriated  extremity  of  the  fallopian  tubes.  Smooth  externally 
in  virgins,  they  become  wrinkled  in  old  age. 

Their  external  covering  is  the  serous  membrane,  constituting  the  broad 
ligament,  in  which  they  are  completely  enveloped,  except  at  the  part 
where  the  vessels  enter. 

Underneath  the  peritoneum  they  possess  a  proper  fibrous  coat  of  dense 
structure,  called  the  Tunica  Albuginea. 

*  A  singular  instance  of  malformation  of  the  uterus  is  recorded  by  M.  Lecluyse.  The 
Bubject  of  it  "  was  a  small  female,  who  had  previously  been  twice  confined  with  an  arm 
presentation.  The  occurrence  of  the  same  accident  for  the  third  time  caused  the  ac- 
coucheur to  make  a  minute  examination,  in  order,  if  possible,  to  find  an  explanation  of 
so  unusual  a  circumstance.  The  resull  of  the  investigation  was.  the  womb,  instead  of 
beinfr  of  tli"  natural  pyriform  shape,  had  its  greatest  diameter  in  a  transverse  direction; 
so  that  the  long  axis  of  the  elliptic  form  which  the  foetus  occupies  in  utero  was  hori- 
zontal. This  anomaly  was  thought  by  M.  Lecluyse  to  account  for  the  three  consecutive 
arm  presentations."  —  Banking's  Abstract,  p.  240,  American  edition,  from  Journal  da 
Chirurgie,  Mars,  184-3. — Editor. 


72  INTERNAL    ORGANS    OF    GENERATION. 

94.  When  laid  open,  we  find  their  internal  structure  to  consist  of  cel- 
lular tissue,  permeated  by  numerous  blood-vessels  derived  from  the  sper- 

Fig.  34. 


matic  arteries,  running  tortuously  across  the  ovaries  in  nearly  parallel 
lines,  and  by  nerves.  Embedded  in  the  cellular  parenchyma  of  the  organ, 
in  the  adult,  a  number  (from  10  to  20)  of  small  vesicles  may  be  observed, 
which,  though  noted  by  Fallopius  and  Vesalius,  were  more  particularly 
described  by  De  Graaf,  and  called,  after  him,  Graafian  Vesicles. 

They  vary  somewhat  in  number ;  and  in  size,  from  that  of  the  head  of 
a  small  pin  to  that  of  a  small  pea. 

95.  There  is  some  difference  of  opinion  as  to  the  age  at  which  these 
vesicles  are  developed  ;  some  say,  about  the  period  of  puberty ;  others, 
among  whom  is  Dr.  Rigby,  state  that  they  make  their  appearance  about 
the  seventh  year;  but,  according  to  M.  Negrier,  in  his  "Recherches  sur 
les  Ovaires"  lately  published,  they  are  to  be  found  much  earlier.  He 
states  that  at  birth  the  texture  of  the  ovarian  parenchyma  is  homogeneous, 
but  that,  in  the  course  of  a  year,  an  uncertain  number  of  miliary  granula- 
lations  may  be  observed  ;  after  a  short  time,  these  granulations  are  sur- 
rounded by  an  opaque  zone,  and  a  small  vesicular  globule,  whose  walls 
are  formed  by  this  zone,  is  annexed  to  the  granule.  This  globule  con- 
tains a  vesicle  (the  Graafian)  formed  by  two  membranes,  concentric  and 
in  contact.  At  the  age  of  ten  or  twelve,  certain  of  the  vesicles  increase 
in  size,  and  cease  to  be  transparent,  because  of  the  interposition  between 
the  two  membranes  of  a  grey  pulpy  matter.  At  the  same  time,  the  vesi- 
cles go  on  increasing  more  rapidly  than  the  cavity  in  the  ovarian  tissue  in 
which  they  are  lodged,  which  gives  to  them  a  compressed  and  slightly 
corrugated  appearance.  The  grey  pulp  of  the  vesicle  is  gradually  changed 
to  a  yellow  colour,  marking  the  epoch  of  puberty.  The  vesicles  are  con- 
nected to  the  part  in  which  they  are  imbedded  by  cellular  filaments,  which 
become  weaker  in  proportion  to  the  age  of  the  child.  During  early  life 
the  vesicles  occupy  the  deeper  parts  of  the  ovary,  but  gradually  approach 
towards  the  circumference  ;  and,  at  the  time  when  the  pulp  becomes  yel- 
low, some  of  them  are  in  contact  with  the  envelope  of  the  ovary.  I  have 
condensed  this  account  from  M.  Negrier,  but  am  not  able  to  decide  upon 
its  correctness. 

96.  So  much  for  the  development  of  the  Graafian  vesicles :  upon  their 
intimate  structure,  very  great  light  has  been  thrown  of  late  years  by  the 
labours  of  Baer,  Rathke,  Purkinje,  Valentin,  Wagner,  &c,  in  Germany; 
of  Prevost,  Dumas,  Coste,  &c,  in  France  ;  and  of  Allan  Thompson, 
Wharton  Jones,  and  Martin  Barry,  &c,  in  England.  From  their  writings 
the  following  description  has  been  gathered,  which  I  believe  to  be  correct, 
with  the  exception  of  a  few  minor  points  not  yet  settled. 

The  Graafian  vesicle  consists  of  an  external  and  an  internal  membrane: 
the  former  [tunic  of  the  ovisac,  Barry)  is  extremely  vascular ;  the  latter 


INTERNAL    GROANS    OF    GENERATION. 

Fig.  35. 


73 


Ovum  of  Rabbit. 

aa.  Discus  proligerus. 

bb.  Pale  oil  globules. 

c.  Zona  pellucida. 

d.  Vitelline  membrane. 

e.  Vitellus. 

/.  Germinal  vesicle. 
g.  Germinal  spot. 

(ovisac,  Barry)  is  smooth  and  velvety,  deriving  its  vessels  from  the  former. 
The  cavity  enclosed  by  these  membranes  is  far  from  being  filled  by  the 
ovum  ;  it  contains,  besides,  a  whitish  or  yellowish  albuminous  mass,  which 
consists  chiefly  of  granules,  from  the  ^uo  t°  *ne  3J3  part  of  a  line  in  dia- 
meter, connected  together  by  a  tenacious  fluid,  and  forming  the  tunica 
granulosa  of  Bischoff,  Wagner,  and  Barry.  Its  density  is  unequal; 
towards  some  part  of  the  periphery  of  the  vesicle  these  granules  are  accu- 
mulated in  a  disk-like  form,  making  a  slight  prominence,  in  which  is  a 
depression. 

The  disk  and  prominence  are  termed  byBaerthe  discus  proligerus  and 
cumulus.  Dr.  Barry  has  also  observed  certain  granular  cords,  resembling 
the  chalazae  in  the  egg  in  appearance  and  function,  and  which  he  has 
called  the  retinacula.  In  the  depression  in  the  cumulus  is  lodged  the 
ovum  (ovulum,  Baer),  the  discovery  of  which  by  Professor  v.  Baer  ex- 
plained satisfactorily  the  small  size  of  the  ova  observed  in  the  fallopian 
tube  by  De  Graaf,  Cruikshank,  and  Haighton,  compared  with  the  Graafian 
vesicle  in  the  ovary.  The  ovum  is  surrounded  by  a  thick  white  ring, 
which  has  been  called  zona  pellucida,  but  which  Valentin  and  Wagner 
conceive  to  be  a  membrane  ;  internal  to  which  we  find  a  granular  layer, 
the  vitellus,  the  larger  granules  of  which  are  superficial  and  compact, 
whilst  internally  it  is  a  clear  albuminous  fluid,  almost  devoid  of  granules. 

Embedded  in  this  vitellus,  but  nearer  to  its  circumference  than  centre, 
is  the  germinal  vesicle  or  vesicle  of  Purkinje,  a  very  important  part  of  the 
ovum.  It  was  first  discovered  in  eggs  by  Purkinje,  but  in  mammalia  by 
Wharton  Jones,  Coste,  Valentin,  and  Bernhardt.  It  appears  like  a  clear 
ring  of  very  small  size,  measuring  in  man  and  mammalia  at  most  -fa  part 
of  a  line  in  diameter.  Upon  the  surface  of  the  germinal  vesicle  a  dark 
spot  was  discovered  by  Wagner,  and  called  by  him  macula  germinativa. 
u  It  is  almost  always  seen  as  a  simple  rounded  body,  from  200  *0  300 
part  o(  a  line  in  diameter ;  it  is  very  rarely  observed  double,  or  as  an 


74 


INTERNAL   ORGANS    OF    GENERATION. 
Fig.  36. 


Ovum  of  Man,  from  Bernhardt. 

1.  Germinal  vesicle. 

2.  Vitellus. 

3.  Chorion.     (Zona  pellucida?) 

4.  Tunica  granulosa. 

aggregate  of  granules,  which,  however,  is  sometimes  the  case  in  imma- 
ture ova." 

It  may  serve  to  render  this  minute  description  more  intelligible  to  the 
student,  if  I  give  the  summary  of  Valentin  and  Barry  of  the  contents  of  a 
Graafian  vesicle : 


Valentin. 

Barry. 

1. 

An  external  membrane   (yolk- 

1. 

Tunic  of  the  ovisac. 

bag). 

2. 

Ovisac. 

2. 

Fluid  contents  (yolk). 

3. 

Membrana  granulosa,  in  which 

3. 

Layer  of  granules  which  form 

are  found  — 

the  disk  (blastoderma). 

4. 

Tunica   granulosa    and   retina- 

4. 

Ovum  or  ovulum,  in  which  is 

cula   (disk  and   cumulus   of 

to  be  distinguished  — 

Baer). 

5. 

An  outer  membrane. 

5. 

Zona  pellucida. 

6. 

A  granular  layer,  internal  to  it. 

6. 

Membrana  vitelli. 

7. 

A   transparent   half- fluid   con- 

7. 

The  yolk. 

tent. 

8. 

Germ    vesicle,    with   Wagner's 

8. 

The  germinal  vesicle. 

germinal  spot. 

Dr.  Barry  states  that  the  tunic  of  the  ovisac  is  not  always  present ;  but 
that,  when  it  is,  it  is  furnished  by  the  ovary.  The  order  of  time  in  which 
the  parts  are  formed  is  thus  given  by  him:  —  1,  the  germinal  vesicle  with 
its  contents ;  2,  an  envelope  consisting  of  peculiar  granules  and  oil-like 
globules ;  3,  the  ovisac ;  4,  the  yolk ;  5,  the  membrana  vitelli ;  6,  the 
zona  pellucida ;  and,  7,  the  tunic  of  the  ovisac,  tunica  granulosa,  retina- 
cula,  and  membrana  granulosa. 

97.  Abnormal  deviations.  —  One  or  both  ovaries  may  be  absent,  or 
atrophied.  There  may  be  few  or  no  Graafian  vesicles,  or  they  may  be 
morbidly  changed.  The  ovaries  may  also  be  the  seat  of  inflammation, 
dropsy,  malignant  diseases,  &c. 

The  absence  or  disorganization  of  both  ovaries,  or  of  all  the  Graafian 
vesicles,  entails  sterility;  but  conception  is  not  impossible,  so  long  as  a 
portion  remains  healthy. 

Having  thus  minutely  investigated  the  anatomy  of  the  sexual  system  in 
the  female,  we  may  now  proceed  to  consider  its  functions. 


PART  II. 

PHYSIOLOGY  OF  THE  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION. 


CHAPTER  I. 

PHYSIOLOGY  OF  THE  UTERUS  AND  OVARIES.  — 1.  MENSTRUATION. 

98.  The  generative  organs  of  the  female  are  in  a  state  of  activity  only 
during  the  prime  of  life,  embracing  a  period  of  about  thirty  years ;  and 
during  this  time,  the  most  remarkable  characteristic  of  their  functions  is 
their  periodicity. 

It  is  impossible  to  separate  the  functions  of  the  uterus  from  those  of 
the  ovary,  because  in  each  we  may  discern  their  combined  influence. 
Those  offices  which  are  peculiarly  uterine,  may  thus  be  enumerated : — 
1,  the  secretion  of  mucus;  2,  secretion  of  the  menses;  3,  secretion  of 
decidua;  4,  reception  and  nutrition  of  the  foetus;  and,  5,  the  expulsion 
of  the  foetus.  From  the  ovary,  on  the  other  hand,  is  derived,  1,  the 
effective  stimulus  to  menstruation,  and,  2,  the  fecundated  germ ;  so  that 
we  see  that  the  effective  co-operation  of  both  the  organs  is  necessary  for 
the  fulfilment  of  either  of  the  three  great  functions  of  the  uterine  system, 
viz.,  Menstruation,  Conception,  and  Parturition.  We  shall  consider  these 
functions  in  order. 

99.  Menstruation. — In  healthy  women,  at  the  period  of  puberty,  a 
certain  amount  of  sanguineous  fluid  is  eliminated  by  the  uterus,  and 
escapes  from  the  vagina,  every  month ;  this  is  termed  the  catamenia,  or 
menses,  and  the  function  itself,  menstruation. 

That  it  is  excreted  by  the  uterus  has  been  ascertained  in  cases  of  pro- 
lapse and  inversion  of  the  organ  ;  and  that  it  is  really  a  secretion  by  its 
lining  membrane,  and  not  blood  mechanically  filtered  through  it,  is,  I 
believe,  now  generally  admitted.* 

A  female  in  whom  this  discharge  recurs  at  the  usual  periods,  in  the  usual 
quantity,  and  of  the  usual  quality,  is  said  to  be  u  regular ;"  and  various 
conventional  phrases  are  in  use  to  avoid  a  more  direct  reference,  as 
"being  regular,"  "  unwell,"  &c. 

100.  The  occurrence  of  menstruation  defines  the  period  of  puberty,  at 
which  the  girl  becomes  a  woman  and  capable  of  conception  ;  as  its  cessa- 
tion terminates  the  prolific  period  of  female  life.     In  Great  Britain  this 

*  Tt  '  i  by  tli"  researches  of  modem  physiologists,  that  the  catamenial 

fluid  is  ordinary  blood  mixed  with  the  mucus  of  the  vagina  and  epithelial  cells.     Men- 
struation is,  therefore,  a  periodical  haemorrhage  from  the  uterus.     The  doctrine  of  the 
tion  of  the  menses  is  altogether  untenable.— Editor. 

(75) 


76  MENSTRUATION. 

generally  happens  between  the  ages  of  thirteen  and  sixteen,  although  we 
meet  with  cases  of  earlier  and  later  puberty,  dependent,  probably,  upon 
peculiarity  of  constitution,  habits  of  life,  pursuits,  &c.  A  case  is  recorded 
by  Dr.  Wall,  in  the  second  volume  of  the  Med.  Chir.  Trans.,  of  a  child 
who  menstruated  at  nine  months  old,  and  continued  to  do  so  regularly 
afterwards.  There  is  another  instance  in  the  American  Journ.  of  Med. 
Science,  for  Nov.  1832,  by  Dr.  Le  Beau  of  New  Orleans,  of  a  child  born 
with  the  marks  of  puberty,  in  whom  the  catamenia  appeared  at  three 
years  of  age,  and  recurred  regularly.  Additional  examples  may  be  found 
in  the  writings  of  Lobstein,  Meyer,  Ploucquet,  &c.  &c.  Mr.  Roberton, 
of  Manchester,  in  a  valuable  paper  "On  the  Natural  History  of  Menstru- 
ation," in  the  thirty-eighth  volume  of  the  Edinburgh  Med.  and  Surg. 
Journal,  has  stated  the  age  at  which  it  commenced  in  450  cases. 

10  menstruated  for  the  first  time  at  11  years  of  age. 


19 

it 

tt 

12 

a 

53 

a 

tt 

13 

tt 

85 

tt 

a 

14 

a 

97 

tt 

a 

15 

a 

76 

tt 

« 

16 

a 

57 

it 

tt 

17 

it 

26 

a 

a 

18 

tt 

23 

a 

a 

19 

a 

4 

a 

tt 

20 

it 

Mr.  Whitehead,  in  his  work  on  abortion,  gives  the  following  table, 
showing  the  age  at  which  puberty  was  established  in  4000  individuals  in 
Manchester : — 


At  the  age 

of  10  3 

rears 

9  first  ] 

nenst 

it 

11 

a 

2S 

a 

a 

12 

tt 

136 

a 

it 

13 

tt 

332 

tc 

a 

14 

a 

638 

tt 

a 

15 

tt 

761 

tt 

it 

16 

a 

967 

it 

a 

17 

it 

499 

a 

a 

18 

a 

393 

a 

tt 

19 

a 

148 

a 

it 

20 

it 

71 

a 

it 

21 

a 

9 

a 

it 

22 

a 

6 

a 

it 

23 

a 

2 

tt 

tt 

24 

it 

1 

a 

a 

25 

a 

1 

a 

it 

26 

a 

1 

a  * 

101.  In  these  countries  the  discharge  continues  until  the  age  of  forty- 

*  M.  Brierre  de  Boismont,  in  his  work,  "  De  la  Menstruation  cotisiderSe  dans  scs  Rap~ 
ports  Pliysiologiques  et  Pathologiques,"  among  a  mass  of  interesting  facts,  gives  the 


MKXSTKUATIOX. 


77 


five  or  fifty;  in  some  cases  i  earlier,  in  others  it  continues  longer; 

generally  according  to  the   age   at   which   it   commenced.     From   .Mr. 
Robertun\s  essa)  1  extract  the  periods  at  which  it  ceased  in  77  individuals: 


following  curious  table  of  ages  at  which  menstruation  commences. 

extensive  table  yet  published,  and  includes  the  results  of  2352  cases. 


It  is  the  most 


r 

Pai  i-. 

Paris,  85 

Lyons, 

Mai-.  ; 

Mam  heater, 

Grottingen, 

Age. 

1200  cases  by 

cases  bv  Marc 

432  cases  by 

cases  by  Marc 

450  cases  liy 

].'{?  cas  -  by 

."Werners. 

D'Espine. 

Petrequio. 

D'Espine. 

Roberton. 

( teiander. 

5 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

7 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

8 

o 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

9 

10 

1 

0 

0 

•      0 

0 

10 

29 

0 

5 

0 

0 

0 

11 

93 

3 

14 

6 

10 

3 

12 

105 

14 

26 

10 

19 

1 

13 

132 

6 

47 

13 

53 

0 

14 

194 

18 

50 

9 

85 

20 

15 

190 

14 

70 

16 

97 

32 

16 

141 

7 

79 

8 

76 

24 

17 

127 

6 

58 

4 

57 

11 

18 

90 

5 

38 

2 

26 

18 

19 

35 

8 

21 

0 

23 

10 

20 

30 

3 

9 

0 

4 

8 

21 

8 

0 

5 

0 

0 

1 

22 

8 

0 

1 

0 

0 

0 

23 

4 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

24 

0 

0 

3 

0 

0 

0 

■  demonstrates  that  by  far  the  greater  number  of  women  begin  to  menstruate 
i   their  14th  or  loth  year,  and  that  the  proportion  diminishes  both  above  and 
under  that  age.* 

"It  is  a  common  opinion,  generally  admitted  all  over  Europe,  that  puberty  occurs 
earlier  in  hot  climates  than  in  those  lying  within  the  temperate  zone.  Muller  says  that 
it  is  stated  that,  in  the  hot  regions  of  Africa,  the  changes  of  puberty  take  place  in  the 
female  sex  as  early  as  the  eighth  year,  and  during  the  ninth  year  in  Persia.  Young 
Jewesses  are  also  said  to  menstruate  earlier  than  other  females  in  our  own  country. 
This  opinion  Mr.  lloberton,  of  Manchester,  has  essayed  to  controvert,  in  the  belief  that 
it  was  no  other  than  a  vulgar  error.  To  enable  him  to  obtain  the  necessary  informa- 
tion with  respect  to  the  negress,  Mr.  Roberton  applied  to  the  superintendents  of  the 
Moravian  Missions  in  Antigua  and  Jamaica,  by  whom  registers  of  births  had  been  kept, 
the  registry  being  important  in  fixing  the  date  of  the  first  appearance  of  the  catamenia. 
From  these  gentlemen  he  received  the  information  he  desire. I.  and  which  confirmed  him 
in  the  belief  that  menstruation  does  not  commence  earlier  in  the  negress  than  in  the 
white.  Out  of  21  cases,  menstruation  appeared  in  one  aged  16,  in  three  at  1">.  in  three 
at  14.  in  three  at  13,  and  in  two  at  12:  while  it  had  not  appeared  in  one  aged  14,  in 
two  aged  L3,  in  one  aged  12,  in  one  aged  11,  one  aged  10,  one  aged  9,  and  two  ag 
It  is  further  added,  that  many  cases  of  u  8  to  11  years  of  age,  who  have 

not  yet  had  any  menstrual  secretion,  might  be  added." 

A  very  interesting  case  by  Dr.  Carus,  of  Dresden,  is  mentioned  in  the  recent  medical 
journal-,  of  a  child  born  in  the  mountains  of  Saxony,  in  whom  menstruation  began  at 
;  age. 

••  She  was  scarcely  a  year  old,  when  a  to  grow  rapidly.     At  the  end  of  her 

second  twelvemonth,  the  catamenia  appeared,  and  have  continued  ever  since  to  flow 
regularly  once  a  month.  The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  Dresden  sent  for  both  her  and 
her  mother,  and,  in  order  to  examine  i.e. re  particularly  into  the  case,  kept  them  under 

The  i  1  \  tines  long.     The 


Edinb.  Med.  and  Surg.  Journ.,  dan.  1843. 
i  Braithwaite's  Ret  Med.  and  Surgery,  vol.  vi.,  page  251 — from  Provincial 

Med.  and  Surg.  Journal,  Aug.  1842. 

g2 


78 


MENSTRUATION 

i  1  at  the  age 

of  35 

In 

26  at  the  age  of  50 

4 

40 

2 

51 

1 

42 

7 

"           52 

1 

43 

2 

"           53 

3 

44 

2 

"           54 

4           " 

45 

1 

«            57 

3           " 

47 

2 

60 

10           « 

48 

1 

"           70 

7           " 

49 

The  period  of  its  cessation  is  called  by  women  the  "time,  or  turn  of 
life"  and  is  preceded  by  irregularity  and  occasional  interruption.  It  is 
looked  upon  as  a  critical  period,  from  the  supposed  liability  to  serious 
attacks,  and  the  greater  mortality;  but  the  researches  of  MM.  Benoiston 
de  Chateauneuf,  Bellefroid,  &c,  have  shown  that  the  mortality  at  this 
period  of  female  life  is  not  greater  than  amongst  males  at  the  same  age. 

102.  By  most  writers  on  the  subject,  we  find  it  stated  that  menstruation 
commences  and  terminates  much  earlier  than  the  period  I  have  named  in 
hot  climates,  and  much  later  in  cold  ones.  Women  are  stated  to  be 
mothers  at  ten  or  twelve  years  old  in  the  East,  and  to  cease  bearing  at 
twenty-five  or  thirty;  and  that  in  Lapland,  and  other  northern  climes, 
they  do  not  begin  to  menstruate  until  about  twenty  or  twenty-four,  and 
continue  until  sixty  years  of  age.  That  such  cases  do  occur  there  seems 
no  reason  to  doubt ;  but  it  appears  extremely  probable,  that  such  is  not 
the  ordinary  course.  Mr.  Roberton  has  collected  a  great  mass  of  evidence 
to  prove  that  these  instances  are  exceptions ;  and  taking  into  account  the 
limited  opportunities  for  observation  of  travellers,  upon  whose  statements 
the  former  opinion  is  founded,  and  other  causes  of  error,  I  am  inclined  to 
agree  with  him,  that  there  is  probably  no  such  great  difference  in  the  age 
of  uterine  activity  in  different  countries,  as  has  been  stated. 

103.  As  the  name  (menses,  catamenia)  implies,  the  discharge  recurs 
every  month;  that  is,  deducting  four  or  six  days  for  the  time  of  its  flow, 
every  twenty-seven  or  twenty-eight  days.  Mr.  Roberton  found  that,  out 
of  100  women,  61  menstruated  every  month,  28  every  three  weeks,  10 
at  uncertain  intervals,  and  one,  a  healthy  woman  aet.  twenty-three,  every 
fortnight.  The  shortening  of  the  interval  of  twenty-six  or  twenty-eight 
days  is  a  deviation  from  functional  integrity,  owing,  most  likely,  to  habits 
of  life,  impaired  constitution,  &c.  Dr.  Gall  made  some  very  curious 
observations,  from  a  journal  which  he  kept  of  the  periods  of  menstruation 
in  different  women  :  "  It  resulted"  (I  quote  from  Elliotson's  Physiology, 
not  having  the  original  at  hand)  "  that  women  are  divided  into  two  great 
classes,  each  having  a  different  period.  The  women  of  the  same  class  all 
menstruate  within  eight  days ;  after  this  time  an  interval  of  ten  or  twelve 
days  follows,  during  which  very  few  women  menstruate.     At  the  end  of 

mamma?  were  firm,  like  those  of  a  strong  girl  of  16.  Her  body  was  stoutly  made,  and 
the  genital  organs  were  covered  with  dark  brown  hair.  Her  physiognomy  and  tone  of 
voice  were  childish,  which  contrasted  singularly  with  the  strength  of  her  body.  Her 
intellectual  functions  were  equal  to  those  of  a  child  three  years  old,  and  her  head  was 
covered  with  beautiful  dark  brown  hair.""- — Editor. 

*  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences,  April,  1843,  page  436  —  from  Allge- 
meine  Zeit.  fur  Chirurgie. 


MENSTRUATION.  79 

the  ten  or  twelve  days,  begins  the  period  of  the  second  great  class,  all 
the  individuals  of  which  also  menstruate  within  eight  days."     Admitting 
ptions  to  the  rule,  Dr.  Gall  says  that  it  applies  generally  to  all  parts 
of  Euro]  i. 

104.  The  duration  of  each  menstrual  period  varies  from  three  to  six 
days,  or  even  longer.  The  quantity  which  escapes  each  time  is  from  four 
to  eight  ounces,  varying  according  to  the  temperament  or  constitution  of 
the  individual.  It  is  not  discharged  at  once,  but  slowly  and  gradually. 
As  to  the  character  of  the  secretion,  it  greatly  resembles  venous  blood, 
being  of  a  dark  red  colour,  thin,  and  either  without  odour,  or  with  a  very 
faint  one.  It  differs  from  blood  in  containing  no  fibrine ;  it  is  not  coagu- 
lable,  nor  easily  decomposed.  It  is  found  to  redden  litmus  paper,  and 
to  contain  free  phosphoric  and  lactic  acids,  with  some  phosphate  of  lime. 

105.  The  symptoms  which  precede  and  accompany  the  first  menstrua- 
tion are  very  slight  in  some  cases,  well  marked  in  others.  There  is  gene- 
rally a  degree  of  languor  and  lassitude,  fatigue  after  exertion,  inequality 
of  spirits,  dark  shade  under  the  eyes,  headach,  sometimes  pain  in  the 
thyroid  gland,  pain  in  the  back,  weight  and  aching  in  the  pelvis  and  down 
the  thighs,  &c. :  occasionally  there  is  a  smart  attack  of  fever. 

If  the  discharge  take  place,  most  of  these  symptoms  disappear,  and  the 
female  merely  complains  of  weakness,  and  exhibits  pallor  of  countenance. 

But  the  symptoms  may  pass  off  once  or  twice  without  the  appearance 
of  the  menses,  or  with  a  white  discharge  only.  This  may  generally  be 
remedied  by  an  improvement  in  diet,  or  tonics  at  the  approach  of  the 
next  menstrual  period. 

Sometimes  the  colour  of  the  discharge  is  light  at  first,  growing  deeper 
each  period.  During  its  flow,  the  skin  exhales  a  peculiar  odour,  the 
appetite  is  diminished,  and  often  capricious,  and  occasionally  sympathetic 
pains  are  felt  in  the  breasts.  There  is  a  case,  related  in  the  British  and 
Foreign  Med.  Review  for  October,  1840,  of  a  woman  whose  breasts  se- 
creted milk  after  each  menstrual  period.  I  have  lately  had  one  under 
my  care. 

The  amount  of  suffering  differs,  as  I  have  said,  in  different  women ; 
and  I  may  add,  that  the  first  menstruation  is  not  necessarily  a  type  of  the 
subsequent  periods.  The  more  perfectly  the  function  is  performed,  the 
less  is  the  distress. 

106.  The  effects  of  the  development  of  this  function  upon  the  body 
and  mind  of  a  young  girl,  are  very  striking.  The  figure  enlarges,  becomes 
rounder  and  more  fully  formed,  the  pelvis  expands,  the  mamma3  enlarge, 
and  the  general  bearing  becomes  graceful  and  dignified.  The  mental 
change  is  as  remarkable:  the  pursuits  of  girlhood  are  exchanged  for  more 
womanly  interests;  and  a  more  exquisite  perception  of  her  position  and 
relations,  results  in  higher  enjoyment,  veiled  by  a  more  delicate  modesty. 
These  changes  are  rapid,  and,  occurring  at  this  peculiar  period,  doubtless 
fit  the  individual  for  the  more  perfect  fulfilment  of  the  duties  about  to 
devolve  upon  her. 

107.  The  causes  of  menstruation  have  been  divided  into  the  efficient 
and  final :  as  to  the  first  of  these,  —  the  efficient  cause,  —  much  time  has 
been  wasted  in  speculations,  which,  after  all,  are  nothing  but  guesses: 
thus,  it  has  been  attributed  to  general  and  local  plethora,  to  lunar  influence, 
&c.     We  do  not  know  luhy  the  catamenia  occur  at  monthly  periods  ;  it 

6 


80  MENSTRUATION. 

is  one  instance  of  the  periodicity  which  characterises  the  functions  of  the 
female  sexual  system,  and  which  we  shall  observe  again  and  again. 

108.  A  much  more  important  question  is  the  nature  and  extent  of  the 
influence  exerted  by  the  ovaries  upon  menstruation.  By  most  writers  the 
uterus  is  regarded  as  the  sole  organ  involved;  but  from  time  to  time  ova- 
rian influence  has  been  admitted.  A  reference  of  this  kind  is  made  by 
Dr.  Friend,  in  his  "  Emmenolo'gia ;"  and  Dr.  Power  goes  further,  and 
attributes  menstruation  entirely  to  the  action  of  the  ovaries  ;  Dr.  Vaughan 
also  regarded  the  menses  as  a  secretion  dependent  upon  the  ovaries ;  and 
other  authorities  might  be  adduced.  Indeed,  there  are  certain  facts  which 
cannot  but  lead  to  an  admission  of  a  certain  influence  exerted  over  men- 
struation by  these  organs :  for  instance,  it  is  well  known  that  they  partici- 
pate in  the  congestion  which  is  observed  in  the  uterus  at  the  monthly 
periods ;  again,  when  the  ovaries  have  both  been  atrophied  or  diseased, 
as  noticed  byMorgagni  and  Frank;  or  when  one  was  congenitally  absent 
and  the  other  disorganised,  as  in  a  case  related  to  me  by  my  friend  Dr. 
Montgomery;  the  secretion  of  the  menses  has  been  prevented  altogether, 
or  it  has  ceased  prematurely.  Moreover,  when  the  uterus  is  absent,  but 
the  ovaries  present,  the  menstrual  molimen  and  other  sexual  peculiarities 
are  observed.  Lastly,  when  the  ovaries  have  been  removed,  as  in  the 
case  mentioned  by  Mr.  Pott,  menstruation  ceased  entirely. 

From  these  considerations  we  may  conclude,  that  although  the  uterus 
be  the  seat,  and  its  lining  membrane  the  agent  in  the  process,  yet  that  the 
ovaries  furnish  the  impulse  or  stimulus  upon  which  the  function  depends. 

109.  An  inquiry  into  the  changes  which  take  place  in  the  organs  dur- 
ing menstruation,  will  confirm  the  conclusions  at  which  we  have  arrived, 
and  throw  some  light  upon  the  nature  of  the  stimulus.  For  almost  all  the 
accurate  information  we  possess,  we  are  indebted  to  the  recent  researches 
of  Drs.  Girdwood,  Lee,  Ritchie,  in  this  country,  and  Pouchet,  Negrier, 
Gendrin,  Bischoff,  Raciborski,  Chereau,  &c,  on  the  continent;  although 
the  main  fact  established  by  their  labours  was  cursorily  noticed  by  Mr. 
Cruikshank  so  long  ago  as  1797:  "  I  have  also,"  he  says,  "  in  my  pos- 

Fig.  37. 


session  the  uterus  and  ovaria  of  a  young  woman,  who  died  with  the  men- 
ses upon  her.  The  external  membranes  of  the  ovary  were  burst  at  one 
place,  from  whence  I  suspect  an  ovum  escaped,  descended  through  the 
tube  to  the  uterus,  and  was  washed  off  by  the  menstrual  blood,"    Several 


MENSTRUATION.  81 

similar  observations  have  been  published  by  Dr.  Lee  in  the  Cyclop,  of 
Pract.  Medicine,  and  since  in  the  Med.  Chir.  Transactions;  Mr.  Girdwood 
and  M.  Gendrin  have  each  added  five  cases,  and  M.  Negrier  five  more, 
of  the  same  kind.  All  the  observations  agree,  that,  in  females  dying  dur- 
ing or  soon  after  menstruation,  a  small  irregular  rupture  or  cicatrix  was 
found  in  the  coats  of  the  ovarium  (fig.  37),  and  that  this  communicated 
with  the  remains  of  one  of  the  Graafian  vesicles;  from  which  Dr.  Lee 
concludes  that  it  is  "  extremely  probable  that  all  the  phenomena  of  men- 
struation depend  upon,  or  are  connected  with,  some  peculiar  changes  in 
the  Graafian  vesicles,  in  consequence  of  which,  an  opening  is  formed  in 
the  peritoneal  and  proper  coats.  Whether  an  entire  vesicle,  or  only  the 
fluid  it  contains,  escapes  through  this  opening  at  the  period  of  menstrua- 
tion, further  observations  may  hereafter  determine."* 

*  The  "efficient"  cause  of  menstruation  has  long  been  a  subject  of  speculation  with 
physiologists.  The  changes  that  are  now  ascertained  to  take  place  in  the  ovaries,  which 
render  it  probable  that  one  or  more  Graafian  vesicles  arc  ruptured  at  each  menstrual 
period,  shed  new  light  upon  the  subject,  and  may  lead  to  clearer  views  in  relation  to  it. 
The  following  facts  are  derived  from  Lecture  IV.,  by  Dr.  Robert  Lee,  On  the  Physiology 
of  the  Unimpregnated  Uterus  and  its  Appendages,  contained  in  the  London  .Medical 
Gazette  of  November  5th,  1842  :  — 

"  On  the  11th  of  March,  1831,  I  examined  the  body  of  a  young  woman  who  died, 
during  menstruation,  from  inflammation  of  the  median  basilic  vein.  The  left  ovarium 
was  larger  than  the  right,  and  at  one  point  a  small  circular  opening,  with  a  thin  irre- 
gular edge,  was  observed  in  the  peritoneal  coat,  which  led  to  a  cavity  of  no  great  depth 
in  the  ovarium.  Around  the  opening,  to  an  extent  of  three  or  four  lines,  the  surface 
of  the  ovarium  was  of  a  bright  red  colour,  and  considerably  elevated  above  the  sur- 
rounding part  of  the  peritoneal  coat.  On  cutting  into  the  ovarium,  its  substance 
around  the  opening  and  depression  was  vascular,  and  several  Graafian  vesicles,  of  dif- 
ferent sizes,  were  observed.  The  right  ovarium  was  in  the  ordinary  state.  Both  fallo- 
pian tubes  were  intensely  red  and  swollen,  and  their  cavities  were  filled  with  what 
appeared  to  be  menstrual  fluid.  The  lining  membrane  of  the  uterus  was  coated  with 
the  same  fluid,  and  the  parietes  were  soft  and  vascular.  The  size  of  the  uterus  was 
not  increased.  I  pointed  out  this  opening  in  the  peritoneum  of  the  ovary,  which  I 
accidentally  observed,  to  Dr.  Girdwood  and  Dr.  Trout,  and  suspected  that  there  was 
some  relation  between  tins  and  the  state  of  the  uterus.  At  this  time  I  had  not  seen  the 
human  ovum  in  the  Graafian  vesicle  before  impregnation,  and  was  not  then  aware  that 
cicatrices  are  never  present  on  the  surface  of  the  ovaria  before  menstruation  has  com- 
menced. 

"  In  the  autumn  of  1831,  Dr.  John  Prout  saw  a  woman,  under  20  years  of  age,  who 
died  suddenly  from  acute  inflammation  of  the  lungs  while  menstruating.  He  examined 
the  body,  and  brought  the  uterine  organs  to  me,  having  taken  the  greatest  care  that 
they  should  not  suffer  from  any  force  during  their  removal  from  the  pelvis.  A  red.  soft, 
elevated  portion  of  the  right  ovarium  was  also  here  observed,  and  at  one  part  the  peri- 
toneal coat,  to  a  small  extent,  had  been  removed.  The  edge  of  the  opening  was  ex- 
tremely thin  and  irregular;  and  in  the  substance  of  the  ovarium,  under  the  opening, 
was  an  enlarged  Graafian  vesicle,  filled  with  transparent  fluid.  Numerous  small  blood- 
vessels were  seen  running  along  the  peritoneal  coat  of  the  ovary  to  the  opening.  When 
the  substance  of  the  ovarium  was  laid  open,  several  vesicles,  of  various  sizes,  and  at 
different  depths,  were  found  embedded  in  it.  The  left  ovarium  presented  a  natural 
appearance.  The  free  extremities  of  the  fallopian  tubes  were  gorged  with  blood.  Their 
cavities  were  filled  with  a  red-coloured  fluid.  The  uterus  was  not  enlarged,  but  the 
parietes  were  unusually  full  of  blood,  and  the  lining  membrane  of  the  fundus  was  coated 
with  menstrual  fluid.  A  small  coagulum  of  blood  likewise  adhered  to  the  upper  part 
of  the  uterus.  I  now  felt  convinced  that  there  must  be  some  connexion  between  this 
state  of  the  ovaria  and  menstruation,  and  mentioned  the  facts  to  Sir  Astley  Cooper. 

"  On  the  2d  of  July,  1832,  Sir  Astley  sent  me  the  ovarium  of  a  woman  who  died  from 
cholera  while  menstruating.  The  ovarium  was  much  larger  than  natural,  and  at  one 
point  there  was  a  small  irregular  aperture  in  Its  peritoneal  coat,  through  which  a  por- 
tion of  a  Blender  coagulum  of  blood  was  suspended.     On  cutting  Into  the  Bubstance  of 

the  ovarium,  it  Avas  found  to  lie  occupied  with  three  small  cysts  or  cavities,  one  of 
which  was  filled  with  a  clear  ropy  fluid,  another  with   semi-fluid  blood,  and   the  third, 


82  MENSTRUATION. 

The  changes  which  take  place  in  the  vesicle  are  thus  summed  up  by 
M.  Negrier :  an  afflux  of  transparent  fluid  occurs  in  the  vesicle,  distend- 
ing and  ultimately  causing  its  rupture  at  the  least  resisting  part,  which 
corresponds  to  the  surface  of  the  ovary.  This  opening  is  cicatrised,  at 
least  externally,  in  about  eight  or  ten  days,  so  as  to  prevent  the  escape 
of  the  blood  which  proceeds  from  the  lacerated  vessels  of  the  vesicle,  and, 
in  consequence,  a  clot  is  frequently  formed  in  the  capsule  of  the  vesicle 
(fig.  38).  Sometimes  it  contains  a  serous  fluid,  colourless,  or  tinged  with 
blood. 

A  careful  examination  of  the  facts  connected  with  menstruation,  appears 
to  me  to  justify  the  following  conclusions  :  — 

I.  That  ovarian  influence  is  necessary  to  menstruation:  a.  because 
when  the  ovaries  are  congenitally  absent,  or  have  been  removed,  or  have 
become  disorganized,  menstruation  is  absent  or  ceases,  b.  Because, 
when  the  uterus  is  absent  or  has  been  removed,  the  ovaries  being  present, 

which  communicated  with  the  opening  in  the  peritoneal  coat  of  the  ovum,  with  a  firm 
coagulum. 

"  On  the  18th  of  November,  1832,  Dr.  Girdwood  and  Mr.  Webster  removed  the  ute- 
rine organs  from  the  body  of  a  young  woman  who  had  died  suddenly  the  preceding  day, 
when  the  catamenia  were  flowing.  Both  ovaria  were  remarkably  large  ;  and  both  fal- 
lopian tubes  were  red  and  turgid.  The  peritoneal  coat  of  the  left  ovarium  was  perfo- 
rated, at  that  extremity  which  was  nearest  to  the  uterus,  by  a  circular  opening,  around 
which  aperture,  for  several  lines,  the  surface  of  the  ovarium  was  slightly  elevated,  and 
of  a  bright  scarlet  colour.  The  margin  of  this  opening  was  thin  and  smooth,  and  did 
not  appear  to  have  been  produced  by  any  external  force.  Its  centre  was  slightly  de- 
pressed below  the  level  of  the  edges,  but  there  was  scarcely  the  appearance  of  a  cavity 
beneath.  The  right  ovarium  was  much  larger  than  the  left;  and  when  cut  into,  a  cyst 
or  cavity  was  seen,  filled  with  half  coagulated  blood.  The  peritoneal  coat  of  the  ova- 
rium was  entire.  The  uterus  was  large,  and,  when  cut  into,  appeared  to  contain  an 
unusual  quantity  of  blood.  The  inner  membrane  was  of  a  bright  red  colour,  and  coated 
with  a  thin  layer  of  catamenial  fluid.  Both  fallopian  tubes  were  red  and  turgid,  and 
the  interior  of  the  left  was  filled  with  menstrual  fluid. 

"  On  the  14th  of  January,  1837,  a  woman,  thirty-seven  years  of  age,  who  had  long 
suffered  from  hysteria,  died  suddenly  in  St.  George's  Hospital  during  menstruation. 
No  morbid  appearance  was  found  to  account  for  her  death.  A  small  circular  aperture 
was  observed  in  the  peritoneum  of  the  left  ovarium.  This  opening  communicated  with 
a  cavity  in  the  substance  of  the  ovarium,  which  was  surrounded  with  a  soft  yellow  sub- 
stance, of  an  oval  shape. 

"  On  the  31st  of  May,  1841,  Mr.  A.  Shaw  was  present  at  the  inspection  of  the  body 
of  a  woman  who  died  during  menstruation  in  the  Middlesex  Hospital.  In  the  right 
ovarium,  he  says,  the  appearance  was  presented  of  one  of  the  Graafian  vesicles  having 
been  recently  ruptured.  A  part  of  the  surface,  of  the  size  of  a  four-penny  piece,  was 
distinguished  by  a  dark  stain  upon  it ;  and  here  the  peritoneal  coat  was  slightly  ele- 
vated, and  the  ragged  edges  towards  the  centre  of  the  stained  spot  were  of  a  particu- 
larly black  colour." 

In  Gendrhrs  Traite*  Philosophique  de  M^dccine  Pratique  (1839),  there  is  a  description 
of  the  same  state  of  the  ovaria  in  five  women  who  died  during  menstruation.  In  the 
first,  the  left  ovarium  was  vascular,  and  in  the  middle  was  an  aperture  about  a  line  in 
diameter,  with  an  irregular  margin.  Its  cavity  would  have  contained  a  hemp-seed,  its 
walls  were  red,  and  it  was  obviously  a  ruptured  Graafian  vesicle.  In  the  second  case, 
a  small  circular  ragged  opening  led  to  a  cavity  two  lines  in  diameter,  the  walls  of  which 
were  of  a  bright  red  colour.  In  the  fourth,  the  right  ovary  had  an  aperture  a  line  and 
a  half  in  diameter,  leading  to  a  small  cavity,  with  vascular  walls.  M.  Negrier  has 
given  an  account  of  similar  appearances  in  the  ovaria  during  menstruation.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  rec-ent  observations  of  Dr.  Ritchie  on  this  subject  seem  to  have  led  him 
to  different  conclusions — "that  although  such  a  discharge  from  the  ovisacs  takes  place 
most  frequently  at  the  menstrual  period,  yet  that  the  two  occurrences  are  not  necessarily 
co-existent,  for  menstruation  may  take  place  without  any  such  rupture;  whilst,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  maturation  and  discharge  of  mature  ova  may  occur  in  the  intervals  of 
menstruation,  and  even  at  periods  of  life  when  that  function  is  not  taking  place." — 
{Carpenter s  Human  Physiology.)  — Editor. 


MENSTRUATION.  83 

Fig.  38. 


the  menstrual  molimen  still  recurs  periodically,  c.  Because,  coincident 
with  the  commencement  and  cessation  of  menstruation,  we  find  correspond- 
ing organic  changes  in  the  ovaries. 

2.  We  find  that  the  ovaries  do  not  contain  a  definite  and  limited  num- 
ber of  Graafian  vesicles,  as  Haller  and  others  have  thought,  but  a  vast 
assemblage,  according  to  the  researches  of  Dr.  Martin  Barry,  and  the 
number  of  which  vesicles  may  be  increased,  according  to  Dr.  Ritchie. 

3.  In  the  ovaries  of  women  who  menstruate  regularly,  there  may  be 
observed  a  number  of  the  Graafian  vesicles,  in  different  degrees  of  deve- 
lopment, from  the  size  of  a  millet  seed  to  that  of  a  cherry  stone. 

4.  There  are  cases  on  record  of  women  who  died  just  before  menstru- 
ating, in  one  of  whose  ovaries  a  vesicle  was  observed  in  a  state  of  great 
maturity,  enlarged  and  prominent,  with  its  outer  coverings  much  thinned, 
semitransparent,  and  in  one  point  apparently  about  to  burst. 

5.  In  a  considerable  number  of  cases  of  death  during  menstruation,  one 
ovary  presented  a  cavity  recently  emptied,  or  partially  filled  by  a  clot, 
from  which  a  duct-like  canal  passed  through  the  coats  of  the  ovary.  That 
this  cavity  contained  a  Graafian  vesicle  cannot  reasonably  be  doubted. 

6.  On  examining  the  ovaries,  a  number  of  cicatrices  maybe  observed, 
some  more,  some  less  recent ;  and  in  several  cases  these  have  been  ascer- 
tained to  correspond  exactly  with  the  number  of  the  menstrual  periods. 
According  to  Mr.  Girdwood's  researches,  this  is  always  the  case. 

7.  These  cicatrices,  when  cut  open,  exhibit  the  yellow  spots  which 
have  been  so  often  alluded  to  in  all  the  controversies  about  corpora  lutea. 

8.  Cases  are  on  record  in  which  (according  to  Dr.  Ritchie)  menstrua- 
tion has  taken  place  without  the  escape  of  a  vesicle,  and  others,  also,  in 
which  there  was  evidence  of  the  escape  of  a  vesicle  previous  to  menstrua- 
tion. This  latter  case  has  occurred  more  frequently  than  the  former,  (and 
answers  to  those  cases  in  which  conception  has  preceded  menstruation, 
or  occurred  during  lactation,)  but  both  are  so  rare  as  scarcely,  if  at  all, 
to  affect  the  question. 

9.  From  all  this  evidence  we  are  obliged  to  conclude  that  there  is  a 
periodica]  evolution  of  Graafian  vesicles,  and  that  this  occurs  at  a  men- 
strual period. 

110.  The  tderus  is  congested  during  menstruation;  its  vessels  are  dis- 
tended witli  blood,  its  substance  more  flaccid  than  usual,  of  a  more  de- 
cided pink  colour,  and  its  lining  membrane  of  a  deep  red,  studded  with 
bloody  points,  and  covered  with  menstrual  fluid.  The  cervix,  however, 
participates  but  slightly  in  the  increased  vascularity,  and  its  lining  mem- 


84  MENSTRUATION. 

brane  is  scarcely  altered  in  colour,  so  that  the  os  uteri  internum  is  marked 
by  the  abrupt  termination  of  the  dark  colour  of  the  lining  membrane  of 
the  body.  On  making  a  vaginal  examination,  we  find  the  cervix  softer, 
more  puffy,  and  slightly  swollen,  and  the  os  uteri  more  open,  than  at 
other  times.  The  Fallopian  tubes  are  also  somewhat  more  vascular  than 
usual. 

These  changes  rapidly  subside  when  the  function  ceases,  and  the  parts 
return  to  their  ordinary  state. 

111.  The  final  came  of  menstruation  is  said  to  be,  1,  to  get  rid  of  the 
surplus  blood  employed  during  gestation  in  the  nutrition  of  the  foetus,  but 
which  in  the  unimpregnated  state  might  be  injurious;  and,  2,  to  prepare 
the  uterus  for  impregnation  and  conception.  The  first  is  a  mere  hypothe- 
sis, grounded  on  an  assumption,  for  it  is  not  proved  that  there  is  any  sur- 
plus blood  when  the  female  is  not  pregnant ;  I  need,  therefore,  say  no 
more  about  it. 

As  to  the  second  theory,  it  is  based  upon  the  observation,  that  concep- 
tion seldom  or  never  takes  place  before  the  period  of  the  first  menstrua- 
tion, or  puberty ;  that  it  does  not  occur  in  those  who  do  not  menstruate, 
or  after  the  cessation  of  menstruation ;  and  that  calculations  show  that  it 
takes  place  more  readily  soon  after  a  menstrual  period.  This  has  been 
the  received  opinion  for  some  time,  and  may  be  the  true  one ;  but  I  should 
be  to  blame  if  I  did  not  point  out  some  considerations  which,  if  confirmed 
by  more  extended  investigation,  may  lead  to  another  view  of  the  matter; 
viz.,  that  menstruation  is  for  the  relief  of  a  certain  condition  of  the  organs 
which  occurs  periodically,  and  which  condition  is  a  preparation,  not  for 
menstruation,  but  for  conception. 

For  instance,  1,  we  find  congestion  of  the  uterus  and  ovaries,  with 
certain  changes  in  the  Graafian  vesicles,  occurring  at  menstrual  periods, 
analogous,  to  a  certain  extent,  with  those  which  take  place  at  and  imme- 
diately after  conception ;  the  difference  being,  that,  if  no  fecundating 
stimulus  be  applied,  the  vesicle  bursts  and  its  contents  are  lost. 

2.  By  various  writers,  Reaumur,  Cruikshank,  Blundell,  Laycock,  &c, 
menstruation  is  regarded  as  analogous  to  the  "heat"  of  animals,  and  the 
similar  condition  of  the  organs  seems  to  confirm  this  view;  but  conception 
in  animals  takes  place  during,  and  not  after,  the  "heat." 

3.  I  am  not  sure  of  the  correctness  of  the  calculations  which  place  con- 
ception immediately  after  menstruation.  In  reckoning  for  the  time  of 
delivery,  women  calculate  from  the  mid-period  between  the  last  menstrua- 
tion and  the  first  omission,  or,  in  other  words,  from  a  fortnight  after  the 
last  menstruation.  Now  it  follows,  that,  so  far  as  the  regularity  of  gesta- 
tion can  be  depended  upon,  if  conception  take  place  more  readily  imme- 
diately after  menstruation,  they  ought  actually  to  anticipate  the  calculated 
period  of  delivery  just  so  much;  or,  on  the  other  hand,  to  exceed  the 
period  fixed  upon,  if  conception  take  place  just  before  a  menstrual  period. 
This  brings  the  question  within  the  reach  of  experience,  and  I  cannot  but 
think  that  more  women  overrun  their  calculations  than  anticipate  them  ; 
and,  if  so,  the  evidence  is  in  favour  of  the  changes  at  a  menstrual  period 
being  preparatory  to  conception. 

4.  It  does  not  appear  that  the  discharge  of  the  catamenia  is  absolutely 
necessary  to  impregnation  ;  for  cases  not  unfrequently  occur  in  which  im- 
pregnation takes  place  without  previous  menstruation  ;  such  a  one  has 


MENSTRUATION.  85 

recently  come  under  my  care.  Other  eases  are  recorded  by  Perfect,  Reid, 
Velpeau,  &c.  in  which  the  menses  appeared  for  the  first  time  during  _ 
tion ;  and  some  by  Deventer,  Baudelocque,  and  Dewees,  who  only  men- 
struated during  pregnancy.  Lastly,  it  is  not  uncommon  for  women  to 
conceive  during  lactation,  or  immediately  on  weaning,  before  the  cata- 
menia  appear. 

Now,  from  these  cases  alone,  it  is  evident  that  it  cannot  be  assumed 
that  menstruation  is  an  essential  preparation  for  conception  ;  and  it  may 
be  more  correct  to  consider  it  as  the  ordinary  termination  of  a  series  of 
changes  which  had  another  object,  and  would  have  terminated  differently, 
had  not  the  proper  stimulus  been  wanting.* 

*  On  this  point  we  have  conflicting  testimony.  The  late  Dr.  Dewees,  whose  expe- 
rience was  very  extensive,  wrote  as  follows:  "  The  final  cause  of  the  menses  is  perhaps 
enveloped  in  some  obscurity ;  but  of  this  we  know  at  least  one  incontrovertible  fact, 
namely,  that  the  healthy  performance  of  this  function  is  in  some  way  or  other  connected 
with  the  capacity  for  impregnation;  as  no  well-attested  instance  is  upon  record,  where  this 
has  tah  a  female,  who  never  had  had  this  discharge,  or  even  when  it  was  not  of  a 

healthy  character,  and  with  a  greater  or  less  degree  of  regularity."  In  these  remarks 
we  must  understand  Dr.  Dewees  as  merely  asserting  his  own  experience,  for  the  expe- 
rience of  numerous  equally  competent  observers  is  in  direct  opposition.  The  regular 
and  healthy  performance  of  the  menstrual  function  is  certainly  indicative  of  a  natural 
condition  of  the  female  genital  organs,  and  of  the  consequent  aptitude  of  the  individual 
for  impregnation ;  yet  it  is  not  always  so ;  every  healthy  menstruating  female  is  not 
fruitful :  and  I  have  known  many  instances  where  women  bore  children  regularly, 
although  the  menstrual  office  was  neither  regularly  nor  healthfully  performed.  Pro- 
fessor Dunglison  well  observes:  "As  a  general  rule,  the  appearance  of  the  menses 
denotes  the  capability  of  being  impregnated,  and  their  cessation  the  loss  of  such  capa- 
bility. Yet,  females  have  become  mothers  without  ever  having  menstruated.  Fodere 
attended  a  woman  who  had  menstruated  but  once — in  her  seventeenth  year,  although 
thirty-five  years  of  age,  healthy,  and  the  mother  of  five  children.  Morgagni  ins 
a  mother  and  daughter,  both  of  whom  were  mothers  before  they  menstruated.  Sir  E. 
Home  mentions  the  case  of  a  young  woman,  who  was  married  before  she  was  seventeen, 
and  having  never  menstruated,  became  pregnant;  four  months  after  her  delivery,  she 
became  pregnant  again;  and  four  months  after  the  second  delivery,  she  was  a  third 
time  pregnant,  but  miscarried.  After  this  she  menstruated  for  the  first  time,  and  con- 
tinued to  do  so  for  several  periods,  when  she  again  became  pregnant :  and  Mr.  Harrison, 
at  a  meeting  of  the  Westminster  Medical  Society,  remarked,  that  he  knew  an  instance 
in  which  the  mother  of  a  large  family  had  never  menstruated.*  Such  instances  prove 
that  ova  are  maturated  without  the  ordinary  recurrence  of  a  sanguineous  exhalation 
from  the  lining  membrane  of  the  womb." 

The  modern  ovular  doctrine  of  menstruation  is  unquestionably  encompassed  with 
some  difficulties :  these  have  caused  it  by  a  few  to  be  considered  rather  as  "  a  plausible 
and  ingenious  hypothesis,  than  as  a  well-established  theory."     Mr.  Kester,  in  the  London 
'  Gazette,  (Nov.  1849,)  thinks  that   "the  actual  state  of  our  knowledge  of  the 
nature  of  menstruation  may  be  expressed  in  the  following  propositions: — 
"  1.  Menstruation  is  a  periodical  function  of  the  uterus. 
"  '1.  Ovulation  is  the  constatit  function  of  the  ovaries. 

••  3.  Ova  are  matured  in  the  ovaries  at  all  ages,  but  more  rapidly  during  menstrual 
life. 

•■  1.  Ova  are  discharged  at  all  periods  of  female  life,  in  the  intervals  of,  as  well  as  at 
the  time  of.  menstruation. 

••  5.  <  Ovulation  and  menstruation  being  often  concurrent,  indicate  that  they  are  both 
the  result  of  the  attainment  of  a  certain  point  in  the  development  of  the  female 
economy. 

The  law  of  periodicity  in  the  one  not  obtaining  in  the  other,  leaves  still  wanting 
the  inseparable  link  in  the  chain  of  causation  whereby  menstruation  can  be  Bhown  to 
be  the  effect  'd'  ovulation. 

"7.  At  the  menstrual  period,  the  ovaries  experience  an  extension  of  the  uterine 

*  Human  Physiology,  4th  edition,  vol.  ii.,  p.  857. 
H 


86  DISORDERS    OF    MENSTRUATION. 

Abnormal  deviations. — These  are  of  sufficient  importance  to  demand 
a  separate  chapter ;  we  shall  therefore  next  consider  the  disorders  of 
menstruation. 


CHAPTER  II. 

DISORDERS  OF  MENSTRUATION. 


112.  These  functional  derangements  are  divided  into  three  classes : 
1,  Amenorrhea  ;  2,  Dysmenorrhcea,  or  difficult  menstruation  ;  and  3,  Me- 
norrhagia, or  excessive  menstruation.  Each  will  require  a  separate  though 
brief  notice. 

113.  1.  Amenorrhosa  may  be  divided  into  two  classes :  emansio  men- 
sium,  when  the  menses  have  never  appeared ;  and  suppressio  mensium, 
when,  having  been  regular,  they  are  obstructed.  In  considering  absent 
menstruation  as  a  disease,  the  reader  will  bear  in  mind  the  difference  of 
age  at  which  the  catamenia  appear,  as  it  is  not  intended  to  include  late 
menstruation,  as  such,  in  the  present  class. 

114.  Emansio  Mensium. — Menstruation  may  be  absent  from  congenital 
malformation.     The  ovaries  may  be  wanting,  or,  if  present,  they  may  be 

congestion,  and  become,  equally  with  the  uterus,  the  seat  of  increased  functional 
activity. 

"  8.  The  menstrual  flow  is  a  true  haemorrhage,  as  shown  by  chemical  analysis,  and 
by  the  phenomena  of  disease." 

In  connection  with  this  subject,  the  following  case,  recorded  by  Dr.  Janzer,  in  the 
Medicinische  Annalen,  vol.  xiii.,  p.  4,  is  in  the  highest  degree  interesting.  It  illustrates 
the  changes  which  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  uterus  undergoes  during  the  menstrual 
period. 

The  young  girl  who  was  the  subject  of  the  observation  had  menstruated  four  days 
before  being  murdered.  She  had  never  been  pregnant.  Her  body  was  examined  six- 
teen hours  after  death.  The  surface  of  the  left  ovary  presented  a  deep  red  spot, 
surrounded  by  finely  injected  vessels.  The  spot  was  formed  by  a  small  globular  mass, 
imbedded  in  the  ovary,  and  of  an  intense  red  throughout  its  whole  thickness.  This 
mass  was  separated  from  the  tissue  of  the  ovary  by  a  thin  yellow  envelope,  and  was 
composed  of  fibres  like  those  of  areolar  tissue,  arranged  in  superimposed  layers.  The 
yellow  envelope  was  formed  by  the  same  kind  of  fibres,  among  which  was  a  pretty  con- 
siderable quantity  of  fat,  not  contained  in  cells.  Near  this  body  there  was  seen  a 
small,  yellow,  spherical,  modulated  mass,  composed  of  areolar  tissue  and  fat.  The 
right  ovary  contained  two  yellow  bodies.  The  Fallopian  tubes,  which  did  not  embrace 
the  ovaries,  were  tumefied  in  the  upper  two  thirds.  On  slight  pressure,  a  white  matter 
issued  from  them,  resembling  pus,  and  entirely  composed  of  round  epithelial  cells,  some 
of  which  were  furnished  with  vibratile  cilia.  No  ovule,  nor  any  traces  of  spermatozoa, 
were  found. 

The  uterine  mucous  membrane,  between  the  body  and  the  neck,  was  much  swollen. 
In  the  uterus  itself,  it  formed  a  velvety  membrane,  glossy  and  brilliant,  easily  detached 
with  the  handle  of  the  scalpel,  and  presenting  a  fine  network  of  vessels.  This  mucous 
membrane  was  evidently  thickened;  it  was  composed  of  the  uterine  glands,  ranged 
perpendicularly  alongside  each  other,  and  fitted  with  cylindric  epithelium,  not  ciliated. 
The  structure  between  the  uterine  glands  was  composed  of  a  network  of  delicate  fibres, 
of  some  nucleated  cellular  fibres,  and  of  amorphous  tissue.  The  surface  of  the  uterus 
was  covered  with  a  thin  layer  of  mucus,  and  lined  with  cylindrical  epithelium,  without 
cilia.  The  orifices  of  the  Fallopian  tubes  were  open.  The  vaginal  mucous  membrane 
was  pale,  but  was  only  covered  with  a  thin  layer  of  mucus,  containing  epithelial  cells. 

It  results  from  this  observation,  that  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  uterus  presents, 
during  menstruation,  characters  analogous  to  those  which  exist  during  gestation;  such 
as  the  hypertrophy  of  the  uterine  follicles,  and  the  disappearance  of  vibratile  cilia. — 
Lond.  Journ.  of  Med.,  from  Gaz.  Med.  de  Paris,  March,  1850. — Editor. 


DISORDERS    OF    MENSTRUATION.  87 

atrophied  or  diseased;  the  vesicles  may  be  diseased  or  absent.  But, 
although  the  ovaries  be  well  developed,  other  organic  irregularities  may 
prohibit  the  periodic  evacuation:  for  example,  the  uterus  may  be  absent, 

or  incompletely  developed;  the  canal  of  the  cervix  may  be  closed,  the  os 
uteri  impervious,  the  vagina  absent ;  its  sides  adherent  or  its  orifice  closed 
by  adhesion,  false  membrane,  or  an  imperforate  hymen. 

*  When  the  defect  is  ovarian,  Ave  find  no  effort  at  menstruation  at  all ; 
the  body  is  generally  pretty  well  developed,  and  its  functions  (except  the 
one)  tolerably  correct ;  but  the  sexual  characteristics  are  wanting.  When 
the  uterus  is  absent  or  defective,  on  the  contrary,  these  sexual  peculiarities 
are  observed,  and  there  is  an  effort  at  menstruation  every  month,  but  of 
course  no  discharge.  There  is  a  considerable  difference,  however,  when 
the  passage  merely  is  obstructed  ;  then  the  menses  may  be  secreted,  and 
retained  in  the  cavity  of  the  uterus  or  vagina,  until  from  over-distension 
the  parietes  give  way. 

115.  The  diagnosis  will  depend  upon  these  peculiarities,  and  the  treat- 
ment must  be  adapted  accordingly.  Nothing  effectual  can  be  done  if  the 
uterus  or  ovaries  be  absent ;  but,  in  occlusion  of  the  os  uteri  or  vagina, 
an  effort  must  be  made  to  remove  the  obstacle.  The  os  uteri,  or  canal  of 
the  cervix,  may  be  pierced  by  a  pointed  probe,  a  trocar,  or  an  instrument 
like  that  used  by  Mr.  Stafford  for  strictures  of  the  urethra.  An  artificial 
vaginal  canal  may  be  formed  by  the  knife,  or  by  forcibly  separating  the 
parietes.  Occlusion  of  the  vaginal  orifice  may  be  remedied  by  the  knife 
or  trocar.  Great  care  will  be  required  after  any  of  these  operations  ; 
leeches,  cold  lotions,  fomentations,  or  poultices  may  be  necessary.  A 
piece  of  lint,  spread  with  simple  cerate,  should  be  introduced  into  the 
opening  to  prevent  the  formation  of  new  adhesions. 

116.° Simple  Jmenorrhcea  is  the  name  given  to  those  cases  where  the 
sexual  system  is  developed,  the  signs  of  puberty  present,  but  where  no 
discharge  at  all  escapes  from  the  vagina.  The  subjects  of  this  disease 
may  be  of  robust  habit  of  body,  or  weak,  pale,  and  delicate.  In  the 
former,  the  constitutional  suffering  is  more  severe,  with  some  febrile  action, 
flushed  face,  headach,  full  pulse,  &c.  In  the  latter,  the  sympathies  of 
distant  organs  are  manifested  more  slowly,  and  there  is  little,  if  any,  febrile 
action.  They  appear,  in  fact,  something  like  the  acute  and  chronic  stages 
of  other  diseases.  In  either,  an  attempt  at  menstruation  may  be  made 
y  month,  accompanied  by  rigors,  pain  in  the  back  and  loins,  weight 
at  the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen,  aching  along  the  thighs,  general  lassi- 
tude and  uneasiness,  &c.  &e.,  without  any  discharge.  But,  though  these 
svmptoms  pass  away,  another  series  arise:  the  patient  complains  of  fre- 
quent headach,  sometimes  with  intolerance  of  light  and  sound,  throbbing 
and  a  sense  of  fulness  in  the  head,  pain  in  the  side  or  back;  the  stomach 
and  *»ecome  irregular,  the  countenance  pale,  and  the  strength 

redn.  P  .roxysms  of  dyspnoea  and  hysteria  may  also  occur,  and  the 

it  acquires  the  appearance  of  confirmed  ill-health.     Of  course,  these 
itoms  will  differ  in  different  constitutions;  and  cases  occur  occasion- 
ally,   in   which    a   long   continuance    of  amenorrlKea   has   but   slightly 
disturbed  the  general  health. 

A  vaginal  examination  with  the  finger  or  bougie  affords  no  information 
in  these  cases. 

The  causes  of  this  variety,  says  Dr.  Locock,  "  are  generally  to  be  found 


88  DISORDERS    OF    MENSTRUATION. 

in  the  previous  habits  of  the  patient ;  for  it  is  most  frequently  met  with  in 
those  who  have  led  sedentary  and  indolent  lives,  who  have  indulged  in 
luxurious  and  gross  diet,  and  been  accustomed  to  hot  rooms,  soft  beds, 
and  too  much  sleep." 

The  proximate  cause  is  probably  some  peculiar  condition  of  the  ovary 
in  the  majority  of  cases. 

The  diagnosis  must  be  formed  upon  the  fact  of  there  being  a  men- 
strual effort  or  not ;  and,  if  there  be,  upon  the  existence  or  non-existence 
of  obstructions.  If  the  menstrual  molimen  occur,  and  there  be  neither 
obstruction  nor  discharge,  we  may  conclude  the  case  to  be  one  of  simple 
amenorrhoea. 

117.  The  treatment  must  depend  upon  the  constitution  of  the  patient, 
and  will  vary  as  it  is  administered  during  an  interval,  or  at  a  menstrual 
period.  In  patients  of  a  full  habit,  venisection  will  often  afford  relief. 
This  must  be  followed  during  an  interval  by  a  diminution  in  the  quantity 
of  the  food,  absence  of  stimulants,  exercise,  and  occasional  purgatives. 
When  the  patient  is  of  a  weak,  nervous,  or  leucophlegmatic  constitution, 
the  system  should  be  strengthened  by  generous  diet  and  the  moderate  use 
of  wine,  with  gentle  exercise.  Preparations  of  iron  will  be  found  very 
useful.  By  the  older  writers  a  long  list  of  emmenagogues  is  given  ;  but 
modern  experience  has  reduced  the  number.  Iodine,  strychnine,  elec- 
tricity, and  iron,  certainly  seem  to  have  a  direct  power  on  the  uterus,  and 
may  be  given  advantageously.  Stimulating  injections  into  the  vagina  or 
uterus  have  been  recommended,  but  they  are  very  questionable.  M.  Car- 
ron  du  Villard  has  succeeded  with  the  cyanuret  of  gold,  Dr.  Loudon  by 
leeches  to  the  breasts,  Sir  J.  Murray  by  cupping-glasses  to  these  organs, 
Rostan  by  leeches  to  the  os  tineae,  Soult  with  aconite,  Hannay  with  the 
ammoniated  tincture  of  guaiacum,  and  Schonlein  by  enemata  of  aloes. 
Stimulating  the  neighbouring  organs  (the  rectum  and  bladder)  is  often 
beneficial.  * 

*  The  author  has  shown  less  than  his  wonted  clearness  on  this  subject ;  indeed,  he 
appears  to  have  fallen  into  the  common  error  of  regarding  amenorrhoea  as  a  disease ; 
whereas  it  is  only  an  occasional  symptom — merely  the  non-performance  of  a  function 
not  always  necessary  for  the  health  of  the  individual,  even  during  the  period  of  female 
life  when  it  usually  occurs.  It  has  been  shown  (page  85)  that  women  may  likewise 
bear  children  without  menstruating.  I  know  a  maiden  lady,  now  nearly  fifty  years  old, 
who  has  generally  enjoyed  very  good  health,  although  she  never  menstruated  more  than 
twice  a  year,  and  sometimes  only  once  in  twelve  or  fifteen  months.  Amenorrhoea, 
therefore,  is  not  properly  a  disease,  but  a  consequence  of  either  individual  organiza- 
tion, disorder  of  the  uterus  or  ovaries,  or  of  some  other  organ  or  organs  sufficiently 
important  to  affect  materially  the  patient's  constitution.  When  it  is  the  consequence 
of  peculiar  organization,  of  course  all  attempts  to  excite  or  produce  the  discharge  will 
be  vain,  and  most  likely  pernicious ;  where  it  depends  upon  disorder  of  any  one  or  more 
organs,  it  is  obvious  that  the  pathological  condition  must  be  sought  out  and  removed 
before  we  can  hope  that  the  menstrual  or  any  other  of  the  deranged  functions  can  be 
restored.  Viewed  in  this  light,  all  the  means  that  restore  the  system  to  health,  medi- 
cinal or  hygienic,  may  be  regarded  as  emmenagogue ;  but  that  we  possess  any  article 
having  the  direct  power  of  causing  or  restoring  the  secretion,  apart  from  its  property 
of  overcoming  some  morbid  condition  of  the  uterus  or  ovaries,  or  other  organ  affecting 
the  genera]  health  of  the  individual,  has  not  yet  been  pi-oved,  nor  is  it  probable  that 
any  such  exists.  Nothing  can  be  more  opposite  and  heterogeneous  than  the  articles 
commonly  prescribed  as  emmenagogues;  and  it  is  therefore  with  justice  that  they  are 
classed  by  Dr.  Ferguson  as  "nostrums."  The  little  confidence  reposed  in  such  agents 
has  induced  some  practitioners  to  attempt  the  restoration  or  establishment  of  the  dis- 
charge by  the  means  referred  to  above  of  a  more  direct  nature.  In  some  instances  of 
mere  torpor,  electricity  has  been  useful  in  exciting  the  capillaries  to  greater  activity  by 


DISORDERS    OF    MENSTRUATIOJT.  89 

US.  AmenorrfazajWith.  vicarious  Uterine  Leucorrhcea,  differs  essentially 
from  the  preceding  varieties,  inasmuch  as  uteri] 

in  them  the  uterus  was  quiescent.  The  product  is  a  while  or  colourless 
fluid,  and,  so  far,  not  the  menses;  but  the  symptoms  of  menstruation 
occur,  and  the  patient  d^cs  not  require  medicine  acting  directly  upon 
the  uterus.  I  have  already  alluded  (§  105)  to  the  leucorrhcea,  which 
occurs  at  the  commencement  of  menstruation,  and  which  is  generally 
superseded  by  the  menses  after  one  or  two  periods.  It  is  only  when  this 
change  does  not  take  place  that  we  need  interfere.  The  white  discharge 
may  continue  periodically  to  usurp  the  place  of  the  catamenia ;  but,  in 
addition,  it  often  continues  during  the  interval. 

119.  Treatment. — When  the  white  discharge  is  persistent,  the  case  is 
one  of  uterine  leucorrhcea,  and  requires  the  appropriate  treatment ;  but 
when  it  occurs  only  at  intervals,  as  vicarious  of  the  menses,  our  object 
should  be  to  strengthen  the  constitution  by  generous  diet,  exercise,  bath- 
ing, &c.,  and  tonic  medicines.  I  have  found  great  benefit  in  such  cases 
from  the  carbonate  of  iron. 

120.  Suppressio  Mensium. — A  suppression  of  the  menstrual  discharge 
may  occur  suddenly,  or  more  gradually;  in  other  words,  it  may  be  acute 
or  chronic. 

121.  Among  the  causes  of  Acute  Suppression  of  the  Menses  may  be 
mentioned  cold  cayght  during  their  flow,  by  wet  feet,  &c. ;  sudden  mental 
emotion,  or  a  bodily  shock,  fear,  disease,  &c. 

The  amount  of  disturbance  consequent  upon  the  sudden  arrest,  varies 
a  good  deal.  Most  frequently  a  degree  of  fever  results,  with  headach, 
hot  skin,  thirst,  quick  pulse,  &c.  ;  or  the  patient  may  be  attacked  by  local 
inflammation  of  the  brain,  lungs,  intestinal  canal,  or  of  the  uterus  itself. 
Sometimes,  instead  of  inflammation,  we  see  attacks  of  hysteria  simulating 
inflammation,  or  of  neuralgia  of  different  parts.  Occasionally  derange- 
ments of  the  senses,  aphonia,  imperfect  vision,  &c,  or  paralysis  and 
apoplexy  follow. 

The  sudden  suppression,  from  a  definite  cause,  will  distinguish  this 
form  of  amenorrhoea  from  all  others. 

122.  Treatment. — The  first  object  is  to  recall  the  discharge,  if  possible. 
For  this  purpose  the  patient  should  take  a  hip-bath  or  pediluvium,  and 
swallow  some  warm  drinks.  Mild  diaphoretics  and  gentle  purgatives 
will  also  be  useful.  Should  all  our  attempts  fail,  we  may  content  our- 
selves with  mitigating  the  severer  symptoms,  until  the  approach  of  the 
next  menstrual  period,  when  the  diligent  use  of  the  ordinary  remedies 

it<  direct  Impression  on  the  nerves  of  the  uterus;  but  it  is  a  means  which  is  adapted 
to  a  very  limited  class  of  cases.  "Stimulating  injections  into  the  vagina  and  uterus," 
are  indeed  questionable  —  into  the  latter  organ,  imminently  dangerous.  This  is  the 
expression  of  Bretonneau,  Bicord,  and  several  other  respectable  authorities.  ••  M.  Eour- 
m.-inn   relates  a  case  where  violent  abdominal  pain,  followed  by  metro-peritonitis,  was 

1  by  the  injection  of  a  decoction  of  walnut  leaves  into  the  uterus,  for  the  cure  of 
an  obstinate  leucorrhoeal  discharge,  which  had  been  traced  to  come  from  the  cavity  of 
that  organ.  Wishing  to  ascertain  whether  these  dangerous  Bymptoms  could  be  pro- 
duced from  a  portion  of  the  fluid  having  passed  through  the  Fallopian  tubes  into  the 
cavity  of  the  abdomen,  he  found,  on  injecting  fluid  into  the  uterus  after  death,  that 
!•  pinion  now  prevalent  with  physiologists  shall  be 

[shed,  that  menstruation  is  intimately  connected  with,  or  dependent  on,  the  matu- 
ration and  Bhedding  of  Graafian  vesicles,  it  is  manifest  that  little  good  can  be  expected 
from  articles  that  are  not  calculate!  to  impress  favourably  the  ovaries. — Editor. 

ii  2 


90  DISORDERS    OF    MENSTRUATION. 

(hip-bath,  purgatives)  will  probably  be  followed  by  the  proper  secretion, 
or  by  a  colourless  discharge.  If  neither  take  place,  then  we  must  have 
recourse  to  some  of  those  remedies,  already  mentioned,  which  act  directly 
upon  the  uterus. 

123.  Chronic  Suppression  of  the  Menses  may  be  the  issue  of  an  acute 
attack,  or  it  may  arise  from  the  gradual  supervention  of  delicate  health, 
or  from,  disease  of  the  ovaries,  uterus,  &c,  or  it  may  occur  as  the  termi- 
nation of  menstruation.  The  quantity  of  the  discharge  may  diminish, 
and  the  periods  become  irregular,  until  at  length  the  function  ceases. 
But  very  often  the  menses  are  superseded  by  leucorrhoea,  at  first  periodic, 
but  ultimately  persistent. 

The  symptoms  which  develope  themselves  are  headach,  loss  of  appetite, 
pain  in  the  side  and  back,  debility,  and  general  deterioration  of  health. 

The  most  important  point  for  diagnosis  is  to  distinguish  this  form  of 
suppression  from  pregnancy,  and  which  mainly  rests  upon  the  absence  of 
the  usual  signs  of  pregnancy. 

124.  Treatment.  —  When  the  suppression  has  been  the  result  of  dis- 
ease, upon  its  removal  the  catamenia  will  return  ;  and  if  it  has  been 
caused  by  leucorrhoea,  the  proper  treatment  of  that  disease  will  generally 
end  in  the  restoration  of  the  menstrual  discharge.  When  the  suppression 
is  uncomplicated,  the  remedies  for  simple  amenorrhcea  may  be  tried  ;  but 
caution  will  be  necessary,  and  a  careful  estimate  of  the  general  condition 
of  the  patient,  together  with  a  vaginal  examination,  in  order  to  make  sure 
that  there  is  neither  organic  disease,  nor  obstruction  of  the  womb,  and 
that  the  case  be  not  one  of  premature  but  normal  cessation  of  the  menses. 

125.  Vicarious  Menstruation.  —  This  is  a  very  curious  deviation  from 
normal  menstruation,  and  seems  a  provision  for,  in  some  degree,  mitigat- 
ing the  constitutional  effects  of  suppressed  menstruation,  by  substituting 
a  similar  discharge  from  some  other  part.  It  is  recorded  to  have  taken 
place  from  the  nostrils,  eyes,  ears,  gums,  lungs,  stomach,  anus,  bladder, 
nipples,  the  ends  of  the  fingers  and  toes,  from  different  joints,  from  the 
axilla,  from  the  stump  of  an  amputated  limb,  from  ulcers,  from  varicose 
tumours,  and  from  the  surface  of  the  skin  generally.  The  more  extensive 
mucous  membranes  are,  however,  most  frequently  the  seat  of  the  dis- 
charge. It  appears  to  be  sometimes  blood  ;  in  others,  it  has  the  characters 
of  catamenial  fluid,  being  dark-coloured,  thin,  and  not  coagulable.  The 
repetition  of  this  discharge  may  occur  at  the  regular  period,  or  it  may 
intermit ;  and  it  does  not  appear  that  any  serious  result  follows,  even 
when  delicate  organs  are  the  seat  of  it.  Sooner  or  later  the  uterus  re- 
sumes its  functions,  and  the  attack  ceases. 

126.  Treatment.  —  After  this  discharge  has  once  occurred,  it  will  be 
proper  to  take  measures  to  relieve  the  system  in  a  less  questionable  man- 
ner, by  venisection,  cupping,  or  leeches,  and  a  careful  watch  will  be 
necessary.  If  the  evacuation  take  place  from  the  lungs  or  stomach,  opium 
combined  with  lead  or  bismuth,  and  the  mineral  acids,  will  be  found 
beneficial.  During  an  interval,  the  patient  may  be  treated  much  in  the 
same  way  as  for  amenorrhcea,  and  occasionally  we  may  try  some  of  the 
direct  remedies. 

127.  2.  Dysmenorrhea,  difficult  or  painful  menstruation. — This  form 
of  abnormal  menstruation,  consists  of  severe  pain  in  the  secretion  or 
emission  of  the  discharge,  which  may  be  scanty,  profuse,  or  about  the 


DISORDERS    OB    MENSTRUATION.  91 

usual  amount.  The  attack  is  occasionally  confined  to  one  or  two  periods, 
but  more  frequently  lasts  for  a  longer  time,  and  sometimes  for  many  years. 
From  the  different  character  of  the  pain  and  constitutional  symptoms,  I 
have  divided  the  disorder  into  three  species,— neuralgic,  inflammatory, 
and  mechanical  dysmenorrhoea. 

128.  Neuralgic  Dysmenorrhcea. —  This  variety  may  occur  at  any  age, 
but  is  moi  at  after  the  thirtieth  year  than  before  ;  in  unmarried  than 

in  married  women,  and,  if  married,  in  those  who  have  not  borne  chil- 
dren. Ii  is  almost  confined  to  those  of  a  nervous  temperament,  and  of  a 
thin  delicate  habit.  The  monthly  paroxysms  present  all  the  characteristics 
of  neuralgia ;  and  I  am  very  much  inclined  to  agree  with  Dr.  Tyler  Smith 
that  the  chief  seat  is  in  the  ovaries.  For  a  short  time  previously,  there 
is  a  sense  of  general  uneasiness,  a  deep-seated  feeling  of  cold,  and  head- 
ache, sometimes  alternating  with  pain  in  the  back.  The  latter  commences 
in  the  region  of  the  sacrum,  and  extends  round  to  the  lower  part  of  the 
abdomen3,  and  down  the  thighs.  The  amount  of  suffering  varies ;  but  it 
is  sometimes  very  great.  After  a  longer  or  shorter  period,  the  catamenia 
appear,  sometimes  slowly  and  scantily,  in  others,  in  slight  gushes.  The 
quantity  differs  in  different  persons,  and  in  the  same  person  at  different 
times.  The  quality  of  the  discharge  may  be  unchanged,  but  we  fre- 
quently find  it  paler,  and  occasionally  mixed  with  small  clots. 

In  some  cases,  there  is  a  membrane,  composed  of  plastic  lymph,  dis- 
charged either  in  shreds,  or  in  the  form  of  the  uterine  cavity  which  it  has 
lined.  It  seldom  occurs  regularly,  contrary  to  the  opinion  of  Dr.  Den- 
man.  It  was  first,  I  believe,  described  by  Morgagni;  and  since  by 
Denman,  Burns,  and  other  obstetric  writers.  Dr.  Simpson  has  recently 
expressed  an  opinion  that  these  productions  "  are  not  the  results,  as  is 
generally  supposed,  of  fibrinous  or  plastic  exudations  upon  the  free  surface 
of  the  uterus,  but  that  they  consist  of  exfoliations  of  that  membrane 
itself."  At  present  I  confess  I  am  not  prepared  to  agree  with  the  able 
and  learned  Professor.  Denman  states  that  he  never  knew  a  woman 
conceive  by  whom  this  membrane  was  secreted  ;  but  this  conclusion  ap- 
pears to  be  too  general.  Conception  is  rare  under  such  circumstances ; 
but  it  has  occasionally  taken  place. 

The  symptoms  enumerated  are  not  always  mitigated  on  the  appearance 
of  the  menses  ;  the  pulse  is  scarcely  quickened,  nor  is  there  any  feverish- 
ness.  The  duration  of  a  period  is  variable.  In  some  cases  there  is  com- 
paratively little  constitutional  injury  sustained,  but  in  others  the  patient's 
health  is  much  deteriorated. 

The  cervix  uteri  undergoes  the  change  usually  observed  during  men- 
struation, but  nothing  else  is  detected  by  an  internal  examination. 

From  an  attentive  examination  of  these  cases,  I  have  been  led  to  the 
conclusion  that  the  disease  is  generally  of  a  simple  neuralgic  character. 
Probably  in  those  cases  where  the  membrane  is  discharged  there  may  be, 
as  Dr.  Locock  thinks,  a  degree  of  inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane, 
of  a  peculiar  kind. 

The  causes  are  cold,  sudden  shocks,  mental  emotions,  &c.  acting  upon 
an  irritable  condition  of  the  womb. 

129.  Treatment. — The  indications  are  two-fold:  first,  to  reduce  the 
pain  during  an  attack;  and,  secondly,  to  prevent  its  return,  by  appro- 
priate remedies  during  an  interval.     The  first  indication  is  best  answered 


92  DISORDERS    OF   MENSTRUATION. 

by  sedatives,  opium  or  some  of  its  preparations,  hyoscyamus,  conium, 
&c.  which  may  be  given  alone  or  in  combination  with  camphor.  Should 
the  stomach  be  irritable,  they  may  be  exhibited  in  an  enema.  I  have 
remarked  that  the  discharge  increases  when  the  pain  is  relieved.  Other 
remedies  have  been  tried  with  success ;  as,  the  acetate  of  ammonia  by 
Massuyer,  Cloquet,  and  Patin;  ergot  of  rye,  by  Dewees  and  Gooch, 
&c.  &c. 

During  the  intervals,  every  effort  should  be  made  to  strengthen  the 
patient,  and  to  diminish  general  and  local  irritability.  The  diet  should 
be  nourishing,  and  plenty  of  exercise  in  the  open  air  should  be  taken  by 
the  patient.  Chalybeate  waters  or  some  preparation  of  iron  may  be  given. 
Dr.  Locock  speaks  highly  of  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  vinum  ferri  and 
the  spirit,  other,  sulph.  co.,  of  which  from  half  a  drachm  to  a  drachm 
may  be  taken  two  or  three  times  a  day.  Dr.  Dewees  has  tried  the  tinct. 
cantharid.,  and  Dr.  Chapman  the  senega  root,  with  success.  A  blister  to 
the  sacrum,  or  a  caustic  issue,  is  often  of  great  use ;  and  I  have  seen 
much  benefit  derived  from  the  daily  use  of  vaginal  injections  of  tepid  or 
cold  water,  during  the  interval.  On  the  approach  of  the  next  period, 
warm  water  should  be  substituted,  and  the  patient  should  use  a  hip-bath 
or  pediluvium  for  two  or  three  nights  in  succession,  antecedent  to  the 
eruption  of  the  menses.  Since  the  first  edition  of  this  work  I  have  suc- 
ceeded in  curing  a  case  of  this  kind,  in  which  the  false  membrane  in 
shreds  was  discharged  every  month,  by  repeated  applications  of  the 
caustic  tincture  of  iodine  to  the  cervix  uteri.  This  is  by  far  the  most 
obstinate  variety  of  the  disorder.1* 

130.  Inflammatory  Dysmenorrhea.  —  The  subjects  of  this  form  differ 
as  widely  from  those  of  the  former  as  its  symptoms.  It  occurs  in  females 
of  a  full  habit  and  of  a  sanguine  temperament,  in  the  married  as  well  as 
in  the  unmarried,  and  in  those  who  have  borne  children.  Few  precursory 
symptoms  announce  the  attack ;  a  degree  of  restlessness  and  feverishness, 
rigors,  flushing,  and  headach,  generally  precede  the  severer  symptoms. 
For  some  time  before  and  after  the  catamenia  appear,  the  suffering  is  very 
great ;  the  patient  complains  of  pain  across  the  back,  aching  of  the  limbs, 
weariness,  and  intolerance  of  light  and  sound ;  the  face  is  flushed,  the 
skin  hot,  and  the  pulse  full,  quick,  and  bounding.  Delirium  occasionally 
supervenes.  Most  frequently  the  symptoms  are  mitigated  when  menstrua- 
tion takes  place,  and  by  degrees  subside.  The  discharge  is  generally 
sufficient,  and  in  some  cases  is  accompanied  by  the  secretion  of  the  plastic 
membrane  spoken  of  above. 

During  the  intervals,  the  health  of  the  patient  is  little  affected  ;  she  may 
be  subject  to  headachs  and  pain  in  the  side,  but  these  are  generally  tran- 
sient, and  do  not  interrupt  the  functions  of  the  different  organs.     Uterine 

*  In  a  few  instances,  I  have  derived  advantage  from  the  administration  of  ten  grains 
of  ergot,  morning,  noon,  and  night,  commencing  three  or  four  days  before  the  expected 
attack,  and  continuing  it  daily  until  the  period  arrived.  As  soon  as  the  attack  com- 
mences, I  have  always  found  it  advisable  to  moderate  its  violence  by  sending  the  patient 
to  bed,  applying  warmth  to  the  feet  and  to  the  vulva,  and  administering  some  of  the 
preparations  of  opium.  Three  grains  of  opium  as  a  suppository,  or  sixty  drops  of 
laudanum,  suspended  in  a  tablespoonful  of  mucilage,  as  an  enema,  has  always  afforded 
great  relief  at  the  time,  and,  apparently,  lessened  the  disposition  to  a  return  at  the  next 
period.  In  severe  cases,  it  may  be  proper  to  repeat  the  anodyne  every  day  until  the 
pain  ceases. — Editor. 


DISORDERS    OF    MENSTRUATION.  93 

leucorrhea  is  not  unfrequently  present  during  the  interval.  An  internal 
examination  during  the  attack  affords  evidence  of  some  congestion  of  the 
uterus  ;  the  cervix  is  swollen,  and  the  heat  of  the  parts  increased.  Dr. 
Dewees  has  noticed  pain  and  swelling  of  the  breasts  as  an  occasional  ac- 
companiment of  this  form  of  dysmenorrhcea. 

A  severe  attack  of  either  variety  has  the  effect  of  precluding  conception  ; 
but  I  have  repeatedly  known  conception  to  take  place  in  spite  of  and  with 
benefit  to  slighter  cases.* 

131.  Treatment.  —  The  success  of  remedies  in  this  variety  of  dysme- 
norrhea affords  a  confirmation  of  its  character.  Venesection,  cupping 
the  loins,  leeches,  or  scarifications  to  the  cervix  uteri,  afford  the  quickest 
relief.  They  should  be  followed  by  saline  purgatives,  with  febrifuge 
medicines,  and  cooling  drinks.  When  by  these  means  the  inflammatory 
symptoms  are  subdued,  a  dose  of  calomel  and  opium  at  bed-time  is  often 
very  useful. 

During  the  interval  great  benefit  may  be  derived  from  judicious  man- 
agement. The  patient  should  take  active  exercise,  and  be  as  much  as 
possible  (if  the  weather  be  fine)  in  the  open  air.  Walking  is  preferable 
to  riding  or  driving.  Brisk  purgatives,  and  the  aloetic  are  the  best,  should 
be  regularly  administered ;  and  on  the  approach  of  the  next  monthly 
period,  if  much  excitement  arise,  it  may  be  well  to  abstract  blood  by 
cupping  before  the  regular  attack  comes  on. 

132.  Mechanical  Dysmenorrhea.  —  I  have  applied  this  title  to  a  diffi- 
culty in  the  emission  of  the  menses,  caused  by  a  narrowing  or  stricture, 
in  some  part  of  the  canal  of  the  cervix.  What  may  be  the  cause  of  this 
diminution  of  calibre,  whether  it  be  congenital  or  the  result  of  inflamma- 
tion, is  not  easy  to  determine  ;  but  there  can  be  no  doubt  of  its  existence. 
Capuron  enumerates  it  among  the  causes  of  dysmenorrhea ;  and  the  late 
Dr.  Macintosh,  of  Edinburgh,  states  that  he  repeatedly  detected  it.  I 
found  it  remarkably  evident  in  a  case  I  attended  with  Dr.  Charles  O'Reilly 
of  this  city.  It  may  occur  at  any  part  of  the  canal,  and  the  degree  of 
obstruction  may  vary  up  to  complete  closure.  I  apprehend  that  there 
can  be  little  doubt,  that  dysmenorrhea  may  result  from  this  cause,  though 
I  am  far  from  thinking  it  so  common,  as  was  supposed  by  Dr.  Macintosh  ; 
neither  do  I  believe  that,  even  where  it  exists,  it  is  always  the  cause  of 
the  difficulty  and  pain.  In  the  case  I  saw,  although  we  cured  the  stric- 
ture, the  dysmenorrhea  continues  to  this  day.  Nor,  even  in  Dr.  Mac- 
intosh's cases,  is  there  sufficient  evidence  to  prove  his  point,  for  he  does 
not  show  that  there  was  any  retention  of  the  menses,  but  merely,  that  at 
subsequent  periods  menstruation  was  easier  and  more  abundant :  this 
might  have  arisen  from  the  direct  stimulus  to  the  uterus  afforded  by  the 
introduction  of  bougies. 

133.  Treatment.  —  The  fact  that  such  a  stricture  of  the  canal  of  the 
cervix  has  been  observed,  should  lead  us  to  make  an  examination  with  a 
small-sized  bougie,  in  all  cases  of  very  obstinate  dysmenorrhea.  Such 
an  examination  is  neither  difficult,  painful,  nor  injurious,  if  proper  caution 
be  observed.  Should  stricture  be  detected,  the  remedy  is  the  repeated 
introduction  of  bougies  about  every  second  or  third  day,  and  increasing 

*  According  to  Dr.  Ashwell,  when  pregnancy  occurs  during  the  continuance  of  the 

disease,  "  the  patient  is  exposed  to  the  vi^k  of  abortion.'* — (Diseases  of  Females,  Philada. 
Ed.  p.  80.)— Editor. 


94  DISORDERS    OF    MENSTRUATION. 

m  size,  until  the  obstacle  be  overcome.  No  force  must  be  used ;  and,  if 
any  irritation  manifest  itself,  it  must  be  allowed  to  subside  before  the 
operation  be  repeated. 

Dr.  Simpson  has  invented  an  instrument  for  the  division  of  the  cervix 
in  these  cases ;  but  I  rather  think  the  object  can  be  more  safely  attained 
by  dilatation,  and  quite  as  satisfactorily. 

134.  3.  Menorrhagia.  —  I  shall  follow  Dr.  Locock's  example,  and 
apply  this  term  to  an  increase  in  the  monthly  evacuations,  whether  accom- 
panied by  blood  or  not.  Excessive  menstruation  may  occur  in  various 
ways :  the  menses  may  return  too  frequently,  or  too  copiously,  or  at 
unusual  intervals,  as  during  gestation  and  suckling.  Some  allowance, 
also,  must  be  made  for  differences  of  constitution,  and  perhaps  of  climate. 

I  have  observed  three  distinct  forms  of  the  disease.  In  the  first,  the 
discharge  is  of  the  natural  quality,  but  the  quantity  or  frequency  of  recur- 
rence is  greatly  increased.  In  the  second,  the  discharge  is  large,  and 
occasionally  mixed  with  blood ;  but  no  change  in  the  condition  of  the 
body  or  neck  of  the  womb  can  be  detected  by  an  internal  examination. 
In  the  third,  there  is  a  considerable  loss  of  blood,  with  a  marked  change 
in  the  size  and  position  of  the  uterus.  Let  us  examine  each  of  these 
varieties  in  detail. 

135.  The  first  variety  of  Menorrhagia  occasionally  commences  with  a 
sudden  and  violent  gush  from  the  vagina,  after  which  it  stops  for  some 
hours,  and  then  recurs ;  and  this  alternation  may  continue  during  the 
usual  period  of  menstruation.  Sometimes,  on  the  other  hand,  the  dis- 
charge goes  on  regularly,  but  lasts  for  ten  days  or  a  fortnight,  or  even 
three  weeks  ;  or,  the  quantity  each  time  not  being  excessive,  it  may  return 
every  two  or  three  weeks  ;  and,  although  this  latter  case  is  most  frequently 
met  with  in  women  who  have  borne  many  children,  I  have  seen  it  occa- 
sionally in  unmarried  females.  It  is,  also,  more  than  the  others,  con- 
nected with  that  state  of  the  lining  membrane  which  gives  rise  to  uterine 
leucorrhoea. 

The  symptoms  are  exactly  those  we  might  anticipate  from  the  long 
continuance  of  a  debilitating  discharge.  Exhaustion,  languor,  indispo- 
sition to  exertion,  weakness  across  the  loins  and  hips,  pallor  of  counte- 
nance, headach,  throbbing  of  the  temples,  tinnitus  aurium  and  giddiness, 
occur  more  or  less  in  these  cases.  If  relief  be  not  obtained,  and  espe- 
cially if  uterine  leucorrhoea  be  present,  all  these  symptoms  will  be  aggra- 
vated. The  exhaustion  and  languor  increase,  the  face  becomes  sallow, 
an  aching  pain  is  felt  across  the  loins  and  round  the  lower  part  of  the 
abdomen,  pain  in  the  left  side,  repeated  and  severe  headachs,  derange- 
ments of  the  stomach  and  bowels  follow,  and,  in  short,  all  the  secondary 
symptoms  and  disturbance  of  the  general  health  which  result  from  amenia, 
no  matter  how  produced.  In  some  extreme,  but  rare  cases,  we  have 
diarrhoea  and  anasarca,  with  nervous  symptoms,  melancholy,  and  even 
epilepsy,  resulting  from  the  disease.  Nothing  is  discovered  by  a  vaginal 
examination ;  there  is  neither  swelling  nor  increase  of  heat  about  the 
uterus ;  the  os  uteri  is  slightly  open,  as  usual  during  menstruation,  but 
there  is  no  tenderness. 

Among  the  causes  we  may  enumerate  repeated  child-bearing,  over- 
suckling,  excessive  coition,  cold,  mental  emotion,  &c. 

136.  Treatment. — The  first  indication  is  to  remove  the  cause ;  if  it 


DISORDERS    OF    MENSTRUATION.  95 

proceed  from  over-suckling,  the  child  should  be  weaned,  and  the  patient 
should  live  "  absque  marito." 

In  persons  of  a  full  habit  of  body,  when  the  attack  is  recent,  it  may  be 
necessary  to  take  blood  from  the  arm,  cup  the  loins,  or  apply  leeches  to 
the  anus.  The  discharge  may  be  moderated  by  a  combination  of  the 
acetate  of  lead  with  opium.  When  this  has  foiled,  I  have  generally  suc- 
ceeded with  ergot  of  rye,  in  five-grain  doses,  three  times  a  day.  Dr. 
Locock  recommends  cold  to  the  vulva,  hips,  and  abdomen,  with  vaginal 
injections  of  cold  water ;  and  Dr.  Dewees  has  used  a  vaginal  injection  of 
sugar  of  lead  and  laudanum,  with  rest  on  a  hard  bed,  twenty  drops  of 
elixir  of  vitriol,  and  gentle  purgatives,  with  success.  I  should  altogether 
deprecate  injections  into  the  womb,  recently  advised  by  French  writers, 
as  a  very  hazardous  practice,  and  which  even  their  own  experience  does 
not  justify.  A  far  safer,  and,  as  I  have  found  it,  a  very  effectual  practice, 
is  to  employ  enemata  of  cold  water.  Plugging  the  vagina  has  also  been 
recommended,  and  as  a  "  dernier  resort"  may  be  tried,  though  it  is  not  a 
very  scientific  remedy.  Dr.  Macintosh  speaks  highly  of  an  enemata  con- 
taining a  scruple  of  the  acetate  of  lead.  The  tincture  of  Indian  hemp 
has  a  powerful  effect  upon  this  form  of  the  disease.  It  was  first  tried  by 
my  friend,  Dr.  Maguire  of  Chapelizod,  and  on  his  recommendation  by 
Dr.  Hunt  and  myself,  with  extraordinary  success,  both  in  the  number 
relieved  and  the  rapidity  of  cure.  From  five  to  ten  drops,  three  times  a 
day,  in  some  suitable  menstruum,  will  be  found  sufficient. 

During  the  intervals,  a  blister  may  be  applied  to  the  sacrum,  and  either 
kept  open  or  repeated.  Vaginal  injections,  at  first  of  tepid  and  afterwards 
of  cold  water,  daily,  will  be  found  very  useful.  Benefit  will  also  be 
derived  from  sponging  the  loins  and  lower  part  of  the  abdomen  with  cold 
salt-water.  Tonics  may  be  given,  comfortable  warmth  preserved,  and  a 
generous,  but  not  too  stimulating,  diet  allowed. 

137.  The  second  variety  of  Menorrhagia  differs  from  the  first,  in  the 
discharge  of  blood  which  accompanies  the  secretion.  It  seldom  occurs 
in  unmarried  or  young  females,  and  generally  in  those  of  a  leuco-phlegm- 
atic  constitution,  who  have  been  debilitated  by  disease  or  frequent  child- 
bearing.  The  progress  of  the  disorder  is  gradual ;  one  or  two  small  clots 
appearing  at  first,  then  an  intermission,  and  a  more  copious  recurrence. 
After  some  time,  the  discharge  of  blood  may  be  considerable,  so  as  in 
some  cases  to  produce  fainting.  It  is  of  course  impossible  to  ascertain 
whether  the  catamenia  themselves  are  altered  in  quantity  or  quality.  A 
vaginal  examination  throws  no  light  upon  the  nature  of  the  disease,  the 
uterus  being  in  its  usual  state  during  menstruation.  The  constitutional 
effects  are  similar  to  those  noticed  under  the  first  form  (§  135),  but  more 
severe,  and  produced  more  rapidly. 

138.  Treatment. — The  remedies  recommended  for  the  former  variety 
are  equally  available  here.  Opium,  alone  or  in  combination  with  lead, 
and  ergot,  or  Indian  hemp,  during  the  attack ;  with  counter-irritation  to 
the  sacrum,  the  douche  to  the  loins  or  cold  sponging,  vaginal  injections  or 
enemata,  during  the  interval,  are  our  chief  resources.* 

*  The  juice  of  the  common  lesser  nettle  (Urtica  wrens)  is  strongly  recommended  by 

M.  Ginestet,  in  doses  of  16  to  80  drachms.     In  preparing  the  juice,  a  quantity  of  the 

green   herb   is  bruised,  with  the  addition  of  a  little  water,  and  the  tluid  portion  then 

strained  off  by  pressing  the  muss  in  a  linen  bag.     One  dose  is  said  to  be  generally 

7  * 


96  DISORDERS   OF    MENSTRUATION. 

139.  The  third  variety  of  Menorrhagia  differs  considerably  from  the 
other  two  ;  the  discharge  is  more  profuse,  and  its  effects  more  severe  ;  it 
is  accompanied  by  marked  alterations  in  the  condition  and  relations  of  the 
uterus,  occurs  at  a  later  period  of  life,  and  is  more  difficult  to  cure.  The 
attack  is  not  confined  to  any  one  kind  of  constitution  or  temperament ;  it 
occurs  in  the  plethoric  and  in  the  debilitated,  in  the  melancholic  as  well 
as  in  the  sanguine.  I  have  never  seen  it  in  a  patient  under  forty  years  of 
aire,  nor  after  the  cessation  of  the  catamenia. 

The  attack  is  preceded  for  some  time  by  irregularity  of  the  menses, 
both  as  to  time,  quantity,  and  the  duration  of  each  period,  with  occa- 
sional uterine  leucorrhoea  during  the  intervals.  It  is  not  until  the  menses 
have  flowed  naturally  for  about  twenty-four  hours,  that  the  sanguineous 
discharge  appears.  Large  clots  are  then  expelled,  in  addition  to  a  great 
increase  in  the  fluid  discharge.  At  first,  the  attack  lasts  seven  or  ten 
days  only ;  but  in  cases  of  longer  standing  I  have  occasionally  known  it 
to  continue  throughout  the  interval,  and  terminate  after  the  next  period 
either  gradually  or  suddenly.  The  quantity  lost  varies,  of  course  ;  it  is 
sometimes  very  large ;  it  was  sufficient  in  one  case  to  excite  fears  of  a 
fatal  result. 

The  recumbent  posture  appears  to  have  no  effect  upon  the  discharge, 
there  being  as  much  observed  during  the  night  as  the  day.  Any  exertion 
or  long  standing  never  fails  to  increase  the  amount. 

During  the  attack,  the  patient  complains  of  excessive  exhaustion,  of  a 
sense  of  weight  in  the  pelvis,  of  a  dull  pain  there  occasionally,  and  of 
weakness  of  the  loins.  In  all  the  cases  I  have  seen  there  was  considera- 
ble dysuria,  especially  after  long  standing :  several,  indeed,  were  obliged 
to  lie  down,  before  they  were  able  to  evacuate  the  contents  of  the  bladder 
completely. 

The  general  health,  of  course,  suffers  considerably;  the  appetite  dimi- 
nishes, the  tongue  is  clean,  though  pale,  the  bowels  become  constipated, 
the  surface  blanched,  and  the  strength  much  reduced. 

The  pulse  is  occasionally  quickened,  but  more  generally  quiet,  and 
enfeebled  in  proportion  to  the  loss  of  blood. 

An  internal  examination  will  detect  the  os  uteri  somewhat  lower  in  the 
pelvis  and  directed  more  towards  the  sacrum  than  usual.  It  is  rather 
more  patulous  than  ordinary,  and  the  cervix  is  more  or  less  swollen, 
especially  anteriorly,  where  it  expands  into  the  body.  It  appears  to  be 
tilted  forward  by  its  increased  weight,  so  as  to  press  upon  the  bladder, 
thus  affording  a  satisfactory  explanation  of  the  dysuria  which  I  have 
noticed  in  every  well-marked  case.  No  increase  of  heat  is  observed  in 
the  vaginal  canal,  or  about  the  cervix.  The  cervix  and  lower  part  of  the 
body  of  the  uterus  are  generally,  but  not  always,  slightly  tender  on 
pressure.  Of  course  the  amount  of  these  alterations  will  vary  in  different 
cases. 

The  disease  must  be  regarded  as  congestion  of  the  uterus  occurring  at 
the  menstrual  period,  and  giving  rise  by  its  excess  to  a  rupture  of  some 
small  vessels.  Whether  it  has  anything  to  say  to  the  production  of  the 
organic  diseases  of  the  time  of  life  at  which  it  occurs,  may  not  be  easy  to 
decide  :  I  think  it  not  improbable. 

sufficient  to  check  the  discharge.     Ranking 's  Half- Yearly  Abst.  from  Encyclop.  Med.  de 
M.  Lartigue,  Oct.  1844. — Editor. 


DISORDERS    OF   MENSTRUATION.  97 

The  diagnosis  will  not  be  difficult  if  we  bear  in  mind  the  mode  of 
invasion,  the  character  of  the  discharge,  the  local  characteristics,  and  the 
subsidence  of  the  attack. 

140.  Treatment. — Although  the  complaint  appear  simple,  it  is  neither 
easy  nor  possible  in  all  cases  to  restrain  the  hemorrhage  by  means  applied 
during  the  attack.  I  have  found  opium  alone,  and  in  combination  with 
large  doses  of  the  acetate  of  lead,  ineffectual.  Cold  to  the  vulva  and 
enemata  of  cold  water  were  equally  powerless.  Plugging  the  vagina 
arrested  the  discharge  for  a  time,  but  the  irritation  it  excited  seemed  to 
aggravate  the  other  symptoms.  Leeches  to  the  vulva  had  no  effect  upon 
it,  and  the  preparations  of  iron  did  little  or  no  good.  The  only  remedy, 
in  short,  which  seems  to  have  the  power  of  controlling  the  discharge 
during  the  menstrual  period,  is  the  ergot  of  rye.  It  may  be  given  in 
doses  of  five  or  ten  grains  twice  or  thrice  a  day.  I  have  never  seen  it 
produce  any  ill  effects  in  this  disease,  although  I  have  certainly  known  it 
fail  altogether. 

During  an  attack,  the  patient  should  be  kept  in  a  state  of  perfect  rest : 
she  should  lie  on  a  hard  mattress,  covered  rather  lightly  with  bed-clothes, 
but  with  warmth  applied  to  the  feet.  All  her  drinks  should  be  cool  and 
devoid  of  stimulants,  unless  she  become  faint,  and  then  a  little  wine  may 
be  allowed. 

At  this  period,  ergot  of  rye,  or  any  astringent  medicine,  may  be  given. 
If  the  discharge  be  not  arrested,  and  show  a  disposition  to  continue 
throughout  the  interval,  it  may  perhaps  be  justifiable  to  inject  the  vagina 
with  cold  water  or  an  astringent  lotion.  I  have  never  tried  this,  but  have 
found  enemata  of  cold  water  answer  the  purpose  very  well. 

So  long  as  the  discharge  continues,  the  employment  of  the  remedies 
for  the  cure  of  the  disease  must  be  suspended  ;  but,  when  once  it  has 
entirely  ceased,  not  a  moment  should  be  lost.  A  blister  should  be  applied 
to  the  sacrum,  and  either  kept  open  or  repeated ;  I  have  always  found 
good  result  from  this ;  the  pain  in  the  back  generally  becoming  less 
severe,  and  the  whites  diminishing  in  quantity.  But  by  far  the  most  pow- 
erful means  we  possess,  are  vaginal  injections  of  cold  water,  of  a  solution 
of  acetate  of  lead,  or  other  astringents,  two  or  three  times  a  day.  The 
patient  should  lie  on  her  back  in  bed,  and  the  fluid  should  be  thrown  up 
gradually.  An  almost  immediate  improvement  is  the  result,  followed  by 
the  subsidence  of  all  the  prominent  symptoms,  even  in  those  cases  which 
relapse  subsequently.  The  swelling  of  the  uterus  will  be  found  upon 
examination  to  have  disappeared  ;  there  is  probably  scarcely  any  whites, 
no  pain  in  the  back  or  weight  in  the  pelvis,  and  the  patient  is  able  to 
walk  about  without  inconvenience. 

When  the  improvement  is  so  marked  as  this,  there  is  but  little  fear 
(with  due  caution)  that  the  patient  will  relapse  at  the  next  monthly  period  ; 
but  where  the  relief,  though  decided,  is  not  complete — where  the  disease 
still  lingers,  then  in  all  probability  the  next  menstruation  will  be  accom- 
panied with  the  old  symptoms,  to  be  met  again  and  perhaps  more  suc- 
cessfully by  the  same  remedies.* 

*  In  a  recent  very  interesting  treatise  on  the  Diseases  of  Menstruation.  &c,  Dr.  E. 
J.  Tilt  haa  endeavoured  to  show:  — 

\<t.  That  dysmenorrhea  \<  often  the  result  of  subacute  ovaritis;  sometimes  the  result 
of  the  uterine  engorgement  which  it  determines. 

2d.   That  dyshicnorrlioia  is  often  the  result  of  morbid  ovulation,  and  often  a  symptom 

I 


CHAPTER  III. 

GENERATION  —CONCEPTION. 

141.  Immediately  after  the  effective  intercourse  of  the  male  with  the 
female,  a  series  of  changes  commences,  which  ultimately  issue  in  the 
formation  of  a  new  being,  possessed  of  individual  or  independent  life. 
The  first  step  in  this  process  is  called  Generation,  Fecundation,  Concep- 
tion, &c.  The  period  of  fecundity  in  the  human  female  lasts  about  thirty 
years,  i.  e.  from  the  fifteenth  to  the  forty-fifth  year,  or  thereabouts  ;  in  other 
words,  it  is  contemporaneous  with  menstruation. 

142.  From  the  hidden  nature  of  the  process  and  the  stupendous  results, 
the  subject  has  always  possessed  the  deepest  interest  for  physiologists,  and 
at  the  same  time  given  rise  to  a  multitude  of  theories,  most  of  them,  to 
say  the  least,  mere  hypotheses.  Dr.  Allen  Thompson,  in  his  valuable 
paper  on  Generation,  in  the  Cyclopedia  of  Anatomy,  &c.  thus  classifies 
them  :  "  The  greater  number  of  the  older  theories  of  generation  may  be 
brought  under  one  or  other  of  these  divisions  ;  viz.  the  theory  of  the 
ovists,  of  the  spermatists,  or  of  that  of  combination,  evolution,  or  epi- 
genesis.  According  to  the  first-mentioned  of  these  hypotheses,  or  that 
of  the  ovists,  the  female  parent  is  held  to  afford  all  the  materials  necessary 
for  the  formation  of  the  offspring,  the  male  doing  no  more  than  awakening 
the  formative  powers,  possessed  by  and  lying  dormant  in  the  female  pro- 
duct. This  was  the  theory  of  Pythagoras,  adopted  in  a  modified  form  by 
Aristotle  :  and  we  shall  afterwards  see  that  it  resembles  most  closely  the 
prevailing  opinion  of  more  modem  times.  The  terms,  however,  in  which 
some  of  the  older  authors  expressed  this  theory  are  very  vague  ;  as,  for 
example,  in  the  notion  that  the  embryo  or  new  product  is  formed  from  the 
menstrual  blood  of  the  female,  assisted  by  a  sort  of  moisture  descending 
from  the  brain,  during  sexual  union. 

"According  to  the  second  theory,  or  that  of  the  spermatists,  among 
the  earlier  supporters  of  which,  Galen  may  be  reckoned,  it  was  supposed 
that  the  male  semen  alone  furnished  all  the  vital  parts  of  the  new  animal, 
the  female  organs  merely  affording  the  offspring  a  fit  place  and  suitable 
materials  for  its  nourishment.  Immediately  upon  the  discovery  of  the 
seminal  animalcules,  these  minute  moving  particles  were  regarded  by 
some  as  the  rudiments  of  the  new  animal.  They  were  said  to  be  minia- 
ture representations  of  men,  and  were  styled  homunculi ;  one  author  going 
so  far  as  to  delineate  in  the  seminal  animalcule,  the  body,  limbs,  features, 
and  all  the  parts  of  the  grown  human  body.  The  microscopic  animalcules 
were  held  by  others  to  be  of  different  sexes,  to  copulate,  and  thus  to  en- 
gender male  and  female  offspring;  and  the  celebrated  Lieuwenhoek,  who 

of  ovarian  peritonitis.  That,  frequently,  subacute  ovaritis,  by  determining  the  inflam- 
matory swelling  of  the  neck  of  the  -womb,  is  a  mediate  cause  of  dysmenorrheas  ;  the 
painful  symptoms  being,  in  many  instances,  produced  by  the  partial  closure  of  the  neck 
of  the  womb,  and  the  consequent  effusion  of  menstrual  secretion  into  the  peritoneum. 

3d.  That,  in  many  cases  of  menorrhagia,  it  is  subacute  ovaritis,  which,  by  some  un- 
explained process,  disposes  the  engorged  uterus  to  let  the  vital  fluid  run  in  waste. 

4th.  That  subacute  ovaritis,  by  inducing  cerebro-spinal  reflex  action,  in  certain  pre- 
disposed subjects,  is  the  most  probable  cause  of  hysteria.  —  Editor. 

(98) 


GENERATION.  —  CONCEPTION.  99 

was  among  the  first  to  observe  these  animalcules,  described  minutely  the 
manner  in  which  they  gained  the  interior  of  the  egg,  and  held  that  after 
their  entrance  they  were  retained  by  a  \  nlvular  apparatus. 

"  The  theory  of  syngenesis  or  combination  seems  to  have  been  applied 
principally  to  the  explanation  of  the  reproduction  of  quadrupeds  and  man, 
the  existence  and  nature  of  the  ova  of  which,  were  involved  in  doubt. 
This  hypothesis  consists  in  the  supposition,  that  male  and  female  parents 
both  furnish  simultaneously  some  semen  or  product;  that  these  products, 
after  sexual  union,  combine  with  one  another  in  the  uterus,  and  thus  give 
rise  to  the  egg  or  structure  from  which  the  foetus  is  formed.  In  connexion 
with  this  theory,  we  may  also  mention  that  of  metamorphosis,  according 
to  which,  a  formative  substance  is  held  to  exist,  but  is  allowed  to  change 
its  form  in  order  to  be  converted  into  the  new  being ;  as  also  the  notion 
of  Buffon,  that  organic  molecules  universally  pervade  plants  and  animals, 
that  these  are  all  endowed  with  productive  powers,  that  a  certain  number 
are  employed  in  the  construction  of  the  texture  of  organised  bodies,  and 
that  in  the  process  of  generation,  the  superabundant  quantity  of  them 
proceeds  to  the  sexual  organs,  and  there  constitutes  the  rudiments  of  the 
offspring." 

It  would  be  mere  waste  of  time  to  enumerate  the  modifications  of  these 
theories,  which  have  been  promulgated  in  profusion  from  time  to  time  ; 
of  which  "  groundless  hypotheses"  Drelincourt  reckoned  two  hundred 
and  sixty-two,  and  in  addition  to  which,  as  Blumenbach  remarks,  "  no- 
thing is  more  certain,  than  that  Drelincourt's  own  theory  formed  the  two 
hundred  and  sixty-third." 

143.  The  best  plan  will  be  to  state  briefly  such  facts  as  we  possess, 
which  bear  upon  the  conditions  of  generation  and  the  changes  produced 
by  it.  We  have  already  ascertained  that  the  ovaries  contain  certain 
vesicles,  and  we  have  reason  to  believe  that  these  undergo  certain  changes 
before  and  after  a  successful  coitus,  and  that  their  contents,  or  that  of  one, 
constitutes  the  contribution  of  the  female  towards  the  production  of  a  new 
being.  Again,  we  know  that  the  testes  of  the  male  secretes  a  peculiar 
fluid  called  semen,  which  in  the  act  of  intercourse  is  projected  into  the 
vagina  and  uterus  of  the  female,  and  is  supposed  to  exert  a  peculiar  influ- 
ence upon  the  Graafian  vesicles ;  but  the  difficulty  has  been  to  explain 
how  that  influence  is  communicated  or  carried  to  the  ovary.  Various 
theories  have  been  propounded  (that  of  an  aura  seminalis,  for  example), 
but  none  were  consistent  with  the  observations  made  upon  other  orders 
of  animals ;  from  which  it  appeared  that  contact  of  the  semen  with  the 
ova  was  necessary.  However,  this  obstacle  has  been  removed  by  the 
recent  observations  of  Dr.  Bischoff  of  Heidelberg,  Dr.  M.  Barry,  and 
Professor  Wagner  of  Berlin,  who  have  detected  spermatozoa  (seminal 
animalcules)  in  the  fallopian  tubes,  especially  at  their  ovarian  extremity. 
This  fact  confirms  the  conclusion  drawn  from  comparative  anatomy,  that 
contact  is  essential  to  generation,  and  is  further  strengthened  by  the  ex- 
periments of  Cruikshank,  Haighton,  and  Blundell,  who  found  that  if  the 
fallopian  tubes  were  rendered  impermeable,  impregnation  was  prevented  : 
although  it  does  not  prove  that  impregnation  may  not  take  place  in  the 
uterus  in  some  cases.* 

*  The  question  as  to  how  the  sperm  arrives  at  the  ovarium,  has  not  yet  been  settled. 
"Professor  Wagner,  who  is  high  authority,  considers  that  the  sperm  reaches  the  ovary 


100  GENERATION.  —  CONCEPTION. 

The  experiments  of  Spallanzani  and  others  have  proved  that  a  very 
small  quantity  of  semen  is  sufficient  for  fecundation. 

144.  Thus,  then,  we  may  enumerate  as  the  conditions  of  generation, 
the  actual  contact  of  the  male  semen  or  its  spermatozoa  with  a  healthy 
Graafian  vesicle  or  an  ovule.  The  immediate  effect  of  this  contact  or  of 
successful  intercourse,  is  the  production  of  great  excitement  and  vascular 
turgescence  of  the  uterus,  ovaries,  and  fallopian  tubes,  which  lasts  for 
some  time,  and  during  which  an  alteration  takes  place  in  the  relations  of 
the  different  parts.  The  fimbriated  extremity  of  one  of  the  fallopian  tubes 
is  turned  towards  the  ovary  of  that  side,  and  embraces  it  closely,  over  the 
vesicle  which  has  been  impregnated.  This  delicate  operation  has  been 
attributed  partly  to  the  vascular  turgescence,  and  partly,  as  in  certain 
animals,  to  muscular  action.  How  soon  it  takes  place  after  impregnation 
is  not  yet  determined ;  it  may  perhaps  occur  at  each  menstrual  period  as 
Dr.  Tyler  Smith  supposes. 

145.  With  regard  to  the  ovum  itself,  the  microscopical  researches  of 
Von  Baer  and  Barry  have  proved  that  its  impregnation  takes  place  in  the 
ovarium.  After  a  successful  coitus,  one  or  more  of  the  vesicles  enlarges 
and  becomes  vascular,  the  vessels  converging  towards  the  point,  at  which 
the  rupture  of  its  coats  is  to  occur.  "  The  fluid,"  says  Dr.  Allen  Thomp- 
son, in  the  essay  already  quoted,  "  contained  in  the  vesicles  which  are 
about  to  burst,  previously  transparent  and  nearly  colourless,  now  becomes 
more  viscid  and  tenacious,  somewhat  turbid,  and  of  a  reddish  colour ; 
and  in  some  animals,  it  is  possible  in  such  ripe  vesicles,  to  perceive  with 
the  unassisted  eye,  in  a  favourable  light,  a  whitish  opaque  spot  on  the 
most  prominent  part,  indicating  the  layer  of  granules,  or  proligerous  disc, 
in  the  centre  of  which  the  ovum  is  situated.  After  a  certain  time  a  small 
opening  is  formed  at  the  most  prominent  part  of  the  coverings  of  the 
vesicle  ;  the  vesicle  bursts,  and  its  contents  escape  through  the  opening ; 
they  are  received  into  the  infundibulum,  which  is  now  applied  firmly 
against  the  ovary ;  and  the  ovum  entering  the  fallopian  tube  is  conveyed 
along  it,  probably  by  its  slow  and  gradual  vermicular  contractions,  until 
it  at  last  arrives  at  the  uterus."     Recent  observations  would  lead  us  to 

partly  by  the  ciliary  motions,  which  begin  in  the  cervix  uteri,  partly  bjr  the  contractions 
of  the  tubes,  and  partly  by  the  motility  of  the  spermatozoa."*  Dr.  Carpenter,  however, 
seems  to  think  the  latter  is  the  sole  means!  "  That  the  spermatozoa  make  their  way 
towards  the  ovarium,  and  fecundate  the  ovum  either  before  it  entirely  quits  the  ovisac, 
or  very  shortly  afterwards,  appears  to  be  the  general  rule  in  regard  to  mammalia ;  and 
the  question  naturally  arises, — by  what  means  do  they  arrive  there  ?  It  has  been  sup- 
posed that  the  action  of  the  cilia,  which  line  the  fallopian  tubes,  might  account  for 
their  transit ;  but  the  direction  of  this  is  from  the  ovaria  towards  the  uterus,  and  would 
therefore  be  opposed  to  it.  A  peristaltic  action  of  the  fallopian  tubes  themselves  may 
generally  be  noticed  in  animals  killed  soon  after  sexual  intercourse ;  and  in  those 
which  have  a  two-horned  membranous  uterus,  such  as  is  evidently  but  a  dilatation  of 
the  fallopian  tube,  this  partakes  of  the  same  movement,  as  may  be  well  seen  in  the 
rabbit ;  in  animals,  however,  which  have  a  single  uterus  with  thicker  walls  (as  in  the 
human  female),  it  must  evidently  be  unavailable.  Among  the  tribes  whose  ova  are 
fertilized  out  of  the  body,  the  power  of  movement  inherent  in  the  spermatozoa  is 
obviously  the  means  by  which  they  are  brought  into  contact  with  the  ova ;  and  it  does 
not  seem  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  the  same  is  the  case  in  regard  to  the  higher 
classes  ;  and  that  the  transit  of  these  curious  particles  from  the  vagina  to  the  ovaries, 
is  effected  by  the  same  kind  of  action  as  that  which  causes  them  to  traverse  the  field 
of  the  microscope."     Human  Physiol,  p.  595. — Editor. 

*  Dunglison's  Human  Physiology,  vol.  ii.  p.  372. 


GENERATION.  —  CONCEPTION.  101 

attribute  some  influence  in  this  transmission,  to  the  ciliary  motions  of  the 
villi  of  the  mucous  membrane  lining  the  tube. 

146.  It  is  scarcely  possible  to  obtain  an  opportunity  of  examining  the 
minute  changes  which  take  place  in  the  Graafian  vesicle  in  the  human 
female  ;  we  must  therefore  avail  ourselves  of  the  information  afforded  by 
comparative  physiology,  and  the  more  readily,  as  the  process  does  not 
differ  essentially.  The  following  description  is  extracted  from  Dr.  M. 
Barry's  beautiful  paper  in  the  Phil.  Trans.  1839,  part  ii.  p.  350:  — 
"Among  the  changes  occurring  in  the  ovum  (of  the  rabbit)  before  it 
leaves  the  ovary,  are  the  following :  viz.  the  germinal  spot,  previously  at 
the  inner  surface,  passes  to  the  centre  of  the  germinal  vesicle;  the  ger- 
minal vesicle ,  previously  at  the  surface,  passes  to  the  centre  of  the  yelk ; 

Fig.  39. 


1.  Tunica  granulosa. 

2.  Chorion. 

3.  Zona  pellucida. 

4.  Thick  transparent 

membrane. 

5.  Yelk  ball. 

6.  Germinal  vesicle. 

7.  Germinal  spot. 


and  the  membrane  investing  the  yelk,  previously  extremely  thin,  suddenly 
thickens."  The  tunica  granulosa  and  retinacula  are  discharged  with  the 
ovum. 

"  Among  the  changes  usually  taking  place  in  the  ovum  during  its  pas- 
sage through  the  fallopian  tube  are  the  following:  viz.  1.  An  outer  mem- 
brane, the  chorion,  becomes  visible  ;  2.  The  membrane  originally  investing 
the  yelk,  which  had  suddenly  thickened,  disappears  by  liquefaction ;  so 
that  the  yelk  is  now  immediately  surrounded  by  the  thick  transparent 
membrane  {zona  pellucida)  of  the  ovarian  ovum  ;  3.  In  the  centre  of  the 
yelk  there  arise  several  very  large  and  exceedingly  transparent  vesicles. 
These  disappear,  and  are  succeeded  by  a  smaller  and  more  numerous  set. 
Several  sets  thus  successively  come  into  view,  the  vesicles  of  each  suc- 
ceeding set  being  more  numerous  and  smaller  than  the  last,  until  a  mul- 
berry-like structure  has  been  produced,  which  occupies  the  centre  of  the 
ovum.  Each  of  these  vesicles  contains  a  colourless  and  pellucid  nucleus, 
and  each  nucleus  presents  a  nucleolus." 

"  In  the  uterus,  a  layer  of  vesicles,  of  the  same  kind  as  those  of  the 
last  and  smallest  here  mentioned,  makes  its  appearance  on  the  whole  of 
the  inner  surface  of  the  membrane  which  nowr  invests  the  yelk.  The 
mulberry-like  structure  then  passes  from  the  centre  of  the  yelk  to  a  cer- 
tain pail  of  that  layer,  (the  vesicles  of  the  latter  coalescing  with  those  of 
the  former,  where  the  two  sets  are  in  contact,  to  form  a  membrane,  the 
future  amnion,)  and  the  interior  of  the  mulberry-like  structure  is  nowr  seen 
to  be  occupied  by  a  large  vesicle,  containing  a  fluid  and  dark  granules. 
In  the  centre  of  the  fluid  of  this  vesicle  is  a  spherical  body,  composed 
of  a  substance  having  a  finely  granulous  appearance,  and  containing  a 

i2 


102  GENERATION.  —  CONCEPTION. 

cavity  filled  with  a  colourless  and  pellucid  fluid.  This  hollow  and 
spherical  body  seems  to  be  the  true  germ.  The  vesicle  containing  it  dis- 
appears, and  in  its  place  is  seen  an  elliptical  depression,  filled  with  a 
pellucid  fluid.  In  the  centre  of  this  depression  is  the  germ,  still  presenting 
the  appearance  of  a  hollow  sphere." 

It  is  unnecessary  to  apologise  for  this  minute  account  of  the  changes  in 
the  vesicle  ;  the  interest  of  the  question,  and  the  light  thrown  upon  it  by 
the  able  and  careful  researches  of  the  distinguished  physiologist  from 
whom  I  have  quoted,  are  more  than  sufficient  reason  for  laying  the  results 
before  my  readers. 

147.  Let  us  now  retrace  our  steps  a  little :  during  the  increase  of  the 
vesicle  in  the  ovary,  "  the  inner  coat  becomes  intensely  vascular,  and  on 
its  external  surface,  a  soft  gelatinous  substance  of  a  yellowish  red  colour, 
consisting  apparently  in  part  of  blood  and  in  part  of  lymph,  is  poured 
out  between  the  two  coats  of  the  vesicle,  in  considerable  quantity  all 
around,  except  at  the  point  where  it  is  pressed  toward  the  external  surface 
of  the  ovary."  Such  is  Dr.  Montgomery's  description  of  the  formation 
of  the  corpus  luteum,  which  he  conceives  aids  in  the  expulsion  of  the 
ovum,  after  having  served  "  as  a  sort  of  little  temporary  uterus"  to  the 
contained  germ,  "lined  with  a  serous  membrane,  covered  externally  by 
another,  and  having  interposed  between  them  the  fleshy  or  glandular 
structure  of  the  corpus  luteum,  through  which  blood-vessels  ramify,  and 
exhale  through  the  lining  membrane  a  serous  fluid  for  the  support  of  the 
early  ovum,  which  as  yet  lives  only  by  imbibition."  Professor  Von  Baer 
thought  that  the  corpus  luteum  was  the  lining  membrane  of  the  vesicle  in 
a  state  of  hypertrophy,  and  Dr.  R.  Lee  believes  it  to  be  a  deposit  external 
to  the  lining ;  but  the  extensive  researches  of  Dr.  Paterson,  published  in 
the  fifty-third  volume  of  the  Edinburgh  Journal,  have,  I  conceive,  decided 
the  question  in  favour  of  Dr.  Montgomery. 

148.  Shortly  after  the  evolution  of  the  ovum,  the  size  of  the  ovary  is 
found  to  be  increased,  especially  at  a  certain  part  which  is  prominent,  and 
about  the  size  of  a  nut.  At  an  early  period  after  conception,  this  small 
tumour  is  of  a  bluish-red  or  purple  colour,  owing  probably  to  the  effusion 
of  blood  attendant  on  the  rupture  of  its  coats,  and  having  numerous  ves- 
sels filled  with  florid  blood  ramifying  on  its  surface.  In  some  part  of  this 
coloured  surface  of  the  tumour,  a  cicatrix,  depression,  or  aperture,  may 
be  discovered,  being  the  point  at  which  the  ovum  escaped  from  the  ovary 
into  the  fallopian  tube. 

149.  These  external  appearances,  however,  are  inadequate  to  prove 
the  presence  of  a  true  corpus  luteum ;  they  require  confirmation  by  the 
results  of  an  internal  examination.  "  Upon  slitting  open  the  ovarium  at 
this  part,"  says  Dr.  W.  Hunter,  "  the  corpus  luteum  appears  a  round 
body,  of  a  very  distinct  nature  from  the  rest  of  the  ovarium.  Sometimes 
it  is  oblong  or  oval,  but  more  generally  round.  Its  centre  is  white,  with 
some  degree  of  transparency ;  the  rest  of  its  substance  has  a  yellowish 
cast,  is  very  vascular,  tender,  and  friable,  like  glandular  flesh.  Its  larger 
vessels  cling  round  its  circumference,  and  then  send  their  smaller  branches 
inwards  through  its  substance  ;"  which  substance,  according  to  Dr.  Allen 
Thompson,  "  has  a  lobular  structure,  the  lobules  radiating  in  a  somewhat 
irregular  manner  from  the  centre  to  the  circumference.  The  central  part 
of  the  corpus  luteum  frequently  remains  hollow  for  some  time  after  its 


GENERATION.  —  CONCEPTION. 
Fig.  40. 


103 


production,  opening  exteriorly  by  a  narrow  passage  from  the  part  where 
the  rupture  of  the  vesicle  originally  took  place ;  at  other  times,  this  pas- 
sage is  closed  more  early,  and  there  remains  nothing  but  an  indication  of 
its  place,  in  a  depression  in  the  centre  of  the  most  projecting  part  of  the 
corpus  luteum.  The  lobules  of  the  corpus  luteum,  examined  with  the 
microscope,  exhibit  merely  a  granular  structure,  and  are  not  formed  of 
acini,  as  some  have  described  them,  so  that  there  is  no  reason  to  consider 
them  bodies  of  a  glandular  nature." 

Fig.  41. 


Corpus  luteum,  from  Dr.  Montgomery. 

150.  The  following  measurements  of  the  ovaries  and  corpus  luteum, 
at  the  third  month  of  pregnancy,  are  given  by  Dr.  Montgomery : 


The  unimpregnated  ovary. 
Length  ....     1  inch  5  lines. 
Breadth       .     .     . 
Thickness   .     .     . 


n 


Ovary  containing  a  corpus  luteum. 
Length  ....     1  inch  3  lines. 
Breadth      ...         "     9    " 
Thickness  ...         «      7 £  " 


The  corpus  luteum,  at  the  end  of  the  third  month,  measured  "  in  the 
longer  axis,  seven  lines  and  a  half;  in  the  shorter,  six  lines  and  a  half; 
in  thickness,  six  and  a  half;  and,  measuring  along  the  shorter  axis,  the 
glandular  structure  is,  at  the  part  deepest  in  the  ovary,  two  lines  and  a 


104  GENERATION. —  CONCEPTION. 

half  thick,  and  at  the  outer  part  one  line ;  the  central  cavity  measures 
three  lines  in  diameter." 

151.  For  a  short  time  after  the  escape  of  the  ovum,  the  corpus  luteum 
is  said  to  increase  in  size,  then  to  remain  stationary,  and  afterwards  to 
diminish  slowly.  After  the  third  or  fourth  month  the  central  cavity  con- 
tracts, and  its  sides  coming  in  contact  give  it  the  appearance  of  an  irre- 
gular white  line,  somewhat  radiated.  After  delivery,  the  corpus  luteum 
shrinks,  absorption  takes  place,  and  it  disappears,  though  at  what  time  is 
not  quite  certain.  Dr.  Montgomery  has  observed  it  five  months  after 
delivery;  but  Dr.  Paterson's  investigations  would  lead  to  the  conclusion 
that  it  seldom  remains  so  long. 

152.  The  number  of  corpora  lutea  corresponds  exactly  to  the  number 
of  children  ;  as  Dr.  W.  Hunter  remarked,  "  where  there  is  only  one  child, 
there  is  only  one  corpus  luteum,  and  two  in  the  case  of  twins."  Meckel 
examined  two  hundred  females  of  the  class  mammalia,  and  found  this 
correspondence  exact.  But  further,  not  only  does  each  impregnated 
vesicle  give  rise  to  a  corpus  luteum,  but  nothing  else  does,  at  least  in  the 
human  subject ;  so  that,  the  presence  of  a  corpus  luteum  is  a  proof  of 
impregnation.* 

153.  Abnormal  deviations,  —  There  are  certain  appearances  in  the 
ovary,  called  " false  corpora  lutea"  which  have  been  occasionally  mis- 
taken for  true  ones,  but  which  may  be  distinguished  by  careful  observa- 
tion. False  corpora  lutea,  according  to  Dr.  Paterson,  may  arise,  "  1,  from 
the  bursting  and  subsequent  filling  with  blood  of  a  vesicle,  as  in  menstru- 
ation (§  109) :  2,  from  partial  effusion  of  blood  into  a  vesicle,  either  with 
or  without  rupture  of  it :  3,  by  re-absorption  of  the  fluid  of  a  morbidly 
enlarged  Graafian  vesicle,  giving  rise  to  a  puckered  cyst :  4,  from  effu- 
sion of  blood  into  the  tissue  of  the  ovary,  the  apoplexy  of  that  organ : 
5,  tubercular  deposits :  6,  cysts  filled  with  yellow  fatty  matter."  In  con- 
tradistinction to  the  true  corpora  lutea,  as  already  described  (§  149),  it  is 
observed,  that  "  they  in  general  have  an  irregular  form.  They  want  the 
central  cavity  lined  with  a  distinct  membrane,  or  the  central  puckered 
cicatrix.  They  have  no  concentric  radii.  They  are  frequently  numerous 
in  both  ovaries."! 

*  Dr.  Carpenter  says,  "there  is  no  correspondence  between  the  number  of  corpora 
lutea  found  in  the  ovaries  of  a  woman,  or  of  cicatrices  on  their  surface,  and  the  number 
of  children  she  may  have  borne.  The  number  of  corpora  lutea  must  always  be  less, 
when  there  have  been  many  conceptions ;  but  the  number  of  cicatrices  may  be  greater; 
for  several  causes,  such  as  the  escape  of  unimpregnated  ova,  or  the  bursting  of  little 
abscesses,  may  give  rise  to  such  appearances."  Principles  of  Human  Physiology,  2d 
Am.  Ed.,  p.  597.  —  Editor. 

f  "  The  true  corpus  luteum  is  further  distinguished  by  its  capability  of  being  injected 
from  the  vessels  of  the  ovary ;  which  is  not  the  case  with  tubercular  deposits,  or  other 
substances  which  may  simulate  it."     Carpenter's  Human  Physiology,  Am.  Ed.,  p.  596. 

"  M.  Raciborski,  from  his  experiments  and  dissections  relative  to  the  formation  of 
the  corpora  lutea,  draws  the  following  conclusions : 

"  1.  The  corpora  lutea  are  the  result  of  a  true  hypertrophy  of  the  granular  layer  which 
covers  the  internal  membrane  of  the  Graafian  vesicles.  The  anatomical  elements  of 
these  two  parts  are  absolutely  the  same,  only  the  granulations  of  the  corpora  lutea  are 
much  more  numerous,  and  involve  many  more  oily  globules  of  a  yellow  colour. 

"2.  The  transformation  of  the  internal  tunic  into  corpus  luteum  commences  before 
the  rupture  of  the  vesicle,  at  the  moment  when  it  is  ready  to  give  passage  to  the  ovule. 

"  3.  As  soon  as  the  Graafian  vesicles  are  ruptured,  the  transformation  of  the  internal 
membrane  into  corpus  luteum  acquires  an  extraordinary  activity.  But  there  are  here 
two  essential  differences  remarked  according  as  the  expulsion  of  the  ovule  lias  been 


CHAPTER  IV. 

UTERO-GESTATION 


154.  Before  proceeding  to  investigate  the  farther  development  of  the 
ovum,  let  us  examine  the  changes  which  impregnation  occasions  in  the 
uterus,  and  which  prepare  it  for  trie  reception  and  nutrition  of  the  foetus. 


Fig.  42. 


spontaneous,  as  it  occurs  at  each  menstrual  and  rutting  period,  or  according  as  it  has 
been  attended  with  sexual  intercourse  and  conception. 

"In  the  females  of  most  of  our  domestic  animals,  as  the  pig,  cow,  sheep,  &c.,  this 
difference  does  not  exist.  Whether  these  animals  have  or  have  not  had  connection  with 
the  males  the  expulsion  of  the  ovule  is  always  followed  by  the  formation  of  corpora 
lutea  represented  by  fleshy  masses  of  a  yellow  or  reddish  colour.  It  is  different,  how- 
ever' with  women.  If  the  expulsion  of  the  ovule  is  not  followed  by  conception,  as 
happens  at  the  ordinary  menstrual  period,  then  these  granulations  increase  in  size  and 
number  ■  but  this  activity  of  nutrition  soon  stops,  and  proceeds  no  further  than  the 
formation  of  a  thin  membrane  of  a  more  or  less  deep  yellow  colour,  applied  against  the 
proper  membrane  of  the  vesicle;  this  membrane  surrounds  a  cavity  in  which  may  gene- 
rally be  found  traces  of  a  clot  of  blood.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  conception  coincides 
with  the  expulsion  of  the  ovule,  the  elements  of  the  granular  tunic  augment  so  m  num- 
ber and  volume  that  in  a  short  time  they  form  a  pretty  voluminous  mass,  which  of  itself 
fills  the  whole  cavity  of  the  vesicle. 

••1  In  all  women  delivered  at  the  full  time,  we  find  a  corpus  luteum  such  as  we  have 
described  But  what  is  very  remarkable,  is  the  rapidity  with  which  the  corpus  luteum 
decreases  and  becomes  atrophied  as  soon  as  delivery  takes  place.  Thus  a  corpus  luteum 
which,  on  the  second  or  third  day  after  delivery,  would  have  a  medium  diameter  oi 
Beven-tenths  of  an  inch,  by  the  tenth  day  would  be  reduced  more  than  one  halt,  and, 
by  the  end  of  three  months,  a  small  scarcely-coloured  particle,  not  exceeding  a  line  in 
diameter,  could  alone  be  detected.  m  m 

■■ 5  It  results  from  this,  that  in  women  it  is  very  easy  to  distinguish,  by  the  inspec- 
tion alone,  cases  of  the  spontaneous  expulsion  of  ova  from  those  in  which  the  expulsion 
has  been  followed  by  conception."  Edinburgh  M<  d.  and  Sun/.  Joum.,  April,  1845.  From 
//,  di  VAcadSmie  Royale  de  Midecine. 
••  It  La  an  important  tact  to  notice,  that,  whereas  a  spurious  corpus  luteum  conies  to 
maturity  in  two  or  three  da  vs.  the  true  corpus  luteum  goes  on  progressively  increasing 
i\»r  some  weeks.  This  assertion  is  based  on  the  fact,  that  the  walls  of  a  false  corpus 
luteum  are  thickest  immediately  after  the  cessation  of  the  menstrua;  whereas  true 
corpora  Intra,  examined  a  month  after  the  foetal  development  has  commenced,  are  found 
increasing  "'     Dr.  P.  Etenaud,  Monthly  Journal  of  Med.  Science,  August,  L845.  —  Editor. 


106 


UTERO-GESTATION. 


It  has  already  been  stated,  that  conception  is  accompanied  or  imme- 
diately followed  by  congestion  of  the  uterus ;  its  vessels  are  filled  with 
blood,  and  enlarge  gradually,  until  they  become  of  great  size.  Many 
which  did  not  carry  red  blood  before,  and  therefore  were  invisible,  are 
now  evident ;  and  the  whole  form  an  intricate  net-work  on  the  surface 
and  in  the  substance  of  the  organ.  Not  only  are  the  arteries  (fig.  42) 
distended,  but,  to  meet  this  increased  labour  imposed  upon  them,  their 
coats  are  actually  increased  in  thickness,  so  much  so  as  to  preclude  their 
return  to  their  former  condition  after  the  object  of  their  temporary  enlarge- 
ment is  fulfilled.  This  explains  why  we  always  find  them  more  or  less 
enlarged  and  tortuous,  in  women  who  have  borne  children. 

The  coats  of  the  veins  are  much  thinner,  and  admit  of  still  greater  dis- 
tension ;  this  is  so  marked  in  that  part  of  the  uterus  to  which  the  placenta 
is  attached,  that  they  have  received  the  name  of  uterine  sinuses. 

The  lymphatics  undergo  a  proportionate  development,  and  in  the  latter 
months  of  pregnancy  may  easily  be  traced.  Mr.  Cruikshank,  I  believe, 
has  the  credit  of  first  demonstrating  them. 

155.  The  nerves  of  the  uterus  (fig.  43),  which  are  very  small  in  its 
unimpregnated  state,  increase  in  size,  until  at  the  full  terms  they  form 
large  cords,  which  send  off  numerous  branches  to  accompany  the  uterine 
vessels,  and  which,  anastomosing  freely  with  each  other,  exhibit  an 
appearance  of  network,  similar  to  that  observed  in  the  vessels.  Their 
substance  is  actually  increased,  nor  do  they  recover  their  pristine  size 
after  delivery. 

Fig.  43. 


We  are  much  indebted  to  the  labours  of  Hunter,  Tiedemann,  and 
recently  of  Dr.  Lee,  for  the  additions  they  have  made  to  our  knowledge 
of  the  nerves  of  the  uterus. 


UTERO-GESTATION.  107 

156.  Great  as  these  changes  are,  they  are  equalled,  if  not  surpassed,  by 
those  which  take  place  in  the  proper  tissue  of  the  uterus.  In  proportion 
as  space  is  required  for  the  foetus,  on  account  of  its  growth,  the  fibres  are 
loosened,  and  separate  from  each  other,  leaving  between  them  large  inter- 
spaces, which  afford  space  for,  and  are  occupied  by,  the  enlarging  blood- 
vessels and  nerves.  The  amount  of  distensibilitj  is  very  great,  and  fully 
equal  to  the  accommodation  of  the  foetus,  during  the  term  of  intra-uterine 
life.  Nor  is  this  distension  accompanied  by  much  thinning  of  the  parietes : 
according  to  Meckel,  they  increase  in  thickness  during  the  first  three 
months,  and  afterwards  diminish  to  the  end  of  gestation;  but  even  then 
they  are  from  one  to  two-thirds  of  an  inch  thick,  and  even  more  about  the 
insertion  of  the  placenta.  To  explain  this,  it  is  supposed  that  new  matter 
is  superadded  during  gestation,  and  removed  after  delivery;  and  this 
opinion  is  confirmed  by  the  difference  in  weight  between  a  virgin  uterus 
and  one  at  the  full  term,  emptied  of  its  contents ;  the  former  weighing 
one  ounce,  the  latter  about  twenty-four.  Even  when  deprived  of  its  extra 
quantity  of  blood  by  firm  contraction  after  delivery,  it  is  many  times  larger 
than  before  conception. 

157.  The  increase  in  the  size  of  the  womb  commences  at  the  fundus, 
immediately  after  the  descent  of  the  ovum,  and,  as  this  is  developed,  the 
body  enlarges ;  last  of  all,  and  not  before  the  fifth  month,  the  cervix. 

During  the  first  four  months,  the  entire  organ  is  contained  in  the  cavity 
of  the  pelvis;  soon  after  which  time  the  fundus  may  be  felt,  in  thin 
females,  above  the  symphysis  pubis ;  about  the  fifth  month  it  reaches  mid- 
way between  the  pubes  and  umbilicus,  and  gives  a  roundness  and  fulness 
to  the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen ;  at  the  end  of  the  sixth  month,  it  is  as 
high  as  the  umbilicus,  which  it  protrudes ;  during  the  seventh  month,  it 
ascends  midway  between  the  umbilicus  and  the  ensiform  cartilage ;  at 
the  end  of  the  eighth  month,  it  reaches  the  ensiform  cartilage  and  fills  the 
abdomen,  having  the  intestines  above  and  behind  it. 

During  the  ninth  month,  although  it  somewhat  increases  in  size,  yet, 
from  the  yielding  of  the  abdominal  parietes,  it  does  not  ascend,  but  on 
the  contrary  is  somewhat  lower  than  previously.  Its  capacity  is  immensely 
increased  ;  according  to  the  calculations  of  Levret,  its  superficies  may  be 
estimated  at  339  inches,  and  its  cavity  will  contain  408  inches  ;  its  length 
being  from  12  to  14  inches,  its  breadth  from  9  to  10,  and  its  depth,  antero- 
posterior^', from  8  to  9  inches. 

158.  A  considerable  change  takes  place  in  the  cervix  uteri ;  it  becomes 
somewhat  swollen,  but  soft,  elastic,  and  cushion-like  ;  the  os  uteri  loses 
in  some  degree  its  defined  form,  and  is  dilatable ;  the  canal  through  the 

Fig.  44.  Fig.  45. 


Cervix  uteri  at  three  months.  Cervix  uteri  at  six  months. 


108  UTERO-GESTATION. 

cervix,  during  the  early  months,  is  closed  by  the  glutinous  secretion  of 
the  follicles,  and  these  glands  are  themselves  enlarged,  so  as  occasionally 
to  be  felt  rolling  under  the  finger. 

During  the  first  three  months,  the  os  uteri  is  lower  than  usual  in  the 
pelvis,  owing  to  the  increased  weight  of  the  uterus,  and  directed  a  little 
more  forwards ;  as  the  uterus  rises  above  the  brim  of  the  pelvis,  it  is 
directed  backwards,  and,  after  the  fifth  month,  the  cervix  is  drawn  out  by 
the  expanding  uterus  and  shortened.  At  the  sixth  month  it  is  said  to 
lose  one-fourth  of  its  length  (fig.  45) ;  at  the  seventh  it  is  only  half  its 
original  length ;  at  the  eighth  it  loses  another  quarter  (fig.  46) ;  and  at  the 

Fig.  46. 


Cervix  uteri  at  eight  months. 

ninth  the  neck  is  obliterated  (fig.  47) :  so  that  upon  making  an  examina- 
tion, we  find  the  vagina  closed  superiorly  by  the  rounded  lower  end  of 
the  uterus,  but  no  protruding  cervix. 

Fig.  47. 


Cervix  uteri  at  nine  months. 

159.  The  figure  of  the  uterus  at  the  full  term  is  oviform  (fig.  42),  the 
larger  end  being  uppermost,  and  rounder  in  proportion  than  the  lower 
end.  Some  variations  in  shape  are  observed  from  the  pressure  of  neigh- 
bouring parts,  the  position  of  the  patient,  or  of  the  foetus.  Occasionally 
the  uterus  stretches  unequally,  so  as  to  constitute  true  obliquity,  one  side 
being  more  developed  than  the  other.  Such  cases  are  not  common,  nor 
do  we  know  much  of  their  effect  upon  labour ;  but  I  am  told  that  the 
celebrated  Tiedemann  is  about  to  publish  a  monograph  on  the  subject, 
which  I  doubt  not  will  throw  light  upon  it. 

The  axis  of  the  uterus,  at  the  end  of  gestation,  is  commonly  more  per- 
pendicular than  that  of  the  brim  of  the  pelvis  ;  but  this  want  of  agreement 
is  rectified  at  the  time  of  labour  by  the  uterine  contractions,  which  tilt  the 
fundus  forwards. 

160.  The  lining  membrane  of  the  uterus  participates  in  the  general 


UTERO-GESTATION.  109 

congestion  of  the  uterus  at  the  time  of  conception.  It  becomes  turgid 
with  blood  ;  its  villi,  according  to  Von  Baer,  elongate,  and  over  and  be- 
tween them  is  spread  a  thin  layer  of  pulpy  semi-fluid  matter,  secreted  by 
the  mucous  membrane  :  this  is  the  decidua  (fig.  48).     It  was  noticed  by 

Fig.  48. 


Burton,  but  described  particularly  by  W.  Hunter,  and  called  after  him 
the  decidua  of  Hunter.  The  pulpy  matter,  after  a  short  time,  acquires 
consistence,  and  in  its  appearance  and  connection  with  the  subjacent 
membrane  resembles  the  coagulable  lymph  thrown  off  by  mucous  mem- 
branes in  a  state  of  disease.  It  lines  the  entire  cavity  of  the  uterus, 
closes  it  inferiorly,  and,  according  to  John  Hunter  and  Breschet,  sends 
off  a  short  process  into  the  fallopian  tube,  through  which,  they  say,  the 
ovum  descends. 

Dr.  Sharpey,  of  London,  whose  microscopical  researches  are  so  well 
known,  on  investigating  the  membrana  decidua  of  a  bitch,  came  to  the 
conclusion  that  it  was  not  a  secretion  from  the  lining  membrane  of  the 
uterus,  but  that  membrane  itself  altered  and  modified.*  This  view  has 
been  confirmed  by  Bischoff.  "  Having  had  the  opportunity  of  examining 
the  uterus  of  a  woman  supposed  to  have  been  impregnated  about  three 
weeks  before  death,  he  was  enabled  to  demonstrate  quite  satisfactorily 
that  the  membrana  decidua  in  the  human  female,  as  in  the  bitch,  is  merely 
the  ordinary  mucous  membrane  of  the  uterus  considerably  developed,  and 
that  it  consists  essentially  of  enlarged  uterine  follicles  and  their  blood- 
vessels, together  with  an  unusually  large  quantity  of  secretion  which  these 
follicles  have  poured  out.  The  internal  surface  of  the  uterus  presented 
an  appearance  quite  different  from  its  ordinary  one,  being  finely  villous ; 
and  this  was  especially  evident  on  placing  it  in  water,  or  examining  per- 
pendicular sections  of  it.  The  surface  itself,  when  looked  upon  from 
above,  appeared  as  if  perforated  by  a  number  of  small  apertures,  or  covered 
with  numerous  white  points ;  and  these,  when  examined  by  the  micro- 
scope, are  found  to  be  the  openings  of  cylindrical  glandules.  These 
glandules  or  follicles  were  from  1^  to  2  Paris  lines  in  length,  were  held 
together  by  a  transparent  material,  and  terminated  each  by  a  blind  extre- 
mity which  rested  on  the  fibrous  tissue  of  the  uterus.  They  ran  a  some- 
what wavy  course,  but  never  branched  or  anastomosed.     Previous  to 

*  Miiller's  Physiology  by  Baly,  part  iv.,  p.  1578. 
K 


110  UTERO-GESTATION. 

impregnation,  it  seems  to  be  exceedingly  difficult  to  discover  these  glands 
in  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  uterus.  Probably  they  then  exist  in  a 
very  undeveloped  state,  but  immediately  on  the  occurrence  of  conception 
increase  rapidly,  and  exude  an  abundant  secretion.  Of  these  glands  and 
their  secretions  (together  with  blood-vessels)  the  membrana  decidua,  and, 
later  on,  the  placenta,  essentially  consist.  The  statement  that  a  mem- 
brana decidua  exists  in  the  fallopian  tube  as  well  as  in  the  uterus,  in  cases 
of  fallopian  impregnation,  Bischoff  combats,  by  observing  that  so  far  as 
has  yet  been  seen,  the  lining  membrane  of  the  fallopian  tube  contains  no 
glands  by  which  the  formation  of  a  structure  corresponding  to  an  ordi- 
nary membrana  decidua  could  be  effected.  A  similar  view  to  the  above 
with  regard  to  the  membrana  decidua  has  been  advocated  also  by 
M.  Cowiz,  in  the  "Archives  d'Anatomie  Gen.  et  de  Physiologie,"  for 
Sept.  1846.* 

It  is  rough  externally  at  an  early  period,  and  smooth  internally,  and  so 
far  resembles  serous  membranes,  that  it  is  a  shut  sac  and  contains  a  small 
quantity  of  fluid.  Its  colour  is  reddish  or  whitish  gray.  Its  thickness 
varies  in  different  places ;  it  is  thicker  near  the  placenta,  and  thinner  near 
the  cervix  uteri ;  it  also  becomes  thinner  after  the  third  month,  in  propor- 
tion as  pregnancy  advances.  It  adheres  but  loosely  to  the  mucous  mem- 
brane at  an  early  period,  but  firmly  during  the  latter  months,  so  much  so 
that  Von  Baer  states  that  it  cannot  be  separated  without  bringing  away 
the  lining  membrane  also ;  this,  however,  is  not  always  the  case.  The 
medium  of  its  connection  with  the  uterus  is  chiefly  the  small  vessels 
which  are  supplied  to  it  by  that  organ,  and  which  are  arranged  in  loops 
round  its  villi ;  they  are  very  numerous  near  the  placenta,  but  more  scanty 
at  the  cervix. 

161.  A  very  important  observation  on  the  structure  of  the  decidua  vera 
has  been  made  by  Dr.  Montgomery,  in  his  valuable  work  on  the  "  Signs 
of  Pregnancy."     "Repeated  examinations,"  he  remarks,  "have  shown 

Fig.  49. 


me  that  there  are  on  the  external  surface  of  the  decidua  vera  (fig.  49),  a 
great  number  of  small  cup-like  elevations,  having  the  appearance  of  little 
bags,  the  bottoms  of  which  are  attached  to,  or  imbedded  in,  its  substance  ; 
they  then  expand  or  belly  out  a  little,  and  again  grow  smaller  towards 

*  Banking's  Abstract,  vol.  iv.,  p.  336. 


UTERO-GESTATIOX.  Ill 

their  outer  or  uterine  end,  which  in  by  far  the  greater  number  of  them  is 
an  open  mouth  when  separated  from  the  uterus;  how  it  may  be  while 
they  are  adherent,  I  cannot  at  present  say.  Some  of  them,  which  I  have 
found  more  deeply  imbedded  in  the  decidua,  were  completely  closed 
sacs.  Their  form  is  circular,  or  nearly  so  ;  they  vary  in  diameter  from 
the  twelfth  to  the  sixth  of  an  inch,  and  project  about  the  twelfth  of  an 
inch  from  the  surface  of  the  decidua."  In  a  note  Dr.  Montgomery  sug- 
gests that  these  "  decidual  cotyledons"  serve  "  as  reservoirs  for  nutrient 
fluids  separated  from  the  maternal  blood,  to  be  thence  absorbed,  for  the 
support  and  development  of  the  ovum." 

162.  When  the  ovum  arrives  at  the  uterine  extremity  of  the  fallopian 
tube,  it  must  either  push  the  membrana  decidua  before  it,  or  pierce  it,  in 
order  to  enter  the  cavity  of  the  uterus.  Opinions  have  been  much  divided 
as  to  which  of  these  two  operations  takes  place ;  Dr.  W.  Hunter,  Dr.  R. 
Lee,  and  M.  Breschet  say  that  the  ovum  passes  into  the  sac  of  the  deci- 
dua ;  but  Lobstein,  Burdach,  Velpeau,  and,  I  believe,  most  recent  writers, 
conceive  that  the  sac  remains  entire,  but  that  the  ovum  passes  behind  it 
to  the  situation  where  it  fixes  itself,  and  that  its  free  surface  (that  part,  I 
mean,  which  is  not  in  contact  with  the  uterus)  is  covered  by  the  displaced 
decidua,  to  which  the  name  of  decidua  reflexa  has  been  given,  to  distin- 
guish it  from  the  decidua  vera,  and  which  was  first  observed  by  Dr.  W. 
Hunter.  As  the  ovum  expands,  so  does  the  decidua  reflexa,  until  at  the 
end  of  gestation  its  inner  surface  is  in  contact  with  the  inner  surface  of 
the  decidua  vera,  just  like  (if  I  may  be  pardoned  a  very  homely  simile) 
the  layers  of  a  double  night-cap  when  put  on  the  bed.  That  space  of 
the  uterine  parietes  from  which  the  decidua  wTas  detached  by  the  ovum, 
increases  with  the  enlargement  of  the  uterus,  and  is  occupied  subsequently 
by  the  placenta ;  but  between  this  organ  and  the  uterus,  a  new  layer  of 
membrane  —  the  decidua  serotina  —  is  deposited,  resembling  the  decidua 
vera,  to  which  it  is  united  at  the  circumference  of  the  placenta. 

The  decidua  reflexa  becomes  thinner  as  pregnancy  advances,  and  is 
ultimately  expelled,  more  or  less  entire,  with  the  fcetal  membranes,  whilst 
the  decidua  vera  may  remain  for  some  time,  and  be  then  discharged  in 
shreds  with  the  lochia. 

163.  We  know  that  the  decidua  is  formed  before  the  descent  of  the 
ovum,  and  therefore  independent  of  it ;  and  it  is  stated  by  most  authori- 
ties that  in  cases  of  double  uterus,  both  contain  decidua,  and,  in  extra- 
uterine foetation,  the  uterus  is  lined  by  the  decidua.  There  are,  however, 
exceptions  to  the  latter;  for  in  the  cases  published  by  Dr.  R.  Lee,  in  the 
Med.  Gazette,  June  5,  1840,  the  decidua  surrounded  the  ovum  in  the 
tube,  and  was  not  present  in  the  uterus. 

164.  Abnormal  deviations.  —  The  decidua  occasionally  exhibits  the 
effects  of  inflammation  ;  it  may  be  hypertrophied  or  increased  in  thick- 
ness  by  layers  of  adventitious  membrane,  and  pus  has  been  found  on  its 
surface.  In  its  substance,  calcareous  depositions  and  spiculae  of  bone 
may  sometimes  be  detected.  It  may  adhere  firmly  to  the  lining  mem- 
brane of  the  uterus,  and,  persisting  after  delivery,  may  constitute  the 
nucleus  of  a  mole,  &c. 

165.  We  have  seen  that  on  leaving  the  ovary,  the  ovum  is  received 
into  the  fallopian  tube  ;  that  its  further  transmission  is  effected  by  mus- 
cular motion  and  the  ciliary  movements  of  the  villi  of  the  mucous  mem- 

8 


112  TJTERO-GESTATION. 

brane  ;  and  that  there  is  reason  to  believe  (judging  from  the  ovum  of  the 
rabbit)  that  in  its  passage  through  the  tube,  an  additional  covering  is 
developed. 

It  is  difficult  to  determine  the  period  (even  if  it  be  regular)  at  which 
the  ovum  arrives  in  the  uterus.  One  thing  appears  certain ;  that  several 
days  elapse  from  the  moment  of  impregnation.  One  of  the  earliest  ova 
on  record  is  that  described  by  M.  Velpeau  (fig.  50,  natural  size ;  fig.  51, 
opened  and  magnified),  which  could  not  have  been  more  than  fourteen 
days  old,  unless  the  midwife  who  gave  it  to  him,  and  who  was  herself 
the  subject  of  the  miscarriage,  deceived  him ;  and  she  appears  to  have 
had  no  reason  for  so  doing.* 

Fig.  50.  Fig.  51. 


166.  When  the  ovum  arrives  at  the  uterus,  it  consists  of  two  mem- 
branes, the  chorion  and  amnion  ;  in  the  interspace  between  wThich  is  con- 
tained the  vesicula  alba  or  umbilicalis,  and  a  gelatinous  substance,  the 
tunica  media  of  BischofF.  Internal  to  the  amnion,  we  find  the  liquor 
amnii,  and  the  embryo.  Each  of  these  parts  we  shall  nowr  examine  in 
detail. 

167.  The  Chorion  is  the  outer  envelope  proper  to  the  ovum,  and  cor- 
responds to  the  membrane  lining  the  egg,  in  oviparous  animals.  It  is 
found  covering  the  ovum  at  the  earliest  period  at  which  this  has  been  seen 
in  the  uterus,  surrounding  it  loosely,  and  forming  a  shut  sac.  It  is  smooth 
on  its  inner  surface,  but  externally  it  is  covered  over  with  short  cylindrical 
villi.  As  the  ovum  advances  in  age,  these  villi  diminish  in  number, 
assume  a  vesicular  appearance,  and  terminate  in  delicate  rounded  extre- 
mities. The  interspaces  are  larger  and  more  smooth.  About  the  begin- 
ning of  the  second  month  the  villi  divide  into  branches,  which  arise  from 
short  thin  stems,  and  terminate  either  in  thin  filiform  or  vesicular  enlarge- 
ments. The  process  of  obliteration  thus  commenced,  continues  until  no 
villi  remain,  except  at  that  part  of  the  chorion  which  is  in  contact  with 
the  uterus  :  the  other  part  presenting  the  appearance  of  a  thin,  colourless, 
transparent  membrane. 

The  umbilical  cord  is  inserted  into  some  part  of  the  inner  surface  of  the 
chorion ;  and  that  part  of  the  outer  surface  which  corresponds  to  this 
insertion,  is  that  which  always  comes  in  contact  with  the  uterine  parietes, 
and  upon  which  the  placenta  is  formed. 

The  chorion  may  be  divided  into  twro  laminae,  especially  where  it 
covers  the  placenta;  the  outer  is  called  the  exochorion,  the  inner  the  endo- 
chorion,  by  Burdach,  who  believed  the  latter  to  be  the  vascular  layer  of 
the  allantois.  From  the  endochorion,  according  to  BischofF,  are  derived 
the  vessels  which  run  to  the  villi.     The  chorion  itself  appears  to  be  des- 

*  Dr.  Allen  Thompson  has  given  an  excellent  notice  of  early  ova  observed  by  himself 
and  others  in  the  Edin.  Med.  and  Surg.  Journal,  vol.  iii.,  p.  119,  to  which  I  beg  to  refer 
the  reader. 


UTERO-GESTATION.  113 

titute  of  vessels,  unless,  as  Dr.  W.  Hunter  suggested,  we  regard  as  such 
the  white  filaments  observed  near  the  edge  of  the  placenta.  The  intimate 
structure  of  the  membrane  is  cellular,  and  in  many  places  bears  a  strong 
resemblance  to  that  of  vegetables,  each  cell  containing  a  distinct  nucleus: 
the  villi  participate  in  the  same  texture,  but  their  cells  are  rilled  with  a 
granular  matter. 

The  strength  of  the  membrane  is  greatest  in  early  ova  ;  at  the  termina- 
tion of  pregnancy  it  is  considerably  weaker  than  the  amnion  :  at  an  early 
period  it  is  equally  strong  in  all  parts,  but  afterwards  it  is  stronger  near 
the  placenta.  It  is  covered  externally  by  the  decidua  reflexa,  and  inter- 
nally it  is  separated  from  the  amnion  by  a  layer  of  gelatinous  matter, 
which  is  afterwards  condensed  into  a  thin  membrane  called  tunica  media 
by  BischofF,  who  first  described  it. 

168.  Abnormal  deviations.  —  Inflammation  may  attack  the  membrane, 
giving  rise  to  vascularity,  opacity,  thickening,  or  the  effusion  of  fluid 
between  it  and  the  amnion.  Occasionally  false  membranes  are'  deposited 
upon  it,  and  the  villi  may  be  the  seat  of  hydatids.  Dr.  Montgomery  has 
a  preparation  in  his  museum,  in  which  the  cord  is  inserted  into  the  part 
of  the  chorion  covered  by  the  decidua  reflexa,  instead  of  into  that  attached 
to  the  uterus.  The  foetus  of  course  perished  for  want  of  nourishment. 
Hemorrhage  sometimes  occurs  into  the  space  between  the  chorion  and 
amnion. 

169.  I  have  already  mentioned  that  during  the  first  months  of  gestation, 
an  albuminous  or  gelatinous  mass  of  varying  consistency  is  found  between 
the  chorion  and  amnion.  It  is  often  mixed  with  flocculi  or  threads,  and 
occasionally  presents  a  reticulated  appearance.  "  When  put  into  spirits," 
Wagner  observes,  "  this  mass  assumes  the  appearance  of  the  cellular 
tissue  that  is  found  between  the  muscles,  and  seems  in  fact  to  bear  the 
same  relation  to  the  amnion  and  chorion,  as  the  intermuscular  cellular 
membrane  does  to  the  fasciculi  between  which  it  lies."  The  space  it 
occupies  is,  in  early  ova,  considerable  ;  but  it  gradually  diminishes  as  the 
two  membranes  approximate,  and  in  proportion  the  interposed  matter  is 
condensed  into  an  extremely  delicate  membrane  like  the  arachnoid,  termed 
by  BischofF  and  Wagner  the  tunica  media.  By  Velpeau  it  is  called  the 
"  corps  reticulaire"  and  he  considers  it  to  be  the  allantois ;  but  this 
opinion  is  rejected  by  other  physiologists. 

170.  The  Vesicula  alba,  or  umbilical  vesicle  (fig.  54),  is  also  con- 
tained in  the  interspace  between  the  amnion  and  chorion.  According  to 
modern  investigations,  it  is  constantly  present  as  a  normal  formation,  in 
the  earlier  months  of  gestation,  and  is  connected  with  the  intestinal  canal 
of  the  fcetus.  It  is  in  fact  the  vitellus  surrounded  by  the  blastoderma, 
upon  which  the  embryo  is  first  formed ;  and  it  bears  a  perfect  analogy  to 
the  yelk  of  the  egg,  except  that  it  is  not  ultimately  enclosed  within  the 
abdomen  of  the  foetus.  In  very  early  ova,  it  is  large  in  proportion,  of  a 
rounded  or  oval  form,  and  lying  upon  the  intestine,  with  which  it  com- 
municates. In  a  short  time,  however,  the  inner  end  becomes  narrow,  and 
forms  a  pervious  canal  or  duct  through  which  its  contents  may  be  trans- 
mitted. M.  Velpeau  found  it  pervious  in  almost  every  ovum  of  six  weeks 
old  that  he  examined  ;  and  he  states  that  he  not  only  saw  vitellary  matter 
in  the  intestine,  but  that  he  could  press  the  fluid  from  the  vesicle  through 
the  duct  into  the  intestine.     The  length  of  the  duct  varies  in  different 

k2 


114  UTERO-GESTATION. 

ova,  and  its  calibre  diminishes  as  gestation  advances,  until,  in  the  second 
month,  it  is  impervious  and  thread-like,  but  may  still  be  traced  to  the 
loop  of  intestine  contained  in  the  sheath  of  the  umbilical  cord.  The 
vesicle  contains  a  yellowish-white  or  yelk-coloured  fluid,  in  which  nume- 
rous globules  are  suspended.  Its  parietes  consist  of  two  laminae,  an 
external  vascular,  and  an  internal  mucous  layer.  It  possesses  two  ves- 
sels, the  omphalo-mesenteric  artery  and  vein,  which  ramify  upon  its  sur- 
face and  on  the  duct.  As  gestation  advances,  the  vesicle  is  emptied, 
shrinks  and  remains  flat  and  collapsed  to  the  termination  of  pregnancy. 

Its  use  is  evidently  to  contain  nutriment  for  the  foetus,  before  the  de- 
velopment of  the  placenta. 

171.  The  Amnion  (fig.  54). — In  the  quotation  from  Dr.  Barry's  paper 
(§  146)  descriptive  of  the  changes  which  take  place  in  the  ovum  after 
impregnation,  it  will  be  remembered,  that  the  amnion  was  stated  to  be 
formed  by  the  coalescing  of  the  layer  of  small  vesicles  formed  on  the  inner 
surface  of  the  membrane  which  invests  the  yelk,  with  the  "  mulberry-like 
structure  formed  in  the  centre  of  the  yelk,  but  passing  to  its  circumfer- 
ence." M.  Coste  calls  the  amnion  a  "  true  epidermis  of  the  blastoderma," 
and  states  that  it  is  detached  from  the  external  surface  of  the  embryonic 
spot.  The  membrane  thus  formed,  envelopes  the  embryo  very  closely  at 
an  early  period,  and  is  continuous  with  the  common  integument  of  the 
foetus,  at  the  open  abdominal  parietes.  At  a  later  period  it  is  distended 
with  fluid,  and  so  separated  from  the  foetus  ;  and  after  being  reflected  upon 
the  funis,  of  which  it  forms  the  outer  coat,  it  terminates  at  the  umbilicus. 
In  the  progress  of  gestation,  the  amnion  approaches  the  chorion,  until  at 
last  it  is  in  contact  with  it,  or  rather  with  the  tunica  media.  It  is  thin  and 
transparent,  but  of  a  firm  texture,  resisting  laceration  much  more  than  the 
other  membranes.  Its  external  surface  is  somewhat  flocculent,  but  inter- 
nally, it  is  quite  smooth,  like  serous  membrane,  and,  like  it,  it  secretes  a 
bland  fluid.  Neither  vessels  nor  nerves  can  be  demonstrated  in  the  am- 
nion in  a  state  of  health,  though  it  may  be  presumed  to  possess  them. 

172.  Abnormal  deviations. — The  researches  of  M.  Mercier  have  estab- 
lished the  fact  that  this  membrane  may  be  the  seat  of  inflammation,  and 
that  in  such  cases  it  becomes  vascular,  and  secretes  a  disproportionate 
quantity  of  fluid.  It  is  not  quite  certain  whether  its  quality  is  changed 
from  diseased  action.  The  membrane  may  also  become  thickened  and 
opaque. 

173.  The  Placenta. — Let  us  now  consider  the  chorion  at  a  more  ad- 
vanced period  of  gestation,  and  we  shall  find  that  a  new  organ  has  been 
developed  on  that  part  of  it  which  is  in  contact  with  the  uterus.  This  organ 
was  first  called  the  placenta,  I  believe,  by  Fallopius :  it  is  a  spongy  vas- 
cular mass,  existing  in  some  form  in  all  mammalia,  as  an  appendage  of 
the  chorion.  It  is  of  considerable  size  at  the  termination  of  utero-gesta- 
tion,  its  diameter  being  six  or  eight  inches,  its  circumference  eighteen  or 
twenty-four,  and  its  thickness  from  one  inch  to  one  and  a  half.  In  general 
it  is  of  a  rounded  or  oval  form.  Internally,  its  surface  is  smooth  and 
shining,  from  its  being  covered  by  the  chorion  and  amnion,  beneath  which 
the  radiations  of  the  umbilical  vessels  may  be  discovered.  The  chorion, 
which  covers  its  inner  surface  immediately,  is  firmly  attached  to  it,  and 
sends  processes  between  its  lobes  and  lobules,  whilst  the  amnion  lying 
over  the  chorion  is  but  loosely  attached.     The  outer  or  uterine  surface,  if 


UTERO-GESTATION.  115 

Fie.  52. 


the  placenta  be  "  in  situ"  or  removed  carefully,  is  uniform  and  level 
though  not  exactly  smooth,  being  covered  by  the  decidua  serotina  ;  if  this 
be  peeled  off,  the  lobes  and  lobules  into  which  the  placenta  is  divided, 
are  evident,  and  we  find  processes  of  the  decidua  serotina  entering  these 
divisions.  The  vessels  of  one  lobe  have  very  rarely  any  direct  commu- 
nication with  those  of  another. 

17-4.  As  to  the  formation  of  the  placenta,  we  observed  that  the  villi 
of  the  chorion  diminish  gradually  in  number,  and  finally  disappear  from 
every  part  of  its  surface,  except  where  it  is  in  contact  with  the  uterus,  at 
which  part  they  become,  as  it  were,  concentrated,  and  grow  with  great 
luxuriance,  in  consequence  of  the  development  within  them  of  vessels 
derived  from  the  inner  layer  of  the  chorion  (the  endochorion),  or  from 
between  the  two  layers.  These  vessels  go  on  enlarging  and  multiplying, 
interlacing  and  anastomosing  with  each  other,  until  they  with  their  con- 
necting (or  separating)  sheaths  of  villi  or  decidua  serotina,  form  the  mass 
of  the  placenta.  The  vessels  are  divided  into  arterial  and  venous 
branches.  The  two  umbilical  arteries  at  their  insertion  into  the  internal 
surface  of  the  placenta,  divide  and  subdivide  into  radiating  branches, 
which  plunging  into  its  substance  are  minutely  divided  and  distributed  to 
the  different  lobes.  It  is  generally  stated  that  the  ultimate  radicles  of  the 
arteries  terminate  directly  in  the  radicles  of  the  umbilical  vein,  without 
the  intervention  of  capillaries ;  but  there  is  room  for  doubt  upon  this 
point.  The  radicles  of  the  umbilical  vein  coalesce,  until  the  large  vessels 
formed  by  them  unite  in  forming  the  umbilical  vein,  which  is  enclosed  in 
the  sheath  of  the  funis  umbilicalis  with  the  arteries.  The  arteries  are 
extremely  tortuous,  and  the  veins  are  without  valves.  It  may  be  doubted 
whether  the  placenta  is  supplied  with  nerves,  but  it  is  pretty  certain  that 
it  possesses  lymphatics. 

175.  The  situation  of  the  placenta  may  be  ascertained  with  tolerable 
accuracy,  by  the  use  of  the  stethoscope  before  delivery,  and  the  exami- 

*  "  The  formation  of  the  placenta  commences  by  the  penetration  of  the  ramified  villi, 
or  filamentous  processes  of  the  chorion,  into  the  tuhuli  of  the  decidua;  the  villi  thus 
as  roots,  which  Buck  up  and  convey  to  the  embryo  the  nourishment  secreted  i'  r 
it  by  the  maternal  structures."  V  Human  V  .  p.  603.)  —  Editor. 


11(3  UTERO-GESTATION. 

nation  of  the  perforation  in  the  membranes  afterwards.  By  some  writers, 
it  is  stated  to  be  at  the  fundus,  or  a  little  on  one  side  of  it :  by  others  at 
the  posterior  or  anterior  surface  :  it  would  seem  from  the  researches  of 
M.  \aegele,  jun.  to  be  most  frequently  on  the  left  side  ;  next,  on  the  right 
side  of  the  uterus.  He  states  that  the  stethoscope  indicated  the  placenta 
to  be  attached  to  the  left  side,  in  two  hundred  and  thirty-eight  cases  out 
of  six  hundred  ;  and  to  the  right  side  of  the  uterus,  in  one  hundred  and 
forty-one  cases.  In  twenty  no  sound  was  perceptible  ;  in  one  hundred 
and  sixty  it  was  weak,  or  diffused  so  as  to  be  uncertain  ;  in  seven  the 
placenta  was  attached  to  the  fundus  ;  in  thirteen  to  the  anterior  wall ;  and 
in  eleven  cases  there  wTas  placental  presentation. 

176.  A  much  controverted  question  now  demands  our  attention :  viz. 
Whether  there  be  direct  vascular  communication  between  the  placenta 
and  uterus  ?  and  if  not,  how  is  the  aeration  of  the  fetal  blood  effected  ? 
I  am  afraid  we  cannot  as  yet  decide  the  point  in  dispute.  It  was  for  a 
long  time  believed  that  the  blood-vessels  of  the  uterus  and  placenta  com- 
municated with  each  other,  and  that  an  interchange  of  blood  took  place, 
so  that  the  fetus  obtained  fresh  blood  from  the  mother  for  its  own  nutri- 
tion. This  opinion  was  supported  by  Cowper,  Noortwyk,  Haller,  Senac, 
and  in  modern  times  by  Flourens. 

177.  The  researches  of  the  Monros,  Hunters,  Wrisberg,  and  others, 
however,  very  satisfactorily  disproved  the  existence  of  this  vascular  con- 
tinuity. The  labours  of  the  Hunters  in  particular  threw  great  light  upon 
the  anatomical  relations  between  the  blood-vessels  of  the  mother  and 
fetus.  "  They  satisfied  themselves,"  says  Dr.  J.  Reid,  in  his  paper  in 
the  Ed.  Med.  and  Surg.  Journal,  No.  cxlvi.,  uthat  the  umbilical  arteries 
terminate  in  the  umbilical  veins,  and  not  in  the  vessels  of  the  uterus," 
and  that  the  blood  in  the  umbilical  arteries  "  passes  from  them  into  the 
veins,  as  in  other  parts  of  the  body,  and  so  back  again  into  the  child." 
They  further  observed,  that  numerous  small  curling  arteries,  the  largest 
being  about  the  size  of  a  crow-quill,  passed  from  the  inner  surface  of  the 
uterus,  that  they  penetrated  the  decidua,  and  opened  into  the  intestines 
between  the  fetal  blood-vessels  of  the  placenta.  Prolongations  from  the 
uterine  sinuses  were  also  traced  through  the  decidua,  and  wTere  observed 
to  terminate  in  the  placenta  in  the  same  manner  as  the  curling  arteries,  so 
that  "  in  the  umbilical  portion  of  the  placenta,  the  arteries  terminate  in 
veins  by  a  continuity  of  canal ;  wThereas  in  the  uterine  portion,  there  are 
intermediate  cells,  in  which  the  arteries  terminate,  and  from  which  the 
veins  begin.  It  was  therefore  concluded,  that  the  blood  of  the  mother 
was  poured  by  the  curling  arteries  into  a  kind  of  cellular  tissue,  filling  up 
the  intervals  between  the  ramifications  of  the  fetal  placental  vessels,  from 
which  it  returned  to  the  uterine  sinuses  of  the  mother  through  their  pla- 
cental prolongations,  after  having  acted  upon  the  blood  of  the  fetus 
through  the  thin  walls  of  the  umbilical  placental  vessels." 

178.  On  the  other  hand,  Dr.  Robert  Lee  concludes  "  that  the  placenta 
does  not  consist  of  two  parts,  maternal  and  fetal,  and  that  there  is  no 
communication  between  the  uterus  and  placenta  by  large  arteries  and 
veins.  The  whole  of  the  blood  sent  to  the  uterus  by  the  spermatic  and 
hypogastric  arteries,  except  the  small  portion  supplied  to  its  parietes,  and 
to  the  membrana  decidua  by  the  inner  membrane  of  the  uterus,  flows  into 
the  uterine  veins  and  sinuses,  and  after  circulating  through  them,  is  re- 


UTERO-GESTATIOX.  117 

turned  to  the  general  circulation  of  the  mother  by  the  spermatic  and 
hypogastric  veins  without  entering  the  substance  of  the  placenta.     The 

deciduous  membrane  being  interposed  between  the  umbilical  vessels  and 
the  uterus,  whatever  changes  take  place  in  the  fcetal  blood,  must  result 
from  the  indirect  exposure  of  this  fluid,  as  it  circulates  through  the  pla- 
centa, to  the  maternal  blood  in  the  great  uterine  sinuses."  Lauth,  Vel- 
peau,  Seiler,  Coste,  Radford,  Ramsbotham,  Millard,  Noble,  &c.  agree 
with  Dr.  R.  Lee  in  doubting  the  existence  of  these  utero-placental  vessels, 
and  assume  that  the  placenta  is  to  be  considered  exclusively  as  the  fcetal 
organ.  Dutrochet's  theory  of  endosmose  and  exosmose  has  been  adduced 
to  explain  the  nature  and  process  of  the  interchange  of  blood,  but  I  do 
not  believe  that  it  is  considered  satisfactory  by  many  persons. 

179.  The  investigations  of  Weber,  Eschricht,  Owen,  and  Reid,  seem 
rather  to  carry  us  back  to  a  modification  of  the  opinions  promulgated 
by  the  Hunters.  According  to  Weber,  the  large  vessels  which  leave  the 
uterus  to  pass  into  the  decidua,  are  deprived  of  all  except  their  innermost 
tunics,  which  are  as  soft  and  tender  as  coagulated  lymph.  The  veins  form 
a  network,  and  have  this  peculiarity,  that  they  become  wider,  the  more 
deeply  they  penetrate  between  the  lobules.  Thus  the  veins  themselves 
form  cells  or  sinuses  into  which  the  fcetal  villi  project.  The  delicate  and 
yielding  coat  of  the  vein  is  borne  inwards  by  each  villus  pressing  upon 
its  exterior,  and  so  is  itself  the  covering  of  all  the  villi  which  compose 
the  foetal  lobules,  and  which  seem  to  project  into  its  interior.  Eschricht 
supposes  that  the  utero-placental  vessels  divide  and  subdivide  in  the  pla- 
centa like  the  arteries  and  veins  in  the  other  parts  of  the  body.  Wagner, 
in  his  Physiology,  agrees  pretty  nearly  with  Weber,  and  describes  the 
utero-placental  vessels  as  winding  like  a  network  around  the  tufts  of  the 
chorion  containing  the  vessels  of  the  embryo. 

The  last  author  to  whom  I  shall  refer  is  the  late  Dr.  J.  Reid,  from 
whose  essay  I  have  already  quoted,  and  whose  industry  and  acumen  ob- 
tained for  him  a  distinguished  place  among  the  physiologists  of  the 
present  day.  In  August,  1840,  he  carefully  examined  the  uterus  of  a 
woman  who  had  died  in  the  seventh  month  of  pregnancy.  "  On  sepa- 
rating the  adhering  surfaces  of  the  uterus  slowly  and  cautiously  under 
water,  I  satisfied  myself,  but  not  without  considerable  difficulty,  of  the 
existence  of  the  utero-placental  vessels  described  by  the  Hunters.  After 
a  portion  of  the  placenta  had  been  detached  in  this  manner,  my  attention 
was  attracted  towards  a  number  of  rounded  bands  passing  between  the 
uterine  surface  of  the  placenta  and  the  inner  surface  of  the  uterus.  These 
bands  were  generally  observed  to  become  elongated,  thinner,  and  of  a 
cellular  appearance  when  put  upon  the  stretch,  and  were  easily  torn 
across  ;  while  at  other  times,  though  much  more  rarely,  they  could  be 
drawn  out  in  the  form  of  tufts  from  the  mouths  of  the  uterine  sinuses. 
On  slitting  up  some  of  the  uterine  sinuses  with  the  scissors,  these  tufts 
could  be  seen  ramifying  in  their  interior,  and  were  more  or  less  elongated  ; 
many  of  them  appearing  only  to  dip  into  the  open  mouths  of  the  sinuses, 
while  others  proceeded  from  a  quarter  oi'  an  inch  to  an  inch  from  the 
open  mouths  of  the  sinuses  by  which  they  had  entered,  and  in  some  cases 
they  extended  themselves  into  one  of  the  neighbouring  sinuses."  The 
parts  were  then  injected  as  well  as  was  possible,  and  when  the  branches 
of  the  tufts  contained  in  the  uterine  sinuses  were  filled  with  injection, 


118  UTERO-GESTATION. 

"their  continuity  with  the  umbilical  placental  vessels  was  clearly  ascer- 
tained ;"  and  an  examination  with  the  microscope  proved  their  identity 
with  the  umbilical  vessels  in  the  placenta.  As  to  their  anatomical  rela- 
tions to  the  sinuses:  "these  tufts  were  found  to  protrude  into  the  open 
mouths  of  certain  of  the  uterine  sinuses  only ;  and  it  need  scarcely  be 
added,  that  they  were  observed  only  in  those  sinuses  placed  next  the 
inner  surface  of  the  uterus,  and  not  in  any  of  the  deeper  sinuses.  These 
tufts  were  surrounded  externally  by  a  soft  tube  similar  to  the  soft  wall  of 
the  utero-placental  vessels,  which  passed  between  the  margin  of  the  open 
mouths  of  the  uterine  sinuses  and  the  edges  of  the  orifices  in  the  decidua, 
through  which  the  tufts  protruded  themselves  into  the  sinuses.  The  size 
of  these  tufts  varied  considerably.  Some  of  them  appeared  to  fill  up 
completely  the  open  mouths  of  the  sinuses  by  which  they  entered,  while 
others  filled  them  only  partially.  On  examining  these  tufts  as  they  lay  in 
the  sinuses,  it  was  evident  that,  though  they  were  so  far  loose  and  could 
be  floated  about,  yet  they  w^ere  bound  down  firmly  at  various  points  by 
reflections  of  the  inner  coat  of  the  venous  system  of  the  mother  upon  their 
outer  surface."  u  In  this  uterus  wre  ascertained  that  while  some  of  the 
utero-placental  veins  contained  no  prolongation  of  the  fcetal-placental 
vessels,  in  others  these  passed  along  their  interior  and  projected  into  the 
uterine  sinuses.  On  tracing  those  utero-placental  veins,  w7hich  contained 
no  foetal  vessels,  as  far  as  the  placental  surface  of  the  decidua,  the  inner 
coat  of  the  venous  system  w7as  seen  to  be  prolonged  upon  some  of  the 
tufts  of  fcetal-placental  vessels  in  their  immediate  neighbourhood.  On 
tracing  one  of  the  larger  of  the  curling  arteries  through  the  decidua,  it 
was  also  observed,  that  when  it  reached  the  placental  surface  of  that 
membrane,  the  inner  coat  of  the  arterial  system  of  the  mother,  was  pro- 
longed upon  some  of  the  tufts  of  the  fcetal-placental  vessels  which  projected 
into  their  orifices.  Those  numerous  branches  of  the  fcetal-placental  ves- 
sels which  reach  the  placental  surface  of  the  decidua,  and  do  not  pass 
into  the  uterine  sinuses  nor  into  the  orifices  of  the  utero-placental  vessels, 
are  attached  by  their  apices  to  the  placental  surface  of  that  membrane." 
After  an  elaborate  description  of  the  structure  of  the  tufts  and  vessels  of 
the  placenta,  Dr.  Reid  observes,  "  the  interior  of  the  placenta  is  thus 
composed  of  numerous  trunks  and  branches  (each  including  an  artery 
and  an  accompanying  vein),  every  one  of  which,  wre  believe,  is  closely 
ensheathed  in  prolongations  of  the  inner  coat  of  the  vascular  system  of 
the  mother,  or  at  least  in  a  membrane  continuous  with  it.  If  we  adopt 
this  view  of  the  structure  of  the  placenta,  the  inner  coat  of  the  vascular 
system  of  the  mother  is  prolonged  over  each  individual  tuft,  so  that  when 
the  blood  of  the  mother  flows  into  the  placenta  through  the  curling  arteries 
of  the  uterus,  it  passes  into  a  large  sac  formed  by  the  inner  coat  of  the 
vascular  system  of  the  mother,  which  is  intersected  in  many  thousands  of 
different  directions,  by  the  placental  tufts  projecting  into  it  like  fringes, 
and  pushing  its  thin  wall  before  them  in  the  form  of  sheaths,  which  closely 
envelope  both  the  trunk  and  each  individual  branch  composing  these  tufts. 
From  this  sac  the  maternal  blood  is  returned  by  the  utero-placental  veins, 
without  having  been  extravasated,  or  without  having  left  her  own  system 
of  vessels."  "  The  blood  of  the  mother  contained  in  this  placental  sac, 
and  the  blood  of  the  foetus  contained  in  the  umbilical  vessels,  can  easily 
act  and  re-act  upon  each  other  through  the  spongy  and  cellular  walls  of 


UTEKO-GESTATION.  119 

the  placental  vessels  and  the  thin  sac  ensheathing  them,  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  the  blood  in  the  branchial  vessels  of  aquatic  animals  is  acted  upon 
by  the  water  in  which  they  float."  These  ample  quotations  will,  I  be- 
lieve, give  the  reader  a  just  view  of  Dr.  Reid's  observations  and  opinions, 
and  I  may  add  that  on  a  recent  visit  to  Edinburgh,  Dr.  Reid  had  the 
kindness  to  show  me  one  of  the  portions  of  uterus  and  placenta  on  which 
his  investigations  were  made,  and  there  was  no  difficulty  in  demonstrating 
the  tufts  dipping  into  the  uterine  sinuses.  No  doubt,  further  observations 
are  necessary  for  the  perfect  elucidation  of  the  subject ;  but  I  certainly 
think  that  as  far  as  our  knowledge  extends  it  is  in  favour  of  the  opinion 
adopted  by  Dr.  Reid  and  the  later  physiologists.* 

180.  Abnormal  deviations.  —  The  placenta  is  liable  to  malformations 
and  displacements,  and  to  a  series  of  diseases,  some  of  which  have  been 
ably  described  by  my  friend  Professor  Simpson  of  Edinburgh. 

1.  It  may  be  the  seat  of  sudden  or  gradual  congestion  ending  in  reso- 
lution or  in  effusion  of  blood  "  into  the  substance  of  the  organ,  upon  its 
uterine  or  foetal  surfaces,  or  between  the  membranes."  Dr.  Simpson 
suggests,  that  perhaps  the  so-called  tumours,  tubercles,  or  wThite  spots, 
&c.  of  the  placenta,  of  various  authors,  may  in  fact  be  coagula  of  blood 
in  various  stages  of  transformation.  The  symptoms  to  which  placental 
congestion  and  apoplexy  give  rise,  depend  for  their  clear  manifestation 
upon  the  extent  of  the  hemorrhage.  In  moderate  cases,  there  is  a  degree 
of  uneasiness  and  weight  in  the  region  of  the  uterus,  and  sometimes  a 
fixed  or  intermittent  pain,  which  may  extend  down  the  thighs.  When 
the  hemorrhage  is  severe,  it  will  be  attended  by  the  usual  symptoms  of 
loss  of  blood.  The  result  to  the  foetus  in  many  cases  is  death,  and  thus 
the  congestion  may  cause  abortion. 

2.  Inflammation  may  attack  the  placenta,  either  of  its  parenchyma  or 
membranes,  or  all  together,  and  it  may  either  affect  one  lobe  only,  or 
several  at  the  same  time. 

*  In  the  154th  No.  of  the  Edinburgh  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  we  have  the  fol- 
lowing very  candid  and  honourable  "  statement"  by  Dr.  Reid:  "In  a  paper  '  On  the 
Anatomical  Relations  of  the  Blood-vessels  of  the  Mother  to  those  of  the  Fcetus  in  the 
Human  Species,'  printed  in  the  146th  No.  of  this  Journal,  I  have  made  a  remark  which 
I  am  anxious  publicly  to  correct.  It  is  mentioned  in  a  foot-note,  that  I  believe  that 
the  representation  of  the  manner  in  which  the  foetal  placental  vessels  are  distributed, 
as  given  by  Wagner,  in  his  Icones  Physiologies,  Fas.  1,  Tab.  xi.  Fig.  2,  and  stated  to 
have  been  furnished  by  Weber,  is  far  from  being  correct.  I  had  lately  the  satisfaction 
of  visiting  Weber,  who  not  only  very  kindly  showed  me  all  his  preparations,  but  gave 
me  some  portions  of  his  beautifully  injected  placenta?.  I  am  now  perfectly  satisfied 
that  the  representation  he  has  given  is  perfectly  correct.  In  calling  in  question  the 
correctness  of  Weber's  representation,  I  was  at  the  time  under  the  impression,  from 
an  examination  of  the  engraving  mentioned,  —  which,  however,  greater  attention  paid 
to  Fig.  8  might  have  corrected,  —  that  it  was  meant  to  imply,  that  the  corresponding 
artery  and  vein  did  not  run  in  the  same  sheath,  but  coiled  about,  sometimes  apart  from 
each  other;  for,  being  taken  from  a  dried  preparation,  the  sheath  or  villus  in  which 
they  are  enclosed  is  not  represented,  and  it  was  this  supposed  error  which  alone  led 
me  to  make  the  criticism  mentioned  above.  I  had  not  at  this  time  seen  Wagner's 
Lehrbuch  der  Physiologic,  in  which  a  detailed  description  of  this  structure  i<  given.  If 
I  had  supplied  in  fig.  2,  by  the  aid  of  my  imagination,  the  walls  of  the  villus  surround- 
ing the  convoluted  artery,  and  its  accompanying  vein,  I  would  not  have  questioned  its 
accuracy,  tor  l  iva<  maintaining,  as  the  resull  of  my  own  observations,  that  they  were 
me  Bheath.  I  mike  this  statement,  not  so  much  from  the  importance 
of  the  subject,  for  it  relates  merely  to  a  minor  question  of  anatomical  detail :  but  having 
erroneously  called  in  question,  chiefly  from  a  misapprehension  on  my  part,  the  accu- 
racy of  .in  observation  made  by  a  most  distinguished  anatomist  and  most  estimable  man, 
I  am  anxious  to  correct  it."'     Edin.  J/"/,  and  Sur<j.  Juuni.  No.  cliv.  p.  141.  —  Editok. 


120  TJTERO-GESTATION. 

It  may  issue  in  the  effusion  of  lymph  either  into  its  substance  or  upon 
its  foetal  or  uterine  surfaces.  In  the  former  case  we  have  the  yellow 
induration  of  the  placenta ;  in  the  latter,  adhesions  between  the  uterus 
and  placenta ;  and,  when  the  foetal  surface  is  the  seat,  there  may  be  in- 
crease of  the  liquor  amnii,  lymph  on  its  surface,  or,  possibly,  adhesion  to 
some  part  of  the  foetus.  Another  termination  of  placentitis  is  in  the  pro- 
duction of  purulent  matter,  in  the  substance  or  upon  the  surfaces  of  the 
placenta.  The  most  constant  symptom  of  placentitis,  is  pain  in  the  ute- 
rine or  lumbar  regions,  and  in  some  cases  there  is  violent  vomiting ;  in 
others,  rigors  succeeded  by  febrile  symptoms.  Inflammation  of  the  pla- 
centa may  cause  the  death  or  malformation  of  the  embryo,  and  place  the 
mother  in  some  danger.  For  more  minute  details  I  beg  to  refer  the  reader 
to  Dr.  Simpson's  learned  essay  in  the  Ed.  Med.  and  Surg.  Journal,  vol. 
xlv.  p.  265. 

3.  The  placenta  may  be  hypertrophied  or  atrophied  in  part  or  the  whole 
of  its  substance. 

4.  It  may  be  the  seat  of  cartilaginous  or  calcareous  degeneration,  or  of 
other  morbid  products. 

5.  It  may  give  rise  to  hydatids. 

181.  The  Umbilical  Cord,  funis  or  navel-string,  is  the  connecting 
link  between  the  foetus  and  placenta  (fig.  52),  terminating  with  the  func- 
tions of  the  latter  at  birth.  It  is  visible  at  the  earliest  period  of  pregnancy. 
It  arises  from  the  centre  of  the  placenta  most  frequently,  but  occasionally 
from  its  edge  (battledore  placenta),  and  is  formed  by  the  umbilical  arteries 
and  vein,  embedded  in  (the  Whartonian)  gelatine,  and  enclosed  within  a 
sheath  of  the  chorion  internally,  and  of  the  amnion  externally.  Besides 
the  vessels,  it  contains  the  duct  of  the  umbilical  vesicle  and  the  urachus, 
the  omphalo-mesenteric  vessels,  and,  at  an  early  period,  the  foetal  intestines 
at  its  foetal  extremity.  At  first,  the  cord  is  thin  and  cylindrical,  the  ves- 
sels running  a  straight  course  through  it ;  from  the  third  to  the  ninth  week, 
it  appears  to  be  divided  by  two  or  three  vesicular  swellings,  which  ulti- 
mately disappear.  After  this  time,  the  vessels  run  in  a  spiral  form,  the 
arteries  around  the  vein,  from  left  to  right,  and  form  in  their  course  a 
number  of  small  loops  or  knots.  The  vein  has  no  valves,  and  its  calibre 
is  equal  to  that  of  both  the  arteries.  The  cord  is  also  supplied  with 
lymphatics,  as  has  been  proved  by  the  injections  of  Fohmann  and  Mont- 
gomery. It  is  probable,  though  not  as  yet  demonstrated,  that  it  may 
possess  nerves  also. 

The  length  of  the  cord  varies  much ;  it  is  very  rarely  less  than  eight 
inches,  though  such  cases  are  on  record,  and  it  is  sometimes  five  or  six 
feet  long.  Out  of  500  cases,  selected  from  the  writings  of  Osiander, 
Adelmann,  and  Henne,  with  some  additional  measurements  of  my  own, 
I  find  the  most  common  length  to  be  eighteen  inches;  none  were  under 
twelve,  nor  above  fifty-four  inches.* 

By  most  writers,  the  pulsation  of  the  artesia  of  the  cord  is  considered 

*  "  Mr.  J.  B.  Thompson  relates  in  the  London  Lancet,  June  4,  1842,  a  case  in  which 
the  funis  was  only  seven  and  a  half  inches  long.  Mr.  Stone  has  met  with  a  case,  in 
which  the  funis  was  still  shorter,  being  only  six  inches ;  and  Mr.  Wm.  Collyns,  (Pro- 
vincial Medical  Journal,  Aug.  6,  1842,)  another,  in  which  the  funis  was  scarcely  that 
length." — Am.  Journ.  Med.  Sciences,  Jan.  1843. 

Dr.  Tyler  Smith  exhibited  to  the  Westminster  Medical  Society  (Jan.  1850),  a  funis 
which  measured  fifty-nine  inches  and  a  half  in  length.  —  Editor. 


UTERO-GESTATIOX.  121 

to  be  dependent  upon  the  heart;  but  Osiander  contends  that  they  are  to 
a  certain  degree  independent,  and  some  facts  which  he  adduces,  appear 
to  afford  confirmation  to  his  opinion. 

After  the  birth  of  the  child,  the  pulsation  ceases  in  about  fifteen  or 
twenty  minutes,  and  that  portion  of  the  cord  which  remains  attached  to 
the  umbilicus  dies,  and  gradually  withers,  until  it  falls  off,  in  the  majority 
of  cases,  on  the  fifth  or  sixth  day. 

In  ordinary  cases  the  funis  lies  free  and  loose  in  the  cavity  of  the  amnion, 
above  the  head  of  the  child  ;  but  occasionally,  owing  to  the  movements 
of  the  child  at  an  early  period,  it  may  be  coiled  round  its  neck,  tied  in 
knots,  or  escape  below  the  head,  so  as  to  prolapse  during  labour.  The 
coiling  round  the  neck  happens  about  once  in  nine  or  ten  cases ;  or,  ac- 
cording to  the  examples  I  have  collected,  204  times  in  1920  cases.  It  is 
commonly  enumerated  among  the  causes  of  delay  in  labour,  on  account 
of  the  shortening  of  the  cord  which  it  occasions,  and  sundry  other  evil 
effects  are  attributed  to  it,  which  I  believe  to  be  altogether  imaginary,  for 
the  coiling  does  not  occur  except  when  the  cord  is  longer  than  usual,  so 
as  to  leave  enough  of  it  free.  For  more  minute  details  I  take  the  liberty 
to  refer  the  reader  to  an  essay  on  the  subject  in  my  Researches  on  Ope- 
rative Midwifery,  &c. 

182.  Abnormal  deviations. — 1.  The  vessels  of  the  cord  may  divide  at 
some  distance  from  the  placenta :  2,  instead  of  two  arteries  and  one  vein, 
there  have  been  found  two  veins  and  one  artery,  one  vein  and  one  artery, 
or  three  arteries :  3,  two  cords  have  been  attached  to  one  placenta  with  a 
single  child  :  4,  the  cord  may  be  tied  in  double  or  single  knots :  5,  the 
vessels  are  sometimes  partially  or  wholly  closed :  6,  cases  are  on  record 
of  the  absence  of  funis  and  umbilicus:  7,  in  an  acephalous  fcetus  born  in 
the  Western  Lying-in  Hospital  we  found  the  cord  inserted  into  the  neck, 
near  the  angle  of  the  jaw,  from  whence  the  vessels  passed  down  behind 
the  clavicle  and  sternum,  through  the  chest  into  the  abdomen,  where  they 
were  lost :  8,  when  the  umbilical  ring  is  imperfectly  closed,  the  sheath  of 
the  cord  sometimes  contains  a  portion  of  the  intestines :  9,  in  cases  of 
twins,  the  placenta  and  cords  are  generally  distinct  and  without  commu- 
nication, but  occasionally  a  cross  branch  passes  from  one  to  the  other  : 
10,  the  cord  may  be  inserted  into  a  part  of  the  chorion,  covered  by  the 
decidua  reflexa,  instead  of  that  part  upon  which  the  placenta  is  to  be  de- 
veloped: 11,  the  cord  may  be  so  much  twisted  (at  an  early  period)  as  to 
diminish  the  calibre  of  the  vessels,  and  to  impair  the  nutrition  of  the 
embryo  :  12,  the  vessels  may  become  varicose,  or  the  sheath  of  the  cord 
may  contain  hydatids:  13,  the  coats  of  the  vessels  may  give  way,  and 
hemorrhage  ensue  :  14,  the  cord  may  be  torn  across,  by  the  mother's 
falling  or  receiving  a  violent  concussion. 

183.  The  Allantois  "  arises  on  the  fore  part  of  the  posterior  extremity 
of  the  mucous  layer  which  is  closing  to  form  the  intestine,  as  a  growth 
of  the  intestine,  which  proceeds  very  rapidly.  It  passes  out  where  the 
ventral  laminae  are  still  unclosed,  in  the  region  of  the  umbilicus,  and  in 
birds  and  mammalia,  reaches  either  mediately  or  immediately  the  inner 
surface  of  the  exochorion.  By  the  constriction  of  the  navel  it  is  separated 
into  two  portions  which  communicate  ;  that  within  the  body  of  the  em- 
bryo is  the  sacculated  urinary  bladder  with  the  urachus  or  tube  of  com- 
munication.    It  receives  its  vessels  from  the  hypogastric,  which  are  spread 

L 


122  UTERO-GESTATION. 

out  as  a  vascular  layer,  especially  upon  that  portion  of  its  surface  which 
faces  the  exochorion.  According  to  Burdach  (as  we  have  seen)  the  ves- 
sels form  a  distinct  layer,  the  endochorion."  I  have  preferred  quoting 
this  concise  description  from  an  article,  in  the  Brit,  and  For.  Review,  as 
giving  a  good  account  of  the  opinions  held  by  most  recent  physiologists, 
to  embarrassing  the  reader  by  a  detail  of  the  different  hypotheses  which 
have  been  broached  on  the  subject. 

184.  The  Liquor  Amnii  is  the  name  given  to  the  fluid  secreted  by  the 
amnion  and  contained  in  its  cavity.  At  first,  it  is  small  in  quantity,  clear 
and  transparent ;  but  afterwards  it  increases  in  quantity,  and  becomes 
slightly  opaline.  Dr.  G.  0.  Rees  has  published,  in  No.  6  of  Guy's  Hos- 
pital Reports,  an  analysis  of  some  amniotic  fluid  which  he  obtained  in  a 
case  where  premature  labour  was  induced.  He  found  its  specific  gravity 
1008*6  and  in  1000  parts,  it  contained 

Of  water 983-4 

Of  albumen,  with  traces  of  fatty  matter        .         .  5*9 

Albuminate  of  soda,  chloride  of  sodium      .         .  6-1 
Animal  extractive,  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol, 

urea,  chloride  of  sodium          ....  4*6 
with  traces  of  alkaline  sulphate. 

Towards  the  end  of  gestation  the  albumen  diminishes. 

The  amount  at  the  full  time  varies  from  half  a  pint  to  several  quarts ; 
but  the  average  quantity  is  about  a  pound.  The  fluid  is  usually  stated, 
and  I  believe  truly,  to  be  a  secretion  from  the  inner  surface  of  the  amnion : 
but  Meckel  attributes  it  to  the  maternal  vessels,  especially  in  the  earlier 
months. 

The  uses  of  the  liquor  amnii  are  very  intelligible  and  important:  1,  it 
is  probable  that  it  serves  for  nutriment  to  the  foetus,  at  least  during  the 
early  months :  2,  it  preserves  an  equable  temperature  for  it,  during  its 
intra-uterine  life  :  3,  it  diminishes  the  impression  from  sudden  movements, 
shocks,  &c.  and  thereby  prevents  injury :  4,  during  labour  it  protrudes 
the  membranes,  and  is  the  primary  agent  in  dilating  the  os  uteri. 

185.  Abnormal  deviations. — It  may  be  very  scanty,  or,  in  the  opposite 
extreme,  excessive.  The  latter  deviation  from  its  natural  state  is  probably 
the  result  of  inflammation,  and  occasions  some  mechanical  inconveniences 
to  the  mother,  and  risk  to  the  child  during  gestation,  whilst  at  the  time 
of  labour,  it  seems  to  enfeeble  the  uterus  during  the  first  stage.  The 
quality  of  the  fluid  may  be  changed,  though  it  rarely  decomposes.  Its 
colour  is  sometimes  yellow  or  brown. 

186.  The  Embryo. — If  the  reader  will  take  the  trouble  to  turn  back  to 
§  146,  he  will  find  that  in  the  quotation  from  Dr.  Barry,  the  last  change 
there  described  as  occurring  after  impregnation,  was  the  disappearance  of 
the  germ  vesicle.  When  the  vesicle  bursts  in  the  hen's  egg,  the  formation 
of  the  germ-membrane,  or  blastoderma,  commences,  according  to  Pur- 
kinje,  and  it  is  completed  by  the  fifth  day,  according  to  Von  Baer.  In 
mammalia,  however,  it  appears  to  exist,  previous  to  the  bursting  or  dis- 
appearance of  the  vesicle;  at  least  it  is  visible  immediately  the  vitellus 
becomes  transparent  after  that  occurrence.  Between  this  membrane  and 
the  chorion,  there  is  a  thin  layer  of  albumen,  and  at  some  point  we  find 
an  aggregation  of  granules,  forming  the  cumulus  of  the  blastoderma.     It 


TJTERO-GESTATIOX.  123 

is  at  this  part  that  the  embryo  is  developed,  lying  as  it  were  upon  the 
membrane.  The  form  of  the  germinal  membrane  gradually  changes,  be- 
coming more  oval.  It  consists  of  three  super-imposed  laminae  or  layers, 
at  least  at  the  central  point  or  cumulus ;  and  upon  this  separation  into 
layers,  rests  the  modern  theory  of  development,  as  first  proposed  by  Dol- 
linger  and  Pander,  and  afterwards  illustrated  by  Von  Baer,  Rathke,  Bur- 
dach,  &c,  &c.  "Above,  and  most  extended,"  says  the  author  of  the 
very  able  article  in  the  Brit,  and  For.  Review,  from  whom  I  have  already 
quoted,  "is  the  serous  layer;  below  and  least  extended  is  the  mucous; 
between  the  two,  and  later  in  its  appearance,  is  the  vascular  layer.  In 
one  or  other  of  these,  as  distinct  primitive  forms,  there  lies  concealed  that 
which  is  essential,  in  the  different  organs  and  tissues  of  which  the  body  is 
composed,  and  in  virtue  of  which  they  admit  of  being  referred  to  distinct 
original  groups.  On  the  serous  layer,  arise  the  organs  of  animal  life — 
the  brain  and  spinal  cord,  organs  of  sense,  skin,  muscle,  tendons,  liga- 
ments, cartilage,  bone  ;  on  the  mucous,  the  organs  of  vegetative  life,  the 
intestinal  canal,  lungs,  liver,  spleen,  pancreas,  and  other  glands.  The 
heart  and  vascular  system  arise  from  the  vascular  layer,  if  this  is  to  be 
considered  as  a  separate  one.  To  which  division  the  generative  system 
is  to  be  primarily  referred,  is  still  undetermined."  This  is  the  view  ge- 
nerally accredited,  but  Dr.  Barry  seems  to  think  it  doubtful.  He  has  not 
observed  this  "  splitting  of  the  germinal  membrane,"  nor  does  he  conceive 
that  the  membranous  layers  originate  the  embryo,  but  the  reverse ;  that 
the  "  previously  existing  germ,  by  means  of  a  hollow  process,  originates 
a  structure  having  the  appearance  of  a  membrane." 

In  the  centre  of  the  blastoderma,  where  it  is  supposed  to  divide  into 
the  serous  and  mucous  layers,  there  is  observed  a  clear  space,  the  area 
proligera  or  pellucida,  in  the  centre  of  which  and  in  the  transverse  axis 
of  the  vitellus,  there  is  a  mass  of  globules  loosely  connected  together, 
forming  the  primitive  streak  or  trace  of  Von  Baer,  and  around  this  the 
area  vasculosa  is  developed.  I  may  mention  that  these  changes  have 
been  observed  in  the  ova  of  different  mammalia,  as  well  as  in  the  egg ; 
and  there  is  every  probability  that  the  human  ovum  undergoes  identical 
mutations. 

The  appearance  of  the  primitive  trace  is  observed  in  eggs  at  about  the 
fourteenth  hour  of  incubation,  and  in  the  human  ovum  may  probably  be 
referred  to  the  second  or  third  week. 

To  proceed  with  the  next  changes :  "  The  globules  of  the  primitive 
streak  seem  next  to  be  resolved,  and  then  there  is  a  change  of  appear- 
ances. On  the  sides  of  the  streak  are  two  lamince  dorsales,  which  bound 
a  median  furrow ;  and  below  this  furrow  is  the  chorda  dorsalis,  which  is 
the  axis  of  the  future  embryo,  and  the  origin  of  the  spinal  column.  That 
portion  of  fluid  which  separates  the  chorda  dorsalis  from  the  lamina  dor- 
salis  is  the  future  cord  and  brain.  The  chorda  dorsalis  thickens  at  the 
fore  part,  to  form  the  first  appearance  of  skull,  and  the  fluid  between  the 
dorsal  laminae  is  in  larger  quantity,  in  correspondence  with  it ;  so  that  the 
central  parts  of  the  nervous  system  and  their  coverings  are  laid  down  at 
the  same  time,  and  grow  simultaneously.  The  separation  between  the 
spinal  cord  and  brain  is  a  very  early  one,  and  is  coincident  with  a  bending 
downwards  towards  the  yelk,  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  lamina-  dorsales, 
which  defines  the  limit  between  the  skull  and  column,  brain  and  cord." 


124  UTERO-GESTATION. 

Next  follows  the  closing  of  the  laminae  dorsales  over  the  fluid  which  is 
the  rudiment  of  brain  and  cord.  The  brain,  therefore,  as  Valentin  re- 
marks, ought  not  to  be  considered  as  growing  from  one  end  of  the  cord. 
"  At  first  there  is  only  a  single  cerebral  vesicle;  for  in  the  brain,  as  well 
as  in  the  cord,  granules  accumulate  first  on  the  periphery,  the  central  part 
continuing  to  be  fluid.  The  single  vesicle  is  then  elongated,  and  next 
appears  constricted  in  certain  regions,  so  as  to  form  three  cells,  which 
communicate.  The  anterior  cell  corresponds  to  the  cerebrum,  the  middle 
cell  to  the  corpora  quadrigemina  and  neighbouring  parts,  and  the  posterior 
cell  to  the  medulla  oblongata  and  neighbouring  parts."  "  The  deposit 
of  granular  matter  which  accompanies  the  further  development  of  the 
brain  and  cord,  is  seen  on  that  side  of  both  which  corresponds  to  the  vis- 
cera, sooner  than  on  that  which  corresponds  to  the  spine." 

"  Two  other  laminae  (lamince  ventrales  of  Von  Baer)  are  in  the  mean 
time  proceeding  from  the  axis  of  the  embryo,  one  on  each  side.  They 
grow  out  laterally,  and  tend  to  converge  in  the  median  line,  as  did  the 
dorsal  lamina;  but  they  form  a  larger  curve,  and  follow  a  different  direc- 
tion ;  that  is,  they  converge  to  meet  below  the  axis,  and  they  do  so  meet, 
except  in  the  umbilicus." 

187.  After  the  rudiments  of  organic  life  have  been  commenced  in  the 
central  portion  of  the  serous  layer,  a  fold  of  its  peripheral  portion  arches 
over  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  embryo,  "  so  as  to  represent  a  sac  whose 
opening  is  at  the  edge  of  the  fold."  The  opening  gradually  decreases 
until  the  opposing  folds  of  membrane  are  in  contact,  and  then  vanishes, 
leaving  the  foetus  surrounded  by  two  membranes.  The  one  next  the  foetus 
is  the  amnion;  the  other  is  gradually  separated  from  the  amnion,  and  joins 
the  serous  laminae  of  the  blastoderma;  this  is  the  "false  amnion,"  of  Pan- 
der, or  the  "serous  covering"  of  Von  Baer.  This  mode  of  formation  of 
the  amnion,  has  been  observed  by  Von  Baer  in  the  dog,  sheep,  and  pig ; 
and  his  observation  has  been  verified  by  Dr.  Allen  Thompson. 

The  membrane  which  surrounds  the  vitellus  or  yelk  is  very  vascular; 
it  becomes  oval  in  shape,  and  more  pointed  where  it  is  in  contact  with 
the  embryo,  until  at  length  it  contracts  into  a  narrow  duct,  thus  forming 
the  vesicula  alba  and  duct. 

The  allantoisj  as  already  mentioned,  arises  from  the  lower  end  of  the 
intestinal  canal  on  a  little  vesicle,  and  increasing  in  size,  encircles  the 
embryo  along  with  the  umbilical  vesicle. 

188.  The  heart  of  the  embryo,  which  is  the  product  of  the  vascular 
layer  of  the  blastoderma,  is  formed  at  an  early  period ;  at  first  it  appears 
as  a  twisted  canal ;  at  the  under  side  it  receives  two  omphalo-mesenteric 
veins,  and  in  the  situation  of  the  future  bulbus  aorta  it  divides  into  four 
vascular  arches,  which  first  uniting  into  the  aorta,  again  divide,  run  down 
near  the  vertebral  column,  and  give  off  the  omphalo-mesenteric  arteries, 
which  ramify  on  the  blastoderma  and  umbilical  vesicle. 

189.  Thus,  then,  we  have  seen  the  embryo  developed  in  the  layers  of 
the  blastoderma^  and  formed  by  a  gradual  closing  in  of  the  laminae  to- 
wards the  median  line ;  thus  the  brain  and  spinal  marrow,  which  are  its 
earliest  rudiments,  are  covered  in,  and  in  like  manner  the  parts  anterior 
to  the  spine,  as  the  thorax,  abdomen,  &c.  are  formed.  We  are  indebted 
to  compative  anatomy  for  opportunities  of  observation  ;  but  there  is  no 
doubt  that  the  same  process  takes  place  in  the  human  ovum.     Professor 


UTERO-GESTATION.  125 

Wagner  has  given  a  description  of  a  human  ovum  of  about  three  weeks 
old,  part  of  which  I  shall  take  the  liberty  of  quoting:  "Such  ova,  still 
surrounded  bv  decidua,  measure  about  seven  lines  in  length ;  in  the  naked 
chorion,  they  are  about  five  lines  long.     The  chorion  at  this  time,  is  beset 

Fig.  53.  Fig.  54. 


externally  with  small  cylindrical  hollow  villi.  The  embryo  itself  is  two 
lines  long.  It  is  plainly  surrounded  by  an  amnion  which  lies  loosely,  but 
still  pretty  closely  about  it,  and  obviously  proceeds  from  the  abdominal 
laminse.  The  embryo  is  curved,  and  presents  anterior  cerebral  vesicles 
or  hemispheres,  pretty  well  developed  (figured  rather  large  in  figs.  53,  54,) 
and  considerable  corpora  quadrigemina  immediately  behind  them  ;  there 
is  the  distinct  appearance  of  an  eye,  and  a  rounded  offset  from  the  me- 
dulla oblongata,  indicates  the  acoustic  vesicle ;  several  bronchial  arteries 
and  fissures  are  also  conspicuous,  the  last  of  them,  however,  not  com- 
pletely formed.  The  oval  aperture  is  just  above  the  upper  bronchial  fis- 
sure. The  anterior  and  posterior  extremities  are  curved  leaf-like  processes, 
still  of  very  small  dimensions."  The  abdomen  is  yet  an  open  cleft,  in 
which,  but  projecting  beyond  it,  is  the  heart,  "of  very  large  relative  di- 
mensions, and  consisting  of  a  simple  atrium  or  auricle,  and  ventricle  ; 
behind  the  heart  is  the  liver,  and  under  the  liver  the  intestine,  which  is 
attached  by  means  of  a  distinct  mesentery."  Where  the  large  and  small 
intestines  meet,  the  canal  makes  a  sweep  in  the  umbilical  vesicle.  On 
either  side  of  the  mesenteric  lamina,  we  find  the  primordial  kidney,  com- 
posed of  short  cseca.  The  allantois  is  seen  extending  from  the  lower  part 
of  the  intestine. 

190.  During  the  second  month,  we  find  the  extremity  larger  and  more 
projecting;  the  body  curved,  the  head  disproportionately  large,  and  bent 
downwards,  indications  of  the  nostrils,  and  a  gaping  oral  aperture.  The 
abdomen  is  closed  about  the  fifth  week,  except  at  the  umbilical  aperture, 
through  which  a  loop  of  intestine  still  escapes.  The  os  coccygis  resembles 
a  tail,  bent  forward,  and  of  considerable  size. 

The  forehead  is  more  vaulted,  because  of  the  development  of  the 
hemispheres  of  the  brain ;  the  spinal  cord  is  cylindrical,  of  nearly  uni- 
form thickness,  and  terminating  in  a  blunt  extremity ;  posteriorly  it  is 
open.  "  The  medulla  oblongata  makes  a  bend  forwards  at  the  top  of 
the  neck,  and  then  ascends  perpendicularly  into  the  capacious  cranium, 
where  the  corpora  quadrigemina  present  themselves,  as  two  large  semi- 
globular  masses,  having  behind  them  a  pair  of  narrow  lateral  laminae,  the 
rudiments  of  the  cerebellum.  The  medullary  stem  or  cms  cerebri  passes 
under  the  corpora  quadrigemina,  and  a^ain  bending  downwards,  the  cor- 
pora striata  and  optic  thalami  are  evolved  upon  it." 

l2 


126 


UTERO-GESTATION. 


The  first  points  of  ossification  appear  about  the  seventh  week,  in  the 
clavicle  and  lower  jaw ;  the  vertebral  arches  are  not  yet  closed  in,  and 
the  ribs  appear  like  little  streaks.     The  only  trace  of  muscular  fibre  is  in 


Fig.  55. 


Fig.  56. 


the  diaphragm.  The  heart  at  this  time  begins  to  change  its  form,  and 
the  inter-ventricular  septum  to  form.  The  liver  is  very  large,  and  gra- 
nular. The  stomach  is  assuming  somewhat  of  its  normal  form ;  the 
urinary  bladder  is  enclosed,  but  the  anus  is  imperforate. 

After  this  period,  the  different  parts  are  developed  with  tolerable 
rapidity ;  the  separate  portions  of  the  brain  are  evolved,  and  the  organs 
of  sense  acquire  their  external  characters ;  the  eyelids,  nose,  and  ears  are 
formed.     About  the  seventh  month,  the  membrana  pupillaris  is  ruptured, 

Fig.  57. 


and  the  pupil  becomes  visible.  The  cranium  continues  cartilaginous  for 
some  time,  then  points  of  ossification  are  seen,  which  radiate  until  each 
bone  is  nearly  complete. 


UTERO-GESTATIOX.  127 

The  upper  and  lower  extremities  increase,  the  hands  and  feet  are  de- 
veloped ;  the  fingers  and  toes  separate,  and  the  nails  become  distinct 
about  the  sixth  or  seventh  month. 

In  front  of  the  coccyx  we  find  the  anus,  which  at  first  is  imperforate ; 
and  anterior  to  it,  the  organs  of  generation,  in  form  at  first  of  a  conical 
tubercle,  which  is  subsequently  developed  into  the  penis  or  clitoris,  while 
the  skin  at  the  sides  is  prolonged  into  the  scrotum  or  labia.  The  testes 
are  originally  placed  on  each  side  of  the  vertebra]  column,  but  afterwards 
descend  along  the  iliac  vessels  to  the  inguinal  ring,  through  which  they 
pass,  carrying  with  them  a  portion  of  the  peritoneum  to  form  their  tunica 
vaginalis. 

The  liver  and  kidneys  are  completed  before  the  termination  of  preg- 
nancy, and  soon  commence  the  performance  of  their  functions ;  for  the 
meconium  is  found  to  be  coloured  by  the  bile  even  in  premature  children, 
and  urine  is  frequently  voided  during  delivery. 

[The  formation  of  the  ovum,  and  the  development  of  the  embryo,  are 
among  the  most  incomprehensible  subjects  to  a  student ;  at  the  risk,  there- 
fore, of  some  repetition  of  what  is  said  upon  these  points  by  the  author, 
I  here  introduce  the  following  quotation,  with  the  accompanying  illus- 
trations, from  Dr.  Rigby's  work  on  Midwifery,  in  which  the  subjects  are 
very  clearly  and  concisely  treated.  —  Editor. 

"  Embryo.  —  There  is,  perhaps,  no  department  of  physiology  which 
has  been  so  remarkably  enriched  by  recent  discoveries,  as  that  which  re- 
lates to  the  primitive  development  of  the  ovum  and  its  embryo.  The 
researches  of  Baer,  Rathke,  Purkinje,  Valentin,  &c,  in  Germany;  of 
Dutrochet,  Prevost,  Dumas,  and  Coste,  &c,  in  France ;  and  of  Owen, 
Sharpey,  Allen  Thompson,  Jones,  and  Martin  Barry  in  England,  but  more 
especially  those  of  the  celebrated  Baer,  have  greatly  advanced  our  know- 
ledge of  these  subjects,  and  led  us  deeply  into  those  mysterious  processes 
of  nature  which  relate  to  our  first  origin  and  formation. 

"  These  researches  have  all  tended  to  establish  one  great  law,  connected 
with  the  early  development  of  the  human  embryo,  and  that  of  other 
mammiferous  animals,  viz.,  that  it  at  first  possesses  a  structure  and  ar- 
rangement analogous  to  that  of  animals  in  a  much  lower  scale  of  forma- 
tion ;  this  observation  also  applies  of  course  to  the  ovum  itself,  since  a 
variety  of  changes  take  place  in  it  after  impregnation,  before  a  trace  of 
the  embryo  can  be  detected. 

"  At  the  earliest  periods,  the  human  ovum  bears  a  perfect  analogy  to 
the  eggs  of  fishes,  amphibia,  and  birds :  and  it  is  only  by  carefully  ex- 
amining the  changes  produced  by  impregnation  m  the  ova  of  these  lower 
classes  of  animals,  that  we  have  been  enabled  to  discover  them  in  the 
mammalia  and  human  subject. 

"  As  the  bird's  egg,  from  its  size,  best  affords  us  the  means  of  inves- 
tigating these  changes,  and  as  in  all  essential  respects  they  are  the  same 
in  the  human  ovum,  it  will  be  necessary  for  us  to  lay  before  our  readers 
a  short  account  of  its  structure  and  contents,  and  also  of  the  changes 
which  they  undergo,  after  impregnation.  In  doing  this  we  shall  merely 
confine  ourselves  to  the  description  of  what  is  applicable  to  the  human 
ovum. 

"  The  egg  is  known  to  consist  of  two  distinct  parts,  the  vitellus  or  yelk 
surrounded  by  its  albumen  or  white ;  to  the  former  of  these  we  now  more 
9 


128 


UTERO-GESTATION. 

Fig.  58. 


a.  The  granulary  mem- 
brane forming  the  periphery 
of  the  yelk.  b.  Vesicle  of 
Purkinje  embedded  in  the 
cumulus,  c.  Vitellary  mem- 
brane, d.  Inner  and  outer 
layers  of  the  capsule  of  the 
ovum.  e.  Indusium  of  the 
ovary. 


Section  of  a  hen's  egg  within  the  ovary. 

particularly  refer.  The  yelk  is  a  granular  albuminous  fluid,  contained  in 
a  granular  membranous  sac  (the  blastodermic  membrane),  which  is  covered 
by  an  investing  membrane  called  the  vitelline  membrane  or  yelk-bag. 
The  impregnated  vitellus  is  retained  in  its  capsule  in  the  ovary  precisely 
as  the  ovum  of  the  mammifera  is  in  the  Graafian  vesicle.  The  whole 
ovary  in  this  case  has  a  clustered  appearance,  like  a  bunch  of  grapes,  each 
capsule  being  suspended  by  a  short  pedicle  of  indusium. 

"  In  those  ova  which  are  considerably  developed  before  impregnation, 
the  granular  blastodermic  membrane  is  observed  to  be  thicker,  and  the 
granules  more  aggregated  at  that  part  which  corresponds  to  the  pedicle, 
forming  a  slight  elevation  with  a  depression  in  its  centre,  like  the  cumulus 
in  the  proligerous  disc  of  a  Graafian  vesicle.  This  little  disc  is  the  blas- 
toderma,  germinal  membrane,  or  cicatricula;  in  the  central  depression 

Fig.  59. 


a.  Vitelline  membrane. 
6.  Blastoderma.  From  T. 
W.  Jones. 


just  mentioned  is  an  exceedingly  minute  vesicle,  first  noticed  by  Professor 
Purkinje  of  Breslau,  and  named  after  him :  in  more  correct  language  it  is 
the  germinal  vesicle. 

"  According  to  Wagner,  the  germinal  vesicle  is  not  surrounded  by  a 
disc  before  impregnation ;  and  it  is  only  after  this  process  that  the  above- 
mentioned  disc  of  granules  is  formed.  By  the  time  the  ovum  is  about 
to  quit  the  ovary  the  vesicle  itself  has  disappeared,  so  that  an  ovum  has 
never  been  found  in  the  oviduct  containing  a  germinal  vesicle,  nothing 
remaining  of  it  beyond  the  little  depression  in  the  cumulus  of  the  cica- 
tricula. 

"The  rupture  of  the  Purkinjean  or  germinal  vesicle  has  been  supposed 
by  Mr.  T.  W.  Jones  to  take  place  before  impregnation ;  but  the  observa- 
tions of  Professor  Valentin  seem  to  lead  to  the  inference  that  it  is  a  result 
of  that  process,  and  must  be  therefore  looked  upon  as  one  of  the  earliest 
changes  which  take  place  in  the  ovum  or  yelk-bag  upon  quitting  the 
ovary.* 

*  We  said,  "  one  of  the  earliest  changes."  Mr.  Jones  considers  that  "the  breaking 
up  of  the  surface  of  the  yelk  into  crystalline  forms,"  is  the  first  change  which  he  has 
observed. 


UTERO-GESTATION.  129 

''During  its  passing  through  the  oviduct  (what  in  mammalia  is  called  the 
fallopian  tube),  the  ovum  receives  a  thick  covering  of  albumen,  and  as  it 
descends  still  farther  along  the  canal  the  membrane  of  the  shell  is  formed. 

"  On  examining  the  appearance  of  the  ovum  in  mammiferous  animals, 
and  especially  the  human  ovum,  it  will  be  found  that  it  presents  a  form 
and  structure  very  analogous  to  the  ova  just  described,  more  especially 
those  of  birds.  It  is  a  minute  spherical  sac,  filled  with  an  albuminous 
fluid,  lined  with  its  blastodermic  or  germinal  membrane,  in  which  is  seated 
the  germinal  vesicle  or  vesicle  of  Purkinje.  When  the  ovum  has  quitted 
the  ovary  the  germinal  vesicle  disappears,  and  on  its  entering  the  fallopian 
tube  it  becomes  covered  with  a  gelatinous,  or  rather  albuminous  covering. 
This  was  inferred  by  Valentin,  who  considered  that  '  the  enormous  swell- 
ing of  the  ova,  and  their  passage  through  the  fallopian  tubes,'  tended  to 
prove  the  circumstance.  (Edin.  Med.  and  Surg.  Journ.  April,  183G.) 
It  has  since  been  demonstrated  by  Mr.  T.  W.  Jones  in  a  rabbit  seven 
days  after  impregnation.  The  vitellary  membrane  seems,  at  this  time,  to 
give  way,  leaving  the  vitellus  of  the  ovum  merely  covered  by  its  spherical 
blastoderma,  and  encased  by  the  layer  of  albuminous  matter  which  sur- 
rounds it. 

"  From  what  we  have  now  stated,  a  close  analogy  will  appear  between 
the  ova  of  the  mammalia  and  those  of  the  lower  classes,  more  especially 
birds,  which  from  their  size  afford  us  the  best  opportunities  of  investigat- 
ing this  difficult  subject. 

"In  birds,  the  covering  of  the  vitellus  is  called  yelk-bag;  whereas,  in 
mammalia  and  man  it  receives  the  name  of  vesicula  umbilicalis .  Its  albu- 
minous covering,  which  corresponds  to  the  white  and  membrane  of  the 
shell  in  birds,  is  called  chorion :  by  the  time  that  the  ovum  has  reached 
the  uterus,  this  outer  membrane  has  undergone  a  considerable  change ;  it 
becomes  covered  with  a  complete  down  of  little  absorbing  fibrillar,  which 
rapidly  increase  in  size  as  development  advances,  until  it  presents  that 
tufted  vascular  appearance,  which  we  have  already  mentioned  when  de- 
scribing this  membrane. 

"The  first  or  primitive  trace  of  the  embryo  is  in  the  cicatricula  or  ger- 
minal membrane,  which  contained  the  germinal  vesicle  before  its  disap- 
pearance. In  the  centre  of  this,  upon  its  upper  surface,  may  be  disco- 
vered a  small  dark  line:*  'this  line  or  primitive  trace  is  swollen  at  one 
extremity,  and  is  placed  in  the  direction  of  the  transverse  axis  of  the  egg.'' 

"As  development  advances,  the  cicatricula  expands.  'We  are  in- 
debted to  Pander,'!  says  Dr.  Allen  Thompson  in  his  admirable  essay 
above  quoted,  'for  the  important  discovery,  that  towards  the  twelfth  or 
fourteenth  hour,  in  the  hen's  egg  the  germinal  membrane  becomes  divided 
into  two  layers  of  granules,  the  serous  and  mucous  layers  of  the  cicatri- 
cula ;  and  that  the  rudimentary  trace  of  the  embryo,  which  has  at  this 
time  become  evident,  is  placed  in  the  substance  of  the  uppermost  or  se- 
rous layer.'  'According  to  this  observer,  and  according  to  Baer,  the  part 
of  this  layer  which  surrounds  the  primitive  trace  soon  becomes  thicker ; 

*  Allen  Thompson  on  the  Development  of  the  Vascular  System  in  the  Foetus  of  Ver- 
tebrated  Animals.     (  Edin.  New  Philosoph.  Joum.  Oct.  1830.) 

f  Pander,  Beitrage  rar  Entwickelungs-geschichte  des  Hunchens  im  Eie.  Wiirz- 
burg,  1817. 


130 


UTERO-GESTATION, 
Fig.  60. 


a.  Transparent  area. 

b.  Primitive  trace. 


and  on  examining  this  part  with  care,  towards  the  eighteenth  hour,  we 
observe  that  a  furrow  has  been  formed  in  it,  in  the  bottom  of  which  the 
primitive  trace  is  situated ;  about  the  twentieth  hour  this  furrow  is  con- 
verted into  a  canal  open  at  both  ends,  by  the  junction  of  its  margins  (the 
plicce  primitivce  of  Pander,  the  lamince  dorsales  of  Baer) :  the  canal  soon 
becomes  closed  at  the  cephalic  or  swollen  extremity  of  the  primitive  trace, 
at  which  part  it  is  of  a  pyriform  shape,  being  wider  here  than  at  any  other 

Fig.  61. 


^■cb 


a.  Transparent  area.  b.  Laminae  dorsales.  c.  Cephalic  end.  d.  Rudiments  of  dorsal 
vertebrae,  e.  Serous  layer.  /.  Lateral  portion  of  the  primitive  trace,  g.  Mucous  layer. 
h.  Vascular  layer,     k.  Laminae  dorsales  united  to  form  the  spinal  canal. 

part.  According  to  Baer  and  Serres,  some  time  after  the  canal  begins  to 
close,  a  semi-fluid  matter  is  deposited  in  it,  which  on  its  acquiring  greater 
consistence,  becomes  the  rudiment  of  the  spinal  cord ;  the  pyriform  ex- 
tremity or  head  is  soon  after  this  seen  to  be  partially  subdivided  into  three 
vesicles,  which  being  also  filled  with  a  semi-fluid  matter,  gives  rise  to  the 
rudimentary  state  of  the  encephalon.'  'As  the  formation  of  the  spinal 
canal  proceeds,  the  parts  of  the  serous  layer  which  surrounds  it,  espe- 
cially towards  the  head,  become  thicker  and  more  solid,  and  before  the 
twenty-fourth  hour  we  observe  on  each  side  of  this  canal  four  or  five  small 
round  opaque  bodies;  these  bodies  indicate  the  first  formation  of  the  dor- 
sal vertebrae. 

"  '  About  the  same  time,  or  from  the  twentieth  to  the  twenty-fourth  hour, 
the  inner  layer  of  the  germinal  membrane  undergoes  a  farther  division, 


UTERO-GESTATION.  1 31 


a.  Serous  layer. 

b,  c.  Vascular  layer. 

d.  Mucous  layer. 

e.  Heart. 


and  by  a  peculiar  change  is  converted  into  the  vascular  mucous  layers.' 
(A.  Thompson,  op.  cit.)  It  will  thus  be  seen,  that  the  germinal  mem- 
brane is  that  part  of  the  ovum  in  which  the  first  changes  produced  by  im- 
pregnation are  observed.  The  rudiments  of  the  osseous  and  nervous 
systems  are  formed  by  the  outer  or  serous  layers;  the  outer  covering  of 
the  foetus  or  integuments,  including  the  amnios,  are  also  furnished  by  it. 
1  The  layer  next  in  order  has  been  called  vascular,  because  in  it  the  deve- 
lopment of  the  principal  parts  of  the  vascular  system  appears  to  take  place. 
The  third,  called  the  mucous  layer,  situated  next  the  substance  of  the  yelk, 
is  generally  in  intimate  connexion  with  the  vascular  layer,  and  it  is  to  the 
changes  which  these  combined  layers  undergo,  that  the  intestinal,  the 
respiratory,  and  probably  also  the  glandular  systems,  owe  their  origin.' 
(A.  Thompson,  op.  cit.  p.  298.) 

"  The  embryo  is  therefore  formed  in  the  layers  of  the  germinal  mem- 
brane, and  becomes,  as  it  were,  spread  out  upon  the  surface  of  the  ovum: 
the  changes  which  the  ovum  of  mammalia  undergoes  appear,  from  actual 
observation,  to  be  precisely  analogous  to  those  in  the  inferior  animals. 
(Baer,  Prevost,  and  Dumas.)  From  the  primitive  trace,  which  was  at 
first  merely  a  line  crossing  the  cicatricula,  and  which  now  begins  rapidly 
to  exhibit  the  characters  of  the  spinal  column,  the  parietes  of  the  head 
and  trunk  gradually  approach  farther  and  farther  towards  the  anterior  sur- 
face of  the  abdomen  and  head  until  they  unite  ;  in  this  way  the  sides  of 
the  jaws  close  in  the  median  line  of  the  face,  occasionally  leaving  the 
union  incomplete,  and  thus  appearing  to  produce  in  some  cases  the  con- 
genital defects  of  hair-lip  and  cleft  palate.  In  some  way  the  ribs  meet  at 
the  sternum  ;  and  it  may  be  supposed  that  sometimes  this  bone  is  left  defi- 
cient, and  thus  may  become  one  of  the  causes  of  those  rare  cases  of  mal- 
formation, where  the  child  has  been  born  with  the  heart  external  to  the 
parietes  of  the  thorax.  In  like  manner  the  parietes  of  the  abdomen  and 
pelvis  close  in  the  linea  alba  and  symphysis  pubis,  occasionally  leaving 
the  integuments  of  the  navel  deficient,  or,  in  other  words,  producing  con- 
genital umbilical  hernia,  or  at  the  pubes  a  non-union  of  its  symphysis  with 
a  species  of  inversion  of  the  bladder,  the  anterior  wall  of  that  viscus  being 
nearly  or  entirely  wanting. 

"  The  cavity  of  the  abdomen  is  therefore  at  first  open  to  the  vesicula 
umbilicalis  or  yelk,  but  this  changes  as  the  abdominal  parietes  begin  to 
close  in  ;  in  man  and  the  mammalia  merely  a  part  of  it,  as  above  men- 
tioned, forms  the  intestinal  canal,  whereas,  in  oviparous  animals,  the  whole 
of  the  yelk-bag  enters  the  abdominal  cavity,  and  serves  for  an  early  nutri- 
ment to  the  young  animal.  Another  change  connected  with  the  serous 
or  outer  layer  of  the  germinal  membrane  is  the  formation  of  the  amnion 


132  UTERO-GESTATION. 

The  foetal  rudiment,  which  from  its  shape  has  been  called  carina,  now 
begins  to  be  enveloped  by  a  membrane  of  exceeding  tenuity,  forming  a 
double  covering  upon  it ;  the  one  which  immediately  invests  the  foetus  is 
considered  to  form  the  future  epidermis ;  the  other,  or  outer  fold,  forms  a 
loose  sac  around  it,  containing  the  liquor  amnii.  Whilst  these  changes 
are  taking  place  in  the  serous  layer  of  the  germinal  membrane,  and  whilst 
the  intestinal  canal,  &c,  are  forming  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  embryo, 
which  is  turned  towards  the  ovum,  by  means  of  the  inner  or  mucous 
layer,  equally  important  changes  are  now  observed  in  the  middle  or  vas- 
cular layer.  ( In  forming  this  fold,'  says  Dr.  A.  Thompson,  'the  mucous 
layer  is  reflected  farthest  inwards ;  the  serous  layer  advances  least,  and 
the  space  between  them,  occupied  by  the  vascular  layer,  is  filled  up  by  a 
dilated  part  of  this  layer,  the  rudiment  of  the  heart.'     (Op.  cit.  p.  301.) 


Fig.  63. 


b.  Is  a  portion  of  the  convexity  of  the  amnion,  upon  which  at  a.  is 
the  fundus  of  the  diminutive  human  allantois. 

c.  The  duct  of  the  vesicula  umbilicalis,  dividing  into  two  intestinal 
portions  ;  and  besides  this  duct  are  two  vessels  which  are  distributed 
upon  the  vesicula  umbilicalis  and  form  a  reticular  anastomosis  with 
each  other. — From  Baer. 


"  Whilst  this  rudimentary  trace  of  the  vascular  system  is  making  its 
appearance,  minute  vessels  are  seen  ramifying  over  the  vesicula  umbili- 
calis, forming,  according  to  Baer's  observations,  a  reticular  anastomosis, 
which  unites  into  two  vessels  the  vasa  omphalo-meseraica.  {British  and 
Foreign  Med.  Rev.  No.  1.)  These  maybe  demonstrated  with  great  ease 
in  the  chick  :  the  cicatricula  increases  in  extent ;  it  becomes  vascular,  and 
at  length  forms  a  heart-shaped  network  of  delicate  vessels,  which  unite 
into  two  trunks,  terminating  one  on  each  side  of  the  abdomen. 

"The  umbilical  vesicle  now  begins  to  separate  itself  more  and  more 
from  the  abdomen  of  the  foetus,  merely  a  duct  of  communication  passing 
to  that  portion  of  it  which  forms  the  intestinal  canal.  The  first  rudiment 
of  the  cord  will  be  found  at  this  separation ;  its  foetal  extremity  remains 
for  a  long  time  funnel-shaped,  containing,  besides  a  portion  of  intestine, 
the  duct  of  the  vesicula  umbilicalis,  the  vasa  omphalo-meseraica  (the 
future  vena  portse),  the  umbilical  vein  from  the  collected  venous  radicles 
of  the  chorion,  and  the  early  trace  of  the  umbilical  arteries.  These  last- 
named  vessels  ramify  on  a  delicate  membranous  sac  of  an  elongated  form, 
which  rises  from  the  inferior  or  caudal  extremity  of  the  embryo,  viz.,  the 
allantois  ;  whether  this  is  formed  by  a  portion  of  the  mucous  layer  of  the 
germinal  vesicle,  in  common  with  the  other  abdominal  viscera,  appears  to 
be  still  uncertain :  in  birds  this  may  be  very  easily  demonstrated  as  a 
vascular  vesicle  arising  from  the  extremity  of  the  intestinal  canal ;  and  in 
mammalia,  connected  with  the  bladder  by  means  of  a  canal  called  ura- 
cil us ;  from  its  sausage-like  shape,  it  has  received  the  name  of  allantois. 

u  The  existence  of  an  allantois  in  the  human  embryo  has  been  long 
inferred  from  the  presence  of  a  ligamentous  cord  extending  from  the 
fundus  of  the  bladder  to  the  umbilicus,  like  the  urachus  in  animals.  But 
from  the  extreme  delicacy  of  the  allantois,  and  from  its  function  ceasing 
at  a  very  early  period,  it  had  defied  all  research,  until  lately,  when  it  has 


UTERO-GESTATIOX.  133 

been  satisfactorily  demonstrated  in  the  human  embryo  by  Baer  and  Rathke. 
It  occupies  the  space  between  the  chorion  and  amnion,  and  gives  rise 
occasionally  to  a  collection  of  fluid  between  these  membranes,  familiarly 
known  by  the  name  of  the  liquor  amnii  spurius,  which,  strictly  speaking, 
is  the  liquor  allantoidis. 

"The  function  of  the  allantois  is  still  in  a  great  measure  unknown.  In 
animals  it  evidently  acts  as  a  species  of  receptaculum  urinae  during  the 
latter  periods  of  gestation  ;  but  it  is  very  doubtful  if  this  be  its  use  during 
the  earlier  periods.  It  does  not  seem  directly  connected  with  the  process 
of  nutrition,  which  at  this  time  is  proceeding  so  rapidly,  first  by  means 
of  the  albuminous  contents  of  the  vitellus,  or  vesicula  umbilicalis,  and 
afterwards  by  the  absorbing  radicles  of  the  chorion ;  but,  from  analogy 
with  the  structure  of  the  lower  classes  of  animals,  it  would  appear  that  it 
is  intended  to  produce  certain  changes  in  the  rudimentary  circulation  of 
the  embryo,  similar  to  those  which,  at  a  later  period  of  pregnancy,  are 
effected  by  means  of  the  placenta,  and  after  birth,  by  the  lungs,  constituting 
the  great  functions  of  respiration. 

"  In  many  of  the  lower  classes  of  animals,  respiration  (or  at  least  the 
functions  analogous  to  it)  is  performed  by  organs  situated  at  the  inferior 
or  caudal  extremity  of  the  animal :  thus,  for  instance,  certain  insect  tribes, 
as  in  hymenoptera,  or  insects  with  a  sting,  as  wasps,  bees,  &c. ;  in  diptera, 
or  insects  with  two  wings,  as  the  common  fly ;  and  also  the  spider  tribe, 
have  their  respiratory  organs  situated  in  the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen. 
In  some  of  the  Crustacea,  as,  for  instance,  the  shrimp,  the  organs  of  respi- 
ration lie  under  the  tail  between  the  fins,  and  floating  loosely  in  the  water. 
Again,  some  of  the  mollusca,  viz.,  the  cuttle-fish,  have  the  respiratory 
organs  in  the  abdomen.  We  also  know  that  many  animals,  during  the 
first  periods  of  their  lives,  respire  by  a  different  set  of  organs  to  what  they 
do  in  the  adult  state  ;  the  most  familiar  illustration  of  this  is  the  frog, 
which,  during  its  tadpole  state,  lives  entirely  in  the  water. 

"As  the  growth  of  the  embryo  advances,  other  organs,  whose  function 
is  as  temporary  as  that  of  the  allantois,  make  their  appearance  :  these  also 
correspond  to  the  respiratory  organs  of  a  lower  class  of  animals,  although 
higher  than  those  to  which  we  have  just  alluded, — we  mean  branchial 
processes  or  gills.  It  is  to  Professor  Rathke  {Acta  Natura  Curios. ,  vol. 
xiv.),  that  we  are  indebted  for  pointing  out  the  interesting  fact,  that 
several  transverse  slit-like  apertures  may  be  detected  on  each  side  of  the 
neck  of  the  embryo,  at  a  very  early  stage  of  development.  In  the  chick, 
in  which  he  first  observed  it,  it  takes  place  about  the  fourth  day  of  incu- 
bation :  at  this  period  the  neck  is  remarkably  thick,  and  contains  a  cavity 
which  communicates  inferiorly  with  the  oesophagus  and  stomach,  and 
opens  externally  on  each  side  by  means  of  the  above-mentioned  apertures, 
precisely  as  is  observed  in  fishes,  more  especially  the  shark  tribe  ;  these 
apertures  are  separated  from  each  other  by  lobular  septa,  of  exceedingly 
soft  and  delicate  structure.  Rathke  observed  the  same  structure  in  the 
embryo  of  the  pig  and  other  mammalia  ;  and  Baer  has  since  shown  it 
distinctly  in  the  human  embryo.  It  is  curious  to  see  how  the  vascular 
system  corresponds  to  the  grade  of  development  then  present:  the  heart 
is  single,  consisting  of  one  auricle  and  one  ventricle;  the  aorta  gives  off 
four  delicate,  but  perfectly  simple  branches,  two  of  which  go  to  the  right, 
and  two  to  the  left  side  ;  each  of  these  little  arteries  passes  to  one  of  the 

M 


UTERO-GESTATION. 


lobules  or  septa  at  the  side  of  the  neck,  which  correspond  to  gills,  and 
having  again  united  with  three  others,  close  to  what  is  the  first  rudiment 
of  the  vertebral  column,  they  form  a  single  trunk,  which  afterwards  be- 
comes the  abdominal  aorta.     In  a  short  time  these  slit-like  openings  begin 

Fig.  64. 


a.  Branchial  processes. 
b.  Vesicula  umbilica- 
lis.  c.Vitellus.  d.  Al- 
lantois.  e.  Amnion. 
From  Baer. 


to  close  ;  the  branchial  processes  or  septa  become  obliterated,  and  indis- 
tinguishable from  the  adjacent  parts  ;  the  heart  loses  the  form  of  a  single 
heart ;  a  crescentic  fold  begins  to  mark  the  future  division  into  two  ven- 
tricles, and  gradually  extends  until  the  septum  between  them  is  completed. 
It  is  also  continued  along  the  bulb  of  the  aorta,  dividing  it  into  two  trunks, 
the  aorta  proper  and  pulmonary  artery  ;  at  the  upper  part  the  division  is 
left  incomplete,  so  that  there  is  an  opening  from  one  vessel  to  the  other, 
which  forms  the  ductus  arteriosus.*  A  similar  process  takes  place  in  the 
auricles,  the  foramen  ovale  being  apparently  formed  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  ductus  arteriosus ;  these  changes  commence  in  the  human  embryo 
about  the  fourth  week,  and  are  completed  about  the  seventh. 

"At  first  the  body  of  the  embryo  has  a  more  elongated  form  than 
afterwards,  and  the  part  which  is  first  developed  is  the  trunk,  at  the  upper 
extremity  of  which  a  small  prominence,  less  thick  than  the  middle  part, 
and  separated  from  the  rest  of  the  body  by  an  indentation,  distinguishes 
the  head.  There  are  as  yet  no  traces  whatever  of  extremities,  or  of  any 
other  prominent  parts ;  it  is  straight,  or  nearly  so,  the  posterior  surface 
slightly  convex,  the  anterior  slightly  concave,  and  rests  with  its  inferior 
extremity  directly  upon  the  membranes,  or  by  means  of  an  extremely 
short  umbilical  cord. 

"  The  head  now  increases  considerably  in  proportion  to  the  rest  of  the 
body ;  so  much  so,  that  at  the  beginning  of  the  second  month,  it  equals 
nearly  half  the  size  of  the  whole  body  :  previous  to,  and  after  this  period, 
it  is  usually  smaller.  The  body  of  the  embryo  becomes  considerably 
curved,  both  at  its  upper  as  well  as  its  lower  extremity,  although  the  trunk 
itself  still  continues  straight.  The  head  joins  the  body  at  a  right  angle, 
so  that  the  part  of  it  which  corresponds  to  the  chin  is  fixed  directly  upon 
the  upper  part  of  the  breast ;  nor  can  any  traces  of  neck  be  discerned, 
until  nearly  the  end  of  the  second  month. 

"  The  inferior  extremity  of  the  vertical  column,  which  at  first  resembles 
the  rudiment  of  a  tail,  becomes  shorter  towards  the  middle  of  the  third 
month,  and  takes  a  curvature  forwards  under  the  rectum.     In  the  fifth 

*  In  making  these  observations  upon  the  formation  of  the  ductus  arteriosus,  we  must 
request  our  readers  to  consider  this  as  still  an  unsettled  question. 


UTERO-GESTATION. 


135 


week  the  extremities  become  visible,  the  upper  usually  somewhat  sooner 
than  the  lower,  in  the  form  of  small  blunt  prominences,— the  upper  close 
under  the  head,  the  lower  near  the  caudal  extremity  of  the  vertebral 
column.  Both  are  turned  somewhat  outwards,  on  account  of  the  size  of 
the  abdomen  ;  the  upper  are  usually  directed  somewhat  downwards,  the 
lower  ones  somewhat  upwards. 

"  The  vesicula  umbilicalis  may  still  be  distinguished  in  the  second 
month  as  a  small  vesicle,  not  larger  than  a  pea,  near  the  insertion  of  the 
cord,  at  the  navel,  and  external  to  the  amnion.  From  the  trunk,  which 
is  almost  entirely  occupied  by  the  abdominal  cavity,  arises  a  short,  thick 
umbilical  cord,  in  which  some  of  the  convolutions  of  the  intestines  may 
still  be  traced.    Besides  these,  it  usually  contains,  as  already  observed,  the 


Fig.  65. 


Diagram  of  the  fetus  and  membranes  about  the  fourth  week. 

a.  Vesicula  umbilicalis,  already  passing  into  the  ventricular 
and  rectum  intestine  at  g.  b.  Vena  and  arteria  omphalo-mese- 
raica.  c.  Allantois  springing  from  the  pelvis  with  the  umbilical 
arteries,    d.  Embryo,     e.  Amnion.    /.  Chorion.    From  Carus. 


two  umbilical  arteries  and  the  umbilical  vein,  the  urachus,  the  vasa  om- 
phalo-meseraica,  or  vein  and  artery  of  the  vesicula  umbilicalis,  and  per- 
haps, even  at  this  period,  the  duct  of  communication  between  the  intestinal 
canal  and  vesicula  umbilicalis,  the  foetal  extremity  of  which,  according  to 
Professor  Oken's  views,  forms  the  processus  vermiformis. 

"  The  hands  seem  to  be  fixed  to  the  shoulders  without  arms,  and  the 


Fig.  66. 


&£ 


Diagram  of  the  fetus  and  membranes  about  the  sixth  week. 

a.  Chorion,  b.  The  larger  absorbent  extremities,  the  site  of  the  placenta. 
c.  Allantois.  d.  Amnion,  e.  Urachus.  e.  Bladder.  /.  Vesicula  umbili- 
calis. g.  Communicating  canal  between  the  vesicula  umbilicalis  and  in- 
testine, h.  Venn  umbilicalis.  i,  i.  Arteries  umbilicales.  I.  Vena  omphalo- 
meseraica.  k.  Arteria  omphalo-meseraica.  n.  Heart,  o.  Rudiment  of 
superior  extremity,    p.  Rudiment  of  lower  extremity.     From  Carus. 


136  UTERO-GESTATION. 

feet  to  adhere  to  the  ossa  ilii ;  the  liver  seems  to  fill  the  whole  abdomen ; 
the  ossa  innominata,  the  ribs,  and  scapulse,  are  cartilaginous. 

"In  a  short  time  the  little  stump-like  prominences  of  the  extremities 
become  longer,  and  are  now  divided  into  two  parts,  the  superior  into  the 
hand  and  the  fore-arm,  the  inferior  into  the  foot  and  leg ;  in  one  or  two 
weeks  later,  the  arms  and  thighs  are  visible.  These  parts  of  the  extremi- 
ties which  are  formed  later  than  the  others,  are  at  first  smaller,  but  as  they 
are  gradually  developed  they  become  larger.  When  the  limbs  begin  to 
separate  into  an  upper  and  lower  part,  their  extremities  become  rounder 
and  broader,  and  divided  into  the  fingers  and  toes,  which  at  first  are  dis- 
proportionately thick,  and  until  the  end  of  the  third  month  are  connected 
by  a  membranous  substance  analogous  to  the  webbed  feet  of  water-birds ; 
this  membrane  gradually  disappears,  beginning  at  the  extremities  of  the 
fingers  and  toes,  and  continuing  the  division  up  to  their  insertion.  The 
external  parts  of  generation,  the  nose,  ears,  and  mouth,  appear  after  the 
development  of  the  extremities.  The  insertion  of  the  umbilical  cord 
changes  its  situation  to  a  certain  degree ;  instead  of  being  nearly  at  the 
inferior  extremity  of  the  foetus,  as  at  first,  it  is  now  situated  higher  up,  on 
the  anterior  surface  of  the  abdomen.  The  comparative  distance  between 
the  umbilicus  and  pubis  continues  to  increase,  not  only  to  the  full  period 
of  gestation,  when  it  occupies  the  middle  point  of  the  length  of  the  child's 
body,  as  pointed  out  by  Chaussier,  but  even  to  the  age  of  puberty,  from 
the  relative  size  of  the  liver  becoming  smaller. 

"  Though  the  head  appears  large  at  first,  and  for  a  long  time  continues 
so,  yet  its  contents  are  tardy  in  their  development,  and  until  the  sixth  month 
the  parietes  of  the  skull  are  in  great  measure  membranous  or  cartilaginous. 
Ossification  commences  in  the  base  of  the  cranium,  and  the  bones  under 
the  scalp  are  those  in  which  this  process  is  last  completed. 

"  The  contents  of  the  skull  are  at  first  gelatinous,  and  no  distinct  traces 
of  the  natural  structure  of  the  brain  can  be  identified  until  the  close  of 
the  second  month  ;  even  then  it  requires  to  have  been  some  time  previously 
immersed  in  alcohol  to  harden  its  texture.  There  are  many  parts  of  it 
not  properly  developed  until  the  seventh  month.  In  the  medulla  spinalis 
no  fibres  can  be  distinguished  until  the  fourth  month.  The  thalami  ner- 
vorem  opticorum,  the  corpora  striata,  and  tubercula  quadrigemina,  are 
seen  in  the  second  month  ;  in  the  third,  the  lateral  and  longitudinal  sinuses 
can  be  traced,  and  contain  blood.  In  the  fifth  we  can  distinguish  the 
corpus  callosum  ;  but  the  cerebral  mass  has  yet  acquired  very  little  solidity, 
for  until  the  sixth  month  it  is  almost  semi-fluid.  (Campbell's  System  of 
Midwifery.) 

"  About  the  end  of  the  third,  during  the  fourth,  and  the  beginning  of 
the  fifth  months,  the  mother  begins  to  be  sensible  of  the  movements  of 
the  foetus.  These  motions  are  felt  sooner  or  later,  according  to  the  bulk 
of  the  child,  the  size  and  shape,  of  the  pelvis,  and  the  quantity  of  fluid 
contained  in  the  amnion  ;  the  waters  being  in  larger  proportionate  quantity 
the  younger  the  foetus. 

"  The  secretion  of  bile,  like  that  of  the  fat,  seems  to  begin  towards  the 
middle  of  pregnancy,  and  tinges  the  meconium,  a  mucous  secretion  of  the 
intestinal  tube,  which  had  hitherto  been  colourless,  of  a  yellow  colour. 
Shortly  after  this  the  hair  begins  to  grow,  and  the  nails  are  formed  about 
the  sixth  or  seventh  month.     A  very  delicate  membrane  (membrana  pu- 


UTERO-GESTATIOX.  137 

pillaris),  by  which  the  pupil  has  been  hitherto  closed,  now  ruptures,  and 
the  pupil  becomes  visible.  The  kidneys,  which  at  first  were  composed 
of  numerous  glandular  lobules  (seventeen  or  eighteen  in  number),  now 
unite,  and  form  a  separate  vise  us  on  each  side  of  the  spine  ;  sometimes 
they  unite  into  one  large  mass,  an  intermediate  portion  extending  across 
the  spine,  forming  the  horse-shoe  kidney. 

"  Lastly,  the  testes,  which  at  first  were  placed  on  each  side  of  the  lum- 
bar vertebrae,  near  the  origin  of  the  spermatic  vessels,  now  descend  along 
the  iliac  vessels  towards  the  inguinal  rings,  directed  by  a  cellular  cord, 
which  Hunter  has  called  Gubernaculum  testis :  they  then  pass  through  the 
openings,  carrying  before  them  that  portion  of  the  peritoneum  which  is  to 
form  their  tunica  vaginalis. 

"  The  length  of  a  full-grown  foetus  is  generally  about  eighteen  or  nine- 
teen inches ;  its  weight  between  six  and  seven  pounds.  The  different 
parts  are  well  developed  and  rounded ;  the  body  is  generally  covered  with 
the  vernix  caseosa  ;*  the  nails  are  horny,  and  project  beyond  the  tips  of 
the  fingers,  which  is  not  the  case  with  the  toes ;  the  head  has  attained  its 
proper  size  and  hardness ;  the  ears  have  the  firmness  of  cartilage  ;  the 
scrotum  is  rugous,  not  peculiarly  red,  and  usually  containing  the  testes. 
In  female  children,  the  nymphae  are  generally  covered  entirely  by  the  labia, 
the  breasts  project,  and  in  both  sexes  frequently  contain  a  milky  fluid. 
As  soon  as  a  child  is  born,  which  has  been  carried  the  full  time,  it  usually 
cries  loudly,  opens  its  eyes,  and  moves  its  arms  and  legs  briskly ;  it  soon 
passes  urine  and  faeces,  and  greedily  takes  the  nipple.  (Naegele's 
Hebammenbuch.) 

"  Thus  then,  in  the  space  of  forty  weeks,  or  ten  lunar  months,  from 
an  inappreciable  point,  the  foetus  attains  a  medium  length  of  about 
eighteen  or  nineteen  inches,  and  a  medium  weight  of  between  six  and 
seven  pounds."] 

191.  It  was  formerly  asserted  that  the  position  of  the  child  in  utero 
during  the  early  months  was  sedentary,  facing  anteriorly ;  and  that  to- 
wards the  end  of  gestation,  owing  to  the  greater  weight  of  the  head,  and 
to  its  voluntary  efforts,  it  made  a  revolution,  so  as  to  present  with  the 
head.  This,  however,  is  not  the  case.  With  some  exceptions,  the  posi- 
tion of  the  child  is  unaltered  from  an  early  period  of  pregnancy  to  its  ter- 
mination, whether  the  head  be  upwards  or  downwards.  The  arms  are 
generally  folded  over  the  chest,  the  knees  drawn  up  to  the  abdomen,  the 
back  curved,  and  the  head  bent  upon  the  chest  so  as  to  occupy  as  little 
space  as  possible.  In  ordinary  cases,  the  face  and  anterior  surface  of  the 
child,  neither  look  forward  as  was  formerly  supposed,  nor  in  the  direction 
of  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  pelvis,  as  is  sometimes  stated,  but 
obliquely,  so  that  in  the  first  and  second  position  the  back  of  the  foetus  is 
turned  partly  forwards,  and  the  chest  in  the  third  and  fourth.  This  point 
having  been  established  by  observation,  we  are  enabled  in  many  cases  to 

*  The  vernix  caseosa  is  a  viscid  fatty  matter,  of  a  yellowish  white  colour,  adhering 
to  different  parts  of  the  child's  body,  and  in  some  cases  in  such  quantity  as  to  cover 
the  whole  surface ;  it  Beems  to  be  a  substance  intermediate  between  fibrine  and  fat, 
having  a  considerable  resemblance  to  Bpermaceti.  From  the  known  activity  of  the 
Sebaceous  glands  in  the  foetal  state,  and  from  the  smegma  being  found  in  the  greatest 
quantity  about  the  head,  arm-pits,  and  groins,  where  these  glands  are  most  abundant, 
there  is  every  reason  to  consider  it  as  the  secretion  of  the  sebaceous  glands  of  the  skin 
during  the  latter  months  of  pregnancy. 

M2 


138 


UTERO-GESTATION. 


ascertain  the  position  of  the  infant  before  labour  has  commenced,  by 
means  of  the  stethoscope,  according  as  the  pulsation  is  heard  at  one  side 
or  other  of  the  abdomen,  and  more  or  less  clearly. 


Fig.  67. 


192.  Various  causes  of  the  position  of  the  foetus  in  utero  have  been 
mentioned,  such  as  gravitation,  voluntary  movements,  &c.  Professor 
Simpson  has  entered  into  an  elaborate  investigation  of  the  subject,  and 
has  arrived  at  the  following  conclusions : — "  1.  The  usual  position  of  the 
foetus,  with  the  head  lowest  and  presenting  over  the  os  uteri,  is  not  as- 
sumed till  about  the  sixth  month  of  intra-uterine  life,  and  becomes  more 
frequent  and  more  certain  from  mat  time  onwards  to  the  full  term  of  utero- 
gestation.  2.  Both  the  assumption  and  maintenance  of  this  position  are 
vital  and  not  physical  acts,  for  they  are  found  dependent  on  the  existence 
and  continuance  of  vitality  in  the  child  ;  concurring  with  its  life,  but  being 
lost  by  its  death.  3.  In  human  physiology  we  do  not  know  or  recognize 
any  vital  power  or  action,  except  muscular  action,  capable  of  producing 
motions  calculated  to  alter  or  regulate  the  position,  either  of  the  whole 
body  or  of  any  of  its  parts ;  and  further,  the  motory  muscular  actions  of 
the  foetus  are  not  spontaneous  or  voluntary,  but  reflex  or  excito-motory  in 
their  nature,  causation,  and  effects.  4.  The  position  of  the  foetus  with 
the  head  placed  over  the  os  uteri,  is  that  position  in  which  the  physical 
shape  of  the  normal  and  fully-developed  foetus  is  best  adapted  to  the 
physical  shape  of  the  normal  and  fully-developed  cavity  of  the  uterus. 
5.  This  adaptive  position  of  the  contained  body  to  the  containing  cavity 
is  the  aggregate  result  of  reflex  or  excito-motory  movements  on  the  part 
of  the  foetus,  by  wThich  it  keeps  its  cutaneous  surface  withdrawn  as  far  as 
possible  from  the  causes  of  irritation  that  may  act  upon  it  as  excitants,  or 
that  happen  to  restrain  its  freedom  of  position  or  of  motion." 


UTERO-GESTATION. 


139 


193.  The  length  of  a  full-grown  foetus  is  from  18  to  22  or  24  inches. 
The  longitudinal  diameter  of  its  head  (12)  is  from  4    to  4  J-     " 
The  transverse    ..... 
The  occipito-mental  or  oblique  (3  l) 
The  cervico-bregmatic  (5  6)  . 
The  trachelo-bregmatic 
The  inter-auricular      .... 
The  fronto-mental  (7  8) 
The  transverse  diameter  of  the  shoulders 
The  transverse  diameter  of  the  hips 

Fig.  68. 


.     3Jto4 

cc 

5 

u 

.     4    to  4J 

« 

.     3Jto4 

it 

3 

a 

31 

a 

.    4|to5l 

(C 

.     4    to  5 

a 

In  general,  it  maybe  observed  that  all  the  measurements  are  less  in  female 
than  in  male  children.* 

The  weight  of  a  full-grown  child  at  birth  varies  in  the  same  and  in  dif- 
ferent sexes.  Rcederer  found  the  weight  in  Germany,  to  be  from  seven 
to  eight  pounds.  Dr.  Jno.  Clarke,  in  the  Lying-in  Hospital,  Dublin,  as- 
certained the  wTeight  of  the  majority,  to  be  about  seven  pounds,  but  that 
it  varied  from  four  to  eleven  pounds.  In  France,  the  average  weight  is 
less;  according  to  Camus,  it  is  six  pounds  and  a  quarter,  and  observations 
at  La  Maternite  have  confirmed  this  estimate.  In  Brussels,  it  is  six  pounds 
and  a  half;  but  in  Moscow,  nine  pounds  and  one  fifteenth.  Dr.  Beck 
states  that  the  average  weight  in  America  exceeds  seven  pounds. f 

194.  The  umbilicus  changes  its  relative  position  as  the  development  of 
the  foetus  proceeds,  until  at  birth,  it  is  near  the  middle  of  the  entire  length 

*  Dr.  Meigs  (Obstetrics ;  the  Science  and  the  Art,  p.  63)  makes  the  occipito-frontal 
diameter  four  inches  and  ten-twelfths  of  an  inch.  "  I  speak,"  he  remarks,  "  with  great 
confidence  as  to  the  above  estimate,  for  I  have  carefully  measured  and  recorded  the  size 
of  three  hundred  crania  of  mature  children  that  I  received  in  the  course  of  my  obstetric 
practice." 

The  bi-parietal  diameter,  being  the  mean  derived  from  the  measurement  of  one  hun- 
dred and  fifty  crania,  he  makes  three  inches  and  eleven-twelfths  of  an  inch. 

The  occipito-mental  diameter,  being  the  mean  derived  from  the  measurement  of  one 
hundred  and  twenty-six  crania,  he  makes  five  inches  and  a  half. — Editor. 

|  The  variations  in  weight  are  surprisingly  great  in  all  countries;  and  it  is  highly 
probable  that  the  average  in  this  respect,  if  it  could  be  correctly  ascertained,  would  not 
be  found  to  differ  in  different  countries  so  much  as  is  stated  above.  In  the  United 
States  it  is  not  customary  in  private  practice  either  to  measure  or  weigh  the  infant  at 
the  time  of  birth,  except  when  the  size  is  unusual;  hence  all  general  statements  of  the 
kind  are  derived  from  alms-houses  and  hospitals,  which  can  hardly  be  considered  to 
represent  fairly  what  obtains  among  the  mass  of  the  people.  —  Editor. 


140  UTERO-GESTATION. 

of  the  child.  According  to  Chaussier,  Bigeschi,  and  others,  this  relative 
position  of  the  umbilicus  is  a  test  of  its  maturity,  being  distant  from  the 
central  point  in  proportion  to  its  immaturity.  But  it  seems  doubtful 
whether  its  position  is  so  exactly  central  in  mature  children  as  these 
authors  state  ;  for  M.  Moreau  has  recently  measured  five  hundred  children, 
born  at  the  full  term  in  La  Maternite,  Paris,  and  of  this  number,  he  found 
only  four  in  whom  the  umbilicus  was  exactly  central.  In  the  remainder, 
the  point  of  insertion  of  the  funis  fell  on  an  average  from  eight  to  ten  lines 
below  the  middle.  In  a  few  children  born  about  the  sixth  or  eighth 
month,  the  umbilicus  was  central. 

195.  The  characteristics  of  the  maturity  and  perfection  of  a  child  at 
birth,  according  to  Fodere  and  Capuron  are,  its  ability  to  cry  as  soon  as 
it  reaches  the  atmospheric  air,  or  shortly  after ;  to  move  its  limbs  with 
facility  and  more  or  less  strength,  its  body  being  of  a  clear  red  colour ; 
the  mouth,  nostrils,  eyelids,  and  ears,  perfectly  open  ;  the  bones  of  the 
cranium  possessing  some  solidity,  and  the  edges  of  the  fontanelles  not  far 
apart ;  the  hair,  eyebrows,  and  nails,  perfectly  developed  ;  the  free  dis- 
charge of  the  meconium  a  few  hours  after  birth,  and  finally,  the  power  of 
swallowing  and  digesting,  indicated  by  its  seizing  the  nipple  or  finger 
placed  within  its  mouth. 

The  child  may  be  considered  immature,  when  its  length  and  volume 
are  much  less  than  those  of  an  infant  at  the  full  term ;  when  it  does  not 
move  its  limbs,  or  makes  only  feeble  motions ;  when  it  seems  unable  to 
suck,  and  has  to  be  fed  artificially  ;  when  its  skin  is  of  an  intense  red 
colour,  and  traversed  by  numerous  bluish  vessels ;  when  the  head  is 
covered  with  down,  and  the  nails  are  not  formed ;  when  the  bones  of  the 
head  are  soft,  and  the  fontanelles  widely  separated ;  the  eyelids,  mouth, 
and  nostrils  closed ;  when  it  sleeps  continually,  and  an  artificial  heat  is 
necessary  to  preserve  it ;  and  when  it  discharges  its  urine  and  meconium 
imperfectly. 

There  are  cases  on  record  of  children  prematurely  born  at  the  fifth  and 
sixth  month  of  gestation,  attaining  maturity;  but  ordinarily  we  do  not 
consider  a  child  ' viable*  until  about  the  seventh  month  of  utero-gestation. 

196.  The  proportion  of  the  sexes  in  Europe,  according  to  the  learned 
M.  Quetelet,  is  about  106  males  to  100  females,  nor  does  it  appear  that  in 
this  part  of  the  world,  climate  has  much  influence.  At  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  female  births  predominate  among  the  free  inhabitants,  and  the  op- 
posite among  the  slaves.  A  country  life  seems  to  favour  the  production 
of  male  progeny ;  and  the  relative  ages  of  husband  and  wife  exert  a  de- 
cided influence,  for  in  proportion  as  the  husband  is  younger  than  the  wife, 
girls  predominate,  and  within  certain  limits,  a  disproportion  the  other  way 
has  the  opposite  effects ;  or  as  Mr.  Sadler  has  expressed  it,  upon  a  mean 
number  of  births,  the  sex  of  the  child  is  that  of  the  parent  whose  age  is 
in  excess.* 

*  Dr.  G.  Emerson,  of  Philadelphia,  has  carefully  investigated  the  influences  operating 
to  change  the  number  of  births,  and  also  the  relative  proportion  of  the  sexes  at  birth; 
he  includes  them  under  two  heads  : — 

1st.  The  Seasons. — The  following  general  results  relative  to  this  point  were  obtained 
from  estimates  based  upon  65,542  births  in  Philadelphia.  The  greatest  number  of  con- 
ceptions occurred  during  the  winter  and  spring  months;  the  maximum  being  17,645  in 
the  spring  months.  The  smallest  number  occurred  in  the  summer  and  autumn  months, 
the  minimum  being  15,200  in  the  summer  quarter. 


UTERO-GESTATIOX.  141 

The  number  of  twin  cases  at  La  Maternity  was  444  in  37,441  cases,  or 
1  in  84  ;  in  the  Dublin  Lying-in  Hospital  2101  cases  in  134,908,  or  about 
1  in  64  ;  in  the  same  number  29  triplet  cases  occurred,  or  1  in  4652  ;  and 
one  case  of  quadruplets. 

The  mean  proportion  of  still-born  children  in  the  cities  of  Europe  is 
about  1  in  22  births:  the  extreme  variation  is  from  1  in  11  at  Strasburg, 
to  1  in  36  at  Stockholm. 

In  the  Lying-in  Hospital  in  this  city  from  its  establishment  in  1757  to 
1836  there  occurred  8021  still-born  children  in  134,908  cases,  or  about 
1  in  17. 

The  number  of  still-born  males  is  greater  than  that  of  females :  in  West 
Flanders  and  at  Berlin  in  the  proportion  of  14  to  10. 

197.  The  Physiology  of  Fcetal  life  is  simply  that  of  organic  nutri- 
tion ;  at  first  by  superficial  imbibition,  afterwards  probably  by  absorption 
by  the  villi  of  the  chorion,  and  ultimately  by  the  changes  made  in  or  addi- 
tions to  the  fetal  blood,  in  the  placenta. 

The  sources  of  nutriment  during  the  earliest  period  of  embryonic  life 
are  the  vitellus,  or  the  fluid  in  the  umbilical  vesicle,  and  possibly  the  gela- 
tinous matter  (tunica  media)  between  the  amnion  and  chorion.  After  the 
formation  of  the  amnion,  its  fluid  may  possibly  contribute  to  this  end.  Dr. 
Montgomery,  as  we  have  seen,  suggests  that  the  milky  fluid  contained  in 
the  decidual  cotyledons,  may  also  be  available  for  this  purpose. 

There  is  no  doubt  of  the  functions  of  the  placenta :  there  the  blood  of 
the  foetus  is  renovated  from  that  of  the  mother,  in  the  same  way  as  the 
blood  of  fishes  is  aerated  by  the  water  passing  through  the  gills. 

Whether  in  the  earlier  months  absorption  is  carried  on  by  the  surface 
alone,  or  whether,  as  Velpeau  suggests,  a  portion  of  the  liquor  amnii  finds 
its  way  into  the  stomach,  may  be  difficult  to  decide,  but  that  a  certain 
amount  of  digestion  is  carried  on,  is  impossible  to  doubt.* 

The  greatest  excess  of  male  conceptions  is  shown  to  be  in  the  winter  season,  when,  the 
total  being  17,184,  the  males  were  9,007,  and  the  females  8,177.  The  excess  of  male 
conceptions  for  the  other  three  quarters  or  seasons,  varies  but  little  from  the  minimum 
excess,  which  occurs  in  spring. 

2d.  The  plenty  or  deficiencies  of  food,  purity  or  impurity  of  the  air.  over-working,  and 
whatever  tends  to  exalt  or  to  impair  the  vital  energies  of  the  people.  In  many  parts 
of  Europe,  where  the  general  population  is  over-worked  and  under-fed,  the  excess  of 
male  births  is  very  small :  being  throughout  France  and  Prussia  under  6  per  cent.,  and 
in  England  about  5  per  cent.  In  Philadelphia,  where  the  general  condition  of  the 
population  is  very  favourable,  the  male  births  exceed  the  female  about  7  per  cent.  In 
the  rural  districts  of  the  United  States,  and  especially  in  the  newest  settlements,  the 
preponderance  of  boys  at  birth  is  believed  to  be  not  less  than  10  per  cent.  An  opposite 
result  is  found  when  fatal  epidemics  alarm  and  depress  the  public  mind.  Thus,  among 
the  children  born  in  Philadelphia,  whose  conception  occurred  during  the  prevalence  of 
the  cholera  in  1832,  there  was  a  preponderance  of  females.  The  same  result  was 
shown  in  the  births  which  took  place  in  Paris,  nine  months  after  the  cholera  prevailed 
there  in  1832.  The  births,  at  a  somewhat  later  period  after  the  visitation  of  the  epi- 
demic, exhibit  an  increase  in  the  amount  of  males,  inconsequence,  it  is  presumed,  of 
the  parents  being  endowed  with  vital  energies  above  the  average,  as  is  shown  by  their 
exemption  or  recovery  from  the  disease. — Transactions  of  the  American  Med.  Association, 
vol.  iii.  p.  93. — Editor. 

*  Since  it  has  been  ascertained  that  the  blood  of  the  mother  does  not  circulate  in  the 
vessels  of  the  foetus,  but  that  this  enjoys  a  sort  of  independent  existence,  the  subject  of 
foetal  nutrition  has  become  one  of  great  obscurity.  The  occurrence  of  well-authenti- 
cated cases  in  which  children  have  been  born  without  placenta,  funis,  mouth  or  anus, 
or  any  absolute  connexion  with  the  mother  whatever,  proves  that  they  may  be  nourished 
by  the  fluids  imbibed  or  absorbed  by  the  cutaneous  surface 


142  UTERO-GESTATION. 

198.  Before  describing  the  circulation  in  the  foetus,  there  are  certain 
anatomical  peculiarities  which  demand  our  notice  : — 1.  There  is  a  supple- 
mentary vein,  situated  at  the  thick  edge  of  the  liver,  and  leading  from  the 
umbilical  vein  to  the  vena  cava  ascendens,  called  the  ductus  venosus: 
2.  The  septum  between  the  auricles  is  imperfect,  having  in  its  centre  a 
valvular  oval  aperture  called  the  foramen  ovale:  3.  The  pulmonary  artery- 
soon  after  its  origin  gives  off  a  branch,  the  ductus  arteriosus,  which  enters 
the  aorta  just  below  its  arch.  The  general  effect  of  these  peculiarities  is 
to  render  the  heart  virtually  a  single  one,  to  provide  for  the  quiescent  state 
of  the  lungs,  and  to  modify  the  distribution  of  fresh  blood. 

Different  opinions  have  been  given  as  to  the  course  of  the  blood  in  the 
foetus :  I  shall  mention  only  two,  Sabatier's  and  Winslow's.  Sabatier's 
figure-of-8  circulation  is  thus  described  by  Dr.  Flood: — "  The  blood  of 
the  foetus  is  conveyed  from  the  placenta  by  the  umbilical  veins  to  the  liver, 
through  which  it  circulates,  and  then  passes  into  the  inferior  cava.  A 
portion  of  it,  however,  is  transmitted  in  a  comparatively  pure  state," 
through  the  ductus  venosus,  "which  opens  into  the  left  hepatic  vein,  and 
then  into  the  inferior  cava.  From  the  inferior  cava  the  blood  ascends 
into  the  right  auricle,  then  by  the  foramen  ovale  into  the  left  auricle,  left 
ventricle,  and  arch  of  the  aorta.  A  portion  of  the  blood  thus  carried  into 
the  aorta  descends  into  its  thoracic  part ;  the  rest,  after  circulating  through 
the  head  and  upper  extremities,  returns  by  the  superior  cava  to  the  right 
auricle,  and  passes  thence  into  the  right  ventricle  and  pulmonary  artery. 
A  small  part  of  this  blood  goes  to  the  lungs  by  right  and  left  branches ; 
but  the  rest,  conveyed  by  the  ductus  arteriosus,  joins  the  blood  that  we 
left  descending  through  the  thoracic  and  abdominal  aorta,  and  all  that  is 
not  employed  in  the  nutrition  of  the  body  and  lower  extremities,  is 
returned  by  the  hypogastric  arteries  to  the  placenta."  The  object  of  this 
theory  is  to  show  that  the  head  and  superior  extremities  receive  a  supply 
of  purer  blood,  which  they  are  supposed  to  need  for  their  development ; 
but  there  are  great  objections  in  the  way: — 1.  Even  supposing  the  pure 
blood  was  conveyed  in  the  manner  stated,  it  is  too  small  in  quantity  to 
answer  the  purpose,  being  only  one-fifth  of  the  whole :  2.  Supposing  it 
to  be  sufficient,  the  presumed  effects  are  not  produced,  the  intestines,  ribs, 
&c,  being  just  as  perfectly  formed  at  birth  as  the  brain  :  and  3.  No  such 
transmission  of  pure  blood  across  the  auricle,  through  the  foramen  ovale, 
can  take  place,  because  of  the  effects  of  gravity,  the  descending  current 
from  the  superior  cava,  and,  above  all,  because  of  the  active  contraction 
of  the  right  auricle.     We  must  therefore  adopt  Winslow's  explanation, 

A  distinguished  physiologist  observes  on  this  subject  that,  "  The  most  plausible  opinion 
he  can  form  on  this  intricate  subject  is,  that  the  mother  secretes  the  substances,  which 
are  placed  in  contact  with  the  foetus,  in  a  condition  best  adapted  for  its  nutrition ;  that 
in  this  state  they  are  received  into  the  system,  by  absorption,  as  the  chyle  or  the  lymph 
is  received  into  the  adult,  undergoing  modifications  in  their  passage  through  the  foetal 
placenta,  as  well  as  in  every  part  of  the  system  where  the  elements  of  the  blood  must 
escape  for  the  formation  of  the  various  tissues. 

"  With  regard  to  the  precise  nutritive  functions  executed  in  the  foetal  state,  and  first, 
as  concerns  digestion,  it  is  obvious  that  this  cannot  take  place  to  any  extent,  otherwise 
excrementitious  matter  would  have  been  thrown  out,  which  by  entering  the  liquor  amnii, 
would  be  fatal  to  its  important  functions,  and  probably  to  the  very  existence  of  the  foetus. 
Yet,  that  some  digestion  is  eifected,  is  manifest  from  the  presence  of  meconium  in  the 
intestines,  which  is  probably  the  excrementitious  matter  arising  from  the  digestion  of 
the  mucous  secretions  of  the  alimentary  canal." — Dunglison's  Human  Physiology,  4th 
edition,  vol.  ii.  p.  497.  —  Editor. 


UTERO-iiESTATION.  143 

which  assumes  that  the  heart  is  virtually  single  and  the  blood  mixed. 
According  to  him,  "The  blood  of  the  system  generally  passes  from  the 
superior  and  inferior  cava  into  the  right  auricle.  One  part  of  this  is  trans- 
mitted through  the  right  auricle.  One  part  of  this  is  transmitted  through 
the  right  ventricle  and  pulmonary  artery,  and  thence  (except  a  supply  for 
the  nourishment  of  the  lungs)  through  the  ductus  arteriosus  into  the  de- 
scending aorta;  a  second  and  larger  part,  passes  through  the  for 
ovale  into  the  left  auricle,  then  into  the  left  ventricle  and  arch  of  the  aorta, 
the  branches  of  which  supply  the  head  and  upper  extremities.  The  con- 
tinued stream  passes  into  the  descending  aorta,  mixing  with  that  already 
described ;  and  all  of  it  that  is  not  employed  in  the  nutrition  of  the  body 
and  lower  extremities,  is  reconveyed  by  the  umbilical  arteries  to  the 
placenta." 

199.  The  circulation  of  the  foetus  is  independent  of  that  of  the  mother, 
though  it  may  be  sympathetically  affected.  By  the  stethoscope  we  hear 
the  foetal  heart,  which  is  found  to  beat  from  120  to  150  times  a  minute  : 
at  the  same  time  I  must  say,  that  it  is  not  easy  to  reconcile  this  with  the 
fact  repeatedly  verified  by  myself,  that  the  pulsation  of  the  cord  when 
prolapsed,  or  when  felt  during  the  operation  of  turning,  is  much  slower. 
I  counted  these  pulsations  the  other  day,  and  they  amounted  to  80,  at  the 
time  when,  I  believe,  the  foetal  heart  had  been  heard  pulsating  as  usual. 

200.  After  birth  remarkable  changes  take  place.  From  the  painful 
impressions  on  the  surface  and  senses,  efforts  are  made  by  the  child,  which 
cause  inspiration  and  end  in  crying,  by  which  means  the  lungs  are  more 
or  less  inflated,  and  space  is  afforded  for  the  pulmonary  circulation,  which 
supersedes  the  use  of  the  foramen  ovale  and  ductus  arteriosus :  the  blood 
from  the  lower  extremities  cannot  pass  through  the  umbilical  arteries,  and 
does  pass  through  the  ascending  cava  into  the  right  auricle  and  ventricle 
and  thence  into  the  lungs,  where  it  undergoes  analogous  but  more  perfect 
changes,  to  those  effected  in  the  placenta,  and  is  distributed  to  the  body 
generally.  By  degrees,  the  foramen  ovale  closes,  and  the  ductus  arterio- 
sus, ductus  venosus,  and  umbilical  arteries  are  obliterated ;  the  adult  cir- 
culation is  then  established. 

Digestion  takes  place  on  the  reception  of  food,  the  liver  becomes  more 
active,  and  the  usual  excretions  of  the  kidneys  and  intestinal  canal  occur. 

Before  birth,  the  only  sense  in  exercise  was  that  of  touch,  but  imme- 
diately afterwards,  those  of  sight  and  hearing  are  called  into  activity,  and 
at  a  later  period  those  of  taste  and  smell.  A  considerable  time  elapses 
before  the  sensuous  impressions  are  correctly  appreciated,  yet  every  day- 
adds  its  quota  of  instruction,  and  hourly  experience  at  length  produces 
accuracy. 

The  brain,  which  was  perfectly  quiescent  during  gestation,  is  now  the 
focus  for  the  impressions  produced  upon  the  senses,  and  the  seat  of  such 
intellectual  operations  at  can  take  place  at  so  early  a  period,  and  the 
nervous  system  generally,  is  the  centre  to  which  all  organic  operations  are 
referable. 

201.  In  conclusion,  I  shall  briefly  notice  the  so-called  laws  of  develop- 
ment. 

The  first  of  these  is  the  law  of  unity  of  organization,  in  virtue  of  which 
"the  progressive  phases  of  the  embryo,  correspond  to  the  abiding  forms, 
which  are  preserved  in  the  total  organism  of  animated  nature  as  typical 
10 


144  UTERO-GESTATION. 

of  its  gradative  evolution ;  and  that  as  the  embryo  of  each  higher  animal 
passes  rapidly  through  the  forms  of  the  animals  inferior  to  it  in  order  to 
attain  its  maturity  and  specific  rank  of  being,  that  of  man  is  transitively 
the  compendium  of  all ;  not,  indeed,  without  a  difference,  since  in  each 
instance,  the  changing  form  of  the  embryo  bears  the  impress  of  the  transi- 
tional and  incomplete  character,  while  it  ever  preserves  the  promise  and 
prophecy  of  the  being  into  which  it  is  to  be  finally  evolved."  This  law 
of  transitive  development,  so  eloquently  described  by  Mr.  Green  in  the 
extract  I  have  quoted  from  his  Hunterian  oration,  has  been  established  by 
the  researches  of  Wolff,  Otto,  Meckel,  and  other  German  physiologists ; 
but  it  is  only  just  to  state  that  the  idea  was  familiar  to  our  great  natural 
philosopher  John  Hunter,  who  remarks,  "If  we  were  capable  of  following 
the  progress  of  increase  of  the  number  of  the  parts  of  the  most  perfect 
animal,  as  they  are  formed  in  succession,  from  the  very  first,  to  its  state 
of  full  perfection,  we  should  probably  be  able  to  compare  it  with  some 
one  of  the  incomplete  animals  themselves,  of  every  order  of  animals  in 
the  creation,  being  at  no  stage  different  from  some  of  those  inferior  orders  ; 
or,  in  other  words,  if  we  were  to  take  a  series  of  animals  from  the  more 
imperfect  to  the  perfect,  we  should  probably  find  an  imperfect  animal 
corresponding  with  some  stage  of  the  perfect." 

In  accordance  with  this  law,  we  find  the  foetal  nervous  system  at  the 
earliest  period  resembling  that  of  the  annelides,  then  that  of  the  inverte- 
brata,  and  afterwards  that  of  fishes,  reptiles,  birds,  &c.  The  same  may 
be  said  of  other  organs,  and  we  have  already  given  an  example  in  the 
case  of  the  uterus  (§  91). 

More  striking  illustrations  may  be  derived  from  certain  abnormal  devia- 
tions, of  which  Mr.  Green  remarks,  "and  it  did  not  escape  Hunter,  as  a 
consequence  of  the  same  law,  that  congenital  defects,  hitherto  compre- 
hended under  the  vague  designation  of  monstrosity,  are  to  be  explained 
by  the  development  of  the  embryo  being  interrupted  at  some  early  stage 
of  its  regular  evolution,  and  that  the  defective  form  which  is  the  result,  is 
analogous  to  the  form  and  structure  of  an  inferior  class." 

Thus  we  have  the  law  exhibited  in  the  successive  transitions  of  the 
foetus  until  its  arrival  at  its  perfect  state  ;  and,  if  possible,  more  strikingly 
illustrated  by  those  exceptions,  where  it  fails  to  attain  this  perfection.* 

*  One  of  the  most  remarkable  of  these  congenital  defects  is  the  "  spontaneous  am- 
putation of  the  foetal  limbs  in  utero,"  so  well  described  by  Dr.  Montgomery  of  Dublin. 
Since  the  publication  of  his  paper  in  the  year  1832  (Dublin  Journal  of  Medical  Science 
vol.  i.  p.  140),  the  subject  has  attracted  a  good  deal  of  attention  in  Europe,  and  also  in 
this  country,  and  several  very  interesting  cases  have  been  detailed :  in  some,  it  seems 
to  have  been  caused  by  the  umbilical  cord  encircling  the  limbs  and  acting  as  a  liga- 
ture ;  in  other  cases  the  origin  of  the  ligature  has  been  ascribed  by  Dr.  Montgomery  to 
organized  lymph.  Professor  Gurlt,  of  the  Royal  School  of  Medicine  at  Berlin,  in  a 
paper  published  by  him  in  1833,  regards,  "  these  threads  as  prolongations  of  the  egg 
membrane  from  which  the  foetus  grows,  whether  this  skin  (or  membrane)  be  taken  as 
the  navel  bladder  or  the  amnion,"  and  "  objects  to  their  being  considered  as  formed  by 
organized  lymph,"  as  supposed  by  Dr.  Montgomery.  "  The  prolongations  of  the 
membrane,"  Gurlt  thinks,  "are  afterwards,  by  the  constant  motions  of  the  foetus, 
twisted  into  slight  but  firm  cords,  or  threads,  which  may  involve  different  portions  of 
the  foetal  limbs,  (as  we  sometimes  find  the  umbilical  cord  several  times  round  the  neck, 
or  other  parts  of  the  child's  body,)  so  as  to  stricture  them,  and  cause  their  separation; 
in  this  way  he  explains  the  presence  of  the  ligatures  concerned  in  the  production  of 
spontaneous  amputation." 

For  further  information  on  this  curious  subject  the  reader  is  referred  to  Dr.  Mont- 
gomery's essay,  contained  in  his  invaluable  work  on  the  "Signs  and  Symptoms  of 
Pregnancy."  —  Editor. 


SIGNS   OF   PEBGNANCY.  145 

202.  The  other  law  I  shall  notice  has  also  received  its  most  im] 
sive  elucidation  from  certain  exceptions:  it  is  called  the  law  of  sy 
conjugation,  or  affinity,  founded  upon  the  general  observi 
formations  proceed  from  the  circumi  i  the  centre.     Accordi 

M.  Serres,  the  bodj  generally,  and  each  organ,  whether  single  or  double 
at  birth,  is  originally  divisible  into  two  parts,  that  each  half  grows  to  v. 
the  mesial  line,  where  it  meets  its  opposite  and  is  joined  to  it,  as  we 
in  the  case  of  the  dorsal  and  ventral  laminae.     If  the  law  of  pn 
be  equally  observed  by  both  halves,  the  organ  resulting  from  their  union 
will  be  perfect ;  if  the  growth  be  unequal,  deficient,  or  excessive,  the  re- 
sult will  be  deformity  by  defect  or  excess.     Again,  connected  with  this 
law  of  symmetry,  and  perhaps  causing  its  deviations,  is  the  fact  tha 
velopment  of  each  part  of  the  body  is  to  a  certain  extent  dependent  upon 
its  vascular  supply  ;  if  this  be  deficient  or  in  excess,  so  most  probably 
will  be  the  other. 

203.  We  are  now  able  to  classify  to  a  certain  extent  the  deviations 
from  the  normal  formation  of  the  foetus,  viz.  into  those  whose  deformity 
results  from  an  arrest  of  the  transitive  development,  those  arising  from 
irregularity  of  symmetrical  growth,  and  those  dependent  upon  vascular 
irregularities.  Others  still  remain,  however,  the  larger  class  probably 
depending  upon  diseased  action  in  the  organs  or  structures  of  the  foetus 
or  of  its  dependencies,  and  some  which  it  is  very  difficult  to  explain  at 
present. 


CHAPTER  V. 

SIGNS   OF   PREGNANCY. 


204.  Having  now  described  minutely  the  process  of  utero-gestation, 
let  us  examine  the  signs  and  symptoms  to  which  it  gives  rise,  and  by 
which  it  may  be  detected.  I  need  say  but  little  as  to  the  importance  of 
such  an  inquiry,  or  of  the  responsibility  which  is  incurred  by  a  physician, 
when  his  opinion  is  demanded.  The  honour,  and  therefore  the  happiness 
of  a  female,  may  depend  upon  his  decision,  the  peace  of  families  may 
rest  upon  it,  and  the  inheritance  of  property  be  controlled  by  it.  The 
limits  of  this  work  oblige  me  to  treat  the  question  rather  as  a  physiological 
than  a  medico-legal  one  ;  but  although  much  is  omitted  which  might  be 
available  in  the  latter  point  of  view,  all  that  is  adduced  applies  equally  to 
both.  In  all  such  cases,  the  reader  is  to  remember  that  he  may  not  merely 
be  requested  to  investigate  a  case  of  doubtful  pregnancy  where  no  shame 
is  evolved,  but  that  he  may  be  consulted  in  cases  where  pregnancy  is 
concealed  by  unmarried  women,  or  by  married  women  under  certain  cir- 
cumstances, to  avoid  disgrace  ;  and  on  the  other  hand,  where  it  is  pre- 
tended in  order  to  secure  an  inheritance,  to  extort  money,  or  to  delay 
punishment.  In  considering  each  "sirrn"  I  shall  endeavour  to  state  its 
value  as  evidence,  ^<  well  as  to  describe  its  characters  as  a  symptom. 

205.  The  signs  of  pregnancy  have  been  variously  classified,  and  no 
doubt  in  a  formal  treatise  a  scientific  classification  is  necessary  ;  but  in  a 

N 


146  SIGNS    OF    PREGNANCY. 

brief  summary  like  the  present,  it  appears  to  me  that  it  will  be  more  use- 
ful to  take  them  rather  in  the  order  of  time  in  which  they  are  developed, 
by  which  means  the  student  will  find  grouped  together,  the  early  evidences 
of  pregnancy,  and  again,  those  indicative  of  more  advanced  gestation. 

206.  The  general  condition  of  a  pregnant  woman  is  plethoric,  the  pulse 
is  quicker  and  fuller,  the  quantity  of  circulating  fluid  is  said  to  be  aug- 
mented, and  its  quality  altered  by  the  increase  of  fibrine,  judging  from 
the  prevalence  of  the  buffy  coat  in  blood  taken  under  such  circumstances. 

Well-marked  sympathies  are  excited  in  distant  organs  which  often 
amount  to  distressing  irritation,  and  the  nervous  system  may  suffer  both 
primarily  and  secondarily.  Variations  in  temper  and  disposition  are  of 
frequent  occurrence,  as  well  as  caprices  of  taste.  The  chylopoietic  viscera 
are  often  deranged,  and  the  secretion  from  the  kidneys  altered.  The 
skin  may  change  its  colour,  and  become  sallow  or  discoloured  in  patches, 
though  in  some  cases  it  becomes  more  florid,  with  occasional  eruptions 
on  the  face.  Some  women  become  fat  during  pregnancy,  others  lose 
flesh. 

But  in  some  particulars,  the  deviations  from  the  ordinary  state  are  more 
remarkable,  and  constitute  the  special  signs  upon  which  our  diagnosis 
must  be  grounded ;  these  we  shall  now  notice,  previously  remarking  that 
the  diagnosis  of  early  pregnancy  is  no  easy  task,  but  one  which  requires 
the  greatest  care  and  discrimination. 

207.  Cessation  of  menstruation.  —  One  of  the  first  circumstances 
which  leads  a  female  to  suspect  that  she  is  pregnant,  is  the  non-appear- 
ance of  the  catamenia  at  the  proper  time,  and  if  at  the  second  period  they 
are  still  absent,  it  is  deemed  conclusive,  or  nearly  so. 

No  doubt  this  is  one  of  the  most  unvarying,  as  it  is  one  of  the  earliest 
results  of  pregnancy.  But,  strictly  speaking,  it  is  not  conclusive,  inas- 
much as  the  discharge  may  recur  for  some  months  after  conception,  or 
even  monthly  during  the  whole  period  of  utero-gestation.  Such  cases 
have  been  recorded  by  Maureceau,  Puzos,  Desormeaux,  Johnson,  Frank, 
Dewees,  Kennedy,  Montgomery,  &c,  and  several  such  have  occurred  to 
myself.* 

Again,  conception  may  take  place  previous  to  menstruation,  or  imme- 
diately after  ceasing  to  give  suck,  before  it  has  had  time  to  occur.  Nay, 
some  cases  are  on  record  where  women  menstruated  only  during  gesta- 
tion. 

Lastly,  the  catamenia  may  be  arrested  by  disease  of  various  kinds,  and 
it  is  even  possible  for  pregnancy  to  occur  in  such  cases. 

If  then,  menstruation  may  be  suspended  by  other  causes  on  the  one 
hand,  and  may  continue,  notwithstanding  pregnancy,  on  the  other  hand, 
it  is  evident,  that  by  itself,  the  cessation  of  menstruation  is  not  a  proof  of 
conception,  although  it  is  of  considerable  value  (inversely  as  to  the  fre- 

*  Dr.  Meurer  has  recorded  a  remarkable  instance  of  menstruation  during  pregnancy 
in  a  woman,  setat.  27,  who  was  pregnant  for  the  fourth  time  when  he  wrote.  "She 
always  has  had  her  menses  regularly  during  pregnancy,  and  only  during  that  time. 
They  come  on  without  any  illness ;  and  she  has  always  borne  healthy  children,  at  the 
full  period.  While  unmarried,  and  except  during  pregnancy,  she  never  menstruated, 
but  she  was  never  unwell  from  it.  Her  general  appearance  is  rather  masculine ;  it 
appears,  therefore,  that  in  her,  as  in  all  viragos,  the  sexual  functions  require  a  powerful 
excitant,  such  as  pregnancy,  to  cause  them  to  be  energetically  performed."  —  London 
Medical  Gazette,  Nov.  1840,  from  Med.  Correspondenzblatt,  Bd.  9,  No.  81.  —  Editor. 


SIGNS   OF   PREGNANCY.  1^7 

quency  of  the  exceptions)  as  evidence,  especially  combined  with  other 
sio-ns.  I  may  add  that  in  cases  of  concealed  pregnancy,  the  woman 
sometimes  stains  her  linen  with  blood,  in  order  to  simulate  this  discharge. 

208.  Morning  Sickness.— The  intimate  sympathy  between  the  uterus 
and  stomach,  is  shown  by  the  irritability  of  the  latter  soon  after  edi- 
tion. Most  women  suffer  more  or  less  from  nausea  and  vomiting,  espe- 
cially on  rising  in  the  morning;  hence  it  is  termed  "the  morning  sick- 
ness." The  irritability  may  commence  immediately  after  conception,  as 
in  two  cases  mentioned  by  Dr.  Montgomery;  but  more  generally  it  sets 
in  about  the  fifth  or  sixth  week,  and  ceases  soon  after  the  third  month. 
The  daily  attack  lasts  but  a  short  time,  from  ten  minutes  to  an  hour,  after 
which  the  patient  completely  recovers,  and  is  able  to  take  food. 

As  an  evidence  of  pregnancy,  its  recurrence  at  the  regular  time  and  in 
the  usual  manner,  is  of  great  value  when  combined  with  other  symptoms, 
but  the  exceptions  and  irregularities  are  sufficiently  frequent  to  render  it 
more  doubtful  if  taken  alone ;  for  it  may  be  altogether  absent,  and  yet 
the  patient  be  pregnant,  or  if  present,  it  may  occur  at  unusual  times,  or 
with  extraordinary  violence  :  with  some  women  it  occurs  during  the  night 
only,  with  others  it  lasts  during  the  entire  day,  and  may  continue  through- 
out'the  period  of  gestation.  On  the  other  hand,  it  maybe  present  as 
morning  sickness,  from  various  causes,  and  yet  the  patient  not  be  preg- 
nant. 

Dr.  Ramsbotham  remarks,  that  when  vomiting  "  is  entirely  absent, 
utero-gestation  does  not  proceed  with  its  usual  regularity  and  activity ;" 
and  so  far  my  experience  agrees  with  his,  that  irregularities  in  this  parti- 
cular are  frequently  followed  by  deviations  in  the  other  symptoms  of 
pregnancy.* 

209.  Salivation.— The  irritation  caused  by  pregnancy  may  affect  the 
salivary  glands,  and  induce  salivation,  although  it  is  not  of  very  frequent 
occurrence.  It  is  enumerated  by  Hippocrates  and  the  earlier  writers  as 
one  of  the  signs  of  pregnancy ;  but  recent  authorities  consider  it  of  less 
value.  Cases,  however,  are  mentioned  by  Dewees,  Montgomery,  and 
others.  Several  such  have  occurred  to  myself,  in  which  it  commenced 
at  an  early  period,  was  very  profuse,  but  unaccompanied  by  swelling  or 
tenderness,  and  ceased  spontaneously,  in  one  case,  about  the  fourth 
month,  in  another  about  the  fifth,  and  in  a  third  about  the  eighth.  As 
Dr.  Montgomery  has  observed,  it  is  "easily  distinguished  from  the 
ptyalism  induced  by  mercury,  by  the  absence  of  sponginess  and  soreness 
of  the  gums,  and  'of  the  peculiar  feet  or,  and  by  the  presence  of  preg- 
nancy." 

210.  Mammary  Sympathies.— About  two  months  after  conception,  the 
attention  of  the  female  is  attracted  to  the  state  of  the  breasts.  She  feels 
an  uneasy  sensation  of  fulness,  with  throbbing  and  tingling  pains  in  their 
substance  and  at  the  nipples.     They  increase  in  size  and  firmness,  and 

*  "This  remark  does  not  entirely  correspond  with  my  experience,"  remarks  Dr. 
Bfoston  in  a  note  to  a  former  edition.     "  I  have  known  many  women  proceed  rej 
through  their  pregnancy,  ana  be  Bafely  delivered  of  healthy  children,  without  j  speri- 
encinl  the  leasl  degree  of  mornin  But  where  a  woman  labouring  under  this 

disturbance  is  Buddenly  relieved,  before  the  usual  time  for  its  cessation,  there  is  reason 
to  apprehend  some  mischief  to  the  ovum,  the  more  especially  if  she  has  been  e: 
to  any  mental  or  other  cause  capable  of  strongly  impressing  the  nervous  or  vascular 
system."  —  Editor. 


148  SIGNS    OF    PREGNANCY. 

have  a  peculiar  knotty  glandular  feel ;  the  areola  darkens,  and  after  some 
time,  a  milky  fluid  is  secreted. 

But  it  must  be  recollected  that  the  breasts  may  enlarge  from  other 
causes ;  this  happens  with  some  women  at  each  menstrual  period,  when 
the  catamenia  are  suspended,  or  after  they  cease  ;  and  at  such  time  a 
milky  fluid  may  be  secreted.  Distension  of  the  uterus  from  hydatids  or 
other  causes,  is  accompanied  by  a  change  in  the  breasts.  On  the  other 
hand  Gardien  and  Mahon  have  remarked,  that  when  menstruation  takes 
place  during  the  early  months  of  gestation  the  swelling  and  pain  of  the 
breasts  are  absent,  and  Dr.  Montgomery  mentions  a  case  in  which  no  al- 
teration took  place  until  after  delivery,  in  consequence  of  the  delicate  state 
of  the  patient's  health. 

In  the  virgin  state  the  colour  of  the  nipple  and  areola  differs  compara- 
tively little  from  that  of  the  surrounding  skin ;  it  is  generally  a  few  shades 
darker,  but  sometimes  scarcely  that. 

But  after  conception  a  great  change  is  observed  in  most  women,  though 
less  marked  in  those  of  very  light  complexions.  The  first  alteration  per- 
ceptible is  "  a  soft  and  moist  state  of  the  integument,  which  appears  raised 
and  in  a  state  of  turgescence,  giving  one  the  idea,  that  if  touched  by  the 
point  of  the  finger,  it  would  be  found  emphysematous;  this  state  appears, 
however,  to  be  caused  by  infiltration  of  the  subjacent  cellular  tissue,  which, 
together  with  its  altered  colour,  gives  us  the  idea  of  a  part  in  which  there 
is  going  forward  a  greater  degree  of  vital  action  than  is  in  operation  around 
it,  and  we  not  unfrequently  find  that  the  little  glandular  follicles  or  tuber- 
cles, as  they  are  called  by  Morgagni,  are  bedewed  with  a  secretion  suffi- 
cient to  damp  and  colour  the  woman's  inner  dress."  The  above  is  an 
extract  from  Dr.  Montgomery's  work,  to  which,  and  the  plates  accompa- 
nying it,  I  beg  to  refer  the  reader.  This  first  change  in  the  areola  takes 
place  at  an  early  period  ;  Dr.  Montgomery  states  that  he  has  recognised 
it  at  the  end  of  the  second  month.  "  During  the  progress  of  the  next 
two  months,  the  changes  in  the  areola  are  in  general  perfected,  or  nearly 
so  ;  and  then  it  presents  the  following  characters;  a  circle  round  the  nipple, 

Fig.  69. 


whose  colour  varies  in  intensity  according  to  the  particular  complexion  ot 
the  individual,  being  usually  much  darker  in  persons  with  black  hair,  dark 
eyes,  and  sallow  skin,  than  in  those  of  fair  hair,  light-coloured  eyes,  and 


SIGNS    OF    PREGNANCY.  149 

delicate  complexion.  The  extent  of  the  circle  varies  in  diameter  from  an 
inch  to  an  inch  and  a  half,  and  increases  in  most  persons  as  pregnancy 
advances,  as  does  also  the  depth  of  the  colour."  "  In  the  centre  of  the 
coloured  circle,  the  nipple  is  observed  partaking  of  the  altered  colour  of 
the  part,  and  appearing  turgid  and  prominent,  while  the  surface  of  the  are- 
ola, especially  that  part  of  it  which  lies  more  immediately  around  the  base 
of  the  nipple,  is  studded  over  and  rendered  unequal  by  the  prominence  of 
the  glandular  follicles,  which,  varying  in  number  from  twelve  to  twenty, 
project  from  the  sixteenth  to  the  eighth  of  an  inch  ;  and  lastly,  the  integu- 
ment covering  the  part  appears  turgescent,  softer,  and  more  moist,  than 
that  which  surrounds  it,  while  on  both  there  are  to  be  observed  at  this 
period,  especially  in  women  of  dark  hair  and  eyes,  numerous  round  spots 
or  small  mottled  patches  of  a  whitish  colour,  scattered  over  the  outer  part 
of  the  areola,  and  for  about  an  inch  or  more  all  around  presenting  an  ap- 
pearance as  if  the  colour  had  been  discharged  by  a  shower  of  drops  falling 
on  the  part."  Dr.  Montgomery  fixes  the  time  of  this  peculiar  appearance 
at  about  the  fifth  month,  at  which  time  the  breasts  have  become  full  and 
firm  with  large  veins  ramifying  on  their  surface.  After  the  sixth  month,  a 
number  of  silvery  streaks  like  cracks  may  be  observed,  the  result  of  over- 
distension. 

To  these  wrell-marked  changes  in  the  areola  and  nipple  there  are  many 
exceptions  ;  the  colour,  winch  is  in  general  the  most  prominent  alteration, 
may  not  deepen  so  decidedly  ;  and  many  cases  of  women  of  light  com- 
plexions occur,  in  whom  it  scarcely  differs  from  the  surrounding  skin. 
Besides,  as  Dr.  Ingleby  has  well  remarked,  "  when  the  colour  of  the  in- 
tegument around  the  nipple  has  been  once  modified  by  pregnancy  and 
nursing,  it  is  no  longer,  I  think,  a  conclusive  criterion."  Again,  in  other 
cases  the  sebaceous  glands  are  but  slightly  developed  ;  but  I  have  almost 
invariably  observed  the  pufTy  state  of  the  areola  in  first  pregnancies.  If 
the  foetus  die,  the  changes  are  arrested  and  gradually  decline. 

On  the  other  hand,  something  resembling  the  deepened  colour  of  the 
areola,  as  well  as  enlargement  of  the  mammary  gland,  is  said  to  be  pre- 
sent, when  the  uterus  is  distended  from  other  causes ;  and  I  have  repeat- 
edly seen  the  follicles  developed  in  patients  neither  pregnant  nor  nursing. 
Upon  the  whole,  however,  the  changes  in  the  breast  and  nipples  are  cer- 
tainly the  most  unequivocal  of  all  the  early  signs  of  pregnancy. 

211.  Milk  in  the  breasts,  although  a  popular  evidence,  much  relied 
upon,  can  scarcely  be  considered  of  any  value  at  all.  It  is  true,  we  do 
often  find  it  at  an  early  period,  and  generally  at  a  later;  yet  it  occurs  so 
frequently  without  pregnancy,  that  no  certain  conclusions  can  be  drawn 
from  it.  For  instance,  Baudelocque  mentions  the  case  of  a  girl  of  eight 
years  old,  who  milked  her  breasts  in  the  presence  of  the  Royal  Academj 
of  Surgery,  October  16th,  1783,  and  Belloc  another ;  in  both,  the  secre- 
tion was  apparently  the  result  of  the  application  of  a  child  to  the  breasts. 
A  similar  case,  but  in  a  woman,  is  related  by  Mr.  Semple  in  the  North  of 
England  Med.  and  Surg.  Journal,  vol.  i.  p.  -.230.  Milk  is  also  occasion- 
ally secreted  at  each  return  of  the  catamenia,  and  may  remain  very  long 
after  weaning.  Fodere*  mentions  that  he  has  frequently  known  it  secreted 
at  the  final  cessation  of  menstruation.* 

me  vers  remarkable  cases  of  mammary  secretions,  both  in  the  male  and  unim- 
pregnated  female,  are  oited  in  Dunglison's  Human  Physiology.  —  Editor. 

n2 


150  SIGNS    OF    PREGNANCY. 

212.  From  what  has  preceded,  the  student  will  have  gathered  that  the 
diagnosis  of  pregnancy  in  the  early  months  must  be  more  or  less  doubtful. 
No  single  sign  can  be  relied  on  as  conclusive ;  it  is  only  when  two  or 
three  are  present,  and  occur  in  proper  sequence,  that  we  can  feel  certain. 
For  example:  if  a  patient  miss  one  or  two  periods,  we  may  have  grounds 
for  suspicion,  and  these  will  be  strengthened  if  morning  sickness  occur  in 
the  second  month ;  but  if  to  these  be  added  enlargement  of  the  breasts 
and  darkening  of  the  areola,  the  case  will  be  pretty  certain.*  In  many 
cases,  too,  we  may  derive  assistance  from  the  character  and  circumstances 
of  our  patient.  It  is  not,  however,  until  the  latter  half  of  gestation  tha 
we  obtain  positive  evidence,  which  can  neither  be  simulated  nor  evaded. 
This  we  shall  now  consider. 

213.  Enlargement  of  the  abdomen. — The  gradual  distension  of  the 
uterus  has  already  been  described  (§  157)  as  tolerably  equable,  enabling 
us  to  estimate  the  period  of  pregnancy  by  the  height  to  which  it  has  at- 
tained in  the  abdomen.  During  the  early  months,  although  it  be  not 
perceptible  above  the  pubis,  yet  the  abdomen  increases  by  degrees,  owing 
to  the  intestines  being  pushed  up  from  the  pelvis.  This  enlargement, 
however,  is  variable,  owing  to  the  distension  of  the  intestines  by  gas  or 
faecal  accumulation.  In  some  cases,  the  abdomen  even  becomes  flatter 
at  first,  from  the  sinking  of  the  uterus  in  the  pelvis ;  but  it  soon  increases 
again,  and  by  the  end  of  the  third  month  it  is  visibly  but  equally  enlarged. 
During  the  fourth  month,  the  womb  ascends  above  the  symphysis  pubis, 
and  may  be  felt  as  a  rounded  tumour,  which  goes  on  augmenting  till  it 
occupies  the  whole  abdomen.  When  it  reaches  the  umbilicus,  it  pushes 
it  forward,  so  that  in  the  sixth  and  seventh  months,  it  is  more  level  with 
the  surrounding  skin,  and  afterwards  it  projects  beyond  it  in  most  women. 

The  feel  of  the  abdomen  distended  by  the  uterus  is  very  different  from 
the  impression  it  gives  when  the  distension  is  caused  by  fluid,  flatus,  &c. 
The  uterine  tumour  is  firm,  hard,  elastic,  and  defined,  preserving  its  form 
in  all  positions  of  the  body,  though  more  remarkable  when  the  patient  is 
upright ;  whereas  in  ascites  the  defined  tumour  is  wanting,  the  fluid  obeys 
the  law  of  gravitation,  and  the  abdomen  has  not  the  same  firm  elastic 
feel.  The  best  mode  of  examining  the  uterine  tumour,  is  to  make  the 
patient  first  stand  up,  and  then  lie  down  ;  this  will  demonstrate  the  form 
of  the  womb  better  than  keeping  in  one  position  ;  and  after  lying  for  some 
time,  the  uterine  parietes  become  relaxed  and  less  firm.  Percussion  will 
distinguish  between  pregnancy  and  tympanites. 

Nevertheless  cases  do  occur  which  are  very  embarrassing  ;  for  the  uterus 
itself  may  be  distended  by  air,  fluid,  or  hydatids,  and  then  the  form  of 
the  uterus  and  abdomen  will  be  the  same  as  in  pregnancy.  In  such  cases, 
our  guide  must  be  the  history  of  the  case,  and  further  investigation  into 
the  contents  of  the  uterus.  I  have  already  described  the  changes  which 
take  place  in  the  cervix  (§  158). 

214.  Quickening.  —  This  term  was  applied  to  the  mother's  perception 
of  the  first  movements  of  the  foetus,  under  the  erroneous  belief  that  it  was 
its  first  movement,  as  it  then  became  alive  or  quick.  We  know  that  the 
foetus  is  alive  from  the  moment  of  conception,  and  have  little  doubt  but 

*  According  to  recent  observations,  certain  alterations  in  the  urine,  believed  to  be 
peculiar  to  pregnancy,  are  to  be  regarded  as  among  the  earliest  indications  of  that  con- 
dition— these  are  described  under  the  head  of  Kicsteine,  in  g  226.  —  Editor. 


SIGNS    OF    TREGNANCY.  15l 

that  movements  take  place  at  a  much  earlier  period.  By  modern  writers, 
then,  the  term  is  applied  to  the  first  perception  of  movement  on  the  part 
of  the  mother,  which  generally  occurs  about  four  or  four  and  a  half 
months  after  conception,  though  some  feel  it  earlier,  and  others  not  till 
afterwards.  Dr.  Montgomery  observes,  "  Experience  has  shown  that  it 
happens  from  the  tenth  to  the  twenty-fifth  week  ;  but  according  to  my  ex- 
perience, the  greatest  number  of  instances  will  be  found  to  occur,  between 
the  end  of  the  twelfth  and  sixteenth  weeks  after  conception,  or  adopting 
another  mode  of  calculation,  between  the  fourteenth  and  eighteenth  week 
after  the  last  menstruation."  Out  of  one  hundred  cases,  Rcederer  found 
that  eighty  quickened  at  the  fourth  month,  and  of  the  remaining  twenty, 
some  at  the  third  and  some  at  the  fifth. 

The  sensation  is  at  first  like  a  feeble  pulsation  ;  and  though  so  slight, 
is  often  accompanied  by  sickness  of  stomach  and  faintishness,  or  even 
complete  syncope.  By  degrees  it  becomes  stronger  and  more  frequent, 
until  the  movements  of  the  different  extremities  are  distinguishable. 
Authors  are  not  agreed  as  to  the  explanation  of  quickening,  or  why  the 
movements  are  felt  at  the  fourth  month  or  thereabouts,  and  not  earlier.  I 
think,  upon  the  whole,  that  the  most  probable  explanation  is  the  one 
which  the  late  Dr.  Fletcher,  of  Edinburgh,  used  to  give  in  his  lectures. 
"  The  movements  of  the  fcetus  while  the  uterus  is  in  the  cavity  of  the 
pelvis  are  not  perceived,  because  the  uterus  is  not  supplied  with  nerves  of 
sensation,  and  it  is  surrounded  by  parts  similarly  deficient ;  but  when  it 
emerges  from  the  pelvis,  it  comes  in  contact  anteriorly  with  the  abdominal 
parietes,  which  are  liberally  supplied  with  sensitive  nerves,  and  which  by 
contiguity  of  substance,  feel  the  movements,  and  thus  the  woman  becomes 
conscious  of  them."  This  view  is  strengthened  by  the  fact,  of  which  I 
have  been  repeatedly  assured,  that  the  movements,  unless  when  violent, 
are  felt  in  front  only. 

Its  value  as  a  sign  of  pregnancy  is  somewhat  impaired  by  the  interval 
which  frequently  intervenes  between  the  first  faint  sensations  and  their  re- 
petition ;  by  the  late  period  at  which  they  are  felt  in  some  cases;  and  in 
a  medico-legal  point  of  view,  by  our  being  dependent  upon  the  evidence 
of  the  patient  herself;  or  the  patient  may  be  deceived  by  flatus  in  the 
intestines.  On  the  other  hand,  cases  occur  where  no  sensation  is  per- 
ceived by  the  mother.  "  Of  this  fact,"  says  Dr.  Montgomery,  "the 
writer  can  speak  with  certainty,  having  now  in  several  instances,  by  ap- 
plying his  hand  to  the  abdomen,  distinctly  felt  the  motions  of  the  foetus 
in  utero,  while  the  mother  had  no  perception  of  them." 

215.  The  movements  of  the  fcetus  may  be  felt  by  the  practitioner  some 
little  time  after  quickening,  by  placing  the  hand,  especially  if  it  be  cold, 
upon  the  abdomen;  and  the  impression  will  of  course  be  in  proportion 
to  the  vigor  of  the  motions.*  At  an  advanced  period,  it  would  not  be 
easy  to  mistake  them  ;  but  we  may  be  deceived  at  an  earlier  period  ;  Dr. 
Blundell  relates  a  case  of  a  woman  who  possessed  the  power  of  simulating 
these  movements  by  the  action  of  the  abdominal  muscles. 

*  Dr.  Simpson  stated,  at  a  late  meeting  of  the  Edinburgh  Obstetrical  Society,  a  va- 
riety of  observations  and  experiments  Bhowing  that,  contrary  to  the  commonly  received 
opinion,  the  mere  application  of  cold  [as  a  cold  hand,  &o.J  to  the  Burface  of  the  abdomen 
of  a  pregnant  woman,  had  not  the  effect  of  exciting  motions  in  the  foetus.  The  appli- 
cation of  portions  of  ice  even,  of  the  size  of  the  hand,  had  no  such  effect — Monthly 
Joum.  Med.  Set.,  July  1830. —  Editor. 


152 


SIGNS    OF    PREGNANCY. 


Dr.  Tyler  Smith  describes  two  abdominal  movements  in  the  latter 
months  of  pregnancy  —  one  traversing  irregularly  over  the  abdomen, 
giving  a  feeling  of  ridges  or  prominences  to  the  hand,  and  the  other  like 
a  shock  or  impulse  ;  the  former  he  regards  as  due  to  the  peristaltic  move- 
ments of  the  uterus,  and  the  latter  only  to  the  foetus,  and  I  must  confess 
I  think  there  is  great  weight  in  his  arguments.  I  am  happy  to  express 
my  obligations  to  his  recent  work  ("  Parturition  and  Obstetrics  "),  which  I 
regard  as  one  of  the  most  important  and  ingenious  that  has  appeared  for 
many  years,  both,  as  expressing  more  clearly,  the  "  idea"  of  uterine  and 
ovarian  physiology,  and  also  as  giving  to  it  for  the  first  time  the  unity  of 
a  system. 

216.  Ballottement. — A  vaginal  examination  wTill  enable  us  to  ascer- 
tain not  merely  the  state  of  the  cervix,  but  also  to  decide  upon  the  pre- 
sence of  a  foetus,  by  repercussion  or  ballottement,  as  it  is  termed  by  the 
French.  The  patient  should  be  in  the  upright  position  ;  or  if  she  be  in 
bed,  her  shoulders  should  be  raised ;  the  operator  must  then  introduce 
his  forefinger,  and  place  it  upon  the  cervix  uteri,  whilst  the  other  hand  is 
employed  to  keep  the  uterine  tumour  steady,  then  suddenly  but  slightly 
jerking  upwards  the  point  of  his  finger,  he  will  feel  a  sensation  of  some- 
thing having  receded  from  it,  and  which  he  will  perceive  to  fall  again  on 

Fie.  70. 


A.  Vertical  section  of  the 

sacrum. 

B.  Rectum. 

C.  Uterus  and  ovum. 

D.  Bladder. 

E.  Finger  in  the  vagina, 

with    its    extremity 
pressing  up  the  uterus. 


This  cut  exhibits  the  manner  of  making  this  examination. — Editor. 


the  point  of  his  finger  in  a  moment  or  two.  The  jerk  of  the  finger  upon 
the  head  of  the  foetus  causes  it  to  float  upwards  a  little  in  the  liquor  amnii, 
and  its  own  weight  makes  it  descend.  Dr.  Montgomery  justly  remarks 
that  "  should  this  be  distinctly  felt,  it  is  proof  positive  of  a  foetus  in  utero, 
there  being  no  other  condition  or  disease  of  the  organ,  in  which  a  solid 
body  can  be  felt  in  this  way  floating  in  the  cavity."  Of  course  it  proves 
nothing  as  to  the  life  of  the  child.  The  period  wThen  this  test  is  most 
available  is  during  the  fifth  and  sixth  months. 

217.  Auscultation.  —  M.  Mayor  of  Geneva  first  applied,  in  1818, 
auscultation  to  the  diagnosis  of  pregnancy ;  he  was  followed  in  1821  by 
M.  Lejumeau  de  Kergaradec,  and  since  his  time  the  investigation  has 
been  pursued  with  zeal  and  intelligence  by  Haus,  Hohl,  Kennedy,  Mont- 
gomery, Naegele,  jun.,  &c.  M.  Mayor  observed  only  the  sounds  of  the 
foetal  heart,  but  M.  Kergaradec  detected  not  only  this  double  sound,  but 
another  single,  whirring  sound,  which  he  called  the  "  bruit  placentaire" 


SIGNS   OF   PREGNANCY.  153 

because  he  believed  it  to  be  situated  in  the  placenta.  To  these  two 
sounds  Dr.  E.  Kennedy  has  added  a  third,  which  is  heard  only  occasion- 
ally, the  pulsation  in  the  funis.  Each  of  these  deserves  a  separate  inves- 
tigation. 

As  to  the  mode  of  making  the  examination,  it  maybe  effected  with  the 
naked  ear  applied  to  the  abdomen,  or  by  the  stethoscope  ;  the  latter  is 
preferable,  as  it  enables  us  to  define  and  limit  the  sound,  and  in  most 
instances  it  is  more  convenient.  The  patient,  if  possible,  should  be 
placed  on  her  back  in  bed,  with  the  head  raised,  and  the  abdomen  covered 
only  by  the  night-dress.  In  this  way  we  can  obtain  access  to  all  parts  of 
the  uterine  tumour,  except  posteriorly,  and  by  turning  the  patient  to  one 
side  or  the  other,  we  can  easily  examine  the  lateral  portions.  The  aus- 
cultator  should  place  himself  in  the  easiest  posture  possible,  especially 
avoiding  a  dependent  position  of  the  head,  in  which  case  he  wTould  be 
apt  to  mistake  the  throbbing  of  his  own  arteries  for  sounds  communicated 
from  the  patient.  The  stethoscope  should  be  placed  lightly  upon  the  ab- 
domen, and  the  pressure  be  varied,  in  order  to  ascertain  whether  the 
sounds  are  in  any  degree  modified  by  it. 

218.  The  Uterine  Souffle,  or  bruit  placentaire,  is  a  single  intermitting 
whirring  sound,  heard  over  a  certain  extent  of  the  uterine  surface.  It  has 
been  compared  to  the  sound  of  a  pair  of  bellows,  to  that  made  by  gently 
blowing  over  the  mouth  of  a  bottle,  and  to  that  heard  when  a  shell  is  ap- 
plied to  the  ear,  &c.  Perhaps  the  best  comparison  is  with  the  "  bruit  de 
soufflet"  of  the  heart,  which  is  doubtless  sufficiently  familiar  to  all.  Dr. 
E.  Kennedy  remarks,  that  it  assumes  all  the  variations  of  the  latter  sound, 
viz.,  the  rasping  or  sawing  sound,  the  musical  or  hissing  sound,  a  sound 
resembling  the  cooing  of  a  dove,  and  a  drone  resembling  that  of  a  bag- 
pipe, accompanying  the  sound,  yet  without  interfering  with  it. 

It  is  stated  by  Hohl  and  others,  to  be  limited  to  the  situation  of  the 
placenta  (§  175),  and  so  it  is  generally ;  but  in  many  cases  it  extends  to 
some  distance,  and  in  others,  according  to  Naegele,  it  may  be  heard  in 
almost  any  part  of  the  uterus :  he  further  states,  that  it  may  constantly  be 
heard  at  the  lower  part  of  the  uterus,  by  applying  the  stethoscope  near 
Poupart's  ligament.  I  cannot  say  that  I  have  been  able  to  verify  the 
latter  statement,  but  I  have  found  it  very  possible  to  produce  a  souffle  in 
that  situation  by  a  little  extra  pressure  of  the  stethoscope. 

219.  The  period  when  it  first  becomes  audible  is  about  the  fourth 
month,  according  to  Montgomery,  Hohl,  and  Naegele ;  Dr.  E.  Kennedy 
states  that  he  has  succeeded  in  detecting  it  as  early  as  the  tenth  week ; 
and  on  the  other  hand,  it  cannot  be  heard  in  some  cases  until  the  fifth 
month.  It  may,  howjever,  always  be  distinguished  before  the  pulsations 
of  the  fetal  heart ;  and  even  when  the  foetus  perishes,  it  continues  for  some 
time  afterwards.  It  is  feeble  when  first  heard,  but  increases  in  intensity 
and  strength  ;  the  intensity,  however,  is  subject  to  some  variation.  It  is 
synchronous  with  the  mother's  pulse,  and  subject  to  its  varieties,  but 
without  impulse.  During  labour  its  intensity  varies ;  in  the  upper  part 
of  the  uterus  it  is  frequently  inaudible  during  a  pain;  after  delivery  it 
ceases  entirely,  though  not  always  instantly. 

220.  M.  KergaradeCj  as  I  have  already  said,  placed  the  seat  of  this 
sound  in  the  placenta  ;  more  recent  investigations,  however,  have  decided 
that  it  is  situated  in  the  uterus.     Dr.  E.  Kennedy  conceives  it  to  result 


154  SIGNS    OF    PREGNANCY. 

from  the  difference  between  the  calibre  of  the  arteries  supplying  the  uterus 
and  the  uterine  sinuses  :  that  the  expanding  current  of  blood  rushing  from 
an  artery  into  a  larger  sinus  gives  rise  to  the  sound,  just  as  the  passage 
of  blood  through  a  constricted  valve  of  the  heart  or  aorta,  does  to  the 
bruit  de  soufflet.  Other  explanations  have  been  given,  but  all  are  agreed 
now  that  its  seat  is  in  the  uterus,  and  not  in  the  placenta ;  and  most,  I 
believe,  that  it  indicates  the  position  of  the  latter  organ. 

221.  As  a  test  of  pregnancy,  its  positive  value  (that  is,  its  being 
audible)  is  very  great,  though  not  quite  conclusive,  as  it  is  heard  some- 
times in  cases  of  disease,  of  which  I  had  a  remarkable  instance  under  my 
own  care,  and  may  occasionally  be  produced  by  too  great  pressure  of  the 
stethoscope  upon  an  artery.  Neither  does  it  prove  that  the  foetus  is  alive, 
in  cases  of  pregnancy,  as  it  is  observed  to  persist  for  a  short  time  after 
the  death  of  the  child ;  it  is  heard  also  in  some  cases  of  blighted  ova 
which  have  degenerated  into  moles. 

On  the  other  hand,  its  negative  evidence  (our  not  being  able  to  detect 
it)  is  of  much  less  value,  as  we  may  not  be  able  to  hear  the  sound  although 
the  patient  be  pregnant,  probably  from  the  placenta  being  attached  poste- 
riorly.* 

222.  Pulsation  of  the  Fcetal  Heart.  —  Very  different  from  the 
uterine  souffle  is  the  sound  which  attracted  the  attention  of  M.  Mayor,  the 
pulsation  of  the  fcetal  heart.  It  consists  of  a  rapid  succession  of  short, 
regular,  double  pulsations,  resembling  those  of  the  adult  heart,  except  in 
force  and  frequency.  The  sound  is  like  the  muffled  ticking  of  a  watch, 
or,  as  Naegele  remarks,  like  the  pulsations  of  the  heart  of  a  new-born 
child.  Their  frequency  is  about  double  those  of  the  adult,  or  from  120 
to  140  in  a  minute.  M.  Naegele,  jun.  found  that  in  600  cases  the  ave- 
rage frequency  was  130  strokes  in  a  minute.  1  have  already  stated  my 
inability  to  explain  the  discrepancy  between  the  pulsations  of  the  heart, 
and  those  of  the  cord  dependent  upon  it,  as  to  frequency. 

The  variations  in  strength  and  rhymth  of  the  pulsations  of  the  foetal 
heart,  are  very  numerous  and  not  easily  explained  ;  no  doubt  many  are 
caused  by  changes  in  the  condition  of  the  foetus  itself,  and  others  by  im- 
pressions received  from  the  mother ;  for  although  the  fcetal  circulation  is 
independent  of  that  of  the  parent,  yet  there  is  so  intimate  a  sympathy, 
that  disturbances  in  the  maternal  system  are  communicated  to  that  of  the 
foetus,  some  (in  case  of  sudden  shocks)  immediately,  and  others  (in  case 
of  disease)  more  tardily. 

The  situation  in  which  the  fcetal  heart  is  heard  most  distinctly,  is  about 
the  middle  or  inferior  abdominal  region,  more  frequently  on  the  left  than 
on  the  right  side.     "  The  extent  of  surface,"  says  M.  Naegele,  jun.  in 

*  With  regard  to  the  "  souffle  placentaire"  of  Kergaradec,  authors  are  not  yet  agreed. 
Dr.  Rigby  remarks  that  "later  observations  have  shown  that  it  is  not  connected  with 
the  placenta,  but  depends  upon  the  increased  vascularity  and  peculiar  arrangement  of 
the  uterine  vessels  during  the  gravid  state." 

There  is  much  reason  to  doubt  whether  the  "  souffle  placentaire,"  or  the  "  uterine  souffle," 
does  not  depend  wholly  on  compression  of  the  maternal  vessels  by  the  enlarged  uterus. 
Professor  Dunglison  informs  me,  (remarks  Dr.  H.,  in  a  note  to  a  former  edition,)  that  he 
heard  it  in  one  case  of  fibrous  tumour  of  the  uterus :  and  I  am  satisfied  that  I  heard  it 
in  a  similar  case,  and  also  in  one  instance  from  the  presence  of  a  greatly  enlarged  ovary. 
If  these  observations  be  correct,  the  sound  is  extra-uterine,  and  therefore  not  indicative 
of  pregnancy  farther  than  as  that  state  is  likely  to  be  connected  with  enlargement  of 
the  uterus.  —  Editor. 


SIGNS   OF   PREGNANCY.  155 

his  treatise  on  Auscultation,  translated  by  Dr.  West,  p.  41,  "  over  which 
the  beating  of  the  heart  is  heard,  cannot  be  accurately  defined  in  inches 
and  lines,  but  it  is  certainly  audible  through  a  larger  space  than  most  ob- 
servers have  represented.  Its  sounds  reached  beyond  the  linea  alba  to- 
wards the  other  side,  in  one  hundred  and  eighty-five  of  three  hundred  and 
seventy  cases,  in  which  the  position  of  the  foetus  with  its  back  to  the  left 
side  of  the  mother  was  distinctly  ascertained  by  the  ear,  and  afterwards 
verified  by  the  result  of  the  labour  ;  in  forty-six,  they  were  audible  over 
nearly  the  whole  abdomen  ;  while  in  one  hundred  and  thirty-seven,  they 
were  confined  to  the  left  side,  and  did  not  reach  the  mesial  line.  The  heart's 
sounds  were  audible  beyond  the  mesial  line,  only  in  forty-five  of  one 
hundred  and  eighty-five  instances,  in  which  the  back  of  the  foetus  was 
directed  to  the  right  side  ;  one  hundred  and  fourteen  times  they  were  dis- 
tinguishable on  the  right  side  only  ;  but  in  twenty-six  they  extended  over 
the  whole  abdomen.  In  all  these  instances  in  which  the  heart's  sounds 
were  not  limited  to  one  lateral  half  of  the  abdomen,  their  greater  intensity 
at  one  part  indicated  the  situation  of  the  back,  and  consequently  the  posi- 
tion of  the  fcetus." 

The  earliest  period  at  which  the  pulsations  can  ordinarily  be  detected  is 
the  middle  of  the  fourth  month  or  the  beginning  of  the  fifth.  Dr.  E. 
Kennedy  has  heard  them  in  a  few  instances  before  the  expiration  of  the 
fourth  month.  Dr.  Montgomery  fixes  the  end  of  the  fifth  month.  The 
earliest  period  mentioned  by  Naegele,  is  the  eighteenth  week,  in  thirty 
out  of  fifty  patients,  who  were  examined  before  the  middle  of  pregnancy. 
In  some  cases  they  did  not  become  audible  before  the  fifth  month.  It  is 
easy  to  conceive  that  various  circumstances  may  impede  the  transmission 
of  the  sound,  and  so  alter  the  time  at  which  it  would  otherwise  be  first 
heard  ;  as,  for  example,  excess  of  liquor  amnii,  thickness  of  the  abdomi- 
nal parietes,  or  feebleness  of  the  fcetus. 

223.  When  the  pulsation  of  the  foetal  heart  is  heard,  it  is  proof  positive 
of  pregnancy,  equally  remote  from  imitation  or  evasion.  The  only  cir- 
cumstances at  all  likely  to  embarrass  us  for  a  moment,  are  the  sounds  of 
the  maternal  heart,  which  may  sometimes  be  heard  ;  the  sound  of  the  con- 
traction of  the  abdominal  muscles;  or  of  the  uterine  arteries;  but  the 
greater  rapidity,  and  clearer  though  feebler  sound  of  the  foetal  pulsations, 
will  distinguish  them  with  facility. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  pulsations  being  inaudible,  is  not  conclusive 
proof  that  the  patient  is  not  pregnant,  as  the  child  may  have  died,  or,  as 
in  some  rare  cases,  they  may  be  inaudible  for  a  time,  though  the  fcetus  be 
living.     I  know  this  to  be  the  fact,  though  I  cannot  explain  it. 

224.  Pulsation  of  the  Umbilical  Cord,  or  funic  souffle.  —  If  the 
position  of  the  funis  be  favourable,  as,  for  instance,  if  it  be  twisted  round 
the  neck,  body,  or  limbs  of  the  foetus,  or  in  any  way  placed  between  the 
foetus  and  the  anterior  or  lateral  parietes  of  the  uterus,  it  is  quite  possible, 
as  Dr.  E.  Kennedy  has  shown,  to  hear  the  pulsation  of  its  arteries,  corre- 
sponding to  the  foetal  heart's  action.  Both  Haus  and  Hohl  have  denied 
this,  but  without  just  reason,  in  my  opinion,  for  Dr.  E.  Kennedy  states 
that  "  in  some  cases  were  the  parietes  of  the  uterus  and  abdomen  were 
extremely  thin,  he  has  been  able  to  distinguish  the  funis  by  the  touch  ex- 
ternally, and  has  felt  it  rolling  under  the  finger,  and  then  applying  the 
stethoscope,  its  pulsations  have  been  discoverable,  remarkably  strong." 


156  SIGNS    OF    PREGNANCY. 

Professor  Naegele,  jun.,  agrees  with  Dr.  E.  Kennedy  as  to  the  seat  of  the 
pulsation,  and  attributes  it  to  the  tortuosity  of  the  arteries,  and  to  the  dila- 
tations observed  in  them.  Occasionally  the  sound  is  rather  a  souffle  than 
a  pulsation,  but  fainter  than  the  uterine  souffle,  and  distinguished  from  it 
by  its  being  synchronous  with  the  pulsations  of  the  foetal  and  not  the  ma- 
ternal heart.  Dr.  E.  Kennedy  found  that  he  could  produce  the  souffle,  by 
pressing  slightly  upon  the  cord  with  the  edge  of  the  stethoscope. 

225.  We  have  now  examined  the  principal  signs  developed  during  the 
latter  half  of  pregnancy,  —  to  wit,  enlargement  of  the  abdomen,  quick- 
ening, the  motions  of  the  child,  ballottement,  and  the  results  of  ausculta- 
tion, and  we  find  that  whilst  all  are  valuable,  there  is  a  degree  of  uncer- 
tainty attached  to  the  first  three  which  calls  for  a  very  careful  estimate  on 
our  part :  that  the  positive  evidence  of  the  latter  modes  of  investigation  is 
conclusive,  but  that  the  negative  evidence,  or  absence  of  the  usual  results, 
is  not  proof  that  the  patient  is  not  pregnant.  So  that,  as  was  before  ob- 
served, we  ought  rather  to  depend  upon  the  coincidence  of  two  or  more 
of  the  signs  of  pregnancy  than  attempt  a  diagnosis  from  any  one  alone  : 
the  only  sign  indeed  which  can  be  regarded  as  itself  proving  that  the  wo- 
man is  pregnant  of  a  living  child  is  the  pulsation  of  the  foetal  heart. 

226.  Kiesteine.  —  There  are  two  other  signs  which  I  have  deferred 
noticing  until  now,  because  they  require  more  research  to  entitle  them  to 
a  place  among  the  recognised  evidences  of  gestation,  and  it  seemed  better 
that  the  student's  attention  should  rather  be  directed  to  those  considered 
valid,  than  embarrassed  by  doubtful  ones.     The  first  of  these  tests  is  de- 
rived from  the  urine.     M.  Nauche  was  the  first  who  accurately  described 
the  change  which  takes  place  in  the  urine  of  pregnant  women.     He  found 
that  "  by  allowing  the  urine  to  stand  for  some  time,  in  thirty  or  forty  hours 
a  deposite  takes  place  of  white,  flaky,  pulverulent,  gruraous  matter,  being 
the  caseum,  or  peculiar  principle  of  the  milk  formed  in  the  breasts  during 
gestation."      This  deposite  has  lately  received  the  name  of  Kiesteine. 
M.  Eguiserhas  published  the  result  of  his  researches  on  the  subject  in  the 
Lancette  Francaise,  Feb.  1839,  p.  36.     He  states  that  "the  urine  of  a 
pregnant  woman,  examined  in  the  morning,  is  generally  of  a  pale  yellow 
colour  and  slightly  milky ;  it  first  reddens  and  then  turns  blue  the  ' papier 
tournesolj  as  ordinary  urine.     Exposed  to  the  contact  of  air,  a  cloudi- 
ness is  observed  from  the  first  day,  resembling  fine  wool ;  from  the  first 
day  also,  a  white  matter  is  deposited.     These  phenomena  are  not,  how- 
ever, constant.     From  the  second  to  the  sixth  day,  small  opaque  bodies 
are  seen  rising  from  the  bottom  to  the  surface  of  the  fluid,  and  then  col- 
lecting together  until  they  form  a  layer,  covering  the  whole  surface  ;  this 
is  kiesteine.     It  is  sufficiently  consistent  to  be  raised  from  off  the  fluid. 
It  is  whitish,  opaline,  slightly  granular,  and  resembles  much  the  layer  of 
fat  which  swims  on  the  surface  of  fat  broth  when  cool.     Examined  by 
the  microscope,   it  appears  a  gelatinous  mass   of   indeterminate  form. 
When  it  is  old,  cubical  crystals  are  sometimes  detected."     "  It  persists 
thus  for  three  or  four  days  ;  the  urine  then  becomes  troubled  ;  small  por- 
tions are  detached  from  its  surface,  and  sink  to  the  bottom,  until  the  layer 
is  entirely  broken  up.     Kiesteine  appears  to  exist  in  the  urine  from  the 
first  month  until  the  period  of  delivery."     Dr.  Montgomery  seems  to 
think  this  appearance  constant,  when  the  deep  colour  and  turbid  con- 
dition of  the  urine  permit  of  observation. 


SIGN'S   OF   PREGNANCY.  1'57 


Dr.  Golding  Bird  has  published  a  series  of  experiments  on  to subject 
in  Guy's  Hospital  Reports,  No.  10,  which  confirms  the  value  oi  this  tes 
T  h,  p^licle  formed  in  the  urine  of  27  out  of  30  pregnan  women,  and  it 
was   bund  only  in  two  instances  out  of  a  number,  ... .the  unne  of  un- 
married women.      I  shall  quote  his  conclusions:-!.    «  rhat  certau. 
Lanic  matters,  closely  resembling  if  nol  identical  -,,1.,  caseous  matter, 
mLd  with  abundance  of  the  earthy  phosphates  ,n  a  "gritediMe, 
are  eliminated  from  the  blood  during  pregnancy;  and  if  »°t°*™ 
removed  are  taken  up,  and  finally  thrown  out  oi  the  system  by  the  lad- 
nevs      2     That  certain  accidental  circumstances,  especially  conn 
with'  those   morbid  actions  in  which  the  kidney  is  called  upon  to  perform 
a  compensating  function  for  the  skin,  as  indicated  by  the  abundance  of 
azotized  matter  in  the  form  of  amorphous  lithate  of  ammonia  in  the  unne 
interfere  temporarily  with  the  development  of  caseous  matter   as  they  do 
king  the  cutaneous  and  other  secretions      3    That,  taken  ,„  con- 
nexion with  other  symptoms,  as  the  formation  of  a  dark  areola  round  he 

PPle  and  cessation  of  menstruation  and  abdominal  enlargement,  the 
formation  of  a  caseous  pellicle  in  the  urine  affords  a  very  valuable  cor- 
roborative indication  of  the  existence  of  pregnancy. 

This  subject  has  recently  been  investigated  by  Dr.  E.  K.  Kane  m 
the  Philadelphia  Hospital,  and  he  has  arrived  at  the  following  conclu- 


1.  That  kiesteine  is  not  peculiar  to  pregnancy,  but  may  occur  when- 
ever the  lacteal  elements  are  secreted  without  a  free  discharge  at  the 

T'Tbt  though  sometimes  obscurely  developed,  and  occasionally 
simulated  by  pellicles,  it  is  generally  distinguishable  from  aU  °*ers. 

3.  That  when  pregnancy  is  possible,  the  exhibition  of  a  clearly  defined 
kiesteine  pellicle  is  one  of  the  least  equivocal  proofs  of  that  condition  ; 

a°4  That  when  this  pellicle  is  not  found  in  the  more  advanced  stages 
of  supposed  pregnancy,  the  probabilities,  if  the  female  be  otherwise 
healthy,  are  as  20  to  1  "(80  to  4)  that  the  prognosis  is  incorrect*! 

227  Jacquemin's  test.  — This  consists  in  a  violet  colour  of  the  mu- 
cous membrane  of  the  vagina  and  labia,  dependent  probably  upon  pres- 
sure above.  M.  Parent  Duchalet  confirms  the  result  of  M.  Jacquem.n  s 
observations,  which  he  states  were  made  upon  a  large  number  of  pregnant 
women,  and  that  the  change  of  colour  was  never  absent.  1  had  lately 
an  opportunity  of  minutely  examining  a  well-marked  case  and  found 
that  the  violet  colour  was  caused  by  a  great  number  of  small  veins  in  a 
varicose  condition.  .  .  , 

228.  Twin  Pregnancy.  —  The  inadequacy  of  the  signs  which   are 

*  American  Journal  of  Med.  Science,  July  1842. 

t  Rccn.lv  a  new  animal  enoetance  is  alleged  by  Dr.  Stark  to  have  been  discovered  by 
him  in  the  'urine  of  pregnant  women,  to  which  he  has  given  the  named  ''';'''•; 
both  on  aooonnt  of  its  occurring  (taring  the  state  of  pregnancy,  and  of  ita  falhng  to  ... 
bottom  of  the  vessel  as  the  fluid  eontaintag  it  ooole.  "Tme  substance,  he  avers,  .a 
.,,..,■ -ni  generis!  a  proximate  eubetanee  or  principle  formtag  ...  aome  measure  a 
I,  „' .  ,...  ink  Utween  the  albuminous  and  gelattaona  principles.  Che  reality  of 
I)  S  a  kV  drover,  is  diepnted  b,  Dr.  Griffith  of  the  Ftasbury  l„-l;e,.sarv  ami  c  . 
hardly  be  considered  as  admitted  by  the  profession.     Bradm  .  «  »)  *«*- 

one  and  Surgery,  v„l.  vi.  p.  241,  1842.— Editob. 


158  DURATION    OF    PREGNANCY. 

commonly  stated  to  indicate  plural  pregnancy,  must  have  been  felt  by 
every  accoucheur.  Those  upon  which  the  greatest  reliance  is  placed  are, 
the  disproportionate  size  of  the  abdomen  compared  with  the  period  of 
gestation  ;  the  flattened  state  of  the  abdomen  in  front,  with  the  appearance 
of  being  divided  into  halves ;  the  inequality  of  its  surface  ;  the  tumult- 
uous movements  of  the  foetus ;  the  inordinate  weight  and  distension ;  and 
the  excessive  oedema  of  the  lower  extremities.  No  doubt  many  of  these 
circumstances  may  be  observed  in  twin  pregnancy  ;  yet  none  of  them  are 
sufficiently  distinctive,  wThile  several  may  arise  from  other  causes. 

M.  Hohl  has  remarked  that  in  twin  cases  the  uterine  souffle  is  heard 
"  over  a  large  surface,  with  greater  intensity  and  more  varied  tone  ;"  but 
in  ten  twin  cases  observed  by  Naegele,  jun.,  no  variation  in  this  sound 
was  observed  sufficient  to  excite  suspicion  of  twins. 

The  only  sign  upon  which  reliance  can  be  placed,  is,  as  Dr.  E.  Kennedy 
has  pointed  out,  the  hearing  the  pulsation  of  two  foetal  hearts,  equally  dis- 
tinct, and  at  a  distance  from  each  other. 

"Usually,"  says  Naegele,  "the  beating  of  one  heart  is  heard  in  the 
left  or  right  inferior  abdominal  region,  while  that  of  the  other  is  audible 
in  the  superior  abdominal  region  of  the  opposite  side.  But  it  never  hap- 
pens, be  the  position  of  the  children  what  it  may,  that  the  beating  of  the 
two  hearts  is  heard  on  the  same  horizontal  plane."  It  is  the  more  im- 
portant to  bear  in  mind  the  different  situations  of  the  two  hearts,  because 
their  action  is  often  synchronous. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

DURATION  OF  PREGNANCY. 


229.  What  is  the  ordinary  term  of  gestation,  and  what  are  the  devia- 
tions from  it  ?  Such  are  the  questions  to  be  briefly  discussed  in  the  pre- 
sent chapter,  rather  in  a  physiological  than  a  medico-legal  point  of  view ; 
for  full  particulars,  I  refer  the  reader  to  Beck's  Jurisprudence  and  Mont- 
gomery's Essay  on  the  subject. 

The  first  point  to  be  settled  is  the  ordinary  term  of  utero-gestation ;  and 
we  are  met  at  the  outset  by  the  difficulty  of  obtaining  accurate  data.  The 
common  mode  of  calculation  is  from  a  fortnight  after  the  last  menstrua- 
tion ;  and  the  period  so  fixed  is  corrected  by  the  time  at  which  quickening 
occurs.  In  many  instances  this  proves  pretty  correct ;  in  the  majority,  I 
think,  it  is  rather  overrun ;  and,  at  any  rate,  the  uncertainty  as  to  the  period 
of  conception,  and  the  variation  in  the  time  of  quickening,  are  sufficient 
to  render  the  computation  no  more  than  an  approximative  estimate. 

Cases,  however,  occasionally  occur,  where  conception  follows  a  single 
coitus,  and  if  they  were  sufficiently  numerous,  they  would  settle  the  ques- 
tion ;  but  they  are  rare.  Dr.  Montgomery  relates  the  case  of  a  lady  who 
wrent  to  the  seaside  in  June  1831,  leaving  her  husband  in  town.  He 
visited  her  for  the  first  time  November  10th,  and  returned  to  town  the  next 
day.  She  quickened  on  the  29th  of  January  1832,  and  was  delivered 
August  17th,  exactly  two  hundred  and  eighty  days  from  the  time  of  con- 
ception. 


DURATION   OF    PREGNANCY.  159 

The  deductions  from  such  cases,  and  from  general  calculation,  have  led 
to  fixing  the  term  of  gestation  at  ten  lunar  months,  or  nine  calendar 
months  and  one  week,  or  forty  weeks,  or  two  hundred  and  eighty  days, 
allowing  for  some  variation  either  way. 

230.  But  then,  allowing  for  the  uncertainty  of  the  ordinary  data,  or 
supposing  the  " point  de  depart"  unquestionable,  are  we  to  conclude  that 
the  actual  duration  of  pregnancy  is  determinate  and  invariable  ?  We 
know  that  it  may  be  abbreviated  without  destroying  the  child,  from  vari- 
ous causes,  but  then  this  is  not  the  natural  course.  May  it  also  be  pro- 
longed ?  So  much  diversity  of  opinion  has  obtained  on  this  point,  that 
it  is  very  difficult  to  come  to  a  satisfactory  conclusion.  In  the  celebrated 
Gardiner  peerage  case,  the  most  eminent  accoucheurs  in  the  country  were 
arranged  on  opposite  sides.  Drs.  Gooch,  R.  Blegborough,  Davis,  Sir  C. 
M.  Clark,  and  Mr.  Pennington,  discrediting  protracted  gestation,  and  Drs. 
Granville,  Conquest,  Blundell,  Merriman,  Power,  Hopkins,  &c,  advocat- 
ing its  possibility. 

Dr.  Dewees  remarks,  "  I  have  had  every  evidence,  on  this  side  of  abso- 
lute proof,  that  it  has  been  prolonged  to  ten  calendar  months,  as  an  habitual 
arrangement,  in  at  least  four  females  ;  that  is,  each  went  one  month  longer 
than  the  calculations  made,  from  an  allowance  of  ten  or  twelve  days  after 
the  cessation  of  the  last  menstrual  period;  and  from  the  quickening,  which 
was  fixed  at  four  months."  Professor  Desormeaux  relates  a  case  of  a  lady 
whose  pregnancy  lasted  nine  months  and  a  fortnight.  The  late  Professor 
Hamilton,  of  Edinburgh,  declares  his  "  solemn  conviction,  that  he  has 
met  with  at  least  twelve  cases,  in  the  course  of  practice,  where  there  could 
not  be  the  shadow  of  doubt  of  the  protraction  of  human  pregnancy  be- 
yond the  ordinary  period."  M.  Valpeau  has  recorded  nine  cases  of  the 
kind. 

To  these  authorities  may  be  added  the  names  of  Hervey,  Smellie,  Zac- 
chias,  La  Motte,  Le  Roi,  Le  Bas,  Fodere,  Capuron,  Gardien,  Murat,  &c. 

Dr.  Montgomery  relates  two  cases  in  his  work,  one  of  which  came 
under  my  observation ;  in  the  first  the  gestation  continued  two  hundred 
and  ninety-one  days,  and  in  the  second  forty-one  weeks  and  two  or  three 
days  at  least.  I  have  referred  to  some  of  the  cases  on  record,  because, 
the  question  being  chiefly  of  authority,  positive  evidence  must  infinitely 
outweigh  mere  negation. 

231.  An  additional  argument  has  been  deduced  from  the  irregularity 
of  the  period  of  gestation  among  cattle.  According  to  the  researches  of 
M.  Tessier :  out  of  160  cows,  14  calved  from  8  months  to  8  months  and 
26  days  ;  3  at  270  days ;  50  from  270  to  280  days  ;  68  from  280  to  290 
days ;  20  at  300,  and  5  at  308  days ;  the  extremes  being  thus  67 
days  apart.  Of  102  mares,  3  foaled  on  the  311th  day  ;  1  on  the  314th  ; 
1  on  the  325th ;  1  on  the  326th ;  1  on  the  330th ;  47  from  340  to  350 
days ;  25  from  350  to  360 ;  21  from  360  to  377,  and  one  on  the  394th 
day;  the  extremes  being  83  days.  With  sows,  the  extremes  were  15 
days;  and  with  rabbits  (out  of  139  cases)  7  days.* 

*  Recently,  Earl  Spencer  has  communicated  the  results  of  his  observations  for  a 
number  of  years  on  cows,  to  the  English  Agricultural  Society.  (Journal  of  the  BngKth 
Agricultural  Society,  part  ii.  1839.)  Of  764  rases,  314  calved  before  the  284th  day, 
310  after  the  285th,  and  only  16  after  the  296th  :  BO  that  the  probable  period  of  gesta- 
tion, he  thinks,  ought  to  be  considered  284  or  285  days.  — Editor. 
11 


160  DURATION    OF   PREGNANCY. 

232.  In  conclusion,  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  usual  period  of  gestation 
may  be  anticipated  by  at  least  two  months,  without  necessary  injury  or 
death  to  the  infant ;  and  it  appears  to  me  that  the  evidence  we  possess, 
as  well  as  the  weight  of  authority,  is  in  favour  of  occasional  protracted 
gestation ;  and  that,  to  use  the  words  of  Dr.  Montgomery,  I  "  cannot 
imagine  why  gestation  should  be  the  only  process,  connected  with  re- 
production, for  which  a  total  exemption  from  any  variation  in  its  period, 
should  be  claimed."  * 

*  Dr.  James  Reid,  Physician  to  the  General  Lying-in-Hospital,  London,  has  presented 
a  series  of  facts  calculated  to  throw  much  light  upon  the  question  of  the  duration  of 
pregnancy  in  the  human  female.  [Lancet,  July  20,  1850.)  He  gives  a  summary  of 
twenty-five  cases  which  he  has  collected  during  the  last  twenty  years.  He  states  that 
he  has  every  reason  for  relying  implicitly  on  the  statements  made  to  him  by  the  parties. 
They  were  either  cases  of  single  women  who  dated  from  one  coitus,  or  of  married 
females,  whose  husbands  had  been  absent  for  a  considerable  time  before  and  after  the 
last  intercourse.  In  no  one  of  them  was  there  the  slightest  apparent  reason  for  decep- 
tion ;  and  their  small  number  for  so  long  a  space  of  time  shows  he  had  been  careful  to 
select  such  only  as  he  could  thoroughly  depend  on.     The  cases  are  as  follows :  — 

1.  Connection  only  July  27 ;  parturition  occurred  April  30  (276  days). 

2.  Catamenia  terminated  March  14 ;  connection  only  March  18  and  20 ;  parturition 
December  20  (274  days). 

3.  Catamenia,  December  13;  connection  immediately  afterwards;  quickened  April 
6  ;  confined  September  13  (274  days). 

4.  Catamenia,  November  6 ;  connection  only  November  18 ;  confined  August  20  (275 
days). 

5.  Catamenia,  November  7 ;  connection  only  November  12 ;  sickness  commenced  on 
December  12  ;  confined  August  12  (273  days). 

6.  Catamenia,  January  10;  connection  only  Febuary  2;  quickened  June  16  ;  confined 
October  31  (271  days). 

7.  Connection  only  November  15;  confined  August  16  (274  days). 

8.  Connection  only  October  18;  confined  July  19  (274  days). 

9.  Catamenia,  June  15;  connection  only  July  1 ;  confined  April  5  (278  days). 

10.  Connection  only  August  5  ;  confined  April  25  (263  days). 

11.  Catamenia,  August  4 ;  connection  only  August  6;  no  intercourse  afterwards  for 
six  weeks ;  confined  May  13  (280  days). 

12.  Catamenia,  August  9  ;  connection  only  August  11 ;  confined  May  2  (264  days). 

13.  Connection  only  October  29;  confined  July  30  (274  days). 

14.  Catamenia,  November  7 ;  connection  only  November  18 ;  confined  August  21 
(276  days). 

15.  Connection  only  October  8;  confined  July  9  (274  days). 

16.  Connection  only  April  6;  confined  January  7  (276  days). 

17.  Catamenia,  August  15;  connection  only  August  18;  confined  May  25  (280  days). 

18.  Catamenia,  July  17;  connection  only  July  22;  quickened  November  10;  confined 
April  15  (266  days). 

19.  Catamenia,  January  9 ;  connection  only  January  10 ;  confined  October  2  (265 
days). 

20.  Connection  only  February  11 ;  confined  November  3  (266  days). 

21.  Catamenia,  May  14;  connection  only  May  14;  quickened  September  10;  con- 
fined February  10  (272  days). 

22.  Connection  only  February  28 ;  quickened  at  19th  week;  confined  November  30 
(275  days). 

23.  Connection  only  February  9 ;  confined  November  6  (271  days). 

24.  Catamenia,  March  5 ;  connection  only  March  12  ;  sickness  commenced  April  14 ; 
quickened  July  6;  confined  December  24  (287  days). 

25.  Catamenia,  September  10;  connection  September  15,  16,  17;  confined  July  5 
(292  or  293  days). 

Two  only  of  these  cases,  it  will  be  observed,  went  beyond  the  term  of  280  days,  and 
it  is  requisite  we  should  enter  more  fully  into  the  details  relating  to  them. 

In  case  24,  the  circumstances  were  as  follows :  A  young  lady,  under  promise  of  mar- 
riage, unfortunately  allowed  liberties  which  caused  the  usual  result  —  pregnancy.  She 
was  then  deserted  by  her  lover,  who  went  into  the  country,  and  she  saw  no  more  of  him 
for  a  time.     About  eighteen  months  after  her  confinement,  an  imprudent  female  friend 


DURATION   OF   PREGNANCY.  161 

But  on  the  other  hand,  it  must  be  confessed  that  many  of  the  cases 
adduced  are  valueless,  because  founded  on  data  which  are  necessarily  un- 
certain ;  and  I  should  be  unwilling  to  admit  any  as  conclusive,  occurring 
in  persons  exposed  to  frequent  intercourse,  and  calculated  in  the  ordinary 
manner. 

wrote  to  her,  informing  her  that  the  father  of  her  child  was  in  London,  and  was  to  be 
at  her  house  on  the  ensuing  evening,  but  that  he  was  to  leave  town  on  the  day  after. 
Hoping  that  she  should  be  able  to  induce  him  to  aid  towards  the  maintenance  of  the 
Child,  she  went  to  her  friend's  house  at  the  appointed  time,  March  12th,  and  the 
parties  having  been  left  alone  together  for  a  time,  intercourse  again  took  place.  The  cata- 
menial  period  had  terminated  a  week  previously,  and,  at  the  expected  time  of  its  return, 
she  was  alarmed  at  its  absence.  Morning  sickness  commenced  April  14th,  and  in  the 
beginning  of  June,  when  she  called  to  consult  Dr.  Reid,  there  were  all  the  well-marked 
signs  of  pregnancy.  The  movements  of  the  foetus  were  felt  July  6th,  and  from  there 
being  no  doubt  whatever,  in  this  case,  as  to  the  precise  time  of  conception,  Dr.  R.  felt 
much  interest  in  watching  the  termination.  December  17th  was  the  day  on  which  it 
was  calculated,  at  the  latest,  that  parturition  would  take  place  ;  but  this  event  did  not 
occur  until  the  twenty-fourth,  making  the  term  287  days.  The  parties  had  never  met 
after  the  12th  of  March. 

Case  25.  —  A  married  lady,  who  had  not  borne  a  child  for  the  previous  five  years. 
Her  husband  returned  from  the  Continent  on  the  evening  of  September  15th  (five  days 
after  the  lady's  catamenial  period),  and  he  again  left  for  a  long  journey  on  the  morning 
of  the  17th.  All  the  usual  signs  of  pregnancy  occurred  in  October,  and  throughout  the 
whole  term  she  confidently  expected  to  be  confined  about  June  21st,  as  the  date  of  im- 
pregnation was  so  well  marked.  Labour,  however,  did  not  commence  until  July  5th. 
Now  in  this  case  the  only  objection  that  could  be  offered  is,  as  to  the  veracity  of  the  data, 
but,  says  Dr.  R.,  independently  of  the  virtuous  character  of  the  lady,  my  attention  would 
not,  under  other  circumstances,  have  been  so  frequently  directed  to  the  precise  date  of 
her  husband's  departure ;  and,  after  five  unproductive  years,  it  would  at  least  be  an 
extraordinary  coincidence,  that  impregnation  should  have  been  caused  by  another  indi- 
vidual than  the  husband  at  this  precise  time.  I  may  add,  too,  that  of  several  children 
which  the  lady  now  has,  that  which  was  born  at  the  period  referred  to  certainly  bears 
a  much  stronger  resemblance  to  the  husband  than  either  of  the  others. 

The  following  are  cases  narrated  by  other  authors,  in  which  the  data  were  sufficiently 
determined:  — 

Dr.  Girwood's :  —  The  husband  arrived  at  home  May  31 ;  the  catamenia  should  have 
appeared  June  2,  but  did  not ;  symptoms  of  pregnancy  soon  after  were  evident,  and 
parturition  took  place  March  1  (274  days).     Lancet,  Dec.  1844. 

Dr.  Montgomery's: — Catamenia,  October  18 ;  impregnated  November  10;  one  con- 
nection ;  quickened  January  28;  confined  August  17  (280  days).  Exposition  of  Signs, 
Sfc.  of  Pregnancy. 

Dr.  Rigby's: — Three  cases  of  single  coitus;  first,  260  days;  second,  264  days; 
third,  276  days ;  fourth,  284  days.     American  Journal,  Dec.  1847. 

Dr.  Lockwood's  : — Four  cases  of  single  coitus;  first,  270  days;  second,  272  days; 
third,  276  days  ;  fourth,  284  days.     American  Journal,  Dec.  1847. 

Single  connection,  October  10,  1840;  confined  August  4,  1841  (272  days).  American 
Journ.  Med.  Sciences,  April  1842. 

Case  of  Anderson  v.  Whitaker,  1827 : — One  coitus  only,  January  8  ;  confined  October 
28  (283  days). 

Dr.  Lee's  :  —  Forty-one  weeks  after  the  departure  of  her  husband  for  the  East  Indies 
(287  days).     Medical  Gazette,  1831. 

Desormeaux's  is  a  very  satisfactory  case.  The  lady  was  deranged,  and  it  was  thought 
probable,  by  her  physicians,  that  pregnancy  might  be  beneficial.  The  husband  visited 
her,  therefore,  at  intervals  of  three  months  only,  so  that,  if  conception  should  take 
place,  the  risk  of  abortion  from  continued  intercourse  might  be  avoided.  An  exact  ac- 
count of  these  visits  was  kept,  and  when  eonception  took  plaee  they  ceased.  She  was 
confined  nine  calendar  months  and  a  fortnight  after  the  last  visit.  The  exact  number 
of  days  is  not  given,  but,  taking  the  shortest  nine  months  (273  days),  with  the  addition 
of  the  fourteen,  there  will  be,  at  least,  287  days.      Diet  ck  Mid.  vol.  x. 

Dr.  Dewees'  case  in  Philadelphia: — One  connection;  delivered  nine  mouths  and  thir- 
teen days  after  (say  286  days).  In  this  case  the  catamenia  appeared  us  usual  at  the 
proper  period,  one  week  after  the  intercourse. 

Dr.  Beatty's: — 2f»l  days.     Dublin  Med.  Journ.  vol.  viii. 

o2 


CHAPTER  VII. 

STERILITY. 

233.  Having  thus  completed  the  history  of  conception  and  utero-gesta- 
tion,  we  shall  now  consider  certain  abnormal  deviations  from  the  ordinary- 
course  of  these  functions ;  and  the  first  in  order  is  sterility ,  or  inability  to 
conceive. 

The  causes  of  this  defect  have  been  divided  into  functional  and  organic, 
into  curable  and  incurable ;  into  those  which  cause  sterility,  properly  so 
called,  and  those  which  merely  occasion  impotence.  Without  adopting 
any  special  classification,  I  shall  enumerate  the  organic  and  incurable  cases 
first,  and  then  the  curable,  whether  functional  or  organic,  with  their  treat- 
ment ;  and  adding  other  causes,  not  included  in  either  class. 

Mr.  Skey's  case  of  Coesarian  operation :  —  One  coitus  only,  on  April  7,  1846  ;  labour 
pains  commenced  on  January  25,  1847  (293  days). 

Dr.  Mcllvain's,  at  Charlotte,  North  Carolina :  —  The  lady  was  visited  by  her  husband 
from  a  distance,  July  1,  1847 ;  he  remained  until  the  morning  of  the  6th,  and  did  not 
again  see  his  wife  for  nine  months.  Intercourse  took  place  on  the  1st,  2d,  3d,  and  4th 
of  July.  Shortly  after,  symptoms  of  pregnancy  appeared,  but  the  lady  was  not  con- 
fined until  April  23,  1848,  293  days  after  the  4th  of  July  (or  perhaps  296  after  the  1st). 

Dr.  Ashwell' s :  —  Catamenia  terminated  January  25  ;  husband  left  a  few  days  after, 
and  was  absent  six  weeks.  Confined  November  27  (300  days  after  the  last  intercourse). 
There  would  be  258  days  from  his  return ;  but  the  infant,  Dr.  Ashwell  mentions,  was 
much  larger  than  the  other  children  of  the  lady,  and  bore  a  strong  resemblance  to  the 
father. 

Velpeau  gives  a  case  (Art  des  Accouch.)  of  310  days.  At  the  supposed  fourth  month 
of  this  gestation,  M.  Velpeau  affirms  that  he  distinctly  felt  both  the  active  and  passive 
movements  of  the  foetus. 

It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  by  the  foregoing  cases,  that  there  are  well-authenticated 
instances  in  which  the  period  of  gestation  has  been  extended  beyond  the  usual  term. 
In  the  cases  of  single  intercourse,  293  days  form  the  longest  period,  or  eighteen  days  be- 
yond what  is  deemed  to  be  the  usual  average  duration  of  pregnancy  in  the  human 
female.  Now  it  is  a  coincidence  with  the  results  of  Lord  Spencer's  tables,  that  of  the 
764  cows  whose  data  were  so  accurately  noted,  the  greatest  excess  beyond  the  average 
term  of  gestation  in  them  (285  days)  was  also  eighteen  days.  In  the  case  related  by 
Dr.  Ashwell,  the  exact  day  of  impregnation  is  not  given ;  it  is  stated  that  the  husband 
left  a  few  days  after  the  catamenial  period,  and  I  have  put  this  down  as  six  days  after ; 
but  as  it  is  the  only  case  which  extends  to  300  days,  some,  perhaps,  may  doubt  the 
exactness  of  the  husband's  statement  as  to  time. 

Velpeau's  case  is  without  dates,  and  rests  solely  on  the  fact  of  the  foetal  movements 
being  felt  at  the  fourth  month;  might  they  not  have  been  appreciable  before  that 
period  ? 

With  a  view  to  ascertain  the  experience  of  those  who  were  most  likely  to  have  paid 
particular  attention  to  this  subject,  upwards  of  forty  of  the  most  eminent  obstetric 
practitioners  in  London,  Dublin,  and  Edinburgh,  were  applied  to  by  Dr.  Eeid.  The 
large  majority  of  these  expressed  a  firm  conviction  as  to  the  occasional  extension  of  the 
usual  period  of  pregnancy  by  a  few  days  beyond  280.  Several  have  met  with  one  or 
two  cases  of  protracted  gestation,  out  of  many  hundred,  on  the  exact  data  of  which 
they  could  rely  ;  others,  who  had  not  kept  notes  of  their  cases,  could  not  positively 
speak  to  facts,  but  had  no  moral  doubt  as  to  the  period  being  extended  in  some  instances. 
Some,  who  have  had  extensive  experience  in  private  and  hospital  practice,  state  that 
they  have  never  met  with  an  undoubted  case  of  protracted  gestation ;  whilst  two  affirm 
that  it  is  their  strong  conviction,  that  no  case  ever  exceeds  the  280th  day  from  concep- 
tion, and  one,  that  it  is  never  carried  beyond  the  ninth  calendar  month. 

In  order  to  show  that  no  other  data  than  the  calculation  from  a  single  coitus  is  to  be 
depended  upon  to  fix  the  commencement  of  pregnancy,  Dr.  Reid  presents  the  following 
table,  the  result  of  500  cases,  in  which  the  exact  number  of  days  intervening  between 

(162) 


STERILITY. 


163 


234.  The  absence  of  the  ovaries  will  render  the  person  incurably  sterile, 
as  will  also  the  absence  of  one  and  disease  of  the  other,  or  the  disorgani- 
zation of  both.  Cases  of  this  kind  are  not  infrequent.  Disease  of  the 
substance  of  the  ovary  may  be  extended  to  the  Graafian  vesicles,  or  they 
may  be  congenitally  deficient,  and  so  conception  be  prevented.     "  The 

the  last  day  of  menstruation  and  that  of  parturition  is  shown.  With  the  exception  of 
about  50,  they  were  private  cases,  in  which  the  data  were  most  correctly  kept;  and  the 
others  were  selected  from  upwards  of  1000  hospital  and  dispensary  cases,  presenting 
an  equal  certainty  as  to  date,  in  females  superior  to  the  usual  class  of  hospital  patients. 


37th  week. 


38th  week. 


Davs. 
252 
253 
254 
255 
256 
257 
258 
259 

260 
261 
262 
263 
264 
265 
266 

'267 
268 
269 
270 
271 
T,-l 

.273 

274 

275 
276 
277 
278 
279 
,280 

281 

282 
283 
41st  week.<(  284  , 

285 
286 
287 


Cases 
.  41 

1 
.  3 

1 

2 
'  4 
.  4 

4 

.  61 
5 


23 


cases. 


48  cases. 


39th  week. 


40th  week. 


13 
5 
13 
12 
13 
16. 

21 
20 
16 
16 
22 
21 
15 

18 
25 
14 
16 

11 
15 

11 


81  cases. 


131  cases. 


►112  cases. 


42d  week. 


43d  week. 


Days. 

'288  . 
289 
290  . 
291 
292  . 
293 
294  . 


295 
296 
297 
298 
299 
300 
L301 


.  17 


44th  week. 


45th  week. 


r302 
303 
304 
305 
306 
307 
308 


T309 
310  . 
311 

)  314  . 
315 
316  . 


63  cases. 


28  cases. 


!*8  cases. 


6  cases. 


Total,  500  cases. 


In  the  ease  which  occurred  314  days  after  the  cessation  of  the  catamenia,  it  is  noted 
that  quickening  did  not  happen  until  the  6th  month,  proving,  in  Dr.  Reid's  opinion, 
that  conception  had  taken  place  later  than  had  been  thought,  Had  minute  investigation 
been  made,  at  an  early  period,  into  the  remaining  five  cases  which  went  beyond  the 
44th  week,  it  is  most  likely  that  similar  facts  might  have  been  observed. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  above  table  agrees  with  that  of  Or.  Merriman  (114  cast 
showing  that  the  greatest  proportion  of  women  complete  the  period  of  gestation  in  the 
40th  week  after  the  cessation  of  the  catamenia,  and  a  very  considerable  number  in  the 
41st  week. 

In  Dr.  Murphy's  table  of  I^l!  cases,  the  numbers  born  in  the  39th  and  40th  weeks 
were  about  equal,  being  24  and  25;  whilst  the  greater  proportion  (thirty-two)  were  in 
the  41st  week,  and  2">  in  the  42d  week  —  equal  to  those  in  the  40th. 

In  Dr.  Reid's  table,  given  above,  the  282d  day  was  that  on  which  the  largest  actual 
proportion  of  the  patients  were  delivered  ;  but  the  number  from  the  274th  to  the  -  $2 


164  STERILITY. 

most  frequent  variety  of  ovarian  disease,"  says  Dr.  Davis,  in  his  Obstetric 
Medicine,  "which  we  may  suppose  calculated  to  produce  this  effect,  is 
that  of  an  obviously  morbid  enlargement  of  the  vesiculse  Graafianae,  ac- 
companied by  a  degenerated  structural  condition  of  their  parieties." 

235.  The  fallopian  tubes  may  be  congenitally  deficient  or  imperforate, 
though  such  cases  are  extremely  rare.  Their  canal  may  be  obliterated  from 
acute  or  chronic  inflammation,  or  their  fimbriated  extremities  may  become 
adherent  to  the  ovaries.  Even  though  not  imperforate,  yet  the  canal  may 
be  filled  with  adventitious  matter.  In  all  these  cases,  sterility  is  the  con- 
sequence, because  the  access  of  the  spermatozoa  to  the  ovary  is  prevented. 

236.  The  uterus  maybe  absent,  of  which  numerous  cases  are  recorded. 
If  present,  its  cavity  may  be  partially  or  wholly  obliterated,  as  was  no- 
ticed by  Morgagni,  Baillie,  and  Mott ;  these  cases  are  of  course  incurable. 
The  canal  of  the  cervix  may  be  impervious,  or  its  mouth  covered  by  mem- 
brane, as  in  Delpech's  case  and  several  others  ;  but  though  sterility  results 
so  long  as  it  continues,  it  is  within  reach  of  treatment,  and  has  been  cured 
by  puncturing. 

Diseases  of  the  uterus,  such  as  carcinoma,  polypus,  prolapsus,  &c. 
are  enumerated  among  the  causes  of  sterility,  but  erroneously,  I  think. 
Madame  Lachapelle,  Dr.  Davis,  and  others,  have  related  cases  of  con- 
ception and  delivery  notwithstanding  the  existence  of  scirrhus  and  even 
open  cancer. 

M.  Chopart  mentions  a  case  of  complete  prolapse,  which  proved  no 
bar  either  to  intercourse  or  conception.  Many  cases  of  polypus  disco- 
vered during  labour  or  causing  abortion,  have  been  met  writh ;  two  oc- 
curred to  myself  a  short  time  ago. 

Inversion  of  course  involves  sterility ;  and  the  same  may  be  said  when 
the  cavity  of  the  uterus  is  occupied  by  fluid  or  solid  matters,  and  the  os 
uteri  closed,  as  in  physometra,  hydrometra,  moles,  &c;  but  these  belong 
to  the  curable  causes. 

237.  The  vagina  may  be  absent,  imperforate,  or  partially  adherent. 
Some  of  these  cases  are  curable  by  careful  incision  and  separation,  as  in 
Dr.  Physic  and  M.  Amussat's  cases.  Again,  it  may  be  the  seat  of  callo- 
sities, cicatrices,  tumours,  &c.  and  by  them  be  partially  closed,  offering 
an  obstruction  to  copulation ;  but  they  also  may  generally  be  relieved  by 
an  operation.  Extreme  narrowness  of  the  canal  is  seldom  the  cause  of 
impotence,  as  it  is  generally  overcome ;  but  extreme  shortness  is  consi- 
dered as  occasionally  an  incurable  cause,  though  I  rather  think  without 
sufficient  reason,  as,  though  short,  it  may  not  be  sexually  disproportionate. 
Closure  of  the  orifice  of  the  vagina  by  membrane,  is  an  effectual  impedi- 
ment to  coition,  and  until  removed,  to  conception ;  but  partial  closure 
may  admit  of  conception.  A  short  time  ago  I  attended  a  lady  in  her 
confinement,  in  whom  the  hymen  wTas  perfect,  the  perforation  barely  ad- 
day  ran  so  near  to  each  other  that  we  must  rather  take  that  as  the  average  period.  If 
we  allow  a  range  of  from  two  to  six  days  after  menstruation,  as  elapsing  probably  be- 
fore conception  takes  place,  it  will  then  appear  that  about  the  39th  week  after  impreg- 
nation is  most  probably  the  ordinary  duration  of  pregnancy;  and  this  will  coincide 
with  the  result  of  the  table  taken  from  cases  of  single  coitus. 

In  a  note  to  a  former  edition  of  this  work,  Dr.  Huston  states  that  he  has  known  at 
least  two  instances  in  which  he  had  the  strongest  reasons  for  believing  that  it  extended, 
in  one  case  two  weeks,  and  in  the  other  three  weeks,  beyond  the  usual  period,  or  nine 
calendar  months.  — Editor. 


STERILITY.  1G5 

mitting  the  tip  of  my  finger,  and  the  membrane  was  strong  enough  to  re- 
sist the  pressure  of  the  head  for  a  considerable  time. 

238.  The  variety  of  dysmenorrhea  in  which  lymph  is  secreted,  is  con- 
sidered by  Denman  and  others  to  preclude  conception ;  this,  however,  is 
not  universally  the  case,  and  the  disease  in  many  cases  is  curable. 

Congestion,  erosion  or  ulceration  of  the  cervix  uteri,  uterine  leucori'hcea 
when  excessive,  and  perhaps  vaginal  leucorrhoca,  may  also  be  included 
among  the  curable  causes  of  sterility.  The  same  result  obtains  tempo- 
rarily, in  cases  of  irritable  uterus  and  some  diseases  of  other  organs.  Mr. 
Whitehead  has  lately  suggested  that  the  uterine  mucus,  instead  of  being 
alkaline,  as  in  its  healthy  state,  may  be  rendered  acid  by  certain  affections 
of  the  uterus,  and  as  the  researches  of  M.  Donne  have  shown  that  sperma- 
tozoa lose  their  vitality  sooner  in  acid  mucus,  this  maybe  a  frequent  cause 
of  sterility.* 

Unsuitable  marriages,  whether  as  to  disparity  of  age  or  constitution, 
often  prove  unfruitful :  cases  are  on  record  of  parties  who  together  were 
sterile,  being  both  fruitful  with  other  individuals. 

Excessive  sexual  indulgence  often  defeats  its  object. 

239.  I  have  thus  cursorily  noticed  most  if  not  all  the  appreciable  causes 
of  impotence  and  sterility  in  the  female,  with  a  slight  sketch  of  the  treat- 
ment of  such  as  are  remediable. 

There  is,  however,  a  considerable  class  of  unfruitful  marriages  of  which 
no  explanation  can  be  given ;  we  can  only  conjecture,  that  the  ovaries 
or  fallopian  tubes  are  defective,  or  that  some  sexual  incompatibility 
exists. 

The  uterus  and  vagina  are  within  reach  of  an  examination,  and  their 
condition  can  be  minutely  ascertained  by  means  of  the  finger,  the  specu- 
lum, and  bougies. f 

*  On  Abortion  and  Sterility,  p.  406. 

f  In  a  paper  read  before  the  Westminster  Medical  Society,  April  1849,  Dr.  Tilt,  after 
dividing  the  causes  of  sterility  into  those  -which  are  self-evident,  those  which  are  dis- 
putable, and  those  which  are  of  a  mysterious  nature,  directed  the  attention  of  the 
Society  to  subacute  ovaritis  as  a  frequent  cause  of  sterility. 

He  pointed  out  the  paramount  importance  of  the  ovaries  in  the  female  organism,  and 
their  influence  over  all  the  functions  of  reproduction :  he  showed  that  the  anatomical 
phenomena  of  ovulation  are  identical  with  those  termed  inflammatory,  and  hence 
inferred,  that  in  morbid  ovulation  the  healthy  process  might  often  pass  into  the  inflam- 
matory, which  would  furnish  a  satisfactory  explanation  of  the  increase  of  pains  and 
of  heat  in  the  ovarian  regions, — symptoms  so  frequently  met  with  in  difficult  menstrua-- 
tion.  He  considered  that  subacute  inflammation  of  the  ovaries  might  produce  all  those 
symptoms  which  are  called  by  the  common  name  of  dysmenorrhcea,  although  they  may 
also  depend  on  the  disorder  of  other  organs.  He  also  admitted,  that  the  symptoms  of 
subacute  ovaritis  might  vary  according  to  the  nature  of  the  patient's  constitution,  pro- 
ducing hysterical  symptoms  in  nervous  and  highly  excitable  females,  and  morbid  pro- 
ducts and  sterility  in  those  of  a  strumous  constitution. 

Dr.  Tilt  proved,  by  the  testimony  of  authors,  the  frequency  of  unaccounted-for  ova- 
rian lesions  ;  and  as  these  lesions  are  admitted  by  all  to  be  the  products  of  inflammation, 
he  drew  from  this,  as  an  evident  conclusion,  that  the  ovaries  and  their  peritoneal  cover- 
ing were  frequently  subjected  to  inflammation,  though  not  recognized  as  such  during  the 
patient's  life,  nor  treated  accordingly.  Respecting  the  production  of  dysmenorrhcea, 
Dr.  Tilt  admitted  that  while,  in  some  instances,  all  the  symptoms  of  that  disease  were 
produced  by  subacute  ovaritis;  in  others,  as  has  been  well  established  by  Dr.  Oldham, 
ovaritis  determines  dysmenorrhea  by  the  inflammatory  congestion  of  the  uterus  to  which 
it  gives  rise;  hut  he  did  Dot  agree  with  l>r.  Etigby  that  membraniform  exudations  in  the 
eatamenia  were  always  the  proof  of  ovaritis.  Having  thus  established  that  subacute 
ovaritis  is  a  frequent  cause  of  dysmenorrhea,  Dr.  Tilt  observed,  that  dysmenorrhoea 
and  sterility  being  admitted  as  concomitant  facts,  depending  on  each,  or  on  the  same 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

SUP  ERF  (ET  ATI  ON. 

240.  The  term  Superfoetation  has  been  applied  to  those  cases  of  ab- 
normal conception  in  which  a  female,  already  pregnant,  has  been  supposed 
to  conceive  a  second  time  before  the  termination  of  the  first  gestation. 
The  belief  in  the  possibility  of  such  an  occurrence  is  universal  among  the 
older  writers,  and  cases  are  adduced  in  support  of  the  opinion,  but  modern 
writers  have  been  more  divided  in  opinion ;  it  is  denied  by  Hebenstreit, 
Ludwig,  Nutger,  Schmidtmuller,  Blumenbach,  Beck,  &c. ;  but  admitted 
by  Haller,  Hervey,  Ploucquet,  Barzelotti,  Velpeau,  Burning,  &c. 

241.  The  cases  alluded  to  are  such  as  the  following : — 1.  It  is  not  un- 
common for  women  to  be  delivered  of  a  full-grown  child  and  a  blighted 
ovum  at  the  same  time,  and  from  the  disparity  between  them,  it  has  been 
assumed  that  the  period  of  conception  was  different  for  each. 

2.  Again,  a  woman  may  be  delivered  of  two  living  children  at  one 
birth,  or  within  a  few  hours  of  each  other,  one  of  which  may  be  fully  de- 
veloped while  the  other  appears  immature. 

3.  Further,  the  same  woman  has  given  birth  to  twins  of  different  colour, 
as  in  the  case  related  by  Buffon,  and  quoted  by  Fodere  and  all  recent 
writers  on  the  subject,  of  a  woman  at  Charleston,  South  Carolina,  who 
was  delivered  in  1714  of  twins,  within  a  very  short  time  of  each  other, 
the  one  being  black,  the  other  white.  On  examination,  the  woman  con- 
fessed that  on  a  certain  day,  immediately  after  her  husband  left  her,  a 
negro  entered  her  room,  and  by  threatening  to  murder  her  in  case  of  re- 
fusal, obtained  connexion  with  her. 

Dr.  Mosely,  in  his  work  on  tropical  diseases,  p.  Ill,  mentions  a  similar 
case : — "A  negro  woman  brought  forth  two  children  at  a  birth,  both  of  a 
size,  one  of  which  was  a  negro,  the  other  a  mulatto.     On  being  interro- 

cause,  he  had  a  right  to  infer  that  subacute  ovaritis  was  a  cause  of  sterility,  and  that  this 
imperfection  was  the  result  — 

1.  Of  morbid  lesions  of  the  stroma,  or  of  the  vesicles  of  the  ovula  therein  contained. 

2.  Of  a  false  membranous  deposit  lining  the  ovaries,  so  as  to  preclude  the  exit  of  the 
ovula. 

3.  Of  lesions  in  the  tubes  destined  to  convey  the  ovula  to  their  uterine  abode.  He 
likewise  stated  that  sterility  was  sometimes  produced  by  the  uterine  extremities  of  these 
tubes  being  blocked  up  by  a  glutinous  deposit. 

In  concluding  the  enumeration  of  morbid  lesions,  Dr.  Tilt  remarked,  that  as  our  ac- 
quaintance with  the  physiology  of  the  ovaries  dates  only  from  yesterday,  we  need  not 
be  surprised  if  the  knowledge  of  their  pathology  is  also  in  an  embryotic  state. 

Dr.  Tilt  concluded  by  giving  the  history  of  three  cases  in  which  the  diagnosis  of  the 
disease  was  fully  confirmed,  by  an  accurate  examination  of  the  patient  through  the 
rectum,  and  wherein  the  treatment  recommended  brought  on  a  cessation  of  the  sterility 
after  it  had  lasted  five,  six,  and  seven  years.  The  remedial  measures  prescribed  were, 
leeches,  to  diminish  the  chronic  ovarian  congestion ;  blisters,  to  break  the  chain  of 
morbid  nervous  action,  fostered  by  long  habits  of  suffering ;  mercurial  ointment,  com- 
bined with  narcotic  extracts  and  camphor,  to  reduce  pain  and  vascular  action ;  medi- 
cated enemata  were  also  administered  with  the  same  intention. 

The  views  advanced  by  Dr.  Tilt  in  the  paper  referred  to,  are  more  fully  developed, 
and  illustrated  by  a  more  extended  series  of  observations,  in  a  treatise  which  that  gen- 
tleman has  recently  published  on  "Diseases  of  Menstruation,  and  Ovarian  Inflamma- 
tion, in  connection  with  Sterility,  Pelvic  Tumours,  and  Affections  of  the  Womb." — 
Editor. 

(166) 


SUPERF(ETATION.  167 

gated  upon  the  cause  of  their  dissimilitude,  she  said  she  perfectly  well 
knew  the  cause  of  it,  which  was,  that  a  white  man  belonging  to  the  estate 
came  to  her  hut  one  morning  before  she  was  up,  and  she  suffered  his 
embraces  almost  instantly  after  her  black  husband  had  quitted  her." 
Cases  of  the  same  kind  have  been  published  by  M.  de  Bouillon,  Drs. 
Dewees,  Trotti,  Guerarde,  Delmas,  Dunglison,  &c. 

4.  Lastly,  cases  have  occurred  where  the  birth  of  a  mature  child  was 
succeeded,  after  the  lapse  of  some  months,  by  the  birth  of  another. 
Several  such  cases  might  be  cited.  In  the  Recueil  de  la  Socicte  <P Emu- 
lation, there  is  one  of  M.  A.  Bigaud,  of  Strasburg,  aet.  thirty-seven,  who 
was  delivered  of  a  lively  child  on  the  30th  of  April.  The  lochia  and 
milk  were  soon  suppressed.  On  the  17th  of  September  of  the  same  year 
(i.  e.  about  four  and  a  half  months  after  the  first  delivery)  she  brought  forth 
a  second  apparently  mature  and  healthy  child.  On  the  death  of  the 
woman  the  uterus  was  found  to  be  single. 

In  the  case  related  by  Desgranges,  of  Lyons,  the  woman  was  delivered 
on  the  20th  of  January  1780,  of  a  seven-months  child  ;  and  on  July  6th, 
1780,  five  months  and  sixteen  days  after  the  former  birth,  she  gave  birth 
to  a  second,  which  had  apparently  reached  its  full  time. 

The  late  Dr.  Maton  published  a  similar  case  in  vol.  iv.  of  the  Trans, 
of  the  College  of  Physicians,  London.  Mrs.  T.,  an  Italian  lady,  but 
married  to  an  Englishman,  was  delivered  of  a  male  child  at  Palermo, 
November  12,  1807.  On  the  2d  of  February  1808,  not  quite  three 
calendar  months  after  the  preceding  accouchement,  she  was  delivered  of 
a  second  male  infant.  Dr.  Maton  assured  Dr.  Paris  that  "  both  the 
children  were  born  perfect ;  the  first,  therefore,  could  not  have  been  a 
six-months  child."  Other  cases  maybe  found  quoted  by  Beck,  Velpeau, 
and  Cuming. 

242.  Upon  the  strength  of  these  cases,  it  is  assumed  that  a  second  im- 
pregnation maybe  effected,  although  the  uterus  be  occupied  by  the  results 
of  a  previous  conception.  Our  first  object  is  therefore  to  ascertain  how 
far  the  cases  considered  in  themselves  warrant  such  a  conclusion,  and  then 
whether,  if  the  cases  are  not  otherwise  explicable,  we  are  bound  to  adopt 
this  theory  as  the  true  explanation.  First,  then,  I  would  observe  that  the 
first  and  second  class  of  cases  can  be  easily  explained  without  having  re- 
course to  the  doctrine  of  superfoetation  at  all.  When  twins  are  conceived 
from  one  intercourse,  it  not  unfrequently  happens  that  one  ovum  is 
blighted,  and  sometimes  rejected,  sometimes  retained,  and  occasionally 
the  appearance  of  the  ovum  when  subsequently  expelled  will  be  found  to 
correspond  to  the  period  of  pregnancy,  at  which  symptoms  of  uterine 
disturbance  and  threatened  abortion  appeared.  Again,  nothing  is  more 
common  in  twin  pregnancy,  than  to  find  one  more  fully  grown  than  the 
other,  and  nothing  more  easily  explained.  So  that  neither  of  these  cases 
are  any  support  to  the  doctrine,  because  they  are  susceptible  of  another 
and  more  simple  explanation. 

The  third  class,  where  children  of  different  colours  are  brought  forth, 
is  equally  unavailable,  for,  at  the  utmost,  they  only  prove  that  a  double 
conception  may  occur  from  connexion  with  two  individuals,  if  such  inter- 
course take  place  with  a  very  short  interval.  If  such  cases  occurred  with 
an  interval  of  four  or  five  months  between  the  birth  of  the  children,  the 
case  would  be  altered ;  but  I  am  not  aware  of  any  such  on  record. 


168  SUPERFCETATION. 

It  must  be  confessed  that  the  fourth  class  of  cases  is  very  difficult  of 
explanation,  and  they  are  the  only  ones  of  any  force  in  support  of  the 
theory.  It  has  been  supposed,  that  in  such  cases,  both  children  were  be- 
gotten at  the  same  moment,  but  that  the  tardy  birth  of  the  latter  was 
owing  to  its  slower  development :  but  this  explanation  requires  previous 
proof  that  a  slow  growth  of  the  foetus  involves  a  protracted  gestation. 

Another  explanation  has  been  proposed,  based  on  the  fact,  that  when 
pregnancy  has  occurred  with  a  double  uterus,  one  cornu  only  is  occupied 
by  the  child.  It  may  in  such  cases  be  possible  (so  it  is  argued)  for  the 
woman  to  conceive  a  second  time,  and  the  child  to  occupy  the  vacant 
cornu,  although  previously  pregnant ;  and  in  support  of  this  view,  a  case 
is  adduced  which  occurred  to  Mad.  Boivin,  and  which  is  related  in  M. 
Cassan's  thesis  "  On  double  Uterus  and  Superfcetation."  "  On  the  15th 
of  March,  1810,  a  woman,  aged  forty,  gave  birth  to  a  female  infant, 
weighing  about  four  pounds.  As  the  abdomen  still  remained  bulky,  Ma- 
dame Boivin  introduced  her  hand,  but  could  find  nothing  in  the  uterus. 
But  the  examination  led  her  to  suspect  that  there  was  another  foetus,  either 
extra-uterine,  or  contained  in  a  second  cavity  in  the  womb.  At  length, 
on  the  12th  of  May,  a  second  female  infant  was  born,  weighing  not  more 
than  about  three  pounds,  feeble,  and  scarcely  able  to  respire.  The  mother 
assured  Madame  Boivin  that  she  had  had  no  connexion  with  her  husband, 
(from  whom  she  had  been  some  time  separated,)  except  thrice  in  two 
months,  viz.,  on  the  15th  and  20th  of  July  1809,  and  on  the  16th  of  Sep- 
tember following."  In  this  case  there  can  be  little  doubt  of  the  existence 
of  a  double  uterus,  and  it  would  be  difficult  to  disprove  that  the  second 
child  was  not  the  fruit  of  the  last  conception,  and,  if  so,  a  clear  case  of 
superfcetation ;  but,  even  granting  so  much,  it  only  proves  the  possibility 
of  such  an  event  when  the  uterus  is  double,  and  it  would  not  only  be 
very  bad  logic  to  assume  that  the  uterus  was  double  in  all  cases  when  two 
children  are  born  at  considerable  intervals ;  but  it  would  be  inconsistent 
with  facts,  for  it  is  expressly  stated  that  in  the  case  of  M.  A.  Bigaud, 
already  quoted,  the  uterus  was  found,  after  her  death,  to  be  single. 

243.  Thus,  whilst  we  need  not  deny  that  a  double  uterus  may  afford 
an  opportunity  for  a  double  conception,  at  distant  periods,  we  cannot  ad- 
mit one  such  case  as  explaining  all  the  cases  of  that  kind  on  record ;  and 
writh  respect  to  such,  we  have  made  no  advance  towards  an  explanation. 
Admitting  this,  are  we  necessarily  to  adopt  the  hypothesis  of  superfceta- 
tion ?  I  think  not,  because  the  real  difficulties  of  -such  a  theory  appear 
insurmountable ;  and  if  so,  our  ignoaance  of  the  true  explanation  is  no 
argument  for  the  adoption  of  a  false  one.  The  physical  difficulties  are 
those  which  depend  on  the  changes  induced  by  impregnation.  The  reader 
will  find  that  it  was  stated  (§  160)  that  shortly  after  conception,  the  uterus 
is  lined  by  the  deciduous  membrane,  a  shut  sac,  closely  adherent  to  the 
lining  membrane  of  the  uterus  throughout,  and  covering  the  orifices  of 
the  os  uteri  and  of  the  Fallopian  tubes ;  that  the  canal  of  the  cervix  uteri 
is,  during  pregnancy,  plugged  with  thick  tenacious  mucus  secreted  by  the 
glands.  Now  if  this  be  the  case,  and  if  it  be  an  essential  condition  of 
generation  (§  143)  that  the  spermatozoa  pass  through  the  fallopian  tubes 
to  the  ovaries,  it  is  evident  that  the  theory  of  superfcetation  involves  so 
much  apparent  physical  impossibility,  that  it  must  be  rejected,  unless  it 
can  be  shown  how  the  spermatozoa  can  obtain  access  to  the  ovaries  when 
the  uterus  is  (as  it  were)  hermetically  closed. 


EXTRA-UTERINE  PREGNANCY".  169 

In  coming  to  this  conclusion,  I  must  honestly  confess  that  I  have  no 
better  explanation  to  offer  of  such  cases  as  Dr.  Maton's  ;  but  surely  it  is 
more  philosophical  to  acknowledge  our  ignorance  and  patiently  to  wait 
for  additional  information,  than  in  our  impatience  of  a  state  of  uncertainty, 
to  adopt  a  theory  involving  such  difficulties. 

244.  In  conclusion,  I  would  say,  1.  That  the  theory  of  superfcetation 
is  unnecessary  to  explain  the  birth  of  a  mature  foetus  and  blighted  ovum  ; 
of  a  mature  and  immature  foetus,  born  together  or  within  a  month  of  each 
other  ;  or  of  foetuses  of  different  colours,  as  they  may  reasonably  be  sup- 
posed to  be  the  product  of  one  act  of  generation,  or  of  two  nearly  con- 
temporaneous. 2.  That  in  cases  of  double  uterus,  it  is  possible  for  a 
second  conception  to  take  place,  and  (judging  from  the  subsequent  birth 
of  the  second  child,  in  the  only  case  on  record)  at  a  later  period  than  the 
first.  3.  That  in  the  remaining  cases,  where  one  mature  child  succeeded 
the  birth  of  another  after  a  considerable  interval,  we  have  no  proof  of  a 
double  uterus  in  any,  and  positive  proof  that  in  one  case  it  was  single, 
and  that  to  the  explanation  of  these  cases,  no  theory,  as  yet  advanced,  is 
adequate ;  that  of  superfcetation  being  opposed  by  physical  difficulties, 
which  are  insurmountable  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge 


CHAPTER  IX. 

EXTRA-UTERINE  PREGNANCY. 


245.  From  certain  causes,  with  which  we  are  but  partially  acquainted, 
it  sometimes  happens  that  the  ovum,  instead  of  passing  into  the  fimbriated 
extremity  of  the  fallopian  tube  on  the  bursting  of  the  Graafian  vesicle,  and 
being  thence  transferred  into  the  uterine  cavity,  in  the  gradual  manner  al- 
ready described,  is  arrested  in  some  part  of  its  progress,  where  an  effort 
is  made  to  supply  the  place  of  the  uterus,  and  afford  space  and  nutrition 
for  the  foetus.  This,  however,  can  only  be  partially  successful,  and  the 
foetus  ultimately  perishes  for  want  of  nourishment.  To  this  misplaced 
gestation  various  names  have  been  given,  —  "  Extra-uterine  pregnancy," 
"  Conceptio  vitiosa,"  "  Grossesse  contre  nature,"  "  Exfoetation,"  &c. 

This  abnormal  deviation  from  ordinary  gestation  was  known,  but  not 
minutely,  to  the  ancients.  Albucasis  relates  a  case  of  foetal  bones  being 
extracted  from  an  abscess,  which  had  formed  near  the  umbilicus,  and 
similar  examples  were  recorded  by  Cornac,  F.  Plater,  Cordceus,  Horstius, 
Primrose,  Hildanus,  Riolan,  jun.,  &c.  In  more  modern  times  very  nu- 
merous and  well-authenticated  cases  have  been  published,  and  have  been 
carefully  collected  and  referred  to  by  Dr.  Campbell  in  his  learned  essay 
on  this  subject,  to  which  I  have  been  principally  indebted  for  this  chapter; 
and  if  I  need  any  excuse  for  the  freedom  with  which  I  have  availed  my- 
self of  his  labours,  it  must  be  found  in  the  fact,  that  his  assiduity  in  col- 
lecting, and  care  in  referring  to  the  numerous  cases  on  record,  as  well  as 
the  accuracy  of  his  reasoning  and  the  excellence  of  his  practical  recom- 
mendations, have  left  little  or  nothing  for  me  to  do  but  to  follow  in  his 
steps. 

p 


170  EXTRA-UTERINE    PREGNANCY. 

246.  All  the  varieties  of  extra-uterine  pregnancy  may  be  reduced  to 
three : 

1.  Ovarian  fcetation,  when  the  ovum  is  detained  in  the  ovary:  2. 
Tubular  fcetation,  when  the  fallopian  tube  is  the  seat  of  the  arrest ;  and, 
3.  Interstitial  fcetation,  when  the  ovum  enters  the  parieties  of  the  uterus, 
but  is  detained  in  an  interspace  of  the  fibres  before  it  arrives  in  the  uterine 
cavity. 

Dr.  Campbell  has  added  another  variety,  which  he  calls  the  ovario-tubal, 
a  compound  of  the  two  first,  when  the  sac  containing  the  foetus  is  formed 
by  the  ovary  and  fallopian  tube  jointly.  A  fifth  species,  ventral  fcetation, 
is  enumerated  by  most  authors,  where  the  ovum  is  found  in  the  abdominal 
cavity ;  but  I  think  Dr.  Campbell  is  right  in  supposing  such  cases  to  have 
originally  belonged  to  one  or  other  variety  previously  mentioned,  and  for 
which  a  separate  section  is  scarcely  necessary. 

A  brief  notice  of  each  variety,  with  the  details  of  a  case  or  two,  will 
be  necessary  before  considering  the  symptoms  and  termination,  &c.  For 
reference  to  cases,  I  beg  to  refer  the  reader  to  Dr.  Campbell's  book. 

247.  1.  Ovarian  fcetation.  —  By  some  writers  the  existence  of  this 
species  of  extra-uterine  gestation  is  considered  as  rather  doubtful,  on  ac- 
count of  the  facility  afforded  for  the  escape  of  the  ovum  after  the  rupture 
of  the  Graafian  vesicle ;  but  the  evidence  of  facts  is  too  strong  to  be  re- 
sisted. 

The  earliest  example  on  record  is  to  be  found  in  the  Philos.  Trans,  vol, 
ii.  p.  650,  communicated  by  the  Abbe  de  la  Roque.  It  occurred  in  1682: 
the  right  ovary  was  enlarged  to  the  size  of  a  hen's  egg^  and  lacerated 
through  its  whole  length.  «  The  foetus  was  found  in  the  abdominal  cavity, 
in  the  midst  of  a  large  quantity  of  blood. 

The  following  instance  I  quote  from  Dr.  Campbell ;  it  occurred  in  the 
practice  of  Dr.  Granville,  and,  from  his  high  character,  no  doubt  can  be 
entertained  of  its  accuracy.  "  The  subject  of  the  case  was  a  lady,  eet. 
39,  the  mother  of  seven  children.  Until  Dec.  1818,  when  she  conceived, 
the  catamenia  were  regular;  and  from  this  period  till  June  9,  1829,  the 
time  of  her  decease,  she  experienced  various  and  severe  sufferings,  and 
there  were  occasional  discharges  of  a  colourless  fluid  l  per  vaginam.' 
After  death  a  considerable  tumour,  soft  and  moveable,  was  perceived  im- 
mediately above  the  pubes,  and  rather  to  the  left  of  the  linea  alba.  On 
reflecting  the  abdominal  parietes,  blood  to  the  amount  of  several  pounds 
wTas  observed  to  fill  every  space  which  the  viscera  did  not  occupy.  The 
tumour  alluded  to  was  about  four  times  the  size  of  a  hen's  egg ;  and  dis- 
played the  same  general  black-reddish  hue  of  all  the  ambient  parts.  A 
blood-vessel,  the  size  of  a  large  crow-quill,  which  penetrated  the  dense 
portion  of  the  tumour,  was  traced  upwards  to  the  descending  aorta,  and 
was  ascertained  to  be  a  branch  of  the  left  spermatic.  A  smaller  and  much 
shorter  vessel  arising  from  the  tumour,  was  also  found  to  communicate 
with  the  spermatic  vein,  thus  establishing  a  complete  circulation  to  and 
from  the  parts.  The  inferior  and  left  half  of  the  tumour  presented  a  sur- 
face, consisting  at  two  or  three  points  of  diaphanous  membranes,  through 
which  a  foetus  of  about  four  month's  growth  was  readily  discovered.  The 
left  ovarium  was  the  seat  of  the  tumour,  which,  as  it  gradually  enlarged, 
distended  the  tunics  of  that  organ  in  the  same  progressive  manner,  in  a 
ratio  with  its  own  size.     As  the  foetus,  however,  increased  further,  the 


EXTRA-UTERINE  PREGNANCY.  171 

ovarium  burst  in  three  places ;  and  thus  the  membranous  sac  forming  the 
tumour  partially  protruded  into  the  abdominal  cavity.  During  this  de- 
structive process,  that  part  of  the  parietes  of  the  ovarium  to  which  the 
placenta  was  attached  was  also  lacerated,  so  as  to  tear  the  adhesion  of  the 
mass,  thereby  producing  sudden  and  fatal  hemorrhage.  The  right  ovary 
was  sound." 

248.  2.  Tubal  fcetation.  — When  the  arrest  of  the  progress  of  the 
embryo  takes  place  at  the  fimbriated  extremity  of  the  fallopian  tube,  we 
frequently  find  that  the  ovary  forms  part  of  the  walls  of  the  cyst  in  which 
the  foetus  is  contained,  though  it  is  not  always  easy  to  point  out  the  exact 
locality  of  the  arrest.  "  In  some  instances,"  says  Dr.  Campbell,  "  it  may 
be  presumed  that  in  the  incipient  stages  of  gestation,  the  ovulum  is  con- 
nected with  only  one  of  these  appendages,  either  the  ovary  or  the  tube  ; 
and  that  the  second  organ,  whether  ovary  or  tube,  becomes  involved 
merely  in  consequence  of  its  state  of  activity,  its  progressive  enlargement, 
and  the  pressure  exerted  by  the  ovum,,  together  with  the  consequent 
morbid  excitement."  Such  cases  constitute  the  "  ovario-tubal  gestation" 
of  this  author,  and  to  this  class  he  conceives  to  belong  those  which  have 
been  recorded  as  examples  of  "  ventral  fcetation." 

Fiff.  71. 


249.  But  of  all  the  varieties  of  extra-uterine  gestation,  that  where  the 
embryo  is  contained  in  the  tube  itself,  is  the  most  frequent.  Riolan  pub- 
lished the  first  well-attested  example,  and  he  was  followed  by  Littre, 
Sanctorinus,  Poteau,  &c,  &c.  The  following  example  is  taken  from  the 
Transactions  of  a  Society  for  the  improvement  of  Medical  and  Surgical 
Knowledge,  vol.  i.  p.  216.  "A  married  woman  in  her  second  pregnancy, 
in  consequence  of  a  bilious  complaint  to  which  she  had  formerly  been 
subject,  used  some  remedies  she  had  been  wont  to  employ,  and  also  a 
warm  bath.  She  had  been  obstructed  but  one  period,  and  paid  so  little 
attention  to  this  circumstance,  that  she  did  not  make  it  known,  either  to 
her  husband  or  to  the  ordinary  medical  attendant.  On  May  13,  1791, 
the  morning  subsequent  to  her  having  used  the  bath,  she  was  suddenly 
seized,  without  any  previous  exertion,  with  a  violent  pain  in  the  lower 
part  of  the  abdomen,  followed  by  syncope,  from  which  she  soon  recovered. 
A  moderate  bleeding  and  an  opiate  diminished,  but  did  not  entirely  sub- 
due, the  pain,  which  now  attacked  the  loins  as  well  as  the  abdomen,  and 
recurred  in  violent  paroxysms,  accompanied  by  vomiting,  yawning,  and 
fainting.  On  the  16th  she  was  somewhat  easier ;  but  towards  evening 
there  was  an  aggravation  of  her  sufferings,  accompanied  by  cold  sweats, 


172  EXTRA-UTERINE    PREGNANCY. 

coldness  of  the  lower  extremities,  interrupted  articulation,  great  restless- 
ness, with  want  of  pulsation  at  the  wrist,  and  she  expired. 

"Autopsy. — Nearly  a  gallon  of  blood  was  found  effused  into  the  abdo- 
minal cavity,  a  laceration  of  an  inch  and  a  half  in  length  about  the  middle 
of  the  right  fallopian  tube ;  an  embryo  of  the  sixth  or  seventh  week  in 
the  blood ;  the  uterus  lined  with  decidua,  and  its  cavity  filled  up  with 
gelatinous  matter." 

I  cannot  but  notice  in  this  place  two  cases  published  by  Dr.  R.  Lee,  in 
Med.  Gazette,  vol.  xxvi.  p.  436,  because  of  the  peculiarity  of  the  situation 
of  the  membrana  decidua:  —  "A  lady  died  suddenly  in  1829,  from  in- 
ternal hemorrhage,  produced  by  rupture  of  the  right  fallopian  tube,  which 
contained  an  ovum.  On  opening  the  tube,  and  examining  the  different 
parts  of  the  ovum,  I  found  a  deciduous  membrane  everywhere  surround- 
ing the  chorion,  and  closely  adhering  to  the  inner  surface  of  the  tube,  as 
the  decidua  usually  does  to  the  lining  membrane  of  the  uterus  in  ordinary 
gestation.  Within  the  decidua  the  chorion,  placenta,  amnion,  and  em- 
bryo were  distinctly  seen."    Again,  "  on  the  18th  July,  1836,  Mrs.  K , 

after  suffering  some  time  with  symptoms  of  inflammation  and  retroversion 
of  the  uterus,  was  seized  with  great  faintness,  and  soon  expired.  A  large 
quantity  of  fluid  blood  was  found  in  the  abdominal  cavity,  and  the  right 
fallopian  tube  was  extensively  lacerated  near  its  fimbriated  extremity. 
On  removing  the  uterus  and  its  appendages  from  the  body,  and  carefully 
examining  the  ovum  contained  in  the  right  fallopian  tube,  it  was  evident 
that  a  deciduous  membrane  everywhere  surrounded  the  chorion,  and  ad- 
hered to  the  inner  surface  of  the  tube.  The  uterus  was  considerably  en- 
larged, and  its  inner  surface  was  coated  with  a  very  thick  layer  of  yellowish- 
white  soft  substance,  like  common  adipose  matter,  and  bearing  no 
resemblance  to  the  deciduous  membrane.  There  was  no  trace  of  any 
arterial  or  venous  canal,  in  this  coating." 

250.  3.  Interstitial  fcetation. — This  form  is  the  rarest  of  the  three 
or  five ;  but  the  following  case  leaves  not  a  doubt  of  its  existence.  It 
occurred  in  the  practice  of  the  late  Mr.  Hey  of  Leeds,  and  by  him  was 
communicated  to  Dr.  W.  Hunter.  "  The  patient,  aged  35,  of  a  healthy 
constitution,  was  seized  wThen  two  months  advanced  in  her  second  gesta- 
tion, with  pains  resembling  colic,  which  were  subdued  by  appropriate 
remedies :  but  in  the  sixth  month,  they  returned  with  much  greater  vio- 
lence, and  were  more  diffused  than  formerly."  They  were  repeatedly 
alleviated,  but  as  frequently  returned.  When  the  term  of  gestation  was 
completed,  the  movements  of  the  child  ceased.  Pains  came  on,  but  with 
little  effect,  and  vomiting,  which  produced  great  emaciation,  and  ulti- 
mately proved  fatal.  ''■Dissection  exhibited  adhesions  between  the  omen- 
tum, intestines,  peritoneum,  and  a  large  peculiar  sac,  which  occupied 
nearly  the  whole  abdominal  cavity.  Besides  a  well-formed  foetus,  free 
from  any  mark  of  decomposition,  the  cyst,  which  was  a  line  and  a  half 
in  thickness,  contained  a  quantity  of  chocolate-coloured  fluid  and  some 
purulent-looking  matter.  The  umbilical  cord  passed  from  the  foetus 
through  a  narrow  aperture  into  a  cavity  whose  walls  were  an  inch  and  a 
half  in  thickness,  but  of  much  smaller  dimensions  than  that  which  con- 
tained the  foetus.  This  smaller  cyst,  which  must  have  been  the  uterus, 
contained  a  placenta  of  a  size  so  unusual,  that  it  filled  three-fourths  of  the 
cavity  of  the  organ ;  both  together  weighed  two  pounds  and  a  half  avoir- 


EXTRA-UTERIXE    PREGXAXCY.  173 

dupois.  No  trace  of  cicatrix  could  be  detected  in  the  uterine  parietes. 
The  membrane  of  the  ovum,  after  lining  the  uterine  cavity,  was  reflected 
to  form  the  inner  lining  of  the  cyst  which  lodged  the  foetus." 

251.  Causes.  —  After  the  instances  I  have  quoted  in  illustration  of  each 
variety,  we  may  now  proceed  to  inquire  as  to  the  causes  of  extra-uterine 
gestation,  which,  however,  are  by  no  means  easy  of  discovery.  It  is  pos- 
sible that  either  congenital  malformation  or  pathological  changes  may  retain 
the  fecundated  germ  in  the  ovary,  or  prevent  its  entrance  into  the  fallopian 
tube,  or  arrest  its  progress  after  its  entrance.  Narrowness  or  obliteration 
of  the  tube  may  effect  this. 

In  addition,  interstitial  fcetation  has  been  attributed  to  narrowness  of 
the  uterine  orifice  of  the  fallopian  tube,  or  an  unusually  large  interspace 
between  the  fibres,  or  to  a  partially  cornuated  uterus. 

But  these  causes,  it  is  evident,  are  mainly  conjectures.* 

252.  Symptoms.  —  The  symptoms  vary  a  good  deal.  So  long  as  the 
part  in  which  the  embryo  is  lodged  can  accommodate  it,  there  may  be  but 
little  disturbance,  and  nothing  to  afford  grounds  for  a  correct  diagnosis. 
In  other  cases,  the  local  symptoms  resemble  those  in  disease  of  the  uterus 
or  ovaries.  In  the  greater  number  of  cases,  there  is  much  suffering-  from 
an  early  period.  Certain  of  the  signs  of  pregnancy  may  be  present,  but 
a  degree  of  irregularity  in  their  intensity  will  frequently  be  observed. 
Thus  the  catamenia  may  be  present  or  absent,  and  if  present  either  scanty 
or  profuse  ;  and  not  seldom  there  is  hemorrhage,  or  a  discharge  of  clots, 
-which  have  been  mistaken  for  portions  of  the  placenta.  The  mammary 
sympathies  are  excited  in  most  cases,  and  the  changes  in  the  areola  take 
place.  The  patient  may  or  may  not  suffer  from  nausea  or  vomiting,  and 
in  some  cases  at  an  early  period  the  foetal  movements  have  been  felt  by 
the  patient.  The  increase  of  the  abdomen  generally  differs  from  that  in 
ordinary  pregnancy,  being  more  to  one  side,  and  the  pain  or  uneasiness 
may  be  limited  to  the  spot  where  the  tumour  is  felt.  M.  Chaussier  lays 
great  stress  upon  a  sense  of  weight  and  uneasiness,  deeply  seated  in  the 
pelvis,  and  occasionally  extending  to  the  kidneys. 

An  examination  per  vaginam  reveals  a  great  deviation  from  the  state  of 
the  organs  in  ordinary  gestation.  The  os  uteri  may  be  high  or  depressed, 
but  it  is  very  seldom  drawn  out  or  dilated ;  in  fact,  it  is  generally  as  it 
was  before  impregnation,  or  nearly  so. 

*  Velpeau  seems  to  think  that  occasionally  too  great  density,  or  preternatural  thick- 
ness of  the  covering  of  the  ovule,  or  envelope  of  the  ovary,  may  detain  the  ovum  and 
prevent  its  entering  the  fallopian  tube  at  the  proper  time,  and  thus  become  the  cause  of 
extra-uterine  pregnancy ;  and  likewise  various  pathological  conditions  of  the  tube,  as 
paralysis,  spasm,  excision,  or  insufficient  length,  engorgement,  contraction,  or  inflam- 
mation and  ulceration  of  its  mucous  membrane,  &C.  Astruc  believed  that  unmarried 
women  were  more  liable  to  this  accident  than  others,  and  it  is  supposed  to  be  caused 
by  fear  or  other  strong  mental  emotions,  of  which  two  striking  instances  are  mentioned 
by  MM.  Lallemand  and  Baudelocque,  in  which  it  seemed  to  be  caused  by  fright  Dr. 
Righy  very  properly  observes  on  this  subject,  that  "it  must  always  remain  a  matter  of 
great  obscurity  as  to  the  immediate  causes  of  extra-uterine  pregnancy,  more  especially 
of  the  ovarian  and  ventral  species;  and  the  more  so  as  we  are  still  ignorant  of  the 
mechanism  by  which  the  fimbriated  extremity  of  the  fallopian  tube  grasps  the  ovary 
immediately  over  the  impregnated  vesicle  of  l>e  Graef  at  the  moment  of  conception. 
In  many  case-;  we  are  inclined  to  believe  that  this  function  of  the  fallopian  tube  is  de- 
stroyed by  adhesion  between  it  and  the  ovary,  a  circumstance  of  not  uncommon  occur- 
rence ;  but  from  the  alteration  in  the  shape  and  size  of  these  parts,  as  also  from  exten- 
sive adhesions  which  are  usually  found  after  death  in  such  cases,  it  will  ever  be  difficult, 
and  perhaps  impossible  to  prove  it."  —  Editor. 

p2 


174  EXTRA-UTERINE    PREGNANCY. 

253.  When  the  cyst  in  which  the  ovum  is  contained  bursts,  however, 
a  series  of  new  and  alarming  symptoms  are  superadded.  The  patient 
complains  of  great  uneasiness  or  pain  suddenly  occurring,  languor,  debility, 
and  exhaustion  to  an  extreme  degree  ;  there  is  sometimes  a  sanguineous 
discharge  from  the  vagina,  with  dysuria,  tenesmus,  irritable  stomach,  &c. ; 
in  short  the  patient  exhibits  the  symptoms  of  collapse  from  loss  of  blood. 

In  tubal  foetation,  these  symptoms  generally  come  on  more  suddenly 
than  in  the  other  varieties,  so  as  at  once  to  excite  suspicion  of  a  rupture 
of  some  internal  organ  having  taken  place. 

In  interstitial  fetation,  the  symptoms  are  a  modification  of  those  in  the 
other  varieties.  In  some,  there  are  abdominal  pains  and  sanguineous  dis- 
charges, in  others  these  are  absent ;  but  in  all  the  cases  on  record  the  tu- 
mefaction and  fcetal  movement  were  confined  to  one  side  of  the  abdomen. 
It  is  also  remarkable,  that  in  all,  the  child  appears  to  have  lived  to  the  term 
of  utero-gestation. 

254.  I  have  already  stated  that  matters  may  go  on  more  or  less  quietly 
for  some  time,  not  without  injury  to  the  health  of  the  mother,  but  without 
danger  to  her  life.  However,  the  crisis  must  come  sooner  or  later,  when 
the  cyst  gives  way  and  symptoms  of  collapse  set  in,  followed  by  those  of 
inflammation.  This  crisis  may  be  hastened  by  various  circumstances,  such 
as  violent  action  of  the  abdominal  muscles,  and  the  consequent  pressure 
upon  the  tumour,  sudden  shocks,  or  blows  upon  the.  abdomen,  coughing, 
vomiting,  &c.  The  rupture  of  the  cyst  may  be  followed  shortly  by  fatal 
results,  owing  to  the  shock  to  the  system,  the  hemorrhage,  subsequent  in- 
flammation, or  from  one  or  more  of  these  consequences  combined. 

255.  But  there  are  many  exceptions  to  such  prompt  terminations.  The 
patient  may  survive  the  shock,  hemorrhage,  and  subsequent  inflammation, 
and  the  parts  may  accommodate  themselves  to  the  presence  of  the  foetus, 
so  that  the  patient  will  recover  a  certain  amount  of  health,  and  suffer  but 
little  local  inconvenience ;  nay,  she  may  even  again  conceive  and  bear 
children ;  u  nine  women  conceived  once  during  the  retention  of  the  ex- 
tra-uterine foetus  ;  two  twice  ;  one  three  times ;  one  four  times  ;  one  six 
times,  and  one  seven  times." 

The  period  during  which  the  foetus  may  be  retained  before  the  mother's 
death  or  its  own  expulsion  varies  much.  Dr.  Campbell  gives  the  follow- 
ing account  of  seventy- five  cases:  it  was  retained  "  three  months  in  two 
instances  ;  four  months  in  one ;  five  months  in  one  ;  nine  months  in  two ; 
fifteen  months  in  three ;  sixteen  months  in  two  ;  seventeen  months  in 
two  ;  eighteen  months  in  seven ;  one  year  in  five ;  two  years  in  eight ; 
three  years  in  seven  ;  four  years  in  four ;  five  years  in  one  ;  six  years  in 
two  ;  seven  years  in  three  ;  nine  years  in  one  ;  ten  years  in  three  ;  eleven 
years  in  two  ;  thirteen  years  in  one  ;  fourteen  years  in  two  ;  sixteen  years 
in  one ;  twenty-one  years  in  one ;  twenty-two  years  in  one ;  twenty-six 
years  in  two  ;  twenty-eight  years  in  one  ;  thirty-one  years  in  one  ;  thirty- 
two  years  in  one  ;  thirty-three  years  in  one  ;  thirty-five  years  in  two  ;  forty- 
eight  years  in  one ;  fifty  years  in  one ;  fifty-two  years  in  one ;  fifty-five 
years  in  one,  and  fifty-six  years  in  one  case." 

These  cases  afford  a  striking  instance  of  the  power  of  the  human  frame 
to  adapt  itself  to  new  and  apparently  adverse  circumstances.  In  many 
cases,  after  some  time,  an  effort  is  made  to  get  rid  of  the  foreign  body  by 
artificial  openings ;  thus  the  fetus  may  be  passed  piecemeal  through  the 


EXTRA-UTERINE  PREGNANCY.  175 

abdominal  parietes,  the  colon,  rectum,  or  vagina.     In  some  rare  cases, 
foetal  bones  have  made  their  way  into  the  bladder. 

256.  Experience  alone  could  have  convinced  us  of  the  possibility  of 
the  foetus  living  in  these  misplaced  gestations  ;  yet  it  may  continue  to  draw 
nourishment  and  exist  for  any  period  within  the  full  term  of  gestation. 
"In  ninety-eight  eases,"  says  Dr.  Campbell,  "in  which  we  can  decide, 
or  nearly  so,  on  the  Mage  of  pregnancy,  the  foetus  in  seventy-nine  patients 
died  at  the  close  of  nine  months,  or  soon  thereafter;  one  in  the  eighth; 
seven  about  the  seventh ;  one  in  the  sixth  ;  two  in  the  fifth  ;  two  in  the 
fourth  ;  five  in  the  third,  and  one  at  the  end  of  the  first  month." 

The  development  during  the  life  of  the  foetus  appears  to  proceed  at  the 
ordinary  ratio,  and  subject  to  the  laws  of  normal  gestation;  the  placenta, 
cord,  and  membranes  are  obvious  before  decomposition  takes  place  ;  but 
the  placenta  is  generally  thinner  than  usual.  Authors  have  differed  as  to 
whether  the  ovum  receives  an  additional  covering  or  not,  analogous  to  the 
decidua  ;  but  the  evidence  adduced  by  Dr.  Campbell  and_  Dr.  R.  Lee's 
recent  researches  seem  conclusive  in  the  affirmative,  and  it  is  probable 
that  this  membrane,  which  closely  resembles  the  decidua,  may  perform 
an  office  similar  in  the  nutrition  of  the  foetus.  The  part  to  which  the 
placenta  is  attached,  receives  an  increased  vascular  supply  for  the  occa- 
sion. 

Almost  all  writers  have  described  the  uterus  in  these  cases  as  lined 
with  (so  called)  deciduous  membrane,  though  in  some  cases  much  hyper- 
trophied ;  but  in  one  of  Dr.  Lee's  cases  it  was  absent,  and  he  doubts, 
whether  when  present,  it  possesses  "  an  organised  vascular  structure, 
similar  to  that  of  the  true  decidua." 

257.  Treatment.— If  we  are  satisfied  of  the  nature  of  the  case,  the  first 
indication  is  to  prevent  or  postpone  the  laceration  of  the  cyst  in  which  the 
ovum  is  contained,  and  which  so  often  proves  fatal.  With  this  view, 
undue  exertion  of  every  kind  is  to  be  avoided,  and  all  circumstances  likely 
to  excite  uterine  irritation.  No  pressure  should  be  made  upon  the  tumour, 
and  any  uneasiness  in  it  should  be  allayed  as  promptly  as  possible  by 
venaesections,  leeches,  or  opium. 

When  the  rupture  takes  place,  marked  by  the  sudden  giving  way,  col- 
lapse, and  exhaustion,  &c,  the  second  indication  is  to  moderate  the  effu- 
sion and  support  the  strength,  for  which  purpose  the  patient  should  be 
placed  on  a  hard  bed,  with  her  head  low,  and  the  abdomen  firmly  com- 
pressed by  a  binder,  over  which  cold  should  be  applied  by  means  of 
pounded  ice  in  a  bladder. 

Acetate  of  lead  may  be  of  service,  with  suitable  stimulants  and  broths. 

Should  we  succeed  in  relieving  the  state  of  collapse,  we  must  next 
combat  the  inflammation  which  will  set  in,  by  the  abstraction  of  blood, 
calomel  and  opium,  blisters,  &c. 

As  the  child  dies  soon  after  the  rupture  of  the  cyst  in  most  cases,  we 
must  next  endeavour,  bv  quietness  and  the  absence  of  excitement  and 
irritation,  to  aid  the  natural  powers  in  accommodating  themselves  to  the 
new  circumstances  of  the  case.  The  bowels  must  be  kept  free  by  gentle 
laxatives,  and  any  renewal  of  the  pain  must  be  met  by  the  application  of 
a  few  leeches  or  an  anodyne. 

If  we  find  after  a  time  that  any  effort  is  made  to  remove  the  foetus  by 
the  formation  of  an  abscess  or  fistulous  communication  and  discharge  of 
12 


176  PATHOLOGY    OF    THE   FCETUS. 

fetal  bones,  it  may  in  some  cases  be  advisable  to  assist  the  process  by 
enlarging  the  opening-  in  the  abdominal,  vaginal,  or  rectal  parietes  ;  but 
this  should  be  done  with  great  judgment  and  care,  as  serious  hemorrhage 
may  ensue,  and  we  are  never  to  forget  that  nature  is  generally  competent 
to  complete  the  processes  she  commences. 

Any  subsequent  inflammation  must  of  course  be  treated  in  the  usual 
manner. 


CHAPTER  X. 

PATHOLOGY  OF  THE  FCETUS.  — SIGNS  OF  ITS  DEATH. 

258.  When  describing  the  contents  of  the  gravid  uterus,  a  short  notice 
of  the  principal  pathological  changes  to  which  they  are  exposed  was  ap- 
pended, so  that  I  need  not  recapitulate  them  here.  They,  however,  with 
the  diseases  to  which  the  foetus  is  obnoxious,  constitute  an  important  de- 
viation from  normal  gestation.     The  latter  remain  for  notice  at  present. 

Abundant  observation  has  proved,  that  the  foetus  is  liable  to  almost  all 
the  forms  of  disease  which  attack  the  child  ;  that  many  of  them  are  quite 
independent  of  the  maternal  state  ;  but  that  in  addition  it  maybe  affected 
secondarily  through  her.  Amongst  the  examples  of  the  latter,  must  be 
classed  those  cases  of  premature  births  which  occur  during  epidemics, 
and  where  the  fcetus  appears  to  have  participated  in  the  disease  of  the 
mother,  as  in  the  observations  of  Rcederer,  Wagler,  Schmurrer,  and  Rus- 
sell. I  have  observed  a  considerable  quickening  of  the  action  of  the  foetal 
heart,  some  days  after  pregnant  women  have  been  attacked  with  fever. 

According  to  Duettel,  Schweig,  Zurmeyer,  &c.  children  born  of  mothers 
suffering  under  intermittent  fever  have  exhibited  the  same  disease  imme- 
diately after  birth. 

Many  cases  have  been  recorded  by  Hildanus,  Bartholinus,  Mollenbroc- 
cius,  and,  in  later  times,  by  Van  Swieten,  Mead,  Baker,  Lynn,  Jenner, 
&c.  of  children  born  with  small-pox.  Measles  have  also  been  observed 
in  new-born  infants  by  Osiander,  Stark,  Girtanner,  Orfila,  &c.  Nor  are 
they  exempt  from  other  diseases  of  the  skin,  as  erythema,  strophilus,  pem- 
phigus, &c. 

259.  There  is  scarcely  any  internal  organ  which  has  not  been  observed 
to  be  the  seat  of  inflammation.  The  presence  of  hydrocephalus  is  the 
result  of  inflammation  (acute  or  chronic)  of  the  arachnoid.  Hoogween, 
Veron,  and  Cruveilhier  have  recorded  cases  of  pleurisy.  Mende  and 
Koelpin  have  observed  abscesses  of  the  lungs;  Zierhold  cedema,  and 
Wrisberg  scirrhous  induration  ;  Husson,  Chaussier,  and  Billard  have  dis- 
covered tubercles,  Cruveilhier  lobular  pneumonia,  and  Lobstein  calcareous 
deposition  in  these  organs.  Brachet,  Chaussier,  Duges,  Billard,  Cams, 
Simpson,  &c.  have  observed  cases  of  peritonitis,  Chaussier  of  enteritis,  &c. 

Of  the  cause  of  such  attacks  we  know  little  or  nothing. 

260.  Chronic  diseases  are  even  more  numerous :  the  fcetus  may  suffer 
from  a  general  hypertrophy  or  atrophy ;   may  be  attacked  with  various 


PATHOLOGY    OF    THE    P(BTUS.  177 

forms  of  syphilitic  disease;  may  labour  under  worms,  calculus,  dropsy, 
jaundice,  or  hernia,  and  the  pancreas,  liver,  or  kidneys  may  exhibit  or- 
ganic or  pathological  changes. 

The  bones  and  joints  are  not  unfrequently  diseased;  thus,  for  instance, 
children  are  born  with  rickets,  as  related  by  Osiander,  Carus,  Otto,  and 
others  ;  with  caries,  as  observed  by  Carus  and  Joerg ;  or  necrosis,  as  in 
M.  Billard's  case.  Numerous  cases  of  fractures  and  dislocations  of  dif- 
ferent bones  are  on  record. 

261.  This  brief  and  imperfect  sketch  will  suffice  to  prove  the  truth  of 
the  statement  made  at  its  commencement,  that  the  foetus  does  not  enjoy  an 
exemption  from  disease  whilst  "  in  utero ;"  unfortunately  we  possess  neither 
the  means  of  detecting  nor  of  curing  these  affections.  The  subject  is 
nevertheless  one  of  great  interest:  to  enable  any  of  my  readers  to  pursue 
the  investigation  further,  I  shall  subjoin  the  names  of  some  of  the  authors 
who  have  written  expressly  upon  it.  Murat,  Diet,  des  Sciences  Med. ;  art. 
Fcetus.  Osiander,  Handbuch  der  Entbindungskunst.  Joerg,  in  his 
works.  Carus,  Zur  Lehre  von  Schwangerschajl  und  Geburt.  Mende, 
Ausfiihrliches  Handbuch  der  gerichtliche  Medizin.  C.  W.  Hufeland, 
Die  Krankheiten  der  Ungebornen,  1837.  Meissner,  Kinderkrankheiten, 
1829.  Hardegg,  De  morbis  Fcetus  Humani,  1827.  Billard,  Mai.  des 
Enfans  nouveauxnes,  &c.  Bergk,  De  morbis  Fcetus  Humani,  1829. 
Zurmeyer,  De  mmbis  Fcetus,  1832.  J.  Grcetzer,  Die  Krankheiten  des 
Fcetus,  1837.  Prof.  Simpson,  Essay  on  Peritonitis,  Ed.  Journ.  vol.  1. 
p.  39  ;  and  on  Hernia,  vol.  lii.  p.  17.  M.  Grcetzer's  work  is  an  excellent 
summary  of  the  labours  of  his  predecessors,  and  Professor  Simpson's 
Essays  are  equally  admirable  for  their  research,  careful  observation,  and 
logical  deductions.* 

262.  Death  of  the  fcetus.  —  But  although  we  may  not  be  able  to 
detect  disease  in  the  fcetus,  it  is  often  of  great  importance  to  ascertain 
whether  it  be  dead  or  alive,  and  it  is  therefore  desirable  if  possible  to  de- 
termine what  are  the  signs  of  its  death.  The  question  may  be  of  conse- 
quence to  the  medical  jurist,  and  is  always  to  the  obstetrician  as  influencing 
our  decision  as  the  best  time  for  operations. 

The  diagnosis  of  a  dead  fcetus  is  confessedly  very  difficult :  since  the 
time  of  Mauriceau  the  subject  has  been  investigated  by  many  writers,  and 
still,  notwithstanding  the  powerful  aid  afforded  by  the  stethoscope,  many 
cases  are  exceedino-lv  doubtful ;  and  for  obvious  reasons,  since  most  of" 
the  symptoms  upon  which  we  must  rely,  depend  upon  the  sensations  of 
the  mother,  and  sensations  are  notoriously  delusive. 

263.  The  signs  which  are  given  as  evidence  of  the  child  being  dead 
are:  the  cessation  of  its  movements;  the  subsidence  or  flaccidity  of  the 
abdomen  ;  the  recession  of  the  umbilicus  ;  the  loose  feel  of  the  uterine 
tumour,  and  its  rolling  about  in  the  abdomen  ;  a  sensation  of  dead  weight 
and  coldness  in  the  abdomen  ;  the  breasts  suddenly  becoming  flaccid,  and 
their  secretion  suppressed  ;  the  health  being  deteriorated  ;  the  appetite 
bad  ;  the  countenance  sunk  ;  a  dark  areola  round  the  eyes ;  foetid  breath  ; 
repeated  rigors,  &c. 

264.  Taken  separately  none  of  these  signs  are  certain  ;  the  movements 

*  An  excellent  monograph  on  the  subject  of  foetal  pathology  is  contained  in  the 
"  American  Journal  of  Medical  Sciences,"  for  August  1840,  and  continued  in  the  same 
journal,  Oct.  1841;  by  William  Huberts,  M.  1).,  of  New  York. — Editor. 


178  PATHOLOGY    OF    THE    FG3TUS. 

of  the  foetus  may  be  suspended  for  some  days  without  its  being  dead  ;  the 
degree  of  tension  of  the  abdomen  varies  much  in  the  course  of  pregnancy, 
especially  in  women  who  have  had  several  children  ;  the  uterine  tumour 
is  occasionally  felt  as  a  weight  (as  it  were  a  foreign  body)  by  women  who 
bring  forth  the  child  alive  ;  the  coldness  is  a  mere  sensation,  and  there- 
fore of  little  value,  a  dead  foetus  not  being  really  colder  than  a  living  one  ; 
and  the  health  may  be  deteriorated,  and  a  dark  shade  appear  under  the 
eyes  from  many  causes  besides  the  death  of  the  foetus.  The  breasts, 
however,  seldom  become  flaccid,  after  having  been  tense,  from  any  cause 
but  the  death  of  the  child. 

Besides,  it  is  a  matter  of  common  experience,  that  women  retain  a  dead 
foetus  "  in  utero"  for  weeks  or  months,  and  exhibit  few  or  none  of  these 
symptoms.  In  such  cases  women  have  even  fancied  that  they  felt  the 
foetal  movements  up  to  the  time  of  labour  without  any  change  in  the  ab- 
domen, breasts,  or  general  health. 

265.  But  although  taken  singly,  none  of  these  signs  are  conclusive, 
yet  cases  occur  in  which  the  concurrence  of  several  is  nearly  so.  Sup- 
pose, for  example,  that  in  the  sixth  month  of  pregnancy,  a  patient  should 
find  the  motions  of  the  child,  which  up  to  that  period  had  been  lively, 
cease,  and  soon  after  observe  that  the  abdomen  and  uterine  tumour  had 
lost  their  tense  and  rounded  form,  at  the  same  time  feeling  the  latter 
weighty  and  rolling  loosely  in  the  lower  belly,  and  finding  the  breasts, 
which  had  been  tense,  firm,  and  glandular,  subside  and  become  flaccid ; 
wre  should  undoubtedly  have  almost  proof  of  the  death  of  the  child. 

The  value  of  these  signs  in  short  consists  in  their  concurrence,  and  in 
their  contrast  to  the  patient's  previous  condition  and  sensations. 

266.  We  have  found  the  value  of  auscultation  in  detecting  pregnancy 
by  proving  the  life  of  the  foetus,  and  it  may  very  naturally  be  asked,  what 
evidence  does  it  afford  of  its  death  ?  in  other  words,  the  hearing  the  pul- 
sations of  the  foetal  heart  proves  the  child  to  be  alive  ;  does  their  being 
inaudible  prove  that  it  is  dead  ?  1  have  already  stated  that  in  some  cases 
although  the  child  be  alive,  yet  the  sound  of  its  heart  is  inaudible,  or  tem- 
porarily suspended,  and  such  cases  of  course  prevent  a  directly  affirmative 
answer  to  the  question.  Again,  much  depends  upon  the  tact  and  expe- 
rience of  the  auscultator ;  one  person  may  detect  a  pulsation  that  is  in- 
audible to  another :  to  pronounce,  therefore,  that  a  foetus  is  dead  because 
we  do  not  at  any  one  visit  hear  the  heart,  would  be  too  hasty  a  conclusion. 

But  if  after  hearing  the  heart  pulsating  distinctly,  we  find  it  gradually 
or  suddenly  become  inaudible,  and  continue  so,  the  evidence  will  be  very 
strong,  and  if  in  addition  the  principal  symptoms  above  enumerated  be 
present,  there  can  be  little  doubt  of  the  death  of  the  foetus. 

267.  Thus  far  we  have  considered  the  signs  of  the  death  of  the  foetus 
during  utero-gestation  previous  to  labour ;  when  this  process  commences, 
other  and  more  distinctive  evidence  is  accessible. 

On  the  rupture  of  the  membranes,  when  the  foetus  has  been  some  time 
dead,  the  liquor  is  frequently  changed,  being  of  a  dark  colour,  and  of 
thicker  consistence  than  usual ;  but  if  the  death  be  recent,  no  such  altera- 
tion will  be  found.* 

*  "  The  liquor"  has  been  repeatedly  seen,  not  only  "thicker  than  usual,"  but  actu- 
ally foetid,  although  the  child  was  alive  and  healthy.  In  such  cases,  it  arises  probably 
from  decomposition  of  a  portion  of  blood  which  is  extravasated  by  a  partial  separation 
of  the  placenta, — -or,  perhaps,  of  a  small  fragment  of  the  placenta  itself. — Editor. 


ABORTION. — PREMATURE   LABOUR.  179 

Great  stress  is  laid  upon  the  state  of  the  scalp  and  bones  of  the  cranium, 
and,  I  believe,  justly.  After  the  foetus  has  been  dead  some  time,  if  the 
ringer  be  pressed  upon  the  scalp,  it  is  felt  to  be  emphysematous,  crepitating 
under  the  touch,  and  a  portion  of  the  cuticle  w  ill  peel  off.  The  bones  of 
the  skull  also  overlap  more,  and  feel  loose  within  the  scalp. 

When  present,  these  signs  are,  1  believe,  conclusive,  but  the  latter  only 
will  be  found  if  the  death  be  recent.  It  is  stated  by  Dr.  Parr  and  others, 
that  no  tumour  is  formed  upon  the  head  of  dead  children ;  but  from  some 
observations  I  have  made,  I  am  not  quite  sure  of  the  fact.  The  absence 
of  pulsation  at  the  greater  fontanelle,  and  its  diminution  from  the  collapse 
of  the  bones,  is  admitted  to  be  an  important  sign. 

268.  In  face  presentations,  when  the  child  is  dead,  the  lips  are  flabby, 
the  tongue  flaccid  and  motionless,  and  the  presenting  part  slightly  swelled. 
In  breech  presentations,  the  sphincter  of  a  living  child  resists  or  contracts 
upon  the  finger,  but  when  dead,  it  is  relaxed.  The  discharge  of  meconium 
is  of  no  value  in  breech  presentations,  and  of  very  little  in  any  other. 
When  the  arm  protrudes,  it  shortly  becomes  livid  and  cold,  and  the  pulse 
at  the  wrist  often  imperceptible,  but  this  does  not  prove  the  child  to  be 
dead.  The  peeling  of  the  epidermis  is  conclusive.  In  prolapse  of  the 
funis,  the  pressure  to  which  it  is  exposed,  very  soon  destroys  the  child, 
and  in  most  cases  the  presence  or  absence  of  pulsation  in  it,  is  a  satisfac- 
tory test  of  the  life  or  death  of  the  child.  Dr.  E.  Kennedy,  however, 
records  a  very  instructive  exception  to  this  rule :  the  cord  had  been  pro- 
lapsed for  an  hour,  and  during  a  pain  no  pulsation  was  perceptible  ;  when 
the  pain  subsided,  he  "  drew  the  funis  backward  towards  the  sacro-iliac 
symphysis,  and  then  was  able  to  detect  a  very  indistinct  and  irregular 
pulsation,  which  corresponded  to  a  slight  foetal  pulsation  over  the  pubis." 
The  forceps  were  in  consequence  applied,  and  the  child  was  saved. 

269.  Dr.  Collins  and  Dr.  E.  Kennedy  regard  the  evidence  afforded  by 
the  stethoscope  during  labour  of  the  child's  life  or  death  as  conclusive,  or 
nearly  so  ;  certainly  the  information  thus  obtained  of  the  changes  which 
occur  in  the  foetal  circulation  is  extremely  valuable,  and  the  gradual  dimi- 
nution in  frequency  and  force  of  the  heart's  action,  and  its  ultimate  ces- 
sation, will  probably  justify  our  belief  in  the  death  of  the  child.  It  must 
be  remembered  that  it  is  not  simply  the  absence  of  pulsation  that  is  to 
determine  our  opinion,  but  its  cessation  after  having  been  heard. 


CHAPTER  XL 

ABORTION.  — PREMATURE  LABOUR. 

270.  The  expulsive  action  of  the  uterus  may  be  exerted  at  any  period 
of  gestation,  though  it  appears  more  easily  excited  at  or  previous  to  the 
third  month,  on  account  of  the  frailty  of  the  connexion  between  the  ovum 
and  decidua.  It  is  also  more  liable  to  occur  at  the  beginning  of  each 
month,  corresponding  to  a  menstrual  period,  than  during  the  interval,  in 
accordance  with  the  periodicity  peculiar  to  the  female  generative  system. 


180  ABORTION. PREMATURE    LABOUR. 

If  it  occur  before  the  sixth  month,  it  is  called  an  abortion,  subsequent 
to  this  period,  premature  labour.  It  is  always  an  "  untoward  event,"  and 
may  exert  an  unfavourable  influence  upon  the  health  of  the  female,  but  it 
cannot  be  considered  as  dangerous,  unless  it  be  accompanied  by  great 
hemorrhage,  and  even  in  such  cases  it  is  rarely  fatal. 

271.  Frequency. — Dr.  Collins  met  with  at  least  393  premature  cases 
in  16,414 ;  Dr.  Beatty  met  with  21  premature  cases  in  1200.  In  my 
own  report,  65  cases  of  abortion  are  recorded  in  1705  deliveries ;  Ma- 
dame Lachapelle  records  116  cases  in  21,960  cases  of  pregnancy;  M. 
Deubel  35  in  420  ;  making  in  all  530  premature  cases  in- 41, 699  deliver- 
ies, or  1  in  78 1. 

Mr.  Whitehead  has  recently  published  some  statistics  of  abortion,  of 
which  I  shall  give  an  extract.  "  Two  thousand  married  women  in  a  state 
of  pregnancy,  admitted  for  treatment  at  the  Manchester  Lying-in  Hospital, 
were  interrogated  in  rotation  respecting  their  existing  condition  and  pre- 
vious history.  Their  average  age  at  the  time  of  inquiry  was  a  small 
fraction  below  30  years.  The  sum  of  their  pregnancies,  already  termi- 
nated, was  8681,  or  4.38  for  each  ;  of  which  rather  less  than  1  in  7  had 
terminated  abortively.  But  as  abortion  occurs  somewhat  more  frequently 
during  the  latter  than  in  the  first  half  of  the  child-bearing  period,  the  real 
average  will,  consequently,  be  rather  more  than  1  in  7."  Of  747,  all 
had  aborted  once  at  least,  some  oftener.  "  Their  average  age  was  32.08 
years.  The  sum  of  their  pregnancies  was  4775,  or  6.37  ;  that  of  their 
abortions  1222,  or  1.63  for  each  person."  From  the  preceding  state- 
ments it  appears  that  more  than  37  out  of  every  100  mothers,  experience 
abortion  before  they  reach  the  age  of  30  years.  As  to  the  pregnancy 
most  likely  to  be  prematurely  terminated,  Mr.  Whitehead  states  that  of 
226  women  pregnant  for  the  second  time,  20  or  8.8  per  cent,  had  aborted 
of  the  first,  and  of  230  pregnant  for  the  third  time,  58  or  25.20  had  pre- 
viously aborted.  Of  602  cases,  abortion  occurred  at  the  following 
periods :  in  35  at  2  months,  in  275  at  3  months,  in  147  at  4  months,  in 
30  at  5  months,  in  32  at  6  months,  in  55  at  7  months,  and  in  28  at  8 
months.* 

272.  Causes.  —  The  causes  of  abortion  may  be  either  maternal  or 
ovuline. 

1.  The  maternal  causes  may  arise  from  the  condition  of  the  mother, 
or  they  may  be  accidental.  That  certain  states  of  the  constitution,  or  of 
the  general  health,  render  the  patient  obnoxious  to  this  accident,  there 
can  be  no  doubt ;  and  Denman  is  probably  correct  in  attributing  many 
cases  to  this,  rather  than  to  the  specific  cause  assigned  ;  for  as  he  observes, 
"  that  about  which  the  patient  was  employed,  when  the  first  symptom 
appeared,  is  fixed  upon  as  the  particular  cause,  though  probably  she  was 
before  in  such  a  state  that  abortion  was  inevitable."  The  habits  of  -life 
have  also  a  considerable  influence,  for  we  find  abortion  most  frequent  in 
the  extremes  of  society. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  is  wonderful  with  what  tenacity  the  ovum  is  re- 
tained by  persons  of  delicate  constitution,  and  under  very  trying  circum- 
stances ;  thus  women  far  gone  in  consumption  conceive,  complete  the 
term  of   utero-gestation,  and  are  delivered  of  healthy  children.     And 

*  Whitehead  on  Abortion  and  Sterility,  pp.  245-6. 


ABORTION. — PREMATURE    LABOUR.  181 

Mauriceau  mentions  a  case  (Obs.  242)  of  a  woman  who  fell  from  a  win- 
dow in  the  third  story  of  a  house,  in  the  seventh  month  of  pregnancy, 
and  broke  one  of  the  bones  of  her  fore-arm,  dislocated  her  wrist,  and 
bruised  herself  very  much  ;  yet  she  fulfilled  the  period  of  pregnancy  and 
was  delivered  of  a  living  child.  Dr.  Davis  also  relates  the  case  of  a  lady 
who  was  thrown  from  her  horse,  when  three  or  four  months  pregnant,  and 
much  bruised,  vet  without  interruption  to  gestation. 

So  that  we  cannot  pronounce  a  priori  that  delicate  women  will  abort, 
although  it  is  undoubtdely  a  cause  far  from  uncommon. 

When  this  constitutional  or  local  susceptibility  is  extreme,  a  very  slight 
shock  indeed  will  be  sufficient  to  cause  the  accident;  thus  one  lady  will 
miscarry  after  having  a  tooth  drawn,  another  from  making  a  false  step 
goino-  down  stairs,  &c.  ;  and  in  a  case  I  lately  attended,  it  seemed  to  be 
Brought  on  by  the  lady's  reading  an  account  of  a  railroad  catastrophe. 

273.  Certain  local  disorders  are  said  to  cause  abortion,  as  leucorrhcea, 
uterine  irritation,  a  patulous  state  of  the  os  uteri,  diseases  of  the  rectum, 

bladder,  &c.  , 

Mr.  Whitehead  mentions  that  of  747  women,  the  sum  of  whose  abor- 
tions amounted  to  1222,  the  assigned  causes  were  as  follows :  — 

"  Inward  weakness,"  impaired  health,  and  acute  disease         .     911 

Accident,  mental  perturbation,  &c 2^2 

No  assignable  cause 

This  "  inward  weakness,"  to  which  so  many  attribute  their  miscarriages, 
is,  in  fact,  leucorrhcea,  arising  from  disease  of  the  lower  portions  of  the 
uterus.  Out  of  378  cases  an  examination  showed  that  275  were  thus  af- 
fected with  inflammation  and  superficial  erosion  of  the  cervix,  varicose 
ulceration,  oedema,  fissured  ulceration,  induration  of  the  cervix,  endo- 
uteritis,  follicular  ulceration,  syphilitic  disease,  &c,  thus  confirming  the 
statement  of  M.  Boys  de  Loury  and  Dr.  Bennett  as  to  ulceration  being  a 
common  cause  of  abortion. 

The  same  consequence  may  follow  febrile  complaints ;  thus  a  patient 
will  often  miscarry  during  the  course  of  typhus  fever,  small-pox,  scarla- 
tina, measles,  &c.  ;  but  it  is  possible  that  the  miscarriage  in  these  cases, 
may  result  from  the  death  of  the  foetus,  and  not  directly  from  the  disease. 
In  this  way  probably  it  is,  that  syphilis  gives  rise  to  abortion  or  premature 
labour.  , 

274.  Among  the  accidental  causes  of  abortion  may  be  enumerated 
blows,  falls,  violent  concussions,  excessive  or  sudden  exertions,  straining, 
severe  cou^hin^,  &c.  which  in  most  cases  act  by  separating  partially  the 
ovum  from  the  uterus.  ,  , 

Mental  emotions,  anger,  joy,  sorrow,  good  or  bad  news  suddenly  told, 
may  excite  the  uterus  to  action,  and  effect  the  expulsion  of  its  contents. 

Lastly,  a  female  may  acquire  a  habit  of  aborting-  Each  occurrence 
predisposes  to  a  repetition  of  the  accident  at  about  the  same  period  ;  and 
after  it  has  happened  several  times,  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  carry  her 
safely  over  that  period.  Thus  Dr.  Young  of  Edinburgh  had  a  patient 
who  miscarried  thirteen  times  in  succession,  and  Dr.  Schultze  one  to 
whom  the  same  accident  happened  twenty-two  times,  at  or  about  the  same 
period  of  gestation.  I  was  myself  consulted  a  short  time  ago  by  a  lady 
who  stated  that  in  less  than  three  years  she  had  miscarried  ten  or  twelve 

Q 


182  ABORTION. — PREMATURE    LABOUR. 

times  during  the  second  month  of  gestation.  It  is  remarkable,  that  these 
patients  seem  to  have  as  great  an  aptitude  for  conceiving  as  for  mis- 
carrying. 

Dr.  Tyler  Smith  (p.  127)  has  divided  the  causes  of  abortion  into  excen- 
tric,  centric,  and  special,  so  far  as  the  mother  is  concerned.  The  former 
includes  the  causes  already  mentioned  which  act  by  irritation  of  the  mam- 
mary, trifacial,  vesical,  and  uterine  nerves;  the  'second,  those  which  act 
through  the  medium  of  the  blood,  as  scrofula,  syphilis,  the  exanthemata, 
&c. ;  and  the  third  includes  cases  of  disease. 

275.  2.  The  ovuline  causes  of  miscarriage  may  be  stated  generally,  to 
be  anything  which  compromises  the  life  of  the  child,  whether  the  ovum 
be  thereby  detached  or  not.  Thus  certain  pathological  conditions  of  the 
amnion,  chorion,  or  decidua,  the  erroneous  insertion  of  the  funis,  diseases 
of  the  placenta,  separation  of  the  ovum,  &c.  must  necessarily  interfere 
with  the  perfect  nutrition  of  the  foetus,  and  perhaps  cause  its  death  and 
subsequent  expulsion.  Or  the  foetus  may  die  of  some  of  the  diseases 
mentioned  in  the  last  chapter.  As  a  rule,  it  may  be  stated,  that  the  death 
of  the  foetus  will  be  followed  by  its  expulsion,  but  the  period  of  this  oc- 
currence varies  very  much ;  a  few  days  only  may  elapse,  or  it  may  be 
months,  or,  in  a  few  rare  cases,  years.  I  think  also,  that  the  evidence  we 
possess,  shows  the  much  greater  frequency  of  the  ovuline  than  the  mater- 
nal causes  of  abortion ;  and  if  so,  we  must  conclude,  that  as  it  is  better 
that  a  blighted  feus  should  be  thrown  off,  so  abortion  in  many,  if  not 
most  instances,  is  a  salutary  effort,  wThen  not  complicated. 

The  occurrence  of  hemorrhage  from  internal  or  external  causes,  is  not 
an  unfrequent  cause  of  abortion,  partly  from  the  injury  done  to  the  foetus, 
and  partly  from  the  distension  and  irritation  of  the  uterus.  The  blood 
may  be  effused  between  the  uterus  and  decidua,  between  the  decidua  and 
chorion,  between  the  chorion  and  amnion,  into  the  substance  of  the  pla- 
centa, or  into  the  cavity  of  the  amnion.  It  has  also  been  poured  into  the 
peritoneal  cavity,  probably  through  the  fallopian  tube,  as  noticed  by  Botal, 
Ruysch,  and  Smellie. 

276.  Symptoms. — When  threatened  wTith  a  miscarriage,  the  patient 
generally  experiences  a  sense  of  uneasiness,  languor,  and  weariness,  with 
aching  or  pain  in  the  back ;  after  these  preliminary  symptoms  have  lasted 
for  some  time,  those  of  labour  supervene,  and  in  most  cases  they  do  not 
differ  much  from  those  of  labour  at  the  full  term  ;  the  pain  may  even  be 
as  great. 

A  slight  discharge  of  mucus  or  blood  from  the  vagina  is  observed, 
pains  are  felt  in  the  back,  extending  round  the  loins  to  the  abdomen,  and 
down  the  thighs,  recurring  at  regular  intervals,  and  increasing  in  strength 
and  frequency.  The  stomach  frequently  becomes  irritable,  and  discharges 
its  contents.  The  pulse  is  quickened,  the  skin  hot,  voluntary  efforts  are 
made  in  aid  of  the  uterus,  and  ultimately  the  contents  of  the  womb,  or  a 
portion  of  them,  are  expelled. 

277.  But  although  these  symptoms  are  generally  present,  yet  the  pro- 
gress of  different  cases  is  so  dissimilar,  that  we  must  enter  a  little  more 
into  detail.  Occasionally  cases  occur  where  the  ovum  slips  out  of  the 
uterus  (so  to  speak)  with  scarcely  any  pain,  little  or  no  hemorrhage,  and 
followed  by  a  speedy  recovery.  We  see  this  chiefly  in  persons  who  have 
acquired  the  habit  of  aborting.     Other  patients  oresent  the  ordinary  symp 


ABORTION. — PREMATURE   LABOUR. 


183 


toras  of  labour  as  enumerated  above,  but  which  subside  after  a  time,  with- 
out the  expulsion  of  anything  from  the  uterus,  until  the  expiration  of  the 
full  term  of  utero-gestation,  when  the  birth  of  a  full-grown  child  is  accom- 
panied by  the  expulsion  of  a  blighted  foetus,  the  case  being  one  of  twin 
conception.  _ 

Again,  the  pains  of  labour  may  come  on  with  more  or  less  Hooding, 
and  after  some  time  the  fcetus  alone  be  expelled,  the  shell  of  the  ovum 
being  retained.  The  latter  is  generally  detached  after  a  time,  or  it  may 
be  dTssolved,  and  discharged  along  with  the  lochia.  So  long  as  it  re- 
mains, hemorrhage  is  to  be  feared  ;  and  in  many  cases  where  it  dissolves 
by  putrefaction,  uterine  phlebitis  is  excited ;  such  cases,  therefore,  excite 
great  anxiety,  and  require  careful  treatment. 

3  Lastly,  very  alarming  hemorrhage  may  precede  or  accompany  abortion. 
I  cannot  say  that  I  ever  met  with  a  case  in  which  it  proved  fatal,  though 
I  have  seen  life  reduced  to  the  lowest  ebb.  It  is  also  important  to  re- 
member, that  flooding  scarcely  ever  continues  after  the  expulsion  of  the 

ovum. 

278.  The  flooding  may  be  caused  by  external  accidental  circumstances, 
such  as  blows,  falls,  &c.  or  it  may  result  from  some  condition  of  the  ovum 
or  its  vessels  beyond  our  cognizance  ;  it  may  be  internal  for  a  time  and 
afterwards  escape,  or  it  may  be  discharged  per  vaginam  from  the  begin- 
ning. 

There  is  of  course  no  difficulty  in  the  diagnosis  in  the  latter  case  ;  but 
it  is  not  always  easy  to  detect  internal  hemorrhage.  In  general,  the 
patient  become's  pale,  exhausted,  and  faint,  with  a  dark  shade  under  the 
eyes,  and  a  quick,  weak  pulse.  She  complains  of  headach,  lassitude, 
slight  shiverings,  occasional  dull  pains  in  the  pelvis,  weight  about  the 
rectum,  perhaps  a  difficulty  in  voiding  urine,  tightness  of  the  epigastrium, 
&c.  with  reaction  at  intervals. 

The  uterine  tumour,  if  above  the  pelvis,  will  be  found  unusually  tense, 
and  larger  than  the  supposed  period  of  pregnancy  would  warrant.  After 
a  time,°the  distension  of  the  uterus  excites  contraction,  then  the  mem- 
branes give  way,  and  the  blood  escapes.  The  fcetus  is  of  course  lost. 
The  intensity  of  the  symptoms,  and  the  injury  to  the  mother  are  in  pro- 
portion to  the  amount  of  flooding,  which,  in  fact,  constitutes  the  primary 
danger  of  an  abortion. 

Generally  speaking,  the  flooding  is  less,  the  nearer  the  gestation  is  to 
its  completion.  , 

279.  Treatment.  —  The  first  question  that  occurs  to  us  when  called  m 
to  a  case  of  threatened  miscarriage,  is,  whether  it  can  be  averted.  If  we 
possessed  any  means  of  ascertaining  the  state  of  the  ovum  and  fcetus,  the 
question  would  probably  be,  whether  it  ought  to  be  averted  ;  for  certainly 
when  the  fcetus  is  dead  or  seriously  injured,  it  is  much  better  that  it  should 
be  cast  off.  But  we  do  not  possess  this  knowledge,  and  must  therefore 
content  ourselves  with  the  conviction,  that  if  the  vital  relation  between  the 
ovum  and  uterus  be  compromised,  it  will  be  expelled,  and  in  the  mean 
time  use  the  most  suitable  means  to  arrest,  if  possible,  the  progress  of  the 
case,  or  to  avert  danger  from  the  mother. 

If  the  hemorrhage  be  very  slight,  and  the  pains  very  trilling,  our  efforts 
maybe  successful;  but  if  the  pains  have  continued  for  some  time,  and 
are  accompanied  with  bearing  down,  and  especially  if  there  be  much 


184  ABORTION. — PREMATURE    LABOUR. 

flooding,  there  is  little  hope  of  success.  If  the  patient  be  robust  and 
plethoric,  it  will  be  advisable  to  take  away  blood  from  the  arm  ;  and  she 
should  repose  on  a  hard  bed,  lightly  covered  with  clothes,  in  a  cool  room, 
and  be  kept  in  perfect  quiet,  mental  and  bodily.  All  causes  of  irritation, 
excitement,  or  distress,  must  be  removed,  and  stimulants  of  every  kind 
avoided.  We  may  then  attempt  to  suspend  the  uterine  action,  by  means 
of  opium  or  some  of  its  preparations,  in  full  doses. 

In  such  cases  I  have  latterly  succeeded  several  times  by  means  of  the 
tincture  of  Indian  hemp,  as  prepared  by  Mr.  Donovan  of  this  city,  in 
doses  of  five  to  ten  drops  three  times  a  day. 

The  acid  mixture,  cold  to  the  vulva,  or  an  enema  of  cold  water,  will 
be  useful,  if  the  discharge  increase. 

If  our  attempt  thus  to  arrest  miscarriage  fail,  we  must  then  act  accord- 
ing to  the  circumstances  of  the  case.  If  there  be  little  hemorrhage,  and 
the  pains  increase  and  expel  the  ovum,  little  treatment  will  be  necessary. 

280.  If  the  foetus  alone  be  expelled,  we  may  wait  awhile  (if  no  flood- 
ing occurs)  to  see  if  the  uterine  efforts  will  detach  the  secundines  ;  if  not, 
perhaps  we  maybe  able  to  reach  the  lower  portion  of  them  with  the  finger, 
and  gradually  withdraw  them ;  if  this  fail,  we  may  frequently  succeed 
with  the  ergot  of  rye.* 

But  there  are  many  cases  in  which  none  of  these  plans  will  succeed. 
Are  wre  then  to  leave  the  case  to  nature  ?  We  know7  that  after  a  time  the 
shell  of  the  ovum  will  putrefy,  dissolve,  and  be  discharged  ;  but  experi- 
ence too  often  proves,  that  this  process  involves  considerable  danger: 
danger  of  hemorrhage  first,  and  afterwards  of  uterine  phlebitis.  I  shall 
speak  of  the  treatment  in  cases  of  flooding,  presently  ;  and  with  regard  to 
the  danger  of  uterine  phlebitis  from  absorption  of  a  putrid  ovum,  it  is 
sufficiently  imminent  to  warrant  interference,  if  we  are  called  early  enough. 
The  French  recommend  a  pair  of  long  thin  forceps,  with  which  the  ovum 
is  to  be  seized  and  removed ;  but  against  such  an  instrument  there  lies 
the  serious  objection,  that  we  cannot  be  certain  of  not  injuring  the  uterus, 
unless  we  introduce  the  finger  also.  The  late  Mr.  Wainwright,  of  Liver- 
pool, published  a  short  paper  in  one  of  the  journals,  in  which  he  recom- 
mended extraction  of  the  ovum  by  introducing  the  hand  into  the  vagina, 
and  one,  or  at  most  two,  fingers  into  the  uterus. 

That  this  is  practicable,  and  in  certain  cases  advisable,  I  know  by  ex- 
perience, having  repeatedly  practised  it;  but  it.must  be  remembered  that 
it  is  not  free  from  danger,  and  before  we  have  recourse  to  it,  we  should 
be  satisfied  that  the  natural  powers  will  not  act,  even  under  the  influence 
of  ergot.  Further,  if  done  at  all,  it  should  be  before  the  secundines  have 
putrefied,  or  irritative  fever  set  in.f 

*  The  use  of  the  ergot  of  rye  under  these  circumstances  is  not  without  inconvenience ; 
for  although  it  be  true  that  "flooding  constitutes  the  primary  danger  of  abortion,"  in- 
tense pain  and  nervous  excitement  are  not  unfrequcnt  attendants,  and  ergot  never  fails 
to  aggravate  the  sufferings  of  the  patient  in  these  respects.  Time,  rest,  and  opium, 
are  the  grand  remedies  in  abortion,  for  which  there  are  no  substitutes.  Where  the 
strength  of  the  patient  and  condition  of  the  circulation  allow  of  it,  bleeding,  in  the 
early  stage,  if  it  do  not  prevent  abortion,  will  rarely  fail  to  mitigate  the  violence  of  its 
attendant  circumstances.  —  Editor. 

I  Dr.  I:'  the  mode  recommended  by  Levret  as  preferable  to  the  employ- 

ment of  the  fingers,  viz.,  t>>  throw  up  "a  powerful  stream  of  -warm  water  by  means  of  a 
syringe."  Dr.  Dewees  employed  a  wire  crotchet  for  the  removal  of  the  Becundines 
when  they  were  not  thrown  off  spontaneously,  or  by  the  use  of  ergot.     This  instrument 


1  9>£\ 
ABORTION.— PREMATURE    LABOUR. 

Portion, let  us  now  proceed  oconsi J     ».,.-;  '  Me  or  „„  chance  o 
with  flooding.     When  .t  is    ~  {,',;.,  from  hemorrhage  ceases  wu* 
preventing  miscarriage,  and  as  the da g  ^^  t0  moderate 

Sm  expulsion  of  the  ov um >,  our  ad av°  diRvl   ?eans  of 

the  discharge,  until  tin,  t  ev t akes  ^  be  uged    ,,       ,,     i 

restraint  we  Possef ,^ 'ti to  such  an  extent  as  to  destroy  life:  m  other 
hemorrhage  may  fake  place  to  sucn  an  fer  adyanced  m  preg. 

words,  not  if  the  uterus  he  em^r,  andmej  be  Qnl     llghfly 

nancy.     If  the  uterus  b< s  filled  uil" mis  nat  amount  rf  ]oss  by 

distcnsihle,  even  though  empty,  ™  can  re*  For  ^ 

introduced.*  ,       b    means  0f  a  cloth  dipped  in 

Cold  should  be  applied  to  the  vulva,  i  y  after  ^  sbock 

cold  water  and  suddenly  appt d;  'J™*  *  ^  benefil 

produced,  and  re-apphed  at  intervals. 
from  enemata  of  cold  water.  and      Ju. 

Fig.  72. 
Fig.  73. 


,        •       f*„   TO       "It  is  about  ten  inches  long    curved 
Bented  in  the  accompanying  ^TOgXteW)-  Wades  are  about  one  inch  anda 

S5       The  handles  and  blades,  ^^toB  »J-*f5  wounding  or  pinchmg  any 

SSvbedx^=gffl£^:  "'i 

ration.— Editor.  q2 


186  ABORTION. — PREMATURE   LABOUR. 

Opium  in  small  doses  is  very  useful,  nor  does  it  suspend  the  uterine 
contractions.* 

Doctors  Dewees  and  Conquest  recommend  the  acetate  of  lead,  and 
others,  large  doses  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  in  infusion  of  roses ;  but  I 
cannot  say  that  I  have  obtained  much  success  from  them. 

282.  When  the  plug  is  removed,  we  should  carefully  examine  the  os 
uteri,  so  as  to  ascertain  if  the  ovum  is  descending:  if  we  are  able  to  reach 
the  lower  end  of  it,  it  is  often  possible  by  a  little  dexterity  to  hook  it 
down.  If  it  be  beyond  our  reach,  we  may  replace  the  plug,  or  give  ergot 
to  excite  the  uterus  to  action.  Borax  is  highly  esteemed  in  Germany, 
and  has  been  recommended  by  Dr.  Copland,  for  its  influence  in  exciting 
uterine  contraction  ;  it  may  either  be  given  alone  or  combined  with  the 
ergot. 

283.  In  the  majority  of  cases,  the  natural  efforts  or  the  means  just  re- 
commended, will  succeed  in  expelling  the  ovum ;  but  in  some  they  fail, 
and  the  patient  may  be  reduced  to  the  verge  of  death  by  the  flooding, 
which  is  kept  up  by  the  presence  of  the  ovum.  In  such  cases  a  more 
direct  interference  has  been  recommended.  M.  Levret  advises  warm 
water  injections  into  the  vagina  and  uterus  ;  Dr.  Dewees  the  use  of  a  wire 
crotchet,  and  some  French  writers  (as  already  mentioned)  the  use  of  a 
delicate  pair  of  forceps. f  For  my  own  part,  I  decidedly  reprobate  such 
instruments,  when  the  same  benefits  can  be  obtained  by  the  finger,  as 
recommended  by  Mr.  Wainwright.  I  have  several  times  had  occasion 
to  perform  this  operation  in  extreme  cases,  and  I  have  been  able  to  do  so 
with  perfect  success,  as  far  as  the  extraction  of  the  ovum  is  concerned, 
and  without  any  unpleasant  consequences. 

But  let  me  be  quite  understood  by  my  junior  readers :  such  an  opera- 
tion at  an  early  period  of  gestation  is  not  without  danger,  and  requires 
delicacy,  gentleness,  and  tact:  to  have  recourse  to  it  in  any  but  extreme 
cases  would  be  unpardonable  rashness ;  but  I  should  deem  it  just  as 
wrong,  to  allowT  a  patient  to  die  of  hemorrhage,  without  having  had  re- 
course to  it. 

284.  The  after-treatment  of  patients  who  have  miscarried  requires  great 
care.     The  popular  belief  is,  that  abortion  is  more  dangerous  than  labour, 

*  "  In  the  management  of  cases  of  threatened  abortion,"  says  Dr.  Lever,  [Lond.  Med. 
Gaz.,  1849,)  "it  is  my  rule,  if  possible,  to  get  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  immediate 
or  exciting  cause  of  the  hemorrhage  or  pain,  or  both  ;  secondly,  before  using  opium,  to 
ascertain  the  state  of  the  os  uteri,  and  especially  whether  the  anterior  part  of  the  neck 
has  lost  its  plumpness  and  firmness,  and  has  become  soft  and  baggy.  If  with  the  dis- 
charge we  have  a  patent  state  of  the  os  uteri,  and  if  the  neck  be  soft  and  loose,  the 
exhibition  of  opium  will  do  harm,  by  retarding  the  emptying  of  the  uterus,  which  must 
sooner  or  later  take  place.  But  while  I  do  not  advocate  the  use  of  this  drug  under  the 
circumstances  related,  I  can  speak  loudly  in  its  praise  after  the  abortion  has  occurred, 
especially  if  such  have  been  attended  with  a  large  loss  of  blood :  it  will  then  allay  ex- 
citement, tranquillize  the  circulation,  and  procure  sleep.  These  remarks,  however,  do 
not  altogether  apply  to  those  cases  which  menace  from  accident,  or  from  mental  causes, 
or  those  which  may  be  said  to  be  due  to  habit.  In  these,  with  the  application  of  cold, 
perfect  quietude,  and  unstimulating  diet,  I  have  known  the  exhibition  of  opium  by  the 
mouth,  or,  what  I  prefer,  a  cold  starch  injection  with  opium,  thrown  into  the  bowels, 
and  repeated  every  night,  or  more  often  according  to  existing  circumstances,  followed 
by  the  best  results."  —  Editor. 

f  Dr.  Dewees,  it  is  believed,  never  employed  the  "wire  crotchet"  for  the  removal 
of  the  ovum,  but  solely  to  bring  away  the  secundincs  after  the  rupture  of  the  ovum,  and 
the  escape  of  the  foetus. — Editor. 


ABORTION.— PREMATURE   LABOUR.  187 

and  I  am  not  sure  that  it  is  far  wrong  No  doubt  exists  that  -omen  are 
as  liable  to  puerperal  diseases  after  abortion  or  premature  labour  as  alter 
delivery  at  the  full  time,  and  they  require  as  careful  management. 

Thfpatien  sbou Id  re  t  in  bed  the  usual  time,  and  then  return  gradually 
to  he  usual  occupations.  Attention  should  be  paid  to  the  lochia  that 
&ey  be  not  checked,  and  to  the  bowels.     The  diet  for  some  days  should 

b^5ldlned;!v3S' S—  of  abortion  or  premature  labour  re- 
auires'in  tie  first  place,  the  removal  or  avoidance  oi  all  possible  causes; 
2nd TicondV,  the'adop'tion  of  all  means  calculated  to  strengthen  the  con- 

^ThTstate  of  the  stomach  and  bowels  must  be  carefully  regulated  the 
diet  be  Hgh  and  nutritious,  and  exercise  taken  m  the  open  an,  but  not 
s as  to  occasion  fatigue.  If  the  patient  be  robust,  the >  pulse  full  and 
nuick  and  some  threatening  symptoms  present,  a  small  bleeding  may  be 
S  but  if  she  be  weak  tmd  cachectic,  we  must  have  recourse  to  tomes. 
If  the  patient  have  previously  miscarried,  as  she  approaches  again  the 
same  period,  she  must  take  more  rest,  lying  on  a  sofa  or  bed,  lightly 
covered  the  greater  part  of  the  day,  until  the  period  be  passed.  Rest 
more  or'less  aLolute^is  one  of  the  most  powerful  prophylactic  means  we 

P°Cold. sponging  the  use  of  the  "bidet,"  or  cold  bathing,  as  recom- 
mended by  Mr.  White  0f  Manchester,  is  highly  beneficial,  provided  we 
guard  against  too  great  a  shock.  . 

°  When  the  habif  of  miscarrying  has  been  acquired  one  of  the  most 
effective  means  of  breaking  it,  is  to  give  the  uterus  a  long  rest,  by  sepa- 
rating the  woman  and  her  husband  for  several  months. 

*  This  habit  is  sometimes  so  firm.,  B«d  as  to  he  very  ^f.^ZTZyob^l 

period  of  miscarriage  and  eontou.ag  •g££Z£Z2S£~tt  fusing  at 

SRSS2  %ZL  BE!  o^=»-  ;-r~d'edrz^ 

VWSi^S^^nS^^p^S^  ma,  he  ac 
quired,  which  will  allow  gestation  to  go  to  the  full  period. -Editor. 


PART  III. 


PHYSIOLOGY  OF  THE  UTERUS  —  PARTURITION. 

CHAPTER  I. 

CLASSIFICATION.  — DEFINITIONS,  ETC. 

286.  We  have  now  arrived  at  the  last  great  function  of  the  uterine 
system  —  that  of  Parturition,  with  its  abnormal  variations. 

It  consists  in  the  expulsion  of  the  foetus  and  its  appendages  from  the 
cavity  of  the  uterus,  and  effects  the  separation  of  the  child  and  the  mother. 

It  occurs,  as  we  have  seen  already,  at  the  end  of  nine  calendar  months 
and  a  week  —  ten  lunar  months — forty  weeks,  or  280  days,  a  few  days 
being  allowed  either  way. 

287.  The  magnitude  and  importance  of  the  event,  and  the  regularity 
with  which  it  takes  place,  have  induced  physiologists  of  all  ages  to  assign 
causes  for  it,  but  as  yet  without  success. 

Thus  it  has  been  supposed  that  the  uterine  action  is  excited  by  the 
struggles  of  the  foetus  for  want  of  adequate  nourishment,  or  from  the  con- 
straint of  its  position,  or  from  the  endeavour  to  breathe  :  by  others  it  has 
been  attributed  to  the  acrid  nature  of  the  liquor  amnii.  BufFon  has 
likened  the  process  to  the  dropping  of  ripe  fruit.  Hervey,  Burdach,  and 
others  attribute  it  to  the  uterus  having  obtained  its  maximum  of  irritability 
at  the  exact  time  that  the  foetal  development  is  complete.  It  would  be 
easy  to  fill  pages  with  similar  explanations,  but  these  may  suffice :  they 
are  all  either  more  elaborate  expressions  of  the  fact,  or  mere  hypotheses. 

288.  But  though  all  search  has  hitherto  failed  in  discovering  the  ex- 
citing cause  of  labour,  it  has  established  the  fact,  that  the  periodicity 
which  we  found  to  characterize  the  other  uterine  functions,  prevails  here 
also.  For  example,  abortion  or  premature  labour,  when  not  the  result  of 
external  accidental  causes,  occurs  very  generally  at  a  monthly  or  what, 
but  for  conception,  would  have  been  a  menstrual  period. 

Again,  as  remarked  by  Stark  and  others,  the  normal  period  for  parturi- 
tion corresponds  to  a  menstrual  period  ;  on  this  principle  Kluge  calculates 
the  duration  of  pregnancy  in  every  case  at  280  days,  and  so  much  more 
or  less,  as  impregnation  took  place  immediately  before  or  after  menstrua- 
tion. Speaking  generally,  labour  may  be  looked  for  at  about  the  tenth 
period  after  the  last  appearance  of  the  catamenia. 

Lastly,  in  extra-uterine  gestation,  an  attempt  at  labour  occurs  very 
generally  at  the  same  period. 

So  that  taking  the  monthly  discharge  as  the  the  type  of  utero-ovarian 
periodicity,  we  may  observe  that  it  continues,  though  at  times  less  demon- 


CLASSIFICATION.— DEFINITIONS,   ETC.  189 

strably,  throughout  the  whole  period  of  the  functional  activity  of  the  sexual 

^After  a  most  ingenious  and  elaborate  investigation,  Dr.  Tyler  Smith 
considers  that  he  has  proved  that  "ovarian  excitement  is  the  law  oi  par- 
turition in  all  its  forms  of  ovi-expulsion."     "  When  the  ovarium  is  severed 

from  the  rest  of  the  sexual  apparatus,  as  in  the  mammalia  and  human  fe- 
male  the  ovarium  is  connected  with  the  rest  of  the  partunant  canal  by  a 
series  of  reflex  ares.      By  means  of  the  spinal  exciter  nerves  of  the  own, 
that  portion  of  the  spinal  centre  which  presides  over  the  actions  of  the 
uterus  is   at  the  end  of  utero-gestation  thrown  into  a  state  oi  excitability 
or  polarity,  somewhat  resembling  the  general  spinal  excitability  of  tetanus. 
It  is  curious  that  at  this  time,  besides  the  ovarian  excitement  of  the  cata- 
menial  period  which  ushers  in  parturition,  there  is  upon  the  surface  of  the 
ovarium  the  cicatrix  (corpus  luteum)  left  by  the  ovarian  phenomena  of 
conception,  but  which  speedily  disappears  after  delivery.   /I  he  uterine 
nervo-motor  system  being  thrown  into  such  a  state  of  persistent  excita- 
bility that  the  uterus  firmly  contracts  equally  upon  its  contents,  the  foetus 
itself,  hitherto  defended  by  the  liquor  amnii,  becomes  an  ordinary  excitor, 
and  the  reflex  actions  of  labour  are  gradually  established.     The  equable 
contraction  of  the  uterus  preceding  labour  is,  in  effect,  just  as  though 
the  membranes  had  been  punctured  in  the  operation  of  inducing  prema- 
ture delivery,  and  the  head  of  the  foetus  brought  to  exert  pressure  upon 
the  os  and  cervix  uteri."  . 

Admiftino-  that  ovarian  excitement  thus  excites  uterine  action,  1  do  not 
think  Dr.  Smith  has  satisfactorily  explained  the  cause  of  that  excitement 
occurring  regularly  at  the  tenth  menstrual  period  rather  than  at  any  other. 
289  Classification  of  Parturition.  — The  basis  of  all  classification 
must  be  the  definition  of  natural  labour,  inasmuch  as  the  other  classes  and 
orders  are  but  deviations  from,  or  complications  of  it ;  but  upon  this  defi- 
nition writers  are  much  at  variance.  Some  make  the  efficiency  ot  the 
expulsive  force  the  sole  question,  and  include  under  natural  labours  all 
such  as  are  terminated  by  the  natural  powers.  Thus  Hippocrates,  Smellie, 
Baudelocque,  Rigby,  &c.  &c.  include  face,  breech,  and  foot  presentations 
in  this  class.  Others  conceive  that  the  presentation  ought  to  be  taken 
into  consideration,  and  therefore  Denman,  Blundell,  Davis,  Ashwell, 
Ramsbotham,  &c.  &c.  limit  natural  labours  to  head  presentations. 

I  prefer  the  latter  arrangement,  because  I  deem  it  better  that  what  we 
take  as  natural  labour,  should  present  as  nearly  as  possible  a  perfect  type. 
Now  the  elements  of  labour  are  three:— 1,  the  expulsive  force  ;  2,  the 
child  or  body  to  be  expelled;  and  3,  the  passages  through  which  it  is  to 
be  expelled.  If  these  be  equally  adapted  to  each  other  the  natural  ob- 
jects of  the  labour  will  be  attained,  viz.  the  delivery  of  a  living  child 
with  safety  to  the  mother;  and  the  labour  may  well  be  termed  natural. 
But  this  result  does  not  obtain  except  with  head  presentations,  or  at  least 
not  in  anything  like  the  same  proportion  ;  for  in  breech  cases  1  in  3^  are 
lost,  and  1  in  2\-  in  foot  presentations,  which  is  far  more  than  when  the 
head  presents.  This  alone  would,  I  conceive,  be  a  valid  reason  for  Limit- 
fog  natural  labour  to  head  presentations;  not  that  the  natural  powers  alone 
may  not  terminate  the  labour  with  other  presentations,  but  that  the  average 
mortality  is  much  higher. 

Again,  I  think  that  the  preponderating  frequency  of  head  presentations 


190 

ought  to  have  much  weight  in  determining  the  most  natural  form  of 
labour;  and  I  find  that  in  327,802  cases  the  head  presented  321,502 
times,  whereas  breech  presentations  occur  only  once  in  52^  and  footling 
cases  once  in  90^  cases. 

290.  For  these  reasons,  therefore,  we  shall  include  only  head  presenta- 
tions under  the  term  natural  labour,  and  this  will  constitute  the  first  great 
class  of  labours ;  the  second  will  include  deviations  from  it,  in  conse- 
quence of  inequality  or  inefficiency  in  any  one  of  the  elementary  condi- 
tions of  parturition,  such  as  inefficient  force,  defective  passages,  or  abnor- 
mal presentation ;  each  of  these  will  constitute  a  sub-division  into  orders. 

Besides  these  abnormal  deviations  from  natural  labour,  there  exist  many 
which  do  not  fall  under  any  natural  classification,  but  which  may  be 
grouped  together  as  a  series  of  complications,  without  any  necessary  rela- 
tion to  the  character  of  the  labour.  So  far  then  our  arrangement  will 
stand  thus : 

Class  I.  Natural  labour. 
Class  II.  Unnatural  labour. 

a.  From  abnormal  condition  of  the  expulsive  force. 
Order  1.  Tedious  labour. 

2.  Powerless  labour. 

b.  From  abnormal  condition  of  the  passages. 

3.  Obstructed  labour. 

4.  Distortion  of  pelvis. 

c.  From  abnormal  condition  of  the  child. 

5.  Malposition  and  malpresentations. 

6.  Plural  births.     Monsters. 
Class  III.  Complex  labour. 

Order  1.  Prolapse  of  funis. 

2.  Retention  of  the  placenta. 

3.  Flooding. 

4.  Convulsions. 

5.  Lacerations. 

6.  Inversion  of  the  uterus. 

This  arrangement  is  nearly  the  same  as  that  given»by  Dr.  Merriman  in 
his  valuable  "  Synopsis  of  Difficult  Parturition  ;"  and  I  think  it  will  be 
found  to  include  all  the  important  deviations  from  natural  labour.  I  have 
not  made  any  distinction  dependent  upon  the  kind  of  assistance  required 
in  certain  difficult  labours  (as,  for  instance,  the  "  manual  or  instrumental 
labours"  of  some  authors),  but  I  shall  interpolate  a  few  chapters  on  ope- 
rative midwifery  after  treating  of  pelvic  distortions ;  and  add  a  chapter 
or  two  in  conclusion,  on  some  of  the  more  formidable  diseases  of  childbed. 

291.  Presentations. — We  understand  by  the  presentation,  that  part 
which  presents  itself  at  the  brim  of  the  pelvis.  Some  writers,  especially 
the  French,  enumerate  a  great  variety  of  presentations,  all  of  which,  I 
think,  may  be  advantageously  included  under  four  heads. 

1.  Presentations  of  the  head. 

2.  "  "      breech,  including  the  hips  and  loins. 

3.  "  "      inferior  extremities,  including  the  knees  and 

feet. 

4.  "  "      superior  extremities,  including  the  shoulder, 

elbow,  and  hand. 


CLASSIFICATION. DEFINITIONS,    ETC. 


191 


Others,  such  as  the  back,  belly,  sides,  &c.,  are  so  extremely  rare,  if 
they  occur  at  all  at  the  full  term,  that  it  would  be  superfluous  to  treat  of 
them  separately.  Their  practical  management  would  be  the  same  as  for 
presentations  of  the  shoulder  or  arm. 

The  following  table  will  give  some  notion  of  their  relative  frequency, 
in  the  practice  of  the  same  individuals : 


Author. 


Mad.  Doivin  .     . 
Mad.  La  Chapelle 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke  . 
Dr.  Merriman  . 
Dr.  Granville 
Edin.  Hospital  . 
Dr.  Maunsell 
Mr.  Gregory  .  . 
Dr.  Collins  .  . 
Dr.  Beatty  .  . 
Dr.  Lever .  .  . 
Dr.  Churchill      . 


Head 

Breech 

Inferior 

Superior 

uta- 

presen- 

. itn  - 

tioiis. 

tations 

mi  ties. 

mines. 

20,517 

19,810 

372 

238 

80 

15,652 

14,677 

349 

255 

68 

10,387 

9,748 

61 

184 

48 

2,947 

2,735 

78 

40 

19 

640 

619 

2 

3 

1 

2,452 

2,225 

17 

8 

4 

839 

786 

— 

21 

4 

691 

645 

14 

7 

4 

16,414 

15,912 

242 

187 

40 

1,182 

1,105 

28 

15 

4 

4,666 

4,266 

59 

29 

12 

1,640 

1,119 

35 

22 

9 

292.  The  diagnosis  of  different  presentations  may  be  thus  generally 
stated.  The  head  may  be  known  by  its  hardness,  by  the  sutures  and 
fontanelles. 

The  breech,  by  its  softness,  by  the  cleft  between  the  buttocks,  the  anus, 
os  coccygis,  scrotum  or  vulva. 

The  knee,  by  its  rounded  form,  by  the  condyles  of  the  femur. 

The  foot,  by  its  long  form,  its  being  at  right  angles  with  the  leg,  the 
nearly  equal  length  of  the  toes,  the  narrow  heel,  &c. 

The  elbow,  by  the  olecranon  process  rendering  the  joint  sharper  than 
the  knee. 

The  hand,  by  its  shortness,  the  unequal  length  of  the  fingers,  and  the 
divarication  of  the  thumb. 

293.  Positions. — The  position,  is  the  relation  which  some  part  of  the 
presentation  bears  to  a  given  part  of  the  pelvis ;  thus  the  positions  of  the 
head  are  determined  by  the  relation  of  the  fontanelles  to  the  foramen 
ovale  and  sacro-iliac  synchondroses ;  or,  in  more  general  terms,  the  po- 
sition may  be  said  to  be  the  relation  of  the  extreme  points  of  certain 
diameters  of  the  child,  to  the  extreme  points  of  the  pelvic  diameters. 
These  we  shall  examine  in  detail  in  the  next  chapter. 

294.  Stages  of  Labour. — For  the  convenience  of  description,  it  has 
been  the  practice  to  divide  the  process  of  labour  into  so  many  parts  or 
stages,  some  making  three,  others  four,  five,  or  six  :  I  shall  content  my- 
self with  three  ;  the  first,  extending  from  the  commencement  of  labour  to 
the  passage  of  the  head  through  the  os  uteri,  the  second  terminated  by 
the  birth  of  the  child,  and  the  third  occupied  by  the  expulsion  of  the 
placenta. 

13 


CHAPTER  II. 

MECHANISM  OF  PARTURITION. 

295.  Before  describing  the  phenomena  of  natural  labour,  it  will  be 
better  to  investigate  the  mechanism  by  which  the  expulsion  of  the  child 
is  effected,  and  with  this  view  we  shall  first  examine  the  elementary  agents 
of  parturition,  separately,  and  afterwards  their  joint  action.  These  pri- 
mary conditions  or  agents,  are,  1,  the  expulsive  force;  2,  the  passages; 
and  3,  the  child. 

296.  1.  The  expulsive  force. — The  uterus  is  in  all  cases,  the  main 
agent  in  the  expulsion  of  the  foetus,  and  in  some,  the  sole  power  em- 
ployed; as,  for  instance,  when  the  death  of  the  mother  precedes  the  birth 
of  the  child ;  or  when  the  mother  is  delivered  in  a  state  of  syncope  or 
asphyxia,  as  related  by  Haller  and  Henke  ;  or  in  cases  of  prolapsus  uteri, 
as  mentioned  by  Wimmer,  Chopart,  &c. 

We  have  heretofore  seen  that  the  uterus,  if  not  muscular,  possesses  at 
least  the  characters  of  muscularity,  that  it  is  composed  of  regular  and 
irregular  layers  of  fibres  ;  at  the  time  of  labour  these  fibres  contract,  be- 
come shorter  and  thicker,  and  by  their  joint  action  diminish  the  size  of 
the  uterine  cavity.  The  contractions  are  periodica],  with  distinct  intervals, 
and  each  one  is  called  "  a  pain."  They  were  so  named,  no  doubt,  from 
the  suffering  they  occasion,  but  in  obstetric  language,  the  term  "  pains" 
refers  to  the  uterine  action,  and  not  to  the  suffering. 

The  contractions  commence  in  the  cervix,  according  to  Miiller, 
Michaelis,  and  Wigand,  and  there  is  reason  to  believe,  some  time  pre- 
vious to  the  beginning  of  real  labour,  and  without  suffering,  for  in  most 
cases,  at  the  commencement  of  labour,  we  find  a  slight  degree  of  dilatation 
of  the  os  uteri,  without  any  complaint  on  the  part  of  the  patient.  After 
this  unconscious  uterine  action  has  continued  for  a  time,  it  is  attended 
with  pain,  and  which  marks  the  commencement  of  labour.  The  suffering 
increases  with  the  increase  of  the  pains.  They  are  seated  at  first  in  the 
loins,  and  gradually  extend  round  to  the  abdomen  and  down  the  thighs. 
From  their  acute,  stinging  character,  these  pains,  which  are  limited  to  the 
first  stage,  are  called  "  cutting  or  grinding  pains :"  during  the  second 
stage,  the  suffering  is  less  acute,  though  not  less  severe,  and  the  uterine 
contractions  being  aided  by  voluntary  efforts,  the  pains  are  called  "forc- 
ing or  bearing-down  pains."  The  former  occasion  the  patient  to  cry  out, 
but  the  outcries  are  suppressed  during  the  second  stage,  from  the  neces- 
sity of  holding  the  breath,  to  fix  the  chest  as  a  " point  (Pappui." 

The  cause  of  the  suffering  is,  first,  the  forcible  distension  of  the  cervix, 
next,  the  pressure  of  the  fibres  during  contraction  upon  the  nervous  fila- 
ments, and,  lastly,  the  dilatation  of  the  passages. 

The  amount  of  suffering  depends  a  good  deal  upon  the  temperament 
of  the  patient,  and  upon  the  habits  of  life  ;  among  savages  it  appears 
slight,  but  it  is  excessive  in  civilized  life. 

297.  Each  uterine  contraction  has  a  peculiar  character ;  slight  at  first, 
it  gradually  increases  until  it  arrives  at  its  maximum  of  force,  remains 

(192) 


MECHANISM    OF   PARTURITION.  193 

stationary  for  a  short  time,  and  then  quickly  subsides :  and  this  is  charac- 
teristic of  the  entire  labour,  for  the  pains  which  are  slight  at  first,  go  on 
increasing  in  frequency  and  force,  until,  having  arrived  at  the  maximum 
degree  of  power,  all  obstacles  yield  before  them,  and  delivery  is  accom- 
plished. 

Another  remarkable  peculiarity  is  their  periodicity  ;  each  pain  is  followed 
by  a  distinct  interval  of  rest  and  ease,  diminishing  as  the  labour  advances, 
but  in  a  regular  manner.  M.  Saccombe  has  given  an  exact  record  of  the 
frequency  and  duration  of  the  pains,  in  one  case,  in  his  "  Elemens  de  la 
Science  des  Accouch."  p.  202,  which  I  shall  extract.  Between  10  and 
11  o'clock,  a.m.  the  patient  had  seven  pains,  and  from  11  a.m.  to  mid- 
day eleven  pains,  as  follows  : 


minutes 

seconds 

the  1st 

pain  to  the 

2d 

the  interval 

was     15 

and  its  duration 

21 

2 

«( 

3 

" 

14 

a 

27 

3 

(< 

4 

ti 

10 

a 

27 

4 

a 

5 

(« 

8 

a 

29 

5 

«< 

6 

a 

7 

a 

32 

6 

« 

7 

it 

6 

tt 

35 

7 

(< 

8 

it 

6 

n 

36 

8 

<( 

9 

ti 

6 

it 

40 

9 

<( 

10 

it 

6 

a 

42 

10 

« 

11 

n 

6 

a 

45 

11 

<( 

12 

a 

6 

tt 

45 

12 

« 

13 

ti 

5 

a 

47 

13 

« 

14 

tt 

5 

tt 

49 

14 

a 

15 

a 

5 

a 

55 

15 

tt 

16 

a 

4 

tt 

V    2 

16 

a 

17 

a 

4 

n 

V  10 

17 

a 

18 

" 

4 

n 

1'27 

18 

a 

19 

a 

4 

a 

1'33 

At  this  period  the  waters  escaped,  and  the  head  was  soon  expelled. 
M.  Saccombe  remarks  that  "  it  results  from  this  observation  :  —  1.  That 
the  interval  between  the  pains,  is  in  inverse  ratio  to  their  duration.  2. 
That  the  duration  of  each  pain,  is  in  direct  ratio  to  its  intensity  ;  that  is  to 
say,  in  proportion  as  the  interval  between  the  pains  gradually  diminishes, 
so  does  their  duration  increase,  and  in  proportion  as  their  duration  in- 
creases, so  does  their  intensity."  The  same  conclusions  equally  apply  to 
the  severer  pains  of  the  second  stage. 

298.  The  pains,  as  I  have  already  said,  commence  in  the  cervix,  and 
gradually  involve  both  the  body  and  fundus ;  their  first  effect,  as  Wigand 
has  observed,  being  to  elevate,  as  it  wrere,  the  presenting  part,  and  after- 
wards to  force  it  dowm.  During  a  pain,  the  uterus  becomes  hard,  round, 
and  prominent,  with  the  fundus  tilted  forwards  ;  when  the  pain  subsides, 
it  softens,  but  does  not  quite  recover  its  former  flaccidity. 

It  is  impossible  to  estimate  exactly  the  amount  of  force  exerted  by  the 
uterus  ;  it  is  always  in  proportion  to  the  resistance,  although  the  mode  in 
which  it  is  exerted  varies  :  in  some  cases  it  overcomes  the  obstacles  by 
rapid  and  energetic  pains,  in  other  cases,  the  same  end  is  attained  by  a 
longer  and  slowTer  process. 

The  first  stage  of  labour  is  completed  by  the  uterine  action  alone,  but 
during  the  second  stage,  it  is  aided  by  the  voluntary  muscles,  especially 
those  of  the  abdomen,  which  press  directly  upon  the  uterus,  and  by  the 
depression  of  the  diaphragm,  which  diminishes  the  cavity  of  the  abdomen. 

R 


194  MECHANISM    OF    PARTURITION. 

The  additional  effort  made  during  the  second  stage,  is  owing  to  the  in- 
creased amount  of  resistance  to  be  overcome. 

Towards  the  termination  of  labour,  expulsive  efforts  are  made  by  the 
vagina,  and  these  are  still  more  evident  in  the  extrusion  of  the  placenta. 

299.  Uterine  action  is  not  directly  subject  to  the  control  of  the  will, 
although  mental  emotions  exert  a  considerable  influence  upon  it.  For 
instance,  labour  may  be  brought  on  by  mental  excitement ;  and,  on  the 
other  hand,  anger,  fear,  surprise,  &c,  may  suspend  the  pains.  Betschler 
relates  a  case  where  the  labour  was  arrested  by  the  fright  occasioned  by 
a  violent  storm,  and  many  of  my  readers  are  familiar  with  the  case  re- 
lated by  Baudelocque,  in  which  the  pains  ceased  each  time  that  the  pupils 
wTho  were  to  witness  the  case  came  in  sight  of  the  patient.  A  temporary 
suspension  of  labour  on  the  arrival  of  the  accoucheur  (especially  if  sud- 
den and  unexpected),  is  a  very  common  occurrence. 

I  have  spoken  of  the  voluntary  exertions  made  during  the  second  stage 
of  labour:  these,  it  is  true,  are  at  first  under  the  command  of  the  will, 
but  at  a  more  advanced  period,  it  is  scarcely  possible  for  the  patient  to 
withhold  the  co-operation  of  these  muscles. 

Dr.  Tyler  Smith  thus  sums  up  the  motor  actions  of  the  uterus  at  p.  48 
of  his  work :  "  Volition  may  be  said  to  affect  the  process  only  indirectly. 
Emotion  has  a  direct  influence,  but  it  is  accessary  rather  than  essential  to 
its  performance.  Reflex  action  is  the  great  physiological  power,  which 
being  absent,  the  function  of  parturition  could  not  be  properly  performed. 
Peristaltic  or  immediate  action  is  the  basis  or  radical  element  upon  which 
the  other  causes  of  motor  action  operate." 

300.  2.  The  Passages. — Let  me  recall  in  a  few  words  to  the  reader's 
recollection  the  diameters  of  the  pelvis :  those  of  the  brim  being  —  the 
antero-posterior  4  to  4^  inches,  the  transverse  5^  inches,  and  the  oblique 
4f  to  5  inches ;  the  relative  proportion  of  these  gradually  changes  in  the 
cavity,  until  at  the  lower  outlet  the  transverse  is  4  inches,  and  the  antero- 
posterior 5  ;  in  other  words,  that  which  was  the  longer  at  the  upper  outlet, 
is  the  shorter  at  the  lower.  From  these  diameters  a  deduction  of  a  quarter 
of  an  inch  in  the  antero-posterior,  and  half  an  inch  in  the  transverse 
diameters,  must  be  made,  on  account  of  the  soft  tissues  clothing  the 
pelvis. 

I  also  remarked  before,  the  great  changes  in  the  axes  of  the  pelvis, 
which  form  an  obtuse  angle  with  each  other,  that  of  the  brim  looking  up- 
wards and  forward,  and  that  of  the  outlet  downwards  and  forwards. 
Lastly,  I  pointed  out,  as  an  important  mechanical  agency,  the  inclined 
planes  of  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis,  the  direction  of  which  is  downwards 
and  forwards.* 

*  As  no  correct  idea  of  the  mechanism  of  labour  can  be  acquired  unless  attention  is 
paid  to  the  several  planes  of  the  pelvis,  and  the  variations  produced  in  the  direction  of 
these  planes  by  changes  in  the  position  of  the  body,  and  by  disease,  "we  have  taken  the 
liberty  to  introduce  here  an  extract  from  Dr.  Meigs'  "  Obstetrics  —  the  Science  and  the 
Art,"  which,  with  the  accompanying  illustrations,  places  this  subject  in  a  very  clear 
light, 

"Plank  of  the  Superior  Strait. — The  plane  of  the  strait  is  an  imaginary  super- 
ficies, the  anterior  margin  of  which  is  at  the  symphysis  pubis,  its  posterior  margin  at 
the  promontory,  while  the  rest  of  its  margin  touches  the  inner  lips  of  the  linea  ilio- 
pectinea. 

"  When  the  woman  stands  erect,  or  lies  at  length  on  the  back,  the  plane  of  this  strait 
dips  at  an  angle  of  50°  to  the  axis  of  her  body. 


MECHANISM   OF   PARTURITION. 


195 


301.  Now  what  mechanical  effects  are  these  peculiarities  calculated  to 
produce  upon  the  passage  of  the  foetal  head?  1.  It  is  evident  that  as 
certain  diameters  only  of  the  child's  head  correspond  to  certain  others  of 
the  pelvis,  the  gradual  change  in  these  must  be  followed  by  a  similar 
change  in  the  position  of  the  head ;  because  the  expulsive  force  presses 

«  [N0LIH  -v  .  l'i.\Ni:.— It  must  clearly  appear  that  the  plain-  of  ft 

Btrait  dips  at  a  variable  angle  in  various  positions  of  the  trunk  of  the  it*  the 

subject  be  standing,  it  dips  as  above  at  50°,  but  if  the  trunk  be  inclined  forward 
dip  will  be  lessened;  or  if  the  trunk  be  inclined  far  backwards,  it  may  he  increased. 
Now  this  is  an  important  item  of  obstetric  knowledge,  since  upon  it  is  founded  advice 
as  to  the  decubitus  of  the  patient,  whom  we  may  direct  to  extern!  her  trunk  <>r  to  flex 
it  more  or  less,  as  we  may  desire  to  bring  the  plane  of  the  superior  strait  into  a  posi- 
tion that  may  favour  both  the  entrance  of  the  presenting  part  into  the  strait,  and  its 

"The  figure  is  designed  to  show  that  the  plane  of  the  strait  may  give  different  angles 
with  the  spine,  according  as  the  spine  is  brought  more  forward,  or  carried  farther 

Fig.  74. 


backwards  over  the  opening.     Thus  e  e  e  is  a  circle  of  which  the  diameter  b /represents 

the  inclination  of  the  plane  of  the  upper  strait,  equal  to  an  angle  of  loo   j  a,  which  is 

iinarv  altitude  of  the  spinal  column  or  axis  of  the  trunk.     It  the  patient  lying 

er  bark  should  have  her  Bhoulders  raised,  bo  as  to  carry  the  spine  forward  to  <■ 

c.  u  .1  .  .ho  angle  would  he  reduced  to  HJ.:,n3.     But  if  the  shoulders  should 

ated  to  d,  the  axis  of  the  trunk  would  be  at  right  angles  to  the  plane 

of  the  strait  b  f.  ,  .    .  .       ,  .     ., 

-  The  -noe  effect  as  to  the  inclination  of  the  plane  of  the  strait  is  produced  m  the 
patie]  |  her  Bide,  whenever  Bhe  bends  her  head  and  trunk  forwards;  and,  in- 

deed, in  labours,  we  -  e  women  constantly  prompted  by  an  instinct  ol   the 

utility  of  it.  bending  the  trunk  quite  over  the  abdominal  strait,  to  which,  n 

utly  exhort  them. 


A  child's  head,  that  in 


196 


MECHANISM    OF    PARTURITION. 


the  head  forwards,  and  it  can  only  advance  by  making  this  adaptation. 
2.  The  change  in  the  direction  of  the  axes,  and  the  effect  of  the  inclined 
planes,  more  especially  of  the  curve  of  the  sacrum,  must  necessarily  effect 
a  change  in  the  direction  in  which  the  foetal  head  moves,  in  fact,  they 
alter  it  from  that  of  the  axis  of  the  brim,  to  that  of  the  outlet. 

one  inclination  of  the  plane  should  be  driven  against  the  symphysis  pubis,  -would  with 
a  lesser  inclination  of  it  plunge  at  once  to  the  bottom  of  the  pelvis. 

"Justus  Heinrich  Wigand,  the  lamented  author  of  the  celebrated  volume  entitled 
Die  Geburt  des  Menschen,  was  deeply  impressed  with  the  importance  of  a  careful  atten- 
tion to  the  inclination  of  the  plane  in  labours.  He  often  made  use  of  his  knowledge 
of  it  as  a  foundation  of  his  prognosis.  I  have  copied  these  outline  figures  from  the 
second  edition  of  his  work,  by  Froriep.  They  represent  the  female  torso  in  profile. 
Each  figure  has  marked  upon  it  six  lines,  of  which  the  two  horizontal  ones  extend  pa- 
rallel to  each  other,  from  the  promontory  of  the  sacrum  and  the  symphysis  pubis 
respectively. 

"  In  a  well-formed  pregnant  female,  the  profile  will  resemble  the  outline  figure,  pro- 
vided the  child  be  not  very  large,  nor  the  liquor  of  the  amnios  excessive  in  quantity. 
As  in  fig.  75,  the  back  bone  will  not  be  excessively  curved.     A  line  drawn  horizontally 


Fig.  75. 


Fig.  76. 


forwards  from  the  top  of  the  sacrum  will  pass  out  at  the  navel,  and  equal  angles  will 
be  formed  by  a  line  drawn  from  the  top  of  the  sacrum  to  the  symphysis  pubis,  which 
indicates  the  inclination  of  the  superior  strait,  and  one  drawn  from  the  same  point  to 
the  scrobiculus  cordis.  A  line  from  the  scrobiculus  cordis  to  the  symphysis  pubis,  will 
be  perpendicular  to  the  one  first  mentioned. 

"Inspection  of  such  a  figure  might  well  serve  to  establish  a  favourable  prognosis; 
since,  creteris  paribus,  any  untoward  circumstances  would  be  very  little  to  be  expected 
with  so  perfect  a  form,  proportion,  and  arrangement  of  parts. 

"  Figure  76  is  a  copy  of  Wigand's  figure  3d,  in  which  he  proposed  to  represent  the 
profile  of  a  pregnant  woman  of  apparently  perfect  form,  but  the  inclination  of  whose 
superior  strait  is  excessive,  as  may  be  seen  by  observing  the  line  drawn  from  the  top  of 
the  sacrum  to  the  top  of  the  symphysis  pubis.  In  such  a  patient  the  plane  of  the  strait 
looks  almost  backwards,  and  the  indication  of  Conduct  would  be  to  cause  her  to  bend  her 
body  strongly  forwards,  flexing  her  thighs  very  much  upon  the  pelvis.  Such  a  direction 
alone  might  suffice  to  correct  the  excessive  inclination  of  the  plane,  whereas,  if  she  should 
lie  on  the  back  with  the  shoulders  low,  and  the  limbs  extended,  the  presenting  part  could 
hardly  fail  to  be  driven  upon  the  top  of  the  ossa  pubis.  In  this  figure  the  back  is  much 
more  curved  than  in  the  former  one.  The  horizontal  line,  from  the  base  of  the  sacrum 
to  the  symphysis,  rises  far  above  the  navel,  and  the  upper  triangle  or  that  of  the  scro- 


MECHANISM    OF    PARTURITION.  197 

But  in  order  that  this  adjustment  of  position  and  alteration  of  the 
diameter  may  be  effected,  two  things  are  accessary,  first,  that  the  pains 
should  continue  (with  intervals),  and,  secondly,  that  the  fcetal  head  should 
correspond  to  the  size  of  the  pelvis  ;  for  if  it  be  too  small,  it  will  want 
the  due  resistance,  and  may  be  driven  through  the  pelvis  irregularly,  and 
if'  it  be  too  large,  it  will  not  pass  at  all. 

bicle  is  much  smaller  than  that  of  the  pubis.  The  line  falling  from  the  scrobicle  to  the 
pubis  retires,  whereas  in  the  former  figure  it  is  perpendicular.  In  this  figure  the  per- 
pendicular line  from  the  base  of  the  sacrum  is  far  in  advance  of  the  upper  dorsal 
vertebra. 

"  The  contemplation  of  these  ingenious  profiles  of  the  admirable  German  cannot  fail 
to  increase  the  tact  and  knowledge  of  the  student,  to  whom  the  study  of  them  is  warmly 
recommended. 

Here  is  Wigand's  Fig.  4,  in  which  is  the  profile  of  a  woman  with  a  pelvis  so  deformed 
as  to  imply  a  necessity  for  the  operation  of  perforation,  on  account  of  its  vitiated  con- 
Fig.  77. 


jugate  diameter.  The  angle  formed  by  the  back  part  of  the  sacrum  and  spinal  column 
is  much  too  small.  The  bend  is  quite  different  from  the  gentle  curve  seen  in  the  first 
profile.  The  scrobicle  projects  very  much  over  the  symphysis  pubis,  as  by  the  line 
uniting  them  may  be  seen.  The  horizontal  line  from  the  base  of  the  sacrum  comes  out 
just  above  the  navel.  The  line  from  the  scrobicle  to  the  base  of  the  sacrum,  and  that 
from  the  sacrum  to  the  pubis  are  not  equal  —  as  in  the  first  and  more  perfect  figure. 
The  chord  line  from  the  promontory  to  the  coccyx  retires,  and  the  whole  of  it  is  in  rear 
of  the  upper  part  of  the  spinal  column. 

"Wigand's  5th  figure  (Fig.  78)  represents  a  pregnant  -woman,  the  conjugate  diameter 
of  whose  superior  strait  does  not  exceed  one  inch  or  one  inch  and  a  half;   and  which,  ac- 
cording to  most  of  the  German  accoucheurs,  indicates  a  resort  to  the  Caesarian  operation. 
••  The  belly  is  quite  pendulous  over  the  pndenda.     The  plane  of  the  strait  makes  a 
sharp  angle  with  the  horizontal  line  which  comes  out  high  above  the  umbilicus. 
The  back  is  extremely  hollow,  in  ace  of  the  sinking  of  the  sacral  promontory 

down  towards  the  pubis,  and  the  line  from  the  scrobiculus  cordis  to  the  ossa  pn 

gly  in  a  backward  direction,  leaving  tl  it  to  hang  far  over  the  pudenda 

in  lY<>nt.     The  curve  of  the  sacrum  is  l  1  the  compensating  curvature  of  the 

upper  part  of  the  vertebral  column  is  highly  characteristic  of  this  malformed  pelvis, 
and  i<  an  evil  omen  to  the  unfortunate  woman. 

•  Such  are  some  of  Wigand's  outlio  that  the  study  of  them  will 

be  very  useful  to  the  student.      It  take-   many  years  of  practice,  and  a  great   clinical 

'.■nee  and  cl  ition  like  Wigand's,  v>  enable  one  to  become  possessed,  at 

a  glance,  of  the  peculiarities  He,  however,  was  a  Master  in  our  art,  a  man 

R  2 


198 


MECHANISM    OF    PARTURITION. 


302.  Our  estimate  of  the  passages,  however,  would  be  incomplete,  if 
we  did  not  regard  the  uterine  cavity  as  forming  one  extremity  of  them. 
The  long  axis  of  the  child's  body  is  almost  always  in  accordance  with  the 
long  axis  of  the  uterus,  but  previous  to  labour,  the  latter  is  not  in  accord- 

who  devoted  his  time  to  its  improvement,  and  spent  the  last  moments  of  his  truly  mis- 
sionary life  in  labouring  to  complete  the  beautiful  volume  from  which  I  have  taken  his 
drawings.  It  is  a  privilege  and  an  honour  to  evoke  such  a  man  from  his  too  early  grave, 
in  order  that  he,  though  dead,  may  yet  speak  in  this  distant  land. 

Fig.  78. 


"  Plane  op  the  Inferior.  Strait.  —  The  plane  of  the  inferior  strait  is  usually  re- 
garded as  bounded  by  the  inner  lips  of  the  two  tuberosities  of  the  ischial  bones,  the 
rami  of  the  ischia  and  pubis,  the  ischio-sacral  ligaments,  and  the  point  of  the  coccyx. 
In  this  way  we  speak  of  the  plane  of  the  inferior  strait  as  one  plane  only ;  whereas, 
there  are,  in  fact,  two  such  planes,  an  anterior  and  a  posterior. 

"This  figure  exhibits  the  contour  of  the  outlet.  The  line  cd  represents  the  trans- 
verse diameter.     The  letters  ceaed  show  the  anterior  semi-circumference,  while  cfbfd 

Fig.  79. 


show  the  posterior  semi-circumference  of  the  outlet.  Now  from  cd  to  a  is  an  inclined 
plane,  and  from  c  d  to  b  is  another  inclined  plane.  These  planes  intersect  each  other 
at  an  angle  of  140°,  and  they  ought  to  be  distinguished  as  the  anterior  and  as  the  pos- 
terior inclined  planes  of  the  perineal  strait. 

"  In  midwifery  it  will  be  found  that  as  the  child  descends,  in  order  to  escape  from 
the  womb,  it  first  impinges  upon  the  posterior  inclined  plane,  which  it  depresses  first, 
and  then  begins  to  depress  the  posterior  edge  of  the  anterior  inclined  plane.  When  it 
I  ded  in  depressing  the  edges  of  the  two  planes,  it  escapes  betwixt  them, 

whereupon  they  resume  their  place  like  two  valves,  whose  floating  margins  had  been 
first  violently  separated,  and  then  allowed  to  close  again." — Editor. 


MECHANISM    01*   PARTURITION.  109 

mce  with  the  axis  of  the  brim,  but  rather  more  perpendicular:  the  uterine 
contractions,  however,  remedy  this  by  tilting  the  fundus  uteri  forwards 
and  so  place  the  child  in  the  right  line  of  direction  for  entenng  the 

Pe303  Having  said  thus  much  of  the  passages  generally,  let  us  endeavour 
to  estimate  the  obstacles  which  the  head  meets  in  its  progress :  tefflrff 
of  these  is  the  cervix  uteri.     The  resistance  it  offers  appears  to  be  the 

effect  partly  of  muscular  action,  and  partly  of  its  elastic  cellular  tissue  ; 
but   as  Dr.  Murphy  has  observed,  more  generally  of  the  latter  than    he 
former,  unless  there  be  much  irritation.     The  dilatation  is  evidently  in  the 
first  instance  purely  mechanical,  and  effected  by  repeated  efforts,  rather 
than  bv  great  force  at  one  time,  but  afterwards  the  dilatation  is  aided  by 
muscular  action.     This  will  be  rendered  clear  by  considering  the  process 
more  in  detail.     During  the  last  few  weeks  of  gestation   the  cervix  be- 
comes slightly  softened  and  dilated,  and  the  result  of  the  first  pains  which 
retract  or  elevate  the  child,  is  to  press  down  a  pouch  of  membranes  filled 
with  liquor  amnii  ("  the  bag  of  the  waters")-     This  forms  a  firm  equable 
wedo-e,  adapted  to   any  size  or  form  of  the  os  uteri,  and  which,  as  the 
uterine  fibres' of  the  body  and  fundus  are  stronger  than  those  of  the  cer- 
vix  must  be  forced  down  into  and  through  the  os  uteri  with  each  pain, 
dilating  it  to  the  size  of  the  wedge  thus  formed,  and  continuing  the  pro- 
cess until  the  membranes  give  way.     So  far,  all  is  mere  mechanical  dila- 
tation, but  if  a  prolonged  and  careful  examination  be  made,  when  the 
child's  head  is  substituted  for  the  wedge  of  membranes,  it  will  be  found, 
that  the  contractions  of  the  fibres  of  the  cervix  which  at  first  narrow  the 
os  uteri,  do  at  length  retract  it  over  the  head  more  and  more  each  time, 
until   at  lencrth,  the  combined  retraction  of  the  os  uteri  and  propulsion  ot 
the  head,  for'ce  it  altogether  through  the  cervix.     This  is  particularly  as- 
certainable in  certain  cases,  when  the  anterior  lip  is  unusually  long  in 
dilatino-.     Besides  the  effective  way  in  which  this  arrangement  attains  its 
object,  it  has  other  advantages ;  the  os  uteri  is  dilated  by  the  bag  of  the 
waters  with  far  less  pain,  than  by  the  foetal  head.  m     . 

The  second  obstacle  is  the  bony  circle  of  the  brim  of  the  pelvis,  into 
which  the  head  can  only  pass,  by  the  adaptation  of  certain  of  its  diameters 
to  those  of  the  pelvis,  and  even  then,  the  apposition  is  so  exact  that  it  re- 
quires a  degree  of  compression,  or  «  moulding"  of  the  head,  to  facilitate 
its  entrance!     This  is  further  aided  by  the  head  being  placed  obliquely  in 
every  way,  and  it  is  at  length  effected  by  repeated  pains.     When  this 
moulding   is   completed,   and   the    due  position   attained,  the    head   is 
Tradually  propelled  into  and  through  the  cavity,  receding  somewhat  alter 
aach  pain,  and  again  advancing,  in  a  somewhat  spiral  direction,  until  it 
arrives  at  the   third  obstacle,  or  lower  outlet,  closed  in  by  ligaments, 
muscles,  cellular  tissue,  &c.  and  external  to  these  the  perineum,      lhese 
tissues  resist  long,  and  their   dilatation  is  very  painful ;  they  are   first 
softened  by  mucous  discharge,  and  then  relaxed  (how  I  know  not),  long 
before  there  is  direct  pressure  upon  them  :  afterwards,  they  are  subject  to 
alternate  pressure  by  the  head  and  relaxation,  until  being  fully  distended, 
they  yield,  and  the' head  directed  forward  by  the  curve  ot  the  sacrum    is 
applied   directly  to   the  vaginal  orifice,  and  gradually,  very   gradually, 
forced  through  it.  , 

With  first  children  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  vagina  is  more  or  less 


200 


MECHANISM    OF    PARTURITION. 


everted,  and  frequently  torn,  without  the  injury  extending  to  the  peri- 


neum. 


The  amount  of  resistance  varies  in  different  subjects :  it  is  greatest  with 
first  children,  and  in  women  of  advanced  age  ;  it  is  also  greater  in  the 
second  than  in  the  first  stage,  but  more  rapidly  overcome,  owing  to  the 
greater  force  employed.  The  facility  with  which  the  head  traverses  the 
pelvis,  depends  partly  upon  the  force,  and  partly  upon  the  amount  of 
compression  which  it  will  bear :  this  is  very  considerable,  though  it  is  less 
if  the  sutures  be  ossified. 

304.  These  obstacles  constitute  the  natural  division  of  labour  into 
stages ;  the  first  terminating  when  the  os  uteri  ceases  to  impede  the  de- 
scent of  the  head,  and  the  second  with  the  passage  of  the  child  through 
the  lower  outlet,  as  already  mentioned. 

The  length  of  each  stage  is  of  course  in  proportion  to  the  resistance, 
and  inversely  to  the  power  employed  :  but  in  natural  labours  it  is  as  about 
2  or  3  to  1  (at  least  in  first  labours),  i.  e.  if  the  whole  labour  be  12  hours, 
the  first  stage  will  probably  be  8  or  9  hours :  but,  of  course,  this  will  vary 
much,  and,  within  certain  limits,  without  injury. 

When,  however,  the  entire  labour  is  indefinitely  prolonged,  the  relative 
proportion  of  the  two  stages  is  altogether  destroyed,  and  either  may  be 
many  times  as  long  as  the  other.  We  shall  speak  of  this  by  and  by. 
Of  the  third  stage  (expulsion  of  the  placenta)  I  shall  treat  under  natural 
labour. 

305.  3.  The  Child.  —  I  have  not  much  to  add  of  the  mechanical  in- 
fluence of  the  child  in  the  process  of  labour,  inasmuch  as  it  is  altogether 
passive.     The  measurements  of  the  child's  head  are  as  follows : 

1.  The  longitudinal  diameter  from 

2.  The  transverse 

3.  The  occipito-mental  or  oblique 

4.  The  cervico-bregmatic    . 

5.  The  trachelo-bregmatic   . 

6.  The  inter-auricular 

7.  The  fronto-mental 

Fig.  80. 


4 

to  4J  inches 

3i 

"  4 

u 

5 

cc 

4 

«4J 

(C 

3i 

"  4 

it 

3 

u 

3J 

iC 

The  first  of  these  diameters  corresponds  to  the  oblique  diameter  of  the 
brim  and  antero-posterior  of  the  lower  outlet;  the  second  to  the  antero- 
posterior diameter  of  the  brim  and  transverse  of  the  lower  outlet  in  ordi- 


MECHANISM    OF    PARTURITION. 


201 


nary  cases  ;  the  third  to  the  anteroposterior  diameter  of  the  lower  outlet 
in  face  presentations:  the  others  to  certain  diameters  of  the  pelvis,  to 
•which  the  head  is  only  transitorily  applied. 

The  transverse  diameter  of  the  shoulders  is  from  4J  to  h\  inches. 
"  "  "       hips  "  4    "  5        " 

These  diameters  being  at  right  angles  with  the  long  diameter  of  the 
head,  it  follows  that  when  the  latter  corresponds  to  the  longer  (or  antero- 
posterior) diameter  of  the  outlet,  they  will  be  exactly  in  apposition  with 
the  long  diameter  of  the  brim. 

306.  The  diameters  are  pretty  regular  in  well-developed  infants,  and 
correspond  very  closely  to  those  of  the  clothed  pelvis.  Yet  certain  adapt- 
ations facilitate  the  transit  of  the  child :  viz.  the  compressibility  of  the 
head  and  body  of  the  child,  which  it  is  calculated  will  permit  it  to  be 
forced  through  a  pelvis  whose  antero-posterior  diameter  at  the  brim  is 
only  three  inches.  And  further,  the  head  enters  and  passes  through  the 
pelvis  obliquely  both  as  to  its  longitudinal  and  transverse  axes,  i.  e.  one 
fontanelle  and  the  anterior  part  of  the  presentation  is  lower  than  their  op- 
posites,  thus  diminishing  the  longitudinal  transverse  diameters  from  a 
quarter  to  half  an  inch. 

This  appears  to  be  the  proper  place  to  notice  some  very  interesting  re- 
searches, published  by  Prof.  Simpson,  of  Edinburgh,  in  the  Edin.  Med. 
and  Surg.  Journal  for  Oct.  1844,  on  the  different  size  of  the  head  in  male 
and  female  children,  and  the  consequences  which  result  to  the  mother  and 
child. 

He  states  that  the  head  of  the  male  at  birth  is  larger  than  that  of  the 
female,  in  its  circumference,  by  fths  of  an  inch,  in  its  transverse  diameter 
by  Jth  and  in  the  inter-aural  diameter  by  fths  of  an  inch. 

Now  it  appears  from  the  following  table,  that  the  proportion  of  males 
is  greater  than  that  of  females  in  some  very  important  deviations  from 
natural  labour. 


Total 

Males. 

Females 

Cases. 

119 

65 

54 

28 

17 

11 

88 

54 

34 

34 

23 

11 

44 

31 

13 

24 

16 

8 

74 

50 

24 

Proportion. 


Tedious  labour 
Convulsions 
Puerperal  fever 
Ruptured  uterus 
Hemorrhage 
Forceps 
Crotchet  cases 


148  to  101 

153  "  " 

161  "  " 

207  "  " 

240  "  " 

200  "  " 

200  "  " 


From  a  large  collection  of  facts  bearing  upon  and  illustrating  the  dif- 
ferent questions,  the  author  has  drawn  the  following  conclusions  of  the 
dangers  consequent  upon  this  slight  excess  of  size  in  male  children. 

"1.  Of  the  mothers  that  die  under  parturition  and  its  immediate  con- 
sequences, a  much  greater  portion  has  given  birth  to  male  than  female 
children. 

2.  Among  labour  presenting  morbid  complications  and  difficulties,  the 
child  is  much  oftener  male  than  female. 

3.  Among  the  children  of  the  mothers  that  die  from  labour  or  its  con- 


202  MECHANISM  OF  PARTURITION. 

sequences,  a  larger  proportion  of  those  that  are  still-born  are  male  than 
female  ;  and  on  the  contrary,  of  those  that  are  born  alive,  a  larger  propor- 
tion are  female  than  male. 

4.  Of  still-born  children,  a  larger  proportion  are  male  than  female. 

5.  Of  the  children  that  die  during  the  actual  progress  of  parturition, 
the  number  of  males  is  much  greater  than  the  number  of  females. 

6.  Of  those  children  born  alive,  more  males  than  females  are  seen  to 
suffer  from  the  morbid  states  and  injuries  resulting  from  parturition. 

7.  More  male  than  female  children  die  in  the  earliest  periods  of  infancy, 
and  the  disproportion  between  the  mortality  of  the  two  sexes  gradually 
diminishes  from  birth  onwards  until  some  time  subsequently. 

8.  Of  the  children  that  die  in  utero  and  before  the  commencement  of 
labour,  as  large  a  proportion  are  female  as  male. 

9.  In  laborious  labour  with  the  head  presenting,  in  proportion  as  the 
order  of  labour  rises  in  difficulty,  the  amount  of  male  births  in  them  rises 
in  number. 

10.  Of  the  morbid  accidents  that  are  liable  to  happen  in  connexion 
with  the  third  stage  of  labour,  as  many  take  place  with  female  as  with 
male  births. 

11.  More  dangers  and  deaths  occur  both  to  mothers  and  children  in 
first  than  in  subsequent  labour. 

12.  The  average  duration  of  labour  is  longer  with  male  than  with  female 
children." 

The  long  axis  of  the  child  in  general  corresponds  to  the  long  axis  of 
the  uterus,  though  occasionally  it  is  somewhat  oblique  :  this,  according  to 
Desormeaux,  occurs  once  in  249  cases,  according  to  Meckel  once  in  287, 
and  to  Osiander  once  in  300  cases. 

307.  Having  nowT  considered  these  elementary  powers  or  conditions  of 
labour  separately,  we  are  prepared  to  examine  them  in  action ;  in  other 
words,  to  ascertain  the  Mechanism  of  Parturition.  Nothing  can  be 
more  simple,  but  certainly  nothing  more  erroneous  than  the  views  held  by 
the  older  writers  on  midwifery.  They  concluded  that  the  head  passed 
through  the  pelvis,  in  the  same  position  as  that  in  which  it  emerges  from 
it,  that  is,  with  its  long  diameter  antero-posteriorly.  The  first  writer  who 
corrected  this  opinion  was  Sir  Fielding  Ould  of  this  city,  who  wrote  in 
1742,  and  wTho  stated  that  in  the  first  part  of  its  progress  the  face  is  turned 
to  one  side  or  other  of  the  pelvis,  "  so  as  to  have  the  chin  directly  on  one 
of  the  shoulders."  Dr.  Smellie  in  1752  corrected  the  error  of  Ould  with 
regard  to  the  contortion  of  the  child's  neck,  but  in  other  respects  agreed 
with  Sir  F.  Ould.  Similar  opinions  were  promulgated  in  1770  by  De- 
leu  rye  in  France,  and  subsequently  by  Schmitt  and  Mampe  in  Germany. 

The  next  step  in  advance  wras  made  (without  inter-communication)  by 
Saxtorph  of  Copenhagen,  and  Solayres  de  Renhac  of  Montpellier,  who  in 
1771  published  two  essays,  which  agreed  in  this  fact,  that  the  long  diame- 
ter of  the  head  of  the  child  in  natural  labour,  entered  the  pelvis  in  a  di- 
rection neither  parallel  to  the  conjugate,  nor  to  the  transverse  diameters 
of  the  brim,  but  parallel  to  one  of  its  oblique  diameters ;  that  is,  with  the 
sagittal  suture  running  in  a  line  directed  at  one  extremity  to  the  sacro-iliac 
synchondrosis  behind,  and  to  the  foramen  ovale  anteriorly.  They  further 
showed  that  of  the  two  oblique  diameters,  the  long  axis  of  the  head,  in  a 
very  large  proportion,  occupied  the  right,  or  that  running  between  the 


MECHANISM    OF    PARTURITION. 


203 


right  sacroiliac  synchondrosis  and  left  foramen  ovale.  M.  Baudelocque 
adopted  the  opinions  of  his  as  the  basis  of 

and  through  his  great  influence,  the  doctrine  of  the  oblique 
position  of  the  head  has  be<     _       rally  diffused  and  received. 

There  were,  however,  many  points  which  needed  revision  and  correc- 
tion ;  and  for  the  full  demonstration  of  that  which  was  true,  and  the  cor- 
rection of  that  which  was  erroneous,  and  the  addition  of  many  new  ob- 
servations, we  are  indebted  to  the  labours  of  the  celebrated  Naegele*  of 
Heidelberg,  who  in  ISIS  published  his  essay  on  the  Mechanism  of  Partu- 
rition, which  was  translated  into  our  language  by  Dr.  Rigby  in  Is, 7. 
The  more  closely  his  opinions  have  been  tested  by  experience  and  careful 
observation,  the  more  clear  does  their  correctness  appear. 

Having  so  high  an  estimate  of  the  labours  of  M.  Naegele,  the  reader 
will  not  be  surprised  at  my  adoption  of  his  descriptions  in  the  present 
volume  ;  and  it  would  give  me  great  pleasure,  if  on  my  recommendation, 
all  my  readers  would  peruse  his  excellent  essay. 

308.  We  have  already  stated  (§293)  that  the  position  of  the  head,  is 
the  relation  which  its  diameters  bear  to  those  of  the  brim  of  the  pelvis  ; 
or,  in  other  words,  the  situation  of  the  extreme  points  of  the  longitudinal 
diameter  of  the  head  compared  with  the  extreme  points  of  the  oblique 
diameter  of  the  brim.  Now  the  former  are  sufficiently  well  indicated  by 
the  anterior  and  posterior  fontanelles,  and  the  latter  by  the  foramen  ovale, 
right  and  left,  and  the  sacro-iliac  synchondrosis,  right  and  left. 

Thus  then,  according  to  Naegele,  the  head  may  present  at  the  brim  in 
four  positions  :  in  the  first,  the  posterior  fontanelle  corresponds  to  the  left 
foramen  ovale  ;  in  the  second,  to  the  right  foramen  ovale  ;  in  the  third,  to 
the  right  sacro-iliac  synchondrosis  ;  and  in  the  fourth,  to  the  left  sacro- 
iliac synchondrosis  :  the  anterior  fontanelle  of  course  corresponding  to  the 
opposite  extreme  of  the  oblique  diameter. 

These  numbers  do  not  correspond  with  those  affixed  to  the  presentations 
of  other  writers,  but  in  order  that  no  confusion  may  arise,  I  shall  extract 
from  the  Brit,  and  For.  Review,  a  table  of  corresponding  numerals  of  dif- 
ferent authors. 


Xumbers  affixed  to  Presentat 

ion  by 

Description  of  Presentation. 

£ 

j 

e 

~ 

— 

5 

•  ■—       ~ 

o 

2  o  •-      M 

a. 

iti 

o 

Anterior  part  of  Cranium 

Jl 

:"  g 

0 

>  s  s 

pointing  to 

as  ec        3  oS 

SJ 

"*" 

fc  _  - '■-  - 

n  Q  O  Q  P 

n — « 

1-1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

l 

3 

TtiL'ht  sacro-iliac  synchondrosis. 

2 

2 

•2 

2 

4 

do.               do. 

o 

3 

4 

3 

4 

6 

foramen  ovale. 

4 

5 

4 

5 

5 

Right           do. 

3 

3 

7 

sacrum. 

6 

6 

8 

Symphysis  pubis. 

5 

7 

1 

Right  <>s  ilium. 

6 

8 

2 

Left       do. 

209.  Now  let  us  trace  the  progress  of  the  head  in  the  different  posi- 
tions. 


204 


MECHANISM    OF    PARTURITION. 


In  the  first  position,  it  is,  as  I  have  stated,  placed  obliquely,  corre- 
sponding to  the  left  oblique  diameter  of  the  brim,  the  posterior  fontanelle 
being  towards  the  left  foramen  ovale  or  acetabulum,  and  the  anterior  to- 
wards the  right  sacro-iliac  synchondrosis,  the  two  fontanelles  being  at  first 
on  a  level ;  consequently  the  sagittal  suture  will  run  nearly  in  the  oblique 

Fig.  81. 


diameter  of  the  brim,  but  rather  nearer  to  the  sacrum  than  the  pubis, 
because  the  anterior  half  of  the  presentation  is  almost  always  lower  than 
the  posterior.  If  the  finger  be  at  this  time  introduced  into  the  centre  of 
the  os  uteri,  it  will  impinge  upon  the  right  tuber  parietale,  upon  which  the 
tumour  is  formed. 

By  the  action  of  the  uterus,  the  head  is  forced  downwards  into  the 
cavity,  preserving  in  some  cases  merely  the  obliquity  it  possessed  at  the 
brim  ;  but  in  most  cases,  it  assumes  an  oblique  position  as  regards  its 
longitudinal  axis,  one  fontanelle,  generally  the  posterior,  being  lower  than 
the  other ;  this  is  more  remarkable  as  the  head  advances.  In  other  re- 
spects, the  position  of  the  head  and  the  presenting  part  is  unaltered  in  the 
cavity,  the  posterior  fontanelle  still  corresponding  to  the  foramen  ovale, 
and  not,  as  frequently  stated,  to  the  arch  of  the  pubis. 

When  the  head  arrives  at  the  lower  outlet,  Naegele  observes,  "  by  con- 
tinued pressure  of  the  uterine  contractions,  the  posterior  fontanelle  gra- 
dually moves  itself  by  slight  degrees,  repeated  at  equal  intervals,  in  a 
direction  from  right  to  left  (frequently  more  or  less  from  above  dowTn- 

Fig.  82. 


MECHANISM    OF    PARTURITION. 


205 


wards}  and  the  occipital  bone  advances  from  the  side  of  the  pelvis  under 
the  arch  of  the  pubis.  It  is  not,  however,  the  centre  of  the  occiput  that 
advances  under  the  pubal  arch,  but  the  head  approaches  the  os  externum 
with  the  posterior  and  superior  part  of  the  right  parietal  bone,  and  re- 
mains in  this  position,  until  it  has  passed  through  the  outlet  of  the  pelvis 
with  the  greatest  circumference  which  it  opposes  to  it,  when  it  then  turns 
itself  with  the  face  completely  towards  the  right  thigh  ot  the  mother. 
That  the  head  really  passes  thus  obliquely  through  even  the  external  parts, 
may  be  proved  by  tracing  the  sagittal  suture,  which  will  be  found  running 
obliquely  from  left  to  right,  and  by  examining  the  tumour  of  the  scalp, 
which  after  delivery  extends  behind  and  above  the  tuber  panetale,  upon 
which  the   primary  tumour  formed  by  the   circle   of  the   os   uteri  was 

51  310  When  the  head  is  in  the  second  position,  its  longitudinal  diameter 
corresponds  to  the  right  oblique  diameter  of  the  pelvis,  and  it  is  placed 
obliquely  as  in  the  former  case,  acquiring  the  second  obliquity  as  it  de- 
scends -and  it  passes  through  the  pelvis  and  lower  outlet  precisely  in  the 
same  mode  as  in  the  first  position,  only  that  the  slight  rotation  is  from 
right  to  left,  and  that  when  expelled,  it  completes  the  quarter-turn,  bring- 
ing the  neck  under  the  arch  of  the  pubis. 

°311    In  the  third  position  the  anterior  fontanelle  corresponds  to  the 
left  acetabulum,  and  the  posterior  to  the  right  sacro-iliac  synchondrosis, 
at  nearly  the  same  level,  until  the  pressure  occasions  one  or  other  (gene- 
Fig.  83. 


rally  the  posterior)  to  descend.  The  sagittal  suture  divides  the  os  uteri 
obliquely  and  unequally,  and  the  tumour  of  the  scalp  is  found  upon  the 
tuber  parietale  of  the  left  side,  and  rather  anterior  to  it ;  and  the  linger, 
passed  in  the  centre  line,  impinges  upon  it.  # 

«  As  soon  as  the  head  is  engaged  in  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis,  Naegele 
observes,  "  the  great  fontanelle  turns  towards  the  descending  ramus  of  the 
left  os  ischium,  and  both  can  be  felt  at  an  equal  height  as  to  each  other 
As  soon  as  the  head  experiences  the  resistance  which  the  inferior  part  of 
the  pelvic  cavity  opposes  to  it,  or,  in  other  words,  the  oblique  surface 
which  is  formed  by  the  lower  end  of  the  os  sacrum,  by  the  os  coccygis, 
the  ischiatic  ligaments,  &c.  by  which  it  is  compelled  to  move  from  its 
position  backwards,  in  a  direction  forwards,  it  turns  by  degrees  with  its 

s 


206 


MECHANISM    OF    PARTURITION. 


great  diameter  into  the  left  oblique  diameter  of  the  pelvic  cavity ;  i.  e.  the 
posterior  fontanelle  is  directed  to  the  right  foramen  ovale,  and  as  the  head 
approaches  nearer  and  nearer  to  the  inferior  aperture,  it  is  the  posterior 
and  superior  quarter  of  the  left  parietal  bone,  which  is  felt  in  the  cavity 
of  the  pelvis,  opposite  to  the  pubal  arch ;  so  that  when  the  point  of  the 
finger  is  introduced  under  and  almost  perpendicular  to  the  symphysis 
pubis,  it  touches  nearly  the  middle  of  the  superior  and  posterior  quarter 
of  the  left  parietal  bone ;  and  this  is  precisely  the  part,  as  the  head  ad- 
vances further,  which  first  distends  the  labia,  with  which  the  head  first 
enters  the  external  passage,  and  the  spot  upon  which  the  swelling  of  the 
integument  forms  itself."  Thus,  the  head  is  changed  from  the  third  po- 
sition into  the  second,  and  so  passes  out,  the  face,  according  to  Naegele, 
generally  turning  towards  the  left  thigh  of  the  mother. 

Fig.  84. 


312.  In  the  fourth  position  the  posterior  fontanelle  corresponds  to  the 
left  sacro-iliac  synchondrosis,  and  the  anterior  fontanelle  to  the  right 
foramen  ovale  ;  and  as  the  head  is  pressed  through  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis, 
changes,  analogous  to  those  just  described,  take  place,  but  in  the  opposite 
direction,  that  is,  the  head  is  turned  from  left  to  right,  so  as  to  bring  the 
posterior  fontanelle  towards  the  left  foramen  ovale  ;  in  other  words,  that 
as  the  head  is  changed  from  the  third  to  the  second  position,  so  from  the 
fourth  it  changes  into  the  first.  It  then  passes  out,  exactly  as  it  did  when 
presenting  in  the  first  position.  The  primary  tumour  will  lie  on  the  right 
parietal  bone,  anterior  to  the  tuber ;  but  the  pressure  of  the  lower  outlet 
will  extend  it  over  the  tuber,  to  the  upper  and  back  part  of  this  bone. 

313.  When  the  head  presents  in  the  third  or  fourth  position,  if  the 
pelvis  be  unusually  large,  or  the  foetal  head  unusually  small,  or  even  with 
a  pelvis  and  head  of  ordinary  proportions,  if  the  pains  come  on  very  vio- 
lently when  the  head  is  at  the  upper  outlet,  the  changes  into  the  second 
and  first  positions  may  not  take  place,  owing  to  the  absence  of  sufficient 
resistance  or  adequate  time,  but  the  head  be  driven  through  the  pelvic 
cavity  and  lower  outlet  in  the  position  (or  nearly  so)  in  which  it  presented 
at  the  brim,  the  upper  and  anterior  part  of  the  left  (third  position)  or  right 
(fourth  position)  parietal  bone,  and  a  portion  of  the  superior  part  of  the 
frontal  of  the  same  side,  corresponding  to  the  arch  of  the  pubis,  and  the 
posterior  part  of  the  right  or  left  parietal  bone,  and  part  of  the  occipital, 


MECHANISM    OF    PAKTURITION. 


207 


sweeping  over  the  perineum.  As  the  head  passes  out,  the  forehead  looks 
upwards,  under  the  arch  of  the  pubis.  Naegele*  states,  "  Of  ninety-six 
cases  of  the  third  vertex  position,  which  I  observed  with  particular  care, 
and  described  in  my  note-book,  I  remarked  the  head  three  times  to  come 
through  the  external  passages  with  the  head  upwards  or  forwards." 

This  occasions  more  suffering,  and  some  delay,  as  the  longitudinal 
diameter  of  the  head  is  presented  to  the  lower  outlet  without  adaptation 
or  modification.* 

314.  Until  very  recently,  the  passage  of  the  head  with  the  forehead 
under  the  arch  of  the  pubis  was  believed  to  be  the  ordinary  termination 
of  presentations  in  the  third  or  fourth  position  ;  but  since  the  publication 
of  Naegele's  work  has  directed  more  careful  attention  to  this  point,  abun- 
dant proof  has  been  obtained  "  that  what  has  been  considered  as  a  regular 
phenomenon,  is  a  deviation,  and  exactly  that  which  has  been  esteemed  a 
deviation  from  the  usual  course  and  rule,  is  perfectly  regular."  Solayres 
de  Renhac  and  W.  I.  Schmitt  noticed  the  change  from  the  third  into  the 

*  "The  mechanical  form  of  the  pelvis,"  says  Dr.  Meigs,  "is  so  miraculously  adapted 
to  the  wants  of  the  economy  in  labour,  that  it  has  power,  in  a  major  part  of  these  fourth 
positions,  to  rotate  the  vertex  from  the  right  sacro-iliac  junction  to  the  right  acetabulum, 
and  thence  to  the  pubal  arch ;  and  that  without  any  assistance  given  by  the  accoucheur. 

"  It  is  true  that  this  favourable  rotation  sometimes  requires  the  aid  of  the  hand,  or 
even  of  an  instrument.  It  also  occasionally  happens,  that  neither  the  hand  alone,  nor 
any  instrument,  can  enable  the  surgeon  to  bring  the  vertex  round  to  the  front.  In  such 
case,  it  slides  into  the  hollow  of  the  sacrum,  and  the  labour  is  thenceforward  rendered 
more  painful  and  more  difficult. 

"When,  in  fourth  positions,  the  vertex  can  rotate  first  to  the  acetabulum,  and  then 
to  the  arch,  the  labour  is  not  seriously  retarded ;  but  when  the  posterior  fontanelle  gets 
into  the  hollow  of  the  sacrum,  and  will  not  suffer  rotation,  then  the  flexion  becomes 
greater  and  greater  as  the  fontanelle  slides  down  along  the  point  of  the  sacrum,  along 

Fig.  85. 


the  face  of  the  coccyx,  and  down  the  mesial  line  of  the  perineum,  until  having  pushed 
off  the  perineum  4.10,  the  occipitofrontal  diameter,  the  vortex  Blips  over  the  fourchette, 
and  immediately  turns  over  backwards,  in  strong  extension,  which  allows  the  forehead, 
eyes,  nose,  mouth  and  chin  successively  to  emerge  from  underneath  the  crown  of  the 
pubal  arch,  to  complete  the  birth  of  the  head.  The  annexed  figure  of  a  head  in  an 
occipito-posterior  position,  shows  these  truth-  clearly  enough. 

"This  is  the  mechanism  in  all  cases  of  birth  in  occipito-posterior  positions,  without 
rotation  to  the  front  :  and  the  student  will  clearly  understand  that  it  must  be  SO,  since 
the  length  of  the  line  from  forehead  to  vertex  is  too  great  to  permit  it  to  be  otherwise." 
Obstetric*, —  the  Science  and  the  Art.  — Editor. 

14 


208  MECHANISM    OF    PARTURITION. 

second  position  ;  but  for  the  minute  explanation  we  are  indebted  to  M. 
Naegele. 

315.  As  to  the  comparative  frequency  of  the  four  positions:  there  is 
no  doubt  of  the  greater  predominance  of  the^rs^;  it  occurred  to  Naegele 
in  the  proportion  of  69  per  cent,  of  all  his  head  presentations  ;  to  Madame 
Lachapelle  in  77  per  cent.  ;  to  Madame  Boivin  in  80  per  cent.,  and  to  M. 
Halmagrand  in  the  ratio  of  74  per  cent. 

"The  fourth  position  is  also  confessedly  the  least  frequent,  occurring  to 
M.  Naegele  in  the  ratio  of  .03  per  cent.  ;  to  Lachapelle  and  Halmagrand 
in  .04  per  cent.,  and  to  Madame  Boivin  in  .05  per  cent. 

There  is  a  great  difference  of  statement,  however,  as  to  the  comparative 
frequency  of  the  second  and  third  positions;  thus  Naegele,  in  1290  cases, 
only  met  with  the  second  position  in  one  instance,  or  in  the  proportion  of 
.07  per  cent.  M.  Halmagrand  describes  it  as  occurring  in  5  per  cent.  ; 
Madame  Boivin  in  19  per  cent.,  and  Madame  Lachapelle  in  21  per  cent. 
On  the  other  hand,  Naegele  found  359  cases  of  the  third  position  in  1210 
cases,  or  29  per  cent.,  while  Madame  Lachapelle  gives  only  .077  per 
cent,  of  such  cases,  and  Madame  Boivin  only  .05.  Dr.  Simpson  ob- 
served accurately  the  position  in  335  cases  of  cranial  presentation,  and 
found  the  first  position  in  256  cases,  the  second  in  1,  the  third  in  76,  and 
the  fourth  in  2  cases. 

It  is  extremely  difficult  to  explain  these  discrepancies  satisfactorily. 
M.  Naegele  conceives  that  the  examination  was  not  made  until  after  the 
change  from  the  third  into  the  second  position  had  been  effected  ;  and  he 
thinks  that  this  opinion  is  confirmed  by  the  fact  that  the  frequency  of  the 
second  position  of  authors,  agrees  with  the  frequency  wTith  which  he  has 
observed  the  head  to  present  in  the  third  position.  The  researches  of  my 
friends  Dr.  Breen,  Professor  Simpson,  &c.  have  led  them  to  coincide  with 
Naegele,  and  correctly  so  in  my  opinion. 

316.  Diagnosis.  —  The  diagnosis  of  the  positions  of  the  head  is  a 
matter  of  some  difficulty,  and  requires  delicacy  of  tact  and  experience ; 
of  course,  the  difficulty  is  greater  before  the  os  uteri  is  dilated.  Naegele 
has  laid  some  stress  upon  the  fact,  that  the  movements  of  the  child  are 
felt  more  on  one  side  than  the  other ;  so  that  when  this  happens  on  the 
right  side,  as  is  most  frequent,  we  may  presume  the  head  to  be  in  the 
first  position,  and  when  on  the  left  side,  in  the  second.  That  this  obser- 
vation is  correct,  my  experience  leads  me  to  believe ;  but  it  affords  no 
means  of  distinguishing  between  the  first  and  fourth,  nor  between  the 
second  and  third  positions. 

The  stethoscope  has  also  been  called  in  to  our  aid,  and  in  many  in- 
stances the  information  it  affords  is  conclusive.  We  cannot  always  dis- 
tinguish a  head  from  a  breech  presentation  by  it ;  but  if  by  other  means 
we  can  ascertain  that  the  head  presents,  it  is  possible  by  this  means  to 
detect  the  position  earlier  than  by  any  other.  "  Thus,"  M.  Naegele,  jun. 
observes,  "  if  in  a  case  of  vertex  presentation,  the  pulsations  of  the  fcetal 
heart  are  distinctly  heard  in  the  left  inferior  abdominal  region,  diminishing 
in  intensity  as  the  ear  leaves  this  part,  but  extending  upwards  and  for- 
wards, and  continuing  audible  as  far  as  the  linea  alba,  or  even  beyond  it, 
it  may  be  presumed  that  the  head  occupies  the  first  position.  We  are 
warranted  in  supposing  that  the  head  is  situated  in  the  second  position  if 


MECHANISM    OF    PARTURITION.  209 

the  heart's  pulsations  are  most  distinctly  heard  in  the  right  side  of  the  ab- 
domen."* 

Careful  observation  of  the  movements  of  the  child  and  of  the  stetho- 
scopic  phenomena,  have  also  led  to  the  conclusion  that  in  some  cases  the 
child  takes  up  its  position  at  an  early  period,  and  does  not  change  it  till 
birth  ;  whilst  in  other  cases  .the  changes  are  frequent,  but  diminish  to- 
wards the  eighth  month.  The  fcetal  heart  will  always  be  found  to  corre- 
spond with  the  motions  of  the  child  as  felt  by  the  mother. 

317.  We  possess  an  unfailing  test  of  the  correctness  of  our  diagnosis 
in  the  tumour  of  the  scalp,  or  "  caput  succedaneum,"  as  it  has  been 
called.  It  is  formed  by  the  pressure  of  the  head  against  the  opening 
through  which  it  has  to  pass,  i.  e.  first  against  the  lips  of  the  os  uteri,  and 
secondly  against  the  circumference  of  the  vaginal  orifice,  and  it  always 
forms  on  the  lowest  or  presenting  part,  so  that  the  primary  tumour  indi- 
cates the  part  of  the  head  which  presented  at  the  os  uteri,  and  the  primary 
and  secondary  together,  that  which  occupied  the  lower  orifice.  The 
tumour  itself  consists  most  frequently  of  serum,  sometimes  with  blood 
mixed,  and  in  a  few  cases  of  blood  alone. 

We  have  already  seen,  that,  in  the  first  position,  the  primary  tumour 
occupies  the  right  tuber  parietale,  and  the  secondary,  in  addition,  the  pos- 
terior and  superior  arch  of  the  parietal  bone,  wTith  a  part  of  the  occipital 
bone  occasionally :  in  the  second  position,  it  occupies  the  left  tuber  parietale 
primarily,  and  the  posterior  angle  secondarily:  in  the  third,  the  primary 
tumour  is  somewhat  anterior  to  the  tuber  parietale ;  but  by  the  change  to 
the  second  position  the  tuber  and  posterior  part  of  the  bone  become  the 
seat  of  the  secondary  tumour :  and  in  the  fourth,  the  primary  tumour  is 
anterior  to  the  right  tuber  parietale,  but  the  secondary  tumour  includes  it 
and  the  posterior  part  of  the  bone. 

*  A  Treatise  on  Obstetric  Auscultation,  translated  "by  Dr.  West,  p.  71. 


s2 


CHAPTER  III. 

PARTURITION.  — CLASS  I.  NATURAL  LABOUR. 

318.  Definition. — The  term  "  natural  labour"  is  applied  to  those  cases 
in  which  the  head  presents,  and  descends  regularly  into  the  pelvis ;  where 
the  process  is  uncomplicated,  and  concluded  by  the  natural  powers  within 
twenty-four  hours  (each  stage  being  of  due  proportion),  with  safety  to  the 
mother  and  child,  and  in  which  the  placenta  is  expelled  in  due  time. 

Slight  differences  will  be  found  in  the  definitions  given  by  different 
authors  ;  for  instance,  Dr.  Power  limits  the  time  to  six  hours  ;  Dr.  Cooper 
to  twelve  ;  whilst  Dr.  Breen  extends  it  to  thirty  hours.  Dr.  Burns  also 
includes  the  foetus  having  arrived  at  the  full  term  ;  but  these  variations 
are  of  comparatively  little  importance.  Within  the  limits  I  have  laid  down 
there  will  be  found  room  for  great  diversity  in  the  peculiar  features  of  each 
case,  and  experience  teaches  us  that  scarcely  any  two  labours  are  exactly 
alike.  First  labours  are  in  general  more  tedious  than  subsequent  ones,  at 
least  when  the  resistance  is  chiefly  from  the  soft  parts. 

319.  The  following  table  will  show  the  proportional  duration  of  la- 
bours : 


Authors. 

o 

II 

3 
O 

o 

oi 

O 

2| 

—    CS 

SO 

lo 

<?* 

30 

g  ° 
5^ 

o 

£5 

C 

C 

c 

< 

Dr.  Merriman    .... 

500 

206 

398 

442 

450 

Dr.  Collins 

15,850 

13,012 

15,084 

15,346 

15,586 

264 

Dr.  Maunsel      .... 

839 

347 

647 

734 

793 

36 

Dr.  Beatty 

1182 

577 

958 

1114 

69 

Dr.  Churchill     .... 

1285 

366 

760 

1119 

166 

Dr.  Granville     .... 

640 

. 

515 

above  IS 

hours 

104 

Drs.  McClintock  and  Hardy 

6634 

3882 

5280 

5706 

5852 

269 

In  addition  to  these  specific  details,  I  may  mention  that  Dr.  Smellie 
calculated  that  990  in  1000  are  natural  labours:  Dr.  Leake  900  in  1000: 
Dr.  Bland  found  1792  cases  of  natural  labour  in  1897  cases:  Dr.  Jos. 
Clarke  9748  in  10,199:  Dr.  Merriman  2607  in  2735:  Mr.  Lever  4266 
in  4666  :  and  Professor  Assalini  (quoted  by  Merriman)  out  of  269  cases 
reports  205  as  "  quick  and  easy." 

320.  It  will  be  observed  that  I  have  inserted  a  parenthesis  in  the  defi- 
nition, to  the  effect  that  each  stage  should  be  in  due  proportion  to  the 
other  (i.  e.  the  first  to  the  second  as  2  or  3  to  1),  and  this  I  have  done  to 
guard  against  the  error  of  making  time  (or  the  entire  duration  of  the  labour) 
our  sole  standard,  instead  of  symptoms ;  for  a  labour  may  be  natural  as 
to  time  (i.  e.  completed  within  24  hours),  and  yet  if  the  first  stage  be  very 
short  (say  one  or  two  hours),  and  the  second  prolonged  (say  20  hours), 
the  character  of  the  labour  maybe  altogether  changed,  and  the  formidable 
symptoms  of  powerless  labour  be  developed. 

(210) 


NATURAL   LABOUR.  211 

321.  Precursory  Symptoms. — Before  describing  the  ordinary  course 
of  labour,  it  is  necessary  to  point  out  certain  symptoms  which  indicate  its 
approach.  These  vary  in  intensity  in  different  women:  in  some  they  are 
but  slight,  and  may  perhaps  pass  unnoticed  ;  in  others  they  are  very  well 
marked.  The  most  important  are, — 1,  the  subsidence  of  the  abdomen: 
2,  frequent  micturition:  3,  griping  and  tenesmus:  4,  painless  uterine 
contractions:  and  5,  mucous  discharge  from  the  vagina.  Let  us  examine 
each  of  them  brietly. 

322.  1.  Subsidence  of  the  abdomen. — We  have  heretofore  157) 
that  at  the  commencement  of  the  ninth  month,  the  fundus  uteri  res 

to  the  ensiform  cartilage  ;  but  that  during  the  last  month  it  sul  :  this 

is  especially  remarkable  during  the  last  fortnight,  and  is  sufficiently  marked 
to  attract  the  attention  of  the  patient.  The  uterine  tumour  becomes  ap- 
parently less,  and  sinks  forward.  It  may  probably  be  owing  partly  to  the 
lower  end  of  the  uterus  sinking  into  the  pelvis,  and  partly  to  some  relax- 
ation of  the  uterine  tissue  permitting  a  greater  amount  of  lateral  expansion, 
and  a  consequent  diminution  in  its  height.  The  tilting  forward  is  owing 
to  a  relaxation  of  the  abdominal  parietes,  and  increases  in  successive 
pregnancies :  sometimes,  though  rarely,  it  is  so  excessive  as  to  require 
the  support  of  a  bandage,  and  even  to  retard  the  first  stage  of  labour  by 
deranging  the  axis  of  the  uterus. 

323.  2.  Frequent  micturition. — In  proportion  to  the  enlargement  of  the 
uterus,  is  the  pressure  exercised  by  it  upon  the  neighbouring  viscera. 
During  the  last  month,  when  it  sinks  down  into  the  pelvis,  and  falls  for- 
ward, the  pressure  upon  the  bladder  is  considerable,  and  its  capacity  is 
so  much  diminished  ;  rendering  a  frequent  evacuation  of  its  contents  ne- 
cessary. In  addition,  there  is  a  certain  amount  of  sympathy  between  the 
uterus  and  bladder,  and  an  increase  of  irritability  in  the  latter,  on  account 
of  which  it  is  less  tolerant  of  the  presence  of  urine  than  under  ordinary 
circumstances.  Its  value  as  a  sign  of  approaching  labour,  however,  is 
lessened  by  the  fact  that  it  occurs*  from  the  same  causes,  just  before  the 
uterus  rises  out  of  the  pelvis,  and  that  it  may  be  present  during  several 
weeks  in  the  latter  part  of  gestation. 

324.  3.  Griping,  tenesmus  or  diarrhoea. — Similar  mechanical  and  sym- 
pathetic effects  of  advanced  gestation  to  those  just  noticed,  may  be  pro- 
duced in  the  rectum  and  large  intestines,  and  the  result  will  be  an  irritable 
state  of  the  bowels,  occasional  griping  pains,  and  a  desire  to  go  to  stool, 
when  but  little  is  passed.  It  must  ever  be  remembered  that  this  frequent 
passing  of  a  small  quantity  of  fluid  faeces,  is  quite  compatible  with  a  great 
accumulation  of  faecal  matter  above  the  seat  of  the  irritation,  and  may 
often  be  relieved  by  a  free  evacuation.  It  is  an  uncertain  sign  of  the  ap- 
proach of  labour. 

325.  4.  Painless  uterine  contractions. — During  the  last  month  of 
tation,  and  especially  towards  its  termination,  patients  frequently  notice  a 
squeezing  sensation  in  the  abdomen,  which  lasts  for  a  little  time,  then 
subsides,  and  is  not  attended  witli  pain.  As  was  remarked  by  Leroux, 
if  the  hand  he  placed  upon  the  abdomen,  the  uterus  will  be  felt  tolerably 
hard,  well-defined,  and  tilted  forwards.  This  partial  contract  ion  appears 
in  some  cases  to  he  excited  by  the  movements  of  the  child.  I  have  never 
observed  it  till  towards  the  termination  of  pregnancy,  except  in  cases  of 
threatened  abortion  or  premature  delivery.  Velpeau  states  that  the  cervix 
uteri  may  also  be  felt  alternately  relaxed  and  contracted. 


212  NATURAL    LABOUR. 

It  appears  extremely  probable  that  by  this  painless  mechanism,  is  effected 
that  change  in  the  cervix  and  os  uteri  which  have  been  observed  to  take 
place  previous  to  actual  labour. 

326.  5.  Mucous  discharge  from  the  vagina. — This  is  called  "the 
shows,"  by  nurses :  it  is  generally  observed  about  twenty-four  hours  pre- 
vious to  the  commencement  of  actual  labour,  and  evidently  prepares  the 
passages  for  the  transit  of  the  foetus.  The  quantity  and  quality  vary : 
sometimes  the  fluid  is  thin,  in  other  cases  thick  and  viscid,  (which  Wigand 
says  is  more  favourable,)  becoming  thinner  at  the  time  of  labour ;  some 
women  have  it  profusely,  others  scantily.  It  is  generally  colourless  until 
labour  has  set  in  ;  but  during  the  dilatation  of  the  os  uteri,  striae  of  blood 
are  mixed  with  it,  arising  from  the  rupture  of  some  of  the  small  vessels 
of  the  cervix  uteri. 

327.  Of  these  precursory  symptoms,  it  will  be  remarked,  that  the  first 
and  third  only  indicate  an  advanced  period  of  gestation  ;  the  fourth,  ac- 
cording to  my  experience,  that  labour  is  not  far  off;  but  the  fifth  is  the 
only  one  which  shows  that  it  is  close  at  hand. 

In  addition  to  these  more  marked  symptoms,  many  minor  ones  might 
be  enumerated  ;  such,  for  instance,  as  swelling  of  the  labia  and  lower 
extremities,  cramps  in  the  thighs  and  legs,  the  improvement  of  the  appe- 
tite and  spirits,  diminution  of  the  dyspnoea,  a  sense  of  greater  lightness 
and  facility  of  walking,  &c.  ;  but  these  being  unequal  and  uncertain,  are 
therefore  of  less  value. 

328.  Symptoms  of  Labour.  —  I  shall  now  proceed  to  the  description 
of  labour  in  each  stage  ;  first  detailing  the  phenomena,  and  afterwards 
prescribing  the  requisite  management.  Before  I  proceed,  I  should  wish 
to  impress  upon  my  junior  readers,  the  extreme  importance  of  carefully 
and  minutely  studying  the  subject  of  natural  labour,  not  merely  in  books, 
which  must  necessarily  be  imperfect,  but  at  the  bedside  of  the  patient. 
No  case  of  labour,  however  simple,  can  be  attended  without  some  addi- 
tion to  our  knowledge,  if  we  are  vigilant :  almost  all  recent  improvements 
in  practice  have  arisen,  and  I  believe  nearly  all  future  ones  will  arise,  from 
a  more  perfect  knowledge  of  the  natural  process,  and  a  more  correct  ap- 
preciation of  the  natural  powers. 

As  I  have  already  treated  of  the  mechanical  and  vital  agencies  employed 
in  effecting  delivery,  I  shall  now  confine  myself  to  a  practical  considera- 
tion of  the  results. 

329.  The  commencement  of  labour  is  dated  by  the  patient  from  the 
moment  that  the  uterine  contractions  become  painful,  and  correctly  so, 
provided  the  entire  uterus  be  engaged,  if  they  recur  regularly,  and  con- 
tinue without  suspension.  But  this  is  not  always  the  case  ;  the  uterus  not 
unfrequently  at  first  acts  partially,  irregularly,  and  inefficiently :  such 
efforts  are  called  " false  or  spurious  pains."  They  arise  from  various 
causes,  such  as  over-fatigue,  indigestion,  constipation,  cold,  &c,  and  are 
occasionally  excited  by  the  motions  of  the  child.  A  little  careful  obser- 
vation will  enable  us  to  distinguish  them  from  true  pains,  as  they  com- 
mence about  the  fundus,  and  are  of  limited  extent,  recur  at  irregular 
intervals,  are  not  attended  with  the  mucous  discharge  from  the  vagina 
(§  326),  and  do  not  dilate  the  os  uteri,  or  protrude  the  "  bag  of  the 
waters :"  on  the  other  hand,  true  pains  generally  commence  in  the  lower 
part  of  the  uterus,  and  are  first  felt  in  the  back,  extending  gradually  to 


NATURAL    LABOUR.  213 

the  front,  recurring  with  regularity  though  increasing  in  frequency,  dilating 
the  os  uteri,  and  protruding  the  membranes. 

As  these  false  pains  may  occur  at  any  period  of  gestation,  and  some- 
times bring  on  labour  prematurely,  or  when  at  the  full  term  occasion 
distress  and  loss  of  rest,  it  is  always  desirable  to  relieve  them :  this  may 
generally  be  done  by  rest,  if  the  patient  have  been  fatigued,  or  by  aro- 
matic purgatives  followed  by  an  opiate,  if  the  stomach  and  bowels  are 
deranged. 

330.  The  true  pains  recur  at  regular  intervals,  gradually  increasing  in 
frequency  and  power  ;  and  each  pain  from  its  commencement  augmenting 
in  intensity,  until  having  arrived  at  its  maximum,  it  remains  stationary  for 
a  short  time,  and  then  subsides :  thus  presenting,  as  it  were,  a  type  of  the 
entire  course  of  the  pains. 

The  pains  exhibit,  however,  different  characteristics  according  to  the 
stage  of  labour,  and  have  therefore  been  divided  into  two  kinds,  "  cutting 
or  grinding  pains,"  and  "bearing-down  or  forcing  pains."  The  "  cut- 
ting or  grinding  pains"  are  indicative  of  and  confined  to  the  first  stage 
of  labour,  during  the  dilatation  of  the  os  uteri.  They  are  short,  severe, 
and  not  very  frequent,  obliging  the  patient  to  suspend  her  occupation, 
and  partially  arresting  respiration  ;  but  not  inducing  any  voluntary  efforts. 
They  are  generally  (but  not  always)  seated  in  the  back,  gradually  extend- 
ing round  the  loins  to  the  abdomen  and  thighs.  The  suffering  they  occa- 
sion is  very  considerable,  and  although  (except  in  some  irritable  subjects) 
it  is  less  than  that  which  accompanies  the  stronger  pains  of  the  second 
stage,  yet  it  appears  more  difficult  to  bear,  and  the  patient  gives  utterance 
to  groans  and  loud  outcries.  The  outcry  which  attends  upon  the  cutting 
pains,  is  an  excellent  diagnosis  mark  of  the  first  stage  of  labour,  and  in 
some  cases  we  are  obliged  to  depend  upon  it  alone. 

331.  During  the  first  stage  we  generally  find  the  patient  more  irritable 
and  restless  than  subsequently,  moving  from  one  place  to  another,  and 
changing  both  occupation  and  position  frequently :  she  is  low-spirited  and 
fearful,  weeping  from  dread  rather  than  suffering,  anticipating  evil,  and 
scarcely  to  be  comforted.  This  distressing  state  disappears,  however, 
as  the  labour  advances.  In  some  cases  the  despondency  which  has 
darkened  the  last  few  months  of  pregnancy,  is  exchanged  for  cheerfulness 
and  courage  the  moment  labour  sets  in.  In  general  I  have  remarked, 
that,  whatever  the  mental  condition  may  have  been  during  pregnancy,  and 
even  the  first  stage  of  labour,  the  violent  pains,  severe  suffering,  and  hard 
work  of  the  second  stage,  occupy  the  mind  as  well  as  body,  to  the  exclu- 
sion of  desponding  anticipations,  and,  as  it  were,  rouse  up  all  the  patient's 
energy  and  courage  to  meet  the  exigencies  of  the  case.  A  singular  de- 
viation from  mental  integrity,  apparently  from  extreme  suffering,  has  been 
the  subject  of  a  valuable  essay  by  my  friend  Dr.  Montgomery, — I  allude 
to  the  partial  and  temporary  delirium  which  occurs  occasionally,  just  as  the 
head  is  passing  through  the  os  uteri  or  os  externum.  It  seldom  lasts 
more  than  a  few  minutes,  and  in  one  case  I  attended,  the  patient  was 
conscious  of  talking  incoherently,  but  felt  quite  unable  to  arrest  herself. 

332.  During  the  first  stage  of  labour,  and  especially  at  the  time  the 
head  passes  through  the  os  uteri,  severe  rigors  occur;  not  from  cold,  as 
they  are  observed  equally  when  the  patient  is  warm,  but  as  a  prelude  to 
a  pain.     The  surface  is  generally  of  the  usual  temperature  and  free  from 


214  NATURAL    LABOUR. 

perspiration,  at  least  till  near  the  end  of  the  stage.  The  pulse  is  seldom 
permanently  quickened  until  the  second  stage  ;  although,  as  Hohl  has  re- 
marked, if  it  be  carefully  examined  it  will  be  found  to  become  more  fre- 
quent during  the  first  part  of  a  pain,  then  to  remain  stationary  for  a 
moment,  and  afterwards  to  subside. 

During  this  stage  also,  the  stomach  is  apt  to  become  irritable  and  dis- 
charge its  contents,  probably  from  sympathy  with  the  uterus,  rather  than 
from  mechanical  pressure,  as  the  abdominal  muscles  are  as  yet  inactive. 
This  is  always  beneficial,  as  it  not  only  removes  indigestible  matters  which 
may  be  in  the  stomach,  but  certainly  relaxes  the  cervix  uteri. 

333.  If  the  hand  be  placed  upon  the  abdomen  when  the  pains  come 
on,  the  uterine  tumour  will  be  observed  to  contract,  become  hard,  and 
tilt  itself  forward,  so  as  ultimately  to  bring  the  axis  of  its  cavity  into 
complete  accordance  with  that  of  the  brim  ;  and  after  remaining  in  this 
state  for  a  longer  or  shorter  time  it  relaxes,  but  does  not  quite  return  to 
its  pristine  flaccidity. 

The  results  of  auscultation  are  very  interesting :  M.  Hohl  in  his  work 
"  Die  geburtshulfliche  exploration,"  pt.  i.  §  105,  thus  describes  them : 
"  If  wre  direct  our  attention  to  the  changes  of  tone  which  the  uterine  pul- 
sations present,  we  shall  find  them  generally  stronger,  more  distinct,  and 
varied  in  tone  during  labour,  and  this  is  especially  the  case  just  before  a 
pain  comes  on.  Even  if  the  patient  wished  to  conceal  her  pains,  this 
phenomenon,  and  more  especially  the  rapidity  of  the  beats,  would  enable 
us  to  ascertain  the  truth.  The  moment  a  pain  begins,  and  even  before 
the  patient  herself  is  aware  of  it,  we  hear  a  sudden  short  rushing  sound, 
which  appears  to  proceed  from  the  liquor  amnii,  and  to  be  partly  produced 
by  the  movements  of  the  child  which  seems  to  anticipate  the  coming  on 
of  the  contraction  ;  nearly  at  the  same  moment  all  the  tones  of  the  arterial 
pulsations  become  stronger ;  other  tones,  which  have  not  been  heard  be- 
fore, and  which  are  of  a  piping  resonant,  character,  now  become  audible, 
and  seem  to  vibrate  through  the  stethoscope,  like  the  sound  of  a  string 
wrhich  has  been  struck  and  drawn  tighter  while  in  the  act  of  vibrating. 
The  whole  tone  of  the  uterine  circulation  rises  in  point  of  pitch.  Shortly 
after  this,  viz.,  as  the  pain  becomes  stronger  and  more  general,  the  uterine 
sound  seems,  as  it  were,  to  become  more  and  more  distant ;  until,  at 
length,  it  becomes  very  dull  or  altogether  inaudible.  But  as  soon  as  the 
pain  has  reached  its  height  and  gradually  declines,  the  sound  is  again 
heard  as  full  as  at  the  beginning  of  the  pain,  and  resumes  its  former  tone, 
which  in  the  intervals  between  the  pains,  is  as  it  was  during  pregnancy, 
but  somewhat  louder." — (Rigby.) 

334.  An  internal  or  vaginal  examination  reveals  to  us  the  condition  of 
the  passages,  the  state  of  the  os  uteri,  and  the  rate  of  progress.  At  an 
early  period,  the  vagina  will  be  found  cool,  moist  or  dry,  and  undilated, 
of  nearly  the  calibre  it  wras  before  labour  commenced ;  as  it  advances, 
however,  even  during  the  first  stage,  the  entire  canal  becomes  more  flaccid, 
and  if  not  dilated,  at  least  relaxed  and  dilatable.  The  os  uteri  is  high 
up,  but  not  always  in  the  same  situation ;  in  first  labours  it  is  nearer  to 
the  promontory  of  the  sacrum  than  the  symphysis  pubis,  in  subsequent 
confinements  this  is  often  reversed.  The  lips  of  the  orifice  are  sometimes 
soft  and  thick,  in  other  cases  hard  and  thin ;  the  former  dilate  more  readily, 
and  the  latter  generally  become  softer  and  thicker  before  dilatation  takes 


NATURAL   LABOUR.  215 

place.  At  the  commencement  of  labour  the  orifice  will  readily  admit  the 
point  of  the  forefinger,  and  by  the  repeated  pains  it  is  gradually  widened 
so  as  to  allow  the  child  to  pass.  The  rate  of  dilatation  is  slowest  at  the 
beginning;  it  is  said,  and  I  believe  truly,  to  take  as  much  or  more  time 
to  dilate  the  os  uteri  to  the  size  of  half-a-crown,  than  to  complete  the  pro- 
cess;  and  for  a  very  evident  reason,  viz.,  the  want  of  a  mechanical  dilat- 
ing force  (§  302) ;  the  bag  of  the  waters  not  being  protruded  until  some 
progress  has  been  made. 

If  the  finger  be  maintained  in  the  orifice  during  a  pain,  we  feel  the 
circle  tighten  and  become  hard,  until  the  head  presses  upon  the  cervix  ; 
after  which  time  the  lips  are  retracted  by  each  contraction.  We  ascertain 
the  progress  of  the  labour,  by  carefully  estimating  the  advance  made  by 
each  pain. 

335.  Towards  the  end  of  the  first  stage,  or  at  the  time  when  the  os 
uteri  is  pretty  well  dilated,  we  remark  an  increase  of  the  sanguineous 
striae  in  the  vaginal  discharge  and  the  accession  of  voluntary  efforts; 
slight  at  first,  but  gradually  increasing.  About  this  time  generally,  the 
membranes  give  way,  the  liquor  amnii  escapes,  and  by  the  next  pain  the 
head  passes  through  the  os  uteri  and  enters  upon  the  second  stage. 

The  phenomena  are  now  somewhat  changed,  especially  in  their  intensity. 
The  pains  are  more  frequent  and  longer,  the  intervals  shorter,  and  the 
suffering  greater  in  general ;  but  owing  to  the  necessity  of  fixing  the  chest 
as  a  fulcrum  for  muscular  exertion,  the  breath  is  suspended  during  a  pain, 
and  the  outcry  suppressed  except  at  its  termination.  The  character  of 
the  outcry  is  therefore  as  good  a  test  of  the  second  stage  as  of  the  first. 
At  the  accession  of  each  pain  the  patient  holds  her  breath,  and  seizing 
hold  of  something  with  her  hands,  brings  the  muscles  of  the  extremities, 
of  the  back,  and  abdomen,  to  aid  the  expulsive  efforts  of  the  uterus. 
These  are  the  "  bearing-down  pains"  of  the  second  stage. 

It  is  not  easy  to  explain  the  change  in  the  character  of  the  pains,  nor 
why  straining  should  occur  only  in  the  second  stage.  Wigand  attributes 
it  to  sympathy  between  the  os  uteri  and  vagina,  and  between  the  abdo- 
minal and  other  muscles.  It  certainly  cannot  be  merely  owing  to  the 
presence  of  the  foetal  head  in  the  vagina. 

Further,  the  arrest  of  the  circulation  from  the  suspension  of  respiration, 
distends  the  cutaneous  vessels,  the  surface  becomes  florid,  the  face  almost 
purple,  the  veins  of  the  forehead,  temples,  and  neck  are  distended,  and 
the  eyes  are  bright  and  prominent ;  the  heat  of  the  skin  is  greatly 
increased,  and  a  profuse  perspiration  ensues.  The  pulse,  which  was 
quiet  during  the  first  stage,  or  at  most  quickened  during  a  pain,  is  now 
increased  in  frequency  during  an  interval,  and  the  changes  noticed  by 
Hohl  are  very  remarkable  during  the  pains  ;  i.  e.  it  becomes  more  fre- 
quent at  the  setting  in  of  each  pain,  until  it  attains  its  maximum  rapidity, 
at  which  it  remains  for  a  short  time  stationary,  and  then  subsides.  At 
the  termination  of  the  second  stage,  it  will  generally  be  found  to  range 
between  ninety  and  one  hundred  and  twenty  beats  in  a  minute. 

336.  Vomiting  also  frequently  occurs;  but  in  the  second  stage  it  is  as 
much  the  result  of  pressure  as  of  sympathetic  irritation,  and  it  is  generally 
favourable,  as  it  seems  to  relax  the  soft  parts.  However,  as  it  is  a  symp- 
tom developed  also  in  unfavourable  cases,  it  may  be  well  to  observe,  that 
it  may  reasonably  excite  uneasiness  when  it  comes  on  (during  this  stage) 


216  NATURAL    LABOUR. 

after  the  sudden  cessation  of  uterine  action ;  when  symptoms  of  fever, 
such  as  rapid  pulse,  furred  tongue,  heat  of  skin,  &c,  are  present ;  when 
it  is  accompanied  by  abdominal  tenderness ;  and  especially  if  the  fluid  be 
sanguineous  or  dark-coloured. 

If  the  second  stage  be  prolonged,  the  patient  often  feels  heavy  and 
sleepy,  and  may  doze  between  the  pains, — the  result  of  the  fatigue,  com- 
bined with  the  congestion  about  the  face  and  head.  Under  ordinary 
circumstances  this  need  excite  no  uneasiness,  as  the  patient  is  refreshed 
by  it ;  but  if  it  be  excessive  and  accompanied  with  headach,  especially 
in  primipara,  we  must  be  watchful,  and  on  our  guard  against  an  attack 
of  convulsions. 

As  the  head  advances  through  the  pelvis,  it  presses  more  or  less  upon 
the  nerves  which  pass  through  that  cavity  to  the  lower  extremities,  and 
gives  rise  to  spasms  and  cramps,  which  add  to  the  suffering  of  the 
patient.     They  may  be  partially  relieved  by  friction. 

The  pressure  of  the  head  also  evacuates  the  contents  of  the  rectum, 
but  effectually  prevents  the  emptying  of  the  bladder. 

337.  If  an  internal  examination  be  made  at  the  beginning  of  the  second 
stage,  we  shall  find  the  vagina  dilatable,  and  as  though  it  had  been 
dilated,  its  walls  rugous  and  flabby,  and  prepared  to  yield  to  the  pressure 
of  the  head.  The  head  itself  will  be  perceived  at  the  upper  part  of  the 
pelvis,  filling  it  more  or  less  completely,  descending  with  each  pain,  and 
receding  at  its  conclusion  ;  the  advance  exceeding  the  recession,  and  the 
excess  marking  the  rate  of  progress  of  the  labour.  At  a  later  period,  the 
head  will  be  felt  on  the  floor  of  the  pelvis,  where  it  meets  with  consi- 
derable resistance,  but  which  is  overcome  by  the  mechanism  already 
described  (§  302) ;  we  observe  the  same  repeated  advance  and  recession, 
the  head  each  time  propelled  a  little  further  than  before,  and  often  with  a 
kind  of  spiral  movement,  until  after  a  time  proportioned  to  the  difference 
between  the  force  employed  and  the  resistance,  the  obstacles  yield,  and 
the  head  presses  upon  the  perineum,  which  undergoes  the  same  process 
of  dilatation. 

338.  At  this  period  of  the  labour,  when  the  head  is  distending  the 
perineum  and  dilating  the  external  orifice,  both  the  suffering  and  the 
exertion  reach  their  maximum  point ;  and  yet  it  is  beautiful  to  observe 
how  cautiously  (so  to  speak)  and  how  securely  the  process  is  effected. 
Adequate  expulsive  force  is  called  into  action ;  and  if  it  were  continuous, 
nothing  could  save  the  patient  from  injury ;  but  each  pain  is  just  long 
enough  to  gain  upon  the  advance  made  by  its  predecessor ;  and  the  head 
detained  for  a  few  moments  at  its  furthest  point  of  advance,  then  recedes; 
and  this  is  repeated  until  the  perineum  is  completely  softened,  and  the  os 
externum  dilated.  Nor  is  this  all ;  the  resistance  offered  by  the  perineum 
carries  the  head  forward,  so  that  its  lowest  point  (the  tumour)  shall  press 
against  the  os,  and  by  the  time  the  perineum  yields,  the  orifice  is  suffi- 
ciently wide  to  secure  the  proper  direction  of  the  head  in  its  transit. 

At  the  latter  part  of  the  second  stage,  the  pains  are  often  what  is  called 
"  double  ;"  i.  e.  they  succeed  each  other  so  quickly,  that  a  new  one  com- 
mences before  the  former  has  quite  terminated.  At  length  the  force  con- 
quers all  resistance,  and  with  a  throe  of  agony  the  head  is  expelled ;  after 
which  there  is  a  short  rest,  equal  to  two  or  three  pains,  then  the  uterine 
power  is  again  exerted  to  expel  the  body  of  the  child. 


NATURAL    LABOUR. 


217 


The  second  stage  is  now  completed ;  the  suffering,  which  was  intense, 
is  exchanged  for  perfect  ease,  and  the  sense  of  relief  is  inexpressibly 
great.  If  the  hand  be  placed  on  the  abdomen,  it  will  be  found  flabby, 
and  the  uterus  large,  and  moderately  contracted. 


Fig.  86. 


339.  The  third  stage  of  labour  includes  the  detachment  and  expulsion 
of  the  placenta.  In  some  cases,  the  contractions  which  expel  the  child, 
expel  the  after- birth.  In  most  cases,  however,  it  is  partially  or  wholly 
detached,  remaining  in  the  uterus  or  vagina,  from  whence  it  may  be  ex- 
pelled by  the  natural  powers  alone,  or  aided  by  gentle  traction. 

The  interval  which  elapses  after  the  expulsion  of  the  child,  before  the 
uterus  again  actively  contracts  to  expel  the  placenta,  varies  somewhat  in 
different  cases,  apparently  according  to  the  fatigue  that  organ  has  under- 
gone. Dr.  Clarke  found  the  average  interval  to  be  twenty  minutes. 
Out  of  277  cases  which  I  have  accurately  noted  in  my  own  private  prac- 
tice, I  find  that  in  176  the  placenta  was  expelled  in  (within)  5  minutes ; 
in  60  cases,  within  10  minutes;  in  14,  within  15  minutes;  in  11,  within 
20  minutes  ;  and  in  16,  within  half  an  hour. 

Where  due  attention  has  not  been  paid,  the  interval  will  be  longer ; 
but  from  the  above  data  we  may  conclude  with  the  highest  authorities, 
that  in  natural  labour,  the  placenta  ought  to  be  expelled  within  an  hour 
or  an  hour  and  a  half,  and  that  when  the  interval  exceeds  this,  the  case 
fairly  comes  under  the  order  of  "  retained  placenta,"  of  which  I  shall 
treat  hereafter. 

When  this  interval,  whatever  it  be,  has  elapsed,  the  uterus  again  con- 
tracts, but  much  less  forcibly,  and  by  one  or  two  pains,  the  connection 
between  the  placenta  and  uterus  is  severed,  the  now  useless  appendage  is 
extruded  into  the  vagina,  and  by  the  contraction  of  this  canal  is  expelled, 
with  a  gush  of  blood  or  clots  (dolores  cruciiti).  The  bag  of  the  mem- 
branes is  generally  turned  inside  out,  especially  if  the  after-birth  have 


218  NATURAL   LABOUR. 

been  extracted  by  pulling  the  cord,  and  the  situation  of  the  perforation  in 
the  membrane  through  which  the  child  passed,  will  enable  us  to  estimate 
the  distance  of  the  placenta  from  the  os  uteri ;  the  distance  of  the  perfo- 
ration from  the  placenta  being  exactly  the  same  as  the  distance  of  the 
latter  from  the  os  uteri. 

340.  Management  of  natural  labour.  —  Let  us  now  turn  from  the 
description  of  the  phenomena  of  natural  labour  to  a  consideration  of  the 
duties  of  the  attending  accoucheur,  and  the  mode  of  managing  such 
cases.  I  have  already  stated  that  most  of  the  modern  improvements  in 
midwifery  have  resulted  from  a  more  correct  appreciation  of  the  natural 
powers  ;  so  in  the  management  of  natural  labour,  the  great  improvement 
has  been  the  absence  of  interference.  There  is,  in  truth,  but  very  little 
for  the  accoucheur  to  do,  if  the  case  be  natural  and  the  circumstances 
favourable,  and  very  little  that  he  needs,  except  patience  and  gentleness, 
and  therefore  the  old  practice  of  carrying  certain  instruments  and  certain 
medicines  about  with  him,  is  strongly  to  be  deprecated,  as,  to  say  the 
least,  a  needless  exposure  of  himself  to  temptation.  All  the  surgical 
appliances  needed  are,  an  elastic-gum  catheter  (male)  and  a  lancet ;  and 
if  in  the  country,  a  small  quantity  of  laudanum.  He  ought  also  to  be 
provided  with  a  few  strong  pins,  and  some  ligatures  of  twine  or  tape ; 
and  if  there  be  a  prospect  of  much  delay,  he  will  not  be  the  worse  of  a 
book  in  his  pocket,  provided  that  it  be  not  a  treatise  on  midwifery !  But 
to  return  :  although  there  is  little  to  do  in  a  natural  labour,  we  cannot  of 
course  assume  that  any  case  to  which  we  may  be  called  is  of  this  class, 
without  inquiry ;  our  first  object,  then,  when  summoned  to  a  patient  is  to 
ascertain  her  present  state,  whether  she  be  in  labour  or  not,  &c.  ;  if  she 
be,  the  presentation  and  position  of  the  child,  the  rate  of  progress  and 
probable  termination  of  the  labour. 

341.  As  to  the  present  state  of  the  patient,  a  careful  examination  of  the 
bodily  functions  generally,  and  of  the  pulse,  tongue,  skin,  &c.  will  show 
wThether  the  patient  is  in  ordinary  health,  or  whether  we  may  have  to  con- 
tend wTith  any  complication,  as  fever  or  organic  disease ;  and  the  informa- 
tion may  enable  us  to  anticipate,  and  perhaps  prevent  some  attacks.  A 
more  minute  investigation  must  be  instituted  into  the  state  of  the  uterine 
system,  as  to  the  presence  of  real  pains ;  their  frequency,  force,  and  regu- 
larity ;  the  character  of  the  outcry,  the  amount  of  voluntary  effort,  the 
quantity  and  quality  of  vaginal  discharge,  &c.  By  these  symptoms,  we 
shall  be  able  to  form  an  opinion  as  to  the  existence  of  labour,  the  stage 
and  rate  of  progress,  and  the  preparedness  of  the  passages,  &c.  and  also 
as  to  the  propriety  of  seeking  for  more  special  information,  by  means  of  a 
vaginal  examination.  This  will  add  to  the  information  previously  acquired, 
a  knowledge  of  the  presentation  and  position. 

342.  It  is  not  possible  to  fix  a  definite  time  for  this  examination  ;  for  in 
many  cases,  it  will  depend  upon  the  patient.  It  may,  however,  be  stated 
generally,  that  it  is  satisfactory  to  make  it  as  early  as  convenient,  and  that 
certainly  no  time  should  be  lost  after  the  escape  of  the  waters,  lest  we 
miss  the  best  opportunity  for  rectifying  a  mal-presentation.  Further,  the 
attendant  should  never  leave  his  patient  for  more  than  a  few  minutes,  un- 
less he  has  ascertained  that  all  is  right.  The  frequency  with  which  it 
should  be  repeated  must  depend  chiefly  upon  the  rate  of  progress.  Dur- 
ing the  first  stage  (judging  by  the  outcry  and  cool  skin)  it  is  scarcely 


NATURAL    LABOUR. 


219 


necessary,  if  once  we  have  ascertained  that  all  is  right ;  but  during  the 
second  stage,  it  maybe  repeated  according  to  the  rapidity  of  the  advance, 
every  four,  six,  eight,  or  ten  pains ;  and  when  once  the  head  distends  the 
perineum,  the  accoucheur  should  keep  his  finger  upon  the  head  during 
each  pain,  so  as  to  regulate  the  support  necessary  for  the  perineum.  '1  o 
the  junior  student  only,  can  any  directions  as  to  the  mode  of  making  an 
examination  be  necessary,  and  they  may  be  brief.  The  patient  should 
lie  upon  her  left  side,  with  the  hips  near  to  the  edge  of  the  bed,  and  the 
knees  drawn  up  towards  the  abdomen.     The  forefinger  of  the  right  hand 


Fig.  87. 


(or  two  fingers,  and  in  some  cases,  those  of  the  left  hand)  having  been 
well  oiled  or  soaped,  should  be  passed  along  the  perineum,  and  into  the 
vaginal  orifice  ;  it  is  then  to  be  directed  upwards  and  backwards,  towards 
the  promontory  of  the  sacrum,  until  the  os  uteri  or  the  presenting  part  be 
found.  Having  done  this,  we  shall  be  able  to  estimate  the  calibre,  heat, 
and  moisture  of  the  vagina,  the  dilatability  of  the  os  uteri,  the  resiliency 
and  general  condition  of  the  cervix,  as  well  as  the  actual  dilatation  by  the 
bag  of  the  waters,  or  the  foetal  head,  during  a  pain.  If  the  membranes 
be  entire  an  experienced  finger  will  in  most  cases  detect  the  presentation  ; 
if  they  have  given  way,  this  will  be  much  more  easy  and  certain  ;  and  if 
it  be  the  head,  by  finding  the  fontanelles  and  comparing  their  situation 
with  certain  parts  of  the  pelvis  (§  307)  the  position  may  be  determined. 

It  is  generally  recommended  to  introduce  the  finger  during  a  pain,  as 
less  unpleasant  to  the  patient ;  but  the  examination  must  occupy  both  a 
pain  and  an  interval,  if  we  hope  to  obtain  full  information.  A  compari- 
son of  the  knowledge  thus  obtained,  with  the  frequency  and  force  of  the 
pains,  will  enable  us  to  estimate  the  rate  of  progress  of  the  labour;  and 
these  results,  combined  with  the  local  and  general  condition  of  the  patient, 
will  afford  adequate  grounds  for  our  prognosis.  In  conclusion,  I  would 
earnestly  recommend  to  my  junior  readers  to  take  every  opportunity  of 


220  NATURAL   LABOUR. 

passing  the  catheter  and  making  vaginal  examinations  in  the  dead  subject 
as  well  as  the  living. 

343.  We  will  now  suppose  that  the  conclusion  from  these  investiga- 
tions is  favourable,  that  the  patient  is  in  good  health,  is  really  in  labour, 
that  the  head  presents,  and  that  she  is  making  a  sufficiently  rapid  progress, 
with  every  prospect  of  a  safe  termination. 

It  is  not  necessary,  during  the  first  stage,  that  the  accoucheur  should 
stay  in  the  room  with  the  patient,  nor  even  in  the  house,  if  the  progress 
be  slow ;  before  leaving  her,  however,  he  must  be  certain  that  all  is  right, 
that  everything  is  in  readiness ;  and  he  must  give  some  general  directions 
to  the  nurse.  The  patient  is  better  out  of  bed  during  the  early  part  of  the 
labour,  if  it  happen  in  the  day-time,  as  she  will  be  less  fatigued,  and  pro- 
bably less  impatient  than  if  she  lay  in  bed  the  whole  time  ;  she  may  rest 
on  the  sofa  when  tired,  and  occasionally  walk  about,  or  pursue  any  slight 
occupation  if  she  be  able. 

It  is  very  desirable  to  keep  her  tranquil  and  cheerful,  for  which  purpose 
she  should  be  told  of  all  that  is  favourable  in  her  case,  and  all  subjects 
calculated  to  depress  should  be  avoided.  In  this  matter  much  depends 
on  the  nurse,  who  should  receive  proper  cautions.  I  am  satisfied  that  in 
most,  if  not  in  all  cases,  it  is  better  to  deal  frankly  with  our  patient,  and 
not  to  make  false  promises  in  hopes  of  encouraging  her  to  bear  the  pains. 
Let  her  be  told  that  all  is  favourable,  and  that,  as  far  as  we  can  judge,  the 
labour  will  terminate  safely  for  herself  and  her  child,  and  she  will  bear  to 
be  told,  that  she  has  yet  some  time  to  suffer.  Moreover,  as  it  is  impossi- 
ble to  calculate  with  accuracy  upon  the  duration  of  a  labour,  an  assurance 
that  it  will  be  over  in  a  certain  time  will,  in  all  probability,  issue  in  disap- 
pointment ;  and  if  so,  in  distrust  either  of  our  truth  or  skill.  I  have  dwelt 
upon  this  the  more,  because  nothing  is  more  common  than  for  the  patient 
to  beg  of  the  attendant  to  say  how  long  she  will  have  to  endure  the 
pains. 

During  this  first  stage  the  patient  may  be  allowed  her  usual  diet,  but 
without  stimulants,  as  it  is  rather  advantageous  to  have  the  stomach  occu- 
pied. The  bowels  should  be  freed  by  medicine  or  enemata,  if  necessary, 
and  the  urine  regularly  evacuated  ;  and  it  may  be  as  well  to  put  my  junior 
readers  on  their  guard  against  a  frequent  error  of  nurses,  in  confounding 
the  dribbling  of  the  liquor  amnii,  after  the  rupture  of  the  membranes,  with 
"  passing  water."  I  need  not  say  that  this  may  take  place,  and  yet  the 
patient  suffer  from  retention  of  urine. 

344.  The  patient  should  be  cautioned  against  making  any  voluntary 
effort  during  the  first  stage  ;  at  least,  until  obliged  by  the  increasing  vio- 
lence of  the  pains,  as  no  effort  can  at  this  time  hasten  the  labour.  "  Wo- 
men," says  Dr.  Denman,  "  may  be  assured  that  the  best  state  of  mind 
they  can  be  in  at  the  time  of  labour,  is  that  of  submission  to  the  necessi- 
ties of  their  situation ;  that  those  who  are  the  most  patient  actually  suffer 
the  least ;  that  if  they  are  resigned  to  their  pains,  it  is  impossible  for  them 
to  do  wrong,  and  that  attention  is  far  more  frequently  required  to  prevent 
hurry  than  to  forward  a  labour." 

Neither  is  it  necessary,  as  was  formerly  taught,  for  the  accoucheur  to 
endeavour  to  hasten  the  labour  by  manual  dilatation  of  the  os  uteri  or 
passages  ;  such  an  "  abominable  custom,"  as  Denman  justly  calls  it,  would 
rather  have  the  effect  of  retarding  the  labour  by  the  irritation  it  would  oc- 


NATURAL    LABOUR.  221 

casion,  and  might,  as  in  a  case  I  recently  witnessed,  give  rise  to  inflam- 
mation, and  sloughing  afterwards. 

345.  Among  the  matters  which  should  be  in  readiness,  are  two  or  three 
short  pieces  of  tape  or  twine,  for  tying  the  navel  string,  a  pair  of  scissors, 
some  strong  pins,  and  a  binder.  The  latter  should  be  made  of  a  double 
of  diaper,  nearly  half  a  yard  wide,  and  long  enough  to  go  round  the  hips, 
and  to  allow  for  pinning  over.  These  things  ought  to  be  provided  by  the 
nurse  ;  but  as  labour  sometimes  occurs  unexpectedly,  or  the  nurse  may 
be  forgetful,  it  is  well  for  the  attendant  to  have  a  supply  of  twine  and 
pins,  with  a  pair  of  scissors,  in  his  pocket-case.  Towards  the  end  of  the 
first  stage,  it  is  customary  for  the  nurse  to  "  make  the  bed,"  which  is 
done  by  placing  a  skin  of  leather,  or  a  square  of  oiled  silk  over  the  mat- 
trass,  to  protect  it,  at  that  part  of  the  bed  which  will  be  occupied  by  the 
patient's  hips ;  over  this  is  placed  the  under-blanket  and  sheet,  and  upon 
these,  two  or  three  sheets  folded  square,  on  which  the  patient  is  to  be 
placed.  These  folded  sheets  will  absorb  most  of  the  discharges,  and  can 
afterwards  be  removed  without  disturbing  the  patient,  leaving  dry  bed- 
linen  underneath.  The  skin  or  oiled  silk  is  allowed  to  remain  for  some 
time  longer. 

346.  Soon  after  the  second  stage  of  labour  has  set  in,  the  patient  (es- 
pecially if  she  have  borne  children  before)  should  undress,  and  go  to  bed. 
The  position  for  delivery  has  varied  in  different  times,  and  still  varies  in 
different  countries.  In  the  earliest  times  the  sitting  posture  was  preferred  ; 
and  in  Ambrose  Pare,  Deventer,  and  other  old  writers,  we  have  a  de- 
scription and  plates  of  labour-chairs,  one  of  which  the  late  Professor 
Hamilton  used  to  exhibit  to  his  class.  In  China  and  Cornwall  the  patient 
is  delivered  upon  her  knees,  or  leaning  over  something.  In  France  and 
some  parts  of  Germany,  the  woman  is  placed  upon  her  back,  with  the 
knees  drawn  up  ;  but  serious  objections  exist  to  either  of  these  plans  ;  by 
far  the  best  and  most  natural  position  is  the  one  now  adopted  almost  uni- 
versally in  Great  Britain  and  in  many  parts  of  the  Continent;  viz.,  on  the 
left  side,  the  hips  being  close  to  the  edge  of  the  bed,  and  the  knees  drawn 
up  towards  the  abdomen.  It  is  usual  to  place  a  pillow  between  the  knees 
to  keep  them  separate,  but  I  cannot  say  that  I  think  it  is  of  any  service. 
The  patient's  night-dress  should  be  drawn  up  underneath  her,  beyond  the 
hips,  to  escape  soiling;  and  she  maybe  allowed  to  grasp  a  sheet  fastened 
to  the  bed-post,  or,  what  is  much  better,  the  hand  of  an  attendant. 

But  although  I  have  advised  that  the  patient  should  lie  down  soon  after 
the  commencement  of  the  second  stage,  it  is  not  necessary  that  she  should 
remain  in  the  one  position  the  whole  time,  provided  that  it  be  assumed 
before  the  head  presses  upon  the  perineum.* 

347.  In  most  cases  the  liquor  amnii  escapes  about  the  beginning  of  the 
second  stage,  but  occasionally,  when  the  membranes  are  unusually  tough, 

*  The  position  upon  the  left  side,  with  the  knees  drawn  up,  is  that  almost  universally 
directed  by  American  accoucheurs,  and  it  is  certainly  the  one  which  is  the  most  con- 
venient to  the  practitioner,  and  productive  of  the  least  possible  exposure  of  the  female's 
person.  It  is  only,  however,  when  the  labour  is  proceeding  rapidly  that  it  is  necessary 
for  the  female  to  retain,  uninterruptedly,  the  position  described.  Change  of  position, 
or  even  rising  from  the  bed  and  Bitting  in  an  easy  chair,  in  cases  where  the  labour  is 
proceeding  slowly, will  conduce  to  the  comfort  of  the  patient,  while,  at  the  same  time, 
it  will  often  prevent  injurious  consequences  from  the  heat,  pressure,  and  constraint  re- 
sulting from  long  continuance  in  one  position.  —  Editor. 

t2 


222  NATURAL   LABOUR. 

they  remain  entire  until  the  head  has  cleared  the  os  uteri,  or  even,  but 
more  rarely,  until  it  is  passing  through  the  os  externum.  When  we  are 
quite  satisfied  that  the  head  has  passed  through  the  os  uteri,  we  may  rup- 
ture the  membranes,  by  pressing  the  finger  against  them  during  a  pain,  as 
their  integrity  is  an  impediment  to  the  advance  of  the  child  after  this  time  ; 
but  it  should  not  be  done  hastily,  nor  until  we  are  certain  that  their  use- 
fulness is  at  an  end.  When  the  patient  becomes  hot,  the  bed-clothes 
should  be  lightened,  and  the  room  at  all  times  be  kept  pleasantly  cool  and 
fresh.  Food  cannot  be  taken  at  an  advanced  period  of  the  labour,  but 
warm  drink,  such  as  whey,  gruel,  or  tea  may  be  allowed. 

348.  When  the  head  is  on  the  floor  of  the  pelvis,  the  accoucheur  should 
take  his  place  by  the  bed-side,  and  examine  gently  during  each  pain  for 
the  purpose  of  deciding  w-hen  it  is  necessary  to  support  the  perineum. 
The  object  in  supporting  the  perineum  is  twTofold  ;  first,  to  afford  a  mo- 
derate counterpoise  externally  to  the  pressure  exerted  from  within,  so  as 
to  prevent  the  structures  yielding  under  sudden  or  severe  pains;  and 
secondly,  to  prolong  (as*  it  w^ere)  the  curve  of  the  sacrum,  and  so  make 
certain  of  the  head  being  carried  forward  to  the  orifice  of  the  vagina,  in- 
stead of  being  forced  through  the  perineum  for  want  of  such  impulse 
anteriorly.  Now  to  fulfil  these  twro  objects,  it  is  clear  that  w^e  need  not 
interfere  at  all  until  the  perineum  is  fully  distended  and  protruding ;  but 
when  wre  find  this  to  be  the  case,  then  we  should  cover  the  left  hand  with 
a  soft  napkin,  and  apply  it  along  or  across  the  perineum,  commencing  at 
the  coccyx,  and  reaching  to  the  anterior  edge.  The  amount  of  pressure 
needed  is  but  little,  no  attempt  must  be  made  to  retard  the  progress  of 
the  head ;  but  wThilst  the  perineum  near  the  coccyx  is  firmly  supported, 
the  more  anterior  portion  should  be  left  free  to  yield  before,  the  pressure 
of  the  head.  Neither  is  the  skin  to  be  retracted  when  the  head  presses 
through  the  orifice,  but  rather  carried  forward,  so  as  to  lessen  the  chance 
of  laceration. 

Either  hand  may  of  course  be  used ;  I  prefer  the  left,  because  it  leaves 
the  right  at  liberty  to  examine,  and  to  receive  the  head  of  the  child. 

Let  me  repeat,  that  to  make  our  assistance  useful  and  not  injurious  the 
support  should  be  moderate,  equable,  and  rather  firmer  near  the  coccyx 
(but  yielding  as  that  bone  yields),  than  towards  the  anterior  edge  ;  that  it 
need  not  be  afforded  until  the  perineum  protrudes  ;  that  then  it  should  be 
afforded  during  each  pain,  and  until  the  pain  has  entirely  ceased.  I  really 
believe  that  it  would  be  better  not  to  touch  the  perineum  than  to  make 
injudicious  pressure ;  it  has  been  my  lot  to  witness  more  than  one  case 
where  rupture  was  owing  to  excessive  and  injudicious  support. 

349.  As  the  head  passes  through  the  vaginal  orifice,  the  accoucheur 
should  receive  it  into  his  right  hand,  allowing  it  to  make  the  usual  rota- 
tion, and  carrying  it  forwards  as  the  pains  expel  the  shoulders  and  body 
of  the  child.  The  left  hand  must  be  employed  in  supporting  the  perineum 
as  the  shoulders  press  forward.  When  the  head  is  expelled,  the  nurse 
should  be  directed  to  make  gentle  steady  pressure  upon  the  uterus,  and 
to  follow  it  down,  keeping  her  hand  firmly  upon  it  until  the  binder  is  ap- 
plied ;  by  so  doing,  wre  shall  rarely  have  any  trouble  or  delay  with  the 
after-birth. 

When  the  child  is  born,  its  mouth  should  be  examined,  and  any  mucas 
that  may  have  accumulated  in  it  removed. 


NATURAL    LABOUR.  223 

It  not  unfrequently  happens  (§  181)  that  the  funis  is  coiled  around  the 
child's  neck,  and  fears  have  been  expressed  of  its  retarding  the  expulsion  of 
the  body,  or  causing  the  rupture  of  the  cord,  or  the  inversion  of  the  uterus. 
These  fears  I  believe  to  be  unfounded,  for  extensive  researches  show  that 
the  funis  is  never  twisted  round  the  neck,  unless  it  be  beyond  the  ordinary- 
length,  and  yet  the  ordinary  length  is  sufficient  to  permit  the  birth  of  the 
child,  after  deducting  the  amount  lost  in  the  coiling.  A  very  few  cases 
are  on  record  of  cords  so  short  (six  or  eight  inches)  as  to  require  division, 
before  the  child  could  be  delivered  ;  but  in  ordinary  cases,  if  we  find  on 
examination  with  the  finger  when  the  head  has  escaped  that  the  cord  is 
twisted  round  the  neck,  all  we  need  do  is  to  draw  down  more  of  the  cord, 
and  either  slip  the  loop  over  the  head  or  shoulders.  If  we  cannot  do  this, 
we  must  loosen  the  cord  as  much  as  we  can,  so  as  to  prevent  the  strangu- 
lation of  its  vessels,  and  then  wait  for  the  uterus  to  expel  the  child. 

350.  There  is  generally  a  short  interval  after  the  head  is  born  before 
the  pain  expels  the  body,  and  it  occasionally,  though  seldom,  happens, 
that  this  interval  is  prolonged  to  the  manifest  risk  of  the  child,  which 
becomes  livid  and  swollen,  making  vain  efforts  to  breathe.  If  it  be  al- 
lowed to  remain  thus,  it  will  die  of  apoplexy ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  if 
we  extract  it  hastily  without  uterine  action,  there  is  danger  of  hemorrhage. 
Under  these  circumstances,  we  have  the  choice  of  two  evils,  and  must 
choose  the  least ;  the  nurse  should  be  directed  to  use  friction  over  the 
uterus,  and  if  this  fail  in  exciting  it  to  action,  she  must  make  firm  pressure 
on  the  uterus,  whilst  the  accoucheur  takes  hold  of  the  child's  head,  and 
inserts  a  finger  into  the  axilla,  and  gently  extracts  the  body.  The  hemor- 
rhage may  be  prevented  by  pressure,  but  nothing  can  save  the  child  but 
removal.     I  have  repeatedly  acted  thus,  and  without  any  ill  consequences. 

351.  If  the  child  be  healthy,  and  have  not  suffered  from  pressure,  &c. 
it  will  cry  as  soon  as  it  is  born,  and  when  respiration  is  established,  it  may- 
be separated  from  the  mother,  rolled  in  flannel,  and  removed.  This  hav- 
ing been  done,  the  hand  should  be  placed  upon  the  abdomen  to  ascertain 
(from  the  size  of  the  uterus)  whether  there  be  twins ;  if  not,  we  may  pro- 
ceed to  apply  the  binder,  which  should  embrace  the  hips  inferiorly  and  the 
whole  abdomen.  It  should  be  pinned  firmly,  but  not  too  tight,  and  be 
kept  on  during  the  whole  time  the  patient  is  in  bed.  I  do  not  know  that 
we  consider  the  binder  absolutely  necessary.  Dr.  Davis  states  that  he  has 
not  used  one  for  fifteen  or  twenty  years,  except  in  cases  of  flooding ;  it 
is,  however,  very  useful  at  first  in  maintaining  a  certain  degree  of  contrac- 
tion of  the  uterus,  and  giving  support  to  the  abdomen,  and  afterwards  in 
promoting  a  return  to  the  natural  condition  of  the  uterine  and  abdominal 
parietes  ;  for  which  reason  I  think  it  deserving  of  rather  more  attention 
than  is  usually  paid  paid  to  it,  at  least  after  the  first  day  or  two.  I  believe 
that  if  it  be  duly  applied  during  the  time  the  patient  keeps  her  bed,  she 
will  avoid  that  loose  state  of  the  integuments  which  gives  rise  to  what  is 
called  "  pendulous  belly." 

352.  When  the  binder  is  applied,  the  patient  may  be  allowed  to  rest 
awhile,  if  there  be  no  flooding;  after  which,  ivhen  the  uterus  contracts, 
gentle  traction  should  be  made  by  the  funis,  to  ascertain  if  the  placenta  be 
detached  ;  if  so,  and  especially  if  it  be  in  the  vagina,  it  may  be  removed 
by  continuing  the  traction  steadily  in  the  axis  of  the  upper  outlet  at  first, 
at  the  same  time  making  pressure  upon  the  uterus ;  if  the  cord  do  not 

15 


224  NATURAL   LABOUR. 

yield,  the  after-birth  is  not  detached  as  yet,  and  no  force  must  be  used.  A 
little  patience,  with  occasional  friction  to  the  uterus,  will  be  all  that  is 
necessary. 

After  the  placenta  has  been  expelled  or  withdrawn,  the  binder  may  be 
tightened  if  necessary,  and  a  warm  napkin  applied  to  the  external  parts. 
The  soiled  sheets  underneath  the  patient  may  be  removed,  and  the  night- 
dress drawn  down ;  but  no  further  change  should  be  made  for  two  or 
three  hours,  as  it  is  most  important  for  the  patient  to  avoid  all  exertion  at 
this  time.  In  some  places  and  with  some  practitionersrit  is  customary  to 
give  stimulants  on  the  completion  of  labour ;  but  it  is  quite  unnecessary 
in  ordinary  cases,  and  may  do  mischief.  Rest  and  quiet  are  the  best  and 
only  necessary  restoratives.  A  still  stronger  objection  exists  in  my  mind 
against  the  practice  of  giving  a  dose  of  laudanum,  unless  specially  called 
for,  as  it  may  suspend  the  uterine  action,  and  give  rise  to  hemorrhage. 
We  may  depend  upon  it  that  nature  is  fully  equal  to  the  emergency,  and 
that  the  less  we  interfere  the  better  for  our  patient ;  in  the  words  of  an 
eminent  writer,  "  Meddlesome  midwifery  is  bad." 

Although  our  duties  are  now  ended  as  far  as  the  mother  is  concerned, 
we  should  allow  an  hour  to  elapse  before  leaving  the  house,  and  before 
wre  go,  we  should  carefully  examine  the  surface,  pulse,  uterine  tumour, 
&c.  and  ascertain  from  the  nurse  the  amount  of  discharge,  so  that  we  may 
be  satisfied  that  all  is  right,  or  if  wrong,  that  we  may  remedy  it  promptly. 
We  ought  also  to  visit  the  patient  after  six  or  eight  hours  to  see  that  the 
progress  of  the  convalescence  (to  be  presently  described)  is  favourable. 

353.  Now  let  us  return  to  the  child ;  after  waiting  until  respiration  is 
fully  established,  or  until  the  pulsation  in  the  cord  ceases,  a  ligature  is  to 
be  placed  upon  the  funis  about  two  inches  from  the  navel,  and  a  second 
a  few  inches  further  on ;  and  the  cord  divided  between  the  two  by  the 
scissors.  Some  foreign  writers  object  to  the  ligature  as  unnecessary,  and 
the  case  of  animals  has  been  brought  forward  as  a  proof;  but  Dr.  Hunter 
has  shown  that  this  mode  of  dividing  the  funis  prevents  hemorrhage  by 
the  "torsion"  exerted  upon  the  vessels,  and  most  practitioners  of  any 
standing,  must  have  met  with  cases  where  hemorrhage  occurred  in  spite 
of  a  ligature ;  so  that  in  these  countries  the  propriety  of  the  practice  is 
generally  admitted.  The  second  ligature  is  added  to  prevent  mischief, 
if  there  should  be  a  second  child  with  a  vascular  communication  (as 
sometimes  happens)  between  the  two  placentas.  Dr.  Dewees  objects  to 
this,  on  the  ground  that  the  loss  of  blood  hastens  the  extrusion  of  the  pla- 
centa. The  end  of  the  funis  should  always  be  examined  before  the  child 
is  dressed,  and  if  any  oozing  have  occurred,  an  additional  ligature  must 
be  applied  nearer  to  the  umbilicus.  This  fragment  of  the  funis  gradually 
dries  up,  withers,  and  falls  off  on  the  fifth  or  sixth  day  generally,  though 
the  time  may  vary  from  the  second  to  the  fifteenth  day. 

354.  Thus  far  I  have  described  the  ordinary  management  of  ordinary 
cases  both  as  regards  mother  and  child  ;  but  there  are  not  unfrequently 
slight  deviations  from  this  simple  course,  and  some  of  them,  as  regards 
the  child,  must  now  be  noticed.  For  instance,  when  born  it  may  be  in 
a  state  of  defective  vitality ,  asphyxia,  or  apoplexy. 

1.  It  may  be  in  a  state  of  anemia,  syncope,  or  asphyxia,  from. uterine 
hemorrhage,  too  early  detachment  of  the  placenta,  or  defective  nutrition. 
In  these  cases  very  feeble,  if  any,  efforts  at  inspiration  take  place,  there  is 


NATURAL   LABOUR.  225 

no  pulsation  in  the  cord,  and  the  action  of  the  heart  is  very  weak.  There 
is  consequently  no  object  in  preserving  the  utero-fcetal  connexion  ;  the 
funis  should  be  tied  and  divided,  and  the  child  plunged  into  a  warm 
hath:  if  this  fail,  cold  effusion  must  be  tried  ;  but  that  which  I  have  seen 
most  effectual  is  light  and  rapid  friction  of  the  body  and  extremities  with 
warm  flannel,  with  or  without  stimulants.  Tickling  the  nose  or  fauces 
with  a  feather,  electricity,  and  stimulating  enemata  have  been  recom- 
mended ;  but  I  am  not  aware  that  they  have  been  very  successful.  In- 
flation may  be  tried  by  means  of  a  proper  tube  introduced  into  the  larynx, 
or  a  flexible  catheter  passed  through  the  nose,  and  with  greater  prospect 
of  success  than  most  of  the  other  means.  Great  care  must  be  taken  to 
introduce  the  instrument  cautiously  and  correctly,  and  to  inflate  slowly 
and  gently. 

2.  In  other  cases,  the  child  may  be  in  a  state  of  oppression  or  asphyxia 
from  prolonged  labour,  or  from  some  deviation  from  the  normal  presenta- 
tion, &c.  ;  but  in  such  instances  the  pulsations  of  the  funis,  though  weak, 
are  perceptible,  the  colour  of  the  surface  is  natural,  and  the  shape  of  the 
head  is  unaltered.  Here  it  would  evidently  be  wrong  to  divide  the  cord 
until  respiration  has  been  established  ;  therefore,  placing  the  infant  in  such 
a  position  that  there  shall  be  no  impediment  to  the  circulation  through  the 
cord,  we  must  adopt  some  of  the  plans  already  mentioned,  for  its  restora- 
tion. Friction  with  hot  flannel,  warm  baths,  aspersion  with  cold  water, 
stimulants  to  the  surface,  or  inflation  may  be  in  turn  tried,  until  the  child 
makes  an  effort  to  breathe.  When  it  has  fully  recovered,  the  cord  may 
be  tied  and  divided.  If  these  means  fail,  we  may  try  the  effect  of  loss 
of  blood  by  cutting  across  the  cord  and  allowing  a  dessert  or  table 
spoonful  of  blood  to  escape  before  applying  the  ligature.  Should  this 
not  succeed,  the  case  is  hopeless. 

3.  There  is  a  third  class  of  cases,  when  the  child  is  threatened  with  or 
attacked  by  apoplexy,  from  prolonged  labour,  the  pressure  of  a  narrow- 
pelvis,  or  (as  already  noticed)  from  an  interval  elapsing  between  the  birth 
of  the  head  and  body.  In  such,  the  heart's  action  is  laboured,  the  pul- 
sation in  the  cord  feeble  and  oppressed,  the  surface  blue,  the  face  livid, 
and  in  some  cases  the  form  of  the  head  is  changed.  The  treatment  is 
exactly  the  opposite  of  that  for  the  first  class  of  cases  ;  unless  the  circula- 
tion be  relieved,  the  infant  will  die  of  cerebral  oppression  or  apoplexy  ; 
therefore  the  first  thing  to  be  done  is  to  divide  the  cord,  and  allow  from 
half  an  ounce  to  an  ounce  of  blood  to  escape  ;  after  which,  we  generally 
find  the  surface  paler,  the  pulse  quicker  and  firmer,  and  an  effort  made  to 
respire ;  the  cord  may  then  be  tied.  If  respiration  do  not  take  place, 
cold  sprinkling,  warm  baths,  friction  or  inflation  may  be  tried. 

I  have  only  to  add,  that  in  all  these  cases  we  should  not  be  easily  dis- 
couraged, but  continue  our  efforts  for  a  considerable  time,  as  we  often 
succeed  after  a  longer  time  than  we  should  have  believed  possible. 

355.  The  tumour  of  the  scalp,  already  noticed,  subsides  in  a  very  short 
time,  without  requiring  any  application  in  most  instances  ;  other  cases, 
however,  are  not  so  tractable.  The  more  simple  tumours  consist  of  serum 
efl'used  underneath  the  scalp  ;  others,  of  serum  mixed  with  blood  :  again, 
in  more  rare  cases,  we  find  blood  effused  under  the  pericranium  ;  and 
lastly,  in  addition  to  the  blood  effused,  the  pericranium  appears  to  secrete 
a  ridge  of  bony  substance  limiting  the  effusion.     These  crphalcematoma, 


226  CONVALESCENCE  AFTER  NATURAL  LABOUR. 

which  are  very  rare,  are  about  the  size  of  an  almond,  apparently  not 
painful,  and  may  be  distinguished  by  their  persisting  for  several  days,  and 
by  the  semicircular  ridge  or  boundary,  which  can  be  felt  by  the  finger. 
No  doubt  they  are  the  result  of  pressure ;  but  they  do  not  disappear  as 
do  the  other  forms  of  tumour.  Spirit  or  stimulating  lotions  maybe  used, 
and  in  some  cases  they  will  be  successful ;  in  others  it  will  be  necessary 
to  lay  open  the  tumour  and  apply  simple  dressings.  The  reader  may 
consult  upon  this  subject,  essays  by  Wagstaffe,  Gedding,  Naegele,  &c, 
and  the  works  of  Osiander,  Michaelis,  Grcetzer,  and  Valleix. 

356.  The  only  remaining  deviation  from  the  normal  condition  of  the 
infant  which  I  shall  notice,  is  the  hemorrhage  which  sometimes  takes  place 
from  the  navel  from  incomplete  closure  of  its  vessels  on  the  separation  of 
the  remains  of  the  funis.  Fortunately  it  is  not  of  frequent  occurrence,  as 
it  is  very  difficult  to  arrest  it,  and  I  believe  in  most  cases  the  result  is 
fatal.  Compresses  of  every  kind,  escharotics,  and  even  the  actual  cautery 
have  failed.  Dr.  Stewart  advises  that  the  navel  should  be  filled  with  alum 
or  some  astringent,  and  a  compress  placed  over  it.  Mr.  Pout  and  Dr. 
Radford  propose  to  cut  down  upon  the  vessel  and  tie  it. 

I  would  venture  to  suggest  that  the  navel  should  be  stretched  open  and 
filled  with  plaster  of  Paris,  either  dry  (in  powder)  or  moistened;  it 
would  become  solid  in  spite  of  the  hemorrhage,  and  would,  I  think, 
effectually  plug  the  vessels. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

CONVALESCENCE  AFTER  NATURAL  LABOUR. 

357.  The  history  of  natural  labour  would  be  incomplete  did  we  not 
say  something  of  the  state  of  the  patient  after  delivery,  both  as  to  the  effects 
produced,  the  gradual  restoration  of  the  parts  engaged,  and  the  requisite 
treatment. 

If  we  examine  the  condition  of  the  patient  a  few  hours  after  delivery, 
wre  find  a  considerable  change  both  locally  and  generally,  and  which  can- 
not be  attributed  to  mere  fatigue.  The  nervous  system  is  more  or  less 
affected ;  the  secretions  are  altered,  and  new  ones  established  ;  the  condi- 
tion of  the  uterine  system  itself,  and  in  its  relations,  is  completely  changed, 
the  circulation  disturbed,  &c.  &c. 

Let  us  briefly  examine  these  peculiarities  separately. 

358.  1.  The  nervous  shock. — The  sudden  alteration  of  the  eye,  the 
diminished  or  increased  sensibility  of  the  brain,  the  disturbance  of  the 
respiratory  and  circulating  system,  the  altered  secretions,  the  great  ex- 
haustion, &c.  are  all  evidences  of  a  shock  to  the  nervous  system,  the  ef- 
fects of  which  are  thus  extensively  felt.  After  easy  labours  the  shock  is 
not  very  remarkable,  and  the  patient  soon  recovers  from  it ;  but  it  is  too 
manifest  to  be  doubted  after  those  of  a  more  serious  character.  I  cannot 
agree  with  those  who  attribute  the  state  of  the  patient  to  fatigue,  and  I  am 
happy  to  have  in  this  opinion  the  support  of  the  late  Professor  Hamilton 


CONVALESCENCE   AFTER    NATURAL   LABOUR.  227 

of  Edinburgh,  who  in  his  Practical  Observations  distinctly  recognises  this 
nervous  shock  as  an  effect  of  labour. 

When  it  is  moderate,  it  gradually  subsides,  if  the  patient  be  kept  free 
from  all  excitement  and  disturbance,  and  obtain  a  few  hours'  sleep.  In 
proportion  to  the  rapidity  and  completeness  of  its  subsidence,  will  be  the 
return  of  comfort  and  health  to  the  patient. 

359.  2.  The  state  of  the  circulation  and  respiration.  —  The  changes 
induced  in  these  systems  appear  to  be  the  combined  result  of  the  nervous 
shock  and  muscular  exertion.  From  extensive  investigations  I  have  ob- 
tained the  following  results.  During  the  second  stage  of  labour,  the 
pulse  (as  already  noted)  always  increases  in  frequency,  though  the  amount 
varies  in  different  persons.  Shortly  after  delivery  it  falls,  nearly,  but  not 
quite,  in  proportion  to  its  previous  frequency,  ?'.  e.  it  descends  nearly  as 
much  below  the  ordinary  standard  as  it  was  above  it.  After  the  lapse  of 
a  few  hours,  a  reaction  takes  place,  the  amount  of  which  is  nearly,  but 
not  quite,  in  proportion  to  the  original  increase  and  subsequent  collapse. 
Again,  after  twelve  or  fourteen  hours  it  subsides,  to  be  again  increased  on 
the  secretion  of  the  milk  ;  after  which,  if  the  patient  go  on  well,  it  gra- 
dually returns  to  the  ordinary  standard.  To  illustrate  my  meaning,  let 
us  suppose  that  during  the  second  stage  the  pulse  mounts  up  to  120; 
then,  during  the  collapse,  it  will  fall  perhaps  to  60  ;  and,  on  reaction 
taking  place,  it  will  rise  to  100  or  110.  I  do  not  intend  to  give  this  illus- 
tration as  the  accurate  standard  of  these  changes,  but  merely  as  illustrative 
of  the  alternations  I  have  generally  observed  ;  nor  do  I  say  that  they 
occur  in  every  case,  but  only  that  I  have  noticed  them  in  a  very  large 
majority. 

I  have  never  been  able  to  discover  any  proportion,  between  the  fre- 
quency of  pulse  induced  by  the  secretion  of  milk,  and  its  previous  state. 

The  importance  of  these  successive  alternations  will  be  seen  more  strik- 
ingly, when  we  come  to  consider  the  variations  from  normal  convalescence; 
it  may  suffice  to  say,  that  I  have  seldom  seen  thern  absent  (the  pulse  hav- 
ing increased  during  the  second  stage)  without  serious  cause. 

The  frequency  of  respiration  after  natural  labour  is  in  accordance  with 
that  of  the  pulse,  when  the  nervous  shock  has  been  moderate.  During 
the  increase  of  the  circulation,  the  number  of  respirations  per  minute  is 
increased,  and  again  diminished  during  the  collapse. 

360.  3.  State  of  the  uterus,  vagina,  §*c.  —  Immediately  after  deliver}7, 
the  uterus  contracts  more  or  less  firmly,  so  as  to  reduce  its  size  to  about 
that  of  an  infant's  head.  This  contraction  is  beneficial  in  several  ways : 
it  prevents  hemorrhage,  it  empties  the  uterine  cavity,  and  diminishes  the 
calibre  of  the  uterine  vessels  and  sinuses.  After  a  short  period  of  con- 
traction, an  interval  of  relaxation  ensues,  followed  in  its  turn  by  renewed 
contractions.  The  repeated  contractions  reduce  the  size  of  the  uterus 
gradually,  until  about  the  eighth  or  tenth  day,  it  is  small  enough  to  de- 
scend into  the  pelvis.  Previous  to  this,  it  can  be  examined  through  the 
relaxed  abdominal  parietes,  and  a  tolerable  accurate  knowledge  obtained 
of  its  condition  ;  but  subsequently  we  can  only  reach  the  fundus  at  the 
brim  of  the  pelvis ;  and  after  another  week  it  disappears  altogether. 
Some,  as  Murat  and  Ramsbotham,  attribute  this  rapid  diminution  in  size 
to  uterine  contraction  alone;  others  conceive,  with  Dr.  Hamilton,  that 
absorption  goes  on  rapidly  at  the  same  time.     The  decision  of  this  ques- 


228  CONVALESCENCE    AFTER    NATURAL    LABOUR. 

tion  mainly  depends  upon  another,  viz.  whether  during  gestation  new 
matter  is  actually  added.  If  so,  no  doubt,  contraction  alone  would  not 
be  sufficient  to  explain  the  change  after  delivery. 

361.  The  condition  of  the  cavity  of  the  uterus  is  of  great  interest. 
When  examined  a  day  or  two  after  delivery,  the  lining  membrane  appears 
loose  and  corrugated,  somewhat  softened,  and  covered  more  or  less  by 
patches  of  the  decidua.  The  part  to  which  the  placenta  was  attached,  is 
raised  above  the  level  of  the  surrounding  parts ;  its  surface  is  unequal, 
resembling  in  this  respect  a  granulating  ulcer  ;  its  size  is  wonderfully  re- 
duced. The  whole  internal  surface  is  of  a  dark  ash  colour,  while  the  dis- 
charge upon  it  may  be  greenish  or  brownish,  giving  the  appearance  of  a 
morbid  condition  of  the  parts  —  indeed  I  have  known  it  pronounced  to  be 
gangrene.  The  structure  of  the  uterus,  if  cut  into,  is  found  to  be  less 
dense  than  natural,  and  the  fibres  more  distinct ;  the  sinuses  are  still  very 
evident,  and  at  the  placental  insertion  they  are  filled  with  clots  of  blood. 
The  os  and  cervix  uteri  are  covered  with  ecchymoses,  as  though  they  had 
been  severely  bruised ;  and  sometimes  small  lacerations  may  be  observed 
in  the  margin.  The  orifice  remains  open  for  some  days,  but  gradually 
closes. 

The  vagina  is  speedily  reduced  in  size  after  its  great  distension :  at  first 
there  is  considerable  heat  and  soreness ;  but  this  shortly  subsides,  unless 
the  head  of  the  child  have  remained  long  in  the  pelvis,  or  the  lochia  be 
acrid.  The  lower  outlet,  too,  resumes  its  natural  capacity  in  a  shorter 
time  than  would  have  been  believed  possible. 

The  abdominal  integuments  are  longer  in  resuming  their  natural  state  ; 
they  remain  flaccid  and  loose  for  a  considerable  time  ;  but  if  care  be 
taken  in  the  bandaging,  but  little  evidence,  beyond  the  presence  of  the 
white  streaks,  is  afforded  after  a  month  or  two,  of  their  previous  disten- 
sion. 

362.  4.  Jlfter-pains . —  The  contractions  of  the  uterus,  subsequent  to 
delivery,  of  which  we  have  spoken,  are  unaccompanied  by  pain  in  primi- 
parous  women ;  but  in  subsequent  labours  they  cause  more  or  less  suffer- 
ing, and  are  called  "  after-pains."  *  They  vary  a  good  deal  in  their  fre- 
quency, their  severity,  and  their  duration.  The  first  is  generally  felt 
within  half  an  hour  after  delivery,  and  they  ordinarily  cease  in  thirty  or 
forty  hours,  though  they  may  continue  longer.  They  are  not  generally 
accompanied  by  bearing- down  efforts,  nor  by  increased  frequency  of  the 
pulse.  During  their  presence  the  discharge  from  the  uterus  increases,  and 
coagula  are  frequently  expelled.  From  this  latter  circumstance  they  have 
been  attributed  to  the  presence  of  coagulated  blood  in  the  uterus,  but,  at 
most,  this  is  only  an  occasional  exciting  cause.  Their  operation  is,  within 
certain  limits,  undoubtedly  salutary ;  they  prevent  hemorrhage,  diminish 
the  size  of  the  uterus,  and  expel  its  contents.  The  application  of  the 
child  to  the  breast  often  brings  on  or  aggravates  the  after-pains. 

363.  5.  The  lochia. — The  discharge  of  blood  which  accompanies  de- 
livery, continues  for  some  time  afterwards,  doubtless  from  the  mouths  of  the 
vessels  exposed  by  the  separation  of  the  placenta ;  but  after  a  while,  the 

*  As  a  general  rule,  it  is  true  that  females  do  not  suffer  from  after-pains  subsequent 
to  a  first  confinement.  Inceptions  do,  however,  occasionally  occur.  We  have  known 
primiparous  women  to  experience  as  severe  after-pains  as  those  who  had  previously 
borne  children.  — Editor. 


CONVALESCENCE    AFTER   NATURAL    LABOUR.  229 

character  of  the  discharge  changes,  and  it  can  no  longer  be  considered  a 
mere  escape  of  blood,  but  exhibits  all  the  charact<  rs  of  a  secretion.  This 
state  of  the  lining  membrane  of  the  uterus  would  lead  us  to  expect  such 
an  occurrence.  The  discharge  is  called  the  "  lochia;"  or  in  popular  lan- 
guage, "the  cleansing."  For  three,  four,  or  five  d.oys,  it  continues  of  a 
red  colour,  but  much  thinner,  and  more  watery  than  blood,  and  not  coagu- 
lable  ;  it  then  sometimes  becomes  yellowish,  like  puriform  matter;  but 
more  frequently  maintaining  its  serous  consistence,  it  changes  its  colour 
successively  to  greenish,  yellowish,  and  lastly  to  that  of  soiled  v. 

It  has  a  very  peculiar  odour,  which  can  neither  be  mistaken  nor  forgot- 
ten, but  which  it  is  impossible  to  describe.  The  duration  of  the  lochia 
varies  a  good  deal :  in  some  patients  it  ceases  naturally  and  without  bad 
effects,  a  few  days  after  delivery,  and  I  have  repeatly  observed  this  with 
those  delivered  of  still-born  or  putrid  infants.  Generally  speaking,  in 
these  countries  it  does  not  cease  till  about  the  end  of  three  weeks,  or  a 
month  ;  but  much  depends  upon  the  constitution  of  the  person.  As  to  the 
quantity,  it  is  impossible  to  fix  any  limits  ;  it  depends  partly  upon  the  ex- 
tent of  secreting  surface,  and  partly  upon  the  duration  of  the  discharge. 
As  the  secretion  is  necessary  for  uterine  health,  the  sudden  interruption  of 
it  is  generally  attended  with  evil  consequences. 

364.  6.  The  secretions  and  excretions. — From  the  exertions  of  the 
second  stage  of  labour,  the  secretion  of  the  skin  is  increased,  so  that  the 
surface  is  bathed  in  perspiration.  After  delivery,  this  active  state  of  the 
secretion  diminishes  somewhat,  but  still  continues  above  the  ordinary 
standard  ;  and  very  often  the  perspiration  has  a  faint  sickly  odour.  The 
skin  is  soft  and  flabby,  with  a  slightly  greasy  feel. 

As  convalescence  progresses,  the  surface  returns  to  its  natural  state. 

The  kidneys  may  retain  their  usual  activity,  or,  which  is  more  frequent, 
have  it  somewhat  increased  after  delivery,  notwithstanding  the  unusual 
amount  of  perspiration  ;  but  this  may  be  owing  to  the  diet  consisting  prin- 
cipally of  fluid  matter. 

The  state  of  the  bowels  varies  ;  sometimes  it  is  unaltered ;  in  others  it 
is  the  reverse  of  what  it  was  during  gestation,  patients  who  were  consti- 
pated having  now  no  need  of  medicine  ;  and  those  who  were  annoyed  by 
diarrhoea,  having  solid  motions.  The  latter  change  is  by  no  means  un- 
common, and  may  probably  be  owing  to  the  increased  secretion  from  the 
skin  and  kidneys. 

7.  The  milk. — The  enlargement  of  the  breasts  during  gestation  is 
generally  accompanied  with  the  secretion  of  a  serous  fluid,  differing  from 
true  milk,  though  in  some  cases  (seldom  with  first  children)  true  milk  is  se- 
creted during  labour,  and  the  woman  can  give  suck  immediately  afterward. 

In  ordinary  cases,  however,  the  breasts  remain  quiescent  for  about 
twenty- four  hours,  but  soon  after  that  begin  to  enlarge,  with  stings  of 
pain.  At  the  end  of  the  second  or  beginning  of  the  third  day,  they  are 
perceptibly  larger,  heavier,  and  more  tense  ;  the  patient  suffers  from  rigors, 
heat  of  skin,  pain  and  soreness  of  the  breasts,  and  the  pulse  is  quickened. 
At  this  time  the  secretion  commences  ;  at  first  slowly  and  with  difficulty  ; 
but  afterwards  more  freely,  and  in  proportion  to  the  freedom  is  the  dimi- 
nution of  the  pain  and  fever,  until  after  a  few  days  it  takes  place  without 
distress  or  disturbance.  The  milk  at  first  differs  from  that  secreted  after- 
wards, and  often  acts  as  a  purgative  to  the  child. 

u 


230  CONVALESCENCE   AFTER   NATURAL   LABOUR. 

365.  Management  of  Women  in  Childbed. — I  cannot  do  better  thau 
follow  the  order  in  which  I  have  noted  the  phenomena  of  childbed. 

In  ordinary  cases  the  shock  to  the  nervous  system  does  not  require  anj 
active  treatment.  The  patient  should  be  kept  in  a  state  of  perfect  quiet, 
the  room  slightly  darkened,  and  very  few  persons  except  the  nurse  ad- 
mitted. Little  talking  should  be  allowed,  and  no  whispering.  Every- 
thing calculated  to  excite  mental  emotion  should  be  avoided,  and  the 
patient  be  kept  calm  and  cheerful.  The  horizontal  posture  should  be 
strictly  preserved,  and  the  patient  allowed  to  sleep,  after  which  the  nerv- 
ous system  will  have  recovered  its  tone,  and  the  patient  will  be  free  from 
danger  on  this  account. 

366.  As  the  state  of  the  pulse  is  merely  symptomatic,  it  will  be  remedied 
best  by  our  successful  management  of  the  patient  in  other  respects.  It 
should  be  narrowly  watched,  and  accurately  estimated,  as  its  deviations 
will  often  be  the  first  evidence  of  mischief  going  on. 

367.  Immediately  after  the  expulsion  of  the  after-birth,  a  warm  napkin 
should  be  applied  to  the  vulva,  and  changed  at  short  intervals  during  the 
day.  This  will  afford  relief  from  the  smarting  pain  consequent  upon  the 
passage  of  the  child.  After  some  hours,  when  the  patient  is  recovered, 
the  external  parts  should  be  washed  with  tepid  milk  and  water,  contain- 
ing a  small  portion  of  spirit.  This  must  be  repeated  twice  a  day,  not 
only  for  the  sake  of  cleanliness,  but  to  aid  in  restoring  the  parts  to  their 
natural  state. 

A  horizontal  posture  is  peculiarly  favourable  to  the  uterine  system,  in 
the  relaxed  state  in  which  it  is  after  delivery ;  the  patient  cannot  assume 
an  upright  position,  without  a  certain  amount  of  displacement,  and  a  risk 
of  hemorrhage.  By  keeping  the  patient  on  her  back,  we  may  even 
remedy  old  displacements.  A  lady  had  prolapsus  uteri  after  her  second 
confinement,  which  lasted  till  she  became  again  pregnant ;  this  was  men- 
tioned to  me  when  I  was  called  to  her  in  her  third  labour.  I  kept  her 
unusually  long  in  bed,  and  subsequently  on  a  sofa,  and  the  parts  com- 
pletely recovered  their  natural  state,  so  that  she  suffered  no  more  from  the 
displacement.  In  ordinary  cases,  the  after-pains  require  no  treatment ; 
but  if  they  should  deprive  the  patient  of  sleep,  we  may  give  an  aromatic 
purgative  or  a  dose  of  laudanum. 

The  only  attention  which  the  lochia  require,  is,  that  the  napkins  should 
be  changed  sufficiently  often,  and  applied  warm,  as  any  sudden  impres- 
sion of  cold  to  the  external  parts  may  be  followed  by  the  suppression  of 
that  discharge. 

368.  Directions  should  be  given  for  the  patient  to  void  urine  within  six 
or  eight  hours  after  delivery  or  sooner ;  and  this  should  be  done  as  nearly 
in  the  horizontal  posture  as  possible.  Owing  to  the  distensible  state  of 
the  abdominal  parietes,  the  patient  will  often  wait  much  longer,  if  not  re- 
minded ;  and  the  consequences  may  be  very  troublesome,  if  not  serious. 
The  bladder  may  become  paralysed,  or  inflammation  may  spread  from  it 
to  the  peritoneum.  If  there  should  be  any  difficulty  in  evacuating  the 
bladder,  as  sometimes  happens,  a  cloth  wrung  out  in  warm  water,  and 
applied  to  the  vulva,  will  remove  it ;  or  if  not,  we  must  have  recourse  to 
catheterism. 

369.  The  state  of  the  bowels  after  delivery  is  of  great  importance  ;  it  is 
perhaps  better  that  they  should  continue  quiet  for  twelve  or  fourteen  hours 


CONVALESCENCE   AFTER   NATURAL    LABOUR.  231 

after  delivery,  on  account  of  the  fatigue  ;  but  after  that  time  has  elapsed, 
we  should  procure  a  discharge  by  medicine,  if  there  be  none  spontaneously. 
A  dose  of  castor  oil,  senna,  or  rhubarb,  may  be  given;  and  if  necessary, 
repeated.  The  frequency  of  repetition  must  be  regulated  by  the  state  ot 
the  bowels  previous  to  labour.  If  we  suspeel  any  accumulation,  we  should 
not  be  satisfied  until  the  intestines  are  well  cleared  out ;  and  if  the  patient 
do  not  suckle  her  child,  purgatives  will  be  the  more  necessary,  for  the 
relief  of  the  breasts.  In  the  latter  case,  the  saline  purgatives  will  be  found 
the  more  useful. 

370  The  state  of  the  surface  will  point  out  the  propriety  of  not  ex- 
posing the  patient  to  a  draught  of  cold  air.  She  should  be  allowed  to 
cool  gradually,  and  then  the  bed  and  bed-clothes  so  arranged  as  to  afford 
a  comfortable  degree  of  warmth.  The  chamber  should  be  kept  cool  and 
fresh.     The  smaller  the  fire  (if  there  be  one)  the  better. 

371  When  the  breasts  begin  to  enlarge  and  be  painful,  relief  may  often 
be  obtained  by  friction  with  warm  oil  or  fomentations,  at  the  same  time 
givino-  a  dose  of  aperient  medicine.  But  the  best  remedy  is  the  applica- 
tion of  the  child ;  and  the  sooner  this  is  done  the  better,  as  the  secretion 
and  escape  of  the  milk  will  be  facilitated,  the  fevenshness  diminished  it 
not  avoided,  and  a  good  nipple  more  easily  formed  than  when  the  breasts 
are  distended.  ,  .  A      .         e  . . 

It  is  better  to  do  this,  even  if  it  should  not  be  the  intention  of  the 
patient  to  suckle  her  infant,  as  it  will  afford  relief;  and  by  not  suffering 
the  child  to  do  more,  we  insure  the  ultimate  subsidence  of  the  secretion, 
which  is  always  in  proportion  to  the  demand  upon  it ;  if  this  be  very  slight, 
it  will  soon  cease  altogether. 

372.  The  importance  of  presenting  the  horizontal  posture  has  already 
been  stated ;  I  shall  therefore  merely  add,  that  the  patient  should  never 
leave  her  bed,  even  to  have  it  made,  before  the  sixth  day ;  and  if  she  can 
be  persuaded  to  limit  her  exertions  to  this  point  for  eight  or  nine  days  so 
much  the  better.  Far  more  mischief  results  from  premature  exertion,  than 
from  all  the  errors  in  diet  added  together.  . 

373.  The  regulation  of  the  diet  is,  nevertheless,  of  considerable  im- 
portance, as  excess,  by  inducing  feverishness,  may  retard  the  convale- 
scence. The  patient  should  be  confined  to  slops—  gruel  panada,  arrow- 
root, milk,  whey,  weak  tea,  &c.  —  with  bread  or  toast  and  butter,  or  bis- 
cuit, for  three  or  four  days.  When  the  excitement  produced  by  the  se- 
cretion of  milk  has  subsided,  if  there  be  no  counter-indication  she  may 
take  some  broth,  and  on  the  seventh  or  eighth  day  some  chicken,  or  a 
mutton  chop,  with  some  wine  and  water. 

In  all  that  concerns  the  diet,  or  the  assumption  of  the  upngh  position, 
or  making  exertion,  it  cannot  be  too  strongly  impressed  upon  all,  that  an 
excess  of  caution  is  an  error  on  the  safe  side. 

374.  On  ckrtain  Variations  from  ordinary  Convalescence.— Al- 
though the  following  observations  are  a  deviation  from  the  plan  I  proposed, 
yet  fshould  not  feel  justified  in  their  omission,  and  I  do  not  know  that  a 
better  opportunity  will  offer  for  them  than  the  present,  as  they  may  be 
usefully  compared  with  the  preceding  description  of  ordinary  convale- 
scence. These  deviations  may  depend  upon  the  constitution  or  the  cha- 
racter of  the  labour,  or  upon  pressure  exercised  locally.  Even  without 
reference  to  the  influence  of  the  labour,  there  are  certain  irregularities 


232  CONVALESCENCE    AFTER   NATURAL    LABOUR. 

which  occasion  anxiety  both  to  the  patient  and  her  physician.  Some  of 
these  issue  in  serious  disease  ;  others,  more  numerous,  are  mere  temporary 
deviations  from  the  normal  course,  but  requiring  familiarity  and  tact  to 
distinguish  them  from  the  more  important  attacks. 

375.  1.  The  nervous  shock  may  be  very  severe.  In  these  cases  the 
patient  complains  of  great  exhaustion ;  the  senses  are  either  unnaturally 
dull,  or  morbidly  acute,  the  breathing  is  hurried,  and  panting,  and  the  ac- 
cordance between  the  respiration  and  circulation  is  broken.  The  aspect 
of  the  patient  is  that  of  a  person  in  a  state  of  collapse.  The  countenance 
is  expressive  of  suffering,  anxiety,  and  oppression.  The  pulse  may  be 
either  very  slow  and  laboured,  or  unusually  rapid,  very  small,  and  flutter- 
ing. There  are  many  cases,  however,  where  the  shock,  though  far  from 
being  so  severe  as  in  the  case  I  have  supposed,  is  quite  sufficiently  so  to 
excite  the  fears  of  the  medical  attendant.  Reaction  is  long  before  it  oc- 
curs, or  it  may  take  place  imperfectly  or  excessively,  and  the  patient  re- 
main for  some  time  in  a  very  weak  condition. 

Under  proper  treatment,  the  patient  will  gradually  recover  from  this 
state  of  exhaustion  or  collapse,  unless  the  shock  be  excessive  and  then 
death  will  supervene  in  a  few  hours.  I  have  seen  several  cases  of  this 
kind ;  in  one  case,  the  labour  was  tedious,  but  terminated  naturally ; 
two  others  were  instrumental  deliveries  ;  but  in  none  where  a  post  mortem 
examination  was  obtained,  was  there  either  injury  or  disease  discovered. 

A  due  .estimate  of  the  nervous  shock  is  of  great  importance  in  severe 
cases ;  for  in  almost  every  instance  the  progress  of  the  convalescence  is 
in  inverse  proportion  to  the  amount  of  this  disturbance. 

The  best  remedy  in  these  cases  is  opium,  either  in  a  large  dose,  or  in 
small  and  repeated  ones  ;  it  not  only  gives  the  patient  a  chance  of  sleep, 
the  best  restorative  of  all,  but  even  if  it  fail  in  this,  the  system  will  be 
quieted,  the  respiration  rendered  more  equable,  the  pulse  slower  and  more 
natural,  and  the  relation  between  these  two  systems  restored.* 

The  exhibition  of  stimulants  (wine  or  brandy  and  water)  in  moderate 
quantities  is  necessary  ;  but  we  must  be  careful  not  to  exceed,  or  they  will 
do  mischief  instead  of  good.  The  amount  of  stimulants  given  in  cases  of 
collapse  should  have  reference  to  the  probable  reaction,  as  well  as  to  the 
present  state  of  the  patient.  Ammonia  or  musk  are  the  best  medicinal 
stimulants,  and  they  may  be  combined  with  the  opium.     The  diet  of  the 

*  These  remarks  of  the  author  are  deserving  of  the  serious  attention  of  the  young 
practitioner.  "I  have  seen  more  than  one  instance,"  says  Dr.  Huston  in  a  note  to  a 
former  edition,  "  in  which  there  was  reason  to  believe  the  life  of  the  patient  was  sacri- 
ficed from  ignorance  of  the  true  character  of  the  condition  here  referred  to.  If  the  at- 
tention of  the  practitioner  be  at  the  time  particularly  directed  to  puerperal  fever,  he  is 
liable  to  confound  the  exhaustion  in  which  he  finds  the  patient,  with  the  early  stages 
of  that  disease.  The  cold  extremities  constitute  the  chill,  while  the  haggard  counte- 
nance, hurried  respiration,  and  frequent  pulse,  are  regarded  as  conclusive  evidence  of 
a  rapid  peritonitis.  Bleeding  from  the  arm  or  by  leeches,  is  the  instant  resort,  and  a 
few  short  hours  confirm  the  worst  anticipations,  by  the  fatal  termination,  a  result  which 
the  efforts  of  the  attendant  have  but  too  successfully  aided  in  producing. 

"  The  author  speaks  vaguely  in  recommending  '  Opium,  either  in  a  large  dose,  or  in 
small  and  repeated  ones.'  Where  much  pain  and  jactitation  occur,  the  dose  should  be 
large,  say  a  grain  and  a  half,  or  two,  or  even  three  grains ;  but  when  the  object  is  to 
soothe  the  nervous  system,  and  sustain  the  circulation,  smaller  doses,  as  half  a  grain  or 
ten  or  fifteen  drops  of  laudanum,  repeated  every  hour  or  two,  with  or  without  carbonate 
of  ammonia,  wine  whey,  or  other  mild  stimulants,  are  appropriate  remedies.  When 
reaction  ensues,  of  course  these  are  to  be  laid  aside. — Editor. 


CONVALESCENCE    AFTER    NATURAL    LABOUR. 


233 


patient,  when  the  effects  of  the  shock  have  subsided,  must  be  nutritious. 
It  may  be  necessary  to  postpone  the  application  of  the  child  to  the  breast 
for  some  days,  or  even  to  give  up  sueklin  aer  in  some  cases. 

All  that  has  been  said  already  upon  the  necessity  of  perfect  quiet  applies 
with  ten-fold  force  to  these  cases  of  extreme  nervous  shock. 

376.  2.  The  state  of  the  pulse.— One  variation  from  the  usual  alterna- 
tions of  the  pulse  has  just  been  noted,  in  cases  of  great  nervous  shock, 
when  it  either  sinks  below  its  due  proportion,  or  more  frequently  remains 
verv  quick,  weak,  and  fluttering,  during  the  period  of  collapse. 

In  almost  all  the  cases  of  flooding  after  labour,  when  I  have  had  an  op- 
portunitv  of  examining  the  pulse  up  to  the  time  of  the  occurrence,  I  have 
found  it' remain  quick,  and  perhaps  full,  instead  of  sinking  after  delivery. 
This  has  been  so  marked  in  several  cases,  that  I  now  never  leave  a  patient 
so  Ion"-  as  this  peculiarity  remains ;  and  in  more  than  one  instance  I  be- 
lieve The  patient  has  owed  her  safety  to  this  precaution.     Three  cases 
occurred  within  a  very  short  time  of  each  other,  in  which  I  noted  this 
undue  quickness  of  the  pulse  without  any  other  untoward  symptom ;  at 
that  time  there  was  no  excessive  discharge,  and  the  uterus  was  well  con- 
tracted.    In  all  these,  alarming  hemorrhage  occurred  within  an  hour,  and 
was  with  difficulty  arrested.     I  have  also  remarked  an  undue  frequency 
of  pulse  when  the  after-pains  are  extremely  violent;  and  as  the  uterus  is 
in  such  cases  rather  tender  on  pressure,  it  requires  care  to  distinguish  be- 
tween this  state  and  the  commencement  of  puerperal  fever.     This  observa- 
tion will  also  apply  to  the  quickening  of  the  circulation,  which  takes  place 
when  lactation  commences,  and  which  in  addition  is  accompanied  by  rigors. 
A  careful  examination,  however,  will  generally  lead  us  to  a  correct  conclu- 
sion, and  the  subsequent  diminution  of  the  frequency  of  the  pulse  will  re- 
move all  doubt.     Again,  the  pulse  is  quickened  when  a  large  coagulum  is 
contained  in  the  uterus,  or  if  the  patient  suffer  from  diarrhoea,  or  gastric 
disturbance.     In  some  of  these  cases  the  diagnosis  may  be  obscure,  and 
it  may  be  necessary  to  suit  our  treatment  rather  to  the  anticipated  attack 
than  to  the  present  symptoms  ;  thus,  we  may  give  small  doses  of  blue  pill 
or  calomel  in  combination  with  opium,  along  with  medicines  suited  to  the 
peculiar  symptoms  present. 

All  the  observations  I  have  been  able  to  make,  confirm  Dr.  John 
Clarke's  remark,  that  no  patient  can  be  considered  safe  whose  pulse  ex- 
ceeds one  hundred. 

377.  3.  The  state  of  the  uterine  system.  —  Instead  of  a  gradual  de- 
crease in  the  size  of  the  womb,  I  have  occasionally  found  on  the  fifth  or 
sixth  day  that  its  bulk  has  increased,  and  that  it  has  felt  less  firm  than 
previously:  this,  combined  with  increased  frequency  of  the  pulse,  has 
apparently  threatened  an  attack  of  hysteritis ;  nor  was  this  anticipation 
lessened,  b)  the  uncomfortable  sensations  of  the  patient,  nor  by  the  sudden 
decrease  of  the  lochia.  However,  in  most  of  these  cases,  I  found  upon 
applying  hot  fomentations  to  the  abdomen,  that  more  or  lesscoa-ula  were 
discharged,  affording  instant  relief  to  the  patient,  and  indicating  the  source 
of  the  symptoms.  Purgative  enemata  also  favour  the  expulsion  of  the 
clots;  and  in  such  cases  may  be  given  with  great  benefit. 

It  has  been  already  mentioned  that  the  uterus  is  not  free  from  tender- 
ness in  cases  where  the  after-pains  are  severe  ;  and  if  it  be  rudeh  pressed, 
the  outcry  of  the  patient  may  load  us  to  suspect  the  presence  of  serious 

u  2 


234  CONVALESCENCE   AFTER   NATURAL   LABOUR. 

disease.  It  will  be  observed,  however,  that  this  tenderness  is  greatest  dur- 
ing each  uterine  contraction,  and  that  as  these  contractions  subside,  the 
soreness  diminishes. 

Fomentations  to  the  abdomen  will  generally  mitigate  this  sensibility ; 
but  if  the  after-pains  be  severe,  and  the  tenderness  considerable,  a  full 
dose  of  laudanum,  followed  by  an  aromatic  purgative,  will  probably 
relieve  both. 

The  vagina  may  be  attacked  with  inflammation,  which  sometimes 
proves  extremely  distressing ;  this  will  form  the  subject  of  a  separate 
notice. 

In  cases  where  the  lochia  are  acrid,  the  orifice  of  the  vagina,  with  the 
labia  and  external  parts,  are  apt  to  be  excoriated.  The  patient  may  suffer 
extremely  either  from  a  smarting  pain,  or  from  itching ;  and  it  is  difficult 
to  say  which  is  the  more  distressing.  Extreme  cleanliness,  frequent  bath- 
ing, lead  lotions,  black  wash,  or  vaginal  injections  of  warm  water,  may 
be  tried,  and  will  ordinarily  afford  relief;  if  not,  the  disease  will  gene- 
rally subside  with  the  cessation  of  the  lochia. 

378.  4.  The  after-pains.  —  Instead  of  the  after-pains  coming  on  about 
half  an  hour  or  an  hour  after  the  labour,  in  moderate  degree,  and  ceasing 
after  a  short  time,  they  occasionally  commence  immediately  after  the  ex- 
trusion of  the  placenta  with  great  severity,  and  long  continuance.  In 
these  cases  the  tenderness  of  the  uterus  is  marked,  but  when  the  pain  is 
relieved  by  remedies,  the  tenderness  disappears  also.  The  pulse  also  is 
quickened  for  the  time.  This  deviation  does  not  depend  upon  the 
presence  of  coagula,  as  in  the  worst  cases  I  have  seen  none  were  expelled, 
but  it  seems  rather  a  spasmodic  contraction  of  the  uterine  fibres.  The 
best  remedy  is  a  full  dose  of  opium,  which  should  be  repeated  if  neces- 
sary. At  the  same  time  hot  flannels  may  be  applied  to  the  abdomen  and 
vulva. 

The  after-pains  sometimes  continue  at  intervals,  unusually  long,  and 
are  very  severe  whenever  the  child  is  applied  to  the  breast.  They  occa- 
sion distress  and  exhaustion  by  preventing  sleep,  and  should  therefore  be 
relieved  if  possible,  by  cordials,  aromatic  purgatives,  or  a  dose  of  opium. 

379.  5.  The  lochia. — Variations  in  the  quantity,  quality,  or  odour  of 
the  lochia,  not  unnaturally  excite  great  alarm  in  the  mind  of  the  patient, 
who  regards  any  deviation  in  this  secretion  as  a  proof  of  serious  disease. 
Yet  very  remarkable  differences  do  occur,  without  any  morbid  affection 
of  the  uterus  or  vagina. 

The  discharge  may  cease  a  few  hours  after  delivery,  especially  after 
the  birth  of  still-born  or  putrid  children,  without  any  unpleasant  symptoms. 

The  discharge  may  continue  the  usual  time,  but  in  very  small  quantity  ; 
and  this  is  commonly  the  case  when  flooding  occurs  during  or  after  de- 
livery. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  may  be  excessive,  though  not  prolonged  beyond 
the  usual  time  ;  or  without  being  excessive,  it  may  continue  unusually 
long.  In  these  cases  it  may  be  necessary  to  allow  the  patient  a  better 
diet,  and  to  give  tonics,  such  as  bark,  preparations  of  iron,  &c. 

In  some  cases  the  lochia,  after  decreasing  in  quantity  for  some  time, 
are  suddenly  discharged  in  double  quantity,  and  of  a  red  colour,  but  with- 
out coagula.  This  generally  happens  when  the  patient  is  permitted  to  sit 
up  too  soon.     Or  it  may  happen  at  a  later  period,  in  consequence  of 


CONVALESCENCE   AFTER   NATURAL    LABOUR.  235 

walking  about  too  much.     A  little  extra  rest  will,  however,  suffice  to  re- 
store the  patient  to  her  former  state. 

Again,  the  os  uteri  is  sometimes  obstructed  by  a  clot,  and  the  lochia 
are  greatly  diminished,  or  perhaps  altogether  restrained,  until  the  expul- 
sion of  the  clot  affords  an  exit  to  the  accumulation. 

Instead  of  the  usual  changes,  from  red  to  yellow,  or  greenish,  the  red 
discharge  may  persist;  or  after  these  changes  have  taken  place,  the  red 
discharge  may  return.  In  these  cases,  it  is  necessary  to  be  on  our  guard, 
as  the  change  may  be  the  precursor  of  secondary  hemorrhage.  The 
patient  should  be  confined  to  the  horizontal  position,  and  clothed  very 
lightly. 

The  lochia,  after  going  through  their  ordinary  changes,  may  terminate 
in  uterine  leucorrhcea,  which  may  become  permanent.  This  will  be  best 
remedied  by  counter-irritation  to  the  sacrum,  and  the  internal  exhibition 
of  copaiba,  iron,  or  ergot  of  rye. 

Again,  the  unusual  colour  of  the  lochia  may  excite  alarm.  Instead  of 
the  transition  from  red,  to  a  pale  red,  yellowish,  or  greenish  colour,  they 
are  sometimes  a  dark  brown,  and  perhaps  more  tenacious  than  usual,  or 
acrid,  so  as  to  excoriate  the  vulva. 

Lastly,  examples  occasionally  occur  where  the  lochia  have  a  very  offen- 
sive foetid  odour,  occasioning  great  annoyance  both  to  the  patient  and  her 
friends.  The  discharge  is  generally  of  a  dark  colour,  and  often  acrid. 
It  may  arise  from  the  decomposition  of  a  small  portion  of  the  placenta  or 
membranes  which  were  left  in  the  uterus  or  vagina,  or  from  the  putrefac- 
tion of  coagula.  In  such  cases  the  vagina  should  be  syringed  two  or  three 
times  a  day  with  warm  milk  and  water,  or  a  very  weak  solution  of  chloride 
of  lime. 

380.  6.  The  bladder. — "  After  severe  labour,"  says  Dr.  Burns,  "the 
neck  of  the  bladder  and  urethra  are  sometimes  extremely  sensible,  and 
the  whole  of  the  vulva  is  tender,  and  of  a  deep  red  colour.  This  is  pro- 
ductive of  very  distressing  strangury,  which  is  occasionally  accompanied 
with  a  considerable  degree  of  fever.  It  is  long  in  being  removed,  but 
yields  at  last  to  a  course  of  gentle  laxatives,  opiates,  and  fomentations. 
Anodyne  clysters  are  of  service.  An  inability  to  void  the  urine  requires 
the  regular  and  speedy  use  of  the  catheter." 

381.  7.  The  breasts. — Variations  in  the  period  at  which  the  milk  is 
secreted  are  common,  but  of  no  moment.  If  the  vascular  action  be 
excessive,  it  must  be  moderated  by  antiphlogistic  remedies,  such  as  tartar 
emetic,  purgatives,  fomentations,  &c,  and  by  the  frequent  application  of 
the  infant. 

If,  as  in  some  rare  cases,  no  secretion  should  take  place,  the  child  will 
require  a  wet  nurse,  but  the  mother  will  not  suffer. 

When  the  nipples  are  deficient  or  mal-formed,  we  must  endeavour  to 
draw  them  out  by  the  breast-pump  ;  but  if  this  do  not  succeed,  we  must 
obviate  the  ill  effects  of  the  secretion  of  milk,  by  tartar  emetic,  saline  pur- 
gatives, fomentations,  &c. 


CHAPTER  V. 

PARTURITION.  — CLASS  II.  UNNATURAL  OR  ABNORMAL  LABOUR. 
ORDER  1.  TEDIOUS  LABOUR. 


382.  Definition. — The  head  of  the  child  presents,  and  the  labour  is 
terminated  without  manual  or  instrumental  assistance,  but  it  is  prolonged 
beyond  twenty-four  hours,  from  causes  which  occasion  delay  in  the  first 
stage.     The  placenta  is  expelled  naturally. 

383.  Very  slight  experience  is  sufficient  to  show  that  delay  in  labour 
may  occur  in  either  the  first  or  second  stage,  and  a  more  extended  obser- 
vation will  prove,  1,  that  when  the  delay  is  excessive,  the  relative  duration 
of  the  two  stages  is  destroyed,  so  that  they  bear  no  steady  proportion  to 
each  other ;  thus,  for  instance,  in  a  labour  of  sixty  hours,  the  first  stage 
may  occupy  fifty-nine,  and  the  second  only  one,  or  vice  versa :  2,  that 
the  effects  of  a  prolonged  labour  upon  the  constitution  of  the  patient,  de- 
pends upon  the  stage  in  which  the  delay  occurs :  and  3,  that  delay  in  the 
first  stage  involves  very  little  if  any  danger,  no  matter  how  tedious  it  may 
be,  but  that  delay  in  the  second  stage,  beyond  a  comparatively  short  time, 
is  always  of  serious  import.  Although  these  deductions  are  not  distinctly 
enunciated  by  writers  on  midwifery,  yet  they  appear  to  be  involved  in 
their  practical  remarks,  inasmuch  as  they  distinguish  the  causes  of  delay 
in  the  first  stage  from  those  in  the  second,  as  being  much  less  dangerous. 
The  above  conclusions,  drawn  from  numerical  estimates,  and  supported 
practically  by  high  authority,  are  sufficient,  I  think,  to  justify  our  making 
the  distinction  between  "tedious"  and  "powerless"  labours  to  depend 
upon  the  stage  at  w?hich  the  delay  occurs. 

384.  Statistics. — Unfortunately  our  best  statistical  reports  only  give 
the  entire  length  of  the  labour,  without  distinguishing  the  stages,  so  that 
the  first  table  I  shall  give  will  merely  show  the  frequency  of  those  labours 
whose  duration  exceeds  twenty-four  hours. 


Authors. 

Total  Number  of 
Labours. 

Above  Twenty- 
four  hours. 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke 

Dr.  Merriman 

Edinburgh  Lying-in-Hospital  .... 

Dr.  Maunsell 

Dr.  Thomas  Beatty 

Dr.  Lever 

Dr.  Churchill 

10,387 
2,947 
2,452 
839 
1,182 
4,666 
1,285 

134 
128 
48 
46 
69 
62 
166 

Thus,  in   23,758  cases   of  labour,  we  have  653  prolonged  beyond 
twenty-four  hours,  or  nearly  1  in  36. 

I  may  add,  that  delay  is  most  common  among  first  cases. 

'  (236) 


TEDIOUS    LABOUR. 


237 


3S5.  The  following  table  is  intended  to  exhibit  the  relative  duration 
of  each  stage  in  labours  of  twenty-four  hours  and  upwards,  in  which  the 
delay  occurred  in  the  first  stage,  and  the  results  to  the  mother  and  child. 
The  registers  of  the  Western  Lying-in-Hospital  have  furnished  the  data, 
and  as  the  cases  are  therein  entered  under  the  inspection  of  Mr.  Speedy 
and  myself,  I  believe  they  may  be  depended  upon. 


7) 
O 
01 

a 

c 

03 

Stage. 

3 

o 

O 

- 
O 

<a 

■  <u 

C   at 

c 

Results  to  Child. 

.3 

§ 

0 

goa 

2 

E 

a 

A 

bo 

c 

3 

3 

so 

O) 

fe 

a 

J 

J 

ti 

hours. 

hours. 

hours. 

5 

24 

23* 

* 

favourable. 

favourable. 

13 

24 

23 

1 

do. 

12  do.     1  putrid. 

2 

24 

22 

2 

do. 

1  do.     1  still-born. 

3 

25 

22  to  24 

1  to  3 

do. 

do. 

1 

25 

19 

6 

do. 

do. 

2 

2-") 

17 

8 

do. 

do. 

2 

25 

16 

9 

do. 

1  do.     1  still-born. 

1 

26 

25* 

i 

do. 

do. 

7 

26 

25 

1 

do. 

6  do.     1  still-born. 

2 

26 

23 

3 

do. 

do. 

3 

27 

26* 

i 

do. 

do. 

2 

27 

26 

1 

do. 

do. 

1 

28 

27* 

* 

do. 

do. 

3 

28 

27 

1 

do. 

do. 

2 

28 

26 

2 

do. 

do. 

1 

28 

25 

3 

do. 

do. 

1 

28 

22 

6 

do. 

do. 

1 

29 

28* 

i 

do. 

do. 

2 

29 

28 

1 

do. 

do. 

2 

29 

27 

2 

do. 

do. 

1 

30 

29* 

* 

do. 

do. 

2 

30 

29 

1 

do. 

do. 

1 

30 

28 

2 

do. 

do. 

1 

30 

26 

4 

do. 

do. 

1 

30 

23 

7 

do. 

do. 

1 

30 

19 

11 

do. 

do. 

2 

31 

30 

1 

do. 

do. 

2 

31 

29 

2 

do. 

do. 

1 

31 

271 

3* 

do. 

do. 

1 

31 

27 

4 

do. 

do. 

1 

32 

31* 

* 

do. 

do. 

4 

32 

31 

1 

do. 

do. 

1 

32 

24 

8 

do. 

unfavourable. 

1 

33 

32* 

* 

do. 

favourable. 

1 

33 

32 

1 

do. 

do. 

1 

33 

31 

2 

do. 

do. 

1 

34 

33 

1 

do. 

do. 

1 

34 

30 

4 

do. 

do. 

1 

34 

29 

5 

do. 

do. 

1 

35 

84* 

* 

do. 

do. 

2 

35 

33 

2 

do. 

do. 

2 

36 

35* 

i 

do. 

do. 

1 

36 

35 

1 

do. 

do. 

1 

36 

33 

8 

do. 

do. 

1 

36 

31 

5 

do. 

do. 

238 


TEDIOUS    LABOUR. 


D 

m 

O 
O 

3 
O 

ei 
►J 

o 

bo 
M 

W 

T3 
C 
O 

u 

O 

o 

Results  to  Child. 

o 

c 
o 

O 

Sqq 

CD 

| 

rt 

•5 

a 

S 

3 

Q 

be 
B 

>1 

hours. 

hours. 

hours. 

37 

36J 

i 

favourable. 

favourable. 

37 

32 

5 

do. 

do. 

38 

37 

1 

do. 

do. 

38 

34 

4 

do. 

do. 

39 

38J 

i 

do. 

do. 

39 

35 

4 

do. 

do. 

40 

39f 

i 

do. 

1  do.     1  dead. 

41 

39 

2 

do. 

dead. 

41 

33 

8 

do. 

favourable. 

42 

41| 

i 

do. 

do. 

43 

41 

2 

do. 

do. 

44 

26 

18 

do. 

do. 

45 

44 

1 

do. 

do. 

45 

44£ 

i 

do. 

do. 

46 

36 

10 

do. 

do. 

47 

43 

4 

do. 

do. 

48 

47 

1 

do. 

do. 

48 

44 

4 

do. 

do. 

48 

34 

14 

do. 

do. 

49 

48£ 

i 

2" 

do. 

do. 

49 

46 

3 

do. 

do. 

49 

41 

8 

do. 

dead. 

50 

49J 

i 

do. 

favourable. 

50 

49 

1 

do. 

do. 

51 

50 

1 

do. 

do. 

51 

48 

3 

do. 

do. 

52 

48 

4 

do. 

do. 

53 

521 

| 

do. 

do. 

53 

52 

1 

do. 

do. 

53 

46 

7 

do. 

do. 

54 

53| 

i 

do. 

do. 

54 

53 

1 

do. 

do. 

54 

33 

21 

do. 

do. 

55 

54£ 

£ 

do. 

do. 

57 

56£ 

| 

do. 

do. 

57 

56 

1 

do. 

do. 

57 

53 

4 

do. 

do. 

58 

57 

1 

do. 

do. 

59 

57 

2 

do. 

dead. 

59 

55 

4 

do. 

favourable. 

60 

59J 

i 

do. 

do. 

66 

62 

4 

do. 

do. 

69 

63 

6 

do. 

do. 

74 

72 

2 

do. 

do. 

74 

73| 

i 

do. 

do. 

76 

71 

5 

do. 

do. 

78 

72 

6 

do. 

do. 

96 

66 

30 

do. 

dead. 

100 

84 

16 

do. 

favourable. 

103 

74 

29 

do. 

do. 

177 

176 

1 

do. 

do. 

386.  Some  apology  may  be  due  for  the  length  of  this  table,  and  I  trust 
it  will  be  found  in  the  fact  that,  at  least  as  far  as  I  know,  it  is  the  only 


TEDIOUS    LABOUR.  239 

one  of  the  kind  on  record.  The  reader  will  understand  that  from  this 
list  I  have  excluded  all  presentations  but  the  head,  all  operative  cases,  al- 
cases  which  were  prolonged  in  the  second  stage,  and  all  such  as  were  of 
doubtful  accuracy,  but  that  beyond  this  I  have  in  no  degree  selected  the 
cases.  The  entire  number  amounts  to  one  hundred  and  forty-three.  Of 
these  not  one  of  the  mothers  died,  although  in  some  cases  the  first  stage 
was  enormously  prolonged,  and  but  ten  of  the  children,  one  of  which  was 
putrid.  If  the  relative  length  of  the  stages  be  examined,  it  will  be  found 
that  it  did  not  follow,  because  the  first  was  very  long  that  the  second 
should  be  long  also  ;  and  in  many  cases  (not  included  in  the  table)  when 
the  second  stage  was  delayed,  the  first  was  extremely  short.  Thus  I 
think  that,  so  far  as  it  goes,  this  table  proves  the  propositions  with  which 
I  started  ;  viz.  that  "  when  the  delay  is  excessive,  the  relative  duration 
of  the  two  stages  is  destroyed,  so  that  they  bear  no  steady  proportion  to 
each  other,"  and  that  "  delay  in  the  first  stage  involves  very  little  if  any 
danger,  no  matter  how  tedious  it  may  be." 

The  only  apparent  exception  to  this  rule,  of  which  I  am  aware,  are 
those  cases  in  which  some  mechanical  impediment  exists,  and  which  be- 
long to  an  order  to  be  hereafter  considered.  In  these  cases  mischief 
arises,  not  from  the  prolonged  first  stage  so  much  as  from  the  impediment 
to  the  completion  of  the  second.  Undoubtedly  a  prolonged  first  stage  is 
a  bad  preparation  for  undue  prolongation  or  for  any  accidental  complica- 
tion of  the  second. 

These  conclusions  I  think  are  fairly  deducible  from  the  premises,  but 
there  are  others  which  I  would  guard  against,  and  these  are,  first,  that 
because  no  evil  happened  in  these  cases,  therefore  nothing  is  to  be  done 
in  any  case  where  the  delay  is  in  the  first  stage,  and  secondly,  that  the 
delay  was  the  result  of  bad  management,  whereas  in  most  cases  the 
patients  were  not  brought  under  our  care  until  the  greater  part  of  the  time 
had  elapsed.  I  do  think  that  when  we  find  no  evil  resulting  from  the 
delay,  we  are  not  warranted  in  active  interference ;  but  I  am  equally  con- 
vinced that  when  we  can  remove  the  cause  of  it,  we  are  bound  to  do  so. 

I  may  add,  in  confirmation  of  my  own  conclusions,  the  statement  of 
Denman,  "  that  neither  mother  nor  child  is  ever  in  any  danger  (except  in 
hemorrhage  or  convulsions)  on  account  of  the  labour,  before  the  mem- 
branes are  broken,"  i.  e.  in  the  first  stage. 

387.  Symptoms. — I  conclude,  then,  that  these  cases  of  labours  pro- 
longed in  the  first  stage,  present  nothing  formidable  as  regards  the 
mother,  and  very  little  as  regards  the  child ;  but  yet  we  find  that  the  con- 
tinued suffering  produces  a  great  degree  of  fatigue,  and  in  nervous 
women  especially,  the  loss  of  sleep  is  very  much  felt ;  the  spirits  are 
depressed,  and  the  patient  expresses  a  great  dread  of  the  result.  Not 
withstanding  this,  however,  the  condition  of  the  patient  is  favourable. 
The  skin  is  cool,  the  pulse  quiet,  the  tongue  clean  and  moist ;  there  is 
rarely  any  headach ;  the  stomach  may  be  more  or  less  disturbed,  but  the 
other  bodily  functions  are  performed  in  a  healthy  manner.  The  pains 
recur  regularly,  though  their  extent  is  often  limited,  and  their  power  inef- 
ficient, their  duration  and  frequency  varying  occasionally.  Still,  a  per- 
ceptible though  slow  progress  is  made. 

The  strength  is  seldom  impaired,  and  the  patient  often  gets  some  quiet 
sleep,  which  tranquillises  the  mind,  and  restores  the  bodily  powers  ;  there 
16 


240  TEDIOUS    LABOUR. 

is  neither  fever  nor  inflammation,  the  vagina  is  cool  and  moist,  and  both 
urine  and  fseces  are  evacuated  easily  and  spontaneously. 

The  tranquil  pulse,  cool  skin,  and  loud  outcry,  are  all  indicative  of  the 
first  stage  of  labour,  and  on  examination  the  head  is  found  not  to  have 
passed  through  the  os  uteri,  whether  or  not  the  membranes  be  broken. 

The  nervous  shock  is  never  in  proportion  to  the  length  of  the  first  stage 
of  labour,  but  of  the  second. 

388.  Causes  and  Treatment. — The  causes  which  occasion  delay  in 
the  first  stage  of  labour  are  various,  and  not  always  peculiar  or  confined 
to  it,  and  the  treatment  must  be  adapted  to  each.  No  doubt  can  be  en- 
tertained of  the  propriety  of  removing  them,  when  this  can  be  done,  even 
though  the  delay  they  occasion  may  be  innoxious.  Let  us  examine  the 
principal  causes  and  their  treatment  separately. 

389.  1.  Inefficient  action  of  the  uterus  is  a  very  common  cause  of  delay, 
and  occurs  most  commonly  in  delicate  women  confined  for  the  first  time.* 
It  may  arise  from  constitutional  weakness,  a  deranged  state  of  the  diges- 
tive organs,  mental  depression,  uterine  plethora,  or  irritation  of  the  os  and 
cervix  uteri,  &c. 

We  find  the  pains  feeble,  of  short  duration,  limited  in  extent,  often 
seated  in  front,  and  producing  little  effect  upon  the  bag  of  membranes  or 
cervix  uteri.  When  the  intestinal  canal  is  deranged,  they  are  mixed  up 
with  griping  pains  in  the  abdomen,  which,  in  many  cases,  modify  or 
supersede  the  real  pains 

It  should  also  be  stated  that  bodily  weakness  or  even  the  presence  of 
fatal  disease  does  not  always  involve  feeble  uterine  effort ;  patients  in  the 
last  stage  of  consumption  are  often  delivered  with  great  facility. 

390.  Treatment. — The  first  element  in  the  management  of  these  cases 
is  time.  We  must  exercise  patience  ourselves,  and  encourage  our  patient 
to  do  so.  All  that  is  calculated  to  cheer  her  should  be  communicated, 
and  she  should  be  occupied,  if  possible,  and  amused.  If  it  be  day-time, 
she  should  not  lie  down,  but  may  rest  on  a  sofa,  and  walk  about  occa- 
sionally, taking  the  pains  sitting  or  standing.  The  bowels  must  be  freed 
by  medicine,  if  necessary,  and  for  this  purpose  enemata  of  a  stimulating 
character  may  be  used,  as  they  very  often  also  quicken  the  uterine  action. 
The  diet  should  be  bland  and  nourishing,  but  not  stimulating. 

These  palliative  measures  will  be  sufficient  in  many  cases,  in  others 
they  are  of  no  use,  and  the  patient  may  be  exhausted  from  the  prolonged 
suffering  and  want  of  sleep  ;  and  the  best  thing  we  can  then  do  (if  there 
be  no  counter-indication)  is  to  give  a  full  dose  of  opium,  so  as  to  suspend 
the  pains  for  a  time  and  procure  sleep.  If  it  succeed,  the  patient  will 
wake  up  refreshed  and  strengthened,  and  the  pains  most  probably  return 
with  increased  strength.  A  purgative  enema,  administered  when  the 
patient  awakes,  is  often  of  great  service. 

When  the  inefficiency  of  the  pains  depends  on  intestinal  disturbance, 
it  will  be  right  to  evacuate  the  bowels  freely  before  the  opiate  is  given,  if 
one  be  necessary.  Should  there  be  indigestible  matter  in  the  stomach, 
it  is  probable  that  it  will  be  evacuated  spontaneously. 

*  It  not  unfrequently  occurs  in  women  who  are  not  particularly  delicate  but  the  re- 
verse, and  who  apparently  labour  under  no  constitutional  weakness ;  the  inefficient  ute- 
rine action  resulting  apparently,  in  these  cases,  from  some  constitutional  peculiarity — 
often  descending  from  mother  to  daughter.  On  the  other  hand,  the  females  of  some 
families  are  remarkable  for  the  ease  with  which  they  give  birth  to  their  children,  inde- 
pendently of  any  physical  peculiarity  discoverable  on  the  closest  scrutiny.  —  Editor. 


TEDIOUS    LABOUR. 


241 


In  case  of  plethora  of  the  uterus  or  irritation  of  the  cervix,  we  shall 
often  derive  benefit  from  the  abstraction  of  blood,  after  which  the  pains 
generally  become  stronger;  if  they  do  not,  we  may  have  recourse  to  the 
opium  for  temporary  relief. 

391.  So  far  the  remedies  mentioned  tend  merely  to  the  removal  of  ob- 
structions to  uterine  action  ;  but  as  it  does  not  follow  that  in  all  cases  this 
relief  is  followed  by  vigorous  action,  we  have  next  to  seek  for  some 
agents  which  shall  act  directly  upon  the  uterus.  The  one  upon  which 
most  reliance  is  placed  is  the  ergot  of  rye.  This  vegetable  substance 
appears  to  have  been  known  for  a  long  period  in  Germany  under  the  name 
of  Rockenmutter,  Mutterkorn,  &c,  and  to  have  entered  into  the  compo- 
sition of  various  nostrums  for  hastening  labour.  It  is  mentioned  by  Ca- 
merarius  in  the  "  Actes  des  Curieux  de  la  Nature"  for  1668;  and  in 
1777,  Desgranges  published  his  first  researches  upon  it,  in  the  "Gazette 
de  Sante."  Its  introduction  into  British  practice  was,  I  believe,  owing 
to  Drs.  Stearn  and  Chapman,  of  New  York,  whose  favourable  experience 
of  its  effects  has  been  tested  by  many  practitioners,  and  apparently  with 
different  results.*  Desormeaux,  Lachapelle,  Beclard,  Capuron,  Jackson, 
Hall,  &c,  deny  that  it  has  any  effect  at  all ;  on  the  other  hand,  we  have 
the  authority  of  Bordot,  Chevreuil,  Gendrin,  Bigeschi,  Luroth,  Davies, 
Blundell,  Jewel,  Smith,  and  many  others,  in  stating  that  it  is  effective  and 
beneficial.  From  repeated  trials,  I  can  bear  witness  to  its  efficacy,  though 
it  is  somewhat  irregularly  exerted  ;  but  I  must  add  that  I  have  seen  it  do 
mischief. 

The  substance  itself,  according  to  Decandolle,  "  is  a  peculiar  species 
of  fungus  which  attacks  the  ovary  of  grasses,  and  protrudes  from  them  in 
a  lengthened  form,  especially  from  rye;"  hence  the  popular  term  "spurred 

rye."f 

It  is  an  oblong,  slightly  curved  grain,  about  as  thick  and  twice  as  long  as 
a  grain  of  wheat,  of  a  dark  brown  colour  externally,  but  lighter,  and  with  a 
shade  of  pink  internally.  It  has  been  analysed  by  Wiggins,  Vauquelin, 
and  Wright.     The  latter  chemist  states  its  component  parts  as  follows  : 

A  thick  white  oil 31-00  grains. 

Ozmazorae 5-50       " 

Mucilage 9-00       " 

Gluten 7-00       " 

Fungin 11-40       " 

Colouring  matter 3-50       " 

Fecula 26-00       " 

Salts •  310       " 

Loss       ...........       3*50       " 

100- 
*  The  attention  of  the  profession  was  first  called  to  this  article  by  Dr.  Steams  of  the 
State  of  New  York,  in  a  letter  addressed  to  Dr.  Ackerly,  in  the  year  1807  ;  and  in  the 
year  1813,  attention  was  further  directed  to  it  by  Dr.  Prescott,  in  a  letter  which  he 
read  before  the  Massachusetts  Medical  Society.  Subsequently  the  high  authority  of  Dr. 
Dewces  has  served  to  bring  it  extensively  into  practice  —  too  much  so  it  is  to  be  feared 
for  the  credit  of  the  profession  and  the  interests  of  humanity.  —  Kditor. 

f  '-Recently,  Mr.  Smith  (Transactions  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  London,  xviii.,  1't. 
3,  p.  449,  London,  1840),  and  Mr.  Quekett,  (London  Lancet,  June  22,  1839,)  have 
maintained  that  the  ergot  is  not  a  fungus,  but  a  diseased  state  of  the  grain  occasioned 
by  the  growth  of  a  fungus  not  previously  detected;  to  this  fungus  Mi'.  Quekett  gives 
the  name  Ergotcetia  abortaru.  By  the  microscope,  they  discovered  Bporules,  Bporidia, 
or  jointed  bodies,  which  appeared  to  lie  the  reproductive  particles  of  the  fungus." — 
Dunglisoris  Nv>j    '  .  3d  edition,  p.   131. —  Editor. 

V 


242  TEDIOUS   LABOUR. 

The  chemical  analysis  of  ergot  has  thrown  but  little  light  upon  its 
active  principle  as  yet,  for  none  of  its  component  principles  produce  the 
same  effect  as  the  substance  administered  entire. 

It  may  be  exhibited  in  various  ways ;  that  which  I  have  found  most 
certain,  is  to  mix  the  bruised  or  powdered  grain  with  a  little  water  or 
milk,  and  simmer  it  for  a  few  minutes  over  the  fire,  then  give  the  grounds 
along  with  the  fluid.  Both  vinous  and  acetous  tinctures  have  been  pre- 
pared, but  I  have  not  found  them  as  effectual  as  the  powder.  Mr. 
Battley  has  also  a  "  liquor  secalis  cornuti "  (so  it  is  called,  if  I  remember 
rightly)  which  seems  more  certain  than  the  tinctures ;  and  I  have  also 
tried  an  extract  which  succeeded  very  well. 

From  fifteen  grains  to  a  scruple  of  the  powder,  half  a  drachm  to  a 
drachm  of  the  tincture,  and  from  five  to  ten  grains  of  the  extract,  may  be 
given  every  twenty  minutes,  until  the  effect  be  produced,  or  until  we  are 
satisfied  that  it  will  not  act.  I  would  not  give  more  than  a  drachm,  or  at 
the  utmost  a  drachm  and  a  half  of  the  powder  (or  its  equivalent  in  tinc- 
ture or  extract) ;  for  if  that  do  no  good,  more  will  be  useless,  and  may  be 
injurious. 

If  it  succeed,  we  find  in  five  or  ten  minutes  after  its  exhibition,  that  the 
pains  are  stronger,  longer,  and  more  frequent ;  their  increased  frequency, 
indeed,  is  often  remarkable,  even  when  their  force  is  but  little  augmented. 
I  have  noticed,  that  shortly  after  an  effective  dose  has  been  taken,  the 
pulse  becomes  slower  until  after  the  pain  is  over,  but  that  ultimately  it 
remains  quicker. 

Besides  this  power  of  strengthening  feeble  pains,  the  researches  of  Dr. 
F.  Ramsbotham  and  others  have  proved  it  capable  of  originating  uterine 
action. 

392.  So  far  we  have  spoken  of  its  beneficial  effects ;  and  although  in 
by  far  the  majority  of  cases  no  injury  is  produced  by  it,  yet  in  five  or  six 
cases  I  have  witnessed  cerebral  disturbance  in  different  degrees,  from  a 
severe  headach  up  to  delirium,  coma,  and  insensibility,  follow  its  use. 

By  others  it  is  said  to  disorder  the  stomach,  and  if  given  in  large  doses, 
to  cause  gangrene ;  but  such  cases  must  be  very  rare.  I  think  I  have 
seen  retention  of  the  placenta  from  irregular  uterine  contraction  after  the 
birth  of  the  child,  fairly  attributable  to  it. 

By  Girardin,  Burns,  Moreau,  and  others,  the  child  is  stated  to  be  more 
frequently  still-born  after  the  use  of  ergot,  either  from  some  poisonous 
influence  indirectly  exerted  upon  it,  or  by  the  greater  pressure  of  the 
uterus  upon  the  cord.  I  have  seen  some  cases  confirmatory  of  this  state- 
ment, and  of  the  latter  mode  of  explanation,  as  the  uterine  action  was 
almost  incessant. 

Dr.  Beatty  has  published  a  very  interesting  paper  showing  that  in  cer- 
tain cases  the  ergot  does  exert  a  poisonous  effect  upon  the  foetus,  and  he 
concludes  that  the  child  is  not  safe  unless  the  labour  be  concluded  within 
two  hours  from  the  administration  of  the  ergot.  More  recent  observa- 
tions seem  to  confirm  this  view. 

393.  I  think  from  what  has  been  said,  that  we  may  conclude  that  the 
ergot  of  rye  may  be  tried,  1,  when  the  pains  are  feeble  and  inefficient, 
without  especial  cause ;  2,  if  the  os  uteri  be  soft  and  dilatable ;  3,  if  there 
be  no  obstacle  to  a  natural  delivery  ;  4,  if  the  head  or  breech  present,  and 


TEDIOUS    LABOUR.  243 

be  sufficiently  advanced  ;  and  5,  if  there  be  no  threatening  head  symptoms, 
nor  excessive  general  irritability. 

But  on  the  other  hand  it  should  not  be  given  :  1,  if  the  os  uteri  be  hard 
and  rigid ;  2,  if  the  presentation  be  beyond  reach  ;  3,  if  there  be  a  mal- 
presentation  ;  4,  if  the  pelvis  be  deformed  ;  5,  if  there  be  any  serious 
obstacle  to  delivery  in  the  soft  parts;  and,  6,  if  there  be  head  symptoms, 
or  much  general  irritation. 

Though  in  some  cases,  when  timely  administered,  it  may  anticipate  the 
use  of  the  forceps  at  a  later  period,  it  is  not  likely,  as  some  have  sup- 
posed, ever  to  supersede  the  use  of  that  instrument,  and  it  is  not  suited 
to  those  cases  in  which  the  crochet  is  required.* 

394.  Borax  is  said  by  German  writers  to  have  the  power  of  quickening 
uterine  action,  though  it  is  seldom  used  in  this  country.  Dr.  Rigby  says, 
"  We  have  combined  these  two  medicines  (ergot  and  borax)  with  the 
best  effects,  and  generally  give  them  in  the  following  manner :  R  Secalis 
Cornuti  3i — ii ;  Sodae  subborat.  gr.  x;  Aq.  Cinnamomi  §ifs.  M.  fiat 
haustus.  Cinnamon,  which  is  a  remedy  of  considerable  antiquity,  has 
also  a  similar  action  upon  the  uterus,  although  to  a  less  degree." 

Dr.  Radford  of  Manchester,  has  lately  proposed  the  application  of  gal- 
vanism in  tedious  labour  from  want  of  power  in  the  uterus  in  accidental 

*  Of  the  power  of  ergot  to  excite  uterine  contractions  there  can  be  no  doubt ;  that  it 
occasionally  fails  to  do  so  under  circumstances  apparently  favourable  for  its  action,  will 
be  admitted  by  all  who  have  had  much  experience  with  it.  Why  it  fails,  we  know  not; 
but  that  it  very  generally  acts  with  decided  energy,  particularly  during  parturient  ac- 
tion, is  perhaps  as  well  established  now  as  is  the  action  of  almost  any  other  article  of 
the  Materia  Medica.  In  this  country,  its  too  extensive  employment  has  left  no  doubt 
on  this  point.  The  only  questions  which  remain  to  be  settled  are  as  to  the  circum- 
stances under  which  it  is  proper  to  be  used,  the  dose,  and  mode  of  administration. 
The  experience  of  Dr.  Huston,  as  he  states  in  a  note  to  a  former  edition,  confirms  the 
observations  of  Doctors  Patterson  and  Ramsbotham  as  to  its  power  of  bringing  on  pre- 
mature labour,  and  its  fatal  influence  on  the  child  when  employed  for  that  purpose, 
although  he  "  cannot  admit  that  this  occurs  in  consequence  of  the  child  being  poisoned 
by  the  ergot  through  the  system  of  the  mother." 

The  incessant  action  of  the  uterus,  under  the  influence  of  ergot,  is  very  unlike  the  in- 
termittent contractions  which  occur  in  natural  labour.  This  state  of  permanent  contrac- 
tion of  the  organ  either  detaches  the  placenta,  or  so  compresses  it  as  to  destroy  its 
functions  before  the  child  is  in  a  situation  to  respire.  The  appearance  of  the  children 
born  under  these  circumstances  confirms  this  view. 

The  intelligent  practitioners  of  this  city  use  the  ergot  chiefly  during  or  subsequent  to 
labour  to  overcome  uterine  inertia,  and  they  always  avoid  its  administration  where  any 
obstruction  or  great  disproportion  between  the  size  of  the  child  and  the  passages  of  the 
mother  exists.  It  is  a  rule  with  them  also  to  abstain  from  its  employment  until  the  os 
uteri  is  not  only  dilatable,  but  fully  dilated,  and  the  other  soft  parts  in  a  favourable  state 
of  relaxation.  Even  when  thus  cautiously  had  recourse  to,  the  child  will  not  unfre- 
quently  be  dead-born. 

The  dose  given  is  from  one  to  two  scruples  of  the  powder,  or  an  amount  of  the  article 
equal  to  that,  whatever  may  be  the  preparation  employed.  Some  prefer  smaller  doses, 
as  ten  or  fifteen  grains,  repeated  every  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes  until  the  desired  effect 
is  produced. 

Some  practitioners  always  administer  the  powder  in  the  form  of  electuary,  or  diffused 

in  water.     The  best  mode  of  giving  the  ergot  is.  perhaps,  recently  powdered,  in  hot 

water,  in  doses  of  a  scruple  every  twenty  minutes,  until  a  drachm  is  taken,  unless  the 

proper  effect  occurs  Booner:  more  than  that  quantity  is  never  required,  if  the  article 

,.  and  the  case  one  adapted  to  its  use. 

Experience  has  shown  that  ergot,  especially  when  powdered,  rapidly  deteriorates;  — 
to  avoid  this  and  at  the  same  time  furnish  an  article  in  a  convenient  form  for  immediate 
use.  the  Pharmacopoeia  of  the  U.  8.  prescribes  a  wine  made  by  macerating  two  ounces 
of  the  ergot  (bruised)  in  a  pint  of  wine,  of  which  one  or  two  drachms  are  given  at  a 
time,  and  repeated  if  necessary. 

The  oil,  tincture,  and  extract,  are  rarely  used.  — Editor. 


244  TEDIOUS    LABOUR. 

hemorrhage,  irregular  contraction,  and  to  bring  on  premature  labour,  and 
he  relates  a  case  of  hemorrhage  in  which  he  employed  it  successfully. 

Professor  Simpson  tried  it  in  eight  cases  of  protracted  labour,  and  thus 
sums  up  the  results : — "  In  one  instance,  the  pains  were  more  frequent  in 
their  recurrence,  but  shorter  in  their  duration,  during  the  application  of 
galvanism.  In  five  other  cases,  the  employment  of  the  galvanism  neither 
increased  the  average  frequency  of  the  pains  nor  their  average  duration. 
In  one,  the  pains  ceased  while  the  galvanism  was  applied,  and  returned 
upon  its  removal.  In  another  the  uterine  action  ceased  while  the  gal- 
vanism was  applied,  and  did  not  return  for  twenty-fours  afterwards."  So 
far  the  inference  is  unfavourable,  but  the  cases  are  too  few  to  found  any 
positive  conclusions  upon  them. 

I  have  already  alluded  to  the  beneficial  effects  of  stimulating  purgative 
enemata ;  and  I  may  add  that  some  writers  have  recommended  stimulants 
externally,  such  as  mustard  poultices  or  friction  with  stimulating  liniment. 
I  have  never  found  them  of  any  use. 

395.  2.  Undilatable  os  uteri. —  With  the  first  child  the  cervix  uteri  is 
more  unyielding  than  subsequently,  and  also  in  women  of  advanced  age. 
It  may  give  way,  however,  within  a  reasonable  time  ;  but  in  some  cases  it 
does  not,  and  on  examination  we  find  the  lips  thin,  hard,  and  rigid,  or 
soft,  semi-pulpy,  or  cedematous,  and  that  little  progress  in  dilatation  is 
made  during  each  pain.  The  pains  themselves  may  be  frequent,  and  very 
severe,  notwithstanding  the  slight  effects  they  appear  to  produce.  The 
thick  pulpy  or  cedematous  cervix  uteri  is  carefully  to  be  distinguished  from 
•the  soft  and  flabby  condition,  which  is  a  kind  of  transition  state  in  the  or- 
dinary process  of  dilatation,  and  into  which  the  thin  and  rigid  cervix  must 
pass  before  it  will  dilate.  The  pulpy  cedematous  cervix  is  as  undilatable 
as  the  thin  and  hard.  The  latter  is  more  frequent  in  primipara ;  the 
former  occurs  indifferently,  and  appears  to  be  the  result  of  irritation, 
caused  in  some  cases,  doubtless,  by  too  frequent  examination. 

Besides  these  two  varieties  of  undilatable  os  uteri,  a  similar  state  may 
be  produced  by  cicatrices  and  the  consequences  of  previous  injury. 

396.  Treatment.  —  If  the  case  were  left  alone,  in  the  majority  of  in- 
stances I  have  no  doubt  that  the  action  of  the  uterus  would  overcome  the 
obstacle,  at  the  expense,  of  course,  of  considerable  fatigue,  and  when  the 
pelvis  is  large  enough  to  admit  the  head  covered  by  the  cervix,  of  some 
risk  from  pressure :  but  in  a  few  cases,  the  os  uteri  resists  all  the  force 
brought  against  it,  and  circular  laceration  of  the  cervix  takes  place.  Dr. 
Merriman  records  such  a  case  occurring  in  the  practice  of  Mr.  Scott  of 
Norwich,  and  two  others  have  been  published  by  Dr.  Evory  Kennedy, 
and  one  by  Mr.  Power  of  this  city.  Within  a  few  weeks  I  have  seen  a 
similar  one,  and  Mr.  Lever,  Dr.  Davis  and  Dr.  Reardon  have  since  re- 
corded each  another.  In  my  case  the  pelvis  was  large,  and  the  head, 
covered  by  the  cervix,  descended  into  its  cavity;  and  I  believe  the  lacera- 
tion was  as  much  owing  to  the  pressure  of  the  cervix  between  the  head 
of  the  child  and  the  brim  of  the  pelvis,  as  to  the  expulsive  force. 

Although  these  cases  be  rare,  yet  as  we  possess  the  means  of  relieving 
the  condition  of  the  os  uteri,  it  is  our  duty  in  all  well-marked  cases  to 
avoid  the  risk,  taking  care,  however,  not  to  confound  the  early  and  normal 
condition  of  the  parts  with  the  state  we  are  describing. 

The  most  effectual  remedy  is  the  loss  of  blood,  nor  need  we  fear  that 


TEDIOUS    LABOUR.  245 

this  will  produce  an  unfavourable  effect  upon  the  patient.  Dr.  Dewees 
recommends  it  even  with  delicate  women  ;  in  one  case  he  took  away  two 
quarts  of  blood,  and  the  patient  did  well.  J)r.  Davis  has  taken  between 
30  and  40  ounces ;  but  it  will  not  in  general  be  necessary  to  abstract  so 
much.  Neither  ought  we  in  any  case  to  bleed  in  anticipation  of  the  dif- 
ficulty, as  has  been  advised. 

In  most  cases  of  rigidity,  fourteen  or  sixteen  ounces  rapidly  taken  from 
an  ample  orifice  in  the  arm  will  be  sufficient,  and  if  it  make  the  patient 
feel  faint,  so  much  the  better  ;  after  which,  if  she  be  much  fatigued,  rest 
may  be  procured  by  means  of  an  opiate ;  and  this  will  generally  be  suc- 
ceeded by  a  softened,  yielding  condition  of  the  parts. 

397.  Should  the  venisection  only  partially  succeed,  however,  or  in  case 
it  be  not  desirable  to  have  recourse  to  it,  we  may  then  try  the  tartar  emetic, 
which  I  believe  was  first  used  in  these  cases  by  Dr.  Evory  Kennedy  of 
this  city.  It  is  an  exceedingly  valuable  remedy,  perfectly  safe,  and  very 
successful.  It  should  be  given  in  small  doses  so  as  to  excite  and  keep 
up  a  state  of  nausea,  and  it  may  be  advantageously  combined  with  a  pur- 
gative,—  take  for  instance  the  following  formula  :  R.  Magnes.  Sulph.  .^i ; 
Infus.  Sennse  sviifs;  Antim.  Tart.  gr.  iii ;  Syr.  Zinzib.  £fs.  M.  capiat 
cochlearia  duo  omni  semihonx,  vel  oinni  bora. 

Emetics  were  recommended  by  Lowder,  and  by  many  others  since  his 
time,  founded  on  the  observation,  that  the  spontaneous  vomiting  in  labour 
is  almost  always  followed  by  relaxation  of  the  os  uteri ;  but  as  the  same 
benefit  results  from  exciting  nausea,  it  is  much  better  to  avoid  the  shock 
of  vomiting.  Opium  has  been  used  to  suspend  uterine  action  ;  but  it  is 
far  more  effective  when  given  after  bleeding.  Tobacco  enemata  have 
been  proposed  and  tried  ;  but  their  effects  are  so  uncertain  and  occasion- 
ally so  formidable,  that  their  use  is  hazardous,  and  to  be  deprecated.  Dr. 
Dewees  says  that  they  do  not  succeed  in  softening  the  cervix. 

Belladonna  was  recommended  by  Chaussier,  from  its  effects  in  relaxing 
sphincters;  but  there  are  very  serious  objections  against  its  use.  Dr. 
Rigby  states,  "  for  our  own  part,  we  must  confess,  that  although  we  have 
seen  this  application  tried  repeatedly,  it  has  never  produced  the  desired 
effects  ;  but  has  invariably  brought  on  very  troublesome  and  distressing 
symptoms,  such  as  sickness,  faintness,  headach,  vertigo,  &c." 

French  practitioners  are  in  the  habit  of  using  mucilaginous  injections, 
after  the  recommendation  of  Gardien,  nor  is  there  any  objection  to  them, 
although  I  cannot  say  I  have  seen  much  good  from  them.  The  hip-bath 
was  tried  by  Dr.  Dewees,  but  without  adequate  benefit ;  it  weakens  the 
patient,  and  may  possibly  give  rise  to  hemorrhage.* 

*  "  In  practice,"  remarks  Dr.  Lever,  (Lond.  Mi  d.  1 849,)  "  we  find  women,  who 

suffered  in  early  or  unmarried  life  from  one  of  the  forms  of  dysmenorrhoea,  when 
pregnant  and  in  labour,  with  the  os  uteri  thin,  sharp,  knife-like,  so  that  its  edge  is 
scarcely  to  be  felt  —  in  fact,  is  often  overlooked  by  the  unpractised  finger.  The  suf- 
ferings of  the  patient  are  intense;  the  dilating  stage  of  labour  is  protracted;  and,  if 
untreated  or  unrelieved,  by  the  time  the  os  uteri  is  dilated  nature  is  exhausted,  uterine 
effort  fails,  and  such  a  case  is  frequently  terminated  either  by  the  forceps  or  by  cranio- 
tomy. In  most  cases,  these  evils  may  be  averted  by  the  timely  employment  of  opium, 
and  the  best  mode  of  securing  its  good  office  is  in  the  foA  of  enema. 

"  We  occasionally  find  the  firsl  Btages  of  labour  rendered  tedious  by  a  hardened,  un- 
dilatable  condition  of  the  os  uteri,  in  women  who  have  suffered  from  chronic  inflamma- 
tion of  the  neck  of  the  uterus,  or  those  who  have  worn  mechanical  contrivances  for  the 
purpose  of  supporting  the  viscus,  and  in  those  who,  from  disease,  Imaginary  or  real, 
have  been  submitted  to  the  influence  of  some  escharotic,  at  the  present  day  by  fax  too 

v2 


246  TEDIOUS   LABOUR. 

398.  I  believe  we  shall  rarely,  if  ever,  fail  in  softening  the  cervix  by 
some  one  of  the  remedies  I  have  recommended,  and  I  must  beg  leave  to 
enter  my  protest  against  more  active  interference,  except  in  such  extreme 
cases  as  that  related  by  Mr.  Lever,  in  which  the  rigidity  of  the  os  uteri  is 
insuperable  notwithstanding  an  ample  trial  of  strong  pains  and  the  usual 
remedies ;  in  such  cases  incision  of  the  cervix  may  be  necessary  and  suc- 
cessful, as  in  Mr.  L — 's  case.  Dr.  Smellie  advised  gentle  dilatation  of 
the  os  uteri  as  well  as  of  the  vagina,  and  he  has  been  followed  more  re- 
cently by  Doctors  Hamilton  and  Burns,  but  opposed  by  the  highest  English 
authorities,  and  by  all  without  exception,  I  believe,  in  this  country.  I  do 
not  deny  that  dilatation  may  thus  be  effected ;  but  I  believe  it  to  be  haz- 
ardous in  skilful  hands,  positively  dangerous  in  unpractised  ones,  and 
unnecessary  in  all  cases. 

399.  Excess  of  Liquor  Amnii.  —  It  occasionally  happens  that  the  se- 
cretion of  liquor  amnii  is  in  excess,  most  probably  in  consequence  of  some 
inflammatory  state  of  the  amnion  :  at  least  the  researches  of  M.  Mercier 
and  others  seem  to  favour  this  opinion.  In  other  cases,  a  considerable 
quantity  of  fluid  is  found  between  the  amnion  and  chorion,  thus  adding 
to  the  bulk  of  the  contents  of  the  uterus.  This  state  of  over-distension 
involves  no  danger  to  the  mother,  though  it  certainly  impairs  the  force  of 
the  uterus,  and  so  prolongs  the  first  stage.  I  may  add  that  the  child  is 
often  still-born  or  diseased. 

400.  Treatment.  —  We  must  be  cautious  in  assuming  this  to  be  the 
cause  of  delay,  and  temporise  until  experience  has  proved  that  the  uterine 
action  is  deficient.  If  necessary,  rest  may  be  procured  by  opium,  and  if, 
after  that,  there  is  no  improvement,  and  the  uterus  be  unusually  large,  the 
membranes  may  be  ruptured  ;  after  which  the  pains  become  stronger  and 
more  frequent.  Before  we  do  this,  however,  we  must  be  sure  that  the 
os  uteri  is  dilatable,  and  the  presentation  natural. 

401.  4.  Toughness  of  the  membranes. — Generally  speaking,  the  mem- 
branes yield  to  the  pressure  from  above  about  the  time  when  the  os  uteri 
is  fully  dilated  ;  but  this  is  not  always  the  case.  They  sometimes  remain 
entire  until  protruded  through  the  external  orifice,  but  in  these  cases 
without  causing  delay ;  in  other  cases  their  adhesion  to  the  uterus  is  more 
firm,  and  they  neither  break  nor  protrude,  but  of  course  occasion  a  pro- 

commonly  practised.  This  condition  of  the  os  uteri  needs  no  description ;  the  suffer- 
ings of  the  patient  are  excessive  and  protracted,  and,  if  unrelieved,  may  be  followed  by 
results  serious  to  mother,  and  fatal  to  child.  In  addition  to  blood-letting,  applicable  to 
some  cases,  to  the  warm  bath,  of  immense  value,  to  the  exhibition  of  antimony  and  this 
is  of  the  greatest  service,  we  find,  when  the  latter  has  been  exhibited,  and  has  produced 
its  desired- results,  Telaxation  of  the  os  uteri,  and  increase  of  discharge,  that  opium, 
given  in  a  full  dose,  will  render  these  permanent,  and  thus  prove  a  most  valuable  agent 
in  completing  a  safe  delivery. 

"  Opium  has  been  recommended  most  strongly  in  cases  where  the  os  uteri  is  callous ; 
but  if  the  callosity  depends  upon  previous  injury,  or  is  the  result  of  disease,  its  value,  in 
my  opinion,  depends  upon  its  power  to  curb  uterine  action  until  vaginal  interference 
removes  the  obstruction  to  the  passage  of  the  foetus.  But  there  is  another  condition 
of  the  os  uteri  in  which  opium  acts,  and  like  a  charm: — in  women  who  have  suffered 
from  irritable  uterus,  where  the  vagina  is  generally  dry  and  hot,  although  not  over- 
sensitive ;  but  the  moment  the  examining  finger  touches  the  os  uteri,  the  patient  shrieks 
out,  shrinks  from  the  attendant,  and  by  her  cries  and  motions  evinces  the  sufferings  she 
endures.  In  addition  to  subsidiary  measures,  as  the  warm  bath,  the  injection  of  lin- 
seed tea  into  the  vagina,  great  benefit  is  to  be  derived  from  the  use  of  opium,  either  by 
the  mouth  or  by  the  rectum  ;  the  latter  mode  of  employment  being  the  one  I  prefer."  — 
Editor. 


TEDIOUS    LABOUR.  247 

longed  first  stage,  because  the  liquor  amnii  which  is  retained,  prevents 
the  more  forcible  contractions  of  the  uterus. 

402.  Treatment. — The  delay  should  never,  on  slight  grounds,  be  attri- 
buted to  this  cause,  and  not  unless  the  pains  are  active,  and  the  os  uteri 
perfectly  dilatable :  when  no  doubt  remains,  the  remedy  is  obvious,  viz. 
to  rupture  the  membranes. 

403.  5.  Premature  escape  of  the  Liquor  Amnii. — This  may  occur  from 
weakness  of  the  membranes,  from  violence,  accidents,  or  careless  exami- 
nations, and  as  the  early  dilatation  of  the  os  uteri  is  effected  mechanically 
by  the  "  bag  of  the  waters"  acting  as  a  wedge,  its  absence  will  delay  the 
operation  by  making  the  head  of  the  child  the  dilating  power,  for  which 
it  is  by  no  means  so  well  suited. 

404.  Treatment. — If  the  pains  be  active,  and  the  os  uteri  not  rigid,  all 
that  is  necessary  is  a  little  patience,  as  it  is  merely  a  question  of  time, 
involving,  it  is  true,  longer  suffering  to  the  mother,  but  no  danger  to  her 
or  her  child.  In  all  such  cases,  an  early  examination  should  be  made,  in 
order  that  no  time  may  be  lost,  if  the  presentation  be  abnormal. 

If  the  os  uteri  be  undilatable,  and  wTith  first  children  it  is  not  unusual 
under  the  circumstances,  the  remedies  already  recommended  (§  395-6) 
for  such  a  state  of  the  parts  must  be  employed.* 

405.  6.  Obliquity  of  the  uterus. — The  uterus  may  acquire  an  inclina- 
tion one  way  or  the  other  during  pregnancy,  from  different  causes,  so  as 
to  affect  the  progress  of  the  first  stage,  by  destroying  the  unity  of  axis  of 
the  uterine  cavity  and  pelvic  brim,  so  that  the  head  of  the  child  is  not 
applied  in  a  right  direction  to  the  brim. 

Thus  the  position  in  which  the  patient  lies  during  pregnancy,  may  give 
the  uterus  an  inclination  to  the  right  or  left,  and  the  relaxation  of  the 
abdominal  parietes  may  cause  "  pendulous  belly."  I  have  no  doubt  that 
obliquity  may  cause  delay ;  but  it  is  far  less  frequently  the  case  than  was 
supposed  by  Deventer,  who  first  pointed  it  out  to  his  disciples.  Dr. 
Denman,  who  objects  to  Deventer's  opinion,  remarks,  nevertheless,  that 
"  it  must,  however,  be  allowed,  that  some  labours  are  procrastinated  by 
the  mere  oblique  position  of  the  os  uteri."  Dr.  Wm.  Hunter  very  truly 
remarks,  "  As  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  observe,  the  mere  obliquity  of 
the  uterus  never  occasions  so  difficult  a  labour,  as  to  require  any  artificial 
arrangement  to  bring  the  os  uteri  into  a  proper  situation.  In  such  cases, 
as  in  many  others,  art  can  do  little  good,  and  patience  will  never  fail." 

The  mal-position  of  the  os  uteri  will  be  detected  on  making  an  exami- 
nation :  it  will  be  found  at  one  extreme  of  the  transverse  diameter  of  the 
brim,  or  close  to  the  sacrum ;  and  when  our  attention  is  thus  excited,  an 
examination  of  the  uterine  tumour  will  decide  upon  the  existence  of  the 
obliquity.  The  mere  deviation  of  the  os  uteri  from  its  ordinary  situation 
is  not  sufficient,  because  that  will  soon  be  altered  by  the  pressure  of  the 

*  As  Dr.  Lever  very  correctly  remarks  (op.  citat.),  the  too  early  escape  of  the  liquor 
amnii,  in  addition  to  depriving  us  of  the  efficiency  of  the  bag  of  water  to  prepare  the 
way  for  the  passage  of  the  child,  causes  the  latter  to  be  brought  into  close  contact  with 
the  walls  of  the  uterus,  which  is  therefore  abnormally  stimulated,  while  the  head  is 
brought  into  direct  contact  with  the  os  internum,  the  most  sensitive  part  of  the  uterus ; 
not  only  is  the  labour,  in  consequence,  rendered  more  tedious,  but  also  more  painful, 
while  the  birth  of  a  living  child  is  rendered  more  doubtful.  Here  the  well-timed, 
cautious,  and  judicious  exhibition  of  opium  controls  excessive  uterine  action,  alleviates 
pain,  and  gives  a  better  security  for  the  welfare  of  the  child. — Editor. 


248  TEDIOUS   LABOUR. 

pains,  if  the  axis  of  the  uterine  cavity  be  in  accordance  with  that  of  the 
brim. 

406.  Treatment. — Although  I  do  believe  that  the  completion  of  the  first 
stage  may  be  delayed  by  lateral  inclination  of  the  uterus,  I  cannot  but 
agree  with  Dr.  Hunter  that  little  is  necessary  except  patience  ;  the  uterine 
contractions  tend,  as  we  have  seen,  to  bring  the  axes  into  accordance, 
and  this  may  be  aided  by  placing  the  patient  on  the  side  opposite  to  the 
inclination.  I  do  not  think  that  interference  with  the  os  uteri  is  ever  jus- 
tifiable. 

Few  practitioners,  I  fancy,  will  doubt  that  in  an  aggravated  case  of 
anterior  obliquity,  or  "  pendulous  belly,"  the  deviation  from  the  proper 
direction  must  be  a  serious  difficulty,  and  one  that  patience  alone  is  not 
likely  to  remedy.  In  these  cases  it  is  customary  and  very  useful  to  place 
the  patient  on  her  back,  at  least  till  towards  the  end  of  labour ;  but  in 
some  cases  this  alone  is  not  sufficient.  "  We  have  found,"  says  Dr.  De- 
wees,  "  more  than  once,  in  cases  of  extreme  anterior  obliquity,  that  it  is 
not  sufficient  for  the  restoration  of  the  fundus  that  the  woman  be  placed 
simply  on  her  back :  but  we  are  obliged  to  lift  up  and  support  by  a  pro- 
perly adjusted  towel  or  napkin,  the  pendulous  belly,  until  the  head  shall 
occupy  the  inferior  strait."  I  believe  that  this  will  be  sufficient  in  all 
cases  ;  but  a  very  high  authority,  M.  Baudelocque,  practised  further 
manipulation ;  in  a  case  of  the  kind  he  attended,  after  placing  the  patient 
on  her  back,  he  says,  "  I  raised  the  abdomen  with  one  hand  to  diminish 
the  obliquity  of  the  uterus  ;  while  with  two  fingers  of  the  other,  after 
having  pushed  back  the  child's  head  very  little,  I  was  able  to  hook  the 
anterior  edge  of  the  orifice  of  the  uterus,  to  bring  it  towards  the  centre 
of  the  pelvis,  where  I  kept  it  during  a  few  pains ;  and  then  permitting 
the  woman  to  bear  down  with  the  little  strength  she  had  left,  she  was 
delivered  in  the  space  of  a  quarter  of  an  hour." 

407.  There  is  a  certain  condition  of  the  os  uteri,  the  result  probably 
of  some  obliquity,  although  it  is  not  externally  perceptible,  which  causes 
considerable  delay  in  the  first  stage.  I  allude  to  those  cases  where,  in  the 
progress  of  the  dilatation  of  the  os  uteri,  its  anterior  lip  is  caught  between 
the  head  and  the  symphysis  pubis  and  its  retraction  prevented.  It  may 
also  result  from  the  unequal  dilatation  of  the  anterior  and  posterior  halves 
of  the  cervix,  as  in  some  cases,  I  have  found  on  examination  during  a 
pain,  that  although  the  posterior  lip  was  dilated  and  retracted,  the  anterior 
was  drawn  still  more  tightly  over  the  crown  of  the  head.  However  pro- 
duced, the  effect  is  a  delay  of  some  hours  in  the  first  stage.  Dr.  Hamil- 
ton was  the  first,  I  believe,  to  call  the  attention  of  the  profession  to  this 
peculiarity. 

408.  The  remedy  is  simple  :  during  an  interval  between  the  pains  the 
os  uteri  is  soft  and  dilatable,  and  it  is  very  easy  with  one  finger  to  push 
the  anterior  lip  over  the  crown  of  the  head  ;  and  having  done  this  with 
great  gentleness,  it  should  be  maintained  there  by  steady  pressure  during 
the  next  two  or  three  pains.  It  will  soon  be  felt  retracting  whilst  con- 
tracting, and  then  it  will  slip  over  the  head  altogether.  After  this  diffi- 
culty is  removed,  the  labour  will  proceed  more  rapidly  to  its  termination. 

When  the  head  fills  the  pelvis  very  tightly,  it  is  not  easy,  nor  in  some 
cases  possible  to  raise  the  anterior  lip,  on  account  of  the  want  of  space ; 
and  as  no  force  should  be  used,  we  are  compelled  in  such  cases  to  trust 
to  the  gradual  predominance  of  the  expulsive  force  over  the  resistance. 


TEDIOUS    LABOUR.  249 

And  when  the  lip  of  the  os  uteri  becomes  (Edematous  from  the  pressure, 
or  inflamed,  as  is  not  very  uncommon,  it  will  require  great  gentlen 
in  fact,  if  not  easily  raised,  it  had  better  be  let  alone. 

409.  The  causes  already  enumerated  may  be  considered  natural  ones, 
which,  in  general,  can  neither  be  foreseen  nor  prevented  ;  but  we  are  not 
to  forget  that  delay  in  the  first  stage  is  frequently  the  result  of  mismai 
ment.  Thus  the  use  of  cordials  on  the  plea  of  supporting  the  strength, 
keeping  the  room  hot  and  close,  putting  the  patienl  to  bed  too  soon,  en- 
couraging her  to  make  efforts  prematurely,  injudicious  attempts  at  assist- 
ance, omitting  to  evacuate  urine,  &c.,  will  all  act  upon  the  labour,  and 
retard  its  progress.  A  well-instructed  nurse  will  avoid  these  mistakes; 
but  we  may  be  called  in  after  the  effect  has  been  produced,  and  then  a 
little  common  sense  will  be  our  best  guide.* 

410.  These  causes  all  act  upon  the  first  stage  of  labour,  and  although 
they  offer  a  certain  amount  of  obstruction,  and  make  the  labour  other  than 
a  natural  one,  none  are  of  such  a  kind  as  to  prevent  its  being  completed 
by  the  natural  agents. 

Again,  we  have  seen  that  the  delay  is  attended  with  no  ill  effects  to  the 
mother,  and  little  if  any  to  the  child  ;  that  at  most  it  occasions  a  degree 
of  fatigue,  weariness,  and  exhaustion  (which  is  soon  repaired)  ;  conse- 
quently, whilst  this  is  a  sufficient  warrant  for  endeavouring  to  remove  the 
cause,  it  does  not  justify  our  attempting  to  hasten  the  labour,  merely  be- 
cause the  first  stage  is  tedious. 

I  would  recommend  to  my  readers  a  careful  perusal  of  the  controversy 
between  Drs.  Hamilton  and  Collins,  as  throwing  much  light  on  the  man- 
agement of  the  first  stage.  It  will  be  found  in  the  Dublin  Journal  and 
Medical  Gazette  for  1839. 

*  Labour  is  occasionally  rendered  tedious,  during  its  first  stage,  by  the  occurrence 
of  irregular  and  spasmodic  pains.  "They  are  recognised,"  says  Dr.  Lever  (op.  cit.), 
"by  their  acnteness,  by  the  want  of  consentaneous  action  in  the  uterine  fibres  —  some 
portion  of  the  uterus,  during  their  continuance,  being  hard  and  contracted,  while  the 
other  portion  is  soft  and  yielding  ;  there  is  also  no  distinct  or  regular  interval  of  time 
between  the  paroxysms  of  pain.  If  untreated  or  unrelieved,  the  strength  of  the  patient 
is  exhausted  before  the  establishment  of  true  labour  pain ;  or,  the  child,  which  at  the 
commencement  presented  normally  with  the  head,  may  even  have  its  position  changed 
to  that  of  the  shoulder,  in  consequence  of  the  uterus  contracting  on  one  side  only,  and 
thus  forcing  its  contents  over  to  the  uncontracting  or  yielding  side.  In  such  cases,  the 
utility  and  value  of  opium  are  most  marked.  It  may  be  exhibited  by  the  mouth  or  per 
anum.  It  will  calm  the  spasm,  subdue  irregular  action,  alleviate  pain,  procure  sleep ; 
and  after  this,  true  and  regular  uterine  action  will  be  established.  Manifold  are  the 
instances  of  its  value  I  have  witnessed  under  such  circumstances." — Editor. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

PARTURITION. —  CLASS  II.  UNNATURAL  LABOUR. 
ORDER  2.  POWERLESS  LABOUR. 

411.  Definition. — The  labour  is  prolonged  in  the  second  stage  by 
causes  which  act  on  the  uterine  power  primarily  or  secondarily,  rendering 
the  pains  feeble  and  inefficient,  or  totally  suppressing  them.  In  conse- 
quence of  the  stage  at  which  the  delay  takes  place,  certain  symptoms 
arise  which  render  speedy  delivery  imperative.  The  pelvis  is  sufficiently 
roomy. 

412.  We  have  just  seen  that  delay  in  the  first  stage  of  labour  is  unat- 
tended with  serious  results  to  the  mother,  and  very  rarely  to  the  child, 
and  we  remarked  that  although  feeble,  the  pains  recur  regularly  ;  that  the 
labour  advances,  though  slowly ;  that  the  strength  is  not  seriously  im- 
paired, though  temporary  fatigue  may  be  induced  ;  that  there  is  no  fever 
or  local  inflammation ;  that  the  vagina  is  cool  and  moist ;  the  evacuation 
of  urine  and  faeces  easy ;  that  there  is  no  abdominal  tenderness ;  and 
lastly,  that  even  if  unaided,  the  labour  will  be  completed  by  the  natural 
powers. 

413.  Symptoms. — We  have  now  to  investigate  the  effects  of  delay  in 
the  second  stage  ;  and  we  shall  find  them  very  different.  For  a  time  the 
second  stage  may  continue  without  any  bad  symptoms,  even  though  un- 
usually long,  nor  can  we  fix  a  definite  time,  after  which  they  are  deve- 
loped ;  I  have  known  them  occur  after  eight  hours,  or  not  until  twenty  or 
twenty-five  hours  have  elapsed ;  but  in  general,  there  are  symptoms  of 
constitutional  suffering  after  the  second  stage  has  exceeded  twelve  or  four- 
teen  hours. 

The  pains,  which  had  been  regular  and  powerful,  are  observed  after  this 
period  to  become  irregular,  both  as  to  recurrence  and  force  ;  for  a  while 
they  may  be  more  rapid,  and  then  return  less  frequently,  and  evidently 
with  far  less  effect.  They  may  continue  to  grow  weaker  until  the  charac- 
teristic bearing-down  effort  ceases  altogether ;  and  with  equal  suffering  we 
have  the  loud  outcry  and  slight  force  of  the  first,  just  as  though  the  labour 
had  retrograded.  In  some  cases  the  character  only  of  the  pains  is  changed, 
and  not  their  frequency  ;  in  others,  they  return  at  lengthened  intervals. 

414.  Other  symptoms  accompany  or  shortly  follow  this  break-down  of 
the  uterine  action  ;  the  shivering  which  was  mentioned  as  a  symptom  in 
natural  labour,  often  becomes  extremely  severe,  so  as  to  resemble  a  slight 
convulsion ;  the  vomiting  becomes  more  frequent  and  distressing,  and 
green  or  bilious  matters  are  ejected ;  the  patient  is  restless,  throwing  her 
arms  about,  and  repeatedly  changing  her  position  ;  the  skin  is  hot,  whether 
moist  or  dry ;  the  pulse  rises,  and  continues  from  one  hundred  to  one 
hundred  and  forty ;  the  tongue  is  dry,  loaded,  and  furred,  with  sordes 
about  the  teeth ;  the  mind  is  disturbed,  fearful,  and  despondent :  the  va- 
gina is  hot,  and,  as  wrell  as  the  os  uteri,  tender  to  the  touch  ;  the  bland 
mucous  discharge  is  changed  to  a  vellow  or  brownish  colour,  and  is  some- 

(250) 


POWERLESS    LABOUR.  251 

times,  though  rarely,  acrid  or  fetid  ;  and  the  pressure  of  the  child's  head 
prohibits  the  evacuation  of  the  bladder. 

415.  These  symptoms  succeed  each  other  much  in  the  order  in  which 
they  are  enumerated,  if  the  patient  be  not  relieved  ;  of  course  they  vary 
in  degree,  and  in  many  cases  some  are  absent;  but  sufficient  will  be  pre- 
sent m  every  case  when  the  second  stage  is  excessively  prolonged,  to 
characterize  the  labour.  Should  the  patient  be  so  unfortunate  as  to  obtain 
no  assistance,  the  case  goes  on  from  bad  to  worse,  all  the  symptoms  are 
aggravated,  and  new  and  most  formidable  ones  are  added.  The  vomiting 
becomes  more  frequent,  and  the  matters  ejected  are  dark-coloured  ;  the 
abdomen  becomes  tender,  the  jactitation  and  restlessness  ungovernable, 
the  pulse  rapid  and  feeble,  the  skin  covered  with  cold  clammy  sweat,  the 
tongue  brown  and  dry  ;  the  patient  falls  into  a  state  of  half-stupor,  with 
low  muttering  delirium,  and  ultimately  death  closes  the  melancholy  scene. 

In  all  such  cases  the  child  is  in  great  jeopardy,  and  unless  the  woman 
be  timely  relieved,  it  will  be  lost. 

That  these  symptoms  do  really  arise  when  the  second  stage  of  labour  is 
protracted,  from  whatever  cause,  will  not  be  questioned  by  those  whose 
experience  among  the  mismanaged  poor  has  been  extensive  ;  and  there 
can  be  no  doubt  that  they  would  arise  in  similar  cases  among  the  higher 
ranks,  were  not  the  assistance  of  art  enabled  to  anticipate  them. 

416.  Causes.  —  I  do  not  profess  to  be  able  to  explain  why  this  series 
of  alarming  or  fatal  symptoms  should  result  from  delay  in  the  second, 
rather  than  in  the  first  stage  of  labour ;  it  may  be  that  the  first  stage  is  a 
more  local,  the  second  a  more  constitutional  process  ;  that  in  the  latter  the 
different  systems  of  the  body  (vascular,  nervous,  muscular,  &c.)  are  deeply 
involved,  and  that  a  return  to  their  natural  state,  without  the  removal  of 
that  which  occasioned  their  implication,  is  impossible  ;  or  we  may  say,  if 
we  prefer,  with  the  Arabian  writers,  that  it  arises  "  ex  lege  naturce"  that 
the  process  must  be  fulfilled,  or  the  lives  of  mother  and  child  be  sacrificed. 
Whatever  form  of  expression  we  use,  the  fact  remains  the  same  ;  the 
symptoms  which  arise  from  delayed  second  stage  differ  from  those  in  the 
first,  and  the  case  may  terminate  fatally  if  unaided. 

I  have  stated  that  these  symptoms  arise  because  of  the  delay  in  the 
second  stage,  and  that  they  are  the  same,  no  matter  what  be  the  cause  of 
the  delay.  It  may  be  occasioned  by  some  peculiar  condition  of  the  uterus 
itself,  by  obstruction  in  the  soft  parts,  by  deformity  of  the  pelvis ;  but  still 
we  find  the  same  series  of  symptoms.  As  the  treatment  differs  according 
to  the  cause,  I  shall  in  this  chapter  refer  only  to  those  which  affect  the 
uterus  itself,  taking  the  phenomena  which  result  as  the  general  type. 

417.  Inefficient  or  powerless  condition  of  the  uterus  in  the  second  stage, 
as  in  the  first,  may  be  the  result  of  various  circumstances,  such  as  weak 
constitution,  mental  emotion,  disease,  &c.  Women  of  a  weak  constitu- 
tion, especially  in  their  first  confinement,  not  unfrequently  find  the  uterine 
powers  fail,  after  some  hours  of  endurance,  and  that  without  our  being 
able  to  restore  them.  These  are  the  cases,  and  these  only,  in  which  there 
is  anything  to  fear  from  a  prolonged  first  stage  ;  for  the  exhaustion  pro- 
duced by  it,  and  which  in  healthy  women  is  of  no  consequence,  may  be 
the  cause  of  inefficient  uterine  action  in  the  second  stage. 

In  women  of  an  irritable  nervous  temperament,  there  is  also  occasion- 
ally a  failure  of  uterine  powers  in  the  second  stage. 


252  POWERLESS   LABOUR. 

Mental  emotion,  though  it  has  less  influence  in  the  second  stage  than 
in  the  first,  may  nevertheless  suspend  the  power  of  the  uterus ;  and  al- 
though in  most  cases  it  returns  after  an  interval  of  freedom  from  pain,  yet 
in  others  it  does  not,  and  bad  symptoms  set  in. 

Disease  of  tlie  uterus,  even  when  offering  no  physical  impediment  to 
delivery,  may  yet  so  interfere  with  the  joint  action  of  the  muscular  fibres, 
as  to  render  the  pains  of  little  avail.  Whilst  this  is  confined  to  the  first 
stage,  it  is  of  little  import ;  but  the  uterus  may  complete  that  stage,  and 
yet  be  seriously  affected  by  the  continuance  of  the  same  cause  in  the 
second ;  then  the  consequences  are  more  serious.  Thus  rheumatism  of 
the  uterus,  which  so  often  stimulates  the  false  pains  and  aggravates  the 
suffering  of  the  real  ones,  may  at  length  interfere  with  the  forcing  pains, 
so  much  as  to  detract  from  their  efficiency,  or  to  render  them  almost  nu- 
gatory^ ^  .     '  .  . 

Again,  tumours  in  the  uterus  offer  a  mechanical  impediment  to  the  con- 
traction of  the  organ,  besides  their  interference  with  the  conjoint  action 
of  the  fibres,  and  in  some  very  rare  cases,  they  have  been  known  to  render 
the  labour  powerless. 

Other  uterine  affections  acting  upon  a  certain  condition  of  the  constitu- 
tion, may  render  the  organ  unfit  or  unable  to  complete  the  process  of 
delivery,  and  the  delay  being  in  the  second  stage,  the  symptoms  already 
described  will  be  developed,  though  the  time  at  which  they  appear  varies 
very  much. 

I  need  not  say  that  mismanagement  will  greatly  aggravate  this  tendency 
in  all  cases ;  and  in  some,  good  and  judicious  care  may  possibly  avert  it. 

418.  Treatment.  —  The  cause  of  the  bad  symptoms  of  powerless 
labour  is,  as  we  have  said,  the  delay  in  the  second  stage,  but  the  reason 
of  our  interference  is  not  the  delay,  but  the  urgency  of  the  symptoms,  so 
that  if  the  labour  should  be  prolonged,  and  no  ill  consequence  arise,  we 
should  not  be  justified  in  interfering  further  than  to  remove  the  cause. 

Of  course  a  case  of  powerless  labour  presenting  the  formidable  array 
of  symptoms  I  have  described,  will  very  rarely  occur  in  the  hands  of  a 
judicious  practitioner,  as  he  would  previously  decide  upon  the  propriety 
of  interfering  ;  but  we  may  be  called  to  consult  upon  such  cases.  Our 
duty  then,  will  be  to  examine  the  condition  of  the  patient  carefully  and 
minutely  ;  the  pulse,  tongue,  head,  abdomen,  and,  above  all,  the  genital 
system,  so  as  to  appreciate  correctly  the  present  state  of  the  patient ;  and 
not  this  only,  but  we  must  calculate  as  accurately  as  possible  from  the 
history  of  the  symptoms,  duration  of  the  labour,  &c.  the  rate  at  which 
the  patient  is  running  down.  These  investigations  are  for  the  purpose  of 
solving  three  important  questions. — 1.  Whether  interference  be  necessary. 
2.  What  mode  of  interference  is  preferable :  and  3.  The  best  time  for 
interference. 

419.  1.  The  necessity  for  terminating  the  labour  is  grounded  almost 
solely  upon  the  condition  of  the  mother.  If  we  find  the  pulse  perma- 
nently quickened  (say  100  or  upwards),  a  degree  of  fever  present,  the 
head  not  advancing  from  the  pains  having  lost  their  force,  with  more  or 
less  of  the  other  symptoms  I  have  described,  we  may  be  pretty  certain, 
either  that  the  natural  efforts  will  not  terminate  the  labour ;  or,  supposing 
that  possible,  the  condition  of  the  patient  will  be  so  much  deteriorated  in 
the  time  required,  as  to  render  the  delivery  by  the  natural  powers  more 


POWERLESS    LABOUR.  253 

dangerous  than  the  employment  of  art.  In  forming  a  conclusion  upon 
this  point,  the  estimate  of  the  "rate  of  progress"  of  the  labour  will  be 
of  great  value.  ...    ,         ,     ,  .  a  , 

420.  2.  The  time  at  which  we  ought  to  interfere  will  depend  chiefly 
upon  the  rapidity  of  the  accession  and  increase  of  the  unfavourable 
symptoms,  and  also  upon  the  condition  of  the  child.  For  example,  it 
the  patient  be  getting  rapidly  worse,  and  the  bad  symptoms  increasing 
formidably,  the  only  object  will  then  be  to  determine  upon  the  quickest 
mode  of  delivery :  but,  on  the  other  hand,  if  her  state  be  less  threatening, 
demanding  less  promptitude,  then  we  may  take  into  consideration  the 
condition  of  the  child,  and  according  as  we  believe  it  to  be  alive  or  dead, 
we  may  venture  upon  a  short  delay  or  deliver  immediately. 

I  have  already  enumerated  in  detail  (§  261)  the  signs  of  the  life  or 
death  of  the  child:  the  most  important  of  which  are,  the  results  of  aus- 
cultation, the  movements  of  the  child  felt  by  the  mother,  and  the  elastic 
feel  of  the  integuments  of  the  head.     The  positive  evidence  of  the  first 
two,  is  quite  conclusive  ;  i.  e.  when  the  foetal  heart  is  heard  or  the  move- 
ments felt,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  child  is  alive  ;  but  their  .negative 
evidence  is  not  so  conclusive.     We  may  conclude  that  the  child  has 
died  during  labour,  if  after  having  heard  the  pulsations  of  the  foetal  heart 
distinctly,  we  have  found  them  gradually  become  weaker,  and  at  length 
permanently  inaudible;  if  the  movements,  at  first  lively  and  distinct, 
have  ceased  ;  and  if  the  tumour  of  the  scalp  has  acquired  a  flabby  em- 
physematous feel.     The  feeling  of  the  cuticle  is  valuable,  but  rather  as  a 
proof  of  the  child  having  been   dead  some  time.     Now  what  is  the 
practical  use  to  be  made  of  a  knowledge  of  the  child's  being  living  or 
dead?     1.  If  the  child  be  dead,  there  need  be  no  delay;  the  moment 
we  are  satisfied  either  that  the  natural  powers  will  not  be  able  to  terminate 
the  labour,  or  that  the  condition  of  the  mother  demands  assistance,  we 
may  instantly  interfere,  and  we  are  free  to  consider  the  mother  s  interests 
only  as  to  the  mode  of  doing  so.     2.  If  the  child  be  living,  and  the 
symptoms  not  very  urgent,  a  short  delay  may  be  allowed,  so  as  to  give 
fair  play  to  the  natural  powers  ;  or  if  immediate  relief  be  desirable   we 
should  give  the  child  a  chance  if  possible,  by  employing  means  which  do 
not  necessarily  involve  its   destruction.     But  I  would  repeat,  that  the 
savins  of  the  mother's  life  being  our  first  object,  if  the  symptoms  demand 
it,  we  must  discard  all  consideration  of  the  child,  even  if  it  be  alive ; 
although  this  must  not  be  done  without  serious  deliberation. 

421.  3.  The  modes  of  delivery  at  our  command  are,  1,  the  vectis ;  2, 
the  forceps ;  3,  the  crotchet.  We  may  lay  it  down  as  an  axiom  that  that 
method  of  delivery  is  best,  by  which  labour  can  be  terminated  most  easily, 
and  with  the  greatest  safety  to  the  mother  and  child.  If  there  be  space 
enough  between  the  foetal  head  and  the  pelvis,  the  vectis  may  be  tried,  as 
a  tractor  ;  but  the  forceps  is  a  much  better  instrument,  for  if  it  can  be 
applied  without  force  (and  in  no  other  case  should  it  ever  be  attempted),  we 
hold  the  power  of  delivery  in  our  own  hands,  and  unless  the  patient  be 
too  for  o-one  or  the  operator  deficient  in  dexterity,  but  little  time  will  be 
lost  and  no  mischief  be  done  to  mother  or  child.  Even  taking  the 
statistics  among  the  poor  and  worst  managed  part  of  the  community,  the 
mortality  to  the  mother  is  1  in  21,  and  to  the  child  1  in  5,  which  is  less 
than  that  attendant  upon  other  operations. 


254  POWERLESS   LABOUR. 

I  have  therefore  no  scruple  whatever  in  recommending  a  trial  with  the 
forceps  before  using  the  crochet,  in  every  case  where  there  is  sufficient 
space,  except  where  the  child  is  dead,  or  where  extreme  dispatch  is 
necessary. 

If  the  state  of  the  mother  preclude  all  consideration  for  the  child,  or 
if  it  be  dead,  then  the  perforator  and  crochet  may  be  used,  the  great  ad- 
vantage of  this  operation  being  the  facility  of  delivery  when  the  bulk  of 
the  head  is  reduced,  and  its  disadvantage,  the  damage  done  to  the  child. 
I  shall  speak  more  in  detail  about  these  operations  by  and  by. 

422.  If  the  case  be  from  the  beginning  under  our  own  care,  and  our 
interference  be  well-timed  and  ably  executed,  in  all  probability  the  patient 
will  recover  well ;  but  if  she  have  been  neglected  and  allowed  to  run 
down  before  assistance  was  rendered,  unpleasant  consequences  may  fol- 
low, as,  for  instance,  the  nervous  shock  may  be  severe  or  even  fatal ;  the 
patient  sinking  twelve  or  twenty-four  hours  after  delivery,  without  ever 
rallying  after  the  operation. 

Again,  from  the  long-continued  pressure  of  the  head  of  the  child  upon 
the  soft  tissues  of  the  pelvis,  inflammation  may  arise,  and  unless  subdued 
may  terminate  in  abscess  between  the  vagina  and  rectum ;  in  slough- 
ing of  the  vagina  with  or  without  perforation  of  the  bladder  or  rectum  ; 
or  the  contusion  of  the  parts  may  be  so  severe  as  to  cause  the  patient  to 
sink ;  or  lastly,  peritonitis  or  hysteritis  may  be  developed  somewhat  later. 

Such  serious  consequences,  which  are  unfortunately  but  too  frequent, 
indicate  the  necessity  not  merely  of  terminating  the  labour  by  judicious 
and  timely  aid,  but  also  of  attending  minutely  to  the  local  condition  of 
the  patient  for  some  time  after  delivery.  Especial  directions  should  be 
given  to  the  nurse  to  syringe  the  vagina  two  or  three  times  a  day  with 
tepid  milk  and  water,  to  bathe  the  external  parts  with  a  weak  mixture  of 
spirit  and  water,  and  to  place  between  the  labia  a  strip  of  lint  smeared 
with  simple  cerate,  and  if  necessary  we  should  satisfy  ourselves  by  a  care- 
ful examination  as  to  the  state  of  the  parts.  If  much  inflammation  arise, 
a  large  soft  poultice  of  linseed  meal,  or  "  stirabout,"  may  be  applied  over 
the  external  parts,  and  black  wash  to  the  vulva. 

I  must  beg  of  the  reader  to  re-peruse  the  chapter  on  abnormal  conva- 
lescence, in  connection  with  this  and  some  of  the  subsequent  chapters,  as 
the  deviations  therein  described  occur  most  frequently  after  the  most 
dangerous  labours. 

423.  Before  concluding  this  chapter,  I  would  wish  to  allude  more  dis- 
tinctly than  I  have  as  yet  been  able  to  do,  to  an  interesting  though  not 
numerous  class  of  cases,  exhibiting  the  symptoms  more  or  less  intense  of 
powerless  labour,  with  the  exception  of  the  inefficiency  of  the  pains. 
The  pulse  is  rapid,  the  patient  very  feverish,  the  head  may  be  affected  or 
the  abdomen  tender,  &c. ;  yet  the  labour,  though  sufficiently  tedious  to 
give  rise  to  these  symptoms,  does  actually  advance  and  may  be  completed 
by  the  natural  efforts,  but  at  a  serious  expense  to  the  mother,  and  great 
risk  to  the  child.  I  was  called  to  such  a  case  some  short  time  ago  ;  the 
patient  was  allowed  to  deliver  herself,  and  she  died  of  the  shock  in  a  few 
hours.  The  local  injury  already  described  is  also  more  frequent  after 
these  cases  than  even  after  those  where  assistance  has  been  given. 

I  know  not  any  cases  in  which  the  physician  has  more  need  of  all  the 
tact  and  judgment  which  experience  only  can  give,  nor  any  more  difficult 


OBSTRUCTED    LABOUR.  255 

to  describe  in  a  book  so  clearly  as  to  guide  the  junior  practitioner,  than 
such  as  these.  The  natural  powers  are  not  inadequate  to  the  delivery, 
yet  bad  symptoms  are  present,  the  danger  imminent,  and  greatly  increased 
by  delay.  On  the  one  hand,  we  have  to  guard  against  unnecessary  in- 
terference, and  on  the  other,  against  the  evils  of  hesitation  when  assistance 
is  required.  As  it  is  clear,  that  the  possibility  of  the  labour  being  finished 
by  the  natural  powers  alone,  is  not  in  itself  a  prohibition  of  all  interfe- 
rence, I  can  onlv  repeat  that  the  necessity  for  our  aid,  and  the  time  when 
it  ought  to  be  given,  must  be  deduced  from  a  careful  estimate  of  the  pre- 
sent symptoms,  and  the  rate  at  which  they  have  been  developed,  and  if 
we  fmd  that  the  probable  time  required  for  the  completion  of  the  labour 
will  be  so  great  as  to  add  to  the  patient's  risk,  then  ought  we  undoubtedly 
to  put  in  requisition  all  our  resources  for  her  liberation. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

PARTURITION.  — CLASS  II.  UNNATURAL  LABOUR. 
ORDER  3.  OBSTRUCTED  LABOUR. 

424.  Definition.  —  The  progress  of  the  labour  is  impeded  by  some 
mechanical  obstruction  in  the  passages,  connected  with  the  soft  parts, 
which  by  causing  delay  in  the  second  stage,  leads  to  the  development  of 
the  symptoms  of  powerless  labour. 

4-25.  Symptoms.  — In  the  last  chapter  I  stated  that  delay  in  the  second 
stage  of  labour  gives  rise  to  a  certain  series  of  formidable  symptoms,  no 
matter  what  be  the  cause  of  delay ;  and  we  there  considered  such  causes 
as  act  upon  the  uterus,  impeding  its  action  or  diminishing  its  force.  In 
the  present  chapter  we  shall  investigate  certain  other  causes  of  delay,  such 
as  are  found  in  the  soft  parts  of  the  passages. 

The  symptoms  in  the  two  orders  will  be  the  same,  if  the  amount  of 
delay  be  equal ;  but  there  is  this  difference  from  the  commencement,  that 
in  obstructed  labours,  the  uterine  action  is  intact,  nay,  perhaps  more 
vigorous  than  usual,  but  ineffective  in  proportion  to  the  magnitude  of  the 
obstacles.  If  they  be  not  very  great,  the  augmented  force  brought  to 
bear  upon  them  may  be  successful ;  if  they  be  considerable,  delivery  may 
be  impossible  without  assistance  ;  and  lastly,  in  some  extreme  cases,  de- 
livery "per  vias  naturales"  may  be  impossible. 

Making  allowance  for  different  constitutions,  the  symptoms  developed 
during  the  progress  of  labour  will  be  in  proportion  to  the  prolongation  of 
the  second  stage,  as  laid  down  in  the  last  chapter.  It  will  be  remarked, 
however,  that  some  of  the  causes  I  am  about  to  enumerate,  act  upon  the 
first  stage.  They  certainly  do  prevent  its  completion,  and  by  rendering 
the  progress  of  the  labour  mechanically  impossible,  do  really  give  rise  to 
the  unfavourable  symptoms,  and  so  far  may  be  taken  as  an  exception  to 
the  conclusion  that  no  evil  arises  from  a  prolongation  of  the  first  stage. 
However,  I  believe  that  in  such  cases,  the  first  stage  virtually  terminates 
before  the  bad  symptoms  set  in,  for  I  have  repeatedly  found  that  where 
17 


256  OBSTRUCTED    LABOUR. 

the  physical  impediment  exists  at  the  brim,  whether  it  be  a  tumour  or 
distortion,  the  os  uteri  is  fully  dilatable,  the  membranes  broken,  the  cha- 
racter and  force  of  the  pains  changed  as  usual,  &c. ;  in  short,  a  transition 
is  observed  from  the  local  and  general  condition  of  the  first  stage,  to  that 
of  the  second. 

426.  Causes.  1.  Minute  or  imperforate  os  uteri. — There  are  cases  on 
record  in  which  before  labour,  or  even  for  some  time  after  its  commence- 
ment, no  os  uteri  could  be  detected.  Mazzoni  mentions  having  observed 
such,  and  Dr.  Campbell  relates  two  examples:  "Both  were  first  preg- 
nancies ;  in  the  first,  uterine  action  continued  about  twelve  hours  before 
the  os  uteri  could  be  distinguished,  when  it  felt  like  a  minute  cicatrix. 
The  second  woman  had  regular  pains  for  two  nights  and  a  day  before  the 
os  tincae  could  be  perceived,  and  she  suffered  so  severely  as  to  require 
three  persons  to  keep  her  in  bed.  Both  patients  were  largely  bled,  gave 
birth  to  living  children,  and  had  a  good  recovery."  1  was  myself  called 
to  a  case  in  which  the  os  uteri  was  not  discoverable  until  after  forty  hours 
of  labour,  and  then  it  felt  about  the  size  of  a  small  crow-quill ;  notwith- 
standing the  delay  and  obstruction,  however,  the  patient  was  delivered 
naturally,  of  a  living  child. 

As  the  effect  of  disease,  the  os  uteri  may  be  contracted,  and  its  oppo- 
site edges  become  adherent,  so  as  to  close  it  partially  or  completely. 
Again,  the  os  uteri  may  be  diminished  and  the  cervix  rendered  undilatable, 
by  cicatrices,  the  result  of  former  injuries. 

Lastly,  a  few  cases  are  on  record  of  total  absence  of  the  os  uteri,  as  in 
a  case  which  came  under  the  care  of  my  friend  Dr.  Ashwell,  and  which 
he  has  described  in  Guy's  Hospital  Reports,  it  was  found  necessary  to 
make  an  artificial  opening  with  the  knife :  the  labour  terminated  favour- 

The  amount  of  delay  from  this  cause  varies,  but  it  may  be  very  consi- 
derable, and  the  symptoms  will  be  in  proportion.  "  We  may  suspect," 
says  Dr.  Rigby,  "  that  the  protraction  of  labour  arises  from  agglutinated 
os  uteri,  when  at  an  early  period  of  it,  we  can  discover  no  vestige  of  the 
opening  in  the  globular  mass  formed  by  the  inferior  segment  of  the  uterus, 
which  is  forced  down  deeply  into  the  pelvis,  or  at  any  rate  when  we  can 
only  detect  a  small  fold  or  fossa,  or  merely  a  concavity,  at  the  bottom  of 
which  is  a  slight  indentation,  and  which  is  usually  a  considerable  distance 
from  the  medium  line  of  the  pelvis.  The  pains  come  on  regularly  and 
powerfully,  the  lower  segment  of  the  uterus  is  pushed  deeper  into  the 
cavity  of  the  pelvis,  even  to  its  outlet,  and  becomes  so  tense  as  to  threaten 
rupture  ;  at  the  same  time  it  becomes  so  thin,  that  a  practitioner  who  sees 
such  a  case  for  the  first  time,  would  be  induced  to  suppose  the  head  was 
presenting,  merely  covered  by  the  membranes.  After  a  time,  by  the  in- 
creasing severity  of  the  pains,  the  os  uteri  at  length  opens,  or  it  becomes 
necessary  that  this  should  be  effected  by  art ;  when  once  this  is  attained, 
the  os  uteri  goes  on  to  dilate,  and  the  labour  proceeds  naturally,  unless 
the  patient  is  too  much  exhausted  by  the  severity  of  her  labour." 

427.  Treatment.  —  Our  first  object  is  to  see  what  the  natural  powers 
will  be  able  to  effect ;  for  which  purpose  the  patient  must  be  managed  as 
in  natural  labour,  and  allowed  to  continue  her  efforts  for  some  time  ;  there 
is  no  danger  in  so  doing,  as  it  wrill  be  a  considerable  time  before  any 
unpleasant  symptom  will  arise. 


OBSTRUCTED    LABOUR.  257 

If  the  continued  pressure  discover  the  os  uteri,  but  the  cervix  resist 
still,  then  we  may  try  any  of  the  remedies  advised  for  "  undilatable  os 
uteri  "  (§  394),  such  as  venisection,  tartar  emetic,  &c.,  and  in  most  i 

they  will  be  found  useful. 

In  some  cases  when  the  os  uteri  is  more  or  less  closed  by  agglutination, 
although,  as  Dr.  Rigby  observes,  "the  obstacle  is  capable  of  resisting  the 
most  powerful  efforts  of  the  uterus,  a  moderate  degree  of  pressure  against 
it,  whilst  in  a  state  of  strong  distension,  either  by  the  tip  of  the  finger  or 
a  female  catheter,  is  quite  sufficient  to  overcome  it ;  little  or  no  pain  is 
produced,  and  the  appearance  of  a  slight  discharge  of  blood  will  show 
that  the  stricture  has  given  way." 

If  these  methods  fail,  we  must  have  recourse  to  the  knife,  and  make 
one  or  more  incisions  as  near  the  situation  of  the  os  uteri  as  possible. 
Moseati  recommends  a  number  of  small  incisions  around  the  os  uteri,  for 
the  purpose  of  securing  its  equable  dilatation.* 

428.  2.  Carcinoma  or  scirrhus  of  the  uterus.  —  Strange  as  it  may  ap- 
pear, conception  has  been  known  to  take  place  not  only  when  the  cervix 
uteri  was  carcinomatous,  but  when  it  was  the  seat  of  open  cancer.  Zep- 
penfeld,  Siebold,  Lachapelle,  and  others,  have  put  such  cases  upon  record. 
The  latter  author  records  seven  cases,  of  whom  four  recovered  from  the 
delivery.  Of  course  such  a  hardened  and  undilatable  state  of  the  cervix 
will  offer  a  very  serious  obstacle  to  the  descent  of  the  child's  head,  and 
that  in  proportion  to  the  extent  of  the  disease.  In  a  few  instances  it  has 
yielded  to  the  pressure,  and  the  child  has  been  born  naturally. 

429.  Treatment. — Fortunately  such  cases  are  extremely  rare  ;  but  from 
those  who  have  been  most  conversant  with  them,  we  find,  according  to 
Bayle,  Cayol,  and  Lachapelle,  that  some  have  terminated  without  help  ; 
others,  according  to  Siebold,  have  been  delivered  by  version  ;  or,  accord- 
ing to  Madame  Lachapelle,  by  the  forceps  and  by  vaginal  hysterotomy. 
If  the  cervix  resist  all  the  efforts  of  the  uterus,  I  suppose  we  must,  as  a 
"  dernier  resort,"  have  recourse  to  the  knife  ;  but  it  is  for  the  sake  of  the 
child  only,  as  the  mother's  end  will  only  be  hastened  by  it,  and  therefore 
before  doing  it  we  must  be  sure  that  the  child  is  alive.  If  it  be  not,  it 
would  be  better  to  open  the  head. 

430.  3.  Narrow  and  undilatable  vagina.  —  In  some  women  the  vagina 
is  naturally  small  and  contracted  ;  but  this  is  rarely  a  serious  obstacle  to 
the  natural  powers,  unless  it  be  the  first  child,  and  the  patient  advanced 
in  life. 

The  calibre  of  the  vagina  may  also  be  diminished  by  callosities  or  cica- 
trices, the  consequences  of  former  inflammation  and  sloughing,  and  which, 
consisting  of  a  semi-cartilaginous  substance,  may  form  rings  or  spirals 
around  the  vagina,  and  offer  great  resistance  to  the  descent  of  the  child. 
These  obstructions  will  be  detected  at  once,  on  examination,  by  their  hard 
gristly  feel  and  their  form. 

Lastly,  more  or  less  perfect  occlusion  of  the  vagina  may  be  present, 

*  The  young;  practitioner  cannot  be  too  cautious  in  resorting  to  such  operations.  In 
first  labours,  the  os  uteri  i<  oot  unfrequently  found  high  up,  in  front  of  the  promontory 
of  the  B&crnm,  and  almost  out  of  reach  of  the  fniLr<T.  It  may  remain  thus  for  many 
hours  undiscovered  by  the  inexperienced,  ami  although  it  may  cause  much  delay  in  the 
labour,  it  wNl  in  time  be  brought  into  the  axis  of  the  strait  by  the  force  of  the  pains. 
This  may  be  expedited,  after  labour  has  continued  some  time,  by  drawing  it  forward 
with  the  fingers,  ae  advised  by  Baudelocque  [\  406).  —  Editor. 

w2 


258  OBSTRUCTED    LABOUR. 

owing  to  the  adhesion  of  its  sides,  sometimes  leaving  a  portion  of  the 
vagina  pervious  inferiorly,  sometimes  obliterating  nearly  its  whole  length. 
The  impediment  which  a  congenital  narrowness  of  the  vagina  offers  is 
overcome  by  patience,  and  pains,  aided  by  fomentations  or  injections,  be- 
fore unfavourable  symptoms  arise  ;  but  when  it  is  obstructed  by  adhesions 
or  contractions,  this  may  not  take  place.  The  labour  is  prolonged  beyond 
a  certain  time,  and  then  the  symptoms  of  powerless  labour  (§  412)  set  in, 
and  on  examination,  the  cause  of  the  delay  is  sufficiently  clear. 

431.  Treatment.  —  As  in  the  cases  last  described,  we  must  wait  until 
experience  has  proved  how  far  the  natural  powers  are  capable  of  overcom- 
ing the  resistance.  In  some  cases  we  find,  contrary  to  our  expectations, 
that  after  the  pressure  of  the  child's  head  has  continued  for  some  time,  the 
stricture  yields,  and  as  it  were  unfolds,  so  as  to  permit  the  passage  of  the 
child.  In  other  cases  laceration  takes  place  (not  without  danger)  and  de- 
livery follows. 

Should  the  parts  continue  to  resist  steadily,  then  we  must  have  recourse 
to  bleeding  and  tartar  emetic,  which  will  very  often  preclude  the  necessity 
of  relief  by  the  knife.  If  they  fail  of  producing  benefit  within  a  reason- 
able time,  we  must  interfere  to  prevent  worse  results,  either  the  constitu- 
tional symptoms  already  noticed  or  local  injury.  My  friend  Dr.  Doherty 
has  very  justly  observed,  in  a  paper  read  before  the  Obstetrical  Society, 
"It  is  very  seldom,  even  when  a  single  and  prominent  band  encircles  the 
canal,  that  this  is  the  only  mischief  which  has  been  done ;  for  generally 
speaking  we  have  more  or  less  puckering  of  the  parietes,  and  not  infre- 
quently, as  I  have  already  mentioned,  communications  with  the  adjoining 
viscera.  The  consequence  of  these  changes  is  that  the  canal  is  less  able 
to  bear  a  forcible  dilatation ;  and  if  the  narrowed  portion  be  permitted  to 
delay  the  foetal  head  too  long,  a  rupture  of  the  vagina  above  it  may  occur, 
even  if  no  breach  of  surface  already  exist.  But  if  even  a  small  opening 
into  an  adjacent  cavity  be  already  formed,  it  is  very  likely  to  be  converted 
into  a  rent,  which  throws  both  chambers  into  one,  constituting  one  of  the 
greatest  calamities  which  can  befall  a  woman." 

To  avert  such  a  catastrophe,  we  must  have  recourse  to  the  knife,  if  the 
previous  remedies  fail ;  two,  three,  or  more  incisions  should  be  made,  just 
through  the  resisting  band,  if  it  be  circular  ;  but  if  the  sides  of  the  vagina 
be  adherent,  they  must  be  carefully  and  gradually  divided.  The  pressure 
of  the  descending  head  will  dilate  the  passage.  The  greatest  care  must 
be  taken  not  to  wound  the  neighbouring  viscera.  The  hemorrhage  may 
be  considerable,  and  occasionally  the  case  terminates  fatally. 

Should  the  uterine  action  be  exhausted  by  the  length  of  the  labour,  and 
unfavourable  symptoms  develop  themselves,  it  may  be  necessary  to  termi- 
nate the  labour  promptly  by  instruments.  I  think  it  may  be  a  question 
whether,  in  the  more  aggravated  cases  of  stricture,  premature  labour  or 
abortion  ought  not  to  be  induced,  if  we  are  cognizant  of  the  fact  at  an 
early  period.  I  need  not  say  that  in  the  after  treatment  the  most  careful 
attention  should  be  paid  by  the  accoucheur  himself  to  the  state  of  the 
vagina,  and  as  soon  as  the  inflammation  and  tenderness  subside,  a  bougie 
should  be  introduced  daily,  to  guard  against  the  re-formation  of  the 
stricture. 

432.  3.  Tumours  in  the  pelvis.  —  Tumours  of  various  pathological 
characters  may  form  in  the  different  parts  of  the  pelvis ;  thus  we  may 


OBSTRUCTED    LABOUR. 


259 


have  fibrous,  adipose,  steatomatous,  sarcomatous,  and  scirrhous  growths, 
and  they  may  be  situated  either  behind  the  rectum,  between  the  rectum 
and  vagina,  or  in  connexion  with  the  j  of  the  vagi  '  _'am, 

the  os  uteri  may  give  origin  to  a  tumour,  as  polypus.  Dr.  Denman  met 
with  a  case  of  cauliflower  excrescence  of  the  os  uteri. 

This  is  not  the  place  for  the  description  of  these  various  diseases,  which 

I  have  fully  discussed  in  a  former  volume.  Our  object  at  present  is  to 
inquire  what  is  their  effect  upon  labour.     The  obstruction  they  offer  to  the 

descent  of  the  child's  head  will  depend  upon  their  size,  their  mobility, 
and  their  compressibility.  If  small,  the  delay  may  be  immaterial,  and  the 
difficulty  overcome  by  extra  force  ;  but  if  beyond  a  certain  size,  they  may 
delay  the  labour  so  long  as  to  give  rise  to  the  unfavourable  symptoms  of 
a  prolonged  second  stage  or  absolutely  prohibit  the  passage  of  the  child. 
But  this  effect  of  their  size  is  sometimes  obviated  by  their  mobility,  i.  e. 
the  tumour  may  be  pushed  to  one  side,  or  drawn  up  out  of  the  way  of 
the  child,  as  in  a  case  published  by  my  excellent  friend,  Dr.  Beatty,  in 
which  the  tumour  was  so  large,  and  apparently  so  fixed,  that  Caesarian 
section  was  anticipated  ;  nevertheless  at  the  time  of  labour  it  was  elevated 
sufficiently  to  allow  of  the  birth  of  the  child  without  any  assistance.  In 
the  case  of  polypus,  too,  we  find  that  in  some  cases  the  pressure  of  the 
child's  head  has  detached  the  tumour,  or  expelled  it  without  separation, 
as  related  by  Dr.  F.  Ramsbotham.  Lastly,  in  cases  where  the  tumour  is 
too  large  and  immoveable,  it  has  been  found  so  far  compressible,  that  after 
some  delay  and  extra  compression  of  the  child's  head,  the  labour  has  ter- 
minated naturally. 

Fig.  88. 


Polypus  Uteri. 

The  chances  in  favour  of  the  tumour  being  elevated  or  pushed  out  of 
the  way,  are  increased  in  proportion  as  it  is  high  up  in  the  pelvis;  next 
to  these  the  mosl  favourable  situation  is  on  on  the  promontory  of 

the  sacrum,  and  the  least  so,  in  tl  '-posterior  diameter.     The  diffi- 

culty occasioned  by  the  siz  !  ented  by  the  hindrance  they  offer  to 

the  adaptations  of  the  head  and  '  s  of  position. 


260  OBSTRUCTED    LABOUR. 

433.  When  we  have  reason  to  believe  in  the  presence  of  any  of  these 
tumours,  a  most  particular  investigation  should  be  instituted.  The  ex- 
amination, as  Mr.  Ingleby  observes,  "  should  be  made  in  the  absence  of 
pain,  and  (if  possible)  before  the  presentation  has  become  engaged  in  the 
pelvis,  lest  the  tension  which  the  mass  undergoes  during  strong  labour 
should  obscure  the  diagnosis.  If  the  presentation  be  in  part  only  below 
the  brim,  it  may  be  difficult  to  determine  whether  the  apparent  firmness 
of  the  tumour  is  not  owing  to  obstructed  circulation.  Whilst  making  the 
usual  examination  "  per  vaginam"  it  will  be  advantageous  to  pass  the 
fore-finger  of  the  left  hand  into  the  rectum  with  a  view  of  ascertaining 
more  correctly  the  contents  of  the  tumour."  * 

434.  Treatment. — If,  owing  to  the  moderate  size  of  the  tumour,  its 
mobility  or  compressibility,  there  is  a  probability  of  the  natural  powers 
being  adequate  to  the  delivery,  we  have  nothing  to  do  but  to  wait  patiently; 
but  if  the  delay  be  so  excessive  as  to  threaten  bad  symptoms,  or  if  the 
obstruction  be  insurmountable,  we  must  then  afford  assistance,  and  the 
mode  will  depend  upon  the  size,  mobility,  contents,  or  mode  of  attach- 
ment of  these  tumours. 

Thus  if  the  tumour  be  moveable,  and  we  see  the  patient  sufficiently 
early,  we  should  endeavour  to  raise  the  tumour  above  the  brim  of  the 
pelvis,  as  was  done  by  Dr.  Merriman,  during  an  interval  between  the 
pains,  and  maintain  it  there  during  the  next  pains,  so  as  to  allow  the  head 
to  become  engaged  in  the  brim ;  if  we  succeed,  the  labour  will  go  on 
regularly ;  but  if,  as  is  most  frequent,  we  fail,  we  must  then  try  if  the 
tumour  be  removeable.  If  it  be  a  cauliflower  excrescence  or  a  polypus, 
it  will  be  advisable  to  pass  a  ligature  around  it,  and  remove  it.  In  the 
case  of  polypus  this  has  repeatedly  been  done  with  impunity. 

Other  tumours  have  been  removed,  as  in  Mr.  Drew's  case  of  one  be- 
tween the  vagina  and  rectum,  with  success ;  but  this  is  a  much  more 
serious  operation,  and  should  not  be  attempted  until  we  are  certain  that 
its  bulk  cannot  be  reduced  in  another  way. 

Many  of  these  tumours  are  composed  of  fluid  or  semi-fluid  matter,  and 
such  may  be  emptied  by  passing  a  trocar  and  canula,  or  by  a  free  opening 
with  the  scalpel ;  after  which  the  walls  of  the  cyst  will  subside,  and 
allow  of  the  passage  of  the  child.  This  operation  should  always  be  per- 
formed before  we  attempt  delivery  by  operating  upon  the  child. 

If  a  slight  operation  upon  the  tumour  is  likely  to  be  successful,  there 
cannot  be  the  slightest  doubt  that  it  ought  to  be  preferred,  nor  do  I  myself 
feel  that  we  should  be  justified  in  sacrificing  the  child,  where  there  existed 
any  hope  of  being  able  to  extirpate  the  tumour. 

435.  But  suppose  the  tumour  be  solid,  immoveable,  and  incompres- 
sible ;  then  it  is  clear  that  our  only  means  of  delivery  is  to  act  upon  the 
child,  and  the  mode  will  depend  upon  the  size  of  the  tumour.  If  it  be 
small,  though  sufficient  to  obstruct  a  labour  attended  with  feeble  pains, 
then  perhaps  the  addition  of  extracting  force  by  means  of  the  forceps  may 
suffice.  These  cases,  however,  are  very  rare,  and  we  must  take  care  that 
the  force  employed  do  not  add  to  the  subsequent  risks,  by  inducing  the 
evil  results  of  excessive  pressure  upon  the  soft  parts  of  the  mother. 

*  Facts  .and  Cases  in  Obstetric  Medicine,  p.  121.  I  beg  to  refer  the  reader  to  this 
excellent  essay,  and  to  Dr.  Merriman's  paper  in  Med.  Chir.  Trans,  vol.  x.,  for  much 
valuable  detail  which  1  have  been  obliged  to  omit. 


OBSTRUCTED    LABOUR.  261 

If  the  tumour  be  too  large  to  allow  of  the  use  of  the  forceps,  or  if  they 
have  been  tried  unsuccessfully  (extirpation  being  out  of  the  question),  we 
have  then  no  alternative  but  the  reduction  of  the  bulk  of  the  child  by 
craniotomy,  and,  if  necessary,  evisceration.  This,  however,  is  so  painful 
an  alternative,  that  it  should  never  be  thought  of  until  we  are  satisfied 
that  nature  is  inadequate  to  the  delivery,  that  the  obstacle  cannot  be  pushed 
aside,  nor  removed  nor  lessened  by  puncture,  &c.?  and  that  interference 
has  become  a  duty  to  the  mother. 

Some  few  cases  occur  in  which  even  craniotomy  will  not  enable  us  to 
effect  the  delivery ;  in  which  the  pelvis  is  very  nearly  filled  by  a  firm  in- 
compressible tumour,  as  in  the  case  related  by  Dr.  Montgomery,  and 
others.  We  have  no  remedy  for  such,  except  by  providing  an  artificial 
exit  for  the  child  by  performing  the  Caesarian  section  ;  a  formidable  and 
very  fatal  operation  it  is  true,  but  which  is  infinitely  better  than  leaving 
mother  and  child  to  perish.  But  before  having  recourse  to  it,  we  must  be 
perfectly  satisfied  that  no  other  means  affords  a  hope  of  success,  and  I 
need  hardly  add,  that  none  of  these  serious  operations  should  be  under- 
taken without  a  consultation,  if  that  be  possible. 

436.  5.  Diseased  ovary.  —  The  ovary  may  be  enlarged  from  disease 
originating  previous  to  or  during  pregnancy,  and  not  suspended  by  it. 
The  enlargement  is  sometimes  solid,  but  more  frequently  it  contains  fluid 
or  matter  of  the  consistence  of  honey.  If  the  disease  progress  slowly, 
the  uterus  with  the  ovaries  by  its  side,  may  have  emerged  from  the  pelvic 
cavity  in  time  to  remove  the  obstacle,  which  will  then  be  in  the  abdomi- 
nal cavity.  But  in  other  cases,  either  from  the  situation  or  rapid  increase 
of  the  ovarian  tumour,  or  by  adhesions  between  it  and  the  neighbouring 
parts,  it  is  retained  in  the  pelvis,  and  may  offer  serious  obstruction  to  the 
second  stage  of  labour.  "  There  are  two  forms  of  ovarian  tumour," 
says  Mr.  Ingleby,  "  which  obstruct  the  passage  of  the  child.  In  the  one 
a  small  cyst  in  connexion  with  a  very  bulky  cyst,  or  else  a  portion  of  a 
large  cyst,  passes  into  the  recto-vaginal  septum,  and  bulges  through  the 
posterior  part  of  the  vagina.  In  the  other,  and  that  which  occurs  by  far 
the  most  frequently,  the  whole  ovary,  moderately  enlarged,  prolapses 
within  the  septum.  The  descent  is  peculiarly  liable  to  happen  at  two 
periods  :  the  first,  near  the  end  of  gestation  ;  the  second  during  labour ; 
the  prolapsus  being  promoted  by  the  relaxation  of  the  soft  parts.  The 
changes  which  the  ovary  undergoes  when  long  detained  in  the  septum, 
will  depend  upon  the  capacity  and  yielding  state  of  the  parts.  If  the 
woman  have  not  previously  borne  children,  it  may  remain  small,  and 
scarcely  retard  delivery :  but  under  contrary  circumstances,  it  acquires  a 
large  size,  and  nearly  fills  the  vagina.  In  rare  cases,  the  bulging  is  said 
to  have  appeared  at  the  anterior  part  of  the  pelvis.  Again,  the  ovarium 
when  moderately  enlarged  and  confined  within  the  abdomen,  may  alter 
the  course  of  the  gravid  uterus  in  its  ascent  out  of  the  pelvis,  so  that  the 
organ  can  neither  preserve  its  perpendicular  direction,  nor  freely  develope 
itself  on  the  side  on  which  the  tumour  is  situated,  and  thus  the  lateral 
obliquity,  as  described  by  writers,  is  almost  necessarily  produced.  Al- 
though this  mal-position  of  the  uterus  may  fail  directly  to  obstruct  the 
entrance  of  the  presentation  within  the  brim,  the  axis  of  the  organ  as  re- 
spects the  pelvis,  is  no  longer  maintained,  and  labour  will  probably  prove 
tedious. 


262 


OBSTRUCTED    LABOUR. 


The  observations  made  upon  other  tumours  in  the  pelvis  are  in  most 
respects  applicable  to  enlarged  ovaries.  There  will  be  delay  in  the  second 
stage,  or  the  head  will  be  prevented  altogether  from  entering  upon  this 
stage,  in  proportion  to  the  size,  immobility,  and  incompressibility  of  the 

Fig.  89. 


Ovarian  tumour. 

tumour ;  modified  in  some  degree  by  its  situation.  But  an  ovarian  tumour 
is  much  more  likely  to  be  moved  out  of  the  way  of  the  child  at  the  time 
of  labour,  than  any  other,  and  also  more  apt  to  give  way  and  burst  under 
the  pressure  of  the  head. 

The  diagnosis  is  not  always  easy.  If  the  tumour  within  the  recto- 
vaginal septum  be  moveable,  elastic,  and  communicating  to  the  finger  a 
sense  of  fluctuation,  it  is  probably  ovarian  ;  but  it  is  not  always  thus  ;  it 
may  be  hard,  not  fluctuating,  and,  in  fact,  to  the  touch  apparently  solid. 
In  such  cases  the  only  test  we  can  apply  practically,  is  puncture. 

437.  Treatment.  —  We  must  first  allow  time  to  see  whether  the  tumour 
may  not  be  displaced  by  the  efforts  of  nature,  and  also  to  estimate  the 
effects  of  pressure  upon  it,  and  we  shall  have  time  for  this  before  the  bad 
symptoms  appear.  If  the  obstacle  be  insurmountable  b}r  the  natural 
powers  alone,  and  cannot  be  raised  above  the  brim  of  the  pelvis  by  the 
hand,  we  must  then  puncture  the  cyst  through  the  vagina,  nor  are  we  to 
.be  deterred  from  this  on  account  of  the  apparent  solidity  of  the  tumour, 
as  many  such  contain  fluid.  A  long  trocar  should  be  used,  and  plunged 
quite  through  the  parietes  of  the  tumour.  If  fluid  be  freely  evacuated, 
we  shall  have  no  further  trouble  with  the  labour :  if  it  be  viscid,  and  do 
not  pass  freely  through  the  canula,  the  opening  must  be  enlarged. 

But  suppose  the  tumour  should  really  prove  to  be  solid,  and  cannot  be 
pushed  above  the  brim ;  it  is  clear  that  we  cannot  attempt  to  extirpate  it 
in  such  a  case,  and  we  must  then  act  upon  the  child.  Version  has  been 
proposed,  but  it  appears  to  me  very  unsuitable,  it  adds  much  to  the 


OBSTRUCTED    LABOUR.  263 

mother's  risk  without  increasing  in  any  degree  the  probability  of  saving 
the  child :  the  tumour  would  oner  even  a  greater  obstacle  to  the  pas 
of  the  head  reversed,  than  in  its  natural  position. 

If  the  tumour  though  solid  be  small,  perhaps  a  little  additional  power 
might  enable  the  child's  head  to  pass  without  injury  to  mother  and  child, 
and  in  such  a  case  the  forceps  might  be  used,  but  1  do  not  think  suitable 
cases  for  this  instrument  are  frequent. 

If  all  these  plans  fail,  or  are  unsuitable,  we  have  no  resource  but  to 
evacuate  the  brain,  and,  if  necessary,  the  contents  of  the  chest  and 
abdomen,  and  then  extract  the  child. 

Dr.  Merriman  has  collected  eighteen  cases,  and  it  appears  "  that  twice 
the  labour  was  effected  by  the  pains,  unassisted  by  the  art  of  the 
accoucheur;  but  one  of  these  lost  her  life,  and  one  of  the  children  was 
still-born.  Five  times  the  perforator  was  used  after  a  longer  or  shorter 
duration  of  labour  :  three  of  these  women  died,  another  recovered  very 
imperfectly,  and  one  got  well.  Five  times  the  labour  was  terminated  by 
turning  the  child :  all  the  children  were  lost,  and  one  only  of  the  mothers 
recovered.  Three  times  the  tumours  having  been  opened,  the  labour  was 
afterwards  trusted  to  nature  :  two  of  these  women  recovered,  but  the  other 
remained  for  a  long  time  in  an  ill  state  of  health :  two  only  of  the  children 
were  preserved.  In  three  cases  the  tumours  having  been  opened,  it  was 
still  found  necessary  to  have  recourse  to  the  perforator :  one  of  these  women 
died ;  one  remained  in  an  ill  state  of  health  for  eighteen  months,  and 
then  sank  under  her  sufferings  ;  the  third  recovered.  Thus,  in  18  cases,  it 
appears  that  of  the  women,     9  died, 

3  recovered  imperfectly, 
6  perfectly. 
Of  the  children,     15  were  still-born, 
3  were  alive. 

"Upon  the  whole,"  Dr.  Merriman  concludes,  "the  evidence  we  at 
present  possess,  is  more  in  favour  of  opening  the  tumours,  when  they 
contain  a  fluid,  than  of  any  other  mode  of  procedure  ;  for  of  the  nine 
women  who  recovered  more  or  less  perfectly,  five  appear  to  owe  their 
safety  to  this  operation,  and  of  the  children  born  alive,  two  were  preserved 
by  the  same  means." 

In  these  cases  the  mortality  to  the  mothers  was  very  great,  and  though 
in  all  cases  there  must  be  risk  at  the  time  and  subsequently,  still  there  is 
reason  to  hope  that  a  cautious  estimate  of  the  value  of  the  different  means 
at  our  command,  and  a  timely  and  judicious  employment  of  them,  will 
insure  a  more  favourable  result.  In  such  cases  it  must  be  borne  in  mind 
that  whilst  the  obstacle  occasions  the  necessity  for  the  operation,  the  time 
must  be  decided  by  the  constitutional  symptoms,  or,  at  least  that  assist- 
ance must  never  be  delayed  after  the  symptoms  of  powerless  labour  set  in. 

438.  With  respect  to  all  tumours  of  the  pelvis  which  have  rendered  the 
use  of  the  perforator  necessary,  I  would  wish  strongly  to  recommend  the 
induction  of  premature  labour  in  the  next  pregnancy,  at  such  a  period 
as  shall  supersede  the  necessity  of  an  operation,  provided  that  the  size, 
situation,  and  density  of  the  tumour  continue  the  same. 

439.  6.  Vaginal  cystocek. —  I  have  already  spoken  of  the  necessity  of 
keeping  the  bladder  empty,  as  its  distension  verv  often  protracts  the 
labour;  but  the  effects  may  he  more  serious,  if  from  frequent  child-bearing, 


264 


OBSTRUCTED    LABOUR. 


the  posterior  and  inferior  supports  of  the  bladder  have  been  weakened,  for 
then  it  may  overlap  the  brim  of  the  pelvis,  and  be  caught  by  the  head  of 
the  child  in  its  descent,  and  pushed  before  it  into  the  cavity.  Fortunately 
such  cases  are  very  rare,  for  their  consequences  may  be  very  serious. 

The  patient  will  complain  of  fulness,  tension,  a  feeling  of  pressing 
down  and  dragging,  with  a  desire  to  evacuate  urine  frequently,  and  of 
inability  to  do  so.  On  examination  we  detect  a  tumour,  in  front  of  the 
pelvis,  partially  covering  the  head,  and  containing  fluid.  The  finger 
passes  easily  posterior  to  the  tumour  but  not  anteriorly,  and  the  catheter 
cannot  be  passed  in  the  usual  direction,  indicating  clearly  its  nature. 
With  care,  there  is  not  much  danger  of  an  incorrect  diagnosis,  but  if  not 
on  our  guard  we  may  mistake  it.  Dr.  Merriman  relates  a  case  where  the 
bladder  was  perforated  on  the  supposition  that  it  was  a  hydrocephalic 
head,  and  Dr.  Hamilton  used  to  mention  one  in  his  lectures,  where  it  was 
mistaken  for  the  bag  of  the  waters,  and  punctured. 

No  doubt  a  bladder  sufficiently  distended  and  prolapsed  must  occasion 
difficulty  and  delay  in  the  second  stage,  but  the  danger  to  the  mother  from 
the  rupture  of  that  organ  is  at  least,  equal  to  the  risk  of  mischief  from  the 
delay. 

Fig.  90. 


440.  Treatment.  —  This  double  danger  renders  it  necessary  that  when 
we  are  assured  of  the  nature  of  the  impediment,  we  should  be  prompt  in 
our  endeavours  to  remedy  it.  A  male  elastic  catheter  must  be  introduced, 
with  the  point  directed  downwards  and  backwards,  and  if  the  head  have 
not  descended  too  low,  we  shall  probably  be  successful  in  emptying  the 
bladder.  The  head  may  also  be  raised  a  little  with  the  finger  during  an 
interval  to  facilitate  the  introduction.  Even  if  we  succeed,  it  will  be  ne- 
cessary to  watch  carefully  against  the  effects  of  the  previous  pressure  ;  but 
if  we  fail,  and  either  the  labour  be  arrested  by  the  obstacle,  or  the  pressure 
threaten  a  rupture,  our  only  recourse,  I  believe,  is  to  tap  the  bladder  with 
a  very  fine  trocar,  through  the  vagina.  Let  me,  however,  impress  upon 
my  junior  readers  the  necessity  of  being  quite  certain  of  the  nature  of  the 


OBSTRUCTED    LABOUR.  265 

case,  and  of  the  prolapsed  bladder  being  really  an  impediment,  or  in  dan- 
ger of  rupture,  before  attempting  so  serious  an  operation. 

Should  the  quantity  of  urine  be  moderate,  and  the  pressure  not  exces- 
sive, and  especially  if  the  head  of  the  child  be  small,  the  case  may  per- 
haps, be  left  to  nature ;  but  then,  after  the  labour  is  over,  we  must  imme- 
diately evacuate  the  bladder,  and  watch  the  patient  carefully. 

441.  7.  Calculus  in  the  bladder.  —  It  is  very  rare  that  urinary  calculus 
has  been  found  an  obstacle  to  labour;  but  such  cases  are  on  record. 
Guillemeau  was  the  first  to  relate  one  :  the  result  was  contusion,  sloughing, 
and  vesico-vaginal  fistula.  La  Gonache  performed  the  operation  of  litho- 
tomy under  similar  circumstances,  and  extracted  a  calculus  eight  inches 
in  circumference.  Smellie  relates  a  case  which  occurred  in  the  practice 
of  Mr.  Archdeacon,  in  which  the  calculus  was  expelled  by  the  pressure 
of  the  head  (I  suppose  through  the  urethra),  after  a  long  and  tedious 
labour:  the  patient  suffered  from  incontinence  of  urine  afterwards.  M. 
Dubois  detected  a  calculus  in  the  bladder  pressed  down  by  the  head  of 
the  child  ;  and  M.  Philippe  of  Rheims  extracted  one  in  the  fifth  month 
of  pregnancy. 

So  long  as  the  bladder  and  calculus  remain  above  the  brim  of  the 
pelvis,  no  mischief  will  result ;  but  if  it  project  backwards,  and  be  caught 
by  the  head,  and  pushed  down  before  it,  the  bladder  will  be  seriously 
bruised,  and  the  labour  impeded  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  calculus. 

A  careful  examination  will  show  that  the  tumour  is  covered  by  the  blad- 
der, and  its  hardness  will  indicate  its  nature. 

442.  Treatment.  —  If  the  calculus  be  discovered  during  the  first  stage 
of  labour,  it  may  be  possible  to  raise  it  above  the  brim,  and  to  maintain 
it  there  until  the  head  is  engaged,  after  which  there  will  be  no  danger; 
but  if  we  cannot  do  this,  I  fear  our  only  resource  is  vaginal  lithotomy  ;  as 
it  is  much  better  to  have  to  deal  afterwards  with  an  incised  wound  than  a 
laceration. 

443.  8.  Vaginal  hernia.  — It  is  very  possible  for  a  loop  of  intestine  to 
slip  down  behind  the  uterus  into  the  "  cut  de  sac  "  between  the  vagina 
and  rectum,  and  if  it  be  empty,  it  will  be  no  impediment ;  but  if  it  con- 
tain a  mass  of  scybala,  that  will  form  an  obstacle  to  the  descent  of  the 
head,  but  one  that  is  seldom  attended  with  danger,  except  from  the  pres- 
sure to  which  the  intestine  is  exposed. 

444.  Treatment.  —  If  the  hernia  can  be  reduced,  it  must  be  done  as 
early  as  possible  ;  but  if  not,  we  may  be  able  to  deliver  with  the  forceps. 
It  is  very  rarely,  if  ever,  necessary  on  this  account  to  lessen  the  child's  head. 

445.  9.  Collection  of  faeces  in  the  rectum.  —  This  is  not  a  very  uncom- 
mon cause  of  delay  towards  the  end  of  the  labour,  nor  is  such  an  accu- 
mulation inconsistent  with  frequent  and  fluid,  but  small,  evacuations  daily. 
It  is  easily  detected ;  the  tumour  is  felt  in  the  situation  of  the  rectum,  and 
its  irregular  form  and  want  of  elasticity  would  almost  be  sufficient  to  in- 
dicate its  nature.  It  is  possible,  however,  to  press  it  downwards,  and 
then  the  escape  of  faces  will  put  the  question  beyond  doubt. 

446.  Treatment.  —  If  proper  care  have  been  taken  during  pregnancy, 
and  the  first  stage  of  labour,  we  shall  never  be  troubled  by  this  obstacle  ; 
but  if  not,  we  must  remedy  the  neglect  by  enemata  of  warm  water  when- 
ever we  detect  the  state  of  the  intestine  ;  and  if,  as  in  rare  cases,  this  be 
not  sufficient,  the  faeces  must  be  removed  by  a  spatula  or  scoop. 

x 


"266  OBSTRUCTED   LABOUR. 

447.  10.  Swelling  of  the  soft  parts.  —  The  late  Professor  Hamilton 
was,  I  believe,  the  first  to  notice  this  state  as  an  obstacle  to  the  delivery 
of  the  head.  Dr.  Campbell  observes,  "  The  capacity  of  the  pelvis  may 
be  diminished  by  general  tumefaction  of  its  linings,  consequent  on  inter- 
rupted circulation,  from  a  long  detention  of  the  child's  head,  or  from  fre- 
quent examination.  This  cause  of  protraction  is  one  of  no  ordinary 
nature,  since,  unless  the  case  be  promptly  and  energetically  attended  to, 
the  result  may  be  calamitous  from  lesion  of  structure.  Unless  a  practi- 
tioner have  had  the  management  of  the  patient  from  the  commencement 
of  labour,  he  is  apt  to  view  this  variety  of  diminished  capacity,  as  arising 
from  original  defect  in  the  development  of  the  bones  themselves." 

448.  Treatment.  —  Great  relief  is  afforded  by  venisection ;  and  if 
necessary,  small  doses  of  tartar  emetic  should  be  administered.  Dr. 
Campbell  advises  the  application  of  the  forceps,  if  there  be  room ;  but  if 
the  pains  be  adequate,  1  would  rather  leave  the  labour  to  the  natural 
efforts,  because  of  the  risk  of  injuring  the  passages.  If  the  pains  be 
feeble,  we  must,  of  course,  expedite  the  delivery. 

449.  11.  Imperforate  hymen.  —  Impregnation  is  quite  possible  without 
injury  to  the  hymen :  cases  have  been  recorded  repeatedly  of  women,  in 
whom  the  hymen  was  found  perfect  at  the  time  of  labour.  I  myself  at- 
tended one  a  short  time  ago.  In  most  cases  the  membrane  yields  to  the 
pressure  of  the  head  at  once ;  but  it  may  (as  in  the  case  I  attended)  offer 
a  long  resistance ;  though  I  am  not  aware  of  its  having  ever  been  the 
cause  of  powerless  labour. 

_  450.  Treatment.  —  The  remedy  is  very  simple  ;  if  the  hymen  do  not 
yield  to  the  pressure  of  the  head  after  a  reasonable  time,  it  must  be  di- 
vided by  the  scalpel.  A  very  slight  incision  will  suffice,  and  great  care 
must  be  taken  so  to  support  the  perineum,  as  to  prevent  the  laceration 
extending  beyond  the  fourchette. 

451.  12.  Rigidity  of  the  perineum.  —  I  mention  this  among  the  causes 
of  delay,  especially  in  women  of  mature  age,  although  I  believe  it  never 
occasions  such  delay  as  to  give  rise  to  unfavourable  symptoms,  except 
when  a  tough  cicatrix  has  formed  after  a  former  laceration. 

In  ordinary  cases  of  excessive  resistance,  much  benefit  will  be  derived 
from  venisection  and  tartar  emetic,  followed  by  fomentations,  or  gentle 
friction  with  hog's  lard.  If  it  be  clear  from  any  cause  (though  such  cases 
must  be  extremely  rare)  that  the  perineum  cannot  dilate,  an  incision  must 
be  made  through  the  obstacle.* 

452.  Other  causes  have  been  enumerated  as  protracting  the  second 
stage,  as  tumours  of  the  labia,  prolapse  of  the  uterus,  &c. ;  but  though,  to 
a  certain  extent,  they  may  have  such  an  effect,  yet  not  so  far  as  to  give 
rise  to  the  symptoms  of  powerless  labour.  Prolapse  of  the  uterus  at  the 
time  of  labour  can  only  be  partial,  and  must  arise  from  excessive  ampli- 
tude of  the  pelvis :  careful  pressure  around  the  external  orifice  will  retain 
it  within  the  vagina,  and  the  child  will  be  expelled  naturally.     The  only 

*  In  rigidity  of  the  parts,  especially  the  os  uteri  and  perineum,  many  eminent  ob- 
stetricians have  reported  favourably  of  the  inhalation  of  ether.  "Although  greatly 
opposed  to  the  free  use  of  this  powerful  agent,  under  all  the  circumstances  indicated 
by  Dr.  Simpson,  I  should  not  hesitate,"  says  Dr.  Huston  in  a  note  to  a  former  edition, 
"after  the  employmont  of  other  suitable  means,  to  resort  to  that,  or,  what  is  perhaps 
better,  chloroform,  before  using  the  knife,  in  simple  cases  of  rigidity  of  the  parts  men- 
tioned."—  Editok. 


OBSTRUCTED    LABOUR.  267 

labial  tumour  that  is  at  all  likely  to  call  for  interference  is  that  caused  by 
sanguineous  effusion,  which  seldom  occurs  until  the  head  arrives  at  the 
outlet,  and  does  not  generally  prevent  the  exit  of  the  child,  [f  it  should 
do  so,  it  must  be  opened;  and  if,  after  that,  the  delivery  do  not  speedily 
take  place,  the  forceps  musl  be  used.  Brevity  of  the  umbilical  cord,  or 
its  coiling,  has  also  been  said  to  delay  the  descent  of  the  child;  but,  I 
believe,  without  any  reason.  Those  who  supposed  this,  remedied  it  by 
dividing  the  cord,  which  I  believe  to  be  very  rarely  necessary. 

453.  Symptoms.  —  It  is  unnecessary  that  I  should  do  more  than  allude 
to  the  symptoms  which  arise,  when,  in  consequence  of  any  of  these 
causes,  the  labour  is  delayed  in  the  second  stage  ;  as  I  have  fully  de- 
scribed them  under  the  head  of  powerless  labour,  from  which  they  differ 
in  nothing,  except  that  we  do  not  so  frequently  find  the  character  of  the 
pains  changed.  It  is  evident  that  the  fault  is  not  in  the  want  or  ineffi- 
ciency of  pains,  but  in  the  obstacles  opposed  to  them.  The  symptoms 
then  will  be  in  proportion  to  the  delay,  making  due  allowance  for  differ- 
ence of  constitution  and  temperament,  and  the  delay  will  be  in  proportion 
to  the  extent  of  the  obstruction,  assuming  that7  no  interference  has  been 
attempted. 

For  some  time  (from  12  to  20  hours)  after  the  first  stage  has  been  vir- 
tually (^  425)  or  really  completed,  the  labour  will  go  on  apparently 
favourably ;  but  after  this,  the  pains  producing  no  effect,  we  find  that  the 
patient  becomes  feverish,  restless,  and  thirsty  ;  the  pulse  rises,  the  skin  is 
hot,  the  tongue  dry  and  furred,  and  the  gums  and  teeth  coated  with 
sordes.  In  some  cases,  but  not  always,  the  character  of  the  pain  is 
changed  ;  the  outcry  and  suffering  increased,  but  the  force  diminished 
and  the  voluntary  efforts  suspended. 

If  the  patient  be  neglected,  the  unfavourable  symptoms  increase :  the 
abdomen  becomes  tender,  and  sometimes  tympanitic  ;  vomiting  is  fre- 
quent; the  urine  is  retained  ;  the  vagina  is  hot  and  tender;  the  discharge 
becomes  yellow  or  brown,  and  perhaps  offensive  ;  violent  rigours  occur, 
and  the  patient  is  irritable  and  despondent,  and  ultimately  sinks  into  a 
delirious  or  comatose  state. 

454.  Prognosis.  —  In  any  case  to  which  we  are  called,  our  prognosis 
must  depend  upon  the  actual  state  of  the  patient,  and  the  possibility  of 
removing  the  cause,  or  the  facility  with  which  labour  may  be  terminated 
by  instruments.  If  called  early,  before  bad  symptoms  are  developed,  and 
the  cause  of  delay  be  one  we  can  remove,  the  prognosis  will  be  favour- 
able, as  far  as  delivery  is  concerned,  with  a  reservation  as  to  the  results 
of  the  operation  necessary  for  the  removal  of  the  cause.  If  the  obstacle 
cannot  be  removed,  and  we  are  obliged  to  operate  upon  the  child, 

will  be,  in  addition  to  the  usual  risk  of  the  operation,  something  addi- 
tional in  proportion  to  the  difficulty  of  extraction.  If  we  be  not  called 
until  serious  symptoms  appear,  the  shock  of  any  operation  will  add  much 
to  the  patient's  danger,  and  our  prognosis  should  be  very  guarded.  In 
these  cases  il  should  be  distinctly  stated  that,  although  there  is  dang 
the  patient  if  the  operation  be  attempted,  there  is  much  greater  danger, 
or  perhaps  the  certainty  of  death  to  mother  and  child,  if  nothing  be  done. 

455.  Treatment.  —  For  each  cause  of  delay  I  have  mentioned  the 
special  treatment  necessary.  I  shall,  therefore,  now  merely  recapitulate 
a  few  general  principles.  1.  In  no  case  need  we  interfere,  when  the 
obstacle  can  be  overcome  by  the  natural  powers  within  a  reasonable  time. 


268  DEFORMED    PELVIS. 

2.  That  the  less  serious  the  mode  of  interference  the  better  ;  so  that,  if 
the  natural  efforts  are  insufficient,  we  should  endeavour  to  push  the  obstacle 
out  of  the  way  ;  to  remove  it ;  or  to  puncture  it.  3.  That  if  the  uterine 
efforts  be  vigorous,  the  mere  removal  of  the  obstacle  will  enable  them  to 
complete  the  labour.  4.  That  in  some  cases,  besides  removing  the  cause 
of  delay,  it  is  necessary  to  employ  extracting  force ;  and  in  such  cases, 
the  less  violent  the  operation  the  better:  thus  the  vectis  (if  effectual) 
would  be  preferable  to  the  forceps ;  the  forceps  to  the  crotchet,  and  the 
crotchet  to  the  Caesarian  section.  5.  But  in  our  estimate  of  the  risk  of 
these  operations,  we  must  not  omit  the  time  they  occupy,  with  reference 
to  the  condition  of  the  patient ;  thus  the  time  gained  by  the  forceps  may 
render  it  more  useful  than  the  vectis.  6.  When  the  forceps  cannot  be 
used,  no  false  humanity  should  make  us  hesitate  to  destroy  the  child  (I 
assume,  of  course,  the  necessity  for  an  operation)  in  time  to  save  the 
mother  ;  because  its  life  was  sacrificed  already,  and  both  it  and  the  mother 
will  be  lost,  if  we  do  not  terminate  the  labour. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


PARTURITION.  — CLASS  II.  UNNATURAL  LABOUR. 
ORDER  4.  DEFORMED  PELVIS. 

456.  Definition.  —  The  progress  of  the  labour  impeded  by  abnormal 
deviations  in  the  form  of  the  pelvis,  giving  rise  to  delay  in  the  second 
stage,  or  rendering  the  descent  of  the  child  impossible  without  assistance, 
or  altogether  impracticable.    The  symptoms  are  those  of  powerless  labour. 

457.  If  the  reader  will  have  the  kindness  to  turn  back  to  the  chapter 
on  "  abnormal  deviations  of  the  pelvis,"  he  will  find  that  I  there  described 
the  following  variations  from  the  ordinary  standard:  1,  the  equably  en- 
larged pelvis  (pelvis  cequabiliter  justo  major) :  2,  the  equably  diminished 
pelvis  (pelvis  cequabiliter  justo  minor):  3,  special  distortions  of  the  brim: 
4,  of  the  cavity :  5,  of  the  lower  outlet :  and  6,  oblique  distortion.  As 
in  that  chapter  these  deviations  were  described  and  the  means  of  diagnosis 
pointed  out,  it  only  remains  for  us  now  to  consider  their  effect  upon  the 
labour,  which  I  shall  do  in  a  few  words. 

458.  1.  The  "  pelvis  asquabiliter  justo  major,"  can  scarcely  be  included 
in  the  practical  consideration  of  the  effect  of  distortion :  but  as  it  does 
modify  the  labour,  a  few  words  may  not  be  amiss.  As  the  adaptations 
of  the  child's  head  to  the  pelvis,  and  the  changes  observed  in  its  descent, 
depend  upon  the  combined  effect  of  the  propelling  force  and  the  resist- 
ance, it  is  clear  that  if  the  pelvis  be  so  large  as  to  afford  little  or  no  resist- 
ance, these  changes  will  not  take  place  ;  nor  is  that  of  much  consequence. 
Further,  the  absence  of  resistance  will  render  the  labour  so  rapid  as  to 
preclude  due  preparation  on  the  part  of  the  mother,  as  in  the  cases  related 
by  Drs.  Montgomery  and  Rigby.  In  one,  a  patient  of  Dr.  Douglass,  the 
child  was  born  in  the  night  without  waking  the  mother.  Now  are  these 
rapid  labours  from  deficient  resistance,  without  inconveniences  :  the  uterus 
may  be  depressed  to  the  edge  of  the  vaginal  orifice,  and  even  somewhat 
beyond  it,  and  there  is  certainly  more  danger  of  subsequent  hemorrhage. 


DEFORMED    PELVIS.  269 

The  only  danger  to  the  child  arises  from  the  chance  of  its  falling  on  the 
ground,  when  expelled  without  warning. 

Little  can  be  done  in  such  cases,  even  if  we  happen  to  be  in  time,  except 
to  support  the  external  parts  so  as  to  prevent  partial  prolapse  of  the  uterus, 
and  by  pressure  over  the  uterine  tumour  to  guard  against  flooding. 
IJuring  convalescence,  the  patient  should  be  kept  a  longer  lime  than  usual 
in  the  horizontal  position. 

2.  The  opposite  extreme,  the  "  pelvis  aequabiliter  justo  minor,"  may 
offer  very  serious  resistance  to  the  progress  of  labour.  In  general,  how- 
ever, it  renders  the  labour  difficult  and  tedious,  but  not  impracticable  by 
the  natural  powers.  The  moulding  and  adaptation  of  the  foetal  head 
occupies  a  longer  time,  the  compression  is  greater,  the  pains  more  violent, 
and  the  second  stage  more  prolonged,  but  the  amount  of  delay  varies, 
and  its  effects  also  upon  the  constitution  of  the  patient. 

459.  3.  The  special  distortions  of  the  brim  are  very  important,  and  it 
may  be  generally  remarked,  that  a  small  special  deformity  will  prove 
a  greater  obstacle  than  the  same  amount  of  equable  diminution  of  size. 
When  the  oval  of  the  brim  is  transposed  so  that  the  antero-posterior 
diameter  is  the  longer,  the  position  of  the  child's  head  will  of  necessity 
be  changed,  so  as  to  bring  its  long  diameter  in  accordance  with  that  of 
the  pelvis.  The  heart-shaped  brim  may  have  no  influence  upon  the  head 
unless  the  promontory  of  the  sacrum  be  much  projected ;  then  we  shall 
find  a  corresponding  indentation  upon  the  skull  of  the  child,  and  perhaps 
a  fracture  of  one  of  the  bones,  as  remarked  by  Dr.  Michaelis  of  Kiel. 
And  not  only  this,  but  the  head,  if  prevented  from  freely  entering  the 
pelvis,  and  if  the  pains  be  very  violent,  and  the  patient  have  had  several 
children,  may  be  driven  to  one  side,  and  the  cervix  being  unable  to  resist 
the  pressure  may  give  way.  If  the  distortion  be  excessive,  it  may  pre- 
clude the  entrance  of  the  head  altogether. 

4.  Distortions  in  the  cavity  may  be  merely  a  continuance  of  deviations 
in  the  brim,  or  they  may  be  limited  to  the  cavity  ;  in  the  latter  case  we 
may  find  the  head  enter  the  pelvis  with  tolerable  facility,  and  descend  in 
the  usual  manner,  until  it  arrives  at  the  impediment.  If  the  sacrum  be 
too  straight,  there  will  be  danger  of  the  head  being  driven  through  the 
perineum  for  want  of  the  forward  direction  which  is  ordinarily  communi- 
cated to  it  by  the  curve  of  the  sacrum  :  on  the  other  hand,  too  great  cur- 
vature of  the  sacrum  may  be  a  serious  difficulty,  even  insurmountable 
without  assistance,  or  if  overcome,  it  may  exert  injurious  pressure  upon 
the  skull  of  the  child.  Exostosis  of  the  sacrum  will  prove  an  obstacle  in 
proportion  to  its  size :  if  small,  it  may  be  overcome  by  the  uterine  efforts 
alone,  or  with  assistance :  if  large,  it  may  be  incompatible  with  the 
delivery  of  a  living  child,  or  even  a  mutilated  one. 

5.  Distortions  of  the  lower  outlet  may  depend  upon  those  in  the  upper 
part  of  the  passages,  or  which  is  rare,  they  may  occur  alone.  The  latter 
consist  generally  in  an  approximation  of  the  tubera  ischii,  or  narrowing 
of  the  pubic  arch,  or  in  anchylosis  of  the  coccyx.  If  the  pubic  arch  be 
narrowed,  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  lower  outlet  is  virtually 
lessened,  because  the  head  cannot  fill  the  arch,  but  is  thrown  backwards, 
upon  the  os  coccygis.  If  the  coccygeal  joint  be  anchylosed,  that  will  also 
diminish  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  outlet ;  and  if  it  be  not 
broken  by  the  expulsive  force,  it  may  indent  or  fracture  the  bones  of  the 

x2 


270  DEFORMED    PELVIS. 

cranium.  When  the  pelvis  is  funnel-shaped,  the  resistance  will  not  be 
felt  until  the  head  is  at  the  lower  outlet,  and  it  may  then  require  assistance. 
6.  Oblique  distortions  of  the  pelvis  offer  great  obstruction  to  the  passage 
of  the  child,  and  although,  if  slight,  a  modification  of  the  usual  adapta- 
tions of  position  may  allow  its  descent,  yet  in  many  cases  it  is  requisite 
to  interfere  and  terminate  the  labour  artificially.  • 

460.  So  far,  I  have  merely  sketched  the  kind  of  influence  which  the 
various  deformities  are  calculated  to  exert  upon  the  labour ;  but  another 
most  important  consideration  remains,  viz.,  the  amount  of  the  difficulty. 
A  due  appreciation  of  the  limitation  caused  by  the  distortion,  is  absolutely 
necessary  to  the  practical  management  of  such  cases,  and  in  forming  our 
judgment,  we  must  take  into  account  the  relative  as  well  as  the  positive 
size  of  the  apertures  or  cavity ;  for  although  they  should  be  much  reduced, 
yet  if  the  foetal  head  be  very  small,  there  may  be  comparatively  little  diffi- 
culty ;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  if  the  head  be  large  and  the  sutures  ossi- 
fied, a  very  slight  diminution  of  the  usual  capacity  of  the  pelvis  will  offer 
great  obstruction.  In  a  practical  point  of  view,  we  may  make  three  de- 
grees of  distortion :  first,  where  the  pelvis  is  sufficiently  reduced  in  size 
as  to  offer  an  amount  of  difficulty  which  in  some  few  cases  may  be  over- 
come by  forcible  pains,  if  time  be  allowed,  but  which  generally  require 
extracting  force  in  addition ;  there  being  space  enough  to  allow  the  use 
of  the  forceps.  Secondly,  where  the  head  is  unable  to  enter  the  pelvis, 
or  having  entered,  is  tightly  wedged  in  the  cavity,  or  impacted,  as  it  is 
called.  In  these  cases,  there  is  not  space  enough  to  admit  the  forceps, 
nor  if  they  could  be  introduced,  would  the  head  bear  the  compression 
necessary  to  enable  us  to  extract  it;  there  is  no  resource  but  to  evacuate 
the  contents  of  the  cranium.  Thirdly,  there  are  very  rare  cases  of  extreme 
distortion,  where  the  canal  of  the  pelvis  is  so  reduced  that  it  would  be 
impossible  to  extract  even  a  mutilated  child. 

461.  It  is  not  easy  to  name  the  actual  diameters,  answering  to  each  of 
these  classes,  because,  as  I  have  already  observed,  the  size  of  the  pelvis 
must  always  be  considered  relatively  to  the  child's  head.  But  thus  much 
may  be  stated,  that  a  living  child  cannot  pass  through  a  pelvis  whose 
small  diameter  is  less  than  three  inches.  M.  Le  Roi  fixes  upon  3J-  inches, 
Drs.  Osborn  and  Aitkin  3  inches,  Dr.  Jos.  Clarke  3J,  Dr.  Burns  3^,  Dr. 
Ritgen  2,  Dr.  Busch  2^  to  3  inches,  as  the  smallest  diameter.  It  is  clear 
then,  that  unless  there  be  a  space  of  full  three  inches,  it  would  be  useless, 
probably  injurious,  to  use  the  forceps.  If  it  be  under  this,  the  case  will 
belong  to  the  second  class,  in  which  the  perforator  and  crotchet  must  be 
used,  provided  that  there  be  space  enough  for  the  extraction  of  the  child 
after  mutilation.  Dr.  Osborn  states  that  one  inch  and  a  half  diameter 
will  be  space  enough  for  this  purpose.  M.  Baudelocque  conceives  that 
craniotomy  is  inadmissible  when*  the  diameter  is  only  an  inch  and  two- 
thirds  ;  Dr.  Dewees  when  it  is  less  than  two  inches  ;  Drs.  Hull  and  Burns 
think  that  it  may  succeed  when  it  is  an  inch  and  three-quarters ;  Drs. 
Gardien  and  Hamilton  when  it  is  an  inch  and  a  half;  and  Dr.  Davis 
when  it  is  one  inch.  If  it  be  much  below  two  inches,  the  case  will  come 
under  the  third  class,  and  our  remedy  be  the  Ccesarian  section. 

462.  If  deformity  be  suspected,  an  external  as  well  as  an  internal  ex- 
amination should  be  carefully  made :  if  we  can  reach  the  promontory  of 
the  sacrum  and  the  presentation,  we  can  then  estimate  the  relative  size 
of  the  head  and  brim :  if  the  presentation  be  beyond  reach,  we  may  still 


DEFORMED    PELVIS.  271 

be  able  to  ascertain  the  distance  between  the  sacrum  and  pubis  with  tole- 
rable accuracy.  In  addition  there  is  a  peculiarity  about  the  first  stage  of 
labour.  "  Besides  the  general  appearance  of  the  patient,"  says  Dr. 
Rigby,  u  we  frequently  find  that  the  uterine  contractions  are  very  irre- 
gular;  that  they  have  but  little  effect  in  dilating  the  OS  uteri;  the  head 
does  not  descend  against  it,  but  remains  high  up  ;  it  shows  no  disposition 
to  enter  the  pelvic  cavity,  and  rests  upon  the  symphysis  pubis,  against 
which  it  presses  very  forcibly,  being  pushed  forwards  by  the  promontory 
of  the  sacrum."  There  is  less  difficulty  in  detecting  the  disproportion  in 
the  cavity  or  lower  outlet,  as  it  is  within  reach  :  and  on  examining  during 
a  pain  we  find  that  no  progress  is  made,  and  during  an  interval  we  can 
perceive  that  the  head  is  larger  than  the  passage  it  has  yet  to  traverse. 

463.  Symptoms.  —  If  the  labour  be  allowed  to  continue  beyond  a  cer- 
tain time,  we  shall  have  all  the  constitutional  symptoms  of  powerless 
labour  (§  413),  except,  perhaps,  the  change  in  the  pains,  because  the 
delay  is  in  the  second  stage,  really  or  virtually.  It  is  true  the  head  may 
not  be  able  to  clear  the  os  uteri  on  account  of  the  obstruction  at  the  brim, 
but  the  os  uteri  becomes  softer  and  dilatable,  the  pains  forcing,  and  the 
cry  suppressed  ;  all  marking  the  transition  from  the  first  to  the  second 
stage,  and  it  is  never  until  after  this  change  that  bad  symptoms  set  in. 

But  besides  these  constitutional  symptoms,  which  I  need  not  recapitu- 
late, other  effects  not  unfrequently  result,  even  where  we  are  successful  in 
delivering  the  patient.  The  long  and  forcible  pressure  of  the  head  of  the 
child  against  the  soft  parts  at  the  brim  and  in  the  cavity  may  be  followed 
by  inflammation  and  sloughing.  Thus  the  lower  part  of  the  uterus  and 
the  vagina  may  be  seriously  injured,  and  if  the  slough  be  deep,  the  blad- 
der or  rectum  may  be  perforated.  I  have  already  pointed  out  the  possi- 
bility of  rupture  of  the  uterus. 

The  child,  too,  may  suffer  considerably  :  if  the  head  enter  the  brim  and 
be  much  compressed,  its  life  may  be  sacrificed  ;  or  partial  pressure  on 
any  part  may  fracture  one  of  the  bones  of  the  cranium,  or  give  rise  to  in- 
flammation or  sloughing  of  the  scalp. 

464.  Treatment.  —  If  the  distortion  be  slight,  it  is  possible  that  the 
extra  force  which  will  be  exerted,  may  be  sufficient  after  a  longer  time  for 
the  expulsion  of  the  child,  and  a  fair  trial  should  be  given.  But  if  the 
disproportion  be  so  marked  that  it  is  evident  that  the  child  cannot  pass 
without  assistance,  or  if  unfavourable  symptoms  are  present,  we  ought  to 
lose  no  time  in  determining  by  the  degree  of  deformity  to  which  of  the 
classes  (§  460)  the  case  belongs,  and  acting  accordingly.  If  it  come 
under  the  first,  and  there  be  space  enough,  we  may  try  the  forceps ;  if 
under  the  second,  craniotomy,  and,  if  necessary,  evisceration  will  be  our 
only  resource  ;  if  under  the  third,  the  Ccesarian  section.  I  will  caution 
my  junior  friends  against  coming  to  a  conclusion  and  acting  upon  it  with- 
out a  consultation. 

The  greatest  care  will  be  necessary  after  delivery  to  guard  against  the 
consequences  I  have  mentioned.  Vaginal  injections  of  warm  water  should 
be  used  twice  a  day,  and  a  few  leeches  applied  to  the  vulva  if  necessary. 
I  have  found  great  benefit  from  the  exhibition  of  small  doses  of  calomel 
and  opium  at  moderate  intervals,  or  of  a  full  dose  of  opium  at  bed-time 
in  these  cases. 

I  shall  now  proceed  to  consider  in  detail  the  operations  to  which  I  have 
as  yet  only  slightly  referred. 
18 


CHAPTER  IX. 

OBSTETRIC  OPERATIONS. 
1.  INDUCTION  OF  PREMATURE  LABOUR. 

465.  Very  little  need  be  said  as  to  the  importance  of  obstetric  opera- 
tions :  the  danger  to  the  mother  and  child,  the  circumstances  under  which 
they  have  been  performed,  and  the  little  time  which  is  allowed  for  reflec- 
tion, or  consulting  authorities,  all  point  out  the  absolute  necessity  of  our 
being  prepared  beforehand  for  any  case  wThich  may  occur.  If  any  further 
inducement  were  required,  I  might  add,  the  influence  which  a  successful 
or  unsuccessful  operation  has  upon  the  reputation  of  a  practitioner,  or 
refer  to  the  fact  which  the  periodicals  attest,  that  a  surgeon  maybe  indicted 
for  the  results  of  his  operations.  But  I  prefer  supposing  that  a  conscien- 
tious feeling  of  our  responsibility  in  undertaking  the  charge  of  a  case,  will 
be  the  strongest  inducement  to  the  acquisition  of  that  knowledge,  which 
is  the  safeguard  of  those  who  confide  in  us.  It  is,  I  believe,  an  axiom, 
in  which  I  fully  concur,  that  no  operation  should  be  attempted  without  a 
consultation,  if  it  be  possible  to  obtain  one. 

In  estimating  the  dangers  of  any  operation  we  must  ahvays  take  into 
consideration  the  prevalence  of  any  epidemic.  If,  for  example,  puerperal 
fever  or  erisipelas  be  epidemic,  the  danger  of  any  operation  is  increased 
incalculably. 

Obstetric  operations  may  be  divided  into  three  classes :  1,  those  which 
are  not  intended  to  injure  the  mother  or  child,  as  the  induction  of  prema- 
ture labour,  version,  the  use  of  the  vectis,  and  the  forceps  ;  2,  those  which 
involve  the  destruction  of  the  child,  but  which  are  not  intended  to  injure 
the  mother,  as  craniotomy,  and  the  cephalotribe  ;  and  3,  those  in  which 
danger  is  involved  to  both  mother  and  child,  as  the  Caesarian  section. 

I  have  said,  "  not  intended  to  injure,"  because  I  would  not  mislead  my 
junior  readers,  by  leading  them  to  suppose  that  any  operation  is  without 
danger  to  both  mother  and  child.  They  are  all  dangerous,  but  in  dif- 
ferent degrees,  as  wre  shall  see  by  and  by. 

Now  let  us  examine  each  in  detail. 

466.  1.  The  Induction  of  Premature  Labour,  for  the  purpose  of 
saving  the  life  of  the  infant,  of  its  mother,  or  of  both,  though  of  compa- 
ratively modern  origin,  is  an  operation  of  great  value  in  certain  cases,  and 
it  is  one  of  the  few  instances  of  an  improved  science  augmenting  the 
number  of  operations. 

There  would  appear  to  be,  in  the  minds  of  all  men,  a  repugnance  to 
interfere  with  the  natural  progress  of  those  great  phenomena  which  ordi- 
narily run  a  definite  and  uniform  course  ;  and  in  the  present  case  this 
objection  is  increased,  because  the  proposed  interference  is  to  remedy  one 
irregularity  by  another.  Accordingly,  the  first  consideration  has  always 
been,  not  the  usefulness,  but  the  morality  of  the  operation.     Dr.  Denman 

(272) 


INDUCTION    OF    PREMATURE    LABOUR.  273 

states*  that  Dr.  Kelly  informed  him  "that  about  the  year  1756,  there  was 
a  consultation  of  the  most  eminent  men  at  that  time  in  London,  to  con- 
sider the  moral  rectitude  of,  and  the  advantage  which  mighl  be  expected 
from,  this  practice,  which  met  with  their  general  approbation."  The 
conclave  decided  in  favour  of  the  morality  of  such  interference,  and 
shortly  afterwards  the  operation  was  successfully  performed  by  Dr.  Ma- 
caulay.  Subsequently,  Dr.  Kelly  "practised  it,  and  among  other  in- 
stances, he  mentioned  that  he  had  performed  this  operation  three  times 
upon  the  same  woman,  and  that  twice  the  children  had  been  born  living." 

So  numerous,  and,  upon  the  whole,  so  successful  have  been  the  instances 
in  which  it  has  been  tried  since  Denman's  time,  that  it  has  taken  its  place 
among  the  regular  obstetric  operations,  in  the  various  systems  of  British 
writers  and  teachers. 

Dr.  Denman's  remarks  upon  the  propriety  of  the  operation,  as  to 
morals,  are  so  conclusive,  that  I  may  be  excused  if  I  quote  them  :  "  With 
regard  to  the  morality  of  the  practice,  the  principle  being  commendable — 
that  of  making  an  effort  to  preserve  the  life  of  a  child,  which  must  other- 
wise be  lost,  and  nothing  being  done  in  the  operation  which  would  be 
injurious  or  dangerous  to  the  mother,  but  on  the  contrary,  a  probability 
of  lessening  both  her  danger  and  suffering  —  I  apprehend,  if  there  be  a 
reasonable  prospect  of  success,  no  argument  can  be  adduced  against  it, 
which  will  not  apply  with  equal  force  against  any  kind  of  assistance  at  the 
time  of  parturition  ;  against  inoculation,  or  medicine  in  general ;  and  in 
fact,  against  the  interposition  of  human  reason  and  faculties  in  all  the 
affairs  of  life." 

467.  In  France,  however,  the  proposed  operation  was  by  no  means  so 
frankly  received  or  so  readily  adopted.  Certain  doctrines  of  the  national 
church,  or  at  least  the  interpretation  of  them  by  the  Doctors  of  the  Sor- 
bonne,  touching  the  importance  of  fcetal  life,  seem  to  have  aggravated 
the  risk  of  the  operation,  and  to  have  deterred  professional  men  from 
making  the  attempt.  The  great  name  and  extended  influence  of  Baude- 
locque  were  opposed  to  what  he  considered  (in  the  case  supposed)  a 
crime  ;  and  a  celebrated  teacher  of  the  present  day,  Capuron,  has  stigma- 
tised it  as  "  un  attentat  commis  envers  les  his  divines  et  humaines."  Even 
so  late  as  1827,  on  the  occasion  of  a  memoir  presented  by  M.  Coste,  de- 
manding if  it  wrould  be  allowable  to  bring  on  labour  prematurely  in 
females  labouring  under  aneurism  of  the  heart,  the  Academic  Royale  de 
Medecine  pronounced  the  question  "  inconvenient  et  presque  immorale." 
It  is  said,  however,  by  M.  Sue,  that  M.  Petit  ranged  himself  on  the  side 
of  the  advocates  of  the  operation,  and  since  then  it  has  been  recommended 
and  practised  by  Stolz,  Ferniot,  Paul  Dubois,  Dezeimeris,  Burckhardt, 
Velpeau,  Figueira,  Coste,  &c. 

The  objections  of  the  French  authors  may  be  thus  summed  up  :  — 

1.  It  is  immoral. 

2.  It  is  almost  impossible  to  determine  the  exact  relations  between  the 
head  of  the  child  and  the  pelvis. 

3.  The  manoeuvres  necessary  for  exciting  labour  are  highly  dangerous. 

4.  The  uncertainty  of  all  women  as  to  the  period  of  their  pregnancy. 

*  Introduction  to  Midwifery,  p.  318,  7th  ed.  For  more  minute  details  and  references 
about  these  operations  I  beg  to  refer  the  reader  to  my  "  Researches  on  Operatic  Mid- 
wifery." 


274  INDUCTION    OF    PREMATURE    LABOUR. 

5.  The  difficulty  of  dilatation  of  the  os  uteri  at  the  seventh  month. 

6.  The  danger  of  subsequent  disease. 

Each  of  these  objections  will  be  answered  as  we  proceed. 

It  is  quite  evident,  as  M.  Marinus  observes,  that  these  wTriters  had  in 
view  the  "  accouchement  force,"  performed  at  the  seventh  or  eighth  month 
— a  different  operation,  and  one  perfectly  unjustifiable  at  so  early  a  period. 

468.  It  has  been  recommended  and  practised  in  Germany  by  Weidmann, 
Mai,  Siebold  (four  times),  Schilling  (once),  D'Outrepont  (twice),  Riecke 
(twice),  Haase  (twice),  Falco  (three  times),  Vezin  (three  times),  Mende 
(four  times),  Betschler,  Froriep,  Wenzel,  Spiering,  Ritgen  (thirty  times), 
Cams  (twice),  Kluge  (twTenty  times),  Reisinger,  Busch,  Naegele  (once), 
Seulen  (once),  Neumann  (once),  Spoendli  (once),  Hayn  (once),  Mampe 
(five  times),  Rosshirt,  Kilian  (three  times),  &c.  &c. ;  but  opposed  by  Stein, 
Osiander,  sen.,  Bernstein,  Ebermaier,  Gumprecht,  Piringer,  Joerg,  &c. 

In  Italy  it  seems  to  have  met  with  less  opposition ;  or  at  any  rate  less 
aversion  has  been  expressed.  Successful  cases  have  been  published  by 
MM.  Ferrario,  Billi,  Lovati,  Bongoianni,  &c.  &c. 

Paul  Scheel,  in  Denmark,  Solomon  de  Leyden  and  Professor  Vrolik  in 
Holland,  and  M.  Marinus,  in  Belgium,  have  each  advocated  the  practice. 

469.  So  much  for  the  history  of  this  operation,  and  the  difficulties 
attendant  upon  its  introduction  into  practice. 

As  to  the  origin  of  it,  all  writers  are  agreed  in  attributing  it  to  the  fol- 
lowing circumstances  :  It  has  not  unfrequently  happened  that  the  life  of  a 
seven  or  eight  months'  child  has  been  preserved  by  accidental  premature 
labour,  in  cases  where  the  birth  of  a  child  at  the  full  term  had  been  pre- 
viously found  impossible  from  pelvic  distortion. 

From  the  complete  success  of  such  cases,  as  regards  both  mother  and 
child,  it  was  inferred  that  premature  labour,  artificially  induced,  might  in 
certain  cases  of  pelvic  deformity,  be  employed  to  supersede  an  operation 
(craniotomy)  which  involved  not  only  the  destruction  of  the  child,  but 
considerable  risk  to  the  mother.  The  proposal  was  not,  it  must  be  re- 
membered, to  deliver  the  foetus  artificially,  but  merely  as  was  stated  by 
Ritgen,  "  to  communicate  a  slight  but  certain  impulse,"  by  virtue  of 
which  the  process  of  parturition  may  be  carried  on  and  completed  by  the 
natural  powers. 

470.  The  reasoning  of  Dr.  Denman  appears  to  me  conclusive,  as  to 
the  "  moral  rectitude"  of  the  operation ;  the  next  question,  therefore,  is 
as  to  its  safety  to  the  child  and  the  mother,  confining  ourselves  for  a  mo- 
ment to  the  consideration  of  the  cases  originally  proposed  to  be  benefited 
by  the  operation. 

It  is  perfectly  established  that  a  foetus  is  "  viable"  at  the  completion  of 
seven  months  of  utero-gestation,  and  many  instances  are  on  record  of 
children  born  at  that  period  living  to  a  good  old  age.  M.  Chaussier  (of 
Dijon)  and  his  wife  w7ere  both  seven  months'  children  ;  his  majesty 
George  III.  was  also  a  seven  months'  child ;  and  M.  Fodere  relates  the 
case  of  the  wife  of  a  judge,  whose  pregnancies  always  terminated  at  the 
seventh  month.  Examples  of  "  viable"  infants  born  at  an  earlier  period, 
are  likewise  to  be  found  ;  but  I  beg  to  refer  to  the  able  work  of  my  friend 
Dr.  Montgomery  for  further  details  ;  concluding  from  all  the  evidence  we 
possess  of  the  viability  of  seven  months'  children,  that  premature  labour, 
accidentally  or  artificially  induced,  at  the  completion  of  the  seventh  month, 


INDUCTION    OF    PREMATURE    LABOUR.  275 

does  not  involve  much  danger  to  the  child  from  the  immaturity  of  its 
growth  merely. 

As  to  the  actual  risk  of  labour  to  the  foetus,  as  ascertained  by  an  esti- 
mate of  facts,  I  may  adduce  the  following  testimony  : 

Of  twelve  cases  mentioned  by  Denman,  the  majority  of  the  children 
were  saved. 

Mr.  Barlow  reports  seventeen  cases  —  six  children  were  still-born,  five 
died  a  few  hours  after  birth,  and  six  lived. 

Of  Dr.  S.  Merriman's  ten  cases,  four  children  were  saved. 

Dr.  Merriman,  jun.,  mentions  forty-six  cases  —  sixteen  children  lived, 
and  all  the  mothers  recovered. 

Dr.  Conquest  says,  that  out  of  nearly  one  hundred  cases,  about  half 
the  children  were  born  alive. 

In  Mr.  Gregory's  case,  the  child  was  born  alive,  but  died  subse- 
quently. 

In  Dr.  Collins'  case,  the  child  lived. 

In  Mr.  Corry's  and  Dr.  Paterson's  cases,  the  infants  were  saved. 

Dr.  Hamilton  states  that  "  previous  to  the  26th  of  January  1836,  the 
author  brought  on  premature  labour  in  twenty-one  individuals,  on  account 
of  defective  apertures,  viz.,  in  fourteen,  once;  in  one,  twice  ;  in  three, 
thrice  ;  in  two,  four  times  ;  and  in  one,  ten  times.  Of  the  forty-five 
infants  thus  prematurely  brought  into  the  world,  forty-one  were  born  alive. 
The  death  of  the  four  still-born  can  be  readily  accounted  for."  "In  the 
practice  of  Mr.  Moir,  and  Dr.  John  Moir,  premature  labour  was  induced 
twelve  times  on  six  women.  Nine  of  the  infants  were  born  alive,  and 
the  cause  of  the  death  of  the  three  still-born  infants  could  not  be  attributed 
to  the  operation." 

Of  Dr.  F.  Ramsbotham's  sixty-two  cases,  thirty-three  children  were 
born  alive,  and  twenty-three  lived  for  a  considerable  time. 

Dr,  Lee  saved  twelve  children  in  thirty-one  cases  ;  in  several  of  which, 
the  crotchet  was  necessary  after  labour  had  been  induced. 

The  child  lived  in  Mr.  Heane's  and  M.  Spoendli's  cases. 

M.  Ferrario  saved  five  children  out  of  six ;  M.  Kluge  nine  out  of 
twelve  ;  M.  Solomon  thirty-four  out  of  sixty-seven  ;  M.  Burckhardt  thirty- 
five  out  of  fifty-two  ;  M.  Siebold  two  out  of  three  ;  M.  Mampe  four  out 
of  five,  the  fifth  being  a  shoulder  presentation. 

Dr.  Shippan,  in  his  Inaugural  Thesis,  presented  to  the  medical  faculty 
at  Wurtzburg  in  1831,  has  given  a  summary  of  ninety  cases;  seventy- 
three  children  were  born  alive,  but  eighteen  of  them  died  subsequently. 

According  to  MM.  Velpeau  and  Kilian,  one  hundred  and  fifteen  children 
were  saved  out  of  one  hundred  and  sixty-one  cases. 

M.  Figueira  has  collected  two  hundred  and  eightv  cases  from  different 
sources,  in  which  one  hundred  and  sixty-six  children  were  saved. 

We  may  conclude  from  these  different  data,  that  more  than  half  the 
children  were  saved,  notwithstanding  a  cause  of  failure  to  which  I  have 
not  yet  referred.  I  allude  to  the  greater  frequency  of  mal-presentations 
in  premature  labour,  than  in  labour  at  the  full  time.  In  Dr.  S.  Merri- 
man's  cases,  for  example,  there  were  eighteen  mal-presentations  out  of 
the  forty-six,  only  one  of  which  was  saved.  If  we  could  subtract  all  the 
cases  of  mal-presentations,  we  should  find,  I  doubt  not,  that  the  propor- 
tion of  children  lost  to  those  saved  by  the  operation  was  very  much 
smaller. 


276  INDUCTION  OF  PREMATURE  LABOUR. 

471.  There  is  unquestionably  some  risk  incurred  by  the  mother,  but 
not  more  than  by  an  accidental  premature  labour.  After  much  consider- 
ation, Denman  concludes  that  "  it  is  perfectly  safe  to  the  person  on  whom 
it  is  performed." 

We  have  already  seen  that  Dr.  Kelly  performed  it  three  times  success- 
fully on  one  person. 

Dr.  S.  Merriman  seems  to  think  that  its  safety  was  rather  overrated,  but 
he  adds,  "  at  all  events,  the  method  in  question,  if  carefully  conducted, 
cannot  be  more  hazardous  to  the  mother,  perhaps  is  much  less  so,  than 
the  operation  for  lessening  the  head  of  the  foetus  in  utero,  and  it  is  in- 
comparably less  perilous  than  the  Caesarian  operation,  or  the  division  of 
the  symphysis  pubis."     Out  of  his  forty-six  cases,  not  one  proved  fatal! 

Dr.  Hamilton  observes,  "  the  late  Dr.  Merriman  first  called  in  question 
the  safety  of  the  operation  ;  but  the  cases  on  which  he  formed  his  doubts 
on  this  point,  were  evidently  cases  of  accidental  coincidence,  for  the  safety 
of  the  practice  is  now  fully  established. 

Dr.  Blundell  concludes  his  observations  by  saying,  that  "  with  all  its 
faults  about  it,  the  practice  is  of  great  value,  and  there  are  now  living  in 
society  individuals  wrhose  heads  have  in  this  manner  been  preserved  from 
the  perforator." 

In  Mr.  Corry's  case,  the  woman  recovered  rapidly. 

Dr.  Gregory  and  Dr.  Collins  each  operated  once,  with  safety  to  the 
mothers. 

Dr.  F.  H.  Ramsbotham  has  had  recourse  to  this  operation  sixty-two 
times,  and  it  does  not  appear  that  the  mother  suffered  in  any  of  them. 

Dr.  R.  Lee  lost  three  mothers  out  of  thirty-one  cases. 

Mr.  Heane  saved  the  mother. 

The  statistical  details  given  by  Velpeau  and  Figueira,  would  justify,  I 
think,  a  much  more  unqualified  commendation.  Velpeau  states  that  it 
has  been  performed 

In  Great  Britain 72  times. 

In  Germany    ..........  79 

In  Italy 7      " 

In  Holland 3      " 

Making  a  total  of  161  cases,  of  which  number  eight  mothers  died,  five  of 
them,  however,  from  causes  unconnected  with  parturition. 

M.  Figueira  has  collected  two  hundred  and  eighty  cases,  of  which  only 
six  mothers  died. 

M.  Solomon  operated  sixty-seven  times,  M.  Kluge  twelve,  and  M.  Fer- 
rario  six  times  successfully. 

M.  Reisinger  lost  one  patient  in  fourteen. 

All  M.  Mampe's  patients  recovered. 

MM.  Spoendli's  and  Seulen's  patients  recovered  well. 

Of  the  ninety  cases  collected  by  Dr.  Shippen,  seven  mothers  died.  In 
three  of  these  the  operation  was  performed  once  ;  in  two,  twice ;  and  in 
one,  three  times. 

We  may  therefore  conclude,  with  M.  Marinus,  that  "  if  these  facts  be 
true,  it  is  established  that  females  undergoing  this  operation  incur  no  im- 
mediate danger ;  and  if  we  push  our  researches  still  farther,  we  shall  find 
that  these  same  females  were  not  attacked  by  pure  lesions  of  the  uterus, 
as  has  been  advanced  ;  several  of  them  underwent  the  operation  two  or 


INDUCTION    OF    PREMATURE   LABOUR.  277 

three  times,  with  as  much  safety  as  if  they  had  been  delivered  at  the  full 
term  of  utero-gestation." 

Thus  the  first,  third,  fifth,  and  sixth  objections  made  by  the  French  are 
answered  satisfactorily. 

472.  We  have  now  only  to  inquire  as  to  the  utility  of  the  operation, 
before  considering  the  cases  to  which  it  is  applicable. 

The  positive  utility  of  the  operation  has  already  appeared  in  the  nume- 
rical results  taken  from  different  authors,  showing  that  more  than  one-half 
of  the  children  (all  of  whom  must  otherwise  have  been  lost)  have  been 
saved,  and  that  but  a  small  proportion  of  the  mothers  has  been  lost. 

473.  The  comparative  utility  is  equally  in  favour  of  the  operation. 

It  is  peculiar  to  midwifery  operations,  that  they  form  an  ascending 
series,  increasing  in  gravity  from  the  simplest  to  the  most  severe  —  no  two 
being  equal ;  and  therefore,  in  considering  the  suitability  or  practicability 
of  any  one,  we  do  so  with  the  knowledge  that  if  the  one  we  prefer  do  not 
succeed,  we  must  have  recourse  to  another  more  severe  and  more  dangerous. 
An  example  will  make  my  meaning  clear.  If,  in  any  given  case,  we 
attempt  to  deliver  with  the  forceps,  but  are  not  able  to  succeed,  we  must 
subsequently  have  recourse  to  the  perforator  ;  there  is  no  other  method, 
of  only  equal  severity  with  the  forceps,  which  we  can  try.  Or  again,  if 
craniotomy  and  evisceration  will  not  render  the  transit  of  the  child  possi- 
ble, we  have  no  recourse  but  symphyseotomy  or  Caesarean  section. 

Thus,  the  alternative  of  any  operation  in  midwifery  is  not  one  of  less, 
or  even  of  equal  danger,  but  necessarily  one  of  a  rnore  serious  nature,  and 
consequently  we  cannot  estimate  the  utility  of  any  obstetric  operation 
fairly,  if  we  consider  it  by  itself;  a  just  appreciation  involves  a  due  esti- 
mate of  its  alternatives. 

It  is  to  the  alternatives  of  the  induction  of  premature  labour,  that  I 
would  wish  to  call  attention,  as  demonstrating  very  strikingly  the  compa- 
rative ufilily  of  the  practice. 

In  the  cases  which  have  been  supposed  to  demand  this  operation,  there 
is  always  a  considerable  diminution  in  the  calibre  of  the  pelvis  from  bony 
distortion,  so  that  it  would  be  quite  useless,  at  the  full  term  of  utero-ges- 
tation, to  attempt  the  delivery  by  the  forceps  ;  the  only  alternatives,  there- 
fore, if  we  allow  pregnancy  to  be  completed,  are,  the  perforator,  symphy- 
seotomy, and  the  Cesarean  section. 

Now  let  us  compare  the  mortality  attendant  upon  each  of  these  opera- 
tions with  the  results  of  artificial  premature  labour. 

1.  By  the  use  of  the  perforator,  not  only  are  all  the  children  destroyed, 
but  extensive  statistics  have  shown,  that  about  one  in  five  of  the  mothers 
perish,  either  from  the  direct  effects  of  the  operation,  or  from  the  length 
of  the  previous  labour. 

2.  Ccesarean  section  is  the  "  dernier  resort"  of  midwifery,  involving 
the  utmost  danger  to  the  mother  and  child,  and  justifiable  only  when  no 
other  chance  for  either  remains.  I  have  collected  405  cases  ;  230  mothers 
were  saved,  and  175  lost,  or  about  1  in  2J.  Of  221  children,  156  were 
saved,  and  65  lost,  or  about  1  in  3.',. 

3.  Symphyseotomy  is  attended  with  worse  results  than  Ca-sarean  section. 
One-third  of  the  mothers  have  been  lost,  and  many  of  those  who  reco- 
vered, suffered  severely  from  the  consequences  of  the  operation.  One- 
half  of  the  children  were  lost. 

Y 


:78 


INDUCTION   OP   PREMATURE    LABOUR. 


If  then  to  the  absolute  advantages  to  the  operation  proposed,  be  added 
the  comparative  gain  from  avoiding  these  terrible  alternative  operations, 
we  may  form  a  tolerably  correct  estimate  of  the  utility  of  the  "  induction 
of  premature  labour." 

474.  Having,  as  I  trust,  established  from  facts  and  testimony,  the  three 
leading  principles  of  the  morality,  safety,  and  utility  of  this  operation,  I 
shall  now  proceed  to  inquire  as  to  the  cases  in  which  it  is  available. 

1.  The  class  of  cases,  for  which  it  was  first  proposed,  and  in  which  it 
has  been  most  frequently  employed,  is  that  in  which  the  diameters  of  the 
upper  outlet  of  the  pelvis  are  too  much  reduced  by  distortion  to  permit 
the  passage  of  a  foetus  at  the  full  term,  and  yet  not  so  much  diminished 
as  to  prohibit  the  passage  of  a  foetus  at  an  earlier  but  still  "  viable"  age. 
In  the  words  of  Denman,  "It  is  under  circumstances  and  in  situations 
preventing  the  successful  use  of  the  vectis  or  forceps,  and  just  compelling 
us  to  the  fatal  measure  of  lessening  the  head  of  the  child,  that  it  may  be 
a  duty  to  propose  on  a  future  occasion  the  bringing  on  of  premature 
labour." 

The  first  step  is  to  endeavour  to  ascertain  the  size  of  the  fcetal  head  at 
different  periods  of  utero-gestation,  after  the  seventh  month ;  in  order, 
that  by  adapting  the  diameters  of  the  deformed  pelvis  to  the  appropriate 
diameters  of  the  fcetal  cranium,  we  may  be  enabled  to  fix  upon  the  mo- 
ment when  they  are  in  correspondence  for  the  induction  of  premature 
labour.  It  is  of  course  impossible  to  do  this  in  any  individual  case,  but 
an  approximation  may  be  attempted,  by  taking  the  measurements  in  a 
considerable  number  of  cases  at  the  same  periods. 

The  following  table  has  been  thus  constructed  by  M.  Figueira. 


Age  of  Foetus. 

Bi-parietal  Diameter. 

Occi  pi  to-frontal 
Diameter. 

Occipito-bregmatic 
Diameter. 

7th  Month, 

n      " 

8th       " 
Si        " 
9th       « 

2  inches  9  lines. 

3  " 

3      "      1     « 
3      "      2     " 
3      "      4     " 

3  inches    8  lines. 
3      «        9     « 

3  "      10     " 

4  " 
4      " 

2  inches  10  lines. 

3  " 

3      "        1     " 
3      "        2     " 
3      "        4     « 

475.  To  this  kind  of  calculation  it  has  been  objected,  that  we  cannot 
be  quite  sure  of  the  exact  age  of  the  foetuses  measured ;  and  to  the  prac- 
tical use  of  it,  that  the  female  cannot  be  quite  sure  of  the  exact  period 
of  pregnancy.  That  this  objection  has  a  certain  weight,  must  be  ad- 
mitted ;  but  that  it  is  sufficient  to  prohibit  the  operation  I  cannot  believe, 
for  it  may  always  be  obviated  in  practice  by  assuming  the  longest  possible 
period  of  pregnancy.  If,  for  example,  a  patient  imagine  that  she  is  six 
months  pregnant,  but  that  she  may  be  six  and  a  half,  by  calculating  for 
the  six  and  a  half  months,  we  shall  have  assumed  the  largest  size  to 
which  the  fcetal  head  can  have  attained  ;  and  if  labour  be  not  brought  on 
till  seven  months  and  a  half,  we  shall  also  have  secured  a  foetus  of  the 
"  viable  "  age. 

Ritgen  has  made  another  series  of  calculations,  which  have  led  to  the 
following  practical  adaptations : 


INDUCTION    OF    PREMATURE   LABOUR.  279 

He  says  that  labour  may  be  induced  at  the 

29th  week,  when  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  pelvis  is  2  inches    7  lines. 
30th  "  "  "  "  2      "         8     " 

31st  "  "  "  "  2      "         9     " 

35th  "  "  "  "  2      "       10     " 

36th  "  "  "  "  2      "       11     " 

37th  "  "  "  "  3      "         0     " 

There  is  a  very  slight  difference  between  the  tables  of  Figueira  and 
Ritgen,  which  may  be  allowed  for  in  practice.  The  compression  of  the 
foetal  head  will  also  render  its  diameter  less  than  the  subsequent  measure- 
ment would  lead  us  to  suppose. 

It  will  be  at  once  observed  that  there  are  two  measurements  of  the 
pelvis  which  limit  the  operation  ;  if  the  pelvis  exceed  the  greater  mea- 
surement, the  operation  is  uncalled  for ;  and  if  less  than  the  least,  it  will 
not  succeed  in  saving  the  child. 

The  smallest  of  these  diameters  appears  to  be  about  two  and  a  half 
inches,  and  the  greater  three  and  a  quarter.  If  the  pelvis,  in  its  sacro- 
pubic  diameter,  be  less  than  the  former,  a  "viable"  child  will  not  pass, 
and  it  is  generally  admitted  that  a  living  child  may  be  propelled  through 
a  pelvis  whose  antero-posterior  diameter  is  three  and  a  half  inches. 

The  opinions  of  different  authors  accord  pretty  accurately  with  this  cal- 
culation. 

476.  Another  difficulty  still  remains,  which  has  been  put  forward  as  a 
very  serious  objection  by  the  opponents  of  this  operation  ;  and  this  is,  the 
uncertainty  of  ascertaining  the  exact  diameter  of  the  pelvis  in  the  living 
subject.  Various  mechanical  contrivances  have  been  proposed  by  Aitken, 
Coutouly,  Baudelocque,  Asdrubali,  Chaussier,  and  others  (of  which  I  have 
spoken  in  a  former  part  of  this  work) ;  but  in  this  country  they  could 
rarely  if  ever  be  employed.  Nor  do  I  think  them  necessary ;  a  well- 
practised  finger  is,  after  all,  the  best  pelvimeter,  and  will  yield  sufficiently 
accurate  information.  But  giving  the  utmost  force  to  this  objection,  to 
what  does  it  amount  ?  As  Velpeau  justly  observes :  "  If  the  pelvis  be 
wider  than  we  thought,  premature  delivery  (at  or  after  the  seventh  month) 
is  accomplished  without  risk.  If,  on  the  contrary,  the  narrowing  be  more 
considerable,  the  foetus  will  certainly  perish ;  but  then,  had  no  operation 
been  attempted  until  the  full  term,  the  foetus  would  equally  have  been  lost, 
and  the  mother  would  have  run  greater  risk." 

Besides,  much  information  may  be  derived  from  the  history  of  the  pre- 
vious labours  of  the  patient,  for  it  is  rarely  if  ever  for  the  first  child  that 
the  induction  of  premature  labour  is  proposed. 

Dr.  Merriman  remarks,  "  that  the  use  of  the  perforator  in  a  former 
labour,  is  not  alone  to  be  considered  as  a  justification  of  this  operation." 
This  is  undoubtedly  true  in  the  present  uncertain  state  of  opinion,  con- 
cerning the  use  of  the  forceps  and  crotchet,  inasmuch  as  the  latter  instru- 
ment is  frequently  used  where  there  is  no  distortion. 

But  if  we  are  convinced  that  the  perforator  was  used,  from  the  impos- 
sibility of  otherwise  delivering  the  patient,  it  might  then  be  an  adequate 
reason  ;  and  if  it  further  appeared  that  her  labour  had  been  thus  terminated 
more  than  once,  and  for  the  same  reason,  the  operation  would  then  seem 
to  be  imperatively  required. 

I  have  now  answered  all  the  six  objections  put  forward  by  the  French, 
as  fairly  and  completely  as  our  facts  permit. 


280  INDUCTION    OF    PREMATURE    LABOUR. 

477.  2.  A  narrowing  of  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  lower  outlet,  as 
it  offers  a  fixed  impediment  to  parturition,  may  be  an  equally  valid  ground 
for  the  induction  of  premature  labour. 

478.  3.  Exostosis,  or  fibrous  tumours  of  the  pelvis,  if  they  offer  an 
impediment  to  the  delivery  of  a  child  at  term,  or  at  the  earliest  viable  age  ; 
as  they  are  solid  and  cannot  be  removed  by  any  operation,  will  evidently 
justify  the  induction  of  premature  labour,  or  abortion,  for  the  purpose  of 
avoiding  the  Csesarean  section. 

Some  of  the  cases  related  by  Dr.  Merriman  would  appear  to  confirm 
this  conclusion,  and  the  authority  of  Dr.  Ashwell  and  his  practice  are  in 
favour  of  it. 

Mr.  Ingleby  concludes  that  "  premature  labour  may  with  great  propri- 
ety be  proposed  on  pregnancy  recurring,  assuming  the  delivery  of  a  living 
child  at  term  to  have  already  proved  impracticable,  the  tumour  to  remain 
unchanged,  and  its  excision  not  deemed  expedient." 

479.  4.  When  the  uterus  is  the  seat  of  fibrous  tumours,  and  impreg- 
nation takes  place,  certain  morbid  changes  occur,  involving  danger  to  the 
mother.  "  The  tumours  soften  during  the  latter  months ;  the  increased 
vascular  supply  leads  to  inflammation  ;  unhealthy  and  imperfect  suppura- 
tion is  established  in  them,  and  death  occurs  soon  after  parturition."  This 
being  the  experience  of  Dr.  Ashwell,  he  has  proposed  "  the  induction  of 
premature  labour  before  that  period  when  the  tumours  shall  be  subjected  to 
pressure  and  contusion,  from  the  firm,  large,  and  unyielding  gravid 
uterus." 

Before  we  act  upon  this  suggestion,  however,  we  must  be  pretty  certain 
that  such  pressure  is  likely  to  take  place,  and  that  the  case  really  demands 
so  serious  a  remedy.  Mr.  Ingleby  has  some  valuable  observations  on 
this  subject. 

480.  5..  In  the  cases  I  have  supposed,  the  safety  of  the  child  is  the 
great  object  of  the  operation  ;  and  they  are  limited,  therefore,  to  those 
patients  in  whom  the  pelvis,  though  deformed,  is  still  large  enough  to 
permit  the  passage  of  a  "  viable  "  child.  But  there  are  cases  where  the 
distortion  is  so  great  as  to  render  the  passage  of  a  seven  months1  child  im- 
possible, and  others  still  worse,  where  no  reduction  of  the  child) 's  bulk  vrill 
enable  it  to  pass. 

I  do  not  see  why  abortion  should  not  be  induced  at  an  early  period  in 
such  cases.  The  life  of  the  child  must  inevitably  be  sacrificed,  and  the 
safety  of  the  mother  alone  regarded  ;  and  surely,  after  the  calculations  I 
have  adduced,  it  cannot  be  pretended  that  Csesarean  section,  the  alterna- 
tive in  these  cases,  offers  such  a  chance  to  the  mother  and  child  as  would 
justify  our  preferring  it. 

"  When  the  pelvis  is  known  to  be  distorted,"  says  Dr.  Aitken,  "  so  as 
to  render  the  birth  of  a  living  child  impossible,  is  it  not  lawful  and  pro- 
per, to  prevent  the  dangers  of  embryotomy,  to  induce  early  abortion  ?" 

An  objection  to  this  extension  of  the  operation  has  been  made  by  Dr. 
Merriman  and  others,  on  the  score  that  it  would  be  "  opening  a  wide  door 
to  the  dreadful  abuse  of  the  operation."  That,  in  short,  by  multiplying  the 
examples  of  inducing  premature  labour  or  abortion,  we  should  run  the 
risk  of  its  being  performed  unnecessarily  or  for  wicked  purposes.  But  so 
may  the  fact  of  its  being  performed  at  all,  and  so  may  the  practice  of 
using  ergot  of  rye  for  the  purpose  of  exciting  uterine  contractions.     I  do 


INDUCTION    OF    PREMATURE    LABOUR.  281 

not,  in  truth,  see  much  force  in  this  objection,  nor  do  I  anticipate  any  such 
prostitution  of  their  power  on  the  part  of  the  members  of  our  profession  ; 
and  beyond  the  profession,  the  operation  is  not  likely  to  be  much  known. 
It  will  of  course  be  necessary  thai  the  case  be  thoroughly  investigated  by- 
more  than  one  person,  and  the  time  appropriately  chosen. 

Mr.  Radford,  of  Manchester,  has  suggested  thai  bj  combining  cranio- 
tomy with  the  induction  of  premature  labour,  in  tho  where  we  are 
called  too  late  for  the  foetus  to  pass  even  at  an  early  period,  we  may  avoid 
the  Caesarean  operation. 

481.  6.  En  certain  cases  of  rupture  of  the  uterus,  the  cause  is  almost 
entirely  mechanical.  There  is  some  narrowing  of  the  upper  outlet,  per- 
haps a  projection  of  the  promontory  of  the  sacrum,  offering  an  obstacle 
to  the  ready  descent  of  the  foetal  head,  which  is  driven  forward  with  great 
force  by  the  uterine  contractions.  Under  such  circumstances,  the  head 
may  be  pushed  to  one  side  ;  and  if  the  tissue  be  not  very  firm,  it  will  be 
driven  through  them  into  the  cavity  of  the  peritoneum.  Recovery  from 
such  an  accident  is  very  rare,  but  nevertheless  it  has  occurred :  and  if 
the  woman  become  pregnant  subsequently,  a  premature  delivery  may- 
save  both  mother  and  child. 

As  the  best  argument  I  can  employ  in  favour  of  this  operation  in  such 
cases,  I  may  mention  that  it  was  adopted  successfully  by  Dr.  Collins, 
when  Master  of  the  Great  Britain  Street  Lying-in  Hospital.  The  patient 
had  recovered  from  rupture  of  the  uterus,  and  became  again  pregnant. 
She  was  admitted  into  the  hospital  in  the  seventh  month  of  pregnancy, 
and  the  membranes  were  ruptured  on  the  4th  of  March  1832.  Labour 
came  on  on  the  7th,  and  was  completed  in  ten  hours.  The  patient  was 
delivered  of  a  living  child,  and  recovered.  The  child,  however,  lived 
but  two  days.  The  case  is  perfectly  illustrative  of  the  advantages  which 
may  be  derived  from  the  operation  in  this  class  of  cases.  The  mother 
was  saved,  and  the  child  at  birth  appeared  likely  to  live ;  its  death  does 
not  seem  to  have  resulted  either  from  its  early  age  or  from  the  labour.* 

482.  7.  Dr.  Denman  observes,  "  There  is  another  situation  in  which  I 
have  proposed  and  tried  with  success,  the  method  of  bringing  on  prema- 
ture labour.  Some  women  who  readily  conceive,  proceed  regularly  in 
their  pregnancy  till  they  approach  their  full  period,  when,  without  any  ap- 
parently adequate  cause,  they  have  been  repeatedly  seized  with  rigors, 
and  the  child  has  instantly  died,  though  it  may  not  have  been  expelled 
for  some  weeks  afterwards.  In  two  cases  of  this  kind  I  have  proposed  to 
bring  on  premature  labour  when  I  was  certain  the  child  was  living,  and 
have  succeeded  in  preserving  the  children  without  hazard  to  the  mothers. 
There  is  always  something  of  doubt  in  these  cases,  whether  the  child 
might  not  have  been  preserved  without  the  operation  ;  but  as  such  cases 
often  come  under  consideration,  and  as  I  am  disclosing  all  that  my  expe- 
rience has  taught  me,  it  seemed  necessary  to  mention  this  circumstance." 
Mr.  Barlow  thinks  the  "  doubt"  expressed  in  the  above  extract,  a  suffi- 
cient ground  for  negativing  the  operation. 

483.  8.  The  question  has  been  mooted,  whether  it  would  be  right  to 
induce  premature  labour  on  account  of  the  presence  of  certain  discuses 
causa)  by  or  connected  with  pregnancy.     Denman  remarks:   "The  pro- 

*  The  patient  was  afterwards  delivered  naturally  at  the  full  time.  The  details  of  the 
Case  will  be  found  iu  Dr.  Collins'    "  Practical  .Midwifery,"  p.  255. 

y2 


282  INDUCTION   OF    PREMATURE    LABOUR. 

priety  of  this  practice  has  also  been  considered  when  women  have,  during 
pregnancy,  suffered  more  than  common  degrees  of  irritation,  and  espe- 
cially when  the  stomach  is  in  such  a  state  that  it  cannot  bear  nourishment 
of  any  kind  or  in  any  quantity,  and  the  patients  are  thereby  reduced  to  a 
state  of  dangerous  weakness.  Presuming  that  these  symptoms  are  purely 
in  consequence  of  pregnancy,  it  may,  perhaps,  be  justifiable  to  bring  on 
premature  labour." 

Dr.  Merriman  relates  a  case  occurring  in  the  practice  of  a  "  provincial 
surgeon  of  considerable  eminence."  "  The  patient  was  teased  with  a 
very  severe  cough,  and  her  stomach  was  so  irritable  as  to  retain  no  food 
whatsoever,  nor  even  opium  in  a  solid  form.  She  had  taken  absorbents, 
stomachics,  bitters,  aromatics,  and  opiates,  without  experiencing  any 
relief:  liniments,  fomentations,  and  blisters,  had  been  extensively  applied 
without  benefit,  and  she  was  thought  to  be  sinking  into  her  grave,  when 
it  was  proposed,  as  a  last  resource,  to  bring  on  premature  labour,  six 
wTeeks  before  the  full  time,  and  the  patient  was  delivered  of  a  living  child, 
and  ultimately  recovered." 

A  case  of  fatal  vomiting,  during  pregnancy,  is  related  by  Dr.  Johnson 
in  the  Lancet,  March  3,  1838,  p.  825.  "A  lady,  thirty  years  of  age, 
soon  after  marriage  ceased  to  menstruate,  and  became  affected  with 
morning  sickness,  which  symptoms  were  naturally  enough  attributed  to 
pregnancy.  The  sickness,  however,  gradually  became  worse,  and  at  last 
nothing  of  any  kind  could  be  retained  on  the  stomach.  Pregnancy  was 
not  detected,  but  the  disorder  attributed  to  some  disease  of  the  pylorus. 
The  sickness  and  extreme  emaciation  were  the  only  symptoms  present. 
After  death  no  morbid  appearances  were  observable  in  any  part  of  the 
body.  The  uterus  contained  a  foetus  about  four  months  old.  This  pa- 
tient was  literally  starved  to  death."  "  The  treatment  pursued  consisted 
in  the  use  of  various  salines,  anti-emetics,  counter-irritation,  leeches, 
acetate  of  morphia  sprinkled  over  a  blistered  surface,"  &c. 

Surely  the  induction  of  premature  labour  in  this  case  would  have  been 
justifiable,  as  affording  the  mother  a  chance  of  recovery. 

Other  similar  cases  are  on  record,  both  of  fatal  vomiting,  and  of  suc- 
cess by  means  of  premature  labour ;  and  recently  a  case  occurred  to  my- 
self, in  consultation  with  Dr.  Maguire,  of  Chapelizod.  The  patient  was 
a  young  woman,  pregnant  of  her  third  child,  and  at  about  four  months 
was  attacked  with  incessant  vomiting,  until  her  life  was  rendered  into- 
lerable, and  her  strength  utterly  exhausted.  I  never  saw  such  agony  in 
any  case.  We  tried  all  the  usual  remedies  with  occasional  relief,  but  the 
vomiting  returned,  and  finding  that  she  could  obtain  no  nourishment 
whatever,  that  her  bodily  powers  were  worn  out,  that  her  pulse  was 
steadily  120,  I  determined,  at  the  sixth  month,  to  induce  premature 
labour,  which  I  effected  by  puncturing  the  membranes  and  giving  ergot 
of  rye.  She  was  delivered  of  a  dead  foetus,  recovered  rapidly,  and  has 
since  borne  a  child  at  the  full  time. 

It  sometimes  happens,  that  the  serous  effusion  which  is  usually  con- 
fined to  the  lower  extremities  of  pregnant  females,  is  extended  to  the 
cavities  of  the  pleura  and  peritoneum,  and  as  it  thus  gives  rise  to  a  train 
of  severe  and  perhaps  dangerous  symptoms,  the  induction  of  premature 
labour  may  be  advisable  in  some  cases,  and  has  been  practised  by  Siebold 
and  Carus. 


INDUCTION    OF    PREMATURE    LABOUR.  283 

Puzos  induced  premature  labour  in  a  case  of  strangulated  hernia,  to 
facilitate  the  operation,  and  afford  a  better  chance  to  the  child.  He  saved 
the  child,  but  the  mother  died  afterwards. 

On  this  part  of  the  question,  I  confess  it  appears  to  me  almost  impos- 
sible to  lay  down  definite,  and  general  rules;  the  decision  must  rest  with 
the  judgment  of  the  medical  attendants  in  each  individual  cast". 

484.  9.  The  only  exception  made  by  Baudelocque  to  his  condemnation 
of  artificial  premature  labour,  is  in  those  cases  of  great  uterine  hemorrhage, 
before  the  completion  of  the  term  of  utero-gestation,  when  the  child  is 
probably  destroyed,  and  the  safety  of  the  mother  compromised. 

These  are  all  the  circumstances  which  have  ever  been  considered  to 
justify  our  interference  in  the  manner  proposed. 

485.  Mode  of  operating. — Six  methods  of  exciting  uterine  contractions 
have  been  adopted  and  recommended  by  different  practitioners. 

1.  Abdominal  frictions,  and  manipulation,  with  warm  baths,  &c,  have 
been  advised,  but  they  very  rarely  succeed,  their  supposed  advantage 
being  the  absence  of  unnecessary  irritation. 

2.  Separating  the  membranes  for  two  or  three  inches  around  the  os 
uteri,  will  frequently  bring  on  labour ;  and  as  this  is  the  closest  imitation 
of  natural  labour,  it  has  been  preferred  by  many.  Dr.  Hamilton 
remarks,  "  that  he  is  now  convinced,  from  the  experience  of  the  last  ten 
years,  that  if  there  be  a  sufficient  portion  of  the  decidua  separated  from 
the  cervix  uteri,  there  is  no  occasion  for  the  introduction  of  the  open 
male  catheter,"  i.  e.  for  puncturing  the  membranes.  Dr.  Conquest  con- 
siders it  as  effectual  as  the  other  methods,  and  much  safer  for  the  infant, 
as  saving  it  from  pressure  during  the  pains.  If  it  fail,  we  can  still  have 
recourse  to  the  third  plan. 

3.  The  membranes  may  be  ruptured,  either  directly  or  obliquely.  For 
this  purpose  Wenzel,  Ritgen,  Kluge,  and  others,  have  invented  appro- 
priate instruments  ;  but  a  female  catheter  may  be  used,  or  a  piece  of  wire, 
or  a  canula  having  concealed  within  it  a  spring  trocar.  Care  must  be 
taken  to  wound  neither  the  mother  nor  child. 

This  plan  was  adopted  in  Mampe's  and  Spoendli's  cases;  in  36  of  Dr. 
F.  H.  Ramsbotham's— (of  these,  21  children  were  born  alive,  and  19 
ultimately  lived) ;  and  from  its  greater  certainty,  it  has  been  preferred  by 
most  practitioners. 

4.  MM.  Briinninghausen  and  Kluge  have  proposed  and  practised,  with 
great  success,  the  dilatation  of  the  os  uteri,  by  means  of  a  piece  of  sponge 
placed  within  it,  and  maintained  there  by  a  plug  in  the  vagina.  Velpeau's 
experience  of  the  value  of  these  different  plans  is  thus  expressed :  "  The 
two  latter  methods  are  chiefly  practised.  By  the  third,  the  effect  is  not 
always  produced  ;  it  required  three  operations  in  the  case  related  by  M. 
Riecke.  The  separation  of  the  membranes  (the  second  method)  is  not 
sufficient  to  bring  on  uterine  contractions ;  as  the  distension  of  the  cervix 
is  not  permanent,  the  first  attempt  is  rarely  successful.  Distension,  by 
means  of  a  piece  of  sponge;  as  proposed  by  M.  Kluge,  is  much  more  cer- 
tain. The  irritation  which  results  is  permanent,  progressive,  regular,  and 
sustained  by  the  plug,  which  is  maintained  in  the  vagina.  Under  the 
influence  of  such  an  excitement,  uterine  action  is  soon  brought  on,  and 
it  rarely  fails  to  acquire  sufficient  energy." 


284  INDUCTION    OF    PREMATURE    LABOUR. 

Hayn,  of  Konigsberg,  to  whose  case  I  have  referred,  adopted  this  plan 
with  success ;  but  other  authors  do  not  agree  with  Velpeau  in  thinking  it 
more  certain  than  rupturing  the  membranes. 

5.  Ergot  of  rye  is  now  generally  believed  to  have  the  power  of  ori- 
ginating uterine  contraction,  and  if  this  be  the  case,  it  will  probably  be 
found  to  be  the  most  effectual  and  safe  mode  of  inducing  premature 
labour,  because  we  can  preserve  to  the  child  the  safeguard  of  the  liquor 
amnii,  which  is  of  the  greatest  importance. 

Dr.  F.  H.  Ramsbotham  has  mentioned  many  cases  in  which  it  was  tried 
for  this  purpose.  Labour  was  brought  on  by  its  use  alone,  at  the  seventh 
or  eighth  month,  in  twenty-six  cases,  without  interfering  with  the  mem- 
branes of  the  os  uteri.  All  the  mothers  recovered,  and  12  of  the  children 
were  born  alive,  and  14  still-born.  Of  the  12  born  alive,  4  only  survived 
for  any  length  of  time. 

Dr.  Paterson,  of  Glasgow,  and  Mr.  Heane,  of  Gloucester,  succeeded 
by  this  means. 

Mr.  Corry  and  Dr.  Lee  tried  it,  but  failed. 

Although  the  medicine  appears  successful  as  regards  the  induction  of 
labour  and  the  consequences  to  the  mother,  yet  the  proportion  of  children 
lost  is  greater  than  by  the  other  methods ;  and  this  must  be  a  serious  ob- 
jection to  its  use,  when  the  pelvis  will  admit  the  passage  of  a  viable  child. 

6.  Galvanism,  which  Dr.  Radford  believes  to  have  the  power  of  ori- 
ginating uterine  action.  It  is  certainly  worth  a  trial,  but  as  yet  we  have 
little  evidence  of  its  utility. 

It  has  been  suggested,  that  the  application  of  the  extract  of  belladonna 
might  aid  in  the  dilatation  of  the  os  uteri ;  but  independent  of  the  fact 
being  doubtful,  the  practice  would  be  dangerous,  in  consequence  of  the 
active  absorption  and  the  development  of  the  poisonous  effects  of  the 
medicine. 

486.  An  interval,  varying  from  twenty- four  to  ninety-six  hours,  gene- 
rally elapses  after  the  operation,  before  uterine  action  commences,  which 
it  does  sometimes  by  shivering  and  feverishness.  "  Great  disturbance  in 
the  nervous  system,"  says  Dr.  Gooch,  "is  produced  by  it;  severe  rigors, 
rapid  pulse,  and  delirium,  are  the  occasional  consequences ;  but  these 
symptoms,  proceeding  from  nervous  irritation,  do  not  continue  long 
enough  to  produce  any  serious  consequences."  In  many  cases  these 
symptoms  are  altogether  absent.  The  patient  will  require  the  same 
management  as  after  ordinary  labour.  It  will  be  advisable  to  have  a 
nurse  in  readiness,  to  supply  the  infant  with  its  natural  nourishment,  until 
the  mother  shall  have  milk  for  it. 

487.  This  is  probably  the  best  place  for  me  to  introduce  some  notice 
of  the  employment  of  anaesthetics  in  midwifery,  for  even  those  who  object 
to  their  use  in  natural  labour,  admit  their  great  value  in  operative  mid- 
wifery. 

The  two  sole  agents  in  use  now  for  the  purpose  of  producing  insensi- 
bility to  pain,  are  ether  and  chloroform,  but  the  latter  has  so  far  superseded 
the  former,  that  I  may  confine  my  remarks  to  the  use  of  chloroform. 

To  my  friend,  Professor  Simpson,  belongs  the  credit  of  having  been  the 
first  to  administer  ether  during  labour,  and  also  of  having  discovered  the 


INDUCTION    OP   PREMATURE    LABOUR.  285 

value  of  chloroform  as  an  anaesthetic,  and  of  introducing  it  into  practice. 
It  is  composed  of  two  atoms  of  carbon,  one  of  hydrogen,  and  three  of 
chlorine,  or  one  of  formyle  and  three  of  chlorine,  sp.  gr.  1*480:  it  rapidly 
evaporates,  and  possesses  an  aromatic,  pungent  taste,  and  a  fragrant 
smell. 

When  inhaled,  it  gives  rise  to  exceedingly  pleasant  sensations,  and  a 
rapid  flow  of  thoughts  and  images,  resembling  a  pleasing  dream,  until,  as 
the  dose  is  increased,  these  become  confused  and  incoherent,  previous  to 
deep  sleep  being  induced.  The  first  stage  is  one  of  excitement,  then 
follows  calm  sleep,  and  at  length  stupor;  but  the  excitement  is  said  to  be 
less  than  when  ether  is  used. 

The  beneficial  effect  is  the  alleviation  of  pain,  in  consequence  of  and  in 
proportion  to  the  amount  of  insensibility,  so  that  we  possess  the  power  of 
graduating  its  effects  as  we  may  deem  advisable. 

That  injurious  effects  are  occasionally  produced,  is  no  more  than  wre 
should  expect  from  so  powerful  an  agent :  that  they  have  occurred  in  so 
very  small  a  proportion,  may  well  excite  our  wonder.  Almost  all  the  un- 
pleasant symptoms  are  referable  to  the  nervous  system,  such  as  spasms, 
twitchings,  hysterics,  convulsive  movements,  convulsions,  incoherent  talk- 
ing, &c.  Several  fatal  cases  of  collapse  have  been  recorded,  and  although 
some  doubts  have  been  entertained  as  to  whether  the  death  was  caused 
by  the  chloroform,  I  fear  the  evidence  is  too  clear.  It  is  remarkable  that 
in  most  of  these  cases,  I  believe,  the  chloroform  was  administered,  not  to 
relieve  pain,  but  in  anticipation  of  it,  as  for  tooth-drawing,  &c.  It  is  of 
importance  to  remember  that  the  pulse  is  a  very  accurate  indicator  of  the 
propriety  of  continuing  the  inhalation ;  we  should  stop  instantly,  if  we 
find  it  becoming  weak. 

488.  So  much  for  the  general  use  of  chloroform  ;  now  let  us  see  what 
has  been  the  result  of  its  employment  in  midwifery.  It  has  been  now 
used  extensively  in  Great  Britain,  in  America,  and  on  the  Continent,  and 
we  have  an  account  of  at  least  3000  cases  in  which  it  has  been  employed. 
From  this  it  appears 

1.  That  in  midwifery  practice,  no  death  has  occurred  which  can  be 
fairly  and  directly  attributed  to  the  chloroform.  In  the  cases  brought 
forward  by  Mr.  Gream  there  is  no  evidence  to  prove  that  the  deaths  did 
not  result  from  the  circumstances  of  the  labour,  and  abundant  proof  of  a 
disposition  to  attribute  every  accident  to  this  new  agent. 

2.  That  some  unpleasant  symptoms  have  occurred  in  hysterical  and 
nervous  women  during  the  stage  of  excitement,  but  no  instance  of  the 
alarming  or  even  fatal  collapse  which  has  taken  place  in  cases  unconnected 
with  pregnancy  or  parturition.  These  symptoms  disappear  in  a  few  mo- 
ments if  the  chloroform  be  discontinued,  or,  as  is  said,  if  the  dose  be 
increased. 

3.  In  a  small  proportion  of  cases,  the  uterine  contractions  are  weak- 
ened, rendered  less  frequent,  or  even  suspended,  so  long  as  inhala- 
tion is  continued,  but  they  return  if  the  use  of  chloroform  be  discon- 
tinued. 

4.  In  the  great  majority  of  cases,  it  does  not  interfere  with  the  labour 
pains,  except  by  suspending  all  voluntary  exertions  if  the  insensibility  be 
complete.     Where  the  dose  given  is  milder,  although  great  relief  be 


286  INDUCTION  OF  PREMATURE  LABOUR. 

afforded,  the  patient  will  not  become  insensible,  and  will  be  able  to  exert 
considerable  force. 

5.  That  chloroform,  in  full  doses,  is  capable  of  entirely  removing  the 
pain  of  obstetrical  operations,  and  thereby  increasing  the  facility  of  their 
performance.  Moreover,  that  the  dose  can  be  so  graduated  as  to  afford 
degrees  of  relief,  so  that,  in  natural  labour,  a  certain  amount  of  suffering 
may  be  spared  without  producing  insensibility  or  incurring  the  risk,  what- 
ever that  be,  of  a  full  dose. 

6.  It  neither  prevents  nor  weakens  the  subsequent  contractions  of  the 
uterus,  and  consequently  does  not  render  the  patient  more  liable  to 
flooding. 

7.  That  certain  women  seem  more  obnoxious  to  its  injurious  effects 
than  others,  and  in  some  these  effects  are  said  to  continue  some  time. 
Giving  full  force  to  these  cases,  they  appear  to  form  a  small  part  of  a  large 
number  whose  recovery  was  not  retarded,  and  whose  subsequent  health 
was  uninjured. 

These  inferences,  I  think,  are  fairly  deducible  from  the  published  cases: 
whether,  as  has  been  asserted,  many  fatal  or  bad  cases  have  occurred 
which  have  not  been  recorded  I  cannot  say,  but  until  we  know  the  par- 
ticulars, it  is  clear  that  we  can  allow  no  weight  to  such  a  supposition.  It 
is  much  to  be  regretted  that  so  much  personal  and  party  feeling  has 
entered  into  the  publications  on  the  subject,  instead  of  a  simple  desire  to 
discover  in  what  cases  this  new  agent  is  admissible,  and  in  what  it  ought 
to  be  rejected,  with  the  reasons  for  such  decision. 

489.  It  is  right,  however,  to  notice  respectfully  some  of  the  objections 
which  have  been  made  by  most  experienced  and  conscientious  practi- 
tioners. 

1.  The  first  objection  I  shall  notice  is,  that  as  "in  sorrow  shalt  thou 
bring  forth  children  "  was  part  of  the  original  curse  pronounced  upon  the 
sin  of  man,  therefore  any  attempt  to  mitigate  the  suffering  is  a  direct  and 
unwarrantable  interference  with  an  ordinance  of  God.  Now  it  will  be 
remembered  that  labour  ("  in  the  sweat  of  thy  brow"),  pain,  and  death 
were  equally  the  result  of  the  same  sin,  and  inflicted  by  the  same  Hand, 
and  yet  we  never  hear  of  the  wickedness  of  lightening  labour,  of  relieving 
pain,  or  of  postponing  death,  each  of  which  must  be  wrong,  if  relieving 
the  suffering  of  childbirth  be  wrong.  It  is  monstrous  that  one  sex  should 
claim  the  privilege  of  relief  and  object  to  its  being  extended  to  the  other. 
If  further  argument  be  needed,  the  reader  may  refer  to  Dr.  Simpson's 
critical  remarks  upon  the  Hebrew  word  translated  "  labour." 

2.  It  has  been  stated  that  in  operations,  the  loss  of  sensibility  deprives 
the  operator  of  a  valuable  indication  as  to  whether  he  is  inflicting  injury 
or  not.  I  do  not  see  much  force  in  this  objection,  I  confess.  If  the 
operator  be  skilful  and  habituated  to  the  use  of  instruments,  he  will  not 
do  mischief  because  the  patient  does  not  cry  out ;  and  if  he  be  not  skilful, 
her  crying  out  will  not  prevent  him.  I  am  sure  that  the  patient  being 
spared  the  shocking  pain  of  most  operations,  and  the  operator  the  distress 
of  witnessing  it,  is  a  blessing  beyond  price,  and  more  than  anything  cal- 
culated to  secure  a  safe  and  skilful  performance,  and  in  all  probability  a 
favourable  convalescence. 

3.  Our  ignorance  of  the  bad  consequences  of  chloroform,  and  of  the 


INDUCTION    OF    PREMATURE    LABOUR.  287 

cases  improper  for  its  exhibition,  and  the  consequent  probability  of  our 
complicating  the  labour  by  sonic  serious  accident  voluntarily  incurred, 
has  been,  and  is  yet,  [  think,  an  objection  deserving  of  careful  consider- 
ation. No  doubt,  the  increased  and  increasing  number  of  facts  recorded 
affords  a  ground  for  sound  conclusions,  in  proportion  to  their  extent  ;  but 
it  is  still °to  be  desired  that  there  should  be  a  careful  classification,  and 
minute  investigation  of  those  cases  in  which  any  unpleasanl  symptoms 
have  occurred,  with  the  object  of  discovering  the  circumstances,  whal 
they  may  be,  which  counter-indicate  the  employment  of  anaesthetic  agi 
Interruption  of  uterine  action,  diminution  of  uterine  foree,  and  affections 
of  the  nervous  system,  seem  to  be  the  chief  evil  effects  to  be  feared  in 
parturient  women. 

4.  The  probability  of  uterine  hemorrhage  after  labour  was  formerly 
much  insisted  upon,  but  I  think  experience  has  shown  that  this  fear  is 
groundless.  It  has  not  occurred  more  frequently  in  patients  who  have 
used  chloroform  than  in  others. 

490.  Thus  far  I  have  given  the  inferences  which  appear  to  me  to  be 
fairly  deducible  from  the  cases  on  record,  irrespective  of  the  opinions  of 
the  various  writers  who  have  engaged  in  the  controversy.  The  following 
practical  conclusions  may  be  regarded  as  my  own  opinion,  formed  after 
much  thought  and  reading,  and  after  some  slight  personal  experience.  1 
would  not  wish  to  put  them  forth  dogmatically,  for  I  do  believe  that  we 
are  not  yet  in  a  condition  to  define  accurately,  or  to  speak  positively  on 
the  subject.  I  confess  that  I  can  neither  agree  with  those  who  think  that 
chloroform  can  do  no  evil,  and  therefore  ought  to  be  used  in  every  case, 
nor  yet  with  those  who  regard  it  as  in  all  cases  injurious,  and  therefore  to 
be  reprobated. 

1.  In  most  obstetric  operations,  anaesthesia  appears  to  me  to  be  of  great 
use,  not  so  much  because  it  is  supposed  to  relax  the  soft  parts,  or  to 
moderate  uterine  action,  as  because  it  enables  the  patient, to  bear  the  ad- 
ditional pain  we  inflict  without  outcry  or  movement.  It  surely  must  be  a 
great  advantage  in  performing  a  dangerous  operation  that  the  patient 
should  lie  still,  and  not  by  her  struggles  increase  our  difficulty,  and  the 
risk  of  injury  to  herself.  If  the  tissues  be  relaxed,  which  is  doubtful  in 
many  cases,  it  is  of  course  an  additional  advantage ;  and  if  it  happened 
in  a  case  of  turning  that  the  uterine  action  were  suspended,  of  course  the 
operation  would  be  all  the  more  easily  completed  ;  but  these  are  rather 
accidental  advantages  than  essential  consequences.  In  operative  mid- 
wifery, therefore,  chloroform  may  be  given  until  anaesthesia  is  produced, 
before  commencing,  and  its  effects  may  be  kept  up  during  the  operation 
provided  that  there  be  no  counter  indication  to  its  use,  and  that  no  un- 
pleasant symptoms  arise  ;  in  either  case  it  should  be  given  up  altogether. 
In  any  operation  for  terminating  labour  in  a  case  of  convulsions,  I  should 
be  unwilling  to  use  chloroform  on  account  of  the  nervous  excitement  it 
illy  produces,  notwithstanding  that  it  is  said  to  have  been  em- 
ployed beneficially  in  the  treatment  of  that  disease:  in  like  manner  I 
should  fear  to  use  it  in  cases  of  alarming  hemorrhage,  lest  it  should  give 
rise  to  severe  collapse.  [  mention  these  cases  as  illustrative  of  the  cau- 
tion which  appear  to  me  necessary  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge. 
Further  experience  may  prove  this  reserve  to  be  unnecessary,  or  may  con- 
firm its  propriety. 
19 


288  INDUCTION    OF    PREMATURE    LABOUR. 

2.  As  to  its  exhibition  in  natural  labour :  as  I  do  not  believe  that  in 
the  large  majority  of  cases,  convalescence  is  at  all  impeded  by  the  suffer- 
ing, I  cannot  see  the  necessity,  or  even  the  propriety  of  urging  the  em- 
ployment of  anaesthesia  in  every  case  ;  and  I  do  feel  that  even  greater 
caution  ought  to  be  used  than  in  operative  midwifery.  We  may  be  justi- 
fied in  running  some  risk  where  an  important  point  is  to  be  gained,  such 
as  perfect  quietness  during  an  operation,  which  wTe  should  not  be  justified 
in  incurring  merely  to  relieve  pain.  Thus  in  hysterical  or  nervous  patients, 
in  those  labouring  under  nervous  affections,  or  organic  disease  of  the 
lungs  or  heart,  &c,  I  do  not  think  we  ought  to  employ  it. 

But  on  the  other  hand,  as  pain  is  undoubtedly  an  evil  in  itself,  if  there 
be  no  counter  indication,  and  if  the  suffer  in  g  be  either  great  or  prolonged, 
I  cannot  see  that  we  are  prohibited  from  the  employment  of  anaesthetics, 
more  especially  as  it  is  not  necessary  in  such  cases  to  produce  insensibility. 
It  is  quite  possible  to  afford  immense  relief,  to  "render  the  pains  quite 
bearable,"  as  a  patient  of  mine  observed,  by  a  dose  which  does  not  pro- 
duce sleep  or  impair  the  mental  condition  of  the  patient,  and  which  all 
our  experience  would  show  is  absolutely  free  from  danger. 

In  my  own  practice  I  have  never  urged  a  patient  to  use  chloroform  in 
natural  labour,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  I  have  not  felt  justified  in  refusing 
a  moderate  dose  of  it  when  the  patient  urgently  desired  it,  and  none  of 
the  conditions  were  present  which  seemed  to  me  to  counter-indicate  it. 

491.  The  period  at  which  it  has  been  administered  varies  with  different 
practitioners ;  some  commence  before  the  os  uteri  is  dilated,  others  about 
the  time  the  head  escapes  through  it.  There  can  seldom  be  any  neces- 
sity for  its  use,  I  think,  before  the  os  uteri  is  fully  dilatable,  and  it  is  more 
likely  to  interfere  with  the  uterine  action  at  an  early  than  a  later  period. 
At  the  commencement  of  the  second  stage  would,  I  should  think,  be  soon 
enough,  and  this  seems  to  be  Dr.  Simpson's  practice. 

492.  There  is  a  difference  of  opinion  as  to  the  extent  to  which  the 
anaesthesia  should  by  carried.  Prof.  Simpson  prefers  inducing  complete 
insensibility  at  first,  and  then  keeping  up  just  so  much  of  the  effect  as 
he  deems  advisable.  Dr.  Rigby  prefers  commencing  with  smaller  doses  in 
natural  labour,  and  increasing  them  if  necessary ;  and  the  Obstetric  Com- 
mittee of  the  American  Med.  Association,  in  their  Report,  agree  with  this 
view.  Of  course,  if  we  are  to  operate,  the  patient  should  be  placed  tho- 
roughly under  the  influence  of  chloroform  before  we  commence,  and  its 
effects  kept  up  by  occasional  inhalation.  But  in  ordinary  cases,  as  I  have 
said,  I  prefer  beginning  with  a  moderate  dose  and  watching  its  effects, 
and  if  necessary,  increasing  the  anaesthesia. 

The  dose  should  be  administered  at  the  beginning  of  each  pain,  and 
increased  when  the  head  is  passing  over  the  perineum.  The  anaesthetic 
state  may  be  kept  up  for  hours  without  mischief,  especially  when  complete 
insensibility  is  not  required. 

I  have  tried  various  modes  of  administration,  instruments  specially 
contrived  for  the  purpose,  sponge,  lint,  &c,  and  I  believe  that  by  far  the 
best  is  the  one  originally  proposed  by  Dr.  Simpson,  viz.  a  clean  white 
pocket  handkerchief  folded  funnel-shape  ;  into  which  half  a  drachm  or  a 
drachm  of  chloroform  is  to  be  poured,  and  which  may  then  be  first  placed 
near  the  mouth  of  the  patient,  and  after  a  few  respirations,  over  both 
mouth  and  nose.     It  is  a  good  plan  to  allow  the  patient  to  hold  the  hand- 


INDUCTION  OF  PREMATURE  LABOUR.  289 

kerchief  herself,  unless  we  wish  to  produce  deep  anaesthesia,  as  it  will 
fall  from  her  hand  when  sleep  commences.* 

*  The  employment  of  anaesthesia  in  Labour,  as  a  matter  of  routine,  n 

for  the  I'm  aring  to  the  parturient  female  freedom  from  pain,  has,  it 

lieved,  at  presenl  sates,  but  the  number  of  those  who  are  in  t  a . 

practice  in  certain  forma  of  difficult  and  instrumental  labour  is  evidei  ■' 

It    must   be   admitted,  that,  in    a  very  large    number  ol  natural  labour, 

anaesthesia   has   I n   induced  without,  apparently,  any  evil  coi 

either  mother  or  child  —  whether  all  the  instances  in  which  injury  haa  i  m  the 

practice  have  been  made  public  we  have  no  meana  of  judging.     That  wo  should 
heard  ally  a  matter  of  surpris  lering  the  powerful  influence  the 

several  ana  athetic  agents  must  exert  upon  the  nervou  and  the  extensive  and 

careless  manner  in  which  they  have  too  often  been  resort  i  to. 

It  i-  true  that,  in  the  practice  of  midwifery,  anaesthesia  haa  seldom  been  carried  to  the 
extent  of  producing  entire  u  even  when  inordinate  doses  of  ether  or 

chloroform  have  been  administered,  the  patient  has  been  pT  1  from  the  fatal 

consequences  of  the  accoucheur's  rashness,  by  his  careless  manner  of  using  the  agent, 
causing  the  greater  portion  of  it  to  escape  into  the  air  of  the  chamber  instead  of 
ing  into  her  lui 

The  time  is  rapidly  approachin.ee  when,  from  a  full  and  honest  comparison  of  facts, 
the  question  as  to  the  propriety  of  employing  anaesthesia  in  obstetric  practice  will  be 
definitely  settled,  and  the  cases  and  the  period  of  labour,  and  the  extent  in  which  it 
may  be  safely  and  beneficially  resorted  to,  become  fixed  upon  certain  and  well- 
lished  data.  '  Already  the  ultraism  of  the  early  partisans  of  the  practice  is  rapidly 
abating,  while  many 'of  those  who  at  first  objected  to  it,  as  under  all  circumstances  dan- 
gerous, if  not  positively  injurious,  are  willing  to  avail  themselves  of  its  aid  in  certain 
forms  of  labour. — Editor. 


CHAPTER  X. 

OBSTETRIC  OPERATIONS.    2.  VERSION  OR  TURNING. 

493.  The  term  version,  or  turning,  is  applied  by  midwifery  teachers 
generally,  to  that  manual  operation  by  which  one  presentation  is  substi- 
tuted for  another,  less  favourable  ;  and  in  a  more  limited  sense,  to  the 
rectification  of  certain  malpositions. 

For  the  furthering  of  one  or  other  of  these  purposes,  it  has  been  known 
to  the  profession  for  a  considerablr  period ;  but  the  full  benefit  of  the 
operation,  and  the  class  of  cases  in  which  it  is  useful,  is  of  much  later 
discovery.  It  is  recommended  by  Hippocrates,  Celsus,  P.  iEginetus, 
Rhodion,  &c.  ;  by  the  early  English  authors,  as  Raynalde,  Pechey,  &c. ; 
among  the  French  by  Ambrose  Pare,  Guillemeau,  Portal,  &c. 

494.  Statistics  : — 


6 

Author. 

Hospital,  &c. 

SI 

O    t» 

6    ID 

—  a 

References. 

O 

SO 

1781 

Dr.  Bland, 

Westminster    Dis- 
pensary, 

9 

1,897 

Merriman's  Synopsis. 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke, 

Dublin    Lying-in- 
Hospital, 

48 

10,387 

Trans,  of  Assoc,  vol.  i. 

Dr.  Merriman, 

London,     Private 
Practice, 

14 

2,947 

Synopsis,  4th  edition,  p. 
335. 

1816 

Dr.  Granville, 

Westminster    Dis- 

8 

640 

Report  of,  p.  25. 

1826 

1 

pensary, 

to 

y  Dr.  Collins, 

Dublin    Lying-in- 

33 

16,414 

Prac.  Treat,  on  Med.  p. 

1833 

J 

Hospital, 

73. 

1828 

Dr.  Cusack, 

Wellesley  Dispen- 
sary, 

5 

313 

Dublin  Hospital  Report, 
vol.  v.  p.  495. 

1832 

Dr.  Maunsell, 

Do. 

2 

442 

Edin.  Jour.  No.  117. 

1833 

Do. 

0 

416 

Dub.  Jour.  vol.  v.  p.  367. 

1828 

'Sir.  Gregory, 

Coombe  Hospital, 

3 

691 

Dublin  Hospital  Report, 

1834 

) 

vol.  v. 

to 

I  Dr.  T.  Beatty, 

Cumberland   Street 

6 

1,182 

Dublin  Jour.  vol.  viii.  p. 

1837 

J 

Hospital, 

66,  vol.  xii.  p.  273. 

Dr.  Reid, 

20 

3,250 

Midwifery. 

1836 

) 

1837 

I  Dr.  Churchill, 

Western    Lying-in- 

11 

1,640 

See  Reports. 

1838 

J 

Hospital, 

Mr.  Mantell, 

8 

2,510 

Amer.  Med.  Jour.  vol.  iv. 
p.  245. 

1848 

Drs.    M'Clintock 
and  Hardy, 

Dublin    Lying-in- 
Hospital, 

23 

6,634 

Prac.  Obs.  in  Midwifery. 

Mad.  Lachapelle, 

Maison  d'Accouck., 

155 

15,654 

Pratique  des  Accouch.  p. 

Dec. 

] 

198. 

1799 

1 

to 

[-Mad.  Boivin, 

Maternite", 

218 

20,357 

Memorial  de  FArt,  &c.  p. 

July 

J 

354. 

1811 

(290) 


VERSION    OR   TURNING. 


291 


1808 

1 825 
L826 


1829 
1830 
L831 


M.  Ramboux, 


Dr.  Mcrrcm, 
.M.  Papavoine, 


[m.  dniselli, 
.M.  Mazzoni, 


Hospital,  &c. 


Clin,  de  Liege, 

Cologne, 

St.  Loui-.  Paris, 

Hotel  Dieu,  Paris, 
Clin,  de  Pavia, 


z  - 


1 

216 

3 

157 

1 

240 

•  > 

280 

2 

94 

18 

481 

Boll.  'If  la  Faculty,  &c. 
vol.  ii.  p.  73. 

Do.  vol.  xvii.  p.  283. 

Jour.  'In  Progres  de  fcted. 
vol.  xiv. 

al'Artd'Ac.p.  50. 

Gaz.  M6d.de  Paris,  L835. 

ProspettoRagionat>,  &c. 


1789 

to 

1792 

and 
1801 

to 
1806 

1801 
to 
1807 
1812 
and 
1813 


M.  Boer. 


M.  Naegele, 

}  G.  M.  Richter, 
Do. 

I E.  Von  Siebold, 


Vienna, 

Heidelberg, 

Moscow, 
Private  practice, 

Wurzburg  Hospital 

Berlin  Hospital, 

Giessen, 

Dresden, 

Clin,  de  Prague, 

La  Charite   Berlin, 

Breslau, 

Dantzic, 


Konigsberg, 
Magdeburg, 
Breslau, 


(Jnttingen, 


51 

6,666 

22 

1,411 

25 

27 

2,571 
624 

6 

310 

60 

2,055 

1 

180 

29 

2,133 

63 

2,350 

19 

1,254 

5 

181 

3 

380 

1 

49 

2 
1 
6 

156 

29 

176 

166 


321 


504 


Die  Natiirliche  Geburt- 

shiilfe,  &c.  vol.  i.  pp. 
72,  1  is,  237;  vol.  iii. 
pp.  62,  130,  245. 
Velpeau's  Tab.  View. 

f  Synop.  Prac.  Med.  Ob- 
\      stetric,  p.  416. 

Siebold's  Jour,  fur  die 
Geburtshiilfe,  &c.  vol. 
i.  pp.  114,  576. 

Do.  vol.  iii.  to  x. 


Do.  vol.  vi.  pp.  34,  262. 

Do.  vol.  vi. 

Bull,  de  la  Faculte,  &c. 

vol.  xxv.  p.  352. 
Siebold's  Journal,  vols. 

vi.  vii. 
Do.  vol.  vi.  p.  154. 

Do.  vols.  vii.  ix. 

Do.  vols.  vii.  viii. 

Do.  vol.  viii.  p.  121. 
Do.  vol.  viii.  p.  831. 
Do.  vol.  ix.  p.  92. 

Do.  vols.  xi.  xiv. 
Do.  vols.  xi.  xii.  xiii. 


Do.  vols.  xv.  xvi. 


292 


VERSION    OR    TURNING. 


Thus  we  see  that  the  records  of  English  practice  yield  49,323  cases, 
and  190  cases  of  version,  or  about  1  in  259J  ;  French  practice,  37,479 
cases,  and  400  cases  of  version,  or  about  1  in  93| ;  and  German  practice, 
21,516  cases,  and  337  cases  of  version,  or  1  in  63§.  The  whole  number 
of  cases  is  108,318.  and  of  version,  927,  or  about  1  in  116f. 

495.  It  is  not  so  easy  to  make  out  a  satisfactory  table  showing  the 
danger  of  the  operation  to  the  mother  and  child,  from  the  want  of  details. 
Many  writers  do  not  mention  whether  any  of  the  mothers  died,  and  some 
omit  the  result  as  regards  the  child. 

In  the  following  table,  I  have  taken  all  the  numbers  upon  which  I  could 
depend,  and  though  the  list  is  not  extensive,  I  believe  that  the  average 
mortality  will  be  found  pretty  correct. 


Authors. 

Number 

Of  Version 

Cases. 

Mother  Lost. 

Children  lost. 

Mad.  Lachapelle 

Mad.  Boivin 

Dr.  Clarke 

Dr.  Collins 

Dr.  Cusack 

Mr.  Gregory 

Dr.  Beatty 

Dr.  Churchill 

Professor  Andree 

Dr.  Kluge 

Dr.  Kiistner 

Dr.  Adelmann 

Dr.  Boer 

Dr.  Mazzoni 

Drs.  M'Clintock  and  Hardy    .     . 

155 

218 

48 

33 

5 

3 

6 

11 

5 

7 

6 

1 

26 

18 

23 

Not  stated. 
Not  stated. 

6 

3 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

45 

48 

35 

13 

2 

0 

6 

8 

3 

3 

2 

0 

10 

7 

5 

Thus,  in  192  cases,  where  the  result  to  the  mother  is  specially  men- 
tioned, 12  mothers  died,  or  1  in  16. 

I  do  not  give  this  result  as  the  exact  mortality  of  the  operation,  because 
it  is  evident  that  the  deaths  in  some  cases  may  have  been  owing  to  the 
cause  which  demanded  the  operation,  as  in  placenta  prsevia ;  but  as  we 
find  that  even  in  several  of  these  cases,  the  fatal  termination  was  evidently 
more  owing  to  the  operation  than  to  the  hemorrhage,  I  am  inclined  to 
think  the  calculation  not  very  far  from  the  truth.  However,  any  erroneous 
inference  from  these  statistics,  will  be  guarded  against  by  the  recollection 
of  the  various  and  serious  accidents  which  require  the  operation. 

In  565  cases,  where  the  result  to  the  child  is  detailed,  187  children 
were  lost,  or  rather  less  than  1  in  3. 

To  a  certain  extent  the  same  observations  apply  to  this  calculation  of 
the  mortality  amongst  the  infants,  and  similar  allowance  must  be  made. 

496.  The  object  of  the  operation  is  threefold : 

1.  To  place  the  head  in  a  more  favourable  relation  to  the  pelvis,  or  to 
substitute  the  head  for  some  other  presentation. 

2.  To  substitute  the  inferior  extremities  for  some  other  less  favourable 
presentation. 

3.  To  hasten  the  termination  of  labour,  in  consequence  of  complica- 
tions, as  convulsions,  flooding,  prolapse  of  the  funis,  fyc. 


VERSION   OR   TURNING. 


It  has  been  proposed  to  turn  and  deliver  instantly,  in  case  of  the  sudden 
death  of  the  mother,  instead  of  having  recourse  to  the  Caesarean  section; 
bat  the  mortality  amongst  children  so  delivered  would  preclude  this  appli- 
cation of  it. 

There  is  so  much  difference  in  the  means  by  which  the  fust  and  second 
objects  are  attained,  that  it  is  necessary  to  say  a  few  words  upon  cadi. 

497.  1.  Version  by  the  head,  or  cephalic  version,  as  il  is  termed,  con- 
sists (a)  in  clearing  the  upper  outlet  of  any  part  which  may  hinder  the 
descent'  of  the  head  ;  (6)  in  seizing  the  head,  and  bringing  it  down  to  the 
brim  of  the  pelvis;  (c)  or  in  rectifying  the  malposition  of  the  head. 

As  the  majority  of  children  enter  the  world  head  foremost,  this  mode 
was  decided  to  be  the  standard  of  natural  presentation  at  a  very  early 
period,  and  attempts  were  made  to  correct  any  deviations.  Rhodion, 
Raynalde,  &c,  endeavoured  to  change  footling  into  head  presentations, 
but  not  by  internal  manoeuvre.  After  the  discovery  by  Amb.  Pare, 
Guillemeau,  and  others,  of  the  ease  with  which  labour  could  be  termi- 
nated by  bringing  down  the  feet,  cephalic  version  went  very  much  out  of 
fashion.  By  the  great  bulk  of  recent  writers  (especially  in  our  own  coun- 
try) it  is  either  not  mentioned  at  all,  or  with  reprobation.  Still  there  are 
cases  in  which  its  suitability  could  not  be  overlooked,  and  in  consequence 
we  find  an  admission  here  and  there  of  its  utility.  Smellie  recommends 
it  in  certain  malpositions  of  the  head  ;  Mauriceau  advises  it  if  the  neck 
present ;  and  De  la  Motte,  Melli,  and  Roux  speak  of  success  obtained  in 
this  manner.     Le  Roi  preferred  it  generally  to  version  by  the  feet. 

These,  however,  were  only  exceptions  to  the  rule  :  it  remained  for 
Flamant,  professor  at  Strasburgh,  to  recall  the  attention  of  the  profession 
to  the  operation,  in  such  a  way  as  to  procure  its  re-admission  (at  least  on 
the  Continent)  into  the  number  of  valuable  obstetric  operations.  His 
example  has  been  followed  by  several  German  and  French  writers. 
Labbe,  Eckhardt,  and  Wigand,  published  successful  cases  in  1803; 
Schnaubert  in  1815;  D'Outrepont  and  Regnaud  in  1825.  Busch  gave 
an  account  in  1826  of  fifteen  cases,  in  which  fourteen  infants  were  born 
living.  In  1827  Ritgen  collected  forty-five  successful  cases.  Riecke  has 
had  "sixteen  cases.  It  has  been  eulogised  by  MM.  Vallee,  De  Roche, 
Ubersaal,  Stolz,  and  Toussaint.  Joerg  and  some  others  advise  the  head 
to  be  seized  and  placed  in  position  when  nearest  the  cervix,  and  Gardien 
seems  inclined  to  recommend  it  strongly,  "  if  practitioners  were  only  as 
well  versed  in  the  use  of  the  forceps  as  the  Professor  of  Strasburgh." 

One  of  the  few  British  writers  who  speak  well  of  it,  is  the  distinguished 
Professor  at  Glasgow,  Dr.  Burns,  who  says  :  "  For  instance,  if  the  patient 
be  known  usually  to  have  a  short  labour,  if  the  pains  be  brisk,  the  os  uteri 
dilated,  or  in  a  relaxed  and  easily  dilatable  state,  the  liquor  amnii  retained, 
and  the  head  moveable,  then  the  head  may,  without  any  difficulty  or 
much  irritation,  be  placed  in  the  proper  position,  with  a  fair  and  reason- 
able chance  of  success." 

I  may  also  cite  the  testimony  of  Dr.  Dewees,  who  acknowledges  that 
"should  nothing  but  the  position  of  the  head,  with  a  slightly  diminished 
capacity  in  the  antero-posterior  diameter,  affect  the  labour,  we  may  some- 
times enable  the  woman  to  deliver  herself,  provided  the  waters  have  dis- 
charged themselves,  by  the  aid  of  two  or  three  fingers  within  the  vagina, 
and  applied  to  the  side  of  the  head,  so  as  to  carry  the  vertex  towards  one 

z  2 


294  VERSION    OR   TURNING. 

of  the  acetabula  ;" — "  when  thus  placed,  we  may  commit  the  termination 
to  the  natural  efforts,  provided  no  other  circumstance  complicates  the 
labour." 

498.  It  is  stated  as  an  objection  to  the  employment  of  this  kind  of 
manipulation,  that  it  is  more  difficult  to  catch  firm  hold  of  the  head  and 
to  bring  it  to  the  upper  outlet ;  that  if  we  succeed  in  bringing  it  to  the 
brim  we  can  do  no  more,  but  must  then  leave  it  to  nature  or  use  the 
forceps.  To  these  and  similar  objections,  Velpeau  has  returned  the  follow- 
ing answer :  "  1st,  It  is  not  always  very  difficult  to  seize  the  head,  and 
to  exert  considerable  force  upon  it ;  2dly,  if  the  waters  have  not  been 
long  discharged,  one  may  often  without  difficulty  seize  the  vertex,  and 
bring  it  to  the  centre  of  the  brim,  however  far  it  may  have  been  distant ; 
3dly,  that  in  general  it  is  better  to  force  the  head  to  descend,  by  pushing 
up  the  presenting  part,  than  by  bringing  down  the  head  ;  4thly,  that 
delivering  by  the  breech  is  far  from  being  a  simple  and  safe  operation ; 
as  regards  the  child,  it  is  less  so  than  cephalic  version,  even  if  the  forceps 
should  afterwards  be  applied." 

No  one  can  for  a  moment  deny  that  there  is  considerable  weight  in  the 
objections  I  have  named ;  but  a  more  detailed  investigation  will  show 
that  they  are  valid  only  against  an  indiscriminate  employment  of  the  ope- 
ration, and  not  against  its  use  in  the  cases  to  which  it  ought  to  be  confined. 
These  cases  may  be  divided  into  two  classes:  1,  where  the  pelvis  is  of 
sufficient  size,  and  nothing  but  the  malposition  of  the  child's  head  calls 
for  interference  ;  2,  in  certain  malpresentations,  such  as  the  neck  or 
shoulder,  and  perhaps  in  a  few  arm  cases,  if  the  uterus  be  not  strongly 
contracted,  and  especially  if  the  waters  have  not  escaped. 

It  is  evidently  not  calculated  for  any  case  where  prompt  delivery  is 
necessary. 

Its  advantages  are  found  to  be, — first,  a  greater  facility  in  reaching  the 
head,  for  it  is  not  proposed  to  be  used  in  cases  where  the  feet  are  near 
the  os  uteri ;  and  secondly,  a  vast  saving  of  infantile  life.  This  operation 
will  be  no  more  fatal  to  the  child  than  natural  labour,  if  performed  early, 
whereas  in  footling  cases  and  in  version  by  the  feet,  one  in  three  is  lost. 

499.  2.  Turning  by  the  feet,  or  podalic  version. — This  was  known  to 
the  ancients,  but  confined  by  most  of  them  to  the  case  of  dead  children. 
To  Ambrose  Pare  we  are  indebted  for  demonstrating  its  facility  and 
comparative  safety,  and  for  inculcating  it  in  practice.  His  distinguished 
pupil,  Guillemeau,  followed  in  his  footsteps,  to  be  himself  succeeded  by 
others  of  brilliant  talent  and  profound  research,  who  cleared  up  the  diffi- 
culties, and  settled  the  limits,  and  laid  down  the  rules  for  the  operation. 

The  peculiar  advantages  of  version  by  the  feet  are  : 

1.  That  it  gives  to  the  operator  the  entire  control  over  the  whole  pro- 
cess of  the  labour,  so  that  he  can  regulate  its  duration,  either  acting  with, 
or  independent  of,  the  pains. 

2.  That  though  inferior  in  its  results  to  labour  with  head  presentation, 
it  is  about  equal  to  any  other,  and  superior  to  some. 

3.  That  in  some  cases  it  is  the  only  chance  of  saving  the  child's  life, 
or  of  avoiding  evisceration. 

4.  That  in  certain  cases  it  affords  a  probability  of  saving  the  mother's 
life,  when  other  means  are  hopeless. 

On  the  other  hand,  its  disadvantages  are  not  to  be  overlooked;  for  — 


VERSION   OF   TURNING. 


295 


1.  From  the  distance  the  hand  has  to  traverse,  and  the  difficulty  of 
seizing  the  feet  and  of  turning  the  child  in  utero,  there  must  ever  be  a 
fearful  risk  of  injury  to  the  mother. 

2.  The  mortality  amongst  the  infants  thus  brought  into  the  world  is 
very  great;  as  far  as  our  statistics  extend,  they  yield  187  out  of  565  de- 
livered, or  about  1  in  3. 

500.  From  all  that  I  have  said,  it  will  not  be  difficult  to  specify  the 
cases  to  which  the  operation  is  applicable. 

1.  It  may  be  used  in  all  cases  of  malpresentation,  whether  of  the  supe- 
rior extremities  or  trunk. 

2.  If  upon  the  introduction  of  the  hand  it  be  found  impossible  to  rectify 
the  malposition  of  the  head,  we  are  advised  to  seek  for  the  feet  and  bring 
them  down. 

3.  In  all  cases  of  placenta  pravia,  many  cases  of  ruptured  uterus,  con- 
vulsions, prolapsed  funis,  &c.,  the  operation  is  available,  and  has  been 
used  with  great  success. 

It  is  right  to  mention  that  Denman  and  some  other  writers  recommend 
turning  when  the  pelvis  is  slightly  too  narrow  for  the  child's  head  ;  but  I 
must  confess  that  this  practice  appears  to  me  more  than  questionable. 

501.  The  next  point  for  our  investigation  is  the  period  most  suitable  for 
making  the  attempt ;  so  as  not  to  interfere  rashly  on  the  one  hand,  nor  to 

delay  too  long  on  the  other,  "neque  temere  nee  timidZ ."     Of  the 

two  errors,  it  ?s  hardly  too  much  to  say,  that  excessive  delay  is  the  more 

serious.  ...  -r  c 

1.  If  the  case  be  one  requiring  cephalic  version  for  the  rectification  ot  a 
malposition,  it  is  clear  that  the  operation  can  only  be  safely,  if  at  all,  per- 
formed before  the  uterine  efforts  have  wedged  the  head  into  the  upper 
strait;  the  attempt  should  be  made  so  soon  as  it  is  evident  that  the  natural 
powers  will  not  rectify  the  malposition.  It  will  be  an  additional  motive 
for  prompt  assistance,'  if  we  find  the  pains  violent,  and  that  the  patient 
have  had  many  children,  lest  the  head,  not  being  able  to  enter  the  brim, 
should  be  turned  aside,  and  forced  through  the  uterine  or  vaginal  panetes. 

2.  (a)  If  we  are  called  to  an  arm  presentation,  or  any  demanding  podahc 
version,  before  the  escape  of  the  liquor  amnii,  and  we  find  the  os  uten 
hard  and  undilatable,  it  will  be  advisable  to  wait  until  some  change  takes 
place,  before  we  introduce  the  hand;  neither  is  there  any  risk  worth  men- 
tioning, provided  we  remain  with  the  patient,  to  operate  instantly  when 
the  waters  break 

(b)  If  we  see  the  patient  before  the  rupture  of  the  membranes,  and  find 
the  os  uteri  soft  and  dilated  or  dilatable,  there  is  no  reason  for  deferring 
the  attempt,  if  the  case  require  this  kind  of  interference,  and  great  advan- 
tage in  operating  while  the  uterus  is  distended.  If  we  take  it  when  the 
os°uteri  will  admit  the  finger  and  knuckles,  it  is  the  better  time,  because 
we  then  turn  the  child  as  if  in  a  bucket  of  water ;  and  this  gives  us  so 
clear  an  advantage  that  it  needs  no  explanation. 

(c)  If  the  os  uteri  be  dilatable,  the  sooner  the  attempt  is  made  after  the 
escape  of  the  waters  the  better.  Gardien  says  that  the  most  favourable 
moment  is  just  when  the  waters  break. 

(d)  After  the  escape  of  the  waters,  we  sometimes  find  the  os  uteri 
neither  rigid  nor  much  dilated,  and  the  pains  moderate.  In  such  cases, 
no  time  should  be  lost ;  the  hand  should  be  introduced  into  the  vagina. 


296  VERSION    OF   TURNING. 

and  gentle  yet  firm  and  persevering  efforts  made  to  pass  the  hand  into  the 
uterus.  Dr.  Blundell  says,  "In  ordinary  cases,  if  the  mouth  of  the  womb 
be  as  broad  as  a  crown-piece,  and  if  the  softer  parts  be  relaxed  thoroughly, 
the  introduction  of  the  hand  is  not  exposed  to  greater  risk  than  usual ; 
there  seem  to  be  no  circumstances  preclusive  of  the  operation,  and  the 
sooner  you  commence  the  better." 

(e)  So  far,  although  these  cases  are  each  more  serious  than  the  other, 
yet  in  none  of  them  has  any  very  great  difficulty,  either  of  decision  or  of 
execution,  been  experienced.  We  are,  however,  often  called  to  a  class 
of  cases  wThere  our  utmost  judgment,  patience,  and  skill  wrill  be  needed. 
I  refer  to  those  cases  of  arm  presentation,  where,  in  the  language  of  Foster, 
"  the  membranes  have  been  a  long  time  ruptured,  the  waters  totally  eva- 
cuated, and  the  womb  closely  contracted  around  the  foetus,  w^hich  is  then 
thrust  considerably  into  the  pelvis,  the  parts  of  the  woman  being  dry,  hot, 
tender,  and  often  in  a  state  of  inflammation  and  tumefaction,  especially 
when  unskilful  endeavours  have  been  used  to  extract  or  turn  the  foetus, 
or  to  dilate  the  parts." 

In  such  a  case,  to  force  the  hand  through  the  os  uteri  wrould  be  to  rup- 
ture that  organ,  and  cause  the  death  of  the  woman.  It  is  admitted  by  all 
authors,  I  believe,  that  the  operation  must  be  postponed  for  a  time,  and 
means  tried  to  soften  the  uterus  and  suspend  its  contractions.  For  this 
purpose  all  are  agreed  in  the  propriety  of  taking  sixteen  or  eighteen  ounces 
of  blood  from  the  arm,  and  following  up  this  with  a  large  dose  (gtt.  lxxx. 
to  gtt.  c.)  of  laudanum.  Dr.  Collins  has  proposed  another  remedy  of  great 
value.  He  says,  "In  such  a  situation,  where  the  individual  is  strong  and 
plethoric,  twelve  or  fourteen  ounces  of  blood  should  be  taken  from  the 
arm,  and  a  table-spoonful  of  the  following  mixture  given  every  half-hour, 
which  I  have  found  exceedingly  useful,  both  in  quieting  uterine  action 
and  inducing  relaxation  : 

R.  Aquoe  Fontis,  3  yi- 
Antim.  Tartar,  gr.  iv. 
Aceti  opii,  gtt.  xxx.  M. 

By  these  means,  after  the  lapse  of  a  short  time,  wre  shall  find  the  uterus 
relax,  and  the  os  uteri  soften,  so  that  with  a  little  patience,  gentleness,  and 
time,  we  may  attain  our  object. 

3.  When  the  cause  is  one  of  placenta  prcevia,  or  even  of  accidental 
hemorrhage  (if  it  demand  delivery),  it  is  a  general  rule  to  operate  as  soon 
as  possible.  The  os  uteri  seldom  offers  any  resistance,  owing  to  the  loss 
of  blood  ;  and  as  this  loss  is  necessarily  increased  by  the  natural  efforts 
in  unavoidable  flooding,  it  is  evident  that  the  earlier  we  deliver,  the  better 
for  the  patient. 

If  wre  decide  upon  trying  this  operation  in  convulsions,  prolapsed  funis, 
or  ruptured  uterus,  it  will  be  wise  to  attempt  it  as  soon  as  the  state  of  the 
os  uteri  will  permit. 

502.  Dr.  Simpson  has  renewed  the  proposal  of  M.  Velpeau*  to  substi- 
tute turning,  in  certain  cases  of  distortion  of  the  pelvis,  for  craniotomy, 
on  the  ground  that  the  base  of  the  skull  being  narrower  than  the  inter- 
parietal diameter,  and  the  head  more  compressible  under  tractile  than 
expulsive  efforts,  the  child  might  be  delivered,  and  perhaps  saved  by  a 
less  severe  operation.  And  further,  that  as  turning  might  be  attempted 
*  De  l'Art  d' Accouchement,  vol  i.  p.  38. 


VERSION    OR   TURNING.  297 

at  an  earlier  period  than  is  usual  for  craniotomy  in  such  cases,  we  might 
thereby  afford  the  mother  a  greater  security  of  a  favourable  result  to  her- 
self. And  he  has  supported  his  views  by  statistics  taken  from  Dr.  Collins' 
work,  but  without  sufficient  care  and  caution,  as  it.  appears  to  me. 

Now  let  us  examine  into  the  practical  application  of  his  proposal.  The 
bi-mastoid  diameter  in  the  6  cases  of  measurement  he  gives,  varied  from 
2f  in.  to  3|  in.  ;  and  a  living  child  can  pass  through  a  pelvis  of  '■')]  in. 
antero-posterior  diameter  with  or  without  the  forceps.  With  a  pelvis  of 
this  size  the  operation  is  then  unnecessary,  and  if  the  antero-posterior 
diameter  of  the  pelvis  be  less  than  2f  in.  the  operation  would  be  imprac- 
ticable. Then  these  are  the  limits  of  the  operation  :  for  us  to  attempt  to 
drag  a  child  through  a  smaller  space  would  be  unjustifiable.  For  the 
success  of  the  operation  then,  we  must  be  able  to  ascertain  that  the  pelvis 
is  within  these  limits,  and  perhaps  in  some  few  cases,  with  whose  former 
labours  we  are  accurately  acquainted  we  may  do  this,  but  in  an  immense 
majority  of  cases  it  will  be,  I  think,  impossible  ;  and  it  happens,  as  Dr. 
Collins"  has  shown,  that  the  greater  number  of  cases  of  difficult  labour  he 
met  with  were  first  cases,  in  which,  of  course,  no  such  precise  judgment 
could  be  attained. 

Again,  the  life  of  the  child  is  not  secured  and  its  chance  but  little  in- 
creased, even  if  our  estimate  of  the  pelvic  diameters  be  accurate  ;  for  if 
in  turning  with  an  ordinary-sized  pelvis,  one-third  of  the  children  are 
lost,  the  mortality  will  be  surely  more  than  doubled  if  its  diameter  be  re- 
duced more  than  one-fourth. 

Moreover,  if  we  should  miscalculate  the  size  of  the  pelvis,  or  if  the 
head  should  be  a  trifle  larger  than  usual,  so  far  from  the  safety  of  the 
mother  being  increased  it  would  be  very  seriously  diminished  ;  for  we 
must  then  craniotomize  the  child  after  incurring  the  hazard  of  turning,  and 
in  a  most  unfavourable  position. 

Lastly,  even  if  we  succeed,  in  selecting  a  suitable  case  and  in  extracting 
the  child,  it  has  yet  to  be  proved  that  the  mother  would  not  incur  con- 
siderable danger  from  contusion  or  laceration  in  forcibly  dragging  the 
child  through  a  narrow  pelvis  ;  for  I  must  remind  my  readers  that  we  have 
no  statistics  of  the  proposed  operation  to  compare  with  those  of  the  old 
method,  the  few  cases  adduced  by  Dr.  Simpson  being  of  no  value  for  this 
purpose. 

I  must  therefore  object  to  the  general  adoption  of  Dr.  Simpson's  plan 
for  the  reasons  above  stated  :  the  difficulty  of  ascertaining  the  exact  diame- 
ters of  the  pelvis,  the  very  little  benefit  to  the  child,  the  great  risk  to  the 
mother  of  doubling  the  operation,  and  the  uncertainty  of  benefit  even  in 
suitable  cases. 

In  these  conclusions  I  am  very  glad  to  adduce  the  concurrence  of  my 
friend  Dr.  Radford,  whose  papers  are  no  doubt  familiar  to  my  readers  in 
the  pages  of  the  Provincial  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

503.  Method  of  operating. — This  operation  is  usually  divided  into 
three  stages;  the  introduction,  the  turning,  and  the  extraction.  I  shall 
shortly  describe  these,  in  each  kind  of  version. 

1.  Cephalic  Version.  —  The  rectum  and  bladder  having  been  previously 
emptied,  the  patient  is  to  be  placed  in  the  posture  most  convenient  to  the 
operator;  some  recommend  that  she  should  lie  on  her  back,  others  that 
she  should  kneel,  or  lie  on  her  left  side,  as  in  ordinary  labour.     The  latter 


298  VERSION    OR    TURNING. 

position  is  generally  adopted  in  this  country.  Whichever  hand  we  choose 
to  operate  with  is  to  be  well  oiled  or  soaped,  and  then  insinuated  through 
the  os  externum  edgeways.  Great  gentleness  will  be  necessary,  and, 
contrary  to  the  advice  of  some,  it  would  seem  better  to  do  this  during  an 
interval  of  pain.  When  the  greater  part  of  the  hand  is  in  the  vagina,  it 
will  be  necessary  to  change  its  direction  from  that  of  the  axis  of  the  lower 
outlet,  to  that  of  the  upper  outlet.  This  will  avoid  all  injury  to  the  vagina, 
and  will  bring  the  points  of  the  fingers  to  about  the  situation  of  the  os 
uteri.  Through  the  os  uteri  (and  membranes  if  entire)  the  hand  is  to  be 
insinuated  very  gradually,  in  a  conical  form,  and  during  the  interval  of 
the  pains ;  holding  still,  but  not  losing  ground,  when  the  pain  comes  on. 
When  the  hand  is  in  the  womb,  if  our  object  be  to  rectify  the  position  of 
the  head,  it  should  be  seized,  and  placed  in  one  of  the  oblique  diameters 
of  the  brim,  with  the  posterior  fontanelle  corresponding  to  one  of  the 
acetabula  —  i.  e.  in  the  first  or  second  position.  If  our  object  be  to 
change  the  presentation  —  for  example,  to  substitute  the  head  for  a 
shoulder  —  we  must  gently  push  up  the  shoulder,  and  then  seizing  the 
bead,  bring  it  down  to  the  brim,  and  place  it  in  the  most  favourable  rela- 
tion to  the  pelvis. 

Having  now  done  all  that  we  can  by  the  hand  alone,  it  may  be  with- 
drawn, and  the  further  progress  of  the  labour  left  to  the  efforts  of  nature ; 
should  these  be  found  inadequate,  recourse  must  be  had  to  the  forceps. 

This  is  the  ordinary  method  of  placing  the  head  in  position  for 
descending ;  but  Wigand  has  stated  that  it  is  possible,  before  the  waters 
have  escaped,  to  change  the  position  of  the  head,  or  even  the  presentation, 
by  external  abdominal  manipulations.  Velpeau  confirms  this  from  his 
own  experience,  and  something  similar  is  stated  by  Sennert  and  Martins. 
Riecke  has  also  related  several  such  cases.  Dr.  Burns,  in  a  note  to  his 
ninth  edition,  states,  that  "  Mr.  Buchanan,  of  Hull,  informs  me  that  he 
succeeded  in  one  instance  lately,  f  where  the  left  side  of  the  breast  of  the 
fetus  lay  diagonally  over  the  pelvis,  with  the  head  forward,'  in  bringing 
the  head  right,  by  making  the  patient  kneel  and  raise  the  breech,  whilst 
the  shoulders  were  brought  as  low  as  possible.  The  water  had  not  been 
discharged.  The  situation  of  the  head,  when  it  came  down,  was  made 
more  favourable  by  the  finger.     The  child  was  alive." 

504.  2.  Podalic  Version. — I  shall  not  repeat  what  I  have  said  as  to 
the  mode  of  introducing  the  hand  through  the  os  externum  and  os  uteri. 
The  hand  and  arm  will  be  our  guide ;  for  it  is  better  not  to  attempt  to 
put  it  back,  much  less  to  separate  it,  "  after  the  manner  of  the  ancients." 
Denman  remarks,  "  In  no  case  is  it  necessary,  or  in  anywise  serviceable, 
to  separate  the  arm  of  the  child  previous  to  the  introduction  of  the  hand 
of  the  operator.  In  some  cases  to  which  I  have  been  called,  in  which 
the  arm  had  been  separated  at  the  shoulder,  I  have  found  greater  incon- 
venience, there  being  much  difficulty  in  distinguishing  between  the  lace- 
rated skin  of  the  child  and  the  parts  appertaining  to  the  mother.  The 
presenting  arm  is  never  an  impediment  of  any  consequence  in  the  opera- 
tion, and  therefore,  in  my  opinion,  ought  not  to  be  regarded,  or  on  any 
account  removed."  Arrived  at  this  point,  an  examination  should  be 
made  as  to  the  position  of  the  child's  body.  Having  ascertained  all 
about  it,  the  hand  is  to  be  passed  over  the  front  (chest  and  belly)  of 
the  child,  as  it  is  generally  in  front  that  we  meet  with  the  feet.     It  is  often 


VERSION    OR    TURNING. 


209 


a  matter  of  difficulty  to  reach  them,  as  well  from  the  distance  to  be  tra- 
versed as  from  the  contraction  of  the  uterus. 

This  part  of  the  operation  should  be  slowly  and  gently  performed, 
resting  occasionally,  and  keeping  the  hand  quite  still  and  flat  upon  the 
body  of  the  child  during  a  pain,  so  as  to  avoid  both  injury  to  the  mother 
and  great  pain  to  ourselves  from  the  violence  of  the  uterine  contractions. 

Having  found  one  or  both  inferior  extremities,  "before  we  begin  to 
extract  we  must  examine  the  limbs  we  hold,  and  be  assured  that  we  do 
not  mistake  a  hand  for  a  foot.  The  feet,  being  held  firmly  in  the  hand, 
must  then  be  brought  with  a  waving  motion  slowly  into  the  pelvis.  While 
we  are  withdrawing  the  hand,  the  waters  of  the  ovum  flow  away,  and 
the  uterus  being  emptied  by  the  evacuation  of  these,  and  the  extraction 
of  the  inferior  extremities,  we  must  wait  till  it  has  contracted,  and  on  the 
accession  of  a  pain  the  feet  must  be  brought  lower,  till  they  are  at  length 
cleared  through  the  os  externum." 

Fig.  91. 


The  turning  of  the  child  is  accomplished  during  an  interval  of  pain, 
the  feet  being  brought  over  the  front  of  the  child,  and  not  over  the  back, 
which  would  risk  dislocation  of  the  spine;  and  as  the  feet  are  drawn 
down,  the  hand  will  ascend. 

The  extraction  of  the  child  is  to  be  accomplished  gradually  during  a 
pain,  and  in  drawing  downwards  we  should  be  careful  not  to  place  the 
foetus  in  a  wrong  position  as  to  the  pelvis.  Some  advise  us  to  leave  the 
labour  to  nature,  after  turning  the  child,  but  to  this  Dewees  objects.  He 
says,  "  The  whole  act  of  turning  should  be  considered  as  one  of  necessity 
rather  than  of  choice  ;  therefore,  where  it  is  proper  to  commence  with  it, 
it  is,  we  believe,  always  proper  to  finish  with  it,  and  not  trust  the  delivery 
to  the  powers  of  nature,  after  having  brought  the  feet  into  the  vagina,  as 
recommended  by  some." 


300 


VERSION    OR    TURNING. 


The  case  is  now  to  be  managed  precisely  as  a  footling  case. 

505.  Throughout  the  operation  I  have  spoken  of  bringing  down  the 
feet;  it  is  now  right  that  I  should  mention  some  modifications  of  this 
plan. 

Fig.  92. 


Peu,  Burton,  and  Win.  Hunter  recommend  that  the  hips  should  be 
seized  and  brought  to  the  brim  of  the  pelvis.  The  latter,  in  his  MS.  lec- 
tures, says,  speaking  of  arm  presentations :  "In  this  case  you  are  to  in- 
troduce the  hand  into  the  uterus,  and  gently  put  up  the  arm,  and  turn  the 
child  to  a  breech  presentation.  Reduce  it  if  possible  to  a  perfect  breech 
case,  that  it  may  come  more  gradually,  on  account  of  the  head  and  the 
navel-string,  lest  you  strangle  the  child.  If,  however,  you  find  this  im- 
practicable, let  it  come  footling,  but  sustain  the  child  at  the  hips  as  long 
as  you  can,  they  being,  next  the  head,  the  largest  and  most  unyielding 
part."  In  Germany  it  has  been  advocated  by  Schweighaeuser,  Schmidt, 
and  Betschler.  This  plan,  however,  is  seldom  or  never  tried.  The 
breech  would  be  more  difficult  to  seize  and  bring  down  by  the  head,  and 
we  should  (as  in  cephalic  version)  lose  all  control  over  it,  after  placing  it 
in  position.* 

506.  Again,  it  has  been  strongly  advised  to  hook  down  the  knees  in- 
stead of  seizing  the  feet,  by  Burton,  Delpech,  and  Breen.  In  this  re- 
commendation, Dr.  Burns  seems  to  coincide.  I  shall  quote  Dr.  Breen's 
own  statement  of  its  advantages  : 

"  By  this  proceeding  (hooking  the  finger  in  the  flexure  of  the  knee)  the 
child  would  be  made  to  revolve  on  the  lesser  axis  of  the  trunk,  and  the 
foot  would  be  brought  into  the  vagina  within  the  reach  of  a  noose.     By 

*  A  large  blunt  hook  placed  in  the  groin,  affords  very  effectual  control,  unless  there 
he  some  unusual  mechanical  difficulty  in  the  case.  — Editor. 


VERSION    OR    TURNING.  301 

adopting  a  different  procedure,  and  endeavouring  to  lay  hold  of  a  foot 
according  to  the  usual  directions,  it  is  obvious  that  the  hand  of  the  opera- 
tor must  traverse  a  greater  space  of  the  uterus  —  a  matter  of  very  con- 
siderable difficulty,  either  when  the  action  of  that  viscus  is  strong,  or  when 
it  is  closely  contracted  on  the  body  of  the  child.  This  difficulty  being 
surmounted,  when  the  foot  is  laid  hold  of,  it  is  very  apt  to  .slip  and  recede 
from  the  grasp,  as  well  from  the  violence  of  uterine  action,  as  from  the 
hand  being  cramped  and  nearly  powerless  by  reason  of  the  previous  exer- 
tion. By  adhering  to  the  direction  of  hooking  the  knee,  the  hand  of  the 
operator  is  in  a  great  measure  protected  during  the  pains,  and  he  is  ena- 
bled deliberately  to  proportion  the  force  requisite  to  change  the  position, 
to  the  resistance  he  encounters.  Besides,  as  the  knees  must  have  been 
nearly  in  contact  with  the  superior  part  of  the  abdomen,  from  the  earliest 
development  of  the  extremities  of  the  embryo,  should  what  may  be  called 
accidental  circumstances  have  removed  them  from  this  natural  and  usual 
position,  but  little  force  will  be  requisite  to  restore  them  to  it."* 

Of  course,  should  a  foot  be  nearer  the  os  uteri  than  a  knee,  Dr.  Breen 
would  advise  its  being  seized. 

These  reasons  certainly  appear  of  sufficient  weight  to  justify  the  admis- 
sion of  Dr.  Breen's  suggestion,  as  an  improvement  upon  the  previous 
mode  of  turning. 

507.  Lastly.  As  it  is  not  always  easy  to  seize  both  feet,  we  are  told 
by  many  writers  not  to  be  solicitous  about  the  second,  but  to  extract  by 
one  alone.  The  reason  given  is  simply  to  avoid  pain  to  the  mother,  and 
to  save  the  difficulty  and  trouble  of  seeking  for  a  second.  A  similar  re- 
commendation has  been  given  by  my  intelligent  friend,  Dr.  Radford  of 
Manchester  ;  but  for  very  different,  and,  as  far  as  my  experience  goes,  for 
very  valid  reasons : 

"  The  results  of  practice,"  he  says,  "  prove,  what  might  be  inferred  by 
reasoning,  that  the  child's  life  is  much  more  frequently  preserved  in  those 
cases  in  which  it  presents  the  breech,  than  where  the  feet  come  doion  first." 
"  Is  there,  then,  no  practice  which  would  enable  us  to  bring  down  a  part, 
approximating  in  its  measurements  to  those  of  the  breech  presentation, 
which  we  have  already  stated  to  be  so  safe  to  the  child,  but  which  cannot 
be  effected  in  turning  operations?  There  is,  —  and  this  practice  consists 
in  never  bringing  down  more  than  one  foot  in  the  manual  operation 
of  turning  a  child." 

The  following  measurements  were  obtained  from  children  bom  at  the 
full  period  of  utero-gestation  : 

The  circumference  of  that  portion  of  the  head  Trhich  presents  in 

labour,  is  from 12  to  1Z\  inches. 

Do.  of  the  breech,  with  the  thighs  flexed  upon  the 

abdomen,  as  in  breech  pi  m     .     12  to  13J     do. 

Do.  of  the  breech,  with  one  thigh  tw 

from       .     11  to  12}     do. 
Do.              of  the  hips,  the  logs  extended  as  in  feet  pre- 
sentations, from 10  to  11}     do. 

It  is  evident  from  these  measurements,  that  it  will  be  safer  for  the  child 
to  bring  down  only  one  foot,  for  inasmuch  as  the  breech  with  the  thigh 
turned  up  is  more  bulky  than  the  hip  with  the  legs  extended,  by  so  much 

*  Edinburgh  Med.  and  Surg.  Journal,  vol.  xiv.  p.  29. 

9      A 


302  VERSION    OR   TURNING. 

will  the  passage  be  better  prepared  to  admit  the  quick  transit  of  the  child's 
head,  upon  which  the  safety  of  the  infant  depends.* 

Dr.  Simpson  recommends  seizing  one  knee,  and  that  the  opposite  to 
the  upper  extremity  which  presents,  i.  e.  if  the  right  arm  present,  the  left 
knee  is  to  be  brought  down. 

508.  From  what  has  been  stated,  it  will  appear  that  the  difficulties  of 
the  operation  are  almost  entirely  owing  to  the  uterus  being  in  action. 
When  it  is  quiescent,  or  nearly  so,  the  operation  is  easy ;  but  when  the 
contractions  are  violent,  it  is  often  tedious,  difficult,  and  very  painful,  both 
for  the  patient  and  operator.  These  contractions  equally  impede  the  in- 
troduction of  the  hand,  the  finding  of  the  feet,  and  the  turning  of  the 
child.  Once  so  much  is  accomplished,  they  become  of  valuable  assist- 
ance in  completing  the  delivery. 

509.  The  danger  to  the  mother  may  arise  —  1.  From  the  operator  not 
changing  the  direction  of  his  hand,  in  accordance  with  the  pelvic  axes, 
and  consequently  pushing  his  fingers  through  the  vagina. 

2.  The  hand  may  be  forced  through  the  walls  of  the  uterus,  if  too 
much  force  be  used  in  searching  for  the  feet. 

3.  The  uterus  may  bruise  itself  against  the  hand,  or  the  limbs  of  the 
foetus,  during  the  turning. 

4.  Without  any  evident  injury,  the  irritation  of  the  operation  may  give 
rise  to  subsequent  inflammation. 

5.  The  nervous  shock  may  be  serious,  or  even  fatal. 

The  simple  enumeration  of  these  dangers  ought,  one  wTould  think,  to 
go  far  towards  obviating  most  of  them. 

510.  The  danger  to  the  child  consists — 1.  In  compression  of  the  funis, 
wThich  commences  about  the  time  the  buttocks  appear  at  the  os  externum. 
After  this  time,  if  there  be  much  delay,  the  child  will  perish  from  the  in- 
terrupted circulation,  unless  by  chance  the  cord  should  have  lodged  in 
the  angle  at  the  junction  of  the  os  sacrum  with  the  os  ilium.  To  obviate 
this  danger,  it  was  proposed  by  Pugh  to  introduce  a  pipe  into  the  child's 
mouth,  and  excite  respiration,  whilst  the  head  was  yet  in  the  vagina. 
Bigelow  and  Baudelocque  are  said  to  have  employed  this  in  practice. 

2.  If  much  extracting  force  be  used,  the  spine  may  be  dislocated ;  the 
hips  also  ;  and  the  ]eg  has  been  pulled  off. 

3.  Compression  of  the  head  is  enumerated  by  Dewees  as  one  of  the 
dangers  to  which  the  foetus  is  exposed. 

511.  It  only  remains  now  for  me  to  say  a  word  as  to  the  after  treatment. 
The  patient  will  probably  need  an  anodyne  after  the  operation,  and  it  is 
good  practice  to  join  a  few  grains  of  calomel  with  the  opium  or  Dover's 
powder.     It  will  be  necessary  to  exercise  great  watchfulness  to  detect  the 

*  "  I  have  not,"  says  Dr.  Huston,  in  a  note  to  a  former  edition,  "  for  the  last  twenty- 
years,  attempted  to  bring  down  both  feet,  unless  I  had  strong  reasons  for  believing  the 
child  to  be  dead,  or  from  the  existence  of  some  circumstance  requiring  rapid  delivery, 
as  convulsions,  hemorrhage,  or  laceration  of  the  maternal  organs;  and  under  these 
circumstances  only  when  it  could  be  accomplished  with  facility.  For  the  reasons  men- 
tioned by  the  author,  it  is  certainly  safer  for  the  child  to  deliver  by  bringing  down  only 
one  foot,  whilst  there  is  no  more  difficulty,  and  in  fact,  less  for  the  operator,  than  in 
turning  and  delivering  by  grasping  both  feet.  If  any  more  force  be  necessary  to  bring 
the  hips  of  the  child  through  the  soft  parts  of  the  mother,  than  can  be  prudently  ex- 
erted on  one  limb  of  the  child,  a  finger,  or  the  blunt  hook,  applied  upon  the  opposite 
groin,  will  supply  the  requisite  aid." — Editor. 


THE   VECTIS    OR   LEVER. 


303 


first  inroads  of  inflammatory  action,  which  must  be  met  by  antiphlogistics, 
according  to  the  strength  of  the  patient,  and  the  violence  of  the  attack 

Careful  inquiry  should  be  made  as  to  the  character  of  the  lochial  dis- 
charge each  day,  and  if  necessary  the  vagina  may  be  syringed  with  warm 
water. 

The  most  absolute  quiet  and  rest  are  desirable.  If  the  infant  be  alive, 
the  mother  should  not  be  teased  with  it  for  some  hours. 


CHAPTER  XT. 

OBSTETRIC  OPERATIONS.    3.  THE  VECTIS  OR  LEVER. 

512.  So  many  claims  have  been  put  forth  to  the  invention  of  this  simple 
instrument,  that  it  is  not  very  easy  to  trace  it  to  its  author.  It  has  been 
ascribed  to  Celsus,  to  Mauriceau,  to  Schitling,  and  to  Palfyn  ;  but  the  credit, 
so  far  as  I  can  judge,  belongs  to  Henry  Roonhuysen,  from  whom  it  is 
extremely  probable  that  Dr.  Chamberlen  obtained  a  knowledge  of  the 
invention.  To  others  it  was  also  communicated,  but  "  for  a  considera- 
tion ;"  and  the  matter  was  kept  secret,  until  in  1753  two  Dutch  practi- 
tioners, MM.  Jacobus  de  Visscher,  and  Hugo  van  de  Poll,  whose  names 
deserve  most  honourable  mention,  and  more  especially  as  they  did  not 
practise  midwifery,  conceived  the  project  of  making  public  a  discovery 
which  promised  such  valuable  results.  They  bought  the  secret  for  a  large 
sum  of  monev  (Baudelocque  says  5000  livres  de  France)  of  Gertrude  de 
Bruyn,  daughter  of  Jean  de  Bruyn,  and  wife  of  Herman  van  der  Heiden, 
and' immediately  published  an  account  of  it  in  the  Dutch  language,  thus 
terminating  the  secret  history  of  the  vectis. 

I  have  not  been  able  to  ascertain  that  the  Chamberlens  imparted  a 
knowledge  of  the  vectis  to  any  practitioner  in  this  country,  although  at 
the  time  of  the  publication  of  Visscher  and  Van  de  Poll,  the  forceps  was 
ordinarily  used  in  London.  Since  then  it  has  obtained  more  or  less  notice 
in  works  on  midwifery,  though  it  has  been  to  a  great  extent  superseded  in 
practice  by  the  forceps. 

513.  In  France,  Mauriceau  invented  an  instrument  something  like  the 
vectis,  for  the  purpose  of  extracting  the  head  when  separated  from  the 
body.  In  1715  Isaac  de  Bruas,  and  in  1738  M.  Rigaudeaux,  constructed 
each  a  vectis,  to  meet  the  difficulty  of  certain  cases  to  which  they  were 
called.  In  1753  Warroquier,  of  Lisle,  used  one  blade  of  Smellie's  for- 
ceps as  a  lever.  After  the  publication  of  Visscher  and  Van  de  Poll,  the 
instrument  occupied  the  attention  of  the  profession,  who  were  much  di- 
vided in  opinion  as  to  its  merits.     At  present  it  is  but  slightly  esteemed. 

514.  As  it  was  amongst  the  Dutch  the  vectis  originated,  so  do  they 
appear  to  have  estimated  it  most  highly,  and  cultivated  it  most  success- 
fully- 

In  addition  to  the  names  of  Henry  and  Roger  Roonhuysen,  I  may 

mention  those   of  Ruysch,  Boekelmann,  De  Bruyn,  Plattman,  Boom, 

Rooy,  De  Moor,  Visscher,  and  Van  de  Poll ;  of  f  itsing,  Halfyn,  Berk- 

mann,  Van  der  Haar,  Stylcke,  Jans,  De  Bree,  De  Bruas,  Van  Geuns, 

20 


304 


THE    VECTIS    OR    LEVER. 


Rathlauw,  &c.  Van  Sweiten,  in  his  Commentaries  upon  the  Aphorisms 
of  Boorhaave,  published  in  1754,  refers  to  the  discovery  of  this  instrument 
as  a  benefit  conferred  on  the  human  race.  He  remarks  :  "  Quamvis  autem 
egregii  viri,  qui  varios  forcipes  invenerunt,  aut  perfecerunt,  omnem  laudem 
mereantur,  et  ob  industriam  et  ob  candorem,  quo  sua  inventa  publico 
communicaverunt,  tamen  videtur  vectis  ille  Roohuysianus  reliquis  esse 
praeferendus." 

The  celebrated  Camper  published  a  paper  in  1774,  in  which  he  advo- 
cated the  use  of  the  lever,  and  spoke  highly  of  its  advantages. 

In  1794  Johannes  Mulder  published  a  very  learned  and  valuable  history 
of  the  forceps  and  vectis. 

515.  The  vectis  of  Roonhuysen  (fig.  93),  is  thus  described  by  M. 
Preville,  from  the  memoir  of  Visscher  and  Van  de  Poll:  "  L'instrument 
de  Roonhuisen  est  un  morceau  long  et  quarre  de  fer  bien  forge,  de  lOf 
pouces  de  long  et  large  d'un  pouce :  son  epaisseur  sans  etre  garni  est  de 
■J-  d'un  pouce,  et  etant  garni,  de  §  d'un  pouce.  Ce  fer  est  droit  au  milieu 
de  la  longuer  de  4  pouces,  et  se  courbe  insensiblement  vers  les  extremites. 
Ces  courbures  sont  a  peu  pres  semblables,  et  etant  mesurees  dans  leur 
concavites,  elles  ont  3  pouces  J  de  courbure  et  environ  -|  de  pouce  de 
fond.     Ce  levier  de  fer  doit  etre  soigneusement  arrondi  de  tous  cotes,  et 

Fig.  93.  Fig.  94. 


U 


pnncipalement  aux  quatre  coins,  afin  qu'il  ne  puisse  pas  faire  du  mal 
lorsqu'on  l'appuie.  C'est  pourquoi  les  extremites  des  courbures,  quoique 
bien  arrondies,  doivent  etre  garnies  d'un  emplatre  de  diapalme  etendu 
sur  du  gros  linge  de  la  longueur  d'un  pouce  en  dedans  ;  le  morceau  droit 


THE   VECTIS    OB    LEVBR.  305 

du  milieu  situe  entre  les  deux  courbures,  ef  par  lequel  se  fait  la  plus  forte 
pression  contre  les  os  pubis,  doit  rue  tout  a  fait  garni  de  cet  eraplatre,  et 
un  peu  plus  fort  au  milieu.  II  faut  surtout  avoir  attention  que  cesempla- 
tres  soient  applique's  fort  egalement  sur  le  fer,  sans  le  moindre  pli.    Apres 

avoir  garni  le  fer  de  ces  emplatres,  on  le  garnit  tout  entier  de  peau  de 
chien  mince  et  fort  douce,  et  il  faut  observer  que  cette  peau  doit  etre  ap- 
pliquee  fort  unie,  et  que  les  coutures  de  la  peau  soient  au  dehors,  e'est  a 
dire,  du  cote  convexe  de  l'instrument."  It  is  added,  "  Nous  avons 
trouve  une  petite  corde  entortillee  autour  d'un  des  bouts  de  l'instrument, 
dans  Pendroit  ou  la  courbure  est  plus  grande,  comme  on  le  voit  meme 
dan  la  figure  ;  ce  que  nous  croyons  ne  servir  a  autre  chose,  si  non  pour 
marquer  qu'on  doit  se  servir  de  ce  cote  plutot  que  l'autre,  ou  pour  mesurer 
l'approehe  de  l'instrument." 

516.  Many  changes  have  been  made  in  the  form  of  the  instrument  and 
in  the  materials  of  which  it  is  formed.  Titsing  padded  it  with  wool ; 
Moraud  and  Herbiniaux  made  it  of  ivory ;  others  of  wood,  bone  or 
silver. 

"  When  the  vectis  was  first  known  in  this  country,"  says  Dr.  Denman, 
"  that  described  by  Heister  was  preferred  to  those  recommended  by  the 
surgeons  of  Amsterdam.  The  vectis  used  by  Dr.  Cole  was  like  one  blade 
of  the  forceps,  somewhat  lengthened  and  enlarged.  That  of  Dr.  Griffith 
was  of  the  same  kind,  with  a  hinge  between  the  handle  and  the  blade ; 
and  that  of  Dr.  Wathen  was  not  unlike  Palfyn's,  but  with  a  flat  handle 
and  a  hook  at  the  extremity  of  the  handle,  which  prevented  its  slipping 
through  the  hand,  and  might  be  occasionally  used  as  a  crotchet.  Many 
other  changes  have  been  made  in  the  construction  of  the  instrument,  but 
the  vectis  now  generally  used  is  of  the  following  dimensions  :  The  whole 
length  of  the  instrument  before  it  is  curved  is  12^  inches.  The  length 
of  the  blade  before  it  is  curved  is  7^  inches.  The  length  of  the  blade 
when  curved  is  6^  inches.  The  widest  part  of  the  blade  is  If  inch.  The 
weight  of  the  vectis  is  6^  ounces.     The  handle  is  fixed  in  wood." 

The  one  in  ordinary  use  (fig.  94)  is  that  described  by  Dr.  Lowder,  and 
improved  by  Mr.  Gaitskell,  who  says,  "  The  vectis  should  be  thirteen 
inches  in  length,  one  half  to  form  the  handle,  the  other  the  curve.  The 
handle  should  be  made  of  hard  wood,  rendered  rough  for  the  purpose  of 
obtaining  a  firmer  hold,  and  made  to  screw  on  and  off".  When  the  instru- 
ment is  made  with  a  hinge  handle,  it  is  very  difficult  to  introduce  ;  there- 
fore this  construction  of  the  instrument  should  never  be  adopted." 

517.  The  nature  of  the  aid  afforded  by  the  vectis  is  threefold  : 

1.  To  correct  malpositions,  or  aid  the  natural  rotations  of  the  head  at 
the  brim,  or  in  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis;  and  to  this  the  majority  of  French 
practitioners  limit  its  employment. 

2.  As  a  lever  of  the  first  or  second  kind,  i.  e.  making  a  fulcrum  of  the 
pelvis,  or  of  the  left  hand  of  the  operator  external  to  the  pelvis.  Its 
employment  in  the  first  way  is  extremely  hazardous  from  the  certainty  of 
crushing  the  soft  structures  lining  the  pelvis,  and  the  probability  of 
injuring  the  urethra  or  the  child's  head.  Many  authorities  who  employ 
and  recommend  the  lever,  would  altogether  reject  it,  and  I  think  justly, 
rather  than  so  use  it.  This  objection  does  not  hold  against  the  second 
mode,  which  is  the  proper  one,  if  it  be  employed  as  a  lever  at  all. 

The  discoverers  and  first  possessors  of  the  secret,  made  the  arch  of  the 

2  a2 


306  THE  VECTIS  OR  LEVER. 

pubis  the  fulcrum.  In  order  to  avoid  the  urethra,  Boom,  Boekelmann, 
and  Titsing  rested  it  upon  the  ramus  of  the  ischium. 

3.  As  a  tractor. — Dr.  Burns  says,  "It  is  unfortunately  named,  for  it 
ought  not  to  be  employed  to  wrench,  but  to  hook  or  draw  down  the 
head  ;  and  its  proper  application  would  be  less  apt  to  be  mistaken  were 
it  called  the  tractor."  This  can  only  be  done  with  the  curved  vectis ; 
with  the  one  used  by  Roonhuysen  no  tractile  power  could  be  exerted. 
When  the  force  thus  employed  is  sufficient,  it  is  by  far  the  safest  appli- 
cation of  the  instrument. 

518.  The  cases  suitable  for  the  employment  of  the  vectis  appear  to  be 
the  following : 

1.  Before  the  head  has  fully  entered  the  upper  outlet,  when,  either  from 
slight  malposition,  or  from  very  slight  narrowing,  the  uterine  efforts  are 
ineffectual  in  advancing  the  labour. 

Froriep  advises  it  in  cases  of  face  presentation,  and  after  version,  when 
the  head  is  difficult  to  extract. 

2.  It  was  recommended  by  its  early  patrons  in  cases  where  the  head 
had  become  impacted  in  the  pelvis :  in  fact,  it  was  considered  as  super- 
seding in  a  great  measure  the  use  of  the  crotchet.  After  the  description 
I  have  given,  I  need  hardly  say  that  it  is  not  merely  powerless  in  such 
cases,  but  very  likely  to  be  injurious. 

Levret,  and  some  other  French  writers,  have  admitted  its  employment 
in  some  cases  where  the  head  was  rather  tight  in  the  passage  —  to  use 
their  own  words  —  on  the  point  of  being  "  enclavee,"  but  not  when 
impacted. 

I  have  hitherto  deferred  stating  the  two  principal  conditions  of  its 
employment,  even  in  these  cases,  viz.  the  presence  of  labour  pains, 
without  which  there  could  not  be  a  chance  of  success ;  and  the  dilatation 
of  the  os  uteri. 

3.  The  case  which  appears  to  me  most  suitable  for  the  use  of  this 
instrument,  and  in  which  the  probability  of  success  is  greatest,  is  that  in 
which  the  head  having  descended  into  the  pelvic  cavity,  is  arrested  in  its 
progress,  not  by  any  mechanical  impediment,  but  by  the  inefficiency  (not 
absence)  of  labour  pains,  and  when  the  patient  is  beginning  to  show 
symptoms  of  constitutional  or  local  disturbance.  This  condition  does  not 
take  place  until  the  second  stage  of  labour  has  lasted  some  time,  and  as, 
after  these  symptoms  have  shown  themselves,  there  is  danger  to  the 
patient  in  further  delay,  it  is  important  to  obtain  aid. 

"  In  this  most  favourable  presentation,"  says  Dr.  Breen,  "the  uterine 
action  is  occasionally  for  hours  exerted  in  vain,  from  causes  which  we  are 
frequently  unable  to  account  for.  Much  delay  may  excite  fears  for  the 
safety  of  the  child,  and  lay  the  foundation  of  a  tendency  to  inflammation 
in  some  of  the  soft  structures  of  the  mother ;  indicated  by  some  one,  or 
several  of  the  following  symptoms ;  increased  frequency  or  fulness  of  the 
pulse ;  tongue  loaded  in  its  centre,  secretion  of  urine  diminished,  and 
becoming  higher  in  colour,  sometimes  requiring  to  be  drawn  off  by  the 
catheter ;  countenance  assuming  an  anxious  aspect ;  stomach  irritable ; 
general  increase  of  restlessness." 

Now  as  there  is  supposed  to  be  space  enough,  and  pains,  though  feeble, 
a  slight  additional  force  will  often  succeed  in  bringing  the  infant  into  the 
world  at  once.     As  there  is  nothing  in  the  nature  of  the  operation  to  add 


THE  VECTIS  OR  LEVER.  307 

to  the  danger,  and  especially  as  the  tractile  force  will  probably  be  suffi- 
cient, it  seems  peculiarly  suitable  to  this  case  ;  and  J  may  add,  that  all  the 
testimony  I  can  collect  is  in  favour  of  its  application. 

4.  In  cases  of  convulsions,  or  other  accidents  occurring  during  labour, 
provided  only  that  the  pains  continue,  the  assistance  of  the  lever  may  be 
sufficient  to  terminate  the  labour. 

519.  As  to  the  time  when  the  instrument  may  be  most  advantageously 
used,  I  may  adopt  the  words  of  Mr.  Dease:  "  It  requires  a  certain  degree 
of  cool  discernment,  which  I  believe  is  only  acquired  by  long  practice,  to 
know  when  a  woman  is  still  capable  of  assisting  her  labour,  or  when  the 
head  is  sullieiently  low  in  the  pelvis  to  use  the  extractor." 

If  the  object  desired,  be  to  aid  the  head  in  passing  through  the  upper 
outlet,  or  to  rectify  its  position  there,  it  will  be  well  to  operate  so  soon  as 
the  os  uteri  is  dilated  or  dilatable. 

When  the  head  is  in  the  pelvis,  it  is  desirable  to  have  it  as  low  down 
as  may  be,  as  the  operation  is  then  much  easier. 

"  Under  these  circumstances,"  says  Mr.  Dease,  "  I  think  it  best  to 
examine  the  woman  as  she  lies  on  her  side  :  if  the  surgeon  finds  that  the 
head  is  sunk  deep  in  the  pelvis  towards  the  sacrum,  at  least  one-half,  he 
may  apply  the  extractor  :  he  should  not  form  his  judgment  of  the  descent 
of  the  head  from  examining  towards  the  pubis ;  for  here,  from  the  shal- 
lowness of  the  pelvis,  and  the  swelling  of  the  scalp,  he  will  be  very  apt 
to  be  deceived,  and  imagine  the  head  to  be  much  lower  down  than  it 
really  is." 

In  coming  to  a  conclusion  on  this  point,  however,  regard  must  be  had 
to  the  constitutional  symptoms ;  if  these  be  urgent,  it  would  be  unwise  to 
lose  time  after  the  period  at  which  the  vectis  may  be  easily  applied. 

The  occurrence  of  any  of  the  accidental  complications,  will  in  each 
case  determine  the  period  for  operating,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the 
symptoms. 

520.  I  regret  much  not  having  any  statistical  results  to  submit,  but  in 
this,  as  in  too  many  other  cases,  practitioners  seem  to  have  concluded, 
that  as  the  instrument  is  said  to  be  quite  safe,  it  was  therefore  useless  to 
record  the  facts. 

De  Bruyn  is  said  to  have  used  it  successfully  800  times  in  42  years. 
MM.  Titsing  and  Berkmann  used  it  262  times  in  24  years,  and  saved 
80  or  90  children  in  the  100. 

521.  As  to  the  comparative  results :  the  alternative  of  the  vectis  is  the 
forceps,  and  their  respective  merits  have  been  the  subject  of  controversy 
with  most  writers  who  have  treated  of  them.  Upon  reading  over  the 
different  sides  of  the  question,  it  wTould  seem  that  each  writer  has  taken 
up  the  subject  too  much  as  a  partisan.  To  compare  their  utility  in  certain 
cases,  is  little  more  than  a  waste  of  words ;  as,  for  example,  where  the 
pains  have  ceased,  or  where  compression  is  required  to  extricate  the  head 
of  the  child.  In  such  cases,  the  vectis  is  of  no  use,  and  it  would  be 
highly  reprehensible  to  employ  it.  But  where  there  is  room,  and  when 
the  pains  persist,  there  the  vectis  being  sufficiently  powerful,  has  this 
signal  advantage,  that  there  is  but  one  blade  to  be  introduced,  and  but 
the  thickness  of  that  one  blade  added  to  the  child's  head.  It  is  possible 
that  the  single  blade  may  be  able  to  act  where  the  bulk  of  two  would 
render  extraction  impossible.     These  appear  to  me  to  be  the  peculiar  ad- 


308  THE  VECTIS  OR  LEVER. 

vantages  of  the  vectis,  and  therefore  I  shall  not  detail  the  controversy 
more  fully,  but  refer  to  the  works  of  Osborn,  Bland,  Denman,  Camper, 
Herbiniaux,  Levret,  Burns,  Conquest,  &c.,  &c. 

One  point,  however,  I  must  notice,  which  has  been  urged  in  favour  of 
the  vectis,  viz.,  the  secrecy  with  which  it  may  be  used.  Now  this  I  con- 
sider a  decided  disadvantage.  I  most  fully  agree  with  the  opinion  of  Dr. 
Osborn,  and  shall  make  no  apology  for  transcribing  it  at  length,  as  it 
applies  forcibly  to  all  midwifery  operations  : 

"  In  the  first  place  I  am  persuaded,  that  if  concealment  in  the  use  of 
the  means  intended  for  relief  in  laborious  or  difficult  labours  be  not  per- 
mitted, but  that  the  absolute  necessity  of  such  means  be  first  established, 
and  that  every  practitioner  be  obliged  openly  and  avowedly  to  use  them, 
we  should  never  again  hear  or  read  of  one  person  having  used  the  vectis 
in  800  and  another  in  1200  cases  (Van  Swieten,  Camper,  and  Herbiniaux). 
Nor  shall  we  again  hear  of  the  great  number  of  women  which  some  prac- 
titioners are  constantly  boasting  of  having  delivered  ;  for  no  man  can 
attend  a  great  number  of  women  in  labour,  in  the  manner  he  ought,  in 
the  way  nature  demands,  or  a  conscientious  discharge  of  his  duty  requires. 
Nor  do  real  difficulties  occur  so  often,  as  to  render  it  possible  to  believe, 
that  any  man's  life  could  afford  such  numbers  of  difficult  cases  as  are 
stated  in  the  printed  accounts  from  abroad.  As  I  feel  thoroughly  con- 
vinced of  the  propriety  and  necessity  of  a  fair  and  candid  avowal  of  the 
use  of  instruments,  in  every  case  of  midwifery  where  they  are  to  be  em- 
ployed, so  I  must  insist  that  their  concealment  cannot  be  justified  by  any 
proper  motive.  Such  an  open  avowal  implies  a  conviction  in  the  practi- 
tioner's mind  of  that  irresistible  necessity  for  their  use,  that  supersedes 
every  other  consideration ;  it  implies  a  consciousness  of  the  rectitude  of 
his  conduct,  and  it  implies  a  voluntary  acceptance  of  the  consequences 
of  the  operation,  which  ought  to  make  part  of  his  professional  duty  :  and 
it  clearly  demonstrates  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  patient  and  her  friends, 
that  no  motive  of  convenience  to  himself  could  urge  him  to  an  operation 
which  may  prove  ruinous  to  his  own  reputation  and  interest.  Besides, 
not  to  insist  upon  that  responsibility  from  the  operator,  is  to  deprive  the 
patient  of  the  best  and  surest  security  against  a  precipitate  performance 
of  the  operation.  If  once  the  practitioner  can  rest  assured,  that,  let  the 
event  of  the  case  be  ever  so  unsuccessful,  the  injurious  effects  of  his 
operation  will  be  buried  in  eternal  oblivion,  by  blending  the  mischief 
arising  from  the  indiscreet  use  of  instruments  with  the  natural  conse- 
quences of  labour,  he  will  certainly  have  nothing  to  weigh  against  the 
tempting  advantages  of  convenience  or  emolument  to  himself;  but  while 
he  is  shortening  the  duration  of  the  most  irksome  part  of  his  professional 
duty,  the  waiting  upon  a  slow  and  lingering  labour,  he  will  flatter  him- 
self, that,  by  delivering,  he  is  doing  an  acceptable  service  to  his  patient, 
in  shortening  the  duration  of  her  sufferings."* 

522.  Method  of  operating.  —  Premising  then  that  the  case  is  one 
adapted  for  the  vectis,  that  there  is  space  enough,  that  the  os  uteri  is  fully 
dilatable,  if  not  dilated,  that  there  are  pains,  and  that  the  patient  and  her 
friends  have  been  made  acquainted  with  our  intention,  it  next  remains  for 
us  to  consider  the  method  of  using  the  instrument : 

*  Essays  on  Midwifery,  p.  144. 


THE  VECTIS  OR  LEVER.  309 


1st.  As  a  lever,  and, 


2dly.  As  a  tractor. 

1.  As  a  lever.  —  The  first  point  to  be  decided  is,  over  what  part  the 
instrument  is  to  be  applied  ;  and  here  we  have  latitude  enough. 

"Some,"  says  Dr.  Gooch,  "apply  it  over  the  occiput;  others  behind 
the  ear,  by  which  it  has  a  bearing  against  the  prominence  of  the  mastoid 
process  ;  and  others  against  the  chin.  The  two  first  are  perhaps  the  best 
when  the  head  is  high,  as  considerable  force  is  required  to  move  it,  which 
may  be  employed  with  more  safety  against  either  the  occiput  or  mastoid 
process  than  against  the  chin.  But  when  the  head  is  low  down,  resting 
on  the  perineum,  less  force  will  be  necessary,  and  the  vectis  may  then  be 
applied  against  the  chin;  but  the  instrument  requires  to  be  used  with 
great  caution,  lest  the  jaw  should  be  injured." 

De  Bruyn  applied  it  over  the  mastoid  process  ;  Camper  over  the  lower 
jaw  ;  Lowder  on  the  forehead,  &c,  &c. 

I  have  already  pointed  out  the  temptation  to  make  the  soft  parts  of  the 
mother  the  fulcrum,  and  the  mischiefs  which  result.  As  far  as  my  judg- 
ment extends,  it  would  seem  that  the  vectis  ought  never  to  be  used  as  a 
lever  of  the  first  class ;  even  as  one  of  the  second  class,  much  caution 
will  be  necessary. 

"  When  an  instrument  of  this  sort  is  used,  it  is  proper  to  make  the 
hand  the  fulcrum  on  which  it  acts :  now  if  the  force  required  is  but  small, 
this  may  certainly  do  well  enough,  but  where  great  force  is  required, 
this  is  a  very  bad  support ;  besides  the  bony  parts  of  the  pelvis  lie  so 
convenient,  that  we  may  rest  our  instrument  on  any  part  of  it.  Yet  we 
should  recollect,  that  whatever  part  we  convert  into  a  fulcrum,  we  injure 
more  or  less,  according  to  circumstances.  If  we  apply  it  over  the  sym- 
physis pubis,  we  press  upon  the  urethra  ;  or  if  in  other  situations,  we  shall 
injure  the  clitoris  or  vagina."* 

"  The  injuries  inflicted  indeed  must  have  been  frequent  and  great — 
and  this  led  Pean,  in  1772,  to  suggest  the  possibility  of  delivering  by  the 
vectis,  without  making  a  fulcrum  of  the  mother's  structures.  He  proposed 
a  practice,  which  is  nowT  sometimes  adopted,  of  grasping  the  shank  of  the 
instrument  with  the  left  hand  —  the  outer  edge  of  the  little  finger  being 
applied  towards  the  vulva  —  making  that  hand  the  fulcrum,  and  pressing 
the  extremity  of  the  blade  on  the  child's  head,  by  raising  the  handle 
firmly  on  the  right. "f 

Having  determined  on  what  part  of  the  infant  the  lever  is  to  be  applied  ; 
the  instrument  is  to  be  well  warmed,  greased  or  soaped,  and  the  patient 
placed  in  the  usual  position  for  delivery,  on  her  left  side ;  the  operator 
is  to  introduce  one  or  two  fingers  of  his  left  hand  to  serve  as  a  director 
for  the  vectis,  which  is  to  be  carefully  and  gently  passed  over  the  con- 
vexity of  the  child's  head,  until  it  has  reached  the  point  to  which  the  force 
is  to  be  applied. 

"  This  attained,  the  handle  should  now  be  held  firmly  with  the  ri^ht 
hand,  while  the  index  and  middle  finger  of  the  left,  fixed  about  two  inches 
from  the  screw  part,  within  the  vagina,  become  a  fulcrum.     On  this  ful- 

*  London  Practice  of  Midwifery,  p.  208. 

f  Ramsbotham's  Lectures  in  Medical  Gazette,  May  31,  1834,  p.  307.  See  also  Bau- 
delocque,  vol.  ii.  p.  47. 


310  THE  VECTIS  OR  LEVER. 

crum  or  point  of  support,  the  instrument  is  made  to  move  from  the  sacro- 
iliac symphysis  towards  the  hollow  of  the  ilium,  by  the  action  of  the  right 
hand  on  the  handle.  In  this  way  it  describes  the  section  of  a  circle,  and 
glides  on  to  the  occiput.     Should  the  occiput  point  to  the  right  ilium, 

Fig.  95. 


the  left  hand  must  be  employed  ;  if  to  the  left  ilium,  the  right  hand  must 
be  used.  When  a  pain  takes  place,  the  accoucheur  should  gently  aid  it 
by  drawing  down  in  the  axis  of  the  pelvis.  In  this  way  the  occiput  is 
depressed,  while  the  chin  approaches  the  child's  breast,  and  the  head  is 
reduced  to  the  smallest  compass,  and  is  thus  enabled  to  pass  through  the 
cavity  of  the  pelvis.  As  soon  as  the  occiput  is  brought  so  low  as  to  press 
on  the  perineum,  the  instrument  should  be  withdrawn,  and  re-introduced 
with  the  usual  precautions.  The  object  now  in  view  is  to  place  the  instru- 
ment over  the  face  of  the  child.  To  effect  this,  the  hand  must  be  passed 
up,  as  at  first  directed,  to  the  right  or  left  sacro-iliac  symphysis,  according 
to  the  situation  of  the  face.  When  the  instrument  gets  above  the  brim 
of  the  pelvis,  a  finger  or  two  must  be  inserted  by  the  side  of  the  instru- 
ment, and  pressed  on  till  it  passes  over  the  forehead  on  to  the  face,  so  as 
to  embrace  the  chin.  The  practitioner  has  now  nothing  to  do  but  to  draw 
down  during  the  time  of  pain,  increasing  the  power  according  to  the 
degree  of  resistance."* 

Or  if  we  prefer  it,  the  right  hand,  grasping  the  handle,  may  be  made 
the  fulcrum,  and  the  force  applied  by  the  left  hand  at  the  junction  of  the 
blade  and  handle,  directing  it  dowmwards  and  backwards  until  the  descent 
of  the  head  is  accomplished. 

"If  the  instrument  should  slip,  a  fresh  purchase  must  be  obtained.  As 
the  head  passes  over  the  perineum,  the  efforts  may  be  relaxed  ;  and  if  the 
pains  appear  sufficient,  it  may  be  withdrawn  altogether,  and  the  termina- 
tion left  to  nature." 

*  Gaitskell,  London  Medical  Repository,  November,  1823,  p.  380. 


THE  VECTIS  OR  LEVER.  311 

523.  2.  As  a  tractor. — The  preliminary  steps,  introduction,  &c,  are 
the  same  as  when  it  is  used  as  a  lever ;  but  instead  of  making  use  of  one 
hand  as  a  fulcrum,  both  hands  arc  employed  in  the  one  office  of  main- 
taining a  firm  purchase,  and  drawing  downwards  and  a  little  backwards 
during  the  pains.  The  effort  is  to  be  relaxed  during  an  interval ;  and 
this  alteration  of  traction  and  rest  is  to  be  continued  until  the  head  has 
descended  to  the  inferior  outlet.  As  before,  it  may  be  allowed  to  pass 
over  the  perineum  without  assistance,  if  the  pains  be  adequate  to  its  ex- 
pulsion. 

524.  There  is,  I  believe,  no  danger  to  the  mother  or  child  when  the 
vectis  is  in  skilful  hands,  but  in  those  of  the  ignorant  or  inexperienced 
great  mischief  may  be  done. 

1.  It  may  be  introduced  before  the  os  uteri  is  dilatable ;  of  this  error, 
contusion,  laceration,  and  death  may  be  the  consequences. 

2.  By  an  incautious  mode  of  passing  the  instrument,  the  parietes  of  the 
uterus  may  be  ruptured. 

3.  By  employing  the  extracting  power,  without  bearing  in  mind  the 
different  axes  of  the  pelvis,  and  the  position  of  the  foetal  head  in  relation 
to  those  axes,  the  lever  will  be  inefficient,  and  the  mother  injured. 

4.  By  passing  the  instrument  outside  of  the  uterus  instead  of  within  its 
cavity,  a  fatal  wound  may  be  inflicted. 

5.  By  exerting  the  power  without  regard  to  the  pains,  the  operation 
will  be  in  vain. 

6.  By  making  a  fulcrum  of  the  soft  parts  of  the  mother,  much  injury 
may  result. 

7.  By  exerting  too  much  force  as  the  head  passes  over  the  perineum, 
or  neglecting  to  support  it,  you  may  tear  the  perineum,  so  as  to  lay  the 
genital  fissure  open  into  the  anus. 

8.  By  making  too  much  pressure  with  the  point  of  the  instrument  upon 
the  part  of  the  child  to  which  it  is  applied,  a  wound  may  be  inflicted. 

525.  The  subsequent  treatment  varies  very  little  from  that  required  after 
ordinary  labour ;  there  is  very  little  shock,  and  no  injury,  if  the  operation 
be  skilfully  performed.  The  parts  should,  however,  be  carefully  exam- 
ined, and,  if  necessary,  a  spirit  lotion  applied.  The  same  treatment  should 
be  applied  to  the  head  of  the  child,  if  the  instrument  have  bruised  the 
integuments. 


CHAPTER  XII. 

OBSTETRIC  OPERATIONS.    4.  THE  FORCEPS. 

526.  It  will  be  at  once  admitted,  I  believe,  that  the  greatest  triumph 
of  surgery  is  to  diminish  the  frequency  of  operations,  and  to  substitute 
those  of  minor  severity  and  danger,  for  others  involving  more  serious  risk. 
If  this  be  true,  then  it  must  be  granted  that  the  invention  of  the  forceps, 
and  their  employment  in  practice,  is  the  greatest  improvement  recorded 
in  the  annals  of  operative  midwifery.  Before  the  introduction  of  this  in- 
strument, the  only  extracting  force  at  command  was  obtained  by  the  in- 
sertion of  a  hook  into  the  head  of  the  child  —  such  as  is  now  used  in  the 
operation  of  craniotomy. 

This  proceeding  must  of  course  have  been  fatal  to  the  child  in  an  im- 
mense majority  of  cases,  and  the  very  few  who  were  born  alive,  must 
have  been  subsequently  endangered  by  the  mutilating  process  employed 
in  the  delivery.  But  this  was  not  all ;  every  man  possessing  common 
feelings  of  humanity  must  have  shrunk  from  the  painful  necessity  of  such 
a  proceeding,  and  have  deferred  the  operation  as  long  as  possible,  by 
which  the  danger  to  the  mother  was  greatly  increased. 

Now,  from  this  double  risk  and  fearful  mortality  we  have  been  relieved 
by  the  invention  of  the  forceps ;  for  although  we  are  still  obliged  to  de- 
stroy the  child  occasionally,  to  secure  the  safety  of  the  mother,  yet  this 
class  of  cases  is  incomparably  smaller  than  that  in  which,  by  the  timely 
application  of  the  forceps,  both  the  child  and  mother  escape  injury. 

For  these  reasons,  I  conceive  that  I  am  justified  in  stating  that  the  in- 
vention and  employment  of  this  instrument  is  the  greatest  improvement 
that  has  ever  occurred  in  midwifery,  even  though  I  may  not  go  the  length 
of  certain  of  its  advocates,  in  asserting  that  it  is  entirely  without  danger 
to  the  mother  or  her  infant. 

527.  It  cannot  be  said  that  the  ancients  were  altogether  ignorant  of  this 
method  of  extracting  the  infant,  although  it  does  not  appear  to  have  been 
generally  known.  Mulder,  in  his  valuable  work,  gives  the  following  ex- 
tract from  a  translation  of  the  works  of  Avicenna:  "  Oportet  ut  inveniat 
obstetrix  possibilitatem  hujusmodi  foetus,  quare  subtilietur  in  extractione 
ejus  paulatim  ;  tunc  si  valet  illud  in  eo,  bene  est ;  et  si  non  liget  eum 
cum  margine  panni  et  trahat  cum  subtilitur  valde  cum  quibusdam  attrac- 
tionibus.  Quod  si  illud  non  confert  administrentur  forcipes,  et  attrahatur 
cum  eis ;  si  vero  non  confert  illud  extrahatur  cum  incisione,  secundum 
quod  facile  lit,  et  regatur  regimine  foetus  mortui." 

This  very  distinct  allusion  to  the  forceps  seems  to  have  made  no  im- 
pression, for  we  find  no  similar  attempt  to  extract  the  child  until  the  mid- 
dle of  the  sixteenth  century;  at  which  time  (1554)  Rueff  recommended 
an  instrument  resembling  a  pair  of  lithotomy  forceps,  for  the  purpose  of 
extracting  dead  children,  or  of  supplying  a  deficiency  of  manual  force. 
It  does  not  appear,  however,  that  he  appreciated  the  value  of  the  forceps 
as  subsequently  employed,  nor  did  his  contemporaries  carry  out  his  sug- 


THE   FORCEPS.  313 

gestion,  for  it  was  not  until  a  century  later  that  the  instrument  was  brought 
into  practice. 

Before  the  time  of  the  Chamberlens,  it  was  unknown  in  England,  and 
even  at  the  time  that  Dr.  Hugh  Chamberlen  published  his  translation  of 
Mauriceau,  in  1672,  it  was  still  a  secret.  No  allusion  to  such  an  instru- 
ment is  to  be  found  in  Raynald's  work  (lG.'U),  nor  in  the  translations  of 
Portal  (1705),  Deventer  (1716),  or  La  Motte  (1745). 

528.  In  his  preface  to  the  translation  of  Mauriceau,  to  which  I  have 
referred,  Dr.  Hugh  Chamberlen,  after  mentioning  the  method  of  extract- 
ing the  child  by  hooks,  observed,  "  But  I  can  neither  approve  of  that 
practice,  nor  of  those  delays,  beyond  twenty-four  hours,  because  my 
father,  brother,  and  myself  (though  none  else  in  Europe,  as  I  know)  have, 
by  God's  blessing,  and  our  industry,  attained  to  and  long  practiced  a  way 
to  deliver  women  in  this  case  without  any  prejudice  to  them  or  their  in- 
fants ;  though  all  others  (being  obliged,  for  want  of  such  an  expedient, 
to  use  the  common  way)  do  and  must  endanger,  if  not  destroy,  one  or 
both,  with  hooks.  By  this  manual  operation,  a  labour  may  be  despatched 
(in  the  least  difficulty)  with  fewer  pains  and  sooner,  to  the  great  advantage 
and  without  danger,  both  of  woman  and  child ;  if,  therefore,  the  use  of 
hooks  by  physicians  and  chirurgeons  be  condemned  (without  thereto  ne- 
cessitated through  some  monstrous  birth),  we  can  much  less  approve  of  a 
midwife  using  them,  as  some  here  in  England  boast  they  do,  which  rash 
presumption  in  France,  would  call  them  in  question  for  their  lives." 

This  extract,  however,  does  not  fix  the  date  of  the  invention  by  Dr. 
Chamberlen,  nor  have  we  any  accurate  data  for  doing  so.  Through  the 
kindness  of  a  friend,  I  possess  a  pamphlet  ("  A  voice  in  Rhama")  by  Dr. 
Peter  Chamberlen,  published  in  1647,  in  which  he  speaks  of  his  father's 
(Dr.  Paul  Chamberlen)  discovery  for  the  saving  of  infantile  life.  This 
would  fix  the  date  of  the  discovery  some  time  before  1647.  Of  the  sons, 
Drs.  Peter  and  Hugh  Chamberlen  are  the  only  ones  whose  names  are 
familiar  to  us. 

From  some  inaccuracy  of  expression  in  the  extract  I  have  quoted  from 
Dr.  Hugh  Chamberlen's  preface,  it  was  even  doubted  whether  the  instru- 
ment alluded  to  was  the  forceps,  but  that  doubt  has  been  set  at  rest  by 
Mr.  Cansardine,  who  has  published  an  account  of  the  discovery  of  Cham- 
berlen's  own  instruments. 

"  The  estate  of  Woodham  Mortimer  Hall,  near  Maldon,  in  Essex,  was 
purchased  by  Dr.  Peter  Chamberlen,  some  time  previous  to  1683,  and 
continued  in  his  family  till  about  1715,  when  it  was  sold  by  Hope  Cham- 
berlen to  William  Alexander,  wine  merchant,  &c." 

In  an  old  chest,  found  in  one  of  the  chambers  of  this  house,  certain 
obstetric  instruments  were  discovered,  along  with  "  old  coins,  trinkets, 
gloves,  fans,  spectacles,  &c,"  and  were  presented  to  Mr.  Cansardine,  who 
thus  describes  them  :  "  First,  wTe  have  a  simple  vectis,  with  an  open  fenes- 
trum  ;  then  we  have  the  idea  of  uniting  two  of  these  instruments  by  a 
joint,  which  makes  each  blade  seem  as  a  fulcrum  to  the  other,  instead  of 
making  a  fulcrum  of  the  soft  parts  of  the  mother ;  and  which  also  unites 
a  power  of  drawing  the  head  forward.  This  idea  is  at  first  by  a  pivot, 
which  being  riveted,  makes  the  instrument  totally  incapable  of  application. 
Then  he  goes  to  work  again,  and  having  made  a  notch  in  each  vectis  for 
the  joint,  he  fixes  a  pivot  in  one  only,  which  projecting,  is  to  be  received 

2b 


314 


THE    FORCEPS. 


into  a  corresponding  hole  in  the  other  blade,  after  they  have  been  applied 
separately.  It  may  be  observed,  that  although  there  is  a  worm  to  the  pro- 
jecting part  of  the  pivot,  yet  there  is  no  corresponding  female  screw  in  the 
hole  which  is  to  receive  it.  Every  practical  accoucheur  wall  know,  that 
it  is  not  easy,  or  always  possible,  to  lock  the  joints  of  the  forceps  with 
such  accuracy  as  to  bring  this  pivot  and  hole  into  opposite  contact.  This 
Chamberlen  soon  discovered,  and  next  produced  a  more  light  and  manage- 
able instrument,  which,  instead  of  uniting  by  a  pivot,  he  passes  a  tape 
through  the  two  holes,  and  winds  it  round  the  joint,  which  method  com- 
bines sufficient  accuracy  of  contact,  security,  and  mobility."* 

There  can  now  be  no  doubt  of  the  credit  of  the  invention  being  due  to 
Dr.  Paul  Chamberlen,  and  I  have  proved  that  it  took  place  before  the 
year  1647.  The  secret  was,  however,  carefully  preserved,  nor  had  it 
been  communicated  in  the  year  1716,  for  in  Dr.  Hugh  Chamberlen's  third 
edition  of  Mauriceau,  published  in  that  year,  the  passage  I  have  quoted  is 
continued  in  the  preface. f 

About  this  time,  or  soon  after,  the  secret  appears  to  have  been  commu- 
nicated to  one  or  two,  for  Dr.  R.  W.  Johnson,  when  speaking  of  the 
forceps,  says :  "  Besides  these,  I  have  a  pair  of  forceps,  which  did  belong 
to  the  late  Mr.  Drinkwater  (late  Surgeon  and  Man-midwife  at  Brentford), 
who  began  practice  in  1668,  and  died  in  1728.  The  size  and  form  of 
this  pair  agree  with  those  of  Chapman  and  Giffard,  save  only  that  the 
hooks  of  the  handle  are  turned  outwards." 

*  Mr.  Cansardine's  paper  in  Med.  Chir.  Trans,  vol.  ix.  p.  183. 

f  "  The  accompanying  cut  is  taken  from  a  drawing  of  the  most  perfect  of  Chamber- 
len's instruments.  No.  1  is  the  forceps  locked :  a,  the  blades ;  b,  the  handles ;  c,  the 
hole  in  the  joint,  through  which  is  passed  the  string  to  connect  the  blades. 

"No.  2,  the  front  view  of  a  single  blade:  a,  the  fenestra;  b,  the  groove  in  the 
shanks  forming  the  lock,  by  which  the  two  blades,  perfectly  similar  in  form,  are  adapted 
to  each  other ;  c,  the  handle. 

Fig.  96. 


"The  following  are  the  dimensions  :  extreme  length,  eleven  inches  and  a  half;  length 
of  blades,  seven  inches  and  a  quarter ;  of  handle,  four  inches  and  a  quarter ;  greatest 
width  between  the  blades,  three  inches  and  three-eighths ;  width  between  the  blades  at 
the  points,  three-fourths  of  an  inch ;  greatest  breadth  of  the  blade,  one  inch  and  a 
half." — Appendix  to  Dr.  Ramsboiham's  Principles  and  Practice  of  Obstet.  Med.  and  Surg. — 
Editor. 


THE   FORCEPS. 


315 


And  Mr.  Chapman,  in  1733,  published  a  description  and  a  plate  of  the 
instrument,  which  he  had  used  from  the  year  1726,  staling  it  to  be  the 
instrument  used  by  the  Chamberlens ;  but  without  stating  whence  he  pro- 
cured it.  I  have  not  succeeded  in  discovering  from  whom  he  received  it, 
though  from  his  not  claiming  the  merit  of  the  invention,  it  is  evident  that 
it  was  communicated  to  him.  He  has,  however,  the  great  credit  of  being 
the  first  in  these  countries  who  published  an  account  of  it  for  the  benefit 
of  the  profession. 

After  this  period,  the  forceps  is  described  and  recommended  for  various 
cases  by  almost  all  British  writers. 

529.  The  credit  of  first  introducing  this  instrument  into  French  practice 
is  due  to  Palfyn  or  Gilles  le  Doux  of  Ypres.  One  of  the  first  persons  who 
used  it  was  M.  Duse,  whose  example  was  followed  by  Mesnard,  Gregoire, 
Levret,  Coutouly,  &c. 

The  earliest  German  practitioner  who  made  use  of  the  forceps  appears 
to  have  been  Cornelius  van  Solingen,  in  1673;  he  was  followed  by 
Slevogt,  Velsen,  Schlichting,  &c. 

Fig.  97. 


Short  Forceps. 

530.  The  original  instrument  has  been  variously  modified  according 
to  the  fancy  of  different  practitioners. 

The  chief  peculiarities  may  be  pointed  out  in  a  few  words. 

1.  The  most  striking  variation  observable,  is  in  the  length  of  the  instru- 
ment—  some  being  sixteen  or  eighteen  inches  long,  and  others  only 
eleven.  The  object  of  the  greater  length  is  evidently  to  enable  us  to  act 
before  the  head  has  descended  into  the  pelvis.     The  shorter  forceps  can 


316 


THE    FORCEPS. 


only  be  used  when  the  head  is  in  the  cavity.  The  longer  instrument 
possesses  greater  lever  power,  and  requires  greater  skill  and  care  in  its 
management. 

2.  There  is  a  considerable  difference  in  the  distance  between  the  blades 
of  different  forceps  when  closed — some  being  nearly  wide  enough  to 
admit  an  ordinary  sized  head,  wrhilst  others  approximate  very  closely. 

Fig.  98. 


Long  Forceps. 


These  instruments  must  necessarily  possess  a  very  different  degree  of 
force ;  with  the  latter  the  head  maybe  powerfully  grasped  and  compressed, 
and  a  great  extracting  force  exerted,  whereas  the  former  can  do  little  more 
than  extract  with  moderate  force,  when  the  resistance  is  not  great.  The 
latter  are  the  more  useful  in  skilful  hands,  but  the  former  are,  perhaps, 
safer  for  ordinary  use. 

3.  To  some  of  the  instruments  a  second  curve  is  added,  the  convexity 
of  which  is  intended  to  correspond  to  the  hollow  of  the  sacrum,  and  the 
concavity  to  the  symphysis  pubis,  in  order  that  the  instrument  may  be 
applied  in  the  axis  of  the  cavity  and  upper  outlet.  The  second  curve 
("  curvatura  nova,"  as  Mulder  calls  it)  has  been  added  both  to  the  long 
and  short  forceps.  I  do  not  believe  that  it  is  advantageous  in  either  kind  ; 
in  the  latter  it  is  often  very  inconvenient.     "It  is  far  better  to  have  both 


THE    FORCEPS.  317 

these  instruments  perfectly  straight,  the  diversity  of  curves  recommended 
by  different  writers  answering  no  useful  purpose." 

4.  The  fenestrum  varies  in  length >and  breadth  in  different forceps  — 
in  some  it  is  altogether  absent,  and  in  others  it  is  very  wide.  The  object 
of  the  latter  modification  is  to  avoid  as  much  as  possible  adding  to  the 
bulk  of  the  child's  head,  and  to  diminish  the  risk  of  injury  to  mother  and 
child.  I  doubt  whether  the  object  be  attained  by  this  arrangement,  and 
when  the  forceps  are  introduced  antero-posteriorly,  the  additional  breadth 
o-f  the  blade  which  is  underneath  the  arch  of  the  pubis,  may  prove  very 
mischievous  to  the  sides  of  the  outlet. 

5.  In  other  forceps  the  breadth  of  the  blade  is  continued  to  the  handle, 
for  the  purpose  of  containing  an  opening,  through  which  the  other  blade 
(which  is  slightly  narrower)  is  passed,  so  as  to  insure  their  apposition. 

6.  Certain  contrivances  have  been  added  to  the  handles  of  the  instru- 
ment, to  prevent  their  being  pressed  too  closely  together ;  and  in  some 
forceps  the  blades  do  not  cross,  in  order  to  avoid  compressing  the  child's 
head. 

7.  The  blades  have  been  wrapped  with  leather,  to  prevent  injury  to 
the  scalp  of  the  child.  This  plan  is  now  very  properly  abandoned,  as  it 
could  not  be  of  any  use,  and  rather  added  to  the  difficulty  of  introduc- 
tion. 

Fig.  99. 


Radford's  Forc< 

8.  Mr.  Radford  has  altered  the  long  forceps,  and,  as  he  states,  with 
great  advantage.     The  blade,  which  is^to  be  applied  over  the  occiput,  is 

2b2 


318  THE    FORCEPS. 

much  shorter  than  the  other,  so  that  when  it  touches  the  neck,  the  other 
(owing  to  the  oblique  position  in  which  the  head  descends)  will  embrace 
a  great  extent  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  head.  He  has  also  lessened  the 
compressing  power  of  the  instrument,  by  placing  the  joint  nearer  the  outer 
end  of  the  forceps. 

9.  Dr.  Davis,  of  University  College,  London,  has  shown  much  ingenuity 
in  varying  the  forceps,  so  as  to  meet  the  different  circumstances  in  which 
they  are  required. 

In  London,  a  modification  of  Levret's  forceps  is  used  for  the  higher 
operation,  and  Smellie's  for  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis.  In  Edinburgh,  both 
the  long  and  short  forceps  are  employed,  with  the  single  or  double  curve. 
In  Dublin,  the  long  forceps  is  rarely  used ;  and  the  short  one  resembles 
Smellie's,  without  the  second  curvature.  In  France,  Levret's  forceps,  or 
a  modification  of  it,  is  in  general  use.  In  Germany,  the  forceps  of  Boer, 
Levret,  Schmidt,  Stark,  Siebold,  Briinninghausen,  Naegele,  Osiander, 
&c.  ;  and  in  Italy  the  forceps  of  Levret  or  Assilini  are  employed. 

Since  the  first  edition  of  this  work  I  have  taken  some  pains  to  modify 
the  shape  and  proportions  of  the  short  forceps,  and  from  the  testimony  of 
many  practitioners,  I  think  I  may  say  that  I  have  succeeded  in  improving 
the  instrument,  although  the  alterations  are  but  slight.  I  still  prefer  the 
single  curved  forceps.  The  length  should  be  12  inches,  of  which  the 
handles  occupy  4.  The  interval  between  the  points  of  the  blades  when 
closed  should  be  1  inch,  and  at  the  widest  part  of  the  curve  3  inches. 
The  breadth  of  each  blade  at  the  widest  part  should  be  1  inch,  the  fenes- 
trum  2\  or  3  inches  long,  having  the  lower  part  of  the  blade  solid  steel, 
to  give  greater  firmness.  The  curve  of  the  instrument  should  not  com- 
mence for  fully  3J  inches  above  the  handle,  and  will  consequently  be 
much  increased  towards  the  point.  Lastly,  the  edges  of  the  blades  and 
fenestra  must  be  nicely  bevelled  off.  The  advantages  I  have  found  from 
these  changes  are  an  increase  of  tractile  power,  without  the  necessity  of 
grasping  the  handles  so  tightly,  and  compressing  the  head;  the  exact 
fitting  of  the  head  into  the  hollow  formed  by  the  curves,  so  as  to  avoid 
distending  the  perineum  by  a  part  of  the  instrument  not  actually  out  of 
use,  and  the  prevention  of  springing  and  slipping  by  the  solidity  of  the 
lower  part  of  the  blades. 

The  hand  that  is  to  use  the  instrument  is,  however,  of  more  importance 
than  the  instrument  itself,  of  which  it  may  be  observed  with  truth,  that 
"  that  which  is  best  administered,  is  best." 

531.  The  object  of  the  operation  with  the  forceps  is, 

1.  To  facilitate  delivery,  when  its  progress  is  arrested  by  certain  mal- 
positions of  the  head,  at  the  brim,  or  in  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis. 

2.  To  supply  the  want  of  uterine  action,  or  to  render  it  effective  for 
the  expulsion  of  the  child. 

3.  To  save  the  mother  from  the  evil"  consequences  of  a  labour  too 
prolonged,  and  from  the  necessity  of  a  severe  operation. 

4.  To  save  the  life  of  the  child,  or  at  least  afford  it  a  chance  of  escape 
from  certain  destruction. 

532.  That  these  objects  are  attainable,  will,  I  trust,  appear  from  the 
nature  of  the  aid  afforded  by  the  forceps,  and  that  they  have  been  in  many 
instances  attained,  the  statistics  of  the  operation  will  prove. 

It  was  not  for  some  time  after  the  invention  of  the  instrument  that  its 


THE    FORCEPS.  319 

powers,  and  the  limitations  of  those  powers,  were  understood.  The 
story  of  Chamberlen's  Paris  adventure  is  a  good  illustration.     He  visited 

Paris,  and  offered  to  deliver  any  patient  the  faculty  chose  with  his  instru- 
ment ;  they  gave  him  a  case  of  distorted  pelvis  ;  he  tried,  and  of  course 
failed,  and  left  the  city  in  disgrace.  Had  he  carefully  studied  the  cases 
to  which  the  instrument  was  applicable,  he  would  have  been  spared  the 
annoyance. 

533.  It  is  evident  that  the  forceps  possesses  a  twofold  power. 

1.  That  of  grasping  and  compressing  the  head  of  the  child. 

2.  That  of  acting  as  a  lever  of  the  first  kind,  and  as  an  extractor. 
The  compression  exercised  by  it  must  be  limited  within  the  degree  the 

head  can  bear  without  injury,  and  may  be  limited  by  the  form  of  the 
instrument.  The  extracting  force  will  be  in  proportion  to  the  firmness 
of  the  grasp,  and  limited  by  the  resistance,  and  the  danger  of  injury  to 
the  mother. 

Now  it  is  ascertained,  that  if  there  be  space  sufficient,  such  a  grasp 
may  be  obtained  of  the  child's  head,  without  injury  to  it,  as  will  enable 
us  to  extract  it,  and  that  the  extracting  force  thus  exercised  is  not  suffi- 
cient to  injure  the  mother;  thus  the  forceps  may  supply  the  want  of 
uterine  pains. 

Many  cases  occur  in  which  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  child's  head 
is  slightly  greater  than  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  brim,  or  the 
transverse  diameter  of  the  lower  outlet ;  but  where  a  slight  additional 
compression  would  enable  it  to  pass :  now,  if  this  do  not  exceed  the 
amount  of  compression  which  the  head  will  safely  bear,  and  if  the  force 
required  for  extraction  be  not  sufficient  to  injure  the  mother,  such  com- 
pression and  extracting  power  may  be  afforded  by  the  forceps,  which 
will  thus  render  the  uterine  action  effective.  No  doubt  it  requires  great 
tact  and  long  experience  to  decide  upon  the  probability  of  success,  but 
we  have  high  authority  for  the  propriety  of  the  attempt  in  such  cases. 
To  those  who  lack  experience,  the  failure  of  a  very  cautious  effort  will  be 
an  adequate  evidence  of  its  impracticability,  and  with  ordinary  care,  no 
mischief  will  be  done. 

Lastly,  in  most  cases  where  the  head  is  not  impacted,  a  sufficient  grasp 
may  almost  always  be  obtained,  either  at  the  upper  outlet  or  in  the  cavity, 
to  enable  us  to  change  the  position  of  the  child. 

534.  Statistics.  —  I  trust  I  have  made  it  appear,  from  the  nature  of 
the  aid  afforded,  that  the  first  and  second  objects  of  the  operation  are 
attainable  ;  how  far  this  is  the  case  with  the  third  and  fourth  must  be 
shown  by  statistics.  But  before  I  give  the  results  of  the  operation  to  the 
mother  and  child,  it  may  be  well  to  ascertain  the  average  frequency  of  its 
occurrence.  For  these  purposes,  I  have  searched  all  the  records  within 
my  reach,  and  the  result  is  the  following  tables  : — 


21 


320 


THE   FORCEPS. 


FREQUENCY  OF  THE  OPERATION. 


a.  Among  British  Practitioners. 

Date. 

Authors. 

Total  No. 
of  Cases. 

No.  of 
Forceps 
Cases. 

References. 

1781 
1787  to  1793 

1818 

1825  to  1833 
1828 
1829 

1826  to  1837 
1834  to  1837 

1838 
1840 

1836  to  1840 
1849 

Dr.  Bland 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke    .     .     . 
Dr.  Merriman. 
Dr.  Granville  .... 
Ed.  Lying-in  Hospital  . 
Dr.  S.  Cusack.     .     .     . 

Do 

Dr.  Collins 

Dr.  Beatty 

Mr.  Lever 

Mr.  Warrington    .     .     . 

Do 

Mr.  Mantell    .... 

Dr.  Churchill  .... 

Drs.    M'Clintock    and  \ 

Hardy                          J 

1,897 

10,387 

2,947 

640 

2,452 

398 

303 

16,414 

1,182 

4,666 

88 

110 

2,510 

1,640 

6,634 

12 

14 

21 
5 

15 
1 
3 

24 
9 
9 
1 
3 
6 
3 

18 

Merriman. 

Trans,  of  Assoc,  vol.  1. 

Synopsis. 

Report  of  West.  Disp. 

Reports. 

Dub.  Hosp.  Rep.  vol.  5. 

Do. 
Prac.  Treat,  on  Midwf. 
Dub.  Jour.  vols.  8,  12. 
Guy's  Hosp.  Reports. 
Amer.  Med.  Journal. 

Do. 

Do. 
Researches,  &c. 

Pract.  Obs.  p.  95. 

b.  Among  French  Practitioners. 


Date. 

Authors. 

Total  No. 
of  Cases. 

No.  of 
Forceps 
Cases. 

References. 

1797  to  1809 
1803  to  1811 

1808 
1815  to  1828 

1829 

1829 
1830,  1831 

Madame  Boivin    .     . 
Madame  Lachapelle  . 
M.  Ramboux  .     .     . 
M.  Pigeotte  de  Troyes 
M.  Papavoine .     .     . 
Hotel  Dieu,  Paris     . 
Sig.  Cinicelli  .     .     . 

20,517 

22,243 

216 

1,362 

24 

280 

94 

96 
174 

2 
2 
1 
1 
1 

Memorial,  p.  337. 
Prat,  des  Accouch. 
Velpeau. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

c.  Among  German  Practitioners. 


Date. 

Authors. 

Total  No. 
of  Cases. 

No.  of 
Forceps 
Cases. 

References. 

1801  to  1807 

M.  Richter,  Moscow 

3,195 

49 

Velpeau. 

1811  to  1827 

Moschner  and  Kursak, 

Prague   

12,329 

120 

Siebold's  Jour.  vol.  9. 

1812  to  1813 

C.  v.  Siebold,  Wurtzburg 

318 

26 

Do.     vol.  1  to  3. 

1817  to  1826 

Do.          Berlin  .     . 

1,634 

212 

Do.     vol.  3  to  8. 

1827  to  1829 

E.  v.  Siebold,  Berlin     . 

491 

77 

Do.     vol.  9  to  11. 

1829  to  1833 

Do.           Marburg 

344 

34 

Do.     vol.  10  to  13. 

1834  to  1837 

Do.          Gottingen 

507 

37 

Do.     vol.  15  and  16. 

1825  to  1827 

Dr.  Kilian,  Prague  .     . 

2,350 

120 

Velpeau. 

1808  to  1814 

Dr.  Henne,  Copenhagen 

555 

1 

Siebold's  Jour.  vol.  2, 

1826 

Do 

130 

4 

Do.            vol.  8. 

1821  to  1825 

Dr.  Riecke      .... 

219,303 

344 

Velpeau. 

1819,  1820 

Dr.  Ritgen,  Giessen 

180 

20 

Siebold's  Jour.  vol.  6. 

1825 

Dr.  Merrem,  Cologne    . 

142 

5 

Do.            vol.  7. 

1814  to  1827 

Dr.  Carus,  Dresden  .     . 

2,908 

184 

Do.            vol.  9. 

Dr.  Naegele,  Heidelberg 

1,411 

22 

Velpeau. 

1825,  26,  27 

Dr.  Kluge,  Berlin     .     . 

809 

55 

Siebold's  Jl.  vols.  7,  8,  9. 

1825,  1826 

Prof.  Andree,  Breslau  . 

351 

8 

Do.         vols.  7,  8. 

1825,  26,  27 

Dr.  Brunatti,  Dantzic    . 

284 

22 

Do.         vols.  7,  9. 

1825,  1826 

Dr.  Theys,  Trier.     .     . 

49 

3 

Do.         vols.  7,  8. 

1826 

Dr.  Voigtel,  Magdeburg 

29 

3 

Do.         vol.  8. 

1827,  1828 

Dr.  Kustner,  Breslau    . 

370 

8 

Do.         vols.  9,  10. 

1830,  31,  32 

Dr.  Adclmann,  Fulda    . 

no 

7 

Do.         vol.  14. 

1  1797  to  1837 

Dr.  Jansen,  Ghent   .     . 

13,365 

341 

Med.  Gaz.,  March  6,1840. 
Schmidt's  Jahrbucher. 

THE    FORCEPS. 


321 


Thus  among  British  practitioners  we  find  144  forceps  cases  in  52,268 
cases  of  labour,  or  about  1  in  362}. 

Among  the  French,  we  have  277  forceps  cases  in  44,736  labour  cases, 
or  about  1  in  162. 

And  among  the  Germans,  1702  forceps  cases  in  261,224  labour  cases, 
or  about  1  in  1531. 

If  we  add  the  whole  together,  we  find  2,123  forceps  cases  in  358,228 
cases  of  labour,  or  about  1  in  168J. 

RESULTS  OF  THE  OPERATION  TO  MOTHER  AND  CHILD. 


Authors. 

Number 

of  Forceps 

Cases. 

Mother  Lost. 

Children  lost. 

Dr.  Smellie 

Mr.  Perfect 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke 

Dr.  Merriman 

Dr.  Granville 

Dr.  Ramsbotham 

Edinburgh  Lying-in  Hospital 

Dr.  Maunsell 

Dr.  Beatty,  sen 

Dr.  Gooch 

Dr.  Ashwell 

Mr.  Warrington 

Dr.  R.  Lee 

Dr.  Thos.  Beatty 

Dr.  Churchill 

Drs.  Hardy  and  M'Clintock    .     . 

Mad.  Boivin 

Mad.  Lachapelle 

Dr.  Boer 

Dr.  Siebold 

Dr.  Ritgen 

Dr.  Andree 

Dr.  Brunatti 

Dr.  Voigtel 

Dr.  Kiistner    ....... 

Dr.  Adelmann 

52 

18 

14 

21 

5 

104 

15 

4 

111 

6 

6 

1 

42 

8 

9 

18 

96 

79 

19 

312 

20 

8 

23 

3 

8 

7 

2 

2 

2 

0 

1 

4 
Not  stated. 

0 

0 

1 
Not  stated. 

0 

3 

0 

0 

5 

Not  stated. 

14 

2 
11 

3 

1 

1 

0 

2 

1 

9 
4 

Not  stated. 
6 

Not  stated. 
a 

5 

1 

0 

0 

3 

0 
31 

5 

0 

8 
20 
23 

5 
47 

4 

4 

6 

0 

1 

1 

Now  if  we  add  together  the  number  of  forceps  cases  where  the  result  to 
the  mothers  is  stated,  we  shall  find,  that  of  those  detailed  by  British  prac- 
titioners, of  414  forceps  cases,  20  mothers  were  lost,  or  1  in  201. 

Amongst  the  French  and  Germans,  in  479  cases,  35  mothers  were  lost, 
or  about  1  in  13}. 

Whilst  of  the  children,  the  British  statistics  give  64  lost  in  296  cases, 
or  about  1  in  4£;  and  foreign  statistics  111  in  575  cases,  or  about  1 
in  5. 

The  total  result  is,  that  in  799  forceps  cases,  54  mothers  were  lost,  or 
about  1  in  15 ;  and  in  889  cases,  184  children  were  born  dead,  or  about 
1  in  5. 

It  will  be  admitted,  I  think,  that  these  tables  exhibit  British  practice  in 
a  very  favourable  light. 

I  am  unable  to  explain  the  greater  proportional  frequency  of  operations 
in  some  of  the  German  reports,  except  by  supposing  that  their  hospitals, 


322  THE    FORCEPS. 

being  on  a  small  scale,  are  reserved  for  the  worst  cases  met  with  in 
extern  practice  among  the  poor.  Were  I  quite  sure  of  this  being  the 
case,  however,  I  should  have  omitted  them  from  Table  I,  as  they  would 
then  manifestly  be  an  unfair  record  of  the  proportional  frequency  of  the 
operation. 

It  would  be  unjust  to  compare  the  frequency  of  forceps  cases  among 
the  Germans  and  British,  without  recollecting  the  minor  degree  of  mor- 
tality amongst  the  children  in  the  practice  of  the  former,  and  the  very 
much  smaller  number  of  crotchet  cases.  It  would  seem,  that  although 
the  Germans  use  the  forceps  much  more  frequently  than  we  do,  they  often 
thereby  avoid  a  much  more  fatal  operation. 

The  rate  of  mortality  exhibited  by  the  last  table,  is  undoubtedly  an 
over-estimate,  as  many  of  the  deaths  included  in  it  were  unconnected 
with  the  operation ;  but  as  this  is  not  stated,  except  by  a  few  authorities, 
though  probably  equally  true  of  all,  I  have  preferred  quoting  the  numbers 
given,  and  appending  this  note. 

It  is  greatly  to  be  regretted,  that  the  statistics  of  the  result  of  the  ope- 
ration to  the  mother  and  child  are  so  limited.  Many  writers  who  have 
carefully  recorded  the  number  of  operations,  have  very  carefully  omitted 
to  state  whether  the  mother  recovered,  or  the  child  was  saved,  leaving  us 
to  make  the  inference  that  both  were  saved.  But  we  know  that  such  an 
inference  would  be  incorrect.  Can  any  one  believe,  that  whilst  British 
practitioners  lose  one  woman  in  twenty-one,  Mad.  Boivin  and  M.  Baude- 
locque  lost  none  at  all  ? 

I  have,  therefore,  omitted  or  marked  in  the  latter  table,  all  those  who 
have  neglected  to  state  the  results. 

535.  If  we  fail  in  our  endeavours  to  extract  the  infant  with  the  forceps, 
we  have  no  resource  but  to  employ  the  perforator  and  crotchet,  and,  there- 
fore, in  estimating  the  utility  of  the  forceps,  we  must  also  compare  it  with 
its  alternative  operation,  inasmuch  as  every  successful  case  of  the  former 
may  be  considered  as  so  much  gained  from  the  latter. 

Now,  in  craniotomy  all  the  children  are  destroyed,  and  one  in  five  of 
the  mothers  is  lost ;  whereas  we  have  seen,  that  by  the  forceps  we  save 
four  out  of  five  of  the  children,  and  nineteen  out  of  twenty  of  the  mothers. 
If  we  had  more  minute  reports,  the  success  would  undoubtedly  appear 
much  greater. 

536.  The  special  advantages  of  the  forceps  are  said  to  be : 

1.  That  they  are  easily  applied. 

2.  That  their  powers  are  calculated  to  attain  the  object  for  which  they 
are  used. 

3.  That  they  do  this  by  imitating  the  natural  powers. 

4.  That  they  aid  the  expulsive  efforts  of  the  uterus  better  than  any 
other  instrument,  and  supply  their  place,  which  no  other  instrument  can. 

5.  That  they  are  less  liable  to  slip  than  the  vectis. 

6.  That  they  are  attended  with  less  fatal  consequences  than  the  perfo- 
rator and  crotchet. 

On  the  other  hand,  those  writers  who  have  defended  the  use  of  the 
vectis,  as  compared  with  the  forceps,  have  enumerated  several  disadvan- 
tages of  the  latter  —  such  as, 

537.  1.  The  difficulty  of  their  application  in  all  cases,  and  in  some, 
the  impossibility  of  using  them,  owing  to  the  position  of  the  head  or  want 
of  space. 


THE   FORCEPS.  323 

That  the  introduction  of  two  blades  may  be  more  difficult  than  that 
of  one,  in  certain  cases,  is  very  evident,  but  that  there  is  much  greater 
difficulty  in  introducing  the  forceps  than  the  vectis,  in  the  majority  of 
cases  proper  for  its  use,  I  do  not  believe.  The  latter  part  of  the  objec- 
tion is  of  no  force,  because  those  cases  where  the  introduction  of  the 
instrument  is  impracticable,  are  not  cases  in  which  its  employment  is  con- 
templated, and,  undoubtedly,  when  the  impaction  was  so  great  as  to 
prevent  the  application  of  the  forceps,  it  would  more  surely  render  the 
vectis  useless. 

'2.  The  risk  of  bruising  the  os  uteri  in  the  application  of  the  forceps. 

I  do  not  think  that  there  is  much  risk,  if  the  operator  be  a  competent 
person.  Dilatation  or  dilatability  of  the  os  uteri  being  an  essential  con- 
dition of  the  operation,  the  supposition  would  involve  great  want  of  skill 
and  care  in  the  operator. 

3.  That  when  the  forceps  are  applied,  they  are  apt  to  slip  and  lose  their 
hold. 

This  may  sometimes  happen,  but  it  is  much  more  likely  to  occur  with 
the  vectis. 

4.  That  the  pressure  upon  the  child's  head  may  destroy  life. 

No  doubt ;  but  as  the  pressure  is  regulated  by  the  resistance,  this  ought 
never  to  happen,  except  in  cases  in  which  the  crotchet  must  otherwise  be 
used,  and  in  which  the  vectis  would  be  powerless. 

5.  That  by  adding  to  the  volume  of  the  head,  they  are  apt  to  lacerate 
the  perineum. 

That  the  compression  exercised  upon  the  head  of  the  child  is  amply 
sufficient  to  compensate  for  the  additional  bulk  of  the  blades,  there  can 
be  no  doubt,  even  in  those  cases  where  the  extraction  is  most  easy ;  but 
we  have  an  additional  safeguard  in  the  removal  of  one  of  the  blades  just 
before  the  head  passes  over  the  perineum. 

6.  That  as  they  can  never  be  used  secretly,  they  have  a  tendency  to 
alarm  and  intimidate  the  patient,  and  in  this  respect  are  inferior  to  the 
vectis. 

When  speaking  of  the  vectis,  I  mentioned  its  secret  employment,  among 
its  disadvantages;  and  I  now  quote  this  objection,  for  the  purpose  of  en- 
tering once  more  my  earnest  protest  against  the  employment  of  any  in- 
strument secretly.* 

538.  Having  now  given  the  history  of  the  operation,  stated  its  objects, 
and  shown  that  they  are  attainable,  from  the  nature  of  the  aid  afforded, 
and  from  numerical  calculations  ;  and  having  enumerated  the  positive  and 
comparative  advantages  of  the  operation,  with  the  objections  that  have  at 
different  times  been  made  to  the  use  of  the  instrument,  I  shall  next  pro- 
ceed to  mention  the  cases  to  loliich  the  forceps  has  been  considered  appli- 
cable. I  would  wish,  however,  that  it  should  be  remembered,  that  as  1 
am  not  writing  the  history  of  my  own  experience  only,  but  that  of  others, 
so  I  am  not  to  be  considered  as  necessarily  the  advocate  of  the  forceps  in 
all  these  cases.     I  have  selected  them  from  authors  of  the  hi  uthor- 

ity,  and  their  evidence  is  altogether  independent  of  support  from  me. 

*  The  forceps  and  vectis  are  calculated  for  different  cases.  Under  Borne  circumstances 
one  ami  under  some  the  other  is  to  be  preferred.  When  the  object  is  merely  to  change 
the  position  of  the  head,  to  facilitate  its  rotation,  or  to  apply  a  very  moderate  degree  of 

extractive  force,  the  vectis  answers  very  well;  but  whenever  much  traction  is  neces- 
sary, it  is  nearly  useless. — Editor. 


324  THE    FORCEPS. 

I  must  also  premise,  that  in  no  case  is  the  forceps  (or  indeed  any  in- 
strument) to  be  applied,  until  we  are  perfectly  satisfied  that  the  obstacle 
cannot  be  overcome  by  the  natural  powers,  with  safety  to  the  mother  and 
child, 

1.  When  the  the  head  is  unable  to  enter  the  brim  of  the  pelvis  from 
malposition  (suppose  with  its  long  diameter  corresponding  to  the  antero- 
posterior diameter  of  the  upper  outlet),  which  is  not  rectified  by  the  pains, 
the  long  forceps  may  be  applied  to  change  the  position,  provided  the  os 
uteri  be  fully  dilatable,  and  that  the  change  cannot  be  made  by  tire  hand 
alone. 

2.  When  the  head  is  in  the  upper  outlet,  fitting  closely,  but  not  im- 
pacted, and  the  pains  are  inadequate  to  overcome  the  resistance,  a  little 
help  with  the  forceps,  applied  laterally  (in  relation  to  the  pelvis),  will 
often  overcome  the  difficulty. 

3.  When  the  head,  presenting  at  the  brim,  is  somewhat  too  large  for 
the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  pelvis,  if  the  excess  be  not  more  than 
may  be  remedied  by  the  allowable  degree  of  compression,  the  operation 
may  be  successful. 

It  will  require  some  experience  to  ascertain  this,  before  a  trial,  but  as 
the  alternative  is  the  crotchet,  it  is  surely  worth  while  to  make  a  cautious 
attempt  with  the  forceps,  from  which  no  harm  need  result  in  case  of 
failure. 

In  all  these  cases  it  will  be  necessary  to  use  the  long  forceps ;  in 
the  following,  the  shorter  are  sufficient,  but  of  course  either  may  be  em- 
ployed. 

4.  When  the  head  is  in  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis,  and  is  there  detained 
by  want  of  space,  if  the  compression  required  for  its  extraction  be  not 
greater  than  the  head  of  the  child  will  bear  with  safety,  the  forceps  may 
be  safely  used,  either  laterally,  obliquely,  or  antero-posteriorly. 

Siebold  is  said  to  have  been  able  to  reduce  the  transverse  diameter  of 
the  head  of  the  child  six  lines  with  Levret's  forceps  ;  Osiander,  nearly  an 
inch ;  Baudelocque,  four  and  a  half  lines ;  Thouret  and  Velpeau,  five  or 
six  lines  ;  and  Flamant,  five  and  a  half  lines.  Of  course  the  amount  will 
be  in  inverse  proportion  to  the  degree  of  ossification. 

5.  In  face  presentations,  the  longest  diameters  of  the  child's  head  are 
brought  to  bear  upon  the  pelvis,  adding  greatly  to  the  difficulty  of  its  transit 
through  the  lower  outlet,  even  when  the  pelvis  is  large,  and  still  more,  if 
it  be  under  the  average  dimensions.  In  such  cases,  aid  may  often  be 
given  by  the  forceps,  so  as  to  save  the  child's  life,  and  to  mitigate  the  suf- 
fering and  its  consequences  to  the  mother.  It  is  not,  however,  to  be  as- 
sumed, that  because  the  child  descends  faceling,  that  assistance  will  be 
necessary ;  the  majority  are  delivered  by  the  natural  efforts. 

6.  The  same  observations  apply  to  certain,  though  more  rare  cases, 
when  the  forehead  is  turned  towards  the  symphysis  pubis. 

7.  But  the  utility  of  the  forceps  is  seen  more  clearly  in  those  cases  in 
which  the  pains,  at  first  very  strong,  have  gradually  declined  so  as  to  be 
nearly  or  altogether  powerless,  but  not  from  the  resistance  occasioned  by 
a  narrow  pelvis.  There  may  be  sufficient  space,  the  os  uteri  and  external 
parts  well  dilated,  and  yet  the  labour  does  not  advance.  In  such  a  case, 
the  second  stage  cannot  be  very  much  prolonged  without  certain  symp- 
toms arising,  indicative  of  danger  to  the  mother  ;  and  here  we  are  able 


THE   FORCEPS.  325 

to  relieve  her  without  difficulty  or  risk-,  and  to  save  the  child  (if  it  be  alive 
at  the  time)  by  the  timely  use  of  the  forceps. 

In  such  cases  (and  every  one  must  have  met  with  them)  I  think  I  may 
say,  that  the  operation  adds  absolutely  nothing  to  the  danger  either  to 
mother  or  child. 

8.  When  the  head  or  arm  descends  with  the  head,  the  additional  bulk 
will  require  more  expulsive  force,  and  occasionally,  aid  must  be  afforded 
by  the  forceps. 

9.  In  some  cases  of  convulsions,  hemorrhage,  and  rupture  of  the  uterus, 
where  tin;  head  is  within  reach,  the  forceps  are  found  extremely  useful  in 
expediting  the  delivery. 

10.  In  certain  cases  of  breech  presentation,  it  is  very  difficult  to  ex- 
tract the  head  after  the  body  is  expelled,  either  from  malposition,  or  from 
the  incompressibility  of  the  base  of  the  skull ;  in  these  cases  the  difficulty 
may  be  removed  or  overcome  by  the  forceps. 

11.  The  forceps  may  be  used  after  the  vaginal  hysterotomy  or  symphy- 
seotomy. 

12.  In  prolapse  of  the  funis,  when  it  is  an  object  to  hasten  the  labour, 
in  order  to  save  the  child.  The  pulsation  of  the  cord  will  show  whether 
the  operation  affords  a  chance. 

539.  These  are,  I  believe,  all  the  cases  in  which  the  forceps  have  been 
used  or  recommended  by  high  authority ;  to  complete  the  subject,  I  may 
mention  certain  cases  in  which  they  ought  not  to  be  employed. 

1.  In  distortion  of  the  pelvis,  or  when  its  calibre  is  diminished  from 
any  cause,  such  as  tumours,  exostosis,  &c,  if  the  narrowing  of  the  pelvis 
be  too  great  to  admit  of  the  passage  of  the  child's  head,  when  moderately 
compressed ;  such  cases  can  only  be  terminated  by  the  perforator. 

2.  When  the  os  uteri  is  rigid  and  undilatable,  or  when  the  passages 
are  much  inflamed  and  swollen,  the  forceps  ought  not  to  be  used. 

3.  In  some  cases,  where  the  patient  has  been  mismanaged,  and  allowed 
to  remain  too  long,  the  system  is  in  such  a  state  that  we  are  obliged  to 
have  recourse  to  the  most  expeditious  mode  of  delivery.  In  these  cases 
(especially  if  there  be  a  doubt  of  success  with  the  forceps)  it  may  be  wiser 
to  have  recourse  to  the  perforator.  But  such  cases  could  scarcely  happen 
under  the  care  of  a  well-educated  practitioner,  nor  are  they  at  all  frequent. 

4.  If  the  child  be  dead,  we  are  advised  to  prefer  craniotomy.  If  we 
are  quite  certain  that  the  child  is  dead,  the  principal  objection  against 
craniotomy  is  removed  ;  but  this  it  is  not  always  easy  to  determine.  The 
stethoscope  is  a  most  valuable  source  of  information ;  but  it  must  be 
remembered,  that  while  its  positive  evidence  is  unquestionable,  the  nega- 
tive evidence  (i.  e.  no  sign  being  audible)  is  not  equally  conclusive. 

Dr.  Collins,  whose  experience  has  been  very  extensive,  remarks :  "  I 
know  of  no  case  where  the  advantage  derived  from  the  use  of  the  steth- 
oscope is  more  fully  demonstrated,  than  in  the  information  it  enables  us 
to  arrive  at,  with  regard  to  the  life  or  death  of  the  foetus,  in  the  progress 
of  tedious  and  difficult  labours." 

540.  We  next  come  to  consider  the  period  for  operating.  "  It  is  one 
of  the  nicest  points  in  practice,  correctly  to  decide,  whether  any  given 
case  of  protracted  labour  may  be  trusted  with  safety  to  the  further  exer- 
tions of  the  natural  agents,  or  whether  the  means  of  art  ought  to  be 
promptly  brought   to    their   assistance.     In  determining   this  important 

2c 


326  THE    FORCEPS. 

question,  the  whole  of  the  symptoms  are  to  be  collectively  and  severally 
considered,  and  their  different  tendencies  accurately  examined,  that  we 
may  equally  escape  the  imputation  of  haste  and  indiscretion  on  the  one 
hand,  and  of  delay  and  indecision  on  the  other ;  yet,  let  us  ever  bear  in 
mind,  that  more  injury  may  possibly  accrue  from  too  long  delay,  than 
arise  from  premature  assistance."* 

The  decision  of  this  point  must,  in  a  great  measure,  be  left  to  the 
judgment  and  experience  of  the  practitioner.  No  very  definite  rule  can 
be  laid  down :  we  find  both  individuals  and  nations  differing  upon  the 
subject ;  the  Germans  operate  more  frequently,  and  at  an  earlier  period 
than  the  British,  but  on  the  other  hand,  they  have  fewer  crotchet  cases. 

In  forming  our  decision,  there  are  several  points  for  consideration : 

1.  The  local  circumstances  of  the  case,  such  as  the  position  of  the  head, 
space  in  the  pelvis,  complications,  &c. ;  these  constitute  the  principal 
grounds  of  necessity  for  the  operation,  and  have  been  enumerated. 

2.  The  general  condition  of  the  patient,  and  the  presence  or  absence 
of  the  symptoms  of  a  prolonged  second  stage ;  if  present,  their  amount, 
urgency,  rapidity  of  development,  &c. 

Our  great  object  in  the  use  of  the  forceps,  is  to  anticipate  these  formi- 
dable symptoms,  and  to  rescue  the  patient  from  the  danger.  I  think  then, 
that  as  regards  the  mother,  we  may  conclude : 

1.  That  as  these  formidable  symptoms  are  not  consequent  upon  a  pro- 
longed first  stage  ;  therefore,  before  the  completion  of  the  first  stage  of  a 
labour,  that  is,  before  the  os  uteri  is  perfectly  dilated,  and  the  membranes 
broken,  the  use  of  the  forceps  cannot  properly  come  into  contemplation. 
But  I  would  remark,  that  when  the  obstacle  is  at  the  upper  outlet,  the 
second  stage  virtually  commences  when  the  os  uteri  is  fully  dilatable,  as 
the  head  cannot  pass  through  it,  and  the  usual  symptoms  may  arise  if  the 
labour  be  sufficiently  prolonged. 

2.  That  when  the  second  stage  has  lasted  so  long,  as  to  prove  the 
inadequacy  of  the  natural  powers,  or  at  all  events,  as  soon  as  the  symp- 
toms of  a  prolonged  second  stage  make  their  appearance  (quick  pulse, 
dry  tongue,  fever,  &c),  then  we  ought  promptly  to  interfere.  "  A  prac- 
tical rule  has  been  formed,  that  the  head  of  the  child  shall  have  rested  for 
six  hours  as  low  as  the  perineum,  that  is,  in  a  situation  which  would 
allow  of  their  application,  before  the  forceps  are  applied,  though  the  pains 
should  have  altogether  ceased  during  that  time." 

The  symptoms,  however,  are  a  surer  guide  than  the  duration  of  the 
labour  merely ;  some  patients  will  show  more  signs  of  suffering  after  six 
hours,  than  others  after  twelve  or  sixteen.  Dr.  Collins  observes:  "  Let 
it  be  carefully  recollected,  at  the  same  time,  that  so  long  as  the  head 
advances  ever  so  slowly,  the  patient's  pulse  continues  good,  the  abdomen 
free  from  pain  on  pressure,  and  no  obstruction  to  the  removal  of  the  urine, 
interference  should  not  be  attempted,  unless  the  child  be  dead." 

At  the  same  time,  as  we  know  that  after  a  certain  duration  of  the 
second  stage,  these  unpleasant  symptoms  do  arise,  the  length  of  the 
labour  cannot  be  altogether  omitted  in  our  estimate  of  the  case,  and  is  a 
reason  for  great  vigilance. 

3.  We  must  not  omit  the  consideration  of  the  life  of  the  child ;  after 

*  Ramsbotham's  Practical  Observations  on  Midwifery,  vol.  i.  p.  256. 


THE    FORCEPS. 


327 


the  child,  and  it  may  even  die  before  the  symptoms  on  the  part  of  the 
mother  become  very  formidable,  though  this  is  not  always  the  case.  This 
condition  may  sometimes  be  detected  by  the  stethoscope,  the  action  of 
the  heart  becoming  feeble  and  irregular.  In  such  a  case,  if  no  counter- 
indication  existed,  we  should  be  justified  in  interfering  for  the  purpose 
of  saving  the  child's  life,  provided  the  operation  were  practicable. 

541.  SIethod  of  operating. — When  once  we  have  determined  upon 
the  propriety  of  operating,  the  operation  itself  is  not  very  difficult ;  it  re- 
quires a  thorough  tactile  knowledge  of  the  pelvis,  some  manual  dexterity 
and  steadiness.  I  shall  first  describe  the  application  of  the  long  forceps 
at  the  brim,  and  then  (the  long  or  short  forceps)  in  the  cavity  of  the 
pelvis. 

I.  The  long  forceps.  —  These  may  be  applied  either  in  the  transverse 
or  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  pelvis.  If  our  object  be  compression, 
or  a  change  of  the  position,  the  antero-posterior  diameter  will  be  the  best; 
but  if  additional  force  be  required,  they  may  be  applied  transversely  (i.  e. 
over  the  occiput  and  forehead  of  the  child).  In  this  position,  as  there  is 
more  space,  their  application  is  more  easy ;  but  it  must  be  remembered, 
that  in  proportion  to  the  grasp  we  take  of  the  head  in  its  longitudinal 
diameter,  we  diminish  that  diameter,  but  increase  the  transverse,  and  so 
may  add  to  the  difficulty  of  the  descent  of  the  head.  Therefore,  only 
sufficient  force  should  be  used  to  enable  us  to  extract. 

Fig.  100. 


"When  about  to  apply  the  long  forceps,  it  is  to  be  remembered  that 
the  difficulty  exists  at  the  brim  of  the  pelvis,  that  the  antero-posterior 
diameter,  or  that  from  the  symphysis  pubis  to  the  promontory  of  the  sacrum, 
is  diminished  ;  in  the  application  of  the  instruments,  therefore,  care  should 


328  THE    FORCEPS. 

the  second  stage  has  lasted  a  certain  time,  there  is  considerable  risk  to 
be  taken  that  they  be  placed  over  the  head,  in  such  a  situation  that  they 
may  occupy  the  most  roomy  part  of  the  pelvis,  which  will  be  its  lateral 
diameter.  In  a  natural  presentation  and  situation,  one  blade  of  the  in- 
strument will  consequently  be  placed  over  the  forehead,  the  other  over  the 
occiput."* 

The  patient  is  to  be  placed  on  her  left  side  (or  on  her  back),  close  to 
the  edge  of  the  bed ;  the  forceps,  warmed  and  oiled,  are  to  be  within 
reach,  and  the  operator  should  introduce  two  or  three  fingers  of  his  left 
hand,  or  his  whole  hand,  during  an  interval  of  pain,  along  the  head  of 
the  child  within  the  os  uteri,  for  the  purpose  of  protecting  it,  and  guiding 
the  blade  of  the  forceps. 

The  upper  or  anterior  blade  is  then  to  be  passed  along  the  inside  of  the 
fingers  or  hand,  in  the  axis  of  the  upper  outlet,  until  it  glides  over  the 
part  of  the  head  to  which  we  wish  to  apply  it.  It  is  then  to  be  retained 
"  in  situ  "  by  an  assistant,  and  the  hand  or  fingers  withdrawn ;  the  right 
hand  (or  two  fingers)  is  next  to  be  introduced  on  the  opposite  side,  and 
the  second  blade  passed  carefully  up,  and  applied  to  the  head.  If  the 
blades  have  been  properly  placed,  they  will  lock ;  but  if  not,  one  must 
be  withdrawn  and  re-introduced.  When  locked,  the  handles  may  be  tied 
together  or  grasped  firmly,  and  the  extracting  force  applied,  of  which  I 
shall  speak  presently. 

The  most  important  points  to  remember  in  the  application  of  the  long 
forceps  are  : 

1.  To  guard  the  os  uteri  with  one  hand. 

2.  To  introduce  the  upper  or  anterior  blade  first. 

3.  To  pass  the  blades  in  the  axis  of  the  upper  outlet. 

4.  To  regulate  the  force  of  the  grasp,  according  to  the  circumstances 
of  the  case. 

542.  II.  The  short  forceps. — These  may  be  passed  in  accordance  with 
the  transverse,  oblique,  or  antero-posterior  diameters  of  the  pelvis.  In 
many  cases  where  it  would  be  impossible  to  pass  them  laterally,  we  may 
succeed  in  passing  them  antero-posteriorly,  and  in  extracting  the  child ; 
but  we  must  bear  in  mind  the  observation  made  when  speaking  of  the 
long  forceps,  that  the  pressure  in  the  long  diameter  of  the  child's  head 
(i.  e.  when  the  forceps  are  introduced  obliquely  or  antero-posteriorly)  in- 
creases its  lateral  or  transverse  diameter,  and  so  far  augments  the  difficulty 
of  its  extraction. 

The  bladder  and  rectum  should  be  evacuated  before  the  attempt  is 
made,  and  the  forceps  warmed  and  oiled,  as  already  mentioned.  The 
patient  is  then  to  be  placed  near  the  edge  of  the  bed,  and  after  a  careful 
examination,  our  decision  formed  as  to  the  part  to  which  the  instrument 
is  to  be  applied.  One  or  two  fingers  are  then  to  be  introduced  into  the 
vagina,  during  an  interval  of  pain,  to  guide  the  forceps  and  protect  the 
soft  parts. 

"  The  forceps  must  be  introduced,  one  blade  after  another,  first  intro- 
ducing the  fingers  of  each  hand  to  carefully  guard  the  bows  past  the  os 
uteri,  and  fairly  over  the  side  of  the  head,  for  should  the  os  uteri  get  be- 

*  Waller's  edition  of  Denman,  p.  279,  note. 


TIIE    FORCEPS. 


329 


tween  the  head  and  forceps,  it  would  at  once  prevent  any  firm  hold  of  the 
head,  and  you  consequently  fail  in  the  attempt,  and  also  bruise  the  part 
that  intervenes,  so  as  to  endanger  an  excoriation  and  great  inflamma- 
tion."* 

We  must  always  be  careful  that  "the  point  of  the  instrument  be  con- 
stantly kept  in  contact  with  the  head  ;  to  effect  which,  it  will  be  necessary 
to  remember,  that  the  child's  head  is  in  every  part  convex,  and,  therefore, 
as  the  instrument  advances,  the  handle  must  be  raised,  or  otherwise  in  its 
progress  it  may  pass  on,  instead  of  going  under,  the  os  uteri,  if  any  part 
should  remain  in  contact  with  the  child's  head."f 

Fig.  101. 


The  forceps  must  be  introduced  at  first  in  the  axis  of  the  lower  outlet, 
but  this  direction  must  be  almost  immediately  changed  into  that  of  the 
upper  outlet,  or  there  will  be  danger  of  wounding  the  posterior  wall  of 
the  vagina.  The  upper  or  anterior  blade  should  be  introduced  first,  and 
then  the  lower  or  posterior  one.  When  both  are  applied,  they  ought  to 
be  opposite,  and  if  so,  will  easily  lock,  but  "  if,  on  endeavouring  to  lock 
the  forceps,  it  should  be  found  that  they  do  not  readily  come  together, 
they  have  not  been  properly  introduced  ;  no  force  or  violence  should  be 
used  to  bring  them  together,  but  the  second  blade  should  be  withdrawn, 
and  introduced  afresh. "J 

Great  care  must  also  be  taken,  that  the  soft  parts,  or  hair,  are  not  included 
in  the  lock,  as  this  will  give  great  pain.  The  lower  part  of  the  handles 
may  be  tied  together  by  a  ligature,  so  as  to  determine  the  force  of  the 
grasp,  which  has  this  advantage,  that  it  fixes  the  degree  of  compression, 
and  leaves  the  operator  at  liberty  to  occupy  himself  with  the  extraction 
only.     If,  however,  the  head  fit  tightly,  and  more  compression  than  merely 

*Pugh,  Treatise  on  Midwifery,  1754,  p.  83. 

f  Osborn,  Essays  on  Parturition,  p.  99. 

I  Merrinian,  Synopsis  of  Difficult  Parturition,  p.  197. 

2c2 


330  THE    FORCEPS. 

that  which  is  sufficient  for  extraction  be  necessary,  it  will  be  useless ;  the 
operator  must  then  regulate  the  compression  with  his  hand,  and  extract  at 
the  same  time. 

"  When  the  forceps  are  first  locked,  they  are  placed  far  backward,  with 
the  lock  close  to,  or  just  within  the  internal  surface  of  the  perineum  ;  and 
they  can  have  no  support  backwards  except  the  very  little  which  is  afforded 
by  the  soft  parts.  The  first  action  with  them  should  therefore  be  made, 
by  bringing  the  handles,  grasped  firmly  in  one  or  both  hands  to  prevent 
the  instrument  from  playing  upon  the  head  of  the  child,  slowly  towards  the 
pubes,  till  they  come  to  a  full  rest.  Having  waited  a  short  interval  with 
them  in  this  situation,  the  handles  must  be  carried  back  in  the  same  slow 
but  steady  manner  to  the  perineum,  exerting,  as  they  are  carried  in  the 
different  directions,  a  certain  degree  of  extracting  force  ;  and  after  wait- 
ing another  interval,  they  are  again  to  be  raised  towards  the  pubes,  ac- 
cording to  the  situation  of  the  handles."* 

We  must  remember,  "  that  the  force  employed  in  extracting  the  head 
be  always  and  steadily  from  blade  to  blade,  but  with  intervals  resembling 
the  labour  pains,  and  constantly  in  the  direction  of  the  axis  of  the  pelvis, 
till  the  occiput  begins  to  emerge  from  under  the  arch  of  the  pubis,  when 
the  handles  are  to  be  raised  over  the  symphysis  pubis  with  the  right  hand, 
while  the  left  is  applied  to  strengthen  and  preserve  the  perineum. "f 

"  The  whole  power  or  force  which  the  instrument  enables  us  to  use, 
ought  not  to  be  exerted  in  the  first  instance,  but  such  a  degree  as  any 
individual  case  may  require,  which  can  only  be  known  by  first  trying  a 
moderate  degree  of  force,  increasing  it  slowly  and  deliberately,  according 
to  the  exigence  of  each  case. "J 

When  we  thus  employ  the  power  we  possess  gradually,  steadily,  at 
intervals,  and  in  the  direction  of  the  axes  of  the  pelvis,  we  must  not  forget 
the  danger  (in  some  cases  at  least)  from  pressure  or  contusion.  Our 
guide  in  this  matter  is  the  pulse,  which  rapidly  rises  if  injury  be  inflicted. 

"  If  the  pulse  be  120  or  130  before  you  commence  operations,  it  is 
clear  that  you  cannot,  from  counting  the  beats,  take  an  intimation  whether 
the  soft  parts  have  or  have  not  sustained  injury ;  but  if,  before  the 
forceps  be  applied,  the  pulse  is  under  100  in  the  minute,  then  should 
contusion  be  produced  by  your  efforts  with  the  instrument,  the  rise  of  the 
pulse  will  indicate  it.  After  every  effort  with  the  forceps,  therefore,  count, 
waiting  two  or  three  minutes,  so  as  to  allow  the  beats  to  subside  after 
muscular  exertion,  and  count  completely  round  the  circle.  If  you  find 
it  below  100,  no  serious  injury  has  been  inflicted  ;  if  the  frequency  is 
increasing,  although  it  do  not  necessarily  follow  that  serious  injury  has 
been  inflicted,  yet  the  existence  of  contusion  becomes  probable,  and  fur- 
ther efforts  must  not  be  made  without  much  further  consideration. "§ 

When  our  efforts  have  been  so  far  successful,  that  the  occiput  emerges 
from  the  lower  outlet,  if  there  be  pains,  it  is  better  to  remove  one  blade 
(the  posterior  one,  when  they  are  applied  antero-posteriorly)  of  the  forceps, 
to  lessen  the  risk  of  laceration,  and  the  perineum  should  be  carefully 

*  Denman's  Introduction,  p.  281. 

f  Osborn,  Essays  on  Parturition,  p.  100. 

X  Denman's  Introduction,  p.  280. 

\  Blundell's  Principles  and  Practice  of  Obstetricy,  p.  505. 


THE    FORCEPS.  331 

supported  by  an  assistant,  whilst  the  operator  uses  the  other  blade  as  a 
tractor  if  necessary. 

If  the  head  be  high  up  in  the  pelvis,  we  must  take  care  that  the  usual 
half-turn  be  made  as  it  descends,  so  as  to  bring  the  face  into  the  hollow 
of  the  sacrum. 

In  breech  cases,  when  the  head  is  detained,  the  operation  is  not  very 
different ;  the  blades  are  to  be  passed  up  antero-posteriorly,  or  laterally, 
and  locked  across  the  chin,  or  back  of  the  head,  and  the  extracting  force 
applied,  gently,  firmly,  and  at  intervals,  not  forgetting  the  natural  turns, 
so  as  to  bring  the  face  into  the  hollow  of  the  sacrum,  if  possible. 

543.  Difficulties.  —  "  The  difficulty  of  applying  the  forceps,"  says  Dr. 
Denman,  "  is  most  frequently  occasioned  by  attempting  to  apply  them 
too  soon  ;  or  passing  them  in  a  wrong  direction  ;  or  by  entangling  the 
soft  parts  of  the  mother  between  the  instrument  and  the  head  of  the  child, 
against  all  which  accidents  we  are  to  be  on  our  guard." 

1.  The  first  difficulty  we  meet  with  is  in  the  introduction  of  the  blades. 
There  may  not  be  space  enough,  and  if  we  find  this  to  be  the  case,  after 
a  fair  and  careful  trial,  we  are  not  to  persist  at  the  risk  of  injury  to  the 
mother,  but  craniotomy  must  be  performed. 

When  the  head  is  pressed  down  against  the  tuberosities  of  the  ischia, 
there  may  be  some  difficulty  in  passing  the  blades  between  them,  and  if 
the  head  cannot  be  raised  up  during  an  interval  of  pain,  the  forceps  had 
better  be  applied  antero-posteriorly,  or  both  blades  being  introduced  pos- 
teriorly, we  may  gradually  slip  them  to  either  side. 

I  do  not  speak  of  the  difficulty  of  applying  the  forceps  when  the  os 
uteri  is  rigid,  because  it  should  never  be  attempted. 

2.  As  I  have  already  mentioned,  there  may  be  some  difficulty  in  lock- 
ing the  blades,  and  then  one  of  them  must  be  withdrawn  and  re-intro- 
duced. It  is  quite  possible  to  deliver  the  child  without  locking  the 
blades,  but  there  is  more  chance  of  injury,  and  the  instrument  is  more 
apt  to  slip. 

3.  The  extraction  may  be  difficult  or  even  impossible.  The  great 
value  of  experience  in  such  cases  is,  that  it  teaches  us  how  far  we  may 
carry  our  efforts  without  injury.  Perhaps  a  little  more  compression  or 
a  little  more  force  may  crown  our  efforts  with  success,  provided  that  it 
do  not  exceed  safe  limits.  But  great  care  and  caution  will  be  necessary, 
and  if  we  find  our  efforts  fruitless  after  a  fair  trial,  we  shall  then  be  justi- 
fied in  having  recourse  to  the  perforator,  nor  will  the  patient  be  the  worse 
for  the  failure  with  the  forceps,  if  the  attempt  have  been  judiciously 
made. 

544.  The  principal  dangers  to  the  mother  are : 

1.  In  the  introduction  of  the  blades,  if  it  be  not  effected  in  the  axis  of 
the  upper  outlet,  the  vaginal  parietes  may  be  lacerated,  and  if  the  cervix 
uteri  be  not  guarded  by  the  hand,  the  blade  may  be  pushed  through  it, 
or  it  may  be  included  between  the  end  of  the  blade  and  the  child's  head. 
Cases  of  mal-practice  illustrative  of  these  dangers  might  easily  be  quoted, 
but  it  is  sufficient  for  my  purpose  to  allude  to  them  as  a  caution. 

2.  The  soft  parts  in  the  pelvis  may  be  bruised  or  lacerated  in  the 
extraction. 

3.  The  perineum  may  be  lacerated. 
The  dangers  to  the  child  arise : 


332  THE   FORCEPS. 

1.  From  want  of  care  in  introducing  the  blades,  by  which  the  scalp 
may  be  bruised  or  torn,  or  an  ear  cut  off. 

2.  From  excessive  compression,  by  which  the  skull  may  be  indented, 
the  bones  fractured,  or  death  from  pressure  induced. 

Dr.  Blundell  has  given  a  distressing  picture  of  the  accidents  which 
may  result  from  an  incautious  or  maladroit  use  of  the  forceps. 

"  The  grand  error  you  are  apt  to  commit  in  using  the  long  forceps,  is 
force.  In  violent  hands,  the  long  forceps  is  a  tremendous  instrument ; 
force  kills  the  child,  force  bruises  the  softer  parts,  force  occasions  mortifi- 
cation, force  breaks  open  the  neck  of  the  bladder,  force  crushes  the  nerves ; 
beware  of  force,  therefore,  arte  non  vi.  Other  errors,  too,  there  are, 
against  which  I  beseech  you  to  guard.  You  may  use  the  forceps  without 
heed ;  you  may  try  to  use  it  when  the  parts  are  rigid,  and  the  os  uteri 
not  fully  expanded ;  you  may  attempt  to  apply  it,  without  knowing  the 
position  of  the  head ;  you  may  oscillate  the  instrument  too  extensively 
from  side  to  side ;  you  may  draw  without  intermission,  instead  of  imitating 
the  pains  ;  you  may  close  the  handles  too  forcibly  by  the  hand  or  ligature  ; 
you  may  hurry  the  head  through  the  outlet ;  you  may  neglect  to  throw  the 
face  towards  the  sacrum  ;  you  may  forget  the  perineum  ;  you  may  fail  to 
conduct  the  head,  when  it  emerges,  towTards  the  abdomen  and  the  mons, 
by  drawing  it  too  much  upon  the  perineum." 

545.  After-treatment. — The  first  symptom  which  will  require  our  at- 
tention, is  the  shock  caused  by  the  operation.  If  it  be  great,  a  combina- 
tion of  opium  with  ammonia  will  be  found  the  best  remedy,  with  wine 
and  water  in  moderate  quantity.  If  it  be  not  severe,  perfect  quiet  will  be 
sufficient,  and  the  subsequent  management  is  the  same  as  after  ordinary 
delivery,  with  increased  caution,  however,  and  daily  attention  to  the  state 
of  the  vagina.  If  there  be  any  soreness  or  inflammation,  wTann  water 
injections  should  be  used  twice  a  day.* 

*  Although  Dr.  Churchill  avows  his  preference  for  "the  long  or  short  forceps  with 
the  single  curve,"  &c,  he  appears  in  reality  not  to  be  at  all  tenacious  on  the  subject 
of  its  construction.  "  The  hand,"  he  remarks,  "that  is  to  use  the  instrument  is,  how- 
ever, of  more  importance  than  the  instrument  itself,  of  which  it  may  be  observed  with 
truth,  that  '  that  which  is  best  administered  is  best.'  "  In  this  expression,  I  conceive, 
he  inculcates  a  great  error. 

A  prudent  and  well-qualified  operator,  it  is  true,  will  not  do  harm  with  a  bad  instru- 
ment, but  he  may  be  unable  to  accomplish  any  good  purpose  with  it,  in  cases  where 
one  better  adapted  would  render  him  successful. 

"  I  have  repeatedly,"  says  Dr.  Huston,  in  a  note  to  a  former  edition,  "  seen  gentle- 
men of  large  experience  in  the  art,  completely  foiled  in  attempting  to  grasp  the  head 
at  the  upper  strait,  with  a  forceps  having  only  the  single  curve,  although  when  an  in- 
strument differently  constructed  was  placed  in  their  hands  they  accomplished  it  very 
readily  ;  and  I  have  myself  delivered,  successfully  for  both  mother  and  child,  under  the 
same  circumstances,  with  a  long  double-curved  forceps,  after  others  had  failed  with 
those  without  the  second  curve,  or  of  insufficient  length." 

If  the  use  of  the  forceps  is  to  be  confined  to  cases  in  which  the  head  has  descended 
into  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis,  resting  on  the  perineum  or  protruding  at  the  os  externum 
vaginse,  then,  indeed,  "the  hand  that  is  to  use  the  instrument  is  of  more  importance 
than  the  instrument  itself;"  nor  is  it  of  much  importance  what  hand  it  is,  if  guided  by 
the  common  feelings  of  humanity,  so  simple  and  easy  is  the  operation.  But  when  it  is 
important  to  hasten  the  delivery  while  the  head  remains  above  the  upper  strait,  or  is 
still  engaged  in  it,  as  in  convulsions,  hemorrhage,  some  cases  of  prolapse  of  the  funis, 
aneurism,  inability  of  the  woman,  in  consequence  of  feebleness,  to  sustain  longer  the 
natural  parturient  efforts,  or  from  contraction  of  the  brim  in  a  degree  not  so  great  as 
to  demand  the  perforator  —  in  such  cases  the  kind  of  instrument  we  employ  is  of  the 
greatest  importance.     The  blades  must  be  adapted  to  the  head  of  the  child,  the  shape 


THE   FORCEPS. 


333 


must  correspond  with  the  axes  of  the  pelvis,  and  the  handles  must  be  long  enough  to 
allow  of  the  operator  obtaining  a  Becnre  bold  outside  and  free  of  the  vulva,  or  success 
is  not  to  be  expected  at  the  hands  of  the  most  dexterous  obstetrician.  British  practi- 
tioners, 1  am  aware,  seldom  employ  the  forceps  under  the  circumstances  1  have  men- 
tioned. In  this  l  think  they  are  wrong,  — they  differ,  certainly,  from  the  practitioners 
of  this  country  and  of  Continental  Europe. 

"In  England,"  Bays  Dr.  Robert  Lee,  "there  are  few  practitioners  of  judgment  and 
experience,  who  have  frequent  recourse  to  the  forceps,  or  who  employ  it  before  the 
orifice  of  the  uterus  is  fully  dilated,  and  the  head  of  the  child  has  d*  sa  »■/.  d  so  Una  into  the 
pelvis,  that  an  ear  can  he  fek,"  &c*  According  to  this  rule,  every  cu->'  in  which  the 
unaided  powers  of  the  woman  fail  to  make  the  head  "descend  bo  low  into  the  pelvis 
that  an  ear  can  be  felt,"  calls  for  the  perforator!  The  fruits  0f  this  practice  may  be 
learned  from  the  following  table,  furnished  by  the  same  author.  No  one  can  fail  to  be 
struck  with  the  disparity  in  the  practice  of  British,  compared  with  that  of  the  Conti- 
nental practitioners. 

A  Comparative  View  of  the  Frequency  of  Forceps  and  Craniotomy  Cases  in  eleven  Lying-in 

Hospitals. 


Hospitals. 

No.  of 
Labours. 

Forceps 
Cases. 

Proportions. 

Cranioto- 
my Cases. 

Proportions. 

Dublin,  Clarke      .     .     . 

10,199 

14 

1  in  728 

49 

1  in   248 

Do.     Collins      .     .     . 

16,654 

27 

1  in  617 

118 

1  in    1 41 

Paris,  Baudelocque    .     . 

17,388 

31 

1  in  561 

6 

1  in  2898 

Do.  Lachapelle  .     .     . 

22,243 

76 

1  in  293 

12 

1  in  1854 

Do.  Boivin    .... 

20,517 

96 

1  in  214 

16 

1  in  1282 

Vienna,  Boer    .... 

9,589 

35 

1  in  274 

13 

1  in    737 

Heidelberg.  Xaegele  .     . 

1,711 

55 

1  in    31 

1 

1  in  1711 

Berlin,  Kluge    .... 

1,111 

68 

1  in    16 

6 

1  in    185 

Dresden,  Cams     .     .     . 

2,549 

184 

1  in    14 

9 

1  in    283 

Berlin,  Siebold      .     .     . 

2,093 

300 

1  in      7 

1 

1  in  2093 

From  this  table  it  will  be  seen  that  those  who  relied  most  on  the  forceps,  had  the 
fewest  occasions  to  resort  to  craniotomy,  and  vice  versa.  Of  the  extreme  cases  on  each 
side,  it  will  be  observed  that  Dr.  Collins,  whilst  he  employed  the  forceps  but  once  in 
617  cases,  resorted  to  craniotomy  once  in  141  cases  ;  or  nearly  four  and  a  half  times  as 
often  as  the  forceps.  Dr.  Siebold,  of  Berlin,  had  recourse  to  the  forceps  once  in  every 
seven  cases,  and  craniotomy  but  once  in  2093  cases !  It  is  not  difficult  to  imagine  on 
which  side  was  the  greatest  mortality.  Whence  arises  this  prodigious  difference  ? 
Unquestionably  from  the  different  principles  by  which  the  practitioners  of  these  coun- 
tries are  guided.  As  properly  observed  by  Dr.  Lee,  '  if  we  compare  the  reports  of  the 
principal  Lying-in  Hospitals  of  Great  Britain,  France,  and  Germany,  and  examine  the 
doctrines  inculcated  by  the  best  systematic  writers  of  these  countries,  it  is  impossible 
to  avoid  being  struck  with  the  want  of  uniformity  which  prevails  in  all  that  relates  to 
the  operations  of  midwifery.  Although  the  cases  of  difficult  parturition  must  be  nearly 
the  same  in  every  part  of  Europe,  cases  of  instrumental  delivery  are  far  more  numer- 
ous in  some  countries  and  institutions  than  in  others,  and  the  method  of  operating  is 
widely  different.' 

To  the  practitioners  of  this  country,  the  reports  of  the  English  Lying-in  Hospitals 
are  surprising,  especially  when  it  is  considered  that  they  are  under  the  supervision  of 
men  of  the  most  exalted  standing  in  the  profession.  The  frequency  with  which  many 
of  the  Germans  employ  the  forceps  is  in  strong  contrast  with  British  practice,  and  per- 
haps scarcely  more  rational. 

In  the  United  States,  so  much  looseness  and  neglect  prevails  in  regard  to  obstetrical 
statistics,  that  it  is  not  easy  to  arrive  at  exact  results;  but  there  can  be  no  question 
that  while  the  forceps  is  far  more  frequently  employed  than  by  the  English,  it  is  much 
more  rarely  resorted  to  than  by  the  practitioners  of  Northern  Europe. 

The  frequent  occasion  which  English  practitioners  find  for  the  performance  of  crani- 
otomy appears  to  proceed  from  the  rules  by  which  they  are  governed  in  regard  to  the 
use  of  the  forceps,  and  which  limit  its  application  to  a  comparatively  small  number  of 


*  Clinical  Midwifery,  by  Robert  Lee,  M.  D.,  &c,  page  1. 


334  THE    FORCEPS. 

cases.  Whether  these  rules  are  deduced  from  a  consideration  of  the  mechanical  pro- 
perties of  the  instruments  they  employ,  or  whether  the  instruments  are  constructed  in 
reference  to  the  objects  contemplated  by  the  rules,  they  certainly  concur  in  restricting 
the  use  of  this  means  of  relief  within  much  narrower  limits  than  either  Continental  or 
American  practitioners  deem  necessary  or  proper.  That  the  forceps  commonly  em- 
ployed by  our  English  brethren,  whether  long  or  short,  are  capable  of  accomplishing 
the  objects  which  their  rules  contemplate,  is  hardly  to  be  denied  ;  almost  any  form  of 
instrument  of  the  kind  ever  invented,  however  rude,  in  competent  hands,  will  prove 
sufficient.  But  have  we  not  instruments  of  better  construction,  of  greater  mechanical 
powers,  and  capable  of  being  successfully  employed  under  a  wider  range  of  circum- 
stances than  are  embraced  in  the  canons  of  English  obstetricy  ? 

The  sufficiency  of  the  English  or  any  other  forceps  for  the  management  of  cases 
where  the  head  of  the  child  has  passed  through  the  upper  strait  is  admitted ;  but  are 
they  equally  capable  of  useful  application  before  matters  have  advanced  thus  far  ?  It 
is  believed  that  they  are  not.  The  application  of  the  various  short  forceps,  when  the 
head  of  the  child  has  not  passed  through  the  upper  strait,  seems  to  be  out  of  the  question. 
The  distance  which  it  is  necessary  to  pass  them  within  the  pelvis,  and  the  almost  impossi- 
bility of  obtaining  a  secure  hold  of  the  head  with  so  short  an  instrument,  render  them 
valueless.  The  only  exception,  if  there  be  any  at  all,  is  the  forceps  of  Dr.  Davis.  A 
very  serious  objection,  however,  to  this  instrument  is  that  which  is  common  to  all  of 
its  class, — the  blades  are  so  short  that,  when  introduced  sufficiently  far  to  embrace  the 
head  in  the  upper  strait,  the  lock  is  brought  within  the  vulva.  This,  beside  the  danger 
of  injury  to  the  parts,  leaves  to  the  operator  a  very  insufficient  hold  of  the  handles  for 
efficient  action.  The  great  width  of  the  blades,  too,  is  objectionable,  as  Dr.  Davis  him- 
self has  found  and  endeavoured  to  obviate  by  the  occasional  use  of  one  blade  made  very 
narrow. 

These  objections  are  made,  however,  with  much  deference,  not  only  from  the  hio-h 
character  sustained  by  the  eminent  inventor,  but  because  it  is  the  instrument  preferred 
by  the  able  Professor  of  Midwifery  in  Jeiferson  College,  Dr.  Charles  D.  Meigs. 

Our  author  prefers  "the  long  or  short  forceps,  with  the  single  curve."  There  is 
certainly  no  advantage  in  the  second  curve  to  the  short  forceps :  these  being  only  adapted  to 
cases  in  which  the  head  has  descended  into  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis,  when  there  is  but 
one  strait  to  pass,  an  instrument  which  corresponds  in  form  with  the  axis  of  that  one 
strait,  is  of  course  all  that  is  required.  But  it  is  widely  different  when  the  head  is  to 
be  delivered  from  the  upper  strait.  It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  axes  of  the  two 
straits  run  in  very  different  directions  —  that  of  the  upper  strait  being  downward  and 
backward,  and  of  the  lower,  downward  and  forward.  Now  in  order  to  embrace  the  head 
in  the  upper  strait,  the  instrument  must  pass  through  the  outlet  in  the  axis  of  the 
lower  strait,  or  nearly  so ;  and  consequently,  it  must  have  a  form  corresponding,  in  a 
considerable  degree,  with  the  curved  line  running  through  the  axes  of  both  straits, 
otherwise  there  will  be  excessive  pressure  made  upon  the  perineum  by  the  instrument, 
and  extreme  difficulty  in  adjusting  it  properly  on  the  head  of  the  child. 

Fig.  102. 


A  glance  at  the  accompanying  cut  will  exhibit  this  better  than  any  verbal  description. 
A.  The  sacrum.    B.  The  coccyx.    C.  The  pubis.    D.  The  perineum.     Dotted  line  a,  plane 


THE    FORCEPS. 


335 


of  the  upper  strait:  dotted  line  6,  plane  of  the  lower  strait ;  c,  imaginary  lii 

from  the  umbilicus  to  the  upper  part  of  the  coccyx,  and  through  the  centre  of  the  upper 
strait  or  its  axis;  >/.  u  similar  line,  extending  from  the  middle  of  the  Bacrnm  through 
the  oa  externum  vagina?,  and  marking  the  axis  of  the  lower  Btrait  The  curved 
line  between  these  Btraight  lines,  Bhows  the  course  the  head  of  the  child  must  take  in 
passing  through  the  pelvis,  and  which  must  necessarily  be  traversed  by  the  forceps 
when  applied  at  The  superior  strait. 

me  difficulty,  doI  to  say  failures,  which  Dr.  Huston,  of  Philadelphia,  expe- 
rienced in  operating  with  the  short  forceps  and  those  of  single  curve,  under  the  circum- 
stances we  are  considering,  induced  him  many  years  ago  I  mpply  what 
seemed  to  him  a  great  deficiency  in  the  various  foro<  ps  in  common  use.  While  ei  _ 
in  tin-  task,  the  late  Dr.  Eberle  placed  in  his  hands  the  forceps  of  Professor  Siebold. 
"  I  saw  at  once,"  he  remarks  in  a  note  to  a  former  edition,  "that  it  possessed  many 
advanl  -  that  I  had  seen,  and  that  with  some  little  alterations  it 
would  accomplish  the  objects  I  had  in  view.  The  instrument  of  Siebold,  thus  modified 
accordion  to  my  own  views,  I  now  present  to  the  public,  after  nearly  twet i1 
trial,  and  sanctioned  too  by  the  experience  of  a  number  of  my  friends.  An  account  of 
it  has  uever  before  been  published,  but  it  was  exhibited  several  years  ago  to  the  College 
of  Physicians  and  the  Philadelphia  Medical  Society,  and  subsequently  it  has  been  re- 
ferred to  by  Professor  Meigs  in  his  Philadelphia  Practice  of  Midwifery.  The  annexed 
engravings  |  Fig.  103)  represent  the  instrument  and  its  several  parte,  as  made  for  me  by 
Weigand  and  Snowden  of  this  city,  pretty  accurately. 

Fig.  103. 


"  Width  of  the  blade  at  a,  one  inch  and  five-eighths  ;  of  the  fenestra,  one  inch  :  sepa- 
ration of  the  blades  at  the  widest  part  when  properly  locked,  two  inches  and  a  half 
(but  this  is  increased  nearly  a  quarter  of  an  inch  by  the  manner  in  which  the  blades 
are  gr  _  concave  on  their  inner  face,  and  convex  externally:   by  this  arrange- 

ment the  liability  of  the  instrument  to   slip  off  the  head  gth  of  the 

blades  to  the  lock  at  //,  nine  inches;  length  of  the  handles  from  the  joint  at  A,  five 
inches.  The  lock,  which  is  exactly  like  that  of  the  German  instrument,  is  formed  by 
a  thuml  .  which  i<  fastened  into  the  male  branch  at  '/.  and   is  received  into  a 

morti-o  in  the  fei  Qtersunk,  so  that  when  the  screw 

or  pivot  is  screwed  down  completely,  the  blades  cannot  be  separated. 
22 


336 


THE    FORCEPS. 


"  By  the  kindness  of  Dr.  Moehring,  a  former  pupil  of  Siebold,  I  have  before  me  the  in- 
strument of  that  distinguished  professor,  made  by  '  Windier,  of  Berlin,'  and  which 
may  therefore  be  regarded  as  accurate.  On  comparing  mine  with  it  I  find  them  to  dif- 
fer as  follows  : 

"Although  the  instruments  are  of  the  same  length,  the  blades  of  mine  are  an  inch 
longer  than  those  of  Siebold,  and  the  handles,  from  the  pivot,  correspondingly  shorter. 
This  brings  the  lock  more  completely  free  from  the  vulva  when  operating  at  or  above 
the  upper  strait ;  at  the  same  time,  the  shaft,  or  narrow  part  of  the  blade  beyond  the 
pivot,  constitutes  in  fact  part  of  the  handle  equally  effective  with  the  handle  proper. 
The  fenestra  of  the  blade  is  nearly  double  the  width  of  that  of  the  German  instrument, 
and  the  sweep  of  the  second  curve  an  inch  and  a  quarter  greater. 

"  The  instrument  is  also  fou.r  ounces  lighter  than  the  Berlin-made  forceps. 

"  The  objects  gained  by  these  modifications  are: 

"  1.  The  blades  being  longer,  as  stated,  the  soft  parts  of  the  woman  cannot  be  en- 
tangled with  the  lock. 

"  2.  The  increased  width  of  the  fenestra  avoids  adding  the  thickness  of  the  instrument 
to  that  of  the  head,  renders  it  less  liable  to  slip  off,  and  lessens  its  weight. 

"3.  But  the  most  important  modification  is  in  the  increase  of  the  second  or  pelvic 
curve,  by  which  the  blades  correspond  better  with  the  form  of  the  pelvis,  so  that  when 
their  extremities  are  in  the  axis  of  the  upper  strait,  their  shafts  pass  directly  through 
the  axis  of  the  outlet.  By  this  arrangement,  the  instrument  is  more  readily  applied 
when  the  head  is  high  up,  and  all  undue  pressure  on  the  perineum  is  avoided.  This 
form  of  the  instrument  also  enables  the  operator  to  apply  it  when  the  patient  is  on  her 
back  on  a  mattrass,  without  bringing  her  down  so  low  as  to  have  her  limbs  off  the  bed, 
which  adds  much  to  the  comfort  of  the  patient  and  the  decency  of  the  operation. 

"  From  this  description  of  the  instrument  it  will  be  understood  that  it  is  calculated, 
in  every  case,  to  be  passed  along  the  sides  of  the  pelvis." 

The  following  figures  represent  the  forceps  invented  by  Dr.  Hodge,  of  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  It  is  calculated,  in  a  considerable  degree,  to  accomplish  the  same 
objects  as  the  one  employed  by  Dr.  Huston.  The  eclectic  forceps,  as  Dr.  Hodge  calls 
his  instrument,  weighs  one  pound  and  one  ounce ;  being  nine  ounces  lighter  than  the 
French  forceps,  as  usually  manufactured  by  Mr.  Borer  of  this  city,  and  eleven  ounces 
lighter  than  a  specimen  of  Dubois'  forceps,  made  in  Paris. 

Fig.  104. 


a 


THE   FORCEPS.  337 

"  The  whole  length  of  the  instrument  in  a  direct  line  from  h  to  c  is  in  inches.  From 
the  joint  a  to  extremity  6,  the  length  of  the  handles  is  6*8.  Prom  a  to  c  c,  extremities 
of  the  blades  is  9-5,  in  a  direct  line.     From  a  to  rf,  I  irallel  shanks  is  3-5. 

From  d  r  i  c,  the  proper  blades,  in  a  direct  line,  is  6  inches.  Prom  c  e,  the  extremities, 
to  e/,  the  greatest  breadth,  3-7  inches. 

"  Th  i  the  points  c  '\  when  the  handles  are  in  contact,  is  ••">  of  an 

inch.  From  •  to/,  the  greatest  breadth  when  the  handles  touch,  is  -•">:  when  the 
separation  at  i  /  is  3-5,  the  points  c  c  are  separated  to  -  in< 

••The  breadth  of  the  blade  is  1*8,  slightly  tapering  to  17  .  the  extremities. 

The  breadth  of  the  fenestra  is  1-1:  the  thickness  of  tl  2  of  an  inch. 

"  Tlie  perpendicular  elevation  of  the  points  c  c,  -when  the  instrument  is  on  a  horizontal 
surface,  is  3*4  inches,  which  indicates  the  degree  of  curvature  of  the  bL 

"The  elevation  of  the  handles  near  the  joint,  above  the  same  horizontal  line,  is  1-3 
(including  the  thickness  of  the  blades),  which  indicates  the  extent  of  the  angular  bend 
in  the  hand 

An  important  modification  of  the  forceps  has  been  recently  announced  by  Dr.  Bond, 
of  Philadelphia  (American  Journ.  of  the  Med.  Sciences;   Oct.,  1850). 

At  an  early  period  of  his  professional  life  it  occurred  to  him  that  obstetrical  cases  are 
sometimes,  although  not  very  frequently,  met  with  where,  owing  to  the  position  or  the 
form  of  the  foetal  head,  and  its  relation  to  the  pelvis,  it  is  found  impracticable  to  adapt 
the  clams  to  the  head  so  as  to  lock  the  branches,  or  to  do  so  without  violent  injury  to 
the  mother  or  child. 

Dr.  Blundell  very  justly  observes,  "Unless  the  blades  be  elastic,  absolute  adaptation 
can  ( I  conceive)  never  be  obtained ;  for  while  the  form  of  the  instrument  remains 
unchanged,  that  of  the  head  itself  varies."  "  The  lock  should  be  loose,  so  as  to  admit 
of  a  junction  of  the  blades,  although  they  may  not  be  brought  into  exact  apposition  with 
each  other;  for,  in  applying  them  to  the  head,  this  adaptation  cannot  always  be 
obtained.''  For  this  reason,  he  says  that  Smellie's  lock  (made  loose)  is  decidedly  the 
best. 

Dr.  Meigs  says,  "  If  we  fail  to  adjust  the  branches  accurately  in  apposition,  we  either 
cannot  make  them  lock,  or  we  lock  them  in  such  a  way  that  the  edge  of  the  instrument 
contuses,  or  even  cuts  the  part  of  the  scalp  or  cheek  on  which  it  rests,  leaving  a  -ear, 
or  actually  breaking  the  tender  bones  of  the  cranium,  while  the  other  edge  cuts  the 
womb  or  vagina  by  its  free  projecting  edge.  In  fact,  the  forceps  is  designed  for  the 
sides  of  the  head ;  and  if,  under  the  stress  of  circumstances,  we  are  compelled  to  fix 
them  in  any  other  position,  (an  incident  not  very  unfrequent),  we  shall  always  feel 
reluctant  to  do  so,  and  look  forward  with  painful  anxiety  to  the  birth,  in  order  to  learn 
whether  we  have  done  the  mischief  we  feared,  but  which  we  could  not  avoid."  * 

"  The  difficulty  and  the  danger  in  such  cases,"  remarks  Dr.  Bond,  "  evidently  arise, 
to  a  great  extent,  from  the  want  of  an  accommodating,  rocking  motion  of  the  branches 
of  the  forceps  upon  each  other,  such  as  will  allow  the  depressed  ('  cutting  and  con- 
tusing') edge  to  rise,  and  the  elevated  edge  to  sink  and  come  in  contact  and  apposition 
with  the  head  :  that  is,  so  that  the  blades  may  be  adapted  to  the  head  by  varying  from 
their  usual  relation  to  each  other. 

'•None  of  the  French  forceps,  or  their  numerous  modifications,  so  far  as  I  know,  are 
intended  to  admit  of  such  a  motion.  When  locked,  they  are  truly  locked ;  and  what- 
ever be  the  form  of  the  head,  or  whatever  the  parts  of  the  head  to  which  the  instrument 
lied,  the  head  must  conform  to  the  forceps  and  not  the  forceps  to  the  head. 
Smellie's  joint  (which  can  hardly  be  called  a  lock)  will  admit  of  some  motion,  if  made 
loose,  as  recommended  by  Dr.  Blundell;  but  this  motion  is  very  limited  and  unregu- 
lated. Dr.  Davis,  of  London,  has  adopted  Smellie's  joint,  but  without  observing  Dr. 
Blundell's  precaution  as  to  its  looseness.  The  lock  of  Dr.  Siebold's  forceps,  when  the 
pivot  is  partly  unscrewed,  will  admit  of  the  lateral  motion  of  one  branch  upon  the 
other,  to  a  very  considerable  extent.  The  branches  of  forceps  are  two  levers  of  the 
first  kind,  the  pivot  being  the  common  fulcrum  of  each.  It  is  to  be  observed  in  Sie- 
bold's forceps,  that  the  branches  are  so  much  curved — make  so  wide  a  sweep — that  the 
fulcrum  is  far  removed  from  the  direct  line  between  the  power  (the  hand)  and  the 
weight  the  head)  :  and  it  will  be  seen  on  examination  that  this  circumstance  will  render 
their  lateral  or  rocking  motion  nearly  useless,  if  not  dangerous.  Indeed,  i  should  infer, 
from  the  Structure  of  the  joint  and  the  form  of  the  Made-,  that  the  use  of  this  motion 
was  never  contemplated  by  the  inventor." 

*  See   "  0  s  !<•■',"  chap,  xv.,  for  much  information  and 

excellent  h — as  on  the  use  of  the  forceps.  I  commend  attention  to  the  author's  em- 
phatic inculcation  of  the  idea,  that  "the  forceps  is  the  child'*  instrument." 

2  D 


338  THE    FORCEPS. 

"  In  the  instrument,*  which  is  illustrated  in  figs.  105,  106,  107,  I  have  attempted 
to  supply  what  has  seemed  to  me  an  obvious  desideratum.,  viz.  to  give  the  branches  of  the 
forceps  an  accommodating  rocking  motion  upon  each  other,  the  extent  of  which  can  be  regu- 
lated at  will,  and  which  shall  in  no  respect  lessen  the  power  of  the  instrument.  The  mecha- 
nism devised  to  obtain  this  motion  is  very  simple,  not  liable  to  derangement,  and  it  may 

Fig.  105.  Fig.  106.  Fig.  107. 


"be  adopted  in  the  construction  of  forceps  of  other  forms  than  that  here  presented ;  pro- 
vided that  the  pelvic  curvature  of  the  branches  does  not  take  such  a  wide  sweep,  as  to 
throw  the  pivot  far  out  of  the  direct  line  between  the  handle  and  the  centre  of  the 
fenestrae. 

"  The  instrument  will  be  seen  to  differ,  as  a  whole,  from  any  now  in  use ;  although  no 
one  of  its  modifications,  except  the  lock,  has  any  claim  to  novelty.  The  handles  are 
Dr.  Siebold's,  with  unimportant  modifications.  The  blades  are  Dr.  Davis's,  a  little 
modified.  Its  whole  length  is  about  fifteen  inches,  and  its  weight  about  fifteen  ounces. 
The  length  of  the  handle  is  six  inches,  and  that  of  the  blade  nine  inches.  It  might  be 
made  somewhat  shorter  and  lighter  without  impairing  its  power. 

"  In  fig.  105  (the  pivot  of  full  size),  the  screw  is  of  about  double  the  diameter  and 
nearly  double  the  length  of  those  in  other  instruments.  This  additional  strength  is 
necessary,  because  the  bearing  point  of  the  pivot  is  not  immediately  above  the  blade  in 
which  it  is  inserted  (as  in  other  instruments),  especially  when  this  bearing  point  is 
elevated  so  as  to  give  the  blades  a  free  rocking  motion.      The  additional  length  is 

*  "  The  instrument,  from  the  manufactory  of  Messrs.  John  Rorer  &  Sons,  of  Phila- 
delphia, is  made  of  German  steel,  and  spring-tempered." 


TIIE   FORCEPS.  339 

required  to  give  the  screw  a  firm  lodgment,  when  it  ie  partly  withdrawn  from  the  blade. 
The  thumb-piece  is  made  to  fit  so  close  upon  the  female  blade,  but  without  resting  upon 
it,  and  is  so  thick  and  rounded,  that  there  may  be  no  risk  of  injury  Bhould  it  ever 
happen  to  be  brought  into  contact  with  the  patient.  The  Bcrew,  when  well  made,  will 
turn  so  easily  that  the  thumb-piece  may  be  made  much  less  prominent  than  it  is 
here  represented.  When  the  forceps  is  used,  the  thumb-piece  Bhould  be  placed  parallel 
with  the  blades;  otherwise  it  may  interfere  with  the  rocking  motion.  Between  the 
thumb-piece  and  the  screw,  the  pivot  is  of  the  form  of  two  frusta  of  cone-  of  equal 
dimensions,  united  together  at  their  smaller  diameters,  forming  an  obtuse  angle  or 
groove  at  their  junction.  The  base  of  that  cone  joined  to  the  Bcrew  projects  a  little, 
forming  a  Bhoulder,  intended  to  limit  the  motion  of  the  screw  into  the  Made. 

"  The  notch  in  the  female  blade,  made  to  receive  the  pivot,  is  so  deep  thai  the  pivot, 
in  relation  to  the  edges  of  the  branch,  is  nearly  in  the  middle;  yet  the  width  of  this 
branch,  opposite  to  it,  is  swelled  out,  so  as  to  give  it  adequate  firmness.  The  width 
and  the  form  of  the  sides  of  the  notch  are  accurately  adapted  to  those  of  the  pivot,  and 
the  bottom  of  the  notch  terminates  in  an  edge,  like  the  knife-edge  of  a  balance,  which 
is  intended  to  rest  in,  and  bear  upon,  the  angle  or  groove  in  the  pivot.  On  the  under 
side  of  the  male  blade  is  seen  a  protuberance,  finished  so  as  to  present  no  salient  points. 
It  is  a  shield  for  the  extra  length  of  the  screw.  When  the  pivot  is  screwed  entirely 
down,  the  branches  have  no  more  lateral  or  rocking  motion  than  those  of  any  other 
forceps,  and,  in  this  condition,  they  will  very  generally  be  used.  But  by  turning  the 
screw,  so  as  to  elevate  the  bearing  point,  more  or  less  freedom  is  given  to  the  rocking 
motion,  according  to  its  elevation;  and  this  motion  is  effectually  restricted  within  any 
desired  limits.  When,  by  means  of  this  free  motion,  the  operator  has  been  enabled  to 
grasp  the  head,  he  may  sometimes  change  its  position,  so  that  the  clams  may  be  then 
adapted  to  the  head,  without  the  obliquity  at  first  necessarily  allowed  to  them  by  the 
elevation  of  the  pivot;  and  then,  if  desirable,  the  pivot  may  be  screwed  down,  and  the 
blades  will  become  as  fixed  as  those  of  other  forceps." 

"  It  will  be  seen  that  the  blades  of  those  here  presented  (figs.  106  and  107)  resemble 
nearly  those  of  Dr.  Davis.  The  shanks  are  considerably  longer;  the  clams  are  not 
quite  so  long;  the  radius  of  their  pelvic  curvature  is  a  little  less,  especially  that  of  the 
outer  limbs,  so  that  it  will  be  less  liable  to  be  obstructed  by  the  promontory  of  the 
sacrum,  in  passing  the  instrument  above  the  superior  strait.  The  fenestrae  are  wider 
in  their  middle  and  posterior  part  than  those  in  most  other  forceps  now  in  use.  When 
the  pivot  is  elevated,  so  as  to  allow  the  blades  their  rocking  motion,  this  width  becomes 
especially  requisite  in  order  to  secure  a  firm  hold  on  the  head,  and  to  avoid  the  risk  of 
their  slipping  sideways.  The  space  between  the  blades  is  such,  that,  when  applied  to 
the  head,  the  handles  shall  not  be  at  a  distance  from  each  other,  awkward  and  incon- 
venient to  the  operator.  From  the  pivot,  the  upper  line  of  the  shank  continues  forward, 
without  any  elevation  or  depression,  to  the  beginning  of  the  pelvic  curvature ;  and  the 
form  and  the  relation  of  the  shank  to  the  clam  are  intended  to  be  such  as  to  interfere 
the  least  with  the  perineum. 

"  While  a  form  has  been  selected,  which,  it  is  believed,  will  admit  of  application  easy 
and  safe  for  the  mother  and  child,  and  grasp  the  head  above  the  superior  strait,  it  will 
be  seen  (fig.  106)  that  the  pivot  is  in  a  direct  line  between  the  handles  and  the  centre  of 
the  fenestne.  This  is  a  point  of  importance  in  those  cases  where  the  rocking  motion  of 
the  blade  may  be  required,  as  it  will  cause  each  limb  of  the  clams  to  press  with  nearly 
equal  force,  thus  avoiding  undue  pressure  upon  any  one  part  of  the  head,  and  the 
liability  to  slipping  or  displacement. 

"  The  handles  are  made  partly  of  ebony,  and  they  resemble  those  of  Siebold,  although 
considerably  lighter.  The  precise  model,  of  those  represented  in  the  illustration,  is  not 
important;  for  it  may  be  varied  to  suit  the  grip  or  the  taste  of  different  operators." 

"  I  am  aware  that  the  first  impression  of  some  persons,  upon  looking  at  the  illustra- 
tions, will  be,  that  the  instrument  is  too  straight,  that  the  pelvic  curvature  ought  to  be 
continued  into  the  shanks.  If  the  whole  operation,  or  the  most  difficult  and  important 
part  of  it,  consisted  in  passing  the  blades  above  the  Buperior  strait,  narrow  blades,  with 
a  curve  of  a  wider  sweep,  like  those  of  Professor  Siebold,  slipping  in  probably  with 
rather  more  facility,  would  be  preferable.  But  as  those  here  represented  can  be  passed 
above  the  superior  strait  with  facility,  it  seems  to  me  that  what  I  have  already  said 
upon  the  importance,  in  many  cases,  of  having  the  pivot  in  nearly  a  direct  line  between 
the  handles  and  the  fenestra,  furnishes  a  valid  reason  for  adopting  a  model  not  differing 
essentially  from  that  here  presented. 

"Others  may  object,  that  unskilful  and  incautious  persons  will  be  tempted  to  care- 
lessness in  applying  such  a  forceps,  and  to  avail  themselves  of  the  free  motion  of  its 
lock  unnecessarily.     Professors  of  obstetrics,  if  they  deign  to  notice  it,  ought  to  give 


340  THE   FORCEPS. 

their  pupils  the  proper  directions  and  precautions  in  the  use  of  this  instrument,  as  they 
do  in  that  of  others.  Some  persons  are,  indeed,  so  unhandy  in  the  use  of  any  instru- 
ment or  tool,  that  all  the  professors  in  the  land  cannot  give  them  such  tact  and 
dexterity,  that  they  ought  to  be  allowed  to  approach  the  puerperal  bed.  Should  this 
instrument  happen  to  fall  into  such  hands,  the  danger  to  either  mother  or  child  -would 
probably  be  much  less  than  from  the  use  of  powerful,  unaccommodating  forceps,  mis- 
applied by  such  hands." 

The  remarks  of  Dr.  Churchill  on  the  "period  of  operating,"  are  highly  judicious,  and 
deserving  of  the  especial  attention  of  the  junior  practitioner.  They  are  the  more  sa- 
tisfactory because  they  inculcate  sounder  doctrines,  according  to  our  view  of  the  sub- 
ject, than  are  to  be  found  in  the  writings  of  some  of  our  late  as  well  as  older  British 
authors,  at  least. 

Dr.  Merriman  says,  "  it  is  a  rule  of  practice,  that  the  forceps  shall  never  be  applied, 
till  the  ear  of  the  child  has  been  within  reach  of  the  operator's  finger  for  at  least  six 
hours." 

Dr.  Denman  pronounced  it  "improper  to  attempt  to  apply  the  forceps  before  an  ear 
can  be  felt." 

Dr.  Burns  says:  "In  almost  every  case  where  the  forceps  are  beneficial,  the  head 
has  so  far  entered  the  pelvis  as  to  have  the  ear  corresponding  to  the  inner  surface  of 
the  pubes,  and  the  cranial  bones  touching  the  perineum."  Again,  "When  the  finger, 
without  the  introduction  of  the  hand  into  the  vagina,  can  easily  touch  the  ear,  and  when 
the  cranium  is  in  contact  with,  although  not  protruding  the  perineum,  the  forceps  is 
applicable." 

"  The  delivery  of  a  female  with  forceps,"  says  Dr.  Collins,  "  when  the  os  uteri  is  fully 
dilated,  the  soft  parts  relaxed,  the  head  resting  on  the  perineum,  or  nearly  so,  and  the 
pelvis  of  sufficient  size  to  permit  the  attendant  to  reach  the  ear  with  the  finger,  is  so  simple 
that  any  individual,  with  moderate  experience,  may  readily  effect  it.  I  have  no  hesi- 
tation in  asserting,  that  to  use  it  under  other  circumstances,  is  not  only  an  abuse  of  the 
instrument,  but  most  hazardous  to  the  patient." 

If  we  are  never  to  apply  the  forceps  but  when  an  ear  can  be  felt,  and  "  the  head  rest- 
ing on  the  perineum,"  there  is  indeed  little  occasion  for  a  long  instrument;  but  what  is 
to  become  of  patients  labouring  under  organic  affections  of  the  heart,  hemorrhage,  con- 
vulsions, some  tumours  of  the  pelvis,  slight  contractions  of  the  brim,  great  debility, 
aneurism,  hernia,  arrest  of  the  head  from  want  of  proper  rotation,  &c.  ?  German, 
French,  and  American  practitioners,  will  not  feel  themselves  at  liberty  to  stand  by  in 
such  cases  and  see  their  patients  sink  into  the  grave  without  attempting  delivery  until 
the  head  rests  upon  the  perineum,  or  an  ear  can  be  felt;  nor  will  they  dare  to  plunge  the 
perforator  into  the  foetal  head,  without  first  endeavouring  to  save  its  life  by  the  use  of 
the  forceps. 

As  to  the  ear  as  a  guide,  Dr.  Rigby  is  perfectly  right  in  saying  that  the  position  of 
the  head  should  always  "be  determined  by  the  direction  of  the  fontanelles  and  sutures, 
not  by  feeling  for  the  ear."  "  The  ear  can  seldom  be  reached  without  a  good  deal  of 
pain,  even  under  the  most  favourable  circumstances."  —  (Kigby's  System  of  Mid- 
wifery.) 

The  average  of  the  results  of  British  practice,  as  shown  by  their  statistics,  is  cer- 
tainly creditable :  this  is  owing,  no  doubt,  in  a  great  measure,  to  the  prudent  avoidance 
of  all  unnecessary  interference.  But  in  shunning  one  error,  we  not  unfrequently  fall 
into  the  opposite  extreme  ;  and  this  would  appear  to  be  the  case  with  our  brethren  of 
England  and  Ireland.  If  we  confine  our  examination  to  instrumental  cases,  the  compa- 
rison between  them  and  their  neighbours  is  less  flattering  to  them. 

When  the  difficulty  exists  "  at  the  brim  of  the  pelvis,  it  will  be  better  in  all  cases  to 
apply  the  forceps  in  the  transverse  diameter."  If  there  be  want  of  space,  it  will  be 
almost  always  in  the  antero-posterior  diameter,  and  on  that  account  there  will  be  diffi- 
culty in  passing  the  blades  of  the  forceps  between  the  head  of  the  child  and  the  pelvis; 
not  only  so,  but  it  is  nearly  impossible  to  pass  the  posterior  blade  far  enough,  in  con- 
sequence of  the  projection  of  the  sacrum — if  the  instrument  be  straight,  that  is,  with- 
out the  second  curve,  the  extremity  will  be  arrested  by  the  upper  portion  of  the  sacrum, 
or  the  shank  of  the  blade  will  press  very  seriously  against  the  perineum ;  in  fact,  it 
cannot  pass  thus  without  pushing  this  part  back  with  great  violence,  as  any  one  may 
see  by  looking  at  the  vertical  view  of  the  pelvis  represented  in  figure  102,  page  334. 

In  attempting  to  apply  the  instrument  antero-posteriorly,  there  is  always  danger  of 
injuring  the  bladder  and  rectum,  which  alone  is  a  sufficient  reason  for  rejecting  this 
mode  of  operating,  if  any  other  will  answer. 

The  only  valid  reason  that  can  be  discovered  for  applying  the  forceps  antero-poste- 
riorly is,  that  the  pressure  made  by  the  instrument  in  that  case  is  upon  the  part  of  the 


CRANIOTOMY.  341 

head  corresponding  with  the  least  diameter  of  the  brim.  But  if  the  blades  be  made 
without  pretty  wide  fenestra,  their  thickness  will  I)'-  added  to  thai  of  the  head,  and  will 
be  quite  equal  to  all  that  will  be  gained  by  the  compression,  if  this  be  confined  within 
the  limits  prescribed  by  a  regard  for  the  safety  of  the  child;  and  it'  the  head  must  be 
reduced  more  than  this,  the  perforator  Bhould  be  employed.  It  must  be  admitted  by 
all  who  have  had  any  experience  in  these  matters,  that  the  Bofl  parts  of  the  mother  will 
bear  as  much  compression  as  the  brain  of  the  child:  if  this  be  bo,  where  the  life  of  the 
latter  is  to  lie  preserved,  there  is,  certainly,  no  reason  why  the  necessary  compression 
or  moulding  of  its  head  may  not  be  left  to  tin'  influence  of  the  resisting  parts.  When 
this  moulding  operation  is  left  t<>  the  maternal  parts,  the  compression  is  made  exactly 
at  the  points  where  it  is  needed,  which  can  hardly  be  expected  from  the  arbitrary  in- 
fluence of  the  instrument.  Entertaining  these  views,  lh\  Huston  has  long  rejected  the 
forceps  as  a  means  of  compressing  the  head,  unless  when  the  perforator  is  required, 
and  employs  it  only  as  a  lever  to  alter  the  position  of  the  head,  or  as  a  tractor  to  aid 
in  it-  expulsion.  That  the  forceps  should  never  be  used  as  a  compressor,  but  solely  as 
a  tractor,  is  also  strongly  insisted  upon  by  Professor  Meigs.  —  Editor. 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

OBSTETRIC  OPERATIONS.    5.  CRANIOTOMY. 

546.  The  next  obstetric  operation  we  have  to  consider,  belongs  to  the 
second  class,  that  is,  where  one  life  is  sacrificed  to  secure  the  other ;  the 
mother's  safety  being  purchased  by  the  destruction  of  her  child,  in  cases 
where  both  would  be  lost  if  no  interference  were  attempted. 

The  instruments  (or  part  of  them)  employed  in  this  operation,  are  of 
great  antiquity ;  and  although  they  were  originally  proposed  for  the  ex- 
traction of  dead  children  only,  yet  this  scruple  had  not  the  effect  of  saving 
the  life  of  the  child,  but  merely  postponed  the  interference  until  after  its 
death.  This  conscientious  quibble  (refusing  to  destroy  a  child,  but 
allowing  it  to  die)  was  soon  detected,  and  then  the  hook  was  used  with 
living  children,  provided  that  delivery  were  otherwise  impossible. 

The  class  of  cases  to  which  it  was  applied,  doubtless  included  a  vast 
number  which  were  subsequently  relieved  by  the  forceps ;  but  there  was 
still  left  a  great  many  in  which  it  was  indispensable. 

Several  of  the  ancients  recommend  this  operation.  Hippocrates  advises 
the  breaking  up  of  the  cranium  and  extraction  by  the  hook. 

Moschion  advises  embryulcia  in  those  cases  where  the  foetus  cannot  be 
extracted  by  the  hands,  and  if  embryulcia  be  insufficient,  the  exsection 
of  the  limbs  and  body  of  the  child. 

Albucasis,  the  Arabian  physician,  describes  instruments  for  compressing 
and  breaking  up  the  child's  head,  and  others  for  extracting  it. 

Of  certain  cases  of  difficult  labour,  when  the  child  is  presumed  to  be 
dead,  Celsus  remarks,  "  Si  caput  proximum  est,  demitti  debet  uncus,  qui 
vel  occulo  vel  auri,  vel  ori  interdum  etiam  fronti  recte  injicitur." 

In  the  c  Birth  of  Mankinde,'  written  by  Eucharius  Roslin,  translated 
into  Latin  about  the  year  1535,  and  into  English  by  Thomas  Ray  n  aide, 
in  1634,  I  find  the  hook  recommended  to  bring  away  dead  children. 
"If  so  be,"  he  says,  ''that  it  lie  the  head  forward,  then  fasten  a  hook 
either  upon  one  of  the  eyes  of  it,  or  the  roof  of  the  mouth,  or  under  the 

2d2 


342  CRANIOTOMY. 

chin,  or  on  one  of  the  shoulders  —  which  of  those  parts  shall  seem  most 
commodious  and  handsome  to  take  it  out  by,  and  the  hook  fastened  to 
draw  it  out  very  tenderly,  for  hurting  of  the  woman."  If  the  head  be  too 
large,  it  is  to  be  opened  with  a  sharp  penknife,  or  broken  in  pieces. 

He  also  recommends  excision  of  the  extremities,  if  they  present,  (the 
child  being  dead,)  or  evisceration,  to  facilitate  the  delivery. 

Ambrose  Pare's  work  is  dated  1579,  and  it  was  translated  into  English 
in  1634.  In  it  are  given  plates  of  different  hooks  for  drawing  out  the 
child,  and  a  knife  for  the  excision  of  the  limbs. 

From  this  time  we  find  the  operation  recommended  by  every  author, 
but  the  instruments  underwent  considerable  modification,  and  the  class 
of  cases  in  which  they  were  used  considerably  decreased.  Of  course 
this  latter  change  was  one  of  the  consequences  of  the  invention  of  the 
vectis  and  forceps. 

547.  The  following  are  the  principal  modifications  of  the  instruments 
for  craniotomy : 

1.  Albucasis  describes  a  species  of  forceps  with  teeth,  which  he  terms 
a  "  misdach,  or  almisdach,"  for  the  purpose  of  crushing  the  head,  and 
enabling  it  to  pass. 

2.  He  also  gives  a  plate  of  a  single  and  double  hook,  for  extracting 
the  child,  and  of  a  knife  for  cutting  off  the  head. 

3.  Ambrose  Pare  contrived  two  kinds  of  blunt  hooks,  and  a  double 
one  writh  sharp  points,  for  the  extraction  of  the  foetus,  and  a  knife  for 
excision. 

4.  Mauriceau  invented  an  instrument  which  he  called  a  "  tire  tete," 
consisting  of  a  circular  plate  of  steel,  fixed  upon  a  rod.  The  circular 
plate  w?as  to  be  introduced  into  the  head,  (previously  opened  by  a  scal- 
pel,) and  being  placed  across  the  opening,  traction  was  to  be  made. 
This  instrument  was  never  much  used,  owing  to  the  difficulty  of  intro- 
duction, and  its  feeble  power  wThen  introduced. 

5.  Sir  F.  Ould's  "terebra  occulta"  consisted  of  a  sharp-pointed  rod 
inclosed  in  a  canula  or  sheath,  and  retained  by  a  spiral  spring  at  the  lower 
end.  When  the  handle  wTas  pressed  upwards,  and  the  resistance  of  the 
spring  overcome,  the  point  of  the  instrument  protruded  a  certain  distance, 
but  was  retracted  when  the  pressure  upon  the  handle  was  removed.  Its 
application  to  the  head  was  easy  and  safe ;  but  it  must  have  been  nearly 
useless,  from  the  small  opening  it  made. 

6.  Dr.  Simpson,  of  St.  Andrews,  invented  an  instrument  which  he 
called  a  "  ring  scalpel,"  for  opening  the  skull.  It  consists  of  a  loop  of 
steel,  through  which  the  finger  is  to  be  passed,  and  from  which  pro- 
trudes a  sharp-pointed  blade  about  an  inch  long,  by  which  the  cranium 
was  pierced. 

7.  M.  Mesnard  described  a  crotchet  which  could  be  used  either  double 
or  single,  and  w7hich  was  the  original  of  the  one  in  present  use.  He  also 
gives  a  plate  of  a  "  perce-crane,"  and  a  pair  of  "  tenettes  a  conducteur," 
that  is,  craniotomy  forceps. 

8.  Dr.  Burton  copied  Mesnard's  double  crotchet  and  "  perce-crane" 
with  some  slight  modification. 

9.  M.  Levret  gives  a  plate  of  a  single  crotchet  which  was  arranged 
to  fit  into  a  socket  on  the  top  of  another  blade  for  the  purpose  of  protect- 
ing the  mother,  and  rendering  the  purchase  more  secure. 


CRANIOTOMY.  34d 

10.  Dr.  Smellie  recommended  Mesnard's  crotchet  (single  or  double) ; 
but  instead  of  the  "  perce-crane,"  he  used  a  pair  of  strong  scissors,  with 
stops  at  the  shoulders  to  prevent  the  blades  entering  too  far.  Denman 
abolished  the  cutting  tn\gv  altogether,  and  added  strength  to  the  blades. 
A  spoon  was  also  used  to  evacuate  the  brain,  but  it  is  now  very  properly 
discarded. 

11.  Dr.  Wallace  Johnson  published  an  account  of  his  instruments  for 
opening  the  head  and  extracting  the  child.  I  do  not  know  that  they  have. 
ever  been  used  by  any  other  person. 

12.  Dr.  Aitken  proposed  a  flexible  or  living  crotchet,  which  could  be 
adapted  to  the  convexity  of  the  child's  head. 

13.  M.  Baudelocque  recommended  a  very  simple  extractor,  consisting 
of  a  small  piece  of  wood,  to  the  centre  of  which  a  ribbon  was  attached. 
An  incision  having  been  made  with  a  bistoury  or  "  perce-crane,"  the  bar 
of  wood  was  to  be  introduced  and  placed  crosswise,  and  then  extraction 
made  by  the  ribbon. 

14.  M.  Osiander  has  given  a  plate  of  an  instrument  for  piercing  the 
skull,  and  another  for  extracting.  The  latter  is  the  same  as  Smellie's 
double  crotchet. 

15.  M.  Joerg  advises  an  instrument  like  a  trephine  for  opening  the 
head,  and  a  simple  hooked  rod  for  extraction. 

16.  Dr.  Davis  has  invented  several  species  of  crotchet,  both  single  and 


Fig.  108. 


Fig.  109. 


344 


CRANIOTOMY. 


double,  as  well  as  a  pair  of  forceps  for  breaking  up  the  skull.     These  are 
well  exhibited  in  the  fourth  edition  of  his  work. 

These  are  a  few  of  the  principal  instruments  which  have  been  employed 
in  the  operation  of  craniotomy.  I  have  not  given  a  detailed  description, 
because  most  of  them  are  discarded  ;  the  instruments  in  general  use  being 
a  pair  of  scissors  with  shoulder-stops,  as  recommended  by  Smellie,  but 
having  a  sharp  edge  on  the  outside  (fig.  108),  and  a  modification  of  Mes- 
nard's  simple  crotchet  (fig.  109).  I  have  found  it  an  advantage  to  shorten 
the  points  of  the  scissors  above  the  stops,  and  also  the  hook  of  the  crotchet; 
the  latter  of  which  should  be  slightly  cleft.  Mr.  Holmes  has  modified  the 
latter,  so  that  by  closing  the  handles  wre  open  the  blades  (fig.  110).  Fur- 
ther, I  have  added  plates  of  a  knife  for  cutting  off'  the  head  or  limbs  if 
necessary  (fig.  Ill),  a  blunt  hook  (fig.  112),  and  Dr.  Davis's  bone  forceps 
for  breaking  up  the  skull  (fig.  113). 


Fig.  no. 


Fig.  ill. 


From  tne  inconveniences  sometimes  experienced  with  the  crotchet,  and 
to  avoid  the  risk  of  injuring  the  mother,  craniotomy  forceps  have  been 
employed  by  different  individuals. 

Among  the  moderns,  M.  Mesnard  has  the  credit  of  first  inventing  and 
using  this  instrument,  and  since  his  time  it  has  undergone  various  modifi- 
cations. 


CRANIOTOMY. 


345 


Dr.  Haighton  used  a  pair  resembling  the  lithotomy  forceps  ;  and  since 
his  time  Drs.  Conquest  and  Davis,  Mr.  Holmes,  and  others,  have  invented 
and  described  varieties  of  the  instrument  (fig.  1  11).  The  object  of  each 
is  the  same,  viz.  to  avoid  the  risk  of  tearing  the  soft  parts  of  the  mother ; 
and  the  principle  of  seizing  the  skull  between  two  blades,  furnished  with 
teeth,  is  also  alike. 


Fig.  112. 


Fig.  113. 


Fig.  114. 


f% 


I  am  free  to  confess  that  I  do  not  like  the  craniotomy  forceps,  although 
I  have  tried  them  repeatedly.  They  are  by  no  means  so  manageable  as 
the  crotchet ;  and  the  interposition  of  the  hand  of  the  operator  will  always 
protect  the  mother  from  injury  by  the  latter. 

There  is  one  case,  however,  in  which  the  forceps  may  be  more  useful, 
and  that  is,  when  the  bones  of  the  head  are  extremely  hard,  so  that  it  is 
almost  impossible  to  fix  the  point  of  the  crotchet.* 

17.  M.  Baudelocque,  jr.  has  invented  an  instrument,  which  he  calls  a 
"  omphalotribe,"  for  the  purpose  of  crushing  the  head  (fig.  115.)  It  con- 
sists of  a  very  strong  pair  of  forceps,  about  two  feet  in  length,  the  handles 

*  Pi  I  ises  the  forceps  and  perforator  represented  in  figures  116  and  117. 

These  forceps  possess  advantages  over  the   ordinary  instruments  fox  extraction  alter 


346 


CRANIOTOMY. 


of  which  are  connected  by  a  screw  which  pierces  them,  and  which  is 
turned  by  a  handle  until  the  blades  are  so  closed  as  to  effect  their  object 

Fig.  115. 


Velpeau  states  that  instruments  somewhat  similar  have  been  formerly  used 
by  Assalina,  Osiander,  Delpech,  Colombe,  &c.  M.  Baudelocque  is  said 
to  have  used  it  three  times  successfully  (and  safely  as  regards  the  mother) 
in  the  year  1832,  and  once  again  in  1834.  It  is  also  said  that  M.  Cham- 
pion has  tried  it  with  success. 

Its  appearance  is  so  formidable,  that  I  doubt  if  it  could  be  used  in  this 
country.     I  am  not  aware  that  the  attempt  has  been  made. 

548.  TJie  object  of  the  operation  of  craniotomy  is  to  terminate  the  labour 
with  safety  to  the  mother,  in  cases  where  from  the  disproportion  between 
the  size  of  the  fcetal  head  and  the  pelvis,  a  living  child  can  neither  be  ex- 
pelled by  the  natural  powers,  nor  extracted  by  the  forceps.  Such  a  case, 
if  left  to  nature  (as  it  is  called)  will  terminate  fatally  for  both  mother  and 
child;  consequently,  although  the  child  is  destroyed  to  facilitate  the  de- 
livery, and  to  save  the  mother,  it  can  hardly  be  said  to  be  sacrificed,  inas- 
much as  no  efforts  of  ours  could  have  ensured  its  safety. 

The  case  presupposes  on  the  one  hand,  actual  disproportion,  sufficient 
to  prohibit  the  passage  of  the  fcetal  head,  even  xuhen  compressed ;  and  on 
the  other,  that  the  distortion  is  not  so  great  as  to  prevent  the  extraction  of 
the  child  when  mutilated. 

perforation  of  the  head,  and  are  certainly  safer  in  unpractised  hands  than  the 
crotchet. 

They  are  eleven  inches  in  length ;  the  gripe  is  serrated  and  the  sides  of  the  man 


CRANIOTOMY. 


347 


Dr.  Osborn  states  that  when  "  the  bones  approach  much  nearer  to  each 
other  than  three  inches,  it  is  utterly  impossible  for  a  living  child  at  full 
maturity  by  any  means  to  pass."*  He  fixes  upon  2|  inches  as  the  diam- 
eter rendering  craniotomy  necessary.  M.  Alphonse  Le  Roi  says  that  34-, 
Dr.  Atkin  3,  Dr.  Jos.  Clarke  3J,  Dr.  Burns  3£,  Dr.  Ritgen  2,  and  Dr. 
Busch  2£  to  3  inches,  is  the  smallest  anteroposterior  diameter  through 
which  a  living  child  can  pass. 

As  to  the  other  limit  of  the  operation,  that  is,  the  smallest  diameter 
through  which  a  child  can  be  extracted  after  craniotomy,  Dr.  Osbornf 

o 

remarks: 

"  Whenever  there  is  a  space  from  pubis  to  sacrum,  or  from  the  fore  to 
the  hind  part  of  the  upper  aperture  of  the  pelvis,  equal  to  an  inch  and  a 
half,  I  am  convinced  it  will  be  always  practicable  to  extract  a  child  by 
the  crotchet,  after  the  head  has  been  some  time  opened,  and  the  texture 

dibles  are  rounded,  in  order  that  they  may  not  pinch  any  tissues  except  those  intended 
to  be  included  in  the  bite,  which,  on  account  of  the  serrse,  is  very  sure  and  strong.— 
(See  Obstetrics  —  The  Science  and  the  Art,  2d  edition.) 

DE.    MEIGS'S    EMBRYULCIA   INSTRUMENTS    OR   PLIERS. 


Fig.  116. 


Fig.  117. 


*  Essays  on  Midwifery,  p.  194. 


f  Ibid,  p.  200. 


348  CRANIOTOMY. 

of  the  child's  body  is  softened  by  putrefaction  (as  recommended  above) 
and  the  whole  of  the  parietal  and  frontal  bones  are  picked  away." 

Baudelocque  says  that  the  crotchet  is  inadmissible  when  the  diameter 
is  only  If  of  an  inch ;  Dr.  Dewees,  when  it  is  less  than  2 ;  Dr.  Hull  and 
Dr.  Burns  believe  that  it  may  succeed  when  the  diameter  is  If ;  MM. 
Gardien  and  Hamilton  when  it  is  1^ ;  and  Dr.  Davis  when  it  is  1  inch. 

549.  The  nature  of  the  operation  is  simple,  but  the  aid  afforded  may 
vary  in  degree. 

1.  In  the  case  of  dead  children,  the  older  practitioners  used  the  crotchet 
alone  as  an  extracting  force,  without  opening  the  head. 

2.  In  some  cases  where  the  sutures  are  very  loose,  the  evacuation  of 
the  brain  will  be  sufficient,  as  the  bones  of  the  cranium  collapse  so  much 
under  the  influence  of  the  pressure  downwards,  that  the  child  may  be 
expelled  by  the  natural  powers.  But  in  this  case,  it  is  assumed  that  the 
pains  are  sufficiently  strong  and  frequent. 

3.  When  (as  is  frequently  the  case)  the  pains  are  inefficient,  or  when 
the  state  of  the  patient  demands  prompt  relief,  then  we  must  not  only 
evacuate  the  brain,  but  add  extracting  force  by  means  of  the  crotchet  or 
craniotomy  forceps. 

4.  In  some  cases,  the  distortion  of  the  pelvis  is  too  considerable  to 
admit  the  passage  of  the  head,  even  when  emptied  of  its  contents ;  or 
the  obstruction  may  result  from  the  ossification  of  the  bones  of  the  skull; 
in  either  case,  an  extension  of  the  operation  is  necessary  to  complete  the 
delivery.  This  may  be  effected  by  breaking  up  the  cranium  with  a  small 
pair  of  forceps,  resembling  Dr.  Davis's ;  or,  according  to  M.  Baude- 
locque, jun.,  by  the  use  of  the  cephalotribe.  It  would  require  unusual 
hardihood  to  venture  upon  the  latter  instrument  in  private  practice  in  this 
country. 

5.  In  these  cases  of  distortion,  after  the  head  has  been  extracted  piece- 
meal, we  may  find  it  impossible  to  bring  away  the  body  of  the  infant. 
We  must  then  use  the  perforator,  for  the  purpose  of  evacuating  the  con- 
tents of  the  chest  and  abdomen,  and  afterwards  apply  the  crotchet  to 
extract  the  child. 

One  or  more  of  these  modifications  of  the  operation  will  be  successful 
in  all  cases  which  come  within  the  limits  already  described. 

550.  Statistics. — The  positive  advantage  we  obtain  from  embryotomy 
is  the  safety  of  a  large  proportion  of  the  mothers,  who,  in  addition  to  the 
children,  must  have  perished  had  no  aid  been  afforded.  The  children 
of  course  are  all  lost. 

What  the  proportion  of  success  is,  I  shall  now  endeavour  to  show ;  but 
previous  to  this  I  shall  adduce  whatever  evidence  we  possess  to  ascertain 
the  comparative  frequency  of  the  operation. 


CRANIOTOMY. 


349 


FREQUENCY  OF  THE  OPERATION. 
a.  Among  British  Practitioners. 


Date. 

Authors. 

Total  Mo. 

No.  of 
Crotchet 

References. 

1781 

Dr.  Bland 

1,897 

8 

Merriman's  Synop.p.  333. 

1787  to  1793 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke    . 

10,387 

49 

Trans,  of  Assoc,  vol.  1. 

Dr.  Merriman.     . 

2,946 

9 

Synop 

1818 

Dr.  Granville  .      . 

640 

3 

Report,  p.  2">. 

1828,  1829 

Dr.  S.  Cusack.     . 

701 

5 

Dublin  Hosp.  Reports. 

1832,  1833 

Dr.  Maunsell  .     . 

839 

5 

Ed.  and  Dub.  Jour. 

1829 

Mr.  Gregory    .     . 

691 

2 

Dub.  Hosp.  Rep.  vol.  5. 

1826  to  1833 

Dr.  Collins .     .     . 

16,414 

79 

Practical  Treatise. 

1834 

Dr.  Thos.  Beatty 

1,182 

3 

Dub.  Jour.  vols.  8,  12. 

Mr.  Lever  .     .     . 

4,666 

25 

Guy's  Hosp.  Reports. 

Dr.  Read     .     .     . 

3,250 

15 

1836,  37,  38,  39 

Dr.  Churchill  .     . 

1,640 

11 

Reports  to  June,  1840. 

1838 

Mr.  Warrington   . 

88 

1 

American  Journal. 

1829 

Mr.  Mantell     .     . 

2,510 

3 

Do. 

1848 

Drs.   M*Clintock    and  ") 
Hardy           .      .    J 

6,634 

52 

Pract.  Obs.  p.  95. 

b.  Among  French  Practitioners. 


Date. 

Authors. 

Total  No. 
of  Cases. 

No.  of 

Crotchet 

Cases. 

References. 

1797  to  1809 
1803  to  1811 

Madame  Boivin    .     .     . 
Madame  Lachapelle .     . 

20,517 
15,652 

16 
14 

Memorial,  p.  337. 
Prat.  d'Accouch.  p.  500. 

c.  Among  German  Practitioners. 


Date. 

Authors. 

Total  No. 
of  Cases. 

\n.  of 

Crotchet 

Cases. 

References. 

1801  to  1807 

M.  Richter,  Moscow 

2,571 

3 

Velpeau. 

1811  to  1827 

Moschner  and  Kursak, 

Prague   

12,329 

4 

Siebold's  Jour.  vol.  9. 

1812 

Dr.  Siebold,  Wurtzburg . 

170 

1 

Do.            vol.  1. 

1818  to  1829 

Do.        Berlin    .     . 

97 

1 

Do.            vol.  10. 

1832 

Do.        Marburg     . 

155 

1 

Do.            vol.  13. 

1814  to  1827 

Dr.  Carus,  Dresden  .     . 

2,908 

9 

Do.            vol.  9. 

1819 

Dr.  Ritgen,  Giessen 

103 

1 

Do.            vol.  6. 

1825  to  1827 

Dr.  Kilian,  Copenhagen 

2,350 

4 

Velpeau. 

1794  to  1804 

Dr.  Henne,  Prague  .     . 

500 

1 

Siebold's  Jour.  vol.  2 

Dr.  Naegele,  Heidelberg 

1,411 

5 

Velpeau. 

1821  to  1825 

Dr.  Hiecke      .... 

219,303 

84 

Do. 

1825,  26,  27 

Dr.  KLuge,  Berlin     .     . 

809 

8 

Siebold's  Jl.  vols.  7,  9. 

1825 

Prof.  Andree,  Breslau  . 

351 

2 

Do.            vols.  7,  8. 

1827 

Dr.  Kustner,  Breslau    . 

176 

2 

Do.           vol.  9. 

1829 

Dr.  Adelmann,  Fulda   . 

57 

1 

Do.           vol.  11. 

1797  to  1837 

Dr.  Jansen,  Ghent    . 

13,365 

5 

Med.  Gaz.,  March  6,1840. 

Thus,  among  British  practitioners,  we  have  270  crotchet  cases  in  54,485 
cases  of  labour  —  or  about  1  in  201  J. 

Among  the  French,  30  crotchet  cases  in  36,169  —  or  1  in  1205J. 
And  among  the  Germans,  132  crotchet  cases  in  256,655  labours  —  or 


1  in  1944J. 


2e 


350 


CRANIOTOMY. 


Added  together,  we  have  347,309  cases,  and  432  in  which  the  crotchet 
was  used — or  1  in  803 J. 

RESULTS  OF  THE  OPERATION  TO  THE  MOTHERS. 


Authors. 

No.  of 

Crotchet 

Cases. 

Mothers 
died. 

Authors. 

No.  of 

Crotchet 

Cases. 

Mothers 
died. 

Dr.  Smellie    .     . 
Mr.  Perfect    .     . 

44 
3 

4 
0 

Dr.  Beatty     .... 
Dr.  Churchill     .     .     . 

3 

11 

0 
1 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke  . 

49 

16 

Mr.  Warrington 

1 

0 

Dr.  Granville.     . 

3 

3 

Dr.  Siebold  .... 

3 

1 

Dr.  Ramsbotham 

34 

5 

Dr.  Ritgen    .... 

1 

0 

Dr.  Maunsell 

5 

2 

Dr.  Kluge     .... 

8 

3 

Mr.  Gregory .     . 
Dr.  Collins     .     . 

2 
79 

1 
15 

Dr.  Andree  .... 
Dr.  Kiistner .... 

2 
2 

1 

0 

Drs.  M'Clintock  and  | 
Hardy    ....     J 

52 

8 

Dr.  Adelmann   .     .     . 

1 

0 

This  table  gives  a  mortality  of  60  in  303  —  or  about  1  in  5. 

At  first  sight  one  would  expect  the  mortality  among  the  mothers  to  be 
less,  after  the  use  of  the  crotchet  than  the  forceps ;  but  the  result  of  these 
investigations  shows  the  reverse  to  be  the  case.  The  only  explanation  I 
can  give,  is  founded  upon  the  natural  unwillingness  of  every  humane 
practitioner  to  destroy  life  —  the  consequence  of  which  feeling  is,  the 
delay  of  the  operation  so  long  as  there  is  a  hope  of  evading  it.  This 
delay,  however,  is  unfavourable  to  the  mother,  and  when  at  length  the 
operation  is  performed,  although  it  may  have  been  less  severe  than  deli- 
very by  the  forceps,  yet  her  condition  rendered  her  much  more  susceptible 
of  injury  from  it. 

551.  The  comparative  advantages  of  the  operation  are  very  decided. 
In  the  cases  we  have  supposed,  the  forceps  is  useless,  and  the  natural 
powers  inefficient ;  if,  therefore,  embryotomy  were  rejected  as  inadequate, 
the  only  alternative  would  be  the  Caesarean  section,  the  mortality  of  which 
is  much  greater,  for  1  in  2\  of  the  mothers  are  lost ;  and  1  in  3|  of  the 
children. 

It  would,  however,  be  a  serious  omission  if  I  did  not  notice  another 
alternative  operation,  which,  although  not  available  after  labour  has  com- 
menced, may  supersede  the  necessity  for  embryotomy  in  subsequent  preg- 
nancies. I  allude  to  the  induction  of  premature  labour.  In  all  cases 
where  pelvic  distortion  renders  craniotomy  necessary  at  the  full  time,  it 
becomes  our  duty  to  recommend  the  induction  of  premature  labour  in 
subsequent  pregnancies,  at  such  a  period  as  shall,  if  possible,  afford  a 
chance  of  life  to  the  child,  or  at  least  save  the  mother  from  a  severer  ope- 
ration. The  mortality  among  the  mothers  is  about  1  in  50,  and  more  than 
half  the  children  are  saved. 

552.  So  much  for  the  positive  and  comparative  advantages  of  the  ope- 
ration. I  am  not  aware  that  there  can  be  any  just  objections  against  it,  in 
suitable  cases :  but  undoubtedly  there  are  most  weighty  objections  against 
employing  it,  without  careful  consideration  and  consultation.  In  fact,  it 
ought  to  be  deeply  impressed  upon  every  practitioner,  that  he  who  de- 
stroys the  child,  without  due  evidence  that  this  is  his  only  resource  for 
saving  the  mother,  is  guilty  of  murder. 

But  it  may  be  asked,  when  the  responsibility  is  so  serious,  what  evidence 


CRANIOTOMY.  351 

will  be  sufficient  to  satisfy  a  conscientious  practitioner  that  he  may  not  be 
committing  a  crime  in  his  anxious  endeavour  to  afford  relief?  To  this  it 
may  be  answered : 

1.  That  the  continuance  of  strong  labour  pains  for  a  certain  time,  with- 
out any  advance  of  the  head  of  the  child,  is  so  far  evidence  of  a  fixed 
obstacle  to  the  passage  of  the  child. 

2.  The  failure  of  a  cautious  attempt  to  introduce  the  forceps,  will,  to  a 
certain  extent,  demonstrate  the  amount  of  the  disproportion  between  the 
head  and  the  pelvis  ;  and  the  failure  of  a  careful  yet  firm  attempt  at  ex- 
traction by  the  forceps  (when  the  application  has  been  effected),  will  prove 
that  the  disproportion  cannot  be  remedied  by  compression. 

3.  A  well-educated  finger  will  enable  us  in  most  cases  to  ascertain 
whether  the  diameters  of  the  pelvis  are  such  as  will  allow  of  the  passage 
of  a  living  child.  And  even  though  this  mode  be  uncertain,  we  have  a 
means  of  correcting  our  estimate,  by  comparison  with  the  child's  head,  in 
apposition  with  the  pelvis.  If  the  natural  efforts  after  several  hours,  or 
the  forceps  with  a  proper  and  safe  amount  of  compression  and  force, 
cannot  bring  the  widest  part  of  the  head  of  the  child  through  the  narrow 
part  of  the  pelvis,  we  may  fairly  conclude  that  the  only  resource  is 
craniotomy. 

4.  The  general  condition  of  the  mother  will  also  aid  our  decision.  If 
she  be  much  exhausted,  if  fever  be  present,  the  uterus  powerless,  the  life 
of  the  child  doubtful,  and  the  success  of  the  forceps  dubious,  we  may 
shrink  from  inflicting  the  double  shock  of  an  unsuccessful  application  of 
the  forceps,  and  subsequent  delivery  by  the  crotchet.  But  these  cases  are 
very  rare ;  they  only  happen  when  the  patient  has  been  mismanaged,  and 
it  requires  experience  and  judgment  to  decide  upon  the  propriety  of  termi- 
nating them  by  embryotomy. 

A  careful  consideration  of  these  circumstances  will,  I  think,  enable  us 
to  arrive  at  a  correct  conclusion  in  an  individual  case ;  and  as  the  respon- 
sibility incurred  in  the  destruction  of  the  infant  may  lead  to  timidity,  it 
should  also  be  remembered,  that  hesitation  to  act  when  the  case  is  clear, 
involves  a  more  fearful  responsibility,  by  compromising  the  life  of  the 
mother. 

553.  The  cases  in  which  the  operation  is  demanded  are : 

1.  When  the  child  is  dead  and  the  labour  tedious.  But  we  must  be 
quite  sure  that  the  child  be  dead,  before  this  is  made  the  ground  of  inter- 
ference. If  the  head  be  putrid,  and  there  is  space  in  the  pelvis,  it  is 
much  better  to  use  the  forceps,  as  the  bones  and  integuments  of  the  skull 
give  way  so  easily  under  the  crotchet,  that  it  is  sometimes  very  difficult 
to  extract  the  child.  I  have  seen  the  operation  prolonged  two  hours  from 
this  cause  alone. 

2.  In  distortion  of  the  pelvis,  when  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the 
brim  is  less  than  three  inches,  we  have  no  chance  of  delivery  by  the 
natural  efforts  or  by  the  forceps  ;  so  that  to  save  the  mother,  we  must 
destroy  the  child. 

3.  When  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  lower  outlet  is  diminished  to 
the  same  extenl  by  the  approximation  of  the  tubera  ischii,  if  the  forceps 
applied  antero-posteriorly  are  insufficient  to  move  the  head,  we  must  have 
recourse  to  craniotomy. 

23 


352  CRANIOTOMY. 

4.  When  the  calibre  of  the  pelvis  is  diminished  to  a  certain  degree  by 
a  fixed  obstacle  —  as,  for  example,  a  fibrous  tumour,  or  an  exostosis 
growing  from  the  bone  or  periosteum,  it  may  not  be  possible  for  the 
natural  efforts  alone,  or  aided  by  the  forceps,  to  expel  the  child.  In  such 
cases  it  will  be  necessary  to  lessen  the  head  and  apply  the  crotchet. 

In  these  three  latter  classes  of  cases,  the  passage  through  the  pelvis 
may  be  so  much  diminished  as  to  render  it  necessary  to  break  up  the 
skull,  or  to  eviscerate  the  child. 

5.  In  some  cases  of  ovarian  disease,  where  the  tumour  has  formed 
adhesions  within  the  pelvis,  so  as  to  prevent  its  being  pushed  above  the 
brim,  it  has  been  found  necessary  to  lessen  the  head,  before  the  child 
could  be  extracted.  We  are  not,  however,  to  decide  upon  this  measure 
until  the  natural  powers  have  had  a  fair  trial,  as  it  sometimes  happens, 
that  in  the  progress  of  labour  the  tumour  is  so  much  displaced  as  to  allow 
of  the  passage  of  the  child  (§  437).  Further,  it  will  be  worth  while, 
before  sacrificing  the  infant,  to  ascertain  whether  the  contents  of  the 
tumour  may  not  be  drawn  off,  by  passing  a  long  trocar  into  it.  If  a  small 
quantity  of  fluid  escape,  it  may  allow  of  the  application  of  the  forceps, 
and  so  enable  us  to  save  the  child.  If,  however,  the  tumour  prove  to  be 
solid  and  immoveable,  we  must,  as  a"  dernier  ressort"  have  recourse  to 
the  perforator  and  crotchet. 

6.  When  the  child  is  hydrocephalic  to  such  an  extent  as  to  prevent  its 
entering  or  passing  through  the  pelvis,  whether  distorted  or  of  the  natural 
size,  there  can  be  no  question  of  the  propriety  of  opening  the  head. 

7.  In  some  cases  of  convulsions,  rupture  of  the  uterus,  &c,  where 
immediate  delivery  is  necessary,  and  where  the  forceps  cannot  be  applied, 
craniotomy  must  be  performed. 

8.  In  flooding  cases,  before  the  head  has  passed  through  the  os  uteri, 
if  the  cervix  be  dilatable  the  child  may  be  thus  delivered  ;  and  this  is 
peculiarly  desirable  when  the  flooding  is  large  and  the  child  premature. 
Of  course  it  cannot  be  attempted  when  the  placenta  covers  the  os  uteri, 
nor  need  we  have  recourse  to  it  unless  the  woman  is  endangered  by  the 
hemorrhage. 

9.  If  an  arm  descend  along  with  the  head,  the  diameters  of  which 
correspond  closely  to  those  of  the  pelvis  (whether  the  latter  be  of  the 
usual  size  or  not),  it  may  be  necessary  to  terminate  the  labour  by  opening 
the  head. 

10.  I  have  already  alluded  to  a  class  of  cases,  where,  from  mismanage- 
ment, the  patient  has  been  allowed  to  continue  too  long  without  help,  and 
in  consequence  is  greatly  exhausted,  with  fever,  quick  pulse,  delirium, 
&c.  In  such  cases  the  patient  will  die  if  she  be  not  assisted ;  and  from 
the  unfavourable  state  in  which  she  is,  she  cannot  bear  a  prolonged  or 
very  painful  operation.  Now  if  there  be  sufficient  space  for  the  forceps, 
they  ought  to  be  preferred,  and  it  would  be  very  wrong  to  use  the  per- 
forator;  but  if  this  be  doubtful,  and  the  probabilities  against  our  suc- 
ceeding with  that  instrument,  then  the  consideration  of  the  patient's 
inability  to  bear  a  severe  operation  may  in  some  cases  decide  us  in  favour 
of  embryotomy.  These  cases,  however,  are  but  few,  and  they  must  be 
well  marked,  to  justify  our  adopting  at  once  such  extreme  measures. 

11.  In  footling  or  breech  cases,  when  the  head  (separated  or  not  from 
the  body)  cannot  be  extracted,  we  must  evacuate  its  contents. 


CRANIOTOMY. 


353 


554.  The  next  question  to  be  decided  is  [he  period  of  labour  at  which 
the  operation  should  be  performed. 

1.  In  all  cases  where  the  diminution  of  the  pelvic  diameters  is  so  great 
as  to  render  it  impossible  that  a  living  child  can  be  born  naturally  or 
extracted,  there  can  be  no  hesitation  in  recommending  that  the  head 
should  be  opened  at  an  early  period  of  the  labour,  say  as  soon  as  the  OS 
uteri  is  dilated  or  fully  dilatable.  By  this  means  we  shall  afford  a  chance 
of  the  completion  of  the  labour  by  the  natural  powers,  as  there  can  be  no 
objection  to  waiting  a  few  hours  before  extracting  the  child. 

2.  When  the  distortion  is  less,  we  cannot  be  sure  as  to  the  result  of 
the  natural  efforts,  and  we  must  wait  until  it  is  evident  that  they  are  inade- 
quate ;  then  an  endeavour  should  be  made  to  use  the  forceps,  and  if  this 
fail,  there  should  be  no  delay  in  the  performance  of  embryotomy. 

3.  These  observations  will  apply  equally  to  the  case  of  morbid  growths, 
ovarian  disease,  &c,  obstructing  the  passages. 

4.  In  cases  of  convulsions,  ruptured  uterus,  &c,  the  time  for  the  ope- 
ration is  determined  by  circumstances  connected  with  those  accidents, 
and  which  will  be  found  laid  down  in  the  chapters  on  the  subject. 

5.  In  the  mismanaged  cases  to  which  I  have  alluded,  the  condition 
of  the  woman,  which  determines  the  necessity  for  the  operation,  will  also 
point  out  the  importance  of  promptitude.  If  the  case  be  so  bad  that  we 
dare  not  risk  a  failure  with  the  forceps,  it  is  clear  that  we  cannot  afford 
to  delay  embryotomy. 

Fig.  118. 


2e2 


354 


CRANIOTOMY. 


555.  Mode  of  operating.  —  It  is  not  absolutely  necessary  for  the 
operation  that  the  os  uteri  should  be  fully  dilated,  though  it  is  a  great 
advantage,  and  greater  care  will  be  required  when  this  dilatation  has  not 
taken  place. 

The  rectum  and  bladder  are  first  to  be  evacuated ;  the  patient  is  then 
to  be  placed  on  her  left  side,  with  the  hips  over  the  edge  of  the  bed  and 
an  assistant  beside  her,  to  fix  and  steady  the  abdomen. 

One  or  two  fingers  of  the  left  hand  are  then  to  be  introduced  into  the 
vagina,  and  their  extremities  fixed  upon  that  part  of  the  head  of  the  child 
which  is  to  be  perforated.  Contrary  to  ancient  practice,  this  should  never 
be  the  sutures,  because  after  the  incision  is  made  in  that  situation,  the 
bones  collapse  and  close  it.  Having  determined  upon  the  situation,  the 
perforator  is  to  be  passed  along  close  to  the  palm  of  the  hand  and  the 
inside  of  the  fingers,  so  as  to  avoid  injury  to  the  soft  parts  of  the 
mother. 

Having  arrived  at  the  point  of  insertion  into  the  skull,  guided  and 
guarded  by  the  fingers  of  the  operator,  it  is  to  be  pressed  firmly  forwards 
with  a  semi-rotatory  motion,  until  it  pierce  the  bone  (fig.  118)  ;  it  is  then 

Fig.  119. 


to  be  passed  in  up  to  the  shoulders,  and  the  handles  are  to  be  separated 
by  an  assistant  as  widely  as  possible  (fig.  119).     The  cutting  edges  of 


CRANIOTOMY. 


355 


the  scissors  are  then  to  be  placed  at  right  angles  with  the  first  incision, 
and  again  separated,  so  as  to  make  a  crucial  incision. 

This  being  effected,  the  perforator  is  to  be  passed  into  the  skull,  the 
brain  thoroughly  broken  up,  and  the  medulla  oblongata  cut  across.     The 

scissors  are  then  to  be  withdrawn,  and  the  first  part  of  the  operation  is 
completed. 

The  left  hand  is  again  to  be  introduced,  as  a  guide  and  guard  to  the 
crotchet,  which  should  be  passed  into  the  cranium  for  the  purpose  of  com- 
pletely breaking  up  the  brain.  I  dwell  upon  this  point,  because  instances 
are  on  record  of  the  child  being  born  alive  after  the  operation  of  cranio- 
tomy, to  the  disgrace  of  the  operator,  and  the  distress  of  the  patient  and 
her  friends.  When  this  object  is  attained,  if  we  wish  to  terminate  the 
operation  at  once,  the  crotchet  may  be  fixed  on  the  outside  or  inside  of 
the  head  ;  the  former  was  adopted  by  the  older  practitioners,  but  the  latter 
is  recommended  generally  at  present  (fig.  120).  In  some  cases  it  is  useful 
to  employ  two  crotchets — one  internally  and  the  other  externally. 

Fig.  120. 


The  scalp  should  be  carefully  folded  over  the  edges  of  the  bones,  in 
order  to  prevent  injury  to  the  passages,  and  then  extracting  force  must_  be 
gradually  and  steadily  applied  during  the  pains,  or  at  intervals,  in  imita- 
tion of  them. 

The  left  hand  should  be  passed  into  the  vagina,  and  placed  on  the, 
head,  opposite  to  the  insertion  of  the  crotchet,  both  for  the  purpose  of 
steadying  it  and  of  preventing  mischief  if  the  instrument  should  slip.  If 
the  part^of  the  skull  in  which  the  crotchet  is  fixed  give  way,  we  must 
obtain  another  purchase. 


356 


CRANIOTOMY. 


The  amount  of  force,  and  its  continuance,  will  depend  of  course  upon 
the  resistance  to  the  passage  of  the  child  ;  but  if  after  a  certain  time  no 
progress  be  made,  in  order  to  avoid  contusion  of  the  soft  parts  of  the 
mother,  it  will  be  well  to  break  up  the  skull  with  the  forceps  adapted  for 
that  purpose  (fig.  113). 

The  perineum  must  be  carefully  guarded,  and  care  must  be  taken  that 
no  injury  be  inflicted  by  the  speculae  of  bone. 

After  the  head  is  extracted,  the  body  generally  follows  without  much 
difficulty ;  but  should  this  not  be  the  case,  we  must  have  recourse  to  evis- 
ceration. The  scissors  must  be  plunged  into  the  chest,  and  the  contents 
broken  up  :  the  crotchet  hooked  upon  the  ribs,  and  traction  exerted.  The 
contents  of  the  abdominal  cavity  may  be  evacuated  in  a  similar  way,  and 
after  this  we  shall  generally  be  able  to  extricate  the  child. 

Fig.  121. 


If  the  craniotomy  forceps  be  used,  one  blade  must  be  passed  into  the 
skull,  and  the  other  on  the  outside,  and  sufficiently  far  to  secure  a  firm 
hold  (fig.  121) ;  the  blades  then  being  closed,  the  operator  must  draw 
down  firmly,  yet  gently,  and  at  intervals. 

556.  The  principal  difficulties  of  the  operation  are  as  follows: 

1.  If  the  bones  of  the  skull  be  very  firm,  it  is  not  easy  to  perforate,  and 
the  point  of  the  scissors  is  very  apt  to  slip.  This  can  only  be  avoided  by 
great  care  and  steadiness. 

2.  A  similar  state  of  the  bones  will  offer  a  serious  obstacle  to  the  in- 
sertion of  the  point  of  the  crotchet ;  but  a  little  perseverance  will  in  most 
cases  overcome  it.  The  fingers  of  the  left  hand  placed  on  the  outside  of 
the  skull,  will  render  it  still  more  easy. 

3.  The  extraction  may  be  difficult.     If  the  narrowing  be  not  too  great, 


CRANIOTOMY.  357 

the  difficulty  may  be  overcome  by  steady  force;  but  if  such  a  degree  as 
may  be  exerted  with  impunity  do  not  move  the  head,  we  must  then  break 
up  the  skull,  as  already  stated. 

557.  The  dangers  to  which  the  patient  may  be  exposed  in  this  opera- 
tion, are  more  serious  than  when  the  forceps  is  used. 

1.  The  perforator  may  slip,  and  the  vagina  or  uterus  be  wounded. 

2.  The  hook  may  slip,  or  the  bone  in  which  it  is  fixed  may  suddenly 
give  way  ;  and  if  the  hand  of  the  operator  be  not  interposed,  a  severe  or 
even  fatal  rent  may  be  inflicted. 

3.  The  perineum  may  be  lacerated  by  the  injudicious  exertion  of  ex- 
tracting force. 

4.  From  the  condition  of  the  patient,  she  generally  suffers  more  from 
the  shock  to  the  nervous  system,  than  in  the  operations  previously 
described. 

5.  There  is  also  greater  danger  of  subsequent  inflammation  of  the  womb 
or  vagina,  with  perforation  of  the  bladder,  especially  if  much  force  have 
been  necessary. 

558.  Jifter-treatment.  —  The  nervous  shock  wall  be  best  remedied  by 
quiet,  small  doses  of  opium,  and  moderate  stimulation. 

The  state  of  the  vagina  and  uterus  should  be  carefully  watched,  and 
vaginal  injections  of  wrarm  water  used  occasionally. 

If  any  symptoms  of  inflammation  arise,  they  must  be  met  promptly 
by  the  appropriate  remedies,  —  venisection,  leeching,  calomel,  and 
opium,  &c. 

In  other  respects,  if  the  patient  go  on  well,  she  must  be  treated  as  after 
natural  labour. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

OBSTETRIC  OPERATIONS.    6.  THE  CESAREAN  SECTION,  OR 
HYSTEROTOMY. 

559.  So  far,  I  think,  our  investigations  have  fully  borne  out  an  obser- 
vation made  in  a  former  chapter  (§  473),  viz. :  that  obstetric  operations 
formed  an  ascending  series — each  one  exceeding  the  other  in  importance 
and  danger ;  and  that  whilst  no  two  could  be  compared  in  terms  of 
equality,  the  value  of  each  was  shown  by  its  alternative,  which  is  always 
one  of  greater  danger.  Thus  the  mortality  of  premature  labour  is  less 
than  its  alternative,  the  crotchet ;  that  of  the  forceps  less  than  the  crotchet ; 
and  we  shall  now  see  that  inasmuch  as  when  it  is  employed  early,  the 
safety  of  the  mother  is  nearly  secured,  the  danger  of  embryotomy  is  far 
less  than  that  of  the  Csesarean  section.  This  operation  is  indeed  the 
"  dernier  ressort"  of  midwifery.  Preferable  as  it  is  to  the  certain  death 
of  both  parties,  it  is  far  more  serious  in  its  consequences  than  any  other 
operation.  It  comes  under  the  class  of  operations  already  noticed,  in  which 
the  life  of  mother  and  child  are  necessarily  more  or  less  compromised. 

It  is  of  very  ancient  date,  being  known  to  the  Greeks,  and  called 
utfTS£o«ro|uioToxiy],  or  sju§£iosXx7)  ;  but  I  believe  by  them  only  employed  after 
the  death  of  the  mother. 

From  the  circumstances  of  several  remarkable  personages  having 
entered  the  world  in  this  way,  it  was  deemed  fortunate  to  be  so  born — a 
royal  road,  in  short,  to  distinction. 

Pliny  has  recorded  that  Scipio  Africanus  was  thus  extracted.  He 
says,  "Auspicatius  enecta  matre  nascuntur,  sicut  Scipio  Africanus  prior 
natus."  He  is  not  correct,  however,  in  stating  that  Scipio  was  the  first 
thus  brought  into  the  world ;  Claudius  Caesar,  who  distinguished  himself 
in  the  war  with  the  Samnites,  having  preceded  him. 

From  being  thus  "  cut  out"  of  their  mother's  womb,  these  individuals 
were  first  termed  "  Csesones,"  afterwards  "  Csesares,"  on  the  authority 
of  Pliny,  Festus,  Pompeius,  Solinus,  &c.  "  Quia  cseso  matris  utero  in 
lucem  prodiscunt." 

Cseso  Fabius,  who  was  three  times  consul,  was  thus  extracted. 

Julius  Caesar  is  also  stated  to  have  been  brought  into  the  world  by 
means  of  this  operation,  although  it  is  an  error  to  state  that  the  name 
Caesar  was  given  to  him  on  this  account,  inasmuch  as  he  inherited  it  from 
his  father. 

Among  the  ancients,  persons  thus  born  were  considered  sacred  to 
Apollo,  to  which  Virgil  alludes  in  the  lines — 

"  Unde  Lycham  ferit  exsecturn  jam  matre  peremta 
Et  tibi,  Phoebe,  sacrum." — ^Eneid,  x.  315. 

Thus  iEsculapius  was  called  the  son  of  Apollo,  because  (it  is  said)  he 
was  brought  into  the  world  by  hysterotomy. 

For  this  reason  also,  those  things  in  Rome  which  were  sacred  to 
Apollo,  were  preserved  by  the  family  of  the  Caesars. 

(Zo8j 


OR    HYSTEROTOMY.  359 

Some  modern  historians  have  included  Edward  VI.  King  of  England, 
among  those  who  benefited  by  this  operation,  and  this  statement  is 
repeated  in  some  works  on  midwifery.  I  have  taken  some  trouble  in 
tracing  this  story,  and  I  find  no  reason  to  believe  it  to  be  true.  Sir  John 
Hayward,  in  his  "  Life  and  Reign  of  Edward  VI.,"  was  the  first  to  put  it 
upon  record.  He  says,  "All  reports  do  constantly  run  that  he  was  not 
by  natural  passage  delivered  into  die  world,  but  that  his  mother's  body 
was  opened  for  his  birth,  and  that  she  died  of  the  incision  the  fourth  day 
following." 

That  the  latter  statement  is  inaccurate,  is  proved  by  an  examination  of 
a  MS.  of  the  ceremonie's  of  her  funeral.  Queen  Jane  Seymour  died  Oct. 
24,  1537,  twelve  days  after  King  Edward's  birth.  With  regard  to  the 
mode  of  the  king's  entrance  into  life,  I  shall  quote  the  words  of  the 
compiler  of  these  memoirs.  In  the  notes  he  observes,  that  Sir  John  Hay- 
ward  was  the  first  to  record  the  fact,  "  for  none  of  our  historians  that 
wrote  before  Hayward,  give  any  countenance  to  this,  but  only  mention 
her  departure  soon  after,  except  it  be  Sanders,  (whose  pen  was  not 
directed  so  much  by  truth  as  malice,)  who  frames  a  story,  that  when  the 
Queen  was  in  extreme  labour,  they  asked  the  King  whom  he  would  have 
spared — the  Queen  or  his  son  ?  He  answered  his  son,  because  he  could 
easily  find  out  other  wives.  But  yet  even  he  has  not  a  word  of  cutting 
the  young  infant  out  of  his  mother's  belly."  This  story  is  manifestly 
fabulous,  inasmuch  as  the  fact  of  the  infant  being  a  son  could  not  be 
known  before  its  birth,  and  otherwise  the  point  intended  by  it  would  be 
without  force,  because  he  had  already  a  daughter.  The  commentator  adds, 
"that  Dr.  Burnet  (now  bishop  of  Salisbury)  mentions  original  letters  in 
the  Cotton  Library,  that  show  how  the  Queen  was  well  delivered. 
These  letters  are  exemplified  in  Fuller's  Church  History,  the  one  from 
the  Queen  herself  and  the  other  from  her  physicians,  both  written  to  the 
Privy  Council." 

This  evidence,  I  conclude,  sets  the  question  at  rest,  and  I  ought  per- 
haps to  apologise  to  my  readers  for  occupying  so  much  time  with  it ;  but 
it  appeared  to  me  to  be  as  well  to  ascertain  the  truth  about  it. 

There  is  also  a  tradition  that  Robert  II.  King  of  Scotland,  was  born  by 
the  Caesarean  section,  an  accident  having  happened  to  his  mother. 

To  return  to  the  regular  history  of  the  operation. 

Rousset,  about  1581,  published  a  treatise  on  the  Cesarean  section,  in 
which  he  quotes  ten  successful  cases.  On  one  of  the  patients  the 
operation  was  performed  six  times ;  she  became  pregnant  a  seventh  time, 
and  no  one  being  willing  to  operate,  she  died  undelivered.  His  essay 
was  translated  into  Latin  by  Bauhin,  1661,  and  may  be  found  in  Stach's 
Collection. 

To  this  work  of  Rousset's,  Bauhin  added  an  appendix  of  cases ;  he 
states  that  he  saw  the  operation  performed  seven  times. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  in  many  of  these  cases  the  operation  was  un- 
necessary ;  but  I  do  not  see  ground  for  Mauriceau's  assertion  that  "  that 
which  Rousset  reports  of  the  Caesarean  section,  is  nothing  but  the  ravings, 
capriciousness,  and  imposture  of  their  authors." 

There  is  no  mention  of  the  operation  in  Ray n aide's  work  on  the 
"  Byrth  of  Mankynde"  (1634),  nor  in  the  "  Childbearer's  Cabinet,"  so  that 


360 

we  are  indebted  to  the  French  and  Germans  for  our  earliest  information 
on  the  subject. 

Ambrose  Pare,  whose  work  was  translated  in  1634,  (having  been 
written  in  1570,)  was  opposed  to  the  performance  of  the  operation  on  the 
living  woman,  on  account  of  the  danger  of  hemorrhage,  but  recommends 
it  for  the  purpose  of  saving  the  child  when  the  mother  has  died  suddenly. 

In  the  translation  of  Guillemeau's  work,  1635,  there  is  a  chapter  on  the 
Caesarean  section,  which  is  recommended  immediately  after  the  death  of 
the  woman,  "that  thereby  the  child  maybe  saved,  and  receive  baptism." 
"  In  some  women,"  the  author  observes,  "  I  have  made  this  practice  very 
fortunately,  and  among  the  rest,  in  Mad.  le  Mabre,  M.  Phillippes  my 
uncle  being  joined  with  me ;  and  likewise  in  Mad.  Pasquier,  presently 
after  she  was  dead,  Mons.  Parseus  and  the  Curate  of  St.  Andrew  being 
present."  As  to  performing  it  on  living  women  in  difficult  labours,  he 
says,  "  Which  for  my  owne  part  I  will  not  counsell  any  one  to  do,  having 
twice  made  tryall  of  it  myselfe,  in  the  presence  of  Mons.  Paraeus,  and 
likewise  seene  it  done  by  MM.  Viart,  Brunett,  and  Charbonnet,  all  excel- 
lent chirurgions,  and  men  of  great  experience  and  practice,  who  omitted 
nothing,  to  do  it  artificially  and  methodically.  Nevertheless,  of  five 
women  in  whom  this  hath  been  practised,  not  one  hath  escaped.  I  knowT 
that  it  may  be  alledged  that  there  be  some  that  have  been  saved  thereby ; 
but  though  it  should  happen  so,  yet  ought  we  rather  to  admire  it,  than 

either  practice  or  imitate  it." "  After  Mons.  Parseus  had 

caused  us  to  make  trial  of  it,  and  seene  that  the  success  was  very  lament- 
able and  unfortunate,  he  left  and  disallowed  this  kind  of  practice,  together 
with  the  whole  college  of  chirurgions  of  Paris." 

In  Chamberlen's  translation  of  Mauriceau  (1672),  we  find  a  strong 
protest  against  performing  the  operation  on  living  women,  and  great 
doubts  expressed  as  to  its  having  ever  been  successful.  He  admits  its 
utility  when  the  mother  is  dead. 

Dionis,  whose  work  was  translated  in  1719,  has  a  chapter  on  the  Caesa- 
rean section  which  he  recommends  when  the  woman  is  dead,  but  depre- 
cates it  during  her  life.     He  describes  the  operation  minutely. 

Sir-F.  Ould,  1742,  is  the  first  British  author  I  possess  who  notices  the 
operation,  which  he  says  may  be  performed  "  either  while  the  mother  is 
living,  or  after  her  death,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  circumstances." 
Nevertheless,  he  observes  that  the  "  Caesarean  operation  is  most  certainly 
mortal,  as  we  shall  endeavour  to  prove  presently  from  reason  and  the  na- 
ture of  the  thing ;  and  I  hope  it  will  never  be  in  the  power  of  any  one  to 
prove  it  by  experience." 

La  Motte's  wTork  was  translated  in  1746.  He  neither  discredits  the 
cases  related  by  previous  authors,  nor  doubts  the  possibility  of  success ; 
but  he  observes,  "  the  os  sacrum,  ischium,  and  pubis,  being  from  their 
first  conformation  so  close  to  one  another,  that  the  surgeon  can  hardly  in- 
troduce a  few  fingers  between  them,  it  being  consequently  impossible  for 
the  child  to  come  through,  is  the  only  case  where  this  operation  is  to  be 
put  in  practice." 

Burton,  in  1751,  entered  into  a  more  minute  detail  than  any  of  his 
predecessors,  and  gives  references  to  cases.  He  concludes  that  u  seeing, 
therefore,  both  reason  and  repeated  experience  confirm  the  possibility  of 


OR   HYSTEROTOMY.  361 

success  in  this  operation,  nothing  should  deter  a  skilful  operator  from  per- 
forming it  when  it  is  absolutely  necessary."* 

Smellie,  1751,  takes,  as  usual,  a  sound  common  sense  view  of  this 
matter:  "  When  a  woman,"  he  observes,  "  cannot  be  delivered  by  any 
of  the  methods  hitherto  prescribed  and  recommended  in  laborious  and 
preternatural  labours,  on  account  of  the  narrowness  or  distortion  of  the 
pelvis,  into  which  it  is  sometimes  impossible  to  introduce  the  hand  ;  or 
from  large  excrescences  and  glandular  swellings,  that  fdl  up  the  vagina 
and  cannot  be  removed;  or  from  large  cicatrices  in  that,  part  and  al  the 
os  uteri,  which  cannot  be  separated  ;  in  such  emergencies,  if  the  woman 
is  strong  and  of  a  good  habit  of  body,  the  Csesarean  operation  is  certainly 
advisable,  and  ought  to  be  performed  ;  because  the  mother  and  child  have 
no  other  chance  to  be  saved,  and  it  is  better  to  have  recourse  to  an  opera- 
tion which  hath  sometimes  succeeded,  than  leave  them  both  to  inevitable 

death."! 

The  operation  is  described  by  almost  all  authors,  both  English  and 
Continental,  but  with  considerable  difference  of  opinion  both  as  to  its 
usefulness,  and  the  cases  to  which  it.  is  applicable.  I  shall  not,  however, 
occupy  the  reader  with  further  detail,  but  again  refer  him  to  my  Re- 
searches on  Operative  Midwifery  for  those  minute  particulars  which  would 
be  misplaced  here. 

560.  After  this  short  sketch,  we  may  proceed  to  consider  the  operation 
itself,  its  object,  and  the  means  for  attaining  it. 

The  objects  of  this  very  formidable  operation  are  of  extreme  importance. 

1.  To  afford  a  chance  of  escape  to  the  mother,  and  of  life  to  her  off- 
spring, in  cases  where  the  child  cannot  be  extracted  through  the  natural 
passages  by  any  means  at  our  command. 

2.  To  extract  the  child  so  promptly,  as  to  afford  it  a  chance  of  life, 
when  the  death  of  the  mother  has  taken  place  suddenly. 

3.  To  relieve  the  mother  from  the  risk  of  fatal  inflammation,  owing  to 
the  presence  of  the  foetus  in  the  abdominal  cavity,  acting  as  a  foreign 
body. 

561.  The  nature  of  the  operation  by  which  these  objects  are  to  be  ef- 
fected, is  simple,  viz.,  that  of  cutting  through  the  abdominal  and  uterine 
parietes,  so  as  to  come  at  the  child,  and  then  removing  the  entire  contents 
of  the  uterus,  and  closing  the  external  incision  by  sutures  and  sticking 
plaster. 

But  though  so  simple,  it  is  most  dangerous.  Wounds  of  the  perito- 
neum of  the  simplest  kind,  though  not  necessarily  and  invariably  fatal, 
are  very  frequently  so.  In  most  cases,  inflammation  of  the  serous  mem- 
brane has  followed,  and  in  very  many  it  has  terminated  in  death.  There 
is  another  source  of  danger.  If  the  wound  in  the  uterus  should  not  be 
completely  closed  by  its  contraction,  hemorrhage  to  a  fatal  amount,  from 
the  uterine  sinuses,  may  occur,  though  it  is  not  so  frequent  as  was  sup- 
posed by  the  earlier  wTriters. 

This  appears  to  have  been  the  cause  of  death  in  the  cases  related  by 
Dr.  Cooper  and  Mr.  Thompson. 

The  formidable  nature  of  the  operation,  however,  only  makes  it  the 
more  necessary  to  ascertain  clearly  the  grounds  upon  which  it  is  justifiable. 
*  A  new  System  of  Midwifery,  p.  272. 
t  Midwifery,  vol.  i.  p.  239,  6th  Ed. 
2F 


362  THE    CESAREAN    SECTION, 

It  is  sufficiently  evident,  from  what  has  been  already  stated,  that  the  older 
practitioners  performed  it  unnecessarily  ;  this  is  proved,  I  say,  by  the  fact 
that  the  same  woman  bore  children  afterwards  without  assistance.  Now 
it  is  an  established  axiom  in  midwifery,  that  the  mother's  life  is  not  to  be 
compromised  in  order  to  save  the  child.  A  certain  amount  of  risk  may 
be  fairly  incurred,  but  beyond  this,  the  safety  of  the  mother  is  to  be  pre- 
ferred, and  if  necessary,  the  child  sacrificed.  In  no  cases  where  the 
mother's  security  can  be  so  purchased,  can  we  be  justified  in  having  re- 
course to  the  Cesarean  section  ;  but  there  are  cases  on  record,  where  the 
pelvic  outlets  are  so  narrowed  by  distortion,  that  a  mutilated  child  could 
not  be  dragged  through. 

In  Mr.  Thompson's  case,  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  upper 
outlet,  was  only  J-ths  of  an  inch.  In  Dr.  Cooper's  second  case,  it  was 
1|-,  and  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  lower  outlet,  only  J  an  inch.  In 
Dr.  Young's  case,  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  upper  outlet,  was 
If  inches.  In  a  skeleton  in  Dr.  Hamilton's  possession,  it  was  only  fths 
of  an  inch. 

In  one  of  Dr.  Hull's  cases  (Ann  Lee),  the  conjugate  diameter,  taken 
from  the  symphysis  pubis  to  the  projection  of  the  sacrum,  was  1-|  inches, 
and  from  the  acetabula  to  the  projection  of  the  sacrum,  1  9-l6ths  inches 
on  each  side.  In  the  other  case  (Isabel  Redman),  the  passage  was  nar- 
rower, though  the  deformity  was  different. 

"  Out  of  80  cases,  the  operation  was  necessitated  by  narrowness  of  the 
antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  pelvis  in  62. 


Thus  it 

was 

1 

inch 

in 

1 

case. 

4 

" 

in 

8 

cases. 

1* 

to  2 

n 

in 

23 

a 

2 

to  21 

n 

in 

25 

a 

n 

to2| 

a 

in 

5 

it  # 

It  is  quite  plain  that  a  foetus  ever  so  much  mutilated,  could  not  pass 
through  some  of  these  pelves,  nor  through  any  without  great  efforts. 

Dr.  Osborn,  who  was  extremely  cautious,  and  had  a  great  horror  of 
this  operation,  has  fixed  1 J  inch  antero-posterior  diameter,  by  3  transverse, 
as  the  smallest  space  through  which  a  child,  after  evacuation  of  the  con- 
tents of  the  cavities,  and  the  breaking  up  of  the  cranium,  could  be  ex- 
tracted by  the  crotchet ;  but  others  have  deemed  this  impossible.  Cer- 
tainly great  risk  of  injury  to  the  soft  parts  of  the  mother,  would  be  incurred 
by  the  force  necessary  to  drag  the  foetus  through  so  small  a  space,  not 
quite,  perhaps,  but  nearly  equal  to  that  resulting  from  the  Csesarean  ope- 
ration. 

We  may,  therefore,  safely  conclude  that  when  from  any  cause  the 
antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  upper  outlet,  or  the  transverse  diameter 
of  the  lower,  is  not  more  than  1J  inches,  there  is  no  possibility  of  delivery 
"  per  vias  naturales,"  but  that  we  must  have  recourse  to  the  Csesarean 
section. 

562.  Statistics.  —  But  it  may  fairly  be  asked,  what  chance  does  so 
serious  an  operation  afford  to  either  mother  or  child  ?  The  only  mode 
of  answering  this  question,  is  by  adducing  the  evidence  on  record.  The 
following  tables  contain  a  list  of  British  and  American  operations,  suc- 
cessful and  unsuccessful. 

*  Velpeau,  Traite"  des  Accouch.  p.  457. 


OR   HYSTEROTOMY. 


363 


CI 

o              •            a 

tl 

CO 

to 

1-t    r-J                 O) 

.    O           o 

- 
< 

r     oo  >•  ►       a 

— <        ~1    o     .          <w 

8,  1840. 

,  p.  148. 
.  p.  239. 
p.  293. 
Surg.  Journ 

■ 

4) 

,  vol.  v.  pt. 

es.  p.  1">  1. 
al,  Mar.  L8 

Journal,  N 
Prov.  Assoc 
p.  148. 
Df  Med.  Sci 

s 

4) 

I'd  =  I  c  f  a" 

VF*% 

Ess 

0.  an 

k  Jo 
Med 
Lone 

1833- 

1   J  01 

T.'irc 
833- 
vol 
vol 
d.  a 

~   '-   ~  a  u     „  *    • 

6J0  bC—  oa 

^^s nu- 

« 2  6  J  g  3  a  '- 

ance 
ance 

anki 

anki 

rov. 

18 

-  -  ^  >  H  ^  <j 

H^pgpdpM 

to 

— 

•n  13  T3  3  13 

"d  *3    ©    ©          o    o 

c 

©    ©    ©     fi    0) 

v.   ~  JS 

a   a   p*  >     •  >  >■ 

> 

•  t>  >  >  -s  >• 

d    c3    ej   g    d 

£        ° 

o    cy    g    -         «d 

- 

~    ~      X CO              CO     CO 

a 

CO     CQ     CO     Ph   CQ 

CO           !-' 

"i c  - 

o  o  ©  o  o  o  o 

c 

o  o  ©  ©  ©  © 

O     O     ©     D     O     G>     0> 

a 

*>      — 

Sh     fi     Jh     f-.     J-i     ^     J-l 

-- 

fn    Jh    ^    ^    Sh    U 

.  d  d    •    •  d    • 

w 

o  o             o 

71 

o 

to 

3 

a 

O 

orti 
orti 

orti 

< 

CO      M                       CQ 

u 

.  ~  -5    .    „K3    . 



J 

- 

£      a 
a  e  o 

-    - 

CO    CO 

CQ             CO 

7, 

-   a 

o 

9                     13         13 

re 

—  — 

CM  lO 

u 

o 

T~l             

so      .      .      .  O      .CO 

CD 

^     H 

.&         ^ 

OJ 

Ed 

a 

^  to 
o   ° 

ank 
laig 

©  fj^ 

C/J           1— 1 

a 

G>    0 

J5 

.2  d 

CO              CO 

U      M    Fh 

© 

>, 

s 

| 

j2 

Amei 
ester, 

-ham 
phia, 

o 

0 

3 

S 

",v  Yoi 

.  Ohio, 

Manch 
Etockin 
hiladel 

"  OQ 

't=3 

„ 

.      r^ 

v  Dunall) 
Barlow 

Etichmon< 
Snowies, 
Greaves, 

Gibson,  1 

-    0 

O 

— 

Wright 
Goodma 
Benders 
Radford 

*     i.  j-     ._     -     :_     - 

S  S  S  Q  S  S  J5 

- 

r.  rr  -i  i~     •  ::  .: 

X 

•    •    -iono: 

Q 

EC    _■    Tl   T)           03    « 

-- 



t^Nooa       x   / 

X 

/    /    r 

H       .               1 

.       .       .                  rH 

d 

HCNMTliiO--  I- 

cc 

CJO-  :i  ::  - 

* 

^^    I-H    ^^    t— (    1— 1 

GO 

CO                              CM                    c. 

C I                                                t! 

^                        Ph 

A                       ^               § 

:d                    •      os 

4) 

vol.  i 

|.  vol 

p.  33 

continu 

- 

S>»                          '.-      ■    co    j 

£ 

Sniellie's  Midwife 
MSS.  Lectures. 

Ditto. 
Hull's  first  letter. 

Ditto. 
Medical  Obs.  and 
[bid.  vol.  v.  p.  21 
Hamilton's  Outlin 
Hull.                       [T 

5   d 

'-SOOTJisooai'Tj 

-  =  - 

->>-->>>£ 

-  —  ^   ©   c-^r^r^   o 

P4     ° 

rT3e3cJT!'rcic;c3i3 

■^      S 

—  ~~-r  —  --^t; 

oocjooocya>a> 

"    2, 

r^3i3rCr^!i3r^5l3rOT3 

&    S 

re 

a 

w 

d    '    * 

re 

<l 

CO 

C) 

CS 

O 

j 

o     .     . 

t> 

B 

re 

CO 

>%                  3  >>  >» 

- 

O 

o 

a  a  o 
o— -a 

a                             o    eS    <S 

~                           ^-  13  -3 

■     - 

....  CM          r-t       . 

C3 

6 

CO 

o   u   © 

•^ 

E 

.       »       .       .       .73    «    M       . 

P5 

td 

a 

aterson 

^ar.  Rho 
liz.  Fost 
liz.  Clar 

- 

03 

Pm 

Ph 

<5  WH 

>. 



c 

^J 

Xi 

bJO    • 

v.    a    ^ 

U 

d 

-      -    -          3 

r 

ri2         * 

d 

-  3§a.9  o 

• 

Tv       • 

—    -  _:  —  -r  fcfi 

O 

oq  be 

Ed 

jB 

o 

•=- 

^     -  —  ~    ~    o 

1   —   _   i.   =  _ 

co  g 

.+i   o   ~   ~^   >-» 

-     -    ;     -    c    n  j= 
-  |  .:-  -  ^  -  _    -  ^ 

2  PL,       -  ^  ^  r.  ^-  ^. 

, .     .     .  -     .  -. ,  T 

a 

n 

CO                 "*           -    1  -  1  ~  1  ~ 

1-                 1  -          1  -  1  -  1  -  1  - 

d 

HTlM^iOaNOOCJJ 

364 


THE    CESAREAN    SECTION, 


00 

<D 
o 

a 

Hull,  p.  67. 
Mem.  Med.  Soc.  vol.  v 
First  Letter,  p.  162. 
Ditto.         p.  172. 
Outlines. 
Hull's  letter. 
Mem.  Med.  Soc.  vol.  v. 
Med.  Chir.  Trans,  vol.  iv.  p.  847. 
Hull's  Baudeloc.  p.  134. 
Med.  and  Phys.  Jour.  vol.  vi.  p.  346. 
Ed.  Jour.  vol.  viii.  p.  11. 
Med.  Chir.  Trans,  vol.  vii.  p.  264. 
Barlow's  Essays. 
Merriman,  p.  317. 
Ibid. 
Ed.  Journal,  No.  146. 

Ditto. 
Amcr.  Med.  Jour. 
Ed.  Jour.  July,  1828,  p.  53. 
Ed.  Jour.  Nov.  1831,  p.  352. 
Lancet,  March  28,  1840. 
Dub.  Jour.  vol.  vi.  p.  418. 
Letter  to  the  Author. 
Ranking,  vol.  vii.  p.  330. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 
Ed.  Mon.  Jour.  Dec.  1845. 
Ranking,  vol.  v.  p.  293. 
vol.  x.  p.  330. 

IE 

302 

CO  **  ,2 

©  ts  a>  13"  ©  0^0  0  T3  r3  t3  ©  ©  ©•"O'd'-Oo'-d'd'-O'T-,  ©tstj  o'S  o 
si  ^    cot?    ci    c3    m   m    c3  Ti  T3  ^3    e3    o3    c3rCr3rd    ca  T3  T3  Ti  T3    o3  T}  T3    <n  T3    od 

2      S 

T3 

CO 

3 
cfl 

0 

1     •    1     •   o    o   « flrtrtdflaj.'csfl...         AC! 

2. 2        a;  oj   o                                      ooooo.S        go                  shoo 

8      8      «  S '"6                           ^^■"■g'-g'-g'S     -S'-B             §  "■§  ""£ 

°      °      ||3                            53533|      §3              |53 

,_,        ,_i         s    a    m                                          to   a)    i»   »  _k    "         o   ic                    P   id   m 
O     .O     .    c3    d  Tj "5  'd  T3  T3  T3    O     •  .q  'S     .     .     .        'S  'S 

a     a     a  a                                         £ 

2      s 
-co 

8     5 

oa                                             cq                     m    xn    m 

c3  d   o   d   ^^                       o                   ooo_^ 
T3  T3  ^  ^3    rt    a                          A                    AAA        ^ 
CO  CO  Cv|  ©                                        "*                     CO  -*  OS         CO 

S 
a 

a 

DO 

ed 

2           P>           n                              S                      r2 

a     a^     s^-3       g's     >« 

•a      -d       be      i-H     £  o          a  §,  ©  g  S 
5.cd°o.5.Kd..§3oJS^ 

:    .cSiziSt    . :     .S    -     .    ,cjs-is-ic3c3 

a  &<%  s  £w     ^s^§s 

0 

,fl 

3 

< 
O 

O 
rt 

0) 

O, 
O 

.  ,  .  .a 

to                                                                    A 

A              t*                                                                   «J                              ?-< 

p  §   .   .  |   .   .  f) S.g...g.8.'g... 

jh  ^  ri  ft  ri  p  h*  ^  ^  »; »;  >j  1 1  ri  ri  ft  g  j:  ri  p  ri  h  is  jj  J  ii  p*  b 

S s p     pSSSS^pSpppp     flgflgfiflggggSg 

a; 
Q 

t^      •  ^  OO  O  00  ffi  O      •      •      '      •  1—  t— 1      •  ©  r-l      •  to  OS      •  ^*<  CO      •      *      '^Ob-© 
l^         ©CtOCSOS©                             rH  (N         CI'M         (N<N         CO  -^                      -^tJH-'+i 

t^      t^i-i^i-i^co                    coco      coco      coco      coco               cococo 

i— 1        .   rH   i— 1   i— It— (i— I   i— 1        .       .       .       .  i— 1   l— 1       .   i— It— 1       .  l— It— 1        .  T—l   i— 1       .       .       .rlHH 

6 

OHMCO^iOCDNCOO>OH(M«Tt*OONC0050HC.  CC^iOCONCO 
HriHrHHnHr-IHH(MCl(N^(MC,Cl^(MC-(COCOCOMMKlMCOCO 

OR   HYSTEROTOMY.  365 

Thus  in  British  and  American  practice,  out  of  52  cases,  14  mothers 
were  saved  and  38  lost,  or  nearly  three-fourths. 

Out  of  49  cases  where  the  result  to  the  child  is  mentioned,  28  were 
saved  and  21  lost,  or  1  in  2J. 

In  addition,  I  have  collected  from  foreign  authorities  371  cases,  out  of 
which  217  mothers,  recovered  and  154  died,  or  about  1  in  -.',.' 

Out  of  189  of  these  cases  where  the  result  to  the  child  is  given,  139 
were  saved  and  50  lost,  or  nearly  one-fourth.  Taking  the  entire  number, 
which  amounts  to  423,  we  find  that  231  mothers  were  saved  and  192 
lost,  or  about  1  in  2 J ;  and  that  out  of  238  children,  167  were  saved  and 
71  lost,  or  about  1  in  3^-. 

The  reader  will  probably  be  as  much  surprised  as  I  was  myself  at 
the  number  of  operations  here  recorded.  They  exceed  any  hitherto 
collected,  except  those  published  by  M.  Figueira  (i.  e.  790  cases,  of 
which  424  were  fatal).  To  guard  against  mistake,  I  have  carefully 
quoted  my  authorities  in  the  work  referred  to,  and  where  these  are  but 
secondary,  I  have  consulted  the  originals,  as  far  as  I  could  obtain  access 
to  them. 

As  to  the  value  of  each  case,  that  must  depend  upon  the  reporter.  I 
have  not  felt  it  my  duty  to  exclude  any  which  are  related  upon  definite 
authority — my  endeavour  throughout  has  been  to  ascertain  that  authority 
as  far  as  possible,  and  to  avoid  repetitions.  For  so  much  I  am  respon- 
sible, and  I  trust  I  shall  be  found  correct. 

It  may,  however,  be  objected  to  this  catalogue  of  operations,  that 
many  of  the  cases  occurred  in  the  "  dark  ages"  of  midwifery,  and  may, 
perhaps,  have  been  exaggerated,  or  invented.  I  do  not  know  that  we 
can  fairly  deny  their  authenticity ;  but  suppose  that  we  admit  this,  and 
only  take  those  which  have  occurred  since  1750,  the  result  will  still  be 
more  favourable  than  we  should  have  anticipated  —  for  this  calculation 
gives  321  operations,  from,  which  149  mothers  recovered,  and  by  which 
130  children  were  saved,  and  57  lost,  in  182  cases  where  the  result  is 
mentioned. 

563.  Further :  on  a  good  number  of  these  patients  the  operation  has 
been  performed  more  than  once  ;  on  some,  three  and  four  times.  And 
if  we  credit  the  older  writers  (and  I  do  not  know  why  we  should  not), 
we  find  five,  six,  and  seven  times  with  success. 

This  is  shown  in  the  following  table  : 

*  I  do  not  mean  that  so  many  mothers  were  saved  from  death  by  the  operation,  but 

that  they  were  saved  from  the  effects  of  the  operation.     No  doubt,  many  were  really 

.  from  death,  which  could  not  have  been  otherwise  avoided  ;  but  we  have  proof  that 

many  could  have  been  delivered  by  other  means,  inasmuch  as  they  afterwards  bore 

children  naturally. 

In  11  cases  recorded  in  Foreign  Journals  since  my  tables  were  constructed,  I  find  that 
6  mothers  were  saved  and  5  lost ;  8  children  were  saved  and  3  lost. 


2f2 


366 


THE    CESAREAN    SECTION 


Date. 


■) 


1775-9 
1797  ) 
1801  L 
1805 


Operator,  or 
Authority. 


—  Guillet      . 
LeNoirandLe- 

brun  .  . 
M.  Jobert  . 
M.  Peyronnie 
M.  Sommius 
A  Surgeon  at 

Paris 


it  i 


Count  Nessan 
M.  Lambron 

Mangold    and 
Burckhardt 

M.  Bacqua    . 

Rhode      and 

Somner 

Lorinzer  .     . 

M.  le  Maistre 
d'Aix    . 

M.  Locher 


:i 


M.  Merrem  . 
M.  Bosch  . 
M.  Schenck  . 
M.  Dariste    . 

M.  Michaelis 


M.  Gardey    . 
Dr.  Schmidt. 


Dr.  Engeltrum 


Patient,  or 
Place. 


his  own  wife 
his  own  wife 


at  Aucois 


L.  Mautz 

—  Gabery 

—  Groger 

—  Fauve 


—  Viandes 


Martinique 
—  Adawetz 


Amsterdam 


Number 
of  Ope- 
rations. 


6  times 

3  times 

twice 
twice 

7  times 

5  times 

3  times 

6  times 

7  times 
twice 

3  times 

twice 
twice 

twice 

3  times 

twice 

twice 
twice 
twice 
twice 

4  times 

twice 
twice 

twice  < 


No.  of 

Children 

saved. 


2 

saved 


Result  to 
Mothers. 


saved. 

recovered. 

do. 
do. 
do. 

do. 

do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 

recovered  twice — 
died  after  third. 

recovered. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

recovered  once — 
died  second  time. 

recovered. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 
recovered  once  — 
died  second  time, 
recovered  once  — 
died  second  time. 


564.  After  a  careful  examination  of  the  cases  on  record,  I  think  we 
may  fairly  conclude,  that  as  so  many  women  have  recovered  from  the 
operation,  it  does  afford  a  chance  to  both  mother  and  child,  and  that  there- 
fore toe  may  be  justified  in  having  recourse  to  it ;  but  that,  as  the  danger 
is  much  greater  than  from  any  other  operation,  we  should  not  be  warranted 
in  performing  it,  if  there  were  a  prospect  of  success  by  other  means. 

This,  then,  constitutes  the  sole  advantage  of  the  operation,  that  in  cases 
where  we  cannot  deliver  the  patient  by  any  other  means,  and  when,  conse- 
quently, both  mother  and  child  would  inevitably  die,  if  left  unaided,  we 
may  afford  each  a  chance  by  performing  the  Ccesarean  section. 

It  has  no  comparative  advantages,  being  itself  the  ultimate  standard  by 
which  the  other  operations  are  to  be  estimated,  and  which  are  valuable, 
inasmuch  as  they  afford  a  means  of  escape  from  this  more  formidable  one. 
In  this  point  of  view  I  must  not  omit  noticing  one,  which  although  not 
available  in  any  case  to  which  we  are  called  at  the  time  of  labour,  may 


OR    HYSTEROTOMY.  '6bl 

prevent  the  necessity  of  a  second  operation.  I  allude  to  the  artificial 
induction  of  premature  labour,  or  of  abortion.     Whenever  the  diameters 

of  the  pelvis  are  so  reduced  as  to  render  the  extract!  mutilated 

foetus  impossible,  or  even  hazardous,  I  conceive  that  it  would  be  grievous 
neglect  of  duty  (if  we  have  a  voice  in  the  matter)  not  to  propose  this 
alternative.  It  is  true  that  by  this  operation  the  child  will  he  Lost,  but 
the  mother  will  in  all  probability  be  saved  ;  and  the  bare  chance  of  saving 
the  child  by  Caesarean  section,  can  never  compensate  for  the  additional 
risk  to  the  mothi  r. 

565.  The  disadvantages  of  the  operation  will  be  easily  gathered  from 
what  has  been  said  ;  they  are  mainly,  the  great  risk  of  hemorrhage  or  of 
fatal  peritonitis  to  the  mother,  and  the  small  chance  afforded  to  the  child ; 
these  constitute  the  objections  to  the  operation. 

That  these  are  very  serious  objections  cannot  be  denied,  nor  that  they 
would  be  insurmountable,  had  we  any  other  mode  of  delivery.  But  when 
we  consider  that  the  only  choice  is  between  this  operation,  which  does 
afford  some  chance,  and  certain  death  to  both  mother  and  child,  we 
cannot,  I  think,  hesitate  about  running  the  risk. 

Doubtless,  however,  the  dangers  of  the  operation  should  make  us 
pause,  and  carefully  examine  the  facts  of  the  case,  with  the  aid  of  the 
experience  of  others,  before  we  decide  upon  this  proceeding.  In  the 
present  day  it  would  be  an  indelible  disgrace  to  an  accoucheur,  that  his 
patient,  after  recovering  from  the  Csesarean  operation,  should  bear  children 
without  assistance. 

566.  The  cases  suitable  for  the  operation  are  not  very  numerous. 

1.  When  the  pelvis  is  so  distorted  from  any  cause,  that  the  diameter 
of  the  upper  or  lower  outlet  is  reduced  to  an  inch  and  a  half  or 
two  inches,  it  may  be  considered  impossible  to  extract  a  mutilated 
foetus  ;  or,  if  possible,  it  must  be  with  so  much  force  as  to  entail  the 
death  of  the  mother. 

The  operation  is  equally  necessary  under  these  circumstances,  whether 
the  child  be  alive  or  dead,  and  it  may  also  be  required  (in  consequence 
of  mollities  ossium)  after  several  children  have  been  born  naturally. 

2.  Morbid  growths  from  the  periosteum,  which  offer  a  fixed  and  per- 
manent obstacle,  may  so  much  reduce  the  calibre  of  the  passage  as  to 
render  this  operation  necessary.  This  was  the  case  with  the  patient  of 
my  friend  Dr.  Montgomery. 

But  before  we  decide  upon  the  necessity  for  this  mode  of  delivery, 
we  must  be  quite  sure  that  the  obstacle  can  neither  be  displaced  nor 
reduced  in  volume  ;  and  this  can  seldom  be  determined  until  labour 
commences. 

3.  In  some  cases  of  ruptured  uterus,  when  delivery  is  imperative,  but 
impossible  "  per  vias  natur ales ,"  Csesarean  section  has  been  recommended. 
It  appears  to  me  that  the  additional  risk  from  the  operation,  renders  its 
propriety  very  questionable. 

4.  The  operation  has  been  performed  successfully  in  cases  of  extra- 
uterine foetation,  where  the  continued  presence  of  the  foetus  in  the  abdo- 
minal cavity  threatened  the  mother's  life. 

5.  In  case  of  the  sudden  death  of  the  mother,  Csesarean  section  may 
be  performed  for  the  purpose  of  saving  the  infant.  Many  successful  cases 
are  on  record. 

24 


368 

6.  If,  towards  the  end  of  pregnancy,  the  uterus  be  wounded  exten- 
sively, Dr.  Hull  conceives  the  Caesarean  section  necessary. 

Of  course  the  operation  will  be  useless,  unless  the  woman  have  arrived 
at  that  period  of  pregnancy  when  the  child  is  "  viable." 

It  will  also  be  in  vain  if  much  time  have  elapsed  after  the  death  of  the 
mother.  Dr.  Jackson,  however,  recovered  an  infant  half  an  hour  after 
the  death  of  the  mother. 

7.  Authors  have  mentioned  other  cases  to  which  the  operation  was 
applicable,  as  in  occlusion  of  the  vagina,  scirrhus  uteri,  &c. 

But  these  do  not  appear  to  me  adequate  grounds  for  so  serious  an 
operation. 

567.  The  best  period  for  the  performance  of  the  operation  appears  to 
be  at  the  commencement  of  -labour,  provided  there  be  no  doubt  of  its 
necessity.  The  strength  of  the  woman  is  then  unimpaired,  and  she  can 
not  only  support  the  operation  better,  but  has  greater  prospect  of  escaping 
subsequent  inflammation. 

It  is  supposed,  and  I  think  not  without  foundation,  that  the  ill  success 
which  has  attended  the  operation  in  this  country,  is  owing  to  the  late 
period  at  which  it  has  been  undertaken. 

In  Mr.  Thompson's  case,  it  was  performed  24  hours  after  the  com- 
mencement of  labour ;  in  Dr.  Cooper's,  12  hours  ;  in  Mr.  Chambers' 
case  the  labour  had  lasted  12  days;  in  Dr.  Hamilton's,  more  than  2 
days ;  in  Mr.  King's,  more  than  3  days ;  in  Mr.  Atkinson's,  nearly  3 
days;  in  one  of  Dr.  Hull's  (Isabel  Redman),  12  hours;  in  the  other 
(Ann  Lee),  10  days ;  in  the  case  of  Mary  Dunally,  12  days ;  in  Mr. 
Barlow's  case,  5  days. 

Dr.  Hull  proposes  to  operate  as  soon  as  the  os  uteri  is  dilated,  and 
before  the  membranes  burst. 

De  Graafe  advises  the  operation  to  be  performed  just  after  the  rupture 
of  the  membranes,  and  the  commencement  of  the  expulsive  pains. 

568.  Method  of  Operating. — Having  determined  upon  the  necessity, 
and  the  proper  period  for  the  operation,  the  next  subject  for  consideration 
is  the  best  mode  of  performing  it.  Very  little  alteration  has  taken  place 
in  this  respect  since  the  earlier  writers. 

The  bowels  and  bladder  are  to  be  evacuated,  and  the  patient  placed  on 
her  back,  upon  a  table  covered  by  a  mattress.  Her  fortitude  must  decide 
upon  the  necessity  for  restraint,  and  its  amount. 

Before  commencing  the  operation  it  will  be  proper  to  ascertain  (by 
the  stethoscope)  the  situation  of  the  placenta,  or,  at  least,  that  it  is  not  in 
front. 

The  incision  through  the  integuments  must  then  be  made,  either  verti- 
cally, through  the  linea  alba  —  obliquely,  on  the  outside  of  the  rectus 
muscle — between  that  muscle  and  the  spine — or  horizontally,  beneath 
the  umbilicus.  The  latter  is  the  best,  if  the  patient  be  deformed.  It 
should  be  about  eight  or  ten  inches  in  length,  and  when  vertical,  it  may 
be  commenced  a  little  above  the  umbilicus  and  terminate  near  the  pubes. 

This  incision  should  divide  the  parietes  of  the  abdomen  down  to  the 
peritoneum,  which  is  then  to  be  cautiously  punctured,  and  a  director,  or 
the  finger,  inserted  into  the  wound,  so  as  to  avoid  injuring  the  intestines, 
and  the  peritoneum  divided. 

The  uterus  will  now  be  exposed,  and  an  incision  must  be  made  into, 


OR    HYSTEROTOMY.  369 

but  not  through  its  parietes,  of  the  same  length  as  that  through  the  abdo- 
minal parietes.  This  incision  must  be  cautiously  deepened,  until  the 
membranes  are  exposed.  A  slight  opening  must  then  be  made  in  them, 
and  some  of  the  liquor  amnii  removed,  l»\  small  pieces  of  sponge.  It 
has  occurred  to  me  that  this  might  most  readily  be  effected  by  a  syringe. 
The  object  in  view  is  to  prevent  efiiision  into  the  abdominal  cavity.  By 
Lauverjat  and  others  we  are  recommended  to  rupture  the  membranes  pre- 
viously. The  opening  is  then  to  be  enlarged,  and  the  infant  withdrawn, 
the  funis  tied,  and  the  placenta  and  membranes  removed. 

The  remaining  liquor  amnii,  with  any  blood  which  may  have  escaped, 
must  be  removed  from  the  cavity  of  the  uterus,  and  the  operator  should 
make  sure  that  the  os  uteri  is  pervious  for  the  escape  of  the  lochia. 

No  sutures  are  required  in  the  uterus  ;  as  it  contracts,  the  wound  will 
be  reduced  to  about  1  J>  to  2  inches  in  length,  and  the  lips  will  come  into 
apposition,  if  it  be  healthy.  It  is  only  in  cases  where  they  do  not  do  so, 
that  there  is  anything  to  fear  from  hemorrhage.  When  the  uterus  is  dis- 
eased, the  wound  does  not  close  perfectly,  and  of  course,  union  cannot 
take  place. 

The  abdominal  cavity  is  next  to  be  lightly  sponged,  to  remove  any 
blood  which  may  have  escaped,  and  then,  the  intestines  being  retained 
"  in  situ"  by  an  assistant,  the  lips  of  the  external  wound  are  to  be  closed 
by  so  many  sutures  as  may  be  necessary. 

Dr.  Munro,  of  Edinburgh,  advised  "that  in  performing  the  Csesarean 
operation,  we  should  be  careful  that  the  viscera  be  exposed  as  little  as 
possible;  and  that  the  sides  of  the  wound  should  be  kept  contiguous  by 
a  greater  number  of  stitches  than  are  commonly  employed  in  wounds,  in 
order  to  exclude  the  air  from  the  cavity  of  the  abdomen. 

In  addition  to  the  sutures,  straps  of  adhesive  plaster  may  be  applied. 
and  over  all  I  would  suggest  Dr.  Macartney's  water-dressing. 

The  patient  must  then  be  placed  in  bed,  and  the  utmost  quiet  observed. 
Cordials  will  probably  be  necessary  during  and  after  the  operation  ;  and 
when  the  patient  is  settled  in  bed,  an  opiate  may  be  given. 

As  a  variation  from  this  mode  of  operating,  I  may  mention  Dr.  Aitken's 
suggestions  of  performing  it  "  while  the  parts  are  immersed  in  tepid  water, 
so  as  to  exclude  the  air,"  and  so,  perhaps  diminish  its  fatal  effects.  I  do 
not  know  that  this  plan  has  ever  been  tried. 

569.  The  difficulties  of  the  operation  are  not  great.  With  a  little  care, 
we  may  avoid  that  part  of  the  uterus  to  which  the  placenta  is  attached, 
and  which  is  the  most  vascular,  as  the  stethoscope,  previously  applied, 
will  indicate  whether  it  is  situated  anteriorly  or  not.  Caution  will  also 
avoid  wounding  the  child  when  dividing  the  uterus. 

In  approximating  the  lips  of  the  external- wound,  the  intestines  are 
sometimes  troublesome,  and  it  is  of  importance  not  to  include  any,  as  that 
would  add  the  dangers  of  strangulated  hernia  to  the  unavoidable  risk  of 
the  operation. 

The  principal  dangers  of  the  operation  are  — 

1.  Hemorrhage,  from  the  incomplete  closure  of  the  wound  in  the 
uterus. 

2.  Strangulation  of  a  loop  of  the  intestines,  either  in  the  wound  of  the 
uterus,  or  in  the  external  wound  ;  although  due  attention  will  avoid  this 
danger  altogether. 


370  SYMPHYSEOTOMY. 

3.  Subsequent  inflammation  of  the  uterus  and  peritoneum. 

The  patient  may  die  of  the  shock  within  a  few  hours,  or  her  strength 
may  be  exhausted  by  hemorrhage  into  the  abdominal  cavity;  but  if  she 
survive  for  a  day  or  two,  her  death  will  then  probably  be  owing  to  inflam- 
mation. 

570.  Subsequent  Treatment.  —  The  most  incessant  care  and  attention 
will  be  required.  The  water- dressing  should  be  continued,  and  it  may 
be  as  well  to  administer  small  doses  of  calomel  and  opium. 

On  the  first  appearance  of  inflammation  at  the  edges  of  the  wound, 
leeches  should  be  applied  along  it,  and  if  there  be  tenderness,  a  consider- 
able number  should  be  applied  over  the  abdomen,  and  repeated  if  neces- 
sary, and  the  doses  of  calomel  and  opium  increased. 


CHAPTER  XV. 

OBSTETRIC  OPERATIONS.    7.  SYMPHYSEOTOMY. 

571.  But  one  more  operation  remains  for  consideration,  and  I  should 
have  omitted  it  altogether,  had  I  not  felt  it  as  as  much  a  duty  to  point  out 
its  inapplicability,  as  the  suitability  of  the  others  to  the  cases  for  which 
they  wrere  intended.  I  do  not  for  a  moment  wish  to  undervalue  the  hu- 
manity which  desired  to  substitute  a  minor  operation  for  one  so  formidable 
as  the  Csesarean  section.  But  wThen  the  results  of  experience  support  the 
opinion  of  the  w7isest  and  best  midwifery  authors,  it  would  be  criminal 
neglect  did  I  not  adduce  the  objections  to  this  operation  in  their  strongest 
form. 

First,  however,  it  may  be  interesting  to  give  a  sketch  of  its  history. 

M.  Sigault,  while  yet  a  student,  being  impressed  wTith  the  fatal  results 
of  the  Csesarean  section,  conceived  that  it  might  be  altogether  avoided 
by  an  artificial  separation  of  the  ossa  pubis.  This  notion  was  based  upon 
the  assumed  fact,  that  this  joint  spontaneously  separates  in  difficult 
labours.  This  has  been  asserted  over  and  over  again  by  the  older  writers, 
and  upon  this  assumption  Sigault  based  his  experiments  upon  the  dead 
body. 

In  the  year  1768,  he  presented  a  memoir  to  the  Faculte  de  Medecine 
on  the  subject,  proposing  that  the  operation  should  be  tried  at  first  upon 
animals,  and  then  upon  condemned  criminals.  The  memoir  was  referred 
to  M.  Ruffel,  who  reported,  unfavourably,  and  the  subject  was  dropped. 

However,  M.  Sigault  was  not  discouraged  :  he  again  proposed  it  in  his 
Thesis,  on  taking  his  degree  at  Angers,  and  in  Paris,  on  seeking  for  his 
license :  and  as  the  proposal  was  communicated  to  others,  and  favourably 
received,  it  excited  a  good  deal  of  interest. 

In  M.  Alphonse  Le  Roi,  Sigault  met  with  an  able  second,  and  they 
determined  to  give  the  operation  a  fair  trial  the  first  opportunity.     This 

occurred  on  the  1st  of  October,  1777,  in  the  case  of  ■ ■  Souchel,  who 

had  previously  been  delivered  by  craniotomy.     She  was  safely  delivered 


SYMPHYSEOTOMY.  371 

by  the  new  operation,  and  a  report  was  immediately  made  to  the  Faculty 
de  Medecine,  who  were  requested  to  appoint  a  commission  to  superintend 
the  patient's  recovery. 

MM.  Grandclas  and  Descemet  were  appointed  to  this  office,  and  not- 
withstanding that  the  bladder  was  injured,  and  the  mother  barely  escaped 
with  life,  such  was  the  enthusiasm  excited  in  the  Faeultr  de  .e  by 

their  report,  that  they  lost  sight  of  the  calm  investigation  becoming  a 
learned  body,  and  on  the  strength  of  one  case  —  and  that  not  a  very  satis- 
factory one  —  voted  medals  to  MM.  Sigault  and  Le  Roi,  and  procured  a 
pension  for  the  former  and  for  his  patient. 

The  inscription  upon  the  medal  was : 

17G8.  Sectionem  Symphyseos  Ossium 

Pubis.  Invenit.   Proposuit. 

A.    1777. 

Fecit  i'eliciter 

M.  Sigault,  D.M.P. 

Juvat  M.  Alphousus  Le  Roi,  D.M.P. 

Persons  were  not  wanting  to  applaud  the  inventor  and  his  operation, 
which  was  characterised  as  "  the  result  of  inspiration,"  and  several  prac- 
titioners in  France  and  Germany  followed  his  example. 

M.  Sigault  himself  operated  on  four  other  women,  one  of  whom  died, 
and  several  of  the  children.  He  seems,  indeed,  to  have  become  less 
confident  in  its  safety  and  efficacy;  for  he  refused  to  perform  it  unless 
there  was  a  space  of  2h  inches  in  the  short  diameter ;  and  before  his 
death,  in  such  a  case,  he  recommended  the  Cesarean  section. 

"  It  was  soon  found,  however,  not  to  merit  the  high  encomiums  be- 
stowed upon  it.  Every  operation  was  found  to  have  its  victim,  although 
it  was  several  times  performed  upon  women,  whose  pelves  were  either 
not  at  all,  or  very  slightly  deformed,  and  who,  either  before  or  after  the 
operation,  were  delivered  without  any  extraordinary  assistance  —  a  con- 
vincing proof  that  the  operation  had  been,  in  these  cases  at  least,  unne- 
cessarily resorted  to."  * 

In  1778,  he  published  a  "  Discours  sur  les  advantages  de  la  Section 
du  Symphyse  du  Pubis,"  in  which  he  examines  the  usual  means  of  as- 
sisting difficult  labours,  and  concludes  by  stating  his  reasons  for  preferring 
Symphyseotomy  to  the  Cesarean  section. 

The  first  persons,  I  believe,  who  investigated  the  propriety  and  efficacy 
of  the  new  operation  in  this  country,  were  Dr.  W.  Hunter,  Mr.  Hunter 
and  Dr.  Denman.  The  former  published  the  result  of  his  inquiries  in  the 
London  Med.  Obs.  and  Enquiries. 

"  The  women  of  Great  Britain,"  says  Dr.  Osborn,  "  are  therefore  under 
considerable  obligations  to  the  late  Dr.  Wm.  Hunter,  who,  from  an  accu- 
rate mensuration  of  those  pelves  where  the  Caesarean  operation  had 
lly  been  performed  in  this  country,  and  of  others  still  smaller,  pre- 
served in  his  museum,  has  demonstrated  the  futility  of  the  section  of  the 
symphysis  as  a  succedaneum  for  that  operation,  or  as  a  certain  means  of 
ith  the  mother  and  child." 

He  suggested  a  combination  of  the  Sigaultian  operation  with  crani- 
otomy mother  a  better  chance  than  the  Caesarean  section. 
But,  as  Dr.  Osborn  remarks,  "Prof.  Guerard's  case  is  exactly  in  point, 

Hull's  Seoond  Letter,  p.  9 1. 


372  SYMPHYSEOTOMY. 

and  confirms  by  experiment  what  was  to  be  expected  a  priori.  The 
child's  head  in  that  case  was  opened,  after  the  division  of  the  symphysis 
had  been  performed ;  but  the  professor  was,  notwithstanding,  foiled  in 
every  attempt  to  deliver,  both  by  the  forceps  and  the  crotchet ;  and  the 
event  in  the  end  proved  fatal  to  the  mother."* 

The  next  writer  who  notices  the  operation,  is  Dr.  Leake,  who,  in  his 
work  on  the  Diseases  of  Women,  1781,  has  a  few  pages  upon  this  ope- 
ration, of  which  he  is  inclined  to  judge  favourably,  though  with  caution. 
He  answers  some  of  the  objections  urged  against  it,  but  admits  that  more 
experience  was  required. 

The  operation  wTas  performed  in  the  year  1782,  for  the  first  and  last 
time  in  this  kingdom,  by  Mr.  Welchman,  of  Kington,  in  Warwickshire. 
The  child  was  putrid,  and  the  mother  died  ;  but  Mr.  Welchman  thinks 
that  her  death  was  not  caused  by  the  operation.! 

Dr.  Osborn,  in  his  "  Essays  on  Midwifery,"  1783,  gives  a  good  histo- 
rical sketch  of  the  operation,  and  after  a  very  careful  examination  into  the 
merits  of  it,  he  arrives  at  the  conclusion  that  "  no  circumstance  whatever, 
real  or  imaginary,  can  ever  render  it  a  warrantable  operation." 

Mr.  Dease,  in  his  "  Observations  in  Midwifery,"  1783,  disapproves  of 
the  operation.  He  says,  it  was  "  of  worse  consequence  than  the  Cesa- 
rean ;  as  it  subjected  the  woman  to  all  the  dangers  of  the  latter,  without 
the  same  advantages  of  saving  the  child." 

Dr.  Hamilton,  sen.,  in  his  "  Outlines  of  the  Theory  and  Practice  of 
Midwifery,"  1784,  doubts  the  efficacy  of  the  operation,  and  points  out 
its  hazard. 

Dr.  Aitken,  "  Elements  of  Midwifery,"  1784,  says  that  the  operation 
may  be  useful  "  when  about  half  an  inch  of  addition  to  the  short  diameter 
(of  the  pelvis)  is  sufficient  to  allow  delivery." 

Dr.  Hull,  in  his  First  Letter,  1790,  points  out  the  inadequacy  of  the 
operation  ;  and  in  his  Second  Letter,  enters  more  fully  into  the  history  of 
it,  and  shows  that  the  combination  of  symphyseotomy  with  craniotomy 
(first  proposed  by  Dr.  Hunter,  and  repeated  by  Mr.  Simmons)  is  worse 
than  the  Cesarean  section. 

Dr.  Denman,  in  his  "  Introduction  to  Midwifery,"  objects  to  the  ope- 
ration, except,  perhaps,  in  a  case  where  the  life  of  the  child  (it  being 
alive)  was  of  such  immense  importance  to  the  nation,  that  the  mother 
might  fairly  run  the  risk. 

By  every  modern  British  writer  the  operation  is  denounced,  and  is  not 
likely  ever  to  be  again  attempted  in  this  country. 

The  contagion  of  enthusiasm  spread  rapidly  among  the  French,  though 
some  more  cautious  and  philosophical  writers  held  aloof,  and  others  de- 
cidedly disapproved  of  the  new  operation. 

It  has  not,  however,  even  in  more  modern  times,  been  so  completely 
discouraged  as  we  might  have  expected  from  the  results  of  the  cases  in 
which  it  has  been  employed. 

The  operation  has  been  performed  in  Italy.  It  has  also  been  modified 
by  Prof.  Catolica,  after  the  suggestion  of  Desgranges  and  Champion. 
Instead  of  dividing  the  symphysis,  the  ossa  pubis  were  cut  through,  nearer 
their  junction  with  the  ossa  ilia,  and  by  this  means  a  positive  increase  in 

*  Essays  in  Midwifery,  pp.  282,  323. 

f  Lond.  Med.  Journal,  1790.     Hull's  First  Letter,  p.  138. 


SYMPHYSEOTOMY.  373 

the  anteroposterior  diameter  was  gained.      M.  Galbiati  performed  this 
operation  in  1819,  and  it  proved  fatal. 

In  Germany,  it  was  at  first  highly  extolled  ;  but  the  general  opinion 
afterwards  was  unfavourable  to  its  utility.  Indeed,  it  would  be  astonishing 
to  find  anv  candid  man  who  could  resist  the  evidence  afforded  by  the 
cases  in  which  it  has  been  tried. 

572.  Statistics. —  49  cases  have  been  recorded  ;  of  these  16  mothers 
died,  or  about  1  in  3  out  of  40  cases;  the  child  was  born  alive  in  11,  and 
dead  in  19,  or  1  in  2. 

I  shall  not  give  these  cases  in  detail,  but  a  slight  analysis  may  show  more 
fully  the  slight  ground  the  advocates  of  the  operation  had  for  exultation. 

1.  It  was  performed  unnecessarily  in  four  cases,  as  was  proved  by  a 
subsequent  natural  delivery. 

2.  Without  any  cause  in  one  case,  the  patient  having  borne  children 
naturally,  and  there  being  no  deformity ;  and  in  another,  where  there  was 
sufficient  space. 

3.  Without  the  possibility  of  benefit  from  it  in  one  case,  where  the 
antero-posterior  diameter  was  only  If  inch. 

4.  Although  33  mothers  recovered,  10  children  were  lost,  14  saved, 
and  1  much  injured.  Of  7  nothing  is  stated.  Of  the  16  mothers  who 
were  lost,  5  of  their  children  only  were  saved  ;  9  were  dead,  1  much 
injured,  and  of  1  nothing  is  stated.     So  that, 

5.  In  the  latter  case,  16  mothers  were  sacrificed  to  save  5  children. 

6.  Again,  although  33  mothers  recovered,  yet  to  save  14  children  they 
paid  very  dearly  —  for  1  had  the  bladder  and  urethra  injured;  2  had 
incontinence  of  urine;  3  had  prolapsus  uteri.  In  1,  the  bones  of  the 
pelvis  exfoliated,  the  cervix  uteri  and  posterior  part  of  the  bladder  were 
gangrenous ;  and  several  were  endangered  by  the  operation,  whilst  of  a 
great  number  no  details  are  given. 

We  shall  now  examine  the  merits  of  the  operation  a  little  more 
minutely. 

573.  The  object  of  the  operation  is  to  increase  the  short  diameter  of  the 
pelvis,  by  the  enlargement  of  the  arch  formed  by  the  ossa  ilia  and  pubis, 
so  as  to  allow  of  the  passage  of  the  child  in  cases  where  it  must  other- 
wise have  been  extracted  through  an  artificial  opening ;  and  by  this  means 
afford  a  greater  chance  of  life,  both  to  the  mother  and  child. 

574.  The  nature  of  the  aid  afforded  is  easily  comprehended,  though 
the  amount  is  altogether  overrated  by  the  early  advocates  of  the  operation. 
The  cartilage  of  the  symphysis  pubis  being  divided,  the  pressure  of  the 
head,  or  the  assistance  of  the  operator,  may  separate  the  ossa  pubis,  at 
the  expense  of  some  of  the  sacro-iliac  ligaments ;  for  the  separation  of 
the  ossa  pubis  will  be  exactly  in  proportion  to  the  yielding  of  the  sacro-iliac 
synchondrosis ;  so  that,  if  the  latter  were  anchylosed,  the  operation  would 
fail  altogether. 

Again,  it  must  be  remembered,  that  owing  to  the  posterior  situation 
of  the  sacro-iliac  synchondroses,  the  space  gained  will  be  mainly  in  the 
oblique  diameter  of  the  pelvis;  next  to  this  in  the  transverse,  and  least  of 
all  in  the  antero-posterior  diameter. 

But  it  is  from  the  last  mentioned  diameter  being  too  short  that  the  diffi- 
culty exisi>,  and  therefore  upon  the  amount  gained  in  it,  depends  the  suc- 
cessful issue  of  the  operation. 

2  G 


374  SYMPHYSEOTOMY. 

The  entire  question  turns  upon  this  point.  If  by  the  separation  of  the 
ossa  pubis  so  much  space  be  gained  as  will  make  up  the  difference  between 
the  sacro-pubic  diameter  in  a  deformed  pelvis,  and  the  same  diameter  in  an 
ordinary  one,  then  t/ie  operation  is,  at  least  mechanically,  adapted  to  the 
object  in  view. 

Hence  it  is  very  important  to  ascertain  as  nearly  as  we  can,  how  much 
may  thus  be  added  to  the  antero-posterior  diameter.  We  know  from 
Sigault's  and  Le  Roi's  case,  that  the  ossa  pubis  may  be  separated  four 
inches :  how  much  will  this  increase  the  short  diameter  ? 

Dr.  Bentley,  in  his  dissertation,  quotes  the  experiments  of  Ripping  of 
Paris,  and  Lobstein  of  Strasburgh,  in  support  of  the  conclusion  that  the 
utmost  gain  by  the  operation  is  four  lines  in  the  short  diameter,  and  Dr. 
Aitken  says  half  an  inch. 

I  feel  satisfied  myself  that  half  an  inch  is  the  very  utmost  that  can  be 
gained,  except  by  such  violence  as  would  be  utterly  unjustifiable. 

But  then  Dr.  Leake  observes  that  the  head  will  press  into  the  opening, 
and  "  it  will  therefore  follow  that  as  much  of  the  occiput,  or  hind  head, 
as  is  intruded  into  an  aperture  at  the  pubis  of  two  inches  and  a  half,  so 
much  precisely  will  be  the  space  gained  by  this  operation,  and  super- 
added to  the  short  axis  of  the  pelvis  from  sacrum  to  pubis,  which  will  be 
equal  to  the  enlargement  from  side  to  side  —  the  circumstance  here  con- 
tended for." 

This  is  undoubtedly  ingenious,  but  not  quite  correct,  inasmuch  as  the 
long  diameter  of  the  head  at  the  upper  outlet  corresponds  with  one  of  the 
oblique  and  not  with  the  sacro-pubic  diameter;  so  that  the  occiput  would 
correspond  pretty  nearly  with  the  acetabulum,  and  the  tuber  parietale 
with  the  interval  between  the  ossa  pubis.  In  this  situation,  no  part  of  the 
head  could  pass  through  the  opening,  unless  the  operator  changed  its 
position.  Further,  Dr.  Osborn  has  justly  remarked,  that  this  pressing 
into  the  opening  would  be  at  the  expense  of  so  much  injury  to  the  bladder 
and  soft  parts,  as  would  render  the  operation  unjustifiable. 

575.  The  advantages  of  the  operation,  as  enumerated  by  its  sup- 
porters, are : 

1.  That  it  substitutes  an  operation  of  less  danger  for  the  Cesarean 
section ;  but,  this,  we  have  seen,  is  not  true,  for  although  1  in  3  of  the 
mothers  only  are  lost  by  it  (rather  less  than  by  the  CaBsarean  section),  yet 
those  who  recover  are  liable  to  accidents  which  fully  counterbalance  this 
slight  advantage. 

2.  That  it  affords  a  better  chance  of  saving  the  child ;  but  we  have 
seen  that  only  one-half  of  the  children  were  saved,  whilst  by  the  Csesarean 
section,  more  than  two-thirds  were  preserved. 

3.  That  it  is  a  less  painful  operation.  This  is  true  as  regards  the 
period  of  operating ;  but  if  the  period  of  convalescence  be  included, 
with  the  sequelae  which  occasionally  occur  with  each,  I  should  doubt  the 
fact. 

4.  "  The  section  of  the  pubes  which  allows  the  child  to  be  born  by 
the  natural  passage,  carries  not  with  it  those  ideas  of  cruelty  which  the 
Csesarean  operation  does,  where  the  patient  is,  as  it  were,  embowelled 
alive."  {Leake.) 

This  is  very  plausible  but  very  false  humanity. 

576.  The  objections  against  the  operation  are  to  my  mind  unanswer- 


SYMPHYSEOTOMY.  375 

able,  although  some  that  have  been  put  forward  as  such  have  been  refuted 
by  experience.     It  must  be  remembered  thai  the  operation  is  contem]  lated 

for  those  cases  in  which  the  C         ean  section  would  otherwise  be  neces- 
sary. 

1.  For  these  cases  the  operation  is  inadequate.  In  a  former  chapter, 
we  have  seen  that  the  Caesarean  operation  ought  not  to  be  performed  in 
any  case  where  the  antero-posterior  diameter  is  more  than  2  inches,  inas- 
much as  the  delivery  can  be  accomplished  by  a  less  hazardous  method. 
Now  as  the  Sigaultian  operation  adds  but  half  an  inch  (a1  the  utmost), 
this  would  increase  the  antero-posterior  diameter  to  2\  inches.  But  it 
has  been  ascertained  that  a  living  child  cannot  pass  through  a  pelvis  whose 
short  diameter  is  less  than  3  inches  ;  consequently,  the  Sigaultian  section 
cannot  avail  in  these  cases,  unless  craniotomy  be  superadded.  But  the 
mortality  of  the  two  would  be  greater  than  that  of  the  Csesarean  section, 
for  1  in  3  of  the  mothers  would  be  lost,  and  all  the  children,  by  the  com- 
bined operations ;  whereas  by  the  latter,  although  1  in  %\  of  the  mothers 
are  lost,  more  than  two-thirds  of  the  children  are  saved. 

2.  Even  if  the  space  gained  would  secure  the  delivery,  the  mortality 
of  mothers  and  children  would  not  justify  its  preference  to  the  Csesarean 
section  —  especially  if  we  take  into  account  the  sequelae. 

These  objections  appear  to  me  quite  conclusive  against  the  operation; 
but  as  others  have  been  adduced,  it  may  be  as  well  to  enumerate  them. 

3.  The  cartilage  of  the  symphysis  may  be  ossified  ;  which  will  render 
the  operation  impracticable,  even  after  it  has  been  commenced. 

4.  Great  injury  may  be  inflicted  by  the  knife  on  the  bladder  or  soft 
parts  within  the  pelvis. 

5.  Equal  injury  may  happen  from  the  violence  used  in  separating  the 
ossa  pubis. 

6.  The  soft  parts  may  be  injured  by  pressure  against  the  edges  of  the 
divided  ossa  pubis. 

7.  The  sacro-iliac  synchondroses  may  be  ruptured  past  remedy. 

8.  The  divided  cartilages  may  not  unite.  Experience,  however,  has 
shown  the  groundlessness  of  this  objection. 

9.  The  admission  of  external  air  may  excite  inflammation. 

These  latter  objections  have  of  course  a  certain  weight,  but  hardly  suf- 
ficient to  prohibit  the  operation,  if  it  were  adapted  for  the  cases  for  which 
it  has  been  proposed. 

But  there  is  another  class  of  cases  for  which  it  would  seem  at  first  sight 
more  suitable,  and  which  indeed  appear  to  have  been  contemplated,  by 
those  who  recommend  its  performance,  where  the  antero-posterior  diameter 
of  the  upper  outlet  is  three  inches.  I  mean  those  cases,  where  the  diffi- 
culty is  too  great  for  the  forceps,  and  in  which  (as  we  have  seen)  crani- 
otomy is  necessary.  Here  the  gain  of  half  an  inch  might  enable  a  living 
child  to  pass.  But  the  operation  is  objectionable  in  these  cases,  because 
of  the  results;  for,  independent  of  the  ill  consequences  to  those  who  re- 
cover, we  find  that  1  in  3  of  the  mothers  die,  and  only  half  of  the  children 
are  saved  ;  whilst,  although  all  the  children  are  sacrificed  by  craniotomy, 
only  1  in  5  of  the  mothers  die. 

And  it  must  also  be  borne  in  mind,  that  these  results  of  craniotomy 
have  occurred  under  more  unfavourable  circumstances  than  those  of  the 
Sigaultian  operation. 


376  SYMPHYSEOTOMY. 

577.  From  these  considerations,  I  trust  that  my  readers  will  agree  with 
me  in  the  following  conclusions : 

1.  That  the  Sigaultian  operation  is  undeserving  of  the  encomiums 
passed  upon  it,  inasmuch  as  it  offers  no  increased  chance  of  safety  to  the 
mother  or  child  —  the  statistics  of  the  cases  in  which  it  has  been  tried 
having  shown  that  1  in  3  of  the  former,  and  one-half  of  the  latter  are  lost ; 
besides  that  in  those  of  the  mothers  who  recover,  much  inconvenience  is 
experienced  from  the  sequelae  of  the  operation. 

2.  That  it  is  perfectly  inadmissible  as  a  substitute  for  the  Cesarean 
section,  because  the  utmost  space  gained  by  it  would  not  permit  the  child 
to  be  born  alive  in  any  case  in  which  the  Ceesarean  operation  ought  to  be 
contemplated  ;  and  if  the  child  must  in  addition  be  destroyed,  the  com- 
bined mortality  of  the  mothers  and  children  would  then  be  far  greater 
than  from  the  Ceesarean  operation. 

3.  That  it  is  equally  inadmissible  as  a  substitute  for  craniotomy  alone, 
in  cases  where  the  forceps  are  inadequate,  because  the  consequences  to 
the  mother  are  more  serious  from  it  than  from  craniotomy. 

578.  If,  as  I  believe,  these  conclusions  are  correct,  I  need  only  add  an 
account  of  the  mode  of  performing  the  operation,  not  as  a  model,  but  to 
complete  its  history.  Perhaps  the  best  mode  of  doing  this,  is  to  give  the 
account  of  one  of  M.  Sigault's  cases,  abridged  by  Dr.  Osborn. 

"  Mons.  Sigault,  with  a  common  bistoury,  cut  through  the  integuments 
and  linea  alba,  beginning  the  operation  at  the  upper  and  central  part  of 
the  symphysis  pubis  ;  then  introducing  his  fore-finger  as  a  director,  he  cut 
through  the  ligaments  and  cartilage ;  immediately  on  the  completion  of 
which,  the  two  ossa  pubis,  with  a  peculiar  noise,  spontaneously  separated 
two  inches  and  a  half:  this  was  demonstrable,  for  M.  Le  Roi  laid  his  four 
fingers  into  the  opening.  M.  Sigault  immediately  introduced  his  hand 
into  the  uterus,  broke  the  membranes,  and  brought  down  the  feet.  M. 
Le  Roi  accomplished  the  delivery.  The  whole  operation,  both  section 
and  delivery,  was  finished  in  five  minutes.  The  child  was  born  alive.  A 
ligature  was  passed  round  the  body  of  the  mother,  to  keep  the  pelvis  firm. 
The  patient  having  no  bad  symptoms,  was  left  till  the  next  day,  when 
every  circumstance  continued  favourable  ;  she  had  passed  her  urine  vo- 
luntarily twice,  there  had  been  no  hemorrhage,  and  she  had  suffered  little 
pain." 

Having  entered  thus  fully  upon  the  operations  proposed  for  the  relief 
of  the  previous  classes  of  unnatural  labour,  we  may  now  resume  the  con- 
sideration of  the  remaining  deviations  from  natural  labour. 


CHAPTER  XVI. 

PARTURITION.    CLASS  II.  UNNATURAL  LABOUR. 
ORDER  5.   MAL-POSITION  AND  MAL-PRESENTATION  OF  THE  CHILD. 

579.  We  have  already  investigated  those  cases  of  unnatural  labour 
which  arise  from  defective  uterine  power,  and  from  an  abnormal  condi- 
tion of  the  passages.  The  only  class  of  deviations  which  remains,  is  that 
which  is  caused  by  some  peculiarity  on  the  part  of  the  child.  In  these 
cases  we  assume  that  the  uterine  power  is  intact,  and  that  there  is  no  im- 
pediment in  the  passages.  The  difficulty  is  a  purely  mechanical  one  ; 
but  if  it  be  not  removed  after  a  certain  time,  the  constitution  is  involved, 
and  the  characteristics  which  we  noticed  in  powerless  labour,  present 
themselves.  Thus,  as  in  the  case  of  defective  passages,  that  which  at 
first  was  purely  local  and  mechanical,  involves  at  length  the  vital  powers 
and  the  constitution  of  the  patient. 

We  shall  first  notice  certain  mal-positions.  1.  Face  presentations,  as 
they  are  called  ;  and,  2,  those  cases  in  which  the  forehead  emerges  under 
the  arch  of  the  pubis. 

580.  Mal-position.  1.  Face  Presentations.  At  first  sight  it  may 
seem  strange  to  call  a  "  face  presentation  "  a  mal-position  ;  but  a  moment's 
thought  will  show  that  when  the  face  is  placed  across  the  upper  outlet,  it 
is  merely  because,  from  some  cause,  the  head  which  presented  has  devi- 
ated from  its  usual  mode  of  descent.  Dr.  F.  Ramsbotham  remarks,  "  I 
am  inclined  to  think  that  most  of  the  face  presentations  we  meet  with  in 
practice,  were  originally  brow  presentations,  and  have  been  changed  by 
the  action  of  the  uterus  in  the  way  I  have  already  specified."  In  face 
presentations  the  head  is  bent  backwards,  so  as  to  place  the  face  nearly 
flat  across  the  brim  of  the  pelvis  in  its  oblique  diameter. 

Fi<j.  122. 


2  G  2  (377) 


378 


MAL-POSITION   AND 


581.  Mechanism.  —  The  face  may  present  in  two  positions,  according 
as  the  forehead  is  towards  one  or  other  os  ilium.  In  the  first  position, 
the  forehead  is  towards  the  left  ilium,  or  rather  the  left  acetabulum,  and 
the  chin  towards  the  right  ilium,  or  right  sacro-iliac  synchondrosis,  the 
bridge  of  the  nose  representing  the  line  described  by  the  sagittal  suture  in 
the  first  cranial  position  (fig.  122).  The  right  side  of  the  face  is  anterior, 
and  being  anterior  is  more  depressed  than  the  other  upon  entering  the 
brim,  so  that,  on  making  an  examination,  the  finger  touches  the  right  eye 
or  the  zygoma,  and  upon  this  part  the  primary  tumour  forms.  M.  Naegele 
remarks  that  there  forms  "  a  swelling,  first  upon  the  upper  part  of  the 
right  half  of  the  face,  which  in  this  species  of  face  presentation  {first 
position)  is  always  situated  lowest."  If  the  progress  of  the  head  through 
the  external  passages  be  unusually  rapid,  this  is  the  only  tumefaction  ob- 
served ;  but  if  it  advance  slowly,  and  the  head  remain  a  long  time  in  the 
cavity  of  the  pelvis  before  it  actually  enters  the  vagina,  the  inferior  half 
of  the  right  side  of  the  face,  viz.  part  of  the  right  cheek,  will  be  remarked 
after  birth  as  being  the  principal  seat  of  the  swelling." 

The  head,  as  we  have  said,  enters  the  brim  obliquely  as  to  its  diameter 
and  plane,  and  thus  descends  into  the  cavity ; .  when  there,  the  chin 
makes  a  turn  from  right  to  left,  and  so  emerges  obliquely  under  the  arch 
of  the  pubis  (fig.  123),  whilst  the  vault  of  the  cranium  sweeps  over  the 
perineum. 

This  first  position  is  by  far  the  most  frequent. 

Fig.  123. 


The  second  position  is  the  reverse  of  the  first :  the  forehead  is  turned 
towards  the  right  acetabulum,  and  the  chin  to  the  left  sacro-iliac  syn- 
chondrosis (fig.  124).  The  primary  tumour  forms  on  the  upper  part  of 
the  left  cheek,  and  the  secondary  (if  there  be  two)  on  its  lower  part ;  the 
face  enters  the  cavity  obliquely,  and  so  emerges  from  the  outlet ;  but  the 
chin  makes  a  quarter  turn  from  left  to  right  anteriorly,  and  when  expelled 
is  under  the  arch  of  the  pubis,  whilst  the  head  sweeps  over  the  pelvis. 


MAL-PRESEXTATION    OF   THE    CHILD. 


179 


The  older  writers  describe  the  head  as  emerging  from  the  lower  outlet 
in  face  presentations,  with  the  chin  towards  the  perineum;  and  Dr. 
Smellie  has  given  a  plate  in  illustration  of  this.     A  moment's  examination 


Fig.  124. 


will  show  that  this  is  mechanically  impossible,  and  the  careful  observation 
of  Naegele  and  others  has  been  unable  to  detect  any  such  case. 
582.  Statistics.     1.   Frequency. 


a.  British  Practice. 

c.  German  Practice. 

Total 

Face 

Total 

Face 

Author. 

Number  of 

presen- 

Author. 

Number  of 

presen- 

Cases. 

tations. 

Cases. 

tations. 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke 

10,387 

44 

MM.  Moschner  anc 

Dr.  Merriman 

2,947 

10 

Kursak 

12,329 

122 

Dr.  Granville  . 

640 

1 

Dr.  Carus 

2,567 

24 

Dr.  S.  Cusack 

701 

3 

Dr.  A.  E.  v.  Siebol 

d           1,003 

10 

Dr.  Maunsell  . 

839 

7 

Dr.  E.  C.  v.  Siebol 

d 

4 

Mr.  Gregory  . 

691 

2 

Dr.  Kalian 

122 

Dr.  Thos.  Beatty     . 

1,184 

4 

Dr.  Merrem  . 

L57 

1 

Dr.  Collins      . 

16,414 

33 

Dr.  Naegeld  . 

11.-, 

4 

Mr.  Lever 

4,666 

24 

Dr.  Kluuv       . 

799 

6 

Dr.  Reid 

3,250 

16 

Dr.  lJinii.it ti 

100 

2 

Drs.  MM  lintock  and 

\h-.  Adelmann 

">7 

1 

Hardy 

6,634 

14 

Dr.  Jansen     . 

13,365 

15 

b.  French  I 

Practice. 

Mad.  Boivin    . 

20,r,i7 

71 

Mad.  Laehapelle     . 

15,662 

65 

M.  Ramboux  . 

191 

3 

M.  Dubois 

10,712 

30 

380  MAL-POSITION   AND 

Thus,  in  British  practice,  out  of  48,353  cases,  there  were  157  face 
presentations,  or  1  in  308 ;  among  the  French,  47,402  cases,  and  172 
face  presentations,  or  about  1  in  275^ ;  and  among  the  Germans,  40,368 
cases,  and  311  face  presentations,  or  about  1  in  129§ ;  the  whole  giving 
640  face  presentations  in  136,123  cases,  or  about  1  in  212^  cases. 

As  to  the  mode  of  delivery,  and  results  to  mothers  and  children,  I 
cannot  make  out  a  regular  table,  but  must  content  myself  with  such  scat- 
tered notices  as  I  have  been  able  to  obtain.  Mr.  Giffard  relates  4  cases : 
1  was  delivered  naturally,  and  3  with  the  forceps ;  neither  mothers  nor 
children  were  lost.  Dr.  Smellie  gives  19  cases :  3  delivered  naturally ; 
5  by  version ;  4  by  the  forceps,  and  5  by  craniotomy:  3  mothers  and  11 
children  were  lost. 

Mr.  Perfect  relates  8  cases :  1  delivered  naturally,  2  by  version,  4  by 
forceps,  and  1  by  craniotomy  :  none  of  the  mothers,  but  2  of  the  children 
were  lost. 

Dr.  Jos.  Clark  performed  craniotomy  twice  in  his  44  cases  ;  all  the  rest 
were  delivered  naturally. 

Dr.  Ramsbotham  has  recorded  3  cases :  2  delivered  by  the  forceps, 
and  1  by  craniotomy  ;  all  the  children  were  lost,  but  none  of  the  mothers. 

Dr.  Granville's  single  case  was  delivered  by  version. 

Dr.  Cusack's  3  cases  were  delivered  naturally ;  neither  mother  nor 
child  was  lost. 

Dr.  Collins'  33  cases  were  all  delivered  naturally  ;  the  mothers  were 
saved,  and  but  4  of  the  children  lost,  1  of  which  was  an  acephalous 
foetus. 

Of  Madame  Boivin's  74  cases,  wTe  are  informed  that  41  were  delivered 
naturally,  14  by  version,  and  2  by  craniotomy,  but  nothing  is  said  of  the 
mortality. 

Of  Madame  Lachapelle's  65  cases,  41  wTere  delivered  naturally,  20  by 
version,  and  4  by  the  crotchet ;  7  children  are  stated  to  have  been  lost. 

Of  Dr.  A.  E.  v.  Siebold's  10  cases,  6  were  delivered  by  the  forceps. 

Of  80  cases  under  the  care  of  Dr.  Boer  of  Vienna,  all  but  one  were 
delivered  without  assistance  ;  in  that  one  case  the  forceps  were  used. 
None  of  the  mothers  suffered,  and  3  or  4  of  the  children  only  were  lost.* 

Thus,  so  far  as  our  data  go,  out  of  344  cases,  248  were  delivered 
naturally,  and  77  required  artificial  assistance  (i.  e.  42  version,  20  forceps, 
and  15  craniotomy).  In  150  cases  where  the  result  to  the  mother  is 
given,  3  died,  or  1  in  50;  and  of  216  children,  14  were  lost,  and  15 
destroyed,  or  about  1  in  7. 

It  is  worthy  of  remark,  that  the  mortality  among  both  mothers  and 
children  is  greatest  when  assistance  was  given ;  for  of  Dr.  Collins'  33 
and  M.  Boer's  80  cases,  delivered  naturally,  none  of  the  mothers,  and 
but  7  of  the  children,  were  lost.  These  notices  show  also  the  change 
of  opinion  as  to  the  necessity  for  assistance. 

583.  Causes. — It  is  very  difficult  to  assign  correct  causes  for  this  mal- 
position. It  may  be  owing  to  some  shock,  coughing  for  instance,  or 
sudden  uterine  action,  just  before  the  head  takes  up  its  permanent  posi- 
tion at  the  brim. 

"  I  have  treated,"  says  Dr.  Huston,  in  a  note  to  a  former  edition,  "  seven  cases  of 
face  presentation ;  four  were  delivered  with  the  forceps,  one  with  the  vectis,  and  the 
others  without  assistance,  the  children  being  small.  The  mothers  all  recovered,  but 
two  of  the  children  were  still-born."  —  Editor. 


MAL-EEPRBSBNTATION    OF   THE   CHILD.  381 

Dr.  Simpson  attributes  mal-position  and  mal-presentations  generally  to 
the  following  causes  : — 

1.  Prematurity  of  the  labour;  parturition  occurring  before  the  natural 
position  of  the  foetus  is  established. 

2.  Death  of  the  child  in  utero  ;  or,  in  other  words,  the  loss  of  the 
adaptive  vital  retlex  actions  of  the  foetus. 

3.  Causes  altering  the  normal  shape  of  the  foetus  or  contained  body, 
or  causes  altering  the  normal  shape  of  the  uterus  or  containing  body,  and 
thus  forcing  the  foetus  to  assume,  in  its  reflex  movements,  an  unusual  po- 
sition in  order  to  adapt  itself  to  the  unusual  circumstances  in  which  it 
happens  to  be  placed. 

4.  Praeternatural  presentations  are  occasionally  the  result  of  causes 
physically  displacing  either  the  whole  foetus  or  its  presenting  part,  during 
the  latter  periods  of  gestation  or  at  the  commencement  of  labour. 

584.  Diagnosis.  —  "  The  presentation  of  the  face,"  says  Dr.  Denman, 
"  is  discovered  by  the  general  inequalities  of  the  presenting  part,  or  by 
the  distinction  of  the  particular  parts,  as  the  eyes,  nose,  mouth,  or  chin." 
There  is  no  very  great  difficulty  in  making  out  this  presentation  before 
tumefaction  takes  place  ;  but  afterwards  it  may  be  mistaken  for  the  breech, 
unless  we  are  very  careful.  The  bridge  of  the  nose  will  be  the  best 
guide,  as  being  prominent,  firm,  and  unlike  any  part  of  the  breech.  The 
eyes  or  mouth  may  be  confounded  with  the  anus,  and  the  malar  bone  with 
the  tuber-ischii. 

585.  Symptoms.  —  The  only  effect  which  a  face  presentation  has  upon 
labour  is  to  retard  the  second  stage,  but  not  to  such  an  extent,  or  very 
rarely,  as  to  give  rise  to  unfavourable  symptoms.  The  resistance  to  be 
overcome  is  greater,  because  the  bones  of  the  face  and  base  of  the  cranium 
which  pass  the  first  through  the  brim,  cavity,  and  outlet  are  incompressi- 
ble, and  because  there  is  not  the  same  power  of  adaptation  ;  but  the  im- 
pediment only  calls  forth  more  energetic  action  on  the  part  of  the  uterus, 
and  we  perceive  that  the  progress  of  the  labour,  if  slow,  is  still  evident. 
The  suffering,  of  course,  is  more  severe,  as  well  as  more  prolonged. 

The  child  when  born  is  a  frightful  object  in  most  cases ;  one  eye  closed, 
and  the  half  or  the  entire  of  one  cheek-swollen,  red,  and  contused  ;  but 
these  injuries  speedily  pass  away,  and  in  a  day  or  two  the  face  assumes 
its  ordinary  aspect.  I  should  mention,  that  if  a  rough  and  careless 
examination  of  the  presenting  part  be  made  in  these  cases,  the  eye  may 
be  seriously  damaged,  or  even  destroyed.  The  mortality  amongst  the 
children  is  rather  more  than  in  head  presentations,  but  less  than  in  any 
other  mal-presentation. 

If,  as  is  very  rarely  the  case,  the  delay  should  be  excessive,  the 
symptoms  of  powerless  labour  (§  413)  will  be  developed,  and  will  call 
for  prompt  relief. 

586.  Treatment. — Formerly,  when  this  mal-position  was  regarded 
as  an  unnatural  presentation,  it  was  held  necessary  or  advisable  to  deliver 
the  patient  by  art  without  loss  of  time,  as  appears  from  the  statistical 
results  of  the  operation.  M.  Portal  appears  to  have  been  the  first  to  sus- 
pect that  nature  might  be  adequate  to  the  delivery,  and  Deleurye  concurred 
in  this  opinion.  M.  Boer,  in  1793,  objected  to  any  interference  ;  and  of 
late  years  it  has  been  established  as  a  rule,  that  assistance  is  unnecessary 
merely  on  account  of  the  mal-position.     If  there  should  be  any  dispro- 


382 


MAL-POSITIOX   AND 


portion  between  the  size  of  the  head  and  the  pelvis,  or  the  pains  should 
become  insufficient,  or  accidental  complications  occur,  then  of  course  we 
must  have  recourse  to  the  mildest  form  of  assistance.  If  within  reach,  the 
forceps  will  probably  be  the  best  instrument. 

In  ordinary  cases  we  must  keep  up  the  courage  of  the  patient,  and 
exercise  all  our  own  patience  and  kindness  until  the  delivery  be  effected. 

If  there  be  a  difficulty  in  establishing  respiration,  after  the  birth  of 
the  child,  as  from  the  cerebral  congestion  there  may  be,  the  cord  must  be 
divided,  and  an  ounce  or  two  of  blood  allowed  to  escape,  previously 
to  applying  the  ligature. 

The  child's  face  may  be  fomented  with  a  decoction  of  chamomile 
flowers  or  poppy  heads,  and  afterwards  bathed  frequently  with  a  spirit 
lotion. 

587.  2.  The  forehead  towards  the  arch  of  the  pubis. — When 
describing  the  mechanism  of  parturition,  it  was  stated,  that  when  the  head 
presents  in  the  third  or  fourth  position,  it  ordinarily  changes  into  the 

Fig.  125. 


second  or  first  in  its  passage  through  the  pelvis,  but  that  occasionally, 
this  change  of  position  does  not  take  place,  and  that  the  head  then  passes 
down  through  the  lower  outlet,  with  the  forehead  turned  obliquely  under 
the  arch  of  the  pubis.  When  there,  the  head  may  be  forced  equally 
down,  if  there  be  room,  presenting  the  longitudinal  diameter  (a  little 
modified)  to  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  lower  outlet,  or  the 
forehead  may  remain  stationary  at  the  pubis,  whilst  the  posterior  part  of 
the  head  sweeps  over  the  perineum. 


MAL-PRESENTATION    OF    THE    CHILD. 


383 


588.  Statistics.  —  Frequency. 


Auth 

Total  Pfo  of  ' 

Forehead  to  Pubis. 

Dr.  Bland                                  

1,897 

640 

303 

849 

16,414 

6,634 

5 

44 
2 
2 
7 

12 
i:> 

Dr.  Granville 

Dr.  Cusack 

Dr.  Maunsell 

Dr.  Collins 

Drs.  M'Clintock  and  Bardy 

Thus,  in  29,684  cases,  the  face  was  turned  to  the  pubis  87  times,  or 
about  1  in  34~.\ 

Ajs  to  the  result  to  the  child ;  of  22  cases  where  the  result  is  specified, 
9  were  lost. 

589.  Causes. — It  is  not  easy  to  explain  why  the  ordinary  change  does 
not  take  place.  I  have  observed  that  it  may  be  prevented  if  the  pelvis  be 
somewhat  narrower  than  usual,  and  especially  if  it  be  funnel-shaped  : 
also,  if  the  pelvis  be  disproportionately  large,  as  due  resistance  will  then 
be  wanting ;  and  lastly,  if  very  violent  pains  come  on  suddenly  just  after 
the  head  has  entered  the  brim.  It  is  probable  that  other  causes  may  pro- 
duce similar  effects,  but  they  are  not  so  easily  detected. 

590.  Diagnosis.  —  The  mal-position  will  be  detected  by  the  flatter 
shape  of  the  forehead,  which  does  not  fill  up  the  arch  of  the  pubis  so  well 
as  the  posterior  part  of  the  head  ;  and  especially  by  the  situation  of  ttae 
fontanelles,  the  large  one  being  anterior,  and  the  smaller  one  posterior. 

591.  Symptoms. — The  effects  of  this  mal-position  upon  labour  in  its 
second  stage  are  by  no  means  serious ;  in  ordinary  cases  it  causes  some 
delay  at  the  latter  part  of  it,  and  calls  for  more  expulsive  force  ;  but  the 
effort  is  successful,  and  the  child  is  expelled.  If,  however,  the  pelvis  be 
narrower  than  usual,  it  may  offer  a  considerable  impediment,  as  a  larger 
diameter  is  presented  to  the  lower  outlet  than  in  the  usual  position. 

The  effect  upon  the  child  is  generally  of  no  moment,  unless  the  pelvis 
be  so  deficient  as  to  require  an  operation. 

592.  Treatment. — If  the  pelvis  be  not  smaller  than  usual,  there  is  no 
assistance  necessary ;  and,  if  we  suspect  a  narrowing,  still  sufficient  time 
must  be  allowed  to  prove  whether  the  relative  disposition  be  such  as  the 
natural  agents  can  overcome.  If  it  be  not,  then,  after  a  due  and  careful 
estimate  of  the  obstacle,  we  must  determine  whether  there  is  room  for  the 
application  of  the  forceps,  or  whether  the  only  alternative  is  craniotomy. 
In  some  few  cases  the  forceps  may  be  necessary  from  a  failure  of  the 
uterine  power.  The  time  for  operating  must  be  determined  by  the  amount 
of  the  obstacle,  and  the  symptoms  present. 

593.  Mal-preskntations. — Having  taken  the  presentation  of  the  head 
as  a  type  of  natural  labour,  we  must  include  the  presentation  of  any  other 
part  of  the  body  under  the  class  of  mal-presentations.  If  we  were  to 
follow  implicitly  Baudelocque,  and  other  foreign  authorities,  there  is 
scarcely  any  part  of  the  body  which  may  not  present ;  but  Denman,  La- 
chapelle,  and  Naegete  consider  that  such  regions  as  the  back,  loins,  belly, 
neck,  &c.,  never  constitute  the  presenting  part. 

Taking  the  presentations  in  the  order  of  their  frequency,  we  shall  now 
inquire  into 
25 


384  MAL-POSITION    AND 

1.  Breech  presentations,  1  in  52. 

2.  Presentations  of  the  inferior  extremities,  1  in  92|-. 

3.  "  of  the  superior  extremities,  1  in  261^. 

4.  Compound  presentations,  where  two  or  more  parts  present  at  the 
brim. 

594.  Presentation  of  the  Breech. — The  breech  may  present  itself 
at  the  brim  in  different  positions ;  but  as  it  enters  it  will  be  found  to 
arrange  itself  so  that,  1,  the  back  of  the  child  is  turned  anteriorly  towards 
the  belly  of  the  mother;  or,  2,  the  back  of  the  child  shall  look  posteriorly 
to  the  back  of  the  mother.  Not  that  the  back  of  the  child  is  directly 
anterior  or  posterior,  but  oblique;  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  child's 
hips  corresponding  to  one  or  other  of  the  oblique  diameters  of  the  brim. 

"In  every  case,"  observed  M.  Naegele,  "whether  the  nates  have  at 
first  a  completely  transverse  or  oblique  direction,  they  will  always  be 
found,  on  pressing  lower  into  the  superior  aperture  of  the  pelvis,  to  have 
taken  an  oblique  position,  and  that  ischium  which  is  directed  anteriorly  to 
stand  the  lowest.  They  pass  through  the  entrance,  cavity,  and  outlet  of 
the  pelvis  in  this  position,  which  is  oblique  both  as  to  its  transverse 
diameter  as  well  as  to  its  axis." 

Thus,  in  the  first  and  most  frequent  position,  the  left  ischium  cor- 
responds to  the  left  acetabulum,  and,  being  anterior,  it  is  depressed,  and 
presents  at  the  os  uteri,  so  that  the  finger  impinges  upon  it  if  it  be  passed 
into  the  centre  of  the  os  uteri.  In  this  oblique  position  the  breech 
descends  into  the  cavity,  and  this  part  first  passes  through  the  vaginal 
orifice,  and  appears  between  the  labia ;  whilst  the  other  ischium  sweeps 
over  the  perineum,  and  the  belly  of  the  child  is  towards  the  inner  surface 

Fig.  126. 


of  the  right  thigh  of  the  mother.  "  The  rest  of  the  trunk,"  according  to 
the  admirable  description  of  the  author  just  quoted,  "  follows  in  this  posi- 
tion ;  and  as  the  breech  approaches  the  inferior  aperture  of  the  pelvis,  the 
shoulders  pass  through  its  superior  aperture  in  the  left  oblique  diameter ; 


MAL-PRESEXTATIOX    OF    Tin-:    CHILD. 


and  during  its  passage  (viz.  the  breast)  through  the  pelvic  outlet,  the  arms 
and  elbows,  which  were  pressed  against  it,  are  born  at  the  same  moment.'3 
It  is  not  always  the  case  that  the  arms  are  pressed  close  to  the  side  of  the 

child,  one  or  both   may  be  stretched  out   above  the  head,  and  then,  as 

labour  advances,  first  one  will  be  pressed  through  the  orifice  (gen 

the  right),  and  then  the  other,  or  it  ma)  be  necessary  to  draw  them  down. 

"  But  whilst  the  shoulders  are  descending  in  th<  1  ob- 

lique position,  the  head,  which  during  the  whole  of  die  labour 

rests  with  its  chin  upon  its  breast,  presses  into  the  superior  aperture  in  the 
direction  of  the  right  oblique  diameter  (viz.  with  the  forehead  correspond- 
ing to  the  right  sacro-iliac  synchondrosis),  and  then  into  the  cavity  of  the 
pelvis  in  the  same  direction,  or  one  more  approaching  the  conjugate  dia- 
meter. After  this,  it  presses  through  the  external  passage  and  the  labia 
in  such  a  manner,  that  while  the  occiput  rests  against  the  os  pubis,  the 
point  of  the  chin,  followed  by  the  rest  of  the  face,  sweeps  over  the  peri- 
neum as  the  head  turns  on  its  lateral  axis  from  below  upwards."  This 
brings  the  occipito-frontal  diameter  of  the  head  in  correspondence  with 
the  long  diameter  of  the  outlet. 

In  the  second  position,  the  right  ischium,  corresponding  to  the  right 
acetabulum,  is  turned  forward  and  depressed,  passing  obliquely  through 
the  cavity  and  outlet  in  the  former  case,  but  with  the  direction  of  its  sur- 
face reversed  ;  its  anterior  surface  being  directed  towards  the  left  side  of 
the  pelvis  and  left  thigh  of  the  mother,  whilst  the  head  enters  in  the  left 
oblique  diameter. 

The  tumour  (marked  by  a  red  or  livid  spot)  will  be  found  on  the  kit 
or  right  ischium,  according  as  it  was  the  first  or  second  position. 

Fig.  127. 


595.  M.  Naegelehas  noticed  two  deviations  from  the  ordinary  mechan- 
ism of  breech  cases  which  I  shall  give  in  his  own  words.  First  :  "  It 
sometiic.es  happens  that  the  body,  which,  directed  with  its  anterior  surface 
forwards  and  to  the  right,  or  forwards  and  to  the  left,  is  born  as  far  as  the 
shoul  tself  then  (and  frequently  durum  the  course  of  a  single 

pain,  by  which  it  is  fully  expelled)  from  the  side  completely  forwards,  and 

2b 


386 


MAL-POSITIOX   AND 


then  to  the  opposite  side,  so  that  the  anterior  surface  of  the  child,  which 
for  instance  in  the  first  case,  was,  before  the  pain  came  on,  still  directed 
forwards  and  to  the  right,  will  be  afterwards  instantly,  in  the  twinkling  of 
an  eye,  situated  backwards  and  to  the  left."  Dr.  Collins  has  noticecfthis 
change  as  rendering  the  interference  recommended  by  some  authors  un- 
necessary. 

596.  The  second  deviation  is  thus  described  by  Naegele.  "It  some- 
times happens  in  presentations  of  the  nates,  that  the  head  does  not  rest 
with  the  chin  upon  the  breast ;  but  the  occiput,  as  in  those  of  the  face,  is 
pressed  against  the  nape  of  the  neck ;  in  this  case  the  passage  of  the 
breech  through  the  pelvis,  according  to  which  species  of  nates  presenta- 
tion it  may  be,  follows  in  the  manner  already  described,  as  far  as  the 
head ;  this,  with  the  occiput  depressed  on  the  nape  of  the  neck,  enters 
the  superior  aperture  with  the  vertex  corresponding  to  one  or  other  ilium 
of  the  mother,  and  in  passing  through  it,  and  pressing  lower  into  the 
cavity  of  the  pelvis,  the  vertex  gradually  turns  more  and  more  back- 
Fig.  128. 


wards,  so  that  when  the  trunk  is  born,  the  arch  of  the  cranium  is  directed 
to  the  hollow  of  the  sacrum,  and  the  inferior  surface  of  the  under  jaw  to 
the  internal  one  of  the  symphysis  pubis.  The  passage  through  the  infe- 
rior aperture'  takes  place  in  the  following  way,  viz.  whilst  the  under  jaw 
presses  with  its  inferior  surface  against  the  os  pubis,  the  point  of  the  oc- 
ciput, with  the  vertex,  followed  by  the  forehead,  sweeps  first  over  the 
perineum."  Thus  bringing  the  occipito-mental  diameter  of  the  head  into 
apposition  with  the  anteroposterior  diameter  of  the  outlet. 

597.  Thus,  as  I  observed  in  speaking  of  the  passage  of  the  head, 
whether  we  consider  the  ordinary  or  extraordinary  adaptation  of  the  dia- 
meters in  breech  presentations,  we  see  at  once  the  admirable  way  in  which 
the  arrangements  are  calculated  to  provide  for  the  passage  of  the  child 
with  the  least  possible  waste  of  space ;  and  it  may  convince  us  that  in  far 
more  cases  than  we  should  d,  priori  suppose,  nature  is  adequate  to  the  ful- 
filment of  the  functions  of  parturition  ;  and  interference,  when  injudicious, 
Is  more  likely  to  impede  than  to  further  her  efforts. 


MAL-PRESENTATION    OF    THE    CHILD. 
598.   Statistics.     1.  Frequency. 


387 


a.  British  1' met  ice. 

b.   French  Prtu 

Auth  ire. 

Total  So. 

Ol    i 

Br<  ■■>  a 
presenta- 
tions. 

Authors 

•  So. 

of  < 

Breech 

uta- 

Dr.  Bland  .    .     . 

1,897 

36 

Mad.  Boivin  . 

l'm.:,  17 

373 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke  . 

10,387 

61 

Mad.  Lachapelle 

>           16,652 

349 

Dr.  Merriman     . 

2,947 

78 

M.  Ramboux 

r.'i 

4 

Dr.  Granville 

640 

2 

M.  Dubois      . 

10.742 

391 

Edin.    Lying-in   i 
Hospital     .      j 

2,452 

17 

Hdtel  Dieu,  Paris,             280 

3 

M.  Mazzoni    . 

152 

5 

Dr.  Cusack    . 

701 

14? 

Dr.  Maunsell 
Mr.  Gregory . 

Dr.  Collins     .     . 

416 

691 

6 
14 

16,414 

242 

c.    German  Fractice. 

Dr.  Beatty     .     . 
Mr.  Lever      .     . 
Dr.  Reid  .     .     . 

1,182 
4,666 

3,250 

28 
59 

79 

M.  Richter    . 
Moschner    and 
Kursak  . 

2,571 
(        12,329 

48 

125 

Mr.  Warrington . 

110 

4 

Mr.  French    . 

89 

2 

A.  E.  v.  Siebold 

1,944 

44 

Dr.  Churchill      . 

1,525 

35 

E.  C  v.  Siebold 

1,165 

18 

Drs.  M'Clintock  ) 

and  Hardy  .     £ 

M.  Kilian 

2,350 

125 

6,634 

101 

M.  Naegele 

1,411 

76 

Dr.  Merrem 

299 

14 

Dr.  Ilenne 

555 

6 

Dr.  Kluge 

1,074 

27 

Dr.  Carus 

2,908 

43 

Dr.  Brunatti 

■2  '.'5 

6 

Dr.  Theys      . 

28 

1 

Dr.  Adelmann 

53 

2 

Thus  in  British  practice,  breech  presentation  occurred  768  times  in 
54,001  cases,  or  about  1  in  70  ;  in  French  practice  1125  times  in  48,134 
cases,  or  about  1  in  42J  ;  and  in  German  practice  535  times  in  26,982 
cases,  or  about  1  in  50J  ;  the  entire  number  of  breech  presentations  being 
243S  in  129,117  cases,  or  about  1  in  52. 

The  following  table  exhibits  the  result  to  the  child  in  as  many  cases  as 
I  could  collect : 


Authors. 

No.  of  Broeeh 
Presentations. 

Children  lost. 

Mr.  Giffard 

18 

4 

Dr.  Smellie 

27 

16 

Mr.  Perfect     . 

9 

2 

Dr.  .'"-.  Clarke 

61 

21 

Dr.  Ram8botham 

14 

i 

Dr.  Merriman 

79 

9 

Edinburgh  Bospital 

17 

5 

Mr.  Gregory   . 

11 

1 

Dr.  Collins      . 

HIl' 

7M 

Dr.  Beatty 

28 

12 

Mr.  Lever 

59 

30 

Dr.  Churchill  . 

36 

14 

Drs.  M'Clintock  and  Eardy 

80 

18 

388  MAL-POSITION    AND 

Thus  in  678  cases  of  breech  presentation  195  children  were  lost,  or 
about  1  in  31. 

599.  Diagnosis.  —  The  breech  of  the  child  is  distinguished  by  its 
roundness  and  softness,  by  the  cleft  between  the  buttocks,  by  the  anus, 
and  by  the  organs  of  generation  ;  and  it  would  seem  unlikely  that  it  should 
be  mistaken  for  anything  else.  Yet  it  may  be  confounded  with  a  face 
presentation  which  has  advanced  slowly,  and  where  there  is  much  swell- 
ing ;  to  the  touch  there  is  really  a  great  similarity,  but  in  the  latter  we  have 
the  bridge  of  the  nose  obliquely  across  the  os  uteri,  and  in  the  latter  the 
more  or  less  moveable  coccyx  may  be  felt  close  to  the  anus,  and  joining 
the  broader  and  firm  sacrum.  This  will  also  distinguish  it  from  shoulder 
presentations,  which  might  be  mistaken  for  the  tubera  ischii. 

The  discharge  of  meconium  is  of  very  little  value,  as  it  occurs  in  head 
presentations,  although  in  the  latter  case  Dr.  Collins  remarks,  "  it  comes 
away  in  a  more  fluid  state,  and  has  not  its  natural  appearance,  being  mixed 
with  the  discharges  from  the  uterus  and  vagina." 

600.  Symptoms.  —  The  duration  of  the  labour  varies  a  good  deal ;  in 
some  cases  it  is  concluded  as  quickly  as  if  the  head  descended,  in  others 
it  is  more  tedious  ;  there  is  more  delay  when  the  arms  are  stretched  up- 
wards than  when  they  are  down  by  the  side.  There  is  also  delay  in  the 
expulsion  of  the  head,  owing  to  the  incompressibility  of  the  base  of  the 
skull,  which  is  the  first  to  enter,  and  its  being  less  able  to  adapt  itself  to 
the  brim. 

It  is  very  seldom  that  any  bad  symptoms  arise  on  the  part  of  the  mother, 
as  assistance  is  generally  afforded  ;  but  there  is  danger  that  mischief  may 
be  done,  if  the  interference  be  not  judiciously  timed,  and  gently  executed. 
If  there  be  any  narrowing  of  the  brim,  there  will  be  proportionate  delay ; 
and  if  the  patient  be  not  delivered,  the  symptoms  of  powerless  labour  may 
be  developed. 

That  there  is  danger  to  the  child,  the  statistics  I  have  given  prove  ;  more 
than  one  in  four  being  lost,  and  this  is  owing  to  the  delay  in  the  transmis- 
sion of  the  head.  The  body  does  not  dilate  the  passages  so  well  as  the 
head,  as  the  head  is  wider  than  any  part  of  the  body.  This  of  course 
occasions  the  head  to  pass  slowly ;  but  besides,  a  little  time  is  required  to 
allow  of  the  adaptation  of  the  head  to  the  brim,  cavity,  and  outlet,  and 
for  such  compression  as  can  be  made  ;  and  as  during  this  time  the  cord 
is  exposed  to  pressure,  it  is  not  surprising  that  asphyxia  or  pulmonary 
apoplexy  should  result,  of  which  the  child  generally  dies. 

Even  where  the  life  of  the  child  is  saved,  the  pressure  to  which  the 
organs  of  generation  have  been  exposed  may  be  followed  by  inflammation 
and  sloughing,  according  to  Denman. 

601.  Treatment.  —  A  very  minute  and  thorough  examination  is  neces- 
sary in  these  cases,  to  assure  ourselves  of  the  accuracy  of  our  diagnosis ; 
but  this  once  done,  the  less  frequent  the  examinations  are  renewed  the 
better,  lest  the  parts  should  be  irritated.  As  to  the  actual  management,  I 
must  repeat  what  I  have  said  before,  that  the  less  interference  the  better 
for  the  patient.  Dr.  Collins  remarks  most  soundly,  "  the  most  common 
and  dangerous  error  committed  by  the  medical  attendant  arises  from  offi- 
cious and  injudicious  attempts  to  hasten  or  assist  during  the  early  stages  of 
labour,  than  which  he  could  not  well  adopt  a  more  hazardous  course.  No 
interference  whatever  is  required,  until  the  breech  shall  have  been  expelled 


MAL-PPiESENTATION    OF    THE    CHILD. 


389 


through  the  external  pads,  unless  the  uterine  action  be  inadequate  to  effect 
this  ;  otherwise  the  child  must  often  be  forfeited,  owing  to  difficulty  expe- 
rienced in  consequence  of  the  soft  parts  being  badly  prepared  to  admit 
the  passage  of  the  head.  This  being  the  most  critical  part  of  the  delivery, 
should  much  delay  take  place,  the  continued  pressure  on  the  funis  speed- 
ily deprives  the  child  of  life.  To  guard  against  this,  therefore,  the  breech 
should  be  permitted  to  pass  slowly  and  unassisted,  so  as  gradually  and 
perfectly  to  dilate  the  soft  parts,  thereby  greatly  facilitating  the  completion 
of  the  labour." 

At  the  same  time  as  the  breech  passes,  the  perineum  must  be  carefully 
guarded  (§  348)  with  the  left  hand,  whilst  the  right  is  employed  in  sup- 
porting the  child  as  it  is  expelled,  and  carrying  it  forwards  and  downwards 
towards  the  legs  of  the  mother,  allowing  it  perfect  liberty  to  change  its 
position  or  make  such  turns  as  the  mechanism  may  impress  upon  it.  It 
will  rarely  if  ever  be  necessary  for  us  to  attempt  to  adapt  the  child  to  the 
passages,  as  we  have  seen  (§  595)  that  even  when  the  head  is  in  an  appa- 
rently unfavourable  position  at  the  brim,  it  rectifies  itself  in  the  cavity. 
What  we  must  do,  is  to  offer  no  impediment  to  their  changes. 

When  the  umbilicus  appears  at  the  external  orifice,  the  danger  from 
pressure  on  the  funis  commences  ;  the  cord  should  be  drawn  down  a  little, 
and  removed  as  much  as  possible  out  of  the  way  of  pressure.  The 
strength  of  the  pulsations  is  an  important  guide  as  to  the  necessity  for 
assistance ;  if  they  be  strong,  we  can  allow  time  for  the  natural  powers  to 

Fig.  129. 


act ;  if,  on  the  contrary,  they  be  very  weak,  we  must  expedite  the  delivery 
as  much  as  possible,  consistent  with  the  safety  of  the  mother,  by  drawing 
down  the  body  of  the  child  during  a  pain. 

When  the  chest  is  through  the  external  parts,  the  arms  may  oiler  a  dif- 
ficulty ;  if  they  be  close  to  the  side  of  die  child,  we  shall  have  no  trouble, 

2  ii  2 


390  MAL-POSITION    AND 

but  if  above  the  side  of  the  head,  they  must  be  brought  down  by  passing 
one  or  two  fingers  over  the  shoulder  as  near  as  possible  to  the  elbow,  and 
then  drawing  it  across  the  face  and  chest  until  the  elbow  arrives  at  the 
external  orifice :  having  extracted  one,  the  other  is  easily  liberated,  and 
it  is  generally  easier  to  begin  with  the  one  nearest  the  perineum.  Great 
care  must  be  taken  not  to  draw  directly  downwards,  or  we  may  break  the 
arm,  but  across  the  front  of  the  child,  and  neither  violently  nor  suddenly, 
or  much  mischief  may  be  done  to  the  soft  passages. 

When  the  arms  are  free,  the  shoulders  will  pass  out,  and  the  head  of 
the  child  will  take  up  its  position  at  the  brim  in  the  manner  described, 
but  here  there  is  a  considerable  delay.  If  there  be  no  demand  for  prompt 
delivery,  and  the  cord  pulsate  strongly,  it  is  better  not  to  interfere,  and 
when  the  head  is  in  the  cavity,  two  fingers  of  the  left  hand  may  be  intro- 
duced and  placed  in  the  mouth  or,  what  is  better,  on  the  upper  jaw,  which, 
for  many  reasons,  is  more  suitable  than  the  lower,  as  usually  recommended, 
and  pressure  made  so  as  to  depress  the  chin  upon  the  breast ;  thus  pre- 
senting a  shorter  diameter  of  the  head  to  the  lower  outlet,  and  facilitating 
the  expulsion  of  the  head.  The  body  of  the  child  should  be  carried  for- 
ward to  the  thighs  of  the  mother,  and  extracting  force,  varying  in  amount 
according  the  exigency  of  the  case,  applied  to  the  shoulders,  in  the 
diameter  of  the  axis  of  the  lower  outlet.  "  In  some  few  cases,"  Dr. 
Collins  says,'"  advantage  is  derived  from  pushing  up  the  head  a  little,  so 
as  to  alter  its  position."  This  manoeuvre,  when  dexterously  executed, 
will  generally  extricate  the  head  with  ease  and  promptitude  if  the  patient 
have  had  children.  In  these  cases  it  is  peculiarly  necessary  that  pressure 
should  be  applied  over  the  uterus  from  the  time  that  the  chest  is  expelled, 
in  order  to  secure  the  regular  expulsion  of  the  after-birth. 

602.  But  if  the  uterine  power  should  fail  (as  in  powerless  labour),  or 
any  circumstances  demand  speedy  delivery  before  the  breech  is  expelled, 
one  or  two  fingers  should  be  passed  into  the  groin,  and  assistance  gently 
and  steadily  afforded  during  a  pain.  The  blunt  hook  is  frequently  used 
for  this  purpose,  but  it  has  serious  disadvantages,  and  if  used  incautiously, 
the  thigh  of  the  child  may  be  fractured.  After  the  breech  is  born,  we 
may  extract  by  grasping  the  body  of  the  child,  covered  with  a  napkin  ; 
and  let  me  impress  upon  my  junior  readers,  that  extracting  force  to  be 
successful  (not  to  say  safe)  must  always  be  made  in  the  axis  of  the  brim 
or  outlet  at  whichever  part  the  resistance  may  be. 

In  some  cases,  however,  the  head  is  not  so  easily  extracted,  and  I  per- 
fectly agree  with  Dr.  Collins  that  "  should  there  be  any  considerable  ob- 
struction to  the  getting  away  of  the  head,  we  are  by  no  means  justified 
in  using  violence ;  the  soft  parts  of  the  mother  will  be  sure  to  suffer  from 
such  a  mode  of  proceeding,  and  on  the  child's  part,  nothing  is  to  be 
gained  ;  as  it  is  destroyed  by  pressure  on  the  funis,  continued  during  the 
time  the  ordinary  efforts  have  been  diligently  but  unsuccessfully  employed 
for  its  delivery."  If  the  pulsation  in  the  cord  have  ceased,  "  the  only  safe 
plan  under  these  circumstances,  will  be  to  lessen  the  head  by  means  of 
an  opening  made  behind  one  or  both  ears."  If  the  pulsation  be  good,  it 
will  be  worth  while  trying  the  forceps,  provided  they  can  be  introduced 
without  difficulty  ;  but  we  must  remember  that  we  cannot  in  these  cases 
gain  much  space  by  compression,  because  we  grasp  the  base  of  the  skull. 

603.  2.  Presentation  of  the  inferior  extremities.  —  Under  this 
head  I  include  presentations  of  one  or  both  of  the  knees  or  feet,  as  the 


MAL-PRESENTATION   OF   THE    I  ITILD. 


391 


former  are  always  converted  into  footling  cases  as  the  laboui  advances. 
In  point  of  frequency  tney  stand  next  to  breech  presentations. 

604.  Mechanism. — Adopting  N  egete's  arrangement,  we  shall  make 
but  two  divisions  of  this  mal-presentation.     1.  When  the  toes  are  directed 


Fig,  130. 


backwards,  and  2,  when  the  toes  are  directed  forwards.  The  former  is 
tile  more  frequent,  and  both  correspond  to  the  two  classes  of  breech  pre- 
sentations. 

As  we  should  expect,  the  feet,  meeting  with  no  resistance  to  fix  them, 
are  liable  to  change  their  position  during  their  descent  until  the  hips  enter 

Fig.  131. 


392 


MAL-POSITION    AND 


the  brim,  which  they  do  precisely  as  was  described  in  breech  cases  (§  594). 
In  fact,  in  its  further  progress,  the  case  is  identical  with  breech  cases,  and 
the  description  already  given  will  serve  as  well  for  footling  cases,  on 
which  account  I  need  not  repeat  it. 

The  expulsion  of  the  body  of  the  child  may  be  more  rapid,  owing  to 
the  absence  of  the  additional  bulk  of  the  thigh  when  doubled  up  on  the 
abdomen,  but  it  is  just  so  much  the  less  safe  for  the  child. 

605.  Statistics.     1.  Frequency. 


.... 

a.  British  Practice. 

b.  French  Practice. 

Total 

Pres.  of 

Total 

Pres.  of 

Author. 

Number  of 

Inferior 

Author. 

Number  of 

Inferior 

Cases. 

Extr. 

Cases. 

Extr. 

Dr.  Bland 

1,897 

18 

Mad.  Boivin    . 

20,517 

242 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke 

10,387 

184 

Mad.  Lachapelle     . 

15,652 

247 

Dr.  Granville  . 

640 

3 

M.  Ramboux  . 

501 

3 

Dr.  Merriman 
Ed.  Lying-in  Hosp. 

2,947 
2,452 

40 

8 

Mr.  Gregory  . 

691 

7 

Dr.  Maunsell  . 

839 

21 

c.  German  Practice. 

Dr.  Thos.  Beatty     . 

1,182 

15 

Dr.  Collins      . 

16,414 

187 

MM.  Moschner  and 

Mr.  Lever 

4,666 

29 

Kursak 

12,329 

82 

Mr.  French     . 

89 

1 

M.  Richter    . 

2,571 

30 

Dr.  Churchill . 

1,525 

22 

Dr.  A.  E.  v.  Siebold 

2,059 

25 

Drs.  M'Clintock  and 

Dr.  E.  C.  v.  Siebold 

947 

11 

Hardy 

6,634 

38 

Dr.  Kilian 

2,350 

8 

Dr.  Carus 

2,908 

23 

Dr.  Kluge 

1,074 

17 

Dr.  Brunatti 

295 

3 

Dr.  Theys      . 

21 

2 

Dr.  Adelmann 

53 

2 

Thus  in  British  practice  we  have  54,363  cases,  and  572  presentations 
of  the  inferior  extremities,  or  about  1  in  95. 

In  French  practice,  36,670  cases,  and  492  presentations  of  the  inferior 
extremities,  or  about  1  in  74£. 

In  German  practice,  24,607  cases,  and  203  presentations  of  the  inferior 
extremities,  or  about  1  in  131. 

Altogether,  117,640  cases,  and  1268  foot  or  knee  presentations,  or  about 
1  in  92|. 

The  following  table  shows  the  mortality  among  the  children : — 


r 

Authors. 

Footling 
Cases. 

Chil- 
dren 
lost. 

Authors. 

Footling 

Cases. 

Chil- 
dren 
lost. 

Mr.  Giffard      .     . 
Dr.  Sraellie      .     . 
Mr.  Perfect     .     . 
Dr.  Jos.  Clarke    . 
Dr.  Ramsbotham 
Dr.  Merriman 
Edinburg  Hospital 

23 
9 

11 

184 

2 

40 
8 

13 
g 

6 

62 

1 

6 

2 

Mr.  Gregory  .     .     . 
Dr.  Beatty       .     .     . 
Dr.  Collins       .     .     . 
Mr.  Lever  .... 
Dr.  Churchill  .     .     . 
Drs.  M'Clintock  and 
Hardy    .     .     . 

7 

15 

187 

29 

22 

25 

3 
10 
73 
16 
10 

5 

MAL-PRESENTATION    OF   THE    CHILD.  393 

This  gives  a  very  large  mortality,  210  children  being  lost  out  of  562, 
or  about  1  in  2J. 

606.  Symptoms. — The  first  circumstance  in  the  labour  which  excites 
our  suspicion  of  its  being  unnatural,  is  wry  often  the  early  rupture  of  the 
membranes,  and  the  large  quantity  of  liquor  amnii  which  escapes,  and 
on  making  an  examination  we  discover  the  absence  of  the  head  blocking 
up  the  brim,  although  we  may  not  be  able  to  make  out  the  presentation. 
As  the  labour  advances,  one  or  both  of  the  feet  descend  through  the  os 
uteri,  sometimes  with  the  toes  pointing  downwards,  but  more  frequently 
bent  up  towards  the  labia.  An  examination  at  this  period  will  enable  us 
to  form  a  diagnosis.  The  labour  proceeds  gradually,  and  the  hips  de- 
scend into  the  pelvis;  then  the  chest,  shoulders  and  head,  precisely  as 
described  in  breech  presentations,  and  with  the  same  evolutions  and 
adaptations. 

Danger  to  the  mother  can  only  arise  from  a  prolongation  of  the  second 
stage,  or  injury  to  the  passages,  and  there  is  little  risk  of  either  so  long  as 
violent  efforts  be  not  made  to  extricate  the  child,  and  if  the  pelvis  be  well 
formed. 

The  danger  to  the  child  is  greater  than  in  breech  presentations,  one  in 
two  and  a  half  being  lost,  and  from  precisely  the  same  cause  which  made 
the  latter  more  dangerous  than  head  presentation,  viz.,  the  inadequate 
dilatation  of  the  passages.  The  child  passes  through,  as  a  wedge,  and 
each  succeeding  part  being  wider  than  the  preceding,  has  to  effect  dilata- 
tion sufficient  for  itself,  and  that  at  a  stage  when  time  is  of  great  value 
from  the  pressure  to  which  the  child  is  exposed.  The  breech,  with  the 
legs  turned  up,  is  certainly  less  bulky  than  the  head,  and  therefore  pre- 
pares badly  for  the  quick  transit  of  the  latter  ;  but  if  the  size  of  the  breech 
be  diminished  by  the  thighs  being  extended,  it  is  clear  that  much  greater 
resistance  and  delay  of  the  head  will  result :  and  in  this  greater  delay, 
and  consequent  prolongation  of  the  pressure  upon  the  funis  is  the  expla- 
nation of  the  increased  mortality. 

607.  Diagnosis.  —  Footling  cases  may  be  confounded  with  presenta- 
tions of  the  head ;  and  if  one  foot  only  be  down,  the  heel  may  be  mis- 
taken for  an  elbow.  However,  a  little  care  will  enable  us  to  distinguish 
them.  For  instance,  the  foot  is  longer  and  the  sole  flatter  than  the  hand ; 
the  toes  are  shorter,  and  more  of  a  length  than  the  fingers,  and  the  great 
toe  does  not  separate  from  the  others,  as  the  thumb  does  from  the  fingers. 
The  presence  of  the  heel  with  the  ankle-bone  on  each  side,  is  quite  dif- 
ferent from  the  hand  and  wrrist.  Tracing  from  the  heel  along  the  sole  of 
the  foot  to  the  toes  will,  of  course,  distinguish  the  heel  from  the  elbow. 
"  In  an  examination  the  knee  may  be  distinguished  from  the  elbow,  for 
which  it  may  in  some  degree  be  mistaken,"  Naegele  remarks;  "  in  that 
it  is  thicker,  that  it  has  two  prominences,  and  a  depression  between  them  ; 
while,  on  the  other  hand,  the  elbow,  which  is  thinner,  presents  to  the  feel 
between  the  two  prominences  a  projection  in  which  it  seems  to  end." 

608.  Treatment.  —  In  every  particular,  the  treatment  of  breech  presen- 
tations applies  to  footling  cases,  except  that  I  think  there  is  rather  more 
temptation  to  pull  down  the  child  at  an  early  period,  because  of  the  greater 
facility  for  so  doing;  but,  from  what  T  have  said,  it  musl  be  evident  that 
it  is  more  necessary  that  the  labour  should  be  let  alone.  There  can  be  no 
occasion  to  interfere  until  the  pressure  upon  the  funis  is  felt,  and  then  the 


394  MAL-PRESENTATION    OF    THE    CHILD. 

risk  to  the  child  must  decide  upon  whether  assistance  is  to  be  given  or  not 
The  same  method  must  be  adopted  for  extricating  the  arms,  and  for  facil- 
itating the  expulsion  of  the  head ;  and  in  the  more  difficult  cases  we  have 
the  same  remedies  at  command. 

609.  3.  Presentation  of  the  superior  extremities.  —  In  almost  all 
cases  of  this  kind  it  is  the  shoulder  which  primarily  presents,  and  after- 
wards the  arm  prolapses;  occasionally,  however,  we  find  the  hand  at  the 
beginning  of  the  labour  at  the  os  uteri,  and  more  rarely  the  elbow. 

In  all  cases  the  back  of  the  child  either  looks  forward  towards  the  abdo- 
men of  the  mother  (fig.  132),  or  backward  towards  her  spine  (fig.  133) : 
the  former  being  twice  as  frequent  as  the  latter. 

Fig.  132. 


In  the  majority  of  cases,  with  such  a  position  of  the  child,  labour  may 
be  considered  as  impracticable,  unless  assisted  by  art ;  and  yet,  even  with 
such  an  untoward  position,  the  natural  powers  have  occasionally  succeeded 
in  expelling  the  child.  Dr.  Denman,  in  1772,  first  noticed  the  fact,  though 
he  appears  to  have  mistaken  the  process :  he  supposed  that,  during  an  in- 
terval of  uterine  relaxation,  the  shoulder  and  arm  receded,  and  the  breech 
came  down  into  the  pelvis  ;  hence  the  name  he  gave  to  it,  "  spontaneous 
evolution  of  the  foetus"  We  are  indebted  to  the  accurate  observation  and 
ingenuity  of  my  friend,  Dr.  Douglass,  a  distinguished  practitioner  of  Dub- 
lin, for  the  true  explanation  of  the  process  in  an  essay  published  in  1811, 
from  which  the  following  short  description  is  extracted.  Before  its  expul- 
sion the  situation  of  the  foetus  "  resembles  the  larger  segment  of  a  circle  ; 
the  head  rests  on  the  pubis  internally,  the  clavicle  presses  against  the  pubis 
externally,  with  the  acromion  stretching  towards  the  mons  veneris :  the 
arm  and  shoulder  are  entirely  protruded,  with  one  side  of  the  thorax  not 
only  appearing  at  the  os  externum,  but  partly  without  it :  the  lower  part 
of  the  same  side  of  the  trunk  presses  on  the  perineum,  with  the  breech 
either  in  the  hollow  of  the  sacrum,  or  at  the  brim  of  the  pelvis,  ready  to 
descend  into  it ;  and  by  a  fewr  further  uterine  efforts,  the  remainder  of  the 
trunk,  with  the  lower  extremities,  is  expelled.  And,  to  be  more  minutely 
explanatory  of  this  ultimate  stage  of  the  process,  I  have  to  state  that  the 


SUPERIOR    EXTREMITIES,  395 

breech  is  not  expelled  exactly  sideways,  as  the  upper  part  of  the  trunk 
had  previously  been  ;  for,  during  th<  3  of  that  pain  by  whi< 

evolution  is  completed  there  is  a  twis  ma  le,  about  the  centreof  the  cuive, 
at  the  lumbar  vertebrae,  when  both  buttocks,  instead  of  the  side  of  one 
of  them,  are  throv.  the  perineum,  distending  it  very  much;  and 

immediately  after  the  breech,  with  the  lower  extrem  forth  ;  the 

upper  and  Lack  part  of  it  appearing  first,  as  if  the  back  of  the  child  had 
originally  forme  J   the    convex,  and   its  front  the  concave   side  of  the 


Thus  the  head,  and  the  shoulder  depressed  in  the  pelvis,  are  fixed,  and 
the  remainder  of  the  body  doubled  up,  is  inch  by  inch  forced  into  the 
pelvis,  and  through  the  external  parts,  until  all  below  the  arm  is  expelled, 
leaving  the  case  to  be  terminated  as  a  breech  or  foot  presentation.  At  no 
part  of  the  process  is  the  arm  at  all  retracted  ;  but  if  moved  at  all,  it  is 
still  further  protruded :  the  name  of  "  spontaneous  expulsion,"  given  by 
Dr.  Douglass,  is  therefore  more  suitable  than  that  of  "  spontaneous  evolu- 
tion." An  essential  condition  of  this  extraordinary  effort  of  nature,  is 
the  relative  disproportion  of  the  foetus  and  pelvis ;  either  the  fetus  must 
be  smaller  or  the  pelvis  larger  than  usual,  to  permit  it. 

The  accuracy  of  Dr.  Douglass's  explanation  has  been  proved  by  the 
observation  of*Dr.  Gooch  and  others.  I  can  also  add  my  testimony, 
having  some  years  ago  had  an  opportunity  of  witnessing  the  process. 


896  MAL-PRESENTATION    OF    THE    CHILD. 

610.  Statistics. — Frequency. 


a.  British  Practice. 

a.  British  Practice. 

Authors. 

Total  No. 
of  Cases. 

Pres.  of 
Sup.  Ex. 

Authors. 

Total  No. 
of  Cases. 

Pres.  of 
Sup.  Ex. 

Dr.  Bland    .     .     . 
Dr.  Jos.  Clarke     . 
Dr.  Merriman .     . 
Dr.  Granville  .     . 
Ed.  Lying-in  Hosp. 
Dr.  Collins  .     .     . 
Mr.  Gregory    . 
Dr.  Cusack       .     . 
Dr.  Maunsell  . 
Dr.  Beatty  .      .     . 
Mr.  Lever  .     .     . 

1,897 
10,387 

2,947 
640 

2,452 

16,414 

694 

701 

839 

1,182 

4,666 

8 

48 

19 

1 

4 

40 

4 

5 

4 

4 

12 

Mr.  Mantell     .     . 
Dr.  Reid      .     .     . 
Dr.  Churchill  .     . 
Drs.  M'Clintock  ) 
and  Hardy        £ 

2,510 
3,250 
1,525 

6,634 

4 

18 

9 

26 

b.  French  Practice. 

Mad.  Boivin    .     .         20.517 
Mad.  Lachapelle  .         15,652 
M.  Ramboux    .     .               491 

80 

68 

4 

Thus  in  British  practice  it  occurred  206  times  in  56,738  cases,  or  about 
1  in  275J;  and  in  French  practice,  152  times  in  36,660  cases,  or  about 
1  in  241.     Altogether,  358  times  in  93,398  cases,  or  about  1  in  260|. 


Authors. 

Presentation 
of  Superior 

Mothers 
lost. 

Children 
lost. 

Delivered  by 

Extremities. 

Version. 

Crotchet. 

Mr.  Giffard 

24 

0 

15 

21 

Dr.  Smellie 

34 

3 

19 

28 

Mr.  Perfect 

6 

1 

2 

6 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke    . 

48 

6 

21 

Dr.  Ramsbotham 

27 

6 

18 

12 

11 

Dr.  Merriman 

19 

2 

Edin.  Hospital     . 

4 

2 

Dr.  Collins  . 

40 

4 

20 

Mr.  Gregory 

4 

3 

Dr.  Cusack  . 

5 

0 

2 

4 

Dr.  Maunsell 

4 

4 

2 

Dr.  Beatty  . 

4 

1 

4 

4 

Mr.  Lever    . 

12 

3 

8 

Dr.  Churchill 

9 

0 

5 

9 

Drs.  M'Clintock  and     ) 
Hardy      .         .          \ 

26 

2 

19 

4 

The  second  of  the  preceding  tables  is  intended  to  show  the  mortality 
to  both  mother  and  child,  so  far  as  it  is  mentioned  by  the  author :  where 
it  has  not  been  recorded,  I  have  left  the  space  blank ;  but  if  either  died, 
I  have  so  specified.  I  have  thought  it  worth  while,  also,  to  add  some 
columns  showing  the  different  modes  of  delivery  practised. 

From  this  record  we  find,  that  out  of  240  cases  of  presentation  of  the 
superior  extremities  125  children  were  lost,  or  rather  more  than  one-half. 
Out  of  235  cases  26  mothers  were  lost,  or  nearly  1  in  9. 

611.  Symptoms.  —  Labour  with  this  mal-presentation  is,  as  the  statis- 
tics show,  extremely  dangerous  to  the  mother  and  child,  and  especially 


SUPERIOR    EXTREMITIES.  397 

as  the  remedy  involves  a  very  serious  operation.  Dr.  Rigby  lias  given  a 
graphic  picture  of  a  case  of  this  kind  when  unassisted  :  "alter  the  mem- 
branes have  burst,  and  discharged  more  liquor  amnii  than  in  general  when 
the  head  of  the  nates  presents,  the  uterus  contracts  tighter  around  the 
child,  and  the  shoulder  is  gradually  pressed  deeper  into  the  pelvis,  while 
the  pains  increase  considerably  in  violence  from  the  child  being  unable, 
from  its  faulty  position,  to  yield  to  the  expulsive  efforts  of  nature.  Drained 
of  its  liquor  amnii,  the  uterus  remains  in  its  state  of  contraction  even  dur- 
ing the  intervals  of  the  pains;  the  consequence  of  this  general  and  con- 
tinued pressure  is,  that  the  child  is  destroyed  from  the  circulation  in  the 
placenta  being  interrupted,  the  mother  becomes  exhausted,  and  inflamma- 
tion or  rupture  of  the  uterus  and  vagina  are  the  almost  unavoidable  re- 
sults." 

On  the  part  of  the  mother,  so  long  as  the  labour  is  virtually  (§  386)  in 
the  first  stage,  the  symptoms  are  perfectly  natural  and  favourable  ;  but 
after  the  second  stage  (marked  by  voluntary  effort  and  change  of  cry)  has 
lasted  for  some  time,  then  we  have  in  detail  the  symptoms  of  pow. 
labour,  exactly  as  I  have  described  them  (§  413) ;  but  with  a  difference 
in  the  results,  owing  to  the  mechanical  obstruction  offered  by  the  mal-posi- 
tion  of  the  child  ;  and  I  regard  these  cases  as  the  most  striking  illustration 
of  the  fact  I  have  repeatedly  pressed  upon  the  reader's  attention,  viz.  that  the 
development  of  unfavourable  symptoms  is  owing  to  the  stage  at  which  the 
delay  occurs,  and  not  the  kind  of  impediment ;  for  here  we  find  that  the 
same  symptoms  arise  from  a  purely  mechanical  impediment  on  the  part 
of  the  child,  the  uterine  system  being  in  perfect  integrity,  as  we  found  to 
result  from  inefficient  pains,  from  tumours  in  the  soft  passages,  or  from 
deformity  of  the  pelvis. 

61:2.  Diagnosis.  —  Our  first  suspicion  will  probably  arise  from  finding, 
on  examination,  that  we  are  not  able  to  reach  the  presentation  ;  this,  of 
course,  proves  nothing ;  but  it  ought  to  induce  a  very  careful  investiga- 
tion, and  we  may  find  the  os  uteri  very  little  dilated,  and  suffering  com- 
paratively little  pressure  during  each  pain,  or  the  hand  may  be  felt  pro- 
truding through  the  undilated  os  uteri.  The  high  situation  of  the  presenta- 
tion (if  it  be  the  shoulder)  renders  it  difficult  to  ascertain  the  part  which  is 
descending.  We  may  derive  confirmation  of  our  suspicions  from  finding 
the  bag  of  the  membranes  protruding,  of  a  conical  or  elongated  form,  and 
evidently  not  covering  the  head. 

When  the  shoulder  has  descended  a  little,  we  may  be  able  to  reach  the 
axilla,  and  we  shall  find  that  it  is  rounder  than  the  elbow,  and  has  not  the 
condyles  of  the  humerus,  so  that  this  will  decide  the  point  for  us. 

The  hand  may  be  mistaken  for  the  foot ;  but  its  shortness,  the  length 
of  the  fingers,  and  the  devarication  of  the  thumb,  will  enable  us  to  dis- 
tinguish it.  The  situation  of  the  thumb  and  the  aspect  of  the  palm  of  the 
hand  will  mark  whether  it  is  the  right  hand  or  the  left. 

613.  Causes.  —  This  mal-presentation  has  been  attributed  to  irregular 
early  contractions  of  the  uterus,  to  irregular  distention,  to  obliquity,  &c. 
&c.  They  may  possibly  have  some  such  effect ;  but  I  think  all  the  ex- 
planations as  yet  offered  are  insufficient.  Dr.  Rigby  concludes,  "  we 
may,  therefore,  state  that  the  causes  of  arm  or  shoulder  presentations  are 
of  two  kinds,  viz.  when  the  uterus  has  been  distended  by  an  unusual 
quantity  of  liquor  amnii,  or  when,  from  a  faulty  condition  of  the  early 

2i 


398  MAL-PRESENTATION    OF    THE    CHILD. 

pains  of  labour,  its  form  has  been  altered,  and  with  it  the  position  of  the 
child." 

614.  Treatment.  —  As  (with  very  few  exceptions)  the  labour  is  im- 
practicable, we  have  nothing  to  expect  from  the  natural  efforts,  except  an 
increase  of  difficulty,  it  becomes  our  duty  to  interfere  promptly  in  every 
case.  Should  the  mal-presentation  have  been  detected  before  the  rupture 
of  the  membranes,  and  before  the  os  uteri  is  fully  dilated,  we  may  wait 
for  a  time  to  allow  of  as  complete  dilatation  as  possible,  nor  is  there  any 
risk  so  long  as  the  membranes  are  entire.  But  if  they  have  given  way  we 
ought  not,  and  if  the  os  uteri  be  fully  dilated  (whether  the  membranes  be  en- 
tire or  not),  we  must  not  wait  a  moment,  but  proceed  to  deliver  by  turning. 
When  the  liquor  amnii  has  not  escaped  there  is  seldom  any  difficulty,  but 
after  that  event  we  generally  find  the  uterus  more  or  less  strongly  con- 
tracted upon  the  child,  and  in  proportion  to  this  contraction  is  the  diffi- 
culty. If  the  uterine  action  be  very  intense,  the  operation  may  be  im- 
possible without  risk  of  rupturing  the  uterus  ;  and  in  such  cases,  instead 
of  proceeding  at  once  to  turn,  a  dose  of  tartar  emetic  or  opium,  or  a  com- 
bination of  both,  may  be  given,  so  as  to  moderate  or  suspend  uterine 
action,  and  admit  of  the  introduction  of  the  hand.  If  the  pulse  be  quick 
and  strong,  venisection  may  be  beneficial.  I  have  already  given  the 
details  of  this  operation  (§  493).* 

Should  these  measures  fail,  and  version  be  impracticable,  we  must  open 
the  chest  of  the  child,  and  eviscerate ;  after  which  it  may  be  extracted  by 
the  crotchet. 

"  Several  writers,"  says  Dr.  Collins,  "  recommend  in  difficult  cases  of 
this  nature,  the  separation  of  the  child's  head,  so  as  to  bring  the  body 
away  by  the  presenting  arm,  and  afterwards  deliver  the  head  by  the 
crotchet :  this  we  would  condemn,  unless  we  failed  in  our  efforts,  by  break- 
ing down  the  thorax,  which  is  very  unlikely,  if  the  operation  be  properly 
performed,  and  the  pelvis  not  extremely  under  size.  We  once  saw  a 
delivery  effected  as  above  described,  and  the  greatest  difficulty  was  expe- 
rienced in  the  extraction  of  the  head  ;  it  was  necessary  to  introduce  the 
hand  to  bring  it  into  the  vagina,  and  then  it  had  to  be  lessened  before  it 
could  be  removed." 

615.  But  it  will  at  once  be  asked,  what  practical  application  can  be 
made  of  our  knowledge  of  the  occurrence  of  spontaneous  expulsion.  I 
am  afraid  not  much.  I  am  satisfied  that  we  ought  not  to  wait  for  it  in 
any  case  in  which  turning  can  easily  be  accomplished,  because  if  it  do 
not  occur  (and  according  to  Dr.  Douglass  it  does  not  occur  above  once 
in  10,000  labours),  the  operation  will  be  rendered  tenfold  more  difficult 
from  the  greater  depression  of  the  child,  and  more  energetic  action  of 

*  Dr.  Churchill  is  not  sufficiently  decided  in  his  recommendation  of  bleeding  in  these 
cases.  When  the  waters  are  evacuated,  and  the  uterine  contractions  so  strong  as  to 
render  turning  difficult  and  dangerous,  there  is  no  remedy  equal  to  bleeding  —  largely, 
even  ad  deliquium  —  giving,  at  the  same  time,  a  full  dose  of  laudanum,  to  prevent  any 
undue  reaction.  If  the  practitioner  is  prompt  and  skilful,  he  may  effect  the  turning 
before  the  relaxation  consequent  upon  the  bleeding  shall  have  passed  off.  It  is  unne- 
cessary in  these  cases  to  lose  time  by  searching  for  both  feet,  as  delivery  can  be  accom- 
plished equally  well  by  bringing  down  only  one,  while  the  risk  to  the  child  is  less.  If, 
however,  the  child  be  dead,  or  there  is  much  hemorrhage,  it  will  be  proper  to  seize  and 
bring  down  both  feet,  with  the  view  of  accomplishing  the  delivery  more  rapidly,  pro- 
vided both  can  be  gained  without  much  delay  or  difficulty.  — Editor. 


COM  POIND    PRESENTATION.  399 

the  uterus ;  it  would,  in  fact,  be  exchanging  a  comparatively  easy  and 
not  very  dangerous  operation  for  a  wry  difficult  one,  in  which  the  risk  to 
the  mother  would  be  great,  and  the  death  of  the  child  certain,  provided 
this  rare  phenomenon  did  not  occur.  I  think,  however,  that  in  such  a 
case  as  Dr.  Douglass  has  described,  we  may  venture  upon  a  little  delay 
to  afford  a  chance  of  spontaneous  expulsion.  "If  the  arm  of  the  foetus," 
says  Dr.  Douglass,  "should  be  almost  entirely  protruded,  with  the 
shoulder  pressing  on  the  perineum  ;  if  a  considerable  portion  of  its  thorax 
be  in  the  hollow  of  the  sacrum,  with  the  axilla  low  in  the  pelvis :  if,  with 
this  disposition,  the  uterine  efforts  be  still  powerful,  and  if  the  thorax  be 
forced  sensibly  lower  during  the  pressure  of  each  successive  pain,  the 
evolution  may  with  great  confidence  be  expected." 

As  the  minute  details  of  management  are  the  same  in  natural  and 
unnatural  labours,  I  have  not  thought  it  necessary  to  repeat  them,  but 
refer  the  reader  to  the  chapter  on  that  subject  (§  357). 

616.  4.  Compound  Presentations.  —  From  an  untoward  position  of 
the  body  or  extremities  of  the  child,  one  or  more  parts  may  come  together 
to  the  os  uteri ;  in  some  cases  merely  adding  to  the  bulk  to  be  transmitted 
through  the  passages  without  altogether  preventing  it,  in  others  rendering 
interference  necessary  for  the  delivery.     For  instance  : 

1.  The  hand  or  arm  may  present  with  the  head,  of  course  adding  to  its 
size,  and  perhaps,  if  the  pelvis  be  small,  prohibiting  its  entrance  into  the 
passage.  Nor  is"  this  without  danger  if  the  uterine  action  be  violent. 
However,  as  Dr.  Merriman  has  observed,  it  rarely  occurs  except  when 
the  pelvis  is  large.  For  which  reason,  if  it  be  discovered  early,  a  cautious 
attempt  should  be  made  to  replace  the  arm  above  the  head  so  as  to  allow 
it  to  descend  alone,  but,  above  all  things,  we  must  be  cautious  neither  to 
draw  down  the  hand  nor  to  displace  the  head,  as  either  may  convert  a 
simple  manageable  case  into  an  arm  presentation. 

Fig.  134. 


26 


400  MAL-PRESEXTATION    OF   THE    CHILD. 

If  the  arm  cannot  be  replaced,  the  case  must  then  be  treated  as  one 
of  relative  disproportion ;  perhaps  a  little  time  and  extra  uterine  action 
(which  is  generally  exerted,  as  we  have  said,  in  proportion  to  the  demand 
for  it)  may  suffice :  if  not,  and  the  delay  should  excite  unfavourable 
symptoms,  we  must  first  see  if  the  forceps  are  applicable,  or  version,  and, 
as  a  last  resource,  if  all  others  fail,  we  must  lessen  the  head.  I  prefer 
the  forceps  to  version,  because  of  its  inferior  mortality  as  regards  both 
mother  and  child ;  and  version  (when  possible)  to  the  crotchet,  for  the 
same  reason. 

2.  The  feet  and  hands  may  present,  or  one  of  each,  and  in  these  cases 
it  not  unfrequently  happens  that  the  cord  prolapses  (fig.  134). 

In  such  cases,  it  is  evident  that  one  or  other  extremity  must  descend 
and  give  the  character  to  the  labour,  making  it  an  arm  or  footling  case. 

Now  it  is  exactly  for  the  determination  of  this  question  that  wre  ought 
to  interfere.  There  can  be  no  doubt  of  the  propriety  of  drawing  down 
the  foot  or  feet  into  the  pelvis  so  as  to  preclude  the  possibility  of  the  arm 
descending,  and  when  this  is  done,  the  case  is  one  of  footling  presenta- 
tion, and  to  be  managed  accordingly. 

But  I  must  repeat  my  caution  that  the  greatest  care  is  necessary,  first, 
not  to  mistake  a  hand  for  a  foot,  and  secondly,  not  to  favour  the  descent 
of  the  hand  and  arm  by  the  mode  of  examining. 

Prolapse  of  the  cord  increases  the  danger  to  the  child,  and  may  (ac- 
cording to  the  rules  laid  down)  require  us  to  hasten  the- labour  if  the  pul- 
sations be  weak  and  the  woman  have  previously  had  children. 


CHAPTER  XVII. 


PARTURITION.  — CLASS  II.    UNNATURAL  LABOUR. 
ORDER  6.  PLURAL  BIRTHS.  — MONSTERS. 

617.  1.  Plural  Births.  —  I  have  already  stated  (§  228)  the  signs  by 
which  twin  pregnancy  is  to  be  recognised,  and  also  that  in  the  majority 
of  cases  they  are  very  dubious.  Each  child  possesses  its  special  envelopes 
and  a  separate  placenta,  though  they  are  sometimes  so  pressed  together  as 
to  appear  but  one,  and  occasionally  a  vascular  communication  passes  from 
the  one  to  the  other.  The  labour  is  often  premature,  and  the  children  are 
generally  smaller  than  usual. 

The  mode  of  transmission  of  each  child  may  be  perfectly  natural,  or 
either  or  both  may  come  under  some  of  the  orders  of  unnatural  labour 
already  described,  requiring  the  management  suitable  for  such  cases :  so 
far,  a  separate  notice  of  plural  births  is  unnecessary :  but  on  the  other 
hand,  there  are  some  important  points  of  practice,  and  some  details  as  to 
the  presentation  and  mortality  in  such  cases,  which  require  to  be  investi- 
gated. In  this  chapter,  therefore,  I  shall  chiefly  remark  upon  the  circum- 
stances peculiar  to  plural  births,  and,  to  avoid  repetitions,  refer  to  the 
previous  sections  for  the  ordinary  treatment. 


PLURAL    BIRTHS. — MONSTERS. 


401 


A  woman  may  conceive  of  two,  three,  four,  or  five  children,  but  I  am 
not  aware  of  more  than  four  children  having  been  born  alive  at  one  birth. 

The  statistics  I  have  been  able  to  collect  are  not  very  extensive,  but 
there  are  some  interesting  points  which  I  have  endeavoured  to  investigate 
as  fully  as  the  means  permit. 

618.  Statistics. — 1.  Frequency. 


a.  British  Practice'. 


Authors. 


Total  No. 
of  Cases. 


Twins. 


Triplets. 


Quadru- 
plets. 


Dr.  Jos.  Clarke     - 

Dr.  Merriman 

Dr.  Granville 

Edinburgh  Hospital 

Dublin  Hospital    - 

Dr.  Maunsell 

.Mr.  Gregory 

Dr.  Beatty    - 

Mr.  Lever    - 

Dr.  Reid       - 

Mr.  Warrington    - 

Dr.  Churchill 

Drs.  M'Clintock  and  Hardy 


10,307 

2,947 

640 

2,452 

129,172 

839 

691 

1,182 

4,666 

580 

110 

1,640 

6,634 


184 

39 

9 

31 

2,062 

13 

12 

18 

33 

9 

3 

25 

95 


3 
1 

2 
29 


Mad.  Boivin 
Mad.  Lachapelle  - 
Hotel  Dieu,  Paris 
M.  Mazzoni  - 


b.  French  Practice. 

20,357 

15,481 

280 

452 


154 

165 

4 

9 


c.   German  Practice. 


Dr.  Henne   - 

Dr.  Richter 

Moschner  and  Kursak 

A.  E.  v.  Siebold   - 

Dr.  Kiecke  - 

Dr.  Kluge     - 

Prof.  Andr6e 

Dr.  Theys    - 

Dr.  Brunatti 

Dr.  Adelmann 

Dr.  Jansen  - 


1,214 

1 

2,571 

52 

12,329 

165 

1,409 

20 

19,303 

2,545 

809 

15 

170 

5 

55 

4 

99 

2 

56 

1 

13,365 

157 

34 


So  far  as  these  numbers  go,  we  find  among  British  practitioners,  in 
167,676  cases,  2,572  cases  of  twins,  or  about  1  in  65},  and  37  cases  of 
triplets,  or  1  in  4,531-J-.  Among  French  practitioners,  in  36,570  cases, 
332  cases  of  twins,  or  about  1  in  110  ;  and  6  of  triplets,  or  1  in  6,095. 
Among  German  practitioners,  in  251,386  cases,  2,967  cases  of  twins,  or 
about  1  in  84 ;  and  35  of  triplets,  or  about  1  in  7,185.  Taking  the 
whole,  we  have  455,632  cases,  Mid  5,871  of  twins,  or  1  in  77J  ;  and  78 
cases  of  triplets,  or  1  in  5,840. 

2i2 


402 


PLURAL    BIRTHS. MONSTERS. 


I  have  formerly  quoted  the  comparative  frequency  in  different  countries 
stated  by  M.  Quetelet. 

2.  Mortality. 


Authors. 

Twin 

Cases. 

Children 
lost. 

Triplet 
Cases. 

Children 
lost. 

Mr.  Giffard 

14 

9 

1 

Dr.  Smellie 

8 

2 

2 

Mr.  Perfect      . 

7 

7 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke 

184 

282 

3 

Dr.  Ramsbotkam 

15 

9 

2 

4 

Dr.  Granville    . 

9 

4 

Dr.  Collins 

240 

58 

4 

4 

Mr.  Gregory    . 
Dr.  Beatty 
Mr.  Lever 

12 

18 
33 

16 
8 
6 

Dr.  Jansen 

157 

16 

Drs.  M'Clintock  and  Hardy 

95 

19 

Thus  out  of  792  cases  of  twins  (i.  e.  1,584  children)  436  were  lost,  or 
about  1  in  3 J ;  and  out  of  12  cases  of  triplets  (i.  e.  36  children)  11  were 
lost,  or  1  in  3. 

This  mortality,  however,  which  is  very  large,  must  be  qualified  by  al- 
lowing for  the  great  number  of  children  whose  death  could  not  be  attri- 
buted to  the  labour.  Dr.  Jos.  Clarke  had  43  still-born ;  Dr.  Collins  had 
54  premature  labours  among  the  twin  cases,  and  12  cases  of  the  birth  of 
a  putrid  foetus. 

The  mortality  to  the  mother  in  twin  cases  has  been  computed  as  1  in 
20 :  in  Dr.  Collins'  cases  it  was  1  in  34.  I  regret  that,  from  the  imper- 
fection of  the  records,  I  cannot  give  ample  statistics  on  this  point. 

As  to  the  sexes  in  twin  cases,  the  following  cases  are  recorded : — 


Authors. 

No.  of 
Twin 
Cases. 

Both 
Males. 

Both 
Females. 

One  Male 
and  one 
Female. 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke 

Dr.  Collins 

Mr.  Lever 

184 

240 
33 

47 
73 
11 

68 
67 
11 

71 
97 
11 

457 

131 

146 

179 

Thus  wTe  find  that  twin  children  are  most  frequently  of  opposite  sexes, 
and  that  twin  females  are  more  common  than  twin  males.  From  Dr. 
Collins'  most  excellent  record  I  may  state,  that  of  his  twin  male  cases  23 
were  dead  (one  putrid),  and  that  of  these  23,  13  were  the  first-born  chil- 
dren ;  of  the  female  twins,  11  were  dead  (4  putrid);  and  of  the  twins 
of  opposite  sexes,  22  were  lost  (7  putrid),  of  which  15  were  boys  and  7 
girls.  This  is  important,  since  from  it  we  learn  that  there  is  more  danger 
to  the  boys  than  the  girls,  and  particularly  when  they  are  twin  cases  of 
opposite  sexes. 

From  the  reports  of  the  same  authors,  the  presentations,  placed  in  order 
of  birth,  were  as  follows : — 


PLURAL    BIRTHS. — MONSTERS. 


403 


Authors. 

Both 
Bead 

Bead 

ami 

Bre<  i  h. 

Bead 
and 

Foot. 

Both 

1 

ami 

Bead. 

Bree<  h 

ami 

Botb 
ling. 

Dr.  .1.  Clarke 

Dr.  Collins    .... 

Mr.  Lever     .... 

16 

103 
15 

30 
7 

26 

5 

2 

8 
2 

6 
26 

1 

9 

1 

3 
5 

Authors. 

Foot 
and 

Head. 

Breech 

ami 
Elbow. 

Head  & 
Ann  or 
Sho'ld'r. 

Face 
and 
Bead. 

Head 
and 
Face. 

Foot 
and 
Hand. 

Foot 

and 

Breech. 

Dr.  J.  Clarke 

Dr.  Collins    .... 

Mr.  Lever     .... 

10 
19 

1 

5 
2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Dr.  Collins  thus  states  the  mortality  of  his  different  presentations :  when 
both  were  head  presentations,  he  lost  24  (4  putrid),  when  the  head  and 
breech  (i.  e.  the  first  child  with  the  head,  and  the  second  with  the  breech) 
presented,  2  of  the  former  and  5  of  the  latter  were  lost ;  when  the  head 
and  feet,  2  of  the  former  and  3  of  the  latter ;  when  the  feet  and  head,  4 
of  the  former  and  2  of  the  latter;  when  the  breech  and  the  head,  1  of 
the  former  and  6  of  the  latter ;  when  both  were  footling  cases,  2  were 
lost ;  when  the  breech  and  feet,  3  of  the  former  and  2  of  the  latter  were 
lost. 

This  confirms  what  I  have  elsewhere  stated,  that  the  less  the  passages 
are  dilated  by  the  presenting  part,  the  greater  the  mortality  amongst  the 
children,  because  of  the  delay  in  the  transit  of  the  remaining  parts  of  the 
body  of  the  child. 

619.  Symptoms.  —  The  first,  second,  or  third  child  may  present  natu- 
rally or  unnaturally,  and  in  that  respect  the  course  of  the  labour  will 
resemble  that  of  similar  cases  with  single  children.  But  it  is  generally 
remarkable  that  the  progress  of  the  first  child  is  slower  than  we  should 
have  expected ;  for,  on  examination,  there  appears  no  want  of  space,  and 
the  pains  may  be  strong.  This  I  suppose  arises  from  the  pressure  of  the 
entire  uterus  not  bearing  directly  upon  the  child  which  is  to  pass  first,  but 
at  least  as  much  and  primarily  upon  the  second  child.  The  pressure  upon 
the  second  child  causes  it  to  press  down  the  first  child  ;  but  in  this  trans- 
mission of  force  much  power  is  necessarily  lost,  and  thus  it  is  that  we  find 
very  gradual  progress  in  these  cases,  notwithstanding  that  the  pains  are 
good  and  the  space  ample.  When  the  first  child  is  born,  whatever  sus- 
picions may  have  been  previously  entertained  are  changed  into  certainty, 
unless  in  the  case  of  a  small  blighted  foetus;  for,  upon  placing  the  hand 
upon  the  abdomen,  the  uterus  is  felt  nearly  as  large  as  at  first,  and  the 
child  may  be  detected  through  its  parietes. 

After  the  birth  of  the  first  child,  there  is  an  interval  of  rest,  varying 
from  ten  minutes  to  some  hours  ;  nay,  instances  are  on  record  of  days 
and  weeks  intervening  before  the  birth  of  the  second  child.  Of  212 
cases  related  by  Dr.  Collins,  in  which  the  interval  is  accurately  marked, 
in  38  it  was  5  minutes;  in  29,  10  minutes;  in  45,  15  minutes;  in  23, 


404  PLURAL    BIRTHS. — MONSTERS. 

20  minutes  ;  in  30,  half  an  hour  ;  in  5,  three  quarters  of  an  hour  ;  in  16, 
1  hour ;  in  8,  2  hours ;  in  3,  3  hours  ;  in  5,  4  hours  ;  in  1,  4J  hours  ;  in 
3,  5  hours  ;  in  2,  6  hours  ;  in  1,  7  hours  ;  in  1,  8  hours  ;  in  1,  10  hours  ; 
and  in  1,  20  hours.  Thus  in  by  far  the  larger  number  the  uterine  action 
was  resumed  within  half  an  hour.  Dr.  Merriman  refers  to  three  remark- 
able cases ;  in  one  the  second  child  was  retained  fourteen  days  after  the 
first ;  in  the  second,  it  was  retained  six  weeks ;  in  the  third  case,  the 
woman  was  delivered  of  twins,  and  two  days  afterwards  of  two  more  boys. 

After  this  interval,  whatever  it  may  be,  the  pains  return ;  and  if  there 
be  nothing  unusual  on  the  part  of  the  child,  the  labour  is  completed  in 
less  time  than  with  the  first  child,  because  of  the  previous  dilatation  of  the 
passages.  For  the  same  reason,  when  the  second  child  presents  with  the 
breech  or  foot,  the  mortality  is  less  than  usual.  Dr.  Denman  remarks, 
"  the  most  fortunate  presentation  of  the  second  child  in  a  twin  case  is 
certainly  with  the  inferior  extremities,  because  it  may  in  this  position  be 
extracted  without  injury  or  difficulty,  and  if  assistance  be  required,  this 
may  be  given  with  safety  and  convenience." 

620.  Treatment.  —  Whether  the  first  child  present  wTith  the  head  or 
any  other  part,  it  is  to  be  treated  exactly  according  to  the  rules  heretofore 
laid  down,  just  as  if  it  were  a  single  birth ;  and  so,  as  far  as  the  labour 
is  concerned,  must  the  second  child ;  thus  if  the  first  be  a  natural  labour 
and  the  second  a  mal-presentation,  we  need  not  interfere  with  the  first, 
but  assistance  may  be  necessary  with  the  last  child ;  or  the  first  may  be  a 
mal-presentation  requiring  assistance,  and  the  second  a  natural  labour 
needing  none.  So  far  wre  must  act  according  to  the  nature  of  the  case. 
But  suppose  that  the  uterus  do  not  resume  its  action  after  the  ordinary 
interval,  are  we  still  to  leave  all  to  nature  ?  It  is  clear  that,  if  the  pas- 
sages be  allowed  to  recover  from  the  former  distension,  there  will  be  more 
trouble  with  the  second  child,  especially  if  it  be  a  mal-presentation ;  and 
that  there  must  be  a  risk  of  hemorrhage  so  long  as  the  uterus  remains 
uncontracted  ;  and  it  would  seem  that  delay  involves  danger  to  the  second 
child.  For  these  among  other  reasons,  opinions  have  varied  as  to  the 
necessity  of  interference,  and  as  usual  the  practice  has  ranged  from  one 
extreme  to  the  other ;  some  having  advised  instant  delivery  to  obviate 
these  dangers,  and  others,  finding  that  in  many  cases  left  to  nature  no 
evil  has  followed,  recommending  that  we  should  abstain  from  all  inter- 
ference. 

Dr.  Denman  advises  us  to  wait  for  four  hours,  "  if  there  be  no  cause 
for  delivery  sooner."  Dr.  Ramsbotham  two  or  three  hours.  Dr.  Burns 
about  an  hour.     Dr.  F.  Ramsbotham  agrees  with  Denman. 

Dr.  Campbell  suggests  that  ergot  should  be  given  before  we  attempt 
to  extract  the  child.  The  rules  laid  down  by  Dr.  Collins  appear  to  me 
extremely  judicious  ;  he  advises  a  middle  course  :  "  As  soon  as  the  first 
child  is  born,  a  binder  should  be  applied  so  as  to  make  gentle  pressure 
upon  the  abdomen ;  wre  should  not  leave  the  house  until  the  second  child 
is  delivered.  If  we  find  after  the  lapse  of  half  an  hour  that  the  mem- 
branes of  the  second  child  still  remain  unbroken,  they  may  be  punctured 
with  advantage,  with  the  view  of  exciting  uterine  action,  as  the  soft  parts 
having  been  so  well  dilated  by  the  passage  of  the  first,  no  bad  result  can 
ensue.  This  expedient  in  some  instances  will  be  found  not  to  succeed  ; 
and  in  such  cases,  when  we  do  not  observe  any  progress  made  in  the 


PLURAL   BIRTHS. — MONSTERS.  405 

course  of  two  hours  after  rupturing  the  membranes,  the  best  mode  of 
proceeding  will  be  to  pass  the  band  cautiously  into  the  uterus,  and  bring 
down  the  feet.  There  will  be  but  little  difficulty  experienced  in  this  ope- 
ration, the  parts  being  in  so  relaxed  a  state.  When  the  head  has  made 
any  considerable  descent  into  the  pelvis,  the  forceps  will  be  the  best 
means  of  affording  assistance.  It  is  very  rarely,  however,  that  we  are 
called  upon  to  effect  delivery  by  either  of  the  latter  methoi  xpe- 

rience  has  shown  that  the  second  child  is  very  likely  to  be  still-born  if 
kit  longer  than  two  or  three  hours  unassisted." 

There  are  circumstances,  as  Dr.  Merriman  has  justly  observed,  which 
would  negative  any  delay  in  the  delivery  of  the  second  child  ;  as,  for  ex- 
ample, 1,  when  artificial  aid  has  been  required  with  the  first  child  ;  2,  when 
the  second  child  presents  preternatural])- ;  and  3,  when  the  labour  is  com- 
plicated with  convulsions,  hemorrhage,  &c. 

Any  deviation  from  normal  labour  with  the  second  child  is  to  be 
treated  according  to  the  rules  laid  down,  without  regard  to  its  being  a 
twin  case. 

621.  With  regard  to  the  placenta  of  the  first  child ;  unless  it  come 
away  quite  easily,  I  believe  that  in  all  cases  it  is  better  to  leave  it  until 
after  the  birth  of  the  second  child,  as  its  removal  might  excite  uncon- 
trollable flooding.  After  the  birth  of  the  second  (or  third)  child,  the 
binder  is  to  be  tightened,  and  some  degree  of  pressure  or  friction  made 
upon  the  uterus,  and  when  we  find  it  disposed  to  contract,  then  we  may 
draw  down  (in  the  axis  of  the  upper  outlet)  first  one  cord,  and  if  that  do 
not  yield,  the  other,  or  both  together,  so  as  to  aid  in  the  expulsion.  But 
it  must  be  remembered  that  after  the  delivery  of  plural  children  the  uterus 
is  less  disposed  to  renew  its  exertions,  and  therefore  a  longer  interval  must 
be  allowed :  and  that  by  the  detachment  of  the  placenta  a  much  larger 
surface  of  bleeding  vessels  will  be  exposed,  and,  therefore,  that  we  should 
avoid  their  forcible  separation  by  traction,  and  should  be  particularly 
careful  to  secure  the  due  and  permanent  contraction  of  the  uterus  after- 
wards. 

"In  twin  cases,"  Dr.  Collins  observes,  "when  it  becomes  necessary  to 
remove  the  placenta,  we  should  be  careful  not  to  withdraw  our  hand  from 
the  uterus,  until  both  be  separated,  at  the  same  time  waiting  for  uterine 
action,  so  as  to  induce  as  perfect  a  contraction  of  this  organ  as  practica- 
ble :  a  point  of  most  vital  importance." 

The  shock  to  the  nervous  system  is  generally  greater  than  after  natural 
labour,  and  in  some  cases  it  is  very  severe  :  this  may  justify  the  exhibition 
of  stimulants  and  opium,  and  it  demands  extreme  quiet  and  care. 

The  management  of  twin  cases  applies  equally  to  triplet  and  quadruplet 
cases ;  especially  the  care  recommended  as  to  the  placentae. 

Dr.  Denman  states  that  "  it  is  a  constant  rule  to  keep  patients,  who  have 
borne  one  child,  ignorant  of  there  being  another,  as  long  as  it  can  possibly 
be  done."  There  is  certainly  no  occasion  to  frighten  the  patient  by  an 
abrupt  communication  ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  I  do  believe  that  conceal- 
ments are  bad,  and  that  in  midwifery  as  everywhere  else,  "  honesty  is  the 
best  policy ;"  besides,  the  patient  is  almost  certain  to  suspect  the  state  of 
the  case,  and  to  inquire  concerning  it.  I  think  with  Dr.  F.  Ramsbotham, 
that  in  all  cases  "  it  is  better  neither  to  inform  her  abruptly  of  the  nature 
of  the  case,  nor  to  make  any  mystery  about  it ;  but  certainly  to  tell  her, 


406  PLURAL   BIRTHS. — MONSTERS. 

that  she  will  soon  give  birth  to  a  second  ;  and  this  may  be  coupled  with  a 
congratulation  on  the  fortunate  progress  of  the  labour  so  far ;  and  an  assu- 
rance that  she  will  have  but  little  more  pain  to  bear,  and  that  the  case  pre- 
sents no  feature  calling  for  anxiety." 

622.  I  have  hitherto  spoken  only  of  twin  cases  in  which  one  of  the 
children  only  presented  ;  but  it  has  occasionally  happened,  that  both  bags 
of  membranes  have  ruptured,  and  an  extremity  of  different  children  de- 
scended at  the  same  time.  Thus,  the  late  Dr.  Fergusson  of  this  city,  has 
published  a  case  in  which  the  head  of  one  child  and  the  foot  of  another 
presented  together.  The  midwife  drew  down  the  leg,  and  so  jammed 
the  head  and  breech  in  the  pelvis  together.  However,  the  pains  being 
powerful,  expelled  the  natural  presentation  first  and  the  other  afterwards. 
A  similar  case  is  recorded  in  the  Edin.  Med.  and  Surg.  Journal,  1822, 
by  Mr.  Alexander,  and  Mr.  Allen  relates  one  in  the  Med.  Chir.  Trans. 
vol.  xii.,  in  which  the  two  heads  occupied  the  pelvis  together,  and  both 
were  naturally  expelled.  Dr.  F.  Ramsbotham  mentions  having  been 
called  to  a  case  when  a  right  and  a  left  foot  belonging  to  different  children 
presented ;  he  pushed  up  one  and  extracted  by  the  other,  and  both 
children  were  born  living. 

Such  cases  are  no  doubt  very  puzzling  at  first,  and  may  excite  some 
anxiety  as  to  the  result ;  but  it  may  be  remarked,  that  the  descent  of  a 
foot  with  the  head  proves  that  the  pelvis  is  unusually  large,  and  in  all  the 
cases  it  appears  that  the  pains  were  very  powerful.  It  would,  therefore, 
be  right,  if  we  could  not  push  up  one  of  the  presenting  parts,  to  give  fair 
play  to  the  natural  powers,  and  only  upon  conviction  of  their  inefficiency 
to  lessen  the  bulk  of  one  child.  If  the  head  of  the  footling  case  were 
within  reach,  it  would  be  better  to  operate  upon  it,  as  the  child's  life  will 
have  already  been  compromised  by  the  pressure  upon  the  cord,  whilst  the 
other  child  has  incurred  little  or  no  danger. 

In  such  a  case  as  Dr.  F.  Ramsbotham's,  we  must  of  course  adopt  a 
similar  line  of  practice,  pushing  up  one  leg  and  drawing  down  the  other, 
until  the  breech  be  engaged  in  the  upper  outlet. 

623.  II.  Monsters.  — All  that  is  obstetrically  important  relating  to 
this  subject  may  be  comprised  in  a  few  words.  As  far  as  we  are  con- 
cerned, we  may  divide  all  these  deviations  from  normal  formation  into 
monstrosities  by  defect  and  excess,  those  from  disease,  and  the  cases 
where  two  children  are  conjoined.  The  only  practical  point  involved,  is 
their  relation  in  size  to  the  pelvis  ;  consequently  with  those  by  defect  we 
have  nothing  to  do,  as  there  is  no  difficulty  in  their  transit  through  the 
pelvis.  Monsters  from  excessive  development  of  different  parts  likewise 
come  under  the  class  of  which  we  are  treating,  just  so  far  as  their  bulk  is 
rendered  disproportionate  to  the  pelvis. 

624.  The  principal  diseases  which  render  the  child  disproportionate  to 
the  passages,  are  hydrocephalus  and  ascites.  Neither  are  very  uncommon, 
and  most  practitioners  must  have  met  with  cases  of  them.  When  a  child, 
affected  with  hydrocephalus,  presents  at  the  brim,  the  entrance  may  be 
effected  with  difficulty,  or  it  may  be  quite  impossible :  the  head  is  nearly 
incompressible.  On  examination,  therefore,  we  find  that,  notwithstanding 
good  pains,  in  well-marked  cases,  the  head  does  not  dip  into  the  pelvis ; 
that  no  advance  whatever  is  made  by  the  uterine  pressure  (fig.  135).  The 
head  feels  full  and  tense.     If  the  iabour  were  left  to  nature  we  should, 


MONSTERS. 


407 


after  due  time,  have  all  the  bad  symptoms  of  a  prolonged  second  stage. 
The  diagnosis  is  obscure:  if  we  ascertain  the  pelvis  to  be  of  the  usual 
size,  and  still  find  that  the  great  bulk  of  the  head  is  above  the  brim  and 
cannot  descend,  the  case  is  clearly  one  of  great  disproportion,  and  it  is 


Fig.  135. 


equally  plain  that  the  excess  is  on  the  part  of  the  child  ;  in  such  circum- 
stances it  will  be  fair  to  suppose  the  case  one  of  hydrocephalus,  especially 
if  we  find  the  pulsations  of  the  foetal  heart  have  ceased. 

I  need  not  say  that  the  diagnosis  will  be  much  more  difficult  if  the 
feet  present,  although  the  same  principles  of  treatment  apply  equally, 
first  having  established  the  impracticability  of  delivery,  from  relative  dis- 
proportion. 

625.  In  ascites,  there  is  much  less  obscurity ;  the  head  having  been 
expelled,  it  is  easy  to  see  that  the  difficulty  arises  from  the  distension  of 
the  abdomen  of  the  child,  and  a  careful  examination  will,  in  most  cases, 
distinguish  between  ascites  and  tympanites.  In  the  latter  case,  the  air  is 
seldom  limited  to  the  abdomen,  but  the  face  and  chest  will  be  found  more 
or  less  puffed. 

626.  Double  monsters  are  very  rare,  and  may  create  great  difficulty 
in  the  delivery,  although  there  are  cases  on  record  of  the  children  having 
been  born  alive.  Dr.  Burns  quotes  several  such  :  "  In  the  seventh  volume 
of  the  Nouv.  Journ.  p.  164,"  he  says,  "is  a  case  where  two  children  were 
born  at  the  full  time,  united  by  the  inferior  part  of  the  belly,  from  the 
centre  of  which  came  the  cord.  The  vertebral  columns  almost  touched 
at  the  lower  part.  The  two  children,  who  were  of  different  sexes,  lived, 
we  are  told,  twelve  days,  but  nothing  is  said  of  the  labour.  In  the  Bul- 
letins for  1818,  p.  2,  two  children,  who  were  joined  by  the  back  at  the 
sacrum,  are  stated  to  have  been  born,  and  lived  till  the  ninth  day.  The 
first  child  presented  the  head,  but  the  midwife  could  not  well  tell  how  the 
second  got  out.  There  is  another  case,  at  page  32,  of  a  woman  who, 
after  many  days  of  labour,  bore  a  monster  double  in  its  upper  parts.  The 
spinal  column  was  united  from  the  sacrum  to  the  top  of  the  dorsal  verte- 


408  MONSTERS. 

brae,  then  the  cervical  vertebras  divided  to  form  two  necks.  The  midwife 
finding  the  head  to  present  along  with  the  cord  and  a  hand,  tried  to  turn, 
but  could  discover  nothing  but  superior  extremities.  She,  therefore,  let 
her  alone.  The  head  was  afterwards  expelled,  but  neither  nature  nor 
art  could  deliver  the  body.  M.  Ratel  finding  the  head  and  two  arms 
already  almost  separated  from  the  body,  cut  these  parts  ofT,  then  intro- 
ducing his  hand,  he  found  another  head,  turned  the  child,  and  brought 
away  the  whole  mass." 

There  is  a  skeleton  in  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  of  Ireland  of  a 
double  monster,  the  children  being  joined  by  the  lower  part  of  the  sacrum, 
and  I  believe  they  were  also  born  alive.  The  Siamese  twins  is  another 
instance  of  the  kind. 

627.  Treatment.  —  I  have  already  stated  the  general  principle  by 
which  we  are  to  be  governed  in  all  these  cases.  Whenever  the  mon- 
strosity adds  so  much  to  the  bulk  of  the  child  as  to  render  the  delivery 
impracticable  by  the  natural  powers,  we  must  lessen  the  bulk. 

In  cases  of  hydrocephalus  there  need  be  no  hesitation ;  in  most  cases 
the  child  is  dead,  and,  as  in  well-marked  examples  there  is  no  chance  of 
such  an  adaptation  as  will  enable  the  head  to  pass,  the  sooner  it  is  per- 
forated the  better.  The  ground  of  the  operation  is  the  mechanical  impedi- 
ment to  delivery,  and  the  death  of  the  child  will  justify  an  early  inter- 
ference. The  operation  is  very  easy ;  but,  should  the  operator  not  have 
suspected  hydrocephalus,  but  disproportion  from  another  cause,  the  sudden 
rush  of  water  may  alarm  him  lest  he  should  have  perforated  the  bladder. 
In  footling  cases  the  head  must  be  perforated  behind  the  ears. 

When  the  body  cannot  be  extracted,  owing  to  the  distension  by  air  or 
water^  relief  may  be  afforded  by  plunging  the  perforator  into  the  body. 

As  to  the  double  monstrosity,  Dr.  Burns  remarks  very  truly,  "the 
general  principle  of  conduct  must  be,  that,  when  the  impediment  is  very 
great,  and  does  not  yield  to  such  force  as  can  be  safely  exerted  by  pulling 
that  part  which  is  protruded,  a  separation  must  be  made,  generally  of  that 
part  which  is  protruded,  and  the  child  afterwards  turned,  if  necessary. 
Unless  the  pelvis  be  greatly  deformed  it  will  be  practicable  to  deliver  even 
a  double  child  by  means  of  perforation  of  the  cavities,  or  such  separation 
as  may  be  expedient,  and  the  use  of  the  hand,  forceps,  or  crotchet, 
according  to  circumstances.  A  great  degree  of  deformity  may  render  the 
Carsarean  operation  necessary. 

I  may  add,  as  a  caution  to  my  junior  readers,  that  the  destruction  of 
a  monster  after  birth  (no  matter  how  great  the  deformity)  is  punishable  as 
infanticide. 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 

PARTURITION— CLASS  III.  COMPLEX  LABOUR. 
ORDER  1.    PROLAPSE   OF   THE   FUNIS  UMBILICALIS. 

628.  Having  fully  considered  natural  labour,  -where  the  agents  or  ele- 
ments of  parturition  are  equally  balanced ;  and  unnatural  labour,  where 
the  abnormal  deviation  is  dependent  upon  some  deficiency  or  irregularity 
in  the  power,  the  passages,  or  the  child,  we  shall  now  pass  on  to  the  third 
class,  or  complex  labour,  in  which,  as  I  observed  before,  the  characteristic 
is  not  any  thing  in  the  mechanism  of  labour,  but  arises  from  some  acci- 
dental complication.  The  labour  itself  may  be  natural  or  unnatural,  but 
more  frequently  the  former  than  the  latter :  however,  with  the  considera- 
tion of  the  labour  (except  as  connected  with  the  complication)  we  have 
nothing  to  do. 

The  first  complication  I  shall  describe  is  prolapse  of  the  funis,  either 
alone,  or  along  with  the  presenting  part ;  and  occurring  either  at  the 
commencement  or  during  the  course  of  the  labour. 

Fig.  136. 


This  accident  has  no  influence  whatever  upon  the  progress  of  the 
labour;  but  a  very  serious  one  upon  the  life  of  the  child,  and  any  inter- 
ference which  may  be  advised  is  tor  the  purpose  of  rescuing  it  from  peril. 

629.   Statistics.  —  We  may  form  some  idea  of  the  freque 
occurrence,  and  of  the  result  to  the  child,  from  the  follow;  :  — 

2k  (409} 


410 

1.  Frequency. 


PROLAPSE    OF   THE 


British  Practice. 

French  Practice. 

Total  No. 

Prolapse 

Total  No. 

Prolapse 

Authors. 

of  Cases. 

ot'  Twins. 

Authors. 

of  Cases. 

of  Twins. 

Dr.  Bland .     .     . 

1,897 

1 

Mad.  Boivin  . 

20,517 

38 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke  . 

10,387 

66 

Mad.  Lachapelle 

15,652 

26 

Dr.  Merriman     . 

2,947 

8 

M.  Mazzoni    .     . 

452 

18 

Dr.  Granville 
Edin.    Lying-in  ) 
Hospital     .      j 

640 

1 

2,452 

3 

Dr.  Collins     .     . 

16,414 

97 

German  Practice. 

Dr.  Cusack    . 

398 

5 

Dr.  Maunsell 

839 

2 

M.  Richter    . 

624 

4 

Mr.  Gregory . 

691 

7 

A.  E.  v.  Siebold 

492 

2 

Dr.  Beatty     . 

1,182 

6 

Dr.  Voigtel    .     . 

29 

1 

Mr.  Lever 

4,666 

6 

Dr.  Jansen    .     . 

13,369 

86 

Dr.  Reid  .     . 

3,250 

16 

Mr.  French    . 

89 

1 

Dr.  Churchill 

1,525 

7 

Drs.  M'Clintock  ) 
and  Hardy       £ 

6,634 

37 

Thus,  in  British  practice  it  occurred  263  times  in  54,011  cases,  or  about 
1  in  207^ ;  in  French  practice,  82  times  in  36,621  cases,  or  about  1  in 
446|;  and,  in  German  practice,  93  times  in  14,514  cases,  or  about  1  in 
156.  Taking  the  whole  together,  we  have  105,146  cases,  and  437  exam- 
ples of  prolapsed  funis,  or  about  1  in  240. 

The  risk  to  the  child  may  be  estimated  from  the  following  table : — 

2.  Mortality. 


Cases 

Chil- 

Cord 

Delivered 

Delivered 

Authors. 

of 

dren 

re- 

Naturally. 

by 

by 

Prolapse. 

lost. 

placed. 

Version. 

Forceps. 

Mr.  Giffard 

21 

17 

2 

15 

5 

Dr.  Smellie 

6 

2 

5 

Mr.  Perfect 

4 

3 

4 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke  . 

66 

49 

Dr.  Merriman 

8 

4 

Dr.  Ramsbotham 

1 

1 

1 

Dr.  Collins  . 

97 

70 

Dr.  Cusack 

5 

5 

Mr.  Gregory 

7 

4 

Dr.  Beatty  . 

6 

4 

Mr.  Lever  . 

6 

2 

Dr.  Churchill       . 

7 

5 

Drs.  M'Clintock  and  I 

lardy 

37 

25 

5 

6 

Mad.  Boivin 

38 

9 

25 

13 

Mad.  Lachapelle 

26 

7 

2 

1 

10 

13 

Dr.  Voigtel 

1 

1 

Dr.  Jansen . 

86 

38 

46 

6 

Here  we  find  that  out  of  392  cases  of  prolapse,  245  children  were  lost, 
or  more  than  one-half;  a  larger  mortality  than  we  find  in  any  other  order 
of  practicable  labour. 


FUNIS    UMBILICALIS.  411 

It  must  always  be  remembered,  when  speaking  of  the  results  of  this 
accident  to  the  child,  that  in  lying-in  hospitals  many  of  the  cases  do  not 
seek  admission  till  some  time  after  the  occurrence,  when  the  chance  of  a 
safe  delivery  is  diminished  ;  and  some  not  until  the  cord  has  ceased  to 
pulsate.  Twenty-two  such  cases  occurred  out  of  the  73  unfavourable 
ones  Dr.  Collins  has  recorded. 

630.  Causes.  —  Many  circumstances  have  been  assigned  as  likely  to 
cause,  or  to  favour  the  occurrence  of  this  complication. 

1.  Mai-position  of  the  child. — Smellie,  in  his  plate  of  this  accident,  has 
represented  the  child  lying  across  the  uterus,  with  the  umbilicus  at  the 
upper  outlet,  and  the  cord  hanging  down  in  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis ;  and 
Froriep  regards  this  as  an  exact  explanation.  After  a  careful  examination 
of  the  cases  I  have  seen,  and  a  tolerably  extensive  investigation  into  those 
recorded  by  authors,  I  can  find  few,  if  any,  facts  in  support  of  this  view, 
and  must,  therefore,  attribute  the  explanation  rather  to  Smellie's  ingenuity 
than  to  his  observation. 

2.  It  would  appear  that  a  small  child,  with  a  large  quantity  of  the 
liquor  amnii,  by  allowing  the  head  of  the  foetus  to  move  away  from  the 
brim  of  the  pelvis  during  the  latter  months,  will  favour  the  escape  of  a 
loop  of  the  funis. 

3.  The  sudden  rupture  of  the  membranes,  and  the  forcible  rush  of  a 
large  quantity  of  the  liquor  amnii,  may  have  a  similar  effect,  and  especially 
when  aided  by  an  untoward  position  in  the  mother,  as  occurred  to  a 
patient  of  mine  who  was  standing  up  when  the  membranes  suddenly 
ruptured. 

4.  It  will  be  favoured  by  a  presentation  of  the  feet  or  knees,  as  they  do 
not  fill  up  the  upper  outlet ;  and  even  where  the  cord  does  not  descend 
at  the  commencement  of  labour,  it  may  before  the  breech  enters  the 
pelvis.  M.  Naegele  is  not  correct,  however,  in  stating  that  it  occurs  most 
frequently  with  footling  cases. 

5.  M.  Naegele  adds,  irregular  shape,  or  irregular  action  of  the  uterus 
as  an  occasional  cause. 

6.  Excessive  length  of  cord  forms  undoubtedly  an  important  element; 
but  it  requires  other  conditions  also,  since  in  the  cases  of  cords  of  from 
thirty-six  to  fifty-four  inches  long  which  I  have  noticed,  no  prolapse  oc- 
curred. 

7.  I  may  state,  from  my  own  observation,  that  I  have  found,  in  several 
cases  of  prolapse,  that  the  placenta  was  situated  low  down  near  the  cervix 
uteri,  and,  in  some  few  others,  that  the  fu?iis  was  inserted  into  the  lower 
edge  of  the  placenta. 

There  are  cases,  however,  which  are  not  attributable  to  any  of  these 
causes. 

I  have  already  mentioned  a  case  in  which  prolapse  was  prevented  by 
-ling  of  the  cord  round  the  neck  of  the  child. 

631.  In  all  cases  of  prolapsed  funis,  the  child  is  in  the  utmost  danger 
from  the  moment  the  upper  strait  of  the  pelvis  is  filled  by  the  part  of  the 
child  descending,  in  consequence  of  the  pressure  upon  the  cord,  just  as 
in  footling  cases.  The  effects  of  this  pressure  are  in  proportion  to  the 
time  it  is  continued,  if  the  cord  be  not  partially  shielded  from  it  by  its 
situation. 

There  are  but  few  cases  in  which  the  child  escapes  safely  when  the 


412  PROLAPSE    OF    THE 

labour  is  left  to  the  natural  powers.  In  those  in  which  I  have  seen  this 
happy  result,  the  pelvis  was  very  large,  the  child  of  a  moderate  size,  and 
the  pains  very  violent,  so  that  the  second  stage  of  labour  occupied  but  a 
very  short  space  of  time.  The  same  result  will  obtain  in  those  cases 
where  the  cord  is  shielded  from  pressure,  by  being  lodged  in  the  angle  at 
the  junction  of  the  sacrum  and  ilium.  The  chances  will  be  still  greater, 
if  the  patient  have  previously  borne  five  or  six  children. 

632.  Treatment. — The  means  to  be  adopted  will  depend  entirely 
upon  the  state  of  the  prolapsed  cord.  Should  it  exhibit  marks  of  putre- 
faction, or  be  without  pulsation,  it  will  be  useless  to  interfere,  because 
hopeless  as  regards  the  life  of  the  infant,  and  the  labour  may  be  allowed 
to  terminate  naturally.  Capuron  advises  us  not  to  interfere  at  once,  even 
though  the  cord  should  pulsate,  but  rather  to  wait  until  the  pulsations 
become  feeble.  It  will  certainly  be  desirable  that  the  os  uteri  should  be 
as  much  dilated  as  possible ;  and  if  we  discover  the  prolapsed  cord 
before  the  rupture  of  the  membranes,  it  will  be  well  to  postpone  their 
rupture  until  that  object  be  effected. 

Various  modes  of  management  have  been  proposed. 

1.  We  are  advised  to  push  the  cord  upwards,  beyond  the  brim  of  the 
pelvis,  and  there  to  retain  it  with  one  or  twTo  fingers,  until  the  upper  outlet 
be  filled  by  the  descending  head. 

This  would  seem  easy  and  certain,  but  in  practice  it  is  not  so  ;  for  the 
pains  which  force  down  the  head,  force  down  the  cord  also,  and  besides, 
there  is  some  risk  of  displacing  the  head.  This  re-position  is  still  more 
difficult,  if  any  other  part  than  the  head  present.  On  the  whole,  I  believe 
I  may  say  that  it  rarely  succeeds. 

2.  It  has  been  proposed  to  return  the  cord,  and  to  hook  it  over  the 
limbs  of  the  child.  This  may  also  succeed,  but  it  is  a  very  difficult  and 
a  somewhat  dangerous  operation,  and  I  am  inclined  to  agree  with  Dr. 
Burns,  that  "  if  the  hand  is  to  be  introduced  so  far,  it  is  better  at  once  to 
turn  the  child."*  It  is  but  right  to  add,  that  Sir  R.  Croft  succeeded 
twice  in  this  w7ay.f 

3.  Various  mechanical  expedients  have  been  contrived  for  retaining  the 
cord  when  replaced.  Thus  enclosing  the  cord  in  a  leather  bag,  and 
pushing  it  beyond  the  head  of  the  child,  was  recommended  by  Mac- 
kenzie ;f  attaching  the  cord  to  the  extremity  of  a  canula,  by  Ducamp ; 
or  of  a  catheter,  by  Dudan  ;§  the  reductor,  by  Aitken  ;  a  thin  elastic  flat 
rod  of  steel,  by  Dr.  D.  Davis  ;||  and  a  modification  of  some  of  these 
contrivances  was  suggested  by  Champion,  Favereau,  and  Guillon.H 

Dr.  Harris,  of  Philadelphia,  returned  the  cord  above  the  knees  in  a 
breech  presentation,  and  the  child  wTas  saved. 

4.  Osiander,  Busch,  Hogben,  and  Hopkins,  propose  to  retain  the  cord 
by  introducing  a  piece  of  sponge  after  its  replacement. 

5.  Dr.  S.  Merriman  has  twice  succeeded  in  saving  the  infant,  not  by 
returning  the  cord,  but  by  placing  it  in  the  angle  formed  by  the  junction 

*  Principles  of  Midwifery,  p.  433. 

|  Merriraan's  Synopsis,  p.  99. 

I  Merriman,  p.  99. 

I  Revue  Med.  1828,  vol.  iii.  p.  502. 

||  Elements  of  Operative  Midwifery,  1825,  p.  170. 

\  Velpeau,  Traite  des  Accouchemens,  p.  342.     Ed.  Brux. 


FUNIS    UMBILICALIS.  413 

of  the  sacrum  and  ilium,  where  it  is  in  a  great  measure  shielded  from 
pressure. 

6.  If  we  determine  to  try  the  preceding  plans,  or  if  the  advance  of  the 
head  preclude  any  attempt  at  re-position,  or,  lastly,  if  the  cord  come 
down  during  labour,  we  may  increase  the  chances  of  safety  by  applying 
the  forceps  and  hastening  delivery,  as  soon  as  the  head  is  within  reach. 

7.  If  the  patient  have  had  children  before,  and  if  the  pelvis  be  roomy, 
and  the  soft  parts  well  dilated,  perhaps  the  best  chance  for  the  child  is  in 
turning,  particularly  if  there  should  be  a  mal-presentation. 

But  as  this  operation  is  not  without  hazard  to  the  mother,  we  should 
accurately  estimate  the  favourable  or  unfavourable  probabilities  as  regards 
the  child,  before  we  attempt  it. 

Madame  Boivin  turned  the  child  in  25  cases,  and  used  the  forceps  in 
13  out  of  the  38  cases  she  has  recorded,  and  saved  29  children.  Madame 
Lachapelle  in  23  cases  used  the  forceps  13  times,  and  version  10;  17 
children  were  saved. 

In  one  case,  Dr.  Collins  saved  the  child  by  returning  the  cord,  and 
retaining  it  by  the  hand  in  the  vagina ;  in  another,  by  enclosing  it  in  a 
linen  bag,  returning  it,  and  retaining  it  there  by  introducing  a  piece  of 
sponge.* 

Should  the  delivery  have  been  completed  within  a  short  time  after  the 
cord  has  ceased  to  pulsate,  it  will  be  our  duty  to  employ  for  some  time 
the  usual  means  for  resuscitating  the  child :  so  long  as  the  heart  beats 
ever  so  faintly,  there  is  hope. 

*  "  Many  various  methods  of  repositing  the  cord,  or  putting  it  back  into  the  womb, 
above  the  foetal  head,"  remarks  Dr.  Meigs  (Obstetrics ;  the  Science  and  the  Art,  2d  ed.), 
"have  been  proposed;  they  have  mostly  been  found  ineffectual,  the  cord  being  apt  to 
fall  down  again,  even  after  it  had  been  put  into  the  proper  place.  I  have  never  yet 
had  an  opportunity  to  try  a  method  which  I  beg  leave  to  propose  to  my  readers,  and 
which  is  as  follows:  Take  a  piece  of  riband  or  tape,  a  quarter  of  an  inch  wide  and  four 
or  five  inches  long.  Half  an  inch  from  the  end,  fold  the  tape  back,  and  sew  the  edges 
so  as  to  make  a  small  pocket.  Then  fold  the  other  end  in  the  opposite  direction,  and 
sew  that  also,  to  make  a  pocket  of  it.  Now  if  the  cord  be  taken  in  the  tape,  and  held 
as  in  a  sling,  a  catheter  may  be  pushed  into  one  of  the  pockets,  and  that  one  thrust 
into  the  other,  so  that  we  shall  have  the  cord  held  as  in  a  sling,  which  is  itself  sup- 
ported on  the  end  of  the  catheter  or  womb-sound.  Let  the  catheter  be  now  pushed  up 
into  the  womb,  beyond  the  foetal  head ;  it  will  carry  the  secured  portion  of  cord  with 
it,  and  the  catheter  being  withdrawn,  the  tape  is  left  in  the  uterine  cavity,  where  no 
harm  can  be  occasioned  by  its  presence.  If  required,  several  such  tapes  could  be 
secured  round  the  cord,  and  all  of  them  fixed  on  the  end  of  the  same  catheter,  and 
pushed  at  the  same  moment  far  up  within  the  cavity  of  the  womb."  —  Editor 


2k2 


CHAPTER  XIX. 

PARTURITION.  — CLASS  III.  COMPLEX  LABOUR. 
ORDER  2.  RETENTION  OF  THE  PLACENTA. 

633.  In  the  definition  of  natural  labour  I  included  the  expulsion  of  the 
placenta  "  in  due  time ;"  and  when  speaking  of  the  third  stage  (§  339)  I 
mentioned  that  Dr.  Clarke  found  the  average  interval  between  the  birth 
of  the  child  and  expulsion  of  the  after-birth  was  20  minutes,  and  that  out 
of  277  cases  observed  by  myself,  in  250  it  was  expelled  within  a  quarter 
of  an  hour;  from  these  data  I  remarked  "we  may  conclude  with  the 
highest  authorities,  that  in  natural  labour  the  placenta  ought  to  be  expelled 
within  an  hour  or  an  hour  and  a  half,  and  that  when  the  interval  exceeds 
this,  the  case  fairly  comes  under  the  order  of  "  retained  placenta." 

There  is,  however,  an  exception  to  the  stringent  application  of  this  rule, 
and  that  is  when,  from  the  length  of  the  labour  or  its  abnormal  character, 
the  uterus  has  been  over- fatigued,  so  that  it  does  not  so  soon  resume  its 
contractions.  There  is  no  reason  to  suppose  the  uterus  exempted  from 
fatigue  in  proportion  to  its  exertions,  any  more  than  any  muscle  of  the 
body ;  and  when  it  has  been  so  fatigued,  we  do  find  that  it  requires  and 
takes  a  longer  interval  of  rest  than  usual,  and  that  after  this  has  elapsed, 
it  contracts  again,  and  expels  the  remaining  contents.  In  estimating  the 
interval  which  ought  to  elapse  before  we  interfere,  we  must,  therefore, 
take  into  consideration  the  peculiar  kind  of  labour  and  probable  amount 
of  fatigue,  and  allow  a  certain  variation  accordingly. 

Some  writers  have  recommended  that  the  placenta  should  never  be 
extracted  except  in  case  of  hemorrhage  ;  but  it  was  found  that  if  left  to 
nature,  it  was  occasionally  retained  until  it  putrefied  and  excited  uterine 
inflammation  ;  for  this  reason,  others  recommended  its  immediate  extrac- 
tion ;  but  the  truth  appears  to  lie  between  the  two  extremes.  We  do  not 
interfere  when  the  uterus  is  adequate  to  the  expulsion,  but  when  we  are 
convinced  that  its  efforts  are  suspended  or  inadequate,  we  extract  it,  to 
avoid  the  risk  of  hemorrhage  or  inflammation  of  the  uterus.* 

*  No  patient  can  be  safely  left  until  the  placenta  is  delivered  and  the  uterus  has  so 
far  contracted  as  to  secure  her  from  the  danger  of  hemorrhage.  Dr.  Robert  Lee  is  of 
opinion  that,  "in  all  cases,  whatever  the  cause  of  the  retention  may  be,  if  the  placenta, 
at  the  end  of  an  hour,  is  not  detached  from  the  uterus  and  expelled,  it  should  be  with- 
drawn artificially  by  passing  the  hand  along  the  cord  to  its  insertion,  expanding  the 
fingers,  and  grasping  the  whole  mass,  or  as  much  as  can  be  seized  and  brought  away. 
The  difficulty  of  removing  portions  of  placenta,  adhering  with  more  than  the  natural 
firmness  to  the  uterus,  is  only  increased  by  delay." — Clinical  Midwifery,  p.  191.  But, 
with  Dr.  Meigs  (op.  cit.),  we  believe  "  there  can  be,  nor  ought  to  be,  no  fixed  rule  on  the 
subject,  except  this  one  rule,  namely,  the  placenta  must  be  got  away,  as  there  is  no 
security  while  it  is  left."  Dr.  Meigs  thinks  that  lie  has  never  waited  for  its  spontaneous 
extrusion  more  than  an  hour  and  a  half,  for  he  has  always  supposed  that  if  it  would 
not  take  place  in  one  hour,  there  was  little  prospect  of  its  taking  place  in  twenty-four 
hours.  He  admits,  however,  that  cases  may  and  do  occur,  in  which  a  longer  delay 
might  be  advisable  ;  though  he  has  not  met  with  such  cases.  These  remarks,  of  course, 
refer  to  the  placenta  retained  in  utero,  and  not  to  cases  where  it  is  partly  expelled  into 
the  vagina;  for,  when  in  the  vagina,  there  can  certainly  be  no  necessity  for  waiting  at 
all ;  it  ought  to  be  removed  at  once.  —  Editor. 

(414) 


RETENTION    OF    THE    PLACENTA. 


415 


634.  Definition. — I  would  therefore  define  cases  of  retained  placenta 
to  be  those  in  which  the  uterus  docs  uot,  after  a  due  interval  of  rest, 
detach  or  expel  the  placenta,  and  which,  consequently,  require  extraction. 
This  interval  may  be  fixed  at  an  hour  and  a  half,  or  thereabouts,  for 
ordinary  cases;  but,  on  the  one  hand,  more  time  may  be  required  if  the 
fatigue  have  been  excessive,  and  on  the  other,  prompt  interference  will  be 
necessary,  if  hemorrhage  supervene. 

635.  Statistics.  —  The  following  table  will  enable  us  to  estimate  its 
frequency,  causes,  and,  in  some  measure,  its  consequences. 


Authors. 

Total 
Number  of 

Cases. 

Retained 
Placenta. 

Inertia. 

[rregular 

(  'ohlrar- 

tion. 

Morbid 
Adhesion. 

Mothers 
lost. 

Mr.  Giffard    .     . 

24 

3 

7 

11 

3 

Mr.  Perfect    .     . 

19 

2 

14 

3 

4 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke   . 

10,387 

21 

5 

5 

Dr.  Ramsbotham 

27 

2 

1 

24* 

10 

Dr.  Granville .     . 

'  640 

7 

Edin.  Hospital     . 

2,452 

6 

6 

Dr.  Cusack     .     . 

701 

22 

'  r>' 

1 

Dr.  Maunsell .     . 

416 

2 

Dr.  Collins      .     . 

16,414 

66 

37 

19 

10 

6 

Dr.  Reid    .     .     . 

3,250 

32 

Dr.  Beatty      .     . 

783 

1 

1 

1 

Mr.  Lever .     .     . 

4,666 

37 

22 

'lo' 

M.  Riecke.     .     . 

219,303 

188 

A.  E.  v.  Siebold  . 

238 

8 

1 

From  this  it  appears  that  in  259,250  cases,  it  occurred  392  times,  or 
about  1  in  66 1-1.  In  186  cases,  when  the  result  to  the  mother  is  given,  36 
died,  or  about  1  in  5 :  but  much  allowance  must  be  made  for  this  exces- 
sive mortality,  owing  to  mismanagement  on  the  part  of  midwives  before 
an  accoucheur  is  called  in.  The  immediate  cause  of  death  is  generally 
hemorrhage. 

636.  Causes  and  Treatment.  —  The  principal  causes  of  retention  of 
the  placenta  are:  1.  Inertia  of  the  uterus.  2.  Irregular  contraction  of 
the  uterus :  and  3.  Morbid  adhesion  between  the  uterus  and  placenta. 
These  we  shall  consider  separately  with  their  treatment. 

1.  Inertia  of  the  uterus.  —  I  have  already  stated  that  the  contractions 
which  expel  the  child  may  detach  partially  or  wholly  the  placenta,  or  it 
may  be  unaffected  by  them :  in  this  state  it  will  of  course  remain  until  the 
recurrence  of  uterine  action.  But  cases  not  unfrequently  occur  in  which 
the  uterus  remains  quiescent  after  expelling  the  child,  owing  sometimes 
to  the  length  and  severity  of  the  labour,  and  sometimes  apparently  to  a 
peculiarity  of  uterine  constitution  ;  in  other  words,  to  a  cause  unknown. 
Now  if  in  such  cases  the  placenta  be  entirely  adherent,  no  evil  conse- 
quences will  result  for  some  time;  there  is,  of  course,  the  risk  of  a  partial 
separation  occurring,  and  a  secondary  risk  from  decomposition  if  it  remain 
I0112:  enough  :  but  there  is  no  immediate  danger.  On  the  other  hand,  if 
it  be  partially  or  wholly  detached,  and  lying  in  the  uterus,  the  separation 
will  have  exposed  many  large  vessels,  and  the  absence  of  uterine  con- 
traction permits  the  uncontrolled  escape  of  blood,  so  that  in  these  cases 
27 


416  RETENTION  OF  THE  PLACENTA. 

there  is  generally  more  or  less  flooding — it  maybe  even  to  a  fatal  extent: 
therefore,  in  addition  to  the  more  distant  danger,  which  these  cases  share 
in  common  with  the  former,  there  is  immediate  danger  from  hemorrhage 
of  the  most  urgent  kind. 

If  the  hand  be  placed  upon  the  abdomen,  the  uterus  is  felt  large  and 
flabby,  without  any  of  the  firmness  which  is  its  characteristic  in  a  state 
of  active  contraction. 

627.  Treatment.  —  The  promptitude  of  our  interference  depends  en- 
tirely upon  the  presence  or  absence  of  flooding.  If  there  be  great  hemor- 
rhage, the  placenta  must  be  instantly  removed  either  by  traction  by  the 
cord,  or  by  the  introduction  of  the  hand.  There  is  one  exception  to  this 
rule,  however,  and  that  is  when  hemorrhage  has  occurred  to  such  an 
extent  that  the  patient  has  fainted,  and  is  almost  moribund :  in  this  case 
a  very  little  additional  loss  may  be  fatal,  even  so  little  as  may  occur  on 
removing  the  placenta  ;  but  as  for  the  present  it  is  arrested  by  the  syncope, 
we  may  postpone  the  operation  until  the  patient  rallies  a  little,  taking  care 
not  to  wait  until  the  hemorrhage  returns. 

"  If  there  have  already  been  hemorrhage  so  profuse  as  to  occasion 
danger,"  says  Denman,  "  and  the  common  consequences  of  loss  of  blood, 
as  fainting  and  the  like,  have  already  followed,  the  placenta  ought  not 
then  to  be  extracted,  nor  the  patient  disturbed,  nor  any  change  made,  till 
she  is  somewhat  recovered  from  her  extreme  debility ;  as  the  danger 
would  be  thereby  increased,  and  the  patient  die,  during,  or  immediately 
after  the  operation,  as  I  have  seen  and  known  in  several  instances." 

There  may,  however,  be  no  flooding:  and  in  some  cases  it  might  be 
possible  to  remove  the  placenta  by  a  steady  pull  at  the  cord,  but,  to  say 
nothing  of  the  risk  of  breaking  it,  we  should  only  be  exposing  the  patient 
to  a  risk  of  hemorrhage  by  withdrawing  the  placenta  whilst  the  uterus 
was  relaxed.  The  best  plan  is  first  to  try  and  excite  the  uterus  to  con- 
tract by  friction  and  pressure  upon  the  abdomen,  and  to  draw  by  the 
cord  steadily  and  firmly.  If  the  uterus  still  remain  inert,  we  are  recom- 
mended by  M.  Mojon,  and  some  continental  practitioners,  to  inject  the 
umbilical  vein  with  cold  water,  so  as  to  stimulate  the  uterus  by  the  im- 
pression of  cold.  1  have  mentioned  this,  but  I  should  fear  that  there 
would  be  risk  of  exciting  inflammation  by  it.  I  have,  however,  repeat- 
edly given  the  ergot  of  rye  in  such  cases,  and  with  the  best  effects ;  when 
successful,  it  brings  on  uterine  contractions,  and  causes  the  spontaneous 
expulsion  of  the  after-birth,  at  the  same  time  that  it  effectually  guards 
against  hemorrhage.  If  it  fail,  we  have  no  resource  but  to  extract  the 
placenta  by  the  hand,  an  operation  never  to  be  lightly  undertaken,  as  it  is 
one  by  no  means  free  from  danger.  It  should  be  performed  very  gently 
and  deliberately.  The  fingers,  formed  into  a  cone,  are  to  be  introduced 
into  the  vagina  and  os  uteri,  in  the  axis  of  the  outlet  and  brim,  guided  by 
the  funis,  and  so  gradually  up  to  the  placenta,  which  may  be  grasped  by 
its  inner  surface,  as  Hamilton  and  Burns  recommend,  or  the  finger  may  be 
gently  insinuated  between  it  and  the  uterus,  so  as  to'peel  it  off  very  care- 
fully and  gently.  Great  care  must  be  taken  on  the  one  hand,  not  to  in- 
jure the  surface  of  the  uterus,  and,  on  the  other,  to  remove  the  whole  of 
the  placenta;  and  having  done  this,  the  detached  mass  should  be  grasped, 
and  the  uterus,  which  by  the  operation  will  be  excited  to  action,  allowed 
to  expel  both  it  and  the  hand.     By  so  doing  we  shall  secure  its  contrac- 


RETENTION   OF   THE    PLACENTA.  417 

tion,  and  guard  against  hemorrhage,  and  meanwhile  external  pressure 
should  be  exerted  by  the  other  hand,  and  maintained  by  compresses  and 
the  binder. 

This  operation  should  never  be  performed  without  char  conviction  of 
its  necessity,  as  it  is  by  no  means  without  danger :  Dr.  Denman  observes 
that  although  "  it  is  often  mentioned  as  a  slight  thing,  yet  I  am  persuaded 
that  every  person  who  attends  to  the  consequences  of  the  practice,  will 
mink  it  of  importance,  and  that,  if  possible,  it  always  ought  to  be 
avoided." 

After  the  operation,  we  must  remain  some  time  with  the  patient  to  be 
sure  that  the  uterus  does  not  again  relax  and  hemorrhage  ensue,  and  for 
some  time  watch  carefully  lest  inflammation  should  set  in. 

638.  2.  Irregular  contraction.  —  After  the  delivery  of  the  child  in 
ordinarv  cases,  the  uterus  closes  equally  over  the  after-birth,  pressing  it 
on  all  sides,  and  forming  a  globular  tumour  in  the  abdomen.  There  are 
occasional  though  rare  exceptions,  however,  to  this  equal  contraction,  in 
which  the  uterus  contracts  unequally  and  yet  forcibly,  and  so  far  from 
effecting  the  expulsion  of  the  placenta,  which  is  the  principal  object  of  its 
contraction,  it  is  thereby  effectually  retained.  This  irregular  contraction 
sometimes  follows  natural  labour,  but  more  frequently  labour  with  mal- 
presentation  or  instrumental  delivery,  and  it  is  attributed  (not  without  jus- 
tice, I  think)  in  some  cases  to  the  action  of  the  ergot  of  rye. 

There  are  three  kinds  of  irregular  contraction  which  may  be  briefly 
noticed  :  1.  The  first  is  seldom  noticed  in  books,  and  yet  it  is  of  frequent 
occurrence.  It  appears  to  consist  in  a  contraction  of  the  fibres  of  the 
cervix  uteri  to  a  greater  degree  than  of  those  of  the  body  and  fundus.  If 
the  hand  be  placed  upon  the  abdomen,  the  uterus  is  to  a  certain  degree, 
but  not  firmly,  contracted,  whilst  if  the  finger  be  passed  into  the  os  uteri, 
the  cervix  is  found  to  be  hard  and  contracted,  and  the  cord  when  pulled 
does  not  give.  The  placenta  is  sometimes  adherent,  but  more  frequently 
partially  or  wholly  detached,  and  a  portion  of  it  may  often  be  felt  in  the 
os  uteri.  In  common  with  other  varieties  of  irregular  contraction  there 
is  sometimes  hemorrhage,  but  frequently  none  at  all,  and  the  necessity  for 
interference  chiefly  arises  from  the  indisposition  of  the  uterus  to  rectify  the 
irregularity  and  expel  the  after-birth.  The  globular  tumour,  moderately 
contracted,  the  narrowed  os  uteri,  and  the  firm  retention  of  the  placenta, 
even  when  partially  or  wholly  detached,  will  distinguish  these  cases  from 
all  others. 

2.  The  second  irregular  contraction  is  that  which  has  received  the  name 
of  "  hour-glass  contraction."  The  band  of  fibres  around  the  body  of  the 
uterus  are  thrown  into  a  state  of  permanent  contraction,  the  remaining 
portion  being  only  in  a  state  of  moderate  action,  giving  to  the  uterus 
something  of  the  figure  of  an  hour-glass,  and  dividing  its  cavity  into  two 
chambers,  an  upper  and  a  lower,  in  the  former  of  which  the  placenta  is 
mainly  or  entirely  contained.  It  may  be  entirely  adherent,  or  partially  or 
wholly  detached,  though  seldom  the  latter.  Occasionally  there  is  hemor- 
rhage. This  variety  of  irregular  contraction  has  been  attributed  to  the 
too  rapid  passage  or  extraction  of  the  child  ;  to  a  lingering  labour  with 
women  of  an  irritable  constitution,  and  to  the  partial  action  of  ergot. 
My  friend  Dr.  Douglass  thinks  that  hourglass  contraction  rarely  or  never 
occurs  without  morbid  adhesion  of  the  placenta.     Drs.  Campbell  and  F. 


418  RETENTION  OF  THE  PLACENTA. 

Ramsbotham  deem  it  a  very  rare  occurrence.  It  is  very  seldom  that  we 
can  discover  any  irregularity  of  form  in  the  uterus  by  placing  the  hand  on 
the  abdomen,  and,  in  consequence,  the  diagnosis  is  very  obscure,  until 
the  hand  is  introduced  for  the  purpose  of  extraction. 

3.  The  third  irregularity  is  a  preponderating  contraction  of  the  circular 
fibres  of  the  uterus,  throwing  the  organ  into  the  shape  of  a  long  cylinder, 
so  that  it  feels  narrower  than  usual ;  and  instead  of  a  globular  tumour 
just  above  the  pubis,  it  is  often  felt  reaching  up  above  the  umbilicus,  and 
internally  it  may  be  difficult  to  reach  to  the  fundus.  As  in  hour-glass 
contraction,  there  is  not  always  flooding,  and  the  causes  are  probably  the 
same.  The  diagnosis  is  aided,  however,  by  the  shape  of  the  uterus, 
although  it  is  often  sufficiently  obscure. 

639.  Treatment. — The  first  variety  of  irregular  contraction  can  gene- 
rally be  remedied  without  the  introduction  of  the  hand.  Steady  and  firm 
traction  should  be  made  by  the  cord  in  the  axis  of  the  brim,  and  main- 
tained for  some  time  without  relaxation :  this  in  many  cases  overcomes 
the  spasmodic  action,  and  the  placenta  is  rather  suddenly  released.  If  it 
fail,  one  or  two  fingers  introduced  within  the  os  uteri  may  be  sufficient, 
as  they  may  be  able  to  seize  a  portion  of  the  after-birth,  and  so  aid  in  the 
traction.  I  have  seldom  found  it  necessary  to  do  more  than  this  ;  but  of 
course  if  it  do  not  succeed,  the  placenta  must  be  extracted  by  introducing 
the  hand  carefully  and  gently  as  before  described. 

In  the  second  and  third  form  of  irregular  contraction,  traction  by  the 
cord  is  quite  ineffectual,  so  firmly  is  the  placenta  grasped.  We  can  only 
wait,  therefore,  until  we  are  satisfied  that  it  will  not  be  separated  and  ex- 
pelled naturally,  and  cannot  be  withdrawn  by  the  cord,  and  then  at  once 
proceed  to  extract  it.*  The  introduction  of  the  hand  is  to  be  effected  in 
the  way  already  described,  until  we  arrive  at  the  contraction,  which  is  to 
be  overcome  by  gentle  but  steady  pressure  of  the  points  of  the  fingers 
gathered  into  a  cone,  and  when  we  reach  the  placenta,  we  must  remember 
to  detach  the  whole,  and  to  allow  the  hand  to  be  expelled  by  the  uterus. 
In  the  hour-glass  contraction,  the  lower  chamber  is  so  complete,  and  the 
contraction  so  close,  that  persons  have  suspected  that  the  aperture  through 
which  the  cord  was  traced  was  in  fact  a  laceration  :  a  little  patience  and 
perseverance,  however,  will  show  the  true  state  of  the  case,  and,  besides, 
although  the  child  often  escapes  through  a  laceration  into  the  abdomen, 
it  is  very  rare  for  the  placenta  to  do  so. 

Opium  and  venisection  have  both  been  recommended  for  the  relief  of 
irregular  contraction ;  but  I  quite  agree  with  Dr.  Ramsbotham  that  both 
are  objectionable. 

Let  me  again  impress  upon  my  readers  the  necessity  of  great  care  to 
secure  the  regular,  equal,  and  permanent  contraction  of  the  uterus  after- 
wards. 

640.  3.  Morbid  adhesion  of  the  placenta  to  the  uterus.  —  Many  of  the 
diseases  of  the  placenta  to  which  I  have  heretofore  (§  180)  referred,  may 
occasion  adhesion  between  its  outer  surface  and  the  inner  surface  of  the 
uterus.     Thus  inflammation  may  end  in  the  effusion  of  lymph  connecting 

*  As  in  hour-glass  contraction  there  can  be  no  reasonable  hope  of  a  spontaneous  ex- 
pulsion of  the  placenta,  the  moment  the  existence  of  such  a  contraction  is  ascertained, 
there  should  be  no  delay  ;  the  accoucheur  should  proceed  at  once  to  effect  its  delivery 
by  manual  interference.  —  Editor. 


RETENTION  OF  THE  PLACENTA.  419 

the  two,  or  in  induration.     Again,  the  adhesion  has  apparently  been  ef- 
fected by  calcareous  or  scirrhous  deposition. 

The  space  occupied  by  the  adhesion  is  generally  limited. 

This  accident  is  manifestly  the  result  of  disease  during  pregnancy,  and 
has  no  relation  to  the  kind  of  labour.  It  is  much  more  dangerous  than 
irregular  contraction,  because  the  uterine  action  generally  detaches  more 
or  less  of  the  placenta;  but  the  adhesion  retaining  the  mass  in  ti 
prevents  its  contraction  and  the  closure  of  the  bleeding  orifices  of  the 
uterine  vessels.  We  find,  therefore,  more  or  less  flooding,  sometimes  to 
an  enormous  extent.  Almost  the  only  exceptions  are  the  few  cases  where 
the  adhesion  is  very  extensive,  and  the  detached  part  small. 

The  diagnosis  is  in  almost  all  cases  impossible,  until  the  extraction  is 
attempted  :  a  strong  suspicion  will  be  excited,  however,  by  the  occurrence 
of  pains,  without  extrusion  of  the  after-birth. 

641.  Treatment. — As  we  cannot  be  sure  that  the  retention  arises  from 
adhesion,  we  must  only  have  recourse  to  the  usual  preliminary  means, 
and,  finding  them  ineffectual,  to  extraction.  The  hand  is  to  be  intro- 
duced in  the  usual  manner,  and  on  trying  to  separate  the  placenta,  we 
shall  discover  that  some  part  of  it  is  closely  adherent,  as  it  were  amalga- 
mated with  the  uterus.  It  would  be  extremely  wrong  to  use  violence  in 
endeavouring  to  detach  it ;  if,  therefore,  we  cannot  easily  effect  this,  it  is 
better  to  peel  off  the  placenta  all  round  up  to  the  adhesion,  and  then  to 
separate  the  loose  part  from  the  adherent  portion  close  round  the  adhesion, 
leaving  the  latter  in  the  uterus  to  soften  and  come  away  with  the  lochia. 

In  a  case  of  Dr.  Smellie's,  in  which  he  removed  the  indurated  and 
adherent  portion,  the  patient  died  of  hemorrhage  ;  and  several  such  cases 
are  on  record. 

It  cannot  be  denied  that  danger  may  arise  from  the  decomposition  of 
what  remains  ;  but  we  have  no  means  of  avoiding  it,  except  by  care 
afterwards.  If  the  discharge  be  very  offensive,  vaginal  injections  of  tepid 
milk  and  water  should  be  used  twice  a-day,  and  any  symptoms  of  inflam- 
mation promptly  treated. 

642.  The  extraction  of  the  placenta  may  be  rendered  necessary  by  the 
rupture  of  the  cord,  inasmuch  as  we  can  afford  no  assistance ;  but  it  is 
by  no  means  so  easy,  as  we  lose  the  guide  it  affords  us  into  the  os  uteri 
and  to  the  situation  of  the  placenta.  In  such  a  case,  of  course,  we  must 
first  try  fairly  what  the  natural  powers,  stimulated  by  friction,  will  effect, 
and  if  they  fail,  the  hand  must  be  introduced  with  greater  caution,  and 
the  placenta  very  gently  sought  for,  and  detached  in  the  usual  manner. 

Once  more  let  me  repeat  the  necessity  of  removing  all  the  placenta,  for 
a  small  portion  left  behind  may  render  all  our  exertions  fruitless  as  to  the 
result. 

I  have  deferred  the  consideration  of  the  treatment  of  the  hemorrhage 
until  the  next  chapter,  as  I  preferred  limiting  this  chapter  strictly  to  the 
management  of  retained  placenta ;  the  two  chapters  should,  therefore,  be 
taken  together. 


CHAPTER  XX. 

PARTURITION.  — CLASS  III.   COMPLEX  LABOUR. 
ORDER  3.   FLOODING. 

643.  There  is  no  deviation  from  the  ordinary  course  of  labour  so 
trying  to  the  medical  attendant,  as  flooding ;  not  only  on  account  of  the 
imminent  danger,  but  from  the  sudden  and  rapid  progress  of  the  attack, 
and  the  impossibility  of  waiting  for  assistance.  Nothing  can  preserve 
our  calmness  and  presence  of  mind  under  such  circumstances,  but  under- 
standing the  subject  clearly  beforehand,  and  being  perfectly  prepared  for 
meeting  each  variety  of  the  accident  with  its  appropriate  treatment. 

I  have  already  spoken  of  the  hemorrhage  accompanying  abortion,  and 
it  remains  now  for  us  to  consider  those  forms  of  flooding  which  occur  just 
grevious  to  or  during  labour,  and  afterwards.  During  the  last  month  of 
pestation  and  at  the  commencement  of  labour,  patients  are  exposed  to 
two  forms  of  hemorrhage,  differing  in  their  causes,  but  depending  upon 
the  situation  of  the  placenta.  The  first  has  been  called  "  accidental  he- 
morrhage" because  it  arises  from  a  partial  and  accidental  separation  of 
the  placenta,  which  occupies  its  usual  situation;  and  the  second  is  justly 
termed  " unavoidable  hemorrhage"  because,  the  placenta  being  placed 
partially  or  wholly  over  the  os  uteri,  the  dilatation  of  this  orifice  will  un- 
avoidably separate  the  after-birth  and  give  rise  to  hemorrhage :  as 
Naegele  has  observed,  "  the  very  action  which  Nature  uses  to  bring  the 
child  into  the  world  is  that  by  which  she  destroys  both  it  and  its  mother." 
After  delivery,  flooding  may  occur  to  any  extent  and  from  various 
causes. 

Each  of  these  varieties  of  hemorrhage  will  require  a  separate  and  care- 
ful consideration.  But  first  let  us  ascertain  their  frequency  and  mortality 
as  far  as  possible. 


(420) 


ACCIDENTAL  HEMORRHAGE. 


421 


644.  Statistics  :- 


Author. 

.E  » 

—  o 
S  "' 

— 

V) 

C 
r. 
O 

a 
o 

o 

5 

0> 

m    Of 
-   ~ 
|    X 

1 

6 
8 

10 
21 

1 
19 

1 
13 

6 

16 

24 

22 

3 

29 

in 

O 

E 

s 

o 

3 
2 

4 

*8 
1 

2 

'  i 

0 

4 

«  -: 

-  L1 

£5 

!>* 

19 

24 

6 

4 

4 
2 

44 
2 

11 

5 

4 

13 

1 

23 
3 

2 
1 
8 
5 
3 
1 
7 

- 

o 

s 

5 
8 
3 

1 
1 

16 
1 

2 

i 

0 
2 

6 

'6 

3 

2 
0 

II 

-:~ 

-  o 

—  - 

5 

:: 

2 

10 
5 

26 

|  28 

107 

5 

6 

2 

35 

27 

2 

21 

56 

6 

o 

1 
o 

1 

6 

1 
8 

1 
1 
2 

0 

7 

0 

Mr.  Giffard 

Dr.  Smellie 

Mr.  Perfect 

Dr.  Bland 

Dr.  Jo8.  Clarke  .... 
Dr.  Merriman     .... 
Dr.  Granville      .... 
Dr.   Kamsbotlmm 
Edinburgh  Hospital     .     . 

Dr.  Collins 

Dr.  Cusack 

Dr.  Maunsell      .... 

Dr.  Beatty 

Mr.   Lever 

Mr.  French 

Dr.  R,  Lee 

Dr.  Reid 

Mr.  Warrington.     .     .     . 
Dr.  Churchill      .... 
Drs.  M'Clintock  and  Hardy 

Dr.  Richter 

A.   E.  v.  Siebold.     .     .     . 

Dr.  Voigtel 

Dr.  Jansen 

1,897 

10,387 

2,947 

640 

2,452 

16,414 

701 

839 

1,182 

4,666 

89 

3,250 

110 

1,640 

6,634 

624 

730 

29 

13,365 

35 
34 

18 

9 

24 

32 

2 

69 

31 

131 

15 

110 

6 

51 

5 

47 

52 

4 

25 

93 

5 

9 

1 

11 

6 
13 

6 
3 
5 
1 

30 
3 

12 

i 

1 
4 

10 

'6 

*2 
0 

14 
16 
7 
8 
10 
14 

13 

17 

7 

1 

0 

i 

l 

From  this  table  we  find  that  in  75,596  cases,  hemorrhage  occurred 
517  times,  or  about  1  in  146^;  out  of  630  cases  of  hemorrhage,  111 
mothers  were  lost,  or  about  1  in  5|  :  out  of  443  cases,  109  children  were 
lost,  or  about  1  in  4. 

Further,  out  of  114  cases  of  accidental  hemorrhage,  28  proved  fatal, 
or  nearly  1  in  4  ;  out  of  182  cases  of  unavoidable  hemorrhage,  51  proved 
fatal,  or  nearly  1  in  Z\ ;  and  out  of  293  cases  of  flooding  after  delivery, 
22  proved  fatal,  or  about  1  in  12. 

645.  1.  Accidental  Hemorrhage.  — In  these  cases,  as  I  have  said, 
the  placenta  is  in  its  ordinary  situation  ;  it  may  be  at  any  part  of  the 
uterine  parietes  except  the  cervix,  as  then  the  case  would  come  under  the 
class  of  unavoidable  hemorrhage.  The  immediate  cause  of  the  flooding, 
is  the  separation  of  some  portion  of  the  placenta  from  the  womb  and  the 
laceration  of  its  vessels :  as  these  cannot  be  closed  by  the  uterine  contrac- 
tion, of  course  the  blood  is  poured  out  freely.  The  amount  of  the  loss 
is  said  to  be  in  proportion  to  the  extent  of  the  surface  exposed,  and,  per- 
haps, in  many  cases  this  may  be  true,  but  there  are  striking  exceptions : 
fatal  hemorrhage  may  take  place  from  a  space  not  more  than  an  inch 
square.  In  some  rare  cases,  a  portion  of  the  centre  of  the  placenta  is 
detached  and  a  cavity  formed  which  is  filled  with  blood,  but  as  it  is  sur- 
rounded with  adherent  after-birth,  of  course  none  escapes  externally.  Or 
it  may  extend  beyond  the  placenta,  and  be  retained  by  the  adhesion  of 
the  membranes  or  other  cause.-.  t:  In  such  cases,"  Dr.  Bums  remarks, 
"  the  effusion  is  accompanied  with  dull  internal  pain  at  the  spot  where  it 
takes  place.     This  pain  is  something  like  colic,  or  like  the  pain  attending 

2l 


422  FLOODING. 

the  approach  of  the  menses.  The  part  of  the  womb  where  the  extrava- 
sation takes  place,  swells  gradually,  and  in  a  short  time  the  uterus  feels 
larger.  If  the  quantity  be  considerable,  the  size  increases,  the  uterus  is 
felt  to  be  firmer  and  tenser,  as  well  as  larger,  the  strength  diminishes,  and 
some  faintings  may  come  on.  In  course  of  time,  weak  slow  pains  are 
felt,  but  if  the  injury  be  great,  these  decline  as  the  weakness  increases. 
They  may  or  may  not  be  attended  with  the  discharge  of  coagula  from  the 
os  uteri."  The  hemorrhage,  in  fact,  is  at  first  internal,  and  generally, 
though  not  always,  becomes  external.  Dr.  Burns  suggests  that  in  some 
cases  the  bleeding  may  be  the  result  of  a  separation  of  the  decidua,  and 
a  laceration  of  the  vessels  running  to  that  membrane  from  the  inner  coat 
of  the  uterus,  and  not  from  a  separation  of  the  placenta. 

646.  Causes.  — Violent  shocks,  such  as  blows,  falls,  &c.  may  have  the 
effect  of  detacxhing  a  portion  of  the  placenta,  and  in  some  cases  a  very 
slight  shock  will  be  sufficient ;  I  was  called  to  a  case  the  other  day  in 
which  it  was  effected  by  a  hearty  fit  of  laughter.  Besides  these  causes, 
fatigue,  over-exertion,  violent  straining  at  stool,  lifting  heavy  weights,  ex- 
cessive action  of  the  utero-placental  vessels,  disease  of  the  placenta, 
general  plethora,  spasmodic  action  of  that  portion  of  the  wTomb  to  which 
the  placenta  is  attached,  may  be  equally  effective.  Dr.  Burns  observes, 
"  we  sometimes  find  that  extravasation  is  produced  by  an  increased  action 
of  the  uterine  vessels  themselves,  existing  as  a  local  disease.  In  this  case, 
the  patient  for  some  time  before  the  attack  feels  a  weight  and  uneasy  sensa- 
tion about  the  hypogastric  region,  with  slight  darting  pains  about  the  belly 
or  back." 

647.  Symptoms. — The  exciting  cause  may  be  instantly  followed  by  the 
discharge,  or  preceded  by  general  or  local  uneasiness,  dull  pain  and 
aching  in  the  belly  and  back  ;  and  if  the  hemorrhage  be  retained,  by 
rigors,  tension,  and  weight  in  the  abdomen,  and  by  faintness.  At  length, 
with  or  without  a  pain,  the  discharge  commences,  varying  in  amount 
from  a  few  ounces  to  a  quantity  sufficient  to  compromise  the  patient's 
safety. 

If  it  be  profuse,  the  patient  faints,  of  course,  and  for  a  time  the  dis- 
charge is  arrested  ;  but  after  she  has  rallied,  it  again  recurs,  and  the  syn- 
cope is  repeated.  The  surface  becomes  blanched  and  covered  with  cold 
sweat,  the  countenance  sunk,  with  dark  circles  around  the  eyes,  the  pulse 
becomes  weak,  quick,  and  fluttering.  If  the  flooding  be  not  arrested,  all 
these  symptoms  increase  ;  the  sight  becomes  dim,  there  is  a  ringing  in  the 
ears,  frequent  sighing,  intolerable  restlessness,  uneasiness,  and  jactitation, 
and  death  ;  preceded  by  fainting  or  convulsions. 

Labour  pains  may  come  on  at  some  period  of  the  discharge,  or  they 
may  be  entirely  absent ;  a  good  deal  will  depend  on  the  period  of  preg- 
nancy at  which  the  complication  occurs.  If  they  do,  it  will  be  observed 
that  during  a  pain  the  hemorrhage  is  arrested,  but  that  it  returns  on  the 
cessation  of  the  pain. 

If  an  internal  examination  be  made,  the  os  uteri  will  seldom  be  found 
dilated  unless  there  have  been  pains  for  some  time,  but  the  cervix  is  gene- 
rally softened  and  relaxed  by  the  hemorrhage  ;  and  what  is  of  great  im- 
portance, in  most  cases  we  can  pass  the  finger  within  the  os  uteri  suffi- 
ciently to  ascertain  the  presence  of  the  membranes,  and  that  no  part  of 
the  placenta  is  within  reach. 


ACCIDENTAL   HEMORRHAGE.  423 

648.  Diagnosis.  —  The  diagnosis  of  accidental  from  unavoidable  he- 
morrhage  is  of  extreme  importance,  inasmuch  as  the  treatmenl  of  the  two 
is  essentially  different.     There  are  three  points  in  which  the  two  vari 
differ  remarkably,  and  which  will  enable  us  to  distinguish  them.     In  the 

first  place,  we  can  generally  make  out  some  definite  external   cause  for 
accidental  hemorrhage,  and  its  occurrence  is  accidental  and  irregular, 

whereas  in  unavoidable  hemorrhage,  the  only  exciting  eause  is  the  expan- 
sion of  the  cervix,  and  the  time  of  its  first  occurrence  has  a  certain  degree 
of  regularity.  Secondly,  in  accidental  hemorrhage  the  dischai 
place  freely,  during  an  interval,  but  is  at  once  arrested  by  a  pain  during 
its  continuance;  but  in  unavoidable  hemorrhage  the  discharge,  which 
continues  also  during  the  intervals,  is  greatly  increased  during  the  pains. 
Thirdly,  in  cases  of  accidental  hemorrhage,  the  os  uteri  is  free,  closed  by 
membranes  only,  and  the  cervix  is  of  equal  thickness  all  round,  whereas 
in  placenta  pnevia  the  os  uteri  is  more  or  less  covered  by  the  after-birth  ; 
or  if  it  only  reach  to  the  edge  of  the  cervix,  the  latter  is  felt  to  be  con- 
siderably thickened  at  that  part. 

Lastly,  in  many  cases  we  may  ascertain  the  situation  of  the  placenta  by 
the  stethoscope,  and  its  presence  in  the  body  or  fundus  of  the  uterus  will 
decide  the  case  to  be  one  of  accidental  hemorrhage. 

649.  Treatment.  —  The  indications  of  management  must  be  drawn 
from  the  period  of  pregnancy,  the  state  of  the  os  uteri,  and  amount  of 
discharge. 

Let  us  suppose  that  the  patient  has  not  arrived  at  her  full  time,  that  she 
has  no  pains,  that  the  os  uteri  has  not  begun  to  dilate,  and  that  the  dis- 
charge is  not  profuse.  In  such  a  case  the  patient  is  not  in  immediate 
danger  ;  and  as  prompt  delivery  would  be  difficult,  it  may  be  well  to  tem- 
porise, and  see  how  far  we  can  arrest  the  discharge.  For  which  purpose 
the  patient  should  be  placed  in  a  bed  on  a  hard  mattrass,  and  very  li 
covered  with  bed-clothes;  the  temperature  of  the  room  should  be  reduced 
very  low,  and  nothing  but  cold  drinks  allowed.  Enemata  of  cold  water 
exert  a  very  powerful  control  in  such  cases.  The  plug  may  be  used  (ac- 
cording to  the  restrictions  formerly  laid  down),  inasmuch  as  the  uterus 
being  full,  there  is  little  danger  of  internal  hemorrhage  to  any  extent. 
The  best  plug  is  common  tow,  or  one  or  two  silk  handkerchiefs ;  and  the 
object  will  not  be  attained  unless  the  vagina  be  quite  filled. 

Internally  we  may  give  the  acid  mixture,  with  a  large  proportion  of 
acid  ;  for  instance,  half  an  ounce  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  to  six  ounces 
of  infusion  of  roses  ;  an  ounce  to  be  taken  every  hour.  To  tell  the  truth, 
I  think  it  is  more  highly  estimated  than  it  deserves.  Lead  in  large  doses 
(gr.  x.  Acet.  Plumb.  2dis  horis)  has  been  recommended :  Dr.  Conquest 
speaks  favourably  of  it.  It  may  be  combined  with  opium  or  either  may 
be  given  separately.  I  have  no  doubt  of  the  beneficial  effects  of  opium 
either  in  large  doses  (gr.  ii.  ;  or  gtt.  lx.  Trae.  Opii),  or  repeated  small 
ones. 

Large  drinks  of  cold  water  alone,  or  with  the  addition  of  the  nitrate  of 
potash,  seem  beneficial.  Of  course  the  patient  cannot  be  allowed  to  sit 
up,  or  to  leave  her  bed,  and  it  is  an  advantage  to  free  the  bowels  by  ene- 
mata, as  involving  less  effort  in  the  evacuation. 

650.  There  are  many  cases  in  which,  under  this  treatment,  the  dis- 
charge is  diminished,  and  the  patient  carried  to  her  lull  time  in  safety;  but 


424  FLOODING. 

in  others  it  will  fail,  either  on  account  of  the  increase  of  the  discharge  or 
because  the  pains  of  labour  are  brought  on.  In  these  cases,  as  well  as  in 
those  where  the  amount  of  discharge  is  great  from  the  beginning,  another 
line  of  treatment  is  necessary,  which  would  be  very  doubtful  in  the  former 
case.  I  have  said  that  the  discharge  is  observed  to  cease  during  a  pain, 
and  the  reason  is  simple.  During  a  pain  the  placenta  is  pressed  against 
the  contents  of  the  uterus  on  the  one  hand,  and  against  the  bleeding  ves- 
sels on  the  other,  and  by  its  pressure,  as  by  a  tourniquet,  the  flow  of  blood 
is  arrested.  An  observation  of  this  fact  led  to  the  inference,  that  if  the 
liquor  amnii  were  evacuated,  the  pains  would  be  quickened,  the  pressure 
increased,  and  rendered  more  permanent,  besides  that  the  labour  would 
be  sooner  terminated.  As  Dr.  F.  Ramsbotham  has  remarked,  "  the  ves- 
sels of  the  uterus  are  diminished  in  size  by  the  contractions  of  the  uterine 
parietes ;  the  open  orifices  are  in  a  degree  plugged  by  the  parietes  being 
brought  into  closer  and  stronger  contact  with  that  portion  of  the  placental 
mass  disunited  from  the  uterine  surface ;  and  the  pains  are  usually  in- 
creased in  frequency  and  power  by  the  augmented  stimulus  impressed 
upon  the  os  uteri."  Moreover,  in  these  cases  of  large  flooding,  we  need 
not  anticipate  the  usual  delay  in  the  dilatation  of  the  os  uteri ;  for,  as  I  have 
mentioned,  the  hemorrhage  softens  the  cervix  uteri,  and  prepares  it  to 
yield  easily  to  the  pressure  of  the  head. 

In  these  cases,  therefore,  when  the  flooding  is  profuse,  and  the  danger 
imminent,  the  membranes  should  be  ruptured  by  the  finger  or  a  female 
catheter.  Soon  afterwards,  we  find  the  pains  increase,  the  flooding 
diminish,  and  the  labour  advance. 

For  the  clear  understanding  of  the  principles  of  this  practice  and  the 
cases  to  which  it  is  suked,  we  are  mainly  indebted  to  the  late  Dr.  Rigby 
of  Norwich,  who  published  his  valuable  essay  on  "  Uterine  Hemorrhage," 
in  1775,  although  the  plan  was  first  recommended  by  Julian  Clement 
and  Puzos. 

That  the  plan  is  very  successful,  we  have  the  testimony  of  many  authors, 
as  Denman,  Baudelocque,  Merriman,  Ramsbotham,  Blundell,  &c.  Dr. 
Rigby  succeeded  by  it  in  64  cases,  without  having  occasion  to  turn  the 
child.     Dr.  Merriman  in  30  cases. 

Dr.  Ramsbotham  in  23  out  of  25  cases. 

Some  writers,  as  Hamilton,  Burns,  Stuart,  &c.  have  opposed  the  evacu- 
ation of  the  liquor  amnii  on  the  following  grounds  :  1,  that  by  it  gestation 
is  suspended  :  2,  that  it  is  not  certain  to  bring  on  labour  in  time  to  avoid 
danger :  and,  3,  that  it  may  not  arrest  the  hemorrhage,  and  if  not,  we  must 
turn  and  deliver  under  more  disadvantageous  circumstances.  The  first 
objection  is  true,  but  of  no  value,  unless  the  others  be  true  also  ;  for  if 
the  operation  succeed,  and  save  the  woman's  life,  which  is  in  danger,  the 
shortening  of  gestation  is  of  no  consequence.  The  second  objection  is 
contrary  to  general  experience,  which  has  established  the  fact,  with  very 
few  exceptions,  rupturing  the  membranes  does  bring  on  labour  sufficiently 
quick  to  escape  the  danger.  But  supposing  it  do  not,  then  the  third  ob- 
jection is  valueless  ;  because,  if  the  uterus  be  not  in  action,  there  will  not 
be  greater  difficulty  in  delivering  the  patient  after  the  evacuation  of  the 
liquor  amnii  than  previously ;  and  if  it  be  so  much  in  action  as  to  be  a 
serious  obstacle  to  the  operation,  we  may  be  sure  that  the  delivery  is  in 
better  hands  than  ours,  and,  with  very  few  exceptions,  will  terminate  well 


ACCIDENTAL  HEMORRHAGE.  425 

651.  But  suppose  we  meet  with  one  of  the  exceptions  alluded  to,  in 
which  the  rupture  of  the  membranes  is  not  followed  by  uterine  action. 
We  may  then  try  ergot,  if  the  danger  be  not  so  great  as  to  preclude 
delay,  or  it  might  perhaps  be  as  well  to  give  it  in  all  cases  at  the  time  of 
rupturing  the  membranes,  if  there  be  no  uterine  action.  If  this  fail,  or  in 
place  of  it,  we  ought  to  try  the  effecl  of  galvanism,  by  which  Dr.  Radford 
succeeded  in  cases  in  which  there  was  no  uterine  action  and  a  rigid  and 
undilated  os  uteri.  Drs.  Haeniger  and  Jacoby  and  .Mr.  Cleveland  have 
also  found  a  favourable  result  from  its  employment.  If  this  fail,  or  be 
counter-indicated,  then  we  must  adopt  the  plan  recommended  without 
any  definite  notion  of  the  nature  of  the  case)  by  Ambrose  Pare,  Guille- 
meau,  &c.  &c,  viz.  introduce  the  hand  and  bring  down  the  feet,  thus 
terminating  the  labour.  The  operation  will  be  facilitated  by  the  relaxation 
produced  by  the  flooding,  and  though  more  dangerous  for  the  child,  if 
the  mother's  safety  demand  it,  it  must  be  done. 

The  child  may  be  premature,  however,  the  os  uteri  not  dilated,  or  there 
may  be  other  reasons  why  this  operation  is  objectionable,  and  in  such 
cases,  as  the  os  uteri  is  generally  soft  and  dilatable  to  a  certain  extent,  I 
have  found  it  the  best  plan  to  perforate  the  head  and  extract  with  the 
crotchet.  The  operation  is  not  difficult,  nor  is  there  any  risk  ;  if  the 
operator  be  careful  to  protect  the  point  of  the  perforator,  and  afterwards 
to  extract  slowly,  cautiously,  and  at  intervals. 

652.  By  one  or  other  of  these  methods,  we  may  almost  always  suc- 
ceed in  terminating  the  labour  without  incurring  an  additional  loss  of 
blood,  and  if  that  have  not»been  excessive  previously,  the  mother  may  be 
saved.  As  we  have  seen,  nearly  1  in  3  are  lost.  There  is  danger  to  the 
child  in  proportion  to  the  hemorrhage,  and  additional  danger  if  we  are 
obliged  to  turn. 

There  are  cases,  however,  to  which  we  are  called  after  alarming  flood- 
ing has  continued  for  some  time,  and  although  we  succeed  in  delivering 
the  woman,  she  may  die  afterwards  from  loss  of  blood.  In  such  extreme 
cases,  and  such  only,  transfusion,  as  recommended  by  Dr.  Blundell,  seems 
to  be  the  only  resource.  It  has  succeeded  in  14  cases  on  record  ;  but  it 
has  also  failed  many  times.  It  is  performed  by  means  of  a  syringe  and 
tube  :  a  small  tube  is  inserted  into  the  median  or  other  vein  of  the  woman's 
arm,  and  blood  from  a  healthy  person  is  taken  up  by  the  syringe,  pre- 
viously warmed,  and  after  expelling  all  the  air  from  the  instrument,  its 
pipe  is  passed  into  the  small  tube,  and  the  blood  very  slowly  forced  in. 
If  the  lips  or  eyelids  of  the  patient  quiver,  or  the  respiration  be  more 
difficult,  we  must  stop,  or  death  may  result.  If  her  countenance  and 
pulse  improve  we  may  continue.  In  this  manner  blood  to  the  amount 
of  sixteen  or  eighteen  ounces  may  be  gradually  injected,  if  necessary ; 
although  a  much  less  quantity  may  save  the  patient. 

Great  care  must  be  taken  that  the  instrument  be  clean,  and  of  a  proper 
temperature,  and  that  the  blood  be  healthy  and  fluid. 

653.  In  all  these  cases,  a  liberal  but  judicious  allowance  of  stimulants 
is  necessary  ;  but  in  giving  them  we  must  not  forget  that  the  subsequent 
re-action  will  be  somewhat  in  proportion. 

As  to  the  placenta,  it  is  very  often  expelled  immediately  after  the  child, 
and  if  it  be  not,  it  will  be  much  better  to  extract  it,  and  secure  a  linn 
contraction  of  the  uterus,  than  to  allow  the  hemorrhage  to  continue. 

2l2 


426 


FLOODING. 


After  the  delivery  is  completed,  the  stimulants  must  be  continued,  if 
necessary,  or  chicken  broth  may  be  substituted  for  them.  Notwithstand- 
ing the  danger  of  suspending  uterine  action,  I  have  seen  so  much  benefit 
from  small  doses  of  laudanum  combined  with  ammonia,  that  I  have  no 
hesitation  in  recommending  its  exhibition. 

The  utmost  watchfulness  will  be  needed  to  suppress  any  return  of  the 
hemorrhage,  and  to  enable  us  to  guard  against  any  subsequent  attack; 
for  it  should  always  be  borne  in  mind  that  hemorrhage  is  by  no  means  a 
guarantee  against  inflammation  afterwards. 

654.  2.  Unavoidable  Hemorrhage.  Placenta  prcevia,  placental  pre- 
sentation, &c. — In  this  variety,  the  flooding  is  the  necessary  consequence 
of  the  dilatation  of  the  os  uteri,  by  which  the  connection  between  the 
placenta  and  uterus  is  separated,  and  the  more  the  labour  advances,  the 
greater  the  disruption,  and  the  more  excessive  the  hemorrhage.  From 
this  very  circumstance  it  follows  that  the  danger  is  much  greater  than  in 
the  former  cases,  and  also  that  what  in  them  was  the  natural  mode  of 
relief,  is  here  an  aggravation  of  the  evil,  and  cannot  be  employed  as  a 
remedy. 

In  these  cases  the  placenta  may  be  situated  partially,  or  entirely  over 
the  os  uteri  (fig.  137),  or  it  may  come  down  only  to  the  edge  of  the  cervix 
uteri ;  and  there  is  some  difference  in  the  management  accordingly. 

F\s.  137. 


That  the  placenta  was  occasionally  found  at  the  os  uteri  wras  known  as 
early  as  the  time  of  Guillemeau,  Mauriceau,  De venter,  Pugh,  &c,  but 
they  believed  that  it  had  originally  been  situated  differently,  but  had  been 
detached  and  fallen  down.  Paul  Portal  first  spoke  of  it  as  adhering  to 
this  part,  in  consequence  of  which  he  was  obliged  to  deliver  by  art. 
Giffard,  Levret,  Roederer,  and  Smellie  were  also  cognizant  of  this  fact, 
and  they  seem  to  have  been  aware  of  the  mode  in  which  the  hemorrhage 


UNAVOIDABLE   HEMORRHAGE.  427 

was  produced,  and  of  its  inevitable  occurrence.     But  it  is  undoul 
to  Dr.  Rigby,  of  Norwich,  that  the  profession  is  indebted  for  th< 

clear  elucidation  of  the  subject.     Time,  which  is  the  great  test  of  D 
has  only  confirmed  the  truth  of  his  observations,  and  illustrated  the  value 
of  his  ess 

655.  The  cause  of  the  hemorrhage  is  evidently  the  separation  of  the 

placenta  from  the  cervix  uteri,  and  the  exposure  of  the  mouths  of  the  tern 
vessels;  and  this  separation  is  effected  and  increased  by  the  uterine  con- 
tractions, dilating  the  os  uteri. 

656.  Symptoms. — The  first  discharge  is  usually  about  three  weeks  be- 
fore labour  commences,  coincident  with  the  commencement  of  the  pr 

of  dilatation  already  noticed.  The  amount  of  the  discharge  varies,  but 
in  general  it  is  not  excessive  in  the  first  instance,  nor  is  it  accompanied 
with  pain.  After  its  cessation  the  patient  rallies  ;  but  in  a  week  or  two  it 
returns,  perhaps  in  greater  quantity,  and  again  ceases,  thus  continuing  (if 
not  interfered  with)  until  the  full  term.  With  the  first  sensible  contrac- 
tion of  the  uterus,  the  flooding  comes  on  more  profusely,  and  is  observed 
to  increase  during  each  pain.  Thus  it  would  go  on  until  death  super- 
vened before  delivery  in  most  cases,  if  no  assistance  were  afforded.  I 
say  in  most  instances,  because  there  are  some  cases  on  record  in  which 
the  placenta  was  forced  through  the  os  uteri  before  or  along  with  the  child, 
decidedly  the  happiest  termination.  Thus  Smellie  and  Lee  have  recorded 
three ;  Ramsbotham  five  ;  Hamilton  two  ;  F.  Ramsbotham  two  ;  Bau- 
delocque,  Perfect,  Chapman,  Merriman,  Barlow,  Collins,  and  Maunsell, 
one  ;  &c,  &c. 

Thus  far  the  symptoms  are  alike  (supposing  the  head  to  present)  whether 
the  placenta  be  situated  entirely  or  partially  over  the  os  uteri  or  only  down 
to  its  margin  ;  but  the  difference  is  detected  on  making  an  internal  exami- 
nation. In  the  former  case  the  os  uteri  is  felt  to  be  closed  by  a  thick  soft 
spongy  mass,  firmer  than  a  clot,  and  not  breaking  down  under  the  finger, 
through  which  the  presentation  cannot  be  felt ;  in  the  second,  this  spongy 
mass  stretches  over  a  portion  only  of  the  os  uteri ;  its  edge  can  be  dis- 
tinctly felt,  and  also  the  membranes  covering  the  remaining  portion  of  the 
os  uteri,  through  which  we  may  be  able  to  detect  the  presentation  ;  whilst 
in  the  third  case  the  os  uteri  is  closed  by  the  membranes  only ;  but  some 
portion  of  the  cervix  is  found  to  be  much  thickened,  whilst  the  rest  is  of 
the  usual  thickness ;  in  the  latter  case,  after  delivery,  the  perforation  in 
the  membranes  is  found  close  to  the  os  uteri. 

If  the  feet  present,  with  only  a  partial  implantation  of  the  placenta,  or 
with  it  coming  to  the  margin  of  the  os  uteri  only,  they  may  be  drawn 
through  the  os  uteri ;  and  although  the  detachment  of  the  placenta  will 
increase  with  the  dilatation,  yet  the  flooding  will  be  arrested  by  the  pres- 
sure of  the  body  of  the  child  upon  the  placenta.  This  may  be  considered 
as  the  most  favourable  presentation  in  "  placenta  prsevia,"  because  it  • 
the  introduction  of  the  hand  to  turn  the  child. 

The  effects  of  the  hemorrhage  upon  the  mother  are  precisely  as  before 
described,  but  produced  more  rapidly,  and  more  speedily  fatal. 

657.  Diagnosis. — The  sudden  and  apparently  causeless  occurrence 
of  the  first  hemorrhage,  the  increased  discharge  during  a  pain,  and  the 
dete<  limi  of  the  placenta,  partially  or  wholly  covering  the  os  uteri,  or  de- 
scending to  its   margin,  are  the   distinctive   characteristics  of  placenta 


428  FLOODING. 

prsevia ;  in  accidental  hemorrhage,  as  before  observed,  there  is  generally 
some  assignable  cause,  the  discharge  is  arrested  during  a  pain,  and  the  os 
uteri  is  closed  by  the  membranes. 

There  may  occasionally  be  some  doubt  as  to  whether  the  os  uteri  be 
closed  by  a  clot  or  by  the  placenta ;  but  the  former  is  less  firm,  and  is 
easily  broken  up  by  the  finger,  and  we  may  often  feel  the  adhesion  of  the 
placenta  to  the  cervix  within  the  os  uteri. 

658.  Treatment.  —  If  we  are  called  on  the  occasion  of  the  first  or 
second  hemorrhages,  and  find  that  the  discharge  has  not  been  great,  and 
that  the  term  of  pregnancy  not  being  complete  the  uterus  is  not  in  action, 
we  may  try  palliative  treatment,  as  previously  recommended  (§  649),  per- 
fect quiet,  rest  on  a  hard  bed,  a  cool  room,  and  light  clothing,  with  cold 
and  acid  drinks,  enemata  of  cold  water,  and  small  doses  of  opium,  if 
necessary.  The  bowels  must  be  gently  freed.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to 
say  that  in  no  form  of  uterine  hemorrhage  is  venisection  admissible. 

But  the  hemorrhage  may  be  so  profuse  as  to  demand  interference,  or  if 
not  so  at  first,  it  will  become  so  immediately  on  the  commencement  of 
labour ;  and,  from  the  nature  of  the  case,  there  is  no  hope  of  a  natural 
termination,  unless  the  pains  be  so  violent  as  to  force  away  the  placenta 
before  the  child.  This  occurrence,  however,  is  so  rare,  that  it  cannot  be 
allowed  to  influence  our  practice,  and  not  a  moment  is  to  be  lost  in  wait- 
ing for  it.  Our  only  plan,  therefore,  is  to  terminate  the  labour,  and  before 
the  constitution  has  been  seriously  affected,  if  possible.  Of  course  it 
would  be  very  undesirable  to  have  to  force  the  hand  through  an  undilata- 
ble  os  uteri ;  but  fortunately  this  is  very  seldom  the  case  ;  the  repeated 
losses  soften  the  cervix,  so  that  when  we  perform  the  operation,  there  is 
seldom  more  resistance  than  can  be  easily  overcome  by  gentle,  steady, 
rotatory  pressure. 

The  hand  is  to  be  passed  in  the  usual  way  into  the  vagina,  in  the  axis 
of  the  lower  outlet,  and  its  direction  immediately  changed  into  that  of  the 
brim,  which  will  bring  the  points  of  the  fingers  near  to  the  os  uteri,  into 
which  they  are  to  be  gently  yet  firmly  insinuated,  and  then  passed  between 
the  placenta  and  cervix,  on  that  side  on  which  we  believe  the  placenta 
to  be  narrowest,  until  it  arrive  at  the  membranes,  which  must  be  pierced, 
and  the  feet  found  and  brought  down.  Some  writers,  Smellie  and  Moh- 
renheim,  for  instance,  have  proposed  to  perforate  the  placenta,  instead 
of  passing  the  hand  between  it  and  the  uterus :  this  is  by  no  means  easy, 
and  appears  to  me  extremely  objectionable.  When  the  body  of  the  child 
is  in  the  pelvis,  it  will  act  as  a  tourniquet,  and  the  flooding  will  cease ; 
nevertheless,  it  is  well  not  to  delay  the  delivery,  as  internal  hemorrhage 
might  occur.  The  mode  of  completing  it  I  have  already  described  :  it  is 
rarely  that  the  child  is  saved. 

In  placental  presentation,  even  more  than  in  accidental  hemorrhage,  it 
is  desirable  to  extract  the  placenta  if  it  do  not  follow  the  child  immedi- 
ately, and  the  same  care  and  watchfulness  will  be  necessary  to  secure  a 
good  permanent  contraction,  and  to  guard  against  subsequent  hemorrhage. 
Pressure  above  and  over  the  uterus  should  be  made  with  compresses  and 
the  binder,  and  if  there  be  much  draining,  cold  must  be  applied  to  the 
vulva,  or  cold  enemata  administered. 

659.  It  is  an  advantage  if  the  foot  present,  even  wThen  the  placenta 
covers  the  os  uteri,  because  the  operation  of  turning  is  rendered  easier ; 


UNAVOIDABLE    HEMORRHAGE.  429 

but  when  the  os  uteri  is  only  partially  covered,  this  is  si  ill  greater,  because 
by  rupturing  the  membranes  we  facilitate  the  descent  of  the  feet,  and  have 

only  to  seize  them  in  the  vagina  and  extract  the  child. 

When  the  placenta  reaches  onlj  to  the  margin  of  the  os  uteri,  the  case 
is  truly  one  of  unavoidable  hemorrhage;  bul  yet  it  admits  of  the  same 
treatment  as  accidental  hemorrhage,  no  matter  what  be  the  presentation, 

for  after  rupturing  the  membranes,  the  pressure  of  the  head  whilst  dilating 
the  os  uteri  will  close  the  mouths  of  the  bleeding  vessels  with  the  placenta, 
and  so  arrest  the  flooding  until  the  child  is  expelled.  'This  1  have  found 
by  repeated  experience,  and  dierefore,  when  we  are  certain  of  the  case, 
and  pains  are  present,  our  duty  is  limited  in  the  first  instance  to  evacuating 
the  liquor  amnii  ;  but  if  this  fail  we  must  turn  and  deliver  the  child. 

660.  Such  has  been  hitherto  the  mode  of  proceeding  recommended  by 
practitioners  of  the  highest  authority  ;  it  remained  for  my  learned  and  in- 
genious friends,  Dr.  Radford  and  Prof.  Simpson,  to  propose  another  which 
at  first  sight  is  remarkable  mainly  for  its  boldness,  but  which  Prof.  Simp- 
son has  supported  with  his  usual  research,  and  which  is  at  present  the 
subject  of  fierce  controversy. 

I  have  already  stated  (§  656)  that  the  placenta  is  sometimes  expelled 
before  the  child,  and  that  the  mother  is  not  always  lost  in  these  cases. 
Now,  it  appears  that  these  instances  are  not  so  rare  as  was  supposed. 
Dr.  Simpson  has  collected  56  published  cases,  and  he  has  been  furnished 
with  74  unpublished  ones  (130  in  all),  in  which  the  placenta  was  either 
expelled  or  extracted  first;  and  he  finds  that  in  all,  10  women  died,  or 
about  1  in  13:  and  of  110  cases  the  infant  was  born  dead  in  73  or  69 
per  cent.,  and  alive  in  33  or  31  per  cent.,  i.  e.,  nearly  1  in  3  children  was 
saved.  In  placenta  prsevia,  under  ordinary  management,  1  in  3,  or  there- 
abouts, of  the  mothers  are  lost,  and  more  than  half  of  the  children. 

Taking  this  as  a  basis  of  his  proposal,  Dr.  Simpson  advises  us  in  certain 
cases  to  substitute  extraction  of  the  placenta  for  turning  the  child.  In 
justice  to  the  Professor,  it  must  be  remembered  that  he  does  not  intend 
that  this  plan  should  in  every  case  supersede  either  the  rupture  of  the 
membranes  or  turning  the  child. 

Dr.  Lee,  of  London,  who  has  entered  into  controversy  with  Dr.  Simp- 
son, with  somewhat  less  of  courtesy  and  accuracy  than  might  have  been 
expected,  has  objected  to  the  proposed  plan  :  —  1.  That  the  mortality,  as 
stated  by  Dr.  Simpson  and  me,  is  exaggerated  ;  but,  in  my  opinion,  he  is 
far  from  having  proved  this.  2.  That  it  was  never  practised  by  the  older 
accoucheurs;  but  this  would  equally  be  an  objection  to  any  improvement. 
3.  That  the  child  must  inevitably  be  sacrificed  ;  this  would  be  a  very 
serious  objection,  if  the  mortality  among  the  children  in  the  ordinary 
mode  of  treatment  were  small,  but  it  is  so  great  that  it  is  an  insufficient 
argument  on  which  to  reject  the  operation. 

The  probability  of  hemorrhage  after  the  extraction  of  the  placenta  would 
most  likely  occur  to  anyone  as  an  objection  ;  but  Dr.  Simpson  states  that 
"  in  19  out  of  20  cases  in  which  it  has  happened,  the  attendant  hemor- 
rhage has  either  been  at  once  arrested,  or  it  has  become  so  much  dimin- 
ished as  not  to  be  afterwards  alarming."  This  Dr.  Simpson  attempts  to 
explain  by  the  supposition  that  the  bleeding  proceeds  almost  entirely  from 
the  placenta,  and  not  from  the  uterus.  But  Dr.  Lee  contends,  and  I  think 
correctly,  that  it  escapes  from  the  uterine  sinuses  laid  bare  by  the  detach- 


430  FLOODING. 

merit  of  the  placenta.     Dr.  Ashwell  advocates  this  view,  and,  with  others 
of  high  authority,  decidedly  opposes  Dr.  Simpson's  plan  of  extraction. 

661.  Let  us  next  see  in  what  cases  it  is  proposed  to  have  recourse  to 
this  novel  operation,  and  then  we  shall  be  in  a  condition  to  investigate  its 
merits  better.  Professor  Simpson  thus  states  the  circumstances  in  which 
he  would  recommend  it :  —  "  When  the  hemorrhage  is  so  great  as  to  show 
the  necessity  of  interference,  and  is  not  restrainable  or  restrained  by  milder 
measures  (such  as  the  evacuation  of  the  liquor  amnii),  but  at  the  same 
time  turning  or  any  other  mode  of  immediate  or  forcible  delivery  of  the 
child  is  especially  hazardous  or  impracticable  in  consequence  of  the  un- 
dilated  or  undeveloped  state  of  the  os  uteri,  the  contraction  of  the  pelvic 
passages,  &c.  Or,  again,  the  death,  prematurity,  or  non  viability  of  the 
infant  may  not  require  us  to  adopt  modes  of  delivery,  for  its  sake,  that  are 
accompanied  (as  turning  is)  with  much  peril  to  the  mother,  provided  we 
have  a  simpler  and  safer  means,  such  as  the  detachment  of  the  placenta, 
for  at  once  commanding  and  restraining  the  hemorrhage  and  guarding  the 
life  of  the  parent  against  the  dangers  of  its  continuance.  Hence,  as  I 
have  elsewhere  stated,  I  believe  that  the  suppression  of  the  flooding  by  the 
total  detachment  of  the  placenta,  will  be  found  the  proper  line  of  practice 
in  severe  cases  of  unavoidable  hemorrhage,  complicated  with  an  os  uteri 
so  insufficiently  dilated  and  undilatable  as  not  to  alknv  of  version  being 
performed  with  perfect  safety  to  the  mother;  —  therefore,  in  most  primi- 
parse ;  in  many  cases  in  which  placental  presentations  are  (as  very  often 
happens)  connected  with  premature  labour  and  imperfect  development  of 
the  cervix  and  os  uteri ;  in  labours  supervening  earlier  than  the  seventh 
month  ;  when  the  uterus  is  too  contracted  to  allow  of  turning  ;  when  the 
pelvis  or  passages  of  the  mother  are  organically  contracted  ;  when  the 
child  is  dead  ;  when  it  is  premature  and  not  viable,  and  where  the  mother 
is  in  such  an  extreme  state  of  exhaustion  as  to  be  unable,  without  imme- 
diate peril  of  life,  to  be  submitted  to  the  shock  and  dangers  of  turning  or 
forcible  delivery  of  the  infant.  This  enumeration  is  far  from  comprehend- 
ing all  the  forms  of  placental  presentations  that  are  met  with  in  practice  ; 
but  it  certainly  includes  a  considerable  proportion  of  the  cases  of  this  ob- 
stetric complication;  and  among  them,  all,  or  almost  all,  of  the  most 
dangerous  and  most  difficult  varieties  of  unavoidable  hemorrhage.  In 
adopting  the  practice,  one  error,  which  I  would  strongly  protest  against, 
has  been  committed  in  some  instances.  Besides  completely  detaching 
and  exhausting  the  placenta,  the  child  has  been  subsequently  extracted  by 
direct  operative  interference.  If  the  hemorrhage  ceases,  as  it  usually 
does,  upon  the  placenta  being  completely  separated,  the  expulsion  of  the 
child  should  be  subsequently  left  to  nature,  unless  it  present  preterna- 
turally,  or  the  labour  afterwards  show  any  kind  of  complication,  which  of 
itself  would  require  operative  interference  under  any  other  circumstances. 
Both  to  detach  a  placenta  and  extract  a  child  would  be  hazarding  a 
double,  instead  of  a  single  operation." 

Dr.  Radford  states  that  the  placenta  ought  never  to  be  detached  in  such 
cases  unless,  "1.  the  danger  to  the  woman  is  so  great  from  exhaustion 
as  to  render  the  ordinary  plan  of  delivery  by  turning  the  child  hazardous. 
2.  When  there  exists  some  obstacle  to  the  extraction  of  the  child,  either 
from  distortion  in  the  bones  of  the  pelvis,  or  tumours  connected  with  it, 
or  in  its  cavity,  but  connected  with  the  soft  parts.     3.  When  the  child  is 


UNAVOIDABLE   HEMOKRHi  431 

dead.     Subsequently,  lie  pr  .hist  the  n  until  the  cervix 

and  os  uteri  will  allow  the  introduction  of  the  hand,  as  that  "  is  the  only 
instrument  by  which  the  placenta  should  be  detach  itate 

not  to  say,  that  it  cannot  be  safely  and  effectually  separated  by  any  other 

means." 

Dr.  Edwards  thus  sums  up  the  cases  in  which  this  practice  seems  ad- 
missible. 1.  When  the  patient  is  of  so  vveakl}  an4  delicate  a  constitution., 
that  loss  of  blood  to   any  great  extent  would  with  promt 

danger  and  subsequent  injurious  effects.  2.  When  the  child  is  well 
ascertained  to  be  dead.  3.  In  cases  in  which  the  powers  of  life  have 
been  excessively  lowered  by  the  hemorrhage,  and  the  os  uteri  remains 
firm  and  unyielding.  4.  In  cases  in  which,  although  the  os  uteri  is 
dilatable,  the  powers  of  life  would  be  unequal  to  the  shock  of  turning. 
5.  In  primiparae,  when  the  soft  parts  are  so  contracted  that  they  would 
be  liable  to  be  bruised  or  torn  in  turning.     6.  In  contracted  pelvis. 

662.  We  shall  now  examine  in  detail  the  practical  value  of  this  opera- 
tion in  the  cases  proposed,  so  far  as  our  facts  will  permit,  and  assuming 
the  correctness  of  Dr.  Simpson's  statistics.  The  rates  of  mortality  by  the 
ordinary  treatment,  I  believe  to  be  about  1  in  3  of  the  mothers,  and  65 
per  cent,  of  the  children,  according  to  a  statement  of  Dr.  Lees,  quoted 
by  Dr.  Simpson,  i.  e.,  of  course,  taking  large  numbers.  According  to 
Dr.  Simpson,  when  the  placenta  has  been  first  expelled  or  detached,  the 
mortality  is  1  in  14  of  the  mothers,  and  69  per  cent,  of  the  children.  So 
far  there  appears  to  be  an  important  advantage  gained  by  the  new  method, 
but  it  will  be  found  on  further  inquiry,  that  there  are  great  difficulties,  if 
not  insurmountable  objections  to  it. 

1.  There  appears  to  me  great  practical  difference  between  the  placenta 
being  expelled  first,  and  extracted  first,  although  Dr.  Simpson  makes 
none,  but  includes  both  equally  in  his  statistical  table.  The  former  is  the 
result  of  vigorous  uterine  action,  the  latter  may  or  may  not  be  accom- 
panied by  it,  and  I  think  there  is  much  force  in  the  doubt  expressed  by 
Mr.  Barnes,  as  to  whether  the  results  would  be  as  favourable  in  cases  of 
detached  as  of  expelled  placenta.  The  17  cases  quoted  from  Dr.  West, 
by  Dr.  Simpson,  are  much  too  few  for  proof.  •  Dr.  Radford  has  given  two 
tables,  the  first  of  41  cases,  and  the  second  of  14  cases,  in  which  the  pla- 
centa was  separated  and  detached  by  the  hand,  and  of  these  5  mothers 
were  lost,  or  1  in  11,  and  7  children  saved,  or  1  in  8.  Of  20  no  infor- 
mation is  given.  We  must  remember  that  in  the  one  case  there  is  no 
irritation,  no  force  applied  to  the  cervix  and  os  uteri :  in  the  other  there 
must  be. 

2.  This  distinction  between  detached  and  expelled  placenta,  alters  the 
ratio  of  mortality  among  the  children  fearfully.  Dr.  Simpson  has  recorder 
in  his  tables  but  one  case  of  the  child  being  born  alive,  when  the  interval 
after  the  expulsion  or  extraction  of  the  placenta  was  more  than  10  minutes, 
and  16  of  the  17  children,  in  the  cases  quoted  from  Dr.  West,  were  lost. 
If  any  attempt  be  made  to  save  the  child  by  artificial  delivery,  this  will 
be  to  "  incur  the  hazard  of  a  double  operation,"  and  will  defeat  the  object 
of  Dr.  Simpson's  proposal. 

3.  In  Dr.  Simpson's  first  table  of  47  cases,  with  an  interval  after  the 
expulsion  or  extraction  of  the  placenta  of  from  10  minutes  to  10  I 
before  the  birth  of  the  child,  I  find  that  delivery  was  completed  by  art  in 

28 


432  FLOODING. 

18  cases ;  in  14  of  them  by  turning.  In  the  second  table  of  21  cases, 
where  the  interval  was  less  than  10  minutes,  in  7  cases  by  turning,  and 
in  1  by  evisceration.  In  the  third  table  of  27  cases,  where  the  child 
came  with  the  placenta,  or  followed  immediately,  there  are  5  cases  of 
turning,  and  1  of  extraction  recorded.  In  the  fourth  table,  of  27  cases, 
where  the  interval  is  unknown,  delivery  was  effected  by  turning  in  15 
cases,  by  the  forceps  in  2,  and  by  decapitation  in  1. 

From  this  it  appears  that  in  a  very  large  proportion  of  cases  (46  cases 
in  119),  artificial  delivery  was  necessary,  in  many  no  doubt  from  mal-pre- 
sentation  ;  but  still  in  these  cases  detachment  of  the  placenta  alone  would 
have  been  useless,  in  many  injurious  ;  nor  if  the  operation  were  performed 
before  the  dilatation  of  the  os  uteri  could  the  mal-presentation  have  always 
been  ascertained.  Again,  we  find  that  delivery  by  art  was  more  frequent, 
according  as  the  interval  after  the  separation  of  the  placenta  was  prolonged, 
and  I  should  suppose,  although  Dr.  S.  does  not  mention  it  in  his  tables, 
that  the  interval  would  be  much  greater  in  cases  where  the  placenta  is 
extracted,  than  where  it  is  expelled,  and,  consequently,  that  the  probability 
of  a  second  operation  being  necessary,  would  be  greater  in  such  cases, 
which  would  constitute  another  important  difference  between  these  two 
classes  of  cases,  or,  as  Dr.  Simpson  admits,  would  double  the  hazard. 

Of  41  cases  given  by  Dr.  Radford,  "  in  18  turning  was  performed,  in 
6  it  is  presumed  to  have  been  so,  in  1  the  child  was  drawn  by  the  pre- 
senting leg,  16  were  terminated  by  the  natural  efforts,  1  by  the  vectis,  1 
by  the  perforator  and  crotchet."  In  table  2d,  of  14  cases,  2  were  termi- 
nated by  the  natural  efforts,  10  by  turning,  2  by  the  forceps. 

4.  The  first  class  of  cases  in  which  Dr.  Simpson  thinks  this  new  method 
advisable,  is  where  the  hemorrhage  is  excessive,  and  the  os  uteri  undilated 
and  undilatable.  Now  although  it  is  evident  that  so  long  as  this  state 
continues  (fortunately  it  is  rather  the  exception  than  the  rule)  turning  is 
impracticable,  I  confess  I  do  not  see  how  the  placenta  can  be  easily  or 
safely  detached.  I  put  out  of  the  question  using  any  instrument  but  the 
finger  for  this  purpose,  for  I  quite  agree  with  Dr.  Radford  that  any  other 
would  be  extremely  hazardous  to  the  mother  under  such  circumstances. 
And  I  concur  with  him  that  "in  those  cases  of  unavoidable  hemorrhage 
which  occur  before  the  expansion  of  the  cervix  uteri,  it  would  be  quite 
impossible  to  force  the  finger  along  the  cervical  canal,  and  reach  the  edge 
of  the  placenta,  so  as  entirely  to  detach  it ;  and  in  those  cases  which  occur 
at  the  latter  part  of  pregnancy  or  b  ginning  of  labour  with  a  rigid  os  uteri, 
it  appears  to  me  to  be  out  of  the  power  of  the  operator  with  the  finger 
alone  to  reach  so  far  as  the  edge  of  the  placenta."  It  must  also  be  borne 
in  mind  that  Dr.  Simpson's  favourable  rate  of  mortality  does  not  apply  to 
this  class,  as  there  are  no  statistics  of  such  cases. 

5.  "  In  premature  labours,  with  an  undeveloped  os  uteri,"  there  will 
be  the  same  difficulty  in  detaching  the  placenta,  whether  the  child  be 
viable  or  not,  and  we  are  in  the  same  ignorance  of  what  would  be  the 
result  to  the  mother. 

6.  In  a  great  number  of  the  cases  in  Dr.  Simpson's  tables  (23  in  91), 
as  we  have  seen,  the  presentation  was  abnormal,  of  the  shoulder,  arm,  or 
hand  and  head,  and  in  such  cases  artificial  delivery  must  take  place,  and 
it  may  be  a  question  whether  if  we  first  merely  removed  the  placenta,  on 


UNAVOIDABLE    HEMORRHAGE.  433 

account  of  the  exhaustion  of  the  mother,  we  should  not  thereby  increase 
the  difficulty  of  turning  at  a  subsequenl  period. 

7.  In  the  cases  mentioned  by  Drs.  Simpson,  Radford,  and  Edwards 
of  distortion  of  the  pelvis,  or  tumours  in  the  soft  parts  offering  an  obstacle 
to  the  extraction  of  the  child,  the  new  operation  would  noi  ly  an 
alternative,  but  a  substitute,  as  version  would  be  out  of  ti,  m  in 
most  instances,  and  the  doubt  remains,  whether  it  could  be  effected  if  the 
obstacle  were  great.  If  it  could,  it  might  facilitate  the  use  of  the  per- 
forator and  crotchet. 

8.  In  cases  of  extreme  exhaustion,  where  the  mother  is  unable  to  bear 
the  shock  of  turning  or  any  additional  loss  of  blood,  if  the  os  uteri  be 
dilated  or  dilatable  and  the  circumference  of  the  placenta  within  reach ; 
as  the  hemorrhage  is  said  to  cease  after  the  removal  of  the  placenta,  the 
operation  may  be  admissible  for  the  purpose  of  gaining  time,  even  with 
the  chance  of  artificial  delivery  afterwards. 

9.  In  cases  where  the  flooding  is  considerable,  the  presentation  natural, 
and  the  pains  strong  (the  cases  in  which  the  placenta  is  sometimes  expelled 
before  the  child),  there  seems  to  be  no  objection  to  arrest  the  hemorrhage 
by  the  removal  of  the  placenta,  leaving  the  conclusion  of  labour  to  the 
natural  powers,  either  alone  or  stimulated  by  galvanism,  as  Dr.  Radford 
has  proposed.  To  those  two  classes  the  results  of  Dr.  Simpson's  statistics 
almost  exclusively  apply. 

I  have  thus  examined  with  care  this  very  difficult  subject,  and  although 
I  would  be  far  from  pronouncing  dogmatically  upon  it,  I  feel  bound  in 
duty  to  state,  that  except  in  the  cases  I  have  mentioned,  I  could  not  con- 
sent to  substitute  the  new  method  of  treatment  for  the  old,  and  even  in 
those  cases  I  would  recommend  the  very  utmost  caution.* 

The  necessary  stimulants  and  support  must  be  afforded  as  in  accidental 
hemorrhage,  and  if  the  patient  be  extremely  sunk  and  exhausted,  we  may 
have  recourse  to  transfusion. 

663.  3.  Hemorrhage  after  Delivery.  —  A  certain  amount  of  blood 
is  always  lost  after  delivery,  nor  is  this  injurious  ;  and  it  is  only  when  it 
is  so  great  as  to  produce  an  impression  upon  the  constitution  and  the 
pulse  that  it  is  to  be  considered  as  flooding.  Of  course,  in  all  cases 
it  escapes  from  the  mouths  of  the  vessels,  exposed  by  the  partial  or  entire 
separation  of  the  placenta,  not  being  closed  by  firm  uterine  contraction. 

It  sometimes,  but  rarely,  takes  place  when  an  interval  elapses  between 
the  expulsion  of  the  head  and  body  of  the  child,  but  much  more  frequently 
after  its  birth,  before  or  after  the  expulsion  of  the  placenta.  Secondary 
flooding  also  sometimes  occurs  at  a  distance  of  ten  or  twelve  days  after 
delivery,  generally  owing  to  some  imprudence  on  the  part  of  the  patient. 

The  hemorrhage  after  the  expulsion  of  the  placenta  may  be  the  result 

♦"Messrs.  Simpson,  Radford,  and  the  other  gentlemen  who  advocate  the  new  method 
in  placenta  prsevia,"  remarks  Dr.  Meigs  (op.  cit.),  "very  mmend  the 

prompt  separation  of  the  whole  of  the  placenta  :  and  they  are  persons  whose  i  pinions 
are  jnstly  I  smed  of  tin  bl  ;  bnt  notwithstanding  the  profound 

t  with  which  T  receive  any  statement  of  their--.  I  cannot  but  think  that  in  ai 
in  which  it  is  possible  to  detach  the  wkolt  of  the  placenta,  it  woi  ble  to 

introduce  the  whole  of  the  hand,  and  thus  comm  ation  of  turning, 

which  ought  to  be  esteemed  as  the  essential  indication  of  treatment  in  placenta  pravia, 
and  which  the  earlier  it  is  done,  so  much  th 
cuing  the  child  and  saving  the  woman  from  fatal  Losses  of  blood."  —  EDITOB. 

2m 


434  AFTER   DELIVERY. 

of  want  of  contraction  of  the  uterus ;  but  there  are  severe  and  even  fatal 
cases  which  are  caused  by  a  limited  rupture  of  the  cervix. 

I  have  in  the  last  chapter  spoken  fully  of  retained  placenta  and  its 
treatment,  which  I  shall  not  now  repeat,  but  shall  confine  myself  to  the 
treatment  of  the  hemorrhage  whose  effects  are  similar  to  those  already 
noticed. 

664.  Treatment.  —  Let  us  suppose,  therefore,  that  the  placenta  has 
been  extracted  or  expelled,  but  that  the  flooding  is  not  arrested.  The 
first  object  is  to  produce  a  firm  and  persistent  contraction ;  and  to  effect 
this,  whilst  with  one  hand  we  firmly  grasp  the  uterus,  with  the  other  cold 
is  to  be  suddenly  applied  to  the  genitals  by  means  of  cloths  dipped  in  cold 
water. _  The  advantage  of  grasping  the  uterus  is,  that  we  thereby  secure 
an  artificial  contraction,  as  it  were,  until  the  means  employed  effect  a 
real  one. 

Ergot  may  be  given  at  the  same  time,  and  in  no  case  is  it  more  bene- 
ficial. Cold  enemata  and  cold  drinks  are  also  valuable  auxilaries.  If  these 
fail,  we  may  pour  cold  water  from  a  height  upon  the  abdomen,  and  the 
shock  will  generally  succeed  in  rousing  the  uterus  into  action.  Compres- 
sion of  the  aorta  is  said  to  be  effectual  in  some  cases.  It  was  introduced 
by  Saxtorph,  and  has  recently  been  recommended  by  MM.  Sentin,  Chailly, 
and  others.  Dr.  Radford  recommends  galvanism.  When  all  has  failed, 
Dr.  Gooch  recommends  the  introduction  of  the  hand  into  the  uterus,  for 
the  purpose  of  exciting  it  to  contract  by  the  irritation.  I  have  no  doubt 
of  its  success,  but  it  is  so  hazardous  a  practice  that  nothing  would  in  my 
opinion  justify  it  but  the  failure  of  all  previous  means. 

The  internal  remedies  advised  in  the  other  forms  of  hemorrhage  (as 
lead  and  opium)  are  equally  suitable  to  this,  whether  primary  or  secondary. 

The  restorative  treatment  is  likewise  the  same. 

665.  I  have  met  with  two  cases  of  hemorrhage  after  the  expulsion  of 
the  placenta,  arising  from  a  cause  which  appears  to  be  very  rare,  viz.  the 
presence  of  a  polypus  in  the  uterus,  preventing  its  due  contraction.  One 
case  proved  fatal  within  twenty-four  hours ;  the  other  recovered  under  the 
ordinary  treatment  for  hemorrhage. 

If  we  knew  of  the  presence  of  such  a  morbid  growth,  it  would  proba- 
bly be  better  to  remove  it  at  once  ;  but  as  yet  the  cases  on  record  are  too 
few  to  afford  ground  for  safe  conclusions. 


CHAPTER  XXI. 

PARTURITION.  — CLASS  III.    COMPLEX  LABOUR. 
ORDER  4.    CONVULSIONS. 

666.  The  next  complication  I  shall  notice  is  that  affection  of  the 
nervous  system  termed  convulsions ;  i.  e.  a  convulsive  seizure  of  the  en- 
tire body  and  extremities ;  omitting  those  partial  attacks  mentioned  by 
different  authors,  though  they  be  of  a  convulsive  or  spasmodic  nature.  The 
complication  is  a  very  frightful  and  a  very  dangerous  one,  and  may  occur 
either  during  gestation,  immediately  before,  during,  or  after  parturition. 

The  variety  of  opinions  and  methods  of  treatment  which  have  been  put 
forth,  seems  mainly  to  have  arisen  from  confounding  the  different  species 
of  convulsions  ;  and  in  order  to  avoid  this,  I  shall  describe  three  varie- 
ties—  the  hysteric,  the  epileptic,  and  the  apoplectic  convulsion. 

667.  1.  Hysteric  Convulsions.  —  This  variety  is  confined  to  the 
period  of  gestation,  and  is  more  frequent  during  the  early  months  than 
subsequently.  Females  of  a  nervous  or  hysterical  constitution  are  the 
most  obnoxious  to  the  attack. 

Causes.  — Want  of  sleep,  or  excessive  fatigue,  may  give  rise  to  hysteric 
convulsions,  or  they  may  be  caused  by  disordered  digestion. 

Symptoms. — The  attack  is  generally  preceded  by  a  tightness  about  the 
throat,  by  sobbing,  or  repeated  attempts  at  swallowing.  The  patient  then 
becomes  still  and  motionless,  or  may  roll  about  from  side  to  side.  The 
hands  are  frequently  pressed  upon  the  breast,  or  carried  to  the  neck,  as 
though  to  remove  some  obstruction.  The  face  is  generally,  though  not 
always,  pale,  and  not  distorted  ;  no  froth  issues  from  the  mouth,  nor  are 
there  the  convulsive  motions  of  the  lower  jaw,  by  which  in  epilepsy  the 
tongue  is  sometimes  severely  bitten.  In  many  cases  the  muscles  of  the 
back  are  violently  contracted,  which  Dr.  Dewees  thinks  a  pathognomonic 
symptom.  The  patient  is  not  insensible,  though  she  cannot  express  her 
feelings  or  wishes. 

After  this  state  has  continued  for  a  longer  or  shorter  time,  the  sobbing 
becomes  more  violent,  or  the  patient  screams  and  sheds  tears,  and  the  lit 
thus  terminates.     A  great  quantity  of  limpid  urine  is  also  discharged. 

The  paroxysm  may  be  a  single  occurrence,  or  return  after  a  time,  with 
the  same  phenomena. 

It  does  not  generally  influence  the  progress  of  gestation,  though  I  have 
seen  premature  labour  take  place  during  the  paroxysm. 

The  mother's  health  may  be  rendered  rather  more  delicate,  but  ii  is  oot 
seriously  compromised  by  the  disorder. 

668.  Diagnosis.  1.  From  epileptic  convulsions*.  —  The  body  is  but 
slightly  contorted  ;  there  is  not  complete  inseusibilil  is  qo  frothing 
at  the  mouth,  nor  biting  the  tongue,  nor  stertorous  breathing,  and  after  the 

(436) 


436 


CONVULSIONS. 


fit  is  over,  the  patient  recovers  her  usual  state  —  the  reverse  of  all  which 
symptoms  occurs  in  epileptic  convulsions, 

2.  From  apoplectic  convulsions. — In  these  the  patient  loses  conscious- 
ness and  voluntary  motion  at  first,  and  ultimately  all  motion  ceases.  This 
is  not  the  case  in  hysteric  convulsions ;  besides  which  in  the  latter  the 
breathing  is  not  stertorous,  and  the  patient  soon  recovers. 

669.  Treatment.  —  If  the  pulse  be  quick  (which  is  not  ordinarily  the 
case),  or  the  head  ache,  venisection  may  be  practised,  or  a  few  leeches 
applied  to  the  forehead  ;  but  this  is  rarely  necessary.  In  most  cases,  an- 
tispasmodics, combined  with  diffusible  stimuli  (valerian  or  assafcetida, 
with  ammonia),  will  relieve  the  patient.  Volatile  alkali,  held  to  the  nos- 
trils, is  useful ;  or  cold  water  dashed  upon  the  face. 

When  the  paroxysm  is  over,  a  moderate  dose  of  opium  may  be  given ; 
and  after  a  sound  sleep,  the  patient  will  find  herself  nearly  restored. 

The  stomach  must  be  attended  to.  Tonics  may  be  given  if  necessary, 
and  aperient  medicine. 

670.  2.  Epileptic  Convulsions. — This  variety  is  by  far  more  frequent 
than  either  of  the  others-. 


671.  Statistics. - 

—  Frequency. 

Authors. 

Total  Number 
of  Cases. 

Convulsions. 

Dr.  Bland 

1,897 

2 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke 

10,387 

19 

Dr.  Merriman 

2,947 

5 

Dr.  Granville 

640 

1 

Dr.  Cusack 

398 

6 

Dr.  Maunsell 

848 

4 

Dr.  Collins 

16,654 

30 

Dr.  Beatty 

399 

1 

Dr.  Ashwell 

1,266 

3 

Mr.  Mantell 

2,510 

6 

Dr.  Churchill 

600 

2 

Mad.  Boivin 

20,357 

19 

Mad.  Lachapelle 

38,000 

61 

Drs.  Hardy  and  M'Clintock 

6,634 

13 

Thus  we  have  172  cases  of  convulsion  in  103,537  cases  of  labour;  or 
1  in  about  602. 

On  the  whole,  the  mortality  is  considerable,  though  probably  much  less 
so  than  formerly.  Jacob  states  that  in  his  time  scarcely  any  survived. 
Dr.  Parr,  in  his  Med.  Dictionary,  that  six  or  seven  out  of  ten  die.  Dr. 
Hunter,  that  the  greater  proportion  were  lost. 


CONVULSIONS. 


437 


r.-i- 
(  «iii\ ulsions. 


Mr.  Giffard 

Dr.  Smellie 

Mr.  Perfect 

Dr.  Bland  . 

Dr.  John  Clarke 

Dr.  Merriman 

I>r.  Ramsbotham 

Dr.  Maunsell 

Dr.  Collins 

Dr.  Beatty 

Dr.  Churchill      . 

Mr.  Mantel] 

Drs.  M'Clintock  and  Hardy 


Mothers  Lost. 


4 

2 

8 

2 

14 

5 

2 

0 

19 

6 

36 

8 

26 

10 

4 

2 

30 

5 

1 

0 

2 

0 

6 

2 

13 

3 

Thus,  out  of  165  cases,  45  mothers  were  lost,  or  more  than  one- 
Women  of  all  temperaments  may  be  attacked,  but  the  sanguine  are 
the  more  liable,  especially  those  with  short  necks,  and  of  short,  square 

forms.  r     ... 

Dr  Ramsbotham  has  stated  that  "women  with  large  families  are 
equally,  or  perhaps  more  liable  to  be  assailed."  This,  however,  is  not 
borne  out  by  numerical  investigation  ;  for  of  36  cases  related  by  Dr. 
Merriman,  28  were  with  first  children.  Of  Dr.  Ramsbotham  s,  more 
than  two-thirds  were  with  first  children ;  and  of  Dr.  Collins'  30  cases, 
29  were  with  first  children. 

672  Causes.— It  is  exceedingly  difficult  to  state  anything  very  definite 
as  to  the  cause  of  epileptic  convulsions.  Doubtless  they  arise  from  irri- 
tation of  the  spinal  system  by  some  different  and  often  distant  organ ;  it 
may  be  the  uterus,  the  stomach,  the  bowels  or  bladder^ 

Intemperance  in  eating  or  drinking  may  give  rise  to  it. 

Persons  previously  afflicted  with  convulsive  affections  seem  predisposed 
to  them  at  this  time.     Mental  emotions  and  frights  occasionally  cause 

convulsions.  ,     .       , 

In  some  cases  doubtless  they  are  owing  to  the  efforts  made  during  the 
labour  pains,  by  which  an  accumulation  of  blood  takes  place  in  the  head. 

Atmospheric  influence  appears  to  have  some  effect  in  determining  the 
frequency  of  this  disease.  Most  persons  must  have  remarked  how  often 
a  number  of  cases  occur  about  the  same  time,  as  though  depending  upon 
the.  same  general  cause.  ,  .  . 

There  is  a  curious  case  on  record  of  convulsion  commencing  with  con- 
ception, and  recurring  every  fortnight  during  gestation. 

673.  Symptoms.— The  symptoms  in  epileptic  convulsions  resemble 
very  closely,  if  they  are  not  identical  with  those  of  ordinary  epilepsy.  In 
the  majority  of  cases  there  are  certain  premonitory  symptoms.  1  he 
patient,  for  some  time  previous,  suffers  from  pun  in  the  head,  giadmess, 
confusion,  ringing  noise  in  the  ears,  obscure  vision,  temporary  loss  o 
sensation,  rigors,  nausea,  or  even  vomiting.     The  face  is  Bushed,  and  the 

ev<s  injected.  .  .  .     .     .,     c    „ 

Dr.  Hamilton,  senior,  mentions  as  peculiar,  an  intense  pain  in  the  fore- 

2m2 


438  CONVULSIONS. 

head  ;  and  Dr.  Denman,  a  severe  pain  in  the  stomach,  and  these  he  thinks 
the  worst  kind  of  cases.  Osiander  has  noticed  a  tumid  state  of  the  hands 
and  face  preceding  the  attack.  Dr.  Lever,  of  London,  has  noticed  the 
presence  of  albumen  in  the  urine. 

As  the  attack  approaches,  these  symptoms  are  aggravated ;  the  pupils 
become  dilated,  the  face  more  injected,  the  eyes  fixed,  and  the  patient 
loses  consciousness. 

In. some  few  cases,  however,  there  are  no  precursory  symptoms;  the 
patient  has  no  warning  until  the  moment  before  she  becomes  insensible. 
The  "  aura  epileptica"  is  seldom  felt. 

During  the  attack,  the  face  is  swollen,  of  a  dark  red  or  violet  colour, 
and  distorted  by  spasmodic  contractions  ;  the  eyes  are  agitated,  the  tongue 
protruded,  and  the  under  jaw  repeatedly  closed  with  force,  so  as  to  wound 
the  tongue.  A  quantity  of  froth  is  ejected  from  the  mouth,  which  is 
generally  drawn  more  to  one  side  of  the  face  than  the  other. 

The  muscles  of  the  body  are  thrown  into  violent  and  irregular  action ; 
the  limbs  are  jerked  in  all  directions,  and  with  such  force  that  it  is  some- 
times difficult  to  keep  the  patient  in  bed. 

The  respiration  is  at  first  irregular,  and  being  forced  through  the  closed 
teeth  and  the  foam  at  the  mouth,  has  a  peculiar  hissing  sound ;  it  subse- 
quently becomes  nearly  suspended.  The  pulse  is  quick,  and  at  the  be- 
ginning full  and  hard,  but  afterwards  small  and  almost  imperceptible. 
The  body  participates  in  the  purple  colour  of  the  face.  The  urine  and 
faeces  are  often  passed  involuntarily. 

This  terrible  paroxysm,  however,  is  not  of  very  long  duration.  After 
a  period,  varying  from  five  minutes  to  half  an  hour,  the  convulsive  move- 
ments become  less  violent,  and  gradually  subside ;  the  countenance  is 
less  distorted,  and  assumes  a  more  natural  and  placid  appearance,  the 
eyelids  close,  the  respiration  becomes  more  regular,  though  still  sibilant, 
and  the  circulation  is  restored,  the  pulse  becoming  more  perceptible, 
though  still  very  quick.  The  patient  rests  quietly  in  bed,  and  the  paroxysm 
has  terminated  for  the  time. 

During  the  interval,  the  patient's  condition  is  very  variable.  She  may 
partially  recover  consciousness,  so  as  to  recognise  persons  around  her,  and 
to  be  aware  of  something  extraordinary  having  happened,  without  knowing 
what,  and  without  being  able  to  express  herself  clearly. 

In  other  cases  the  return  of  intelligence  (but  without  recollection)  may 
be  complete  until  the  approach  of  the  next  fit,  accompanied  with  great 
weakness,  head-ache,  and  confusion.  These  are  the  more  favourable 
cases. 

Others  again  remain  in  a  state  of  total  insensibility,  almost  approaching 
to  coma  or  asphyxia  with  sibilant  or  stertorous  breathing,  and  without 
muscular  motion,  or  with  a  restless  throwing  about  of  the  body  and  ex- 
tremities. 

This  calm  is  however  of  no  very  long  duration  ;  it  may  be  half  an  hour, 
or  two  hours,  but  sooner  or  later  the  paroxysms  return,  to  be  succeeded 
by  an  interval  which  in  its  turn  gives  place  to  another  paroxysm.  I  have 
known  as  many  as  eighteen  paroxysms  occur  in  twenty-four  hours. 

Dr.  Lever,  of  London,  has  pointed  out  the  presence  of  albumen  in  the 
urine  of  women  attacked  by  convulsions.  He  states,  "  I  have  carefully 
examined  the  urine  in  every  case  of  puerperal  convulsions  that  has  since 


CONVULSIONS.  4-°>9 

come  under  my  notice,  both  in  the  lying-in  charity  of  Guy's  Hospital, 
and  in  private  practice,  and  in  every  case  but  one  the  urine  has  been 
found  to  be  albuminous  at  the  time  of  the  convulsions." — "I  further 

have  investigated  the  condition  of  the  urine  in  upwards  of  fifty  women, 
from  whom  the  secretion  has  been  drawn  during  labour  by  the  catheter ; 
great  care  being  taken  that  none  of  the  vaginal  disch  re  mixed 

with  the  fluid:  and  the  result  has  been  that  in  no  cases  have  I  detected 
albumen  except  in  those  in  which  there  have  been  convulsions,  or  in 
which  symptoms  have  presented  thems<  Ives  which  are  readi  riized 

as  precursors  of  puerperal  fits."  This  is  most  important,  for  in  doubtful 
cases  we  have  a  test,  which,  together  with  the  symptoms,  may  enable  us 
by  timely  treatment  to  prevent  so  serious  a  complication. 

The  termination  of  the  attack  varies  in  different  patients  ;  some  remain 
in  a  state  of  half  stupor  and  great  exhaustion  for  hours  or  days,  and  gra- 
dually recover. 

In  other  cases  the  patient  becomes  maniacal,  and  may  remain  so  for  a 
long  time,  and  ultimately  recover.  I  had  a  patient  who  remained  in  a 
state  of  mental  derangement  for  several  months  before  she  was  restored. 

In  a  few  cases,  the  patient  continues  comatose,  and  gradually  passes 
into  a  state  resembling  apoplexy,  and  dies. 

674.  I  have  already  mentioned  that  convulsions  may  attack  the  patients 
either  during  pregnancy ,  at  the  time  of  parturition,  or  after  delivery. 

It  will  be  necessary  to  say  a  few  words  upon  the  occurrence  at  each 
of  these  periods. 

Pregnant  women  are  more  especially  obnoxious  to  this  disease  during 
the  two  latter  months  of  gestation,  though  it  may  occur  at  an  earlier 
period,  and  at  irregular  intervals.  The  nearer  the  patient  is  to  her  con- 
finement, the  greater  the  risk  of  an  attack,  on  account  of  the  extreme 
distension  of  the  uterus  and  its  increased  irritability. 

Although  the  beginning  of  labour  cannot  be  detected,  either  by  an  in- 
ternal or  external  examination,  at  the  outset  of  these  attacks,  yet  during 
its  continuance  labour  may  commence,  and  run  a  natural  course.  In  such 
a  case,  the  fits  will  be  found  synchronous  with  the  uterine  contractions, 
though  not  recurring  with  each. 

In  many  cases,  however,  the  uterus  remains  perfectly  quiescent,  and 
gestation  may  be  carried  on  for  a  time  longer ;  it  is  rare,  however,  for  the 
full  term  to  be  completed.  In  almost  all  cases  the  child  is  still-born, 
often  putrid ;  but  whether  its  death  preceded  the  convulsions,  or  resulted 
from  them,  is  not  easily  determined.  When  the  former  is  the  case,  may 
we  not  attribute  the  convulsions  to  the  dead  child  acting  in  some  sort  as 
a  foreign  body  ? 

The  labour  runs  a  natural  course  generally,  and  in  a  fair  proportion  of 
cases  the  mother  recovers  tolerably  well,  though  there  are  startling  excep- 
tions, as  in  the  following  case  related  by  Dr.  Blundell : 

"A  lady,  in  the  end  of  her  pregnancy,  was  seized  with  convulsions; 
her  attendant  was  sent  for,  and  decided  that  there  were  no  indications  of 
labour,  and  that  a  stay  was  unnecessary.  The  midwife  left  the  house,  and 
returning  early  the  following  morning,  the  patient  was  found  dead;  the 
child,  too,  the  birth  of  which  no  one  seems  to  have  suspected,  lay  lifeless 
beneath  the  clothes." 

When  convulsions  occur  at  the  commencement  of  labour,  it  might 


440  CONVULSIONS. 

naturally  be  attributed,  in  some  cases  at  least,  to  mal-presentation  of  the 
child,  but  this  is  not  the  case.  Mal-presentation  is  observed  very  rarely 
in  cases  of  convulsions. 

675.  During  labour,  the  return  of  the  paroxysm  takes  place  at  the 
commencement  of  a  labour  pain,  although  not  with  every  pain.  There 
is  a  greater  expression  of  suffering  from  the  uterine  contraction  than  from 
the  convulsion.  The  symptoms  I  have  described  apper  to  be  more  intense 
when  the  attack  comes  on  during  labour  than  during  gestation. 

The  uterine  contractions  do  not  appear  to  be  impeded  by  the  fits ;  the 
labour  generally  runs  a  natural  course  in  the  usual  time,  if  not  terminated 
by  art ;  neither  is  it  necessarily  fatal  to  the  infant,  although  there  is  great 
danger. 

It  is  remarkable,  and  not  easily  explicable,  that  after  the  convulsions 
have  ceased,  and  the  labour  is  over,  there  is  a  great  tendency  to  abdomi- 
nal inflammation,  adding  fearfully  to  the  mother's  risk.  Denman,  I  be- 
lieve, was  the  first  to  point  out  this  fact,  which  Dr.  Collins  and  others  have 
confirmed  :  and  which  should  be  remembered  in  the  treatment. 

676.  When  the  patient  is  attacked  by  convulsions  after  delivery,  they 
generally  occur  from  two  to  four  hours  after  the  birth  of  the  child,  some- 
times later.  There  can  be  little  hesitation  in  attributing  them  to  some  in- 
jury received  by  the  brain  or  nervous  system  during  labour,  though  we 
may  not  be  able  to  specify  the  particular  mischief.  It  does  not  however 
depend  upon  the  length  or  difficulty  of  the  labour ;  they  occur  as  fre- 
quently after  natural  labour. 

The  loss  of  blood  at  the  time  of  delivery  does  not  necessarily  prevent 
the  occurrence  of  the  fit,  though  it  adds  to  the  danger  by  the  debility  it 
occasions. 

Duges  considers  cases  of  convulsions  after  delivery  to  be  more  tractable 
than  any  others,  whilst  Dr.  Ramsbotham  states  exactly  the  contrary.  I 
should  say  that  the  cases  where  the  convulsions  occur  during  labour,  and 
continue  afterwards,  are  the  least  manageable  ;  next  to  these  the  attacks 
during  labour  only  ;  then,  those  after  delivery ;  and  lastly,  the  most  fa- 
vourable are  those  which  occur  during  gestation. 

After  recovery  from  the  consequences  of  the  attack,  the  patient  may 
enjoy  her  usual  health,  and  her  subsequent  pregnancies  do  not  appear  to 
be  very  liable  to  similar  attacks. 

677.  Pathology. — In  the  majority  of  cases  a  post  mortem  examination 
affords  but  little  information.  In  many  instances  there  is  no  deviation 
whatever  from  the  healthy  state  of  the  brain. 

Sometimes  the  vessels  of  the  brain  are  turgid  with  blood,  and  in  other 
cases  there  is  a  quantity  of  serum  effused  on  the  surface  and  base  of  the 
brain,  or  into  the  ventricles. 

The  heart  is  generally  flaccid  and  empty,  and  the  lungs  of  a  pale  colour. 
Some  fluid  is  occasionally  found  in  the  pleura  or  pericardium. 

Traces  of  inflammation  have  also  been  discovered  in  the  peritoneum. 

In  an  admirable  chapter  on  this  disease,  Dr.  Tyler  Smith  has,  I  think, 
thrown  much  light  on  its  pathology.  He  has  proved  that  convulsions  are 
not  excited  by  irritation  of  the  cerebrum  alone,  but  by  the  "primary  or 
secondary  effects  produced  upon  the  spinal  marrow,  medulla  oblongata, 
or  tubercula  quadrigemina.  And  therefore  that  the  causes  giving  rise  to 
convulsions  may  be  either,  1,   Centric,  such  as  pressure  on  the  medulla 


CONVULSIONS.  441 

oblongata  from  congestion,  coagula,  or  serous  effusion  within  the  cranium  , 
loss  of  blood,  morbid  elements  in  the  blood  ;  emotion.  Or,  "2,  Excentric, 
acting  on  the  extremities  of  the  excitor  nerves,  as  irritation  of  the  incident 

spinal  nerves  of  the  uterus  and  uterine  pa  irritation  of  the  excitor 

nerves  within  the  cranium;  irritation  of  the  incidenl  spinal  nerves  of  die 
rectum;  irritation  of  the  ovarian  nerves;  irritation  of  the  gastric  and  in- 
testinal branches  of  the  pneumogastric  nerve ;  irritation  of  the  incident 

spinal  nerves  of  the  bladder:  and  as  probable  causes,  irritation  of  the  cu- 
taneous nerves,  of  the  nerves  of  the  mammae,  and  of  the  hepatic  and 
renal  branches  of  the  pneumogastric.  More  than  one  of  these  causes 
may,  of  course,  act  at  the  same  time. 

678.  Diagnosis.  1.  From  hysteric  convulsions.  —  In  the  attack  just 
described,  there  is  a  total  loss  of  consciousness,  great  muscular  action, 
frothing  at  the  mouth,  frequent  recurrence  of  paroxysm,  and  incomplete 
restoration  or  total  insensibility  during  the  intervals.  In  hysteric  convul- 
sions, on  the  contrary,  the  patient  scarcely  loses  consciousness,  exhibits 
only  moderate  spasmodic  action,  has  no  frothing  at  the  mouth,  does  not 
suffer  from  a  frequent  recurrence  of  the  fits,  and  recovers  shortly  after 
each.  The  sobbing,  sighing,  weeping,  and  screaming  of  the  hysteric 
convulsion  are  also  peculiar  to  it. 

2.  From  apoplectic  convulsions.  —  In  epileptic  convulsions,  the  whole 
body  is  thrown  into  violent  spasms,  which  are  repeated,  with  intervals  of 
quiescence,  and  often  of  partial  return  of  sense.  The  breathing  is  rather 
sibilant  than  stertorous,  and  the  muscles  preserve  their  tone  even  during 
the  intervals  ;  —  whereas  in  apoplectic  convulsions,  the  spasmodic  move- 
ments occur  at  the  commencement,  and  are  not  repeated  ;  sense  and  sen- 
sibility are  totally  lost,  the  breathing  is  stertorous,  and  the  muscles  lose 
all  power,  so  that  the  arm  when  raised,  and  allowed  to  fall,  does  so  like 
that  of  a  person  recently  dead.* 

679.  Treatment.  —  At  whatever  time  the  attack  takes  place,  the  first 
thing  to  be  done  is  to  take  away  blood  from  the  arm  or  temporal  artery 
largely,  and  in  a  full  stream.  If  the  paroxysms  continue,  this  may  be 
repeated.  Denman  took  40  oz.  and  Blundell  70  oz.  of  blood  from  a 
patient  under  these  circumstances.  We  are  not  to  be  deterred  from  a 
free  use  of  the  lancet,  by  the  absence  of  immediate  relief —  the  benefit  is 
rather  in  the  ultimate  and  early  recovery  of  the  patient,  than  in  the  imme- 
diate arrest  of  the  paroxysms. 

Another  good  effect  from  venisection  is  the  prevention  of  the  abdo- 
minal inflammation,  to  which  we  have  seen  that  the  patient  is  exposed 
subsequently. 

*  Instances  occur  of  convulsions  happening  at  each  succeeding  pregnancy,  and  per- 
sisting until  abortion  takes  place.  It  is  then  one  of  tin-  greatest  afflictions  that  can 
befall  the  mai-ried  female.  "  I  have  witnessed,'7  says  Dr.  Huston,  in  a  note  to  a  former 
edition,  "  the  attack  twice  in  the  same  lady,  with  only  ail  interval  of  three  months,  both 
times  terminating,  as  remarked,  in  abortion.  She  is  a  remarkably  delicate  woman,  of 
great  nervous  impressibility.  During  the  attacks  she  bad  do  frothing  at  the  mouth,  nor 
stertorous  breathing,  and  yet,  after  recovery,  was  unconscious  of  all  that  had  passed. 
She  was  bled  freely  at  the  commencement  of  the  first  attack,  because  of  pain  in  the 
head,  and  had  a  tedious  recovery;  the  next  time,  Bhe  was  treated  by  the  use  of 
excitants,  as  Binapisms,  wine  whey,  camphor,  morphia,  &c,  and  recovered  rapidly. 
The  symptoms  were  very  similar  in  both  attacks  ; — as  the  more  prominent  of  these  Bub- 
Bided,  the  hysterical  evidences,  such  us  crying,  laughing,  cVc,  became  more  manifest." 
—  Editor. 


442  CONVULSIONS. 

If  there  be  any  objection  to  repeating  the  venisection,  leeches  may  be 
applied  ;  or  if  the  patient  be  sufficiently  quiet,  the  nape  of  the  neck  may 
be  cupped. 

A  strong  purgative  (calomel  and  jalap  for  example)  should  next  be 
administered,  as  from  the  free  evacuation  of  the  bowels  great  benefit  is 
generally  derived  ;  and  it  may  also  excite  uterine  contractions,  and  hasten 
the  delivery. 

The  head  may  then  be  shaved,  and  cold  lotion  or  ice  applied.  Denman 
speaks  highly  of  cold  affusion.  A  warm  bath  has  been  recommended, 
but  it  would  be  very  difficult  to  use  it  in  many  cases. 

After  the  lapse  of  some  time,  the  head  and  nape  of  the  neck  may  be 
covered  with  blistering  plaster,  as  counter-irritation  will  materially  further 
the  restoration  of  the  patient. 

When,  after  copious  bleeding  and  purging,  the  attack  is  somewhat 
subsiding,  it  has  been  recommended  to  give  an  opiate.  Considerable 
difference  of  opinion  has  existed  upon  this  point,  owing,  I  think,  to  the 
different  parties  not  specifying  with  sufficient  accuracy  the  time  at  which 
it  should  be  administered,  and  the  cases  suitable  for  it.  Under  the  cir- 
cumstances I  have  mentioned,  it  seems  to  be  the  opinion  of  the  highest 
authorities  that  it  may  be  of  service. 

Dr.  Collins  remarks,  "  Many  of  our  best  writers  have  actually  con- 
demned the  use  of  opium  in  convulsions,  stating  it  to  be  most  injurious — 
some  even  destructive.  Ample  experience  has  convinced  me,  that  it  is 
not  only  harmless,  but  highly  beneficial  in  those  cases  where  the  fits  con- 
tinue after  delivery.  And  I  should  hope  the  cases  adduced  will  prove 
satisfactorily  that  it  is  also  useful  under  many  other  circumstances,  when 
proper  steps  had  been  previously  taken.  Its  combination  with  tartar 
emetic,  and  occasionally  wTith  calomel,  is  most  advantageous." 

Calomel,  given  so  as  to  affect  the  constitution,  has  been  found  bene- 
ficial. Dr.  Collins  speaks  very  highly  of  tartar  emetic,  in  doses  sufficient 
to  produce  nausea,  but  not  vomiting.  "  In  every  severe  case  of  convul- 
sions, after  having  carried  into  effect  the  ordinary  mode  of  treatment,  as 
bleeding  freely ',  acting  briskly  on  the  bowels,  with  calomel  and  jalap,  and 
at  the  same  time  adopting  the  means  usually  had  recourse  to  for  protecting 
the  patient  during  a  paroxysm,  I  endeavoured  to  bring  her  under  the 
influence  of  tartar  emetic,  so  as  to  nauseate  effectually,  without  vomiting. 
With  this  view,  a  table-spoonful  of  the  following  mixture  was  given  every 
half  hour:  — 

R  Aqua?  Pulegii,  3  viii. 

Tartar  Emetici,  gr.  viii. 

Tinct.  Opii,  gtt.  xxx. 

Syr.  Simpl.  3ii.  M. 

"  In  some  cases  the  quantity  of  tartar  emetic  used  was  only  four  grains 
to  an  eight-ounce  mixture;  and  in  others,  the  quantity  of  opium  was  some- 
what increased."* 

*  Anaesthesia  has  been  resorted  to  as  a  means  of  controlling  puerperal  convulsions, 
by  Messrs.  Clifford,  Wilson,  Kite,  Hearn,  and  Clifton,  in  England,  by  Chailly,  in  France, 
and  by  Dr.  Channing  and  a  number  of  other  practitioners,  in  the  United  States.  In 
nearly  all  the  cases,  the  convulsive  movements  were  entirely  controlled  or  essentially 
modified  upon  the  induction  of  anaesthesia.  The  great  majority  of  the  patients  reco- 
vered. The  facts  that  have  been  adduced  in  favour  of  this  practice  in,  confessedly,  one 
of  the  most  fearful  and  dangerous  complications  of  labour,  press  it  strongly  upon  the 
attention  of  the  practitioner. — Editor. 


CONVULSION-.  443 

It  will  be  necessary  to  insert  a  wedge  of  leather  or  wood  between  the 
teeth,  to  prevent   injury  to  the   '  to  remove  every  thing 

out  of  the  way,  by  striking  against  which,  the  patient  might  hurt  her- 
self.* 

This  treatment  applies  equally  to  convulsions  occurring  before,  during, 
or  after  labour  —  except   that   in   th<  itity  of  blood 

taken  must  be  modified  according  to  the  suite  of  the  patient. 

6S0.  The  next  important  question  is,  whether  we  are  to  enter] 

WITH  THE  PROGRESS  OF  GESTATION  OR  PARTUR]  I 

I  believe  there  is  no  dispute,  that  until  labour  sets  in  naturally,  inter- 
ference would  be  injurious;  so  that  in  convulsions  during  _  ..,  we 
have  nothing  to  do  with  the  uterus,  but  must  confine  ourselves  to  the 
treatment  of  the  convulsive  disease. 

If  the  attack  take  place  at  the  commencement  of  labour,  some  practi- 
tioners have  been  anxious  to  hasten  the  operations  of  nature  by  manual 
dilatation ;  but  this  has  been  abandoned,  and  very  properly,  as  likely  to 
increase  the  convulsions,  without  advancing  the  progress  of  the  delivery. 
Belladonna  has  been  applied  to  the  cervix  uteri,  for  the  purpose  of  dila- 
tation, but  I  should  doubt  its  utility,  and  dread  its  poisonous  effects. 
The  older  writers,  with  some  moderns,  have  proposed  incision  of  the 
cervix,  but  the  risk  would  outbalance  any  benefit  to  be  derived  from  so 
"  heroic"  a  remedy. 

But  supposing  the  os. uteri  to  be  dilated  or  dilatable,  are  we  then  to 
proceed  to  deliver  by  art  ?  This  question  has  been  much  debated,  and 
opposite  opinions  have  been  advocated.  Some  advise  instant  interference, 
and  others  no  interference  at  all. 

The  true  plan  seems  to  be  to  avoid  both  extremes.  We  are  not  neces- 
sarily to  interfere  at  this  stage  of  the  labour,  beyond  rupturing  the  mem- 
branes, which  sometimes  hastens  the  progress  of  the  labour. 

Version  or  turning,  has  been  often  recommended,  but,  from  all  the  cases 
I  have  seen  or  collected,  it  would  appear  a  most  hazardous  measure.  Dr. 
Ramsbotham  advises  it,  and  yet  the  three  cases  he  relates  in  which  he 
practised  it  proved  fatal.  Five  patients  out  of  seven  are  generally  lost. 
Dr.  Collins  is  strongly  opposed  to  it. 

We  may  therefore  conclude  that  version  is  not  to  be  attempted. 

But  when  the  head  has  descended  into  the  pelvis,  so  as  to  be  within 
reach  of  the  forceps,  and  there  is  sufficient  space,  it  will  be  proper  to 
apply  that  instrument,  inasmuch  as  delivery,  when  it  can  be  accomplished 
without  injury,  is  very  desirable. 

The  attempt  must  be  made  during  an  interval  between  th<  sms, 

and  should  the  introduction  of  the  blades  bring  on  a  violent  fit,  it  will  be 
necessary  to  withdraw  them,  lest  they  should  be  forced  through  the  vaginal 
or  uterine  parietes,  during  the  struggles  of  the  patient. 

Should  the  head  of  the  child  be  so  fixed  in  the  pelvis,  as  to  defy  all 
reasonable  efforts  with  the  forceps,  it  may  be  nec< 

rator;  but,  before  doing  this,  the  judiciou  toner  will  consider  well 

the  amount  of  benefit  likely  to  be  obtained,  and  th< 
— recollecting  that  the  child  may  be  alive,  that  the  labour  may,  if  left  to 

roll  of  muslin  or  linen  answers  as  well  as  leather,  and  much  better  than  ■* 
besides,  it  is  ahvays  to  be  obtained  at  the  moment. — Edid 


444  CONVULSIONS. 

nature,  terminate  favourably,  and  that  even  if  delivered  by  art,  the  fits 
may  not  necessarily  cease. 

If  we  are  satisfied  that  the  child  is  dead,  we  should  be  justified  in  de- 
livering by  the  perforator  and  crotchet  at  an  earlier  period  of  labour,  pro- 
vided that  the  os  uteri  be  dilated  or  dilatable,  or  that  the  head  have  passed 
through  it,  and  that  the  convulsions  be  so  formidable  as  to  require  speedy 
delivery. 

After  the  convulsions  have  ceased,  Dr.  Collins  remarks,  "  Should  the 
patient  become  maniacal,  as  is  occasionally  the  result  when  the  fits  have 
been  severe,  and  have  continued  for  any  length  of  time  after  delivery,  all 
local  distress,  as  pain  in  the  head,  or  any  symptom  that  would  indicate 
abdominal  complication,  should  be  diligently  looked  after,  and  treated 
accordingly ;  as  by  so  doing,  keeping  her  fully  under  the  influence  of 
tartar  emetic,  at  the  same  time  acting  well  on  the  bowels,  and  excluding 
light  from  her  room,  as  also  all  other  external  irritants,  the  best  results 
may  be  expected.  It  is  a  great  satisfaction  to  the  friends  of  the  patient 
in  such  a  situation  to  be  assured,  that  there  is  little  liability  to  a  re- 
turn of  this  derangement  of  mind,  as  is  the  case  in  most  other  forms  of 
mania." 

681.  3.  Apoplectic  Convulsions. — This  variety  seldom  or  never 
occurs,  except  towards  the  termination  or  after  the  conclusion  of  labour. 
Dr.  Burns  indeed  mentions  its  occurrence  at  the  commencement  of  labour, 
and  MM,  Morithon  and  Menard  at  the  sixth  month  of  pregnancy. 

Causes. — It  is  evidently  caused  by  the  stress  upon  the  cerebral  vessels 
during  the  labour  pains. 

It  is  very  probable  that  anxiety  of  mind  may  predispose  to  the  attack ; 
at  least  in  one  case  I  sawr,  this  appeared  to  be  the  case. 

682.  Symptoms.  —  In  many  cases,  the  patient  suffers  from  pain  and 
throbbing  in  the  head  for  some  days  previously ;  but  in  others  there  are 
no  premonitory  symptoms. 

Generally  speaking,  during  the  labour  the  patient  complains  of  head- 
ache ;  and  during  the  second  stage,  the  face  may  be  observed  to  be  much 
flushed,  and  the  eyes  injected. 

Strictly  speaking,  there  is  but  little  convulsion  ;  the  body  and  extremi- 
ties are  agitated  or  thrown  about  for  a  short  time,  and  then  the  patient 
lies  in  a  comatose  state.  There  is  little  or  no  distortion  of  the  face,  and 
no  frothing  at  the  mouth.  The  muscles  become  flaccid  and  powrerless ; 
the  respiration  is  stertorous ;  there  is  no  return  of  intelligence,  and 
rarely  any  repetition  of  the  paroxysm,  though  such  cases  have  been 
recorded. 

In  almost  all  cases  the  condition  of  the  patient  remains  unaltered  until 
death  ;  but  there  are  a  few  cases,  answering,  I  presume,  to  the  congestive 
apoplexy  of  Abercrombie  and  Lallemand,  where  our  timely  aid  is  suc- 
cessful, and  the  patient  recovers  sense  and  motion;  and,  if  proper  care 
be  taken,  is  speedily  well. 

The  pulse  is  full  and  slow,  and  the  pupils  in  some  cases  dilated,  in 
others  contracted,  but  in  all  insensible  to  light. 

I  do  not  know  that  I  can  give  a  better  illustration  of  this  disease  than 
by  relating  the  two  following  cases.  For  the  first  I  was  indebted  to  my 
lamented  friend,  the  late  Dr.  Aston  ;  it  appears  to  be  a  simple  case  of 


CONVULSIONS.  445 

apoplexy  from  congestion:  the  second  occurred  in  the  practice  of  a  dis- 
pensary to  which  I  was  attached.  I  quote  them  from  a  reporl  I  published 
some  years  ago  in  the  Medical  Gazette:  "Catherine  Costello,  aet.  18 

years  and  9  months,  of  low  stature,  and   corpulent    :  mplained 

first  of  severe  head-ache  on  Wednesday,  January  13.     The  pain 

was  more  violent  than  any  of  the  kind  she  had  < -\  need.     Sick- 

ness of  the  stomach  set  in  nearly  at  the  same  time,  and  she  continued 
throwing  up  green  bilious  matter  during  the  entire  day  ;  the  bowels  were 
confined  for  four  days  ;  the  face  and  extremities  were  much  swelled,  which 
commenced  two  days  before,  and  continued  gradually  to  increase  as  the 
head-ache  became  more  intense.  She  wanted  about  seven  weeks  to  com- 
plete the  usual  term  of  utero-gestation.  I  (Dr.  Aston)  was  sent  for  in  the 
evening;  she  was  walking  about  the  room,  but  suffering  most  acutely  ; 
the  face  was  swelled  to  such  a  degree  as  almost  to  hide  the  eyes,  and  her 
speech  somewhat  thick.  The  motion  of  the  child  had  not  been  felt  all 
day.  As  she  had  an  objection  to  bleeding,  I  omitted  it  for  the  present, 
and  directed  some  opening  medicine  to  relieve  the  bowels ;  and  hnn  ing 
given  the  requisite  directions,  I  left  her ;  but  in  a  few  hours  her  husband 
came  for  me  in  all  haste,  requesting  my  immediate  attendance,  as  she  had 
a  fit,  and  appeared  to  be  in  a  dying  state.  Upon  further  inquiry,  I  was 
told  that  the  pain  in  the  head  got  much  worse — when  suddenly  the  eyes 
became  fixed,  the  face  distorted,  convulsive  motions  ensued,  and  ended 
with  stertor,  which  must  have  been  of  short  continuance,  as  no  such 
symptoms  existed  when  I  visited  her  a  short  time  afterwards  although  she 
was  unconscious  of  anything  that  happened  until  after  venisection,  which 
I  immediately  performed  to  the  extent  of  18  or  1$  oz.,  from  which  she 
experienced  almost  instantaneous  relief.  The  heat  of  skin  was  much 
greater  than  natural ;  thirst  extremely  urgent ;  pulse  pretty  frequent,  but 
inclined  to  hardness  ;  after  vencesection  it  became  quicker  ;  shortly  after, 
slower  and  softer,  until  it  gradually  came  down  to  the  natural  standard. 
From  this  time  all  the  symptoms  subsided,  and  she  was  delivered  January 
5th,  and  recovered  well." 

"  Mary ,  act.  30,  was  attended  in  her  first  confinement  by  a  pupil 

of  the  Wellesley  Dispensary,  on  Monday,  November  20,  1832.  The 
labour  was  natural,  and  terminated  within  the  usual  period.  She  com- 
plained of  severe  head-ache  during  the  labour,  and  seemed  sleepy  towards 
the  conclusion.  After  asking  some  questions  of  the  attendants,  she  settled 
to  sleep  ;  some  irregular  motions  of  the  limbs  were  noticed  by  those  in 
the  room,  but  nothing  further,  until  her  breathing  became  loud  and  h 
when,  as  they  could  not  rouse  her,  I  was  sent  for.  I  found  her  perfectly 
insensible  ;  pupils  fixed  and  contracted  ;  breathing  stertorous ;  heat  of 
head  but  little  increased  ;  abdomen  distended  with  flatus  ;  muscles  per- 
fectly flaccid  ;  pulse  firm,  and  tolerably  full.  The  usual  remedies  were 
tried,  but  unsuccessfully,  and  she  died  during  the  night.  A  post  mortem 
examination  was  permitted,  and  we  found  great  effusion  of  blood,  filling 
both  ventricles.  A  quantity  of  serum  also  was  found  at  the  base  of  the 
skull. 

"  On  further  inquiry,  I  learned  that  she  had  been  the  victim  of  seduc- 
tion and  desertion,  and  that  she  had  suffered  from  d<  pression  of  spirits 
and  severe  head-aches  for  some  weeks  before  her  confinement." 

2n 


446  CONVULSIONS. 

683.  Pathology.  —  The  brain  maybe  found  greatly  congested,  but 
without  any  effusion  ;  but  this  I  believe  to  be  rare. 

There  may  be  great  effusion  of  serum,  which  by  its  pressure  will  cause 
symptoms  of  apoplexy. 

More  frequently,  blood  is  poured  out  into  the  ventricles,  into  the  sub- 
stance of  the  brain,  or  at  its  base. 

Cases  of  this  kind  have  been  noticed  by  Denman,  Targioni,  Marchais, 
Lachapelle,  Leloutre,  Schedel,  Velpeau,  &c. 

684.  Diagnosis. — The  entire  and  persistent  insensibility — the  absence 
of  repeated  paroxysms  with  their  accompanying  symptoms,  will  at  once 
enable  us  to  distinguish  apoplectic  from  epileptic  or  hysteric  convulsions. 

It  is  not  easy  to  distinguish  that  form  which  arises  from  congestion  from 
that  caused  by  effusion  —  the  chief  difference  being  in  the  intensity  of  the 
symptoms. 

685.  Treatment. — The  most  active  antiphlogistic  measures  should  be 
instantly  put  in  requisition  ;  a  large  quantity  of  blood  should  be  taken  from 
the  arm,  jugular  vein,  or  temporal  artery,  and  repeated  if  necessary. 
This  is  the  more  requisite,  as  it  is  from  the  effect  of  blood-letting,  that  we 
are  mainly  to  look  for  the  distinction  between  apoplexy  from  congestion 
and  apoplexy  from  effusion.  If  no  relief  whatever  be  afforded,  the  case 
may  be  regarded  as  nearly  hopeless ;  but  if  the  patient  be  at  all  benefited, 
the  head  should  then  be  shaved,  and  ice  applied. 

After  a  short  time,  a  large  blister  may  be  applied  to  the  head  or  neck, 
and  a  brisk  purgative  given. 

These  remedies  will  generally  afford  relief  in  those  cases  wrhich  are 
susceptible  of  it,  and  they  may  be  modified  or  repeated  as  circumstances 
may  require. 

Should  this  variety  occur  during  labour,  and  the  uterine  action  be  sus- 
pended, it  will  be  desirable  to  deliver  the  patient  as  speedily  as  possible, 
so  as  to  save  the  child ;  and  for  this  purpose,  if  the  head  be  within  reach, 
the  long  or  short  forceps  should  be  applied. 


CHAPTER  XXII. 

PARTURITION.  — CLASS  III.  COMPLEX  LABOUR. 
ORDER  6.  LACERATIONS. 

686.  Under  this  head  I  propose  to  treat  of  rupture  of  the  uterus  and 
vagina,  vesico-vaginal  and  recto-vaginal  fistula,  and  laceration  of  the 
perineum. 

1.  Rupture  of  the  Uterus.  —  This  formidable  and  very  fatal  acci- 
dent has  long  been  known  to  practitioners  in  midwifery. 

It  is  not,  however,  confined  to  the  time  of  parturition,  but  may  occur 
during  gestation,  or  at  a  more  advanced  period  of  life. 

687.  Statistics.  —  The  following  table  will  indicate  the  frequency  of 
its  occurrence. 


Authors. 

Total  No.  of  Cases. 

Cases  of  Rupture. 

Dr.  Jos.  Clarke       .... 
Dr.  Merriman          .... 
Dr.  M'Keever          .... 

Dr.  Collins 

M.  Pacaud 

10,387 
2,947 
8,600 

16,654 
4,180 

8 

1 

20 

34 

2 

Making  a  total  of  65  cases  in  42,768  patients,  or  about  1  in  657. 
Dr.  Burns  says  that  it  occurs  about  once  in  940  cases. 
It  rarely  occurs  with  first  children. 

Of  Dr.  Collins'  34  cases— 

6  were  3d  pregnancies. 


Of  Dr. 

Jos.  Clarke's  cases — 

1  was  the  2d  pregnancy. 
1        "       3d 

2        "       4th       " 

1        «      7th       « 

1        «      8th 

1        "      9th 

Of  Dr. 

M'Keever's  cases — 

4  had  2  children. 

5    "    3 

4    "    6         " 

2    "    7         " 

2    "    8 

1     "    9 

Of  Dr. 

Ramsbotham's  cases — 

2  were  2d  pregnancies. 
1     »     4th 

3     "     7th 

Of  Dr. 

Collins'  34  cases — 

7  were  1st  pregnancies. 
6     "     2d 

2 

"     4th         " 

2 

«     5th 

5 

"     6th 

1 

"     8th 

1 

«     9th 

2 

«  10th 

2 

«  11th 

Dr.  Cathrall's  case  was  a  1st  pregnan- 
Dr. Sims's  patient  had  had  several  chil- 
dren. 

Dr.  Hooper's  case  was  the4th  pregnane/. 
Mr.  Kite's  "       "         2d  « 

Dr.  Frizell's      "       "         7th         " 
Mr.  Powell's     "      "        1st         " 
Mr.    Birch's  cases  were  the  3d  and   4th 
pregnancies. 

Mr.    Partridge's  case  was  the  7 1 li   preg- 
nancy. 


Thus,  of  75  cases,  9  occurred  in  the  1st  pregnancy  ;   14  in  the  2d 
in  the  3d  ;  and  37  in  the  4th,  or  subsequent  pregnancies. 

29  (447) 


13 


448  LACERATIONS 

688.  Causes. — Various  causes  may  give  rise  to  it,  and  it  may  happen 
at  different  periods — 

1.  During  gestation.  —  The  form  of  extra-uterine  pregnancy  which  is 
called  interstitial  foliation  (§  250)  may  give  rise  to  it.  The  ovum,  in- 
stead of  passing  direct  from  the  fallopian  tube  into  the  uterine  cavity,  is 
retained  in  an  interstice  of  the  uterine  fibres,  where  it  grows,  up  to  a  cer- 
tain point.  As  it  increases,  the  outer  portion  of  the  uterine  parietes  be- 
comes gradually  thinner  by  absorption  (as  in  the  case  of  abscess),  and  at 
length  gives  way,  and  the  foetus  is  precipitated  into  the  abdomen,  con- 
verting the  case  into  one  of  ventral  fcetation. 

It  may  also  be  the  consequence  of  disease,  as  in  Mr.  Else's  and  Dr. 
Spark's  cases :  from  softening,  and  from  abscess  in  the  walls,  as  related 
by  Duparcque. 

Any  violent  accident,  such  as  a  fall  or  a  blow,  may  give  rise  to  it. 

It  sometimes  occurs  without  any  assignable  cause  ;  the  patient,  perhaps, 
is  awakened  from  sleep  by  it. 

It  has  been  attributed  to  irregular  action  of  the  uterine  fibres. 

689.  2.  During  labour.  —  a.  If  the  uterus  have  been  attacked  by  in- 
flammation during  pregnancy,  its  tissue  may  have  been  so  much  weakened 
or  disorganized,  that  the  violent  contractions  which  take  place  during 
labour  may  rupture  it,  from  the  want  of  consentaneous  action  in  the  part 
affected,  or  from  the  pressure  of  some  part  of  the  child  against  it. 

Steidele  relates  a  case  where  rupture  occurred  in  consequence  of  gan- 
grene. 

My  friend,  Dr.  Murphy,  has  published  an  excellent  paper  illustrative  of 
this  cause  of  rupture,  with  cases  where  the  uterus  was  atrophied,  thinned, 
or  softened  in  texture. 

Duparcque  quotes  cases  of  thinning  of  the  uterine  wTalls,  softening, 
scirrhus,  and  gangrene. 

In  some  cases,  the  seat  of  the  laceration  corresponds  exactly  with  the 
situation  of  the  previous  pain. 

Dr.  Tyler  Smith  believes  that  in  many  cases  violent  uterine  action  is  in 
itself  the  cause  of  rupture  ;  the  immediate  cause  being  either  emotion  or 
volition,  or  a  reflex,  or  peristaltic  action. 

The  period  of  labour  at  which  the  rupture  may  occur  from  this  cause, 
will  vary  ;  it  may  be  at  the  beginning,  before  the  rupture  of  the  mem- 
branes ;  during  the  passage  of  the  head  through  the  pelvis ;  or  after  the 
delivery. 

b.  A  certain  amount  of  narrowing  of  the  upper  outlet  may  give  rise 
to  it.  This  is  a  purely  mechanical  cause.  The  head  of  the  child  is  forced 
downwards  by  violent  labour  pains,  but  is  unable  to  enter  the  pelvis,  from 
the  contraction  of  the  upper  strait ;  now  if  the  pains  continue  with  great 
power,  the  head  is  turned  to  one  side  or  the  other,  or  posteriorly,  and  the 
only  obstacle  here  being  the  uterine  or  vaginal  parietes,  the  head  is  driven 
through  them  at  the  weakest  part.  They  offer  the  less  resistance,  proba- 
bly, from  the  woman  having  generally  borne  several  children. 

In  one  of  Dr.  Clarke's  cases,  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  upper 
outlet  measured  but  3  inches ;  in  twTo  others,  3^. 

Tn  case  18  of  Dr.  Douglas,  the  pelvis  measured  but  twro  inches  antero- 
posteriorly ;  and  in  another  case  (20)  there  was  a  bony  ridge  on  the  top 
of  the  symphysis  pubis,  to  which  the  rent  corresponded. 


OF    THE    UTERUS    AND    VAGINA. 


449 


In  one  of  Dr.  Ramsbotham's  cases,  the  antero-posterior  diameter  was 

only  2  inches;  in  another  3  inches;  and  a  third  had  always  had  difficult 
labours  previously. 

In  one  of  Dr.  Collins'  cases,  the  same  diameter  measured  2J  inches; 
and  in  several  it  appeared  narrower  than  usual. 

The  sex  of  the  child  will  contribute  to  the  increase  of  this  dispropor- 
tion— male  children  Inning  the  larg<  r  h<  ads.  Now,  of  the  20  cases  men- 
tioned by  Dr.  M'Keever,  15  children  were  males,  and  h  females;  and 
of  Dr.  Collins'  34  cases,  23  were  males. 

It  occurs  at  all  ages ;  but  the  proportional  frequency  is  greater  above 
30  years  of  age  than  previously. 


Dr.  Coll 

Ins 

f  bun  cl- 

1 patient 

ot"  the 

age 

of  16  years. 

1       < 

" 

" 

21      " 

1       < 

u 

» 

24      " 

3       « 

a 

" 

25      " 

2       ■ 

a 

" 

26      " 

1       ' 

a 

(< 

27      " 

3       ' 

a 

(< 

28      " 

1       « 

a 

<< 

29      " 

\  Collins  1 

bund — 

7  patients 

of  the 

age 

of  30  years 

2 

" 

" 

32      « 

1 

a 

" 

33      « 

1 

" 

<< 

34      « 

3 

(i 

a 

35      " 

5        " 

a 

a 

36      " 

1 

" 

" 

37      « 

1 

a 

" 

40      " 

c.  The  oblique  position  of  the  uterus  has  been  assigned  as  a  cause, 
from  its  directing  the  force  of  the  child's  head  against  the  side  of  the 
cervix  uteri  and  vagina. 

d.  Some  one  of  the  tissues  of  the  uterus  may  give  way  previous  to  or 
during  labour ;  perhaps  from  previous  disease  ;  perhaps  from  some  pecu- 
liarity of  structure  ;  and  in  some  cases,  without  any  appreciable  cause. 

Sir  Charles  M.  Clarke  published  a  case,  in  which  the  peritoneal  cover- 
ing of  the  uterus  alone  was  torn ;  and  similar  cases  have  been  since 
recorded  by  Mr.  Partridge,  Mr.  White,  Dr.  Ramsbotham,  Mr.  Chatto, 
and  Dr.  Davis.     Dr.  Collins  has  also  met  with  a  case  of  this  kind. 

Dr.  Radford  published  two  cases  in  which  the  muscular  coat  was  torn, 
the  serous  membrane  remaining  uninjured.  Dr.  Ramsbotham  met  with  a 
case  nearly  similar;  and  Dr.  Collins  met  with  nine  such  cases.  Duparcque 
relates  one,  and  Velpeau  two. 

Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Custis,  of  Dublin,  I  assisted  at  the  post 
mortem  examination  of  a  patient,  who  was  attacked  with  symptoms  of 
ruptured  uterus;  sudden  pain  in  the  abdomen,  vomiting,  collapse,  &c., 
and  who  died  in  a  few  hours.  We  found  no  rupture  in  any  part,  but 
extensive  effusion  of  blood  beneath  the  peritoneum  covering  the  uterus, 
and  lining  the  iliac  fossae  ;  the  result,  probably,  of  a  ruptured  blood-vessel. 
There  were  also  twelve  or  fourteen  ounces  of  sero-sanguineous  lluid  in 
the  peritoneal  cavity.    A  case  very  similar  is  related  by  Dr.  Ramsbotham. 

Though  the  extent  of  mischief  is  less  in  these  cases,  yet  they  are 
equally  fatal. 

e.  Violence  in  turning  the  child  may  rupture  the  uterus,  and  it  may 
accompany  this  operation,  in  certain  states  of  the  cervix,  without  any 
fault  of  the  operator. 

f.  Rigidity  of  the  os  uteri,  or  imperforation,  may  occasion  laceration. 

g.  There  are  several  cases  on  record  where  the  os  uteri  has  been  torn 
completely  off"  during  labour.  Steidele,  and  Mr.  Scott  of  Norwich,  have 
each  recorded  one,  and  three  others  occurred  iif  Dublin  within  a  short 

2n-2 


450  LACERATIONS 

time  of  each  other.  It  appears  to  be  the  result  of  pressure  at  the  brim  of 
the  pelvis,  rendering  the  texture  of  the  cervix  soft,  and  easily  torn. 

Among  the  direct  causes  are  enumerated  blows,  falls,  anger,  convul- 
sions, excessive  movements  of  the  child,  over-distension,  &c. 

In  one  case,  M.  Malgaigne  attributed  it  to  the  mal-administration  of 
ergot  of  rye. 

690.  3.  At  an  advanced  period  of  life.  The  structure  of  the  cervix 
uteri  is  much  changed  in  old  age  ;  it  becomes  close  and  dense,  resem- 
bling cartilage,  and  the  canal  through  it  is  always  reduced  in  size,  and 
sometimes  obliterated.  When  the  outlet  for  the  escape  of  the  uterine 
mucus  is  thus  closed,  it  accumulates ;  and  if  the  quantity  be  sufficient  to 
distend  the  cavity,  a  process  of  thinning  or  absorption  commences  in  some 
part  of  the  walls  of  the  uterus,  and  proceeds  until  an  opening  is  made  into 
the  peritoneal  sac. 

The  same  process  wTill  take  place  with  any  other  fluid  thus  deprived 
of  exit.     Duparcque  quotes  two  cases  of  the  kind. 

691.  Pathology.  —  If  the  laceration  be  the  result  of  disease,  it  may 
take  place  at  any  part  of  the  organ,  the  body,  fundus,  or  cervix;  and  it 
will  generally  be  found  to  correspond  to  the  situation  of  the  pain  felt 
by  the  patient  previously.  The  edges  of  the  rent  exhibit  marks  of 
disease,  the  tissue  is  thinned,  softened,  and  pulpy,  breaking  down  easily 
under  the  finger. 

The  colour  may  be  changed  to  a  deep  red,  or  brown  colour,  and  occa- 
sionally the  odour  is  offensive. 

When  the  laceration  is  the  result  of  mechanical  causes,  it  generally 
takes  place  near  the  cervix,  and  involves  both  the  uterus  and  vagina. 
It  may  run  along  the  anterior  or  posterior  surface  of  the  uterus,  or  at  one 
side.  In  six  of  Dr.  Jos.  Clarke's  cases,  it  was  on  the  anterior  surface, 
and  in  one,  posteriorly.  In  Dr.  Sims'  and  Hooper's  cases,  it  was  ante- 
riorly ;  in  Mr.  Birch's  posteriorly ;  and  in  Mr.  Cathrall's  case,  on  the 
right  side.  In  three  of  Dr.  Ramsbotham's  cases,  it  was  posteriorly ;  in 
one  along  the  right  side  ;  and  in  another  along  the  left.  Of  23  cases,  Dr. 
Collins  found  one  on  the  right,  and  one  on  the  left  side — eleven  poste- 
riorly, and  ten  anteriorly. 

The  direction  of  the  rent  may  be  nearly  perpendicular,  or  inclining  to 
one  or  other  side,  or  running  transversely. 

In  these  cases  the  structure  of  the  uterus  is  scarcely  altered ;  its  texture 
is  firm,  and  its  colour  natural,  except  where  the  blood  is  ecchymosed. 

The  edws  of  the  rent  are  ja^ed  and  uneven. 

Occasionally,  but  very  rarely,  the  bladder  has  also  been  torn. 

When  the  serous  membrane  alone  is  injured,  we  find  numerous  small 
incisions,  resembling  scarifications,  from  a  quarter  to  half  an  inch  in 
length,  and  one  or  two  lines  in  depth,  or  a  smaller  number  of  larger 
lacerations. 

They  are  almost  always  curved,  with  the  convex  part  towards  the 
fundus,  and  may  be  situated  on  the  anterior  or  posterior  wall  of  the 
organ. 

In  all  the  cases  hitherto  mentioned,  more  or  less  blood  is  found  effused 
in  the  peritoneal  sac,  and  in  many,  the  usual  products  of  peritonitis. 

When  the  muscular  structure  alone  is  injured,  it  may  present  either  a 
simple  solution  of  continuity,  or  evidences  of  disease.     Blood  may  be 


OF   THE   UTERUS  AND    VAGINA.  451 

found  in  the  cavity  of  the  uterus,  and  the  serous  membrane  may  become 
inflamed  with  the  usual  results. 

The  cervix  uteri,  when  separated,  has  generally  a  bruised  appearance; 
is  swollen,  and  of  a  red  colour.  The  edges  are  ragged  and  uneven. 
The  canal  of  the  vagina  is  rendered  continuous  with  that  of  the  uterus, 
but  the  connexion  between  them  is  not  compromised. 

When  the  uterus  of  an  old  person  is  ruptured,  from  the  cause  assigned, 
we  shall  discover  a  perforation  in  some  part  of  it,  with  a  considerable 
thinning  of  the  walls  around  it. 

In  all  these  cases,  with  the  exception  of  those  in  which  the  os  uteri  is 
torn  off,  or  the  muscular  structure  alone  injured,  we  find  marks  of  exten- 
sive peritonitis,  unless  the  patient  die  of  the  shock. 

692.  Si  mptoms. — These  vary  very  slightly,  whether  the  uterus  be  torn 
completely  through,  or  whether  the  peritoneal  or  muscular  tissues  alone 
be  injured. 

Certain  authors  have  pointed  out  what  they  deem  premonitory  symp- 
toms ;  but  these  are  exceedingly  ambiguous.  The  circumstances  which 
may  justly  excite  our  fears  are,  previous  difficult  labours,  the  occurrence 
of  partial  hysteritis  during  gestation ;  and  during  labour,  the  coincidence 
of  violent  labour  pains  with  a  narrow  pelvis. 

Rupture  of  the  uterus  and  vagina  is  marked  by  a  sudden,  acute,  and 
intolerable  pain  like  a  cramp  ;  a  sense  of  some  part  bursting,  giving  way, 
or  tearing,  with  an  audible  noise  according  to  the  testimony  of  some 
patients ;  the  suspension  of  the  labour  pains ;  hemorrhage  from  the 
vagina  ;  and  a  rapidly  succeeding  state  of  collapse. 

Of  these  symptoms,  the  excruciating  pain  and  the  collapse  are  the 
most  constant,  as  in  some  cases  the  bursting  or  tearing  is  not  felt ;  and 
when  only  one  tissue  suffers,  the  labour  may  continue,  and  there  may  be 
no  hemorrhage. 

The  pain  continues,  with  little  or  no  intermission.  The  stomach  is 
disturbed,  and  vomiting  ensues,  at  first,  of  the  contents  of  the  stomach, 
then  of  a  greenish,  and  ultimately  of  a  black  matter,  the  "  coffee-ground 
vomit." 

The  countenance  is  pale  and  ghastly,  with  an  expression  of  intense 
suffering  and  and  anxiety ;  the  surface  is  cold  and  clammy. 

The  pulse  is  very  rapid,  small,  feeble,  and  fluttering ;  the  respiration 
hurried  and  difficult ;  and  the  patient  requires  to  be  raised  in  bed. 

There  is  almost  always  a  discharge  of  blood  from  the  vagina ;  some- 
times slight,  and  at  others  so  considerable  as  to  cause  death. 

We  know,  also,  from  post  mortem  examination,  that  in  most  cases, 
hemorrhage  takes  place  into  the  abdominal  cavity ;  and  some  authors 
have  attributed  the  state  of  collapse  to  this  cause  ;  but  though  it  may 
aggravate  the  collapse,  we  know  that  this  is  present  when  there  is  no 
internal  hemorrhage. 

When  the  rupture  is  complete,  the  expulsive  efforts  cease,  because  the 
child  escapes  partially  or  wholly  from  the  cavity  of  the  uterus,  into  the 
abdominal  cavity,  where  it  may  be  felt  by  the  hand  through  the  abdominal 
parietes. 

The  presentation,  which  was  probably  within  reach  before  the  accident, 
cannot  now  be  ascertained  by  the  finger. 

When  the  rupture  is  complete,  a  loop  of  intestine  may  escape  through 


452 


LACERATIONS 


it,  and  give  rise  to  the  symptoms  of  strangulated  hernia.  Dupnrcque 
quotes  three  cases  of  this  kind  from  Remigius,  Percy,  and  Beauregard. 

A  case  is  related  by  Dr.  M'Keever,  where  a  yard  and  a  half  of  intes- 
tine became  strangulated,  and  sloughed  off. 

This  state  of  collapse  may  continue  for  some  time,  if  it  do  not  prove 
immediately  fatal :  but  at  length  a  certain  amount  of  reaction  takes  place  ; 
inflammation  sets  in,  and  the  patient  exhibits  all  the  symptoms  of  peri- 
tonitis—  acute  pain,  exquisite  tenderness  of  the  abdomen  on  pressure, 
tympanites,  decubitis  on  the  back,  with  the  knees  drawn  up,  quick,  small, 
hard  pulse,  hurried  respiration,  &c,  &c. 

693.  Terminations. — The  patient  may  die  of  the  shock  a  few  minutes 
or  hours  after  the  accident,  or  after  delivery  ;  or  she  may  survive  the  shock, 
and  die  of  the  peritonitis ;  or  lastly,  she  may  be  carried  off  by  secondary 
diseases,  as  sub-peritoneal,  or  lumbar  abscess,  &c. 


Of  Dr.  Jos.  Clarke's  patients — 
1  died  undelivered. 
1     "    in    4  hours. 

1  «         20     " 

2  "         24     " 
1     "         30     " 

Of  Dr.  Rarnsbotham's — 

3  died  shortly  after  delivery. 
2     in     1  hour         " 
1     «      3  days         " 
Of  Dr.  Collins'  cases — 
4  women  died  immediately  after  delivery. 
1  "  in  2  hours  " 

3  «  4     «  « 

1  «  10     " 


Of  Dr.  Collins'  cases — 
2  women  died  in  14  hours  after  delivery. 

1  «              17  " 

1  "             24  " 

1  "             25  " 

1  «             30  " 

4  "on  the  2d  day 

1  "             3d  " 

4  «             4th     " 

1  "  5th  " 

2  "  8th  " 
1  «  9th  " 
1  "  11th  « 
1  "  14th  " 
1  "     24th  " 


In  a  case  under  my  care  the  patient  died  in  five  minutes  undelivered. 
In  by  far  the  greater  number  of  cases,  the  accident  proves  fatal. 


Of  Dr.  Smellie's 
Dr.  Jos.  Clarke's 
Dr.  Merriman's 
Dr.  M'Keever's 
Dr.  Rarnsbotham's 


3  cases,    2  died. 

8    "        7     " 

1     "        1     " 

11     "         9     « 

13     «       10     " 


Of  Dr.  Collins'  34  cases,  32  died. 

Dr.  Beatty's  1     "         1     " 

Drs.  M'Clintock  and 

Hardy's  9     "         9     " 


Some  cases,  however,  are  on  record  where  the  patient  recovered. 
Heister  relates  a  case  mentioned  to  him  by  Rungius ;  and  Spiering,  one 
cured  by  Forquosa.  M.  Peu,a  Dr.  Hamilton,b  Dr.  James  Hamilton,0  Dr. 
Jos.  Clarke/  Dr.  Douglas, e  Dr.  Labatt/  Dr.  Frizell,*  Mr.  Ross,h  Mr. 
Kite,'  Mr.  Powell,k  Mr.^Bireh,1  Mr.  Smith,"1  Mr.  Maclntyre,n  Dr.  Hen- 
drie,0  Mr.  Brook, p  Dr.  Davis/  have  each  recorded  one  case  of  cure. 

Dr.  M'Keever,  and  Dr.  Collins,  have  each  related  two,  and  Dr.  Rams- 
botham  three  cases.  Duparcque  has  collected  four  from  French  au- 
thorities. 


a  Pratique  des  Accoucheinens,  p.  341. 

b  Outlines  of  Midwifery. 

c  Select  Cases  in  Midwifery,  p.  138. 

d  Trans,  of  Association,  vol.  i. 

e  Essay   on   Ruptures    of  the    Uterus, 

p.  7. 
f  Dublin  Med.  Essays,  p.  343. 
e  Trans,  of  Association,  vol.  ii.  p.  15. 
h  Annals  of  Medicine,  vol.  iii.  p.  377. 


1  Mom.  of  Med.  Soc,  vol.  iv.  p.  253. 

k  Med.  Chir.  Trans.,  vol.  xii.  p.  537. 

1    [bid.,  vol.  xiii.  p.  357. 

m  Ibid.,  vol.  xiii.  p.  373. 

"  Med.  Gazette,  vol.  vii.  p.  9. 

0  American  Jour,  of  Med.  Science,  vol.  vi. 

p.  351. 
p  Med.  Gazette,  Jan.  17,  1829. 
i  Obstetric  Medicine,  vol.  ii.  p.  1070. 


OF  THE   UTERUS   AND    VAGINA.  453 

Osiander  states  that  he  lias  known  several  cases  of  recovery. 
Velpeau  quotes  several  cases. 

There  are  a  very  few  instances  on  record  where  the  patient  has  re- 
covered, although  the  fcetus  remained  in  the  peritoneal  cavity. 

In  cases  of  interstitial  fcetation,  also,  the  patient  has  sometimes  survived 
both  shock  and  inflammation. 

694.  Diagnosis.  —  The  sudden  acute  pain;  the  cessation  of  labour ; 
the  collapse  ;  and  the  recession  of  the  child,  will  render  it  easj  to  recog- 
nise the  case. 

But  when  the  rupture  is  partial,  it  may  be  more  difficult ;  and  we  must 
rely  mainly  upon  the  sudden  pain  and  the  collapse  for  our  diagno.-is. 
The  occurrence  of  peritonitis  subsequently,  will  serve  to  clear  up  the 
difficulty. 

In  a  very  able  paper  in  the  "Dublin  Journal,"  Dr.  M'Clintock  has 
shown  that  the  life  or  death  of  the  child  is  a  most  valuable  diagnostic 
sign.     In  cases  of  laceration  the  child  dies  almost  immediately. 

The  sudden  occurrence  of  peritonitis  in  old  women,  may  excite  a  sus- 
picion of  its  origin  ;  but  it  will  not  be  easy  to  arrive  at  certainty. 

Prognosis. — From  the  details  already  given,  it  is  almost  unnecessary 
to  state,  that  the  prognosis  is  always  grave.  So  very  few  are  saved  that 
there  is  but  a  faint  hope  of  the  recovery  of  the  patient. 

695.  Treatment.  —  The  first  question  which  presents  itself,  when  a 
rupture  of  the  uterus  is  recognized,  is,  "shall  the  patient  be  delivered  at 
once,  or  left  to  nature  V  When  the  os  uteri  is  undilated,  instant  delivery 
may  be  impossible  :  but  in  all  cases  where  it  is  possible,  the  testimony  of 
experience  is  in  favour  of  immediate  delivery. 

And  the  cases  of  recovery  confirm  this  decision ;  for  in  all  but  one  or 
two,  the  women  were  delivered. 

Dr.  W.  Hunter  and  Dr.  Garthshore  advised  that  the  case  should  be  left 
to  nature  ;  and  subsequent  to  the  publication  of  his  Introduction  to  Mid- 
wifery, Dr.  Denman  came  to  the  same  conclusion.  The  evidence  of  facts, 
however,  must  be  allowed  to  counterbalance  even  such  illustrious  names; 
and  that  evidence  is  unquestionably  in  favour  of  delivery. 

The  mode  of  delivery  will  depend  altogether  upon  the  circumstances  of 
the  case. 

1.  If  the  head  have  not  receded,  and  be  within  reach,  or  be  already  in 
the  pelvis,  it  will  be  well  to  deliver  with  the  forceps  if  possible ;  but  if 
not,  we  must  have  recourse  to  the  perforator. 

2.  If  the  child  have  escaped  into  the  cavity  of  the  abdomen,  the  hand 
must  be  introduced  into  the  vagina,  and,  if  practicable,  passed  thr 

the  laceration,  and  the  feet  seized  and  brought  down,  so  that  the  child 
may  be  extracted  through  the  rent. 

The  placenta  is  then  to  be  removed,  the  vagina  cleansed,  &,c.  In  all 
these  cases  the  child  is  born  dead. 

3.  If  the  uterus  have  contracted  very  firmly,  it  may  be  impossible  to 
the  hand  through  the  rent ;    or  the  pelvis  may  be  too  narrow  to 

admit  of  the  child  being  extracted  footling,  or  even  of  the  passage  of  the 
hand. 

4.  In  such  cases  we  are  advised  to  perform  the  Casarean  section,  and 
extract  the  child  and  secundines  through  the  abdominal  pari' 


454  LACERATIONS 

Successful  cases  are  related  by  Thibault  des  Bois,  Lassus,  Haden,  Bau- 
delocque,  Latouche  and  Jopel,  Lambron,  Glodat,  &c. 

To  these  may  be  added  cases  related  by  the  following: — MM.  Coquin,* 
Sommer,b  Ceconi,c  Ruth,d  Rust,e  Gais,  Naegele,  Weinhardt/  Heim,* 
Busch,  Demay,h  Lechaptois  et  Lair,s  Velpeau.k 

5.  This  will  be  the  only  mode  of  delivery,  in  ruptures  occurring  during 
gestation,  before  the  labour  has  commenced.* 

During  the  stage  of  collapse,  it  may  be  necessary  to  give  stimulants, 
ammonia,  camphor,  musk,  wine,  &c.  ;  tut  this  should  be  done  with  great 
judgment,  so  as  just  to  attain  our  object,  and  no  more  ;  bearing  in  mind 
that  whilst  we  may  be  relieving  the  collapse,  we  may  be  aggravating  the 
reaction,  and  increasing  the  danger  at  that  period. 

A  large  dose  of  opium  may  be  given  after  the  delivery. 

When  inflammation  sets  in,  of  course  the  treatment  must  be  actively 
antiphlogistic.  Three  or  four  dozen  leeches  should  be  applied  over  the 
abdomen,  and  repeated  if  necessary. 

*  Bulletin  de  la  Faculte,  1812,  p.  86.  f  Ibid. 
b  Ibid.                                                               e  Ibid. 

c  Bulletin  de  Ferussac,  vol.  v.  p.  47.  h  Journal  Gen.,  vol.  v.  p.  58. 

J  Ibid.,  vol.  vi.  p.  280.  *  Ibid.,  vol.  i.  p.  187. 

s  Luroth,  Ibid.,  vol.  xix.  p.  85.  k  Traite  d'Accouch.,  p.  355. 

*  "  In  regard  to  the  point  of  duty  in  the  management  of  such  cases  (of  ruptured 
uterus),  I  have  to  remark,"  says  Dr.  Meigs  (op.  citat.),  "that,  upon  discovering  even 
the  smallest  commencement  of  a  laceration  of  the  vagina  or  cervix  uteri,  the  earliest 
practicable  precautions  should  be  taken  to  ensure  delivery  per  victs  naturales,  and  the 
prevention  of  the  escape  of  the  child  into  the  peritoneal  sac.  This  should  be  done, 
where  it  is  practicable  and  convenient,  by  seizing  the  head,  if  it  be  the  head,  in  the 
grasp  of  the  obstetrical  forceps  ;  by  bringing  down  the  feet,  if  it  be  a  breech ;  by  turn- 
ing and  delivering,  if  it  be  a  shoulder  case ;  or  by  turning  to  deliver,  if  it  be  a  case  of 
face  presentation,  or  departure  of  the  chin,  or  any  condition  indeed  in  which  the 
operation  of  version  would  be  most  likely  to  rescue  the  woman  from  the  dangers  by 
which  she  is  surrounded. 

"  Should  the  laceration  have  permitted  the  child  to  escape  at  once  into  the  peritoneal 
sac,  let  the  attendant  lose  no  time,  but  bare  his  arm,  and  resolutely,  with  his  hand 
passed  through  the  rent,  explore  the  abdomen  in  search  of  the  feet,  which  he  should 
immediately  withdraw  through  the  opening  of  laceration.  But  if  this  be  not  done;  if 
some  hours  should  have  elapsed  subsequent  to  the  occurrence  of  the  accident;  it'  the 
woman  be  already  much  exhausted  by  hemorrhage,  by  constitutional  shock  and  irrita- 
tion, the  question  will  arise  as  to  the  properest  manner  of  fulfilling  the  indication, 
which  must  ever  be  to  extract  the  child.  The  hemorrhage  will  now  have  been  stayed  : 
were  it  not  so,  the  woman  would  be  already  dead :  to  pass  the  hand  through  the  rent, 
should  it  be  in  the  vagina,  would  be  to  set  the  hemorrhage  again  on  foot.  It  will  be 
always  impossible  to  pass  the  hand  through  the  rent  in  the  uterus,  because  the  uterus, 
being  now  contracted,  will  have  reduced  the  size  of  the  rent  in  proportion  to  the  con- 
densation of  the  organ.  The  child  can  never  be  returned  through  a  contracted  rent, 
having  passed  through  it  while  the  uterus  was  yet  undiminished  in  size.  I  say,  then, 
the  question  arises  as  to  the  mode  in  which  the  indication  is  to  be  carried  out. 

"  I  am  firmly  convinced,  that,  should  I  be  called  this  day  to  the  conduct  of  such  a 
case,  I  should  feel  bound  by  my  conscience  to  recommend  a  delivery  by  a  gastrotomy 
operation.  I  cannot  think  that  a  clean  incised  wound  along  the  linea  alba,  sufficient  in 
length  to  permit  the  extraction  of  the  child  from  the  pei-itoneal  sac,  however  exception- 
able in  itself  merely  considered,  can  be  held  in  the  least  degree  objectionable  when  com- 
pared with  the  delay,  the  fatigue,  the  contusion  and  the  renewal  of  the  suspended 
hemorrhage,  that  would  inevitably  attend  an  attempt  to  extract  per  vias  naturales." 

For  much  valuable  information  in  relation  to  the  subject  of  rupture  of  the  uterus, 
the  reader  is  referred  to  the  excellent  monograph  of  Dr.  James  D.  Trash,  of  Brooklyn, 
N.  Y.,  contained  in  the  January  and  April  (1848)  numbers  of  the  American  Journal  of 
tJie  Med.  Sciences.  — Editor. 


OF    THE    UTERUS    AND    VAGINA.  455 

Large  bran  poultices  are  useful,  and  hip  baths  are  recommended. 
Calomel  and  opium,  or  opium  alone,  are  the  most  valuable  remedies  we 
possess,  li  should  be  given  in  large  doses,  or  in  smaller  ones  more  fre- 
quently, so  as  to  influence  the  system  rapidly. 

If  the  rupture  have  arisen  from  the  narrowness  of  the  upper  outlet  of 
the  pelvis,  and  the  patient  recover,  and  again  become  pregnant,  premature 
labour  should  be  induced,  at  such  a  period  of  gestation  as  will  allow  the 
foetus  to  pass  without  difficulty.  It  is  of  course  desirable  that  the  opera- 
tion should,  if  possible,  be  deferred  until  the  foetus  is  "  viable  :"  but  I  do 
not  think  this  a  "sine  qua  non,"  as  it  may  be  worth  while  sacrificing  the 
child  to  save  the  mother.  Dr.  Collins  relates  a  successful  case  of  this 
kind,  in  which  the  patient  was  delivered  the  first  time  after  the  rupture  by 
artificial  premature  labour,  and  afterwards  naturally.  In  Dr.  Douglass' 
case,  the  patient  was  delivered  by  turning,  the  first  pregnancy  after  the 
accident,  and  naturally  the  second. 

It  would,  however,  be  much  wiser  for  the  patient  to  avoid  the  risk  of  a 
subsequent  delivery. 

696.  II.  Vesico-vaginal  and  Recto-vaginal  Fistula. — Perforation 
of  the  coats  of  the  vagina,  anteriorly  or  posteriorly,  with  the  subjacent 
organs,  the  bladder  or  rectum,  is  not  very  rare,  and  it  is  one  of  the  most 
distressing  and  intolerable  accidents  to  which  females  are  subject;  and 
the  more  so,  as  a  cure  is  but  seldom  effected. 

Indeed  vesico-vaginal  fistula  has  long  been  considered  as  one  of  the 
opprobria  of  surgery  ;  and,  with  some  exceptions,  of  late  years  the  cure 
has  been  given  up  as  hopeless. 

Vesico-vaginal  fistulae  are  more  frequent  than  perforation  of  the  rectum  ; 
they  are  generally  found  separately,  but  in  some  cases  co-exist. 

A  case  was  received  into  the  Meath  Hospital  some  years  ago,  in  which 
the  bladder  and  rectum  were  both  perforated,  the  perineum  lacerated,  the 
canal  of  the  vagina  distorted  by  cicatrices,  and  closed  at  its  upper  part  by 
adhesions. 

Strictly  speaking,  we  can  hardly  consider  this  form  of  laceration  a  com- 
plication of  labour ;  it  is  rather  one  of  its  sequelae,  except  in  those  unfor- 
tunate cases  where  injury  is  inflicted  during  extraction  of  the  child,  or  the 
urine  is  allowed  so  to  accumulate  as  to  expose  the  bladder  to  rupture  from 
the  pressure  of  the  child's  head. 

697.  Causes.  —  Various  causes  may  give  rise  to  these  accidents: 

1.  Either  wall  of  the  vagina  may  be  wounded,  accidentally  or  on  pur- 
pose, by  cutting  instruments.  Such  has  been  the  result  of  criminal 
attemps  to  procure  abortion.  In  these  cases,  however,  a  cure  often  takes 
place  spontaneously. 

2.  The  long  retention  of  a  pessary  in  the  vagina  may  give  rise  to  in- 
flammation and  ulceration  of  the  vaginal  tunics,  and  ultimately  to  perfo- 
ration  of  the  bladder  or  rectum.  This,  however,  but  seldom  occurs,  and 
then  only  in  aged  females,  for  whom  little  can  be  done  in  the  wa)  of 
cure. 

3.  In  powerless  or  difficult  labours,  where  the  head  of  the  child  is  long 
retained  in  the  pelvis,  or  where,  by  its  size,  it  makes  great  pressure,  the 
vagina  may  be  the  seat  of  inflammation,  ulceration,  and  perforation,  in- 
volving either  of  the  subjacent  organs,  but  much  more  frequently  the 
bladder. 


456  LACERATIONS. 

In  these  eases,  the  vagina  is  frequently  narrowed,  or  deformed  by  irre- 
gular, circular,  or  spiral  cicatrices,  rendering  the  detection  of  the  fistula 
somewhat  difficult. 

4.  A  maladroit  use  of  instruments  may  occasion  this  injury.  Cases  of 
both  kinds  of  fistula  could  easily  be  adduced  from  authors,  as  the  result 
of  carelessness  or  incompetence  in  the  operator. 

5.  Retention  of  urine  during  labour  will  generally  involve  more  or  less 
pressure  upon  the  bladder ;  if  within  certain  limits,  perforation  will  be 
the  result  of  subsequent  inflammation  ;  if  the  distension  be  excessive,  and 
the  bladder  protrude  into  the  pelvis,  so  as  to  be  pushed  before  it  by  the 
descending  head  of  the  infant,  then,  most  probably,  rupture  of  the  bladder 
and  vagina  will  take  place. 

6.  The  bladder  is  occasionally  lacerated  in  rupture  of  the  uterus, 
though  there  may  not  necessarily  be  a  perforation  of  the  vagina. 

7.  In  corroding  ulcer  and  cancer  of  the  uterus,  the  ulceration  may 
involve  either  or  both  walls  of  the  uterus,  and  perforate  the  bladder  or 
rectum,  or  both.  For  these  cases,  however,  nothing  curative  can  be 
attempted. 

698.  The  situation  of  the  perforation  is  of  great  importance  in  the  cure 
of  vesico-vaginal  fistula?.  It  may  be  at  the  junction  of  the  urethra  with 
the  bladder — in  the  neck  of  the  bladder — or  in  some  part  of  its  body. 
The  opening  may  be  more  or  less  circular  in  form,  or  it  may  be  a  rent 
running  longitudinally  from  before  backwards,  or  transversely. 

The  curability  of  the  fistula  will  depend,  in  a  great  degree,  upon  its 
being  attended  with  a  loss  of  substance  or  not. 

Recto-vaginal  fistulse  are  uncertain  in  situation  and  form,  occupying 
any  point  of  the  intermediate  septum,  and  running  antero-posteriorly  or 
transversely. 

699.  Symptoms. — These  depend  primarily  upon  the  cause  of  the  fistula, 
and  will  vary  according  to  it ;  and  secondarily,  upon  the  escape  of  the 
contents  of  the  wounded  organ.  Whichever  organ  be  wounded,  the 
result  is  inexpressible  distress  to  the  patient.  The  escape  of  faeces  or 
urine  is  attended  with  so  marked  and  irrepressible  an  odour,  that  the 
patient  is  placed  u  fiors  de  societe."  Obliged  to  confine  herself  to  her 
own  room,  she  finds  herself  an  object  of  disgust  to  her  dearest  friends, 
and  even  to  her  attendants.  She  lives  the  life  of  a  recluse,  without  the 
comforts  of  it,  or  even  the  consolation  of  its  being  voluntary.  It  is 
scarcely  possible  to  conceive  an  object  more  loudly  calling  for  our  pity, 
and  strenuous  exertions  to  mitigate,  if  not  remove,  the  evils  of  her  melan- 
choly condition. 

In  addition  to  the  offensive  smell,  the  escape  of  the  urine  gives  rise  to 
excoriation  of  the  vagina,  external  parts,  and  thighs. 

The  flow  of  urine  is  constant  when  the  neck  of  the  bladder  is  the  seat 
of  the  injury,  and  at  intervals  when  the  wound  is  situated  more 
posteriorly. 

In  all  cases  a  careful  examination  should  be  made,  by  passing  a 
catheter  into  the  bladder,  and  a  finger  into  the  vagina ;  then  placing  the 
points  of  both  in  apposition,  the  whole  posterior  surface  of  the  bladder 
should  be  passed  over,  and  carefully  examined.  At  some  one  point  the 
finger  and  catheter  will  come  in  contact :  the  catheter  may  then  be  passed 
into  the  vagina,  and  the  extent  of  the  damage  ascertained. 


VESICO-VAGINAL    FISTULA.  457 

The  same  process  will  detect  any  injury  of  the  recto-vaginal  septum. 
When  the  vagina  is  not  cicatrised,  ii  is  not  generally  difficult  to  obtain 

the  information  we  desire;  but  when  deformed  bj  cicatrices,  it  will  require 

both  care  and  patience. 

It  may  sometimes  be  necessary  to  use  the  speculum. 

In  the  majority  of  cases,  little  is  to  be  hoped  for  from  the  efforts  of 

nature  ;  the  borders  of  the  wound  become  thickened  and  callous,  and  the 
case  remains  stationary  during  the  patient's  life. 

In  some  few  cases,  however,  the  result  is  more  favourable  ;  as,  for 
instance,  when  the  wound  has  been  inflicted  by  a  sharp  instrument. 

In  two  cases  under  my  care,  where  the  wound  was  precisely  at  the 
insertion  of  the  urethra  into  the  bladder,  and  was  followed  at  first  by 
absolute  incontinence  of  urine,  a  cure  was  obtained  naturally.  The 
wound  slightly  contracted,  without  healing,  and  the  muscular  fibres  of 
the  bladder  assumed  the  office  of  a  sphincter  muscle,  and  closed  the 
orifice,  so  that  the  patient  could  retain  urine  almost  as  long  as  previous  to 
the  accident,  and  could  evacuate  it  at  pleasure. 

700.  Treatment. — We  cannot  wonder  that  many  methods  should 
have  been  tried  to  remedy  so  offensive  an  accident,  nor  that  so  few  should 
have  succeeded,  when  we  recollect  the  obstacle  presented  by  the  constant 
passage  of  urine  or  fseces.     We  shall  first  treat  of  the  cure  of — 

I.  Vesico-vaginal  Fistula,  which  is  by  far  the  most  difficult. 

The  probability  of  relief  depends  partly  upon  the  situation,  and  partly 
upon  the  character  of  the  fistula.  When  it  is  far  back  in  the  posterior 
wall  of  the  bladder,  and  when  there  has  been  much  loss  of  substance,  a 
cure  is  seldom  obtained ;  but  when  near  the  neck,  we  may  sometimes 
succeed. 

I  shall  now  notice  the  principal  plans  which  have  been  proposed. 

1.  DessauWs  method,  as  it  has  been  called,  consisted  in  maintaining  a 
catheter  constantly  in  the  urethra,  so  as  to  afford  an  outlet  for  the  urine, 
and  at  the  same  time  preventing  its  escape,  by  plugging  the  vagina. 

J.  Cloquet  has  added  a  kind  of  syphon  to  the  catheter. 

Chopart  succeeded  in  curing  a  case  by  this  means,  where  the  wound 
was  in  the  neck ;  but  he  failed  in  one  where  it  was  in  the  body  of  the 
viscus. 

Peu,  S.  Cooper,  and  Blundell,  each  relate  a  case  of  cure. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  much  relief  may  occasionally  be  derived  from 
this  plan.  I  had  a  case  in  which  the  patient  was  ultimately  enabled  to 
retain  her  urine  for  two  hours,  without  dribbling,  though  the  wound  did 
not  entirely  close ;  but  in  some  of  the  cases  on  record  the  wound  com- 
pletely healed. 

There  is  this  objection  to  the  plan,  however,  that  in  many  instances 
the  patients  cannot  bear  the  catheter  above  an  hour  at  a  time.  I  saw 
two  examples  lately,  where  this  circumstance  proved  a  serious  obstacle 
to  the  cure. 

701.  2.  Cauterisation.  —  This  is  obtained  by  the  repealed  application 
of  the  nitrate  of  silver  or  the  strong  acids.  Dupuytren,  who,  I  think, 
first  proposed  the  plan,  used  the  "  nitrate  acide  de  mercure,"  or  nitrate 
of  silver. 

Relief  has  occasionallv  been  afforded  by  this  means,  but  a  cure  is  very 

2o 


458  LACERATIONS. 

rarely,  if  ever,  effected.  Where  there  is  much  loss  of  substance,  it  affords 
no  chance.     I  have  seen  it  fail  more  than  once. 

However,  Dupuytren,  and  Delpech,  and  Baravero,  are  said  to  have  thus 
cured  several  cases. 

The  best  mode  of  applying  the  caustic  is  by  means  of  a  fenestrated 
speculum,  which  will  leave  the  upper  surface  of  the  vaginal  canal  exposed, 
or  by  Lallemand's  "  porte  caustique."  The  caustic  should  be  lightly 
applied,  as  the  object  is  not  to  produce  a  slough,  but  merely  a  contraction. 

702.  3.  Actual  Cautery.  —  If  the  loss  of  substance  be  slight,  and  the 
wound  small,  there  is  no  doubt  that  a  cure  may  be  obtained  by  this 
means.  Dupuytren,  who  first  proposed  it,  cured  several ;  Dr.  M'Dowell, 
one  ;  Dr.  Kennedy,  twTo  ;  Mr.  Liston,  four  or  five  ;  and  others  have  been 
equally  successful.  Dr.  Colles  has  tried  it  successfully  where  the  orifice 
was  not  too  large,  but  without  benefit  wThere  the  fistula  was  extensive.  I 
witnessed  a  successful  case  treated  by  my  friend,  Mr.  Ferral,  of  St.  Vin- 
cent's Hospital. 

1  also  tried  it  in  a  case  under  my  ow^n  care,  but  it  failed,  as  I  antici- 
pated, on  account  of  the  large  size  of  the  opening. 

The  facility  with  which  the  operation  is  performed,  will  depend  upon 
the  situation  of  the  fistula  being  more  or  less  anterior. 

The  patient  may  be  placed  upon  her  back  as  for  lithotomy,  or  upon  her 
knees  and  elbows.  Dr.  Kennedy  adopted  the  former;  but  I  have  found 
the  latter  far  more  convenient,  and  I  think  less  offensive  to  the  patient's 
feelings.  The  light  can  reach  the  part  more  readily,  and  the  position  of 
the  operator  is  more  convenient.  The  patient  must  be  placed  before  a 
window,  or  a  candle  must  be  used. 

The  next  point  is  to  dilate  the  vagina,  so  as  to  ensure  access  to  the 
wound,  without  contact  with  the  vagina.  This  may  be  done  by  three 
brazen  spatulse,  sufficiently  long  to  reach  beyond  the  rent,  and  broad 
enough  to  protect  the  vagina — or  by  a  double-bladed  speculum. 

I  have  also  used,  with  great  facility  and  safety,  a  metal  cylinder,  closed 
at  its  extremity,  but  with  an  opening  in  the  side,  a  little  distance  from  the 
end,  and  corresponding  to  the  fistula. 

A  catheter  should  be  passed  into  the  bladder,  and  through  the  fistula, 
to  guide  the  operator,  and  to  keep  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  bladder 
from  protruding. 

Having  these  preliminaries  adjusted,  the  cauterising  iron,  at  a  white 
heat,  should  be  lightly  applied  around  the  edges  of  the  wound,  and  with- 
drawn. 

The  dilators,  or  speculum,  may  then  be  removed,  and  the  patient  placed 
in  bed.  If  it  do  not  occasion  irritation,  it  will  be  advantageous  to  allow 
the  catheter  to  remain  in  the  bladder. 

The  patient  should  be  kept  quiet,  and  the  bowels  freed  by  medicine. 

A  certain  amount  of  local  irritation  generally  succeeds,  wThich  subsides 
in  the  course  of  a  few  days ;  after  which  the  operation  may  be  repeated 
as  often  as  necessary. 

The  operation  should  not  produce  a  slough,  or  the  patient  will  not  be 
benefited,  but  merely  a  corrugation  or  shrivelling  of  the  edges.  If  wre 
thus  reduce  the  wound,  so  as  to  bring  the  edges  in  contact,  adhesion  may 
then  take  place,  and  the  patient  be  cured.     But  it  must  in  candour  be 


VESICO-VAGINAL   FISTULA.  459 

confessed,  that  whilst  it  is  not  difficult  or  uncommon  to  benefit  the  patient 
to  a  great  extent,  a  complete  closure  of  the  fistula  is  very  rare. 

703.  4.  The  Suture.  —  This  method  is  said  to  have  been  invented  by 
Roonhuysen  ;  at  all  events,  it  has  been  long  known  and  practised  by  the 
profession,  with  varying  results. 

Of  late  years,  it  has  been  performed  with  success  by  Dieffenbach, 
Blandin,  Chanam,  and  Jobert  (who  operated  seven  times,  and  cured 
three  patients);  Sanson,  who  failed;  Deyber,  who  nearly,  if  nol  quite, 
cured  his  patient ;  Malagodi  of  Bologna,  who  has  published  his  success- 
ful case;  by  MM.  Lallemand,  Duges,  and  Roux,  who  failed  ;  and  by  M. 
Naegele. 

Mr.  Earle  cured  three  cases  by  this  means.  Mr.  Hobart,  of  Cork, 
formerly  published  a  successful  case  in  a  London  journal,  and  now  states 
that  he  has  since  perfectly  cured  at  least  ten  by  the  suture.  A  successful 
case  is  related  in  the  American  Medical  Recorder. 

Dr.  Evory  Kennedy  has  succeeded  in  diminishing  the  orifice  several 
times ;  and  in  one  case  in  which  the  twisted  suture  was  used,  the  cure 
was  complete. 

Mr.  Hayward,  of  Boston,  U.  S.,  has  recently  published  a  very  interest- 
ing case,  which  was  perfectly  successful. 

On  the  other  hand,  Dr.  Colles,  of  Dublin,  (whose  name  alone  is  a 
sufficient  guarantee  for  all  that  science,  and  skill,  and  care  could  do,)  has 
allowed  me  to  state  that  he  has  repeatedly  tried  the  common  interrupted 
suture  ;  but  though  he  has  by  this  means  lessened  the  orifice,  he  has  never 
succeeded  in  closing  it  entirely  :  and  this  was  the  result  under  very  favour- 
able circumstances. 

He  has  also  seen  very  unpleasant  consequences  result  from  the  opera- 
tion ;  hemorrhage  (the  edges  of  the  fistula  having  been  removed  by  the 
knife)  to  a  great  amount ;  fever,  hectic,  &c. 

I  have  seen  the  operation  performed  very  carefully  twice  ;  but  in  neither 
instance  did  union  take  place. 

The  operation  may  be  performed  in  the  following  manner.  The  edges 
of  the  wound  are  to  be  renewed,  either  by  paring  with  a  knife,  or  the 
application  of  caustic  ;  the  latter  has  the  advantage  of  being  less  liable 
to  occasion  subsequent  hemorrhage.  When  this  is  accomplished,  the 
patient  is  to  be  placed  on  her  back  or  knees,  and  the  vagina  to  be  dilated. 
If  the  wound  be  near  the  insertion  of  the  urethra,  or  can  be  brought 
down  by  passing  a  catheter  through  it,  a  curved  needle  (rather  shorter 
than  usual)  may  easily  be  passed  through  the  opposite  edges.  If  the 
wound  be  further  back,  an  instrument  must  be  used  to  pass  the  suture. 
Mr.  Hobart  fixed  a  curved  needle  at  the  end  of  a  canula,  by  means  of  a 
piece  of  wire  with  a  hook  at  the  end  of  it,  running  through  the  canula. 
The  needle  is  passed  through  the  hook,  and  held  firm  by  it. 

M.  Naegele  has  contrived  a  needle,  with  a  long  handle,  for  passing  the 
ligature. 

He  has  also  invented  a  species  of  scissors,  for  the  purpose  of  paring 
the  edges. 

Mr.  Beaumont  has  described  an  ingenious  instrument  for  passing  the 
sutures : — 

"  The  instrument  is  in  the  form  of  a  forceps,  one  blade  of  which  is  a 
needle,  curved  towards  its  point,  close  to  which  is  its  eye.     The  other 


460  LACERATIONS. 

blade  is  broader  on  its  opposing  surface,  less  curved,  and  at  its  extremity 
has  a  hole  through  which  the  needle-point,  and  just  the  loop  of  the  liga- 
ture, are  carried  when  the  blades  are  closed.  On  the  back  of  the  broad 
blade  is  a  spring  which,  when  pushed  forwards,  the  blades  being  pre- 
viously closed,  catches  the  ligature  on  its  point,  and  holds  it. 

"  In  using  this  instrument,  the  operator  has  only  to  seize  in  its  points, 
in  the  same  manner  as  he  would  with  a  pair  of  forceps,  the  border  of  the 
fistulous  opening;  the  blades  should  then  be  closed,  and  the  ligature  will 
be  carried  through  one  lip  of  the  aperture.  The  opposite  border  is  then 
to  be  seized,  and  the  blades  to  be  closed,  and  held  so.  The  spring  on 
the  back  of  the  broad  blade  is  now  to  be  pushed  forwards,  by  which  the 
ligature  is  caught,  and  held  at  its  point.  The  blades  are  then  to  be 
opened,  and  gently  withdrawn,  leaving  a  double  ligature  passed  through 
opposite  points  of  the  fistulous  aperture,  so  that  a  common  or  quilled 
suture  may  afterwards  be  formed. 

Mr.  B.  used  it  once  with  a  quilled  suture. 

The  instruments  I  have  used  wTere  chiefly  copied  from  some  lent  me 
by  Dr.  Kennedy,  with  the  addition  of  one  I  had  made  for  transverse  lace- 
rations. They  consist  of  an  instrument  for  paring  the  edges  of  the  fistula, 
a  needle  for  a  fissure  running  antero-posteriorly,  a  needle  for  transverse 
fissures,  and  of  a  hook  for  disengaging  the  ligature,  after  it  has  been  passed 
through  the  edges  of  the  wound. 

When  the  twisted  suture  is  used,  short  curved  needles  may  be  em- 
ployed ;  it  will  also  be  wrell  to  keep  them  in  for  some  time.  In  Dr.  Ken- 
nedy's case  they  were  retained  about  three  weeks. 

Many  other  modifications  of  the  manner  of  applying  the  ligature  (such 
as  Schreger's,  Ehrmann's,  &c.)  might  be  enumerated,  but  for  them  I  must 
refer  my  readers  to  Kilian's  work  already  mentioned. 

It  will  generally  be  necessary  to  pass  three  sutures,  none  of  which  should 
be  tightened  till  all  are  inserted,  and  when  tied,  the  ends  should  be  cut 
off.  The  tightening  is  easily  accomplished  with  twTo  pair  of  dressing 
forceps. 

When  this  is  done,  the  dilator,  or  speculum,  may  be  removed  and  the 
patient  put  to  bed. 

There  is  considerable  soreness  and  pain  complained  of,  which  may  be 
relieved  by  vaginal  injections  of  warm  water  twice  a  day,  and  the  exhibi- 
tion of  purgative  medicine. 

When  the  edges  of  the  wound  have  been  pared,  we  must  be  on  the 
watch  against  hemorrhage.  Should  it  occur,  cold  injections  may  be 
thrown  up,  or  a  plug  inserted,  and  if  necessary,  the  sutures  divided. 

The  sutures  generally  come  away  about  the  eighth  or  tenth  day,  and 
we  are  then  able  to  ascertain  the  result  of  our  operation,  which,  if  not 
wholly  successful,  may  be  repeated  after  a  week's  interval. 

In  the  majority  of  cases,  I  fear  we  shall  find  but  little  benefit;  though 
even  less  success  than  has  as  yet  attended  our  efforts,  would  justify  the 
operation. 

M.  Naegele  has  described  an  instrument,  consisting  of  two  small  plates, 
joined  at  the  back  like  the  pages  of  a  book,  and  fixed  in  a  handle  of  steel. 
The  anterior  edges  are  brought  together  by  a  screw  fixed  in  the  handle, 
and  the  edges  of  the  wound  being  included,  are  retained  in  apposition, 
and  the  lower  part  of  the  handle  removed. 


VESICO-VAGINAL    FISTULA.  4G1 

3\I.  Lallemand  has  also  Invented  one,  which  he  calls  a  "  sondeeigne," 
by  which  a  similar  effect  is  produced. 

Not  having  seen  the  instrument,  I  am  unable  to  give  a  description 
of  it. 

He  has  cured  one  case  with  it,  partially  cured  another,  but  failed  twice. 

MM.  Langier  and  Lewiski  have  also  contrived  similar  instruments. 

704.  5.  Dr.  Blundell  saw  a  fistula  in  the  Deck  of  the  bladder,  near  the 
urethra,  cured  by  laying  open  the  urethra  to  the  rent,  and  then  healing  it 
up,  as  is  done  in  ordinary  fistula.  Mr.  Porter,  of  the  Meath  Hospital, 
performed  a  similar  operation,  which  terminated  successfully. 

700.  6.  "Elythro-plastie." — This  name  is  given  to  the  operation  by 
which  a  portion  of  integument  is  taken  from  a  neighbouring  part,  and 
applied  to  the  vesico-vaginal  fistula,  and  retained  by  sutures;  the  old 
connexion  being  maintained  until  union  has  taken  place.  It  is  exactly 
similar  to  the  rhinoplastic  operation  for  repairing  noses. 

It  was  suggested  by  Velpeau,  but  first  practised  by  Jobert.  Of  his 
four  operations,  one  patient  was  cured  at  once ;  one  by  a  second  opera- 
tion ;  one  died  ;  and  with  one  it  failed. 

M.  Roux  did  not  succeed  with  it. 

I  am  not  aware  that  any  other  surgeon  has  tried  it. 

706.  7.  Closure  of  the  Vagina. — When  using  the  caustic  for  the  cure 
of  vesico-vaginal  fistula,  in  the  year  1833,  M.  Vidal  de  Cassis  chanced  to 
touch  the  vaginal  mucous  membrane  with  it ;  this  caused  considerable  in- 
flammation, and  on  making  an  examination  subsequently,  he  found  the 
sides  of  the  vagina  adherent.  The  patient  also  observed  that  the  dribbling 
of  urine  had  entirely  ceased.  Unfortunately,  a  careless  examination  was 
afterwards  made,  and  these  adhesions  were  destroyed.  But  the  hint  was 
not  thrown  away,  for  on  the  next  occasion,  in  the  same  year,  M.  Vidal  de 
Cassis  attempted  to  relieve  the  fistula  in  this  way,  and  was  perfectly  suc- 
cessful, until  the  clumsiness  of  an  assistant  destroyed  these  adhesions 
also. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  in  many  cases  this  would  be  found  a  valuable 
means  of  relief. 

Caustic  of  any  kind  will  answer  the  purpose  of  exciting  inflammation, 
though  adhesion  may  not  always  take  place. 

I  have  seen  a  circle  of  the  mucous  membrane  removed,  and  the  parts 
brought  together  by  suture,  for  the  purpose  of  closing  the  orifice  of  the 
vagina,  but  union  did  not  take  place. 

When  we  have  recourse  to  this  method,  care  should  be  taken  to  leave 
a  very  minute  opening  posteriorly  for  the  escape  of  the  menstrual  fluid, 
if  menstruation  have  not  ceased. 

707.  8.  The  plug.  —  If  none  of  the  means  hitherto  described  afford  a 
probability  of  cure,  or  fail  upon  trial,  it  is  at  least  a  comfort  to  know  that 
we  can  still  remove  a  portion  of  the  distress  caused  by  this  frightful  com- 
plaint, provided  the  irritability  of  the  vagina  be  not  too  great  to  bear  a 
plug.  _ 

Various  cases  of  relief  by  this  means  are  on  record. 

Dr.  Gooch,  in  1814,  suggested  to  Mr.  Barnes,  of  Exeter,  the  employ- 
ment of  an  India-rubber  bottle,  of  sufficient  size  to  fill  the  vagina,  and 
having  upon  one  side  of  it  a  small  piece  of  sponge,  to  be  applied  to  the 
fistulous  opening.     Mr.  Barnes  used  this  with  great  benefit  to  his  patient. 

2o2 


462  LACERATIONS 

M.  Duges  has  proposed  a  similar  plan,  but  the  pessary  was  made  of 
different  materials. 

Dr.  Evory  Kennedy  has  succeeded  in  taking  casts  (with  wax)  of  the 
vagina  with  the  fistula,  in  several  cases  ;  and  from  them  he  made  moulds, 
and  had  caoutchouc  bottles  cast  in  the  moulds.  These  were  large  enough 
to  fill  the  vagina,  and  to  close  both  the  fistula  and  the  outer  opening,  so 
as  entirely  to  prevent  the  escape  of  urine. 

I  have  attained  the  same  object  by  means  of  a  piece  of  sponge  covered 
with  thin  bladder.  It  should  be  large  enough  to  fill  the  vagina,  and  of  a 
suitable  shape.  A  narrow  neck,  of  the  dimensions  of  the  vaginal  orifice, 
is  to  be  formed,  by  wrapping  it  with  twine,  which  is  to  be  covered  with 
lint.  The  whole  has  much  the  shape  of  an  egg-cup.  It  should  be  dipped 
in  oil  previous  to  being  used,  and  then  it  can  easily  be  introduced,  and 
the  stalk  filling  up  the  external  orifice,  no  urine  can  escape.  It  can  be 
removed  and  replaced  by  the  patient  herself. 

Various  other  suggestions  have  been  made,  but  either  of  these  plans 
will  relieve  the  patient  from  the  constant  dribbling  and  offensive  odour, 
and  will  allow  the  excoriations  to  heal. 

If  the  patient  cannot  pass  water  with  the  plug  in  situ,  she  should  learn 
to  withdraw  it  and  re-introduce  it  herself. 

708.  2.  Recto-vaginal  Fistula.  —  I  have  already  mentioned  that 
many  of  these  cases  are  cured  spontaneously ;  others,  however,  require 
the  resources  of  art. 

The  plans  of  treatment  for  the  cure  of  vesico-vaginal  fistula,  are  almost 
all  equally  applicable  to  this  accident. 

The  wTound  may  be  touched  with  caustic,  or  the  actual  cautery ;  the 
edges  may  be  pared,  or  cauterised,  and  brought  into  contact ;  or  the 
vagina  may  be  filled  with  a  plug. 

All  these  methods  have  been  tried,  and  with  much  greater  success  than 
in  vesico-vaginal  fistula  ;  and  the  method  of  operation  so  closely  resembles 
that  already  recommended  that  it  would  be  unnecessarily  tedious  to  re- 
peat it. 

709.  3.  Laceration  of  the  Perineum. — When  this  accident  is  of 
slight  extent,  it  may  not  interfere  with  the  comfort  of  the  patient ;  but 
when  extensive,  it  will  be  a  cause  of  constant  distress  ;  and  in  either  case, 
the  proper  cure  of  the  wound  is  important ;  as,  if  callosities  form,  or  ir- 
regular cicatrices,  much  impediment  may  be  offered  in  subsequent  la- 
bours. It  is  an  accident  much  more  common  with  first  labours  than  after- 
wards. 

It  will  be  recollected  that  when  the  head  of  the  child  descends  so  as 
to  fill  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis,  it  necessarily  makes  pressure  upon  the  lower 
part  of  the  rectum  and  the  sphincter  ani ;  that  it  then  receives  a  direction 
forwards  and  downwards,  and  successively  distends  the  central  space  of 
the  perineum  and  its  anterior  border. 

When  the  perineum  offers  much  resistance,  as  with  first  children,  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  posterior  wall  of  the  vagina,  owing  to  its  laxity 
of  connexion  with  the  subjacent  tissue,  is  partially  everted,  and  forms  a 
kind  of  artificial  perineum.  This  is  almost  always  torn,  but  the  rent  may 
extend  no  farther;  and  if  we  examine  the  day  after  delivery,  we  shall  find 
this  mucous  membrane  retracted,  and  the  true  perineum  untouched. 


OF   THE    PERINEUM.  403 

This  is  not  to  be  confounded  with  the  laceration  of  the  true  perineum, 
of  which  we  are  about  to  treat. 

710.  The  situation  and  extent  of  the  rupture  vary  according  to  the  cause 
and  the  circumstances  of  the  case. 

1.  It  may  commence  at  the  anterior  border,  and  extend  to  the  sphincter 
ani ;  and  this  is  the  most  frequent  extent. 

2.  The  rent  may  involve  the  entire  perineum,  and  extend  through  the 
sphincter  ani,  laying  the  cavities  of  the  rectum  and  vagina  into  one. 

3.  The  central  space  of  the  perineum  is  sometimes  ruptured,  leaving 
the  anterior  edge  (the  fourchette)  and  the  sphincter  ani  untouched.  Cases 
are  related  by  Hernu,  Coutouly,  Lachapelle,  Meckel,  Lebrun,  Thiebaut, 
Frank,  Martin,  Moschener,  Jungmann,  Marter  de  Konigsberg,  Trinchin- 
etti,  Merriman,  Waller,  Andrews,  Douglas,  Mekeln  of  Kettwig,  Joubert. 
And  a  case  occurred  recently  in  Dublin. 

The  rent  may  run  along  the  central  raphe  of  the  perineum,  on  one 
side,  diagonally  ;  or  in  the  form  of  the  letter  V  or  Y. 

In  most  of  the  above  cases,  the  child  actually  passed  through  the  cen- 
tral opening  ;  but  in  some  cases,  by  careful  management,  it  was  transmitted 
through  the  natural  orifice  without  rupture  of  the  fourchette. 

4.  The  recto-vaginal  septum,  sphincter-ani,  and  part  of  the  perineum 
may  be  torn,  so  as  to  permit  the  transit  of  the  child,  leaving  the  anterior 
portion  of  the  perineum  entire. 

711.  Causes. — The  accident  may  arise  from  a  deviation  from  the 
ordinary  mechanism  of  parturition  ;  from  mal-conformation  of  the  pas- 
sages, or  soft  parts  ;  from  mal-presentation  ;  or  from  mismanagement. 

1.  If  the  sacrum  be  too  perpendicular,  the  head  of  the  child,  instead 
of  receiving  its  direction  anteriorly,  in  the  direction  of  the  axis  of  the 
lower  outlet,  will  be  forced  downwards  upon  the  posterior  portion  of  the 
perineum. 

2.  If  the  arch  of  the  pelvis  be  too  acute,  so  as  to  prevent  the  presenting 
portion  filling  its  upper  part,  extraordinary  dilatation  of  the  orifice  of  the 
vagina  will  be  necessary,  and  the  head  will  be  pressed  with  unusual  force 
upon  the  anterior  part  of  the  perineum. 

3.  A  similar  effect  is  said  to  be  caused  by  a  thickened  state  of  the 
urethra  and  circumjacent  parts,  in  the  arch  of  the  pubis. 

4.  The  too  rapid  passage  of  the  head  may  be  attended  with  this  acci- 
dent. This  may  depend  upon  the  extraordinary  violence  of  the  pains,  or 
upon  the  small  size  of  the  head,  which  prevents  it  receiving  the  succes- 
sive changes  of  direction  from  the  plane  surfaces  of  the  pelvis,  and  the 
changes  in  the  axes  of  the  cavity  and  lower  outlet. 

5.  Exostosis  in  any  part  of  the  pelvic  cavity  may  so  act  upon  the  direc- 
tion in  which  the  foetal  head  is  propelled,  that  rupture  of  the  perineum 
may  result. 

6.  Excessive  breadth  of  the  perineum,  by  receiving  the  force  of  the 
descending  head  in  its  centre,  may  be  a  cause  of  laceration;  because  the 
head  rests  in  the  centre,  and  distends  it,  instead  of  gliding  forwards  to 
the  anterior  edge. 

7.  Rigidity  of  the  perineum,  or  an  old  cicatrix,  may  resist  the  dilating 
power  of  the  head,  and  ultimately  give  way  under  the  employment  of 
greater  force. 

30 


464  LACERATIONS 

8.  The  tissue  of  the  perineum  may  be  weakened  by  disease,  or  by  too 
much  pressure,  so  as  to  offer  little  or  no  resistance. 

9.  Occlusion  of  the  lower  outlet  by  the  hymen.  As  this  membrane, 
though  much  thinner  than  the  perineum,  is  far  less  distensible,  if  it  do  not 
give  way,  the  perineum  may.  I  attended  a  case  lately,  in  which  the 
hymen  resisted  the  pressure  of  the  head  (with  strong  pains)  for  two  hours 
after  the  perineum  was  perfectly  distensible,  and  in  which  there  was  every 
probability  that  the  perineum  would  have  been  lacerated,  had  not  the 
hymen  ruptured.  Laceration  of  the  hymen  may  also  be  extended  into 
the  perineum. 

10.  Mal-position  of  the  child's  head,  by  presenting  a  longer  diameter 
than  usual  to  the  lower  outlet,  may  give  rise  to  this  accident. 

11.  Mai- presentations.  —  Face  presentations,  involving  the  passage  of 
the  head  in  its  longest  diameter  over  the  perineum  ;  breech,  or  footling 
cases,  which  do  not  receive  a  proper  direction  so  readily  as  the  head,  may 
also  lacerate  the  perineum.  Dupuis  relates  a  case,  where  one  foot  came 
through  the  vagina,  and  one  was  forced  through  the  perineum. 

12.  The  accident  may  arise  from  the  woman  being  awkwardly  placed 
for  delivery,  or  from  her  starting  away  from  the  attendant ;  or  from  her 
exerting  too  much  voluntary  force  at  the  time  the  head  passes  through  the 
lower  outlet. 

13.  The  perineum  may  be  torn,  in  consequence  of  want  of  care  when 
instruments  are  used.  They  ought  generally  to  be  removed  just  before 
the  head  passes  through  the  vaginal  orifice. 

From  this  detail  of  the  causes  which  may  produce  or  predispose  to 
laceration  of  the  perineum,  it  will  be  seen  that  it  may  not  always  be  in 
our  power  to  prevent  its  occurren-ce. 

712.  Symptoms.  —  If  the  laceration  be  very  slight,  no  ill  consequences 
will  ensue  ;  but  if  it  extend  to  the  sphincter,  the  patient  will  feel  a  want 
of  support  at  the  lower  outlet,  and  a  sense  of  "falling  through."  It  is 
said  to  influence  subsequent  cohabitation,  and  certainly  it  will  favour 
procidentia  of  the  uterus. 

If  the  recto-vaginal  septum  be  torn,  the  condition  of  the  patient  will  be 
very  pitiable.  The  faeces  (for  some  time  at  least)  pass  through  the  vagina 
involuntarily,  and  the  utmost  attention  to  cleanliness  will  not  suffice  to 
prevent  the  offensive  smell,  which  renders  the  patient  an  object  of  dis- 
gust to  herself  and  her  friends. 

The  lochial  discharge  passing  over  the  wound,  will  for  a  time  prevent 
any  natural  efforts  at  cure  ;  and  the  edges  may  become  callous,  or  degene- 
rate into  ulceration. 

When  slight,  the  rent  generally  contracts,  and  is  healed  without  our 
interference,  after  a  short  time  ;  and  even  when  the  recto- vaginal  septum 
is  torn,  partial  union  may  take  place,  leaving  only  a  fistulous  opening,  or 
a  kind  of  valve  may  be  formed,  so  that,  under  ordinary  circumstances,  the 
patient  is  partly  relieved  of  her  infirmity.  But  this  is  the  work  of  time ; 
it  may  be  months  or  years. 

713.  Treatment. — 1.  Preventive  management. — A  few  words  may 
not  be  misapplied  in  pointing  out  the  best  mode  of  preventing  this 
occurrence. 

1.  Defects  in  the  passages,  which  render  the  mechanism  of  expulsion 


OF    THE    PERINEUM.  465 

inefficient,  may  often  be  remedied  by  the  application  of  the  hand  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  give  a  direction  forward  to  the  head. 

2.  Direct  support  should  be  given  to  the  perineum  when  distended  ; 
but  this  is  frequently  carried  to  excess,  and  produces  the  accident  it  is 
intended  to  prevent ;  it  should  be  moderate  and  gentle,  just  so  much  as 
to  support  the  parts,  but  no  more.  I  must  altogether  object  to  any 
attempt  to  retard  the  passage  of  the  child,  as  erroneous  in  theory,  and 
mischievous  in  practice. 

3.  When  the  perineum  is  rigid  and  undilatable,  benefit  maybe  derived 
from  fomentations  with  hot  water,  the  use  of  warm  oil,  lard,  or  pomatum. 

4.  Under  no  circumstances  is  it  justifiable  to  dilate  the  external  orifice 
with  the  hand,  as  formerly  recommended  ;  on  the  contrary,  instead  of 
drawing  back  the  perineum,  it  ought  to  be  carried  forward. 

5.  If  laceration  be  threatened  in  consequence  of  the  persistence  of  the 
hymen,  it  may  be  incised  with  a  blunt-pointed  bistoury. 

6.  The  patient  should  always  cease  forcing,  and  remain  perfectly  quiet 
during  the  exit  of  the  child. 

714.  2.  Curative  treatment. — Slight  cases,  as  I  have  said,  will  often 
heal  without  assistance.  Even  when  the  rent  is  more  extensive,  a  cure 
may  be  effected  without  further  interference  than  great  cleanliness,  keeping 
the  patient  in  one  position,  so  as  to  preserve  the  edges  of  the  wound  in 
contact,  and  constipating  the  bowels  after  free  purgation. 

If  this  do  not  succeed,  we  are  advised  to  use  a  degree  of  compression, 
passing  a  binder  around  the  hips,  and  a  pad  on  either  side  of  the  perineum, 
so  as  to  secure  the  apposition  of  the  lips  of  the  laceration. 

Strips  of  adhesive  plaster  have  been  applied,  but  they  do  not  answer. 

In  many  cases  either  of  these  plans  has  succeeded,  but  in  many  cases 
also  they  have  both  failed,  especially  when  the  recto-vaginal  septum  is 
involved.     However,  we  have  still  another  resource  — 

In  the  suture  which  was  first  proposed  by  Ambrose  Pare,  and  prac- 
tised by  Guillemeau,  La  Motte,  Saucerotte,  Trainel,  Noel,  Dieffenbach, 
Roux,&c. 

Before  this  can  be  attempted,  however,  the  primary  inflammation  must 
have  subsided  ;  nor  is  it  forbidden,  even  though  a  considerable  time 
should  have  elapsed.  M.  Montain  cured  a  case  on  which  he  operated 
thirty-six  days  after  deliver)',  and  others  have  succeeded  at  a  more  distant 
period. 

Three  different  kinds  of  suture  have  been  adopted — the  interrupted, 
the  twisted,  and  the  quilled  suture.  Osiander,  Dieffenbach,  &c.,  suc- 
ceeded with  the  first,  but  according  to  Duparcque,  the  success  and 
failure  have  been  nearly  equal.  Mr.  Alcock  cured  one,  and  Mr.  Bayer 
two  patients  in  this  way.  Dr.  Mettauer,  of  Virginia  (U.  S.),  succeeded 
with  metallic  sutures  ;  they  were  introduced,  and  the  parts  approximated, 
by  twisting  the  ends  together.  They  were  removed  in  six  weeks,  and 
union  found  to  have  taken  place. 

The  great  objection  to  the  interrupted  suture  is  that  the  lips  of  the 
wound  are  not  closely  applied  in  the  whole  extent,  and  the  union  is  often 
partial. 

The  same  observation  may  be  applied  to  the  twisted  suture,  although  it 
has  succeeded  with  Morlanne,  Saucerotte,  Noel,  Dieffenbach,  &c. 


466  LACERATIONS 

The  quilled  suture  is  evidently  better  adapted  for  the  purpose,  as  the 
entire  surfaces  of  the  laceration  may  be  brought  into  contact. 

Dupuytren  succeeded  once  ;  Roux  and  Dieffenbach  several  times  ;  M. 
Dubois  failed  ;  but  Mr.  Davidson  succeeded  completely.  He  thus  relates 
the  case  in  the  Lancet  of  May  4,  1839.  "  On  the  6th  of  November, 
1838,  in  company  with  Dr.  Henry  Davis,  I  performed  the  operation  in 
the  following  manner:  I  passed  deeply  a  strong  double  ligature,  by  means 
of  a  common  curved  needle,  close  by  the  edge  of  the  rectum,  and  another, 
rather  more  than  half  an  inch  from  the  first,  towards  the  vagina ;  after 
which  I  pared  the  edges  of  the  wound,  which  I  had  not  previously  done, 
that  I  might  not  be  annoyed  by  the  oozing  of  blood,  so  as  to  be  enabled 
to  place  the  ligatures  more  accurately.  The  ligatures  being  introduced,  I 
employed,  as  cylinders,  two  pieces  of  elastic  gum  catheter,  about  an  inch 
and  a  half  in  length,  one  of  which  was  placed  in  the  loops  which  the 
double  ligatures  formed  on  one  side,  and  the  other  between  their  separate 
ends,  tying  them  firmly  upon  the  cylinder.  Baron  Roux  found  in  his 
cases  that  the  use  of  the  quilled  suture  caused  an  eversion  of  the  edges  of 
the  wound ;  to  remedy  this,  he  had  recourse  to  several  small  sutures,  at 
different  points  between  the  different  ligatures.  To  effect  the  same  object, 
and  also  with  a  view7  of  keeping  the  divided  parts  more  closely  and  firmly 
in  contact,  I  adopted  the  following  plan,  the  materials  for  which  I  had 
prepared  previously  to  the  operation.  I  armed  a  curved  needle  with  a 
piece  of  narrow7  tape,  four  inches  long,  having  a  knot  at  one  end ;  this 
was  passed  down  each  end  of  both  cylinders  about  half  an  inch,  and 
brought  outwards,  the  end  of  the  tape  being  prevented  slipping  through 
by  the  knot ;  the  tapes  were  then  placed  in  such  a  situation  as  to  be  inter- 
mediate to  the  ligatures  ;  this  being  done,  I  turned  the  cylinders  gently 
towards  the  edge  of  the  wound,  and  tied  the  corresponding  tapes  over  it, 
which,  I  think,  rendered  it  much  more  solid  than  any  number  of  small 
ligatures  could  have  done.  The  bowels  were  constipated  by  opium, 
the  urine  drawn  off  night  and  morning,  and  the  diet  consisted  of  small 
quantities  of  gruel  and  hard  biscuit.  The  ligatures  were  removed  on  the 
seventh  day,  and  union  was  found  to  have  taken  place  throughout.  The 
urine  was  evacuated  naturally  after  nine  or  ten  days ;  the  bowels  relieved 
on  the  seventeenth  ;  and  after  six  or  seven  weeks,  she  was  able  to  go 
about  as  usual." 

Dr.  Colles  has  rarely  succeeded  in  curing,  though  he  has  diminished 
the  rent. 

If  there  should  be  loss  of  substance,  or  contraction  of  the  two  sides  of 
the  perineum,  so  that  they  will  not  readily  meet  or  remain  in  contact, 
Dieffenbach  makes  an  incision  through  the  skin,  on  each  side. 

The  bowels  should  be  wTell  freed  before  the  operation,  and  an  opiate 
given,  so  as  to  constipate  them ;  when  union  is  attained,  this  may  be 
remedied  by  an  enema. 

The  catheter  must  be  passed  morning  and  evening  for  some  time. 

The  diet  should  be  spare :  a  little  gruel  and  biscuit  will  answer  very 
well.     Of  course  absolute  rest  is  necessary. 

"If  the  radical  cure  fail,"  Dr.  Burns  observes,  "the  patient  must  use 
a  compress,  with  a  spring  bandage,  if  the  stools  cannot  be  retained.  But 
_t  sometimes  happens  that  the  torn  extremity  of  the  rectum,  or  the  anterior 


Or    THE    PERINEUM. 


467 


parts,  containing  a  fragment  of  the  sphincter  or  a  portion  of  the  internal 

•  has  been  called,  forms  a  kind  of  ft  which  rests  on 

the  posterior  surface  at  the  coccyx,  so  that  the  orifice  now  resembles  a 

nd  the  feces,  unless  very  liquid,  remain  in  the  hollow  of  the  sacrum, 

and  do  not  pass  through  the  vulvular  orifice  till  an  effort  be  made  to 

'.     Sometime-  ..eum  unites,  but  the  septum  does  not,  and  the 

inner  surface  of  the  rectum  protrudes  into  the  vagina.     In  these  cases  the 

edges  of  the  septum  must  be  made  raw,  and  stitches  usee;. 

*  Although  laceration  of  the  perineum  in  the  female  is  easily  treated  when  recent, 
yet  if  neglected  until  after  cicatrization  of  the  ruptun  .  ,,  it  i3 

I  very  intractable  accident. 

tomy  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,   «uc- 
eeede  1  m  affording-,   in  a  case  under  the  latter  circumstances,  verv  great  relief 
patient  by  an  operation. 

orred  in  a  young  married  lady  during  her  first  accouchment.     After 
the  birth  of  her  second  child,  the  case  came  under  the  notice  of  Dr.  Horner.     The  lace- 
ration extended  from  vulva  to  anus :  the  parts  were  cicatrized  over  an  inch  in  depth 
and  but  one  fissure  was  apparent  from  near  the  os  coccygis  to  the  clitoris.     The  patient; 

Fig-  13S.  Fig.  139. 


.3 


1,1.   Vulva. 
2.  Anus. 
3,  4.  Lacerated  perineum. 

5.  Right  flap. 

6.  Left  flap. 

toris. 


'    f 

■ 


Mm 


1,1.  Vulva. 

2.  Anus. 

3.  Upper  or  left  flap. 

4.  Lower  or  right  flap. 

5.  Clitoris. 


']'?r  a  f'dl  I  well  organized  in  other  respects,  was  rendered  miserable  and 

helP]' "  intuse 

through  the 
rima  vulvae,  which  a  situation. 

ted  in  the  as  _  •    x  of  each  - 

of  the  th  interrupted  Btitch<  a 

rectal  and  the  rupture,  the  sphincter  ani  muscle  being  div:  ' 


468  LACERATIONS    OF   THE    PERINEUM. 

Bide  the  anus ;  a  procedure  which  Dr.  H.  considers  proper  in  all  old  cases  of  this  kind. 
Unfortunately,  the  menstual  flux  came  on  prematurely,  and  with  the  natural  discharges 
of  the  vagina  loosened  everything  like  adhesion.     The  operation  was  a  failure. 

Nearly  fifteen  months  subsequently  a  second  operation  was  performed  in  this  case. 
Additional  difficulties  had  now  to  be  contended  against.  The  portion  pared  off  from  the 
perineum  had  reduced  its  extent ;  the  slit  from  the  vagina  into  the  rectum  had  been  elong- 
ated or  deepened.  If  lateral  adhesion  had  failed  before,  the  failure  now  was  still  more 
probable.  Under  these  considerations  Dr.  H.  determined  to  modify  the  operation,  so 
that  if  unsuccessful  the  condition  of  the  patient  should,  at  least,  not  be  rendered  worse 
by  it.  The  patient  being  under  the  influence  of  a  mixture  of  chloroform  and  ether ; 
two  flaps  were  made  from  the  perineum  and  adjoining  parts  of  the  vulva,  the  one  on 
the  right  and  the  other  on  the  left. 

By  placing  the  base  of  the  right  flap  below,  and  the  base  of  the  left  flap  above,  upon 
crossing  the  two  flaps  a  partition  was  formed  between  the  rectum  and  vulva ;  the  free 
side  of  the  right  flap  forming  the  upper  part  of  the  rectum,  and  the  free  side  of  the 
left  the  lower  part  of  the  vagina.  The  approximation  of  the  flaps  and  the  contiguity  of 
their  raw  surfaces  were  secured  by  interrupted  stitches  along  the  rectum  and  vagina. 
In  forming  the  left  flap,  owing  to  a  sudden  contraction,  its  transverse  part  being  first 
made,  was  not  as  desired,  but  fell  short  of  Dr.  H.'s  intentions.  For  the  first  ten  days 
or  so  there  was  a  strong  indication  of  success.  A  large  firm  stool  now  occurred,  and 
on  examination  immediately  afterwards  the  flaps  were  found  not  to  be  adherent.  They 
were,  however,  in  situ,  so  that  the  partition  formed  by  them  between  the  rectum  and 
vagina  was  still  kept  up.  In  a  month  after  the  operation  the  left  flap  had  become 
shrivelled  away  almost  entirely,  and  the  right  flap  had  lost  one-half  its  original  size, 
but  still  remained  as  a  barrier  betwen  the  two  canals ;  and  by  the  introduction  of  a  linen 
compress  into  the  vagina,  upon  the  flap,  so  as  to  keep  it  in. its  place,  the  discharge  of 
foeces  was  regulated,  so  that  there  was  no  diarrhoea.  The  patient  felt  the  call  for  de- 
fecation, could  make  timely  provision  for  it,  and  was  really  improved  in  respect  to  com- 
fort. Upon  an  examination  of  the  patient  six  months  after  the  operation,  it  was  found 
that  the  indications  of  an  operation  having  been  performed  had  subsided.  Upon  a 
superficial  examination  there  appeared  to  be  a  regular  division  between  the  anus  and 
vulva  —  a  reproduction  of  the  perineum.  The  latter  was  only  however  the  claustrum 
made  by  the  operation  —  the  edge  was  still  loose,  but  had  the  effect  of  directing  the 
rectal  discharges  backwards  and  the  vaginal  forwards.  The  recto-vaginal  fissure  had 
diminished  much  in  depth,  and  the  condition  of  the  patient  had  been  much  improved. 
She  could  participate  in  her  house-work  —  had  a  much  better  control  of  flatulent  and 
foecal  discharges  than  formerly,  and  is  apprized  of  their  approach.  "It  yet  remains 
to  try,"  says  Dr.  H.,  "whether,  by  a  protracted  application  of  the  milder  escharotics 
to  the  free  edge  of  the  new  claustrum,  a  perfect  adhesion  of  it  may  not  be  obtained." 

In  performing  the  operation  described  above,  Dr.  Horner  recommends  that  the  ver- 
tical incisions  for  the  flaps  be  first  made,  as  the  relaxation  of  the  tension  of  the  parts 
affects  much  the  state  of  the  flap  when  the  transverse  cut  is  first  made,  and  thus  inter- 
feres with  the  plan  of  the  operation.  —  [Amer.  Journ.  of  the  Med.  Sciences,  Oct.  1850.) — 
Editor. 


CHAPTER  XXI. 

PARTURITION.  — CLASS  III.  COMPLEX  LABOUR. 
ORDER  6.  INVERSION  OF  THE  UTERUS. 

715.  This  is  a  very  rare  complication,  but  a  very  distressing  and  dan- 
gerous one.  It  is  neither  more  nor  less  than  a  turning  of  the  uterus 
inside  out. 

The  fundus  descends  through  the  os  uteri,  forming  a  cavity  lined  by 
the  peritoneum,  open  towards  the  abdomen,  and  containing  the  ovaries 
and  fallopian  tubes,  whilst  that  which  was  formerly  the  lining  mem- 
brane of  the  uterine  cavity,  has  become  the  external  covering  of  the 
tumour. 

The  degree  of  inversion  may  vary  :  it  may  be  partial  or  complete.  Mr. 
Newnham,  who  has  published  a  valuable  monograph  on  this  subject,  has 
spoken  of  three  degrees  —  depression,  partial,  and  complete  inversion. 
With  regard  to  the  first,  he  observes,  "  The  fundus  of  the  uterus  is  de- 
pressed within  its  cavity,  but  does  not  form  a  tumour  in  the  vagina. 
The  actual  existence  of  this  stage  of  the  disease  can  only  be  known  by 
introducing  the  finger  into  the  uterus  and  by  ascertaining  the  state  of  that 
organ  by  pressure  upon  the  abdomen.  By  the  former  process,  the  fundus 
of  the  womb  will  be  found  to  have  approached  the  os  internum,  and  by 
the  latter  a  corresponding  depression  will  be  observed,  instead  of  that 
regular  contraction  which  is  so  familiar  to  every  prudent  practitioner. 
This  state  is  generally  accompanied  with  an  effort  to  bear  down,  by  which 
it  is  often  converted  into  partial  or  even  complete  inversion."  Of  course 
so  slight  a  change  in  the  uterus  is  only  perceptible  through  the  parietes 
of  the  abdomen,  when  the  patient  has  been  recently  delivered.  In  the 
unimpregnated  uterus,  such  an  examination  would  yield  no  information. 

"  When  the  inversion  is  partial  "  continues  Mr.  Newnham,  "  the  fundus 
of  the  uterus  is  brought  down  into  the  vagina,  forming  a  tumour  of  con- 
siderable size,  presenting  a  semi-spherical  form,  and  closely  invested  by 
the  os  uteri.  In  this  case  the  depression  of  the  fundus,  observed  through 
the  parietes  of  the  abdomen,  will  be  considerably  greater  than  in  the 
former,  and  the  edge  of  the  cavity  thus  formed  will  alone  be  felt. 

"  In  the  complete  inversion,  the  uterus  will  be  found  not  only  filling  the 
vagina,  but  protruding  beyond  it,  resembling  in  its  form  that  of  the  uterus 
after  recent  delivery,  only  that  its  mouth  is  turned  towards  the  abdomen. 
The  os  uteri  may  be  felt  at  the  superior  extremity  of  the  tumour,  forming 
a  kind  of  circular  thickening  at  i  and  the  uterus  is  wholly  wanting 

in  the  hypogastric  region.  This  state  is  usually  accompanied  with  inver- 
sion of  the  vagina." 

716.  Inversion  may  occur  under  very  different  circumstances  :  as,  for 
example:  1.  Immediately  after  delivery,  as  the  result  of  a  peculiar  con- 
dition of  the  uterine  fibres;  of  too  quick  del'.. 

after  parturition,  though  Newnham  conceives  that  in  thi  -  ssion 

2p  (469) 


470  INVERSION  OF  THE  UTERUS. 

of  the  fundus  existed  from  the  first.  3.  Or  very  gradually^  in  conse- 
quence of  a  polypus  attached  to  the  fundus,  the  uterus  not  being  preg- 
nant. Capuron  and  Newnham  doubt  the  existence  of  such  cases ;  but  I 
witnessed  one  myself,  of  the  nature  of  which  no  doubt  could  be  enter- 
tained. 

We  may  be  deceived,  however,  and  suppose  an  inversion  to  have 
occurred  gradually,  because  it  has  remained  long  undiscovered.  Levret 
mentions  a  case  occurring  after  delivery,  which  was  not  detected  for  five 
years. 

By  almost  all  authors,  inversion  has  been  divided  into  acute  and  chronic ; 
not,  however,  confining  the  term  chronic  to  cases  where  the  production  of 
the  inversion  has  been  slow,  but  including  all  those  where  it  has  existed 
for  some  time.  The  division  appears  to  me  to  be  useful  and  practical, 
though  perhaps  not  conveying  as  much  information  as  the  terms  "  reduci- 
ble" and  "irreducible ,"  which  Dr.  Radford  of  Manchester,  has  recently 
proposed  as  the  substitute. 

717.  Causes. — Various  causes  are  enumerated  by  authors,  some  of 
which  are  real,  and  some  only  fanciful.  Most  of  them,  however,  are  such 
as  would  act  merely  mechanically.  It  has  been  observed  to  follow  very 
quick  labours,  especially  if  the  patient  be  delivered  standing,  or  if  she 
make  too  violent  efforts. 

It  may  occur  spontaneously,  after  the  labour  has  been  completed  quite 
naturally,  and  in  these  cases  it  has  been  attributed  by  Dr.  Radford  to  atony 
of  the  uterus,  or  to  active  contraction  of  one  part,  with  an  atonic  condi- 
tion of  another. 

Dr.  Tyler  Smith  regards  inversion  as  depending  upon  an  irregularly 
active  condition  of  the  uterus,  by  which  the  fundus  is  first  depressed,  then 
carried  downward  by  the  annular  contraction  of  the  uterus,  and,  finally, 
completely  everted. 

It  is  very  creditable,  that  violence  in  extracting  the  placenta  may  be 
followed  by  inversion;  or,  as  Denman  observes,  "there  is  reason  to  be- 
lieve that  the  uterus  has  been  inverted,  when,  on  account  of  a  hemorrhage, 
or  some  other  urgent  symptom,  the  hand  has  been  introduced  within  the 
cavity  of  the  uterus,  while  in  a  collapsed  or  wholly  uncontracted  state, 
and  the  placenta  being  withdrawn  before  it  was  perfectly  loosened,  the 
fundus  of  the  uterus  has  unexpectedly  followed,  and  a  complete  inversion 
has  been  occasioned."  Forcibly  pulling  the  funis,  for  the  purpose  of 
detaching  the  placenta,  may  perhaps,  under  certain  circumstances,  give 
rise  to  this  accident,  but  it  is  not  a  frequent  cause. 

Shortness  of  the  funis,  or  the  shortening  of  it  by  coiling  around  the 
neck  of  the  foetus,  has  also  been  alleged,  but  I  believe  without  any  foun- 
dation. Cords  of  ten  inches  long  will  permit,  and  have  permitted,  the 
exit  of  the  foetus  without  displacing  the  womb,  and  it  is  very  rare  indeed 
to  find  the  funis  so  short. 

As  to  the  shortening  of  the  cord  when  it  is  twisted  around  the  neck, 
this  can  never  be  the  cause  of  inversion,  since  it  rarely  occurs  but  when 
the  cord  is  longer  than  usual,  and  it  very  seldom  reduces  the  length  of  the 
cord  below  twelve  inches  (§  181). 

But  inversion  may  occur  quite  unconnected  with  parturition,  contrary 
to  the  assertion  of  Astruc  and  some  of  the  older  writers.  If  a  tumour 
form  at  the  upper  part  of  the  fundus  uteri,  it  will  first  distend  the  uterus 


INVERSION  OF  THE  UTERUS.  471 

mechanically,  and  then  by  its  weight  il  may  descend  through  the  os  uteri, 
Jug  the  fundus  after  it,  and  so  produce  complete  inversion.     S 
•  I  saw  in  Jervis-street  Hospital,  under  the  care  of  Surgeon  Lynch. 

A  curious  case  of  this  kind  is  also  related  by  Dr.  Browne,  in  the  Dublin 
Medical  Journal. 

718.  Symptoms. — We  shall  first  examine  the  symptoms  which  arise  in 
acute  inversion,  i.  e.,  when  it  occurs  soon  after  delivery,  and  when  the 
displacement  is  nearly  or  quite  complete.  These  are  always  serious  and 
alarming,  indicating  the  important  nature  of  the  accident.  The  most 
univer-al  symptom  is  a  sudden  exhaustion  or  sinking,  which  comes  on 
immediately  after  the  inversion.  It  does  not  depend  upon  flooding,  for 
it  occurs  in  many  cases  where  there  is  no  hemorrhage.  The  countenance 
becomes  deadly  pale,  the  voice  weak,  the  pulse  rapid,  small,  and  flutter- 
ing, nausea  and  vomitings  occur,  &c,  so  that  the  patient  is  suddenly- 
threatened  with  the  extinction  of  life. 

Several  authors  speak  of  more  decidedly  nervous  symptoms,  and  even 
of  convulsions ;  but  by  some,  at  least,  the  restlessness  and  agitation  pre- 
ceding dissolution,  appear  to  have  been  mistaken  for  convulsions. 

When  the  inversion  is  slighter  in  degree,  these  phenomena  will  gene- 
rally be  found  less  strikingly  marked. 

Hemorrhage,  even  to  a  very  large  amount,  not  unfrequently  occurs, 
aggravating,  though  not  changing,  the  symptoms  already  enumerated,  and 
materially  enhancing  the  danger  of  the  patient. 

Mr.  Newnham  observes,  "  When  the  uterus  has  become  inverted,  im- 
mediate hemorrhage  takes  place,  which  is  quickly  followed  by  faintness, 
and  a  sense  of  fulness  in  the  vagina,  and,  in  the  greater  number  of  in- 
stances, almost  by  immediate  dissolution." 

Our  suspicions  of  inversion  will  be  excited  when  this  persists  longer 
than  usual,  and  an  examination  should  instantly  be  made  to  ascertain  the 
cause,  if  possible. 

In  many  cases,  however,  there  is  no  hemorrhage  at  all,  or  not  in  pro- 
portion to  the  inversion,  but  merely  the  nervous  symptoms  and  exhaustion  ; 
nor  does  the  difficulty  of  rallying  the  patient  seem  to  be  less  in  these  cases 
than  in  those  accompanied  by  flooding. 

There  is  generally  a  very  violent  uterine  contraction,  immediately  pre- 
ceding or  accompanying  the  inversion,  leading-  the  patient  to  anticipate  a 
second  child :  this  supposition  is  further  confirmed  by  the  pressure  of  the 
inverted  uterus  as  it  passes  through  the  pelvis.  Even  on  examination  per 
vaginam,  wc  may  be  deceived,  by  mistaking  the  uterus  for  the  breech  of 
a  second  child. 

The  patient  complains  of  great  pain,  with  a  sense  of  dragging  from  the 
loins,  and  occasional  retention  of  urine.  If  pressure  be  made  on  the 
abdomen,  we  shall  not  be  able  to  feel  the  contracted  uterus,  and  this 
being  at  a  time  when  it  is  large,  constitutes  a  marked  and  valuable 
symptom. 

When  the  inversion  is  incomplete,  we  may  often  feel  the  uterus  above 
the  brim  of  the  pelvis,  but  having  a  cup-like  depression  superi< 

If  we  examine  per  vaginam,v/e  shall  find  a  tumour,  either  in  the  cavity 
of  the  pelvis  or  hanging  through  the  vulva.  This  tumour  is  globular, 
sensil  ic,  with  a  wider  below  than 

above,  where  it  is  tightly  encircled  by  the  cervix  uteri.     If  the  displace- 


472  INVERSION  OF  THE  UTERUS. 

ment  be  not  reducible,  it  sometimes  happens  that  the  tumour  is  attacked 
by  inflammation,  running  on  into  sloughing  and  gangrene,  owing  to  the 
strangulation  caused  by  the  contraction  of  the  cervix,  and  ending  in  the 
death  of  the  patient.  If  the  placenta  have  not  been  previously  expelled, 
it  will  be  found  adherent  to  some  part  of  the  tumour,  adding  greatly  to 
its  bulk. 

A  considerable  difference  in  the  size  of  the  tumour  will  be  observed 
according  as  the  inversion  is  complete  or  incomplete,  recent  or  of  old 
standing. 

If  quite  complete,  we  may  acquire  further  information  from  a  visual 
examination.  The  tumour  is  of  a  red  colour  when  the  inversion  is  recent, 
but  gradually  becomes  of  a  dull  brown. 

If  incomplete,  we  shall  still  be  able  to  detect  it  in  the  vagina,  though 
if  there  be  depression  merely,  we  may  not  be  able  to  reach  it. 

The  foregoing  are  the  most  prominent  symptoms  of  acute  inversion ; 
those  which  characterize  the  chronic  stage  of  the  disease,  whether  that 
stage  be  the  issue  of  an  acute  attack  or  the  result  of  a  gradual  displace- 
ment, are,  of  course,  much  less  formidable. 

The  patient  is  subject  to  occasional  irregular  hemorrhages,  and  to  a 
constant  and  profuse  mucous  discharge  during  the  intervals. 

Every  month  the  surface  is  observed  to  be  covered  with  red  drops, 
which  are,  in  fact,  the  menses. 

The  patient  complains  of  pain,  a  sensation  of  weight  in  the  pelvis,  and 
dragging  from  the  loins. 

If  the  uterus  protrude  through  the  external  parts,  its  sensibility  will 
gradually  diminish  in  consequence  of  the  formation  of  a  kind  of  epithelium 
upon  its  surface  ;  and  if  it  be  exposed  to  rude  contact,  or  if  acrid  secre- 
tions be  allowed  to  accumulate  upon  it,  circumscribed  inflammation  may 
occur,  followed  by  ulcerations  either  superficial  or  profound,  and  involving 
some  danger  to  the  patient,  if  not  remedied. 

The  constitution  of  the  patient  sympathises  deeply  with  so  extraordinary 
an  accident.  After  recovery  from  the  state  of  exhaustion  or  nervous  de- 
pression, into  w^hich  she  was  at  first  thrown,  the  repeated  hemorrhages  and 
constant  leucorrhoea  will  render  her  countenance  pale  and  exsanguined, 
and  subject  her  to  various  secondary  symptoms,  such  as  syncope,  dropsical 
effusions,  hectic,  &c. 

719.  Terminations.  —  The  patient  may  die.  from  exhaustion  or  from 
hemorrhage  soon  after  the  accident,  according  to  Heister,  Peu,  Levret, 
Giflard,  Windsor,  Clarke,  Denman,  Boivin,  and  Duges;  or  from  the 
more  distant  consequences  of  the  repeated  hemorrhages,  as  related  by 
Mauriceau,  Haighton,  Cooper,  Windsor. 

Fatal  cases  are  also  related  by  Peu,  Portal,  Vanderweld,  and  Millot/ 
Chapman,  Saviard,  Heister,  Smellie,  and  Mauriceau.    Boivin  and  Duges 
add,  that  "  death  following  a  very  few  days  after  the  inversion,  may  have 
been  occasioned  by  pains,  convulsions,  and  syncope,  caused  even  by  the 
violence  which  the  uterus  has  undergone." 

Distension  and  inflammation  of  the  bladder  may  occur,  involving  con- 
siderable danger. 

The  inverted  uterus  may  be  strangulated,  and  be  separated  by  sloughing 
or  gangrene  with  great  danger,  although  cases  are  on  record  where  this 
termination  issued  favourably. 


INVERSION  OF  THE  UTERUS.  473 

Or,  if  the  patient  do  not  sink  from  the  primary  shock,  and  if  no  destruc- 
tive process  take  place  in  the  tumour,  it  will,  after  a  while,  shrink  very 
much  in  size,  and  the  patient  may  suffer  comparatively  very  little  annoy- 
ance. Denman  mentions  the  case  of  a  patient  who  consulted  him  for  an 
inverted  uterus,  twenty  years  before  her  death  ;  and  Lamotte  (Obs.  412) 
another,  "  in  which  the  inversion  was  complete  thirty  years  before." 

Very  rarely,  the  detruded  or^an  has  become  the  seat  of  malignant  dis- 
organization, either  cancer  or  corroding  ulcer. 

720.  Diagnosis. — The  facility  of  the  diagnosis  will  depend  very  much 
upon  the  extent  of  the  inversion  ;  when  incomplete,  it  is  very  difficult, 
and,  even  when  complete,  it  will  often  require  great  care.  It  is  less  ob- 
scure if  the  examination  be  made  soon  after  the  accident. 

1.  If  incomplete,  it  may  be  mistaken  for  polypus  uteri,  but  it  will  be 
distinguished  by  its  bleeding  and  rough  surface,  by  its  insensibility,  and 
by  the  "  cul  de  sac"  within  the  os  uteri. 

2.  If  complete,  it  will  resemble  pro  lapse  of  the  uterus,  but  may  be  dis- 
tinguished by  the  period  of  its  occurrence,  by  the  flooding,  by  the  absence 
of  the  smooth  vaginal  covering  of  the  bladder  anteriorly,  and  of  the  os 
uteri  mferiorly. 

3.  It  may  be  distinguished  from  prolapse  of  the  vagina  by  its  hardness, 
its  rough  flocculent  and  bleeding  surface,  and  by  its  unvarying  size. 

The  value  of  some  of  these  characteristics,  such  as  the  hemorrhage,  the 
state  of  the  surface,  and  the  size  of  the  tumour,  is  limited  to  a  short  period 
after  the  accident,  and  to  those  cases  which  occur  after  delivery. 

721.  Treatment.  —  1.  Of  acute  inversion.  Our  first  object  is  un- 
questionably to  reduce  the  displaced  organ ;  and  if  we  are  on  the  spot 
when  the  accident  occurs,  it  is  in  general  not  very  difficult.  It  is  of  the 
last  importance  that  the  reduction  be  attempted  instantly.  Every  hour 
increases  the  difficulty,  and  the  lapse  of  four  or  five,  according  to  Denman, 
may  render  it  impossible.  The  period  when  the  inversion  becomes  irre- 
ducible, will  be  found  to  vary  somewhat  in  different  cases,  and  according 
to  the  experience  of  different  practitioners. 

There  is  also  a  great  difference  according  as  the  inversion  is  complete 
or  incomplete.  It  has  been  stated  to  have  been  reduced  spontaneously, 
when  the  fundus  uteri  was  merely  depressed,  and  even  when  the  displace- 
ment was  complete. 

But  no  anticipation  of  such  an  occurrence  will  justify  our  losing  a  mo- 
ment in  attempting  to  re-invert  the  uterus.  The  protruded  organ  should 
be  grasped  firmly  and  passed  in  through  the  vaginal  orifice,  followed  by 
the  hand  (previously  well  oiled)  which,  when  in  the  vagina,  should  be 
closed  and  formed  into  a  cone,  and  made  to  press  mainly  upon  the  fundus 
uteri.  No  effect  will  be  produced  upon  the  inversion  until  the  vagina 
shall  have  been  put  upon  the  stretch  ;  but  then,  after  some  time,  it  will  be 
found  to  recede,  and  on  being  still  further  pressed,  it  suddenly  starts  from 
the  hand  (like  a  bottle  of  India  rubber  when  turned  inside  out),  and  the 
organ  is  restored  to  its  natural  condition. 

The  hand  (now  in  the  cavity  of  the  uterus)  is  not  to  be  withdrawn,  but 
rather  expelled  by  the  uterine  contraction.  This  will  ensure  the  patient 
against  a  repetition  of  the  accident.  We  should  also  assure  ourselves, 
before  the  removal  of  the  hand,  that  the  restoration  has  been  complete. 

Mr.  Newnham  advises  that  we  should  endeavour  to  "  return  first  that 

2p2 


474  INVERSION  OF  THE  UTERUS. 

portion  of  the  uterus  which  was  last  expelled  from  the  os  uteri."  It  will 
be  found  very  difficult  to  attend  to  this  minutely  when  the  hand  with  the 
uterus  is  in  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis,  for  want  of  room  ;  and  whilst  the 
tumour  is  external,  the  re-inversion  does  not  take  place  ;  it  is  expressly 
stated  by  several  authorities,  that  they  did  not  feel  the  reduction  properly 
commence  until  the  vagina  was  stretched  to  its  full  extent. 

722.  In  many  cases  the  placenta  remains  attached  to  the  womb  at  the 
period  of  inversion,  and  different  opinions  have  been  held  as  to  the  pro- 
priety of  removing  it  before  reducing  the  displacement.  Baudelocque, 
Gardien,  Capuron,  Boivin  and  Duges,  Radford,  and  others,  recommend 
its  prior  removal,  but  Denman,  Clarke,  Burns,  Carus,  Newnham,  Blundell, 
Gooch,  &c,  as  decidedly  oppose  it.  Mr.  Newnham  remarks,  "  It  has 
been  recommended  by  several  respectable  authorities  to  remove  first  the 
placenta,  in  order  to  diminish  the  bulk  of  the  inverted  fundus,  and  thus 
facilitate  the  reduction.  But  it  is  surely  impossible  that  this  proceeding 
can  be  attended  with  any  beneficial  consequences,  whilst  the  irritation  of 
the  uterus  would  necessarily  tend  to  bring  on  those  bearing-down  efforts, 
which  would  present  a  material  obstacle  to  its  reduction,  and  would  in- 
crease the  hemorrhage,  at  a  period  when  every  ounce  of  blood  is  of  infi- 
nite importance."  "  Besides,  returning  the  placenta  while  it  remains 
attached  to  the  uterus,  and  its  subsequent  judicious  treatment  as  a  simply 
retained  placenta,  will  have  a  good  effect  in  bringing  on  that  regular  and 
natural  uterine  contraction  which  is  the  hope  of  the  practitioner  and  the 
safety  of  the  patient." 

It  may  be  doubted,  I  think,  whether  the  removal  of  the  placenta  is  at- 
tended with  so  much  danger ;  for  in  many  instances  it  has  been  found 
impossible  to  reduce  the  uterus  in  consequence  of  the  great  addition  to 
its  bulk,  which  the  adhesion  of  the  placenta  occasions  ;  and  in  such  cases 
there  is  no  hesitation  about  the  propriety  of  removing  the  placenta,  nor 
have  I  met  with  any  evil  effects  recorded  as  the  result  of  so  doing. 

723.  When  the  tumour  is  in  danger  of  strangulation  from  the  circular 
band  of  the  fibres  of  the  cervix  uteri,  or  in  case  such  band  should 
seriously  impede  the  reduction,  it  has  been  recommended  to  divide  it 
with  a  bistoury. 

Of  course  the  bladder  and  rectum  should  be  emptied  previous  to  re- 
turning the  uterus,  unless  we  are  present  at  the  moment  the  accident 
occurs  ;  at  that  time,  the  operation  occupies  so  short  a  time,  that  catheter- 
ism  may  be  deferred  until  afterwards,  and  constipation  for  twenty-four 
hours  will  rather  be  an  advantage.  If  the  inverted  uterus  and  the  neigh- 
bouring parts  should  be  much  swollen,  or  if  the  patient  be  feverish,  it 
may  be  necessary  to  take  away  some  blood  and  foment  the  parts  before 
attempting  the  reduction. 

724.  But  should  the  disease  be  of  some  days'  standing,  are  we  to  look 
upon  the  reduction  as  hopeless  ?  Certainly  not.  There  are  cases  on 
record  of  the  attempt  having  been  successful  after  days  and  weeks  have 
elapsed,  and  the  condition  of  the  patient  is  so  distressing  that  no  means, 
however  apparently  unlikely,  should  be  left  untried.  In  Loffler's  case,  6 
or  7  hours  had  elapsed  ;  17  in  Mr.  White's  case ;  24  in  Mr.  Wynter's  ; 
27  in  Mr.  Dickenson's  ;  3  days  in  Mr.  Cawley's ;  7  in  Dr.  Radford's 
(case  6) ;  8  in  MM.  Choupart's  and  Ane's ;  8  in  Mr.  Ingleby's ;  10  or 


INVERSION    OF   THE    UTEKU.S.  175 

12  in  M.  Lauverjat's;  13  in  Mr.  Horn's;  and  12  weeks  in  Dr.  Bel- 
combe's. 

Plenck  advises  dilatation  of  the  os  uteri  before  attempting  the  reduction, 
and  perhaps  in  some  cases  this  may  be  possible. 

If  we  succeed  id  g  the  womb  to  its  natural  stale  and  situation, 

great  care  will  be  requisite  to  avoid  a  recurrence  of  the  accident,  or,  what 
is  more  likely,  a  prolapse  of  the  uterus. 

The  patient  should  remain  longer  than  usual  in  the  horizontal  position, 
with  the  head  low,  the  pelvis  elevated,  and  the  knees  bent.  A  dose  of 
opium  will  be  found  very  useful,  and,  if  there  be  much  exhaustion,  it 
must  be  repeated,  and  stimulants  in  proper  quantity  be  given. 

A  pessary  has  been  advised,  in  order  to  maintain  the  uterus  in  its 
place,  but  this  will  very  rarely  be  necessary.  When  the  lochial  discharge 
has  entirely  ceased,  it  may  be  beneficial  to  use  some  astringent  injections 
into  the  vagina  once  or  twice  a  day,  especially  if  leucorrhcea  be  present. 

725.  If  the  inversion  be  irreducible,  we  must  then  consider  how  far  it 
may  be  advisable  to  content  ourselves  with  palliative  remedies,  such  as 
returning  the  tumour  into  the  vagina  to  protect  it  from  injury,  and  sup- 
porting it  either  by  a  bandage  and  compress,  as  recommended  by  Dr. 
Hamilton  for  prolapsus  uteri,  or  by  a  pessary. 

Should  this  plan  not  be  practicable,  or  fail  of  success,  it  may  then  be  a 
question  as  to  the  propriety  of  extirpation.  There  is  abundant  evidence 
to  prove  that  life  may  be  preserved  after  the  loss  of  the  womb.  Rou>set 
relates  a  case  when  the  uterus  was  destroyed  by  gangrene,  and  the  patient 
recovered ;  and  Rousset,  Primrose,  Radford,  and  Cooke,  have  given 
cases  in  which  the  uterus  appears  to  have  sloughed  off,  without  compro- 
mising the  patient's  life. 

This  being  the  case,  there  is  every  encouragement,  within  certain  limits, 
to  effect  that  removal  by  art  which  nature  thus  so  beneficially  accomplished. 
In  this  opinion  Sir  C.  Clarke  fully  coincides  ;  he  observes,  "  In  those 
cases  of  inversion  of  the  uterus  where  the  woman  has  passed  the  menstru- 
ating acre,  when  her  comfort  is  destroyed  by  the  disease,  and  when  the 
profuseness  of  the  discharge  threatens  her  with  death,  from  the  debility 
which  it  produces  ;  it  may  be  advisable  to  recommend  the  performance 
of  an  operation,  which  has  been  attended  with  success,  viz.,  the  removal 
of  the  inverted  uterus  itself."  "  How  far  it  may  be  right  to  resort  to  this 
operation  during  the  menstruating  part  of  a  woman's  life,  the  author  has 
no  means  of  judging." 

The  operation,  however,  has  been  performed  during  the  "menstruating 
part  of  a  woman's  life,"  with  complete  success. 

We  may  therefore  conclude  that  the  operation  is  perfectly  justifiable, 
provided  1st,  that  the  patient  is  in  a  fit  state  of  health  for  an  operation; 
and  2dly,  that  the  uterus  be  not  affected  with  schirrus  or  cai 

The  operation  has  been  successfully  performed  by  Ambrose  Pare,  Petit, 
Carpi,  Sclevogt,  Vater,  Laumonier,  Bouchet,  Boudol,  Dessault,  Hunter 
of  Dumbarton,  Chevalier,  Johnson,  Hamilton,  Clarke  of  Dublin,  Newn- 
ham,  Windsor,  Davis,  Hull,  Blundell,  Moss,  Lassere,  &C; 

Other  cases  less  fortunate  are  on  record. 

The  operation  consists  in  applying  a  ligature  of  silk,  whipcord,  fishing- 
line,  or  silver  wire,  around  the  uterus  at  its  highesl  part,  ami  gradually 
tightening  it,  as  the  patient  may  be  able  to  bear  it,  until  the  uterus  is 


476  INVERSION  OF  THE  UTERUS. 

entirely  separated.  Or  a  double  ligature  may  be  passed  through  the 
centre  of  the  neck  of  the  uterus,  and  each  half  included  in  a  separate 
ligature. 

Or,  lastly,  we  may  prefer,  after  tightening  the  ligature  to  a  certain 
degree,  to  remove  the  uterus  immediately  by  cutting  below  the  ligature. 
Before  doing  this,  it  will  be  necessary  to  satisfy  ourselves  of  the  adequacy 
of  the  ligature  to  restrain  any  hemorrhage. 

The  symptoms  which  arise  after  the  application  of  the  ligature  are  just 
such  as  we  might  expect  from  the  strangulation  of  so  important  a  viscus. 
The  patient  suffers  from  nausea,  vomiting,  and  pain,  which  gradually 
diminish  in  the  more  favourable  cases,  but  which  are  the  prelude  to  peri- 
tonitis in  the  fatal  ones.  When  these  symptoms  are  violent,  it  will  be 
necessary  to  loosen  the  ligature,  and  wait  some  hours  before  again  tight- 
ening it.  A  dose  of  opium  should  also  be  given,  and  the  bowels  kept 
free  by  enemata.  The  strength  of  the  patient  should  be  maintained  by  a 
nutritious,  though  not  stimulating  diet. 

If  the  inversion  be  caused  by  or  complicated  with  polypus,  it  may  be 
necessary  to  remove  both,  and  the  polypus  should  be  excised  before 
applying  the  ligature  to  the  uterus.* 

*  Extirpation  of  the  uterus,  when  it  is  the  seat  of  no  malignant  disease,  is  a  terrible 
operation,  and,  under  the  circumstances  mentioned  in  the  text,  of  doubtful  propriety. 
Not  only  have  some  women  lived  many  years  afflicted  with  inversion,  but  in  several 
instances  without  any  great  pain  or  suffering  in  their  general  health.  In  some  cases, 
too,  the  uterus  has  returned  spontaneously,  after  the  lapse  of  considerable  time,  to  its 
natural  condition,  and  the  individuals  have  conceived  and  borne  children.  Several  very 
instructive  cases  of  the  kind  are  related  by  Professor  Meigs,  in  his  edition  of  Colombat, 
two  of  which  occurred  under  his  own  notiee.  —  Editor. 


CHAPTER  XXIV. 

PUERPERAL    FEVER. 

726.  Having  now  terminated  the  series  of  abnormal  deviations  from 
natural  labour,  and  the  various  accidental  complications  of  that  process,  I 
shall  add  a  chapter  or  two  upon  some  of  the  more  formidable  diseases  of 
childbed,  referring  the  reader  for  fuller  details  and  references  to  my  work 
on  diseases  of  women. 

Puerperal  Fever  is  probably  the  most  fatal  disease  to  which  women 
in  childbed  are  liable,  and  is  by  no  means  of  rare  occurrence. 

Its  phenomena  vary  very  much,  and  it  has  consequently  been  differently 
described,  and  under  various  names,  such  as  Puerperal  Fever,  Childbed 
Fever,  Peritoneal  Fever,  Low  Fever  of  Childbed,  &c. 

Another  source  of  apparent  contrariety  has  been  the  prevalence  of  the 
disease  epidemically,  and  the  varying  characteristics  of  these  epidemics. 
Unfortunately  the  uniformity  of  the  disease  was  assumed  until  compara- 
tively recent  times  ;  and,  as  Dr.  John  Clarke  observes,  each  author  erected 
his  own  experience  into  a  standard  by  which  to  judge  of  the  descriptions 
and  practice  of  others. 

According  to  Dr.  Hulme's  researches,  the  older  writers  were  not  igno- 
rant of  this  disease.  It  is  described  by  Hippocrates  and  Avieenna. 
Plater  (1602)  makes  it  to  consist  in  inflammation  of  the  uterus.  Sennert 
(1656)  describes  it,  and  recommends  bleeding.  Riverius  (1674)  attri- 
butes it  to  suppression  of  the  lochia,  and  Sylvius  (1674)  to  deficiency  of 
the  lochia.     Willis  (1682)  takes  the  same  view  of  its  nature  as  Plater. 

It  is  mentioned  by  Raynalde,  Pechey,  Strother  (by  whom  it  was  first 
called  Puerperal  Fever)  and  other  early  English  writers  ;  by  Viardel,  Peu, 
Mesnard,  and  other  ancient  French  authors,  and  by  the  Germans. 

727.  From  careful  investigation  it  has  been  proved  that  the  disease 
prevails  epidemically,  and  that  it  is  more  virulent  in  hospitals.  It  is 
everywhere  more  frequent  among  the  lower  classes  than  the  higher.  In 
Dublin  this  is  even  more  remarkably  the  case  than  in  London. 

That  the  cause  of  the  prevalence  in  lying-in  hospitals  is  the  number  of 
patients  in  a  ward,  the  want  of  proper  ventilation,  and  the  too  rapid  suc- 
cession of  fresh  patients  before  the  wards  have  been  properly  cleansed,  is 
rendered  almost  certain  by  the  success  which  has  followed  attempts  at 
remedying  this  evil. 

These  four  points — isolation  of  patients,  cleanliness,  ventilation,  and 
allowing  the  ward  in  which  the  disease  has  appeared  to  be  idle  for  a 
while,  are  the  chief  means  of  guarding  against  the  disease  in  hospitals  ; 
and  in  private  practice  we  can  do  little  more  than  has  been  laid  down  in 
the  Rules  for  the  Management  of  Lying-in  Women. 

For  the  purpose  of  giving  a  more  distinct  view  of  the  prevalence  of 
puerperal  fever,  I  have  made  out  (as  accurately  as  possible)  a  chronolo- 
gical list  of  the  different  epidemics,  with  the  names  of  the  authors  by 
whom  they  are  noticed  or  described,  and  the  pathological  characteristics 
when  ascertained. 

(477) 


478 


PUERPERAL    FEVER. 


Date  of 
Epidemic. 

Place. 

Author. 

Local  Affections. 

1664 

Paris, 

Peu  (Lee), 

1746 

Paris, 

Malouin, 

Peritonitis,  Hysteritis,  &c. 

Jussieu, 

Disease  of  Ovaries. 

1750 

Lyons, 

Doulcet, 

Peritonitis,  U.  Phlebitis. 

1750 

Paris, 

Pouteau, 

Hysteritis  erisipelatous. 

1760 

London, 

Leake, 

Inflam.  of  Omentum,  &c. 

1760-61 

Aberdeen, 

Gordon, 

1761 

London, 

White, 

Peritonitis. 

1767 

Dublin, 

Jos.  Clarke, 

1770 

London, 

Leake, 

Peritonitis  (partial). 

1771 

London, 

White, 

1773 

Edinburgh, 

Young, 

1774  to  81 

Paris, 

Tenon,    Doul- 
cet, &c. 

1774-87,  88 

Dublin, 

Jos.  Clarke, 

Peritonitis. 

1782 

Paris, 

Doulcet, 

Peritonitis,  Hysteritis. 

1783 

London, 

Osborn, 

Peritonitis. 

1705 

Vienna, 

Dr.  Jaeger, 

Peritonitis,  Phlebitis. 

1786 

Paris, 

Tenon, 

1787 

Gottingen, 

Osiander, 

1788 

London, 

Jos.  Clarke, 

Hysteritis,  Peritonitis,  &c. 

1787-8 

London, 

Do. 

Peritonitis,  Hysteritis,  &c. 

1789-90,  91,  92 

Aberdeen, 

Gordon, 

Peritonitis. 

1803-10, 12,  13 

Dublin, 

Collins,  Douglas, 

Peritonitis. 

1808 

Barnsley,  Yorkshire, 

Hey, 

Peritonitis. 

1812-13 

r 

Leeds,  Yorkshire, 
Sunderland,  counties 

Peritonitis. 

1813       J 

of    Durham    and 
Northumberland, 

v  Armstrong, 

Peritonitis. 

1811 

Heidelberg, 

/  Naegele, 
\  Bayrhoffer, 

1812 

Holloway,  London, 

Dun, 

Peritonitis. 

1814-15 

Edinburgh, 

Hamilton, 

1816 

Paris, 

Tenon, 

U.  Phlebitis,  Hyster.  Perit. 

1817-18 

Pennsylvania,  U.  S. 

Dewees, 

Peritonitis. 

1818-19,  20-23 

Dublin, 

Collins, 

Peritonitis. 

1819 

Vienna, 

Boer, 

1819 

Glasgow, 

Burns, 

1821-22 

Edinburgh, 

Campbell, 

Peritonitis. 

1821-22 

Glasgow,  Stirling, 

Campbell, 

Peritonitis. 

1827-28 

London, 

Gooch, 

Peritonitis. 

1827-28,  29 

London, 

Ferguson, 

Peritonitis,  Hysteritis. 

1835-36,  38 

London, 

Do. 

Phlebitis,  &c. 

1825-27,28,29 1 

Dublin  (Lying-in-  ~| 
Hospital),             / 

Collins, 

f 

Inflam.     of    Peritoneum, 

1829 

Paris  (Maternite), 

Tonnelle,            1 

Uterus  and  appendages, 
and  Uterine  Phlebitis. 

1829-40,  occa- 
sionally. 

Dublin  (Lying-in-  > 
Hospital),             / 

E.  Kennedy, 

1831 

Aylesbury, 

Ceeley, 

1833-34 

Vienna, 

Bartsch, 

Uterine  Phlebitis. 

1836-37    | 

Dublin  (New  Lying- 
in- Hospital), 

I  Beatty, 

Peritonitis,  Pleuritis,  &c. 

728.  An  examination  of  the  foregoing  table  will  render  it  no  matter  of 
surprise  that  authors  should  differ  as  to  the  pathology  of  this  affection , 


PUERPERAL    FEVER. 


479 


and  as  each  appears  to  have  regarded  his  own  experience  as  a  standard 
for  all,  we  cannot  wonder  at,  though  we  must  ever  regret,  that  various 
and  bitter  controversies  should  have  arisen  in  consequence.  It  would 
occupy  far  too  much  time  to  enter  upon  various  arguments  adduced  by 
different  writers  in  favour  of  their  own  views  ;  it  will  be  quite  sufficient 
to  enumerate  the  opinions,  and  to  classify  the  authorities,  referring  the 
reader  to  the  various  sources  of  minute  information  already  quoted. 
Puerperal  fever,  then,  has  been  regarded  as 


Hippocrates, 
Galen, 

Celsus, 

iEtius, 

Paulus  Avicenna, 

Raynalde, 


Inflammation  of  the  Uterus,  by 

F.  Plater,  La  Motte, 

Sennert,  Sydenham, 

Riverius,  Boerhaave, 

Sylvius,  Van  Sjwieten, 

Strother,  Hoffmann, 

Mauriceau,  Jussieu, 


Villars, 
Astruc, 
Pouteau, 
Denman. 


Inflammation  of  the  Omentum  and  Intestines,  by 


Hulme, 


Waller, 
Johnson, 
Forster, 
Cruikshank, 


Leake, 

Peritonitis,  by 

Bichat,  Gordon, 

Pinel,  Hey, 

Gardien,  Armstrong, 

Capuron,  Clarke, 


La  Roche. 


Campbell, 
Collins. 


Peritonitis,  connected  with  Erysipelas,  or  of  an  erysipelatous  character,*  by 

Pouteau, 

Home, 

Lowder, 


Willis, 
Puzos, 


Young, 

Abercrombie, 

Gordon, 

Armstrong, 

Hey, 

Campbell. 

Fever  of  a  peculiar  nature,  by 

Doublet, 
Levret, 

Hamilton. 

Pen, 


Petit, 

Selle, 


Finch, 


Disorder  of  a  putrid  character,  by 
Tissot,  Le  Roi, 

Disease  of  a  complicated  nature,  by 

Kirkland,  Tenon, 

Walsh,  Tonnelle, 

Fever  with  Biliary  disorder,  by 
Stoll, 


White. 


Lee, 

Ferguson. 


Doulcet. 


729.  Causes.  — Various  are  the  causes  assigned  by  different  authors, 
for  the  production  of  this  disease. 

"  We  also,"  says  Mr.  Moore,  "  find  fever  after  parturition  ascribed  to 
difficult  labour  ;  to  inflammation  of  the  uterus  ;  to  accumulation  of  noxious 
humours,  set  in  motion  by  labour  ;  to  violent  mental  emotion,  stimulants, 
and  obstructed  perspiration  ;  to  miasmata  ;  admission  of  cold  air  to  the 
body,  and  into  the  uterus;  to  hurried  circulation ;  to  suppression  of  lacteal 
secretion;  diarrhoea;  liability  to  putrid  contagion,  from  changes  in  the 

*  At  the  time  of  the  prevalence  of  puerperal  fever  described  by  many  of  these  authors, 
there  was  also  an  epidemic  of  erysipelas. 

31 


480 


PUERPERAL   FEVER. 


humours  during  pregnancy  ;  hasty  separation  of  the  placenta ,  binding 
the  abdomen  too  tight;  sedentary  employment;  stimulating,  or  spare 
diet ;  fashionable  dissipation  ;  retained  portions  of  placenta ;  floodings, 
from  non-contraction,  according  to  one  ;  from  violence,  but  not  from  non- 
contraction,  according  to  another ;  to  inflammation  of  the  intestines  and 
omentum,  from  the  pressure  of  the  gravid  uterus  against  them  ;  to  atmos- 
pheric distemperament ;  to  internal  erysipelas ;  metritis,  phlebitis ;  and 
contagion  of  a  specific  kind.  It  will  be  seen  that  some  of  the  symptoms 
of  the  malady  are  mistaken  for  causes." 

We  cannot  regard  difficult  labour  as  a  frequent  cause,  though  the  con- 
dition in  which  the  woman  is  left,  will  undoubtedly  render  her  more  ob- 
noxious to  the  epidemic.  Mental  emotion  is  undoubtedly  an  efficient 
predisposing  cause.  Under  its  influence,  females  are  peculiarly  exposed 
to  puerperal  fever  and  are  rendered  less  able  to  bear  it.  Several  of  the 
worst  cases  I  have  ever  seen  were  evidently  attributable  to  this  cause. 
Under  its  influence,  females  are  peculiarly  exposed  to  puerperal  fever  and 
are  rendered  less  able  to  bear  it.  Several  of  the  worst  cases  I  have  ever 
seen  were  evidently  attributable  to  this  cause.  Cold  may  be  fairly  ad- 
mitted into  this  list.  Whether  portions  of  placenta  remaining  in  the 
uterus,  give  rise  to  this  disease,  is  as  yet  doubtful ;  I  am  inclined  to  think 
they  may,  but  it  is  difficult  to  decide  between  the  conflicting  evidence. 

Irritation  of  the  intestines  may  certainly  be  propagated  to  the  neigh- 
bouring tissues,  and  under  the  influence  of  an  epidemic,  may  originate 
puerperal  fever. 

That  hemorrhage  during  or  after  labour  does  not  prevent  puerperal 
fever  there  is  abundant  proof;  but  that  it  renders  the  patient  more  liable 
to  it  may  be  questioned. 

To  a  certain  extent  atmospheric  influence  has  a  control  over  the  disease ; 
in  damp,  moist  weather,  it  is  much  more  prevalent,  and  less  so  in  warm 
dry  weather. 

The  following  tables,  showing  the  frequency  of  the  disease  during 
different  months,  are  of  considerable  value  in  determining  this  question : — 


TABLE  I. 

{Dr. 

Gordon! s.) 

Cases  of  Puerperal. 

Cases  of  Puerperal. 

October    . 

13 

April 

6 

November 

8 

May   . 

6 

December 

12 

June  . 

. 

January    . 

July  . 

February . 

8 

August 

5 

March 

6 

September . 

5 

TABLE  II. 

{Dr.  Campbell's.) 

Cas 

es  of  Puerperal. 

Cases  of  Puerperal 

1821  March       . 

1 

1822  January 

7 

"    April 

7 

44    February 

6 

"    May  . 

2 

44    March   . 

5 

"    June 

2 

44    April 

4 

"    July. 

3 

44    May 

4 

"    August 

1 

44    June 

3 

44    September 

1 

44    July 

2 

"    October 

7    • 

44    August  . 

1 

"    November 

13 

*4    September 

3 

44    December 

11 

44    October 

2 

PUBEPEBAL  FEVER. 
TABLE  111.  (Dr.  Ferguson's.) 


481 


— 

00 

o 

CO 

So 

< 

2 

i 

l 

2 
2 

CO 

<_ 

2 
1 
2 

2 
1 

i 

> 

"z 

I 

2 

L-5 

_<_ 

2 
2 

2 

5 

0 

5 

2 

2 

00 

4 
6 

6 
6 

•J 

4 
*3 

p 

r-1 



January    . 

February  . 

March  .      . 
April     .      . 
May       .     . 

June     .     . 
July      .     . 
August.     . 

September 
October 
November  . 
December  . 

1 

3 
4 

2 

2 

2 

4 

3 
3 
3 
8 
4 

*8 

3 

7 

3 

1 

i 

*3 

3 

2 
1 

i 

4 

1 

*2 
2 

3 

■3 
2 

1 

9 

8 
9 

17 

22 

34 
20 

10 
5 
4 

12 

11 
9 

21 

Feb.  L838. 

:  1  pom  Ipril 
to  Nov.  1 8 

Attacked    . 
Died      .     . 

10 

1 

37 
7 

24 

0 

7 
2 

9 

2 

8 
5 

9 
3 

9 
5 

2«i 
10 

31 

9 
2 

26 
20 

205 

68 

Total  attacked. 
Total  died. 

TABLE  IV.     {31.  Dugls,  Journ.  Jlebdom.  de  Medecine.) 


1819  January 
"      February  - 
"      March  - 
"      April 
"      May      - 
"      June 


Cases. 

-  81 
82 

-  65 
47 

-  67 


1819  July- 
"      August  - 
"      September 
"      October  - 
"      November 
"      December 


Cases. 
40 
40 
53 
69 
74 
65 


TABLE  V.     {Delaroche,  of  Geneva.) 


Cases. 

January  -         -         -         -         -  77 

February    -----  43 

March 76 

April  ------  55 

May 35 

June  ------  40 


July  - 
August  - 
September 
October  - 
November 
December 


Cases. 
37 
36 
51 
51 
66 
61 


Thus  the  most  'injurious  months  in  Aberdeen  were  October,  December, 
November ;  in  Edinburgh,  November,  December,  January ;  in  London, 
January,  March,  February,  December,  May ;  in  Paris,  November,  Octo- 
ber, February  ,  in  Geneva,  January,  March,  February. 

"  In  general,  the  cold  months  are  most  fatal.  No  death  has  occurred 
in  the  month  of  July,  in  the  General  Lying-in  Hospital.  The  most 
favourable  month  in  Paris  and  Geneva,  is  June  ;  and  August  in  Scotland, 
where  the  summer  is  about  three  weeks  later  than  in  England.  Hence 
we  may  say  that  the  warm  months  are  beneficial."* 

Whatever  the  epidemic  influence  may  be,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that 
to  it  the  majority  of  cases  are  attributable,  especially  the  worst  and  most 
fatal. 

730.  Much  has  been  written  concerning  the  contagion  or  tumcontagion 
of  puerperal  fever.    Drs.  Hulme,  Hall,  and  Campbell,  MM,  Tonnelle,  and 

*  Ferguson  on  Puerperal  Fever,  p.  278s  note. 

2q 


482  PUERPERAL   FEVER. 

Duges,  &c.,  are  in  favour  of  the  latter  opinion,  and  Drs.  Gordon,  Hey, 
Walsh,  Burns,  Armstrong,  Douglas,  Robertson,  Hamilton,  &c,  of  the 
former. 

In  all  diseases  which  are  epidemic,  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  decide 
upon  the  question  of  contagion,  inasmuch  as  the  cases  which  support  most 
strongly  the  contagiousness  of  the  disease,  may  almost  all  be  explained 
by  the  prevalence  of  the  epidemic  causes. 

Nevertheless,  there  are  some  cases  so  marked,  that  I  should  not  feel 
justified  in  denying  that  puerperal  fever  may  be  communicated  by  con- 
tagion. 

731.  We  have  seen  that  there  are  several  varieties  of  puerperal  fever, 
which  have  been  differently  classified  by  different  authors,  some  from  the 
symptoms,  others  according  to  the  pathology.  Thus  Dr.  Douglas  de- 
scribes three  forms  — 

1.  The  inflammatory. 

2.  The  gastro-bilious. 

3.  The  epidemic  or  contagious  (typhoid). 

M.  Tonnelle  — 

1.  The  inflammatory. 

2.  The  adynamic. 

3.  The  ataxic  (irregular  or  nervous). 

M.  Martens.     Neue  Zeitschrift,  &c,  b.  ii. 

1.  The  inflammatory  (where  one  organ  only  is  affected). 

2.  The  nervous  (beginning  with  delirium). 

3.  The  putrid. 

Vigarous.     (Moore  on  Puerperal  Fever.) — 

1.  Gastro-bilious. 

2.  Putrid  bilious. 

3.  Pituitous  (vomiting  of  pituitous  matter). 

4.  Hysteritis  (phlogistic). 

5.  Sporadic  (arising  from  cold). 

Gardien  — 

1.  Angiotemic  fever,  strictly  inflammatory. 

2.  Adeno-meningic,  slow,  insidious  fever,  slimy  tongue. 

3.  Meningo-gastric,  bilious  derangement,  yellow  skin,  &c. 

4.  Adynamic. 

5.  Ataxic  or  nervous. 

6.  Fever,  with  local  phlegmasia?. 

Dr.  Gooch — 

1.  Inflammatory. 

2.  Typhoid. 

Dr.  Blundell  — 

1.  The  mild  epidemic,  with  little  peritonic  tendency. 

2.  Malignant  epidemic,  with  great  pain. 

3.  Sporadic.  Peritonitis  limited. 

Dr.  John  Clarke  — 

1.  Inflammation  of  the  uterus  and  ovaria. 

2.  Inflammation  of  the  peritoneum. 


PUERPERAL   FEVER.  483 

3.  Inflammation  of  the  uterus,  fallopian   tubes,  or  peritoneum,  con- 

nected with  inflammatory  affection  of  the  system. 

4.  Low  fever,  connected  with  affection  of  the   abdomen,  which  is 

sometimes  epidemic. 

Dr.  Lee  — 

1.  Inflammation  of  the  uterine  peritoneum,  and  peritoneal  sac. 

2.  Inflammation  of  the  uterine  appendages,  ovaries,  fallopian  tubes,  and 

broad  ligaments. 

3.  Inflammation  of  the  mucous,  and  muscular,  or  proper  tissue  of  the 

uterus. 

4.  Inflammation  and  suppuration  of  the  absorbents  and  veins  of  the 

uterine  organs. 

Or,  in  other  words  — 

1.  Inflammatory  puerperal  fever,  dependent  on  peritonitis. 

2.  Congestive,  dependent  on  inflammation  of  the  uterine  muscular 

tissue. 

3.  Typhoid,  arising  from  venous  inflammation. 

Dr.  Ferguson  — 

1.  The  peritoneal  form. 

2.  The  gastro-enteric. 

3.  The  nervous. 

4.  The  complicated. 

732.  It  appears  to  me,  that  neither  of  these  classifications  is  altogether 
free  from  objections  ;  but  upon  the  whole,  I  prefer  the  plan  adopted  by 
Dr.  John  Clarke  and  Dr.  Robert  Lee,  of  making  the  local  affection  the 
basis  of  arrangement,  as  at  least  developing  most  strongly  the  essential 
facts  of  the  disease. 

The  great  defect  of  this  plan  is  the  coincidence  of  the  diseases,  which 
it  places  separately;  thus,  hysteritis,  and  affections  of  the  ovaries,  &c, 
are  very  often  accompanied  by  peritonitis.  Still,  however,  there  is  a 
broad  line  of  distinction  between  them  in  many  epidemics ;  and  I  must 
only  guard  against  the  defective  arrangement,  by  stating  strongly  at  the 
commencement,  that  it  is  not  intended  to  describe  the  varieties  as  neces- 
sarily and  widely  distinct,  as  to  symptoms  and  causes,  in  every  epidemic; 
and  in  the  course  of  my  description,  endeavour  to  point  out  the  concur- 
rence of  the  different  local  affections. 

I  shall  thus  divide  puerperal  fever,  according  to  the  predominant  local 
affection,  into  five  varieties,  which  I  have  placed  in  the  order  of  frequency 
of  occurrence. 

1.  Peritonitis. 

2.  Inflammation  of  uterine  appendages. 

3.  Hysteritis. 

4.  Uterine  phlebitis. 

5.  Inflammation  of  uterine  absorbents. 

733.  1.  Inflammation  of  the  Peritoneum. — This  variety  of  the 
disease  was  the  one  observed  in  the  epidemic  in  London,  at  Aberdeen, 
Leeds,  Edinburgh,  and  Dublin  ;  and  it  has  occurred  in  oilier  epidemics. 
It  appears  to  affect  the  peritoneum  covering  the  uterus  primarily,  and  to 


484  PUERPERAL    PERITONITIS. 

extend  from  thence  to  the  remaining  portion  of  the  serous  membrane, 
involving  not  unfrequently  the  uterine  appendages. 

The  attack  may  commence  even  before  delivery,  of  which  I  had  an 
example ;  but  more  generally  from  twenty  hours  to  three  days  afterwards. 
The  first  symptom  is  either  sudden  rigors,  pain,  or  some  variation  in  the 
pulse.  Dr.  Campbell  has  remarked  that  in  some  who  w?ere  attacked 
early,  the  sinking  of  the  pulse  which  takes  place  after  delivery,  in  ordi- 
nary cases,  was  absent,  and  its  frequency  rather  increased. 

Generally  speaking,  the  rigors  are  first  noticed  ;  to  these  succeed  heat 
of  skin,  thirst,  flushed  face,  quickened  pulse,  and  hurried  respiration. 
The  heat  of  skin,  however,  soon  subsides,  and  during  the  course  of  the 
disease,  it  may  not  exceed  the  natural  standard. 

To  these  symptoms  succeed  nausea,  vomiting,  pain  in  the  head,  and 
increased  sensibility  of  the  uterus.  In  some  cases  the  uterine  tenderness 
(not  amounting  to  pain)  is  contemporary  wTith  the  rigors,  or  immediately 
succeeds  them. 

Pain  in  the  abdomen  soon  attracts  notice.  It  generally  commences  in 
the  hypogastrium,  or  in  one  of  the  iliac  regions,  gradually  radiating  over 
the  abdomen. 

The  pain  may  be  slight  or  severe,  continuous,  or  in  paroxysms  —  the 
intermissions  being  more  remarkable  as  the  disease  advances.  After  the 
remission,  the  pain  shortly  returns  with  increased  violence. 

We  are  not,  however,  to  consider  the  pain  as  pathognomic  of  the 
disease,  for  we  sometimes  see  abdominal  pain  resembling  that  in  puerperal, 
which  afterwards  disappears  altogether.  And  in  certain  cases  of  un- 
doubted puerperal  fever,  there  is  no  pain,  or  pain  of  slight  duration.  1 
have  seen  three  cases  of  intense  puerperal  peritonitis  (as  shown  by  dis- 
section) in  which  there  was  neither  pain  nor  tenderness. 

Dr.  Ferguson  has  carefully  estimated  the  frequency  of  this  symptom, 
and  he  has  found  that 

The  number  of  his  patients  who  had  no  pain  was   .     .     19 
"  "       who  had  pain  for  1  day  was  51 

«  «  «         2       "         48 

«  <<  "         3       "         22 

«  <<  «  4  a  18 

«  «  «        5      "  6 

<(  a  a  7  a  g 

ti  a  a  g  a  4 

The  pain  from  the  first  is  accompanied  with  more  or  less  sensibility  of 
the  hypogastrium  ;  this  tenderness  becomes  exquisite  as  the  inflammation 
extends,  until  at  length  the  patient  cannot  bear  the  slightest  pressure ; 
even  the  weight  of  the  bed-clothes  is  intolerable,  and  the  tension  and 
pressure  of  the  parietes  are  avoided,  by  lying  on  the  back,  with  the  knees 
drawn  up. 

The  enlarged  uterus  can  frequently  be  felt  through  the  integuments, 
above  the  brim  of  the  pelvis,  at  an  early  stage  of  the  disease. 

Shortly  after  the  disease  is  established,  the  abdomen  becomes  tumid 
and  tympanitic,  and  in  some  cases,  at  a  more  advanced  stage,  the 
presence  of  effusion  may  be  detected. 

The  air  which  gives  rise  to  the  tympanites,  may  be  contained  either  in 
the  intestines,  or  the  peritoneal  sac. 

The  effect  of  the  disease  upon  the  lochial  discharge  varies ;  in  the 


PUERPERAL   PERITONITIS.  485 

majority  of  cases,  it  continues  to  flow  as  usual,  hi  some,  the  quantity  is 
diminished.     And  in  a  very  few,  it  is  suppressed. 

The  secretion  of  milk  is  much  more  uniformly  influenced  by  the  attack. 
If  it  have  commenced  before  the  incursion  of  the  disease,  it  is  suspended, 
and  the  mammae  become  flaccid;  if  the  disease  precede,  the  secretion  La 
generally  prevented.  It  is  remarkable,  that  a  great  number  of  the 
patients  lose  all  interest  in  their  infants,  and  even  refuse  to  give  them  suck. 

The  pulse  is  uniformly  high  throughout  the  dis  Qg  from  110 

to  140  in  a  minute,  and  towards  the  termination,  to  160  "and  upwards. 
It  is  generally  small  and  wiry,  but  is  liable  to  modifications,  from  treat- 
ment, and  from  the  peculiar  character  of  the  epidemic. 

The  tongue  is  generally  coated  with  a  whitish  film  in  the  centre,  but 
red  around  the  edges.  In  some  few  cases,  it  is  dry  and  brown  in  the 
centre,  with  a  yellowish  or  white  fur  at  the  edges. 

The  thirst  is  considerable  at  the  beginning,  and  towards  the  termination 
of  the  disease,  but  much  less  during  its  height. 

The  stomach  is  disturbed  at  a  very  early  period,  and  the  nausea  and 
vomiting  continue  at  intervals  throughout  the  attack.  At  first,  the  matter 
voided  is  merely  the  contents  of  the  stomach,  mixed  with  mucus ;  after- 
wards, bilious  matter  is  ejected ;  and  lastly,  green,  brown,  and  black 
fluids,  constituting  what  is  called  the  "  coffee-ground  vomit." 

In  many  cases,  the  intestinal  canal  shares  in  the  irritation,  and  diarrhoea 
results.  This,  by  some,  has  been  held  as  a  favourable  symptom  ;  but  by 
others,  as  an  aggravation  of  the  puerperal  fever.  My  own  observations 
would  lead  me  to  the  latter  conclusion. 

The  dejections  vary  in  character  and  consistence,  becoming  very  dark 
and  foetid  towards  the  termination  of  bad  cases. 

The  urine  is  generally  turbid,  or  high-coloured,  and  somewhat 
diminished  in  quantity,  and  the  patient  has  occasionally  difficulty  in 
voiding  it. 

Throughout  the  course  of  the  disease,  the  skin  is  generally  about  the 
natural  heat,  and  dry ;  but  as  it  approaches  a  fatal  termination,  it  becomes 
cold  and  clammy. 

The  intellectual  faculties  are  rarely  affected ;  the  patient  retains  her 
consciousness  and  senses,  till  very  near  the  end. 

The  countenance  is  much  altered ;  the  features  are  all  drawn  up,  and 
expressive  of  great  anxiety  and  suffering.  A  patch  of  crimson  is  observed 
on  the  cheeks  sometimes,  and  is  an  unfavourable  symptom. 

Such  are  the  symptoms,  as  laid  down  by  those  who  have  had  the  most 
ample  experience  in  this  fatal  disease. 

Its  duration  will  vary,  according  to  the  virulence  of  the  epidemic. 
Some  cases  have  terminated  fatally,  on  the  first,  second,  or  third  day  ; 
others  from  the  fifth  to  the  tenth. 

734.  Morbid  appearances. — The  peritoneum  may  exhibit  no  sign  of 
inflammation  ;  but  generally  it  is  found  more  or  less  vascular,  especially 
that  portion  of  it  covering  the  uterus. 

Its  substance  is  thickened,  and  in  some  instances  softened. 

The  longer  the  duration  of  the  pain,  the  more  intense  will  be  the  red- 
ness, and  the  greater  the  thickening  oi'  the  peritoi  i 

It  is  frequently  covered  with  a  layer  of  lymph,  which  agglutinates  the 
omentum  and  intestines  together. 

2q2 


486  PUERPERAL   PERITONITIS. 

The  omentum  generally  exhibits  marks  of  inflammatory  action,  and  in 
some  cases  the  disease  appears  confined  to  it. 

The  organs  covered  by  the  serous  membrane  may  participate  in  the 
inflammation. 

More  or  less  serum  and  lymph  are  found  efTused  into  the  peritoneal 
sac.     It  does  not  vary  in  chemical  composition  from  that  in  ordinary 
i  litis. 

It  may  be  clear  or  turbid,  of  a  yellowish  white  colour,  with  shreds  of 
lymph  floating  in  it. 

Blood  may  be  effused  into  the  peritoneal  sac,  alone,  or  mixed  with  the 
serosity. 

Puriform  matter  is  frequently  found,  especially  in  the  pelvis,  around 
and  behind  the  uterus,  where  the  inflammation  has  apparently  been  most 
intense. 

It  is  often  contained  in  a  cyst,  which  apparently  is  merely  a  concretion 
of  the  outer  surface  of  the  pus. 

Effusion  of  puriform  matter,  or  a  reddish  serum,  is  sometimes  observed 
beneath  the  serous  membrane. 

735.  Diagnosis.  —  1.  From  after-pains  or  hysleralgia.  These  affec- 
tions occur  soon  after  delivery,  and  diminish  or  disappear  by  the  third  or 
fourth  day  —  about  the  period  when  puerperal  fever  commences. 

After-pains  are  accompanied  by  a  perceptible  contraction  of  the  uterus, 
which  is  absent  in  puerperal  fever. 

The  pulse  is  sometimes  accelerated  by  after-pains,  but  is  seldom  steady 
in  its  frequency ;  in  puerperal  it  never  falls  below  its  frequency  at  first, 
but  generally  increases. 

The  hypogastric  tenderness  in  after-pains  is  not  great,  except  during  a 
pain,  and  it  goes  on  decreasing — whilst  in  puerperal  peritonitis,  it  rapidly 
increases. 

The  constitutional  disturbance  is  incomparably  greater  in  puerperal 
fever,  and  it  augments  every  day;  whilst  in  hysteralgia  it  diminishes. 

The  sedative,  which  generally  relieves  after-pains,  has  little  or  no  in- 
fluence upon  the  pain  in  puerperal  fever. 

Notwithstanding  these  distinctions,  there  are  undoubtedly  many  cases 
in  which  the  diagnosis  is  by  no  means  easy  at  first ;  and  our  treatment 
should  be  arranged  so  as  to  err  (if  we  be  in  error)  on  the  safe  side. 

2.  From  intestinal  irritation. — This  affection  frequently  assumes  many 
of  the  characteristics  of  puerperal  fever.  There  are,  however,  several 
points  of  difference.  It  is  generally  accompanied  by  marked  evidences 
of  gastric  and  intestinal  disorder.  The  tongue  is  loaded  —  there  is 
flatulence,  nausea,  and  vomiting,  constipation,  or  diarrhoea.  The  abdo- 
minal pain  is  diffused,  and  does  not  radiate  from  the  uterus,  as  in  puer- 
peral ;  neither  is  the  uterus  enlarged,  or  tender.  The  abdomen  is  not 
tense,  nor  very  sensible  to  pressure.  Puerperal  fever  sets  in  at  an  earlier 
period  after  delivery  than  intestinal  irritation,  and  it  causes  greater  con- 
stitutional disturbance. 

3.  From  ephemeral  fever  or  weed.  The  commencement  of  ephemeral 
fever  may  excite  some  alarm,  from  its  resemblance  to  puerperal ;  but  its 
duration  is  shorter,  its  decline  rapid,  and  its  constitutional  symptoms  less 
severe,  than  in  puerperal  fever.  There  is  also  far  less  abdominal  irrita- 
tion, and  the  breasts  continue  distended. 


PUERPERAL    PERITONITIS.  487 

4.  From  hysteritis. — The  main  distinction  is  the  character  and  situation 
of  the  tenderness  ;  in  puerperal  peritonitis,  the  slightest  touch  on  the  abdo- 
minal parietes  causes  acute  torture;  whereas,  in  bysteritis,  the  patient  can 
bear  pressure  very  well,  until  we  can  feel  the  enlarged  uterus.  Any  in- 
crease of  pressure,  after  the  abdominal  parietes  are  in  contact  with  the 
uterus,  gives  acute  pain. 

The  symptoms  of  hysteritis  are  also  more  local. 

736.  Prognosis. — The  general  prognosis  is  unfavourable,  even  in 
sporadic  cases,  but  still  more  so  when  the  disease  is  epidemic. 

Dr.  Hulme  declares  it  to  be  as  bad  as  the  plague. 


Dr.  Leake  lost 

13  cases 

out  of  19 

Dr.  W.  Hunter 

31 

32 

Dr.  Clarke 

21 

28 

Dr.  Gordon 

28 

77 

Dr.  Campbell 

22 

79 

l>r.  Armstrong 

4 

44 

Dr.  Lee 

40 

100 

Dr.  Collins 

56 

88 

Dr.  Ferguson 

68 

205 

In  the  epidemic  in  Paris  (1746),  in  Edinburgh  (1773),  and  in  Vienna 
(1795),  none  recovered. 

Dr.  Ferguson  states,  "If  we  take  the  results  of  treatment  adopted  in 
various  puerperal  epidemics,  by  various  practitioners,  we  shall  find  that 
on  a  large  scale,  one  in  every  three  will  die,  with  all  the  resources  which 
medicine  at  present  offers.  To  save  two  out  of  three,  then,  may  be  termed 
good  practice  in  an  epidemic  season."* 

737.  Treatment. — It  must  be  borne  in  mind,  when  any  peculiar  mode 
of  treatment  is  advised,  that  the  character  of  the  epidemic  is  the  test  of 
its  propriety.  Forgetfulness  of  this  rule  has  been  the  source  of  much 
controversy,  and  no  slight  acrimony.  As  Dr.  John  Clarke  remarks,  each 
author  takes  the  epidemic  he  has  witnessed  as  the  type  of  all,  and  remorse- 
lessly condemns  all  treatment  which  does  not  agree  with  that  which  he 
has  found  successful.  There  is  no  question  that  the  employment  of  anti- 
phlogistic remedies,  by  Gordon,  Hey,  Armstrong,  &c.  was  a  great  im- 
provement upon  the  old  methods  ;  but  in  many  epidemics  this  plan  must 
be  strikingly  modified,  or  altogether  abandoned.  Having  premised  thus 
much,  I  shall  describe  the  treatment  which  has  ordinarily  been  found  the 
most  efficacious. 

If  the  pulse  be  firm,  a  large  quantity  of  blood  should  be  taken  from 
the  arm.  Dr.  Gordon  recommends  from  20  to  24  ounces,  at  the  begin- 
ning, and,  if  necessary,  this  may  be  repeated.  The  blood  generally  ex- 
hibits the  buffy  coat. 

Should  any  circumstances  forbid  a  repetition  of  the  venisection,  a 
number  of  leeches  (from  60  to  100,  Campbell)  may  be  applied  to  the 
abdomen,  and  when  they  fall  off",  the  abdomen  should  be  fomented,  or 
covered  with  a  light  bran  poultice. 

The  fomentation,  or  poultice,  may  be  repeated  at  intervals,  as  it  has  a 
very  soothing  effect. 

After  full  depletion,  the  next  most  powerful  remedy  is  mercury,  alone 
or  in  combination  with  opium.     Without  explaining  its  modus  operandi, 

*  On  Puerperal  Fever,  p.  1 12. 


488  PUERPERAL    PERITONITIS. 

it  is  sufficient  to  state  the  fact,  that  it  has  been  found  to  exercise  a  re- 
markable influence  over  inflammation  of  serous  membranes.  It  may  be 
given  in  large  doses  (gr.  x.  every  three  or  four  hours),  or  in  smaller  ones 
more  frequently  repeated  (gr.  ii.  every  hour);  and  it  should  be  continued 
until  an  impression  is  made  upon  the  disease,  or  until  the  mouth  is 
affected,  unless  purging  be  induced. 

After  a  decided  effect  is  produced,  the  dose  may  be  diminished,  and 
the  intervals  lengthened. 

For  the  purpose  of  preventing  intestinal  irritation,  it  is  usual  to  com- 
bine it  with  Dover's  powder  of  opium.  Perhaps  it  is  not  too  much  to 
say,  that  the  benefit  of  the  opium  in  this  combination  is  not  confined  to 
the  prevention  of  intestinal  disturbance,  but  that  it  exerts  a  positive  and 
beneficial  influence  upon  the  inflammation. 

Mercurial  frictions  are  a  valuable  mode  of  affecting  the  system.  They 
were  first  employed,  I  believe,  by  Velpeau,  in  this  complaint,  and  are 
now  generally  used. 

When  the  calomel  acts  on  the  bowels,  it  may  be  omitted,  and  the  opium 
alone  continued  ;  and  I  have  seen  as  much  benefit  from  it  alone,  as  from 
the  calomel.  Some  years  ago,  I  saw  a  case  of  puerperal  peritonitis,  in 
consultation  with  a  friend,  and  we  administered  large  doses  of  opium 
(gr.  i.  every  hour),  with  the  greatest  benefit.  Since  then,  several  similar 
cases  have  occurred  to  me. 

My  friend,  Dr.  Stokes,  was  the  first  to  point  out  the  value  of  opium,  in 
bad  cases  of  peritonitis,  where  bleeding  was  inadmissible ;  and  I  have 
repeatedly  verified  his  observations. 

Tartar  emetic  wras  recommended  by  Hulrne,  and  used  by  several  since 
his  time,  with  apparent  benefit.  The  state  of  the  stomach,  in  many  cases, 
however,  will  prevent  its  exhibition. 

Purgatives  have  been  warmly  recommended  by  some  writers,  (Hulme, 
Denman,  Gordon,  Hey,  Armstrong,  Chaussier,  Stoll)  and  as  strongly 
reprobated  by  others  (Baglivi,  John  Clarke,  Cederskiol,  Thomas,  Camp- 
bell). 

"  My  own  experience,"  says  Dr.  Ferguson,  "  wTith  regard  to  aperients, 
is,  that  whenever  they  create  tormina,  there  is  the  greatest  risk  of  an  at- 
tack of  metro-peritonitis  succeeding.  This  so  constantly  occurs,  that  I 
invariably  mix  some  anodyne  —  usually  Dover's  powder,  or  hyosciamus, 
or  hop,  with  the  purgative." 

If  the  bowels  be  constipated,  an  enema  of  turpentine  and  castor  oil 
will  be  useful. 

The  spontaneous  diarrhoea  is  not  always  beneficial,  but  will  often  need 
to  be  restrained  by  astringents,  or  opiates. 

Emetics  were  employed  before  1782,  by  English  practitioners,  and  in 
1782,  they  were  recommended  by  Doulcet,  of  Paris,  who  relied  upon 
them  exclusively,  and  derived  from  them  extraordinary  success.  Other 
practitioners  have  also  used  them  successfully ;  but  they  have  failed  so 
often,  as  to  have  gone  out  of  use,  especially  in  these  countries,  perhaps  in 
consequence  of  our  mistaking  the  proper  cases. 

In  1814,  Dr.  Brennan,  of  Dublin,  proposed  the  use  of  turpentine, 
wrhich  he  praised,  as  almost  a  specific.  He  gave  it  in  doses  of  a  table- 
spoonful  at  a  time,  in  a  little  wrater,  sweetened.     Drs.  Douglas,  J.  A. 


INFLAMMATION    OF    UTERINE    APPENDAGES.  489 

Johnson,  Dewees,  Payne,  Kinneir,  Blundell,  and  Waller,  have  found  it 
more  or  less  useful. 

Dr.  Clarke,  and  other  practitioners,  tried  it,  but  without  success. 

It  is  certainly  beneficial,  when  the  intestines  are  tympanitic,  especially 

in  the  form  of  an  enema,  and  as  a  counter-irritant  to  die  abdomen  ;  but  I 
have  never  seen  it  exert  any  remarkable  influence  upon  the  dix 

At  an  advanced  stage  of  the  disease,  blisters  are  yery  useful.  They 
may  be  applied  to  any  part  or  the  whole  of  the  abdomen,  and  dressed 

with  mercurial  ointment. 

Recolin,  Dance,  and  Tonnelle,  have  recommended  injections  of  warm 
water  into  the  vagina  and  uterus,  three  or  four  times  a-day. 

Drs.  Lee  and  Campbell  have  tried  them  in  a  few  cases  with  decided 
advantage.  I  have  frequently  syringed  the  vagina  with  warm  water,  with 
benefit;  but  I  never  threw  the  injections  into  the  uterus. 

Hip  baths  have  been  found  useful  by  Desormeaux  and  Collins;  but 
the  pain  of  moving  the  patient  is  an  insurmountable  obstacle  to  their 
frequent  use. 

Loeffler,  and  Ceeley  of  Alesbury,  have  seen  good  effects  result  from  the 
application  of  cold  to  the  abdomen. 

The  irritation  of  the  stomach  may  be  allayed  by  effervescing  draughts, 
containing  a  few  drops  of  laudanum,  or  by  a  fewr  grains  of  the  subearbo- 
nate  of  potash,  dissolved  in  aq.  menth.  virid. 

A  selection  of  these  remedies  will  afford  a  tolerably  good  chance  to  the 
patient,  if  we  are  called  early ;  but  in  many  instances  we  shall  fail,  either 
in  cutting  short  the  disease,  or  in  curing  it  ultimately.  It  is  of  the  greatest 
importance,  however,  that  all  the  means  at  our  command  should  be  tried 
perseveringly,  and  that  our  forebodings  should  not  be  allowed  to  diminish 
our  exertions. 

ToS.  2.  Inflammation  of  the  Uterine  Appendages. — Under  this 
head  is  included  inflammation  of  the  serous  membrane,  and  proper  tissue 
of  the  ovaries,  fallopian  tubes,  and  broad  ligaments. 

It  is  not  always  possible  to  separate  the  affections  from  inflammation  of 
the  peritoneal  cavity,  with  which  they  are  so  often  conjoined ;  but  there 
are  cases  in  which  they  exist  alone,  or  predominate  in  a  striking  manner, 
or  where  the  consequences  of  the  disease  continue  longer  in  these  parts. 

Puzos  has  described  such  cases  by  the  term,  "Depots  laiteux  dans 
Phypogastre"  and  Levret,  as  "Engorgemens  laiteux  dans  le  bassin.^ 

The  observations  of  MM.  Husson  and  Dance  likewise  prove,  that  this 
is  a  frequent,  and  often  fatal  termination  of  inflammation  of  the  peritoneal 
coat  of  the  uterus,  and  its  appendages. 

M.  Tonnelle  found  58  cases  of  inflammation  of  the  ovary,  and  4  of 
abscess,  out  of  190  cases  of  puerperal  fever. 

739.  Symptoms. — As  inflammation  of  the  uterine  appendages  is  gene- 
rally combined  with  more  or  less  inflammation  of  the  peritoneal  sac,  ii 
consequently  presents  similar  symptoms ;  but  in  addition,  we  find  local 
distress  in  the  situation  of  these  appendages. 

The  pain  is  somewhat  less  acute  than  in  general  peritonitis,  and  is  seated 
in  one  of  the  iliac  fossae,  or  the  lateral  parts  of  the  hypogastrium,  extend- 
ing to  the  groins,  and  down  the  thighs,  accompanied  with  great  tenderness 
on  pressure. 

An  examination  per  vaginam,  will  often  throw  light  upon  the  disease; 


490  INFLAMMATION    OF    UTERINE    APPENDAGES. 

that  canal  will  be  found  hot  and  painful  at  the  upper  part,  and  in  some 
cases  a  tumour  may  be  discovered  through  the  parietes,  laterally. 

The  disease  generally  commences  with  rigors,  thirst,  head-ache,  quick- 
pulse,  &c,  presenting  an  array  of  constitutional  symptoms  very  similar  to 
those  in  peritonitis,  which,  therefore,  I  need  not  repeat. 

If  the  disease  be  extensive,  there  is  generally  observed  much  exhaus- 
tion following  the  first  stage,  and  the  attack  may  prove  quickly  fatal. 

Should  the  disease  not  prove  fatal,  the  attack  may  terminate  — 

740.  1.  In  resolution,  without  the  organs  being  seriously  injured  ;  or 
in  some  cases,  adhesions  may  be  formed  between  contiguous  portions  of 
the  serous  membrane,  which,  though  for  the  present  innocuous,  may  be 
injurious  subsequently.  Boivin  and  Duges  relate  a  case,  in  which  ante- 
version  was  caused  by  these  adhesions. 

If  the  fallopian  tubes  have  been  involved,  the  cavity  of  one  or  both 
may  be  obliterated,  or  they  may  become  adherent  to  some  neighbouring 
part,  so  as  to  prevent  altogether  their  ordinary  functions. 

2.  In  suppuration.  Matter  may  form  in  either  ovary  or  broad  ligament, 
and  may  escape  into  the  peritoneal  sac;  through  the  parietes  of  the 
vagina  or  rectum  ;  or  through  the  abdominal  parietes,  near  Poupart's  liga- 
ment. 

A  number  of  such  cases  are  on  record,  and  several  have  occurred  to 
myself,  which  I  published  in  the  Dublin  Journal  for  Sept.,  1843. 

741.  Morbid  Anatomy.  —  In  some  cases,  we  find  on  dissection,  that 
the  disease  has  been  confined  to  the  serous  membrane,  presenting  similar 
phenomena  to  those  already  noticed  —  thickening,  effusion  of  lymph,  or 
serum,  &c. 

The  broad  ligaments,  fallopian  tubes,  and  ovaria,  are  red  and  vascular. 
The  morsus  diaboli  is  of  a  vivid  red  colour,  and  sometimes  softened, 
and  in  its  cavity,  or  under  the  peritoneum,  deposits  of  pus  may  be  dis- 
covered. 

Effusion  of  serum,  or  purulent  matter,  may  also  be  found  between  the 
folds  of  the  broad  ligaments. 

The  ovaria  may  be  imbedded  in  lymph,  the  product  of  inflammation 
of  their  serous  coat.  Sometimes  they  are  swollen,  red,  and  pulpy.  One 
or  both  of  these  organs  may  be  affected.  Dr.  Gordon  mentions  that  in 
his  cases  of  puerperal,  the  right  ovary  was  always  diseased,  and  the  left 
healthy. 

Upon  laying  open  the  ovaries,  their  structure  will  be  found  more  or  less 
diseased.  There  is  a  great  increase  of  vascularity,  and  frequently  a  soften- 
ing of  the  proper  tissue.     In  a  few  cases  it  is  utterly  disorganized. 

Blood  is  sometimes  effused  into  the  Graafian  vesicles,  so  as  to  destroy 
their  texture. 

Pus  may  be  found  in  small  masses  throughout  the  ovary,  or  that  organ 
may  be  reduced  to  a  sac,  containing  purulent  matter,  w7hich  often  escapes 
through  artificial  openings,  as  already  noticed. 

742.  Diagnosis.  —  The  situation  of  the  pain  and  tenderness,  and  the 
information  obtained  by  an  internal  examination,  are  the  only  ground  of 
diagnosis — and  an  uncertain  one,  it  must  be  confessed — during  the  acute 
state. 

If  the  disease  pass  into  a  chronic  stage,  and  an  abscess  form,  this  will 
render  the  case  sufficiently  clear.     The  case  in  the  Meath  Hospital  was 


PUERPERAL    HTSTEBITIS.  401 

detected  in  this  way,  before  the  matter  could  be  discovered  from  the 
surface. 

743.  Treatment. — Venisection  ;  but  after  one  bleeding  from  the  arm, 
it  will  be  more  beneficial  to  apply  leeches  to  the  tender  part,  followed  by 
poultices.  Calomel  and  opium  will  be  nec<  d  as  useful  here, 
during  the  acute  stage,  as  in  the  form  of  disease  ed. 

Vaginal  injections  of  warm  water,  and  hip  baths,  will  be  found  very 
soothing 

If  there  be  evidence  of  matter  being  within  reach,  it  will  be  advisable 
to  make  an  opening  for  its  escape. 

If  much  pus  be  discharged,  so  that  the  constitution  suffer,  tonics,  with 
wine,  and  generous  diet,  should  be  given. 

744.  3.  Hysteritis.  —  Inflammation  affecting  the  proper  tissues  of  the 
uterus  has  been  frequently  described.  It  is  mentioned  by  Astruc,  Vigar- 
ous,  and  Primrose.  Pouteau  met  with  it  in  the  epidemic  of  1750.  Boer, 
and  Richer,  have  termed  it  Putrescirung,  or  Putreseenz  der  Gebarmiitter  ; 
and  Smith,  Danyau,  and  Tonnelle,  have  recorded  cases  of  it. 

In  certain  epidemics,  it  is  by  no  means  infrequent.  Out  of  222  fatal 
cases  of  puerperal  fever,  M.  Tonnelle  found 

Simple  metritis         .         .         in  79. 
Superficial  softening  .         in  29. 

Deep  softening  .         .         in  20. 

M.  Duges  found  the  womb  affected  in  3  cases  out  of  4. 
Dr.  Robert  Lee  states  that  in  45  dissections,  the  muscular  coat  of  the 
uterus  was  softened  in  10  cases. 

745.  Symptoms.  —  These  vary  somewhat,  according  to  the  epidemic, 
and  a  great  deal  according  to  the  severity  of  the  attack.  In  the  milder 
forms,  where  the  disease  has  not  proceeded  so  far  as  to  disorganise  the 
uterine  tissue,  I  have  usually  found  it  to  commence  on  the  third  or  fourth 
day,  and  generally  with  rigors  —  followed  by  heat  of  skin,  thirst,  and 
head-ache. 

The  pulse  rises  to  100  or  110.  The  tongue  is  dry  and  furred.  The 
countenance  expressive  of  suffering,  but  without  the  pinched,  drawn-up 
character  we  find  in  puerperal  peritonitis. 

The  patient  complains  of  pain,  and  tenderness  in  the  uterine  region; 
and  upon  examination,  we  find  the  uterus  enlarged,  hard,  and  tender. 

The  abdomen  at  first  is  soft,  and  without  tenderness,  which  is  first  felt 
when  we  perceive  that  we  are  making  pressure  upon  the  uterus. 

As  the  disease  advances,  the  abdomen  often  becomes  tympanitic  ;  and 
in  some  cases  the  inflammation  extends  to  the  peritoneum. 

The  lochia  are  sometimes  suppressed,  but  often  unaltered.  The  secre- 
tion of  milk  is  generally  arrested. 

Dysuria  occasionally  causes  much  distress. 

746.  The  severer  form  of  hysteritis  —  such  as  described  by  M.  Ton- 
nelle and  Dr.  Lee  —  is  ushered  in  by  rigors,  followed  by  increase  of  heat, 
and  head-ache.  There  is  occasionally  delirium,  or  other  evidences  of 
cerebial  disturbance. 

The  countenance  is  pallid,  anxious,  and  disturbed.  The  skin,  at 
first  hot  and  dry,  becomes  cold,  and  sometimes  of  a  blue  or  yellowish 
tinge. 


492  PUERPERAL    HYSTERITIS. 

The  respiration  is  hurried,  the  pulse  rapid  and  feeble,  and  there  is  great 
prostration  of  strength. 

The  tongue  soon  becomes  foul,  and  the  lips  covered  with  sordes.  Nau- 
sea, vomiting,  and  diarrhoea  are  generally  present. 

The  patient  complains  of  pain  at  the  hypogastrium,  where  the  enlarged 
uterus  may  easily  be  felt,  and  is  tender  on  pressure. 

The  lochia  are  either  diminished  or  suppressed  ;  and  occasionally  their 
quantity  is  changed,  and  they  become  acrid  and  foetid. 

747.  Hysteritis  may  terminate  —  1.  In  resolution ;  as  in  the  case  with 
the  mild  variety  which  I  have  described,  and  in  which  there  is  a  gradual 
subsidence  of  the  symptoms. 

2.  In  abscess  :  which  may  open  into  the  uterine  cavity,  or  into  the  perito- 
neal sac.  I  had  an  opportunity  of  seeing  a  case  of  the  latter  kind,  some 
time  ago,  in  a  patient,  whose  case  has  been  published  by  my  friend,  Dr. 
Beatty. 

3.  In  softening.  This  termination  was  observed  49  times  by  M.  Ton- 
nelle,  and  10  times  by  Dr.  R.  Lee. 

4.  In  gangrene.  This  has  been  described  by  M.  Boer,  in  his  valuable 
work,  and  by  Ricker,  and  noticed  by  Siebold,  Busch,  Boivin  and  Duges, 
Danyau,  &c. 

748.  Morbid  Anatomy. — The  peritoneal  coat  of  the  uterus  very  often 
exhibits  marks  of  inflammation.  It  may  be  vascular,  and  coated  with 
lymph,  or  softened. 

Its  size  is  manifestly  increased,  and  its  substance  soft  and  flabby.  Small 
collections  of  purulent  matter  are  sometimes  found  in  its  parietes,  which 
in  these  spots  exhibit  various  degrees  of  absorption. 

The  substance  of  the  uterus  may  be,  in  patches,  reduced  to  a  mere 
pulp,  of  a  dark  purple,  yellowish,  or  greyish  colour,  and  occasionally 
of  a  bad  odour.  This  softening  generally  commences  at  the  inner 
membrane,  and  penetrates  more  or  less  through  the  substance  of  the 
uterus. 

"  The  point  of  insertion  of  the  placenta  is  the  most  ordinary  seat  of  all 
uterine  lesion,  whether  of  abscess,  softening,  or  phlebitis  ;  the  next  point, 
the  large  and  congested,  lead-coloured  cervix  uteri." 

False  membranes  of  coagulable  lymph  are  found  on  the  lining  mem- 
brane of  the  cavity,  mixed  with  blood  and  lochia. 

The  cause  of  this  peculiar  softening  has  been  much  debated — some 
attributing  it  to  a  specific  action  of  the  parts,  or  to  alteration  of  the  blood, 
and  others  to  inflammation ;  with  the  latter  of  whom  I  am  disposed  to 
agree. 

749.  Diagnosis.  —  When  complicated  with  peritonitis,  the  diagnosis 
is  very  difficult ;  but  when  the  uterus  is  alone  affected,  it  is  easier  to  dis- 
tinguish it. 

1.  From  after-pains,  weed,  &c.  it  differs  very  widely,  in  its  persistence, 
and  in  the  gravity  of  the  accompanying  constitutional  symptoms. 

2.  From  puerperal  peritonitis.  The  most  marked  distinction  between 
them  is  the  tenderness  on  pressure ;  which,  when  the  peritoneal  sac  is  in- 
flamed, is  general  and  superficial,  rendering  the  slightest  pressure  intoler- 
able ;  whereas,  in  hysteritis,  the  abdomen  will'bear  pressure  very  well  all 
over,  until  we  ourselves  feel  that  we  are  pressing  the  enlarged  and  hard- 


UTERINE    PHLEBITIS.  493 

ened  uterus.  The  only  exceptions  to  this  rule,  I  have  met  with,  are  those 
eases  of  peritonitis  where  there  is  no  abdominal  tenderness. 

The  pulse,  in  hysteritis,  is  weaker,  and  more  rapidly 

than  in  peritonitis;  the  lochia  are  also  more  frequently  disordered. 

Prognosis.  —  In  the  severe  form,  the  prognosis  is  in  case 

unfavourable;  but  of  the  milder  cases,  I  o  many  recover, 

750.  Treatment. — In  the  mild  variety,  vena  section  will  be  necessary, 
followed  by  leeches,  poultices,  and  fomentatioi  benefit  of  calomel 
and  opium  is  seen  here,  even  more  strikingly  than  in  peritonitis;  most 
patients  recover  who  are  brought  fairly  under  their  influence.  If  the 
calomel  disturb  the  bowels,  it  should  be  omitted,  and  the  opium  given 
alone. 

When  the  acute  stage  has  passed,  I  have  seen  great  benefit  from  a  suc- 
cession of  blisters  over  the  region  of  the  uterus. 

The  bowels  should  be  kept  free  ;  but  active  purging  is  injurious.  Ene- 
mata  of  castor  oil  and  turpentine  answer  the  purpose  very  well. 

ne  of  our  remedies  seem  to  have  much  power  over  the  severe 
form  ;  but  antiphlogistics  must  be  tried  in  the  early  stage  ;  subsequently, 
opium,  and  tonics,  or  stimulants,  with  counter- irritation,  are  our  only 
resources. 

751.  4.  Inflammation  of  the  Veins  of  the  Uterus.  Uterine 
Phlebitis.  —  This  form  of  disease  has  been  frequently  noticed  by 
authors;  amongst  others,  by  Dr.  J.  Clarke,  Mr.  Waller,  Meckel,  Ribes, 
Louis,  Dance,  Tonnelle,  Burns,  Lee,  Boivin  and  Duges,  Ferguson, 
&c.  ;  and  recently  in  a  series  of  papers  on  "  Metro-peritonite,"  by  M. 
Nonat. 

Nor  is  it  very  rare  ;  for  M.  Tonnelle  found  pus  in  the  veins  in  93  cases  ; 
and  in  the  thoracic  duct  in  3  cases  out  of  134  ;  and  Dr.  Robert  Lee,  in 
45  cases,  had  24  of  uterine  phlebitis. 

752.  Causes.  —  Dr.  Robert  Lee  considers  that  it  may  be  the  result  of 
mechanical  injury  to  the  uterus,  either  during  the  labour,  or  by  the  force 
used  to  extract  the  placenta. 

It  may  follow  after  hemorrhage,  or  arise  from  cold,  or  the  decomposition 
of  retained  portions  of  the  placenta. 

It  may  be  excited  by  any  of  the  causes  of  the  other  varieties  of  puer- 
peral fever. 

753.  Symptoms. — In  women  of  previous  good  health,  the  attack  com- 
mences generally  in  24  or  36  hours  after  delivery.  The  patient  generally 
complains  of  pain  in  the  uterus,  more  or  less  acute,  preceded,  accompa- 
nied, or  followed  by  rigors. 

The  uterus  is  tender  on  pressure,  and  the  lochia  and  milk  are  both 
suppressed. 

There  is  head-ache,  and  slight  incoherence  ;  a  sense  of  general  un- 
easiness, and  sometimes  nausea  and  vomiting,  with  acceleration  of  the 
pulse. 

After  a  time,  these  symptoms  are  succeeded  by  increased  heat  of  sur- 
face, tremors  of  the  muscles  of  the  face  and  extremities,  rigors,  great 
thirst,  dry  brown  tongue,  frequent  vomiting  of  green  fluid,  rapid  full  pulse, 
hurried  respiration,  Lc. 

The  head  becomes  more  involved,  and  we  find  the  patient  in  a  state  of 

2r 


494  UTERINE    PHLEBITIS. 

drowsy  insensibility  or  violent  delirium  and  agitation,  followed  by  ex- 
treme exhaustion. 

The  surface  of  the  body  assumes  a  deep  sallow,  or  yellow  colour ;  and 
occasionally  petechial  or  vesicular  eruptions  have  been  observed  on  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  body. 

The  pain  may  or  may  not  increase,  but  the  uterine  tenderness  is  cer- 
tainly augmented,  and  the  abdomen  is  often  swollen  and  tympanitic. 

In  some  very  rare  cases,  there  is  little  or  no  local  distress,  and  the  ex- 
istence of  the  disease  could  not  be  discovered  except  for  the  secondary 
affections.  Such  was  the  case  with  a  patient  under  my  care.  She  had 
no  uterine  pain  or  disturbance  —  no  tenderness  on  pressure;  and  yet,  on 
the  seventh  day  after  delivery,  a  smart  febrile  attack  preceded  the  forma- 
tion of  a  large  abscess,  near  the  left  elbow  joint.  Since  then,  a  second 
has  followed,  on  the  top  of  the  shoulder,  and  a  third  in  the  right  arm, 
above  the  elbow. 

754.  The  patient  may  die  during  the  acute  stage,  but  the  majority  live 
longer,  and  exhibit  the  most  interesting  phenomena,  connected  with  this 
variety  of  puerperal  fever,  and  distinguishing  it  from  all  others.  I  allude 
to  the  secondary  diseases  of  other  organs. 

The  brain,  though  often  functionally  disturbed  (135  in  304,  Lee  and 
Ferguson),  is  not  frequently  the  scat  of  organic  disease.  Its  vessels  are 
sometimes  congested,  and  lymph  diffused  in  the  pia  mater,  or  serum,  into 
the  ventricles.  According  to  M.  Duges,  there  is  arachnitis  once  in  266 
cases. 

Portions  of  the  brain  are  occasionally  softened  and  disorganised ;  or 
there  is  purulent  infiltration  into  the  cerebral  substance. 

In  the  chest,  we  find  evidences  of  inflammation  of  the  pleura,  effusion 
of  serum  of  the  same  character  as  that  in  the  peritoneal  sac,  and  occa- 
sionally effusion  of  blood. 

M.  Tonnelle  found  Pleurisy    .         .         .     in  29  cases. 
Effusion  of  serum      .     in    8     " 
Effusion  of  blood       .     in    6     " 
The  lungs  are  often  greatly  condensed,  of  a  dark  red  colour,  with  in- 
filtration of  purulent  matter.     Or  they  may  be  in  a  state  of  "  complete 
dissolution,  having  all  the  characteristics  of  gangrene,  except  in  many 
cases  its  peculiar  fcetor." 

M.  Tonnelle  found  Pneumonia       .  .     in  10  cases 

Tubercles  .         .     in    4     " 

Abscess  .         .     in    8     " 

Gangrene  .         .     in    3     " 

Pulmonary  apoplexy       in    2     " 
The  symptoms  of  the  secondary  affection  in  these  cases  (cough,  dysp- 
noea, &c.)  are  but  slight,  and  are  completely  masked  by  the  more  serious 
primary  disease. 

"The  heart  is  often  enlarged,  softened,  and  friable;  its  inner  mem- 
orane  deeply  stained  ;  lymph  and  serum  are  also  occasionally  found  in  the 
pericardium.  There  are  white  patches  on  the  outer  covering  of  the  heart. 
I  have  never  remarked  any  peculiar  disorganization  of  the  great  arteries  ; 
they  are  often  intensely  stained." 


UTERINE    PHLEBITIS.  495 

The  intestinal  canal  is  not  frequently  the  scat  of  organic  char  .  The 
mucous  membrane  of  the  .stomach  is  sometimes  inflamed,  softened,  and 
occasionally  its  coats  are  perforated,  giving  rise  to  peritonil 

Between  the  mucous  and  muscular  there  is  an  effusion  of  clear 

reddish  serum,  when  the  vomiting  has  been  excessive. 

The  mucous  membrane  of  the  intestines,  also,  may  be  softened,  and 
the  walls  of  the  canal  perforated. 

M.  Tonnelle  found  Gastro-enteritis        .       in  1  case. 
Enteritis  .  in   1 

Entero-colitis  .        in  I  case. 

The  stomach  softened    in  8  cases. 
The  stomach  ulcerated   in  5     " 
The  stomach  perforated  in  5     " 

The  liver  is  occasionally  diseased  —  its  substance  may  be  congested, 
softened,  or  contain  abscesses.  M.  Tonnelle  met  three  cases  of  abscess 
in  the  liver. 

The  structure  of  the  spleen  may  be  softened  and  disorganised.  M, 
Tonnelle  relates  two  cases  of  abscess. 

"  The  kidneys  present  inflammation  of  their  peritoneal  coat,  depositions 
of  pus,  and  flakes  of  lymph,  alterations  in  their  veins,  softening,  and  great 
engorgement:  both  kidneys  are  rarely  attacked  at  once."  "  The  ureters 
and  bladder  are  more  often  the  seat  of  pain  and  congestion,  than  of  dis- 
organised structure." 

The  eyes  are  also  affected.  The  conjunctiva  becomes  inflamed,  the 
eyelids  swollen,  lymph  is  effused  into  the  anterior  chamber,  and  the  sight 
is  destroyed.  Cases  of  this  kind  are  related  by  Dr.  M.  Hall  and  Mr. 
Higginbottom,  although  not  by  them  attributed  to  uterine  phlebitis. 

The  joints  are  attacked  by  inflammation,  and  sometimes  the  cartilages 
by  ulceration  ;  and  the  various  products  of  inflammation  are  found  within 
the  capsular  ligaments.  M.  Duges  has  thus  placed  the  joints  in  the  order 
of  frequency  of  disease :  1,  the  hip  ;  2,  the  elbow ;  3,  the  knee  ;  4,  the 
foot;  5,  the  metacarpus;  6,  the  shoulder.  Dr.  Ferguson  has  found  the 
elbow  and  knee  more  frequently  affected  than  the  hip. 

M.  Tonnelle  met  six  cases  of  abscess  of  the  knee ;  two  of  the  elbow ; 
and  two  of  the  symphysis  pubis. 

Sero-sanguineous  fluid  may  be  effused  into  the  muscles  or  cellular  sub- 
stance of  the  limbs,  giving  to  them  the  appearance  of  erysipelas.  M. 
Tonnelle  mentions  three  such  cases. 

As  to  the  extent  of  this  infiltration,  it  may  be  circumscribed  within  a 
few  inches,  or  it  may  extend  between  two  joints,  rarely  occupying  the 
whole  limb. 

An  abscess  may  be  formed  in  the  muscles  or  cellular  membrane  of  a 
limb;  or  a  succession  of  abscesses  may  occur,  as  in  the  case  I  have  men- 
tioned; or  the  pus  may  be  diffused  through  the  various  soft  structures. 

The  quantity  is  sometimes  enormous;  the  patient  suffers  much  pain, 
and  may  be  seriously  injured,  if  the  discharge  continue  long. 

The  symptoms  in  the  latter  case  arc  those  met  with  ordinarily  in  aba 
except  that  at  the  beginning  they  sometimes  resemble  a  rheumatic  attack. 

755.  Morbid  Anatomy. — The  primary  morbid  change  is  evidently  in 
32 


496  INFLAMMATION    OP 

the  veins  of  the  uterine  region  ;  their  coats  are  thickened,  and  sometimes 
so  much  contracted  as  to  render  the  canal  impervious.  The  lining  mem- 
brane is  generally  paler,  and  coated  with  lymph  or  pus,  which  may  extend 
to  a  considerable  distance. 

The  disease  may  be  confined  to  the  veins  of  the  uterus,  or  may  involve 
those  of  neighbouring  parts.  The  spermatic  vein  is  the  one  more  fre- 
quently affected  —  then  the  hypogastric  ;  but  it  may  involve  the  renal 
veins,  as  far  as  the  kidneys,  or  even  the  vena  cava. 

It  is  remarkable,  that  it  is  generally  the  veins  of  one  side  only  that  are 
affected,  and  that  side  is  the  one  to  which  the  placenta  was  attached. 

When  the  disease  affects  veins  distant  from  the  uterus,  the  surrounding 
cellular  tissue  is  hardened,  and  contains  puriform  matter. 

"  In  a  certain  number  of  cases,  no  lesion  can  be  discovered  in  the  vein, 
but  the  presence  of  some  unnatural  fluid.  It  is  disputed  whether  it  is 
absorbed,  or  the  product  of  venous  inflammation.  It  is  of  little  moment 
which  of  the  two  opinions  be  adopted ;  the  disease  depends  not  upon 
how  the  matter  is  produced,  but  whether  it  enters  the  circulation.  Whe- 
ther this  be  by  absorption  or  by  inflammation,  puerperal  fever  is  the 
result." 

756.  Diagnosis.  —  It  may  in  many  cases  be  extremely  difficult  to  dis- 
tinguish this  from  the  other  varieties,  at  least  in  the  early  stage. 

Generally  speaking,  the  pain  and  tenderness  are  more  local  and  limited 
than  in  peritonitis,  and  at  an  advanced  period  the  presence  of  the  second- 
ary disease  will  at  once  indicate  its  true  character. 

757.  Treatment.  —  Severe  cases  of  this  species  of  puerperal  fever 
appear  to  defy  all  our  resources.  When  it  is  the  prevailing  characteristic 
of  an  epidemic,  the  vast  majority  will  die. 

"  The  two  indications,"  says  Dr.  Ferguson,  "are,  1.  To  attend  to 
the  local  lesions.  2.  Never  to  forget  that  these  are  not  the  disease,  but 
merely  the  effects  of  a  more  diffusive,  though  concealed  cause,  to  act  on 
which  our  remedies  should  be  directed.  The  rationale  of  the  treatment, 
therefore,  consists  in  the  exhibition  of  such  remedies  as  will  act  on  this 
cause,  and  such  as  will  alleviate  or  remove  the  local  affections ;  taking 
care  that  in  our  attempt  to  effect  the  latter  end,  we  do  not  so  act  on  the 
constitution  as  to  give  additional  energy  to  the  more  deadly  power  of  the 
concealed  cause." 

This  rule  should  direct  our  employment  of  leeches,  blisters,  calomel, 
and  opium,  &c,  in  the  early  stage,  and  stimulants  and  tonics  in  the  latter. 

758.  5.  Inflammation  of  the  Uterine  Lymphatics.  —  This  variety 
of  puerperal  affection  was  first  noticed  in  France  by  M.  Dance  ;  and  since 
by  Boivin  and  Duges,  Tonnelle,  Duplay,  Cruveilhier,  and  Nonat  ;*  the 
former  found  pus  in  the  lymphatics  in  32  cases,  and  in  the  thoracic 
duct  in  3. 

In  this  country,  it  was  first  recorded  by  Dr.  R.  Lee,  in  the  following 
case,  published  in  the  Medico-Chirurgical  Transactions. 

"  A  woman,  set.  30,  in  an  advanced  stage  of  pregnancy,  was  admitted 
into  St.  George's  Hospital,  July  1,  1829,  under  the  care  of  Mr.  Caesar 
Hawkins,  in  consequence  of  sloughing  of  the  skin  covering  a  diseased 
bursa  of  the  patella.     The  removal  of  the  bursa  was  followed  by  great 

*  Revue  Med.  Franc,  et  Etrang.  for  1837. 


THE    UTERINE    LYMPHATICS.  407 

constitutional  disturbance,  and  on  the  14th  labour  came  on.  Two  days 
after,  symptoms  of  uterine  inflammation  made  their  appearance,  and  on 
the  18th  day  death  took  place.  Though  the  pain  was  relieved  by  bleed- 
ing, she  never  rallied  after  the  attack.  On  examining  the  body,  souk; 
puriform  lymph  was  found  in  the  pelvis,  but  there  was  no  increase  of 
vascularity  in  the  peritoneum.  In  the  broad  ligaments,  some  fluid  was 
also  effused,  and  on  each  side  numerous  large  absorbent  vessels  were 
observed,  passing  up  with  the  spermatic  vessels,  to  the  receptaculum 
chyli,  which  was  unusually  distended.  All  these  vessels,  and  the  reser- 
voir itself,  were  filled  with  pus ;  but  that  in  the  receptacle  was  mixed 
with  lymph,  so  as  to  be  more  solid;  the  vessels  themselves  were  firmer 
and  thicker  than  usual.  The  thoracic  duct  was  quite  healthy.  The 
uterus  was  scarcely  contracted,  and  the  internal  surface  of  the  lower  half 
was  soft  and  shreddy,  and  in  a  state  of  slough.  The  upper  part,  where 
no  pus  was  found  externally,  was  also  healthy,  or  nearly  so,  on  its  inner 
surface.* 

The  local  symptoms  are  exceedingly  obscure,  and  the  constitutional 
ones  very  like  those  in  uterine  phlebitis,  and  quite  as  severe. 

759.  On  dissection,  the  lymphatics  are  found  distended  with  pus,  and 
generally  at  intervals,  so  as  to  give  them  a  beaded  appearance. 

The  secondary  lesions  are  much  the  same  as  in  phlebitis. 

Treatment. — As  yet  we  know  of  no  remedies  capable  of  controlling 
the  disease. 

*  Med.  Chir.  Trans.,  vol.  xv.  p.  64.     Lee,  Diseases  of  Women,  p.  46. 


2r2 


CHAPTER  XXV. 

PHLEGMASIA  DOLENS. 

760.  This  disease,  under  various  appellations,*  has  been  long  known  to 
the  profession,  although  there  has  been  much  difference  of  opinion  as  to 
its  nature.  It  was  described  by  Roderick  a  Castro,  in  1603,  and  sub- 
sequently by  Mauriceau,  Puzos,  Levret,  Petit,  Leake,  White,  Hull, 
Trye,  &c. 

It  consists  in  a  swelling  of  one  or  both  legs  (simultaneously  or  succes- 
sively), shortly  after  delivery,  with  pain  and  tenderness,  and  running  a 
definite  course.     The  left  leg  is  more  frequently  affected  than  the  right. 

It  may  occur  wTith  first  children,  but  it  is  more  frequent  after  subsequent 
deliveries. 

Women  of  a  delicate  constitution,  or  lymphatic  temperament,  are  said  to 
be  the  most  liable  to  the  attack,  but  especially  those  who  have  suffered 
from  uterine  irritation  after  delivery.  Mr.  Chatto's  case  followed  extrac- 
tion of  the  placenta. 

It  generally  commences  within  a  fortnight  after  delivery,  sometimes  on 
the  third  or  fourth  day,  in  other  cases  not  till  some  wreeks  have  elapsed. 
Of  22  cases  observed  by  Dr.  R.  Lee,  7  were  attacked  between  the  fourth 
and  twelfth  day,  and  14  after  the  second  week. 

761.  Pathology.  —  Successive  authors  have  given  different  theories 
touching  the  essential  nature  of  this  disease ;  and  though  we  have  re- 
cently become  acquainted  with  the  most  important  points  of  its  pathology, 
it  is  not  quite  certain  that  even  yet  our  knowledge  embraces  the  whole 
series  of  facts  connected  with  it. 

Mauriceau  considers  it  to  be  owing  to  a  reflux  upon  the  lower  ex- 
tremities, of  certain  matters  which  ought  to  have  been  evacuated  by  the 
lochia. 

Puzos  and  Levret  attributed  it  to  deposits  of  milk  (depots  du  lait)  in 
the  legs.  This  opinion  has  prevailed  extensively  in  these  countries ;  and 
with  some  practitioners  it  was  customary  to  keep  the  child  constantly  to 
the  breast,  to  prevent  this  metastasis  when  threatening,  or  to  remove  it 
when  it  has  occurred. 

In  the  year  1794,  Mr.  White,  of  Manchester,  published  an  inquiry  into 
the  nature  and  cause  of  that  swelling  in  one  or  both  of  the  lower  ex- 
tremities, which  sometimes  happens  to  lying-in  women  ;  and  he  suggested 
or  adopted  the  opinion,  that  the  disease  depends  on  obstruction,  or  on 
some  other  morbid  condition  of  the  lymphatic  vessels  and  glands  of  the 
affected  parts. 

Mr.  Trye,  of  Gloucester,  in  an  essay  on  this  subject  (1792),  attributed 
it  to  a  rupture  of  the  lymphatic  vessels,  as  they  cross  the  brim  of  the 
pelvis,  under  Poupart's  ligament.     Soon  after  this,  Dr.  Ferrier   main- 

*  As  milk  leg,  white  leg,  swelled  leg,  puerperal  tumid  leg,  &c.  By  Dr.  Hull,  Phleg- 
masia dolcns;  by  Dr.  Cullen,  Anasarca  serosa;  by  Dr.  Good,  Buckuemia  sparganosa; 
by  others,  phlegmasia  lactea,  oedema  lactium,  &c. 

(498) 


PHLEGMASIA   DOLEN&  499 

tained  that  there  is  a  general  inflammatory  state  of  the  absorbents  in  this 
disease. 

Dr.  Hull  (1800)  considered  the  proximate  cause  of  this  disease  to  be 
an  inflammatory  affection,  producing  suddenly  a  considerable  effusion  of 
serum  and  coagulable  lymph  into  the  cellular  membrane  of  the  limb.  All 
the  textures,  muscles,  cellular  membranes,  lymphatics,  nerves,  glands,  and 
blood-yessels,  he  supposed  to  become  affected. 

So  far,  the  theories  depended  upon  a  p  roing,  not  upon  patho- 

logical facts;  and  the  first  light  thrown  upon  the  subject  by  post  mortem 
examination  was  by  the  late  Dr.  Dayis,  Professor  of  Midwifer)  in  Univer- 
sity College,  London,  who,  in  1817  examined  the  condition  of  the  veins 
in  a  patient  who  had  died  with  the  disease,  and  found  that  they  had  evi- 
dently been  the  seat  of  extensive  inflammation.* 

After  this  he  taught  that  phlegmasia  dolens  resulted  from  this  cause, 
and  in  May,  1823,  published  a  paper  with  cases  and  dissections  in  the 
Med.  Chir.  Trans,  vol.  xv. 

"  In  January,  1823,  M.  Bouillaud  related  several  cases  and  dissections, 
in  which  the  crural  veins  were  obliterated  in  women  who  had  suffered 
from  oedema  of  the  lower  extremities  after  delivery ;  and  M.  Bouillaud 
distinctly  stated  that  he  considered  obstruction  of  the  crural  veins  to  be 
the  cause,  not  only  of  the  oedema  of  lying-in  women,  but  of  many  partial 
dropsies." 

It  is  but  just  to  remark,  that  although  this  bears  an  earlier  date  than 

*  "  Morbid  appearances  observed  on  examining  the  body  of  Caroline  Dnnn,  March  6, 
1817:  —  The  left  lower  extremity  presented  an  uniform  cedematous  enlargement,  -with- 
out any  external  discoloration,  from  the  hip  to  the  foot.  This  was  found,  on  further 
examination,  to  proceed  from  the  ordinary  anasarcous  effusion  into  the  cellular  sub- 
stance. The  inguinal  glands  were  a  little  enlarged,  as  they  usually  are  in  a  dropsical 
limb,  but  pale  coloured,  and  free  from  the  slightest  sign  of  inflammation.  The  femoral 
vein,  from  the  ham  upwards,  the  external  iliac,  and  the  common  iliac  veins,  as  far  as 
the  junction  of  the  latter  with  the  corresponding  trunk  of  the  right  side,  were  dis- 
tended, and  firmly  plugged  with  what  appeared  externally  a  coagulnm  of  blood.  The 
femoral  portion  of  the  vein,  slightly  thickened  in  its  coats,  and  of  a  deep  red  colour, 
was  filled  with  a  firm  bloody  coagulum,  adhering  to  the  sides  of  the  tube,  so  that  it 
could  not  be  drawn  out.  As  the  red  colour  of  the  vein  might  have  been  caused  by  the 
red  clot  everywhere  in  close  contact  with  it,  it  cannot  be  deemed  a  proof  of  inflamma- 
tion. The  trunk  of  the  profunda  was  distended  in  the  same  way  as  that  of  the  femoral 
vein  ;  but  the  saphena  and  its  branches  were  empty  and  healthy.  The  substance  filling 
the  external  iliac,  and  common  iliac  portions  of  the  vein  was  like  the  laminated  coag- 
ulum of  an  aneurismal  sac,  at  least  with  a  very  slight  mixture  of  red  particles  :  the 
tube  was  completely  obstructed  by  this  matter,  more  intimately  connected  to  its  surface 
than  in  the  femoral  vein;   adhering  indeed  as  firmly  as  the  coagulum  part 

of  an  old  aneurismal  sac;  but  in  its  centre  there  was  a  cavity  containing  aboul  a  tea- 
spoonful  of  a  thick  fluid  of  the  consistence  of  pus,  of  a  lightish  brown  tint,  and  pulta- 
ceous  appearance.  The  uterus,  which  had  contracted  to  the  usual  degree,  at  such  a 
distance  of  time  from  the  delivery,  its  appendages  and  blood-vessel-,  and  the  \ 
were  in  a  perfectly  healthy  state.  There  was  not  the  least  appearance  of  vascular  con- 
gestion about  the  organ,  nor  the  slightest  distension  of  any  of  ;'  [ta  whole 
substance  was.  on  the  contrary,  pale,  and  the  vessels  everywhere  contracte  i  and  empty. 
The  state  of  the  abdominal  cavity  and  its  contents  were  perfectly  natural.  That  the 
Bubstance  occupying  the  upper  part  of  the  venous  trunk  and  the  fluid  in  it-  central 
cavity,  had  been  deposited  there  during  life,  from  inflammation  of  the 
admit  of  doubt.  I  am  also  decidedly  of  opinion,  in  consequence  of  its  firmness,  and 
close  adhesion  to  the  vein,  that  the  red  coagulum  in  the  femoral  vein  was  the  result  of 
a  similar  affection  extending  along  the  tube,  and  that  the  passage  of  the  bloo  I  through 
it,  in  the  whole  tract  submitted  to  examination,  must  have  been  completely  obstructed 
before  death." 


500  PHLEGMASIA   DOLENS. 

Dr.  Davis'  paper,  yet  the  latter  gentleman  had  been  promulgating  his 
views  for  six  years  previously. 

In  1829  (I  believe),  Dr.  Robert  Lee,  acting  upon  a  suggestion  of  Mr. 
Guthrie's,  succeeded  in  tracing  the  affected  veins  to  their  origin  in  the 
uterus,  and  found  the  disease  equally  marked  there.  He  then  added  to 
Dr.  Davis'  observation,  the  fact  that  (at  least  in  many  cases)  crural  phle- 
bitis is  but  an  extension  of  uterine  phlebitis. 

MM.  Petit,  Gardien,  and  Capuron,  regard  the  disease  as  inflammation 
of  the  lymphatic  vessels  and  glands. 

Dr.  Burns  considers  the  nerves  as  involved  in  the  disease. 

Dr.  Campbell  coincides  rather  with  Dr.  Davis  and  Dr.  Lee. 

Dr.  Dewees  rejects  the  pathological  view,  and  is  rather  inclined  to 
adopt  that  of  Dr.  Hull. 

M.  Bouillaud  has  written  a  very  able  article  on  this  subject  in  the  Diet, 
de  Med.  et  de  Chir.  Prat.  (1834),  in  which  he  includes  inflammation  of 
the  symphyses,  veins,  lymphatics,  and  nerves,  among  the  proximate 
causes  of  phlegmasia  dolens. 

It  is  evident  that  if  we  take  pathological  anatomy  for  our  guide,  we 
must  conclude  the  disease  to  consist  in  inflammation  of  the  veins  of  the 
lower  extremities,  in  many  cases  propagated  from  the  veins  of  the  uterus ; 
and  that  the  interruption  of  the  circulation  through  these  vessels  gives  rise 
to  the  effusion  of  serum  in  the  cellular  tissue.  This  view  also  derives 
some  support  from  the  phenomena  wThich  result  from  phlebitis  in  other 
situations. 

At  the  same  time  it  is  not  impossible  that  some  further  information 
may  be  necessary,  before  we  fully  comprehend  the  true  theory  of  the 
disease. 

762.  Causes. — The  exciting  cause  is  generally  the  impression  of  cold ; 
and  if  Dr.  Lee's  views  be  of  general  application,  we  may  add  disease  of 
the  uterus,  especially  of  that  part  to  which  the  placenta  is  attached. 

763.  Symptoms. — As  this  disease  generally  occurs  in  women  who  have 
suffered  from  uterine  irritation,  or  inflammation,  and  may  even  be  caused 
by  such  condition  of  the  uterus,  it  is  not  surprising  that  the  ordinary  pre- 
monitory symptoms  should  commence  with  pain  or  uneasiness  in  the 
lower  part  of  the  abdomen,  extending  along  the  brim  of  the  pelvis :  the 
patient  is  irritable,  depressed,  and  complains  of  great  weakness. 

Sometimes,  however,  there  are  no  precursory  symptoms,  the  patient 
being  suddenly  seized  with  pain  in  the  calf  of  the  leg ;  or  it  may  com- 
mence like  rheumatism,  affecting  the  back  and  hip  joint. 

When  the  disease  begins  in  the  pelvis,  the  pain  speedily  extends  below 
Poupart's  ligament  down  the  thigh,  to  the  ham,  calf  of  the  leg,  and  foot. 

It  is  constant,  but  occasionally  remitting,  and  not  much  relieved  by 
posture,  though  a  depending  position  materially  increases  it. 

Shortly  after  the  commencement,  the  inguinal  region  is  tumefied  and 
tense,  and  in  a  day  or  two  the  thigh  becomes  swollen,  tense,  wThite,  and 
shining.  This  swelling  may  be  confined  to  the  thigh,  or  extend  down  to 
the  heel,  and  it  will  vary  much  in  amount ;  occasionally  the  leg  is  enor- 
mously increased  in  size,  which  is  rather  a  favourable  occurrence. 

When  the  pain  originates  in  the  back  and  hips,  the  nates  and  vulva 
become  swollen,  glassy,  and  tense. 

When  the  disease  commences  in  the  calf  of  the  leg,  the  swelling  is  first 


PHLEGMASIA    DOLENS.  501 

observed  there,  or  at  the  ankles,  gradually  extending  itself  up  th< 
and  thigh. 

The  temperature  of  the  limb  is  generally  increased,  thoug  Lines 

it  is  below  the  natural  standard. 

At  the  commencement  and  decline  of  the  disease,  the  limb  pits  upon 
pressure  ;  but  when  the  distension  is  great,  it  does  not. 

In  most  cases  the  femoral  vein  may  be  traced  from  the  groin  down  the 
thigh,  feeling  hard,  and  rolling  under  the  linger  like  a  cord.  When  the 
attack  is  limited  to  the  leg,  however,  this  is  not  the  case. 

There  is  a  degree  of  tenderness  all  over  the  limb,  but  it  is  very  marked 
along  the  course  of  the  inflamed  vessel ;  there  is  neither  redness  nor  dis- 
coloration. 

The  inguinal  glands  are  generally  swollen  and  hard  ;  in  some  rare 
cases  they  suppurate. 

Abscesses  may  form  in  the  cellular  membrane ;  and  Burns  states  that 
mortification  has  occurred. 

Either  leg  may  be  affected,  though  the  left  appears  to  be  more  fre- 
quently attacked  ;  and  it  not  unfrequently  happens  that  the  sound  leg 
participates  in  the  disease  before  the  other  is  perfectly  well,  and  then  the 
disease  runs  a  similar  course  a  second  time. 

When  once  the  swelling  takes  place  the  limb  becomes  useless;  the 
patient  can  neither  bend  it  nor  place  it  on  the  ground. 

The  constitution,  as  might  be  expected,  suffers  considerably  during  the 
attack ;  the  pulse  becomes  quick  (100  to  140)  though  weak,  the  tongue 
white  and  coated,  the  thirst  considerable,  the  countenance  pale,  the  appe- 
tite is  lost,  the  bowels  deranged,  the  urine  turbid.  The  patient  is  restless, 
and  generally  sleepless. 

The  internal  genitals  are  tender,  and  the  lochia  sometimes  diminished, 
or  offensive,  but  more  frequently  unaltered. 

Of  course,  these  symptoms  will  vary  in  intensity,  according  to  the  vio- 
lence of  the  Mack ;  and  when  the  acute  stage  is  over  (in  ten  days  or  a 
fortnight),  the  constitutional  disturbance  subsides,  and  the  affection  becomes 
local,  and  chronic. 

764.  Terminations. — 1.  It  may  terminate  in  resolution — the  symptoms 
altogether  subsiding,  the  effusion  disappearing,  and  the  patient  recovering 
the  use  of  her  limbs. 

2.  The  subsidence  may  be  more  gradual,  the  limb  continuing  swollen 
for  months,  and  the  patient  being  unable  to  use  it  freely. 

In  these  cases  there  may  be  some  thickening  of  the  cellular  tissue,  and 
sometimes  the  veins  remain  varicose. 

3.  As  already  stated,  suppuration  may  take  place,  even  to  a  great 
extent,  so  as  to  change  the  character  of  the  disease,  and  even  to  threaten 
danger  from  exhaustion. 

4.  Death  may  occur,  either  suddenly  —  perhaps  as  the  patient  raises 
herself  in  bed  —  or  more  gradually,  from  the  secondary  diseases  conse- 
quent on  phlebitis. 

765.  Morbid  Anatomy.  —  On  opening  the  limb,  it  is  found  to  be  dis- 
tended by  serum  effused  into  the  cellular  membrane. 

The  vein  is  obliterated  by  clots  of  blood  firmly  adherent  to  its  parietes, 
which  are  thickened  ;  its  inner  membrane  is  of  a  deep  red  colour,  the 
result,  either  of  staining  from  the  clots,  or  of  inflammation. 


502  PHLEGMASIA   DOLENS. 

A  membrane  of  coagulable  lymph  may  be  found,  instead  of  the  clot, 
lining  different  vessels. 

The  veins  may  contain  purulent  matter. 

The  vessels  which  have  been  noticed  as  participating  in  these  changes, 
are  the  femoral,  the  external,  internal,  and  common  iliacs  of  either  side, 
the  epigastric,  spermatic,  circumflexa  ilii,  the  uterine,  vaginal  and  saphena 
veins,  and  the  vena  cava. 

Pus  is  also  met  with  in  the  absorbents,  and  evidences  of  inflammation. 
The  nerves  are  also  inflamed  in  .some  cases. 

.    A  series  of  small  abscesses  may  be  found  in  the  substance  of  the  limb, 
or  a  single  one  of  large  size. 

Traces  of  secondary  disease  may  be  discovered  in  the  different  cavities, 
joints,  &c. 

766.  Prognosis.  —  Though  we  cannot  say  that  the  disease  is  without 
danger  altogether,  when  severe,  yet  the  proportion  of  deaths  is  so  small, 
that  in  the  great  majority  of  even  severe  cases,  our  prognosis  may  be 
favourable  ;  still  more  decidedly  when  the  attack  is  slight. 

767.  Diagnosis. — The  characteristic  marks  of  the  disease  are,  the  time 
of  its  occurrence  —  after  delivery;  the  uterine  symptoms  preceding  —  the 
pain  down  the  thigh  and  leg  —  the  swelling;  but  especially  the  painful, 
hard,  cord-like  femoral  vein. 

When  the  greater  part  of  these  symptoms  is  present,  there  can  be  no 
doubt  of  the  nature  of  the  disease. 

768.  Treatment. — The  condition  of  the  patient  after  confinement  will 
of  necessity  somewhat  modify  the  activity  of  the  treatment. 

Generally  speaking,  venisection  will  not  be  required  ;  but  if  the  patient 
be  of  a  plethoric  habit,  if  she  have  in  some  degree  recovered  her  confine- 
ment, and  if  the  disease  set  in  with  great  violence,  it  may  be  ad- 
visable. 

Leeches,  in  numbers  proportioned  to  the  severity  of  the  attack,  should 
be  applied  along  the  course  of  the  femoral  vein,  to  the  gnans,  or  to  the 
calf  of  the  leg,  and  a  poultice  applied  when  they  fall  off.  If  decided 
relief  be  not  obtained,  they  may  be  repeated  in  smaller  numbers,  once, 
twice,  or  thrice. 

Calomel  in  small  doses,  alone  or  with  opium,  may  be  given  with  great 
benefit  after  leeching. 

As  the  bowels  are  almost  always  in  some  degree  disordered,  appro- 
priate remedies  must  be  tried.  If  diarrhoea  be  not  present,  purgatives 
may  be  given,  and  we  are  advised  to  prefer  the  saline.  I  have  certainly 
seen  benefit  result  from  small  doses  of  Tartar  emetic,  given  along  with 
the  cathartic. 

Saline  effervescing  draughts  may  also  be  given. 

Different  statements  have  been  made  as  to  the  effect  of  blisters ;  some 
regarding  them  as  specifics,  and  others  altogether  rejecting  them  as  mis- 
chievous.    My  own  experience  is  in  favour  of  them. 

Turpentine  fomentations  are  also  decidedly  useful. 

When  the  pain  is  severe,  or  the  patient  irritable,  restless,  and  sleepless, 
opiates  will  be  necessary. 

The  diet  should  be  bland,  and  chiefly  farinaceous. 

When  by  these  means  the  acute  stage  has  been  terminated,  and  the 
constitutional  symptoms  relieved,  we  may  change  our  local  and  general 


PUERPERAL    MANIA.  503 

treatment.     Gentle  support  may  be  afforded  to  the  limb  by  a  light  flannel 
bandage,  and  slightly  stimulating  friction  employed. 

In  this  stage  the  frequent  application  of  small  blisters  has  been  espe- 
cially recommended. 

Tonics  may  also  be  given;  bark,  or  quinine  and  sulphuric  acid,  will 
be  found  the  most  serviceable. 

The  diet  may  be  improved  ;  meat  may  be  allowed,  and  a  moderate 
portion  of  malt  liquor,  or  wine. 

If  at  anytime  the  lochia  should  be  offensive,  vaginal  injections  of  tepid 
milk  and  water,  twice  a  day,  should  be  employed. 

After  some  time,  air  and  slight  exercise,  with  sea-bathing,  will  be 
found  to  conduce  to  the  perfect  restoration  of  the  patient. 


CHAPTER  XXVI. 

PUERPERAL    MANIA. 


769.  Females  may  suffer  from  an  attack  of  mania  during  gestation, 
during  labour,  or  after  parturition.  The  two  latter  cases  will  occupy  our 
attention  in  this  chapter.  The  temporary  delirium,  or  mania,  which 
occurs  during  labour,  was,  I  believe,  first  recorded  by  my  friend  Dr. 
Montgomery.  It  appears  at  two  particular  periods  of  the  labour ;  first, 
as  the  head  passes  through  the  os  uteri,  and  again,  at  its  exit  through 
the  os  externum.  It  would  appear  to  be  owing  to  the  extreme  suffer- 
ing at  these  times,  acting  upon  an  irritable  and  nervous  temperament. 
It  is  very  temporary,  generally  lasting  but  a  few  minutes,  and  then 
subsiding. 

The  most  curious  point  about  it  is,  that  the  patient  is  often  conscious 
of  her  incoherence.  A  lady  whom  I  attended,  and  in  whom  this  delirium 
occurred,  assured  me  that  she  knew7  she  was  talking  nonsense,  but  that 
she  could  not  resist  it. 

770.  Puerperal  mania,  in  the  usual  sense  of  the  term,  is  by  no  means 
a  rare  disease.  It  may  attack  the  patient  a  few  hours  or  days  after  deli- 
very, and  more  frequently  before  the  lacteal  secretion  is  fully  established, 
although  cases  occur  at  a  later  period,  and  even  appear  to  be  the  result 
of  weaning. 

Females  of  a  nervous,  irritable  temperament,  seem  peculiarly  obnoxious 
to  it,  and  occasionally  those  of  plethoric  habit  and  of  sensitive  feelings. 
It  is  said  to  prevail  especially  during  summer. 

771.  Causes.  —  It  was  formerly  attributed  to  the  suppression  of  the 
lochia,  or  to  a  metastasis  of  the  milk. 

More  recently  it  has  been  attributed  to  local  irritation  of  the  breasts  or 
other  parts;  to  irritation  and  loss  of  blood  combined;  to  the  peculiar 
condition  of  the  sexual  system  ;  to  the  disturbances  of  the  vascular  system, 
occasioned  by  delivery ;  or  to  the  effects  of  suckling. 


504  PUERPERAL    MANIA. 

No  doubt,  also,  it  may  be  partly  attributable  to  the  shock  which  the 
nervous  system  receives  at  the  time  of  labour. 

Hemorrhage  has  been  enumerated  among  the  predisposing  causes,  and 
the  exciting  causes  are  said  to  be  fright,  anger,  sorrow,  or  any  species 
of  mental  emotion,  disordered  digestion,  &c. 

There  is  no  reason  to  believe  that  it  arises  from  inflammatory  action 
in  the  brain. 

772.  Symptoms.  —  The  attack  may  either  come  on  suddenly,  or  gra- 
dually ;  in  the  former  case  the  patient  may,  perhaps,  awake  out  of  sleep 
in  a  fright,  and  commence  talking  incessantly  and  incoherently ;  in  the 
latter,  she  may  have  complained  of  head-ache  for  some  days ;  of  vigil- 
ance ;  or  even  entire  sleeplessness.  The  loss  of  rest  produces  exhaustion 
and  irritability,  and  her  mind  becomes  depressed  and  fretful.  In  this 
condition,  some  fancied  inattention  or  unkindness,  or  some  annoyance, 
fixes  itself,  as  it  were,  in  her  mind,  and  from  talking  constantly  of  it,  she 
soon  proceeds  to  talk  irrationally  about  it.  Once  the  mental  integrity  is 
broken,  she  ceases  to  be  rational  on  any  point  except  for  a  few  moments, 
and,  in  fact,  becomes  insane. 

As  to  the  insane  phenomena,  they  do  not  differ  under  these  circum- 
stances from  insanity  generally,  and  therefore  I  need  not  enter  upon 
them. 

There  are  two  distinct  classes  of  cases ;  those  which  are  accompanied 
by  fever  and  quick  pulse,  and  those  which  are  not ;  and  this  is,  perhaps, 
the  most  important  point  in  the  history  of  the  disease. 

We  find  the  former  class  of  patients  complain  of  head-ache,  and  throb- 
bing in  the  head  ;  the  face  is  flushed,  the  eye  unsettled  and  intolerant  of 
light,  the  raving  is  incessant,  and  the  patient  difficult  to  restrain. 

In  the  latter  we  find  the  pulse  but  little  quicker  than  usual,  and  weak, 
the  surface  natural,  and  very  little  head-ache.  The  tongue  is  generally 
white  and  loaded,  the  stomach  disordered,  and  the  bowels  confined. 

773.  Terminations.  —  1.  It  may  cease  suddenly  after  twenty-four 
hours. 

2.  It  may  continue  an  indefinite  time,  and  the  patient  ultimately 
recover. 

3.  It  may  terminate  in  death.  This  is  almost  peculiar  to  those  cases 
where  the  pulse  is  quick,  and  fever  is  present 

4.  A  few  patients  continue  in  a  state  of  permanent  insanity,  in  whom 
it  occurs  after  delivery. 

774.  Treatment.  —  It  seems  to  be  pretty  generally  agreed,  that  there 
are  but  few  cases  which  require  venisection,  and  that  in  those  cases  it 
should  be  used  most  cautiously. 

Leeches  to  the  forehead  or  temples  is  a  better  mode  of  abstracting 
blood,  if  it  be  necessary. 

If  the  loss  of  blood  do  no  good,  it  is  quite  certain  to  do  mischief,  by 
weakening  the  patient,  and  increasing  the  irritability. 

Some  benefit  will  be  derived  from  shaving  the  head,  and  applying  cold 
lotions,  or  a  bladder  of  pounded  ice. 

But  more  decided  relief  seems  to  be  afforded  by  thoroughly  freeing  the 
bowels  by  purgatives  and  enemata,  and  then  administering  an  opiate, 
when  not  counter-indicated  by  the  state  of  the  pulse. 

Emetics  have  been   recommended,  but  their  value  seems  doubtful. 


PUERPERAL   MAHIA.  o05 

unless  there  be  a  necessity  for  evacuating  some  offensive  matter  in  the 
stomach. 

Antispasmodics  —  especially  camphor,  are  said  to  be  very  useful. 

Diffusible  stimuli,  in  combination  with  the  opiate,  have  been  found 
very  beneficial. 

Tartar  emetic,  in  small  doses,  will  be  of  use,  illy  in  cases  where 

the  pulse  is  quick,  and  may  probably  supersede  the  necessity  for  blood- 
letting. 

Tonics  will  be  beneficial  when  the  mania  subsides. 

The  utmost  quiet  will  be  necessary.  The  diet  should  be  bland  and 
nutritive. 

Great  skill  must  be  exercised  in  the  moral  management  of  the  patient, 
so  as  not  to  increase  the  irritation.  There  is  more  to  be  gained  by  the 
appearance  of  yielding  to  the  wishes  or  whims  of  the  patient,  than  by 
resisting  them. 

Some  authors  recommend  that  the  patient  should  cease  nursing,  as  the 
suckling  may  prolong  the  irritation. 

"  The  first  signs  of  recovery  are  to 'be  observed  in  the  abatement  of  the 
fits  of  agitation,  in  their  violence,  or  the  return  of  the  right  understand- 
ing, though  for  short  intervals.  It  seems  that  peculiar  address  is  required 
to  foster  any  tendency  to  their  natural  habits,  and  by  a  sensible  and  wise 
management  of  these  tendencies,  the  recovery  may  be  much  promoted."* 

*  It  will  be  consolatory  to  the  medical  attendant  as  well  as  to  the  friends  of  the 
patient  to  know  that  these  cases,  alarming  as  they  appear,  almost  invariably  recover 
under  judicious  treatment.  It  has  been  very  properly  said  that,  "  the  question  is  not 
so  much  whether  the  patient  will  get  well,  as  when  she  will  get  well."  —  Editor. 


2s 


CHAPTER  XXVII. 

EPHEMERAL  FEVER  OR  WEED. 

775.  This  is  a  short  attack  of  fever,  to  which  females  are  especially- 
liable  during  the  early  part  of  their  convalescence,  though  it  may  occur 
at  a  later  period. 

Females  of  sensitive  constitutions  are  most  obnoxious  to  it. 

776.  Causes.  —  The  most  frequent  cause  is  the  impression  of  cold, 
perhaps  on  rising  from  bed,  or  changing  the  room,  &c. 

Indigestion,  or  irregularity  of  the  bowels,  may  also  give  rise  to  it. 
Fatigue,  mental  agitation,  and  want  of  rest,  are  also  enumerated  among 
the  exciting  causes. 

777.  Symptoms. — The  attack  commences  by  general  uneasiness,  palpi- 
tation, and  shivering,  with  head-ache,  pain  in  the  back  and  limbs,  sore- 
ness of  the  skin,  thirst,  rapid  and  sometimes  irregular  pulse,  &c. 

To  this  succeeds  a  well-marked  hot  stage,  with  flushed  face,  throbbing 
temples,  pain  over  the  eyes,  rapid  full  pulse,  pain  of  the  breasts,  soreness 
of  the  abdomen,  &c,  and  it  terminates  in  a  profuse  sweat,  which  removes 
the  fever,  and  relieves  the  other  symptoms. 

The  tongue  is  coated,  the  stomach  is  often  disturbed,  and  the  bowels 
confined. 

During  the  paroxysm,  the  fever  often  runs  very  high,  and  the  distress 
is  proportionally  great.  Occasionally  the  mind  is  confused  and  distressed  ; 
and  in  some  cases  the  patient  is  delirious. 

For  the  time,  the  secretion  of  milk  is  diminished  or  suspended,  and  the 
lochia  also,  but  they  return  after  the  paroxysm. 

The  fit  is  generally  completed  in  twenty-four  hours,  always  in  forty- 
eight ;  and  if  properly  treated,  it  seldom  returns.  If  neglected,  however, 
it  may  assume  the  form  of  an  intermitting,  or  continued  fever. 

Unless  it  assume  this  character,  it  is  of  very  little  consequence,  and 
very  easily  managed. 

778.  Diagnosis. — From  the  violence  with  which  it  commences,  it  may 
easily  be  mistaken  for  puerperal  fever;  but  the  cessation  of  the  paroxysm 
after  some  hours,  and  the  absence  of  marked  abdominal  tenderness,  will 
generally  enable  us  to  distinguish  it.  Indeed,  the  peculiar  violence  with 
which  it  commences,  is  itself  more  characteristic  of  weed  than  puerperal. 

779.  Treatment. — During  the  cold  stages,  hot  bottles  and  warm  bed- 
clothes may  be  applied,  so  as  to  relieve  the  distress.  Warm  drinks  and 
cordials  may  also  be  given. 

During  the  hot  stage,  a  comfortable  quantity  of  clothing  must  be  con- 
tinued, and  diaphoretics  given,  so  as  to  favour  perspiration;  and  during 
the  sweating  stage,  we  must  guard  against  cold,  and  diminish  the  clothing 
very  gradually. 

As  for  purgative  medicines,  which  are  necessary,  I  have  found  the 
combination  of  Salts,  Senna,  and  Tartar  Emetic,  the  most  useful ;  but 

(506) 


EPHEMERAL   FEVER   OR   WEED.  507 

any  other  purgative  may  answer  the  purpose.  If  the  tongue  be  foul,  and 
the  stomach  loaded,  an  emetic  may  be  advisable. 

Very  rarely  will  it  be  necessary  to  take  away  blood,  and  then  only  if 
there  be  much  local  pain.  A  few  leeches  to  the  head,  or  to  the  breasts 
if  they  be  painful,  may  be  of  use ;  but  in  the  majority  of  cases  they  are 
unnecessary. 

We  should  carefully  examine  the  state  of  the  uterine  system,  as  irrita- 
tion may  otherwise  go  on  unsuspected,  and  be  the  cause  of  much  subse- 
quent distress. 

The  diet  may  be  nutritious  after  the  paroxysm  is  over,  and  even  mild 
tonics  be  given,  if  necessary.  Dr.  Campbell  recommends  five-grain 
doses  of  camphor,  four  or  five  times  a  day  for  some  days,  to  allay  nervous 
irritability. 

Great  care  must  be  taken,  after  the  fever  has  terminated,  to  avoid  all 
occasion  of  cold,  or  any  cause  which  may  reproduce  the  attack. 


INDEX 


A. 

PAGE. 

Abortion 179 

Abdomen,  enlargement  of 150 

Accidental  hemorrhage 421 

»   treatment  of...  423 

"   transfusion  in  .  425 

After-pains 228 

Allantois 121 

AmenorrhcBa 86 

Amnii,  liquor  122 

Amnion 114 

Amputation  of  fcBtal  limbs  in  utero .  144 

Anaethesia 284 

Apoplectic  convulsions 444 

Apoplexy  of  child  at  birth 225 

Arm  presentations 394 

Ascites 382 

Asphyxia  of  child  at  birth 224 

Auscultation  in  pregnancy 152 

B. 

"Ballottement » 152 

Breech  presentations 384 

"  Bruit  placentaire  " 153 

C. 

Callipers  (Note) 57 

Caesarean  section.. 358 

"         mode  of  operating 368 

Canal  of  the  pelvis 46 

Carunculae  myrtiformes 61 

Cephalasmatoma 225 

Cephalic  version 297 

Cervix  uteri  in  pregnancy 107 

Changes  in  child  after  birth 143 

Child,  position  of,  in  utero 137 

"     condition  at  birth 224 

"     abnormal  condition 225 

Chloroform 284 

Chorion 112 

Circulation  in  foetus 142 

Clitoris 60 

Coccyx 39 

n        ,      ,  ,                        (  409,  414,  420 

Complex  labour |   43^447,469 

Conception 98 

Convalescence  after  labour,  normal .  226 

»                »            abnormal.  231 

Convulsions. 435 

"          hysteric 435 

epileptic 436 

apoplectic 444 

Corpus  luteum 102 

Craniotomy 341 

"           mode  of  operating.  .  .  .  354 


D. 

PAGE. 

Death  of  foetus,  signs  of 177 

Decidua  vera 109 

Decidual  cotyledons 110 

Development,  laws  of 143 

Diameters  of  foetal  head 139,  200 

"         of  pelvis 42,  43 

Distortions  of  pelvis 49,  268 

"•  effectson  labour,  271 

"     treatment 271 

Duration  of  pregnancy 158 

Dysmenorrhea 90 

E. 

Embryo,  formation  of 122,  127 

Ephemeral  fever 506 

Epileptic  convulsions 436 

Ergot  of  rye 241 

External  organs  of  generation 58 

Extra-uterine  pregnancy 169 

Extremities,  inferior,  presentation  of,  390 

superior        "            »  394 

F. 

Face  presentations 377 

Fcetal  life,  physiology  of 141 

"      circulation 142 

"     heart,  pulsation  of 154 

"      head,  diameters  of 139,  200 

Foetus,  signs  of  death  of 177 

"      measurements  of 139 

"      pathology  of 176 

"      position  of,  in  utero. 138 

"      laws  of  developement  of  . .  .  143 

"     movements  of 151 

"      viability  of 274 

Fallopian  tubes 71 

Fever,  puerperal 477 

Fistula,  vesico-vaginal    and    recto- 
vaginal   455 

Flooding 420 

Foot  presentations 390 

Forceps 312 

"      mode  of  operating 327 

Forehead  under  pubic  arch 382 

Fourchette 62 

Funis 120 

"     presentations 409 

Funic  souffle , 155 

G. 

Generation^  external  organs  of 58 

"          internal  organs  of 63 

conception 98 

(508) 


INDEX. 


;09 


PAGE. 

Gestation 105 

Graafian  vesicles 72 

H. 

Hemorrhage 420 

accidental 421 

unavoidable 426 

after  delivery 433 

Hydrocephalus,  effect  on  labour  ..  .  407 

Hysteric  convulsions 435 

Hysteritis.  puerperal 491 

Hysterotomy 358 

I.— J. 

Ilium,  os 36 

Imperforate  os  uteri 256 

Induction  of  premature  labour 179 

Inflammation  of  peritoneum 483 

of  uterus 491 

of  uterine  appendages,  489 

of  uterine  veins 493 

of  lymphatics 496 

Innominatum,  os 35 

Instrumental  labour 253 

Introduction 33 

Internal  organs  of  generation 63 

Interstitial  fcetation 172 

Inversion  of  the  uterus 469 

Ischium,  os 36 

Jacquemin's  test  of  pregnancy.  .  . .  157 

Joints  of  pelvis 39 

K. 

Kiesteine 156 

L. 

Labia  majora 59 

"     minora 59 

Labour,  premature 179 

"       natural  stages  of 191 

"       symptoms  of 212 

"       management  of 218 

"       tedious 236 

"       powerless 270 

"       obstructed 255 

"       unnatural 377 

with  distortion 268 

"     malposition 377 

"     mal-presentation 384 

"     prolapse  of  funis 409 

n          "     retained  placenta  ...  .  414 

n     flooding 420 

"     convulsions 435 

"     lacerations -117 

"     inversion  of  uterus.  .  .  469 

Lever  or  vectis 303 

"     mode  of  operation. .  308 

Liquor  amnii 122 

"     excess  of 246 

"         n     premature  discharge  of  247 


PAGE. 

Lochia 228 

Lymphatics,  uterine,  inflammation  of,  496 

M. 

Mal-position  of  child 377 

face  presentations  . .  .  377 

forehead  to  pubis  ....  382 

Mal-presentation 384 

breech 384 

inferior  extremities  ..  .  390 

superior          do.       . .  .  394 

"          compound  presentation,  399 

Mammary  changes  in  pregnancy  . .  147 

Mania,  puerperal 503 

Maturity  of  child 140 

Measurements  of  pelvis 47,  57 

Mechanism  of  parturition 192 

Membranes,  toughness  of 246 

Menstruation.! 75 

cessation  of 78 

causes  of 79 

disorders  of 86 

vicarious 90 

Milk,  the 229 

Menorrhagia 94 

Morning  sickness 147 

Mons  Veneris 59 

Monsters 406 

N. 

Natural  labour 210 

symptoms  of 212 

"            management  of 218 

Obstetric  options ,  {  ^  «  3y0 

Obstructed  labour 255 

Os  coccygis 39 

Os  ilium 36 

Os  innominatum 35 

Os  ischium 36 

Os  pubis 37 

Os  sacrum 38 

Os  uteri,  rigid 244 

"         imperforate 256 

Ovaries,  the 71 

"        physiology  of  the 75 

Ovarian  fetation 170 

Ovum;  changes  in 100 

P. 

Parturient  female,  management  of, 

after  labour 230 

Parturition 188 

classification  of 189 

mechanism  of 192 

Pathology  of  foetus 176 

Pelvis,  bones  of,  collectively  ...   35,  41 


510 


INDEX. 


PAGE. 

Pelvis,  joints  of  the 39 

"      cavity  of  the 44 

»      outlet  of  the 44 

"      axes  of  the 45 

»       canal  of 46 

"      diameters  of 42,  43 

"      external  measurements  ....  47 

»            »                  ;?          (Note).  57 

»      distortions  of 49,  268 

"      planes  of  the,  (Note) 194 

Peritoneum,  inflammation  of 483 

Phlegmasia  dolens 498 

Phlebitis,uterine 493 

Physiology  of  uterus 188 

Perineum 62 

"         laceration  of 462 

Placenta,  the 114 

Placental  souffle 153 

Placenta,  management  of 223 

"        retained 414 

"        praevia 426 

"        extraction  of 428 

Plural  births 400 

Podalic  version .  . 298 

Position  of  fcetus  in  utero 138 

Powerless  labour 270 

Pregnancy,  signs  of 145 

duration  of 158 

twin 157 

extra-uterine 169 

Premature  labour 179 

»            "     induction  of 272 

Presentation,  breech 384 

of  inferior  extremities  390 

superior             do.   ...  394 

compound         do.    ...  399 

Prolapse  of  funis 409 

Pubis,  os 37 

"     symphysis 40 

Puerperal  fever 477 

"         peritonitis 483 

hysteritis 491 

"         mania 503 

Pulsation  of  fetal  heart 154 

5>          funis 155 

Q. 

Quickening 150 

R.     . 

Recto-vaginal  fistula 455 

Retention  of  placenta 414 

Rupture  of  uterus 447 

S. 

Sacrum,  os 38 

Salivation 147 


PAGE. 

Scalp,  tumour  of,  at  birth 225 

Signs  of  pregnancy 145 

Sexes,  proportion  of 140 

Superfetation 166 

Suppression  of  the  menses 89 

Sterility 162 

Symphyseotomy 370 

T. 

Tedious  labour 236 

Tubal  fetation 171 

Tumour  of  scalp.  . .  . 225 

Tunica  media 113 

Turning 293 

Twin  pregnancy 157 

Twin  births 400 

U. 

Umbilical  cord 120 

pulsation  of  the 155 

Unavoidable  hemorrhage 426 

Unnatural  labour.. .  .   255,  268,  377,  400 

Urethra 61 

;?      orifice  of .  . 60 

Utero-gestation 105 

Uterine-souffle 153 

»      phlebitis 493 

"      appendages,  inflammation  of  489 

"      lymphatics            do.  496 

Uterus 64 

»       arteries  of 68,  106 

"       nerves  of 68,  106 

»       double 69 

»       physiology  of /  75,  188 

"       inertia  of 251 

"       inflammation  of 491 

"       inversion  of 469 

»       obliquity  of 247 

"       rupture  of 447 

V. 

Vagina 62 

"       orifice  of 61 

"       examination  of,  in  labour..  214 

Vectis 303 

Veins,  uterine,  inflammation  of. .  . .  493 

Version 293 

Vesico-vaginal  fistula 455 

Vesicula  alba 113 

Vestibulum 60 

Vicarious  menstruation 90 

W. 

Weed 506 

Weight  of  child 139 


THE    END. 


CATALOGUE 


OF 


MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL  WORKS, 

PUBLISHED  BY 

BLANCHAED  &  LEA, 

PHILADELPHIA. 

JIXY,  1851. 


FOR  SALE  BY  ALL  BOOKSELLERS. 


TO  THE  MEDICAL  PROFESSION. 

The  Subscribers  Subjoin  a  list  of  their  publication?  in  medical  and  other  sciences,  to  which  they  would 
invite  the  attention  of  the  Profession,  with  the  full  confidence  that  they  will  be  found  to  correspond  in  every 
respect  with  the  description.  They  are  to  be  had  of  all  the  principal  booksellers  throughout  the  Union  from 
wiiorn,  or  from  the  publishers  particulars  respecting  price,  &c,  may  be  had  on  application 

BL.AXCH\RD  &  LE\. 


qusi 


Philadelphia,  May.  1551. 

DICTIONARIES,,  JOURNALS,  &c. 

American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences 
terly,  at  85  a  year. 

Cyclop-edia  of  Practical  Medicine,  by  Forbes, 
Tweedie,  &c,  edited  by  Dunglison,  in  4  super 
royal   volumes,  3154  double  columned  pages. 

Dunglison's  Medical  Dictionary,  7th  ed.,  1  vol. 
imp.8vo.,9l2  large  pages,  double  columns. 

Hoblyn's  Dictionary  of  Medical  Terms,  by  Hays, 
1  vol.  large  12mo., 402  pages,  double  columns. 

Neill  and  Smith's  Compend  of  the  Medical  Sci- 
ences, 1  vol.,  large  12mo.,  900  pp.,  350  cuts. 

Transactions  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, Vols.  I,  II,  and  III,  cloth  or  paper. 

Medical  News  and  Library,  monthly,  at  §1  a  year.  ' 


(Late  Lea  &  Blaxchard.) 

I  Hope  on  the  Heart,new  ed.,  pi's,  1vol. 8vo.,  572  p. 
Hughes  on  the  Lungs,  &c,  1  vol.  12mo.,270  pp. 
!  LalJeinand  on  Spermatorrhoea,  1  vol.Svo.,  320  pp. 
i  Mitchell  on  Fevers,  1  vol.  12mo.,  138  pages. 
Philip  on  Protracted  Indigestion,  8vo.,  240  pp. 
Philips  on  Scrofula,  1  vol.  8vo.,  350  pages. 
Ricord  on  Venereal,  new  ed.,  1  vol.  Svo.,  340  pp. 
Stanley  on  Diseases  of  the   Bones,   1  vol.  Svo., 

286  pag*es. 
Vdgel's  Pathological   Anatomy   of  the  Human 
Body,    1   vol.  Svo.,  536  pages,  col.  plates. 
:  Wilson  on  the  Skin,  1  vol.  Svo.,  new  ed.,  440  pp. 

Same  work,  with  colored  plates. 
|  Whitehead  on  Sterility  and  Abortion,!  vol.8vo., 
3S8  pages. 


ANATOMY, 


I  Williams'  Principles  of  Medicine,  by  Clymer,  2d 
edition,  440  pages,  1  vol.  Svo. 


Anatomical  Atlas,  by  Smith   and  Horner,  large    Williams  on  the  Respiratory  Organs,  by  Clymer, 

imp.  8vo.,  650  figures.    New  and  cheaper  ed.  J       1  vol.  8vo.,  500  pages. 
Horner's  Special   Anatomy  and  Histology,  new  : 


edition,  2  vols.  8vo.,  many  cuts,  (nearly  ready.) 
Horner's   United  States  Dissector,  1   vol.  large 

royal  12mo.,  many  cuts,  444  pages. 
Maclise's  Surgical  Anatomy,  Parts  I.  II.  and  III., 

46  colored  plates,  imp.  4to.    Price  $2  00  each. 

(Part  IV  just  ready.) 
Sharpey  and  Quain's  Anatomy,  by  Leidy,  2  vols. 

8vo.,  1300  pages,  511  wood-cuts. 
Wilson's  Human  Anatomy,  by  Godriard,4th  edi- 


PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE. 

Ashwell  on  Females,  2d  ed.,  1  vol.  8vo.,  520  pp. 
Barlow's  Practice  of  Medicine,  (preparing.) 
Bennet  on  the  Uterus,  2d  and  enlarged   edition, 

1  vol.  8vo.,  356  pages. 
Bartlett  on  Fevers,  2d  edition,  550  pages. 
Benedict's  Compendium  of  Chapman's  Lectures, 

1  vol.  8vo.,  25S  pages. 
|  Chapman  on  Fevers,  Gout,  Dropsy,  &c.  &c,  1  vol. 

8vo.,  450  pages. 


tion,  1  vol.  Svo.,  2o2  wood-cuts,  oSO  pp. 
itt-i       .    t->-         m.       t     o    ji      i      in-    £     j-x-        i  Lolomuat  de  L'lsere  on  fema  es.by  Meics,  1  vol. 
Wilson's  Dissector,  by  Goddard.     iSevv   edition,        0  „r>A  7       i,  Y  •      h> 

•  ..       .     ,       ,   ,%  J      A-o  i  Svo.,  720  pages,  cuts.     New  edition. 

with  cuts,  1  vol.  12mo.,  458  pages,(now  ready.)  ;  Condie'on  ^  J^  of  Child  3d  editi 

PHYSIOLOGY.  i  vol.  svo. 

Carpenter's  Principles  of  Human  Physiology,  1  j  Churchill  on  the  Diseases  of  Infancy  and  Child- 
vol.  8vo.,  752  pp.,  300  cuts  and  2  plates,  4th  |      hood,  1  vol.  Svo. 


edition,  much  improved  and  enlarged.     1850 
Carpenter's  Elements,  or  Manual  of  Physiolog)  , 

new  and  improved  edition,  1  vol.  8vo.,  (nearly 

ready.) 
Carpenter's  General  and  Comparative  Physiolo- 
gy, 1  vol.  8vo.,  many  cuts,  (now  ready.) 
Dunglison's  Human  Physiology,  7th   edition,  2 

vols.  8vo.,  1428  pages,  and  472  wood-cuts. 
Harrison  on  the  Nerves,  1  vol.  Svo.,  292  pages. 
Kirkes  and   Paget's  Physiology,   1   vol.   12mo., 

many  cuts,  550  pages. 
Longet's  Physiology.    Translated  by  F.  G.  Smith. 

2  vols.  Svo.,  many  cuts,  (preparing.) 
MatteuCci  on  the  Physical  Phenomena  of  Living 

Beings,  1  vol.  12tno.,  3S8  pp.,  cuts. 
Solly  on  the  Brain,  1  vol.  Svo.,  496  pp.,  118  cuts. 
Todd  and  Bowman's  Physiological  Anatomy  and 

Physiology  of  Man,  with  numerous  wood-cuts. 

Parts  I., II.  and  III.,  1  vol.  8vo.,  156  wood-cuts. 

PATHOLOGY. 

Abercrombie  on  the  Brain,  1  vol.  8vo.,  324  pp. 
Blakiston  on  Diseases  of  the  Chest,  1  vol.,  384  pp. 
Blood    and   Urine  Manuals,  by  Reese,  Griffith, 

Markwick,  Bird,  and   Frick,    2   vols.   12mo., 

many  cuts  and  plates. 
Budd  on  the  Liver,  1  vol.  8vo.,  392  pages,  plates 

and  wood-cuts. 
Burrows  on    Cerebral   Circulation,  1  vol.   8vo., 

216  pages,  with  6  colored  plates. 
Billing's  Principles,  new  and  improved  edition, 

1  vol.  Svo.,  250  pages,  (just  issued.) 
Bird   on   Urinary  Deposits,   l2mo.,  new  and  im- 
proved edition,  (just  ready.) 
Copland  on  Palsy  and  Apoplexy,  1   vol.  12mo., 

326  pp. 
Frick  on  Renal  Affections,  1  vol.  12mo.,  cuts. 
Hasse's  Pathological  Anatomy,  8vo.,  379  pages. 


Churchill  on  the  Diseases  of  Females,  by  Huston, 

5th  edition,  revised  by  the  author,  1  vol.  8vo., 

632  pages. 
Churchill's  Monographs  of  the  Diseases  of  Fe- 
males, 1  vol.  8vo.,  now  ready,  450  pages. 
Clymer  and   others  on  Fevers,  a  complete  work 

in  1  vol.  8vo.,  600  pages. 
Day  on  Old  Age,  1  vol.  8vo.,  226  pages. 
Dewees  on  Children,  9th  ed.,  1  vol.  Svo.,  548  pp. 
Dewees on  Females, 9th  ed.,  1  vol. Svo., 53 2  p.  pis. 
Dunglison's    Practice  of  Medicine,  3d   edition, 

2  vols.  8vo.,  1500  pages. 
Esquirol  on  Insanity,  by  Hunt,  Svo.,  496  pages. 
Meigs'   Letters  on  Diseases  of  Females,  1   vol. 

Svo.,  690  pp.,  2d  ed.,  improved,  (lately  issued.) 
Meigs  on  Certain  Diseases  of  Infancy,  1  vol.Svo., 

216  pp.,  (a  new  work.) 
Thomson   on  the  Sick  Room,  &c,   1  vol.  large 

12mo.,  360  pages,  cuts. 
Watson's  Principles  and  Practice  of  Physic,  3d 

edition  by  Condie,  1  vol.  Svo. ,1060  large  pages. 
West's  Lectures  on  the  Diseases  of  Infancy  and 

Childhood.     1  vol.  Svo.,  452  pp. 
Walshe  on  the  Heart  and  Lungs.     A  new  work, 

just  ready,  1  vol.  royal  12mo.  ex.  cloth. 

SURGERY. 

Brodie  on  Urinary  Organs,  1  vol.  8vo.,  214  pages. 
Brodie  on  the  Joints,  1  vol.  8vo.,  216  pages. 
Brodie's  Lectures  on  Surgery,  1  vol.  Svo. ,350  pp. 
Brodie's  Select  Surgical  Works, 780  pp.  1  vol.Svo. 
Chelius'  System  of  Surgery,  by  South  and  Norris, 

in  3  large  Svo.  vols.,  near  2200  pages. 
Cooper  on  Dislocations  and  Fractures,  1  vol.  Svo., 

500  pages,  many  cuts. 
Cooper  on  Hernia,  1  vol.  imp.  8vo.,  many  plates. 
Cooper  on  the  Testis  and  Thymus  Gland,  1  vol. 

imperial  8vo.,  many  plates. 


BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.— (Medical  Work.) 


Cooper  on  the  Anatomy  and  Diseases  oft  lie  C  reast 

Surgical  Papers,  &c. &C.j  1  vol.  imp. Svo.,  pl'ts 
Druitt's  Principles  and    Practice  of  Modern   Sur 

gery,  1  vol.  8vo.,  576  pages,  193  cuts,  4th  ed. 
Duf'ton  on  Deafness  and  Diseases  of  the  Ear,  1  vol. 

12mo.,  120  pages. 
Dnrlacher  on  Corns,  Bunions,  &c,  12mo.,134  pp 
Ear,  Diseases  of,  a  new  work,  (preparing.) 
Fergusson's   Practical    Surgery,    1    vol.  8vo.,  3d 

edition,  690  pages,  274  cuts. 
Guthrie  on  the  Bladder,  8vo.,  150  pages. 
Gross  on  Injuries  and  Diseases  of  Urinary  Organs, 

1  lrg.  vol.  8vo.,  72b'  pp*  many  cuts,  (now  ready.) 
Jones'   Ophthalmic    Medicine    and    Surgery,    by 

Hays,  1  vol.  12mo.,  529  pp.,  cuts  and  plates. 
Liston's  Lectures  on  Surgery,  by  Mutter,  1  vol. 

8vo.,  566  pages,  many  cuts. 
Lawrence  on  the  Eye,  by  Hays,  new  ed.  much 

improved,  S63  pp.,  many  cuts  and  plates. 
Lawrence  on  Ruptures,  1  vol.  Svo.,  460  pages. 
Miller's  Principles  of  Surgery,  2d  edition,  1  vol. 

8vo.,638pp.,  1848. 
Miiler"sPractice  of  Surgery,  I  vol.  Svo.,  496  pp. 
Malgaigne's  Operative  Surgeryj  by  Brittan,  with 

cuts.     (Publishing  in  the  Med.  News  and  Lib.) 
Maury's  Dental  Surgery,  1  vol.8vo.,286  pages, 

many  plates  and  cuts. 
Skey's  Operative  Surgery,  1  vol.  large  Svo.,  ma- 
ny cuts,  662  pages,  a  new  work,   (just  issued.) 
Sargent's  Minor  Surgery,  1  vol.  royal  l2mo.,  380 

pages,  128  cuts. 
Smith  on  Fractures,  1  vol.  Svo.,  200  cuts,  314  pp. 

MATERIA  MEDICA  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

Bird's  (Golding)  Therapeutics,  (preparing.) 
Christison's  and  Griffith's   Dispensatory,   1  large 

vol.  8vo.,  216  cuts,  over  1000  pages. 
Carpenter  on  Alcoholic  Liquors   in  Health  and 

Disease,  1  vol.  12mo. 
Dnnglison's  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics, 

now  read  v,  4th  ed.,  much  improved,  182  cuts, 

2  vols.  Svo.,  1850. 

Dunglison  on  New  Remedies,  6th  ed.,  much  im- 
proved, 1  vol.  Svo. ,  750  pages. 

De  Jon^h  on  Cod-Liver  Oil,  12mo. 

Ellis'  Medical  Formulary,  9th  ed.,  much  improv- 
ed, 1  vol.  8vo.,  268  pages. 

Griffith's  Universal  Formulary,  1  large  vol.  8vo., 
560  pages. 

Griffith's  Medical  Botany,  a  new  work,  1  large 
vol.  8vo.,  704  pp.,  with  over  350  illustrations. 

Mayne's  Dispensatory,  1  vol.  12mo.,  330  pages. 

Mohr,  Pvedwood,  and  Procter's  Pharmacy,  1  vol. 
8vo.,  550  pages,  50b  cuts. 

Pereira's  Materia  Medica,  by  Carson,  3d  ed.,  2 
vols.  Svo.,  much  improved  and  enlarged,  with 
400  wood  cuts,  (nearly  ready.) 

Royle's  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  by 
Carson,  1  vol.  Svo.,  6S9  pages,  many  cuts. 

OBSTETRICS. 

Churchill's  Theory  and  Practice  of  Midwifery,  a 

new  and   improved  ed.,  by  Condie,  1  vol.  Svo., 

510  pp.,  many  cuts,  (now  ready.) 
Dewees'  Midwifery,  11th  ed.,  1  vol.  8vo.,660  pp., 

plates. 
Lee's  Clinical  Midwifery,  12mo.,23S  pages. 
Meigs'  Obstetrics;  the  Science  and  the  Art;   1 

vol.  8vo.,  6S6  pages,  121  cuts. 
Ramsbotham  on  Parturition,  with  many  plates,  1 

large  vol.  imperial  Svo.,  520  pp.     6th  edition. 
Rigby's    Midwifery,  new    edition,    1    vol.    8vo., 

(just  issued,)  422  pages. 
Smith  (Tyler)  on  Parturition,  1  vol.  12mo.,400  pp. 

CHEMISTRY  AND  HYGIENE. 

Bowman's    Practical   Chemistry,    1    vol.    12mo., 

97  cuts,  350  pages. 
Brighamon  Excitement, &c,  1  vo!.12mo.,  204  pp. 
Other  new  and  important 


Bowman's    Medical  Chemistry,    1    vol.    12mo., 

many  cuts,  just  ready,  288  pages. 
Dunglison  on  Human  Health, 2d  ed..  Svo.,  464  ;>;>. 
Fowne'a  Elementary  Chemistry,  3d  ed.,  1   vol. 

12mo.,  much  improved,  many  cuts,  now  ready. 

Graham*s  Chemistry,  by  Bridges,  new  and  im- 
proved edition.      Part  1,  (in  press.) 

Gardner's  Medical  Chemistry,  1  vol.  12mo.  400pp. 

Griffith's  Chemistry  of  the  Pour  Seasons,  1  voi. 
royal  12mo.,  451  pages,  many  cuts. 

Knapp's  Chemical  Technology,  by  Johnson,  2 
vols. .Svo.,  996  pp.,  460  large  cuts. 

Simon's  Chemistry  of  Man,  Svo.,  730  pp.,  plates. 

KEBICAL  JURISPRUDENCE,  EDUCATION,  &c. 

Bartlett's  Philosophy   of  Medicine,   1  vol.  8vo., 

312  pages. 
Bartlett  on   Certainty  in  Medicine,  1  vol.  small 

8vo.,  84  pages. 
Du ng | ison's] Medical  Student, 2d  ed.!2mo. ,3 12 pp. 
Taylor's  Medical    Jurisprudence,   by  Griffith,    1 

vol.  Svo.,  new  edition,  1S.J0,  670  pp. 
Taylor  on  Poisons,  by  Griffith,  1  vol.8vo.,688  pp. 
Truill'sMedical  Jurisprudence,  1  vol. Svo. ,234 pp. 

NATURAL  SCIENCE,  &e. 

Arnott's  Physics,  1  vol    Svo.,  4S4  pp., many  cuts. 

Ansted's  Ancient  World,  Popular  Geology,  in  I 

l2mo.  volume,  with  numerous  cuts,  382  pages. 

\  Bird's    Natural    Philosophy,  1  vol.  royal    12mo., 

402  pages  and  372  wood-cut3. 

Brewster's  Optics,  1  vol.  12mo.423  pp.  many  cuts. 
Broderip's  Zoological  Recreations,  1  vol.  12mo., 

3'6  pp. 
Coleridge's  Idea  of  Life,  12mo.,  94  pages. 
Carpenter's  General  and  Comparative  Physiology, 

1  large  Svo.  vol.,  many  wood-cuts,  (now  ready.. 
Dana  on  Zoophytes,  being  vol.  8  of  Ex.  Expedi- 
tion, royal  4to.,  extra  cloth. 
Atlas  to  "Dana  on  Zoophytes,"  im.  fol.,  col.  pi's. 
|  Gregory   on    Animal    Magnetism,    1    vol.,    royal 

12mo.,  (now  ready.) 
Dc  la  Beche's  Geological  Observer,  1  large  Svo. 

vol.,  many  wood-cuts,  (just  ready.) 
Hale's  Ethnography  and  Philology  of  the  U.  S. 

Exploring  Expedition,  in  1  large  imp.  4to.  vol. 
Herschel's  Treatise  on  Astronomy,  1  vol.  12mo., 

417  pages,  numerous  plates  and  cuts. 
|  Herschel's  Outlines  of  Astronomy,   1   vol.  small 

8vo.,  plates  and  cuts.    (A  new  work.)    620  pp. 
Humboldt's  Aspects  of  Nature,  1  vol.  12mo.,  new 

edition. 
|  Johnston's  Physical   Atlas,   1  vol.  imp.  4to.,  hal 

bound,  25  colored  maps. 
Kirby  and  Spence's  Entomology,  1  vol.  8vo.,  600 

large  pages;   plates  plain  or  colored. 
Knox  on  Races  of  Men,  I  vol.  I2«jo. 
Lardner's  Handbooks  of  Natural   Philosophy,  2 

vols,  royal  I2m0.,  with  S00  cuts,  (in  press.) 
j  Muller's   Physics   and  Meteorology,  1  vol.  Svo., 

636  pp.,  with  540  wood-cuts  and 2  col'd  plates. 
Small  Hooks  on  Great  Subjects,  12  parts,  done  up 

in  3  handsome  12mo.  volumes,  extra  cloth. 
Somerville's   Physical   Geography,  1  vol.  12mo., 

cloth,  540  pages,  enlarged  edition,  now  ready. 
Weisbach's  Mechanics  applied  to  Machinery  and 

Engineering,  Vol.  1.8vo.,486  p. 550  wood-cuts. 

Vol.  II.,  8vo.,  400  pp.,  340  cuts. 

VETERINARY  MEDICINE. 

Claterand  Skinner's  Farrier,  1vol.  12mo.,  220  pp. 
Youatt's  Great  Work  on  the  Horse,  by  Skinner, 

1  vol.  Svo.,  448  panes,  many  cuts. 
Youatt  and  Clater's  Cattle  Doctor,  1  vol.  12mo., 

2s2  pages,  cuts. 
Youatt  on  the  Dog,  by  Lewis,  1  vol.  demy  Svo., 

403  pages,  beautiful  plates. 

Youatt  on  the  Pig,  a  new  work ,  with  beautiful  il- 
lustrations of  all  the  difTerent  varieties,  12mo. 
works  are  in  preparation. 


TWO    MEDICAL    PERIODICALS    FOR   FIVE    DOLLARS. 

THE  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF 
THE    MEDICAL    SCIENCES, 

EDITED  BY  ISAAC  HAYS,  M.  D., 

IS  PUBLISHED  QUARTERLY,  ON  TflE  FIRST  OF  JANUARY,  APRIL,  JULY,  AND  OCTOBER, 

My  MIj&JYeHJlMD  $  JLE^  Philadelphia. 

Each  Number  contains  about  Two  Hundred  and  Eighty  Large  Octavo  Pages, 

Appropriately  Illustrated  with  Engravings  on  Copper,  Wood,  Stone,  &c. 
Some  estimate  of  the  variety  and  extent  of  its  contents  may  be  formed  from  the  very  condensed 
summary  of  the  Number  for  April,  1851,  on  the  next  page. 


THE   MEDICAL  NEWS  AND  LIBRARY 

Is  Published  Monthly,  and  consists  of 
THIRTY-TWO    VERY    LARGE    OCTAVO    PAGES-, 

Containing  the  Medical  Information  of  the  day,  as  well  as  a  Treatise  of  high  character  on  some 

prominent  department  of  Medicine. 

In  this  manner  its  subscribers  have  been  supplied  with 

WATSON'S  LECTURES  ON  THE  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE," 

BRODIE'S    CLINICAL    LECTURES    ON    SURGERY, 

TODD    &    BOWMAN'S    PHYSIOLOGY, 

AND  WEST  Otf  THE  DISEASES  OF   INFANCY  AND    CHILDHOOD. 

And  the  work  at  present  appearing  in  its  columns  is 

MALGAICJ^E'§    OPERATIVE    SUMGEKY, 

TRANSLATED  AND  EDITED  BY  BRITTAN, 

WTith  Engravings  on  Wood. 

Which  will  be  completed  in  the  present  year,  and  be  succeeded,  in  1852,  by  a  work  of  equal  value. 

TERMS. 

THE  SUBSCRIPTION  TO  THE 

AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SCIENCES 

IS  FIVE  H®EE*imS  PER  JWJVUJU. 

When  this  amount  is  paid  in  advance,  the  subscriber  thereby  becomes  entitled  to  the 

MEDICAL  NEWS  AND  LIBRARY  FOR  ONE  YEAR,  GRATIS. 

When  ordered  separately,  the  price  of  the  "  News"  is  ONE  DOLLAR  per  annum,  invariably  in 

advance. 

For  the  small  sum,  therefore,  of  FIVE  DOLLARS,  the  subscriber  can  obtain  a  Quarterly  and 
a  Monthly  Journal  of  the  highest  character,  presenting  about 

Fifteen  hundred  large  octavo  pages,  with  numerous  Illustrations, 

Rendering  these  among 

The  Cheapest  of  American  Medical  Periodicals, 

Those  who  are  desirous  of  subscribing  are  recommended  to  forward  their  names  without  loss  of 
time,  as  the  increase  of  the  subscription  list  has  almost  exhausted  the  whole  edition  printed  for  the 
present  year,  and  the  publishers  cannot  pledge  themselves  to  supply  copies  unless  ordered  early. 

REDUCTION     OF     POSTAGE. 

Under  the  new  postage  law,  to  go  into  operation  on  the  1st  of  July  next,  the  postage  on  the 
Journal  will  be,  when  the  subscriber  does  not  pay  it  in  advance, 

For  any  distance  less  than  500  miles, — 1  cent  per  ounce,"^) 

Between  500  and  1500     "         2     "         "  „     4  , 

«       1500  and  2500     «         §     tc         u  I       Postage  when 

«       2500  and  3500     «         4     «         «  f not  paid  m  advance. 

Over  3500     «         5     "         «  J 

The  weight  of  each  number  of  the  Journal  is  from  12  to  15  ounces. 

But  when  the  subscriber  pays  to  his  post-master  the  postage  of  each  number  in  advance,  he  is 
entitled  to  have  it  at  half  the  above  rates — or  as  follows  : — 

For  any  distance  less  than  500  miles, — i  cent  per  ounce,"^ 

Between  500  and  1500      "  1     »         "  I     _  , 

«        1500  and  2500     «         U«         «  I    Postage  when 

«       2500  and  3500     «         2     "         "  j  Paid  m  advance- 

Over  3500      «         2j  "         «  J 

Subscribers  will  therefore  see  the  importance  of  paying  their  postage  in  advance  of  the  recep- 
tion of  their  numbers,  to  entitle  them  to  the  above  reduced  rates. 


CONTENTS  OF  THE 

AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  THE  MEDICAL  SCIENCES.    April,  1851. 
ORIGINAL    COMMUNICATIONS. 

.Mkmoirs  and  Casus      pp.  285-391. 

Art.  I.  Warren's  Account  of  two  lul  an  Dwarfs  exhibited  under  the  name  of  A/tec  Children.    (With  two 
plates)    II.  Watson*  Case«  of  Gunshot  Wound  in  Lefl  Ax  Ha— L  gature  of  Left  Subclavia 
quent  lagatun  -        lapular  Arteries.    111.8a  ations  on  the  Durn 

ry  Depo-ir.    IV   Parsons  on  some  of  the  Remote  Effects  oi  injuries  of  Nerves.     V\  Morland's  E 
the  Records  of  the  Boston  Society  for  Medical  Improvement     VI  Johnston's  Remarkable  Obstetrics 
(With  a  woo«i -cut.)     VII  Jaoksonoo  Hot  Water  in  Sprains    VIII.  Knei  orton  Idiotic  Cran  a,  Id  o- 

cy.  and  Cretinism.  IX  Adams1  Case  of  Haemoptj  bis  Neonatorum.  X.  Daltou  on  a  new  form  of  Pho*phate 
of  Lime  in  Crystals:  as  it  occurs  in  Putrefying  Urine.  (With  -even  wood  en's  )  XI.  Peaslee*8  Cose  of 
Double  Ovarian  Dropsy— both  Ovar.es  successfully  removed  by  Hie  large  Peritoneal  Section.  XII. 
Mcllvaine's  Cases  in  Surgical  Practice. 

Reviews,     pp.  B91-417. 

XIH.  Report  of  the  Sanilary  Commission  of  Massachusetts.     XIV.  Muses  d'Anatomie  de  la  Fuculte'  de 
Medecine  de  Strasbourg— Histoire  des  Polypes  du  Larynx.     Tar  C.  II.  Ehrmann. 
Birliographical  Notices,     pp.  417-450. 

XV  Heck's  Elements  of  Medical  Jurisprudence.  Taylor's  Medical  Jurisprudence.  XVI.  Sutton's  His- 
tory of  Typhoid  Fever.  XVil.  R. euro's  Illustrations  of  Syphilitic  Disease.  XVIII.  Nnnnely  on  Anaesthe- 
sia'and  Anaesthetic  Substances  generally.  XIX.  Fosgaie  on  Sleep  Psychologically  considered  with  reference 
to  Sensation  and  Memory.    XX.  Webster's.  Notes  on  a  Recent  Visit  -  for  the 

Insane  in  Franee.  XXI.  Bond's  Practical  Treatise  on  Dental  Medicine.  XXII.  Warren's  Address  before 
the  American  Medical  Association,  in  Cincinnati.  May  8th,  1850.  XXIII,  Dundison  on  New  Remedies, 
with  POrmuls;  for  their  Administration.  XXIV.  Tilt  on  Diseases  of  Menstruation.  XXV.  Billii 
Principles  of  Medicine.  Second  American  edition.  XXVI.  Murphy's  Itev.ew  of  Chemistry  for  Students. 
XXVII.  The  Uses  and  Abuses  of  Air.  XXVIII.  Yeoman  on  Consumption  of  the  Lungs.  XXIX  An  Ap- 
peal to  the  public  in  I  ehalf  of  a  Hospital  for  Sick  Children. 

QUARTERLY  SUMMARY. 

FOREIGN    INTELLIGENCE. 

Anatomy  and  Physiology,    pp.  451-457. 
1.  Peacock  on  the  Weight  of  the  Brain  at  different  periods  of  life.    2.  Conlson  on  the  Anatomy  of  the  Sub- 
cutaneous Bursa-     3.  Hainey  on  the  Round  Ligament  of  the  Uterus.    4.  Hancock  on  New  Muscles  of  the 
Urethra.    5.  Robertson  on   Fistula  of  Stomach.     6.   Tbynbee's   Researches   to  prove  the  Nonvascularity  of 

certain  Animal  Tissues.  7.  Bernard  on  the  Absorption  of  Alimentary  Substances,  and  the  Functions  of  the 
Lacteals. 

M  \TERTA  MEDICA  AND  PHARMACY.      pp.  458-462. 

8.  Bagot  on  Evil  Effects  following  the  Incautious  Administration  of  Chloroform.  9.  Flourens  on  the 
Effects  of  Chlorinated  Hydrochloric  Ether,  on  Animals.  10.  Snoic  on  the  Inhalation  of  various  Medicinal 
Substances.  11.  Rovth  on  the  Phys.ological  Effects  of  Pictotoxine.  or  tbe  Active  Principle  of  Cocculus  In- 
dicus.    12.  Dorvault  on  Ioc'ognos is.     P3."  Ronth  on  New  Preparation  of  Phosphate  of  Iron. 

Medical  Pathology  and  Therapeutics  and  Practical  Medicine,   pp.  402-491. 

14.  Ancell  on  Tubercle  and  Tuberculosis.     15.   Van  der  Kolk  on  Elastic  Fibres  in  the  Sputa  of  Pi 
10.  Bedfern  on  Fibre  in  the  Structure  of  Cancer.     17.  John  son  on  Chemical  and  Microscopical  Exam 
of  the  Urine  in  Renal  Diseases      18.  Johnson's  Cases  of  Renal  Disease.     19.  Johnson's   Diagnosis  of  Fatty 
Degeneration  of  Kidney.    20.  Namias  on  Atrophy  of  the  Spinal  Marrow.    21    Knox  on   V  on  as  a 

Preventive  of  Small  pox  22.  Cranirtton  Vaccination  and  Revaccination.  23.  Results  of  Revuceination 
in  the  Prussian  Army  during  1849.  24.  Aran .on  Abortive  treatment  of  Variola  with  Collod  on.  25.  Roger 
on  Combination  of  Auscultation  and  Percuss  on.  26.  Trousseau  ntid  La<igue  on  Auscultation  in  the  Pneu- 
monia of  Infants.  27.  Simpson  on  Local  Paralysis  in  Infancy.  2^.  llelffton  Recent  Epidemic  of-Scar  atma 
at  Berlin.  29.  Boudin on  Cretinism.  30.  Causes  and  Cure  of  Goitre.  31.  Aran  on  Chloroform  m  Lead 
Colic.  32.  Bazin  and  Bourguignon  on  the  Treatment  of  Itch,  33.  Trousseau  on  Disease  of  the  Heart  and 
Chorea.    34.  Sulphate  of  Zinc  in  Chorea.    35.  Chambers  on  the  Treatment  of  Obesity. 

Surgical  Pathology  and  Therapeutics  and  Operative  Surgery,    pp.  491-516. 

36.  HewetCs  Case  illustrating  the  Difficulties  of  Diagnosis  of  Morbid  Growths  from  the  Upper  Jaw.  37. 
Skey  on  the  Results  of  the  use  of  Chloroform  in  9i00  ca-es  at  St.  Bartholomew's  Hospital.  3d.  Coukon  on 
the  Pathology  and  rreatmem  of enlarged  Subcutaneous  Bursas.  39.  Lloyds  Treatment  of  certain  cases  of 
Harelip.  4u  Walton  on  Excision  of.  the  ^ead  of  the  Femur.  41.  Norman's  Case  of  Ovariotomy  j  Sponta- 
neous Disappearance  of  Ovarian  Tumours.  42.  Taylor's  Case  of  Tumour  for  which  the  Operation  oi  Ovari- 
otomy was  attempted  more  than  twenty  five  years  ago.  with  Dissection.  43.  Smyly  on  Femoral  Aneurism 
cured  by  Compression.  44.  Wahley's  New  Instruments  for  the  Cure  of  Stricture.  45.  Stark  on  Rupture  of 
the  Cruc.ai  Ligament  of  tne  Knee-joint.  40.  Cotton  Wadding  as  an  Application  to  Bed-Sores  and  Varicose 
Ulcers. 

Ophthalmology,    pp.  510-519. 

47.  Jacob  on  Preparatory  and  After-treatment  in  Cataract  Operations. 

Midwifery,    pp.  519-521. 

49.  Grau's  Ca=e  of  Protrusion  of  the  Hand  of  the  Child  through  the  Walls  of  the  Vagina  and  Rectum  in  a 
case  of  Head  Presentation.  49.  Thatcher  on  Central  Laceration  of  the  Perineum.  50.  West's  Case  of  Ca  sa 
nan  Sect. on.  with  Remarks  on  the  Danger  of  the  Operation.  51.  Oldham's  Case  of  Caesarian  Section.  52 
Lee  on  the  Caesarian  Section  and  Premature  Labour.  53.  la^ieon  Injury  of  the  Cranium  am!  Wound  of 
the  Brain  in  a  New  born  Child— Recovery.  54.  Quintuple  Birth.  55.  Farrige  on  Polypous  Excree 
from  Umbilicus  in  .New-born  Children. 

Mkdic\l  Jurisprudence  and  Toxicology,     pp.  224-530. 
56.  Identity.     57.  Abortion.     53.  Ancient  Trial  for  Impotence.    59.  Absence  of  .Milk  after  D 
Present  Law  of. Virginia  concerning  Abortion.    81.  Legal   Definition  of  what  constitutes  a  Woo 
Procuring  Abortion,  or  Premature  Birth.    63.  Poisoning  with  Cocculus  Ind.eus.    04    Chevalier  on  the  Dis- 
eases of  Manufacturers  of  Sulphdte  of  Quiniue.    05.  Vitalise  and  Bernard  on  Curare.    00.  Saits'/ury's  Case 
of  Abortion  by  Savin. 

AMERICAN     INTELLIGENCE. 

Ot:i.;iN.\i.  Communications,     pp.  531-534. 
Wills  Hospital— Service  of  Dr.  Lane  Havs— Cases  discharged  from  Oct.  lst,*18SQ,  to  Jan.  1, 1861      By  A. 
F.  Macintyre,  M.  D.     Gardtttt  on  Lectureship  on  Dental  Surgery  in  Medical  Co.  i 
Dombstic  Summary,  pp  535-541. 
Church  on  Femoral  Aneurism  cured  by  Compress ion.     Lmt-  on  Coup  de  Soleil.  or  Sun  Stroke.     J,ur's 
Case  of  Caesarian  Section.     Campbell  on  Striped  and  (Jnsiriped  Muscular  Fibre.     Cooke's  Autilithic  Paste. 
Wright  on  the  Vapour  of  Water  in  an  Overdose  ol  Opium     Refracture  of  a  Leg  to  Improve  Defective  Sur- 
gery.    Rearrfy  on  Aphonia  and  Obstinate  Cough  from  Prolongation  of  the  Uvula.    Lindsly^s  two  ( 
Mumps,  with  Metastasis  to  the  Brain,  both  terminating  fatally.    Dugas  on  Dislocation  of  the 
Ulna  backwards   at  the  Bibow.     An   Act  to  Promote  Medical  Inquiry   and  Instruction.     By  Mr.  Tutm.'l. 
American  Medical  Association. 


6  BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.— (Surgery.) 

THE  GREAT  ATLAS  OF  SURGICAL  ANATOMY. 

(NEARLY    COMPLETE.) 

BHlGICAL~AIATOIY. 

BY  JOSEPH  MACLISE,  Surgeon. 

FORMING  ONE  VOLUME,  IN  VERY  LARGE  IMPERIAL  QUARTO. 
With,  about  Seventy  large  and  splendid  Plates,  many  of  them  the  size  of  life, 

DRAWN    IN    THE    BEST    STYLE    AND    BEAUTIFULLY    COLORED. 
TOGETHER    WITH    OVER    ONE    HUNDRED    AND    FIFTY    LARGE    DOUBLE-COLUMNED    PAGES. 

When  complete  it  will  be  strongly  and  handsomely  bound,  and  form  one  of  the  best  executed  and 
cheapest  surgical  works  ever  presented  in  this  country. 

Al§o  to  be  iiad  iaa  parts— price  Two  E&ollars  per  part. 

This  great  work  being  now  on  the  eve  of  completion,  the  publishers  confidently  present  it  to  the 
attention  of  the  profession  as  worthy  in  every  respect  of  their  approbation  and  patronage.  No 
complete  work  of  the  kind  has  yet  been  published  in  the  English  language,  and  it  therefore  will 
supply  a  want  long  felt  in  this  country  of  an  accurate  and  comprehensive  Atlas  of  Surgical  Anato- 
my to  which  the  student  and  practitioner  can  at  all  times  refer,  to  ascertain  the  exact  relative 
position  of  the  various  portions  of  the  human  frame  towards  each  other  and  to  the  surface,  as  well 
as  their  abnormal  deviations.  The  importance  of  such  a  work  to  the  student  in  the  absence  of 
anatomical  material,  and  to  the  practitioner  when  about  attempting  an  operation,  is  evident,  while 
the  price  of  the  book,  notwithstanding  the  large  size,  beauty,  and  finish  of  the  very  numerous  illus- 
trations is  so  low  as  to  place  it  within  the  reach  of  every  member  of  the  profession.  The  publish- 
ers therefore  confidently  anticipate  a  very  extended  circulation  for  this  magnificent  work. 

To  present  some  idea  of  the  scope  of  the  volume,  and  of  the  manner  in  which  its  plan  has  been 
carried  out,  the  publishers  subjoin  a  very  brief  summary  of 

THE  FIRST  SIXTY-TWO  PLATES. 

plates  1  and  2. — Form  of  the  Thoracic  Cavity  and  Position  of  the  Lungs,  Heart,  and  larger  Blood- 
vessels. 

Plates  3  and  4. — Surgical  Form  of  the  Superficial  Cervical  and  Facial  Regions,  and  the  Relative 
Positions  of  the  principal  Blood-vessels,  Nerves,  &c. 

plates  5  and  6. — Surgical  Form  of  the  Deep  Cervical  and  Facial  Regions,  and  Relative  Positions 
of  the  principal  Blood-vessels,  Nerves,  &c. 

Piates  7  and  8. — Surgical  Dissection  of  the  Subclavian  and  Carotid  Regions,  and  Relative  Anatomy 
of  their  Contents. 

plates  9  and  10. — Surgical  Dissection  of  the  Sterno-Clavicular  or  Tracheal  Region,  and  Relative 
Position  of  its  main  Blood-vessels,  Nerves,  &c. 

plates  11  and  12. — Surgical  Dissection  of  the  Axillary  and  Brachial  Regions,  displaying  the  Relative 
Order  of  their  contained  parts. 

Plates  13  and  14. — Surgical  Form  of  the  Male  and  Female  Axilla?  compared. 

Plates  15  and  16. — Surgical  Dissection  of  the  Bend  of  the  Elbow  and  the  Forearm,  showing  the 
Relative  Position  of  the  Arteries,  Veins,  Nerves,  &c. 

plates  17,  18  and  19. — Surgical  Dissections  of  the  Wrist  and  Hand. 

Plates  20  and  21. — Relative  Position  of  the  Cranial,  Nasal,  Oral,  and  Pharyngeal  Cavities,  &c. 

Plate  22. — Relative  Position  of  the  Superficial  Organs  of  the  Thorax  and  Abdomen. 

Plate  23. — Relative  Position  of  the  Deeper  Organs  of  the  Thorax  and  those  of  the  Abdomen. 

Plate  24. — Relations  of  the  Principal  Blood-vessels  to  the  Viscera  of  the  Thoracico-Abdominal 
Cavity. 

Plate  25. — Relations  of  the  Principal  Blood-vessels  of  the  Thorax  and  Abdomen  to  the  Osseous 
Skeleton,  &c. 

Plate  26. — Relation  of  the  Internal  Parts  to  the  External  Surface  of  the  Body. 

Plate  27. — Surgical  Dissection  of  the  Principal  Blood-vessels,  &c,  of  the  Insruino-Femoral  Region. 

Plates  28  and  29. — Surgical  Dissection  of  the  First,  Second,  Third,  and  Fourth  Layers  of  the 
Inguinal  Region,  in  connection  with  those  of  the  Thigh. 

Plates  30  and  31. — The  Surgical  Dissection  of  the  Fifth,  Sixth,  Seventh  and  Eighth  Layers  of  the 
Inguinal  Region,  and  their  connection  with  those  of  the  Thigh. 

Plates  32,  33  and  31. — The  Dissection  of  the  Oblique  or  External  and  the  Director  Internal  Ingui- 
nal Hernia. 

Plates  35,  36,  37  and  38. — The  Distinctive  Diagnosis  between  External  and  Internal  Inguinal  Hernia, 
the  Taxis,  the  Seat  of  Stricture,  and  the  Operation. 

Plates  39  and  40. — Demonstrations  of  the  Nature  of  Congenital  and  Infantile  Inguinal  Hernia,  and 
of  Hydrocele. 

Plates  41  and  42. — Demonstrations  ofthe  Origin  and  Progress  of  Inguinal  Hernia  in  general. 

Plates  43  and  44. — The  Dissection  of  Femoral  Hernia,  and  the  Seat  of  Stricture. 

Plates  45  and  46. — Demonstrations  ofthe  Origin  and  Progress  of  Femoral  Hernia,  its  Diagnosis,  the 
Taxis,  and  the  Operation. 

Plate  47. — The  Surgical  Dissection  ofthe  principal  Blood-vessels  and  Nerves  of  the  Iliac  and  Fe- 
moral Regions. 

Plates  48  and  49. — The  Relative  Anatomy  ofthe  Male  Pelvic  Organs. 

Plates  50  and  51. — The  Surgical  Dissection  ofthe  Superficial  Structures  ofthe  Male  Perineum. 

Plates  52  and  53. — The  Surgical  Dissection  of  the  Deep  Structures  of  the  Male  Perineum. — The 
.  Lateral  Operation  of  Lithotomy. 


BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS  .—(Surgery.)  7 

MACLISE'S   SURGICAL  ANATOMY— (Continued.) 

Plates  54,  55  and  56. — The  Surgical  Dissection  of  the  Mole  Bladder  and  Urethra. — Lateral  and 
Bilateral  Lithotomy  compared. 

Plates  57  and  58. — Congenital  and  Pathological  Deformities  of  the  Prepuce  and  Urethra. — Struc- 
ture and  Mechanical  Obstructions  of  the  Urethra. 

Plates  59  and  60. — The  various  forms  and  positions  of  Strictures  and  other  Obstructions  of  the 
Urethra. — False  Passages. — Enlargements  and  Deformities  of  the  Prostate. 

Plates  61  and  62. — Deformities  of  the  Prostate. — Deformities  and  Obstructions  of  the  Prostatic 
Urethra. 

The  remaining  Plates,  some  eight  or  ten  in  number,  are  preparing,  when 
the  work  will  be  ready  for  publication  complete. 

Notwithstanding  the  short  time  in  which  this  work  has  been  before  the  profes- 
sion, and  its  present  incomplete  state,  it  has  received  the  unanimous  approbation  of 
all  who  have  examined  it.  From  among  a  very  large  number  of  commendatory 
notices  with  which  they  have  been  favored,  the  publishers  select  the  following : — 

From  Prof.  Kimball.  Pitfrftld,  Mass. 
Thave  examined  the^e  numbers  with  the  greatest  satisfaction,  and  feel  bound  to  say  that  they  are  alto- 
gether, the  most  perfect  and  satisfactory  plates  of  the  kind  that  I  have  ever  seen. 

From  Prof.  Brainard.  Chicago,  HI. 
The  work  is  extremely  well  adapted  to  the  use  both  of  students -and  practitioner?,  being  sufficiently  exten- 
sive for  practical  purposes,  without  being  so  expensive  as  to  place  it  beyond  their  reach.    Such  a  work  was 
a  desideratum  iu  tins  country,  and  I  shall  not  fail  to  recommend  it  to  tho>e  within  the  sphere  of  my  acquaint- 
ance. 

From  Prof.  P.  F.  Eve,  Augusta,  Ga. 
I  consider  this  work  a  great  acquisition  to  my  library,  and  shall  take  pleasure  in  recommending  it  on  all 
suitable  occasions. 

From  Prof.  Peaslee.  Brunswick.  Me. 
The  second  part  more  than  fulfils  the  promise  held  out  by  the  first,  so  far  as  the  beiuty  of  the  illustrations 
is  concerned  ;  and.  perfecting  my  opinion  of  the  value  of  the  work,  so  far  as  it  has   advanced,  I  need  add 
nothing  to  what  I  have  previously  expressed  to  you. 

From  Prof.  Gunn,Ann  Arbor.  Mich. 
The  plates  in  your  edition  of  Maclise  answer,  in  an  eminent  decree,  the  purpose  for  which  they  are 
intended.    I  shall  take  pleasure  in  exhibiting  it  and  recommending  it  to  my  class. 

From  Prof  Rivers.  Providence.  R.  I. 
The  plates  illustrative  of  Hernia  are  the  most  satisfactory  I  have  ever  met  with. 

From  Professor  S.  D.  Gross,  Louisville,  Ky. 
The  work,  as  far  as  it  has  progressed. is  most  admirable,  and  cannot  fail,  when  completed,  to  form  a  most 
valuable  contribution  to  the  literature  of  our  profession.    It  will  afford  me  great  pleasure  to  recommend  it  to 
the  pupils  of  the  University  of  Louisville. 

From  Professor  R.  L.  Howard,  Columbus,  Ohio. 
In  all  respects,  the  fir*t  number  is  the  beginning  of  a  most  excellent  work,  filling  completely  what  might 
be  considered  hitherto  a  vacuum  in  surgical  literature.  For  myself,  in  behalf  of  the  medical  profession.  I 
wish  to  express  to  you  my  thanks  for  this  truly  elegant  and  meritorious  work.  I  am  confident  that  it  will 
meet  with  a  ready  and  extensive  sale.  I  have  spoken  of  it  in  the  highest  terms  to  my  class  and  my  profes- 
sional brethren. 

From  Prof.  C.  B.  Gibson.  Richtnond,  Va. 
I  consider  Maclise  very  far  superior,  as  to  the  drawings,  to  any  work  on  Surgical  Anatomy  with  which  I 
am  familiar,  and  I  am  particularly  struck  with  the  exceedingly  low  price  at  which  it  is  sold.    I  cannot  doubt 
that  it  will  be  extensively  purchased  by  the  profession. 

From  Prof.  Granville  S.  Pattison,  New  York. 
The  profession,  in  my  opinion,  owe  jou  many  thanks  for  the  publication  of  this  beautiful  work — a  work 
which,  in  the  correctness  of  its  exhibitions  of  Surgical  Anatomy,  is  not  surpassed  by  any  work  with  which 
I  am  acquainted;  and  the  admirable  manner  in  which  the  lithographic  plates  have  been  executed  and 
colored  is  alike  honorable  to  your  house  and  to  the  arts  in  the  United  States. 
From  Prof.  J.  F  May,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Having  examined  the  work,  I  am  pleased  to  add  my  testimony  to  its  correctness,  and  to  its  value  as  a 
work  of  reference  by  the  surgeon. 

From  Prof  Alden  Marsh,  Albany.  X.  Y. 
From  what  I  have  seen  of  it,  T  think  the  design  and  execution  of  the  work  admirable,  and,  at  the  proper 
time  in  my  course  of  lectures.  1  shall  exhibit  it  to  the  class,  and  give  it  a  recommendation  worth]  of  its  great 
merit. 

From  H  H.  Smith.  M.  D.  Philadelphia. 
Permit  me  to  express  my  gratification  at  the  execution  of  Maclise's  Surgical  Anatomy.    The  plates  are.  in 
my  opinion,  the  beat  lithograph*  that  I  have  Been  of  a  medical  character,   and   the    coloring  of  tins   number 
cannot,  I  think,  be  improved.     Estimating  highly  the  contents  of  this  work,  I  shall  continue  to  recommend  it 
to  my  class  as  I  have  heretofore  done. 

From  Prof.  D.  Gilbert.  Philadelphia. 

Allow  me  to  say,  gentlemen,  that  the  thanks  of  the  profession  at  large,  in  this  country,  arc  ^.u^  to  you  for 

the  republication  of  this  admirable  work  of  Maclise.    The  precise  relationship  ol  the  organs  in  the  regions 

displayed  is  so  perfect,  that  even   those  who  have  daily  access  to  the  dissecting-room  i,  isulting 

this  work,  enliven  and  confirm  their  anatomical  knowledge  prior  to  an  operation.    Bui  it  i-  to  the  thousands 

of  practitioners  of  our  country  who  cannot  enjoy  these  advantages  thai  the  perusal  of  those  plates,  with 
their  concise  and  accurate  descriptions,  will  prove  of  infinite  value.  These  have  supplied  a  desideratum, 
which  will  enable  them  to  refresh  their  knowledge  of  the  important  structures  involved  in  their  surgical 
cases,  thus  establishing  their  self-confidence,  and  enabling  them  to  undertake  operative  procedures  with 

every  assurance  of  8UCCe88.  And  a<  all  the  practical  departments  in  medicine  re-t  upon  the  same  basis,  and 
are  enriched  from  the  same  sources,  1  need  hardly  add  thai  this  work  should  be  found  in  the  library  of  every 
practitioner  in  the  land. 


8  BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S   PUBLICATIONS.— (Surgery.) 

MACLISE'S   SURGICAL  ANATOMY— (Continued.) 

From  Professor  J.  M.  Bush.  Lexington.  Ky. 
I  am  delighted  with  both  the  plan  and  execution  of  the  work,  and  shall  take  all  occasions  to  recommend  it 
to  my  private  pupils  and  public  classes. 

The  most  accurately  engraved  and  beautifully  colored  plates  we  have  ever  seen  in  an  American  book- 
one  of  liie  best  and  cheapest  surgical  works  ever  published.—  Buffalo  Medical  Journal. 

It  is  very  rare  that  so  elegantly  printed,  so  well  illustrated,  and  so  useful  a  work,  is  offered  at  so  moderate 
a  price. —  Charleston  Medical  Journal. 

A  work  which  cannot  but  please  the  most  fastidious  lover  of  surgical  science,  and  we  hesitate  not  to  say 
that  if  the  remaining  three  numbers  of  this  work  are  in  keeping  with  the  present,  it  cannot  fail  to  give  uni- 
versal satisfaction.  In  it,  by  a  succession  of  plates,  are  brought  to  view  the  relative  anatomy  of  the  parts 
included  in  the  important  surgical  divisions  of  the  human  body,  with  that  fidelity  and  neatness  of  touch  which 
is  scarcely  excelled  by  nature  herself.  The  part  before  us  differs  in  many  respects  from  anything  of  the  kind 
which  we  have  ever  seen  before.  While  we  believe,  that  nothing  but  an  extensive  circulation  can  compen- 
sate the  publishers  for  the  outlay  in  the  production  of.tfus  edition  of  the  work— furnished  as  it  is  at  a  very 
moderate  price,  within  the  reach  of  all— we  desire  to  see  it  have  that  circulation  which  the  zeal  and  peculiar 
skill  of  the  author  (he  being  his  own  draughtsman),  the  utility  of  the  work,  and  the  neat  style  with  which  it 
is  executed,  should  demand  for  it  in  a  liberal  profession. — N.  Y.  Journal  of  Medicine. 

This  is  an  admirable  reprint  of  a  deservedly  popular  London  publication.  Its  English  prototype,  although 
not  yet  completed,  has  already  won  its  way,  amongst  our  British  brethren,  to  a  remarkable  success.  Its 
plates  can  boast  a  superiority  that  places  them  almost  beyond  the  reach  of  competition.  And  we  feel  too 
thankful  to  the  Philadelphia  publishers  for  their  very  handsome  reproduction  of  the  whole  work,  and  at  a 
rate  within  everybody's  reach,  not  to  urge  all  our  medical  friends  to  give  it.  for  their  own  sakes,  the  cordial 
welcome  it  deserves,  in  a  speedy  and  extensive  circulation.—  The  Medical  Examiner. 

The  plates  are  accompanied  by  references  and  explanations,  and  when  the  whole  has  been  published  it 
will  be  a  complete  and  beautiful  system  of  Surgical  Anatomy,  having  an  advantage  which  is  important,  and 
not  possessed  by  colored  plates  generally,  viz..  its  cheapness,  which  places  it  within  the  reach  of  every  one 
wiio  may  feel  disposed  to  possess  the  work.  Every  practitioner,  we  think,  should  have  a  work  of  this  kind 
within  reach,  as  there  are  many  operations  requiring  immediaie  performance  in  which  a  book  of  reference 
will  prove  most  valuable. — Southern  Medical  and  Surg.  Journal. 

The  work  of  Maclise  on  Surgical  Anatomy  is  of  the  highest  value.  In  some  respects  it  is  the  best  pub- 
lication of  its  kind  we  have  seen,  and  is  worthy  of  a  place  in  the  librarvof  any  medical  man.  while  the  stu- 
dent could  scarcely  make  a  better  investment  than  this. —  The  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

No  such  iithographic  illustrations  of  surgical  regions  have  hitherto,  we  think,  been  given  While  the  ope- 
rator is  shown  every  vessel  and  nerve  where  an  operation  is  contemplated,  the  exact  anatomist  is  refreshed 
bv  those  clear  and  distinct  dissections  which  every  one  must  appreciate  who  has  a  particle  of  enthusiasm. 
The  English  medical  press  has  quue  exhausted  the  words  of  praise  in  recommending  this  admirable  treatise. 
Those  who  have  any  curiosity  to  gratify  in  reference  to  the  perfectibility  of  the  lithographic  art  in  delinea- 
ting the  complex  mechanism  of  the  human  body,  are  invited  to  examine  our  specimen  .copy.  If  anything 
will  induce  surgeons  and  students  to  patronize  a  book  of  such  rare  value  and  every-day  importance  to  them, 
it  will  be  a  survey  of  the  artislical  skill  exhibited  in  these  fac-similes  of  nature. — Boston  Medical  and  Surg. 
Journal. 

The  fidelity  and  accuracy  of  the  plates  reflect  the  highest  credit  upon  the  anatomical  knowledge  of  Mr. 
Maclise.  \Ve  strongly  recommend  the  descriptive  commentaries  to  the  perusal  of  the  student  both  of  sur- 
gery and  medicine.  These  plates  will  form  a  valuable  acquisition  to  practitioners  settled  in  the  country, 
whether  engaged  in  surgical,  medical,  or  general  practice. — Edinburgh  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

We  are  well  assured  that  there  are  none  of  ihe  cheaper,  and  but  few  of  the  more  expensive  works  on 
anatomy,  which  will  form  so  complete  a  guide  to  the  student  of  practitioner  as  these  plates.  To  practitioners, 
in  particular,  we  recommend  this  work  as  far  better,  and  not  at  all  more  expensive,  than  the  heterogeneous 
compilations  most  commonly  in  use.  and  which,  whatever  their  value  to  the  student  preparing  for  examina- 
tion, are  as  likely  to  mislead  as  to  guide  the  physician  in  physical  examination,  or  the  surgeon  in  the  per- 
formance of  an  operation.—  Monthly  Journal  of  Medical  Sciences. 

The  dissections  from  which  these  various  illustrations  are  taken  appear  to  have  been  made  with  remark- 
able success  ;  and  they  are  most  beautifully  represented.  The  surgical  commentary  is  pointed  and  practical. 
We  know  of  no  work  on  surgical  anatomy  which  can  compete  with  it.—  Lancet. 

This  is  by  far  the  ablest  work  on  Surgical  Anatomy  that  has  come  under  our  observation.  We  know  of 
no  other  work  that  would  justify  a  student,  in  any  degree,  for  neglect  of  actual  dissection.  A  careful  study 
of  these  plates,  and  of  the  commentaries  on  them,  would  almost  make  an  anatomist  of  a  diligent  student.  And 
to  one  who  has  studied  anatomy  by  dissection,  this  work  is  invaluable  as  a  perpetual  remembrancer,  in  mat- 
ters of  knowledge  that  may  slip  from  the  memory.  The  practitioner  can  scarcely  consider  himself  equipped 
for  the  dunes  of  his  profession  without  such  a  work  as  this,  and  this  has  no  rival,  in  his  library.  In  those 
sudden  emergencies  that  so  often  arise,  and  which  require  the  instantaneous  command  of  minute  anatomical 
knowledge,  a  work  of  this  kind  keeps  the  details  of  the  dissecting-room  perpetually  fresh  in  the  memory. 
We  appeal  to  our  readers,  whether  any  one  can  justifiably  undertake  the  practice  of  medicine  who  is  not 
prepared  to  give  all  needful  assistance,  in  all  matters  demanding  immediaie  relief. 

We  repeat  that  no  medical  library,  however  large,  can  be  complete  without  Maclise's  Surgical  Anatomy. 
The  American  edition  is  well  entitled  to  the  confidence  of  the  profession,  and  should  command,  among  them, 
an  extensive  sale.  The  investment  of  the  amount  of  the  cost  of  this  work  will  prove  to  be  a  very  profitable 
one,  and  if  practitioners  would  qualify  themselves  thoroughly  with  such  important  knowledge  as  is  contained 
in  works  of  this  kind,  there  would  be  fewer  of  them  sighing  for  employment.  The  medical  profession  should 
spring  towards  such  an  opportunity  as  is  presented  in  this  republication,  to  encourage  frequent  repetitions  of 
American  enterprise  of  this  kind  —  The  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

It  is  a  wonderful  triumph,  showing  what  ingenuity,  skill,  and  enterprise  can  effect  if  supported  by  a  suffi- 
cient number  of  purchasers.  No  catchpenny  sketches  on  flimsy  material  and  with  bad  print,  but  substantial 
lithographs  on  fine  paper  and  with  a  bold  and  legible  type.  The  drawings  are  of  the  first  class,  and  the  light 
and  shade  so  liberally  provided  for,  that  the  most  ample  expression,  with  great  clearness  and  sharpness  of 
outline,  is  secured.—  Dublin  Medical  Press. 

Our  hearty  good  wishes  attend  this  work,  which  promises  to  supply,  when  complete,  a  far  better  series  of 
delineations  of  surgical  regions  than  has  been  yet  given  and  at  a  price  as  low  as  that  of  the  most  ordinary 
series  of  illustrations. —  The  British  and  Foreign  Medico  Chirurgical  Review. 

The  plates  continue  to  be  of  the  same  excellent  character  that  we  have  before  ascribed  to  them,  and  their 
description  till  that  might  naturally  be  expected  from  so  good  an  anatomist  as  Mr.  Maclise.  The  work  ought 
to  be  in  the  possession  of  every  one,  for  it  really  forms  a  valuable  addition  to  a  surgical  library.—  The  Medi- 
cal Times. 

It  is.  and  it  must  be  unique,  for  the  practical  knowledge  of  the  surgeon,  the  patience  and  skill  of  the  dissec- 
tor, in  combination  with  the  genius  of  the  artist,  as  here  displayed,  have  never  before  been,  and  perhaps, 
never  will  be  again  associated  to  a  similar  extent  in  the  same  individual. — Lancet. 

The  plates  are  accurate  and  truthful;  and  there  is  but  one  word  in  the  English  language  descriptive  of 
the  letterpress — faultless. 

For  the  quality,  it  is  the  cheapest  work  that  we  have  seen,  and  will  constitute  a  valuable  contribution  to 
the  surgeon's  library.— The  N.  W.  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 


BLANCH  KTID   &  LEA'S  PUBLlCATIONS.MSttr^ry.)  9 

GROSS  ON  URINARY  ORGANS— ; Now  Ready.) 
A  PRACTICAL  fitBATISE  ON  THE 

DISEASES  AND  INJURIES  OF  THE  URINARY  ORGANS. 

BY  8.  D.  GROSS,  M  R,  &o., 

Professor  of  Surgery  m  ihe  New  York  i'iiivrr-;ty. 

In  one  large  and  beautiful!)'  printed  octavo  volume,  of  over  seven  hundred  pages. 

With  numerous  Illustration*. 

The  author  of  this  work  has  devoted  several  years  to  its  preparation,  and  has  endeavored  to 
render  it  complete  and  thorough  on  all  points  connected  with  the  important  subject  to  which  it  is 
devoted.  It  contains  a  large  number  of  original  illustrations,  presenting  the  natural  and  patholo- 
gical anatomy  of  the  parts  under  consideration,  instruments,  modes  of  operation,  Jcc.  Sec,  and  in 
mechanical  execution  it  is  one  of  the  handsomest  volumes  yet  issued  from  the  American  press. 

A  very  condensed  summary  of  the  contents  is  subjoined. 

INTRODUCTION.— Chapter  I  Anatomy  of  the  LYrin;i?um.— Chap.  If.  Anatomy  of  the  U  unary  B  ■         -  — 
Chap.  Ill    Anatomy  ofihe  Pros  tale.— Chap.  IV.  Anatomy  of  i  tie  Urethra.— Chap.  V,  Urine. 

PART.  I.  Diseases  and  injuries  of  the  Bladder. 
Chap.  I,  Malfomaaiions  and  Imperfections.— Chap.  II.  Injuries  of  'he  Bladder*— Chap.  III.  Inflami 
of  the  Bladder.— Chap.  IV,  Ciironic  Le.«io  iSofahe  Bladder.— Chap  V.Nervous  Aftvciionsol 
— Chap.  VI.  Heterologous  Formations  of  the  Bladder.-  Chap.  VII.  Polypous,  Pang  ius,  1  e.  and 

other  Morbid  Growths  of  the  Bjudder—  Chap.  VIII  Worms  in  the  Bladder  —  Chap.  IX,  § 
and  Hydatids.— Chap.  X.  Foetal  Remains  in  the  Bladder.— Chap,  XI.  Hair  in  the  Bladder— Chap.  XII, 
Air  in  the  Bladder.— Chap.  X!!l.  Hemorrlrage  of  the  Bladder.— Chap   XIV,  Retention  of  Urim  -  I 
X  V.  Incontinence  of  Urine.     Cn,v\   XVI.    Hernia  of  the   Bladder— CiUP    XVI!.  Urinaj) 
Chap.  XVI. I.  Stone  in  the  Bladder.— «Chap.  XIX.  Foreign  Bodies  in  the  Bladder. 

PART  II.  Diseases  and  iNJtmifcs of thk  Prostate  Olanu. 
Chap  1.  Wounds  of  the  Prostate.—  Chap,  II.  Acute  Prostatis.— Chap.  IH,  Hypertrophy  of  the  Pro 
Chap.  IV,  Atroplr.  of  tbe  Prostate.— Chap  V.  Heterologous  ■Formalidnsof  the  Prosiate.^-CHAP  VI 
tic  Disease  of  the  Prostate. — Chap.  VH    Fibrous    rumors  of  tbe   Prostate —  Chap.  VI II,  Hemorrhage  of 
tlie  Prostate. -Chap.  IX   Ca'culi  of  ihe  Prostate.— Ohap.  X,  Phlebitis  of  the  Prostate.     . 

PART  III.  DisEASKs  and  Injuries  of  t::e  Urethra. 
ChaP.  [..Malformations  alfd  Imperfection*  of  the  Urethra.-  Chap  II.  Laceration  of  the  Urethra.-   Chap 
III,  Stricture  of  the  Urethra. — Chap  IV.  Polypoid  and  Vascular  Tumors  of  ihe  Uretl  i  '   Neu- 

ralgia of  the  Urethra  —Chap  VI.  Hemorrhage  of  the  Urethra  -  Chap.  VII.  Foreign  Bodies  in  the  Urethra. 
— Chap.  VIII,  Infiltration  of  Urine. — Chap  IX.  Urinary  Abscess.—  Chap.  X.  Fistula  of  ihe  Urethra. — 
Chap.  XI.  False  Passages.— Chap.  XII.  Lesions  of  the  Gallinaginous  Crest.— Chap.  XIII.  Inflammation 
and  Abscess  oi"Cowper"s  Glands. 


COOPER  ON  DISLOCATIONS.— New  Edition  (Now  Ready). 
A  TREATISE  OX 

DISLOCATIONS  AND  FRACTURES  OF  THE  JOINTS. 

By  Sir  ASTLEY  P.  COOPER,  Bart.,  F.R.S.,&c. 

Edited  by  BRxVXSBY  B.  COOPER,  F.  R.  S.,  UL 
WITH  ADDITIONAL  OBSERVATIONS  BY  PROF.  J.  C.  WARREN. 

A    NEW     AMERICAN     EDITION, 
In  one  handsome  octavo  volume,  with  numerous  illustrations  on  wood. 
After  the  fiat  of  the  profession,  it  would  be  absurd  in  u?  to  erfo»rze  Sir  Asiley  Cooper"*  work  on  Disloca- 
tions.   It  is  a  national  one.  and  will  probably  subsist  as  long  a*  English  Surgery  — Jhdtcu-Chirurg.  lit   it  .<■. 


WORKS     BY    THE    SAME    AUTHOR. 

COOPER  (SIR  ASTLEY)  ON  THE  AX  ATOMY  AND  TREATMENT  OF  ABDOMINAL  HERNIA. 

1  large  vol.,  imp.  8vo.,  with  over  130  lithographic  figure*. 
COOPER   ON  THE  STRUCTURE  AND   DISEASES  OF  THE  TESTIS,  AND  ON  THE  THYMUS 

GLAND.  1  vol.,  imp.  S'o..  with  177  figure*  on  529  plates. 
COOPER    ON    THE  ANATOMY    AND    DISEASES    OF    THE    BREAST,    WITH    TWENTY-FIVE 

MISCELLANEOUS  AND  SURGICAL  PAPERS.     1  large  vol..  imp.  Bvc,  with  832  figures  00    >■ 

Thpse  three  volumes  complete  the  surgical  wriiings  of  Sir  Astley  Cooper.    They  are  very  handsomely 
printed,  with  a  large  number  of  lithographic  plates,  executed  in  the  best  at)  le,  and  are  presented  ale: 
liigly  low  prices. 

LISTON  &.  MUTTER'S  SURGERY. 

LECTURES  ON  THE  OPERATIONS  OF  SURGERY, 

AND  ON  DISEASES  AND  ACCIDENTS  REQUIRING  OPERATIONS. 

BY   ROBERT   LISTON,   Esq.,   F.  R.  S.,  &c. 

EDITED,    WITH   NUMEROUS   ADDITIONS  AND   ALTERATIONS, 

BY  T.  D.  MUTTER,  WE.  D., 

Professor  of  Surgery  in  the  Jefferson  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 

In  one  large  and  handsome  octavo  volume  of  ijGG  pages,  u-ith  216  wood-cut*. 


10  BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.—  (Surgery.) 

LIBRARY    OF    SURGICAL    KNOWLEDGE. 

A  SYSTEM  OF  SURGERY". 

BY   J.    M.    CHELIUS. 

TRANSLATED  FROM  THE  GERMAN, 
AND  ACCOMPANIED  WITH  ADDITIONAL  NOTES  AND  REFERENCES, 

BY  JOHN  F.  SOUTH. 

Complete  in  three  very  large  octavo  volumes  of  nearly  2200  pages,  strongly  bound,  with  raised 
bands  and  double  titles:  or  in  seventeen  numbers,  at  fifty  cents  each. 

"We  do  not  hesitate  to  pronounce  it  the  best  and  most  comprehensive  system  of  modern  surgery  with 
which  we  are  acquainted. —  Medico- Chirurgical  Review. 

The  fullest  and  ablest  digest  extant  of  all  that  relates  to  the  present  advanced  state  of  Surgical  Pathology.  — 
American  Medical  Journal. 

If  we  were  confined  to  a  single  work  on  Surgery,  that  work  should  be  Chelius's.—  St.  Louis  Med.  Journal. 

As  complete  as  any  system  of  Surgery  can  well  be. — Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

The  most  finished  system  of  Surgery  in  the  English  language.—  Western  Lancet. 

The  most  learned  and  complete  systematic  treatise  now  extant. — Edinburgh  Medical  Journal. 

No  work  in  the  English  language  comprises  so  large  an  amount  of  information  relative  to  operative  medi- 
cine and  surgical  pathology. — Medical  Gazette. 

A  complete  encyclopedia  of  surgical  science— a  very  complete  surgical  library— by  far  the  most  complete 
and  scientific  system  of  surgery  in  the  English  language.— JV.  Y.  Journal  of  Medicine. 

One  of  the  most  complete  treatises  on  Surgery  in  the  English  language  — Monthly  Journal  of  Med.  Scie?ice. 

The  most  extensive  and  comprehensive  account  of  the  art  and  science  of  Surgery  in  our  language. — Lancet. 


A  TREATISE  ON  THE  DISEASES  OF  THE  EYE. 

BY  W.  LAWRENCE,  F.R.S. 

A  new  Edition.     With  many  Modifications  and  Additions,  and  the  introduction  of  nearly  200  Illustrations , 

BY  ISAAC  HAYS,  M.D. 

In  one  very  large  8vo.  vol.  of  S60  pages,  with  plates  and  wood-cuts  through  the  test. 


JONES   ON  TUB  E"2"E. 

THE  PRINCIPLES~AND  PRACTICE 

OF  OPHTHALMIC  MEDICINE  AND  SURGERY. 

BY  T.  WHARTON  JONES,  F.  R.  S.,  &c.  &c. 

EDITED  BY  ISAAC  HAYS,  M.  D.,  &e. 

In  one  very  neat  volume,  large  royal  12mo.  of  529  pages,  with  four  plates,  plain  or  colored,  and 
ninety-eight  well  executed  wood-cuts. 


MILLER'S  PRINCIPLES  AND  PRACTICE  OF  SURGERY. 

THE    PRINCIPLES    OF    SURGERY. 

Second  edition,  one  vol.  8vo. 

THE  PRACTICE  OF  SURGERY. 

Second  edition,  one  vol.  8vo. 

BY  JAMES  MILLER,  F.  R.  S.  E., 

Professor  of  Surgery  in  the  University  of  Edinburgh,  &c. 

STANLEY  ON  THE  BONES— A  Treaiise  on  Diseases  of  the  Bones.    In  one  vol.  Svo.,  extra  cloth.   2SC  pp. 
BRODIE'S  SURGICAL  LECTURES.— Clinical  Lectures  on  Surgery.     1  vol.  Svo..  cloth.    350  pp. 
BRODIE  ON  THE  JOINTS.— Pathological  and  Surgical  Observations  on  the  Diseases  of  the  Joints.    1vol. 

8vo..  cloth.    216  pp. 
BRODIE  ON  URINARY  ORGANS.— Lectures  on  the  Diseases  of  the  Urinary  Organs.    1  vol.  Svo.,  cloth. 

214  pp. 

*m*  These  three  works  may  be  had  neatly  bound  together,  forming  a  large  volume  of  "  Brodie:s 
Sn rsri cat  Works  "    7S0  pp. 
RTCORD  ON  VENEREAL— A  Practical  Treatise  on  Venereal  Diseases.  With  a  Therapeutical  Summary 

and  Special  Formulary.    Translated  by  Sidney  Doane,  M  D.     Fourth  edition.     1  vol.  Svo.     310  pp 
DURLACIIER  ON  CORNS.  BUNIONS.  &c— A  Treaiise  on  Corns.  Bunions,  the  Diseases  of  Nails,  and 

the  General  Management  of  the  Feet     In  one  12mo.  volume,  cloth.    134  pp 
GUTHRIE  ON  THE  BLADDER,  <tc  — The  Anaioiny  of  the  Bladder  and  Urethra,  and  the  Treatment  of  the 

Obstruction*  lo  which  those  Passages  are  liable.     In  one  vol.  Svo.     150  pp. 
LAWRENCE  ON  RUPTURES.— A  Treatise  on  Ruptures,  from  the  fifth  London  Edition.    In  one  8vo.  vol. 

sheep.     4b0  pp. 

MAURY'S  DENTAL  SURGERY.— A  Treatise  on  the  Dental  Art.  founded  on  Actual  Experience.  Illus- 
trated by  241  lithographic  figures  and  54  wood-cats.  Translated  by  J.  B.  Savier.  In  1  Svo.  vol., sheep.  286pp. 

DUFTON  ON  THE  EAR.—  The  Nature  and  Treatment  of  Deafness  and  Diseasesof  the  Ear;  and  the  Treat- 
ment of  the  Deaf  and  Dumb.    One  small  12mo.  volume.    1'iOpp. 

MALGAIGNE'S  SURGERY  — Operative  Surgery,  translated,  with  Notes,  by  Brittan.  With  wood-cuts. 
(Now  publishing  in  the  "  Medical  News  and  Library.") 

SMITH  ON  FRACTURES.— A  Treatise  on  Fractures  in  the  vicinity  of  Joints,  and  on  Dislocations.  One 
vol.  8vo.,  with  2U0  beautiful  wood-cuts. 


BLANCHARD   &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.-oSttr^ry.)  11 


NEW  AND  IMPORTANT  WORK  ON  PRACTICAL  SURGERY,— (NO W  READY,) 

OPEEATIYB    SUHGEHY. 

BY  FREDERICK  C.  SKEY,  P.  It.  8.,  &o. 

In  one  very  handsome  octavo  volume  of  over  GoO  pages,  with  about  one  hundred  wood-cuts. 
The  object  of  the  author,  in  the  preparation  of  this  work,  has  been  not  merely  to  furnish  the 
student  with  a  guide  to  the  actual  processes  of  operation,  embracing  the  practical  rules  required 
to  justify  an  appeal  to  the  knife,  but  also  to  present  a  manual  embodying  such  principles  as  might 
render  it  a  permanent  work  of  reference  to  the  practitioner  of  operative  surgery,  who  seeks  to 
uphold  the  character  of  his  profession  as  a  science  as  well  as  an  art.  In  its  composition  he  has 
relied  mainly  on  his  own  experience,  acquired  during  many  years'  service  at  one  of  the  largest  of 
the  London  hospitals,  and  has  rarely  appealed  to  other  authorities,  except  so  far  as  personal  inter- 
course and  a  general  acquaintance  with  the  most  eminent  members  of  the  surgical  profession 
have  induced  him  to  quote  their  opinions. 

From  Professor  C.  B.  Gibson.  Richmond,  Virginia. 

I  have  examined  the  work  with  some  care,  and  am  delighted  with  it.  The  style  is  admirable,  the  matter 
excellent,  and  much  of  it  original  and  deeply  interesting,  whilst  the  illustrations  are  numerous  and  belier 
executed  than  those  of  any  similar  work  I  pos-r". 

In  conclusion  we  must  express  our  unqualified  praise  of  the  work  as  a  whole.  The  high  mora!  tone,  the 
liberal  views,  and  the  sound  information  which  pervades  it  throughout!  reflect  the  highest  credit  upon  the 
talented  author.  We  know  of  no  one  who  has  succeeded,  whilst  supporting  operative  surgery  in  its  proper 
rank,  iu  promulgating  at  the ^amft  lime  sounder  and  more  enlightened  views  upon  thai  most  important  of 
ah  subjects,  the  principle  that  should  guide  ib  in  having  recourse  to  the  knjfe. — Medical  Times. 

The  treatise  is,  indeed,  one  on  operative  surgery,  hut  it  is  one  ill  which  i lie  auUior  throughout  shows  that 
he  is  most  anxious  to  place  operative  surgery  in  us  just  position.  He  has  acted  as  a  judicious,  bul  not 
partial  friend;  and  while  he  shows  throughout  that  he  is  able  and  ready  to  perform  any  operation  which  the 
exigencies  and  casualties  of  the  human  frame  may  require,  he  is  most  cautious  in  Specifying  the  circum- 
stances which  in  each  case  indicate  and  eorflraindicate  operation.  It  is  indeed  gratifying  to  perceive  the 
sound  and  correct  views  which  Mr.  Skey  entertains  on  the  subie&l  of  operations  in  general,  and  ihe  gentle- 
manly tone  in  which  he  impresses  on  readers  the  lessons  which  he  i<  desirous  to  inculcate.  His  work  i-a 
perfect  model  for  the  operating  surgeon,  who  will  learn  from  it  not  only  when  and  how  to  operate,  hut  some 
more  noble  and  exalted  lessons  which  cannot  fail  to  improve  him  as  a  moral  and  social  agent.— Edinburgh, 
Mtdical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

THE    STUDENT'S    TEXT-BOOK. 

THE  PRINCIPLES  AND  PRACTICE  OF  MODERN  SURGERY. 

BY  ROBERT  DRUITT,  Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons. 
A  RFew  American,  from  the  last  and  improved  London  Edition, 

Edited  by  F.  W.  SARGENT,  M.  D.,  Author  of  "Minor  Surgery/'  &c. 

ILLUSTRATED  WITH  ONE  HUNDRED  AND  NINETV-THREE  WOOD.   ENGRAVINGS. 

In  one  very  handsomely  printed  octavo  volume  of  576  large  pages. 

From  Professor  Brain ard.  of  Chicago ',  Illinois. 
I  think  it  the  best  work  of  its  size,  on  that  subject,  in  the  language. 

From  Professor  Rivers,  of  Providence.  Rhode  Island. 
I  have  been  acquainted  with  ii  since  its  first  republication  in  this  country,  and  the  universal  praise  it  has 
received  I  think  well  merited. 

From  Professor  May.  of  Washington,  D.  C. 
Permit  me  to  express  my  satisfaction  at  the  republication  in  so  improved  a  form  of  this  most  valuable  work. 
I  believe  it  to  be  one  of  the  very  best  text-books  ever  issued. 

From  Professor  McCook,  of  Baltimore. 
I  cannot  withhold  my  approval  of  its  merits,  or  the  expression  that  no  work  is  better  suited  to  the  wants 
Of  the  student.    1  shall  commend  it  to  my  class,  and  make  it  my  chief  text-book. 


FERGUSSON'S  OPERATIVE  SURGERY.    NEW  EDITION. 

A  SYSTEM   OF    PRACTICAL  SURGERY. 

BY  WILLIAM  FK11GUSSON,  P.  R.  S.  E., 

Professor  of  Surgery  in  King's  College.  Loudon.  &c.  kc. 

THIRD   AMERICAN,   FROM  THE    LAST    ENGLISH    EDITION. 

"With  274  Illustrations. 

In  one  large  and  beautifully  printed  octavo  volume  of  six  hundred  and  thirty  pages. 

Tt  is  with  unfeigned  satisfaction  thai  we  call  the  attention  of  the  profession  in  this  country  to  this  excellent 

work.    It  richly  deserves  the  reputation  conceded  to  it,  of  being  the  best  practical  Surgery  extant,  at  least  in 

the  English  language.— Medical  Examiner. 


A    NEW     MINOR    SURGERY. 

ON  BANDAGING  AND  OTHER  POINTS  OF  MINOR  SURGERY. 

BY  V.  W.  SARGENT,  M.  D. 

In  one  handsome  royal  12mo.  volume  of  nearly  400  pages,  with  138  wood-cuts. 
From  "Professor  Gilbert.  Philadelphia. 
Embracing  the  smaller  details  of  surgery,  which  arc  illustrated  by  very  accurate  engravings,  the  work 
becomes  one  of  very  great  importance  to  tiic  practitioner  in  ihe  performance  of  his  daily  duties,  since  such 
UUormatiou  is  rarely  found  in  the  general  works  on  surgery  now  in  use. 


12  BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.— (Anatomy.) 

HORNER'S    ANATOMY. 
JMJCM  IMPUOVEU  J1JS%D  E^EJSllGED  EDITION— [Just  Ileady.) 

SPECIAL  ANATOMY  AND  H1ST0L08Y. 

BY  WILLIAM  E.  HORNER,  M.  V., 

Professor  of  Anatomy  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  &c. 

EIGHTH   EDITION. 
EXTENSIVELY  REVISED  AND  MODIFIED    TO    1851. 

In  two  large  octavo  volumes,  handsomely  printed,  with  several  hundred  illustrations. 

This  work  has  enjoyed  a  thorough  and  laborious  revision  on  the  part  of  the  author,  with  the 
view  of  bringing  it  fully  up  to  the  existing  state  ofknowledge  on  the  subject  of  general  and  special 
anatomy.  To  adapt  it  more  perfectly  to  the  wants  of  the  student,  he  has  introduced  a  large  number 
of  additional  wood  engravings,  illustrative  of  the  objects  described,  while  the  publishers  have  en- 
deavored to  render  the  mechanical  execution  of  the  work  worthy  of  the  extended  reputation  which 
it  has  acquired.  The  demand  wh'ch  has  carried  it  to  an  EIGHTH  EDITION  is  a  sufficient  evidence 
of  the  value  of  the  work,  and  of  its  adaptation  to  the  wants  of  the  student  and  professional  reader. 


NEW  AND  CHEAPER  EDITION  OF 
SMITH  #  HORJTEWS   JlJTJlTOMICJlL,   J1TL.JLS. 

an  anatomical  ATLAS, 

ILLUSTRATIVE  OF  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  HUMAN  BODY. 

BY  HENRY  II.  SMITH,  M.  D.;  &c. 

UNDER    THE   SUPERVISION    OF 

WILLIAM   E.    HORNER,    M.D., 

Professor  of  Anatomy  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

In  one  volume,  large  imperial  octavo,  with  about  six  hundred  and  fifty  beautiful  figures. 

With  the  view  of  extending  the  sale  of  this  beautifully  executed  and  complete  "Anatomical  Atlas,"  the 
publishers  have  prepared  a  new  edition,  printed  on  both  sides  or" the  page,  thus  materially  reducing  its  cost, 
and  enabling  them  to  present  it  at  a  price  about  forty  per  cent,  lower  than  former  editions,  while,  at  the  same 
tune,  the  execution  of  each  plate  is  in  no  respect  deteriorated,  and  not  a  single  figure  is  ornitted. 

These  figures  are  well  selected,  and  present  a  complete  and  accurate  representation  of  that  wonderful 
fabric,  the  human  body.  The  plan  of  the  Atlas  which  renders  it  peculiarly  convenient  for  the  student,  and 
its  superb  artisiical  execution,  have  been  already  pointed  out.  We  must  congratulate  the  student  upon  the 
completion  of  tins  Atlas,  as  it  is  the  most  convenient  work  of  the  kind  that  has  yet  appeared  ;  and  we  must 
add,  that  the  very  beautiful  maimer  in  which  it  is  ••  got  up"  is  so  creditable  to  the  country  as  to  be  flattering 
to  our  national  pride. — American  Medical  Journal. 


HORNER'S   DISSECTOR. 

THE   UNITED  STATES    DISSECTOR; 

Being  a  new  edition,  with  extensive  modifications,  and  almost  re-written,  of 

"HORNER'S   PRACTICAL    ANATOMY." 

In  one  very  neat  volume,  royal  12mo.,  of  440  pages,  with  many  illustrations  on  wood. 

WILSON'S  DISSECTOR,  New  Edition— (Now  Ready,  1851.) 

THE  DISSECTOR; 

©R,   PRACTICAL,   ATCI>  SURGICAL  ANATOMY. 

BY  ERASMUS  WILSON. 

MODIFIED    AND    RE-ARRANGED    BY 

PAUL  BECK  GODDARD,  M.  D. 

A  NEW  EDITION,  WITH  REVISIONS  AND  ADDITIONS. 

In  one  large  and  handsome  volume,  royal  12mo.,  with  one  hundred  and  fifteen  illustrations. 

In  passing  this  work  again  through  the  press,  the  editor  has  made  such  additions  and  improve- 
ments as  the  advance  of  anatomical  knowledge  has  rendered  necessary  to  maintain  the  work  in  the 
high  reputation  which  it  has  acquired  in  the  schools  of  the  United  States  as  a  complete  and  faithful 
guide  to  the  student  of  practical  anatomy.  A  number  of  new  illustrations  have  been  added,  espe- 
cially in  the  portion  relating  to  the  complicated  anatomy  of  Hernia.  In  mechanical  execution  the 
work  will  be  found  superior  to  former  editions. 


BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.— {Anatomy.)  13 

SHARPEY  AND  QUAIN'S  ANATOMY.— Lately  Issued. 

HUMAN   ANATOMY. 

BY    JONES    QUAIN,   M.D. 

FROM     THE     FIFTH      LONDON      EDITION. 

EDITED   BY 

RICHARD  QUAIN,  F.R.S., 

AND 

WILLIAM  SHARPEY,  M.D.,  F.R.S., 

Professors  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology  in  University  College,  London. 
REVISED,    WITH    ROTES    AND    ADDITIONS, 

BY  JOSEPH  LEIDY,  ML.  D. 

Complete  in  Two  large  Octavo  Volumes,  of  about  Thirteen  Hundred  Pages. 

BEAUTIFULLY   ILLUSTRATED 
With  over  Five  Hundred  Engravings  on  "Wood. 

We  have  here  one  of  ihe  best  expositions  of  the  present  state  of  anatomical  science  extant.  There  is  not 
probably  a  work  to  be  found  in  the  English  language  which  contains  so  compete  an  account  of  the  progress 
h 'ill  present  state. of  general  and  special  anatomy  as  this.  'By  the  anatomist  this  work  must  be  eagerly 
sought  for,  and   no  student's  library  can  be  complete  without  it.—  The  N.  Y.  Journal  of  Medicine. 

We  know  of  no  work  which  we  would  sooner  see  in  the  hands  of  every  student  of  tins  branch  of  medical 
science  than  Sharpey  and  Quain's  Anatomy.—  The  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

It  may  now  be  regarded  as  the  most  complete  and  best  posted  up  work  on  anatomy  in  the  language.  It 
will  be  found  particularly  rich  in  general  anatomy.—  The  Charleston  Medical Journal. 

We  believe  we  express  the  opinion  of  all  who  have  examined  these  volumes,  that  there  is  no  work  supe- 
rior to  them  on  the  subject  which  they  so  ably  describe.—  Southern  Medjea}  and  Surgical  Journal. 

It  is  one  of  the  most  comprehensive  and  best  works  upon  anatomy  in  the  English  language.  It  is  equally 
valuable  to  the  teacher,  practitioner,  and  student  in  medicine,  and  to  the  surgeon  in  particular. —  The  Ohio 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

To  those  who  wish  an  extensive  treatise  on  Anatomy,  we  recommend  th^se  handsome  volumes  as  the  best 
that  have  ever  issued  from  the  English  or  American  Press.— The  N.  W.  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

We  believe  that  any  country  might  safely  be  challenged  to  produce  a  treatise  on  anatomy  so  readable,  so 
dear,  and  so  full  upon  all  important  topics — British  and  Foreign  Medico-Chirurgical  Review. 

It  is  indeed  a  work  calculated  to  make  an  era  in  anatomical  study,  by  placing  before  the  student  every  de- 
partment of  his  science,  with  a  view  to  the  relative  importance  of  each  :  and  so  skillfully  have  the  different 
prut-  been  interwoven,  that  no  one  who  makes  this  work  the  basis  of  his  studies  will  hereafter  have  any  ex- 
cuse for  neglecting  or  undervaluing  any  important  particulars  connected  with  the  structure  of  the  human 
frame;  and  whether  the  bias  of  his  mind  lead  him  in  a  more  especial  manner  to  sureery.  physic,  or  physiolo- 
gy, he  will  find  here  a  work  at  once  so  comprehensive  and  practical  as  to  defend  him  from  exclusiveness  on 
trie  one  hand,  and  pe/antry  on  the  other.—  Monthly  Journal  and  Retrospect  of  the  Medical  Sciences. 

We  have  no  hesitation  in  recommending  this  treatise  oh  anatomy  as  the  mo*t  complete  on  that  subject  in 
the  English  language  :  and  the  only  one.  perhaps,  in  any  language,  which  brings  the  state  of  knowledge  for- 
ward to  tne  most  recent  discoveries. —  The  Edinburgh  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal 

Admirably  calculated  to  fulfil  the  object  for  which  it  is  intended. —  Prqvincidl  Medical  Journal. 

The  most  complete  Treatise  on  Anatomy  in  the  English  language. —  Edinburgh  Medical  Journal. 

There  is  no  work  in  the  English  language  to  be  preferred  to  Dr.  Quain's  Elements  of  Anatomy.— London 
Journal  of  Medicine. 


THE  STUDENT'S  TEXT-BOOK  OF  ANATOMY. 
NEW    AND    IMPROVED   EDITION-JUST    ISSUED. 

A  SYSTEM  OF  HUMAN   ANATOMY, 

GENERAL    AND    SPECIAL. 

BY  ERASMUS  WILSON,  M.  D. 

FOURTH    AMERICAN    FROM  THE  LAST   ENGLISH   EDITION. 
EDITED  BY  PAUL  B.  GODDARD,  A.  M.,  M.  D. 

WITH    TWO    HUNDRED    AND    FIFTY    ILLUSTRATIONS.     ' 

Beautifully  printed,  in  one  large  octavo  volume  of  nearly  six  hundred  pages. 

In  many,  if  not  all  the  Colleges  of  the  Union,  it  has  become  a  standard  text-book.    This,  of  itself,  is  sufficiently 
-  ve  of  its  value.    A   work  very  desirable  to.lhe  student ;  one.  the  possession  «f  which  will  greatly 
•  his  progress  in  Ihe  study  of  Practical  A  natomy. — Nev>  York  Journal  of  Medicint. 
Its  author  ranks  with  the  highest  on  A  n  atom  v.—  Sou  in  em  Medical  and  Surgical  Jour  mil. 
It  offers  to  tire  student  ah  the  assistance  thai  can  be  expected  from  such  a  work  —Medical  Examiner. 
The  most  complete  an  i  convenient  manual  tor  ihe  student  we  possess. — Americap  Journal  of  Mad.  Science 
In  every  respect  this  work,  as  nn  anatomical  gnide  for  i lie.  student  and  praelit.onor,  meats  our  warmest 
and  most  decided  praise. — London.  Medical  Gazette. 


14  BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  VVBU  CATIONS. -(Physiology.) 

WORKS  BY  W.  B.  CARPENTER,  M  D. 

CO. II P. 1R Jl  TI YE    PHYSIOLOG  Y—^Vow  Ueady.) 
PRINCIPLES  OF 

GENERAL  AND  COMPARATIVE  PHYSIOLOGY, 

IATTENDIBI}  AS  AW  ISTRODITCTIOX  TO  TSIE  STUDY  OF 

HUMAN    PHYSIOLOGY; 

AND  AS  A  GUIDE  TO  THE  PHILOSOPHICAL  PURSUIT  OF 

NATURAL   HISTORY. 

FROM  THE  THIRD  IMPROVED  AND  ENLARGED  LONDON  EDITION. 
In  one  very  large  and  handsome  octavo  volume,  with  several  hundred  beautiful  illustrations. 

In  presenting  to  the  American  public  this  valuable  and  important  work,  the  publishers  feel  that 
they  are  supplying  a  want  which  has  long  existed,  as  the  now  antiquated  treatise  of  Rogct,  at 
present  nearly  out  of  print,  is  the  only  one,  having  pretensions  to  completeness,  which  has  been 
accessible  to  the  student  in  this  country.  The  present  work  will  be  found  fully  on  a  level  with 
the  most  advanced  state  of  the  extended  science  on  which  it  treats,  the  author  having  devoted 
several  years  to  the  revision  and  improvement  of  his  new  edition,  sparing  no  labor  to  ensure  it3 
completeness  and  accuracy.  The  illustrations  are  exceedingly  numerous,  and  the  whole  is  printed 
in  the  very  best  manner,  forming  one  of  the  handsomest  volumes  ever  issued  in  this  country. 

I  recommend  to  your  perusal  a  work  recently  published  by  Dr.  Carpenter.  It  has  this  advantage,  it  is  very 
much  up  10  the  pre>ent  state  of  knowledge  on  the  subject.  It  is  written  in  a  clear  style,  and  is  well  illua- 
trai e(\.—  Professor  Sharpqy'g  Irttr&dtictory  Lecture. 

In  Dr.  Carpenters  work  will  be  found  the  best  exposition  we  possess  of  all  that  is  furnished  by  compara- 
tive anatomy  to  our  knowledge  of  the  nervous  system,  as  well  as  to  the  more  general  principles  of  life  and 
organization. — Dr.  Holland's  Medical  Notes  and  Reflections. 

See  Dr.  Carpenter's  "Principles  ofGftneral  and  Comparative  Physiology"— a  work  which  makes  me  proud 
to  think  he  was  once  my  pupil  — Dr.  Elliotson's  Physiology. 


CARPENTER'S    ELEMENTS    OF    PHYSIOLOGY. 

ELEMENTS  OF  PHYSIOLOGY; 

INCLUDING     PHYSIOLOGICAL    ANATOMY. 

FOR  THE  USE  OF  THE  MEDICAL  STUDENT. 

WITH    NEARLY   TWO    HUNDRED    ILLUSTRATIONS. 

In  one  handsome  octavo  volume,  of  about  six  hundred  pages. 

Of  his  different  treatises  on  Physiology,  the  present  work  seems  to  us  to  be  best  adapted  to  the  requirements 
of  the  student,  and  to  constitute,  on  this  account,  a  good  text-book  for  the  lecturer.  The  author  in  his  preiace, 
directs  attention  to  the  copiousness  and  beauty  of  the  illustrations;  and  they  who  make  any  remarks  on  the 
American  edition,  may.  with  great  propriety,  repeat  the  encomium.—  Bulletin  of  Medical  Science. 

To  say  that  it  is  the  best  manual  of  Physiology  now  before  the  public,  would  not  do  suincieui  justice  to  the 
author  — Bujfalo  Med.  Journal. 

In  his  former  works  it  would  seem  that  he  had  exhausted  the  subject  of  Physiology.  In  the  present,  he 
gives  lhe  essence,  as  it  were,  of  the  whole.—  N.  Y.  Journal  of  Medit  int. 

The  best  and  most  complete  expose  of  modern  physiology,  in  one  volume,  extant  in  the  English  language. 
—Si.  Louis  Med.  Journal. 

Those  who  have  occasion  for  an  elementary  treatise  on  physiology,  cannot  do  better  than  to  possess  them- 
selves of  the  manual  of  Dr.  Carpenter.— Medical  Examiner. 


CARPENTER'S  HUMAN  PHYSIOLOGY. 


WITH  THEIR  CHIEF  APPLICATIONS  TO 

PATHOLOGY,  IIYGIEXE,  AWD  FOREWSIC  MEOICIXE. 

FOURTH  AMERICAN  EDITION,  WITH  EXTENSIVE  ADDITIONS  AND  IMPROVEMENTS  BY  THE  AUTHOR. 

Willi  Two  Lithographic  Plates,  anil  SOI  wood-cuts. 

In  one  large  and  handsomely  printed  octavo  volume  of  over  seven  hundred  and  fifty  pages. 

In  preparing  a  new  edition  of  this  very  popular  text-book,  the  publishers  have,  had  it  completely  revised 
by  the  author,  who.  without  materially  increasing  its  bulk,  has  embodied  in  it  all  the  recent  investigations 
and  discoveries  in  ph\  s  plogieal  science, and  has  rendered  it  in  every  respeclon  a  level  with  the  improvements 
01  tin-  day.  Although  tine  numberof'the  wood-engravings  has  been  but  little  increased,  a  considerable  change 
will  be  found,  many  new  and  interesting  illustrations  having  been  introduced  in  place  of  others  which  were 
considered  of  minor  importance,  or  which  the  advance  of  science  had  shown  to  be  imperfect,  while  the  plates 
have  been  altered  and  redrawn  under  the  supervision  of  the  author  by  a  competent  London  artist.  In  passing 
the  volume  through  the  press  in  this  country,  the  services  of  a  professional  gentleman  have  been  secured,  in 
order  to  insure  the  accuracy  so  necessary  to  a  scientific  work.  Notwithstanding  these  improvements,  the 
price  of  the  volume  is  maintained  at  its  former  moderate  rate. 

In  recompiending  this  work  to  their  classes,  Profes«ors  of  Physiology  can  rely  on  their  being  always  able 
to  procure  editions  brought  thoroughly  up  with  the  advance  of  science. 


BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.— (Physiology.)  15 

DUNGLISON'S     PHYSIOLOGY. 
]Yew  and  ihsk  2i  Iniprdveti  Edition.— (Juit  Issued.) 

II  U  M  A  N    P  HY  SIOLOG  T. 

BY  ROBLEY  DUNGLISON,  M.  J)., 

Professor  of  the  Instituies  of  Medicine  in  the  Jetiferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia,  etc.  etc. 

SEVEfl  in   EDI  ii-.v. 

Thoroughly  revised  and  extensively  modified  and  enlarged, 

WITH    NEARLY    FIVE    HUNDRED    ILLUSTRATIONS. 

In  two  large  and  handsomely  printed  octavo  volumes,  containing  nearly  1450  pages. 

On  no  previous  revision  of  this  work  has  the  author  bestowed  more  care  than  on  the  present,  it 

having  been  subjected  to  an  entire  scrutiny,  not  only  as  regards  the  important  matters  of  which  it 

treats,  but   also  the  language  in  which  they  are  conveyed  ;  and  on   no  former  occasion  has  he  felt 

as  satisfied  with  his  endeavors  to  have  the  work  on  a  level  with  trie  existing  state  of  the  science. 

Perhaps  at  no  time  in  the  history  of  physiology  have  observers  been  more   numerous,  energetic, 

and  discriminating  than  within  the  last  few  years.     Many  modifications  of  fact  and    inference  have 

consequently  taken  place,  which  it  has  been  necessary  for  the  author  to  record,  and  to  express  his 

views  in  relation  thereto,     On  the  whole  subject  of  physiology  proper,  as  it  applies  to  the  functions 

executed  by  the  different  organs,  the  present  edition,  the  author  flatters  himself,  will  therefore  be 

found  to  contain  the  views  of  the  most  distinguished  physiologists  of  all  periods. 

The  amount  of  additional  matter  contained  in  this  edition  may  be  estimated  from  the  fact  that 
the  mere  list  of  authors  referred  to  in  its  preparation  alone  extends  over  nine  large  and  closely  printed 
pages.  The  number  of  illustrations  has  been  largely  increased,  the  present  edition  containing  four 
hundred  and  seventy-four,  while  the  last  had  but  three  hundred  and  sixty-eight;  while,  in  addition 
to  this,  many  new  and  superior  wood-cuts  have  been  substituted  for  those  which  were  not  deemed 
sufficiently  accurate  or  satisfactory.  The  mechanical  execution  of  the  work  has  also  been  im- 
proved in  every  respect,  and  the  whole  is  confidently  presented  as  worthy  the  great  and  continued 
favor  which  it  has  so  long  received  from  the  profession. 

It  ha«  long  srhCe  taken  rank  a*  one  of  the  medical  classics  of  out  language.  To  say  that  it  is  by  far  the  Lest 
text-book  of  physiology  ever  published  in  this  country,  is  but  echoing  the  general  testimony  of  the  profession. 
— N.  Y  Journal  of  Medicine. 

The  most  full  and  complete  system  of  Physiology  in  our  language. —  Western  Lancet. 

The  most  complete  ami  satisfactory  system  of  Physiology  in  the  English  language. — Amer.  Med.  Journal. 

The  best  work  of  the  kind  in  the  English  language.— Sillimnn's  Journal. 

We  have,  on  two  former  occasions,  hroughl  this  excellent  work  under  the  notice  of  our  readers,  and  we 
have  now  only  to  say  that,  instead  of  foiling  behind  in  the  rapid  march  of  physiological  science,  each  edition 
brings  ii  nearer  to  the  van.— British. and  Foreign  Medical  Review. 

A  review  of  such  a  well-known  work  would  be  out  of  place  at  the  present  time.  We  have  looked  over  it, 
ani  find,  what  ve  knew  would  he  the  case,  that  Dr.  Dunglison  has  kept  pace  with  the  science  to  which  he. 
has  devoted  so  much  study,  and  of  which  lie  is  one  of  the  living  ornaments.  We  recommend  'he  work  to  the 
medical  student  as  a  valuable  text-book,  and  to  all  inquirers  into  Natural  Science,  as  one  which  will  well 
ani  delightfully  repay  perusal.—  The  Aew  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 


KIRKES    AND   PAGET'S  PHYSIOLOGY.-(Lately  Issued.) 

A  MANUAL  OFPMYSIOLOGY, 

FOR.    THE    USE    OF    STUDENTS. 
BY  WILLIAM  SENIIOUSE  KIRKES,  31.  D., 

Assisted  by  JAMES  PAGET, 
Lecturer  on  General  Anatomy  and  Physiology  in  St.  Bartholomew's  Hospital. 
In  one  handsome  volume,  royal  12mo.,  of  550  pages,  with  118  wood-cuts. 
An  excellent  work,  and  for  students  one  of  the  best  within  reach.— -Boston  Medical  ami  Surgical  Journal. 
One  of  the  hesi  little  hooks  on  Physiology  which  we  possess.—  BraitM  waiters  Retrospect. 
Particularly  adapted  to  those  who  desire  to  possess  a  concise  digest  of  the  facts  of  Human   Physiology.— 
British  and  Foreign  Med.-Chirurg   Beoiep/. 
On*  of  tin  best  treatises  which  can  be  put  imo  the  hands  of  the  student.—  London  Medical  Gazette. 
We  conscientiously  recommend  it  as  an  mini i  ruble  "  Handbook  of  I'h^moiogy."— London  Jour,  uj  Medicine. 


SOLLY   ON    THE    BRAIN. 

THE  HUMAN  BRAIX;  ITS  STRUCTURE,  PIHSIOLOGY,  AND  DISEASES, 

WITH    A.    DESCRIPTION    OF   T1IE   TYt'iCAL    FORM    OF    TIIK    BKAIX   IN   THB    ANIMAL   KINGDOM. 

BY  SAM  LLY,   F.  It.  S.,  &c.t 

Senior  Assistant  Surgeon  io  the  St.  Thomas1  Hospital,  &c. 

From  the  Second  and  much  Enlarged  London  Edition.    In  one  octavo  volume,  with  120  Wood-cuts. 


HARRISON  ON  THE  NERVES.— An   Essay   towards  a  correct  theory  of  the  Nervous  System.    In  one 

octavo  volume,  292  pa^t  s. 
MATTEUCCI  ON  LIVING  BEINGS.- Lectures  on  the  Physical  r  of  Living  Beings.    Edited 

by  Pi*t  •  rn     In  nnc  ne:n  royal  l2mo  volume,  extra  cloth.  w,ih  cuts — 38S  < 
ROGET'S  PHYSIOLOGY  —  A  Treatise  on  Animal  and  Vegetable  Ph  ;i  over  ho  illustrations  on 

wood.    In  two  octavo  volumes 
R<h;  \'.V><  OUTL1  N  RS  —Outline*  of  Physiology  and  Phrenology.    In  one  octavo  volume,  etoth— 616  pages. 
ON  THE   CONNECTION    BETWEEN    PHYSIOLOGY    AND   INTELLECTUAL   SCIENCE.    In  one 

!2mo.  volume  paper,  price  25i 
TODD  &  BOWMAN'S  PHYSIOLOGY'— Physiological  Anatomy  and  Physiology <of  Man.  With  numerous 

handsome  woodcuts.     Parts  1,  11,  and  III,  in  one  Bvo.  volume,  552  pp.     Purl  IV  will  complete  the  work. 


16  BLANCHARD    &  LEA'S   PUBLICATIONS.—  (Pathology.) 

WILLIAMS'  PRINCIPLES— JVew  and  Enlarged  Edition. 

PRINCIPLES  OF  MEDICINE: 

Comprising  General  Pathology  and  Therapeutics, 

AND  A  BRIEF  GENERAL  VIEW  OF 

ETIOLOGY,  N0S0L0GV.   SEMEICLOGY,   DIAGNOSIS,    PROGNOSIS,    AND   HYGIENICS, 
BY  CHARLES  J.  B.  WILLIAMS,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S., 

Fellow  of  ihe  Royal  College  of  Physicians.  &c. 

Edited,  with  Additions,  BY  MEREDITH  CLYMER,  M.  D., 

Consulting  Physician  to  the  Philadelphia  Hospital,  &c.  &c 
THIRD    AMERICAN,    FROM   THE    SECOND    AND    ENLARGED    LONDON.   EDITION. 

In  one  octavo  volume,  of  440  pages. 


BUSING'S  PRINCIPLES,  NEW  EDITION— (Just  Issued.) 

THE  PRINCBPLES  OF  MEDBGSNE. 

BY  ARCHIBALD  BILLING,  M.  D.,  &c. 

Second  Americau  from  the  Fifth  and  Improved  London  Edition. 

In  one  handsome  octavo  volume,  extra  cloth,  250  pages. 
We  can  strongly  recommend  Dr.  Billing-s  "Principles"  as  a  code  of  instruction  which  should  be  con- 
stantly present  to  the  mind  of  every  well-informed  and  philosophical  practitioner  of  medicine.—  Lancet. 

MANUALS  ON  THE~BL00D  AND  URINE. 

In  two  handsome  volumes  royal  12mo.,  extra  cloth. 
"With  numerous  Illustrations  on  Stone  and  Wood. 

VOLUME  I,  OF  FOUR  HUNDRED  AND  SIXTY  LARGE  PAGES,  CONTAINS 

I.  A  Practical  Manual  on  the  Blood  and  Secretions  of  the  Human  Body.  BY  JOHN  WILLIAM 
GRIFFITH,  M.  D.,  &c. 

II.  On  the  Analysis  of  the  Blood  and  Urine  in  health  and  disease,  and  on  the  treatment  of  Urinary 
diseases.     BY  G.  OWEN  REESE,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,   &c.  &c. 

III.  A  Guide  to  the  Examination  of  the  Urine  in  health  and  disease.  BY  ALFRED  MARKWICK. 

VOLUME  II,  NOW  READY,  CONSISTS  OF 

I.  Urinary  Deposits,  their  Diagnosis,  Pathology,  and  Therapeutical  Indications.  By  GOLDING 
BIRD,  M.  D.  A  new  American  from  the  third  and  improved  London  edition.  With  over  sixty 
illustrations. 

II.  Renal  Affections,  their  Diagnosis  and  Pathology.  By  CHARLES  FRICK,  M.  D.  With  illus- 
trations. 

Either  of  these  volumes  may  be  had  separately,  as  also  BIRD  ON  URINARY  DEPOSITS,  and 
FRICK  ON  RENAL  AFFECTIONS,  each  in  one  handsome  12mo.  volume,  extra  cloth. 
The  importance  now  attached  to  the  Diagnosis  of  the  Blood  and  Urine,  and  the.  rapid  increase  of  our  know- 
ledge respecting  the  patholo?ica!  conditions  of  the  fluids  of  the  human  body,  have  induced  the  publishers  to 
present  these  manuals  in  a  cheap  and  convenient  form,  embracing  the  remits  of  the  most  recent,  observers  in 
a  practical  point  of  view.  On  the  subject  of  the  chemical  and  microscopical  examinations  of  these  fluids, 
they  would  also  call  ihe  attention  of  the  student  to  Bowman's  Medical  Chemistry,  and  Simon's  Animal 
Chemistry.    See  p.  30. 

OF  THE  CAUSES,  NATURE,  AND  TREATMENT  OF 

PALSY  AND  APOPLEXY, 

And  of  the  Forms,  Seats,  Complications,  and  Morbid  Relations  of  Paralytic  and 

Apoplectic  Diseases. 

BY  JAMES  COPLAND,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,  &c. 

In  one  volume.     (Just  Issued.) 

THE  PATHOLOGICAL  ANATOMY  OF  THE  HUMAN  BODY, 

BY  JULIUS  VOGEL,  M.  D.,  &c. 

Translated  from  the  German,  with  Additions, 

BY  GEORGE  E.  DAY,  M.  D.,  &c. 

ILLUSTRATED    BY  UPWARDS   OF   ONE    HUNDRED    FIGURES,    PLAIN    AND    COLORED. 

In  one  neat  octavo  volume. 


ABERCRO.MBIE  ON  THE  RRATN— Pathological  and  Practical  Researches  on  Diseases  of  the  Brain  and 

Spinal  Cord.     A  new  edition,  in  one  small  Hvo.  volume,  pp.  324. 
BURROWS  ON  CEREBRAL  CIRCULATION.— On  Disorders  of  the  Cerebral  Circulation,  and  on  the 

Connection  between  Affections  of  the  Brain  and  Diseases  of  the  Heart.  In  one  in-o.  vol.,  with  coloredplates, 

pp.  216. 
BLAKISTON  OX  THE  CHEST— Practical  Observations  on  certain  Diseases  of  the  Chest,  and  on  the 

Principles  of  Auscultation.    In  one  volume,  6vo..  pp.  384. 
HASSE'S  PATHOLOGICAL  ANATOMY— An  Anatomical  Description  of  the  Diseasesof  Respiration  and 

Circulation.    Translated  h\h\  Edited  by  Swaine.    In  one  volume,  i-vo.,  pp.  379. 
HUGHES  ON  THE  LJJNGS  AND  Hi-: ART—  Clinical  Introduction  to  the  Practice  of  Auscultation,  and 

other  modes  of  Physical  Diagnosis.    In  one  12mo.  volume,  with  a  plate,  pp.  270. 


BLANCHARD  &,  LEA'S    PUBLICATIONS.— {Practice  of  Medicine.)        17 

DUNGLISON'S  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE. 

ENLARGED  AND  IMPROVED  EDITION. 

THE    PRACTICE~OF    MEDICINE. 

A   TREATISE   ON 

SPECIAL  PATHOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

TniRD    EDITION. 

BY  ROBLEY  DUNGLISON,  M.  P., 

Professor  of  the  Institutes  of  Medicine  in  the* Jefferson  Medical  College ;  Lecturer  on  Clinical  Medicine.  &c. 
In  two  large  octavo  volumes,  of  fifteen  hundred  pages. 

The  student  of  medicine  will  find,  in  these  two  elegant  volumes,  a  mine  of  facts,  a  gathering 
of  precepts  and  advice  from  the  world  of  experience,  that  will  nerve  him  with  courage,  and  faith- 
fully direct  him  in  his  efforts  to  relieve  the  physical  sufferings  of  the  race. — Boston  Medical  and 
Surgical  Journal. 

LJpoo  every  topic  embraced  in  the  work  the  latest  information  will  be  found  carefully  posted  up. 
Medical  Examiner. 

It  is  certainly  the  most  complete  treatise  of  which  we  have  any  knowledge.  There  is  scarcely  a 
disease  which  the  student  will  not  find  noticed. —  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

One  of  the  most  elaborate  treatises  of  the  kind  we  have. — Southern  Medical  and  Surg.  Journal, 


A  New  "Work.     Just  Ready. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  HEARTTTuNGS,  AND  APPENDAGES  5 

THEIR   SYMPTOMS  AND  TREATMENT. 
BY  W.  H.  WALSHE,  M.D., 

Professor  of  the  Principle  n>i'J  Practice  of  Medicine  in  University  College,  London.  §-r. 
In  one  handsome  volume,  large  royal  l'Jmo. 
The  author's  design  fn  this  work  has  been  to  include  within  the  compass  of  a  moderate  volume,  all  really 
essential  facts  bearing  upon  the  symptoms,  physical  signs,  and  treatment  of  pulmonary  and  card 
To  accomplish  this   the  nrsi  part  of  the  work  is  devoted  to  the  description  of  the  various  mod  f s  of  pi     - 
diagnosis,  auscultation,  percussion,  Mensuration,  &c.,  which  are  fully  and  clearly,  but  succinctly  entered 
into,  boih  as  respects  their  theory  and  clinical  phenomena.     In  ihe  second  part,  the  various  diseases  of  the 
heart,  lungs,  and  great  vessels  are  considered  in  regard  to  symptoms,  physical  s  gos  and  treatment  with 
numerous  references  10  cases.     The  eminence  of  the  author  is  a  guarantee  to  the  practitioner  and  student 
that  the  work  is  one  of  practical  utility  in  facilitating  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  a  large,  obscure  and 
important  class  of  diseases. 


THE    GREAT    MEDICAL    LIBRARY. 

THE  CYCLOPEDIA  OF  PRACTICAL  MEDICINE; 

COMPRISING 

Treatises  on  the  Nature  and  Treatment  of  Diseases,  Materia  Medica,  and  Thera- 
peutics, Diseases  of  "Women  and  Children,  Medical  Jurisprudence,  &c.  &c. 

EDITED    BY 

JOHN  FORBES,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,  ALEXANDER  TWEEDIE,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S. 

AND  JOHN  CONNOLLY,  M.  D. 

Revised,  with  Additions, 

BY  ROBLEY  DUNGLISON,  M.  D. 

THIS   WORK    IS   NOW   COMPLETE,    AND    FORMS   FOUR   LARGE   SUPER-ROYAL   OCTAVO    VOLUMES, 

Containing  Thirty-two  Hundred  and  Fifty-four  unusually  large  Pages  in  Double  Columns,  Printed 
on  Good  Paper,  with  a  new  and  clear  type. 

THE    WHOLE   WELL    AND    STROVILY    BOUND    WITH    RAISED    BAN! 

This  work  contain-  no  leesthan  FOUR  HUNDRED  AND  EIGHTEEN   DISTINCT  TREATISES, 
By  Sixty-eight  distinguished  Physicians. 

Tlie  most  complete  work  on  Practical  Medicine  extant ;  or,  at  least,  in  our  language.— Buffalo  M 
and  Si/r^icnl  Journal. 

For  reference,  il  is  above  all  price  to  every  practitioner  —  Western  LanceL 

One  of  the  mow  valuable  medieal  publications  of  the  day— as  a  work  of  reference  it  is  invaluable.— 
IV      -•'[  Journal  of  Medicine  a  net  Surgery. 

Ithas  been  to  as,  both   as  learner  and  teacher,  a  work  for  ready  and  frequent  reference,  one 
modern  English  medi  tine  is  exhibited  in  ihe  most  advantageous  light.— Mt 

We  rejoice  that  this  work  is  10  be  placed  wit  in  the  reach  of  the  profession  in  this  couni 
tionabljr  oneof  verj  t  to  the  practitioner.    This  estimate  of  it  has  not  been  fo/med  froi 

on,  bnl  after  an  intimate  acquaintance  derived  from  frequoni  consultation  of  il  during  the  pa*i 
ten  years.    T  le  i  duors  are  prac  etablished  reputation,  and  the  list  of  contributors  embrac   • 

ofthe  most  eminent  professors  and  teachers  of  London,  Edinburgh,  Dublin,  and  Glasgow.    It   - 
great  merit  of  tbis  work-that  the  principal  articles  have  been  furnished  by  practitioners  who  "have  i 
devoted  especial  attention  to  the  iut  which  they  have  written,  but  oave  also  enjoyed  oppoi 

for  an  extensive  practical  acquaintance  with  them.— and  whose  reputation  carries  the  smsurs 
competency  justly  to  appreciate  the  opinions  of  others,  while  it  stamps  their  owndoctr.m  -    i 
authority. — American  Mtdical  Journal. 


18  BLANCHARD   &    LEA'S    PUBLICATIONS.— (Practice  of  Medicine.) 

WATSON'S  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICDNE-New  Edition. 

lectures"  ox  the 

PRINCIPLES  AID  PRACTICE  OF  PHYSIO. 

BY  THOMAS  WATSON,  M,  D.,  &c.  &c. 

Third  American,  from  the  last  London  Edition. 

REVISED,  WITH   ADDITIONS,  BY  D.  FRANCIS  CONDIE,  M.  D., 

Author  of  "  A  Treatise  on  the  Diseases  of  Children,"  &c. 

IN    ONE    OCTAVO    VOLUME, 

Of  nearly  ELEVEN  HUNDRED  LARGE  PAGES,  strongly  bound  with  raised  bands. 

To  say  that  it  is  the  very  best  work  on  the  subject  now  extant,  is  but  to  echo  the  sentiment  of  the  medical 
press  throughout  the  counlry. —  A-7.  O.  Medical  Journal. 

Of  the  text-books  recently  republished  Watson  is  very  justly  the  principal  favorite.— Holmes'1  Re-port  to 
Nat.  Med.  Assoc. 

By  universal  consent  the  work  ranks  among  the  very  best  text-books  in  our  language.—  III.  and  hid.  Med. 
Jo '/  rnal. 

Regarded  on  all  hnnds  as  one  of  the  very  best,  if  not  the  very  best,  systematic  treatise  on  practical  medi- 
cine extant  — St.  Louis  Med.  Journal. 

Confessedly  one  of  the  very  best  works  on  the  principles  and  practice  of  physic  in  the  English  or  any  other 
language. — Med.  Examiner. 

As  a  textbook  it  has  no  equal;  as  a  compendium  of  pathology  and  practice  no  superior. —  N.  Y.  Aimalht. 

We  know  of  no  work  better  calculated  for  being  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  student,  and  for  a  text  book, 
on  every  important  point  the  author  seems  to  haveposted  up  his  knowledge  to  the  day.— Amer.  Med.  Journal. 

One  of  the  most  practically  useful  books  that  ever  was  presented  to  the  student.— A.  Y.  Med.  Journal. 


WILSON    ON    THE    SKIN. 

ON     DISEASE  S~b  F    THE    SKIN. 

BY  ERASMUS  WILSON,  F.  It.  S., 

Author  of"  Human  Anatomy,"  &c. 

SECOND    AMERICAN    FROM    THE   SECOND    LONDON    EDITION. 

In  one  neat  octavo  volume,  extra  cloth,  440  pa^es. 

Also,  to  l>e  3iad  -with  eight  beautifully  colored,  steel  plates. 

Al*o,  tiie  plates  sold  separate,  in  boards. 


Mnch  Enlarged  Edition  of  BARTLBTT  ON  FEVERS. 
THE  HISTORY,  DIAGNOSIS,  AND  TREATMENT  OF  THE 

FEVERS    OF    THE    UM1TED    STATES. 

BY   ELISIIA  BARTLETT,  M.D., 

In  one  octavo  volume  of  550  pages,  beautifully  printed  and  strongly  bound. 


CLYI/LER  AND  OTHERS  ON  FEVERS. 

FEVERS;    THEIR  DIAGNOSIS,   PATH0L03Y,    ADJD   TREATMENT. 

PREPARED    AND    EDITED,    WITH    LARGE    ADDITIONS, 
FROM  THE  ESSAYS  ON  FEVER  IN  TWEEDIE'S  LIBRARY  OF  PRACTICAL  MEDICINE, 

BY    MEREDITH    CLYMBR,    M.  D. 
In  one  octavo  volume  of  six  hundred  pages. 

BENEDICT'S  CHAPMAN--.— Compendium  of  Chapman's  Lectures  on  the  Practice  of  Medicine.    One  neat 

volume,  8vo.,  pp.  258. 
BU  l)D  ON  THE  LIVER.— On  Diseases  of  the  Liver.    In  one  very  neat  Svo.  vol.,  with  colored  plates  and 

wood-cuts;  pp.  392. 
CHAPMAN'S  LECTURES.— Lectures  on  Fevers,  Dropsy,  Gout,  Rheumatism,  &c.  &c.    In  one  neat  Svo. 

volume,  pp.  450. 
ESQUIROL  ON  INSANITY.— Mental  Maladies,  considered  in  relation  to  Medicine,  Hygiene, and  Medical 

Jurisprudence.     Translated  by  E.  K.  Hunt,  M.  D..  &c.     In  one  Svo.  volume,  pp.  4% 
THOMSON  ON  THE  SICK  ROOM.— Domestic  management  of  the  sick  Room,  necessary  in  aid  of  Medical 

Treatment  for  the  cure  of  Diseases.    Edited  by  11.  E.  Griffith,  M.  D.    In  one  large  royal  12mo.  volume,  with 

wood-cuts,  pp.  360. 
HOP;:  ON  THE  HEART.— A  Treatise  on  the  Diseases  of  the  Heart  and  Great  Vessels.    Edited  by  Pen- 
nock.     In  one  volume.  8vo  .  with  plates,  pp.  5/2. 
LALLEMAND  ON    SPERMATORRHOEA.— The  Causes,  Symptoms,  and  Treatment  of  Spermatorrhoea. 

Trai  slated  and  Edited  by  Henry  .J.  McDou<ral.    In  one  volume,  8vo.,  pp.  320. 
PMILil'S  ON  SCROFULA.— Scrofula:  its   Nature,  its  Prevalence,  its  Causes,  and  the  Principles  of  its 

Treatment      In  one  volume,  five*.,  with  a  plate,  pp.  350. 
WHITEHEAD  ON  ABORTION,  &c— The  Causes  and  Treatment  of  Abortion  and  Sterility:  being  the 

Result  of  an  Extended  Practical  Inquiry  into  the  Physiological  and  Morbid  Conditions  of  the  Uterus.    In 

one  volume,  Svo..  pp   368. 
WILLIAMS  ON  RESPIRATORY  ORGANS.— A  Practical  Treatise  on  Diseases  of  the  Respiratory  Or- 
gans; including  Diseases  of  ihe  Larynx,  Trachea,  Lungs,  and  Pleurae.     With,  numerous  Additions  and 

Notes  by,  M.CIymer,  M.D.     With  wood-cuts.     In  one  octavo  volume,  pp  50S 
DAY  ON  OLD  AGK.-A  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Domestic  Management  and  more  important  Diseases  of 

Advanced  Life.     With  an  Appendix  on  a  new  and  successful  jrgo&e  pf  treating  Lumbago  and  other  forms 

oi  Chronic  Rheumatism.    1  vol.  Svo.,  pp.  226. 


.    ELANCHARD    &,    LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.r-(Zh»«M«  tfFetnalet.)  19 

DXEIGS  ON  FEMALES,  New  and  Improved  Edition— (Just  Issue  \ 

WOMAN;  HER  DISEASES"  AND  THEIR  REMEDIES; 

A    SERIES    OF     LETTERS    TO     HIS    CLASS. 
BY  C.  D.  MEIGS,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Midwifery  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children  in  the  Jefferson  Medical  College  of 

Philadelphia,  Ac.  Ac. 
In  one  large  and  beautifully  printed  octavo  volume,  of  nearly  seven  hundred  large  pages. 

"  I  am  happy  to  offer  to  my  Class  an  enlarged  and  amended  edition  of  my  Letters  on  the  Dis- 
eases of  Women;  and  1  avail  myself  of  this  occasion  to  return  my  heartfelt  thanks  to  t  !i  ( m .  and 
to  our  brethren  generally,  for  the  flattering  manner  in  which  they  have  accepted  this  fruit  of  my 
labor." — Preface. 

The  value  attached  to  this  work  by  the  profession  is  sufficiently  proved  by  the  rapid  ex- 
haustion of  the  first  edition,  and  consequent  demand  for  a  second.     In   preparing  thi>  the. 
author  has  availed  himself  bf  the'  opportunity  thoroughly  to  'revise  and  greatly  to  in 
it.     The  work  will  therefore  be  found  completely  brought  up  to  the  day,  and  in  every  way 
worthy  of  the  reputation  which  it  has  so  immediately  obtained. 

Professor  Meigs.  has  enlarged  and  amended  Uiis  great  work,  for  such  it  unquestionably  is   bavin?  passed 
the  ordeal  of  criticism  ai  home  and  abroad,  hut  been  improved  thereby  :  (or  in  this  new  edition  the  author 
has  introduced  real  improvements,  and  increased  the  value  and  ottility  of  the  book  immeasurably.     Ii  pi 
bo  many  novel,  bright  and  sparkling  thoughts;  such  an  exuberance  of  new  ideas  on  almosi  every  page, 
Uiat  we  confess  ourselves  to  have  become  enamored  with  the  hook  and  its  author;  and  cannot  wn 
our  conuraiulati'jti*  from  oar  Philadelphia  confreres,  that  such  a  teacher  is  in  iheir  service.     \Ve  re 
our  limits  will  not  allow  of  a  more  extended  no;  ice  of  Hi  is  work,  but  mu-i  content  ourselves  with  thus  com- 
mending it  as  worthy  of  dilige/il  perusal  by  physicians  as  well  as  students,  who  are  seeking  to  be  thoroughly 
instructed  in  the  important  practical  subjects  of  which  it  treats  — jJrV-  Y.  Med   Gazette. 

It  contains  a  vast  amount  unpractical  knowledge,  by  one  who  has  accurately  observed  and  retained  the 
experience  of  many  years,  and  who  tells  the  result  in  a  free,  familiar,  and  pleasant  manner  —  Dublin  Quar- 
terly Journal. 

There  is  an  off-hand  fervor,  a  glow  and  a  warm-heartedness  infecting  the  effort  of  Dr.  Meigs,  which  is  en- 
tirely captivating,  and  winch  absolutely  hurries  the  reader  through  from  beginning  to  end.  Besides,  the 
book  teem*  with  solid  instruction,  and  it  shows  the  very  highest  evidence  of  ability,  viz..  the  clearness  with 
which  the  information  is  presented.  We  know  of  no  better  test  of  one's  understanding  a  subject  than  the 
evidence  of  the  power  of  lucidly  explaining  it.  The  most  elementary,  as  well  as  Die  obscurest  subjects,  un- 
der t lie  pencil  of  Prof.  Meigs,  arc  isolated  and  made  to  stand  out  in%uch  bold  relief,  as  to  produce  distinct 
impressions  upon  the  mind  and  memory  of  the  reader — The  Charleston  Med  ad  Journal. 

The  merits  of  the  first  edition  of  this  work  were  so  generally  appreciaied.  and  with  such  a  high  degree  of 
favor  by  the  medical  profession  throughout  the  Union,  mat  we  are  not  surprised  in  seeing  a  second  i 
of  it  It  is  a  standard  work  on  the  diseased  of  females,  and  in  many  respects  is  one  of  the  very  best  of  its 
kind  in  the  English  language.  Upon  the  appearance  of  the  first  edition,  we  save  the  work  a  cordial  reci  p- 
tiou.  and  spoke  of  it  in  trie  warmest  terms  of  commendation.  Tune  has  not  changed  the  favorable  estimate 
we  placed  upon  it,  but  has  rather  increased  our  convictions  of  its  superlative  merits.  But  we  do  not  now 
deem  it  necessary  to  say  more  than  to  commend  this  work,  on  the  diseases  of  women,  and  the  remedies 
tot  them,  to  the  attention  of  those  practitioners  who  have  not  supplied  themselves  with  it.  The  most  select 
library  would  be  imperfect  without  it. —  The  Western  Journal of Medicine  and  Surgery. 

He  is  a  bold  thinker,  and  possesses  more  originality  of  thought  ai  d  sty  le  than  almost  any  American  writer 
on  medical  subjects.  If  he  is  not  an  elegant  writer,  there  is  at  lea's!  a  freshness— a  raciness  in  his  mode  of 
expressing  himself— that  cannot  fail  to  draw  the  reader  after  him.  even  to  the  clos-e  of  his  work  :  you  cannot 
nod  over  his  pages;  he  stimulates  rather  than  narcotises  your  senses,  and  the  reader  cannot  lay  aside  these 
letters  when  once  he  enters  into  their  merits.  This,  the  second  edition,  is  much  amended  and  enlarged,  and 
affords  abundant  evidence  of  the  author's  talent*  and  industry. —  Ar.  O  Medical-mnd  Surgical  Journal. 

The  practical  Writings  of  Dr.  Meigs  are  second  to  none — The  N.  Y.  Journal  of  Medicine. 

The  excellent  practical  directions  contained  in  this  volume  give  it  great  utility,  which  we  trust  will  not  be 
lost  upon  our  older  colleagues  ;  with  some  condensation,  indeed,  we  should  think  it  well  adapted  for  trans- 
lation into  German. — Zeitschriftfur  die  Gesammte  Mtdecht. 

NEW  AND  IMPROVED  EDITION-(Just  Issued.) 

A  TREATISE  ON  THE  DISEASES  OF  FEMALES, 

AND  ON  THE  SPECIAL   HYGIENE  OF  THEIR  SEX, 
BY   COLOMBAT   DE    L'lSERE,  M.  D. 

TRANSLATED,  WITH  MANY  NOTES    AND  ADDITIONS,  BY  C.  D.  MEIGS,  M.  D. 

SECOND   EDITION,    REVISED    AND    IMPROVED. 

In  one  large  volume,  octavo,  of  seven  hundred  and  twenty  pages,  with  numerous  wood-cuts. 
We  are  satisfied  it  is  destined  to  take  the  front  rank  in  this  department  of  medical  science.      It  i*  in  fact  a 
complete  exposition  of  the  opinions  and  practical  methods  of  all  the  celebrated  practitioners  of  undent  and 
modem  limes.— New  YorkJourn.  o/Mtdicine. 


ashw;ell  on  thu  diseases  of  FEiyrAiiSS. 
A  PRACTICAL  TREATISE  ON  THE~~DISEASES  PECULIAR  TO  WOMEN. 

ILLUSTRATED    BV    CASES    DERIVED    FROM    HOSPITAL  AND    PRIVATh  PRACTICE. 
BY  §AMUEL  ASHWELL,  M.  D.     With  Auditions  by  PAUL  BBCK  (iODDAKD.  M.  D. 
Second  American  edition.     In  one  octavo  volume,  of  520  pages. 
One  of  the  very  best  works  ever  issued  from  the  press  on  the  Diseases  of  Females.—  Western  Lancet. 


ON  THE  CAUSES  AND  TREATAtENT  OF  ABORTION    AND    STERILITY     By  James  Whitehead, 
AI.  J).,  ice.     In  one  voianie  octavo,  oi  aloul  three  hundred  and  seventy  five  pages. 


20  BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.— (Disease  of  Females.) 

NEW  ASD  IMPROVED  EDITIOIV-(Iiately  Issued.) 

THE  DISEASES~0F  FEMALES. 
INCLU2IN5  THOSE  OF  PREGNANCY  AND  CHILDBES. 

BY  FLEETWOOD  CHURCHILL,  M.  D.,  M.  R.  I.  A., 

Author  of  "  Theory  and  Praciice  of  Midwifery,"  "  Diseases  of  Females,"  &c. 

A  New  American  Edition  (The  Fifth),   Revised  by  the  Author. 
With  the  Notes  of  ROBERT  M.  HUSTON,  M.  D. 

In  one  large  and  handsome  octavo  volume  of  632  pages,  with  wood-cuts. 

To  indulge  in  panegyric,  when  announcing-  the  fifth  edition  of  any  acknowledged  medical  authority,  were 
to  attempt  to  "  gild  refined  gold."  The  work  announced  above,  has  too  long  been  honored  with  the  term 
"classical"  to  leave  any  doubt  as  10  its  true  worih,  and  we  content  ourselves  with  remarking,  that  the  author 
has  carefully  retained  the  noies  of  Dr.  Huston,  who  edited  the  former  American  edition,  thus  really  enhanc- 
ing the  value  of  the  work,  and  paying  a  well  merited  compliment.  All  who  wish  to  be  "  posted  up"  on  all 
that  relates  to  the  diseases  peculiar  to  the  wife,  the  mother,  or  the  maid,  will  hasten  to  secure  a  copy  of  this 
most  admirable  treatise. —  The  Ohio  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

We  know  of  no  author  who  deserves  that  approbation,  on  ••  the  diseases  of  females,"  to  the  same  extent 
that  Dr.  Churchill  does.  His.  indeed,  is  the  only  thorough  treatise  we  know  of  on  the  subject,  and  it  may  be 
commended  to  practitioners  and  students  as  a  masterpiece  in  its  particular  department.  The  former  editions 
of  this  work  have  been  commended  strongly  in  tin*  journal,  and  they  have  won  their  way  to  an  extended, 
and  a  well  deserved  popularity.  This  fifth  edition,  before  us,  is  well  calculated  to  maintain  Dr.  Churchill's 
high  reputation.  It  was  revised  and  enlarged  by  the  auihor.  for  his  American  publishers,  and  it  seems  to  us, 
that  there  is  scarcely  any  species  of  desirable  information  on  its  subjects,  that  may  not  be  found  in  this  work. 
—  The  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

We  are  gratified  to  announce  a  new  and  revised  edition  of  Dr.  Churchill's  valuable  work  on  the  diseases 
of  females.  We.  have  ever  regarded  it  as  one  of  the  very  best  works  on  the  subjects  embraced  within  its 
scope,  in  the  English  language  ;  and  the  present  edition,  enlarged  and  revised  by  the  auihor,  renders  it  still 
more  entitled  to  the  confidence  of  the  profession.  The  valuable  notes  of  Prof.  Huston  have  been  retained. 
and  contribute,  in  no  small  degree,  to  enhance  the  value  of  the  work.  It  is  a  source  of  congratulation  that 
the  publishers  have  permi'ted  the  author  to  be.  in  this  instance,  his  own  editor.nhus  securing  all  the  revision 
which  an  author  alone  is  capable  of  making. — '■  The  Western  Lancet. 

As  a  comprehensive  manual  for  students,  or  a  work  of  reference  for  practitioners,  we  only  speak  with 
common  justice  when  we  sav  that  it  surpasses  any  other  that  has  ever  issued  on  the  same  subject  from  the 
British  press.—  The  Dublin  Quarterly  Journal. 


Churchill's  Monographs  on  Females. — (Just  Issued.) 

ESSAYS  ON  THE  PUERPERAL~FEVER,  AND  OTHER  DISEASES 

PECULIAR    TO    WOMEN. 

SELECTED  FROM  THE  WRITINGS  OF  BRITISH  AUTHORS  PREVIOUS  TO  THE  CLOSE  OF 
THE  EIGHTEENTH  CENTURY. 

Edited  by  FLEETWOOD  CHURCHILL,  M.  D.,  M.  R.  I.  A., 

Author  of  "Treatise  on  the  Diseases  of  Females,"  &c. 
In  one  neat  octavo  volume,  of  about  four  hundred  and  fifty  pages. 
To  these  papers  Dr.  Churchill  has  appended  notes,  embodying  whatever  information  ha«  been  laid  before 
the  profession  since  their  authors'  time.  He  has  also  prefixed  to  the  essays  on  puerperal  fever,  which  occu- 
py the  iarger  portion  of  the  volume,  an  interesting  historical  sketch  of  the  principal  epidemicsof  that  disease. 
The  whole  forms  a  very  valuable  collection  of  papers  by  professional  writers  of  eminence,  on  some  of  the 
most  important  accidents  to  which  the  puerperal  female  is  liable.—  American  Journal  of  Medical  Sciences. 


MUCH  E^LJIUGED  JllVB  IMPUOYED  EDITION— (Just  Issued.) 

A     PRACTICAL    TREATISE    ON 

INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  UTERUS  AND  ITS  APPENDAGES, 

And  on  Ulceration  and  Induration  of  the  Neck  of  the  Uterus. 
BY  HENRY  BENNETT,  M.  D., 

Obstetric  Physician  to  the  Western  Dispensary. 
Second  J2ditionf  much  enlarg-ed. 

In  one  neat  octavo  volume  of  350  pages,  with  wood-cuts. 

This  edition  is  so  enlarged  as  to  constitute  a  new  work.  It  embraces  the  study  of  inflammation 
in  all  the  uterine  organs,  and  its  influence  in  the  production  of  displacements  and  of  the  reputed 
functional  diseases  of  the  uterus. 

Few  works  issue  from  the  medical  press  which  are  at  once  original  and  sound  in  doctrine;  but  such,  we 
feel  assured,  is  the  admirable  treatise  now  before  us.  The  important  practical  precepts  which  the  author 
inculcates  are  all  rigidly  deduced  from  facts.  .  .  .  Every  page  of  the  book  is  good,  and  eminently  practical. 
So  far  as  we  know  and  believe,  it  is  the  best  work  on  the  subject  on  which  n  treats. — Monthly  Journal  of 
Medical  Science. 

A  TREATISE  ON  THE  DISEASES  OF  FEMALES. 
BY  W.  P.  DBWEES,  M.  D. 

NINTH  EDITION. 
In  one  volume,  octavo.     532  pages,  with  plates. 


BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.— (Diseases  of  Children.)  21 


MEIGS   ON  CHILDREN— Just  Issued. 
OBSERVATIONS   ON 

CERTAIN  OF  THE  DISEASES  OF  YOUNG  CHILDREN, 

BY  CHARLES  D.  MEIGS,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Midwifery  and  of  the  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children  in  the  Jefferson 
Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  &c.  &c. 

In  one  handsome  octavo  volume  of  214  pages. 

While  this  work  is  not  presented  to  the  profession  as  a  systematic  and  complete  treatise  on  In- 
fantile disorders,  the  importance  of  the  subjects  treated  of,  and  the  interest  attaching  to  the  view* 
and  opinions  of  the  distinguished  author  must  command  for  it  the  attention  of  all  who  are  called 
upon  to  treat  this  interesting  class  of  diseases. 

It  puts  forth  no  claims  as  a  systematic  work,  but  contains  an  amount  of  valuable  and  useful  muaer, 
scarcely  to  be  found  in  the  same  space  in  our  home  literature.  It  can  not  but  prove  an  acceptable  orTering 
to  the  profession  at  large. — N.  Y.  Journal  of  Medicine. 

The  work  before  us  is  undoubtedly  a  valuable  addition  to  the  fund  of  information  which  has  already  been 
treasured  up  on  the  subjects  in  question.  It  is  practical,  and  therefore  eminently  adapted  to  the  general 
practitioner.     Dr.  Meigs'  works  have  the  same  fascination  which  belongs  to  himself.—  Medical  'Examiner { 

This  is  a  most  excellent  work  on  tlie  obscure  diseases  of  childhood,  and  will  afford  the  practitioner  and 
student  of  medicine  much  aid  in  their  diagnosis  and  treatment.— The  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

We  take  much  pleasure  in  recommending  this  excellent  little  work  to  the  attention  of  medical  practition- 
ers. It  deserves  their  attention,  and  after  they  commence  its  perusal,  they  will  not  willingly  abandon  it, 
until  they  have  mastered  its  contents.  We  read  the  work  while  suffering  from  a  carbuncle,  and  its  fasc  - 
nating  pages  often  beguiled  us  into  forgetful ness  of  agonizing  pain.  May  it  teach  others  to  relieve  the  afflic- 
tions of  the  young. — The  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

All  of  which  topics  are  treated  with  Dr  Meigs'  acknowledged  ability  and  original  diction.  The  work  is 
neither  a  systematic  nor  a  complete  treatise  upon  the  diseases  of  children,  bat  a  fragment  which  may  be  con- 
sulted with  much  advantage.— So uthern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 


NEW  WORK  BY  DR.  CHURCHILL. 
ON    THE 

DISEASES  OF  INFANTS  AND   CHILDREN. 

BY  FLEETWOOD  CHURCHILL,  M.  D.,  M.  It.  I.  A., 

Author  of  "Theory  and  Practice  of  Midwifery,"  "Diseases  of  Females,"  <fcc. 
In  one  large  and  handsome  octavo  volume  of  over  600  pages. 

From  Dr.  Churchill's  known  ability  and  industry,  we  were  led  to  form  high  expectations  of  this  work:  nor 
vve.re  we  deceived.  Its  learned  author  seems  to  have  set  no  bounds  to  his  researches  in  collecting  informa- 
tion which,  with  his  usual  systematic  address,  he  has  disposed  of  in  the  most  clear  and  concise  manner,  so 
as  to  lay  before  the  reader  every  opinion  of  importance  bearing  upon  the  subject  under  consideration. 

We  regard  this  volume  as  possessing  more  claims  to  completeness  than  any  other  of  the  kind  with  which 
we  are  acquainted.  Most  cordially  and  earnestly,  therefore,  do  we  commend  it  to  our  professional  brethren, 
and  we  feel  assured  that  the  stamp  of  their  approbation  will  in  due  time  be  impressed  upon  it. 

After  an  attentive  perusal  of  us  contents,  we  hesitate  not  to  say,  that  it  is  one  of  the  most  comprehensive 
ever  written  upon  the  diseases  of  children,  and  that,  for  copiousness  of  reference,  ex  tent  of  research,  and  per- 
spicuity of  detail,  it  is  scarcely  to  be  equalled,  and  not  to  be  excelled  in  any  language. — Dublin  Quarterly 
Journal. 

The  present  volume  will  sustain  the  reputation  acquired  by  the  author  from  his  previous  works.  The 
reader  will  find  in  it  full  and  judicious  directions  for  the  management  of  infants  at  birth,  and  a  compendious, 
but  clear,  account  of  the  diseases  to  which  children  are  liable,  and  the  most  successful  mode  of  treating  them. 
We  must  not  close  this  notice  without  calling  attention  to  the  author's  style,  which  is  perspicuous  and 
polished  to  a  degree,  we  regret  to  say,  not  generally  characteristic  of  medical  works.  We  recommend  the 
work  of  Dr  Churchill  most  cordially,  both  to  students  and  practitioners,  as  a  valuable  and  reliable  guide  in 
the  treatment  of  the  diseases  of  children.— Am.  Journ.  of  the  Med.  Sciences. 

After  this  meajrre.  and  we  know,  very  imperfect  notice,  of  Dr.  Churchill's  work,  we  shall  conclude  by 
saying  that  it  is  one  that  cannot  fail  from  its  copiousness,  extensive  research,  and  general  acquracy,  to  exalt 
still  higher  the  reputation  of  the  author  in  this  country.  The  American  reader  will  be  particularly  pleased 
to  find  that  Dr.  Churchill  has  done  full  justice  throughout  his  work,  to  the  various  American  authors  on  this 

subject.    The  names  of  De  wees,  IJ»erle,  Condie,  ana  Stewart, occur  on  nearly  every  page,  and  ihe.se  authors 

are  constantly  referred  to  by  the  author  m  terms  of  the  highest  praise,  and  with  ihe  most  liberal  courier)  . — 
The  Medical  "Examiner. 

We  know  of  no  work  on  this  department  of  Practical  Medicine  which  presents  80  candid  and  unpreju- 
diced a  statement  or  posting  up  of  our  actual  knowledge  as  this.—  N    Y  ./."  tint. 

Its  claims  to  merit,  both  as  a  scientific  and  practical  work,  are  of  the  highest  order.  Whilst  we  would 
not  elevate  it  above  every  other  treatise  on  the  same  subject,  we  certainly  believe  that  very  few  arc  ei,uai 
to  it,  and  none  superior.—  Southtm  Mid.  and  Surg.  Journal. 


22  BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.— (Diseases  of  Children.) 

New  and  Improved  Edition — (Lately  Issued.) 
A  PRACTICAL  TREATISE  ON  THE 

DISEASES    OF    CHILDREN. 

BY  D.  FRANCIS  CONDIE,  M.  D., 

Fellow  of  the  College  of  Physicians,  &c.  &c. 
Third  edition,  revised  and  augmented.     In  one  large  volume,  8vo.,  of  over  700  pages. 

In  the  preparation  of  a  third  edition  of  the  present  treatise,  every  portion  of  it  has  been  subjected 
to  a  careful  revision.  A  new  chapter  has  been  added  on  Epidemic  Meningitis,  a  disease  which, 
although  not  confined  to  children,  occurs  far  more  frequently  in  them,  than  in  adults.  In  the  other 
chapters  of  the  work,  all  the  more  important  facts  that  have  been  developed  since  the  appearance 
of  the  last  edition,  in  reference  to  the  nature,  diagnosis,  and  treatment  of  the  several  diseases  of 
which  they  treat,  have  been  incorporated.  The  great  object  of  the  author  has  been  to  present,  in 
each  succeeding  edition,  as  full  and  connected  a  view  as  possible  of  the  actual  state  of  the  pa- 
thology and  therapeutics  of  those  affections  which  most  usually  occur  between  birth  and  puberty. 

To  the  present  edition  there  is  appended  a  list  of  the  several  works  and  essays  quoted  or  referred 
to  in  the  body  of  the  work,  or  which  have  been  consulted  in  its  preparation  or  revision. 

Every  important  fact  that  lias  been  verified  or  developed  since  the  publication  of  the  previous  edition, 
either  in  relation  to  the  nature,  diagnosis,  or  treatment  of  the  diseases  of  children,  have  been  arranged  and 
incorporated  into  the  body  of  the  work:  thus  posting  up  to  date,  to  use  a  counting-house  phrase,  all  the 
valuable  facts  and  useful  information  on  the  subject.  To  the  American  practitioner.  Dr«  Condie's  remarks 
on  the  diseases  of  children  will  be  invaluable,  and  we  accordingly  advise  those  who  have  failed  to  read  this 
work  10  procure  a  copy,  and  make  themselves  lamiliar  with  its  sound  principles. — The  New  Orleans  Medical 
and  Surgical  Journal. 

We  feel  persuaded  that  the  American  Medical  profession  will  soon  regard  it,  not  only  as  a  very  good,  but 
as  the  very  bsst  "  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Diseases  of  Children." — American  Medical  Journal. 

We  pronounced  the  first  edition  to  be  the  best  work  on  the  Diseases  of  Children  in  the  English  language, 
and,  notwithstanding  all  that  has  been  published,  we  still  regard  it  in  that  light. — Medical  Examiner. 
From  Professor  Wm   P.  Johnston,  Washington,  D.  C. 

I  make  use  of  it  as  a  text-book,  and  place  it  invariably  in  the  hands  of  my  private  pupils. 
From  Professor  D.  Humphreys  Storer.  of  Boston. 

I  consider  it  to  be  the  best  work  on  the  Diseases  of  Children  we  have  access  to,  and  as  such  recommend  it 
to  all  who  ever  refer  to  the  subject. 

From  Professor  M.  M  P alien,  of  St   Louis. 

I  consider  it  the  best  treatise  on  the  Diseases  of  Children  that  we  possess,  and  as  such  have  been  in  the 
habit  of  recommending  it  to  my  classes. 

Dr.  Condie-s  scholarship,  acumen,  industry,  and  practical  sense  are  manifested  in  this,  as  in  all  his  nu- 
merous contributions  to  science.—  Dr.  Holmes's  Report  to  the  American  Medical  Association. 

Taken  as  a  whole,  in  our  judgment,  Dr.  Condie's  Treatise  is  the  one  from  the  perusal  of  which  the  practi- 
tioner in  this  country  will  rise  with  the  greatest  satisfaction.—  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

One  of  the  best  works  upon  the  Diseases  of  Children  in  the  English  language.—  Western  Lancet. 

We  feel  assured  from  actual  experience  that  no  physician's  library  can  be  complete  without  a  copy  ofthis 
work.—  N.  Y.  Journal  of  Medicine 

Perhaps  the  most  full  and  complete  work  now  before  the  profession  of  the  United  States;  indeed,  we  may 
say  in  the  English  language.     It  is  vastly  superior  to  most  of  its  predecessors. —  Transy/mnia  Med  Journal. 

A  veritable  pediatric  encyclopaedia,  and  an  honor  to  American  medical  literature.—  Ohio  Medical  and  Sur- 
gical Journal. 

WEST  OJT  DISEASES  OE  CJIILDREJIT—^Votv  Complete.) 

LECTURES  ON  THE 

DISEASES  OF  INFANCY  AND  CHILDHOOD. 

BY  CHARLES  WEST,  M.  D., 

Senior  Physician  to  the  Royal  Infirmary  for  Children,  &c.  &c. 
In  one  volume,  octavo. 

Every  portion  of  these  lectures  is  marked  by  a  general  accuracy  of  description,  and  by  the  soundness  of 
the  views  set  forth  in  relation  to  the  pathology  and  therapeutics  of  the  several  maladies  treated  of.  The  lec- 
tures on  the  diseases  of  the  respiratory  apparatus,  about  one-third  of  the  whole  number,  are  particularly 
excellent,  forming  one  of  the  fullest  and  most  able  accounts  of  these  affections,  as  they  present  themselves 
during  infancy  and  childhood,  in  the  English  language.  The  history  of  the  several  forms  of  phthisis  during 
these  periods  of  existence,  with  their  management,  will  be  read  by  all  with  deep  interest.—  The  American 
Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences. 

The  Lectures  of  Dr.  West,  originally  published  in  the  London  Medical  Gazette,  form  a  most  valuable 
addition  to  this  branch  of  practical  medicine.  For  many  years  physician  to  the  Children's  Infirmary,  his 
opportunities  for  observing  their  diseases  have  been  most  extensive,  no  less  than  14,000  children  having  been 
brought  under  his  notice  during  the  past  nine  years.  These  have  evidently  been  studied  with  great  care, 
and  the  result  has  been  the  production  of  the  very  best  work  in  our  language,  so  far  as  it  goes,  on  the  dis- 
oflhis  class  of  our  patients.  The  symptomatology  and  pathology  of  their  diseases  are  ^specially 
exhibited  most  clearly;  and  we  are  convinced  that  no  one  can  read  with  care  these  lectures  without  deriv- 
ing from  them  instruction  of  the  most  important  kind.— Charleston  Med.  Journal. 


A    TREATISE 

ON  THE  PHYSICAL  AND  MEDICAL  TREATMENT   OF  CHILDREN. 

BY  W.  P.  DEWEES,  M.  D. 

Ninth  edition.    In  one  volume,  octavo.    543  pages 


BLANCHARD   &  LEA'S   PUBLICATIONS—  (Obstetric*!  23 

Jl   .V/;  II  •   II  *OllK— ( &atc/^  Issued*) 

OBSTETRICS: 

THE     SCIENCE    AND     THE    ART. 

BY  CHARLES  D.  MEIGS,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Midwifery  and  the  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children  in  the  Jefferson  Medical  College, 

Philadelphia,  &c,.  &c. 

"With  One  Hundred  and  Twenty  Illustrations. 

In  one  beautifully  printed  octavo  volume,  of  six  hundred  and  eighty  large  pages. 

As  an  elementary  treatise — concise,  hut,  withal,  clear  and  comprehensive— we  know  of  no  one  better 
adapted  for  the  use  of  the  student;  while  the  young  practitioner  will  find  in  it  a  body  of  sound  doctrine, 
an:!  a  series  of  excellent  practical  directions,  adapted  to  all  the  conditions  of  tlie  various  forms  of  labor 
and  their  results,  which  lie  will  be  induced,  we  are  persuaded,  again  and  again  to  consult,  and  always  with 
profit. 

It  has  seldom  been  our  lot  to  peruse  a  work  upon  the  subject,  from  which  we  have  received  greater  satis- 
faction, and  winch  we  believe  to  be  better  calculated  to  communicate  to  the  student  correct  and  definite 
views  upon  the  several  topics  embraced  within  the  scope  of  its  teachings.— American  Journal  of  the  Mekical 
Sciences. 

We  are  acquainted  with  no  work  on  midwifery  of  greater  practical  value. — Boston  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal. 

Worthy  the  reputation  of  its  distinguished  author. — Medical  Examiner. 

We  most  sincerely  recommend  it.  both  to  the  student  and  practitioner,  as  a  more  complete  and  valuable 
work  on  the  Science  and  Art  of  Midwifery,  than  any  of  the  numerous  reprints  and  American  editions  of 
European  works  on  the  same  subject.  — A'.  Y.  Annalist. 

We  have,  therefore,  great  satisfaction  in  bringing  under  our  reader's  notice  the  matured  views  of  the 
highest  American  authority  in  the  department  to  which  he  has  devoted  his  life  and  talents. — London  Medical 
Gazette. 

An  author  of  established  merit,  a  professor  of  Midwifery,  and  a  practitioner  of  high  reputation  and  immense 
experience— we  may  assuredly  regard  his  work  now  before  us  as  representing  the  most  advanced  state  of 
obstetric  science  in  America  up  to  the  lime  at  which  he  writes.  We  consider  Dr.  Meigs'  book  as  a  valuable 
acquisition  to  obstetric  literature,  and  one  that  will  very  much  assist  the  practitioner  under  many  circum- 
stances of  doubt  and  perplexity. —  The  Dublin  Quarterly  Journal. 

These  various  heads  are  subdivided  so  well,  so  lucidly  explained,  that  a  good  memory  is  all  that  is  neces- 
sary in  order  to  put  the  reader  in  possession  of  a  thorough  knowledge  of  this  important  subject.  Dr.  Meigs 
has  conferred  a  great  benefit  on  the  profession  in  publishing  this  excellent  work.— St.  Louis  Medical  and 
Sit r viral  Journal. 

No  reader  will  lay  the  volume  down  without  admiration  for  the  learning  and  talentsof  the  author.  An  abler 
volume,  on  the  whole,  we  do  not  hope  soon  to  see  —  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery, 

A  safe  and  efficient  guide,  to  the  delicate  and  oftlimes  difficult  duties  which  devolve  upon  the  obstetrician. — 
Ohio  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

One  of  the  very  best  treatises  on  this  subject,  and  worthy  of  being  placed  in  the  library  of  every  American 
physician. — Northwestern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

He  has  an  earnest  way  with  him  when  speaking  of  the  most  elementary  subjects  which  fixes  the  attention 
and  adds  much  value  to  the  work  as  a  text-book  for  students. — British  and  Foreign  Medico- Chirurgical 
Reciew. 

TYLER   SMITH   OX   PARTURITION— (Lately  Issued.) 

ON    PARTURITION, 

AND  THE  PRINCIPLES  AND  PRACTICE  OF  GESTETSICS. 

BY  W.  TYLER  SMITH,  M.  D., 

Lecturer  on  Obstetrics  in  the  Hunterian  School  of  Medicine,  &c.  &c. 
In  one  large  duodecimo  volume,  of  400  pages. 

The  work  will  recommend  itself  by  its  intrinsic  merit  to  every  member  of  the  profession.—  Lancet. 

We  can  imagine  the  pleasure  with  which  William  Hunter  or  Denman  would  have  welcomed  the  present 
work;  certainly  the  most  valuable  contribution  to  obstetrics  that  has  been  made  since  their  own  day.  For 
ourselves,  we  consider  us  appearance  as  the  dawn  of  a  new  era  in  this  department  of  medicine.  We  do 
most  cordially  recommend  the  work  as  one  absolutely  necessary  to  be  studied  by  every  accoucheur.  It  will, 
we  may  add.  prove  equally  interesting  and  instructive  to  the  student,  the  general  practitioner,  and  pure  ob- 
stetrician. It  was  a  bold  undertaking  to  reclaim  parturition  for  Reflex  Physiology,  and  it  has  been  well  per- 
formed.— London  Journal  of  Medicine. 


LEE'S   CLINICAL    MIDWIFERY- (Lately  Issued.) 

CLINICAL    MIDWIFERY, 

COMPRISING    THE    HISTORIES    OF  FIVE    HUNDRED  AND  FORTY-FIVE   CASES   OF  DIFFI- 
CULT, PRETERNATURAL,  AND  COMPLICATED  LABOR,  WITH  COMMENTARIES. 

BY  ROBERT  LEE,  M.  D.,  F.  E.  S.,  &o. 

From  the  2d  London  Edition. 
In  one  royal  12mo.  volume,  extra  cloth,  of  23S  pages. 

More  instructive  to  the  juvenile  pract  tioner  than  a  score  of  systematic  works. — Lancet. 

An  invaluable  record  for  the  practitioner. — ff.  V.  Annalist. 

A  storehouse  of  valuable  facts  and  precedents.—  American  Journal  of  Vie  Medical  Sciences. 


24  BLANC  HARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.— (Obstetrics.) 

CHURCHILL'S  MIDWIFERY,  BY  CONDIE,  NEW  AND  IMPROVED  EDITION— (Now  Ready.) 

THEORY  AND  PRACTICE  OF  MIDWIFERY. 

BY  FLEETWOOD  CHURCHILL,  M.  D.,  &c. 

A  NEW  AMERICAN  FROM  THE  LAST  AND  IMPROVED  ENGLISH  EDITION, 

EDITED,  WITH  NOTES  AND  ADDITIONS, 

BY  D.  FRANCIS   CONDIE,  M.  D., 

Author  of  a  "  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Diseases  of  Children,"  &c. 

WITH   ONE   HUNDRED   AND   THIRTY-NINE    ILLUSTRATIONS. 

In  one  very  handsome  octavo  volume. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  last  English  edition,  from  which  this  is  printed,  the  author  has  spared 
no  pains,  with  the  desire  of  bringing  it  thoroughly  up  to  the  present  state  of  obstetric-science. 
The  labors  of  the  editor  have  thus  been  light,  but  he  has  endeavored  to  supply  whatever  he  has 
thought  necessary  to  the  work,  either  as  respects  obstetrical  practice  in  this  country,  or  its 
progress  in  Europe  since  the  appearance  of  Dr.  Churchill's  last  edition.  Most  of  the  notes  of  the 
former  editor,  Dr.  Huston,  have  been  retained  by  him,  where  they  have  not  been  embodied  by  the 
author  in  his  text.  The  present  edition  of  the  favorite  text-book  is  therefore  presented  to  the  pro- 
fession in  the  full  confidence  of  its  meriting  a  continuance  of  the  great  reputation  which  it  has 
acquired  as  a  work  equally  well  fitted  for  the  student  and  practitioner. 

To  bestow  praise  on  a  hook  that  has  received  such  marked  approbation  would  be  superfluous.  We  need 
only  say,  therefore,  thai  if  the  first  edition  was  thought  worthy  of  a  favorable  reception  by  the  medical  pub- 
lic, v.  e  can  confidently  affirm  that  this  w;ll  be  found  much  more  so.  The  lecturer,  ihe  practitioner,  and  the 
Student,  may  all  have  recourse  to  its  pages,  and  derive  from  their  perusal  much  interest  and  instruction  in 
everything  relating  to  theoretical  and  practical  midwifery. —  Dublin  Quarterly  Journal  of  Medical  Science. 

A  work  of  very  great  merit,  and  such  as  we  can  confidently  recommend  to  the  study  of  every  obstetric 
practitioner. — London  Medical  Gazette. 

t'hts  is  certainly  the  most  perfect  svstem  extant.  It  is  the  best  adapted  for  the  purposes  of  a  text-book,  and 
that  which  he  wnose  necessities  confine  him  to  one  book,  should  select  in  preference  to  all  others. — Southern 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

The  most  popular  work  on  Midwifery  ever  issued  from  the  American  press  —Charleston  Medical  Journal. 

Certainly,  in  our  opinion,  the  very  best  work  on  the  subject  which  exists. — N.  Y.  Annalist. 

Were  we  reduced  to  the  necessity  of  having  but  one  work  on  Midwifery,  Rr\dper??iiUtd  to  choose,  we  would 
unhesitatingly  take  Churchill. —  Western  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

It  is  impossible  to  conceive  a  more  useful  and  elegant  Manual  than  Dr.  Churchill's  Practice  of  Midwifery. 
—  Provincial  Medical  Journal. 

No  work  holds  a  higher  position,  or  is  more  deserving  of  being  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  tyro,  the  advanced 
student,  or  the  practitioner. — Medical  Exarniner. 


RAMSB0THAM_0N   PARTURITION. 
THE  PRINCIPLES~A1MD  PRACTICE  OF 

OBSTETRIC  MEDICINE  AND  SURGERY, 

In  reference  to  the  Process  of  Parturition. 
BY   FRANCIS    H.    EAMSBOTHAM,    M.  D-, 

Physician  to  the  Royal  Maternity  Charity.  &c.  &c. 

FIFTH  AMERICAN  FROM  THE  LAST  LONDON  EDITION. 

Illustrated  with  One  Hundred  and  Forty-eight  Figures  on  Fifty-five  Lithographic  Plates. 

In  one  large  and  handsomely  printed  volume,  imperial  octavo,  with  520  pages. 

From  Professor  Hodge,  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

To  the  American  public,  it  is  most  valuable,  from  its  intrinsic  undoubted  excellence,  and  as  being  the  best 

authorized  exponent  of  British  Midwifery.     Its  circulation  will,  1  trust,  be  extensive  throughout  our  country. 

We  recommend  the  student,  who  desires  to  master  this  difficult  subject  with  the  least  possible  trouble,  to 
possess  himself  at  once  of  a  copy  of '.ins  work. — American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences. 

It  stands  at  the  head  of  the  long  list  of  excellent  obstetric  works  published  in  the  last  few  years  in  Great 
Britain,  Ireland,  ami  the  Continent  of  Europe  We  consider  this  book  indispensable  to  the  library  of  every 
physician  engaged  in  the  practice  of  Midwifery. —  Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

When  the  whole  profess, on  is  thus  unanimous  in  placing  such  a  work  in  the  very  first  rank  as  regards  the 
extent  and  correctness  of  all  the  details  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  so  important  a  branch  of  learning,  our 
commendation  or  condemnation  would  be  of  little  consequence;  but.  regarding  it  as  the  most  useful  of  all  works 
of  the  kind,  we  think  it  but  an  act  of  justice  to  urge  its  claims  upon  the  profession.— N.  0.  Med.  Journal. 

We  are  disposed  lo  place  it  first  on  the  list  of  the  numerous  publications  that  have  appeared  on  ihi<  subject; 
for  there  is  none  within  our  knowledge  that  displays  in  so  clear  and  forcible  a  manner  every  step  in  the  pro- 
cess, and  that,  too,  under  all  imaginable  circumstances.—  N.  Y.  Journal  of  Medicine. 


DEWEES'S  JVUDWIFERY. 

A  COMPREHENSIVE   SYSTEM    OF  MIDWIFERY. 

ILLUSTRATED  BY  OCCASIONAL  CASES  AND  MANY  ENGRAVINGS. 
BY  WILLIAM  P.  DEWEES,  M.  D. 

Tenth  Edition,  with  the  Author's  last  Improvements  and  Corrections.    In  one  octavo  volume,  of  COO  pages. 


BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATION'S.— (Materia  Mediea  and  Therapeutiet       % 

l+MMMMtLM**  J&MTMMMA  MMMCJl. 
NEW  EDITION,  GREATLY  IMPROVED  AND  ENLARGED— (Nearly  Ready.) 

TH.22    ELEIfcTEItfTS 

OF  MATERIA  MEDICA  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

COMPREHENDING  THE   NATURAL    HISTORY,  PREPARATION,  PROPERTIES,  COMPOSITION, 

EFFECTS,  AND  USES  OF  MEDICINES. 

BY  JONATHAN  PEL1K1KA,  M.  I).,  F.  II.  H.  and  L.  S. 

Third  American  from  the  Third  and  Enlarged  London  Edition. 

WITH    ADDITI  0  X  A  L    NOTES    AND    OBSERVATIONS    B  Y    T  il  E    A  D  T II 0  R. 

EDITED  BY  JOSEPH  CARSON,  M.  D., 

Profe*?or  of  .Materia  .Medica  ami  Pharmacy  m  the  University  or  Pennsylvania. 
In  two  very  large  volumes,  on  small  type,  with  about  four  hundred  illustrations. 

The  third  London  edition  of  this  great  work  has  been  thoroughly  revised  and  greatly  enlarged 
by  the  author,  who  has  spared  no  pains  to.render  it  complete  in  every  part,  by  the  addition  of  a 
very  large  amount  of  matter  and  the  introduction  of  many  new  illustrations.  The  present  American 
e'ditibn,  however,  in  addition  to  this,  will  not  only  enjoy  the  advantages  of  a  careful  and  accurate 
superintendence  by  the  editor,  but  will  also  embody  the  additions  suggested  by  a  further  revision 
by  the  author,  expressly  for  this  country,  embracing  the  most  recent  discoveries,  and  the  results 
of  several  pharmacopoeias  which  have  appeared  since  the  publication  of  part  of  the  London  edi- 
tion. The  notes  of  the  American  editor  will  be  prepared  with  reference  to  the  new  edition  of  the 
United  States  Pharmacopoeia,  and  will  contain  such  matter  generally  as  may  be  required  to  adapt  it 
fully  to  the  wants  of  the  American  student  and  practitioner,  as  well  as  such  recent  investigations 
and  discoveries  as  may  hive  escaped  the  attention  of  the  author.  The  profession  may  therefore 
rely  on  being  able  to  procure  a  work  which  will  not  only  maintain  but  increase  its  right  to  the  ap- 
pellation of 

AN   ENCYCLOPEDIA  OF  MATERIA  MEDICA  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

We  shnii  etily  remark  that  every  article  hears  witness  to  the  industry  and  indefatigahle  research  of  the 
author,    [nsti  nerely  tfre  elements  of  materia  medica,  it  constitutes  a  corfaplete  encyclopaedia  of 

thi*  important  putfject  The  student  of  physiology,  pathology,  chemistry,  botany,  ami  natural  history,  will 
find  herein  the  most  recent  facts  and  discoveries  in  ins  favorite  branch  of  study,  and  the  medical  practitioner 
wil!  have  in  this  work  a  safe  guide  for  the  administration  and  employment  of  medicines.—  London  Medical 
Gttzttte. 

I'he  present  edition  .the  third)  is  very  much  enlarged  and  improved,  and  includes  the  latest  discoveries 
medic  nes  and  their  properties.     We  believe  that  this  work  has  no  equal  in  value  as 

book  of  reference,  or  cf  general  information  on  materia  medica.—  The  Lancet. 


EOYIE'S  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

MATERIA  MEDICA  AND  THERAPEUTICS; 

INCLUDING   THE 

Preparations  of  the  Pharmacopoeias  of  London,  Edinburgh,  Dublin,  and  of  the  United  States. 

WITH  MANY  NEW  MEDICINES. 

BY  J.  FORBES  BOYLE,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  &., 

Professpr  of  Materia  Medic  a  and  Therapeutics.  King's  College.  London,  &c.  &c. 

EDITED  BY  JOSEPH  CARSON,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Mater  a  Medica  and  Pharmacy  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

WITH  NINETY-EIGHT  ILLUSTRATIONS. 

In  one  large  octavo  volume,  of  about  seven  hundred  pages. 

Being  one  of  the  most  beautiful  Medical  works  published  in  this  country* 

This  work  s.  indeed,  a  most  valuable  one.  and  will  fill  up  an  important  vacancy  that  existed  between  Dr. 
Pfereira's  mosl  learned  and  complete  system  of  .Materia  .Medica.  and  the  class  of  productions  on  the  other  ex- 
treme, wnich  art:  necessarily  imperfect  from  their  small  extent. — British  and  Foreign  Medical  Review. 


POCKET    DISPENSATORY    AND    FORMULARY. 

A  DISPENSATORY  AND  THERAPEUTICAL  REMEMBRANCER.  Comprising  the  entire  lists 
of  Materia  Medica,  with  every  Practical  Formula  contained  in  the  three  British  Pharmacopoeias. 
With  relative  Tables  subjoined,  illustrating  by  upwards  of  six  hundred  and  sixty  examples,  the 
Extemporaneous  Forms  and  Combinations  suitable  for  the  different  Medicines.  Bv  JOHN 
MAYNE,  M.  D.;  L.  R.  C.  S.,  Edin.,  &c  &c.  Edited,  with  the  addition  of  the  formula  of  the 
United  States  Pharmacopoeia,  by  R.  EGLESFELD  GRIFFITH,  M.  D.  In  one  12njo.  volume, 
of  over  three  hundred  large 
The  neat  typography,  convenient  size,  and  low  price  of  this  volume,  recommend  it  especially  to 

physic.  .  caries,  and  students  in  want  of  a  pocket  manual. 

THE    THREE    KINDS    OF    COD-LIVER    OIL, 
Comparatively  considered,  with  their  Chemical  and  Therapeutic  Properties,  by  L.J.  DE  JONGH, 
M.  D.    Translated,  with  an  Appendix  and  Cases,  by  EDWARD  CAREY,  M.  D.     To  which  ia 
added   an    article   on  the  subject  from  "  Dttnglison  on  New  Remedies."     In  one  small  12mo. 
volume,  extra  cloth. 


26 


BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLIC ATJONS.— {Materia  Medico,  fa.) 


NEW  UNIVERSAL  FORMULARY.— (Just  Issued.) 

A  UNIVERSAL^  POEMULASY, 

CONTAINING   THE 

METHODS  OF   PREPARING    AND  ADMINISTERING 

OFFICINAL  AND  OTHER  MEDICINES, 

THE  WHOLE  ADAPTED  TO  PHYSICIANS  AND  PHARMACEUTISTS 
BY  R.  EGLESFELD  GRIFFITH,  M.  D., 

Author  of  "American  Medical  Botany,"  &c. 
In  one  large  octavo  volume  of568  pages,  double  columns. 

In  this  work  will  be  found  not  only  a  very  complete  collection  of  formulae  and  pharmaceutic 
processes,  collected  with  great  care  from  the  best  modern  authorities  of  all  countries,  but  also  a 
vast  amount  of  important  information  on  all  collateral  subjects.  To  insure  the  accuracy  so  neces- 
sary to  a  work  of  this  nature,  the  sheets  have  been  carefully  revised  by  Dr.  Robert  Bridges,  while 
Mr.  William  Procter,  Jr.,  has   contributed  numerous   valuable   formulas,  and   useful    suggestions. 

The  want  of  a  work  like  the  present  has  long  been  felt  in  this  country,  where  the  physician  and 
apothecary  have  hitherto  had  access  to  no  complete  collection  of  formulas,  gathered  from  the 
pharmacopoeias  and  therapeutists  of  all  nations.  Not  only  has  this  desideratum  been  thoroughly 
accomplished  in  this  volume,  but  it  will  also  be  found  to  contain  a  very  large  number  of  recipes  for 
empirical  preparations,  valuable  to  the  apothecary  and  manufacturing  chemist,  the  greater  part  of 
which  have  hitherto  not  been  accessible  in  this  country.  It  is  farther  enriched  with  accurate  ta- 
bles of  the  weights  and  measures  of  Europe  ;  a  vocabulary  of  the  abbreviations  and  Latin  terms 
used  in  Pharmacy;  rules  for  the  administration  of  medicines  ;  directions  for  officinal  preparations; 
remarks  on  poisons  and  their  antidotes ;  with  various  tables  of  much  practical  utility.  To  facili- 
tate reference  to  the  whole,  extended  indices  have  been  added,  giving  to  the  work  the  advantages 
of  both  alphabetical  and  systematic  arrangement. 

To  show  the  variety  and  importance  of  the  subjects  treated  of,  the  publishers  subjoin  a  very 
condensed 

SUMMARY  OF  THE  CONTENTS,  IN  ADDITION  TO  THE  FORMULARY  PROPER, 
WHICH  EXTENDS  TO  BETWEEN  THREE  AND  FOUR  HUNDRED  LARGE  DOUBLE- 
COLUMNED  PAGES. 

DIETETIC  PREPARATIONS  NOT  INCLUDED 
AMONG  THE  PREVIOUS  PRESCRIPTIONS. 

LIST  OF  INCOMPATIBLES. 

POSOLOGICAL  TABLES  OF  THE  MOST  IM- 
PORTANT MEDICINES. 

TABLE  OF  PFIARMACEUTTCAL  NAMES 
WHICH  DIFFER  IX  THE  U.  STATES 
AND  BRITISH  PHARMACOPOEIAS. 

OFFICINAL  PREPARATIONS  AND  DIREC- 
TIONS. 

Internal  Remedies. 
Powders.— Pills  and  Boluses.— Extracts.— Con- 
fections. Conserves,  Electuaries— Pulps.— Sy- 
rups.—Mellites  or  Honeys— Infusions— Decoc- 
tions—Tinctures.— Wines.— Vinegars. --Mixtures. 
Medicated  Waters.— Distilled.  Essential,  or  Vola- 
tile Oil-,— Fixed  Oils  and  Fats.  — Alkaloids  — 
Spirits.— Troches  or  Lozenges.— Inhalations. 

External  Remedies. 
Baths— Cold  Bath— Cool  Bath— Temperate  Bath. 
—Tepid  Bath  —Warm  Bath— Hot  Bath.— Shower 
Bath— Local   Baths —Vapor   Bath— Warm  Air 
Bath.— Douches.— Medicated  Baths  —Affusion.— 
Sponging.— Fomentations.— Cataplasms,  or  Poul- 
tices.—Lotions,  Liniments,  Embrocations  — Vesi- 
catories,    or    Blisters.— Issues.  — Setons.  — Oint- 
ments.—Cerates.— Plasters. — Fumigations. 
Blood-letting. 
General    Blood-Letting.— Venesection.— Arterio- 
tomy.— Topical  Blood-Lettiug  — Cupping.-Leech- 
ing— Scarifications. 

POISONS. 

INDEX  OF  DISEASES  AND  THEIR  REMEDIES. 

INDEX  OF  PHARMACEUTICAL  AND  BOTANI- 
CAL NAMES 

GENERAL  INDEX. 


PREFACE. 
INTRODUCTION. 

Weights  and  Measures. 

Weights  of  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain.— 
Foreign  Weights.— Measures. 

Specific  Gravity. 

Temferatures  for  certain  Pharmaceutical  Ope- 
rations. 

Hydrometrical  Equivalents. 

Specific  Gravities  of  some  of  the  Preparations 
of  the  Pharmacopoeias. 

Relation  between  different    Thermometrical 
Scales. 

Explanation  of  principal  Abbreviations  used  in 
Formulae. 

Vocabulary  of  Words  employed  in  Prescriptions. 
Observations  on  the  M  a  nagement  of  the  Sick  room. 
Ventilation  of  the  Sick  room.— Temperature  of 
the  Sick  room.— Cleanliness  in  the  Sick  room. — 
Quiet  in  the  Sick  room.— Examination  and  Pre- 
servation of  the  Excretions. — Administration  of 
Medicine— Furniture  of  a  Sick  room.— Proper 
use  of  Utensils  for  Evacuations. 

Doses  of  Medicines. 
Age.  —  Sex.  —  Temperament.  —  Idiosyncrasy.  — 
Habit.— State  of  the  System.— Time  of  day.— In- 
tervals between  Doses. 

Rules  for  Administration  of  Medicines. 
Acids. — Antacids. —  Anlilithics  atid  Lithontriptics. 
Antispasmodics. —  Anthelmintics.  —  Cathartics.— 
Euemata. — Suppositories. — Demulcents  or  Emol  • 
Hants  — Diaphoretics. — Diluents. — Diuretics  — 
Emetics  —  Hmmenagogues. — Epispastics. —  Er- 
rhines.  —  Escharotics.  —  Expectora  nts  —  Narco- 
tics.— Refrigerants  —  Sedatives. — Sialagogues.— 
Stimulants. —  Tonics. 

Management  of  Convalescence  and  Relapses. 


From  the  condensed  summary  of  the  contents  thus  given  it  will  be  seen  that  the  completeness 
of  this  work  renders  it  of  much  practical  value  to  all  concerned  in  the  prescribing  or  dispensing 
ofmedicines. 


BLANCIIARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.— {Materia  Media,  fr.)  27 

GRIFFITH'S  MEDICAL  FORMULARY— (Continued.; 

From  a  vast  number  of  commendatory  notices,  the  publishers  select  a  few. 

A  valuable  acquisition  to  the  medical  practitioner,  and  a  useful  book  of  reference  to  the  apothecary  on 
nutnero;i<  occasions — American  Journal  of  Phnnnnnj. 

Dr.  Griffith's  Formulary  is  worthy  of  recommendation,  not  only  on  account  of  t  lie  can-   which  ha 
bestowed  on  it  by  lis  estimable  author,  but  for  us  general  accuracy,  unci  the  richness  01  its  details.—  Medical 

E.rrimi't-  r. 

Most  cordially  we   re  com  mend  this  Universal   Formulary,  not  forfeiting  its  adaptation  to  druggist 
apothi  caries,  who  wou.d  find  themselves  va«ly  improved  l)y  a  familiar  acquaintance  with  ibis  every-day 
book  of  medicine. — Tht  Boston  Medicaland  Surgical  Journal 

Pre-eminent  anions;  the  he>t  and  most  useful  compilations  of  the  present  day  will  be  found  the  work  before 
■ii  can  have  Seen  produced  only  ai  a  very  great  cost  of  thought  and  labor.     A  Bbon  description  will 
guilice  i" show  ihat  we  do  not  put  too  hi^h  an  estimate  on  i his  work.    We  are  not  cognizant  of  l 
of  a  parallel  work.     Its  value  will  be  apparent  to  our  readers  from  the  sketch  of  its  eon  eil  I   above 

w  e  strongly  recommend  it  to  all  who  are  engaged  either  in  practical  medicine;  or  more  exclusive!)  with 
its  literature. — London  Medteai  Gazette. 

A  very  useful  work,  and  a  most  complete  compendium  on  the  subject  of  materia  medica.  We  know  of  uo 
work  in  our  language,  or  any  other,  so  comprehensive  in  all  its  details — London  J.anrtt 

The  vast  collection  of  formulae  which  is  offered  by  the  compiler  of  this  volume,  contains  a  Inrge  number 
which  will  be  new  to  English  practitioners,  some  of  them  from  the  novelty  of  their  ingredients,  and  others' 
from  the  unaccustomed  mode  in  which  they  are  combined]   and  we  douhl  not  that  night  be 

advantageously  brought  into  use.     The  authority  for  every  formula  is  given,  and  the  list  includes  a  \ 
meroos  assemblage  of  Continental,  as  well  as  of  British  and  American  wr;:»  r<  of  repute,     [t  is,  therefore, 
a  unrtf  to  winch  every  practitioner  may  advantageously  resort  tor  hints  to  increase  tits  stock  of  remedies 
and  of  forms  of  prescription. 

The  other  indices  facilitate  reference  to  every  article  in  the  "Formulary  ;*'  and  they  appear  to  have  been 
drawn  up  with  the  same  care  as  ihat  which  the  author  has  evidently  bestowed  on  every  pan  of  the  work. — 
The  British  ami  Foreign  Medico  Chvrurgical  Review 

The  work  before  us  is  all  that  u  proiesses  10  ne.  viz.:  "  a  compendious  collection  of  formula?  and  pharma- 
ceutic processes."  It  is  such  a  work  as  was  much  needed,  and  should  be  in  the  hands  of  every  practitioner 
who  is  in  the  habit  of  compounding  medicines—  Transylvania  Medical  Journal. 

'J'nis  seems  to  be  a  very  comprehensive  work,  so  far  as  the  range  of  its  articles  and  combinations  is  con- 
cerned, with  a  commendable  degree  of  brevity  and  condensation  in  their  explanation. 

It  cannot  fail  to  be  a  useful  and  convenient  book  of  reference  to  the  two  classes  of  persons  to  whom  it 
particularly  commends  itself  in  the  title-page.—  The  X.   IK.  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal 

ll  contains  so  much  informal. on  that  we  very  cheerfully  recommend  it  to  tne  profession.—  Charleston  Med. 
Journal. 

To  the  more  advanced  practitioner,  it  affords  occasional  assistance  in  reminding  him  of  combinations  which 
have  stood  the  test  of  time,  and  in  which  experience  has  si  own  some  superiority  ol  the  associated  means 
over  their  simple  and  unconnected  application.  The  pharmaceutist  will  also  find  advantages  in  its  posses- 
sion, in  the  positions  in  which  he  is  frequently  placed,  either  in  the  demand?  of  his  occupation  for  judicious 
formula?,  or  prescription  Of  particular  combinations  under  unusual  or  unfamiliar  conventional  names,  in  the 
extraction  of  various  active  principles,  of  vegetable  origin,  and  in  the  production  of  those  chemical  com- 
pounds which,  by  choice  or  necessity,  he  may  deem  advisable  to  prepare  for  himself. 

The  sources /rOm  which  the  formula?  have  been  derived  are  appended  to  each  formu'a,  and  are  very  nu- 
merous, embracing  names  of  high  reputation  in  medical  and  pharmaceutical  science,  the  former  givin«r 
authority  for  the  rational  constitution  of  the  formula?  and  their  applicability  to  particular  states  or  stages  of 
disease,  and  trie  latter  the  eligibility  of  the  processes  and  pharmaceutical  preparations  which  they  have 
recommended—  2  hi  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences. 

Well  adapted  to  supply  the  actual  wants  of  a  numerous  and  varied  class  of  persons.— N.  Y.  Journal  of 
Medicine. 


CHRISTISON  &  GRIFFITH'S  DISPENSATORY.-(A  New  Work.) 

A  DISPENSATORY 


OR,  COMMENTARY  OX  THE  I'll  ARM  ACOPCEIAS  OF  GREAT   BRITAIN  AND  THE  UNITED 

STATES:  COMPRISING  THE  NATURAL  HISTORY,  DESCRIPTION.  CHEMISTRY, 

PHARMACY,  ACTIONS.  USES,  AND  DOSES  OF  THE  ARTICLES  OF 

THE  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

BY  ROBERT  CHRISTISON,  M.  D.,  V.  P.  R.  S.  E., 

President  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians  of  Edinburgh;  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  in  the  University 

of  Edinburgh,  etc. 

Second  Edition,  Revised  and  Improved, 

WITH  A  SUPPLEMENT  CONTAINING  THE  MOST  IMPORTANT  NEW  REMEDIES. 

V/ITH    COPIOUS    ADDITIONS, 

AND  TWO  HUNDRED  AND  THIRTEEN  LARGE  WOOD  ENGRAVINGS. 

BY  R.  EGLESFELD  GRIFFITH,  M.  D., 

Author  of  ••  A  Medical  Botany,"  etc. 
In  one  very  large  and  handsome  octavo  volume,  of  over  one  thousand  closely  printed  pages, 

WHh  numerous  Wood-cuts. 

BEAUTIFULLY  PRINTED  OX   FINE   WHITE  PAPER. 

Presenting  an  immense  quantity  of  matter  at  an  unusually  low  price. 

It  is  enough  to  say  that  it  appears  10  ua  as  perfect  as  a  Dispensatory,  in  the  present  stale  of  pharmaceuti- 
cal science,  could  be  made. — The  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 


28     BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATI0NS.-^(3faferm  Medica  and  Therapeutics.) 

DUNGLISON'S     THERAPEUTICS. 
XEW  AXD  I3IPROVED  EDITION.— (Just  Issued.) 

GENERAL  THERAPEUTICS~ANB  MATERIA  MEDICA; 

ADAPTED  FOR  A  MEDICAL  TEXT-BOOK, 

BY   KOBLEY   DUNGLISON,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Institutes  of  Medicine.  &c.,  in  Jefferson  Medical  College;  Late  Professor  of  Materia  Medica,  &c. 
in  the  Universities  of  Maryland  and  Virginia,  and  in  Jefferson  Medical  College. 

FOURTH    EDITION,   MUCH  IMPROVED. 

With  One  Hundred  and  Eighty- two  Illustrations. 

In  two  large  and  handsomely  printed  octavo  volumes. 

The  present  edition  of  this  standard  work  has  been  subjected  to  a  thorough  revision  both  as  re- 
gards style  and  matter,  and  has  thus  been  rendered  a  more  complete  exponent  than  heretofore  of 
the  existing  state  of  knowledge  on  the  important  subjects  of  which  it  treats.  The  favor  with  which 
the  former  editions  have  everywhere  been  received  seemed  to  demand  that  the  present  should  be 
rendered  still  more  worthy  of  the  patronage  of  the  profession,  and  of  the  medical  student  in  particu- 
lar, for  whose  use  more  especially  it  is  proposed;  while  the  number  of  impressions  through  which 
it  has  passed  has  enabled  the  author  so  to  improve  it  as  to  enable  him  to  present  it  with  some  de- 
gree of  confidence  as  well  adapted  to  the  purposes  for  which  it  is  intended.  In  the  present  edition, 
the  remedial  agents  of  recent  introduction  have  been  inserted  in  their  appropriate  places  ;  the 
number  of  illustrations  has  been  greatly  increased,  and  a  copious  index  of  diseases  and  remedies 
has  been  appended,  improvements  which  can  scarcely  fail  to  add  to  the  value  of  the  work  to  the 
therapeutical  inquirer. 

The  publishers,  therefore,  confidently  present  the  work  as  it  now  stands  to  the  notice  of  the 
practitioner  as  a  trustworthy  book  of  reference,  and  to  the  student,  for  whom  it  was  more  especially 
prepared,  as  a  full  and  reliable  text-book  on  General  Therapeutics  and  Materia  Medica. 

Notwithstanding  the  increase  in  size  and  number  of  illustrations,  and  the  improvements  in  the 
mechanical  execution  of  the  work,  its  price  has  not  been  increased. 

In  this  work  of  Dr.  Dunglison,  we  recognize  the  same  untiring  industry  in  the  collection  and  embodying  of 
facts  on  the  several  subjects  of  which  he  treats,  that  has  heretofore  distinguished  him.  and  we  cheerfully 
point  to  these  volumes,  as  two  of  the  most  interesting  that  we  know  of.  In  noticing  the  additions  to  this,  ihe 
fourth  edition,  there  is  very  little  in  the  periodical  or  annual  literature  of  the  profession,  published  in  the  in- 
terval which  has  elapsed  since  the  issue  of  the  first,  that  has  escaped  the  careful  search  of  the  author.  As 
a  book  for  reference,  it  is  invaluable. —  Charleston  Med.  Journal  and  Review. 

It  may  be  said  to  be  the  work  now  upon  the  subjects  upon  which  it  treats.—  Western  Lancet. 

As  a  text  book  for  students,  for  whom  it  is  particularly  designed,  we  know  of  none  superior  to  it.— St. 
Louis  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

It  purports  to  be  a  new  edition,  but  it  is  rather  a  new  book,  so  greatly  has  it  been  improved  both  in  the 
amount  and  quality  of  the  matter  which  it  contains. — N.  O.  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal 

We  bespeak  for  this  edition  from  the  profession  an  increase  of  patronage  over  any  of  its  former  ones,  on 
account  of  its  increased  merit. — N.  Y.  Journal  of  Medicine. 

We  consider  this  work  unequalled.— Boston  Med.  and  Surg.  Journal. 


NEW  AND  MUCH  IMPROVED  EDITION— Brought  up  to  1851.— (Now  Ready.) 

NEW   REMEDIES, 

WITH    FORMUL/E  FOR    THEIR    ADMINISTRATION. 
BY  ROBLEY  DUNGLISON,  M.  D., 

PROFESSOR  OF  THE  INSTITUTES  OF  MEDICINE,  ETC.  IX  THE  JEFFERSON  MEDICAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHILADELPHIA. 

Sixth  Edition,  -with  extensive  Additions. 
In  one  very  large  octavo  volume,  of  over  seven  hundred  and  fifty  pages. 

The  fact  that  this  work  has  rapidly  passed  to  a  SIXTH  EDITION  is  sufficient  proof  that  it  has  supplied  a 
desideratum  to  the  profession  in  presenting  them  with  a  clear  and  succinct  account  of  all  new  and  impor- 
tant additions  to  the  materia  medica,  and  novel  applications  of  old  remedial  agents.  In  the  preparation  of 
the  present  edition,  the  author  has  shrunk  from  no  labor  to  render  the  volume  worthy  of  a  continuance  of  the 
favor  with  which  it  has  been  received,  as  is  sufficiently  shown  by  the  increase  of  about  one  hundred  pages 
in  the  size  of  the  work.  The  necessity  of  such  large  additions  arises  from  the  fact  that  the  last  few  years 
have  been  rich  in  valuable  gifts  to  Therapeutics;  and  amongst  these,  ether,  chloroform,  and  other  so  called 
anaesthetics,  are  worthy  of  special  attention.  They  have  been  introduced  since  the  appearance  of  the  last 
edition  of  the  "  New  Remedies."  Other  articles  have  been  proposed  for  the  first  time,  and  the  experience  of 
observers  has  added  numerous  interesting  facts  to  our  knowledge  of  the  virtues  of  remedial  agents  pre- 
viously employed. 

The  therapeutical  agents  now  first  admitted  into  this  work,  some  of  which  have  been  newly  introduced 
into  pharmacology,  and  the  old  agents  brought  prominently  forward  with  novel  applications,  and  which  may 
consequently  be  regarded  as  New  Remedies,  ate  the  following  :— Adansonia  digitata,  Benzoate  of  Ammonia, 
Valerianate  of  Bismuth,  Sulphate  of  Cadmium.  Chloroform,  Collodion.  CantharidaJ  Collodion,  Cotyledon  Um- 
bilicus, Sulphuric  Ether,  Strong  Chloric  Ether,  Compound  Ether,  Hura  Braziliensis,  Iberis  Anmra,  Iodic 
Acid,  Iodide  of  Chloride  of  Mercury,  Powdered  Iron,  Citrate  of  Magnetic  Oxide  of  Iron,  Citrate  of  Iron  and 
Magnesia.  Sulphate  of  Iron  and  Alumina.  Tannate  of  Iron.  Valerianate  of  Iron,  Nitrate  of  Lead,  Lemon 
Juice,  Citrate  of  Magnesia.  Salts  of  Manganese,  Oleum  Cadmum,  Arsenite  of  Quinia,  Hydriodate  of  Iron  and 
Qainia,  Sanlcula  Marilandica,  and  Sumbul. 


BLANCHARD   &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.— (Materia  Medina,  fa.)  29 


MOHR,   REDWOOD,    AND    PROCTER'S    PHARMACY.- Just  Issued. 

PRACTICAL  "PHARMACY. 

COMPRISING    TIIK    ARRANGEMENTS,  APPARATUS,  AND  MANIPULATIONS  OF  THE 
PHARMACEUTICAL    SHOP    AND    LABORATORY. 

BY  FRANCIS  MOHR,  Ph.D., 

Assessor  Pharmacia?  of  the  Royal  Prussian  College  of  Medicine,  Coblentz; 

AND  THEOPHILUS  REDWOOD, 

PrnfVssor  Of  Pharmacy  in  the  Pharmwci  ui  cal  Society  of  Greal  Britain. 

EDITED,    WITH    EXTENSIVE    ADDITIONS,    BY    PROFESSOR    WILLIAM    PROCTER,    ' 
Of  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy. 
In  one  handsomely  printed  octavo  volume,  of  570  pages,  with  over  500  engravings  on  wood. 

To  physicians  in  the  country,  and  those  at  a  distance  from  competent  pharmaceutists,  as  well  as 
to  apothecaries,  this  work  will  be  found  of  great  value,  as  embodying  much  important  information 
which  is  to  be  met  with  in  no  other  American  publication. 

After  a  preity  thorough  examination,  we  can  recommend  it  as  a  highly  useful  book,  which  =hou!d 
be  in  the  hands  of  every  apothecary.  Although  no  instruction  of  this  kind  will  enable  the  beginner  to 
acquire  that  practical  skill  and  readiness  which  experience  only  can  confer,  we  believe  that  this  work  will 
much  facilitate  their  acquisition,  by  indicating  means  for  the  removal  of  difficulties  as  they  occur,  and  sue- 
gesting  methods  of  operation  in  conducting  pharmaceutic  processes  which  the  experimenter  wonld  only 
hit  upon  after  many  unsuccessful  trials;  while  there  are  few  pharmaceutists,  of  however  extensive  expe- 
rience, who  will  not  find  in  it  valuable  hints  that  they  can  turn  to  use  in  conducting  the  affairs  of  the  shop 
and  laboratory.  Tne  mechanical  execution  of  the  work  is  in  a  style  of  unusual  excellence,  [t  contains 
about  five  hundred  and  seventy  large  octavo  pages,  handsomely  printed  on  good  paper,  and  illustrated  by 
over  five  hundred  remarkably  well  executed  wood-cuts  of  chemical  and  pharmaceutical  apparatus.  It 
comprises  the  whole  of  Mohr  and  Redwood's  book,  as  published  in  London,  rearranged  and  classified  by 
the  American  editor,  who  has  added  much  valuable  new  matter,  which  has  increased'  the  size  of  the  book 
more  than  one-fourth,  including  about  one  hundred  additional  wood-cuts.—  The  American  Journ.  of  Phcmnacy . 

It  is  a  book,  however,  which  will  be  in  the  hands  of  almost  every  one  who  is  much  interested  in  pharma- 
ceutical operations,  as  we  know  of  no  other  publication  so  well  calculated  to  fill  a  void  long  felt. —  The  Medi- 
cal Examiner. 

The  country  practitioner  who  is  obliged  to  dispense  his  own  medicines,  will  find  it  a  most  valuable  assist- 
ant.—  Monthly  Journal  and  Retrospect. 

The  book  is  strictly  practical,  and  describe*  only  manipulations  or  methods  of  performing  the  numerous 
processes  the  pharmaceutist  has  to  go  through,  in  the  preparation  and  manufacture  of  medicines,  to°-ether 
with  all  the  apparatus  and  fixtures  necessary  thereto.  On  these  matters,  this  work  is  very  full  and°com- 
plete.  and  details,  in  a  style  uncommonly  clear  and  lucid,  not  only  the  more  complicated  and  difficult  pro- 
cesses, but  those  not  less  important  ones,  the  most  simple  and  common.  The  volume  is  an  octavo  of  five 
hundred  and  seventy-six  pages.  It  is  elegantly  illustrated  with  a  multitude  of  neat  wood  engravings,  and 
is  unexceptionable  in  its  whole  typographical  appearance  and  execution.  We  take  great  satisfaction  in 
eommending  this  so  much  needed  treatise,  not  only  to  those  for  whom  it  is  more  specially  designed,  but  to 
the  medical  profession  generally— to  every  one,  who,  in  his  practice,  has  occasion  to  prepare,  a?  well  as  ad- 
minister medical  agents"— Buffalo  MedicalJoumal. 


JVEW    JUVI9     COMPLETE   31EDICJLL    ROT&JVW 

MEDICAL"  BOTANY; 

OR,  A  DESCRIPTION  OF  ALL  THE  MORE  IMPORTANT  PLANTS  USED  IN  MEDICINE,  AND 

OF  THEIR  PROPERTIES,  USES,  AND  MODES  OF  ADMINISTRATION, 

BY  R.  EGLESFELD  GRIFFITH,  M.  D.,  &c.  &c. 

In  one  large  Svo.  vol.  of  704  pages,  handsomely  printed,  with  nearly  350  illustrations  on  wood. 

One  of  the  greatest  acquisitions  to  American  medical  literature.  It  should  by  all  means  be  introduced  at 
the  very  earliest  period,  into  our  medical  schools,  and  occupy  a  place  in  the  library  of  every  physician  in  the 
land. — Southwestern  Medical  Advocate. 

Admirably  calculated  for  the  physician  and  student— we  have  seen  no  work  which  promises  greater  ad- 
vantages to  the  profession.—  N.  O.  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

One  of  the  few  books  which  supply  a  positive  deficiency  in  our  medical  literature. —  Western  Lancet. 

We  hope  Ihe  day  is  not  distant  when  this  work  will  not  only  be  a  text-book  in  every  medical  school  and 
college  in  the  Union,  but  find  a  place  in  the  library  of  every  private  practitioner—  iV.  Y.  Journ.  of  Medicine. 


ELLIS'S  MEDICAL  FORMULARY.— Improved  Edition. 

THE  MED!CAL>ORMULARY: 

BEING   A    COLLECTION   OF    PHE3CBTPTIOWB,  DERIVED    FROM   THE   WRITINGS    AND    PRACTICE   OF   MANY    OF  THE  MOST 
EMINENT    PHYSICIANS    OP    AMERICA    AMI    EL'ROPE. 

To  which  is  added  an  Appendix,  containing  the  usual  Dietetic  Preparations  and  Antidotes  for  Poisons. 

THE   WHOLE  ACCOMPANIED    WITH   A   FEW   BRIEF   PHARMACEUTIC   AND    MEDICAL   OBSERVATIONS. 

BY    BENJAMIN    ELLIS,    M .   D. 

NINTH  EDITION,  CORRECTF.D  AM)    EXTENDED,    BY   SAMUEL   GE&RGE   MORTON,   M.   D. 

In  one  neat  octavo  volume  of  268  pages. 


CARPENTER    ON  ALCOHOLIC  LIQUORS.- (A  New  Work.) 

A  Prize  Essay  on  the  Use  of  Alcoholic  Liquors  in  Health  and  Disease.     Bj  William  B.  Carpenter, 
M.  D.,  author  of  "  Principles  of  Human  Physiology,"  &c.     In  one  12mo.  volume. 


30  BLANCIIARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.— {Chemistry.) 

NEW    AND   IMPROVED    EDITION— (.lust  Issued.) 

ELEMENTARY    CHEMISTRY, 

THEORETICAL    AND    PRACTICAL. 
BY  GEORGE  FOWNES,  Ph.  D., 

Chemical  Lecturer  in  the  Middlesex  Hoepitul  Medical  School,  &c.  &c. 

WITH   NUMEROUS    ILLUSTRATIONS. 

THIRD    AMERICAN,    FROM    A    LATE    LONDON    EDITION.      EDITED,   WITH    ADDITIONS, 

BY  ROBERT  BRIDGES,  M.  D., 

Profe?sor  of  General  and  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry  in  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy,  &c.  &c. 
In  one  large  royal  12mo.  vol.,  of  over  500  pages,  with  about  180  wood-cuts,  sheep  or  extra  cloth. 

At  the  time  of  his  death,  Professor  Fownes  had  just  completed  the  revision  of  this  work  for  his 
third  edition,  and,  at  his  request,  Dr.  H.  Bence  Jones  undertook  the  office  of  seeing  it  through  the 
press,  and  making  such  additions  in  the  department  of  Animal  Chemistry  as  were  rendered  neces- 
sary by  the  numerous  discoveries  daily  making  in  that  branch  of  the  science.  The  task  of  the 
American  editor,  therefore,  has  merely  been  to  add  such  new  matter  as  may  since  have  appeared, 
and  to  adapt  the  whole  to  the  wants  of  the  American  student,  by  appending  in  the  form  of  notes 
euch  points  of  interest  as  would  be  calculated  to  retain  the  position  which  the  original  has  so  justly 
obtained,  and  to  maintain  it  on  an  equality  with  the  rapid  advance  of  chemical  science.  It  will, 
therefore,  be  found  considerably  enlarged  and  greatly  improved.  Notwithstanding  its  increase  in 
size,  it  has  been  kept  at  its  former  extremely  low  price,  and  may  now  be  considered  as  one  of  the 

CHEAPEST  TEXT-BOURS  ON  CHEMISTRY   NOW   EXTANT. 

The  work  of  Dr.  Fownes  has  long  been  before  the  public,  and  its  merits  have  been  fully  appreciated  as 
the  b-'Sl  text-book  on  Chemistry  now  in  existence.  We  do  not.  of  course,  place  it  in  a  rank  superior  to  the 
■works  of  Brande.  Graham.  Turner.  Gregory,  or  Graelin,  but  we  say  that,  as  a  work  forsiudents.it  is  prefer- 
able to  any  of  them.—  London  Journal  of  Medicine. 

The  rapid  sale  of  this  Manual  evinces  its  adaptation  to  the  wants  of  ihe  student  of  chemistry,  whilst  the 
well  known  merits  of  its  lamented  author  have  constituted  a  guarantee  for  its  value,  as  a  faithful  exposition 
of  the  general  principles  and  most  important  facts  of  the  science  to  which  it  professes  to  be  an  introduction. 

We  have  only  to  add.  thai  Dr.  B-^nce  Jones  appears  to  have  performed  his  editorial  ta-k  most  thoroughly, 
the  want  of  the  author's  hnal  supervision  being  nowhere  discoverable.—  The  British,  and  Foreign  Medico- 
Ch.irurti.ical  Review. 

A  work  well  adapted  to  the  wants  of  the  student.  It  is  an  excellent  exposition  of  the  chief  doctrines  and 
facts  of  modern  chemistry,  originally  intended  as  a  guide  to  the  lectures  of  the  author,  corrected  by  his  own 
hand  shortly  before  his  death  in  1&49  and  recently  revised  by  Dr.  Bence  Jones,  who  has  made  some  additions 
to  the  chapter  on  animal  chemistry.  Although  not  intended  to  supersede  the  more  extended  treatises  on 
chemistry,  Professor  Fownes'  Manual  may,  we  think,  be  often  used  as  a  work  of  reference,  even  by  those 
advanced  in  the  study,  who  may  be  desirous  of  refreshing  their  memory  on  some  forgotten  point.  The  size 
of  the  work,  and  still  more  the  condensed  yet  perspicuous  style  in  which  it  is  written,  absolve  it  from  the 
cnarges  very  properly  urged  against  most  manuals  termed  popular,  viz.,  of  omitting  details  of  indispensable 
importance,  of  avoiding  technical  difficulties,  instead  of  explaining  them,  and  oftreating  subjects  oi  high  sci- 
entific interest  in  an  unscientific  way. — Edinburgh  Monthly  Journal  of  Medical  Science. 


BOWMAN'S  MEDICAL  CHEMISTRY- (Just  Issued.) 

A  PHAGTIGAL  EANUBOOlfl 3?  MEDIGAL  CHEMISTRY. 

BY  JOHN  E.  BOWMAN,  M.  D. 

In  one  neat  volume,  royal  12mo.,  with  numerous  illustrations. 

We  cannot  too  highly  commend  the  very  elaborate,  yet  clear  and  distinct  manner,  in  which  the  appear- 
ances of  these  tluids.  and  their  variations  in  disease,  are  described.  To  the  practitioner, the  book  is  specially 
recommended,  as  giving  a  very  clear  account  of  many  chemical  matters,  which  must  be  ever  coming  before 
him  in  his  daily  practice.  Every  practitioner,  ana  every  student  of  clinical  medicine,  should  endeavor  to 
enrich  his  collection  of  books  with  Mr.  Bowmairs  little  volume. — London  Journal  of  Medicine. 

Mr.  Bowman  has  succeeded  in  supplying  a  desideratum  in  medical  lileraiure.  In  ihe  little  volume  before 
us.  he  has  given  a  concise  but  comprehensive  account  of  all  matters,  in  chemistry  which  the  man  in  practice 
may  desire  to  know. — Lancet. 


MY  THE  SAME  AUTHOR- (Lately  Issued.) 
INTRODUCTION  TO  PRACTICAL  CHEMISTRY,  Including  Analysis. 

With  Numerous  Illustrations.     In  one  neat  volume,  royal  12mo. 


GARDNER'S  MEDICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

MEDICAL    CHEMISTRY, 

FOR  THE  USE  OF  STUDENTS  AND  THE  PROFESSION; 

BEING   A   MANUAL    OF  THE   SCIENCE.    WITH    ITS  APPLICATION'S   TO  TOXICOLOGY, 
PHYSIOLOGY,  THERAPEUTICS,  HVG1ENE,  &c. 

BY  D.  PEREI11A  GARDNER,  M.  D. 

In  one  handsome  royal  l2mo.  volume,  with  illustrations. 


New  Edition,  Preparing.— THE  ELEMENTS  OF  CHEMISTRY. 

INCLUDING   TI1K    APPLICATION    OF   THE  SCIENCE  TO   THE   AKTS.      WITH   NUMEROUS   ILLUSTRATIONS. 

BY    THOMAS    GRAHAM,  F.   R.  S.,  L.   E.  &  D. 
With  Notes  and  Additions    by  ROBLiti'  BRIDGES,  M.  D.,  &c.  &c. 


SIMON'S  ANIMAL  CHEMISTRY,  with  Reference  to  the  Physiology  and  Pathology 
of  Man.     By  G.  E.  Dat.     One  vol.  8 vo.,  700  pages. 


BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS.  SI 

T.IYJLGWS   +11EDIC.1E    jrUItISI9ItUUEJi~CE. 

MEDICAL    JURISPRUDENCE. 

BY  ALFRED  S.  TAYLOII, 

SECOND    AMERICAN,    PROM    THE   THIRD    AND    ENLARGED    LONDON    TDITION. 
Wiih  numerous  Notes  and  Additions,  and  References  to  American  Practice  and  Law. 

BY  R.  E.  GRIFFITH,  M.  D. 

In  one  large  octavo  volume. 

This  work  has  been  much  enlarged  by  the  author,  and  may  now  be  considered  as  the  standard 
authority  on  the  subject,  both  in  England  and  this  country.  It  has  been  thoroughly  revised,  in 
this  edition,  and  completely  brought  up  to  the  day  with  reference  to  the  most  recent  investigations 
and  decisions.  No  further  evidence  of  its  popularity  is  needed  than  the  fact  of  its  having,  in  the 
short  time  that  lias  elapsed  since  it  originally  appeared,  passed  to  three  editions  in  England,  and 
two  in  the  United  States. 

We  recommend  Mr.  Taylor's  work  as  the  ablest,  most  comprehensive,  and.  al>ove  all.  the  most  practically 
useful  book  which  exists  on  the  Bubjeci  of  legal  medicine.  Any  man  of  sound  judgment,  who  has  master)  <i 
the  contents  of  Taylor's  "  Medical  Jurisprudence,"  may  go  into  a  court  of  law  with  the  most  perfect  confi- 
dence of  being  able  to  acquit  himself  creditably.— Afgtfieo-CAirMrgicaJ  Review. 

The  most  elaborate  and  complete  work  that  has  yet  appeared.  It  contains  an  immense  quantity  of  cases 
lately  tried,  which  entitle  it  lo  be  considered  what  Beck  was  in  its  day. — Dublin  Medical  Journal. 


TATTIiOH    ON    POISONS. 

ON    PO'ISONS, 

IN  RELATION  TO  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE  AND  MEDICINE, 
BY  ALFRED  S.  TAYLOR,  F.  R.  S.,  &c. 

Edited,  with  Notes  and  Additions,  BY  R.  E.  GRIFFITH,  M.  D. 

In  one  large  octavo  volume,  of6S8  r>  ges. 

The  most  elaboratework  on  the  subject  that  ourliterature possesses  -Brit,  and  Tor.Medieo-Chirur  Review. 

One  of  the  most  practical  and  trustworthy  works  on  Poisons  >  our  language.— JVestern  Journal  of  Med. 

Ii  contains  a  vast  body  of  facts,  which  embrace  ail  that  is  important  in  toxicology,  all  that  is  necessary  10 

the  guidance  of  the  medical  jurist,  and  all  thai  can  be  desired  by  the  lawyer. — Medico- Chirurgieal  Review. 

It  is,  so  far  as  our  knowledge  extends,  incomparably  the  best  upon  the  subject;  in  the  highest  decree  credit- 
able to  the  author,  entirely  trustworthy,  and  indispensable  to  the  student  and  practitioner. — N.  Y.  Annalist. 


GREGORY  ON  ANIMAL  MAGNETISM -(Now  Ready.) 

LETTERS    TO    A   CANDID    ENQUIRER 

ON    ANIMAL    MAGNETISM, 

DESCRIPTION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  THE  PHENOMENA.    DETAILS  OF  FACTS  AND  CASES, 
BY  WILLIAM  GREGORY,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S.  E., 

Professor  of  Chemistry  in  the  University  of  Edinburgh,  <Scc. 
In  one  neat  volume,  royal  12mo.,  extra  cloth. 
In  this  work,  the  author  fir-t  considers  the  objections  usually  ur?ed  against  Animal  Magnetism,  and  then 
proceeds  to  describe  the  phenomena  generally,  as  they  occur,  endeavoring  carefully  to  discriminate  between 
them,  so  as  to  assist  others  in  observing  for  themselves.     Hi?  chief  object  is  to  show  that  a  number  of  facts 
really  exist,  and  may  easily  be  observed  by  all,  which,  however  marvellous  they  may  appear,  are  yet  true, 
investigated  by  men  of  science,  in  order  to  ascertain  their  real  nature.    The  author  also  endea- 
vors to  show  T;i:it .  admitting  the  existence  of  ihe  odylic  influence,  as  demonstrated  by  Baron  von  Reichen- 
bach,  the  phenomena  of  Amoral  Magnetism,  including  Clairvoyance,  if  duly  investigated,  will  admit  finally 
of  explanation  on  purely  natural  principles.     In  the  Second  l'art  a  number  of  facts  and  cases  are  collected, 
in  reference  to  various  parts  of  the  subject,  chiefly  from  the  author's  own  experience  and  from  that  of  his 
friends.    Most  of  these  eases  are  entirely  new. 


TRANSACTIONS    OF    THE 

AMERICAN   MEDICAL   ASSOCIATION, 

VOLUME  I.  FOR  1S4S,  VOL.  II.  FOR  1849,  VOL.  III.  FOR  1850. 

Large  octavo,  extra  cloth,  or  paper  covers  for  mailing. 

Any  volume  sold  separate,  or  the  rvliole  in  sets  at  a  reduced  price. 

££T  Orders  for  the  supply  of  Medical  Societies  should  be  sent  direct  to  the  Treasurer  of  the  As- 
sociation, Isaac  Hays,  M.  L).,  care  of  Blanchard  &:  Lea,  with  the  amount  enclosed. 

DUNGLISON  ON  HUMAN  HEALTH— HUMAN  HEALTH, ortfie Influence  of  Atmosphete  and  Locality. 

Change  of  Air  and  Clima  hing,  Bathing,  Exercise,  Sleep.  &c.  &c.  &c.  on  healthy 

man;   constituting  Elements  01  Hygiene.    Second  edition,  with  many  modifications  and  additions.    Uy 

Robley  Dangliaon,  M.  D.,&c.  &c.     lu  one  octavo  volume  of  464  pa 
DUNGLISON'S  MEDICAL  STUDENT.— The  Medical  Student,  or  Aids  to  the  Study  of  Medicine.    Revised 

and  Modified  Edition.    I  vol.  royal  l2mo..  extra  cloth     312pp. 
BARTLETT'3  PHILOSOPHY   OF   MEDICINE.— An  Essa)  on  the  Philosophy  of  Medical  Science.    In 

one  handsome  Bvo  volume.    31S  pp. 
BAlirLElT  ON  CERTAINTY  IN  MEDICINE.— An  Inquiry  into  the  Deeree  of  Certainty  in  Medicine, 

and  into  the  Nature  and  Extent  of  us  Power  over  Disease.    !«.  one  vol.  ro\;r.  iSa*    S4  pp. 


32  BLANCHARD  &  LEA'S  PUBLICATIONS. 


NEW  AND  ENLARGED  EDITION— (Lately  Issued.) 

MEDICAL  "LEXICON ; 

A    DICTIONARY    OF    MEDICAL    SCIENCE. 

CONTAINING 

CONCISE  EXPLANATIONS  OE  THE  VARIOUS  SUBJECTS  AND  TERMS,  WITH 

THE  FRENCH  AND  OTHER  SYNONVMES;    NOTICES  OF  CLIMATE  AND 

OF  CELEBRATED  MINERAL  WATERS:    FORMULA  FOR  VARIOUS 

OFFICINAL  AND  EMPIRICAL  PREPARATIONS,  ETC. 

BY  ROBLEY  DUNGLISON,  M.  D.,  &c. 

SEVENTH  EDITION, 

CAREFULLY  REVISED  AND  GREATLY  ENLARGED. 

In  One  very  large  and  beautifully  printed  Octavo  Volume  of  over  Nine  Hundred  Pages,  closely  printed 
in  double  columns.     Strongly  bound  in  leather,  with  raised  bands. 

This  edition  is  not  a  mere  reprint  of  the  last.  To  show  the  manner  in  which  the  author  has  la- 
bored to  keep  it  up  to  the  wants  of  the  day,  it  may  be  stated  to  contain  over  SIX  THOUSAND 
WORDS  AND  TERMS  more  than  the  fifth  edition,  embracing  altogether  satisfactory  definitions  of 

OVER    FORTY-FIVE    THOUSAND    WORDS. 

Every  means  has  been  employed  in  the  preparation  of  the  present  edition,  to  render  its  me- 
chanical execution  and  typographical  accuracy  in  every  way  worthy  its  extended  reputation  and 
universal  use.  The  size  of  the  page  has  been  enlarged,  and  the  work  itself  increased  more  than 
a  hundred  pages;  the  press  has  been  watched  with  great  care;  a  new  font  of  type  has  been  used, 
procured  for  the  purpose;  and  the  whole  printed  on  fine  clear  white  paper,  manufactured  expressly 
for  it.  Notwithstanding  this  marked  improvement  over  all  former  editions,  the  price  is  retained 
at  the*  original  low  rate,  placing  it  within  the  reach  of  all  who  may  have  occasion  to  refer  to  its 
pages,  and  enabling  it  to  retain  the  position  which  it  has  so  long  occupied,  as 

THE  STANDARD  AMERICAN  MEDICAL  DICTIONARY. 

This  most  complete  medical  Lexicon— certainly  one  of  the  best  works  of  the  kind  in  the  language.— 
Charleston.  Medical  Journal. 

The  most  complete  Medical  Dictionary  in  the  English  language. —  Western  Lancet. 

Familiar  with  nearly  all  the  medical  dictionaries  now  in  print,  we  consider  the  one  before  us  the  most 
complete,  and  an  indispensable  adjunct  to  every  medical  library. — British  American  Medical  Journal. 

Admitted  by  all  good  judges,  both  in  this  country  and  in  Europe,  to  be  equal,  and  in  many  respects  superior 
to  any  other  work  of  the  kind  yet  published. —  JS 'orth  western  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

The  most  comprehensive  and  best  English  Dictionary  of  medical  terms  extant.— Buffalo  Med.  Journal. 


MANUALS    FOR    EXAMINATION- (Lately  Issued.) 

AN  ANALYTICAL  CtMPENDIfM 

OF  THE  VARIOUS  BRANCHES  OF  MEDICAL  SCIENCE, 

FOR  THE  USE  AND  EXAMINATION  OF  STUDENTS. 
BY  JOHN  NEILL,  M.  D., 

FRANCIS  GURNEY  SMITH,  M.  D., 

Forming  one  very  large  and  handsomely  printed  volume  in  royal  duodecimo,  of  over  900  large  pages, 
with  about  350  wood  engravings,  strongly  bound  in  leather,  with  raised  bands. 

Taking  the  work  before  us,  we  can  certainly  say  that  no  one  who  has  not  occupied  himself  with  the 
different  scientific  treatises  and  essays  that  have  appeared  recently,  and  has  withal  a  rare  memory,  could 
pretend  to  possess  the  knowledge  contained  in  it;  and  hence  we  can  recommend  it  to  such — as  well  as  to 
students  especially— for  its  general  accuracy  and  adequacy  for  their  purposes;  and  to  the  well-informed 
practitioner  to  aid  him  in  recalling  what  may  easily  have  passed  from  his  remembrance.  We  repeat  our 
favorable  impression  as  to  the  value  of  this  book,  or  series  of  books;  and  recommend  it  as  decidedly  useful 
to  those  especially  who  are  commencing  the  study  of  their  profession. — The  Medical  Examiner. 

We  have  no  hesitation  in  recommending  it  to  students.—  Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

We  recommend  this  work  especially  to  the  notice  of  our  junior  readers. — London  Medical  Gazette. 


HOBLYN'S   MEDICAL   DICTIONARY. 

A  DICTIONARY  OF  THE  TERMS  USED  IN  MEDICINE 

AND   THE   COLLATERAL    SCIENCES. 
BY  RICHARD   D.    HOBLYN,  A.  M.,  Oxon. 

REVISED,  WITH  NUMEROUS  ADDITIONS,  FROM  THE  SECOND  LONDON  EDITION, 
BY  ISAAC  HAYS,  M.  D.,  &c.     In  one  large  royal  12mo.  volume  of  402  pages,  double  columns. 

We  cannot  too  strongly  recommend  this  small  and  cheap  volume  to  the  library  of  every  student  and  prac- 
titioner.— Medico- Cli iru rgical  Review. 


Date  Due 

Demco  293-5